texmf -> texmf-dist: doc

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@29714 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

16 files changed, 72735 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/asy-faq.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/asy-faq.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ce35b88fc2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/asy-faq.info
@@ -0,0 +1,1671 @@
+Info file: asy-faq.info,    -*-Text-*-
+produced by bfnnconv.pl from the Bizarre Format With No Name.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Languages
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* asymptote FAQ: (asy-faq).    Asymptote Frequently Asked Questions.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Top, Next: Question 1.1, Up: (dir)
+
+            ASYMPTOTE FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
+                            30 May 2012
+                          
+This is the list of Frequently Asked Questions about Asymptote (asy).
+
+Index
+
+* Menu:
+* Section 1::       About Asymptote
+* Section 2::       Questions about installation and setup
+* Section 3::       Questions about paths
+* Section 4::       Questions about labels
+* Section 5::       Questions about arrows
+* Section 6::       Questions about 2D graphs
+* Section 7::       Questions about programming
+* Section 8::       Questions about differences between Asymptote and
+                    MetaPost
+* Section 9::       Questions about output
+
+Section 1, About Asymptote
+* Question 1.1::    What is Asymptote?
+* Question 1.2::    How do I obtain Asymptote?
+* Question 1.3::    Where can I ask questions about Asymptote?
+* Question 1.4::    Why was the name Asymptote chosen?
+* Question 1.5::    In the internal Asymptote source code, what does the
+                    name camp refer to?
+
+Section 2, Questions about installation and setup
+* Question 2.1::    Is it possible to install Asymptote on Mac OS X?
+* Question 2.2::    Why do I get the error Bad CPU type in executable on
+                    installing Asymptote from the MAC OS binary?
+* Question 2.3::    What do I do if I get the error: Error: pdfetex (file
+                    pdftex.cfg): cannot open config file...texinfo.tex
+                    appears to be broken?
+* Question 2.4::    What do I do if I get the error: ! Undefined control
+                    sequence. l.6 @copying?
+* Question 2.5::    Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into LaTeX?
+* Question 2.6::    Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into latex or
+                    pdflatex?
+* Question 2.7::    Do I need the tkinter package to install an Asymptote
+                    rpm binary?
+* Question 2.8::    What does the path %USERPROFILE%\.asy\config.asy mean?
+* Question 2.9::    Why do I get the error "string not terminated" when I
+                    try to set settings.dir="C:\asymptote\";?
+* Question 2.10::   How do I change environment variables in Microsoft
+                    Windows, for example, in order to change the default
+                    PostScript viewer?
+* Question 2.11::   Under Microsoft Windows XP, why do I get an error like
+                    "Invalid Parameter - 432x432"?
+* Question 2.12::   Why does Asymptote freeze upon trying to draw a label
+                    with my MikTex installation under Microsoft Windows?
+
+Section 3, Questions about paths
+* Question 3.1::    Why do I get a syntax error message when I specify an
+                    integer value for the path tension?
+* Question 3.2::    Shouldn't dots always be the same size?
+
+Section 4, Questions about labels
+* Question 4.1::    How do I get Greek letters like omega to show up in my
+                    labels?
+* Question 4.2::    Can Asymptote use matrices as labels?
+* Question 4.3::    How do I tell Asymptote to load a particular LaTeX
+                    package, like mathptmx?
+* Question 4.4::    How can I use international fonts in Asymptote labels?
+* Question 4.5::    How can I use Fourier fonts?
+* Question 4.6::    Is there any way to change the default appearance of
+                    the decimal separator, using a comma instead of a dot?
+* Question 4.7::    How can I get a rotated label with the filled box
+                    rotated as well so that it fits the text?
+* Question 4.8::    How can I rotate labels in a 3D figure?
+* Question 4.9::    How can I draw some squares and circles of a fixed
+                    size and put a label in the middle of them?
+* Question 4.10::   The binary operator * can be used to scale the color
+                    of a pen by a real number. Does this scaling factor
+                    have to be less than 1?
+* Question 4.11::   Why is the space after the comma decimal separator in
+                    my locale so large?
+* Question 4.12::   How can I prevent
+                    texpreamble("\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}") from
+                    changing the page size?
+
+Section 5, Questions about arrows
+* Question 5.1::    How do I draw two arrows at arbitrary positions along
+                    a path?
+* Question 5.2::    How do I reverse the direction of an arrowhead?
+* Question 5.3::    How do I change the size of all arrows?
+* Question 5.4::    Can I create other arrowhead styles?
+
+Section 6, Questions about 2D graphs
+* Question 6.1::    How can I draw x axis ticks on the right side, with
+                    the tick labels on the left side (relative to the axis
+                    path)?
+* Question 6.2::    How can I reposition the x axis label to
+                    three-quarters along the axis length?
+* Question 6.3::    How can I move the x axis label down 10bp?
+* Question 6.4::    Can I use different pens for the axis, the axis label,
+                    and the tick labels?
+* Question 6.5::    How can I change the font type of the axes label?
+* Question 6.6::    How can I change the font type of the tick labels on
+                    an axis?
+* Question 6.7::    How can I prevent axes tick labels from rendering on
+                    top of each other?
+* Question 6.8::    How do I make the plot region of a graph, ignoring
+                    labels and legends, have a fixed size?
+* Question 6.9::    How can I plot a function f(x) within [0,1]x[0,2]
+                    without explicitly calculating the x values for which
+                    f(x) hits the boundary?
+* Question 6.10::   Is it possible to define customized palettes?
+* Question 6.11::   Is there an easy way to graph factorial functions
+                    nicely?
+* Question 6.12::   How do I indicate that a certain length should be
+                    exactly the size I prescribe with no rescaling, within
+                    a picture which has its own size?
+* Question 6.13::   How can I make the y axis display base-2 logarithmic
+                    values?
+* Question 6.14::   How can I align the x axes of two graphs on the same
+                    figure?
+* Question 6.15::   How can I change the direction of the y-axis, such
+                    that negatives values are on the upper y-axis?
+* Question 6.16::   How can I fill a path with a function that defines the
+                    color of each location?
+* Question 6.17::   Is there a way to draw a function that is not
+                    explicitly given, such as (y - 2)^2 = x - 1 ?
+* Question 6.18::   Is it possible to reverse or stretch an axis?
+* Question 6.19::   Why can't I use the UnFill option to draw graphs with
+                    empty markers?
+* Question 6.20::   How can I force several images to use the same palette
+                    range (e.g. the entire 0-255 grayscale range)?
+
+Section 7, Questions about programming
+* Question 7.1::    Is Asymptote an interpreter or a compiler?
+* Question 7.2::    What is the difference between a frame and a picture?
+* Question 7.3::    What is the difference between a path and a guide?
+* Question 7.4::    What is a convenient way to declare and initialize an
+                    array of pictures?
+* Question 7.5::    Is there a way to define functions that act on arrays
+                    in general (i.e. work for arrays of any type)?
+* Question 7.6::    Is there any way to declare structures ahead of their
+                    definition, e.g. where struct A performs some
+                    operation on struct B, but B contains an A member?
+* Question 7.7::    Where are static variables in for loops allocated?
+* Question 7.8::    Is there a debugger for asy?
+* Question 7.9::    Do you accept patches for Asymptote?
+
+Section 8, Questions about differences between Asymptote and
+                    MetaPost
+* Question 8.1::    What is the equivalent of the MetaPost c[a,b]
+                    interpolation operator?
+* Question 8.2::    How does picture scaling differ in Asymptote and
+                    MetaPost?
+* Question 8.3::    How can I avoid automatic scaling of a picture?
+* Question 8.4::    What is the equivalent of MetaPost ... command?
+* Question 8.5::    What is the equivalent of the MetaPost pickup command?
+* Question 8.6::    What is the equivalent of the MetaPost whatever
+                    command?
+* Question 8.7::    What is the equivalent for the MetaPost command for
+                    lray - horiz*v - verti*u = whatever*(LightSource - R),
+                    a system of three linear equations for three unknowns:
+                    horiz, verti, whatever?
+* Question 8.8::    In MetaPost, it is possible to have a drawing remain
+                    the same size in different pictures by defining a unit
+                    u and explicitly multiply all the coordinates by u. Is
+                    there a better way to do this in Asymptote?
+* Question 8.9::    In MetaPost, one could produce tiling pictures by
+                    generating a picture, and then clipping the picture to
+                    a rectangle of fixed dimensions around the center of
+                    the picture. How is that done in Asymptote?
+
+Section 9, Questions about output
+* Question 9.1::    How can I disable automatic invocation of the PS
+                    viewer after an asy file is done processing?
+* Question 9.2::    How do I output jpeg images?
+* Question 9.3::    Can I embed bitmaps (photos) into my drawings and
+                    position and scale them?
+* Question 9.4::    Does Asymptote support direct PDF output?
+* Question 9.5::    How to I produce large pictures of high quality in
+                    raster format (e.g. png, giff etc).
+* Question 9.6::    Is it possible to produce multi-page documents with
+                    asymptote?
+
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 1, Next: Section 2, Previous: Top, Up: Top
+
+About Asymptote
+
+* Menu:
+* Question 1.1::    What is Asymptote?
+* Question 1.2::    How do I obtain Asymptote?
+* Question 1.3::    Where can I ask questions about Asymptote?
+* Question 1.4::    Why was the name Asymptote chosen?
+* Question 1.5::    In the internal Asymptote source code, what does the
+                    name camp refer to?
+
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 1.1, Next: Question 1.2, Previous: Top, Up: Section 1
+
+Question 1.1.  What is Asymptote?
+
+Asymptote is a vector graphics language designed for technical graphics,
+inspired by MetaPost but with IEEE floating-point numerics, native
+three-dimensional graphics, Grayscale/RGB/CMYK colourspaces, and a
+C++-like syntax. Unlike MetaPost, it natively supports multiple-segment
+paths (and hence regions other than simply connected ones), tiling
+patterns, Gouraud  shading, tensor patch shading, and PostScript images.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 1.2, Next: Question 1.3, Previous: Question 1.1, Up: Section 1
+
+Question 1.2.  How do I obtain Asymptote?
+
+Binary releases are available for Linux, MacOS X, and Microsoft Windows
+platforms, in addition to full source code, from the website
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/.  Many Linux distributions (such as
+RedHat and Debian) now include an Asymptote package (check your
+distribution's documentation for further information about this).
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 1.3, Next: Question 1.4, Previous: Question 1.2, Up: Section 1
+
+Question 1.3.  Where can I ask questions about Asymptote?
+
+If you have a question, please try to find an answer in this FAQ, in the
+extensive Asymptote documentation at
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/, or search the forum:
+http://sourceforge.net/forum/forum.php?forum_id=409349.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 1.4, Next: Question 1.5, Previous: Question 1.3, Up: Section 1
+
+Question 1.4.  Why was the name Asymptote chosen?
+
+Well, it isn't the perfect graphics package, but we do think it is getting
+there asymptotically...
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 1.5, Next: Question 2.1, Previous: Question 1.4, Up: Section 1
+
+Question 1.5.  In the internal Asymptote source code, what does the name camp refer to?
+
+That was our original tentative name for this project, which stood for
+"C's Answer to MetaPost" (the language that inspired Asymptote).  However,
+we eventually decided that the name Asymptote better emphasizes the
+mathematical and graphical nature of this language.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 2, Next: Section 3, Previous: Section 1, Up: Top
+
+Questions about installation and setup
+
+* Menu:
+* Question 2.1::    Is it possible to install Asymptote on Mac OS X?
+* Question 2.2::    Why do I get the error Bad CPU type in executable on
+                    installing Asymptote from the MAC OS binary?
+* Question 2.3::    What do I do if I get the error: Error: pdfetex (file
+                    pdftex.cfg): cannot open config file...texinfo.tex
+                    appears to be broken?
+* Question 2.4::    What do I do if I get the error: ! Undefined control
+                    sequence. l.6 @copying?
+* Question 2.5::    Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into LaTeX?
+* Question 2.6::    Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into latex or
+                    pdflatex?
+* Question 2.7::    Do I need the tkinter package to install an Asymptote
+                    rpm binary?
+* Question 2.8::    What does the path %USERPROFILE%\.asy\config.asy mean?
+* Question 2.9::    Why do I get the error "string not terminated" when I
+                    try to set settings.dir="C:\asymptote\";?
+* Question 2.10::   How do I change environment variables in Microsoft
+                    Windows, for example, in order to change the default
+                    PostScript viewer?
+* Question 2.11::   Under Microsoft Windows XP, why do I get an error like
+                    "Invalid Parameter - 432x432"?
+* Question 2.12::   Why does Asymptote freeze upon trying to draw a label
+                    with my MikTex installation under Microsoft Windows?
+
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.1, Next: Question 2.2, Previous: Question 1.5, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.1.  Is it possible to install Asymptote on Mac OS X?
+
+It is easy to compile Asymptote directly from the source code at
+http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=120000 We recommend
+first upgrading to the latest GNU readline library, unless you don't care
+about interactive readline support (in which case configure will
+automatically detect and disable obsolete versions of the readline
+library).  Marius Schamschula also maintains a binary package for various
+MacOS X platforms
+http://www.hmug.org/pub/MacOS_X/X/Applications/Publishing/asymptote.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.2, Next: Question 2.3, Previous: Question 2.1, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.2.  Why do I get the error Bad CPU type in executable on installing Asymptote from the MAC OS binary?
+
+This means either that you have a binary distribution for another MAC
+architecture, or (according to Marius Schamschula) that you may have a
+missing library. The simplest solution is to compile Asymptote directly
+from the official source:
+http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=120000.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.3, Next: Question 2.4, Previous: Question 2.2, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.3.  What do I do if I get the error: Error: pdfetex (file pdftex.cfg): cannot open config file...texinfo.tex appears to be broken?
+
+Simply put http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/asymptote.pdf in the directory
+doc and repeat the command make all.  Or, if you don't want to build a
+local copy of the documentation, simply proceed with make install-asy.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.4, Next: Question 2.5, Previous: Question 2.3, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.4.  What do I do if I get the error: ! Undefined control sequence. l.6 @copying?
+
+Either upgrade your texinfo package or follow one of the easy work arounds
+in *Note Question 2.3:: `What do I do if I get the error: Error: pdfetex
+(file pdftex.cfg): cannot open config file...texinfo.tex appears to be
+broken?'.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.5, Next: Question 2.6, Previous: Question 2.4, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.5.  Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into LaTeX?
+
+Yes, see the example latexusage.tex. Dario Teixeira has also written a
+detailed guide on the topic. You can download it from
+http://dario.dse.nl/projects/asylatex/.
+
+Philippe Ivaldi has contributed an Asymptote mode for Emacs users
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Editing-modes.html, which includes a
+lasy-mode that allows one to compile and view the output of one
+\begin{asy}...\end{asy} section at a time.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.6, Next: Question 2.7, Previous: Question 2.5, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.6.  Is it possible to integrate Asymptote into latex or pdflatex?
+
+Yes, as of version 1.14, Asymptote supports latex and pdflatex (both in
+EPS/PDF and inline mode), as illustrated by the example latexusage.tex:
+
+pdflatex latexusage
+asy latexusage
+pdflatex latexusage
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.7, Next: Question 2.8, Previous: Question 2.6, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.7.  Do I need the tkinter package to install an Asymptote rpm binary?
+
+No, you don't need tkinter unless you want to try out the GUI xasy. Try
+
+rpm -Uvh --nodeps asymptote-x.xx-1.i386.rpm
+where x.xx represents the version number.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.8, Next: Question 2.9, Previous: Question 2.7, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.8.  What does the path %USERPROFILE%\.asy\config.asy mean?
+
+That is the way that Microsoft Windows refers to the user profile
+directory.  There's nothing really to understand here, just put your
+configuration commands in the file config.asy in a new folder
+%USERPROFILE%\.asy.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.9, Next: Question 2.10, Previous: Question 2.8, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.9.  Why do I get the error "string not terminated" when I try to set settings.dir="C:\asymptote\";?
+
+The backslash is an escape character here, so \" is interpreted as a
+verbatim quotation mark, leaving the string without a terminating
+quotation mark. Fortunately, this is the only escaped character in
+double-quoted strings. A final backslash isn't needed here anyway, but
+should you really want one somewhere, you can say:
+settings.dir="C:\asymptote"+'\\';.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.10, Next: Question 2.11, Previous: Question 2.9, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.10.  How do I change environment variables in Microsoft Windows, for example, in order to change the default PostScript viewer?
+
+While it is easier to set the corresponding Asymptote configuration
+variable in your config.asy file, here is the procedure for changing
+Microsoft Windows environment variables:
+
+Click on the [Start] button
+
+* RIGHT-click on 'My Computer'
+
+* Choose 'Properties' from the popup menu
+
+* Click the 'Advanced' tab
+
+* Click the 'Environment Variables' button.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.11, Next: Question 2.12, Previous: Question 2.10, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.11.  Under Microsoft Windows XP, why do I get an error like "Invalid Parameter - 432x432"?
+
+This means that ImageMagick wasn't properly installed and you are using
+the MSDOS convert program rather than the ImageMagick one. Or you may have
+installed ImageMagick but ran Asymptote from an existing MSDOS window.  In
+that case, simply open a new window and try again. If that doesn't work,
+check that
+
+convert --version 
+returns something like
+
+Version: ImageMagick 6.2.8 06/27/06 Q16 http://www.imagemagick.org
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 2.12, Next: Question 3.1, Previous: Question 2.11, Up: Section 2
+
+Question 2.12.  Why does Asymptote freeze upon trying to draw a label with my MikTex installation under Microsoft Windows?
+
+Likely, this means that latex and dvips are not in your default path.  Try
+adding the appropriate paths in your config.asy file,  for example:
+
+import settings;
+latex="C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.7\miktex\bin\latex.exe";
+dvips="C:\Program Files\MiKTeX 2.7\miktex\bin\dvips.exe";
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 3, Next: Section 4, Previous: Section 2, Up: Top
+
+Questions about paths
+
+* Menu:
+* Question 3.1::    Why do I get a syntax error message when I specify an
+                    integer value for the path tension?
+* Question 3.2::    Shouldn't dots always be the same size?
+
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 3.1, Next: Question 3.2, Previous: Question 2.12, Up: Section 3
+
+Question 3.1.  Why do I get a syntax error message when I specify an integer value for the path tension?
+
+What is happening here is that
+
+draw((0,0)..tension 2..(0,50)..(100,100));
+is read as
+
+draw((0,0)..tension 2. .(0,50)..(100,100));
+So the first . after the two is treated as a decimal point.  Just put a
+space after the integer tension value:
+
+draw((0,0)..tension 2 ..(0,50)..(100,100));
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 3.2, Next: Question 4.1, Previous: Question 3.1, Up: Section 3
+
+Question 3.2.  Shouldn't dots always be the same size?
+
+From the documentation:
+
+"The dot command defined in the module plain draws a dot having a diameter
+equal to an explicit pen linewidth or the default linewidth magnified by
+dotfactor (6 by default)."
+
+Thus, when you use the default pen, the dot will have size 6*linewidth,
+but when you give a pen with an explicit width specified, you will  have a
+dot of size linewidth. If you want the first case to behave like the
+second, you may set dotfactor=1.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 4, Next: Section 5, Previous: Section 3, Up: Top
+
+Questions about labels
+
+* Menu:
+* Question 4.1::    How do I get Greek letters like omega to show up in my
+                    labels?
+* Question 4.2::    Can Asymptote use matrices as labels?
+* Question 4.3::    How do I tell Asymptote to load a particular LaTeX
+                    package, like mathptmx?
+* Question 4.4::    How can I use international fonts in Asymptote labels?
+* Question 4.5::    How can I use Fourier fonts?
+* Question 4.6::    Is there any way to change the default appearance of
+                    the decimal separator, using a comma instead of a dot?
+* Question 4.7::    How can I get a rotated label with the filled box
+                    rotated as well so that it fits the text?
+* Question 4.8::    How can I rotate labels in a 3D figure?
+* Question 4.9::    How can I draw some squares and circles of a fixed
+                    size and put a label in the middle of them?
+* Question 4.10::   The binary operator * can be used to scale the color
+                    of a pen by a real number. Does this scaling factor
+                    have to be less than 1?
+* Question 4.11::   Why is the space after the comma decimal separator in
+                    my locale so large?
+* Question 4.12::   How can I prevent
+                    texpreamble("\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}") from
+                    changing the page size?
+
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.1, Next: Question 4.2, Previous: Question 3.2, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.1.  How do I get Greek letters like omega to show up in my labels?
+
+In (La)TeX, Greek letters can be obtained in math mode by prepending a
+backslash to the letter name. So for a omega symbol, use "$\omega$".
+Everything between the dollar signs is considered to be a math formula.
+Uppercase Greek letters can be used by capitalizing the first letter of
+the name:
+
+label("$\omega$",(0,0));
+label("$\Omega$",(20,0));
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.2, Next: Question 4.3, Previous: Question 4.1, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.2.  Can Asymptote use matrices as labels?
+
+Yes:
+usepackage("amsmath");
+label("$\begin{matrix} 1 & 2 \\\ 1 & 1 \end{matrix}$",(0,0));
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.3, Next: Question 4.4, Previous: Question 4.2, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.3.  How do I tell Asymptote to load a particular LaTeX package, like mathptmx?
+
+Put
+
+usepackage("mathptmx");
+at the beginning of your file. Note: to enable the Adobe Times Roman font
+for text, you will also need to say:
+defaultpen(TimesRoman());
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.4, Next: Question 4.5, Previous: Question 4.3, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.4.  How can I use international fonts in Asymptote labels?
+
+See http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/unicode.html.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.5, Next: Question 4.6, Previous: Question 4.4, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.5.  How can I use Fourier fonts?
+
+usepackage("fourier");
+defaultpen(font("T1","fut\textfamilyextension","m","n"));
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.6, Next: Question 4.7, Previous: Question 4.5, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.6.  Is there any way to change the default appearance of the decimal separator, using a comma instead of a dot?
+
+Just set your locale appropriately:
+
+locale("it_IT");
+usepackage("icomma");
+label(format(0.5));
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.7, Next: Question 4.8, Previous: Question 4.6, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.7.  How can I get a rotated label with the filled box rotated as well so that it fits the text?
+
+frame f;
+label(f,"This is some text",white,Fill(blue));
+add(rotate(65)*f);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.8, Next: Question 4.9, Previous: Question 4.7, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.8.  How can I rotate labels in a 3D figure?
+
+You need to first project the triple to a pair like this:
+
+import three;
+size(100,100);
+
+draw(rotate(90,project(Z))*"A",O--X);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.9, Next: Question 4.10, Previous: Question 4.8, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.9.  How can I draw some squares and circles of a fixed size and put a label in the middle of them?
+
+Fixed-size objects should be drawn on a separate picture and then added to
+currentpicture. Here is one way (see also
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/subpictures.asy and
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/mosquito.asy):
+
+real u=2cm;
+ 
+picture square;
+draw(square,scale(u)*shift(-0.5,-0.5)*unitsquare);
+ 
+picture circle;
+draw(circle,scale(0.5u)*unitcircle);
+ 
+void add(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, picture object, pair z) { 
+add(pic,object,z);
+label(pic,L,z);
+} 
+ 
+add("square",square,(0,0));
+add("circle",circle,(5cm,0));
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.10, Next: Question 4.11, Previous: Question 4.9, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.10.  The binary operator * can be used to scale the color of a pen by a real number. Does this scaling factor have to be less than 1?
+
+The scaling factor can be greater than 1. But keep in mind that the rgb
+color  components saturate at 1.
+
+Try
+write(cyan); write(0.8*cyan); write(1.5*cyan);
+and you will quickly see what is going on.
+
+To get a lighter cyan you can say white+cyan,  which yields rgb(0.5,1,1).
+If you want something even lighter specify the  rgb colors directly,  for
+example, rgb(0.9,1,1).
+
+Alternatively, work in cmyk colour space, which is nicer in that it
+handles  saturation separately from hue:
+
+0.1*Cyan is light and 0.9*Cyan is dark.  You can also say 0.1*cmyk(red).
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.11, Next: Question 4.12, Previous: Question 4.10, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.11.  Why is the space after the comma decimal separator in my locale so large?
+
+LaTeX is treating the comma as punctuation and not as a decimal separator.
+The solution is to load the icomma package near the beginning of your
+file:
+usepackage("icomma");
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 4.12, Next: Question 5.1, Previous: Question 4.11, Up: Section 4
+
+Question 4.12.  How can I prevent texpreamble("\usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}") from changing the page size?
+
+texpreamble("\usepackage[pdftex,setpagesize=false]{hyperref}");
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 5, Next: Section 6, Previous: Section 4, Up: Top
+
+Questions about arrows
+
+* Menu:
+* Question 5.1::    How do I draw two arrows at arbitrary positions along
+                    a path?
+* Question 5.2::    How do I reverse the direction of an arrowhead?
+* Question 5.3::    How do I change the size of all arrows?
+* Question 5.4::    Can I create other arrowhead styles?
+
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 5.1, Next: Question 5.2, Previous: Question 4.12, Up: Section 5
+
+Question 5.1.  How do I draw two arrows at arbitrary positions along a path?
+
+Assuming that at least one of the arrowheads is to be filled, you can do
+this:
+
+size(200); 
+path g = (0,0)..(1,3)..(3,0); 
+draw(g,Arrow(Relative(0.9))); 
+add(arrow(g,invisible,FillDraw(black),Relative(0.5))); 
+add(arrow(reverse(g),invisible,FillDraw(white,black),Relative(0.9))); 
+If both of the arrowheads are to be drawn with filltype NoFill, one will
+need to create a specialized version of the arrow routine in
+plain_arrows.asy:
+
+void arrow(frame f, arrowhead arrowhead=DefaultHead,
+           path g, pen p=currentpen, real size=0,
+           real angle=arrowangle, filltype filltype=arrowhead.defaultfilltype,
+           position position=EndPoint, bool forwards=true,
+           margin margin=NoMargin, bool center=false);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 5.2, Next: Question 5.3, Previous: Question 5.1, Up: Section 5
+
+Question 5.2.  How do I reverse the direction of an arrowhead?
+
+Simply reverse the direction of the path.
+
+path g=((0,0)--(5cm,0));
+draw(reverse(g),Arrow(Relative(0.55)));
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 5.3, Next: Question 5.4, Previous: Question 5.2, Up: Section 5
+
+Question 5.3.  How do I change the size of all arrows?
+
+To override the arrowsize you can give every Arrow drawing attribute a
+real size argument. If you want to do this globally, you can override the
+pen-dependent arrowsize function like this:
+
+arrowsize=new real(pen p=currentpen) {return 2mm;};
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 5.4, Next: Question 6.1, Previous: Question 5.3, Up: Section 5
+
+Question 5.4.  Can I create other arrowhead styles?
+
+Yes, you can build custom arrowheads like this (see the predefined
+arrowhead styles in plain_arrows.asy for further examples):
+
+arrowhead DotHead;
+DotHead.head=new path(path g, position position=EndPoint, pen p=currentpen,
+                      real size=0, real angle=arrowangle) {
+  if(size == 0) size=DotHead.size(p);
+  bool relative=position.relative;
+  real position=position.position.x;
+  if(relative) position=reltime(g,position);
+  path r=subpath(g,position,0);
+  pair x=point(r,0);
+  real t=arctime(r,size);
+  pair y=point(r,t);
+  return circle(0.5(x+y),0.5size);
+};
+
+size(100);
+draw((0,0)..(1,1)..(2,0),Arrow(DotHead));
+dot((2,0),red);
+If you submit your alternate arrowheads to the Forum or the Patch
+Tracking System, we'll consider including them in a future release.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 6, Next: Section 7, Previous: Section 5, Up: Top
+
+Questions about 2D graphs
+
+* Menu:
+* Question 6.1::    How can I draw x axis ticks on the right side, with
+                    the tick labels on the left side (relative to the axis
+                    path)?
+* Question 6.2::    How can I reposition the x axis label to
+                    three-quarters along the axis length?
+* Question 6.3::    How can I move the x axis label down 10bp?
+* Question 6.4::    Can I use different pens for the axis, the axis label,
+                    and the tick labels?
+* Question 6.5::    How can I change the font type of the axes label?
+* Question 6.6::    How can I change the font type of the tick labels on
+                    an axis?
+* Question 6.7::    How can I prevent axes tick labels from rendering on
+                    top of each other?
+* Question 6.8::    How do I make the plot region of a graph, ignoring
+                    labels and legends, have a fixed size?
+* Question 6.9::    How can I plot a function f(x) within [0,1]x[0,2]
+                    without explicitly calculating the x values for which
+                    f(x) hits the boundary?
+* Question 6.10::   Is it possible to define customized palettes?
+* Question 6.11::   Is there an easy way to graph factorial functions
+                    nicely?
+* Question 6.12::   How do I indicate that a certain length should be
+                    exactly the size I prescribe with no rescaling, within
+                    a picture which has its own size?
+* Question 6.13::   How can I make the y axis display base-2 logarithmic
+                    values?
+* Question 6.14::   How can I align the x axes of two graphs on the same
+                    figure?
+* Question 6.15::   How can I change the direction of the y-axis, such
+                    that negatives values are on the upper y-axis?
+* Question 6.16::   How can I fill a path with a function that defines the
+                    color of each location?
+* Question 6.17::   Is there a way to draw a function that is not
+                    explicitly given, such as (y - 2)^2 = x - 1 ?
+* Question 6.18::   Is it possible to reverse or stretch an axis?
+* Question 6.19::   Why can't I use the UnFill option to draw graphs with
+                    empty markers?
+* Question 6.20::   How can I force several images to use the same palette
+                    range (e.g. the entire 0-255 grayscale range)?
+
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.1, Next: Question 6.2, Previous: Question 5.4, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.1.  How can I draw x axis ticks on the right side, with the tick labels on the left side (relative to the axis path)?
+
+import graph;
+
+size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+draw(graph(exp,-1,1),red);
+
+xaxis("$x$",RightTicks(Label(align=left)));
+yaxis("$y$",RightTicks);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.2, Next: Question 6.3, Previous: Question 6.1, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.2.  How can I reposition the x axis label to three-quarters along the axis length?
+
+import graph;
+
+size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+draw(graph(exp,-1,1),red);
+
+xaxis(Label("$x$",0.75),LeftTicks);
+yaxis("$y$",RightTicks);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.3, Next: Question 6.4, Previous: Question 6.2, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.3.  How can I move the x axis label down 10bp?
+
+import graph;
+size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+draw(graph(exp,-1,1),red);
+
+xaxis(shift(0,-10)*"$x$",LeftTicks);
+yaxis("$y$",RightTicks);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.4, Next: Question 6.5, Previous: Question 6.3, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.4.  Can I use different pens for the axis, the axis label, and the tick labels?
+
+Yes:
+
+import graph;
+size(300,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+xlimits(-50,50);
+ylimits(0,100);
+
+xaxis(Label("$x$",MidPoint,red),Bottom,blue,LeftTicks(green));
+yaxis("$y$",Left,RightTicks);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.5, Next: Question 6.6, Previous: Question 6.4, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.5.  How can I change the font type of the axes label?
+
+import graph;
+size(300,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+xlimits(-50,50);
+ylimits(0,100);
+
+xaxis("x",Bottom,Courier("m","n"),LeftTicks);
+yaxis("$y$",Left,RightTicks);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.6, Next: Question 6.7, Previous: Question 6.5, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.6.  How can I change the font type of the tick labels on an axis?
+
+Tick labels are by default typeset in (TeX) math mode, so to use other
+fonts you need to override the default tick format:
+
+import graph;
+size(300,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+xlimits(-50,50);
+ylimits(0,100);
+
+xaxis("$x$",Bottom,LeftTicks("%.4g",Courier("m","n")+fontsize(12)));
+yaxis("$y$",Left,RightTicks);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.7, Next: Question 6.8, Previous: Question 6.6, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.7.  How can I prevent axes tick labels from rendering on top of each other?
+
+Either:
+
+(i) give LeftTicks/RightTicks/Ticks the arguments beginlabel=false and/or
+endlabel=false;
+
+(ii) explicitly remove specific ticks and their labels (drawing them
+manually; see
+http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/asymptote/trunk/asymptote/base/graph.asy
+for the definition of NoZero):
+
+import graph;
+
+size(10cm);
+
+real f(real x) {return x^2;}
+ 
+draw(graph(f,-2,2));
+
+xaxis(Ticks(NoZero));
+yaxis(Ticks(NoZero));
+
+label("$0$",(0,0),SW);
+(iii) explicitly remove specific tick labels and draw them manually (see
+http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/asymptote/trunk/asymptote/base/graph.asy
+for the definition of NoZeroFormat):
+
+import graph;
+
+size(10cm);
+
+real f(real x) {return x^2;}
+ 
+draw(graph(f,-2,2));
+
+xaxis(Ticks(NoZeroFormat));
+yaxis(Ticks(NoZeroFormat));
+
+label("$0$",(0,0),SW);
+(iv) use the xasy GUI to move overlapping labels;
+
+(v) change the Label argument of LeftTicks, RightTicks, or Ticks to:
+
+Label(currentpen+overwrite(Move))
+Solution (v) will move labels that might otherwise overwrite a previous
+label. Other possible overwrite arguments are Allow (allows overlapping
+labels; the default), Suppress (an overlapping label will not be written
+at all), SuppressQuiet, and MoveQuiet. The last two achieve the same
+result as the non-quiet types, but will not notify you which labels are
+overlapping. See:  http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Pens.html.
+
+In the case of a user-specified tick array, you can change which labels
+get suppressed/moved by changing the order of array entries.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.8, Next: Question 6.9, Previous: Question 6.7, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.8.  How do I make the plot region of a graph, ignoring labels and legends, have a fixed size?
+
+Either:
+
+i) Specify an explicit unitsize, which overrides any call to size:
+unitsize(x=1cm,y=2cm);
+ii) Explicitly tell Asymptote to map the plot region to a specific size:
+import graph;
+real[] x={0,1,2,3};
+real[] y=x^2;
+draw(graph(x,y),red);
+xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
+
+size(5cm,5cm,point(SW),point(NE));
+
+label("$f_\mathrm{T}$",point(N),2N);
+iii) Specify the points in user coordinates that should correspond to a
+given picture size:
+
+import graph;
+
+size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+draw(graph(exp,-1,1),red);
+
+xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
+
+fixedscaling((-1.5,-0.5),(1.5,3.5));
+In this example, the user coordinate (-1.5,-0.5) will end up being the
+lower left corner of the figure and (1.5,3.5) will be the upper right
+corner. You can use this option to ensure multiple figures have the same
+scaling and same resulting figure size (just ensure the two coordinates
+given to fixedscaling() leaves room for any labels).
+
+See also http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Frames-and-pictures.html.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.9, Next: Question 6.10, Previous: Question 6.8, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.9.  How can I plot a function f(x) within [0,1]x[0,2] without explicitly calculating the x values for which f(x) hits the boundary?
+
+Call limits with the Crop option before drawing the graph:
+import graph;
+
+size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+draw(graph(exp,-1,1),red);
+
+limits((0,0),(1,2),Crop);
+
+xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
+See also http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/graph.html.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.10, Next: Question 6.11, Previous: Question 6.9, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.10.  Is it possible to define customized palettes?
+
+Yes, you may generate your own pen[] array. For example:
+
+int NColors=32768;
+pen[] MyPalette=new pen[NColors];
+real step=1/(NColors-1.0);
+// Start at black: rgb(0,0,0) 
+// End at yellow: rgb(1,1,0) 
+for(int i=0; i < NColors; ++i) { 
+  real rgval=i*step;
+  MyPalette[i]=rgb(rgval,rgval,0.0);
+} 
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.11, Next: Question 6.12, Previous: Question 6.10, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.11.  Is there an easy way to graph factorial functions nicely?
+
+The example below shows a continuous function and two methods for placing
+markers at integer values of x:
+
+import graph;
+ 
+size(200,200,IgnoreAspect);
+ 
+real factorial(real t) {return gamma(t+1);} 
+ 
+scale(Linear,Log);
+ 
+// Graph the factorial function.
+draw(graph(factorial,0,10));
+ 
+// Method 1: Draw nodes, but hide line
+pair F(int t) {return (t,factorial(t));} 
+// Graph of factorial function from 0 to 10
+pair[] z=sequence(F,11);
+draw(graph(z),invisible,marker(scale(0.8mm)*unitcircle,blue,Fill));
+ 
+// Method 2: Nongraphing routines require explicit scaling:
+pair dotloc(int t) {return Scale(F(t));} 
+pair[] dotlocs=sequence(dotloc,11);
+dot(dotlocs);
+ 
+xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.12, Next: Question 6.13, Previous: Question 6.11, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.12.  How do I indicate that a certain length should be exactly the size I prescribe with no rescaling, within a picture which has its own size?
+
+Here's an easy way to do this.
+
+size(12cm,0);
+ 
+void distance(picture pic=currentpicture, pair A, pair B, Label L="", real n=0,
+              pen p=currentpen) 
+{
+  real d=3mm;
+  path g=A--B;
+  transform T=shift(-n*d*unit(B-A)*I);
+  pic.add(new void(frame f, transform t) {
+    picture opic;
+    path G=T*t*g;
+    draw(opic,Label(L,Center,UnFill(1)),G,p,Arrows(NoFill),Bars,PenMargins);
+    add(f,opic.fit());
+  });
+  pic.addBox(min(g),max(g),T*min(p),T*max(p));
+} 
+ 
+pair A=(0,0), B=(3,3);
+ 
+dot(A);
+dot(B);
+ 
+distance(A,B,"$\ell$",1);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.13, Next: Question 6.14, Previous: Question 6.12, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.13.  How can I make the y axis display base-2 logarithmic values?
+
+See the example http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/2D
+graphs/log2graph.asy.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.14, Next: Question 6.15, Previous: Question 6.13, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.14.  How can I align the x axes of two graphs on the same figure?
+
+An easy way to do this, if the axes to be aligned have the same scaling
+and size, is illustrated in the example
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/2D graphs/alignedaxis.asy.
+
+Here is a more general solution to the problem of aligning two arbitrary
+axes.  One fits the second picture to a frame based on the horizontal
+scaling for the first picture:
+
+import graph;
+
+real width=15cm;
+real aspect=0.3;
+
+picture pic1,pic2;
+
+size(pic1,width,aspect*width,IgnoreAspect);
+size(pic2,width,aspect*width,IgnoreAspect);
+
+scale(pic1,false);
+scale(pic2,false);
+
+real xmin1=6;
+real xmax1=9;
+real xmin2=8;
+real xmax2=16;
+
+real a1=1;
+real a2=0.001;
+
+real f1(real x) {return a1*sin(x/2*pi);}
+real f2(real x) {return a2*sin(x/4*pi);}
+
+draw(pic1,graph(pic1,f1,xmin1,xmax1));
+draw(pic2,graph(pic2,f2,xmin2,xmax2));
+
+xaxis(pic1,Bottom,LeftTicks());
+yaxis(pic1,"$f_1(x)$",Left,RightTicks);
+
+xaxis(pic2,"$x$",Bottom,LeftTicks(Step=4));
+yaxis(pic2,"$f_2(x)$",Left,RightTicks);
+
+yequals(pic1,0,Dotted);
+yequals(pic2,0,Dotted);
+
+pair min1=point(pic1,SW);
+pair max1=point(pic1,NE);
+
+pair min2=point(pic2,SW);
+pair max2=point(pic2,NE);
+
+real scale=(max1.x-min1.x)/(max2.x-min2.x);
+real shift=min1.x/scale-min2.x;
+
+transform t1=pic1.calculateTransform();
+transform t2=pic2.calculateTransform();
+transform T=xscale(scale*t1.xx)*yscale(t2.yy);
+
+add(pic1.fit());
+real height=truepoint(N,user=false).y-truepoint(S,user=false).y;
+add(shift(0,-height)*(shift(shift)*pic2).fit(T));
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.15, Next: Question 6.16, Previous: Question 6.14, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.15.  How can I change the direction of the y-axis, such that negatives values are on the upper y-axis?
+
+Here is a simple example (see also the example
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/2D graphs/diatom.asy or the
+discussion of Linear(-1) in the documentation):
+
+import graph;
+size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+scale(Linear,Linear(-1));
+
+draw(graph(log,0.1,10),red);
+
+xaxis("$x$",LeftTicks);
+yaxis("$y$",RightTicks);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.16, Next: Question 6.17, Previous: Question 6.15, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.16.  How can I fill a path with a function that defines the color of each location?
+
+Use functionshade with a PDF tex engine, as illustrated by the example
+{functionshading.asy}.
+
+If you want to produce PostScript output, an approximate solution for now
+would be to superimpose a fine grid and specify colors to  latticeshade
+that depend on position as a single pen[][] lattice. Alternatively, it may
+be more efficient to use tensorshade}.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.17, Next: Question 6.18, Previous: Question 6.16, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.17.  Is there a way to draw a function that is not explicitly given, such as (y - 2)^2 = x - 1 ?
+
+Yes, use the parametric form
+
+y=t 
+x=(t-2)^2+1 
+See the example http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/2D
+graphs/parametricgraph.asy.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.18, Next: Question 6.19, Previous: Question 6.17, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.18.  Is it possible to reverse or stretch an axis?
+
+The real scaling argument to Linear is used to stretch (or reverse) the
+axis.  To see the effect of axis stretching, be sure not to specify
+IgnoreAspect in  the picture size command.
+
+A secondary axis has the same length as the primary axis, so stretching
+cannot  have any effect. But one can still reverse the axis, with
+Linear(-1).
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.19, Next: Question 6.20, Previous: Question 6.18, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.19.  Why can't I use the UnFill option to draw graphs with empty markers?
+
+UnFill won't work here because it only affects the local frame the markers
+are initially drawn on, before being added to currentpicture.  Here is a
+way of achieving the desired effect (assuming a white background):
+
+import graph;
+size(10cm,0);
+pair[] z={(0,0),(0.5,0.5),(1,1)};
+path g=graph(z);
+ 
+draw(shift(0,.5)*g,marker(scale(5)*unitcircle,FillDraw(white)));
+ 
+xaxis(BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+yaxis(LeftRight,RightTicks);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 6.20, Next: Question 7.1, Previous: Question 6.19, Up: Section 6
+
+Question 6.20.  How can I force several images to use the same palette range (e.g. the entire 0-255 grayscale range)?
+
+The palette color space corresponds to a range of values specified by the
+argument range, which can be Full, Automatic or an explicit range
+Range(pair min, pair max). Here Full} specifies a range varying from the
+minimum to maximum values of the function over the sampling interval,
+while Automatic selects "nice" limits.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 7, Next: Section 8, Previous: Section 6, Up: Top
+
+Questions about programming
+
+* Menu:
+* Question 7.1::    Is Asymptote an interpreter or a compiler?
+* Question 7.2::    What is the difference between a frame and a picture?
+* Question 7.3::    What is the difference between a path and a guide?
+* Question 7.4::    What is a convenient way to declare and initialize an
+                    array of pictures?
+* Question 7.5::    Is there a way to define functions that act on arrays
+                    in general (i.e. work for arrays of any type)?
+* Question 7.6::    Is there any way to declare structures ahead of their
+                    definition, e.g. where struct A performs some
+                    operation on struct B, but B contains an A member?
+* Question 7.7::    Where are static variables in for loops allocated?
+* Question 7.8::    Is there a debugger for asy?
+* Question 7.9::    Do you accept patches for Asymptote?
+
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.1, Next: Question 7.2, Previous: Question 6.20, Up: Section 7
+
+Question 7.1.  Is Asymptote an interpreter or a compiler?
+
+Asymptote compiles Asymptote commands into its own virtual machine code.
+It  then runs this pseudocode on a virtual machine to produce PostScript
+code.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.2, Next: Question 7.3, Previous: Question 7.1, Up: Section 7
+
+Question 7.2.  What is the difference between a frame and a picture?
+
+Frames are canvases for drawing in PostScript coordinates. While working
+with frames directly is occasionally necessary for constructing deferred
+drawing routines, pictures are usually more convenient to work with.  See
+*Note Question 8.8:: `In MetaPost, it is possible to have a drawing remain
+the same size in different pictures by defining a unit u and explicitly
+multiply all the coordinates by u. Is there a better way to do this in
+Asymptote?'.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.3, Next: Question 7.4, Previous: Question 7.2, Up: Section 7
+
+Question 7.3.  What is the difference between a path and a guide?
+
+A path is a cubic spline with fixed endpoint conditions.
+
+A guide is an unresolved cubic spline (list of cubic-spline nodes and
+control points). A guide is like a path except that the computation of the
+cubic spline is deferred until drawing time (when it is resolved into a
+path); this allows two guides with free endpoint conditions to be joined
+together smoothly.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.4, Next: Question 7.5, Previous: Question 7.3, Up: Section 7
+
+Question 7.4.  What is a convenient way to declare and initialize an array of pictures?
+
+You could write yourself a routine such as:
+picture[] picture(int n) { 
+  picture[] pic;
+  for(int i=0; i < n; ++i) { 
+    pic[i]=new picture;
+    size(pic[i],19cm,0);
+  } 
+  return pic;
+} 
+ 
+picture[] pic=picture(6);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.5, Next: Question 7.6, Previous: Question 7.4, Up: Section 7
+
+Question 7.5.  Is there a way to define functions that act on arrays in general (i.e. work for arrays of any type)?
+
+Generic types aren't yet implemented.
+
+But for now you can at least say
+typedef string T;
+include F;
+ 
+typedef real T;
+include F;
+where F.asy contains some type-dependent code like
+T[] operator $(T A, T B) {return new T[] {A,B};}
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.6, Next: Question 7.7, Previous: Question 7.5, Up: Section 7
+
+Question 7.6.  Is there any way to declare structures ahead of their definition, e.g. where struct A performs some operation on struct B, but B contains an A member?
+
+Asymptote does not support forward declaration of types. You can, however,
+nest structures, so that both types are visible for parts of the bodies of
+both structure definitions. For example:
+
+struct B { 
+  typedef void someroutine(B b);
+ 
+  static struct A { 
+    someroutine routine;
+    void operator init(someroutine routine) { 
+      this.routine=routine;
+    } 
+  } 
+ 
+  string test="Testing";
+} 
+ 
+typedef B.A A;
+ 
+A a=B.A(new void(B b){write(b.test);});
+ 
+B b;
+a.routine(b);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.7, Next: Question 7.8, Previous: Question 7.6, Up: Section 7
+
+Question 7.7.  Where are static variables in for loops allocated?
+
+In the example
+
+void f() { 
+  for(int i=0; i < 3; ++i) { 
+    static int n;
+    ++n;
+    write(n);
+  }
+} 
+
+f(); // Writes 1, 2, 3
+the static qualifier means that n is allocated not just outside of the for
+loop, but also outside the function. This is clear if you call  f multiple
+times; there is still only one instance of n.
+
+The "level" of a variable (where it is allocated) has nothing to do with
+the "scope" of a variable (how long it can be referred to by name).  The
+curly braces enclosing a block affect only a variable's scope, not its
+level.
+
+Static modifiers are meaningless at the top level; they generate a warning
+and are simply ignored:
+
+for(int i=0; i < 3; ++i) { 
+  static int n;
+  ++n;
+  write(n);
+}
+// Writes warning about top-level static modifier and then 1, 1, 1
+Since version 1.22, non-static variables allocated in a loop body are
+allocated anew every iteration.  This is only noticable in obscure cases
+where a variable in a loop is accessed in the closure of a function
+defined in the loop:
+
+int f();
+ 
+for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i) { 
+  int j=10*i;
+  if(i == 5)
+    f=new int() {return j;};
+} 
+ 
+write(f()); // Writes 50
+Variables in the body of a loop last as long as that iteration of the
+loop, unless they are kept alive by a function closure as in the example
+above.  In a function body, variables will last at least as long as the
+function call, though because of closures and garbage collection, they may
+last longer than that.  If defined at the top level of a file or at the
+interactive prompt, they will last at least until the end of the file or
+prompt's run.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.8, Next: Question 7.9, Previous: Question 7.7, Up: Section 7
+
+Question 7.8.  Is there a debugger for asy?
+
+Yes, Asymptote includes a line-based debugger:
+
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Debugger.html
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 7.9, Next: Question 8.1, Previous: Question 7.8, Up: Section 7
+
+Question 7.9.  Do you accept patches for Asymptote?
+
+Yes, in fact we would prefer that users submit patches for customized
+features (to http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?atid=685685&group_id=120000)
+instead of relying on us to do all of the coding. Development will proceed
+faster that way.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 8, Next: Section 9, Previous: Section 7, Up: Top
+
+Questions about differences between Asymptote and MetaPost
+
+* Menu:
+* Question 8.1::    What is the equivalent of the MetaPost c[a,b]
+                    interpolation operator?
+* Question 8.2::    How does picture scaling differ in Asymptote and
+                    MetaPost?
+* Question 8.3::    How can I avoid automatic scaling of a picture?
+* Question 8.4::    What is the equivalent of MetaPost ... command?
+* Question 8.5::    What is the equivalent of the MetaPost pickup command?
+* Question 8.6::    What is the equivalent of the MetaPost whatever
+                    command?
+* Question 8.7::    What is the equivalent for the MetaPost command for
+                    lray - horiz*v - verti*u = whatever*(LightSource - R),
+                    a system of three linear equations for three unknowns:
+                    horiz, verti, whatever?
+* Question 8.8::    In MetaPost, it is possible to have a drawing remain
+                    the same size in different pictures by defining a unit
+                    u and explicitly multiply all the coordinates by u. Is
+                    there a better way to do this in Asymptote?
+* Question 8.9::    In MetaPost, one could produce tiling pictures by
+                    generating a picture, and then clipping the picture to
+                    a rectangle of fixed dimensions around the center of
+                    the picture. How is that done in Asymptote?
+
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.1, Next: Question 8.2, Previous: Question 7.9, Up: Section 8
+
+Question 8.1.  What is the equivalent of the MetaPost c[a,b] interpolation operator?
+
+interp(a,b,c);
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.2, Next: Question 8.3, Previous: Question 8.1, Up: Section 8
+
+Question 8.2.  How does picture scaling differ in Asymptote and MetaPost?
+
+Asymptote includes an optional facility to do automatic scaling of
+pictures to achieve a given overall picture size, whereas Metapost only
+supports manual scaling. Asymptote defers drawing of objects drawn to
+pictures and distinguishes between true-size objects and objects that
+should scale with the picture size. The resulting linear programming
+problem is solved via the Simplex method.
+
+See the http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/dimension.asy example for
+an example of how deferred drawing is used to accomodate both user and
+true-size (PostScript) coordinates.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.3, Next: Question 8.4, Previous: Question 8.2, Up: Section 8
+
+Question 8.3.  How can I avoid automatic scaling of a picture?
+
+If you really like Metapost-style manual (hard-wired) scaling either:
+
+(i) use the default size(0,0) for the entire picture and do all of the
+scaling by hand, just like in MetaPost;
+
+(ii) draw to a separate picture pic and add(pic.fit());
+
+(iii) use frames.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.4, Next: Question 8.5, Previous: Question 8.3, Up: Section 8
+
+Question 8.4.  What is the equivalent of MetaPost ... command?
+
+The connector :: is a macro for tension atleast 1:
+
+size(100);
+pair z0=(0,0);
+pair z1=(1,0.25);
+pair z2=(2,0);
+draw(z0{up}::z1{right}::z2{down});
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.5, Next: Question 8.6, Previous: Question 8.4, Up: Section 8
+
+Question 8.5.  What is the equivalent of the MetaPost pickup command?
+
+Just say, for example:
+
+currentpen=red;
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.6, Next: Question 8.7, Previous: Question 8.5, Up: Section 8
+
+Question 8.6.  What is the equivalent of the MetaPost whatever command?
+
+Asymptote does not implicitly solve linear equations and therefore does
+not have the notion of a whatever unknown. Such a facility could certainly
+be added (perhaps using the notation ?= since = means assignment).
+However, the most common uses of whatever in MetaPost are covered by
+functions like extension in math.asy:
+pair extension(pair P, pair Q, pair p, pair q);
+this returns the intersection point of the extensions of the line segments
+PQ and pq. We find using routines like extension more explicit and less
+confusing to new users. But we could be persuaded to add something similar
+if someone can justify the need. In the meantime, one can always use the
+explicit built-in linear solver solve (see
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/solve.html), which uses LU
+decomposition.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.7, Next: Question 8.8, Previous: Question 8.6, Up: Section 8
+
+Question 8.7.  What is the equivalent for the MetaPost command for lray - horiz*v - verti*u = whatever*(LightSource - R), a system of three linear equations for three unknowns: horiz, verti, whatever?
+
+Since horiz*v+verti*u spans a plane, you could use
+real intersect(vector P, vector Q, vector n, vector Z);
+to find the intersection time for the line  lray-whatever*(LightSource -
+R) and then extract the three desired values from there. (You'll still
+need to use the built-in explicit linear solver to solve a 2x2 system to
+get  horiz and verti.)
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.8, Next: Question 8.9, Previous: Question 8.7, Up: Section 8
+
+Question 8.8.  In MetaPost, it is possible to have a drawing remain the same size in different pictures by defining a unit u and explicitly multiply all the coordinates by u. Is there a better way to do this in Asymptote?
+
+Yes, Asymptote has a better way: you definitely don't want to manually
+scale  all of your coordinates. To make the user coordinates represent
+multiples of exactly 1cm:
+
+unitsize(1cm);
+draw(unitsquare);
+One can also specify different x and y unit sizes:
+
+unitsize(x=1cm,y=2cm);
+draw(unitsquare);
+Another way is to draw your fixed size object to a frame and add it to
+currentpicture like this:
+
+path p=(0,0)--(1,0);
+frame object;
+draw(object,scale(100)*p);
+ 
+add(object);
+add(object,(0,-10));
+To understand the difference between frames and pictures, try this:
+
+size(300,300);
+ 
+path p=(0,0)--(1,0);
+picture object;
+draw(object,scale(100)*p);
+ 
+add(object);
+add(object,(0,-10)); // Adds truesize object to currentpicture 
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 8.9, Next: Question 9.1, Previous: Question 8.8, Up: Section 8
+
+Question 8.9.  In MetaPost, one could produce tiling pictures by generating a picture, and then clipping the picture to a rectangle of fixed dimensions around the center of the picture. How is that done in Asymptote?
+
+If you are using currentpicture the way one would in MetaPost (drawing in
+raw PostScript coordinates), you can simply do something like:
+
+fill((0,0)--(100,100)--(200,0)--cycle);
+ 
+pair center(picture pic=currentpicture) {return 0.5*(pic.min()+pic.max());} 
+ 
+real height=100;
+real width=100;
+pair delta=0.5(width,height);
+pair c=center();
+clip(box(c-delta,c+delta));
+However, drawing in PostScript coordinates is often inconvenient. Here's
+the  Asymptote way of doing the same thing, using deferred drawing:
+
+size(200,100);
+fill((0,0)--(1,1)--(2,0)--cycle);
+ 
+void clip(picture pic=currentpicture, real width, real height) 
+{
+  pic.clip(new void (frame f, transform) { 
+    pair center=0.5(min(f)+max(f));
+    pair delta=0.5(width,height);
+    clip(f,box(center-delta,center+delta));
+  });
+} 
+ 
+clip(100,100);
+See also the discussion of tilings in the documentation:
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Pens.html.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Section 9, Previous: Section 8, Up: Top
+
+Questions about output
+
+* Menu:
+* Question 9.1::    How can I disable automatic invocation of the PS
+                    viewer after an asy file is done processing?
+* Question 9.2::    How do I output jpeg images?
+* Question 9.3::    Can I embed bitmaps (photos) into my drawings and
+                    position and scale them?
+* Question 9.4::    Does Asymptote support direct PDF output?
+* Question 9.5::    How to I produce large pictures of high quality in
+                    raster format (e.g. png, giff etc).
+* Question 9.6::    Is it possible to produce multi-page documents with
+                    asymptote?
+
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.1, Next: Question 9.2, Previous: Question 8.9, Up: Section 9
+
+Question 9.1.  How can I disable automatic invocation of the PS viewer after an asy file is done processing?
+
+It's actually not on by default, unless you happen to be using Microsoft
+Windows (because that is what most Microsoft Windows users expect).
+Microsoft Windows users can turn this feature off with the command-line
+option -noV or by putting
+
+import settings;
+interactiveView=false;
+batchView=false;
+in their config.asy file. See
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/Options.html.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.2, Next: Question 9.3, Previous: Question 9.1, Up: Section 9
+
+Question 9.2.  How do I output jpeg images?
+
+If you have the ImageMagick convert program installed, simply type
+
+asy -f jpg test.asy 
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.3, Next: Question 9.4, Previous: Question 9.2, Up: Section 9
+
+Question 9.3.  Can I embed bitmaps (photos) into my drawings and position and scale them?
+
+Convert them to eps format and use the graphic(string) function just like
+a Label:
+
+label(graphic("file"),(0,0));
+See the example http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/orthocenter.asy
+and http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/doc/label.html.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.4, Next: Question 9.5, Previous: Question 9.3, Up: Section 9
+
+Question 9.4.  Does Asymptote support direct PDF output?
+
+Yes, PDF output can be produced by the -f pdf option or -tex pdflatex
+option.  This supports transparency, annotations, embedded movies, and
+U3D/PRC content.
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.5, Next: Question 9.6, Previous: Question 9.4, Up: Section 9
+
+Question 9.5.  How to I produce large pictures of high quality in raster format (e.g. png, giff etc).
+
+Try using some of the options to convert, mainly -geometry and -density.
+For example:
+convert -geometry 1000x3000 example.eps example.png 
+You can also change the default resolution of the image with:
+convert -geometry 1000x3000 -density 300 -units PixelsPerInch example.eps example.png 
+This does not change the number of pixels in the image, but just gives a
+hint  as to how large each pixel should be displayed.
+
+If you include the -density option without the -geometry option, convert
+will  keep the image size constant (so a 4cm x 3cm eps figure will
+generate a 4cm x 3cm png  image).
+
+
+File: asy-faq.info, Node: Question 9.6, Previous: Question 9.5, Up: Section 9
+
+Question 9.6.  Is it possible to produce multi-page documents with asymptote?
+
+Yes, simply call the newpage() function. This is used by the slide.asy
+package to produce high-quality slide presentations (easier to use than
+Prosper).
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/asymptote.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/asymptote.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ee7d4f40b51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/asymptote.info
@@ -0,0 +1,9963 @@
+This is asymptote.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
+../asymptote.texi.
+
+This file documents `Asymptote', version 2.16.
+
+   `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net'
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-11 Andy Hammerlindl, John Bowman, and Tom Prince.
+
+     Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+     document under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+     (see the file LICENSE in the top-level source directory).
+
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Languages
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* asymptote: (asymptote/asymptote). Vector graphics language.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Description,  Up: (dir)
+
+Asymptote
+*********
+
+This file documents `Asymptote', version 2.16.
+
+   `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net'
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004-11 Andy Hammerlindl, John Bowman, and Tom Prince.
+
+     Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
+     document under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+     (see the file LICENSE in the top-level source directory).
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Description::                 What is `Asymptote'?
+* Installation::                Downloading and installing
+* Tutorial::                    Getting started
+* Drawing commands::            Four primitive graphics commands
+* Bezier curves::               Path connectors and direction specifiers
+* Programming::                 The `Asymptote' vector graphics language
+* LaTeX usage::                 Embedding `Asymptote' commands within `LaTeX'
+* Base modules::                Base modules shipped with `Asymptote'
+* Options::                     Command-line options
+* Interactive mode::            Typing `Asymptote' commands interactively
+* GUI::                         Graphical user interface
+* PostScript to Asymptote::     `Asymptote' backend to `pstoedit'
+* Help::                        Where to get help and submit bug reports
+* Debugger::                    Squish those bugs!
+* Credits::                     Contributions and acknowledgments
+* Index::                       General index
+
+ --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+Installation
+
+* UNIX binary distributions::   Prebuilt `UNIX' binaries
+* MacOS X binary distributions::  Prebuilt `MacOS X' binaries
+* Microsoft Windows::           Prebuilt `Microsoft Windows' binary
+* Configuring::                 Configuring `Asymptote' for your system
+* Search paths::                Where `Asymptote' looks for your files
+* Compiling from UNIX source::  Building `Asymptote' from scratch
+* Editing modes::               Convenient `emacs' and `vim' modes
+* Subversion::                  Getting the latest development source
+* Uninstall::                   Goodbye, `Asymptote'!
+
+Drawing commands
+
+* draw::                        Draw a path on a picture or frame
+* fill::                        Fill a cyclic path on a picture or frame
+* clip::                        Clip a picture or frame to a cyclic path
+* label::                       Label a point on a picture
+
+Programming
+
+* Data types::                  void, bool, int, real, pair, triple, string
+* Paths and guides::
+* Pens::                        Colors, line types, line widths, font sizes
+* Transforms::                  Affine transforms
+* Frames and pictures::         Canvases for immediate and deferred drawing
+* Files::                       Reading and writing your data
+* Variable initializers::       Initialize your variables
+* Structures::                  Organize your data
+* Operators::                   Arithmetic and logical operators
+* Implicit scaling::            Avoiding those ugly *s
+* Functions::                   Traditional and high-order functions
+* Arrays::                      Dynamic vectors
+* Casts::                       Implicit and explicit casts
+* Import::                      Importing external `Asymptote' modules
+* Static::                      Where to allocate your variable?
+
+Operators
+
+* Arithmetic & logical::        Basic mathematical operators
+* Self & prefix operators::     Increment and decrement
+* User-defined operators::      Overloading operators
+
+Functions
+
+* Default arguments::           Default values can appear anywhere
+* Named arguments::             Assigning function arguments by keyword
+* Rest arguments::              Functions with a variable number of arguments
+* Mathematical functions::      Standard libm functions
+
+
+Arrays
+
+* Slices::                      Python-style array slices
+
+Base modules
+
+* plain::                       Default `Asymptote' base file
+* simplex::                     Linear programming: simplex method
+* math::                        Extend `Asymptote''s math capabilities
+* interpolate::                 Interpolation routines
+* geometry::                    Geometry routines
+* trembling::                   Wavy lines
+* stats::                       Statistics routines and histograms
+* patterns::                    Custom fill and draw patterns
+* markers::                     Custom path marker routines
+* tree::                        Dynamic binary search tree
+* binarytree::                  Binary tree drawing module
+* drawtree::                    Tree drawing module
+* syzygy::                      Syzygy and braid drawing module
+* feynman::                     Feynman diagrams
+* roundedpath::                 Round the sharp corners of paths
+* animation::                   Embedded PDF and MPEG movies
+* embed::                       Embedding movies, sounds, and 3D objects
+* slide::                       Making presentations with `Asymptote'
+* MetaPost::                    `MetaPost' compatibility routines
+* unicode::                     Accept `unicode' (UTF-8) characters
+* latin1::                      Accept `ISO 8859-1' characters
+* babel::                       Interface to `LaTeX' `babel' package
+* labelpath::                   Drawing curved labels
+* labelpath3::                  Drawing curved labels in 3D
+* annotate::                    Annotate your PDF files
+* CAD::                         2D CAD pen and measurement functions (DIN 15)
+* graph::                       2D linear & logarithmic graphs
+* palette::                     Color density images and palettes
+* three::                       3D vector graphics
+* obj::                         3D obj files
+* graph3::                      3D linear & logarithmic graphs
+* grid3::                       3D grids
+* solids::                      3D solid geometry
+* tube::                        3D rotation minimizing tubes
+* flowchart::                   Flowchart drawing routines
+* contour::                     Contour lines
+* contour3::                    Contour surfaces
+* slopefield::                  Slope fields
+* ode::                         Ordinary differential equations
+
+Graphical User Interface
+
+* GUI installation::            Installing `xasy'
+* GUI usage::
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Description,  Next: Installation,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Description
+*************
+
+`Asymptote' is a powerful descriptive vector graphics language that
+provides a mathematical coordinate-based framework for technical
+drawings.  Labels and equations are typeset with `LaTeX', for overall
+document consistency, yielding the same high-quality level of
+typesetting that `LaTeX' provides for scientific text. By default it
+produces `PostScript' output, but it can also generate any format that
+the `ImageMagick' package can produce.
+
+   A major advantage of `Asymptote' over other graphics packages is
+that it is a high-level programming language, as opposed to just a
+graphics program: it can therefore exploit the best features of the
+script (command-driven) and graphical-user-interface (GUI) methods for
+producing figures. The rudimentary GUI `xasy' included with the package
+allows one to move script-generated objects around. To make `Asymptote'
+accessible to the average user, this GUI is currently being developed
+into a full-fledged interface that can generate objects directly.
+However, the script portion of the language is now ready for general
+use by users who are willing to learn a few simple `Asymptote' graphics
+commands (*note Drawing commands::).
+
+   `Asymptote' is mathematically oriented (e.g. one can use complex
+multiplication to rotate a vector) and uses `LaTeX' to do the
+typesetting of labels. This is an important feature for scientific
+applications. It was inspired by an earlier drawing program (with a
+weaker syntax and capabilities) called `MetaPost'.
+
+   The `Asymptote' vector graphics language provides:
+
+   * a standard for typesetting mathematical figures, just as
+     TeX/`LaTeX' is the de-facto standard for typesetting equations.
+
+   * `LaTeX' typesetting of labels, for overall document consistency;
+
+   * the ability to generate and embed 3D vector PRC graphics within
+     PDF files;
+
+   * a natural coordinate-based framework for technical drawings,
+     inspired by `MetaPost', with a much cleaner, powerful C++-like
+     programming syntax;
+
+   * compilation of figures into virtual machine code for speed, without
+     sacrificing portability;
+
+   * the power of a script-based language coupled to the convenience of
+     a GUI;
+
+   * customization using its own C++-like graphics programming language;
+
+   * sensible defaults for graphical features, with the ability to
+     override;
+
+   * a high-level mathematically oriented interface to the `PostScript'
+     language for vector graphics, including affine transforms and
+     complex variables;
+
+   * functions that can create new (anonymous) functions;
+
+   * deferred drawing that uses the simplex method to solve overall size
+     constraint issues between fixed-sized objects (labels and
+     arrowheads) and objects that should scale with figure size;
+
+
+   Many of the features of `Asymptote' are written in the `Asymptote'
+language itself. While the stock version of `Asymptote' is designed for
+mathematics typesetting needs, one can write `Asymptote' modules that
+tailor it to specific applications. A scientific graphing module has
+already been written (*note graph::). Examples of `Asymptote' code and
+output, including animations, are available at
+
+     `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/gallery/'.
+   Links to many external resources, including an excellent user-written
+`Asymptote' tutorial can be found at
+
+     `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/links.html'.
+   A quick reference card for `Asymptote' is available at
+
+     `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/asyRefCard.pdf'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Installation,  Next: Tutorial,  Prev: Description,  Up: Top
+
+2 Installation
+**************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* UNIX binary distributions::   Prebuilt `UNIX' binaries
+* MacOS X binary distributions::  Prebuilt `MacOS X' binaries
+* Microsoft Windows::           Prebuilt `Microsoft Windows' binary
+* Configuring::                 Configuring `Asymptote' for your system
+* Search paths::                Where `Asymptote' looks for your files
+* Compiling from UNIX source::  Building `Asymptote' from scratch
+* Editing modes::               Convenient `emacs' and `vim' modes
+* Subversion::                  Getting the latest development source
+* Uninstall::                   Goodbye, `Asymptote'!
+
+   After following the instructions for your specific distribution,
+please see also *note Configuring::.
+
+We recommend subscribing to new release announcements at
+
+     `http://freshmeat.net/projects/asy'
+   Users may also wish to monitor the `Asymptote' forum:
+
+     `http://sourceforge.net/projects/asymptote/forums/forum/409349'
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: UNIX binary distributions,  Next: MacOS X binary distributions,  Up: Installation
+
+2.1 UNIX binary distributions
+=============================
+
+We release both `tgz' and RPM binary distributions of `Asymptote'. The
+root user can install the `Linux i386' `tgz' distribution of version
+`x.xx' of `Asymptote' with the commands:
+tar -C / -zxf asymptote-x.xx.i386.tgz
+texhash
+ The `texhash' command, which installs LaTeX style files, is optional.
+The executable file will be `/usr/local/bin/asy') and example code will
+be installed by default in `/usr/local/share/doc/asymptote/examples'.
+
+Fedora users can easily install the most recent version of `Asymptote'
+with the command
+yum --enablerepo=rawhide install asymptote
+
+To install the latest version of `Asymptote' on a Debian-based
+distribution (e.g. Ubuntu, Mepis, Linspire) follow the instructions for
+compiling from `UNIX' source (*note Compiling from UNIX source::).
+Alternatively, Debian users can install one of Hubert Chan's prebuilt
+`Asymptote' binaries from
+
+     `http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/a/asymptote'
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: MacOS X binary distributions,  Next: Microsoft Windows,  Prev: UNIX binary distributions,  Up: Installation
+
+2.2 MacOS X binary distributions
+================================
+
+`MacOS X' users can either compile the `UNIX' source code (*note
+Compiling from UNIX source::) or install the contributed `Asymptote'
+binary available at
+
+`http://www.hmug.org/pub/MacOS_X/X/Applications/Publishing/asymptote/'
+
+Because these preconfigured binary distributions have strict
+architecture and library dependencies that many installations do not
+satisfy, we recommend installing `Asymptote' directly from the official
+source:
+
+   `http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=120000'
+
+Note that many `MacOS X' (and FreeBSD) systems lack the GNU `readline'
+library. For full interactive functionality, GNU `readline' version 4.3
+or later must be installed.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Microsoft Windows,  Next: Configuring,  Prev: MacOS X binary distributions,  Up: Installation
+
+2.3 Microsoft Windows
+=====================
+
+Users of the `Microsoft Windows' operating system can install the
+self-extracting `Asymptote' executable `asymptote-x.xx-setup.exe',
+where `x.xx' denotes the latest version.
+
+   A working TeX implementation (such as the one available at
+`http://www.miktex.org') will be required to typeset labels.  You will
+also need to install `GPL Ghostscript' from
+`http://sourceforge.net/projects/ghostscript/'.
+
+   To view the default `PostScript' output, you can install the program
+`gsview' available from `http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/gsview/'.  A
+better (and free) `PostScript' viewer available at
+`http://psview.sourceforge.net/' (which in particular works properly in
+interactive mode) unfortunately currently requires some manual
+configuration. Specifically, if version `x.xx' of `psview' is extracted
+to the directory `c:\Program Files' one needs to put
+import settings;
+psviewer="c:\Program Files\psview-x.xx\psv.exe";
+ in the optional `Asymptote' configuration file; *note configuration
+file::).
+
+   The `ImageMagick' package from
+
+   `http://www.imagemagick.org/script/binary-releases.php'
+
+is required to support output formats other than EPS, PDF, SVG, and PNG
+(*note convert::).  The `Python' interpreter from
+`http://www.python.org' is only required if you wish to try out the
+graphical user interface (*note GUI::).
+
+Example code will be installed by default in the `examples'
+subdirectory of the installation directory (by default, `C:\Program
+Files\Asymptote').
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Configuring,  Next: Search paths,  Prev: Microsoft Windows,  Up: Installation
+
+2.4 Configuring
+===============
+
+In interactive mode, or when given the `-V' option (the default when
+running `Asymptote' on a single file under `MSDOS'), `Asymptote' will
+automatically invoke the `PostScript' viewer `gv' (under `UNIX') or
+`gsview' (under `MSDOS' to display graphical output. These defaults may
+be overridden with the configuration variable `psviewer'.  The
+`PostScript' viewer should be capable of automatically redrawing
+whenever the output file is updated. The default `UNIX' `PostScript'
+viewer `gv' supports this (via a `SIGHUP' signal). Version `gv-3.6.3'
+or later (from `http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gv/') is required for
+interactive mode to work properly.  Users of `ggv' will need to enable
+`Watch file' under `Edit/Postscript Viewer Preferences'.  Users of
+`gsview' will need to enable `Options/Auto Redisplay' (however, under
+`MSDOS' it is still necessary to click on the `gsview' window; under
+`UNIX' one must manually redisplay by pressing the `r' key). A better
+(and free) multiplatform alternative to `gsview' is `psview' (*note
+psview::).
+
+   Configuration variables are most easily set as `Asymptote' variables
+in an optional configuration file `config.asy' *note configuration
+file::).  Here are the default values of several important configuration
+variables under `UNIX':
+
+
+import settings;
+psviewer="gv";
+pdfviewer="acroread";
+gs="gs";
+
+Under `MSDOS', the (installation-dependent) default values of these
+configuration variables are determined automatically from the
+`Microsoft Windows' registry. Viewer settings (such as `psviewer' and
+`pdfviewer') can be set to the string `cmd' to request the application
+normally associated with the corresponding file type.
+
+   For PDF format output, the `gs' setting specifies the location of
+the `PostScript'-to-PDF processor `Ghostscript', available from
+`http://sourceforge.net/projects/ghostscript/'.
+
+   The setting `pdfviewer' specifies the location of the PDF viewer. On
+`UNIX' systems, to support automatic document reloading in `Adobe
+Reader', we recommend copying the file `reload.js' from the `Asymptote'
+system directory (by default, `/usr/local/share/asymptote' under `UNIX'
+to `~/.adobe/Acrobat/x.x/JavaScripts/', where `x.x' represents the
+appropriate `Adobe Reader' version number. The automatic document
+reload feature must then be explicitly enabled by putting
+import settings;
+pdfreload=true;
+pdfreloadOptions="-tempFile";
+ in the `Asymptote' configuration file. This reload feature is not
+useful under `MSDOS' since the document cannot be updated anyway on
+that operating system until it is first closed by `Adobe Reader'.
+
+   The configuration variable `dir' can be used to adjust the search
+path (*note Search paths::).
+
+   By default, `Asymptote' attempts to center the figure on the page,
+assuming that the paper type is `letter'. The default paper type may be
+changed to `a4' with the configuration variable `papertype'. Alignment
+to other paper sizes can be obtained by setting the configuration
+variables `paperwidth' and `paperheight'.
+
+   The following configuration variables normally do not require
+adjustment:
+texpath
+texcommand
+dvips
+dvisvgm
+convert
+display
+animate
+ Warnings (such as "writeoverloaded") may be enabled or disabled with
+the functions
+warn(string s);
+nowarn(string s);
+ or by directly modifying the string array `settings.suppress', which
+lists all disabled warnings.
+
+   Configuration variables may also be set or overwritten with a
+command-line option:
+asy -psviewer=gsview -V venn
+
+   Alternatively, system environment versions of the above configuration
+variables may be set in the conventional way. The corresponding
+environment variable name is obtained by converting the configuration
+variable name to upper case  and prepending `ASYMPTOTE_': for example,
+to set the environment variable
+ASYMPTOTE_PSVIEWER="C:\Program Files\Ghostgum\gsview\gsview32.exe";
+ under `Microsoft Windows XP':
+  1. Click on the `Start' button;
+
+  2. Right-click on `My Computer';
+
+  3. Choose `View system information';
+
+  4. Click the `Advanced' tab;
+
+  5. Click the `Environment Variables' button.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Search paths,  Next: Compiling from UNIX source,  Prev: Configuring,  Up: Installation
+
+2.5 Search paths
+================
+
+In looking for `Asymptote' system files, `asy' will search the
+following paths, in the order listed:
+  1. The current directory;
+
+  2. A list of one or more directories specified by the configuration
+     variable `dir' or environment variable `ASYMPTOTE_DIR' (separated
+     by `:' under UNIX and `;' under `MSDOS');
+
+  3. The directory specified by the environment variable
+     `ASYMPTOTE_HOME'; if this variable is not set, the directory
+     `.asy' in the user's home directory (`%USERPROFILE%\.asy' under
+     `MSDOS') is used;
+
+  4. The `Asymptote' system directory (by default,
+     `/usr/local/share/asymptote' under `UNIX' and `C:\Program
+     Files\Asymptote' under `MSDOS').
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Compiling from UNIX source,  Next: Editing modes,  Prev: Search paths,  Up: Installation
+
+2.6 Compiling from UNIX source
+==============================
+
+To compile and install a `UNIX' executable from a source release
+`x.xx', first execute the commands:
+gunzip asymptote-x.xx.src.tgz
+tar -xf asymptote-x.xx.src.tar
+cd asymptote-x.xx
+ By default the system version of the Boehm garbage collector will be
+used; if it is old we recommend first putting
+`http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Hans_Boehm/gc/gc_source/gc-7.2b.tar.gz'
+in the `Asymptote' source directory.
+
+If your graphics card supports multisampling, we recommend using version
+`2.6.0' of `freeglut' to support antialiasing in `Asymptote''s adaptive
+`OpenGL' 3D renderer (`MacOS X' users can skip this step since
+`Asymptote' is configured to use the native glut library on that
+platform). Download
+
+     `http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/freeglut/freeglut-2.6.0.tar.gz'
+   and type (as the root user):
+tar -zxf freeglut-2.6.0.tar.gz
+cd freeglut-2.6.0
+./configure --prefix=/usr
+make install
+cd ..
+ Then compile `Asymptote' with the commands
+./configure
+make all
+make install
+ Be sure to use GNU `make' (on non-GNU systems this command may be
+called `gmake').  To build the documentation, you may need to install
+the `texinfo-tex' package. If you get errors from a broken `texinfo' or
+`pdftex' installation, simply put
+
+     `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/asymptote.pdf'
+   in the directory `doc' and repeat the command `make all'.
+
+For a (default) system-wide installation, the last command should be
+done as the root user. To install without root privileges, change the
+`./configure' command to
+./configure --prefix=$HOME/asymptote
+ One can disable use of the Boehm garbage collector by configuring with
+`./configure --disable-gc'. For a list of other configuration options,
+say `./configure --help'. For example, one can tell configure to look
+for header files and libraries in nonstandard locations:
+./configure CFLAGS=-I/opt/usr/include LDFLAGS=-L/opt/usr/lib
+
+   If you are compiling `Asymptote' with `gcc', you will need a
+relatively recent version (e.g. 3.4.4 or later).  For full interactive
+functionality, you will need version 4.3 or later of the GNU `readline'
+library.  The file `gcc3.3.2curses.patch' in the `patches' directory can
+be used to patch the broken curses.h header file (or a local copy
+thereof in the current directory) on some `AIX' and `IRIX' systems.
+
+   The `FFTW' library is only required if you want `Asymptote' to be
+able to take Fourier transforms of data (say, to compute an audio power
+spectrum). The `GSL' library is only required if you require the
+special functions that it supports.
+
+   If you don't want to install `Asymptote' system wide, just make sure
+the compiled binary `asy' and GUI script `xasy' are in your path and
+set the configuration variable `dir' to point to the directory `base'
+(in the top level directory of the `Asymptote' source code).
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Editing modes,  Next: Subversion,  Prev: Compiling from UNIX source,  Up: Installation
+
+2.7 Editing modes
+=================
+
+Users of `emacs' can edit `Asymptote' code with the mode `asy-mode',
+after enabling it by putting the following lines in their `.emacs'
+initialization file, replacing `ASYDIR' with the location of the
+`Asymptote' system directory (by default, `/usr/local/share/asymptote'
+or `C:\Program Files\Asymptote' under `MSDOS'):
+(add-to-list 'load-path "ASYDIR")
+(autoload 'asy-mode "asy-mode.el" "Asymptote major mode." t)
+(autoload 'lasy-mode "asy-mode.el" "hybrid Asymptote/Latex major mode." t)
+(autoload 'asy-insinuate-latex "asy-mode.el" "Asymptote insinuate LaTeX." t)
+(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.asy$" . asy-mode))
+
+ Particularly useful key bindings in this mode are `C-c C-c', which
+compiles and displays the current buffer, and the key binding `C-c ?',
+which shows the available function prototypes for the command at the
+cursor.  For full functionality you should also install the Apache
+Software Foundation package `two-mode-mode':
+
+     `http://www.dedasys.com/freesoftware/files/two-mode-mode.el'
+   Once installed, you can use the hybrid mode `lasy-mode' to edit a
+LaTeX file containing embedded `Asymptote' code (*note LaTeX usage::).
+This mode can be enabled within `latex-mode' with the key sequence `M-x
+lasy-mode <RET>'.  On `UNIX' systems, additional keywords will be
+generated from all `asy' files in the space-separated list of
+directories specified by the environment variable `ASYMPTOTE_SITEDIR'.
+Further documentation of `asy-mode' is available within `emacs' by
+pressing the sequence keys `C-h f asy-mode <RET>'.
+
+   Fans of `vim' can customize `vim' for `Asymptote' with
+
+`cp /usr/local/share/asymptote/asy.vim ~/.vim/syntax/asy.vim'
+
+and add the following to their `~/.vimrc' file:
+augroup filetypedetect
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asy     setf asy
+augroup END
+filetype plugin on
+
+   If any of these directories or files don't exist, just create them.
+To set `vim' up to run the current asymptote script using `:make' just
+add to `~/.vim/ftplugin/asy.vim':
+setlocal makeprg=asy\ %
+setlocal errorformat=%f:\ %l.%c:\ %m
+
+   Syntax highlighting support for the KDE editor `Kate' can be enabled
+by running `asy-kate.sh' in the `/usr/local/share/asymptote' directory
+and putting the generated `asymptote.xml' file in
+`~/.kde/share/apps/katepart/syntax/'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Subversion,  Next: Uninstall,  Prev: Editing modes,  Up: Installation
+
+2.8 Subversion (SVN)
+====================
+
+The following commands are needed to install the latest development
+version of `Asymptote' using `Subversion':
+svn co http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/asymptote/trunk/asymptote
+cd asymptote
+./autogen.sh
+./configure
+make all
+make install
+
+To compile without optimization, use the command `make CFLAGS=-g'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Uninstall,  Prev: Subversion,  Up: Installation
+
+2.9 Uninstall
+=============
+
+To uninstall an `Linux i386' binary distribution, use the commands
+tar -zxvf asymptote-x.xx.i386.tgz | xargs --replace=% rm /%
+texhash
+
+To uninstall all `Asymptote' files installed from a source
+distribution, use the command
+make uninstall
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Tutorial,  Next: Drawing commands,  Prev: Installation,  Up: Top
+
+3 Tutorial
+**********
+
+3.1 Drawing in batch mode
+=========================
+
+To draw a line from coordinate (0,0) to coordinate (100,100), create a
+text file `test.asy' containing
+
+draw((0,0)--(100,100));
+ Then execute the command
+asy -V test
+ Alternatively, `MSDOS' users can drag and drop `test.asy' onto the
+Desktop `asy' icon (or make `Asymptote' the default application for the
+extension `asy').
+
+This method, known as _batch mode_, outputs a `PostScript' file
+`test.eps'. If you prefer PDF output, use the command line
+asy -V -f pdf test
+ In either case, the `-V' option opens up a viewer window so you can
+immediately view the result:
+
+
+Here, the `--' connector joins the two points `(0,0)' and `(100,100)'
+with a line segment.
+
+3.2 Drawing in interactive mode
+===============================
+
+Another method is _interactive mode_, where `Asymptote' reads
+individual commands as they are entered by the user. To try this out,
+enter `Asymptote''s interactive mode by clicking on the `Asymptote'
+icon or typing the command `asy'.  Then type
+draw((0,0)--(100,100));
+ followed by `Enter', to obtain the above image.  At this point you can
+type further `draw' commands, which will be added to the displayed
+figure, `erase' to clear the canvas,
+input test;
+ to execute all of the commands contained in the file `test.asy', or
+`quit' to exit interactive mode.  You can use the arrow keys in
+interactive mode to edit previous lines.  The tab key will
+automatically complete unambiguous words; otherwise, hitting tab again
+will show the possible choices. Further commands specific to
+interactive mode are described in *note Interactive mode::.
+
+3.3 Figure size
+===============
+
+In `Asymptote', coordinates like `(0,0)' and `(100,100)', called
+_pairs_, are expressed in `PostScript' "big points" (1 `bp' = 1/72
+`inch') and the default line width is `0.5bp'.  However, it is often
+inconvenient to work directly in `PostScript' coordinates.  The next
+example produces identical output to the previous example, by scaling
+the line `(0,0)--(1,1)' to fit a rectangle of width `100.5 bp' and
+height `100.5 bp' (the extra `0.5bp' accounts for the line width):
+size(100.5,100.5);
+draw((0,0)--(1,1));
+
+
+
+One can also specify the size in `pt' (1 `pt' = 1/72.27 `inch'), `cm',
+`mm', or `inches'.  Two nonzero size arguments (or a single size
+argument) restrict the size in both directions, preserving the aspect
+ratio.  If 0 is given as a size argument, no restriction is made in
+that direction; the overall scaling will be determined by the other
+direction (*note size::):
+
+size(0,100.5);
+draw((0,0)--(2,1),Arrow);
+
+
+
+To connect several points and create a cyclic path, use the `cycle'
+keyword:
+
+size(3cm);
+draw((0,0)--(1,0)--(1,1)--(0,1)--cycle);
+
+
+For convenience, the path `(0,0)--(1,0)--(1,1)--(0,1)--cycle' may be
+replaced with the predefined variable `unitsquare', or equivalently,
+`box((0,0),(1,1))'.
+
+   To make the user coordinates represent multiples of exactly `1cm':
+unitsize(1cm);
+draw(unitsquare);
+
+3.4 Labels
+==========
+
+Adding labels is easy in `Asymptote'; one specifies the label as a
+double-quoted `LaTeX' string, a coordinate, and an optional alignment
+direction:
+
+size(3cm);
+draw(unitsquare);
+label("$A$",(0,0),SW);
+label("$B$",(1,0),SE);
+label("$C$",(1,1),NE);
+label("$D$",(0,1),NW);
+
+
+
+`Asymptote' uses the standard compass directions `E=(1,0)', `N=(0,1)',
+`NE=unit(N+E)', and `ENE=unit(E+NE)', etc., which along with the
+directions `up', `down', `right', and `left' are defined as pairs in
+the `Asymptote' base module `plain' (a user who has a local variable
+named `E' may access the compass direction `E' by prefixing it with the
+name of the module where it is defined: `plain.E').
+
+3.5 Paths
+=========
+
+This example draws a path that approximates a quarter circle,
+terminated with an arrowhead:
+
+size(100,0);
+draw((1,0){up}..{left}(0,1),Arrow);
+
+
+Here the directions `up' and `left' in braces specify the incoming and
+outgoing directions at the points `(1,0)' and `(0,1)', respectively.
+
+   In general, a path is specified as a list of points (or other paths)
+interconnected with `--', which denotes a straight line segment, or
+`..', which denotes a cubic spline (*note Bezier curves::).  Specifying
+a final `..cycle' creates a cyclic path that connects smoothly back to
+the initial node, as in this approximation (accurate to within 0.06%)
+of a unit circle:
+path unitcircle=E..N..W..S..cycle;
+
+An `Asymptote' path, being connected, is equivalent to a `Postscript
+subpath'. The `^^' binary operator, which requests that the pen be
+moved (without drawing or affecting endpoint curvatures) from the final
+point of the left-hand path to the initial point of the right-hand
+path, may be used to group several `Asymptote' paths into a `path[]'
+array (equivalent to a `PostScript' path):
+
+size(0,100);
+path unitcircle=E..N..W..S..cycle;
+path g=scale(2)*unitcircle;
+filldraw(unitcircle^^g,evenodd+yellow,black);
+
+
+
+The `PostScript' even-odd fill rule here specifies that only the region
+bounded between the two unit circles is filled (*note fillrule::).  In
+this example, the same effect can be achieved by using the default zero
+winding number fill rule, if one is careful to alternate the
+orientation of the paths:
+filldraw(unitcircle^^reverse(g),yellow,black);
+
+   The `^^' operator is used by the `box(triple, triple)' function in
+the module `three.asy' to construct the edges of a cube `unitbox'
+without retracing steps (*note three::):
+
+import three;
+
+currentprojection=orthographic(5,4,2,center=true);
+
+size(5cm);
+size3(3cm,5cm,8cm);
+
+draw(unitbox);
+
+dot(unitbox,red);
+
+label("$O$",(0,0,0),NW);
+label("(1,0,0)",(1,0,0),S);
+label("(0,1,0)",(0,1,0),E);
+label("(0,0,1)",(0,0,1),Z);
+
+
+
+See section *note graph:: (or the online `Asymptote' gallery and
+external links posted at `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net') for
+further examples, including two-dimensional and interactive
+three-dimensional scientific graphs. Additional examples have been
+posted by Philippe Ivaldi at `http://www.piprime.fr/asymptote'.  A
+user-written `Asymptote' tutorial is available at
+http://www.artofproblemsolving.com/Wiki/index.php/Asymptote:_Basics
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Drawing commands,  Next: Bezier curves,  Prev: Tutorial,  Up: Top
+
+4 Drawing commands
+******************
+
+All of `Asymptote''s graphical capabilities are based on four primitive
+commands. The three `PostScript' drawing commands `draw', `fill', and
+`clip' add objects to a picture in the order in which they are
+executed, with the most recently drawn object appearing on top.  The
+labeling command `label' can be used to add text labels and external
+EPS images, which will appear on top of the `PostScript' objects (since
+this is normally what one wants), but again in the relative order in
+which they were executed. After drawing objects on a picture, the
+picture can be output with the `shipout' function (*note shipout::).
+
+   If you wish to draw `PostScript' objects on top of labels (or
+verbatim `tex' commands; *note tex::), the `layer' command may be used
+to start a new `PostScript/LaTeX' layer:
+void layer(picture pic=currentpicture);
+
+   The `layer' function gives one full control over the order in which
+objects are drawn. Layers are drawn sequentially, with the most recent
+layer appearing on top. Within each layer, labels, images, and verbatim
+`tex' commands are always drawn after the `PostScript' objects in that
+layer.
+
+   While some of these drawing commands take many options, they all
+have sensible default values (for example, the picture argument
+defaults to currentpicture).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* draw::                        Draw a path on a picture or frame
+* fill::                        Fill a cyclic path on a picture or frame
+* clip::                        Clip a picture or frame to a cyclic path
+* label::                       Label a point on a picture
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: draw,  Next: fill,  Up: Drawing commands
+
+4.1 draw
+========
+
+void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", path g,
+          align align=NoAlign, pen p=currentpen,
+          arrowbar arrow=None, arrowbar bar=None, margin margin=NoMargin,
+          Label legend="", marker marker=nomarker);
+
+Draw the path `g' on the picture `pic' using pen `p' for drawing, with
+optional drawing attributes (Label `L', explicit label alignment
+`align', arrows and bars `arrow' and `bar', margins `margin', legend,
+and markers `marker'). Only one parameter, the path, is required. For
+convenience, the arguments `arrow' and `bar' may be specified in either
+order. The argument `legend' is a Label to use in constructing an
+optional legend entry.
+
+   Bars are useful for indicating dimensions. The possible values of
+`bar' are `None', `BeginBar', `EndBar' (or equivalently `Bar'), and
+`Bars' (which draws a bar at both ends of the path). Each of these bar
+specifiers (except for `None') will accept an optional real argument
+that denotes the length of the bar in `PostScript' coordinates. The
+default bar length is `barsize(pen)'.
+
+   The possible values of `arrow' are `None', `Blank' (which draws no
+arrows or path), `BeginArrow', `MidArrow', `EndArrow' (or equivalently
+`Arrow'), and `Arrows' (which draws an arrow at both ends of the path).
+All of the arrow specifiers except for `None' and `Blank' may be given
+the optional arguments arrowhead `arrowhead' (one of the predefined
+arrowhead styles `DefaultHead', `SimpleHead', `HookHead', `TeXHead'),
+real `size' (arrowhead size in `PostScript' coordinates), real `angle'
+(arrowhead angle in degrees), filltype `filltype' (one of `FillDraw',
+`Fill', `NoFill', `UnFill', `Draw') and (except for `MidArrow' and
+`Arrows') a real `position' (in the sense of `point(path p, real t)')
+along the path where the tip of the arrow should be placed. The default
+arrowhead size when drawn with a pen `p' is `arrowsize(p)'. There are
+also arrow versions with slightly modified default values of `size' and
+`angle' suitable for curved arrows: `BeginArcArrow', `EndArcArrow' (or
+equivalently `ArcArrow'), `MidArcArrow', and `ArcArrows'.
+
+   Margins can be used to shrink the visible portion of a path by
+`labelmargin(p)' to avoid overlap with other drawn objects.  Typical
+values of `margin' are `NoMargin', `BeginMargin', `EndMargin' (or
+equivalently `Margin'), and `Margins' (which leaves a margin at both
+ends of the path). One may use `Margin(real begin, real end)' to
+specify the size of the beginning and ending margin, respectively, in
+multiples of the units `labelmargin(p)' used for aligning labels.
+Alternatively, `BeginPenMargin', `EndPenMargin' (or equivalently
+`PenMargin'), `PenMargins', `PenMargin(real begin, real end)' specify a
+margin in units of the pen line width, taking account of the pen line
+width when drawing the path or arrow. For example, use `DotMargin', an
+abbreviation for `PenMargin(-0.5*dotfactor,0.5*dotfactor)', to draw
+from the usual beginning point just up to the boundary of an end dot of
+width `dotfactor*linewidth(p)'.  The qualifiers `BeginDotMargin',
+`EndDotMargin', and `DotMargins' work similarly. The qualifier
+`TrueMargin(real begin, real end)' allows one to specify a margin
+directly in `PostScript' units, independent of the pen line width.
+
+   The use of arrows, bars, and margins is illustrated by the examples
+`Pythagoras.asy', `sqrtx01.asy', and `triads.asy'.
+
+   The legend for a picture `pic' can be fit and aligned to a frame
+with the routine: 
+frame legend(picture pic=currentpicture, int perline=1,
+             real xmargin=legendmargin, real ymargin=xmargin,
+             real linelength=legendlinelength,
+             real hskip=legendhskip, real vskip=legendvskip,
+             real maxwidth=0, real maxheight=0,
+             bool hstretch=false, bool vstretch=false, pen p=currentpen);
+ Here `xmargin' and `ymargin' specify the surrounding x and y margins,
+`perline' specifies the number of entries per line (default 1; 0 means
+choose this number automatically), `linelength' specifies the length of
+the path lines, `hskip' and `vskip' specify the line skip (as a
+multiple of the legend entry size), `maxwidth' and `maxheight' specify
+optional upper limits on the width and height of the resulting legend
+(0 means unlimited), `hstretch' and `vstretch' allow the legend to
+stretch horizontally or vertically, and `p' specifies the pen used to
+draw the bounding box. The legend frame can then be added and aligned
+about a point on a picture `dest' using `add' or `attach' (*note add
+about::).
+
+   To draw a dot, simply draw a path containing a single point.  The
+`dot' command defined in the module `plain' draws a dot having a
+diameter equal to an explicit pen line width or the default line width
+magnified by `dotfactor' (6 by default), using the specified filltype
+(*note filltype::):
+void dot(picture pic=currentpicture, pair z, pen p=currentpen,
+         filltype filltype=Fill);
+void dot(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, pair z, align align=NoAlign,
+         string format=defaultformat, pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=Fill);
+void dot(picture pic=currentpicture, Label[] L=new Label[], pair[] z,
+         align align=NoAlign, string format=defaultformat, pen p=currentpen,
+         filltype filltype=Fill)
+void dot(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, pen p=currentpen,
+         filltype filltype=Fill);
+
+   If the variable `Label' is given as the `Label' argument to the
+second routine, the `format' argument will be used to format a string
+based on the dot location (here `defaultformat' is `"$%.4g$"').  The
+third routine draws a dot at every point of a pair array `z'.  One can
+also draw a dot at every node of a path:
+void dot(picture pic=currentpicture, Label[] L=new Label[],
+         path g, align align=RightSide, string format=defaultformat,
+         pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=Fill);
+ See *note pathmarkers:: and *note markers:: for more general methods
+for marking path nodes.
+
+   To draw a fixed-sized object (in `PostScript' coordinates) about the
+user coordinate `origin', use the routine 
+void draw(pair origin, picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", path g,
+          align align=NoAlign, pen p=currentpen, arrowbar arrow=None,
+          arrowbar bar=None, margin margin=NoMargin, Label legend="",
+          marker marker=nomarker);
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: fill,  Next: clip,  Prev: draw,  Up: Drawing commands
+
+4.2 fill
+========
+
+void fill(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, pen p=currentpen);
+
+Fill the interior region bounded by the cyclic path `g' on the picture
+`pic', using the pen `p'.
+
+   There is also a convenient `filldraw' command, which fills the path
+and then draws in the boundary. One can specify separate pens for each
+operation:
+void filldraw(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, pen fillpen=currentpen,
+              pen drawpen=currentpen);
+
+   This fixed-size version of `fill' allows one to fill an object
+described in `PostScript' coordinates about the user coordinate
+`origin':
+void fill(pair origin, picture pic=currentpicture, path g, pen p=currentpen);
+
+This is just a convenient abbreviation for the commands:
+picture opic;
+fill(opic,g,p);
+add(pic,opic,origin);
+
+   The routine 
+void filloutside(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, pen p=currentpen);
+ fills the region exterior to the path `g', out to the current boundary
+of picture `pic'.
+
+   Lattice gradient shading varying smoothly over a two-dimensional
+array of pens `p', using fill rule `fillrule', can be produced with
+void latticeshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
+                  pen fillrule=currentpen, pen[][] p)
+ If `stroke=true', the region filled is the same as the region that
+would be drawn by `draw(pic,g,fillrule+zerowinding)'; in this case the
+path `g' need not be cyclic.  The pens in `p' must belong to the same
+color space. One can use the functions `rgb(pen)' or `cmyk(pen)' to
+promote pens to a higher color space, as illustrated in the example file
+`latticeshading.asy'.
+
+   Axial gradient shading varying smoothly from `pena' to `penb' in the
+direction of the line segment `a--b' can be achieved with
+void axialshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
+                pen pena, pair a,
+                pen penb, pair b);
+
+   Radial gradient shading varying smoothly from `pena' on the circle
+with center `a' and radius `ra' to `penb' on the circle with center `b'
+and radius `rb' is similar:
+void radialshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
+                 pen pena, pair a, real ra,
+                 pen penb, pair b, real rb);
+ Illustrations of radial shading are provided in the example files
+`shade.asy', `ring.asy', and `shadestroke.asy'.
+
+   Gouraud shading using fill rule `fillrule' and the vertex colors in
+the pen array `p' on a triangular lattice defined by the vertices `z'
+and edge flags `edges' is implemented with
+void gouraudshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
+                  pen fillrule=currentpen, pen[] p, pair[] z,
+                  int[] edges);
+void gouraudshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
+                  pen fillrule=currentpen, pen[] p, int[] edges);
+ In the second form, the elements of `z' are taken to be successive
+nodes of path `g'. The pens in `p' must belong to the same color space.
+Illustrations of Gouraud shading are provided in the example file
+`Gouraud.asy' and in the solid geometry module `solids.asy'.  The edge
+flags used in Gouraud shading are documented here:
+
+     `http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/ps/sdk/TN5600.SmoothShading.pdf'.
+
+   Tensor product shading using fill rule `fillrule' on patches bounded
+by the n cyclic paths of length 4 in path array `b', using the vertex
+colors specified in the n \times 4 pen array `p' and internal control
+points in the n \times 4 array `z', is implemented with
+void tensorshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
+                 pen fillrule=currentpen, pen[][] p, path[] b=g,
+                 pair[][] z=new pair[][]);
+ If the array `z' is empty, Coons shading, in which the color control
+points are calculated automatically, is used.  The pens in `p' must
+belong to the same color space.  A simpler interface for the case of a
+single patch (n=1) is also available:
+void tensorshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, bool stroke=false,
+                 pen fillrule=currentpen, pen[] p, path b=g,
+                 pair[] z=new pair[]);
+ One can also smoothly shade the regions between consecutive paths of a
+sequence using a given array of pens:
+void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, pen fillrule=currentpen, path[] g,
+          pen[] p);
+ Illustrations of tensor product and Coons shading are provided in the
+example files `tensor.asy', `Coons.asy', `BezierSurface.asy', and
+`rainbow.asy'.
+
+   More general shading possibilities are available with the `pdflatex',
+`context', and `pdftex' TeX engines: the routine
+void functionshade(picture pic=currentpicture, path[] g, bool stroke=false,
+                   pen fillrule=currentpen, string shader);
+ shades on picture `pic' the interior of path `g' according to fill
+rule `fillrule' using the `PostScript' calculator routine specified by
+the string `shader'; this routine takes 2 arguments, each in [0,1], and
+returns `colors(fillrule).length' color components.  Function shading
+is illustrated in the example `functionshading.asy'.
+
+   The following routine uses `evenodd' clipping together with the `^^'
+operator to unfill a region:
+
+void unfill(picture pic=currentpicture, path g);
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: clip,  Next: label,  Prev: fill,  Up: Drawing commands
+
+4.3 clip
+========
+
+void clip(picture pic=currentpicture, path g, stroke=false,
+          pen fillrule=currentpen);
+
+Clip the current contents of picture `pic' to the region bounded by the
+path `g', using fill rule `fillrule' (*note fillrule::).  If
+`stroke=true', the clipped portion is the same as the region that would
+be drawn with `draw(pic,g,fillrule+zerowinding)'; in this case the path
+`g' need not be cyclic. For an illustration of picture clipping, see
+the first example in *note LaTeX usage::.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: label,  Prev: clip,  Up: Drawing commands
+
+4.4 label
+=========
+
+void label(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, pair position,
+           align align=NoAlign, pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=NoFill)
+
+Draw Label `L' on picture `pic' using pen `p'. If `align' is `NoAlign',
+the label will be centered at user coordinate `position'; otherwise it
+will be aligned in the direction of `align' and displaced from
+`position' by the `PostScript' offset `align*labelmargin(p)'.  The
+constant `Align' can be used to align the bottom-left corner of the
+label at `position'.  The Label `L' can either be a string or the
+structure obtained by calling one of the functions
+Label Label(string s="", pair position, align align=NoAlign,
+            pen p=nullpen, embed embed=Rotate, filltype filltype=NoFill);
+Label Label(string s="", align align=NoAlign,
+            pen p=nullpen, embed embed=Rotate, filltype filltype=NoFill);
+Label Label(Label L, pair position, align align=NoAlign,
+            pen p=nullpen, embed embed=L.embed, filltype filltype=NoFill);
+Label Label(Label L, align align=NoAlign,
+            pen p=nullpen, embed embed=L.embed, filltype filltype=NoFill);
+ The text of a Label can be scaled, slanted, rotated, or shifted by
+multiplying it on the left by an affine transform (*note Transforms::).
+For example, `rotate(45)*xscale(2)*L' first scales `L' in the x
+direction and then rotates it counterclockwise by 45 degrees. The final
+position of a Label can also be shifted by a `PostScript' coordinate
+translation: `shift(10,0)*L'.  An explicit pen specified within the
+Label overrides other pen arguments.  The `embed' argument determines
+how the Label should transform with the embedding picture:
+`Shift'
+     only shift with embedding picture;
+
+`Rotate'
+     only shift and rotate with embedding picture (default);
+
+`Rotate(pair z)'
+     rotate with (picture-transformed) vector `z'.
+
+`Slant'
+     only shift, rotate, slant, and reflect with embedding picture;
+
+`Scale'
+     shift, rotate, slant, reflect, and scale with embedding picture.
+
+
+   To add a label to a path, use
+void label(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, path g, align align=NoAlign,
+           pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=NoFill);
+ By default the label will be positioned at the midpoint of the path.
+An alternative label position (in the sense of `point(path p, real t)')
+may be specified as a real value for `position' in constructing the
+Label. The position `Relative(real)' specifies a location relative to
+the total arclength of the path. These convenient abbreviations are
+predefined: 
+position BeginPoint=Relative(0);
+position MidPoint=Relative(0.5);
+position EndPoint=Relative(1);
+
+   Path labels are aligned in the direction `align', which may be
+specified as an absolute compass direction (pair) or a direction
+`Relative(pair)' measured relative to a north axis in the local
+direction of the path. For convenience `LeftSide', `Center', and
+`RightSide' are defined as `Relative(W)', `Relative((0,0))', and
+`Relative(E)', respectively.  Multiplying `LeftSide', `Center',
+`RightSide' on the left by a real scaling factor will move the label
+further away from or closer to the path.
+
+   A label with a fixed-size arrow of length `arrowlength' pointing to
+`b' from direction `dir' can be produced with the routine 
+void arrow(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", pair b, pair dir,
+           real length=arrowlength, align align=NoAlign,
+           pen p=currentpen, arrowbar arrow=Arrow, margin margin=EndMargin);
+ If no alignment is specified (either in the Label or as an explicit
+argument), the optional Label will be aligned in the direction `dir',
+using margin `margin'.
+
+   The function `string graphic(string name, string options="")'
+returns a string that can be used to include an encapsulated
+`PostScript' (EPS) file. Here, `name' is the name of the file to
+include and `options' is a string containing a comma-separated list of
+optional bounding box (`bb=llx lly urx ury'), width (`width=value'),
+height (`height=value'), rotation (`angle=value'), scaling
+(`scale=factor'), clipping (`clip=bool'), and draft mode (`draft=bool')
+parameters. The `layer()' function can be used to force future objects
+to be drawn on top of the included image:
+label(graphic("file.eps","width=1cm"),(0,0),NE);
+layer();
+
+   The `string baseline(string s, string template="\strut")' function
+can be used to enlarge the bounding box of labels to match a given
+template, so that their baselines will be typeset on a horizontal line.
+See `Pythagoras.asy' for an example.
+
+   One can prevent labels from overwriting one another with the
+`overwrite' pen attribute (*note overwrite::).
+
+   The structure `object' defined in `plain_Label.asy' allows Labels
+and frames to be treated in a uniform manner.  A group of objects may
+be packed together into single frame with the routine 
+frame pack(pair align=2S ... object inset[]);
+ To draw or fill a box (or ellipse or other path) around a Label and
+return the bounding object, use one of the routines
+object draw(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, envelope e,
+            real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
+            filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+object draw(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, envelope e, pair position,
+            real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
+            filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+ Here `envelope' is a boundary-drawing routine such as `box',
+`roundbox', or `ellipse' defined in `plain_boxes.asy' (*note
+envelope::).
+
+   The function `path[] texpath(Label L)' returns the path array that
+TeX would fill to draw the Label `L'.
+
+   The `string minipage(string s, width=100pt)' function can be used to
+format string `s' into a paragraph of width `width'.  This example uses
+`minipage', `clip', and `graphic' to produce a CD label:
+
+
+size(11.7cm,11.7cm);
+asy(nativeformat(),"logo");
+fill(unitcircle^^(scale(2/11.7)*unitcircle),
+     evenodd+rgb(124/255,205/255,124/255));
+label(scale(1.1)*minipage(
+"\centering\scriptsize \textbf{\LARGE {\tt Asymptote}\\
+\smallskip
+\small The Vector Graphics Language}\\
+\smallskip
+\textsc{Andy Hammerlindl, John Bowman, and Tom Prince}
+http://asymptote.sourceforge.net\\
+",8cm),(0,0.6));
+label(graphic("logo."+nativeformat(),"height=7cm"),(0,-0.22));
+clip(unitcircle^^(scale(2/11.7)*unitcircle),evenodd);
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Bezier curves,  Next: Programming,  Prev: Drawing commands,  Up: Top
+
+5 Bezier curves
+***************
+
+Each interior node of a cubic spline may be given a direction prefix or
+suffix `{dir}': the direction of the pair `dir' specifies the direction
+of the incoming or outgoing tangent, respectively, to the curve at that
+node. Exterior nodes may be given direction specifiers only on their
+interior side.
+
+   A cubic spline between the node z_0, with postcontrol point c_0, and
+the node z_1, with precontrol point c_1, is computed as the Bezier curve
+
+
+
+As illustrated in the diagram below, the third-order midpoint (m_5)
+constructed from two endpoints z_0 and z_1 and two control points c_0
+and c_1, is the point corresponding to t=1/2 on the Bezier curve formed
+by the quadruple (z_0, c_0, c_1, z_1). This allows one to recursively
+construct the desired curve, by using the newly extracted third-order
+midpoint as an endpoint and the respective second- and first-order
+midpoints as control points:
+
+
+
+Here m_0, m_1 and m_2 are the first-order midpoints, m_3 and m_4 are
+the second-order midpoints, and m_5 is the third-order midpoint.  The
+curve is then constructed by recursively applying the algorithm to
+(z_0, m_0, m_3, m_5) and (m_5, m_4, m_2, z_1).
+
+   In fact, an analogous property holds for points located at any
+fraction t in [0,1] of each segment, not just for midpoints (t=1/2).
+
+   The Bezier curve constructed in this manner has the following
+properties:
+   * It is entirely contained in the convex hull of the given four
+     points.
+
+   * It starts heading from the first endpoint to the first control
+     point and finishes heading from the second control point to the
+     second endpoint.
+
+
+   The user can specify explicit control points between two nodes like
+this:
+draw((0,0)..controls (0,100) and (100,100)..(100,0));
+
+   However, it is usually more convenient to just use the `..'
+operator, which tells `Asymptote' to choose its own control points
+using the algorithms described in Donald Knuth's monograph, The
+MetaFontbook, Chapter 14.  The user can still customize the guide (or
+path) by specifying direction, tension, and curl values.
+
+   The higher the tension, the straighter the curve is, and the more it
+approximates a straight line.  One can change the spline tension from
+its default value of 1 to any real value greater than or equal to 0.75
+(cf. John D. Hobby, Discrete and Computational Geometry 1, 1986):
+draw((100,0)..tension 2 ..(100,100)..(0,100));
+draw((100,0)..tension 2 and 1 ..(100,100)..(0,100));
+draw((100,0)..tension atleast 1 ..(100,100)..(0,100));
+
+   The curl parameter specifies the curvature at the endpoints of a path
+(0 means straight; the default value of 1 means approximately circular):
+draw((100,0){curl 0}..(100,100)..{curl 0}(0,100));
+
+   The `MetaPost ...' path connector, which requests, when possible, an
+inflection-free curve confined to a triangle defined by the endpoints
+and directions, is implemented in `Asymptote' as the convenient
+abbreviation `::' for `..tension atleast 1 ..' (the ellipsis `...' is
+used in `Asymptote' to indicate a variable number of arguments; *note
+Rest arguments::).  For example, compare
+
+draw((0,0){up}..(100,25){right}..(200,0){down});
+
+
+with
+
+draw((0,0){up}::(100,25){right}::(200,0){down});
+
+
+
+The `---' connector is an abbreviation for `..tension atleast
+infinity..' and the `&' connector concatenates two paths, after first
+stripping off the last node of the first path (which normally should
+coincide with the first node of the second path).
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Programming,  Next: LaTeX usage,  Prev: Bezier curves,  Up: Top
+
+6 Programming
+*************
+
+Here is a short introductory example to the `Asymptote' programming
+language that highlights the similarity of its control structures with
+those of C, C++, and Java: 
+// This is a comment.
+
+// Declaration: Declare x to be a real variable;
+real x;
+
+// Assignment: Assign the real variable x the value 1.
+x=1.0;
+
+// Conditional: Test if x equals 1 or not.
+if(x == 1.0) {
+  write("x equals 1.0");
+} else {
+  write("x is not equal to 1.0");
+}
+
+// Loop: iterate 10 times
+for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i) {
+  write(i);
+}
+
+   `Asymptote' supports `while', `do', `break', and `continue'
+statements just as in C/C++. It also supports the Java-style shorthand
+for iterating over all elements of an array:
+
+// Iterate over an array
+int[] array={1,1,2,3,5};
+for(int k : array) {
+  write(k);
+}
+ In addition, it supports many features beyond the ones found in those
+languages.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Data types::                  void, bool, int, real, pair, triple, string
+* Paths and guides::
+* Pens::                        Colors, line types, line widths, font sizes
+* Transforms::                  Affine transforms
+* Frames and pictures::         Canvases for immediate and deferred drawing
+* Files::                       Reading and writing your data
+* Variable initializers::       Initialize your variables
+* Structures::                  Organize your data
+* Operators::                   Arithmetic and logical operators
+* Implicit scaling::            Avoiding those ugly *s
+* Functions::                   Traditional and high-order functions
+* Arrays::                      Dynamic vectors
+* Casts::                       Implicit and explicit casts
+* Import::                      Importing external `Asymptote' modules
+* Static::                      Where to allocate your variable?
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Data types,  Next: Paths and guides,  Up: Programming
+
+6.1 Data types
+==============
+
+`Asymptote' supports the following data types (in addition to
+user-defined types):
+
+`void'
+     The void type is used only by functions that take or return no
+     arguments.
+
+`bool'
+     a boolean type that can only take on the values `true' or `false'.
+     For example: bool b=true;
+
+     defines a boolean variable `b' and initializes it to the value
+     `true'. If no initializer is given: bool b;
+
+     the value `false' is assumed.
+
+`bool3'
+     an extended boolean type that can take on the values `true',
+     `default', or `false'. A bool3 type can be cast to or from a bool.
+     The default initializer for bool3 is `default'.
+
+`int'
+     an integer type; if no initializer is given, the implicit value `0'
+     is assumed. The minimum allowed value of an integer is `intMin'
+     and the maximum value is `intMax'.
+
+`real'
+     a real number; this should be set to the highest-precision native
+     floating-point type on the architecture. The implicit initializer
+     for reals is `0.0'. Real numbers have precision `realEpsilon',
+     with `realDigits' significant digits.  The smallest positive real
+     number is `realMin' and the largest positive real number is
+     `realMax'.  The variable `inf' and function `bool isnan(real x)'
+     are useful when floating-point exceptions are masked with the
+     `-mask' command-line option (the default in interactive mode).
+
+`pair'
+     complex number, that is, an ordered pair of real components
+     `(x,y)'.  The real and imaginary parts of a pair `z' can read as
+     `z.x' and `z.y'. We say that `x' and `y' are virtual members of
+     the data element pair; they cannot be directly modified, however.
+     The implicit initializer for pairs is `(0.0,0.0)'.
+
+     There are a number of ways to take the complex conjugate of a pair:
+          pair z=(3,4);
+          z=(z.x,-z.y);
+          z=z.x-I*z.y;
+          z=conj(z);
+
+     Here `I' is the pair `(0,1)'.  A number of built-in functions are
+     defined for pairs:
+
+    `pair conj(pair z)'
+          returns the conjugate of `z';
+
+    `real length(pair z)'
+          returns the complex modulus `|z|' of its argument `z'.  For
+          example,
+               pair z=(3,4);
+               length(z);
+          returns the result 5. A synonym for `length(pair)' is
+          `abs(pair)';
+
+    `real angle(pair z, bool warn=true)'
+          returns the angle of `z' in radians in the interval
+          [-`pi',`pi'] or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `z=(0,0)'
+          (rather than producing an error);
+
+    `real degrees(pair z, bool warn=true)'
+          returns the angle of `z' in degrees in the interval [0,360)
+          or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `z=(0,0)' (rather than
+          producing an error);
+
+    `pair unit(pair z)'
+          returns a unit vector in the direction of the pair `z';
+
+    `pair expi(real angle)'
+          returns a unit vector in the direction `angle' measured in
+          radians;
+
+    `pair dir(real degrees)'
+          returns a unit vector in the direction `degrees' measured in
+          degrees;
+
+    `real xpart(pair z)'
+          returns `z.x';
+
+    `real ypart(pair z)'
+          returns `z.y';
+
+    `pair realmult(pair z, pair w)'
+          returns the element-by-element product `(z.x*w.x,z.y*w.y)';
+
+    `real dot(explicit pair z, explicit pair w)'
+          returns the dot product `z.x*w.x+z.y*w.y';
+
+    `pair minbound(pair z, pair w)'
+          returns `(min(z.x,w.x),min(z.y,w.y))';
+
+    `pair maxbound(pair z, pair w)'
+          returns `(max(z.x,w.x),max(z.y,w.y))'.
+
+
+`triple'
+     an ordered triple of real components `(x,y,z)' used for
+     three-dimensional drawings. The respective components of a triple
+     `v' can read as `v.x', `v.y', and `v.z'.  The implicit initializer
+     for triples is `(0.0,0.0,0.0)'.
+
+     Here are the built-in functions for triples:
+    `real length(triple v)'
+          returns the length `|v|' of the vector `v'.  A synonym for
+          `length(triple)' is `abs(triple)';
+
+    `real polar(triple v, bool warn=true)'
+          returns the colatitude of `v' measured from the z axis in
+          radians or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `v=O' (rather than
+          producing an error);
+
+    `real azimuth(triple v, bool warn=true)'
+          returns the longitude of `v' measured from the x axis in
+          radians or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `v.x=v.y=0' (rather
+          than producing an error);
+
+    `real colatitude(triple v, bool warn=true)'
+          returns the colatitude of `v' measured from the z axis in
+          degrees or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `v=O' (rather than
+          producing an error);
+
+    `real latitude(triple v, bool warn=true)'
+          returns the latitude of `v' measured from the xy plane in
+          degrees or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `v=O' (rather than
+          producing an error);
+
+    `real longitude(triple v, bool warn=true)'
+          returns the longitude of `v' measured from the x axis in
+          degrees or `0' if `warn' is `false' and `v.x=v.y=0' (rather
+          than producing an error);
+
+    `triple unit(triple v)'
+          returns a unit triple in the direction of the triple `v';
+
+    `triple expi(real polar, real azimuth)'
+          returns a unit triple in the direction `(polar,azimuth)'
+          measured in radians;
+
+    `triple dir(real colatitude, real longitude)'
+          returns a unit triple in the direction
+          `(colatitude,longitude)' measured in degrees;
+
+    `real xpart(triple v)'
+          returns `v.x';
+
+    `real ypart(triple v)'
+          returns `v.y';
+
+    `real zpart(triple v)'
+          returns `v.z';
+
+    `real dot(triple u, triple v)'
+          returns the dot product `u.x*v.x+u.y*v.y+u.z*v.z';
+
+    `triple cross(triple u, triple v)'
+          returns the cross product
+
+          `(u.y*v.z-u.z*v.y,u.z*v.x-u.x*v.z,u.x*v.y-v.x*u.y)';
+
+    `triple minbound(triple u, triple v)'
+          returns `(min(u.x,v.x),min(u.y,v.y),min(u.z,v.z))';
+
+    `triple maxbound(triple u, triple v)'
+          returns `(max(u.x,v.x),max(u.y,v.y),max(u.z,v.z)').
+
+
+`string'
+     a character string, implemented using the STL `string' class.
+
+     Strings delimited by double quotes (`"') are subject to the
+     following mappings to allow the use of double quotes in TeX (e.g.
+     for using the `babel' package, *note babel::):
+
+        * \" maps to "
+
+        * \\ maps to \\
+
+     Strings delimited by single quotes (`'') have the same mappings as
+     character strings in ANSI `C':
+
+        * \' maps to '
+
+        * \" maps to "
+
+        * \? maps to ?
+
+        * \\ maps to backslash
+
+        * \a maps to alert
+
+        * \b maps to backspace
+
+        * \f maps to form feed
+
+        * \n maps to newline
+
+        * \r maps to carriage return
+
+        * \t maps to tab
+
+        * \v maps to vertical tab
+
+        * \0-\377 map to corresponding octal byte
+
+        * \x0-\xFF map to corresponding hexadecimal byte
+
+     The implicit initializer for strings is the empty string `""'.
+     Strings may be concatenated with the `+' operator. In the following
+     string functions, position `0' denotes the start of the string:
+    `int length(string s)'
+          returns the length of the string `s';
+
+    `int find(string s, string t, int pos=0)'
+          returns the position of the first occurrence of string `t' in
+          string `s' at or after position `pos', or -1 if `t' is not a
+          substring of `s';
+
+    `int rfind(string s, string t, int pos=-1)'
+          returns the position of the last occurrence of string `t' in
+          string `s' at or before position `pos' (if `pos'=-1, at the
+          end of the string `s'), or -1 if `t' is not a substring of
+          `s';
+
+    `string insert(string s, int pos, string t)'
+          returns the string formed by inserting string `t' at position
+          `pos' in `s';
+
+    `string erase(string s, int pos, int n)'
+          returns the string formed by erasing the string of length `n'
+          (if `n'=-1, to the end of the string `s') at position `pos'
+          in `s';
+
+    `string substr(string s, int pos, int n=-1)'
+          returns the substring of `s' starting at position `pos' and
+          of length `n' (if `n'=-1, until the end of the string `s');
+
+    `string reverse(string s)'
+          returns the string formed by reversing string `s';
+
+    `string replace(string s, string before, string after)'
+          returns a string with all occurrences of the string `before'
+          in the string `s' changed to the string `after';
+
+    `string replace(string s, string[][] table)'
+          returns a string constructed by translating in string `s' all
+          occurrences of the string `before' in an array `table' of
+          string pairs {`before',`after'} to the corresponding string
+          `after';
+
+    `string[] split(string s, string delimiter="")'
+          returns an array of strings obtained by splitting `s' into
+          substrings delimited by `delimiter' (an empty delimiter
+          signifies a space, but with duplicate delimiters discarded);
+
+    `string format(string s, int n, string locale="")'
+          returns a string containing `n' formatted according to the
+          C-style format string `s' using locale `locale' (or the
+          current locale if an empty string is specified);
+
+    `string format(string s=defaultformat, string s=defaultseparator, real x, string locale="")'
+          returns a string containing `x' formatted according to the
+          C-style format string `s' using locale `locale' (or the
+          current locale if an empty string is specified), following
+          the behaviour of the C function `fprintf'), except that only
+          one data field is allowed, trailing zeros are removed by
+          default (unless `#' is specified), and (if the format string
+          specifies math mode) TeX is used to typeset scientific
+          notation using the `defaultseparator="\!\times\!";';
+
+    `int hex(string s);'
+          casts a hexidecimal string `s' to an integer;
+
+    `int ascii(string s);'
+          returns the ASCII code for the first character of string `s';
+
+    `string string(real x, int digits=realDigits)'
+          casts `x' to a string using precision `digits' and the C
+          locale;
+
+    `string locale(string s="")'
+          sets the locale to the given string, if nonempty, and returns
+          the current locale;
+
+    `string time(string format="%a %b %d %T %Z %Y")'
+          returns the current time formatted by the ANSI C routine
+          `strftime' according to the string `format' using the current
+          locale. Thus time();
+          time("%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y");
+
+          are equivalent ways of returning the current time in the
+          default format used by the `UNIX' `date' command;
+
+    `int seconds(string t="", string format="")'
+          returns the time measured in seconds after the Epoch (Thu Jan
+          01 00:00:00 UTC 1970) as determined by the ANSI C routine
+          `strptime' according to the string `format' using the current
+          locale, or the current time if `t' is the empty string.  Note
+          that the `"%Z"' extension to the POSIX `strptime'
+          specification is ignored by the current GNU C Library. If an
+          error occurs, the value -1 is returned. Here are some
+          examples: seconds("Mar 02 11:12:36 AM PST 2007","%b %d %r PST %Y");
+          seconds(time("%b %d %r %z %Y"),"%b %d %r %z %Y");
+          seconds(time("%b %d %r %Z %Y"),"%b %d %r "+time("%Z")+" %Y");
+          1+(seconds()-seconds("Jan 1","%b %d"))/(24*60*60);
+           The last example returns today's ordinal date, measured from
+          the beginning of the year.
+
+    `string time(int seconds, string format="%a %b %d %T %Z %Y")'
+          returns the time corresponding to `seconds' seconds after the
+          Epoch (Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 UTC 1970) formatted by the ANSI C
+          routine `strftime' according to the string `format' using the
+          current locale. For example, to return the date corresponding
+          to 24 hours ago: time(seconds()-24*60*60);
+
+    `int system(string s)'
+
+    `int system(string[] s)'
+          if the setting `safe' is false, call the arbitrary system
+          command `s';
+
+    `void asy(string format, bool overwrite=false ... string[] s)'
+          conditionally process each file name in array `s' in a new
+          environment, using format `format', overwriting the output
+          file only if `overwrite' is true;
+
+    `void abort(string s="")'
+          aborts execution (with a non-zero return code in batch mode);
+          if string `s' is nonempty, a diagnostic message constructed
+          from the source file, line number, and `s' is printed;
+
+    `void assert(bool b, string s="")'
+          aborts execution with an error message constructed from `s' if
+          `b=false';
+
+    `void exit()'
+          exits (with a zero error return code in batch mode);
+
+    `void sleep(int seconds)'
+          pauses for the given number of seconds;
+
+    `void usleep(int microseconds)'
+          pauses for the given number of microseconds;
+
+    `void beep()'
+          produces a beep on the console;
+
+
+
+   As in C/C++, complicated types may be abbreviated with `typedef'
+(see the example in *note Functions::).
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Paths and guides,  Next: Pens,  Prev: Data types,  Up: Programming
+
+6.2 Paths and guides
+====================
+
+`path'
+     a cubic spline resolved into a fixed path.  The implicit
+     initializer for paths is `nullpath'.
+
+     For example, the routine `circle(pair c, real r)', which returns a
+     Bezier curve approximating a circle of radius `r' centered on `c',
+     is based on `unitcircle' (*note unitcircle::): path circle(pair c, real r)
+     {
+       return shift(c)*scale(r)*unitcircle;
+     }
+      If high accuracy is needed, a true circle may be produced with the
+     routine `Circle' defined in the module `graph.asy': import graph;
+     path Circle(pair c, real r, int n=nCircle);
+
+     A circular arc consistent with `circle' centered on `c' with
+     radius `r' from `angle1' to `angle2' degrees, drawing
+     counterclockwise if `angle2 >= angle1', can be constructed with path arc(pair c, real r, real angle1, real angle2);
+      One may also specify the direction explicitly: path arc(pair c, real r, real angle1, real angle2, bool direction);
+      Here the direction can be specified as CCW (counter-clockwise) or
+     CW (clockwise). For convenience, an arc centered at `c' from pair
+     `z1' to `z2' (assuming `|z2-c|=|z1-c|') in the may also be
+     constructed with path arc(pair c, explicit pair z1, explicit pair z2,
+              bool direction=CCW)
+
+     If high accuracy is needed, true arcs may be produced with routines
+     in the module `graph.asy' that produce Bezier curves with `n'
+     control points: import graph;
+     path Arc(pair c, real r, real angle1, real angle2, bool direction,
+              int n=nCircle);
+     path Arc(pair c, real r, real angle1, real angle2, int n=nCircle);
+     path Arc(pair c, explicit pair z1, explicit pair z2,
+              bool direction=CCW, int n=nCircle);
+
+     An ellipse can be drawn with the routine path ellipse(pair c, real a, real b)
+     {
+       return shift(c)*scale(a,b)*unitcircle;
+     }
+
+     This example illustrates the use of all five guide connectors
+     discussed in *note Tutorial:: and *note Bezier curves::: size(300,0);
+     pair[] z=new pair[10];
+
+     z[0]=(0,100); z[1]=(50,0); z[2]=(180,0);
+
+     for(int n=3; n <= 9; ++n)
+       z[n]=z[n-3]+(200,0);
+
+     path p=z[0]..z[1]---z[2]::{up}z[3]
+     &z[3]..z[4]--z[5]::{up}z[6]
+     &z[6]::z[7]---z[8]..{up}z[9];
+
+     draw(p,grey+linewidth(4mm));
+
+     dot(z);
+
+
+
+     Here are some useful functions for paths:
+
+    `int length(path p);'
+          This is the number of (linear or cubic) segments in path `p'.
+          If `p' is cyclic, this is the same as the number of nodes in
+          `p'.
+
+    `int size(path p);'
+          This is the number of nodes in the path `p'.  If `p' is
+          cyclic, this is the same as `length(p)'.
+
+    `bool cyclic(path p);'
+          returns `true' iff path `p' is cyclic.
+
+    `bool straight(path p, int i);'
+          returns `true' iff the segment of path `p' between node `i'
+          and node `i+1' is straight.
+
+    `bool piecewisestraight(path p)'
+          returns `true' iff the path `p' is piecewise straight.
+
+    `pair point(path p, int t);'
+          If `p' is cyclic, return the coordinates of node `t' mod
+          `length(p)'. Otherwise, return the coordinates of node `t',
+          unless `t' < 0 (in which case `point(0)' is returned) or `t'
+          > `length(p)' (in which case `point(length(p))' is returned).
+
+    `pair point(path p, real t);'
+          This returns the coordinates of the point between node
+          `floor(t)' and `floor(t)+1' corresponding to the cubic spline
+          parameter `t-floor(t)' (*note Bezier curves::). If `t' lies
+          outside the range [0,`length(p)'], it is first reduced modulo
+          `length(p)' in the case where `p' is cyclic or else converted
+          to the corresponding endpoint of `p'.
+
+    `pair dir(path p, int t, int sign=0, bool normalize=true);'
+          If `sign < 0', return the direction (as a pair) of the
+          incoming tangent to path `p' at node `t'; if `sign > 0',
+          return the direction of the outgoing tangent. If `sign=0',
+          the mean of these two directions is returned.
+
+    `pair dir(path p, real t, bool normalize=true);'
+          returns the direction of the tangent to path `p' at the point
+          between node `floor(t)' and `floor(t)+1' corresponding to the
+          cubic spline parameter `t-floor(t)' (*note Bezier curves::).
+
+    `pair dir(path p)'
+          returns dir(p,length(p)).
+
+    `pair dir(path p, path q)'
+          returns unit(dir(p)+dir(q)).
+
+    `pair accel(path p, int t, int sign=0);'
+          If `sign < 0', return the acceleration of the incoming path
+          `p' at node `t'; if `sign > 0', return the acceleration of
+          the outgoing path. If `sign=0', the mean of these two
+          accelerations is returned.
+
+    `pair accel(path p, real t);'
+          returns the acceleration of the path `p' at the point `t'.
+
+    `real radius(path p, real t);'
+          returns the radius of curvature of the path `p' at the point
+          `t'.
+
+    `pair precontrol(path p, int t);'
+          returns the precontrol point of `p' at node `t'.
+
+    `pair precontrol(path p, real t);'
+          returns the effective precontrol point of `p' at parameter
+          `t'.
+
+    `pair postcontrol(path p, int t);'
+          returns the postcontrol point of `p' at node `t'.
+
+    `pair postcontrol(path p, real t);'
+          returns the effective postcontrol point  of `p' at parameter
+          `t'.
+
+    `real arclength(path p);'
+          returns the length (in user coordinates) of the piecewise
+          linear or cubic curve that path `p' represents.
+
+    `real arctime(path p, real L);'
+          returns the path "time", a real number between 0 and the
+          length of the path in the sense of `point(path p, real t)',
+          at which the cumulative arclength (measured from the
+          beginning of the path) equals `L'.
+
+    `real arcpoint(path p, real L);'
+          returns `point(p,arctime(p,L))'.
+
+    `real dirtime(path p, pair z);'
+          returns the first "time", a real number between 0 and the
+          length of the path in the sense of `point(path, real)', at
+          which the tangent to the path has the direction of pair `z',
+          or -1 if this never happens.
+
+    `real reltime(path p, real l);'
+          returns the time on path `p' at the relative fraction `l' of
+          its arclength.
+
+    `pair relpoint(path p, real l);'
+          returns the point on path `p' at the relative fraction `l' of
+          its arclength.
+
+    `pair midpoint(path p);'
+          returns the point on path `p' at half of its arclength.
+
+    `path reverse(path p);'
+          returns a path running backwards along `p'.
+
+    `path subpath(path p, int a, int b);'
+          returns the subpath of `p' running from node `a' to node `b'.
+          If `a' < `b', the direction of the subpath is reversed.
+
+    `path subpath(path p, real a, real b);'
+          returns the subpath  of `p' running from path time `a' to path
+          time `b', in the sense of `point(path, real)'. If `a' < `b',
+          the direction of the subpath is reversed.
+
+    `real[] intersect(path p, path q, real fuzz=-1);'
+          If `p' and `q' have at least one intersection point, return a
+          real array of length 2 containing the times representing the
+          respective path times along `p' and `q', in the sense of
+          `point(path, real)', for one such intersection point (as
+          chosen by the algorithm described on page 137 of `The
+          MetaFontbook').  The computations are performed to the
+          absolute error specified by `fuzz', or if `fuzz < 0', to
+          machine precision. If the paths do not intersect, return a
+          real array of length 0.
+
+    `real[][] intersections(path p, path q, real fuzz=-1);'
+          Return all (unless there are infinitely many) intersection
+          times of paths `p' and `q' as a sorted array of real arrays
+          of length 2 (*note sort::). The computations are performed to
+          the absolute error specified by `fuzz', or if `fuzz < 0', to
+          machine precision.
+
+    `real[] intersections(path p, explicit pair a, explicit pair b, real fuzz=-1);'
+          Return all (unless there are infinitely many) intersection
+          times of path `p' with the (infinite) line through points `a'
+          and `b' as a sorted array. The intersections returned are
+          guaranteed to be correct to within the absolute error
+          specified by `fuzz', or if `fuzz < 0', to machine precision.
+
+    `real[] times(path p, real x)'
+          returns all intersection times of path `p' with the vertical
+          line through `(x,0)'.
+
+    `real[] times(path p, explicit pair z)'
+          returns all intersection times of path `p' with the
+          horizontal line through `(0,z.y)'.
+
+    `real[] mintimes(path p)'
+          returns an array of length 2 containing times at which path
+          `p' reaches its minimal horizontal and vertical extents,
+          respectively.
+
+    `real[] maxtimes(path p)'
+          returns an array of length 2 containing the times at which
+          path `p' reaches its maximal horizontal and vertical extents,
+          respectively.
+
+    `pair intersectionpoint(path p, path q, real fuzz=-1);'
+          returns the intersection point
+          `point(p,intersect(p,q,fuzz)[0])'.
+
+    `pair[] intersectionpoints(path p, path q, real fuzz=-1);'
+          returns an array containing all intersection points of the
+          paths `p' and `q'.
+
+    `pair extension(pair P, pair Q, pair p, pair q);'
+          returns the intersection point of the extensions of the line
+          segments `P--Q' and `p--q', or if the lines are parallel,
+          `(infinity,infinity)'.
+
+    `slice cut(path p, path knife, int n);'
+          returns the portions of path `p' before and after the `n'th
+          intersection of `p' with path `knife' as a structure `slice'
+          (if no intersection exist is found, the entire path is
+          considered to be `before' the intersection): struct slice {
+            path before,after;
+          }
+           The argument `n' is treated as modulo the number of
+          intersections.
+
+    `slice firstcut(path p, path knife);'
+          equivalent to `cut(p,knife,0);' Note that `firstcut.after'
+          plays the role of the `MetaPost cutbefore' command.
+
+    `slice lastcut(path p, path knife);'
+          equivalent to `cut(p,knife,-1);' Note that `lastcut.before'
+          plays the role of the `MetaPost cutafter' command.
+
+    `path buildcycle(... path[] p);'
+          This returns the path surrounding a region bounded by a list
+          of two or more consecutively intersecting paths, following
+          the behaviour of the `MetaPost buildcycle' command.
+
+    `pair min(path p);'
+          returns the pair (left,bottom) for the path bounding box of
+          path `p'.
+
+    `pair max(path p);'
+          returns the pair (right,top) for the path bounding box of
+          path `p'.
+
+    `int windingnumber(path p, pair z);'
+          returns the winding number of the cyclic path `p' relative to
+          the point `z'. The winding number is positive if the path
+          encircles `z' in the counterclockwise direction. If `z' lies
+          on `p' the constant `undefined' (defined to be the largest
+          odd integer) is returned.
+
+    `bool interior(int windingnumber, pen fillrule)'
+          returns true if `windingnumber' corresponds to an interior
+          point according to `fillrule'.
+
+    `bool inside(path p, pair z, pen fillrule=currentpen);'
+          returns `true' iff the point `z' lies inside or on the edge of
+          the region bounded by the cyclic path `p' according to the
+          fill rule `fillrule' (*note fillrule::).
+
+    `int inside(path p, path q, pen fillrule=currentpen);'
+          returns `1' if the cyclic path `p' strictly contains `q'
+          according to the fill rule `fillrule' (*note fillrule::), `-1'
+          if the cyclic path `q' strictly contains `p', and `0'
+          otherwise.
+
+    `pair inside(path p, pen fillrule=currentpen);'
+          returns an arbitrary point strictly inside a cyclic path `p'
+          according to the fill rule `fillrule' (*note fillrule::).
+
+    `path[] strokepath(path g, pen p=currentpen);'
+          returns the path array that `PostScript' would fill in
+          drawing path `g' with pen `p'.
+
+
+`guide'
+     an unresolved cubic spline (list of cubic-spline nodes and control
+     points).  The implicit initializer for a guide is `nullpath'; this
+     is useful for building up a guide within a loop.
+
+     A guide is similar to a path except that the computation of the
+     cubic spline is deferred until drawing time (when it is resolved
+     into a path); this allows two guides with free endpoint conditions
+     to be joined together smoothly.  The solid curve in the following
+     example is built up incrementally as a guide, but only resolved at
+     drawing time; the dashed curve is incrementally resolved at each
+     iteration, before the entire set of nodes (shown in red) is known:
+
+     size(200);
+
+     real mexican(real x) {return (1-8x^2)*exp(-(4x^2));}
+
+     int n=30;
+     real a=1.5;
+     real width=2a/n;
+
+     guide hat;
+     path solved;
+
+     for(int i=0; i < n; ++i) {
+       real t=-a+i*width;
+       pair z=(t,mexican(t));
+       hat=hat..z;
+       solved=solved..z;
+     }
+
+     draw(hat);
+     dot(hat,red);
+     draw(solved,dashed);
+
+
+
+     We point out an efficiency distinction in the use of guides and
+     paths: guide g;
+     for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i)
+       g=g--(i,i);
+     path p=g;
+
+     runs in linear time, whereas path p;
+     for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i)
+       p=p--(i,i);
+
+     runs in quadratic time, as the entire path up to that point is
+     copied at each step of the iteration.
+
+     The following routines can be used to examine the individual
+     elements of a guide without actually resolving the guide to a
+     fixed path (except for internal cycles, which are resolved):
+
+    `int size(guide g);'
+          Analogous to `size(path p)'.
+
+    `int length(guide g);'
+          Analogous to `length(path p)'.
+
+    `bool cyclic(path p);'
+          Analogous to `cyclic(path p)'.
+
+    `pair point(guide g, int t);'
+          Analogous to `point(path p, int t)'.
+
+    `guide reverse(guide g);'
+          Analogous to `reverse(path p)'. If `g' is cyclic and also
+          contains a secondary cycle, it is first solved to a path,
+          then reversed. If `g' is not cyclic but contains an internal
+          cycle, only the internal cycle is solved before reversal. If
+          there are no internal cycles, the guide is reversed but not
+          solved to a path.
+
+    `pair[] dirSpecifier(guide g, int i);'
+          This returns a pair array of length 2 containing the outgoing
+          (in element 0) and incoming (in element 1) direction
+          specifiers (or `(0,0)' if none specified) for the segment of
+          guide `g' between nodes `i' and `i+1'.
+
+    `pair[] controlSpecifier(guide g, int i);'
+          If the segment of guide `g' between nodes `i' and `i+1' has
+          explicit outgoing and incoming control points, they are
+          returned as elements 0 and 1, respectively, of a two-element
+          array. Otherwise, an empty array is returned.
+
+    `tensionSpecifier tensionSpecifier(guide g, int i);'
+          This returns the tension specifier for the segment of guide
+          `g' between nodes `i' and `i+1'. The individual components of
+          the `tensionSpecifier' type can be accessed as the virtual
+          members `in', `out', and `atLeast'.
+
+    `real[] curlSpecifier(guide g);'
+          This returns an array containing the initial curl specifier
+          (in element 0) and final curl specifier (in element 1) for
+          guide `g'.
+
+
+     As a technical detail we note that a direction specifier given to
+     `nullpath' modifies the node on the other side: the guides a..{up}nullpath..b;
+     c..nullpath{up}..d;
+     e..{up}nullpath{down}..f;
+      are respectively equivalent to a..nullpath..{up}b;
+     c{up}..nullpath..d;
+     e{down}..nullpath..{up}f;
+
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Pens,  Next: Transforms,  Prev: Paths and guides,  Up: Programming
+
+6.3 Pens
+========
+
+In `Asymptote', pens provide a context for the four basic drawing
+commands (*note Drawing commands::). They are used to specify the
+following drawing attributes: color, line type, line width, line cap,
+line join, fill rule, text alignment, font, font size, pattern,
+overwrite mode, and calligraphic transforms on the pen nib. The default
+pen used by the drawing routines is called `currentpen'. This provides
+the same functionality as the `MetaPost' command `pickup'.  The
+implicit initializer for pens is `defaultpen'.
+
+   Pens may be added together with the nonassociative binary operator
+`+'. This will add the colors of the two pens.  All other non-default
+attributes of the rightmost pen will override those of the leftmost
+pen. Thus, one can obtain a yellow dashed pen by saying
+`dashed+red+green' or `red+green+dashed' or `red+dashed+green'. The
+binary operator `*' can be used to scale the color of a pen by a real
+number, until it saturates with one or more color components equal to 1.
+
+   * Colors are specified using one of the following colorspaces: 
+    `pen gray(real g);'
+          This produces a grayscale color, where the intensity `g' lies
+          in the interval [0,1], with 0.0 denoting black and 1.0
+          denoting white.
+
+    `pen rgb(real r, real g, real b);'
+          This produces an RGB color, where each of the red, green, and
+          blue intensities `r', `g', `b', lies in the interval [0,1].
+
+    `pen cmyk(real c, real m, real y, real k);'
+          This produces a CMYK color, where each of the cyan, magenta,
+          yellow, and black intensities `c', `m', `y', `k', lies in the
+          interval [0,1].
+
+    `pen invisible;'
+          This special pen writes in invisible ink, but adjusts the
+          bounding box as if something had been drawn (like the
+          `\phantom' command in TeX). The function `bool
+          invisible(pen)' can be used to test whether a pen is
+          invisible.
+
+
+     The default color is `black'; this may be changed with the routine
+     `defaultpen(pen)'. The function `colorspace(pen p)' returns the
+     colorspace of pen `p' as a string (`"gray"', `"rgb"', `"cmyk"', or
+     `""').
+
+     The function `real[] colors(pen)' returns the color components of
+     a pen.  The functions `pen gray(pen)', `pen rgb(pen)',  and `pen
+     cmyk(pen)' return new pens obtained by converting their arguments
+     to the respective color spaces.  The function
+     `colorless(pen=currentpen)' returns a copy of its argument with
+     the color attributes stripped (to avoid color mixing).
+
+     A 6-character RGB hexidecimal string can be converted to a pen with
+     the routine pen rgb(string s);
+      A pen can be converted to a hexidecimal string with 
+
+   * string hex(pen p);
+
+     Various shades and mixtures of the grayscale primary colors
+     `black' and `white', RGB primary colors `red', `green', and
+     `blue', and RGB secondary colors `cyan', `magenta', and `yellow'
+     are defined as named colors, along with the CMYK primary colors
+     `Cyan', `Magenta', `Yellow', and `Black', in the module `plain':
+
+
+
+     The standard 140 RGB `X11' colors can be imported with the command import x11colors;
+      and the standard 68 CMYK TeX colors can be imported with the
+     command import texcolors;
+      Note that there is some overlap between these two standards and
+     the definitions of some colors (e.g. `Green') actually disagree.
+
+     `Asymptote' also comes with a `asycolors.sty' `LaTeX' package that
+     defines to `LaTeX' CMYK versions of `Asymptote''s predefined
+     colors, so that they can be used directly within `LaTeX' strings.
+     Normally, such colors are passed to `LaTeX' via a pen argument;
+     however, to change the color of only a portion of a string, say
+     for a slide presentation, (*note slide::) it may be desirable to
+     specify the color directly to `LaTeX'. This file can be passed to
+     `LaTeX' with the `Asymptote' command usepackage("asycolors");
+
+     The structure `hsv' defined in `plain_pens.asy' may be used to
+     convert between HSV and RGB spaces, where the hue `h' is an angle
+     in [0,360) and the saturation `s' and value `v' lie in `[0,1]': pen p=hsv(180,0.5,0.75);
+     write(p);           // ([default], red=0.375, green=0.75, blue=0.75)
+     hsv q=p;
+     write(q.h,q.s,q.v); // 180     0.5     0.75
+
+   * Line types are specified with the function `pen linetype(real[] a,
+     real offset=0, bool scale=true, bool adjust=true)', where `a' is
+     an array of real array numbers.  The optional parameter `offset'
+     specifies where in the pattern to begin. The first number
+     specifies how far (if `scale' is `true', in units of the pen line
+     width; otherwise in `PostScript' units) to draw with the pen on,
+     the second number specifies how far to draw with the pen off, and
+     so on. If `adjust' is `true', these spacings are automatically
+     adjusted by `Asymptote' to fit the arclength of the path. Here are
+     the predefined line types: pen solid=linetype(new real[]);
+     pen dotted=linetype(new real[] {0,4});
+     pen dashed=linetype(new real[] {8,8});
+     pen longdashed=linetype(new real[] {24,8});
+     pen dashdotted=linetype(new real[] {8,8,0,8});
+     pen longdashdotted=linetype(new real[] {24,8,0,8});
+     pen Dotted(pen p=currentpen) {return linetype(new real[] {0,3})+2*linewidth(p);}
+     pen Dotted=Dotted();
+
+
+
+     The default line type is `solid'; this may be changed with
+     `defaultpen(pen)'.  The line type of a pen can be determined with
+     the functions `real[] linetype(pen p=currentpen)', `real
+     offset(pen p)', `bool scale(pen p)', and `bool adjust(pen p)'.
+
+   * The pen line width is specified in `PostScript' units with `pen
+     linewidth(real)'. The default line width is 0.5 bp; this value may
+     be changed with `defaultpen(pen)'. The line width of a pen is
+     returned by `real linewidth(pen p=currentpen)'.  For convenience,
+     in the module `plain_pens' we define void defaultpen(real w) {defaultpen(linewidth(w));}
+     pen operator +(pen p, real w) {return p+linewidth(w);}
+     pen operator +(real w, pen p) {return linewidth(w)+p;}
+      so that one may set the line width like this: defaultpen(2);
+     pen p=red+0.5;
+
+   * A pen with a specific `PostScript' line cap is returned on calling
+     `linecap' with an integer argument: pen squarecap=linecap(0);
+     pen roundcap=linecap(1);
+     pen extendcap=linecap(2);
+
+     The default line cap, `roundcap', may be changed with
+     `defaultpen(pen)'. The line cap of a pen is returned by `int
+     linecap(pen p=currentpen)'.
+
+   * A pen with a specific `PostScript' join style is returned on
+     calling `linejoin' with an integer argument: pen miterjoin=linejoin(0);
+     pen roundjoin=linejoin(1);
+     pen beveljoin=linejoin(2);
+
+     The default join style, `roundjoin', may be changed with
+     `defaultpen(pen)'.The join style of a pen is returned by `int
+     linejoin(pen p=currentpen)'.
+
+   * A pen with a specific `PostScript' miter limit is returned by
+     calling `miterlimit(real)'.  The default miterlimit, `10.0', may
+     be changed with `defaultpen(pen)'. The miter limit of a pen is
+     returned by `real miterlimit(pen p=currentpen)'.
+
+   * A pen with a specific `PostScript' fill rule is returned on
+     calling `fillrule' with an integer argument: pen zerowinding=fillrule(0);
+     pen evenodd=fillrule(1);
+
+     The fill rule, which identifies the algorithm used to determine the
+     insideness of a path or array of paths, only affects the `clip',
+     `fill', and `inside' functions. For the `zerowinding' fill rule, a
+     point `z' is outside the region bounded by a path if the number of
+     upward intersections of the path with the horizontal line
+     `z--z+infinity' minus the number of downward intersections is
+     zero. For the `evenodd' fill rule, `z' is considered to be outside
+     the region if the total number of such intersections is even.  The
+     default fill rule, `zerowinding', may be changed with
+     `defaultpen(pen)'. The fill rule of a pen is returned by `int
+     fillrule(pen p=currentpen)'.
+
+   * A pen with a specific text alignment setting is returned on
+     calling `basealign' with an integer argument: pen nobasealign=basealign(0);
+     pen basealign=basealign(1);
+
+     The default setting, `nobasealign',which may be changed with
+     `defaultpen(pen)', causes the label alignment routines to use the
+     full label bounding box for alignment. In contrast, `basealign'
+     requests that the TeX baseline be respected.  The base align
+     setting of a pen is returned by `int basealigin(pen p=currentpen)'.
+
+   * The font size is specified in TeX points (1 pt = 1/72.27 inches)
+     with the function `pen fontsize(real size, real
+     lineskip=1.2*size)'.  The default font size, 12pt, may be changed
+     with `defaultpen(pen)'.  Nonstandard font sizes may require
+     inserting import fontsize;
+      at the beginning of the file (this requires the `type1cm' package
+     available from
+
+          `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/type1cm/'
+     and included in recent `LaTeX' distributions). The font size and
+     line skip of a pen can be examined with the routines `real
+     fontsize(pen p=currentpen)' and `real lineskip(pen p=currentpen)',
+     respectively.
+
+   * A pen using a specific `LaTeX' `NFSS' font is returned by calling
+     the function `pen font(string encoding, string family, string
+     series, string shape)'. The default setting,
+     `font("OT1","cmr","m","n")', corresponds to 12pt Computer Modern
+     Roman; this may be changed with `defaultpen(pen)'.  The font
+     setting of a pen is returned by `string font(pen p=currentpen)'.
+     Support for standardized international characters is provided by
+     the `unicode' package (*note unicode::).
+
+     Alternatively, one may select a fixed-size TeX font (on which
+     `fontsize' has no effect) like `"cmr12"' (12pt Computer Modern
+     Roman) or `"pcrr"' (Courier) using the function `pen font(string
+     name)'. An optional size argument can also be given to scale the
+     font to the requested size: `pen font(string name, real size)'.
+
+     A nonstandard font command can be generated with `pen
+     fontcommand(string)'.
+
+     A convenient interface to the following standard `PostScript'
+     fonts is also provided: pen AvantGarde(string series="m", string shape="n");
+     pen Bookman(string series="m", string shape="n");
+     pen Courier(string series="m", string shape="n");
+     pen Helvetica(string series="m", string shape="n");
+     pen NewCenturySchoolBook(string series="m", string shape="n");
+     pen Palatino(string series="m", string shape="n");
+     pen TimesRoman(string series="m", string shape="n");
+     pen ZapfChancery(string series="m", string shape="n");
+     pen Symbol(string series="m", string shape="n");
+     pen ZapfDingbats(string series="m", string shape="n");
+
+   * The transparency of a pen can be changed with the command: pen opacity(real opacity=1, string blend="Compatible");
+      The opacity can be varied from `0' (fully transparent) to the
+     default value of `1' (opaque), and `blend' specifies one of the
+     following foreground-background blending operations: "Compatible","Normal","Multiply","Screen","Overlay","SoftLight",
+     "HardLight","ColorDodge","ColorBurn","Darken","Lighten","Difference",
+     "Exclusion","Hue","Saturation","Color","Luminosity",
+      as described in
+
+     `http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/pdf/PDFReference16.pdf'.
+     Since `PostScript' does not support transparency, this feature is
+     only effective with the `-f pdf' output format option; other
+     formats can be produced from the resulting PDF file with the
+     `ImageMagick' `convert' program.  Labels are always drawn with an
+     `opacity' of 1.  A simple example of transparent filling is
+     provided in the example file `transparency.asy'.
+
+   * `PostScript' commands within a `picture' may be used to create a
+     tiling pattern, identified by the string `name', for `fill' and
+     `draw' operations by adding it to the global `PostScript' frame
+     `currentpatterns', with optional left-bottom margin `lb' and
+     right-top margin `rt'.  import patterns;
+     void add(string name, picture pic, pair lb=0, pair rt=0);
+
+     To `fill' or `draw' using pattern `name', use the pen
+     `pattern("name")'. For example, rectangular tilings can be
+     constructed using the routines `picture tile(real Hx=5mm, real
+     Hy=0, pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=NoFill)', `picture
+     checker(real Hx=5mm, real Hy=0, pen p=currentpen)', and `picture
+     brick(real Hx=5mm, real Hy=0, pen p=currentpen)' defined in
+     `patterns.asy': size(0,90);
+     import patterns;
+
+     add("tile",tile());
+     add("filledtilewithmargin",tile(6mm,4mm,red,Fill),(1mm,1mm),(1mm,1mm));
+     add("checker",checker());
+     add("brick",brick());
+
+     real s=2.5;
+     filldraw(unitcircle,pattern("tile"));
+     filldraw(shift(s,0)*unitcircle,pattern("filledtilewithmargin"));
+     filldraw(shift(2s,0)*unitcircle,pattern("checker"));
+     filldraw(shift(3s,0)*unitcircle,pattern("brick"));
+
+
+
+     Hatch patterns can be generated with the routines `picture
+     hatch(real H=5mm, pair dir=NE, pen p=currentpen)', `picture
+     crosshatch(real H=5mm, pen p=currentpen)': size(0,100);
+     import patterns;
+
+     add("hatch",hatch());
+     add("hatchback",hatch(NW));
+     add("crosshatch",crosshatch(3mm));
+
+     real s=1.25;
+     filldraw(unitsquare,pattern("hatch"));
+     filldraw(shift(s,0)*unitsquare,pattern("hatchback"));
+     filldraw(shift(2s,0)*unitsquare,pattern("crosshatch"));
+
+
+
+     You may need to turn off aliasing in your `PostScript' viewer for
+     patterns to appear correctly. Custom patterns can easily be
+     constructed, following the examples in `patterns.asy'. The tiled
+     pattern can even incorporate shading (*note gradient shading::),
+     as illustrated in this example (not included in the manual because
+     not all printers support `PostScript' 3): size(0,100);
+     import patterns;
+
+     real d=4mm;
+     picture tiling;
+     path square=scale(d)*unitsquare;
+     axialshade(tiling,square,white,(0,0),black,(d,d));
+     fill(tiling,shift(d,d)*square,blue);
+     add("shadedtiling",tiling);
+
+     filldraw(unitcircle,pattern("shadedtiling"));
+
+      
+
+   * One can specify a custom pen nib as an arbitrary polygonal path
+     with `pen makepen(path)'; this path represents the mark to be
+     drawn for paths containing a single point. This pen nib path can be
+     recovered from a pen with `path nib(pen)'. Unlike in `MetaPost',
+     the path need not be convex:
+
+     size(200);
+     pen convex=makepen(scale(10)*polygon(8))+grey;
+     draw((1,0.4),convex);
+     draw((0,0)---(1,1)..(2,0)--cycle,convex);
+
+     pen nonconvex=scale(10)*
+       makepen((0,0)--(0.25,-1)--(0.5,0.25)--(1,0)--(0.5,1.25)--cycle)+red;
+     draw((0.5,-1.5),nonconvex);
+     draw((0,-1.5)..(1,-0.5)..(2,-1.5),nonconvex);
+
+
+
+     The value `nullpath' represents a circular pen nib (the default);
+     an elliptical pen can be achieved simply by multiplying the pen by
+     a transform: `yscale(2)*currentpen'.
+
+   * One can prevent labels from overwriting one another by using the
+     pen attribute `overwrite', which takes a single argument:
+
+    `Allow'
+          Allow labels to overwrite one another. This is the default
+          behaviour (unless overridden with `defaultpen(pen)'.
+
+    `Suppress'
+          Suppress, with a warning, each label that would overwrite
+          another label.
+
+    `SuppressQuiet'
+          Suppress, without warning, each label that would overwrite
+          another label.
+
+    `Move'
+          Move a label that would overwrite another out of the way and
+          issue a warning.  As this adjustment is during the final
+          output phase (in `PostScript' coordinates) it could result in
+          a larger figure than requested.
+
+    `MoveQuiet'
+          Move a label that would overwrite another out of the way,
+          without warning.  As this adjustment is during the final
+          output phase (in `PostScript' coordinates) it could result in
+          a larger figure than requested.
+
+
+
+   The routine `defaultpen()' returns the current default pen
+attributes.  Calling the routine `resetdefaultpen()' resets all pen
+default attributes to their initial values.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Transforms,  Next: Frames and pictures,  Prev: Pens,  Up: Programming
+
+6.4 Transforms
+==============
+
+`Asymptote' makes extensive use of affine transforms. A pair `(x,y)' is
+transformed by the transform `t=(t.x,t.y,t.xx,t.xy,t.yx,t.yy)' to
+`(x',y')', where
+x' = t.x + t.xx * x + t.xy * y
+y' = t.y + t.yx * x + t.yy * y
+ This is equivalent to the `PostScript' transformation `[t.xx t.yx t.xy
+t.yy t.x t.y]'.
+
+   Transforms can be applied to pairs, guides, paths, pens, strings,
+transforms, frames, and pictures by multiplication (via the binary
+operator `*') on the left (*note circle:: for an example).  Transforms
+can be composed with one another and inverted with the function
+`transform inverse(transform t)'; they can also be raised to any
+integer power with the `^' operator.
+
+   The built-in transforms are:
+
+`transform identity();'
+     the identity transform;
+
+`transform shift(pair z);'
+     translates by the pair `z';
+
+`transform shift(real x, real y);'
+     translates by the pair `(x,y)';
+
+`transform xscale(real x);'
+     scales by `x' in the x direction;
+
+`transform yscale(real y);'
+     scales by `y' in the y direction;
+
+`transform scale(real s);'
+     scale by `s' in both x and y directions;
+
+`transform scale(real x, real y);'
+     scale by `x' in the x direction and by `y' in the y direction;
+
+`transform slant(real s);'
+     maps `(x,y)' -> `(x+s*y,y)';
+
+`transform rotate(real angle, pair z=(0,0));'
+     rotates by `angle' in degrees about `z';
+
+`transform reflect(pair a, pair b);'
+     reflects about the line `a--b'.
+
+   The implicit initializer for transforms is `identity()'.  The
+routines `shift(transform t)' and `shiftless(transform t)' return the
+transforms `(t.x,t.y,0,0,0,0)' and `(0,0,t.xx,t.xy,t.yx,t.yy)'
+respectively.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Frames and pictures,  Next: Files,  Prev: Transforms,  Up: Programming
+
+6.5 Frames and pictures
+=======================
+
+`frame'
+     Frames are canvases for drawing in `PostScript' coordinates. While
+     working with frames directly is occasionally necessary for
+     constructing deferred drawing routines, pictures are usually more
+     convenient to work with.  The implicit initializer for frames is
+     `newframe'. The function `bool empty(frame f)' returns `true' only
+     if the frame `f' is empty. A frame may be erased with the
+     `erase(frame)' routine.  The functions `pair min(frame)' and `pair
+     max(frame)' return the (left,bottom) and (right,top) coordinates
+     of the frame bounding box, respectively. The contents of frame
+     `src' may be appended to frame `dest' with the command void add(frame dest, frame src);
+      or prepended with void prepend(frame dest, frame src);
+      A frame obtained by aligning frame `f' in the direction `align',
+     in a manner analogous to the `align' argument of `label' (*note
+     label::), is returned by frame align(frame f, pair align);
+
+     To draw or fill a box or ellipse around a label or frame and
+     return the boundary as a path, use one of the predefined
+     `envelope' routines path box(frame f, Label L="", real xmargin=0,
+              real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
+              filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+     path roundbox(frame f, Label L="", real xmargin=0,
+                   real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
+                   filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+     path ellipse(frame f, Label L="", real xmargin=0,
+                  real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
+                  filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+
+`picture'
+     Pictures are high-level structures (*note Structures::) defined in
+     the module `plain' that provide canvases for drawing in user
+     coordinates.  The default picture is called `currentpicture'. A
+     new picture can be created like this: picture pic;
+      Anonymous pictures can be made by the expression `new picture'.
+
+     The `size' routine specifies the dimensions of the desired picture:
+
+     void size(picture pic=currentpicture, real x, real y=x,
+               bool keepAspect=Aspect);
+
+     If the `x' and `y' sizes are both 0, user coordinates will be
+     interpreted as `PostScript' coordinates. In this case, the
+     transform mapping `pic' to the final output frame is `identity()'.
+
+     If exactly one of `x' or `y' is 0, no size restriction is imposed
+     in that direction; it will be scaled the same as the other
+     direction.
+
+     If `keepAspect' is set to `Aspect' or `true', the picture will be
+     scaled with its aspect ratio preserved such that the final width
+     is no more than `x' and the final height is no more than `y'.
+
+     If `keepAspect' is set to `IgnoreAspect' or `false', the picture
+     will be scaled in both directions so that the final width is `x'
+     and the height is `y'.
+
+     To make the user coordinates of picture `pic' represent multiples
+     of `x' units in the x direction and `y' units in the y direction,
+     use void unitsize(picture pic=currentpicture, real x, real y=x);
+      When nonzero, these `x' and `y' values override the corresponding
+     size parameters of picture `pic'.
+
+     The routine void size(picture pic=currentpicture, real xsize, real ysize,
+               pair min, pair max);
+      forces the final picture scaling to map the user coordinates
+     `box(min,max)' to a region of width `xsize' and height `ysize'
+     (when these parameters are nonzero).
+
+     Alternatively, calling the routine transform fixedscaling(picture pic=currentpicture, pair min,
+                            pair max, pen p=nullpen, bool warn=false);
+      will cause picture `pic' to use a fixed scaling to map user
+     coordinates in `box(min,max)' to the (already specified) picture
+     size, taking account of the width of pen `p'. A warning will be
+     issued if the final picture exceeds the specified size.
+
+     A picture `pic' can be fit to a frame and output to a file
+     `prefix'.`format' using image format `format' by calling the
+     `shipout' function: void shipout(string prefix=defaultfilename, picture pic=currentpicture,
+                  orientation orientation=orientation,
+                  string format="", bool wait=false, bool view=true,
+                  string options="", string script="",
+                  light light=currentlight, projection P=currentprojection)
+      The default output format, `PostScript', may be changed with the
+     `-f' or `-tex' command-line options.  The `options', `script', and
+     `projection' parameters are only relevant for 3D pictures. If
+     `defaultfilename' is an empty string, the prefix `outprefix()'
+     will be used.
+
+     A `shipout()' command is added implicitly at file exit if no
+     previous `shipout' commands have been executed.  The default page
+     orientation is `Portrait'; this may be modified by changing the
+     variable `orientation'. To output in landscape mode, simply set
+     the variable `orientation=Landscape' or issue the command shipout(Landscape);
+
+     To rotate the page by -90 degrees, use the orientation `Seascape'.  The
+     orientation `UpsideDown' rotates the page by 180 degrees.
+
+     A picture `pic' can be explicitly fit to a frame by calling frame pic.fit(real xsize=pic.xsize, real ysize=pic.ysize,
+                   bool keepAspect=pic.keepAspect);
+      The default size and aspect ratio settings are those given to the
+     `size' command (which default to `0', `0', and `true',
+     respectively).  The transformation that would currently be used to
+     fit a picture `pic' to a frame is returned by the member function
+     `pic.calculateTransform()'.
+
+     In certain cases (e.g. 2D graphs) where only an approximate size
+     estimate for `pic' is available, the picture fitting routine frame pic.scale(real xsize=this.xsize, real ysize=this.ysize,
+                     bool keepAspect=this.keepAspect);
+      (which scales the resulting frame, including labels and fixed-size
+     objects) will enforce perfect compliance with the requested size
+     specification, but should not normally be required.
+
+     To draw a bounding box with margins around a picture, fit the
+     picture to a frame using the function frame bbox(picture pic=currentpicture, real xmargin=0,
+                real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=currentpen,
+                filltype filltype=NoFill);
+      Here `filltype' specifies one of the following fill types:
+    `FillDraw'
+          Fill the interior and draw the boundary.
+
+    `FillDraw(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen fillpen=nullpen,'
+          `pen drawpen=nullpen)' If `fillpen' is `nullpen', fill with
+          the drawing pen; otherwise fill with pen `fillpen'.  If
+          `drawpen' is `nullpen', draw the boundary with `fillpen';
+          otherwise with `drawpen'. An optional margin of `xmargin' and
+          `ymargin' can be specified.
+
+    `Fill'
+          Fill the interior.
+
+    `Fill(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=nullpen)'
+          If `p' is `nullpen', fill with the drawing pen; otherwise
+          fill with pen `p'. An optional margin of `xmargin' and
+          `ymargin' can be specified.
+
+    `NoFill'
+          Do not fill.
+
+    `Draw'
+          Draw only the boundary.
+
+    `Draw(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen p=nullpen)'
+          If `p' is `nullpen', draw the boundary with the drawing pen;
+          otherwise draw with pen `p'. An optional margin of `xmargin'
+          and `ymargin' can be specified.
+
+    `UnFill'
+          Clip the region.
+
+    `UnFill(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin)'
+          Clip the region and surrounding margins `xmargin' and
+          `ymargin'.
+
+    `RadialShade(pen penc, pen penr)'
+          Fill varying radially from `penc' at the center of the
+          bounding box to `penr' at the edge.
+
+    `RadialShadeDraw(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin, pen penc,'
+          `pen penr, pen drawpen=nullpen)' Fill with RadialShade and
+          draw the boundary.
+
+
+     For example, to draw a bounding box around a picture with a 0.25 cm
+     margin and output the resulting frame, use the command: shipout(bbox(0.25cm));
+      A `picture' may be fit to a frame with the background color pen
+     `p', using the function `bbox(p,Fill)'.
+
+     The functions pair min(picture pic, user=false);
+     pair max(picture pic, user=false);
+     pair size(picture pic, user=false);
+      calculate the bounds that picture `pic' would have if it were
+     currently fit to a frame using its default size specification.  If
+     `user' is `false' the returned value is in `PostScript'
+     coordinates, otherwise it is in user coordinates.
+
+     The function pair point(picture pic=currentpicture, pair dir, bool user=true);
+      is a convenient way of determining the point on the bounding box
+     of `pic' in the direction `dir' relative to its center, ignoring
+     the contributions from fixed-size objects (such as labels and
+     arrowheads).  If `user' is `true' the returned value is in user
+     coordinates, otherwise it is in `PostScript' coordinates.
+
+     The function pair truepoint(picture pic=currentpicture, pair dir, bool user=true);
+      is identical to `point', except that it also accounts for
+     fixed-size objects, using the scaling transform that picture `pic'
+     would have if currently fit to a frame using its default size
+     specification. If `user' is `true' the returned value is in user
+     coordinates, otherwise it is in `PostScript' coordinates.
+
+     Sometimes it is useful to draw objects on separate pictures and
+     add one picture to another using the `add' function: void add(picture src, bool group=true,
+              filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+     void add(picture dest, picture src, bool group=true,
+              filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+      The first example adds `src' to `currentpicture'; the second one
+     adds `src' to `dest'.  The `group' option specifies whether or not
+     the graphical user interface `xasy' should treat all of the
+     elements of `src' as a single entity (*note GUI::), `filltype'
+     requests optional background filling or clipping, and `above'
+     specifies whether to add `src' above or below existing objects.
+
+     There are also routines to add a picture or frame `src' specified
+     in postscript coordinates to another picture `dest' (or
+     `currentpicture') about the user coordinate `position': void add(picture src, pair position, bool group=true,
+              filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+     void add(picture dest, picture src, pair position,
+              bool group=true, filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+     void add(picture dest=currentpicture, frame src, pair position=0,
+              bool group=true, filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+     void add(picture dest=currentpicture, frame src, pair position,
+              pair align, bool group=true, filltype filltype=NoFill,
+              bool above=true);
+
+     The optional `align' argument in the last form specifies a
+     direction to use for aligning the frame, in a manner analogous to
+     the `align' argument of `label' (*note label::). However, one key
+     difference is that when `align' is not specified, labels are
+     centered, whereas frames and pictures are aligned so that their
+     origin is at `position'. Illustrations of frame alignment can be
+     found in the examples *note errorbars:: and *note image::. If you
+     want to align three or more subpictures, group them two at a time:
+
+     picture pic1;
+     real size=50;
+     size(pic1,size);
+     fill(pic1,(0,0)--(50,100)--(100,0)--cycle,red);
+
+     picture pic2;
+     size(pic2,size);
+     fill(pic2,unitcircle,green);
+
+     picture pic3;
+     size(pic3,size);
+     fill(pic3,unitsquare,blue);
+
+     picture pic;
+     add(pic,pic1.fit(),(0,0),N);
+     add(pic,pic2.fit(),(0,0),10S);
+
+     add(pic.fit(),(0,0),N);
+     add(pic3.fit(),(0,0),10S);
+
+
+
+     Alternatively, one can use `attach' to automatically increase the
+     size of picture `dest' to accommodate adding a frame `src' about
+     the user coordinate `position': void attach(picture dest=currentpicture, frame src,
+                      pair position=0, bool group=true,
+                      filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+     void attach(picture dest=currentpicture, frame src,
+                      pair position, pair align, bool group=true,
+                      filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=true);
+
+     To erase the contents of a picture (but not the size
+     specification), use the function void erase(picture pic=currentpicture);
+
+     To save a snapshot of `currentpicture', `currentpen', and
+     `currentprojection', use the function `save()'.
+
+     To restore a snapshot of `currentpicture', `currentpen', and
+     `currentprojection', use the function `restore()'.
+
+     Many further examples of picture and frame operations are provided
+     in the base module `plain'.
+
+     It is possible to insert verbatim `PostScript' commands in a
+     picture with one of the routines void postscript(picture pic=currentpicture, string s);
+     void postscript(picture pic=currentpicture, string s, pair min,
+                     pair max)
+      Here `min' and `max' can be used to specify explicit bounds
+     associated with the resulting `PostScript' code.
+
+     Verbatim TeX commands can be inserted in the intermediate `LaTeX'
+     output file with one of the functions void tex(picture pic=currentpicture, string s);
+     void tex(picture pic=currentpicture, string s, pair min, pair max)
+      Here `min' and `max' can be used to specify explicit bounds
+     associated with the resulting TeX code.
+
+     To issue a global TeX command (such as a TeX macro definition) in
+     the TeX preamble (valid for the remainder of the top-level module)
+     use: void texpreamble(string s);
+
+     The TeX environment can be reset to its initial state, clearing all
+     macro definitions, with the function void texreset();
+
+     The routine void usepackage(string s, string options="");
+      provides a convenient abbreviation for texpreamble("\usepackage["+options+"]{"+s+"}");
+      that can be used for importing `LaTeX' packages.
+
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Files,  Next: Variable initializers,  Prev: Frames and pictures,  Up: Programming
+
+6.6 Files
+=========
+
+`Asymptote' can read and write text files (including comma-separated
+value) files and portable XDR (External Data Representation) binary
+files.
+
+   An input file must first be opened with
+input(string name="", bool check=true, string comment="#", string mode="");
+ reading is then done by assignment: 
+file fin=input("test.txt");
+real a=fin;
+
+   If the optional boolean argument `check' is `false', no check will
+be made that the file exists. If the file does not exist or is not
+readable, the function `bool error(file)' will return `true'.  The
+first character of the string `comment' specifies a comment character.
+If this character is encountered in a data file, the remainder of the
+line is ignored. When reading strings, a comment character followed
+immediately by another comment character is treated as a single literal
+comment character.
+
+   One can change the current working directory for read operations to
+the contents of the string `s' with the function `string cd(string s)',
+which returns the new working directory. If `string s' is empty, the
+path is reset to the value it had at program startup.
+
+   When reading pairs, the enclosing parenthesis are optional.  Strings
+are also read by assignment, by reading characters up to but not
+including a newline. In addition, `Asymptote' provides the function
+`string getc(file)' to read the next character (treating the comment
+character as an ordinary character) and return it as a string.
+
+   A file named `name' can be open for output with
+file output(string name="", bool update=false, string comment="#", string mode="");
+ If `update=false', any existing data in the file will be erased and
+only write operations can be used on the file.  If `update=true', any
+existing data will be preserved, the position will be set to the
+end-of-file, and both reading and writing operations will be enabled.
+For security reasons, writing to files in directories other than the
+current directory is allowed only if the `-globalwrite' (or `-nosafe')
+command-line option is specified.  The function `string mktemp(string
+s)' may be used to create and return the name of a unique temporary
+file in the current directory based on the string `s'.
+
+   There are two special files: `stdin', which reads from the keyboard,
+and `stdout', which writes to the terminal. The implicit initializer
+for files is `null'.
+
+   Data of a built-in type `T' can be written to an output file by
+calling one of the functions 
+write(string s="", T x, suffix suffix=endl ... T[]);
+write(file file, string s="", T x, suffix suffix=none ... T[]);
+write(file file=stdout, string s="", explicit T[] x ... T[][]);
+write(file file=stdout, T[][]);
+write(file file=stdout, T[][][]);
+write(suffix suffix=endl);
+write(file file, suffix suffix=none);
+ If `file' is not specified, `stdout' is used and terminated by default
+with a newline. If specified, the optional identifying string `s' is
+written before the data `x'.  An arbitrary number of data values may be
+listed when writing scalars or one-dimensional arrays. The `suffix' may
+be one of the following: `none' (do nothing), `flush' (output buffered
+data), `endl' (terminate with a newline and flush), `newl' (terminate
+with a newline), `DOSendl' (terminate with a DOS newline and flush),
+`DOSnewl' (terminate with a DOS newline), `tab' (terminate with a tab),
+or `comma' (terminate with a comma). Here are some simple examples of
+data output:
+file fout=output("test.txt");
+write(fout,1);                  // Writes "1"
+write(fout);                    // Writes a new line
+write(fout,"List: ",1,2,3);     // Writes "List: 1     2     3"
+ A file may be opened with `mode="xdr"', to read or write double
+precision (64-bit) reals and single precision (32-bit) integers in Sun
+Microsystem's XDR (External Data Representation) portable binary format
+(available on all `UNIX' platforms).  Alternatively, a file may also be
+opened with `mode="binary"' to read or write double precision reals and
+single precision integers in the native (nonportable) machine binary
+format.  The virtual member functions `file singlereal(bool b=true)'
+and `file singleint(bool b=true)' be used to change the precision of
+real and integer I/O operations, respectively, for an XDR or binary
+file `f'.  Similarly, the function `file signedint(bool b=true)' can be
+used to modify the signedness of integer reads and writes for an XDR or
+binary file `f'.
+
+   The virtual members `name', `mode', `singlereal', `singleint', and
+`signedint' may be used to query the respective parameters for a given
+file.
+
+   One can test a file for end-of-file with the boolean function
+`eof(file)', end-of-line with `eol(file)', and for I/O errors with
+`error(file)'.  One can flush the output buffers with `flush(file)',
+clear a previous I/O error with `clear(file)', and close the file with
+`close(file)'. The function `int precision(file file=stdout, int
+digits=0)' sets the number of digits of output precision for `file' to
+`digits', provided `digits' is nonzero, and returns the previous
+precision setting. The function `int tell(file)' returns the current
+position in a file relative to the beginning.  The routine `seek(file
+file, int pos)' can be used to change this position, where a negative
+value for the position `pos' is interpreted as relative to the
+end-of-file. For example, one can rewind a file `file' with the command
+`seek(file,0)' and position to the final character in the file with
+`seek(file,-1)'.  The command `seekeof(file)' sets the position to the
+end of the file.
+
+   Assigning `settings.scroll=n' for a positive integer `n' requests a
+pause after every `n' output lines to `stdout'.  One may then press
+`Enter' to continue to the next `n' output lines, `s' followed by
+`Enter' to scroll without further interruption, or `q' followed by
+`Enter' to quit the current output operation. If `n' is negative, the
+output scrolls a page at a time (i.e. by one less than the current
+number of display lines). The default value, `settings.scroll=0',
+specifies continuous scrolling.
+
+   The routines 
+string getstring(string name="", string default="", string prompt="",
+                 bool store=true);
+int getint(string name="", int default=0, string prompt="",
+           bool store=true);
+real getreal(string name="", real default=0, string prompt="",
+             bool store=true);
+pair getpair(string name="", pair default=0, string prompt="",
+             bool store=true);
+triple gettriple(string name="", triple default=(0,0,0), string prompt="",
+                 bool store=true);
+ defined in the module `plain' may be used to prompt for a value from
+`stdin' using the GNU `readline' library.  If `store=true', the history
+of values for `name' is stored in the file `".asy_history_"+name'
+(*note history::). The most recent value in the history will be used to
+provide a default value for subsequent runs.  The default value
+(initially `default') is displayed after `prompt'. These functions are
+based on the internal routines 
+string readline(string prompt="", string name="", bool tabcompletion=false);
+void saveline(string name, string value, bool store=true);
+ Here, `readline' prompts the user with the default value formatted
+according to `prompt', while `saveline' is used to save the string
+`value' in a local history named `name', optionally storing the local
+history in a file `".asy_history_"+name'.
+
+   The routine `history(string name, int n=1)' can be used to look up
+the `n' most recent values (or all values up to `historylines' if
+`n=0') entered for string `name'.  The routine `history(int n=0)'
+returns the interactive history.  For example,
+write(output("transcript.asy"),history());
+ outputs the interactive history to the file `transcript.asy'.
+
+   The function `int delete(string s)' deletes the file named by the
+string `s'. Unless the `-globalwrite' (or `-nosafe') option is enabled,
+the file must reside in the current directory.  The function `int
+rename(string from, string to)' may be used to rename file `from' to
+file `to'.  Unless the `-globalwrite' (or `-nosafe') option is enabled,
+this operation is restricted to the current directory.  The functions
+int convert(string args="", string file="", string format="");
+int animate(string args="", string file="", string format="");
+ call the `ImageMagick' commands `convert' and `animate', respectively,
+with the arguments `args' and the file name constructed from the
+strings `file' and `format'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Variable initializers,  Next: Structures,  Prev: Files,  Up: Programming
+
+6.7 Variable initializers
+=========================
+
+A variable can be assigned a value when it is declared, as in `int
+x=3;' where the variable `x' is assigned the value `3'.  As well as
+literal constants such as `3', arbitary expressions can be used as
+initializers, as in `real x=2*sin(pi/2);'.
+
+   A variable is not added to the namespace until after the initializer
+is evaluated, so for example, in
+int x=2;
+int x=5*x;
+ the `x' in the initializer on the second line refers to the variable
+`x' declared on the first line.  The second line, then, declares a
+variable `x' shadowing the original `x' and initializes it to the value
+`10'.
+
+   Variables of most types can be declared without an explicit
+initializer and they will be initialized by the default initializer of
+that type:
+
+   * Variables of the numeric types `int', `real', and `pair' are all
+     initialized to zero; variables of type `triple' are initialized to
+     `O=(0,0,0)'.
+
+   * `boolean' variables are initialized to `false'.
+
+   * `string' variables are initialized to the empty string.
+
+   * `transform' variables are initialized to the identity
+     transformation.
+
+   * `path' and `guide' variables are initialized to `nullpath'.
+
+   * `pen' variables are initialized to the default pen.
+
+   * `frame' and `picture' variables are initialized to empty frames
+     and pictures, respectively.
+
+   * `file' variables are initialized to `null'.
+
+   The default initializers for user-defined array, structure, and
+function types are explained in their respective sections.  Some types,
+such as `code', do not have default initializers.  When a variable of
+such a type is introduced, the user must initialize it by explicitly
+giving it a value.
+
+   The default initializer for any type `T' can be redeclared by
+defining the function `T operator init()'.  For instance, `int'
+variables are usually initialized to zero, but in
+int operator init() {
+  return 3;
+}
+int y;
+
+the variable `y' is initialized to `3'.  This example was given for
+illustrative purposes; redeclaring the initializers of built-in types
+is not recommended. Typically, `operator init' is used to define
+sensible defaults for user-defined types.
+
+   The special type `var' may be used to infer the type of a variable
+from its initializer.  If the initializer is an expression of a unique
+type, then the variable will be defined with that type.  For instance,
+var x=5;
+var y=4.3;
+var reddash=red+dashed;
+ is equivalent to
+int x=5;
+real y=4.3;
+pen reddash=red+dashed;
+
+   `var' may also be used with the extended `for' loop syntax.
+
+int[] a = {1,2,3};
+for (var x : a)
+  write(x);
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Structures,  Next: Operators,  Prev: Variable initializers,  Up: Programming
+
+6.8 Structures
+==============
+
+Users may also define their own data types as structures, along with
+user-defined operators, much as in C++. By default, structure members
+are `public' (may be read and modified anywhere in the code), but may be
+optionally declared `restricted' (readable anywhere but writeable only
+inside the structure where they are defined) or `private' (readable and
+writable only inside the structure). In a structure definition, the
+keyword `this' can be used as an expression to refer to the enclosing
+structure. Any code at the top-level scope within the structure is
+executed on initialization.
+
+   Variables hold references to structures.  That is, in the example:
+struct T {
+  int x;
+}
+
+T foo=new T;
+T bar=foo;
+bar.x=5;
+
+   The variable `foo' holds a reference to an instance of the structure
+`T'.  When `bar' is assigned the value of `foo', it too now holds a
+reference to the same instance as `foo' does.  The assignment `bar.x=5'
+changes the value of the field `x' in that instance, so that `foo.x'
+will also be equal to `5'.
+
+   The expression `new T' creates a new instance of the structure `T'
+and returns a reference to that instance.  In creating the new
+instance, any code in the body of the record definition is executed.
+For example:
+int Tcount=0;
+struct T {
+  int x;
+  ++Tcount;
+}
+
+T foo=new T;
+
+   Here, the expression `new T' will produce a new instance of the
+class, but will also cause `Tcount' to be incremented, so that it keeps
+track of the number of instances produced.
+
+   The expression `null' can be cast to any structure type to yield a
+null reference, a reference that does not actually refer to any
+instance of the structure.  Trying to use a field of a null reference
+will cause an error.
+
+   The function `bool alias(T,T)' checks to see if two structure
+references refer to the same instance of the structure (or both to
+`null').  For example, in the example code at the start of the section,
+`alias(foo,bar)' would return true, but `alias(foo,new T)' would return
+false, as `new T' creates a new instance of the structure `T'.  The
+boolean operators `==' and `!=' are by default equivalent to `alias' and
+`!alias' respectively, but may be overwritten for a particular type
+(for example, to do a deep comparison).
+
+   After the definition of a structure `T', a variable of type `T' is
+initialized to a new instance (`new T') by default.  During the
+definition of the structure, however, variables of type `T' are
+initialized to `null' by default. This special behaviour is to avoid
+infinite recursion of creating new instances in code such as
+struct tree {
+  int value;
+  tree left;
+  tree right;
+}
+
+   Here is a simple example that illustrates the use of structures:
+struct S {
+  real a=1;
+  real f(real a) {return a+this.a;}
+}
+
+S s;                            // Initializes s with new S;
+
+write(s.f(2));                  // Outputs 3
+
+S operator + (S s1, S s2)
+{
+  S result;
+  result.a=s1.a+s2.a;
+  return result;
+}
+
+write((s+s).f(0));              // Outputs 2
+
+   It is often convenient to have functions that construct new
+instances of a structure.  Say we have a `Person' structure:
+struct Person {
+  string firstname;
+  string lastname;
+}
+
+Person joe=new Person;
+joe.firstname="Joe";
+joe.lastname="Jones";
+ Creating a new Person is a chore; it takes three lines to create a new
+instance and to initialize its fields (that's still considerably less
+effort than creating a new person in real life, though).
+
+   We can reduce the work by defining a constructor function
+`Person(string,string)':
+struct Person {
+  string firstname;
+  string lastname;
+
+  static Person Person(string firstname, string lastname) {
+    Person p=new Person;
+    p.firstname=firstname;
+    p.lastname=lastname;
+    return p;
+  }
+}
+
+Person joe=Person.Person("Joe", "Jones");
+
+   While it is now easier than before to create a new instance, we still
+have to refer to the constructor by the qualified name `Person.Person'.
+If we add the line
+from Person unravel Person;
+ immediately after the structure definition, then the constructor can
+be used without qualification: `Person joe=Person("Joe", "Jones");'.
+
+   The constructor is now easy to use, but it is quite a hassle to
+define.  If you write a lot of constructors, you will find that you are
+repeating a lot of code in each of them.  Fortunately, your friendly
+neighbourhood Asymptote developers have devised a way to automate much
+of the process.
+
+   If, in the body of a structure, Asymptote encounters the definition
+of a function of the form `void operator init(ARGS)',  it implicitly
+defines a constructor function of the arguments `ARGS' that uses the
+`void operator init' function to initialize a new instance of the
+structure.  That is, it essentially defines the following constructor
+(assuming the structure is called `Foo'):
+
+     static Foo Foo(ARGS) {
+       Foo instance=new Foo;
+       instance.operator init(ARGS);
+       return instance;
+     }
+
+   This constructor is also implicitly copied to the enclosing scope
+after the end of the structure definition, so that it can used
+subsequently without qualifying it by the structure name.  Our `Person'
+example can thus be implemented as:
+struct Person {
+  string firstname;
+  string lastname;
+
+  void operator init(string firstname, string lastname) {
+    this.firstname=firstname;
+    this.lastname=lastname;
+  }
+}
+
+Person joe=Person("Joe", "Jones");
+
+   The use of `operator init' to implicitly define constructors should
+not be confused with its use to define default values for variables
+(*note Variable initializers::).  Indeed, in the first case, the return
+type of the `operator init' must be `void' while in the second, it must
+be the (non-`void') type of the variable.
+
+   The function `cputime()' returns a structure `cputime' with
+cumulative CPU times broken down into the fields `parent.user',
+`parent.system', `child.user', and `child.system'. For convenience, the
+incremental fields `change.user' and `change.system' indicate the
+change in the corresponding total parent and child CPU times since the
+last call to `cputime()'. The function
+void write(file file=stdout, string s="", cputime c,
+           string format=cputimeformat, suffix suffix=none);
+ displays the incremental user cputime followed by "u", the incremental
+system cputime followed by "s", the total user cputime followed by "U",
+and the total system cputime followed by "S".
+
+   Much like in C++, casting (*note Casts::) provides for an elegant
+implementation of structure inheritance, including virtual functions:
+struct parent {
+  real x;
+  void operator init(int x) {this.x=x;}
+  void virtual(int) {write(0);}
+  void f() {virtual(1);}
+}
+
+void write(parent p) {write(p.x);}
+
+struct child {
+  parent parent;
+  real y=3;
+  void operator init(int x) {parent.operator init(x);}
+  void virtual(int x) {write(x);}
+  parent.virtual=virtual;
+  void f()=parent.f;
+}
+
+parent operator cast(child child) {return child.parent;}
+
+parent p=parent(1);
+child c=child(2);
+
+write(c);                       // Outputs 2;
+
+p.f();                          // Outputs 0;
+c.f();                          // Outputs 1;
+
+write(c.parent.x);              // Outputs 2;
+write(c.y);                     // Outputs 3;
+
+   For further examples of structures, see `Legend' and `picture' in
+the `Asymptote' base module `plain'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Operators,  Next: Implicit scaling,  Prev: Structures,  Up: Programming
+
+6.9 Operators
+=============
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Arithmetic & logical::        Basic mathematical operators
+* Self & prefix operators::     Increment and decrement
+* User-defined operators::      Overloading operators
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Arithmetic & logical,  Next: Self & prefix operators,  Up: Operators
+
+6.9.1 Arithmetic & logical operators
+------------------------------------
+
+`Asymptote' uses the standard binary arithmetic operators.  However,
+when one integer is divided by another, both arguments are converted to
+real values before dividing and a real quotient is returned (since this
+is usually what is intended). The function `int quotient(int x, int y)'
+returns the greatest integer less than or equal to `x/y'. In all other
+cases both operands are promoted to the same type, which will also be
+the type of the result:
+`+'
+     addition 
+
+`-'
+     subtraction 
+
+`*'
+     multiplication 
+
+`/'
+     division 
+
+`%'
+     modulo; the result always has the same sign as the divisor.  In
+     particular, this makes `q*quotient(p,q)+p%q == p' for all integers
+     `p' and nonzero integers `q'.  
+
+`^'
+     power; if the exponent (second argument) is an int, recursive
+     multiplication is used; otherwise, logarithms and exponentials are
+     used (`**' is a synonym for `^').
+
+
+   The usual boolean operators are also defined:
+`=='
+     equals 
+
+`!='
+     not equals 
+
+`<'
+     less than 
+
+`<='
+     less than or equals 
+
+`>='
+     greater than or equals 
+
+`>'
+     greater than 
+
+`&&'
+     and (with conditional evaluation of right-hand argument) 
+
+`&'
+     and 
+
+`||'
+     or (with conditional evaluation of right-hand argument) 
+
+`|'
+     or 
+
+`^'
+     xor 
+
+`!'
+     not
+
+   `Asymptote' also supports the C-like conditional syntax: 
+bool positive=(pi > 0) ? true : false;
+
+   The function `T interp(T a, T b, real t)' returns `(1-t)*a+t*b' for
+nonintegral built-in arithmetic types `T'. If `a' and `b' are pens,
+they are first promoted to the same color space.
+
+   `Asymptote' also defines bitwise functions `int AND(int,int)', `int
+OR(int,int)', `int XOR(int,int)', `int NOT(int)', `int CLZ(int)' (count
+leading zeros), and `int CTZ(int)' (count trailing zeros).
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Self & prefix operators,  Next: User-defined operators,  Prev: Arithmetic & logical,  Up: Operators
+
+6.9.2 Self & prefix operators
+-----------------------------
+
+As in C, each of the arithmetic operators `+', `-', `*', `/', `%', and
+`^' can be used as a self operator.  The prefix operators `++'
+(increment by one) and `--' (decrement by one) are also defined.  For
+example,
+int i=1;
+i += 2;
+int j=++i;
+
+is equivalent to the code
+int i=1;
+i=i+2;
+int j=i=i+1;
+
+   However, postfix operators like `i++' and `i--' are not defined
+(because of the inherent ambiguities that would arise with the `--'
+path-joining operator). In the rare instances where `i++' and `i--' are
+really needed, one can substitute the expressions `(++i-1)' and
+`(--i+1)', respectively.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: User-defined operators,  Prev: Self & prefix operators,  Up: Operators
+
+6.9.3 User-defined operators
+----------------------------
+
+The following symbols may be used with `operator' to define or redefine
+operators on structures and built-in types:
+- + * / % ^ ! < > == != <= >= & | ^^ .. :: -- --- ++
+<< >> $ $$ @ @@
+ The operators on the second line have precedence one higher than the
+boolean operators `<', `>', `<=', and `>='.
+
+   Guide operators like `..' may be overloaded, say, to write a user
+function that produces a new guide from a given guide:
+guide dots(... guide[] g)=operator ..;
+
+guide operator ..(... guide[] g) {
+  guide G;
+  if(g.length > 0) {
+    write(g[0]);
+    G=g[0];
+  }
+  for(int i=1; i < g.length; ++i) {
+    write(g[i]);
+    write();
+    G=dots(G,g[i]);
+  }
+  return G;
+}
+
+guide g=(0,0){up}..{SW}(100,100){NE}..{curl 3}(50,50)..(10,10);
+write("g=",g);
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Implicit scaling,  Next: Functions,  Prev: Operators,  Up: Programming
+
+6.10 Implicit scaling
+=====================
+
+If a numeric literal is in front of certain types of expressions, then
+the two are multiplied:
+int x=2;
+real y=2.0;
+real cm=72/2.540005;
+
+write(3x);
+write(2.5x);
+write(3y);
+write(-1.602e-19 y);
+write(0.5(x,y));
+write(2x^2);
+write(3x+2y);
+write(3(x+2y));
+write(3sin(x));
+write(3(sin(x))^2);
+write(10cm);
+
+   This produces the output
+6
+5
+6
+-3.204e-19
+(1,1)
+8
+10
+18
+2.72789228047704
+2.48046543129542
+283.464008929116
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Functions,  Next: Arrays,  Prev: Implicit scaling,  Up: Programming
+
+6.11 Functions
+==============
+
+`Asymptote' functions are treated as variables with a signature
+(non-function variables have null signatures). Variables with the same
+name are allowed, so long as they have distinct signatures.
+
+   Functions arguments are passed by value. To pass an argument by
+reference, simply enclose it in a structure (*note Structures::).
+
+   Here are some significant features of `Asymptote' functions:
+
+  1. Variables with signatures (functions) and without signatures
+     (nonfunction variables) are distinct: int x, x();
+     x=5;
+     x=new int() {return 17;};
+     x=x();              // calls x() and puts the result, 17, in the scalar x
+
+  2. Traditional function definitions are allowed: int sqr(int x)
+     {
+       return x*x;
+     }
+     sqr=null;           // but the function is still just a variable.
+
+  3. Casting can be used to resolve ambiguities: int a, a(), b, b(); // Valid: creates four variables.
+     a=b;                // Invalid: assignment is ambiguous.
+     a=(int) b;          // Valid: resolves ambiguity.
+     (int) (a=b);        // Valid: resolves ambiguity.
+     (int) a=b;          // Invalid: cast expressions cannot be L-values.
+
+     int c();
+     c=a;                // Valid: only one possible assignment.
+
+  4. Anonymous (so-called "high-order") functions are also allowed: typedef int intop(int);
+     intop adder(int m)
+     {
+       return new int(int n) {return m+n;};
+     }
+     intop addby7=adder(7);
+     write(addby7(1));   // Writes 8.
+
+  5. One may redefine a function `f', even for calls to `f' in
+     previously declared functions, by assigning another (anonymous or
+     named) function to it. However, if `f' is overloaded by a new
+     function definition, previous calls will still access the original
+     version of `f', as illustrated in this example: void f() {
+       write("hi");
+     }
+
+     void g() {
+       f();
+     }
+
+     g(); // writes "hi"
+
+     f=new void() {write("bye");};
+
+     g(); // writes "bye"
+
+     void f() {write("overloaded");};
+
+     f(); // writes "overloaded"
+     g(); // writes "bye"
+
+  6. Anonymous functions can be used to redefine a function variable
+     that has been declared (and implicitly initialized to the null
+     function) but not yet explicitly defined: void f(bool b);
+
+     void g(bool b) {
+       if(b) f(b);
+       else write(b);
+     }
+
+     f=new void(bool b) {
+       write(b);
+       g(false);
+     };
+
+     g(true); // Writes true, then writes false.
+
+
+   `Asymptote' is the only language we know of that treats functions as
+variables, but allows overloading by distinguishing variables based on
+their signatures.
+
+   Functions are allowed to call themselves recursively. As in C++,
+infinite nested recursion will generate a stack overflow (reported as a
+segmentation fault, unless a fully working version of the GNU library
+`libsigsegv' (e.g. 2.4 or later) is installed at configuration time).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Default arguments::           Default values can appear anywhere
+* Named arguments::             Assigning function arguments by keyword
+* Rest arguments::              Functions with a variable number of arguments
+* Mathematical functions::      Standard libm functions
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Default arguments,  Next: Named arguments,  Up: Functions
+
+6.11.1 Default arguments
+------------------------
+
+`Asymptote' supports a more flexible mechanism for default function
+arguments than C++: they may appear anywhere in the function prototype.
+Because certain data types are implicitly cast to more sophisticated
+types (*note Casts::) one can often avoid ambiguities by ordering
+function arguments from the simplest to the most complicated.  For
+example, given
+real f(int a=1, real b=0) {return a+b;}
+ then `f(1)' returns 1.0, but `f(1.0)' returns 2.0.
+
+   The value of a default argument is determined by evaluating the
+given `Asymptote' expression in the scope where the called function is
+defined.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Named arguments,  Next: Rest arguments,  Prev: Default arguments,  Up: Functions
+
+6.11.2 Named arguments
+----------------------
+
+It is sometimes difficult to remember the order in which arguments
+appear in a function declaration. Named (keyword) arguments make calling
+functions with multiple arguments easier. Unlike in the C and C++
+languages, an assignment in a function argument is interpreted as an
+assignment to a parameter of the same name in the function signature,
+_not within the local scope_. The command-line option `-d' may be used
+to check `Asymptote' code for cases where a named argument may be
+mistaken for a local assignment.
+
+   When matching arguments to signatures, first all of the keywords are
+matched, then the arguments without names are matched against the
+unmatched formals as usual. For example,
+int f(int x, int y) {
+  return 10x+y;
+}
+write(f(4,x=3));
+ outputs 34, as `x' is already matched when we try to match the unnamed
+argument `4', so it gets matched to the next item, `y'.
+
+   For the rare occasions where it is desirable to assign a value to
+local variable within a function argument (generally _not_ a good
+programming practice), simply enclose the assignment in parentheses.
+For example, given the definition of `f' in the previous example,
+int x;
+write(f(4,(x=3)));
+ is equivalent to the statements
+int x;
+x=3;
+write(f(4,3));
+ and outputs 43.
+
+   Parameters can be specified as "keyword-only" by putting `keyword'
+immediately before the parameter name, as in `int f(int keyword x)' or
+`int f(int keyword x=77)'.  This forces the caller of the function to
+use a named argument to give a value for this parameter.  That is,
+`f(x=42)' is legal, but `f(25)' is not.  Keyword-only parameters must
+be listed after normal parameters in a function definition.
+
+   As a technical detail, we point out that, since variables of the same
+name but different signatures are allowed in the same scope, the code
+int f(int x, int x()) {
+  return x+x();
+}
+int seven() {return 7;}
+ is legal in `Asymptote', with `f(2,seven)' returning 9.  A named
+argument matches the first unmatched formal of the same name, so
+`f(x=2,x=seven)' is an equivalent call, but `f(x=seven,2)' is not, as
+the first argument is matched to the first formal, and `int ()' cannot
+be implicitly cast to `int'.  Default arguments do not affect which
+formal a named argument is matched to, so if `f' were defined as
+int f(int x=3, int x()) {
+  return x+x();
+}
+ then `f(x=seven)' would be illegal, even though `f(seven)' obviously
+would be allowed.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Rest arguments,  Next: Mathematical functions,  Prev: Named arguments,  Up: Functions
+
+6.11.3 Rest arguments
+---------------------
+
+Rest arguments allow one to write functions that take a variable number
+of arguments:
+// This function sums its arguments.
+int sum(... int[] nums) {
+  int total=0;
+  for(int i=0; i < nums.length; ++i)
+    total += nums[i];
+  return total;
+}
+
+sum(1,2,3,4);                       // returns 10
+sum();                              // returns 0
+
+// This function subtracts subsequent arguments from the first.
+int subtract(int start ... int[] subs) {
+  for(int i=0; i < subs.length; ++i)
+    start -= subs[i];
+  return start;
+}
+
+subtract(10,1,2);                   // returns 7
+subtract(10);                       // returns 10
+subtract();                         // illegal
+
+   Putting an argument into a rest array is called _packing_.  One can
+give an explicit list of arguments for the rest argument, so `subtract'
+could alternatively be implemented as
+int subtract(int start ... int[] subs) {
+  return start - sum(... subs);
+}
+
+   One can even combine normal arguments with rest arguments:
+sum(1,2,3 ... new int[] {4,5,6});   // returns 21
+ This builds a new six-element array that is passed to `sum' as `nums'.
+The opposite operation, _unpacking_, is not allowed:
+subtract(... new int[] {10, 1, 2});
+ is illegal, as the start formal is not matched.
+
+   If no arguments are packed, then a zero-length array (as opposed to
+`null') is bound to the rest parameter. Note that default arguments are
+ignored for rest formals and the rest argument is not bound to a
+keyword.
+
+   In some cases, keyword-only parameters are helpful to avoid
+arguments intended for the rest parameter to be assigned to other
+parameters.  For example, here the use of `keyword' is to avoid
+`pnorm(1.0,2.0,0.3)' matching `1.0' to `p'.
+real pnorm(real keyword p=2.0 ... real[] v)
+{
+  return sum(v^p)^(1/p);
+}
+
+   The overloading resolution in `Asymptote' is similar to the function
+matching rules used in C++. Every argument match is given a score.
+Exact matches score better than matches with casting, and matches with
+formals (regardless of casting) score better than packing an argument
+into the rest array.  A candidate is maximal if all of the arguments
+score as well in it as with any other candidate.  If there is one
+unique maximal candidate, it is chosen; otherwise, there is an
+ambiguity error.
+
+int f(path g);
+int f(guide g);
+f((0,0)--(100,100)); // matches the second; the argument is a guide
+
+int g(int x, real y);
+int g(real x, int x);
+
+g(3,4); // ambiguous; the first candidate is better for the first argument,
+        // but the second candidate is better for the second argument
+
+int h(... int[] rest);
+int h(real x ... int[] rest);
+
+h(1,2); // the second definition matches, even though there is a cast,
+        // because casting is preferred over packing
+
+int i(int x ... int[] rest);
+int i(real x, real y ... int[] rest);
+
+i(3,4); // ambiguous; the first candidate is better for the first argument,
+        // but the second candidate is better for the second one
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Mathematical functions,  Prev: Rest arguments,  Up: Functions
+
+6.11.4 Mathematical functions
+-----------------------------
+
+`Asymptote' has built-in versions of the standard `libm' mathematical
+real(real) functions `sin', `cos', `tan', `asin', `acos', `atan',
+`exp', `log', `pow10', `log10', `sinh', `cosh', `tanh', `asinh',
+`acosh', `atanh', `sqrt', `cbrt', `fabs', `expm1', `log1p', as well as
+the identity function `identity'.  `Asymptote' also defines the order
+`n' Bessel functions of the first kind `Jn(int n, real)' and second kind
+`Yn(int n, real)', as well as the gamma function `gamma', the error
+function `erf', and the complementary error function `erfc'. The
+standard real(real, real) functions `atan2', `hypot', `fmod',
+`remainder' are also included.
+
+   The functions `degrees(real radians)' and `radians(real degrees)'
+can be used to convert between radians and degrees. The function
+`Degrees(real radians)' returns the angle in degrees in the interval
+[0,360).  For convenience, `Asymptote' defines variants `Sin', `Cos',
+`Tan', `aSin', `aCos', and `aTan' of the standard trigonometric
+functions that use degrees rather than radians.  We also define complex
+versions of the `sqrt', `sin', `cos', `exp', `log', and `gamma'
+functions.
+
+   The functions `floor', `ceil', and `round' differ from their usual
+definitions in that they all return an int value rather than a real
+(since that is normally what one wants).  The functions `Floor',
+`Ceil', and `Round' are respectively similar, except that if the result
+cannot be converted to a valid int, they return `intMax' for positive
+arguments and `intMin' for negative arguments, rather than generating
+an integer overflow.  We also define a function `sgn', which returns
+the sign of its real argument as an integer (-1, 0, or 1).
+
+   There is an `abs(int)' function, as well as an `abs(real)' function
+(equivalent to `fabs(real)'), an `abs(pair)' function (equivalent to
+`length(pair)').
+
+   Random numbers can be seeded with `srand(int)' and generated with
+the `int rand()' function, which returns a random integer between 0 and
+the integer `randMax'. The `unitrand()' function returns a random
+number uniformly distributed in the interval [0,1].  A Gaussian random
+number generator `Gaussrand' and a collection of statistics routines,
+including `histogram', are provided in the base file `stats.asy'.  The
+functions `factorial(int n)', which returns n!, and `choose(int n, int
+k)', which returns n!/(k!(n-k)!), are also defined.
+
+   When configured with the GNU Scientific Library (GSL), available from
+`http://www.gnu.org/software/gsl/', `Asymptote' contains an internal
+module `gsl' that defines the airy functions `Ai(real)', `Bi(real)',
+`Ai_deriv(real)', `Bi_deriv(real)', `zero_Ai(int)', `zero_Bi(int)',
+`zero_Ai_deriv(int)', `zero_Bi_deriv(int)', the Bessel functions
+`I(int, real)', `K(int, real)', `j(int, real)', `y(int, real)',
+`i_scaled(int, real)', `k_scaled(int, real)', `J(real, real)', `Y(real,
+real)', `I(real, real)', `K(real, real)', `zero_J(real, int)', the
+elliptic functions `F(real, real)', `E(real, real)', and `P(real,
+real)', the Jacobi elliptic functions `real[] sndncn(real,real)', the
+exponential/trigonometric integrals `Ei', `Si', and `Ci', the Legendre
+polynomials `Pl(int, real)', and the Riemann zeta function
+`zeta(real)'. For example, to compute the sine integral `Si' of 1.0:
+import gsl;
+write(Si(1.0));
+
+   `Asymptote' also provides a few general purpose numerical routines:
+
+``real newton(int iterations=100, real f(real), real fprime(real), real x, bool verbose=false);''
+     Use Newton-Raphson iteration to solve for a root of a real-valued
+     differentiable function `f', given its derivative `fprime' and an
+     initial guess `x'. Diagnostics for each iteration are printed if
+     `verbose=true'.  If the iteration fails after the maximum allowed
+     number of loops (`iterations'), `realMax' is returned.
+
+``real newton(int iterations=100, real f(real), real fprime(real), real x1, real x2, bool verbose=false);''
+     Use bracketed Newton-Raphson bisection to solve for a root of a
+     real-valued differentiable function `f' within an interval
+     [`x1',`x2'] (on which the endpoint values of `f' have opposite
+     signs), given its derivative `fprime'. Diagnostics for each
+     iteration are printed if `verbose=true'.  If the iteration fails
+     after the maximum allowed number of loops (`iterations'),
+     `realMax' is returned.
+
+``real simpson(real f(real), real a, real b, real acc=realEpsilon, real dxmax=b-a)''
+     returns the integral of `f' from `a' to `b' using adaptive Simpson
+     integration.
+
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Arrays,  Next: Casts,  Prev: Functions,  Up: Programming
+
+6.12 Arrays
+===========
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Slices::                      Python-style array slices
+
+   Appending `[]' to a built-in or user-defined type yields an array.
+The array element `i' of an array `A' can be accessed as `A[i]'.  By
+default, attempts to access or assign to an array element using a
+negative index generates an error. Reading an array element with an
+index beyond the length of the array also generates an error; however,
+assignment to an element beyond the length of the array causes the
+array to be resized to accommodate the new element.  One can also index
+an array `A' with an integer array `B': the array `A[B]' is formed by
+indexing array `A' with successive elements of array `B'.  A convenient
+Java-style shorthand exists for iterating over all elements of an
+array; see *note array iteration::.
+
+   The declaration
+real[] A;
+
+initializes `A' to be an empty (zero-length) array. Empty arrays should
+be distinguished from null arrays. If we say
+real[] A=null;
+
+then `A' cannot be dereferenced at all (null arrays have no length and
+cannot be read from or assigned to).
+
+   Arrays can be explicitly initialized like this:
+real[] A={0,1,2};
+
+   Array assignment in `Asymptote' does a shallow copy: only the
+pointer is copied (if one copy if modified, the other will be too).
+The `copy' function listed below provides a deep copy of an array.
+
+   Every array `A' of type `T[]' has the virtual members
+   * `int length',
+
+   * `int cyclic',
+
+   * `int[] keys',
+
+   * `T push(T x)',
+
+   * `void append(T[] a)',
+
+   * `T pop()',
+
+   * `void insert(int i ... T[] x)',
+
+   * `void delete(int i, int j=i)',
+
+   * `void delete()', and
+
+   * `bool initialized(int n)'.
+
+   The member `A.length' evaluates to the length of the array.  Setting
+`A.cyclic=true' signifies that array indices should be reduced modulo
+the current array length. Reading from or writing to a nonempty cyclic
+array never leads to out-of-bounds errors or array resizing.
+
+   The member `A.keys' evaluates to an array of integers containing the
+indices of initialized entries in the array in ascending order.  Hence,
+for an array of length `n' with all entries initialized, `A.keys'
+evaluates to `{0,1,...,n-1}'.  A new keys array is produced each time
+`A.keys' is evaluated.
+
+   The functions `A.push' and `A.append' append their arguments onto
+the end of the array, while `A.insert(int i ... T[] x)' inserts `x'
+into the array at index `i'.  For convenience `A.push' returns the
+pushed item.  The function `A.pop()' pops and returns the last element,
+while `A.delete(int i, int j=i)' deletes elements with indices in the
+range [`i',`j'], shifting the position of all higher-indexed elements
+down. If no arguments are given, `A.delete()' provides a convenient way
+of deleting all elements of `A'. The routine `A.initialized(int n)' can
+be used to examine whether the element at index `n' is initialized.
+Like all `Asymptote' functions, `push', `append', `pop', `insert',
+`delete', and `initialized' can be "pulled off" of the array and used
+on their own. For example,
+int[] A={1};
+A.push(2);         // A now contains {1,2}.
+A.append(A);       // A now contains {1,2,1,2}.
+int f(int)=A.push;
+f(3);              // A now contains {1,2,1,2,3}.
+int g()=A.pop;
+write(g());        // Outputs 3.
+A.delete(0);       // A now contains {2,1,2}.
+A.delete(0,1);       // A now contains {2}.
+A.insert(1,3);     // A now contains {2,3}.
+A.insert(1 ... A); // A now contains {2,2,3,3}
+A.insert(2,4,5);   // A now contains {2,2,4,5,3,3}.
+
+   The `[]' suffix can also appear after the variable name; this is
+sometimes convenient for declaring a list of variables and arrays of
+the same type:
+real a,A[];
+ This declares `a' to be `real' and implicitly declares `A' to be of
+type `real[]'.
+
+   In the following list of built-in array functions, `T' represents a
+generic type. Note that the internal functions `alias', `array',
+`copy', `concat', `sequence', `map', and `transpose', which depend on
+type `T[]', are defined only after the first declaration of a variable
+of type `T[]'.
+
+`new T[]'
+     returns a new empty array of type `T[]';
+
+`new T[] {list}'
+     returns a new array of type `T[]' initialized with `list' (a comma
+     delimited list of elements).
+
+`new T[n]'
+     returns a new array of `n' elements of type `T[]'.  These `n'
+     array elements are not initialized unless they are arrays
+     themselves (in which case they are each initialized to empty
+     arrays).
+
+`T[] array(int n, T value, int depth=intMax)'
+     returns an array consisting of `n' copies of `value'.  If `value'
+     is itself an array, a deep copy of `value' is made for each entry.
+     If `depth' is specified, this deep copying only recurses to the
+     specified number of levels.
+
+`int[] sequence(int n)'
+     if `n >= 1' returns the array `{0,1,...,n-1}' (otherwise returns a
+     null array);
+
+`int[] sequence(int n, int m)'
+     if `m >= n' returns an array `{n,n+1,...,m}' (otherwise returns a
+     null array);
+
+`T[] sequence(T f(int), int n)'
+     if `n >= 1' returns the sequence `{f_i :i=0,1,...n-1}' given a
+     function `T f(int)' and integer `int n' (otherwise returns a null
+     array);
+
+`T[] map(T f(T), T[] a)'
+     returns the array obtained by applying the function `f' to each
+     element of the array `a'. This is equivalent to `sequence(new
+     T(int i) {return f(a[i]);},a.length)'.
+
+`int[] reverse(int n)'
+     if `n >= 1' returns the array `{n-1,n-2,...,0}' (otherwise returns
+     a null array);
+
+`int[] complement(int[] a, int n)'
+     returns the complement of the integer array `a' in
+     `{0,1,2,...,n-1}', so that `b[complement(a,b.length)]' yields the
+     complement of `b[a]'.
+
+`real[] uniform(real a, real b, int n)'
+     if `n >= 1' returns a uniform partition of `[a,b]' into `n'
+     subintervals (otherwise returns a null array);
+
+`int find(bool[], int n=1)'
+     returns the index of the `n'th `true' value or -1 if not found.
+     If `n' is negative, search backwards from the end of the array for
+     the `-n'th value;
+
+`int search(T[] a, T key)'
+     For built-in ordered types `T', searches a sorted array `a' of `n'
+     elements for k, returning the index `i' if `a[i] <= key < a[i+1]',
+     `-1' if `key' is less than all elements of `a', or `n-1' if `key'
+     is greater than or equal to the last element of `a'.
+
+`int search(T[] a, T key, bool less(T i, T j))'
+     searches an array `a' sorted in ascending order such that element
+     `i' precedes element `j' if `less(i,j)' is true;
+
+`T[] copy(T[] a)'
+     returns a deep copy of the array `a';
+
+`T[] concat(... T[][] a)'
+     returns a new array formed by concatenating the given
+     one-dimensional arrays given as arguments;
+
+`bool alias(T[] a, T[] b)'
+     returns `true' if the arrays `a' and `b' are identical;
+
+`T[] sort(T[] a)'
+     For built-in ordered types `T', returns a copy of `a' sorted in
+     ascending order;
+
+`T[][] sort(T[][] a)'
+     For built-in ordered types `T', returns a copy of `a' with the rows
+     sorted by the first column, breaking ties with successively higher
+     columns. For example: string[][] a={{"bob","9"},{"alice","5"},{"pete","7"},
+                   {"alice","4"}};
+     // Row sort (by column 0, using column 1 to break ties):
+     write(sort(a));
+
+     produces alice   4
+     alice   5
+     bob     9
+     pete    7
+
+`T[] sort(T[] a, bool less(T i, T j))'
+     returns a copy of `a' stably sorted in ascending order such that
+     element `i' precedes element `j' if `less(i,j)' is true.
+
+`T[][] transpose(T[][] a)'
+     returns the transpose of `a'.
+
+`T[][][] transpose(T[][][] a, int[] perm)'
+     returns the 3D transpose of `a' obtained by applying the
+     permutation `perm' of `new int[]{0,1,2}' to the indices of each
+     entry.
+
+`T sum(T[] a)'
+     For arithmetic types `T', returns the sum of `a'.  In the case
+     where `T' is `bool', the number of true elements in `a' is
+     returned.
+
+`T min(T[] a)'
+
+`T min(T[][] a)'
+
+`T min(T[][][] a)'
+     For built-in ordered types `T', returns the minimum element of `a'.
+
+`T max(T[] a)'
+
+`T max(T[][] a)'
+
+`T max(T[][][] a)'
+     For built-in ordered types `T', returns the maximum element of `a'.
+
+`T[] min(T[] a, T[] b)'
+     For built-in ordered types `T', and arrays `a' and `b' of the same
+     length, returns an array composed of the minimum of the
+     corresponding elements of `a' and `b'.
+
+`T[] max(T[] a, T[] b)'
+     For built-in ordered types `T', and arrays `a' and `b' of the same
+     length, returns an array composed of the maximum of the
+     corresponding elements of `a' and `b'.
+
+`pair[] pairs(real[] x, real[] y);'
+     For arrays `x' and `y' of the same length, returns the pair array
+     `sequence(new pair(int i) {return (x[i],y[i]);},x.length)'.
+
+`pair[] fft(pair[] a, int sign=1)'
+     returns the Fast Fourier Transform of `a' (if the optional `FFTW'
+     package is installed), using the given `sign'. Here is a simple
+     example: int n=4;
+     pair[] f=sequence(n);
+     write(f);
+     pair[] g=fft(f,-1);
+     write();
+     write(g);
+     f=fft(g,1);
+     write();
+     write(f/n);
+
+`real dot(real[] a, real[] b)'
+     returns the dot product of the vectors `a' and `b'.
+
+`pair dot(pair[] a, pair[] b)'
+     returns the complex dot product `sum(a*conj(b))' of the vectors
+     `a' and `b'.
+
+`real[] tridiagonal(real[] a, real[] b, real[] c, real[] f);'
+     Solve the periodic tridiagonal problem L`x'=`f' and return the
+     solution `x', where `f' is an n vector and L is the n \times n
+     matrix [ b[0] c[0]           a[0]   ]
+     [ a[1] b[1] c[1]             ]
+     [      a[2] b[2] c[2]        ]
+     [                ...         ]
+     [ c[n-1]       a[n-1] b[n-1] ]
+      For Dirichlet boundary conditions (denoted here by `u[-1]' and
+     `u[n]'), replace `f[0]' by `f[0]-a[0]u[-1]' and
+     `f[n-1]-c[n-1]u[n]'; then set `a[0]=c[n-1]=0'.
+
+`real[] solve(real[][] a, real[] b, bool warn=true)'
+     Solve the linear equation `a'x=`b' by LU decomposition and return
+     the solution x, where `a' is an n \times n matrix and `b' is an
+     array of length n.  For example: import math;
+     real[][] a={{1,-2,3,0},{4,-5,6,2},{-7,-8,10,5},{1,50,1,-2}};
+     real[] b={7,19,33,3};
+     real[] x=solve(a,b);
+     write(a); write();
+     write(b); write();
+     write(x); write();
+     write(a*x);
+      If `a' is a singular matrix and `warn' is `false', return an
+     empty array.  If the matrix `a' is tridiagonal, the routine
+     `tridiagonal' provides a more efficient algorithm (*note
+     tridiagonal::).
+
+`real[][] solve(real[][] a, real[][] b, bool warn=true)'
+     Solve the linear equation `a'x=`b' and return the solution x,
+     where `a' is an n \times n matrix and `b' is an n \times m matrix.
+     If `a' is a singular matrix and `warn' is `false', return an empty
+     matrix.
+
+`real[][] identity(int n);'
+     returns the n \times n identity matrix.
+
+`real[][] diagonal(... real[] a)'
+     returns the diagonal matrix with diagonal entries given by a.
+
+`real[][] inverse(real[][] a)'
+     returns the inverse of a square matrix `a'.
+
+``real[] quadraticroots(real a, real b, real c);''
+     This numerically robust solver returns the real roots of the
+     quadratic equation ax^2+bx+c=0, in ascending order. Multiple roots
+     are listed separately.
+
+``pair[] quadraticroots(explicit pair a, explicit pair b, explicit pair c);''
+     This numerically robust solver returns the complex roots of the
+     quadratic equation ax^2+bx+c=0.
+
+``real[] cubicroots(real a, real b, real c, real d);''
+     This numerically robust solver returns the real roots of the cubic
+     equation ax^3+bx^2+cx+d=0. Multiple roots are listed separately.
+
+
+   `Asymptote' includes a full set of vectorized array instructions for
+arithmetic (including self) and logical operations. These
+element-by-element instructions are implemented in C++ code for speed.
+Given
+real[] a={1,2};
+real[] b={3,2};
+ then `a == b' and `a >= 2' both evaluate to the vector `{false, true}'.  To
+test whether all components of `a' and `b' agree, use the boolean
+function `all(a == b)'. One can also use conditionals like `(a >= 2) ?
+a : b', which returns the array `{3,2}', or `write((a >= 2) ? a :
+null', which returns the array `{2}'.
+
+   All of the standard built-in `libm' functions of signature
+`real(real)' also take a real array as an argument, effectively like an
+implicit call to `map'.
+
+   As with other built-in types, arrays of the basic data types can be
+read in by assignment. In this example, the code
+file fin=input("test.txt");
+real[] A=fin;
+
+reads real values into `A' until the end-of-file is reached (or an I/O
+error occurs).
+
+   The virtual members `dimension', `line', `csv', `word', and `read'
+of a file are useful for reading arrays.  For example, if line mode is
+set with `file line(bool b=true)', then reading will stop once the end
+of the line is reached instead
+file fin=input("test.txt");
+real[] A=fin.line();
+
+   Since string reads by default read up to the end of line anyway,
+line mode normally has no effect on string array reads.  However, there
+is a white-space delimiter mode for reading strings, `file word(bool
+b=true)', which causes string reads to respect white-space delimiters,
+instead of the default end-of-line delimiter:
+file fin=input("test.txt").line().word();
+real[] A=fin;
+
+   Another useful mode is comma-separated-value mode, `file csv(bool
+b=true)', which causes reads to respect comma delimiters:
+file fin=csv(input("test.txt"));
+real[] A=fin;
+
+   To restrict the number of values read, use the `file dimension(int)'
+function:
+file fin=input("test.txt");
+real[] A=dimension(fin,10);
+
+   This reads 10 values into A, unless end-of-file (or end-of-line in
+line mode) occurs first. Attempting to read beyond the end of the file
+will produce a runtime error message. Specifying a value of 0 for the
+integer limit is equivalent to the previous example of reading until
+end-of-file (or end-of-line in line mode) is encountered.
+
+   Two- and three-dimensional arrays of the basic data types can be read
+in like this:
+file fin=input("test.txt");
+real[][] A=fin.dimension(2,3);
+real[][][] B=fin.dimension(2,3,4);
+ Again, an integer limit of zero means no restriction.
+
+   Sometimes the array dimensions are stored with the data as integer
+fields at the beginning of an array. Such 1, 2, or 3 dimensional arrays
+can be read in with the virtual member functions `read(1)', `read(2)',
+or `read(3)', respectively:
+file fin=input("test.txt");
+real[] A=fin.read(1);
+real[][] B=fin.read(2);
+real[][][] C=fin.read(3);
+
+   One, two, and three-dimensional arrays of the basic data types can be
+output with the functions `write(file,T[])', `write(file,T[][])',
+`write(file,T[][][])', respectively.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Slices,  Up: Arrays
+
+6.12.1 Slices
+-------------
+
+Asymptote allows a section of an array to be addressed as a slice using
+a Python-like syntax.  If `A' is an array, the expression `A[m:n]'
+returns a new array consisting of the elements of `A' with indices from
+`m' up to but not including `n'. For example,
+int[] x={0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9};
+int[] y=x[2:6];  // y={2,3,4,5};
+int[] z=x[5:10]; // z={5,6,7,8,9};
+
+   If the left index is omitted, it is taken be `0'.  If the right
+index is omitted it is taken to be the length of the array.  If both
+are omitted, the slice then goes from the start of the array to the
+end, producing a non-cyclic deep copy of the array.  For example:
+int[] x={0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9};
+int[] y=x[:4];  // y={0,1,2,3}
+int[] z=x[5:];  // z={5,6,7,8,9}
+int[] w=x[:];   // w={0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}, distinct from array x.
+
+   If A is a non-cyclic array, it is illegal to use negative values for
+either of the indices.  If the indices exceed the length of the array,
+however, they are politely truncated to that length.
+
+   For cyclic arrays, the slice `A[m:n]' still consists of the cells
+with indices in the set [`m',`n'), but now negative values and values
+beyond the length of the array are allowed.  The indices simply wrap
+around.  For example:
+
+int[] x={0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9};
+x.cyclic=true;
+int[] y=x[8:15];  // y={8,9,0,1,2,3,4}.
+int[] z=x[-5:5];  // z={5,6,7,8,9,0,1,2,3,4}
+int[] w=x[-3:17]; // w={7,8,9,0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0,1,2,3,4,5,6}
+
+   Notice that with cyclic arrays, it is possible to include the same
+element of the original array multiple times within a slice.
+Regardless of the original array, arrays produced by slices are always
+non-cyclic.
+
+   If the left and right indices of a slice are the same, the result is
+an empty array.  If the array being sliced is empty, the result is an
+empty array.  Any slice with a left index greater than its right index
+will yield an error.
+
+   Slices can also be assigned to, changing the value of the original
+array.  If the array being assigned to the slice has a different length
+than the slice itself, elements will be inserted or removed from the
+array to accommodate it. For instance:
+string[] toppings={"mayo", "salt", "ham", "lettuce"};
+toppings[0:2]=new string[] {"mustard", "pepper"};
+    // Now toppings={"mustard", "pepper", "ham", "lettuce"}
+toppings[2:3]=new string[] {"turkey", "bacon" };
+    // Now toppings={"mustard", "pepper", "turkey", "bacon", "lettuce"}
+toppings[0:3]=new string[] {"tomato"};
+    // Now toppings={"tomato", "bacon", "lettuce"}
+
+   If an array is assigned to a slice of itself, a copy of the original
+array is assigned to the slice.  That is, code such as `x[m:n]=x' is
+equivalent to `x[m:n]=copy(x)'.  One can use the shorthand `x[m:m]=y'
+to insert the contents of the array `y' into the array `x' starting at
+the location just before `x[m]'.
+
+   For a cyclic array, a slice is bridging if it addresses cells up to
+the end of the array and then continues on to address cells at the
+start of the array.  For instance, if `A' is a cyclic array of length
+10, `A[8:12]', `A[-3:1]', and `A[5:25]' are bridging slices whereas
+`A[3:7]', `A[7:10]', `A[-3:0]' and `A[103:107]' are not.  Bridging
+slices can only be assigned to if the number of elements in the slice
+is exactly equal to the number of elements we are assigning to it.
+Otherwise, there is no clear way to decide which of the new entries
+should be `A[0]' and an error is reported.  Non-bridging slices may be
+assigned an array of any length.
+
+   For a cyclic array `A' an expression of the form
+`A[A.length:A.length]' is equivalent to the expression `A[0:0]' and so
+assigning to this slice will insert values at the start of the array.
+`A.append()' can be used to insert values at the end of the array.
+
+   It is illegal to assign to a slice of a cyclic array that repeats
+any of the cells.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Casts,  Next: Import,  Prev: Arrays,  Up: Programming
+
+6.13 Casts
+==========
+
+`Asymptote' implicitly casts `int' to `real', `int' to `pair', `real'
+to `pair', `pair' to `path', `pair' to `guide', `path' to `guide',
+`guide' to `path', `real' to `pen', `pair[]' to `guide[]', `pair[]' to
+`path[]', `path' to `path[]', and `guide' to `path[]', along with
+various three-dimensional casts defined in `three.asy'.  Implicit casts
+are automatically attempted on assignment and when trying to match
+function calls with possible function signatures. Implicit casting can
+be inhibited by declaring individual arguments `explicit' in the
+function signature, say to avoid an ambiguous function call in the
+following example, which outputs 0:
+int f(pair a) {return 0;}
+int f(explicit real x) {return 1;}
+
+write(f(0));
+
+   Other conversions, say `real' to `int' or `real' to `string',
+require an explicit cast:
+int i=(int) 2.5;
+string s=(string) 2.5;
+
+real[] a={2.5,-3.5};
+int[] b=(int []) a;
+write(stdout,b);     // Outputs 2,-3
+
+   Casting to user-defined types is also possible using `operator cast':
+struct rpair {
+  real radius;
+  real angle;
+}
+
+pair operator cast(rpair x) {
+  return (x.radius*cos(x.angle),x.radius*sin(x.angle));
+}
+
+rpair x;
+x.radius=1;
+x.angle=pi/6;
+
+write(x);            // Outputs (0.866025403784439,0.5)
+
+   One must use care when defining new cast operators. Suppose that in
+some code one wants all integers to represent multiples of 100. To
+convert them to reals, one would first want to multiply them by 100.
+However, the straightforward implementation
+real operator cast(int x) {return x*100;}
+ is equivalent to an infinite recursion, since the result `x*100' needs
+itself to be cast from an integer to a real. Instead, we want to use
+the standard conversion of int to real:
+real convert(int x) {return x*100;}
+real operator cast(int x)=convert;
+
+   Explicit casts are implemented similarly, with `operator ecast'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Import,  Next: Static,  Prev: Casts,  Up: Programming
+
+6.14 Import
+===========
+
+While `Asymptote' provides many features by default, some applications
+require specialized features contained in external `Asymptote' modules.
+For instance, the lines
+access graph;
+graph.axes();
+ draw x and y axes on a two-dimensional graph.  Here, the command looks
+up the module under the name `graph' in a global dictionary of modules
+and puts it in a new variable named `graph'.  The module is a
+structure, and we can refer to its fields as we usually would with a
+structure.
+
+   Often, one wants to use module functions without having to specify
+the module name.  The code
+from graph access axes;
+ adds the `axes' field of `graph' into the local name space, so that
+subsequently, one can just write `axes()'.  If the given name is
+overloaded, all types and variables of that name are added.  To add
+more than one name, just use a comma-separated list:
+from graph access axes, xaxis, yaxis;
+ Wild card notation can be used to add all non-private fields and types
+of a module to the local name space:
+
+from graph access *;
+
+   Similarly, one can add the non-private fields and types of a
+structure to the local environment with the `unravel' keyword:
+struct matrix {
+  real a,b,c,d;
+}
+
+real det(matrix m) {
+  unravel m;
+  return a*d-b*c;
+}
+ Alternatively, one can unravel selective fields:
+real det(matrix m) {
+  from m unravel a,b,c as C,d;
+  return a*d-b*C;
+}
+
+   The command
+import graph;
+ is a convenient abbreviation for the commands
+access graph;
+unravel graph;
+ That is, `import graph' first loads a module into a structure called
+`graph' and then adds its non-private fields and types to the local
+environment. This way, if a member variable (or function) is
+overwritten with a local variable (or function of the same signature),
+the original one can still be accessed by qualifying it with the module
+name.
+
+   Wild card importing will work fine in most cases, but one does not
+usually know all of the internal types and variables of a module, which
+can also change as the module writer adds or changes features of the
+module.  As such, it is prudent to add `import' commands at the start
+of an `Asymptote' file, so that imported names won't shadow locally
+defined functions.  Still, imported names may shadow other imported
+names, depending on the order in which they were imported, and imported
+functions may cause overloading resolution problems if they have the
+same name as local functions defined later.
+
+   To rename modules or fields when adding them to the local
+environment, use `as':
+access graph as graph2d;
+from graph access xaxis as xline, yaxis as yline;
+
+   The command
+import graph as graph2d;
+ is a convenient abbreviation for the commands
+access graph as graph2d;
+unravel graph2d;
+
+   Except for a few built-in modules, such as `settings', all modules
+are implemented as `Asymptote' files.  When looking up a module that
+has not yet been loaded, `Asymptote' searches the standard search paths
+(*note Search paths::) for the matching file.  The file corresponding
+to that name is read and the code within it is interpreted as the body
+of a structure defining the module.
+
+   If the file name contains nonalphanumeric characters, enclose it
+with quotation marks:
+
+`access "/usr/local/share/asymptote/graph.asy" as graph;'
+
+`from "/usr/local/share/asymptote/graph.asy" access axes;'
+
+`import "/usr/local/share/asymptote/graph.asy" as graph;'
+
+   It is an error if modules import themselves (or each other in a
+cycle).  The module name to be imported must be known at compile time.
+
+   However, you can import an `Asymptote' module determined by the
+string `s' at runtime like this:
+eval("import "+s,true);
+
+   To conditionally execute an array of asy files, use
+void asy(string format, bool overwrite ... string[] s);
+ The file will only be processed, using output format `format', if
+overwrite is `true' or the output file is missing.
+
+   One can evaluate an `Asymptote' expression (without any return
+value, however) contained in the string `s' with: 
+void eval(string s, bool embedded=false);
+ It is not necessary to terminate the string `s' with a semicolon.  If
+`embedded' is `true', the string will be evaluated at the top level of
+the current environment.  If `embedded' is `false' (the default), the
+string will be evaluated in an independent environment, sharing the same
+`settings' module (*note settings::).
+
+   One can evaluate arbitrary `Asymptote' code (which may contain
+unescaped quotation marks) with the command
+void eval(code s, bool embedded=false);
+ Here `code' is a special type used with `quote {}' to enclose
+`Asymptote code' like this:
+real a=1;
+code s=quote {
+  write(a);
+};
+eval(s,true);        // Outputs 1
+
+   To include the contents of an existing file `graph' verbatim (as if
+the contents of the file were inserted at that point), use one of the
+forms:
+include graph;
+
+`include "/usr/local/share/asymptote/graph.asy";'
+
+   To list all global functions and variables defined in a module named
+by the contents of the string `s', use the function
+void list(string s, bool imports=false);
+ Imported global functions and variables are also listed if `imports'
+is `true'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Static,  Prev: Import,  Up: Programming
+
+6.15 Static
+===========
+
+Static qualifiers allocate the memory address of a variable in a higher
+enclosing level.
+
+   For a function body, the variable is allocated in the block where the
+function is defined; so in the code
+struct s {
+  int count() {
+    static int c=0;
+    ++c;
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+there is one instance of the variable `c' for each object `s' (as
+opposed to each call of `count').
+
+   Similarly, in
+int factorial(int n) {
+  int helper(int k) {
+    static int x=1;
+    x *= k;
+    return k == 1 ? x : helper(k-1);
+  }
+  return helper(n);
+}
+
+there is one instance of `x' for every call to `factorial' (and not for
+every call to `helper'), so this is a correct, but ugly, implementation
+of factorial.
+
+   Similarly, a static variable declared within a structure is
+allocated in the block where the structure is defined. Thus,
+struct A {
+  struct B {
+    static pair z;
+  }
+}
+
+creates one object `z' for each object of type `A' created.
+
+   In this example,
+int pow(int n, int k) {
+  struct A {
+    static int x=1;
+    void helper() {
+      x *= n;
+    }
+  }
+  for(int i=0; i < k; ++i) {
+    A a;
+    a.helper();
+  }
+  return A.x;
+}
+
+there is one instance of `x' for each call to `pow', so this is an ugly
+implementation of exponentiation.
+
+   Loop constructs allocate a new frame in every iteration.  This is so
+that higher-order functions can refer to variables of a specific
+iteration of a loop:
+void f();
+for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i) {
+  int x=i;
+  if(x==5) {
+    f=new void () { write(x); }
+  }
+}
+f();
+
+   Here, every iteration of the loop has its own variable `x', so `f()'
+will write `5'.  If a variable in a loop is declared static, it will be
+allocated where the enclosing function or structure was defined (just
+as if it were declared static outside of the loop).  For instance, in:
+void f() {
+  static int x;
+  for(int i=0; i < 10; ++i) {
+    static int y;
+  }
+}
+ both `x' and `y' will be allocated in the same place, which is also
+where `f' is also allocated.
+
+   Statements may also be declared static, in which case they are run
+at the place where the enclosing function or structure is defined.
+Declarations or statements not enclosed in a function or structure
+definition are already at the top level, so static modifiers are
+meaningless.  A warning is given in such a case.
+
+   Since structures can have static fields, it is not always clear for
+a qualified name whether the qualifier is a variable or a type.  For
+instance, in:
+
+struct A {
+  static int x;
+}
+pair A;
+
+int y=A.x;
+ does the `A' in `A.x' refer to the structure or to the pair variable.
+It is the convention in Asymptote that, if there is a non-function
+variable with the same name as the qualifier, the qualifier refers to
+that variable, and not to the type.  This is regardless of what fields
+the variable actually possesses.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: LaTeX usage,  Next: Base modules,  Prev: Programming,  Up: Top
+
+7 `LaTeX' usage
+***************
+
+`Asymptote' comes with a convenient `LaTeX' style file `asymptote.sty'
+that makes `LaTeX' `Asymptote'-aware. Entering `Asymptote' code
+directly into the `LaTeX' source file, at the point where it is needed,
+keeps figures organized and avoids the need to invent new file names
+for each figure. Simply add the line `\usepackage{asymptote}' at the
+beginning of your file and enclose your `Asymptote' code within a
+`\begin{asy}...\end{asy}' environment. As with the `LaTeX' `comment'
+environment, the `\end{asy}' command must appear on a line by itself,
+with no trailing commands/comments.  A blank line is not allowed after
+`\begin{asy}'.
+
+   The sample `LaTeX' file below, named `latexusage.tex', can be run as
+follows:
+latex latexusage
+asy latexusage-*.asy
+latex latexusage
+
+or
+pdflatex latexusage
+asy latexusage-*.asy
+pdflatex latexusage
+ To switch between using inline Asymptote code with `latex' and
+`pdflatex' you may first need to remove the files `latexusage-*.tex'.
+
+   An even better method for processing a `LaTeX' file with embedded
+`Asymptote' code is to use the `latexmk' utility from
+
+     `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/latexmk/'
+   after putting the contents of
+`http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/asymptote/trunk/asymptote/doc/latexmkrc'
+in a file `latexmkrc' in the same directory. The command
+latexmk -pdf latexusage
+ will then call `Asymptote' automatically, recompiling only the figures
+that have changed. Since each figure is compiled in a separate system
+process, this method also tends to use less memory.  To store the
+figures in a separate directory named `asy', one can define
+\def\asydir{asy}
+ in `latexusage.tex' and put the contents of
+`http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/asymptote/trunk/asymptote/doc/latexmkrc_asydir'
+in a file `latexmkrc' in the same directory.  External `Asymptote' code
+in `filename.asy' should be included with 
+\asyinclude[<options>]{<filename.asy>}
+ so that `latexmk' will recognize when the code is changed. Note that
+`latemk' requires `perl', available from `http://www.perl.org/'.
+
+   One can specify `width', `height', `keepAspect', `viewportwidth',
+`viewportheight', `attach', and `inline'.  `keyval'-style options to
+the `asy' and `asyinclude' environments.  Three-dimensional PRC files
+may either be embedded within the page (the default) or attached as
+annotated (but printable) attachments, using the `attach' option and
+the `attachfile2' (or older `attachfile') `LaTeX' package.  The
+`inline' option generates inline `LaTeX' code instead of EPS or PDF
+files. This makes 2D LaTeX symbols visible to the
+`\begin{asy}...\end{asy}' environment.  In this mode, Asymptote
+correctly aligns 2D LaTeX symbols defined outside of
+`\begin{asy}...\end{asy}', but treats their size as zero; an optional
+second string can be given to `Label' to provide an estimate of the
+unknown label size.
+
+   Note that if the `latex' TeX engine is used with the `inline'
+option, labels might not show up in DVI viewers that cannot handle raw
+`PostScript' code. One can use `dvips'/`dvipdf' to produce
+`PostScript'/PDF output (we recommend using the modified version of
+`dvipdf' in the `Asymptote' patches directory, which accepts the `dvips
+-z' hyperdvi option).
+
+   Here now is `latexusage.tex':
+
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+
+% Use this form to include EPS (latex) or PDF (pdflatex) files:
+\usepackage{asymptote}
+
+% Use this form with latex or pdflatex to include inline LaTeX code by default:
+%\usepackage[inline]{asymptote}
+
+% Use this form with latex or pdflatex to create PDF attachments by default:
+%\usepackage[attach]{asymptote}
+
+% Enable this line to support the attach option:
+%\usepackage[dvips]{attachfile2}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+% Optional subdirectory for asy files (no spaces):
+\def\asydir{}
+
+\begin{asydef}
+// Global Asymptote definitions can be put here.
+import three;
+usepackage("bm");
+texpreamble("\def\V#1{\bm{#1}}");
+// One can globally override the default toolbar settings here:
+// settings.toolbar=true;
+\end{asydef}
+
+Here is a venn diagram produced with Asymptote, drawn to width 4cm:
+
+\def\A{A}
+\def\B{\V{B}}
+
+%\begin{figure}
+\begin{center}
+\begin{asy}
+size(4cm,0);
+pen colour1=red;
+pen colour2=green;
+
+pair z0=(0,0);
+pair z1=(-1,0);
+pair z2=(1,0);
+real r=1.5;
+path c1=circle(z1,r);
+path c2=circle(z2,r);
+fill(c1,colour1);
+fill(c2,colour2);
+
+picture intersection=new picture;
+fill(intersection,c1,colour1+colour2);
+clip(intersection,c2);
+
+add(intersection);
+
+draw(c1);
+draw(c2);
+
+//draw("$\A$",box,z1);              // Requires [inline] package option.
+//draw(Label("$\B$","$B$"),box,z2); // Requires [inline] package option.
+draw("$A$",box,z1);
+draw("$\V{B}$",box,z2);
+
+pair z=(0,-2);
+real m=3;
+margin BigMargin=Margin(0,m*dot(unit(z1-z),unit(z0-z)));
+
+draw(Label("$A\cap B$",0),conj(z)--z0,Arrow,BigMargin);
+draw(Label("$A\cup B$",0),z--z0,Arrow,BigMargin);
+draw(z--z1,Arrow,Margin(0,m));
+draw(z--z2,Arrow,Margin(0,m));
+
+shipout(bbox(0.25cm));
+\end{asy}
+%\caption{Venn diagram}\label{venn}
+\end{center}
+%\end{figure}
+
+Each graph is drawn in its own environment. One can specify the width
+and height to \LaTeX\ explicitly. This 3D example can be viewed
+interactively either with Adobe Reader or Asymptote's fast OpenGL-based
+renderer. To support {\tt latexmk}, 3D figures should specify
+\verb+inline=true+. It is sometimes desirable to embed 3D files as annotated
+attachments; this requires the \verb+attach=true+ option as well as the
+\verb+attachfile2+ \LaTeX\ package.
+\begin{center}
+\begin{asy}[height=4cm,inline=true,attach=false,viewportwidth=\linewidth]
+currentprojection=orthographic(5,4,2);
+draw(unitcube,blue);
+label("$V-E+F=2$",(0,1,0.5),3Y,blue+fontsize(17pt));
+\end{asy}
+\end{center}
+
+One can also scale the figure to the full line width:
+\begin{center}
+\begin{asy}[width=\the\linewidth,inline=true]
+pair z0=(0,0);
+pair z1=(2,0);
+pair z2=(5,0);
+pair zf=z1+0.75*(z2-z1);
+
+draw(z1--z2);
+dot(z1,red+0.15cm);
+dot(z2,darkgreen+0.3cm);
+label("$m$",z1,1.2N,red);
+label("$M$",z2,1.5N,darkgreen);
+label("$\hat{\ }$",zf,0.2*S,fontsize(24pt)+blue);
+
+pair s=-0.2*I;
+draw("$x$",z0+s--z1+s,N,red,Arrows,Bars,PenMargins);
+s=-0.5*I;
+draw("$\bar{x}$",z0+s--zf+s,blue,Arrows,Bars,PenMargins);
+s=-0.95*I;
+draw("$X$",z0+s--z2+s,darkgreen,Arrows,Bars,PenMargins);
+\end{asy}
+\end{center}
+\end{document}
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Base modules,  Next: Options,  Prev: LaTeX usage,  Up: Top
+
+8 Base modules
+**************
+
+`Asymptote' currently ships with the following base modules:
+
+* Menu:
+
+* plain::                       Default `Asymptote' base file
+* simplex::                     Linear programming: simplex method
+* math::                        Extend `Asymptote''s math capabilities
+* interpolate::                 Interpolation routines
+* geometry::                    Geometry routines
+* trembling::                   Wavy lines
+* stats::                       Statistics routines and histograms
+* patterns::                    Custom fill and draw patterns
+* markers::                     Custom path marker routines
+* tree::                        Dynamic binary search tree
+* binarytree::                  Binary tree drawing module
+* drawtree::                    Tree drawing module
+* syzygy::                      Syzygy and braid drawing module
+* feynman::                     Feynman diagrams
+* roundedpath::                 Round the sharp corners of paths
+* animation::                   Embedded PDF and MPEG movies
+* embed::                       Embedding movies, sounds, and 3D objects
+* slide::                       Making presentations with `Asymptote'
+* MetaPost::                    `MetaPost' compatibility routines
+* unicode::                     Accept `unicode' (UTF-8) characters
+* latin1::                      Accept `ISO 8859-1' characters
+* babel::                       Interface to `LaTeX' `babel' package
+* labelpath::                   Drawing curved labels
+* labelpath3::                  Drawing curved labels in 3D
+* annotate::                    Annotate your PDF files
+* CAD::                         2D CAD pen and measurement functions (DIN 15)
+* graph::                       2D linear & logarithmic graphs
+* palette::                     Color density images and palettes
+* three::                       3D vector graphics
+* obj::                         3D obj files
+* graph3::                      3D linear & logarithmic graphs
+* grid3::                       3D grids
+* solids::                      3D solid geometry
+* tube::                        3D rotation minimizing tubes
+* flowchart::                   Flowchart drawing routines
+* contour::                     Contour lines
+* contour3::                    Contour surfaces
+* slopefield::                  Slope fields
+* ode::                         Ordinary differential equations
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: plain,  Next: simplex,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.1 `plain'
+===========
+
+This is the default `Asymptote' base file, which defines key parts of
+the drawing language (such as the `picture' structure).
+
+   By default, an implicit `private import plain;' occurs before
+translating a file and before the first command given in interactive
+mode.  This also applies when translating files for module definitions
+(except when translating `plain', of course).  This means that the
+types and functions defined in `plain' are accessible in almost all
+`Asymptote' code. Use the `-noautoplain' command-line option to disable
+this feature.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: simplex,  Next: math,  Prev: plain,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.2 `simplex'
+=============
+
+This package solves the two-variable linear programming problem using
+the simplex method. It is used by the module `plain' for automatic
+sizing of pictures.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: math,  Next: interpolate,  Prev: simplex,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.3 `math'
+==========
+
+This package extends `Asymptote''s mathematical capabilities with
+useful functions such as
+
+`void drawline(picture pic=currentpicture, pair P, pair Q, pen p=currentpen);'
+     draw the visible portion of the (infinite) line going through `P'
+     and `Q', without altering the size of picture `pic', using pen `p'.
+
+`real intersect(triple P, triple Q, triple n, triple Z);'
+     returns the intersection time of the extension of the line segment
+     `PQ' with the plane perpendicular to `n' and passing through `Z'.
+
+`triple intersectionpoint(triple n0, triple P0, triple n1, triple P1);'
+     Return any point on the intersection of the two planes with normals
+     `n0' and `n1' passing through points `P0' and `P1', respectively.
+     If the planes are parallel, return `(infinity,infinity,infinity)'.
+
+`pair[] quarticroots(real a, real b, real c, real d, real e);'
+     returns the four complex roots of the quartic equation
+     ax^4+bx^3+cx^2+dx+e=0.
+
+`pair[][] fft(pair[][] a, int sign=1)'
+     returns the two-dimensional Fourier transform of a using the given
+     `sign'.
+
+`real time(path g, real x, int n=0)'
+     returns the `n'th intersection time of path `g' with the vertical
+     line through x.
+
+`real time(path g, explicit pair z, int n=0)'
+     returns the `n'th intersection time of path `g' with the horizontal
+     line through `(0,z.y)'.
+
+`real value(path g, real x, int n=0)'
+     returns the `n'th `y' value of `g' at `x'.
+
+`real value(path g, real x, int n=0)'
+     returns the `n'th `x' value of `g' at `y=z.y'.
+
+`real slope(path g, real x, int n=0)'
+     returns the `n'th slope of `g' at `x'.
+
+`real slope(path g, explicit pair z, int n=0)'
+     returns the `n'th slope of `g' at `y=z.y'.
+
+     int[][] segment(bool[] b) returns the indices of consecutive
+     true-element segments of bool[] `b'.
+
+`real[] partialsum(real[] a)'
+     returns the partial sums of a real array `a'.
+
+`real[] partialsum(real[] a, real[] dx)'
+     returns the partial `dx'-weighted sums of a real array `a'.
+
+`bool increasing(real[] a, bool strict=false)'
+     returns, if `strict=false', whether `i > j' implies `a[i] >=
+     a[j]', or if `strict=true', whether `i > j' implies implies `a[i]
+     > a[j]'.
+
+`int unique(real[] a, real x)'
+     if the sorted array `a' does not contain `x', insert it
+     sequentially, returning the index of `x' in the resulting array.
+
+`bool lexorder(pair a, pair b)'
+     returns the strict lexicographical partial order of `a' and `b'.
+
+`bool lexorder(triple a, triple b)'
+     returns the strict lexicographical partial order of `a' and `b'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: interpolate,  Next: geometry,  Prev: math,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.4 `interpolate'
+=================
+
+This module implements Lagrange, Hermite, and standard cubic spline
+interpolation in `Asymptote', as illustrated in the example
+`interpolate1.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: geometry,  Next: trembling,  Prev: interpolate,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.5 `geometry'
+==============
+
+This module, written by Philippe Ivaldi, provides an extensive set of
+geometry routines, including `perpendicular' symbols and a `triangle'
+structure. Link to the documentation for the `geometry' module are
+posted here: `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/links.html', including
+an extensive set of examples,
+`http://www.piprime.fr/files/asymptote/geometry/', and an index:
+
+     `http://www.piprime.fr/files/asymptote/geometry/modules/geometry.asy.index.type.html'
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: trembling,  Next: stats,  Prev: geometry,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.6 `trembling'
+===============
+
+This module, written by Philippe Ivaldi and illustrated in the example
+`floatingdisk.asy', allows one to draw wavy lines, as if drawn by hand.
+Further examples are posted at
+`http://www.piprime.fr/files/asymptote/trembling/'
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: stats,  Next: patterns,  Prev: trembling,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.7 `stats'
+===========
+
+This package implements a Gaussian random number generator and a
+collection of statistics routines, including `histogram' and
+`leastsquares'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: patterns,  Next: markers,  Prev: stats,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.8 `patterns'
+==============
+
+This package implements `Postscript' tiling patterns and includes
+several convenient pattern generation routines.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: markers,  Next: tree,  Prev: patterns,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.9 `markers'
+=============
+
+This package implements specialized routines for marking paths and
+angles.  The principal mark routine provided by this package is
+markroutine markinterval(int n=1, frame f, bool rotated=false);
+ which centers `n' copies of frame `f' within uniformly space intervals
+in arclength along the path, optionally rotated by the angle of the
+local tangent.
+
+   The `marker' (*note marker::) routine can be used to construct new
+markers from these predefined frames:
+
+frame stickframe(int n=1, real size=0, pair space=0, real angle=0,
+                 pair offset=0, pen p=currentpen);
+ 
+frame circlebarframe(int n=1, real barsize=0,
+                     real radius=0,real angle=0,
+                     pair offset=0, pen p=currentpen,
+                     filltype filltype=NoFill, bool above=false);
+ 
+frame crossframe(int n=3, real size=0, pair space=0,
+                 real angle=0, pair offset=0, pen p=currentpen);
+ 
+frame tildeframe(int n=1, real size=0, pair space=0,
+                 real angle=0, pair offset=0, pen p=currentpen);
+
+   For convenience, this module also constructs the markers
+`StickIntervalMarker',  `CrossIntervalMarker',
+`CircleBarIntervalMarker', and `TildeIntervalMarker' from the above
+frames. The example `markers1.asy' illustrates the use of these markers:
+
+
+
+
+This package also provides a routine for marking an angle AOB: 
+void markangle(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="",
+               int n=1, real radius=0, real space=0,
+               pair A, pair O, pair B, arrowbar arrow=None,
+               pen p=currentpen, margin margin=NoMargin,
+               marker marker=nomarker);
+ as illustrated in the example `markers2.asy'.
+
+
+
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: tree,  Next: binarytree,  Prev: markers,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.10 `tree'
+===========
+
+This package implements an example of a dynamic binary search tree.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: binarytree,  Next: drawtree,  Prev: tree,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.11 `binarytree'
+=================
+
+This module can be used to draw an arbitrary binary tree and includes an
+input routine for the special case of a binary search tree, as
+illustrated in the example `binarytreetest.asy':
+
+import binarytree;
+
+picture pic,pic2;
+
+binarytree bt=binarytree(1,2,4,nil,5,nil,nil,0,nil,nil,3,6,nil,nil,7);
+draw(pic,bt);
+
+binarytree st=searchtree(10,5,2,1,3,4,7,6,8,9,15,13,12,11,14,17,16,18,19);
+draw(pic2,st,blue);
+
+add(pic.fit(),(0,0),10N);
+add(pic2.fit(),(0,0),10S);
+
+
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: drawtree,  Next: syzygy,  Prev: binarytree,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.12 `drawtree'
+===============
+
+This is a simple tree drawing module used by the example `treetest.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: syzygy,  Next: feynman,  Prev: drawtree,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.13 `syzygy'
+=============
+
+This module automates the drawing of braids, relations, and syzygies,
+along with the corresponding equations, as illustrated in the example
+`knots.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: feynman,  Next: roundedpath,  Prev: syzygy,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.14 `feynman'
+==============
+
+This package, contributed by Martin Wiebusch, is useful for drawing
+Feynman diagrams, as illustrated by the examples `eetomumu.asy' and
+`fermi.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: roundedpath,  Next: animation,  Prev: feynman,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.15 `roundedpath'
+==================
+
+This package, contributed by Stefan Knorr, is useful for rounding the
+sharp corners of paths, as illustrated in the example file
+`roundpath.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: animation,  Next: embed,  Prev: roundedpath,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.16 `animation'
+================
+
+This module allows one to generate animations, as illustrated by the
+files `wheel.asy', `wavepacket.asy', and `cube.asy' in the `animations'
+subdirectory of the examples directory. These animations use the
+`ImageMagick' `convert' program to merge multiple images into a GIF or
+MPEG movie.
+
+   The related `animate' module, derived from the `animation' module,
+generates higher-quality portable clickable PDF movies, with optional
+controls. This requires installing the package
+
+     `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/animate/animate.sty'
+   (version 2007/11/30 or later) in a new directory `animate' in the
+local `LaTeX' directory (for example, in
+`/usr/local/share/texmf/tex/latex/animate'). On `UNIX' systems, one
+must then execute the command `texhash'.
+
+   The example `pdfmovie.asy' in the `animations' directory, along with
+the slide presentations `slidemovies.asy' and `intro.asy', illustrate
+the use of embedded PDF movies.  The examples `inlinemovie.tex' and
+`inlinemovie3.tex' show how to generate and embed PDF movies directly
+within a `LaTeX' file (*note LaTeX usage::).  The member function
+string pdf(fit fit=NoBox, real delay=animationdelay, string options="",
+           bool keep=settings.keep, bool multipage=true);
+ of the `animate' structure accepts any of the `animate.sty' options,
+as described here:
+
+     `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/animate/doc/animate.pdf'
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: embed,  Next: slide,  Prev: animation,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.17 `embed'
+============
+
+This module provides an interface to the `LaTeX' package (included with
+`MikTeX')
+
+     `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/movie15'
+   for embedding movies, sounds, and 3D objects into a PDF document.  However,
+`XeLaTeX' users need to rename the modified version
+`movie15_dvipdfmx.sty' from
+
+     `http://asymptote.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/asymptote/trunk/asymptote/patches/'
+   to `movie15.sty' and place it in their `LaTeX' path.
+
+   The latest version of the `movie15' package requires both `pdflatex'
+version 1.20 or later and the file
+
+     `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifdraft.dtx'
+   which can be installed by placing it in a directory `ifdraft' in the
+local `LaTeX' directory (e.g.
+`/usr/local/share/texmf/tex/latex/ifdraft') and executing in that
+directory the commands:
+tex ifdraft.dtx
+texhash
+
+   A more portable method for embedding movie files, which should work
+on any platform and does not require the `movie15' or `ifdraft'
+packages, is provided by using the `external' module instead of
+`embed'. An example of these interfaces is provided in the file
+`embeddedmovie.asy' and `externalmovie.asy' in the `animations'
+subdirectory of the examples directory. For a higher quality movie
+generated directly by `Asymptote', use the `animate' module along with
+the `animate.sty' package to embed a portable PDF animation (*note
+animate::).
+
+   An example of embedding `U3D' code is provided in the file
+`embeddedu3d.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: slide,  Next: MetaPost,  Prev: embed,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.18 `slide'
+============
+
+This package provides a simple yet high-quality facility for making
+presentation slides, including portable embedded PDF animations (see
+the file `slidemovies.asy'). A simple example is provided in the file
+`slidedemo.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: MetaPost,  Next: unicode,  Prev: slide,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.19 `MetaPost'
+===============
+
+This package provides some useful routines to help `MetaPost' users
+migrate old `MetaPost' code to `Asymptote'. Further contributions here
+are welcome.
+
+   Unlike `MetaPost', `Asymptote' does not implicitly solve linear
+equations and therefore does not have the notion of a `whatever'
+unknown. The routine `extension' (*note extension::) provides a useful
+replacement for a common use of `whatever': finding the intersection
+point of the lines through `P', `Q' and `p', `q'. For less common
+occurrences of `whatever', one can use the built-in explicit linear
+equation solver `solve' instead.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: unicode,  Next: latin1,  Prev: MetaPost,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.20 `unicode'
+==============
+
+Import this package at the beginning of the file to instruct `LaTeX' to
+accept `unicode' (UTF-8) standardized international characters.  To use
+Cyrillic fonts, you will need to change the font encoding:
+import unicode;
+texpreamble("\usepackage{mathtext}\usepackage[russian]{babel}");
+defaultpen(font("T2A","cmr","m","n"));
+ Support for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean fonts is provided by the CJK
+package:
+
+     `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/languages/chinese/CJK/'
+   The following commands enable the CJK song family (within a label,
+you can also temporarily switch to another family, say kai, by
+prepending `"\CJKfamily{kai}"' to the label string):
+texpreamble("\usepackage{CJK}
+\AtBeginDocument{\begin{CJK*}{GBK}{song}}
+\AtEndDocument{\clearpage\end{CJK*}}");
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: latin1,  Next: babel,  Prev: unicode,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.21 `latin1'
+=============
+
+If you don't have `LaTeX' support for `unicode' installed, you can
+enable support for Western European languages (ISO 8859-1) by importing
+the module `latin1'. This module can be used as a template for
+providing support for other ISO 8859 alphabets.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: babel,  Next: labelpath,  Prev: latin1,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.22 `babel'
+============
+
+This module implements the `LaTeX' `babel' package in `Asymptote'. For
+example:
+import babel;
+babel("german");
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: labelpath,  Next: labelpath3,  Prev: babel,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.23 `labelpath'
+================
+
+This module uses the `PSTricks' `pstextpath' macro to fit labels along
+a path (properly kerned, as illustrated in the example file
+`curvedlabel.asy'), using the command
+void labelpath(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, path g,
+               string justify=Centered, pen p=currentpen);
+ Here `justify' is one of `LeftJustified', `Centered', or
+`RightJustified'. The x component of a shift transform applied to the
+Label is interpreted as a shift along the curve, whereas the y
+component is interpreted as a shift away from the curve.  All other
+Label transforms are ignored. This package requires the `latex' tex
+engine and inherits the limitations of the `PSTricks' `\pstextpath'
+macro.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: labelpath3,  Next: annotate,  Prev: labelpath,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.24 `labelpath3'
+=================
+
+This module, contributed by Jens Schwaiger, implements a 3D version of
+`labelpath' that does not require the `PSTricks' package.  An example
+is provided in `curvedlabel3.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: annotate,  Next: CAD,  Prev: labelpath3,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.25 `annotate'
+===============
+
+This module supports PDF annotations for viewing with `Adobe Reader',
+via the function
+void annotate(picture pic=currentpicture, string title, string text,
+              pair position);
+ Annotations are illustrated in the example file `annotation.asy'.
+Currently, annotations are only implemented for the `latex' (default)
+and `tex' TeX engines.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: CAD,  Next: graph,  Prev: annotate,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.26 `CAD'
+==========
+
+This package, contributed by Mark Henning, provides basic pen
+definitions and measurement functions for simple 2D CAD drawings
+according to DIN 15. It is documented separately, in the file `CAD.pdf'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: graph,  Next: palette,  Prev: CAD,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.27 `graph'
+============
+
+This package implements two-dimensional linear and logarithmic graphs,
+including automatic scale and tick selection (with the ability to
+override manually). A graph is a `guide' (that can be drawn with the
+draw command, with an optional legend) constructed with one of the
+following routines:
+
+   * guide graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real f(real), real a, real b,
+                 int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity,
+                 interpolate join=operator --);
+     guide[] graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real f(real), real a, real b,
+                  int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity, bool3 cond(real),
+                  interpolate join=operator --);
+
+     Returns a graph using the scaling information for picture `pic'
+     (*note automatic scaling::) of the function `f' on the interval
+     [`T'(`a'),`T'(`b')], sampling at `n' points evenly spaced in
+     [`a',`b'], optionally restricted by the bool3 function `cond' on
+     [`a',`b']. If `cond' is:
+        * `true', the point is added to the existing guide;
+
+        * `default', the point is added to a new guide;
+
+        * `false', the point is omitted and a new guide is begun.
+     The points are connected using the interpolation specified by
+     `join':
+        * `operator --' (linear interpolation; the abbreviation
+          `Straight' is also accepted);
+
+        * `operator ..' (piecewise Bezier cubic spline interpolation;
+          the abbreviation `Spline' is also accepted);
+
+        * `Hermite' (standard cubic spline interpolation using boundary
+          condition `notaknot', `natural',  `periodic', `clamped(real
+          slopea, real slopeb)'), or `monotonic'.  The abbreviation
+          `Hermite' is equivalent to `Hermite(notaknot)' for
+          nonperiodic data and `Hermite(periodic)' for periodic data).
+
+
+   * guide graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real x(real), real y(real),
+                 real a, real b, int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity,
+                 interpolate join=operator --);
+     guide[] graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real x(real), real y(real),
+                   real a, real b, int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity,
+                   bool3 cond(real), interpolate join=operator --);
+
+     Returns a graph using the scaling information for picture `pic' of
+     the parametrized function (`x'(t),`y'(t)) for t in the interval
+     [`T'(`a'),`T'(`b')], sampling at `n' points evenly spaced in
+     [`a',`b'], optionally restricted by the bool3 function `cond' on
+     [`a',`b'], using the given interpolation type.
+
+   * guide graph(picture pic=currentpicture, pair z(real), real a, real b,
+                 int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity,
+                 interpolate join=operator --);
+     guide[] graph(picture pic=currentpicture, pair z(real), real a, real b,
+                   int n=ngraph, real T(real)=identity, bool3 cond(real),
+                   interpolate join=operator --);
+
+     Returns a graph using the scaling information for picture `pic' of
+     the parametrized function `z'(t) for t in the interval
+     [`T'(`a'),`T'(`b')], sampling at `n' points evenly spaced in
+     [`a',`b'], optionally restricted by the bool3 function `cond' on
+     [`a',`b'], using the given interpolation type.
+
+   * guide graph(picture pic=currentpicture, pair[] z,
+                 interpolate join=operator --);
+     guide[] graph(picture pic=currentpicture, pair[] z, bool3[] cond,
+                   interpolate join=operator --);
+
+     Returns a graph using the scaling information for picture `pic' of
+     the elements of the array `z', optionally restricted to those
+     indices for which the elements of the boolean array `cond' are
+     `true', using the given interpolation type.
+
+   * guide graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real[] x, real[] y,
+                 interpolate join=operator --);
+     guide[] graph(picture pic=currentpicture, real[] x, real[] y,
+                   bool3[] cond, interpolate join=operator --);
+
+     Returns a graph using the scaling information for picture `pic' of
+     the elements of the arrays (`x',`y'), optionally restricted to
+     those indices for which the elements of the boolean array `cond'
+     are `true', using the given interpolation type.
+
+   * guide polargraph(picture pic=currentpicture, real f(real), real a,
+                      real b, int n=ngraph, interpolate join=operator --);
+
+     Returns a polar-coordinate graph using the scaling information for
+     picture `pic' of the function `f' on the interval [`a',`b'],
+     sampling at `n' evenly spaced points, with the given interpolation
+     type.
+
+   * guide polargraph(picture pic=currentpicture, real[] r, real[] theta,
+                      interpolate join=operator--);
+      Returns a polar-coordinate graph using the scaling information for
+     picture `pic' of the elements of the arrays (`r',`theta'), using
+     the given interpolation type.
+
+
+
+
+   An axis can be drawn on a picture with one of the following commands:
+
+   * void xaxis(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", axis axis=YZero,
+                real xmin=-infinity, real xmax=infinity, pen p=currentpen,
+                ticks ticks=NoTicks, arrowbar arrow=None, bool above=false);
+
+     Draw an x axis on picture `pic' from x=`xmin' to x=`xmax' using
+     pen `p', optionally labelling it with Label `L'. The relative
+     label location along the axis (a real number from [0,1]) defaults
+     to 1 (*note Label::), so that the label is drawn at the end of the
+     axis. An infinite value of `xmin' or `xmax' specifies that the
+     corresponding axis limit will be automatically determined from the
+     picture limits.  The optional `arrow' argument takes the same
+     values as in the `draw' command (*note arrows::). The axis is
+     drawn before any existing objects in `pic' unless `above=true'.
+     The axis placement is determined by one of the following `axis'
+     types:
+
+    `YZero(bool extend=true)'
+          Request an x axis at y=0 (or y=1 on a logarithmic axis)
+          extending to the full dimensions of the picture, unless
+          `extend'=false.
+
+    `YEquals(real Y, bool extend=true)'
+          Request an x axis at y=`Y' extending to the full dimensions
+          of the picture, unless `extend'=false.
+
+    `Bottom(bool extend=false)'
+          Request a bottom axis.
+
+    `Top(bool extend=false)'
+          Request a top axis.
+
+    `BottomTop(bool extend=false)'
+          Request a bottom and top axis.
+
+
+     Custom axis types can be created by following the examples in
+     `graph.asy'.  One can easily override the default values for the
+     standard axis types: import graph;
+
+     YZero=new axis(bool extend=true) {
+       return new void(picture pic, axisT axis) {
+         real y=pic.scale.x.scale.logarithmic ? 1 : 0;
+         axis.value=I*pic.scale.y.T(y);
+         axis.position=1;
+         axis.side=right;
+         axis.align=2.5E;
+         axis.value2=Infinity;
+         axis.extend=extend;
+       };
+     };
+     YZero=YZero();
+
+     The default tick option is `NoTicks'.  The options `LeftTicks',
+     `RightTicks', or `Ticks' can be used to draw ticks on the left,
+     right, or both sides of the path, relative to the direction in
+     which the path is drawn.  These tick routines accept a number of
+     optional arguments: ticks LeftTicks(Label format="", ticklabel ticklabel=null,
+                     bool beginlabel=true, bool endlabel=true,
+                     int N=0, int n=0, real Step=0, real step=0,
+                     bool begin=true, bool end=true, tickmodifier modify=None,
+                     real Size=0, real size=0, bool extend=false,
+                     pen pTick=nullpen, pen ptick=nullpen);
+
+     If any of these parameters are omitted, reasonable defaults will
+     be chosen:
+    `Label format'
+          override the default tick label format (`defaultformat',
+          initially "$%.4g$"), rotation, pen, and alignment (for
+          example, `LeftSide', `Center', or `RightSide') relative to
+          the axis. To enable `LaTeX' math mode fonts, the format
+          string should begin and end with `$' *note format::. If the
+          format string is `trailingzero', trailing zeros will be added
+          to the tick labels; if the format string is `"%"', the tick
+          label will be suppressed;
+
+    `ticklabel'
+          is a function `string(real x)' returning the label (by
+          default, format(format.s,x)) for each major tick value `x';
+
+    `bool beginlabel'
+          include the first label;
+
+    `bool endlabel'
+          include the last label;
+
+    `int N'
+          when automatic scaling is enabled (the default; *note
+          automatic scaling::), divide a linear axis evenly into this
+          many intervals, separated by major ticks; for a logarithmic
+          axis, this is the number of decades between labelled ticks;
+
+    `int n'
+          divide each interval into this many subintervals, separated
+          by minor ticks;
+
+    `real Step'
+          the tick value spacing between major ticks (if `N'=`0');
+
+    `real step'
+          the tick value spacing between minor ticks (if `n'=`0');
+
+    `bool begin'
+          include the first major tick;
+
+    `bool end'
+          include the last major tick;
+
+    `tickmodifier modify;'
+          an optional function that takes and returns a `tickvalue'
+          structure having real[] members `major' and `minor'
+          consisting of the tick values (to allow modification of the
+          automatically generated tick values);
+
+    `real Size'
+          the size of the major ticks (in `PostScript' coordinates);
+
+    `real size'
+          the size of the minor ticks (in `PostScript' coordinates);
+
+    `bool extend;'
+          extend the ticks between two axes (useful for drawing a grid
+          on the graph);
+
+    `pen pTick'
+          an optional pen used to draw the major ticks;
+
+    `pen ptick'
+          an optional pen used to draw the minor ticks.
+
+
+     For convenience, the predefined tickmodifiers `OmitTick(... real[]
+     x)', `OmitTickInterval(real a, real b)', and
+     `OmitTickIntervals(real[] a, real[] b)' can be used to remove
+     specific auto-generated ticks and their labels. The
+     `OmitFormat(string s=defaultformat ... real[] x)' ticklabel can be
+     used to remove specific tick labels but not the corresponding
+     ticks. The tickmodifier `NoZero' is an abbreviation for
+     `OmitTick(0)' and the ticklabel `NoZeroFormat' is an abbrevation
+     for `OmitFormat(0)'.
+
+     It is also possible to specify custom tick locations with
+     `LeftTicks', `RightTicks', and `Ticks' by passing explicit real
+     arrays `Ticks' and (optionally) `ticks' containing the locations
+     of the major and minor ticks, respectively: ticks LeftTicks(Label format="", ticklabel ticklabel=null,
+                     bool beginlabel=true, bool endlabel=true,
+                     real[] Ticks, real[] ticks=new real[],
+                     real Size=0, real size=0, bool extend=false,
+                     pen pTick=nullpen, pen ptick=nullpen)
+
+   * void yaxis(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", axis axis=XZero,
+                real ymin=-infinity, real ymax=infinity, pen p=currentpen,
+                ticks ticks=NoTicks, arrowbar arrow=None, bool above=false,
+                bool autorotate=true);
+
+     Draw a y axis on picture `pic' from y=`ymin' to y=`ymax' using pen
+     `p', optionally labelling it with a Label `L' that is autorotated
+     unless `autorotate=false'.  The relative location of the label (a
+     real number from [0,1]) defaults to 1 (*note Label::). An infinite
+     value of `ymin' or `ymax' specifies that the corresponding axis
+     limit will be automatically determined from the picture limits.
+     The optional `arrow' argument takes the same values as in the
+     `draw' command (*note arrows::). The axis is drawn before any
+     existing objects in `pic' unless `above=true'.  The tick type is
+     specified by `ticks' and the axis placement is determined by one
+     of the following `axis' types:
+
+    `XZero(bool extend=true)'
+          Request a y axis at x=0 (or x=1 on a logarithmic axis)
+          extending to the full dimensions of the picture, unless
+          `extend'=false.
+
+    `XEquals(real X, bool extend=true)'
+          Request a y axis at x=`X' extending to the full dimensions of
+          the picture, unless `extend'=false.
+
+    `Left(bool extend=false)'
+          Request a left axis.
+
+    `Right(bool extend=false)'
+          Request a right axis.
+
+    `LeftRight(bool extend=false)'
+          Request a left and right axis.
+
+
+   * For convenience, the functions void xequals(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real x,
+                  bool extend=false, real ymin=-infinity, real ymax=infinity,
+                  pen p=currentpen, ticks ticks=NoTicks, bool above=true,
+                  arrowbar arrow=None);
+      and void yequals(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real y,
+                  bool extend=false, real xmin=-infinity, real xmax=infinity,
+                  pen p=currentpen, ticks ticks=NoTicks, bool above=true,
+                  arrowbar arrow=None);
+      can be respectively used to call `yaxis' and `xaxis' with the
+     appropriate axis types `XEquals(x,extend)' and
+     `YEquals(y,extend)'. This is the recommended way of drawing
+     vertical or horizontal lines and axes at arbitrary locations.
+
+   * void axes(picture pic=currentpicture, Label xlabel="", Label ylabel="",
+               pair min=(-infinity,-infinity), pair max=(infinity,infinity),
+               pen p=currentpen, arrowbar arrow=None, bool above=false);
+      This convenience routine draws both x and y axes on picture `pic'
+     from `min' to `max', with optional labels `xlabel' and `ylabel'
+     and any arrows specified by `arrow'. The axes are drawn on top of
+     existing objects in `pic' only if `above=true'.
+
+   * void axis(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", path g,
+               pen p=currentpen, ticks ticks, ticklocate locate,
+               arrowbar arrow=None, int[] divisor=new int[],
+               bool above=false, bool opposite=false);
+
+     This routine can be used to draw on picture `pic' a general axis
+     based on an arbitrary path `g', using pen `p'.  One can optionally
+     label the axis with Label `L' and add an arrow `arrow'. The tick
+     type is given by `ticks'.  The optional integer array `divisor'
+     specifies what tick divisors to try in the attempt to produce
+     uncrowded tick labels. A `true' value for the flag `opposite'
+     identifies an unlabelled secondary axis (typically drawn opposite
+     a primary axis). The axis is drawn before any existing objects in
+     `pic' unless `above=true'.  The tick locator `ticklocate' is
+     constructed by the routine ticklocate ticklocate(real a, real b, autoscaleT S=defaultS,
+                           real tickmin=-infinity, real tickmax=infinity,
+                           real time(real)=null, pair dir(real)=zero);
+      where `a' and `b' specify the respective tick values at
+     `point(g,0)' and `point(g,length(g))', `S' specifies the
+     autoscaling transformation, the function `real time(real v)'
+     returns the time corresponding to the value `v', and `pair
+     dir(real t)' returns the absolute tick direction as a function of
+     `t' (zero means draw the tick perpendicular to the axis).
+
+   * These routines are useful for manually putting ticks and labels on
+     axes (if the variable `Label' is given as the `Label' argument,
+     the `format' argument will be used to format a string based on the
+     tick location): void xtick(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", explicit pair z,
+                pair dir=N, string format="",
+                real size=Ticksize, pen p=currentpen);
+     void xtick(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real x,
+                pair dir=N, string format="",
+                real size=Ticksize, pen p=currentpen);
+     void ytick(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", explicit pair z,
+                pair dir=E, string format="",
+                real size=Ticksize, pen p=currentpen);
+     void ytick(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real y,
+                pair dir=E, string format="",
+                real size=Ticksize, pen p=currentpen);
+     void tick(picture pic=currentpicture, pair z,
+               pair dir, real size=Ticksize, pen p=currentpen);
+     void labelx(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", explicit pair z,
+                 align align=S, string format="", pen p=currentpen);
+     void labelx(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real x,
+                 align align=S, string format="", pen p=currentpen);
+     void labelx(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L,
+                 string format="", explicit pen p=currentpen);
+     void labely(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", explicit pair z,
+                 align align=W, string format="", pen p=currentpen);
+     void labely(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", real y,
+                 align align=W, string format="", pen p=currentpen);
+     void labely(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L,
+                 string format="", explicit pen p=currentpen);
+
+   Here are some simple examples of two-dimensional graphs:
+
+  1. This example draws a textbook-style graph of y= exp(x), with the y
+     axis starting at y=0: import graph;
+     size(150,0);
+
+     real f(real x) {return exp(x);}
+     pair F(real x) {return (x,f(x));}
+
+     xaxis("$x$");
+     yaxis("$y$",0);
+
+     draw(graph(f,-4,2,operator ..),red);
+
+     labely(1,E);
+     label("$e^x$",F(1),SE);
+
+
+
+  2. The next example draws a scientific-style graph with a legend.
+     The position of the legend can be adjusted either explicitly or by
+     using the graphical user interface `xasy' (*note GUI::). If an
+     `UnFill(real xmargin=0, real ymargin=xmargin)' or `Fill(pen)'
+     option is specified to `add', the legend will obscure any
+     underlying objects. Here we illustrate how to clip the portion of
+     the picture covered by a label:
+
+     import graph;
+
+     size(400,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     real Sin(real t) {return sin(2pi*t);}
+     real Cos(real t) {return cos(2pi*t);}
+
+     draw(graph(Sin,0,1),red,"$\sin(2\pi x)$");
+     draw(graph(Cos,0,1),blue,"$\cos(2\pi x)$");
+
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
+
+     label("LABEL",point(0),UnFill(1mm));
+
+     add(legend(),point(E),20E,UnFill);
+
+
+
+     To specify a fixed size for the graph proper, use `attach': import graph;
+
+     size(250,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     real Sin(real t) {return sin(2pi*t);}
+     real Cos(real t) {return cos(2pi*t);}
+
+     draw(graph(Sin,0,1),red,"$\sin(2\pi x)$");
+     draw(graph(Cos,0,1),blue,"$\cos(2\pi x)$");
+
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
+
+     label("LABEL",point(0),UnFill(1mm));
+
+     attach(legend(),truepoint(E),20E,UnFill);
+      A legend can have multiple entries per line: import graph;
+     size(8cm,6cm,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     typedef real realfcn(real);
+     realfcn F(real p) {
+       return new real(real x) {return sin(p*x);};
+     };
+
+     for(int i=1; i < 5; ++i)
+       draw(graph(F(i*pi),0,1),Pen(i),
+            "$\sin("+(i == 1 ? "" : (string) i)+"\pi x)$");
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
+
+     attach(legend(2),(point(S).x,truepoint(S).y),10S,UnFill);
+
+
+
+  3. This example draws a graph of one array versus another (both of
+     the same size) using custom tick locations and a smaller font size
+     for the tick labels on the y axis.  import graph;
+
+     size(200,150,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     real[] x={0,1,2,3};
+     real[] y=x^2;
+
+     draw(graph(x,y),red);
+
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,
+           RightTicks(Label(fontsize(8pt)),new real[]{0,4,9}));
+
+
+
+  4. This example shows how to graph columns of data read from a file.  import graph;
+
+     size(200,150,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     file in=input("filegraph.dat").line();
+     real[][] a=in.dimension(0,0);
+     a=transpose(a);
+
+     real[] x=a[0];
+     real[] y=a[1];
+
+     draw(graph(x,y),red);
+
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
+
+
+
+  5. The next example draws two graphs of an array of coordinate pairs,
+     using frame alignment and data markers. In the left-hand graph, the
+     markers, constructed with marker marker(path g, markroutine markroutine=marknodes,
+                   pen p=currentpen, filltype filltype=NoFill,
+                   bool above=true);
+      using the path `unitcircle' (*note filltype::), are drawn below
+     each node. Any frame can be converted to a marker, using marker marker(frame f, markroutine markroutine=marknodes,
+                   bool above=true);
+      In the right-hand graph, the unit n-sided regular polygon
+     `polygon(int n)' and the unit n-point cyclic cross `cross(int n,
+     bool round=true, real r=0)' (where `r' is an optional "inner"
+     radius) are used to build a custom marker frame.  Here
+     `markuniform(bool centered=false, int n, bool rotated=false)' adds
+     this frame at `n' uniformly spaced points along the arclength of
+     the path, optionally rotated by the angle of the local tangent to
+     the path (if centered is true, the frames will be centered within
+     `n' evenly spaced arclength intervals). Alternatively, one can use
+     markroutine `marknodes' to request that the marks be placed at each
+     Bezier node of the path, or markroutine `markuniform(pair z(real
+     t), real a, real b, int n)' to place marks at points `z(t)' for n
+     evenly spaced values of `t' in `[a,b]'.
+
+     These markers are predefined: marker[] Mark={
+       marker(scale(circlescale)*unitcircle),
+       marker(polygon(3)),marker(polygon(4)),
+       marker(polygon(5)),marker(invert*polygon(3)),
+       marker(cross(4)),marker(cross(6))
+     };
+
+     marker[] MarkFill={
+       marker(scale(circlescale)*unitcircle,Fill),marker(polygon(3),Fill),
+       marker(polygon(4),Fill),marker(polygon(5),Fill),
+       marker(invert*polygon(3),Fill)
+     };
+
+     The example also illustrates the `errorbar' routines:
+
+     void errorbars(picture pic=currentpicture, pair[] z, pair[] dp,
+                    pair[] dm={}, bool[] cond={}, pen p=currentpen,
+                    real size=0);
+
+     void errorbars(picture pic=currentpicture, real[] x, real[] y,
+                    real[] dpx, real[] dpy, real[] dmx={}, real[] dmy={},
+                    bool[] cond={}, pen p=currentpen, real size=0);
+
+     Here, the positive and negative extents of the error are given by
+     the absolute values of the elements of the pair array `dp' and the
+     optional pair array `dm'. If `dm' is not specified, the positive
+     and negative extents of the error are assumed to be equal.  import graph;
+
+     picture pic;
+     real xsize=200, ysize=140;
+     size(pic,xsize,ysize,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     pair[] f={(5,5),(50,20),(90,90)};
+     pair[] df={(0,0),(5,7),(0,5)};
+
+     errorbars(pic,f,df,red);
+     draw(pic,graph(pic,f),"legend",
+          marker(scale(0.8mm)*unitcircle,red,FillDraw(blue),above=false));
+
+     scale(pic,true);
+
+     xaxis(pic,"$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis(pic,"$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
+     add(pic,legend(pic),point(pic,NW),20SE,UnFill);
+
+     picture pic2;
+     size(pic2,xsize,ysize,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     frame mark;
+     filldraw(mark,scale(0.8mm)*polygon(6),green,green);
+     draw(mark,scale(0.8mm)*cross(6),blue);
+
+     draw(pic2,graph(pic2,f),marker(mark,markuniform(5)));
+
+     scale(pic2,true);
+
+     xaxis(pic2,"$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis(pic2,"$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
+
+     yequals(pic2,55.0,red+Dotted);
+     xequals(pic2,70.0,red+Dotted);
+
+     // Fit pic to W of origin:
+     add(pic.fit(),(0,0),W);
+
+     // Fit pic2 to E of (5mm,0):
+     add(pic2.fit(),(5mm,0),E);
+
+
+
+  6. A custom mark routine can be also be specified: import graph;
+
+     size(200,100,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     markroutine marks() {
+       return new void(picture pic=currentpicture, frame f, path g) {
+         path p=scale(1mm)*unitcircle;
+         for(int i=0; i <= length(g); ++i) {
+           pair z=point(g,i);
+           frame f;
+           if(i % 4 == 0) {
+             fill(f,p);
+             add(pic,f,z);
+           } else {
+             if(z.y > 50) {
+               pic.add(new void(frame F, transform t) {
+                   path q=shift(t*z)*p;
+                   unfill(F,q);
+                   draw(F,q);
+                 });
+             } else {
+               draw(f,p);
+               add(pic,f,z);
+             }
+           }
+         }
+       };
+     }
+
+     pair[] f={(5,5),(40,20),(55,51),(90,30)};
+
+     draw(graph(f),marker(marks()));
+
+     scale(true);
+
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
+
+
+
+  7. This example shows how to label an axis with arbitrary strings.  import graph;
+
+     size(400,150,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     real[] x=sequence(12);
+     real[] y=sin(2pi*x/12);
+
+     scale(false);
+
+     string[] month={"Jan","Feb","Mar","Apr","May","Jun",
+                     "Jul","Aug","Sep","Oct","Nov","Dec"};
+
+     draw(graph(x,y),red,MarkFill[0]);
+
+     xaxis(BottomTop,LeftTicks(new string(real x) {
+           return month[round(x % 12)];}));
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(4));
+
+
+
+  8. The next example draws a graph of a parametrized curve.  The calls
+     to xlimits(picture pic=currentpicture, real min=-infinity,
+             real max=infinity, bool crop=NoCrop);
+      and the analogous function `ylimits' can be uncommented to set
+     the respective axes limits for picture `pic' to the specified
+     `min' and `max' values. Alternatively, the function void limits(picture pic=currentpicture, pair min, pair max, bool crop=NoCrop);
+      can be used to limit the axes to the box having opposite vertices
+     at the given pairs). Existing objects in picture `pic' will be
+     cropped to lie within the given limits if `crop'=`Crop'. The
+     function `crop(picture pic)' can be used to crop a graph to the
+     current graph limits.  import graph;
+
+     size(0,200);
+
+     real x(real t) {return cos(2pi*t);}
+     real y(real t) {return sin(2pi*t);}
+
+     draw(graph(x,y,0,1));
+
+     //xlimits(0,1,Crop);
+     //ylimits(-1,0,Crop);
+
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
+
+
+
+     The next example illustrates how one can extract a common axis
+     scaling factor.  import graph;
+
+     axiscoverage=0.9;
+     size(200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     real[] x={-1e-11,1e-11};
+     real[] y={0,1e6};
+
+     real xscale=round(log10(max(x)));
+     real yscale=round(log10(max(y)))-1;
+
+     draw(graph(x*10^(-xscale),y*10^(-yscale)),red);
+
+     xaxis("$x/10^{"+(string) xscale+"}$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$y/10^{"+(string) yscale+"}$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
+
+
+
+     Axis scaling can be requested and/or automatic selection of the
+     axis limits can be inhibited with one of these `scale' routines: void scale(picture pic=currentpicture, scaleT x, scaleT y);
+
+     void scale(picture pic=currentpicture, bool xautoscale=true,
+                bool yautoscale=xautoscale, bool zautoscale=yautoscale);
+
+     This sets the scalings for picture `pic'. The `graph' routines
+     accept an optional `picture' argument for determining the
+     appropriate scalings to use; if none is given, it uses those set
+     for `currentpicture'.
+
+     Two frequently used scaling routines `Linear' and `Log' are
+     predefined in `graph'.
+
+     All picture coordinates (including those in paths and those given
+     to the `label' and `limits' functions) are always treated as linear
+     (post-scaled) coordinates. Use pair Scale(picture pic=currentpicture, pair z);
+      to convert a graph coordinate into a scaled picture coordinate.
+
+     The x and y components can be individually scaled using the
+     analogous routines real ScaleX(picture pic=currentpicture, real x);
+     real ScaleY(picture pic=currentpicture, real y);
+
+     The predefined scaling routines can be given two optional boolean
+     arguments: `automin=false' and `automax=automin'. These default to
+     `false' but can be respectively set to `true' to enable automatic
+     selection of "nice" axis minimum and maximum values. The `Linear'
+     scaling can also take as optional final arguments a multiplicative
+     scaling factor and intercept (e.g. for a depth axis, `Linear(-1)'
+     requests axis reversal).
+
+     For example, to draw a log/log graph of a function, use
+     `scale(Log,Log)': import graph;
+
+     size(200,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     real f(real t) {return 1/t;}
+
+     scale(Log,Log);
+
+     draw(graph(f,0.1,10));
+
+     //xlimits(1,10,Crop);
+     //ylimits(0.1,1,Crop);
+
+     dot(Label("(3,5)",align=S),Scale((3,5)));
+
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
+
+
+
+     By extending the ticks, one can easily produce a logarithmic grid: import graph;
+     size(200,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     real f(real t) {return 1/t;}
+
+     scale(Log,Log);
+     draw(graph(f,0.1,10),red);
+     pen thin=linewidth(0.5*linewidth());
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks(begin=false,end=false,extend=true,
+                                     ptick=thin));
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(begin=false,end=false,extend=true,
+                                      ptick=thin));
+
+
+
+     One can also specify custom tick locations and formats for
+     logarithmic axes: import graph;
+
+     size(300,175,IgnoreAspect);
+     scale(Log,Log);
+     draw(graph(identity,5,20));
+     xlimits(5,20);
+     ylimits(1,100);
+     xaxis("$M/M_\odot$",BottomTop,LeftTicks(DefaultFormat,
+                                             new real[] {6,10,12,14,16,18}));
+     yaxis("$\nu_{\rm upp}$ [Hz]",LeftRight,RightTicks(DefaultFormat));
+
+
+
+     It is easy to draw logarithmic graphs with respect to other bases: import graph;
+     size(200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     // Base-2 logarithmic scale on y-axis:
+
+     real log2(real x) {static real log2=log(2); return log(x)/log2;}
+     real pow2(real x) {return 2^x;}
+
+     scaleT yscale=scaleT(log2,pow2,logarithmic=true);
+     scale(Linear,yscale);
+
+     real f(real x) {return 1+x^2;}
+
+     draw(graph(f,-4,4));
+
+     yaxis("$y$",ymin=1,ymax=f(5),RightTicks(Label(Fill(white))),EndArrow);
+     xaxis("$x$",xmin=-5,xmax=5,LeftTicks,EndArrow);
+
+
+
+     Here is an example of "broken" linear x and logarithmic y axes
+     that omit the segments [3,8] and [100,1000], respectively.  In the
+     case of a logarithmic axis, the break endpoints are automatically
+     rounded to the nearest integral power of the base.  import graph;
+
+     size(200,150,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     // Break the x axis at 3; restart at 8:
+     real a=3, b=8;
+
+     // Break the y axis at 100; restart at 1000:
+     real c=100, d=1000;
+
+     scale(Broken(a,b),BrokenLog(c,d));
+
+     real[] x={1,2,4,6,10};
+     real[] y=x^4;
+
+     draw(graph(x,y),red,MarkFill[0]);
+
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks(Break(a,b)));
+     yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks(Break(c,d)));
+
+     label(rotate(90)*Break,(a,point(S).y));
+     label(rotate(90)*Break,(a,point(N).y));
+     label(Break,(point(W).x,ScaleY(c)));
+     label(Break,(point(E).x,ScaleY(c)));
+
+
+
+  9. `Asymptote' can draw secondary axes with the routines picture secondaryX(picture primary=currentpicture, void f(picture));
+     picture secondaryY(picture primary=currentpicture, void f(picture));
+
+     In this example, `secondaryY' is used to draw a secondary linear y
+     axis against a primary logarithmic y axis: import graph;
+     texpreamble("\def\Arg{\mathop {\rm Arg}\nolimits}");
+
+     size(10cm,5cm,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     real ampl(real x) {return 2.5/(1+x^2);}
+     real phas(real x) {return -atan(x)/pi;}
+
+     scale(Log,Log);
+     draw(graph(ampl,0.01,10));
+     ylimits(0.001,100);
+
+     xaxis("$\omega\tau_0$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$|G(\omega\tau_0)|$",Left,RightTicks);
+
+     picture q=secondaryY(new void(picture pic) {
+         scale(pic,Log,Linear);
+         draw(pic,graph(pic,phas,0.01,10),red);
+         ylimits(pic,-1.0,1.5);
+         yaxis(pic,"$\Arg G/\pi$",Right,red,
+               LeftTicks("$% #.1f$",
+                         begin=false,end=false));
+         yequals(pic,1,Dotted);
+       });
+     label(q,"(1,0)",Scale(q,(1,0)),red);
+     add(q);
+
+
+
+     A secondary logarithmic y axis can be drawn like this: import graph;
+
+     size(9cm,6cm,IgnoreAspect);
+     string data="secondaryaxis.csv";
+
+     file in=input(data).line().csv();
+
+     string[] titlelabel=in;
+     string[] columnlabel=in;
+
+     real[][] a=in.dimension(0,0);
+     a=transpose(a);
+     real[] t=a[0], susceptible=a[1], infectious=a[2], dead=a[3], larvae=a[4];
+     real[] susceptibleM=a[5], exposed=a[6],infectiousM=a[7];
+
+     scale(true);
+
+     draw(graph(t,susceptible,t >= 10 & t <= 15));
+     draw(graph(t,dead,t >= 10 & t <= 15),dashed);
+
+     xaxis("Time ($\tau$)",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis(Left,RightTicks);
+
+     picture secondary=secondaryY(new void(picture pic) {
+         scale(pic,Linear(true),Log(true));
+         draw(pic,graph(pic,t,infectious,t >= 10 & t <= 15),red);
+         yaxis(pic,Right,red,LeftTicks(begin=false,end=false));
+       });
+
+     add(secondary);
+     label(shift(5mm*N)*"Proportion of crows",point(NW),E);
+
+
+
+ 10. Here is a histogram example, which uses the `stats' module.  import graph;
+     import stats;
+
+     size(400,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     int n=10000;
+     real[] a=new real[n];
+     for(int i=0; i < n; ++i) a[i]=Gaussrand();
+
+     draw(graph(Gaussian,min(a),max(a)),blue);
+
+     // Optionally calculate "optimal" number of bins a la Shimazaki and Shinomoto.
+     int N=bins(a);
+
+     histogram(a,min(a),max(a),N,normalize=true,low=0,lightred,black,bars=false);
+
+     xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$dP/dx$",LeftRight,RightTicks(trailingzero));
+
+
+
+ 11. Here is an example of reading column data in from a file and a
+     least-squares fit, using the `stats' module.  size(400,200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     import graph;
+     import stats;
+
+     file fin=input("leastsquares.dat").line();
+
+     real[][] a=fin.dimension(0,0);
+     a=transpose(a);
+
+     real[] t=a[0], rho=a[1];
+
+     // Read in parameters from the keyboard:
+     //real first=getreal("first");
+     //real step=getreal("step");
+     //real last=getreal("last");
+
+     real first=100;
+     real step=50;
+     real last=700;
+
+     // Remove negative or zero values of rho:
+     t=rho > 0 ? t : null;
+     rho=rho > 0 ? rho : null;
+
+     scale(Log(true),Linear(true));
+
+     int n=step > 0 ? ceil((last-first)/step) : 0;
+
+     real[] T,xi,dxi;
+
+     for(int i=0; i <= n; ++i) {
+       real first=first+i*step;
+       real[] logrho=(t >= first & t <= last) ? log(rho) : null;
+       real[] logt=(t >= first & t <= last) ? -log(t) : null;
+
+       if(logt.length < 2) break;
+
+       // Fit to the line logt=L.m*logrho+L.b:
+       linefit L=leastsquares(logt,logrho);
+
+       T.push(first);
+       xi.push(L.m);
+       dxi.push(L.dm);
+     }
+
+     draw(graph(T,xi),blue);
+     errorbars(T,xi,dxi,red);
+
+     crop();
+
+     ylimits(0);
+
+     xaxis("$T$",BottomTop,LeftTicks);
+     yaxis("$\xi$",LeftRight,RightTicks);
+
+
+
+ 12. Here is an example that illustrates the general `axis' routine.  import graph;
+     size(0,100);
+
+     path g=ellipse((0,0),1,2);
+
+     scale(true);
+
+     axis(Label("C",align=10W),g,LeftTicks(endlabel=false,8,end=false),
+          ticklocate(0,360,new real(real v) {
+              path h=(0,0)--max(abs(max(g)),abs(min(g)))*dir(v);
+              return intersect(g,h)[0];}));
+
+
+
+ 13. To draw a vector field of `n' arrows evenly spaced along the
+     arclength of a path, use the routine picture vectorfield(path vector(real), path g, int n, bool truesize=false,
+                         pen p=currentpen, arrowbar arrow=Arrow);
+      as illustrated in this simple example of a flow field: import graph;
+     defaultpen(1.0);
+
+     size(0,150,IgnoreAspect);
+
+     real arrowsize=4mm;
+     real arrowlength=2arrowsize;
+
+     typedef path vector(real);
+
+     // Return a vector interpolated linearly between a and b.
+     vector vector(pair a, pair b) {
+       return new path(real x) {
+         return (0,0)--arrowlength*interp(a,b,x);
+       };
+     }
+
+     real f(real x) {return 1/x;}
+
+     real epsilon=0.5;
+     path g=graph(f,epsilon,1/epsilon);
+
+     int n=3;
+     draw(g);
+     xaxis("$x$");
+     yaxis("$y$");
+
+     add(vectorfield(vector(W,W),g,n,true));
+     add(vectorfield(vector(NE,NW),(0,0)--(point(E).x,0),n,true));
+     add(vectorfield(vector(NE,NE),(0,0)--(0,point(N).y),n,true));
+
+
+
+ 14. To draw a vector field of `nx'\times`ny' arrows in `box(a,b)', use
+     the routine picture vectorfield(path vector(pair), pair a, pair b,
+                         int nx=nmesh, int ny=nx, bool truesize=false,
+                         real maxlength=truesize ? 0 : maxlength(a,b,nx,ny),
+                         bool cond(pair z)=null, pen p=currentpen,
+                         arrowbar arrow=Arrow, margin margin=PenMargin)
+      as illustrated in this example: import graph;
+     size(100);
+
+     pair a=(0,0);
+     pair b=(2pi,2pi);
+
+     path vector(pair z) {return (0,0)--(sin(z.x),cos(z.y));}
+
+     add(vectorfield(vector,a,b));
+
+
+
+ 15. The following scientific graphs, which illustrate many features of
+     `Asymptote''s graphics routines, were generated from the examples
+     `diatom.asy' and `westnile.asy', using the comma-separated data in
+     `diatom.csv' and `westnile.csv'.
+
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: palette,  Next: three,  Prev: graph,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.28 `palette'
+==============
+
+`Asymptote' can also generate color density images and palettes. The
+following palettes are predefined in `palette.asy':
+
+`pen[] Grayscale(int NColors=256)'
+     a grayscale palette;
+
+`pen[] Rainbow(int NColors=32766)'
+     a rainbow spectrum;
+
+`pen[] BWRainbow(int NColors=32761)'
+     a rainbow spectrum tapering off to black/white at the ends;
+
+`pen[] BWRainbow2(int NColors=32761)'
+     a double rainbow palette tapering off to black/white at the ends,
+     with a linearly scaled intensity.
+
+`pen[] Wheel(int NColors=32766)'
+     a full color wheel palette;
+
+`pen[] Gradient(int NColors=256 ... pen[] p)'
+     a palette varying linearly over the specified array of pens, using
+     NColors in each interpolation interval;
+
+
+   The function `cmyk(pen[] Palette)' may be used to convert any of
+these palettes to the CMYK colorspace.
+
+   A color density plot using palette `palette' can be generated from a
+function `f'(x,y) and added to a picture `pic': 
+bounds image(picture pic=currentpicture, real f(real, real),
+             range range=Full, pair initial, pair final,
+             int nx=ngraph, int ny=nx, pen[] palette, bool antialias=false)
+ The function `f' will be sampled at `nx' and `ny' evenly spaced points
+over a rectangle defined by the points `initial' and `final',
+respecting the current graphical scaling of `pic'. The color space is
+scaled according to the z axis scaling (*note automatic scaling::). A
+bounds structure for the function values is returned:
+struct bounds {
+  real min;
+  real max;
+  // Possible tick intervals:
+  int[] divisor;
+}
+ This information can be used for generating an optional palette bar.
+The palette color space corresponds to a range of values specified by
+the argument `range', which can be `Full', `Automatic', or an explicit
+range `Range(real min, real max)'.  Here `Full' specifies a range
+varying from the minimum to maximum values of the function over the
+sampling interval, while `Automatic' selects "nice" limits.  The
+example `imagecontour.asy' illustrates how level sets (contour lines)
+can be drawn on a color density plot (*note contour::).
+
+   A color density plot can also be generated from an explicit real[][]
+array `data': 
+bounds image(picture pic=currentpicture, real[][] f, range range=Full,
+             pair initial, pair final, pen[] palette,
+             bool transpose=(initial.x < final.x && initial.y < final.y),
+             bool copy=true, bool antialias=false);
+ If the initial point is to the left and below the final point, by
+default the array indices are interpreted according to the Cartesian
+convention (first index: x, second index: y) rather than the usual
+matrix convention (first index: -y, second index: x).
+
+   To construct an image from an array of irregularly spaced points and
+an array of values `f' at these points, use one of the routines
+bounds image(picture pic=currentpicture, pair[] z, real[] f,
+             range range=Full, pen[] palette)
+bounds image(picture pic=currentpicture, real[] x, real[] y, real[] f,
+             range range=Full, pen[] palette)
+
+   An optionally labelled palette bar may be generated with the routine
+void palette(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", bounds bounds,
+             pair initial, pair final, axis axis=Right, pen[] palette,
+             pen p=currentpen, paletteticks ticks=PaletteTicks,
+             bool copy=true, bool antialias=false);
+ The color space of `palette' is taken to be over bounds `bounds' with
+scaling given by the z scaling of `pic'.  The palette orientation is
+specified by `axis', which may be one of `Right', `Left', `Top', or
+`Bottom'.  The bar is drawn over the rectangle from `initial' to
+`final'.  The argument `paletteticks' is a special tick type (*note
+ticks::) that takes the following arguments:
+paletteticks PaletteTicks(Label format="", ticklabel ticklabel=null,
+                          bool beginlabel=true, bool endlabel=true,
+                          int N=0, int n=0, real Step=0, real step=0,
+                          pen pTick=nullpen, pen ptick=nullpen);
+
+   The image and palette bar can be fit to a frame and added and
+optionally aligned to a picture at the desired location:
+
+size(12cm,12cm);
+
+import graph;
+import palette;
+
+int n=256;
+real ninv=2pi/n;
+real[][] v=new real[n][n];
+
+for(int i=0; i < n; ++i)
+  for(int j=0; j < n; ++j)
+    v[i][j]=sin(i*ninv)*cos(j*ninv);
+
+pen[] Palette=BWRainbow();
+
+picture bar;
+
+bounds range=image(v,(0,0),(1,1),Palette);
+palette(bar,"$A$",range,(0,0),(0.5cm,8cm),Right,Palette,
+        PaletteTicks("$%+#.1f$"));
+add(bar.fit(),point(E),30E);
+
+
+
+Here is an example that uses logarithmic scaling of the function values:
+
+import graph;
+import palette;
+
+size(10cm,10cm,IgnoreAspect);
+
+real f(real x, real y) {
+  return 0.9*pow10(2*sin(x/5+2*y^0.25)) + 0.1*(1+cos(10*log(y)));
+}
+
+scale(Linear,Log,Log);
+
+pen[] Palette=BWRainbow();
+
+bounds range=image(f,Automatic,(0,1),(100,100),nx=200,Palette);
+
+xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks,above=true);
+yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks,above=true);
+
+palette("$f(x,y)$",range,(0,200),(100,250),Top,Palette,
+        PaletteTicks(ptick=linewidth(0.5*linewidth())));
+
+
+
+One can also draw an image directly from a two-dimensional pen array or
+a function `pen f(int, int)':
+void image(picture pic=currentpicture, pen[][] data,
+           pair initial, pair final,
+           bool transpose=(initial.x < final.x && initial.y < final.y),
+           bool copy=true, bool antialias=false);
+void image(picture pic=currentpicture, pen f(int, int), int width, int height,
+           pair initial, pair final,
+           bool transpose=(initial.x < final.x && initial.y < final.y),
+           bool antialias=false);
+ as illustrated in the following examples:
+
+size(200);
+
+import palette;
+
+int n=256;
+real ninv=2pi/n;
+pen[][] v=new pen[n][n];
+
+for(int i=0; i < n; ++i)
+  for(int j=0; j < n; ++j)
+    v[i][j]=rgb(0.5*(1+sin(i*ninv)),0.5*(1+cos(j*ninv)),0);
+
+image(v,(0,0),(1,1));
+
+
+
+import palette;
+
+size(200);
+
+real fracpart(real x) {return (x-floor(x));}
+
+pair pws(pair z) {
+  pair w=(z+exp(pi*I/5)/0.9)/(1+z/0.9*exp(-pi*I/5));
+  return exp(w)*(w^3-0.5*I);
+}
+
+int N=512;
+
+pair a=(-1,-1);
+pair b=(0.5,0.5);
+real dx=(b-a).x/N;
+real dy=(b-a).y/N;
+
+pen f(int u, int v) {
+  pair z=a+(u*dx,v*dy);
+  pair w=pws(z);
+  real phase=degrees(w,warn=false);
+  real modulus=w == 0 ? 0: fracpart(log(abs(w)));
+  return hsv(phase,1,sqrt(modulus));
+}
+
+image(f,N,N,(0,0),(300,300),antialias=true);
+
+
+
+For convenience, the module `palette' also defines functions that may
+be used to construct a pen array from a given function and palette:
+pen[] palette(real[] f, pen[] palette);
+pen[][] palette(real[][] f, pen[] palette);
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: three,  Next: obj,  Prev: palette,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.29 `three'
+============
+
+This module fully extends the notion of guides and paths in `Asymptote'
+to three dimensions. It introduces the new types guide3, path3, and
+surface.  Guides in three dimensions are specified with the same syntax
+as in two dimensions except that triples `(x,y,z)' are used in place of
+pairs `(x,y)' for the nodes and direction specifiers.  This
+generalization of John Hobby's spline algorithm is shape-invariant under
+three-dimensional rotation, scaling, and shifting, and reduces in the
+planar case to the two-dimensional algorithm used in `Asymptote',
+`MetaPost', and `MetaFont' [cf. J. C. Bowman, Proceedings in Applied
+Mathematics and Mechanics, 7:1, 2010021-2010022 (2007)].
+
+   For example, a unit circle in the XY plane may be filled and drawn
+like this:
+
+import three;
+
+size(100);
+
+path3 g=(1,0,0)..(0,1,0)..(-1,0,0)..(0,-1,0)..cycle;
+draw(g);
+draw(O--Z,red+dashed,Arrow3);
+draw(((-1,-1,0)--(1,-1,0)--(1,1,0)--(-1,1,0)--cycle));
+dot(g,red);
+
+
+and then distorted into a saddle:
+
+import three;
+
+size(100,0);
+path3 g=(1,0,0)..(0,1,1)..(-1,0,0)..(0,-1,1)..cycle;
+draw(g);
+draw(((-1,-1,0)--(1,-1,0)--(1,1,0)--(-1,1,0)--cycle));
+dot(g,red);
+
+
+Module `three' provides constructors for converting two-dimensional
+paths to three-dimensional ones, and vice-versa: 
+path3 path3(path p, triple plane(pair)=XYplane);
+path path(path3 p, pair P(triple)=xypart);
+
+   A Bezier surface, the natural two-dimensional generalization of
+Bezier curves, is defined in `three_surface.asy' as a structure
+containing an array of Bezier patches. Surfaces may drawn with one of
+the routines
+void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, surface s, int nu=1, int nv=1,
+          material surfacepen=currentpen, pen meshpen=nullpen,
+          light light=currentlight, light meshlight=light, string name="",
+          render render=defaultrender);
+void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, surface s, int nu=1, int nv=1,
+          material[] surfacepen, pen meshpen,
+          light light=currentlight, light meshlight=light, string name="",
+          render render=defaultrender);
+void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, surface s, int nu=1, int nv=1,
+          material[] surfacepen, pen[] meshpen=nullpens,
+          light light=currentlight, light meshlight=light, string name="",
+          render render=defaultrender);
+
+ The parameters `nu' and `nv' specify the number of subdivisions for
+drawing optional mesh lines for each Bezier patch. The optional `name'
+parameter is used as a prefix for naming the surface patches in the PRC
+model tree.  Here material is a structure defined in `three_light.asy':
+struct material {
+  pen[] p; // diffusepen,ambientpen,emissivepen,specularpen
+  real opacity;
+  real shininess;
+...
+}
+ These material properties are used to implement `OpenGL'-style
+lighting, based on the Phong-Blinn specular model. Sample Bezier
+surfaces are contained in the example files `BezierSurface.asy',
+`teapot.asy', and `parametricsurface.asy'. The structure `render'
+contains specialized rendering options documented at the beginning of
+module `three.asy'.
+
+   The examples `elevation.asy' and `sphericalharmonic.asy' illustrate
+how to draw a surface with patch-dependent colors.  The examples
+`vertexshading' and `smoothelevation' illustrate vertex-dependent
+colors, which is supported for both `Asymptote''s native `OpenGL'
+renderer and two-dimensional projections. Since the PRC output format
+does not currently support vertex shading of Bezier surfaces, PRC
+patches are shaded with the mean of the four vertex colors.
+
+   A surface can be constructed from a cyclic `path3' with the
+constructor
+surface surface(path3 external, triple[] internal=new triple[],
+                triple[] normals=new triple[], pen[] colors=new pen[],
+                bool3 planar=default);
+ and then filled:
+draw(surface(path3(polygon(5))),red,nolight);
+draw(surface(unitcircle3),red,nolight);
+draw(surface(unitcircle3,new pen[] {red,green,blue,black}),nolight);
+ The last example constructs a patch with vertex-specific colors.  A
+three-dimensional planar surface in the plane `plane' can be
+constructed from a two-dimensional cyclic path `g' with the constructor 
+surface surface(path p, triple plane(pair)=XYplane);
+ and then filled:
+draw(surface((0,0)--E+2N--2E--E+N..0.2E..cycle),red);
+ Planar Bezier surfaces patches are constructed using Orest Shardt's
+`bezulate' routine, which decomposes (possibly nonsimply connected)
+regions bounded (according to the `zerowinding' fill rule) by simple
+cyclic paths (intersecting only at the endpoints) into subregions
+bounded by cyclic paths of length `4' or less.
+
+   Arbitrary thick three-dimensional curves and line caps (which the
+`OpenGL' standard does not require implementations to provide) are
+constructed with
+tube tube(path3 p, real width, render render=defaultrender);
+ this returns a tube structure representing a tube of diameter `width'
+centered approximately on `g'. The tube structure consists of a surface
+`s' and the actual tube center, path3 `center'.  Drawing thick lines as
+tubes can be slow to render, especially with the `Adobe Reader'
+renderer. The setting `thick=false' can be used to disable this feature
+and force all lines to be drawn with `linewidth(0)' (one pixel wide,
+regardless of the resolution). By default, mesh and contour lines in
+three-dimensions are always drawn thin, unless an explicit line width
+is given in the pen parameter or the setting `thin' is set to `false'.
+The pens `thin()' and `thick()' defined in plain_pens.asy can also be
+used to override these defaults for specific draw commands.
+
+There are four choices for viewing 3D `Asymptote' output:
+  1. Use the native `Asymptote' adaptive `OpenGL'-based renderer (with
+     the command-line option `-V' and the default settings
+     `outformat=""' and `render=-1'). If you encounter warnings from
+     your graphics card driver, try specifying `-glOptions=-indirect'
+     on the command line. On `UNIX' systems with graphics support for
+     multisampling, we recommend installing the latest SVN (antialiased)
+     version of the `freeglut' library (*note multisampling::); the
+     sample width can be controlled with the setting `multisample'. An
+     initial screen position can be specified with the pair setting
+     `position', where negative values are interpreted as relative to
+     the corresponding maximum screen dimension. The default settings import settings;
+     leftbutton=new string[] {"rotate","zoom","shift","pan"};
+     middlebutton=new string[] {"menu"};
+     rightbutton=new string[] {"zoom/menu","rotateX","rotateY","rotateZ"};
+     wheelup=new string[] {"zoomin"};
+     wheeldown=new string[] {"zoomout"};
+      bind the mouse buttons as follows:
+        * Left: rotate
+
+        * Shift Left: zoom
+
+        * Ctrl Left: shift viewport
+
+        * Alt Left: pan
+
+        * Middle: menu (must be unmodified; ignores Shift, Ctrl, and
+          Alt)
+
+        * Wheel Up: zoom in
+
+        * Wheel Down: zoom out
+
+        * Right: zoom/menu (must be unmodified)
+
+        * Right double click: menu
+
+        * Shift Right: rotate about the X axis
+
+        * Ctrl Right: rotate about the Y axis
+
+        * Alt Right: rotate about the Z axis
+
+     The keyboard shortcuts are: 
+        * h: home
+
+        * f: toggle fitscreen
+
+        * x: spin about the X axis
+
+        * y: spin about the Y axis
+
+        * z: spin about the Z axis
+
+        * s: stop spinning
+
+        * m: rendering mode (solid/mesh/patch)
+
+        * e: export
+
+        * c: show camera parameters
+
+        * p: play animation
+
+        * r: reverse animation
+
+        * : step animation
+
+        * +: expand
+
+        * =: expand
+
+        * >: expand
+
+        * -: shrink
+
+        * _: shrink
+
+        * <: shrink
+
+        * q: exit
+
+        * Ctrl-q: exit
+
+  2. Render the scene to a specified rasterized format `outformat' at
+     the resolution of `n' pixels per `bp', as specified by the setting
+     `render=n'. A negative value of `n' is interpreted as `|2n|' for
+     EPS and PDF formats and `|n|' for other formats. The default value
+     of `render' is -1.  By default, the scene is internally rendered
+     at twice the specified resolution; this can be disabled by setting
+     `antialias=1'.  High resolution rendering is done by tiling the
+     image. If your graphics card allows it, the rendering can be made
+     more efficient by increasing the maximum tile size `maxtile' to
+     your screen dimensions (indicated by `maxtile=(0,0)'. If your
+     video card generates unwanted black stripes in the output, try
+     setting the horizontal and vertical components of `maxtiles' to
+     something less than your screen dimensions. The tile size is also
+     limited by the setting `maxviewport', which restricts the maximum
+     width and height of the viewport. On `UNIX' systems some graphics
+     drivers support batch mode (`-noV') rendering in an iconified
+     window; this can be enabled with the setting `iconify=true'.  Some
+     (broken) `UNIX' graphics drivers may require the command line
+     setting `-glOptions=-indirect', which requests (slower) indirect
+     rendering.
+
+  3. Embed the 3D PRC format in a PDF file and view the resulting PDF
+     file with version `9.0' or later of `Adobe Reader'.  In addition
+     to the default `settings.prc=true', this requires
+     `settings.outformat="pdf"', which can be specified by the command
+     line option `-f pdf', put in the `Asymptote' configuration file
+     (*note configuration file::), or specified in the script before
+     `three.asy' (or `graph3.asy') is imported.  Version 2008/10/08 or
+     later of the `movie15' package is also required (*note embed::).
+     The example `pdb.asy' illustrates how one can generate a list of
+     predefined views (see `100d.views').  A stationary preview image
+     with a resolution of `n' pixels per `bp' can be embedded with the
+     setting `render=n'; this allows the file to be viewed with other
+     `PDF' viewers. Alternatively, the file `externalprc.tex'
+     illustrates how the resulting PRC and rendered image files can be
+     extracted and processed in a separate `LaTeX' file. However, see
+     *note LaTeX usage:: for an easier way to embed three-dimensional
+     `Asymptote' pictures within `LaTeX'.  The open-source PRC
+     specification is available from
+     `http://livedocs.adobe.com/acrobat_sdk/9/Acrobat9_HTMLHelp/API_References/PRCReference/PRC_Format_Specification/'.
+
+  4. Project the scene to a two-dimensional vector (EPS or PDF) format
+     with `render=0'. Only limited hidden surface removal facilities
+     are currently available with this approach (*note PostScript3D::).
+
+
+   Automatic picture sizing in three dimensions is accomplished with
+double deferred drawing. The maximal desired dimensions of the scene in
+each of the three dimensions can optionally be specified with the
+routine 
+void size3(picture pic=currentpicture, real x, real y=x, real z=y,
+          bool keepAspect=pic.keepAspect);
+ The resulting simplex linear programming problem is then solved to
+produce a 3D version of a frame (actually implemented as a 3D picture).
+The result is then fit with another application of deferred drawing to
+the viewport dimensions corresponding to the usual two-dimensional
+picture `size' parameters. The global pair `viewportmargin' may be used
+to add horizontal and vertical margins to the viewport dimensions.
+Alternatively, a minimum `viewportsize' may be specified.  A 3D picture
+`pic' can be explicitly fit to a 3D frame by calling 
+frame pic.fit3(projection P=currentprojection);
+ and then added to picture `dest' about `position' with 
+void add(picture dest=currentpicture, frame src, triple position=(0,0,0));
+
+   For convenience, the `three' module defines `O=(0,0,0)',
+`X=(1,0,0)', `Y=(0,1,0)', and `Z=(0,0,1)', along with a unitcircle in
+the XY plane:
+path3 unitcircle3=X..Y..-X..-Y..cycle;
+
+   A general (approximate) circle can be drawn perpendicular to the
+direction `normal' with the routine
+path3 circle(triple c, real r, triple normal=Z);
+
+   A circular arc centered at `c' with radius `r' from
+`c+r*dir(theta1,phi1)' to `c+r*dir(theta2,phi2)', drawing
+counterclockwise relative to the normal vector
+`cross(dir(theta1,phi1),dir(theta2,phi2))' if `theta2 > theta1' or if
+`theta2 == theta1' and `phi2 >= phi1', can be constructed with
+path3 arc(triple c, real r, real theta1, real phi1, real theta2, real phi2,
+          triple normal=O);
+ The normal must be explicitly specified if `c' and the endpoints are
+colinear. If `r' < 0, the complementary arc of radius `|r|' is
+constructed.  For convenience, an arc centered at `c' from triple `v1'
+to `v2' (assuming `|v2-c|=|v1-c|') in the direction CCW
+(counter-clockwise) or CW (clockwise) may also be constructed with
+path3 arc(triple c, triple v1, triple v2, triple normal=O,
+          bool direction=CCW);
+ When high accuracy is needed, the routines `Circle' and `Arc' defined
+in `graph3' may be used instead.  See *note GaussianSurface:: for an
+example of a three-dimensional circular arc.
+
+   The representation `O--O+u--O+u+v--O+v--cycle' of the plane passing
+through point `O' with normal `cross(u,v)' is returned by
+path3 plane(triple u, triple v, triple O=O);
+ A three-dimensional box with opposite vertices at triples `v1' and
+`v2' may be drawn with the function 
+path3[] box(triple v1, triple v2);
+ For example, a unit box is predefined as 
+path3[] unitbox=box(O,(1,1,1));
+ `Asymptote' also provides optimized definitions for the
+three-dimensional paths `unitsquare3' and `unitcircle3', along with the
+surfaces `unitdisk', `unitplane', `unitcube', `unitcylinder',
+`unitcone', `unitsolidcone', `unitfrustum(real t1, real t2)',
+`unitsphere', and `unithemisphere'.
+
+These projections to two dimensions are predefined:
+`oblique'
+
+`oblique(real angle)'
+     The point `(x,y,z)' is projected to `(x-0.5z,y-0.5z)'.  If an
+     optional real argument is given, the negative z axis is drawn at
+     this angle in degrees.  The projection `obliqueZ' is a synonym for
+     `oblique'.
+
+`obliqueX'
+
+`obliqueX(real angle)'
+     The point `(x,y,z)' is projected to `(y-0.5x,z-0.5x)'.  If an
+     optional real argument is given, the negative x axis is drawn at
+     this angle in degrees.
+
+`obliqueY'
+
+`obliqueY(real angle)'
+     The point `(x,y,z)' is projected to `(x+0.5y,z+0.5y)'.  If an
+     optional real argument is given, the positive y axis is drawn at
+     this angle in degrees.
+
+`orthographic(triple camera, triple up=Z, triple target=O,
+     real zoom=1, pair viewportshift=0, bool showtarget=true,
+     bool center=false)'
+     This projects from three to two dimensions using the view as seen
+     at a point infinitely far away in the direction `unit(camera)',
+     orienting the camera so that, if possible, the vector `up' points
+     upwards. Parallel lines are projected to parallel lines. The
+     bounding volume is expanded to include `target' if
+     `showtarget=true'.  If `center=true', the target will be adjusted
+     to the center of the bounding volume.
+
+`orthographic(real x, real y, real z, triple up=Z, triple target=O,
+     real zoom=1, pair viewportshift=0, bool showtarget=true,
+     bool center=false)'
+     This is equivalent to orthographic((x,y,z),up,target,zoom,viewportshift,showtarget,center)
+
+     The routine triple camera(real alpha, real beta);
+      can be used to compute the camera position with the x axis below
+     the horizontal at angle `alpha', the y axis below the horizontal
+     at angle `beta', and the z axis up.
+
+`perspective(triple camera, triple up=Z, triple target=O,
+     real zoom=1, real angle=0, pair viewportshift=0,
+     bool showtarget=true, bool autoadjust=true,
+     bool center=autoadjust)'
+     This projects from three to two dimensions, taking account of
+     perspective, as seen from the location `camera' looking at
+     `target', orienting the camera so that, if possible, the vector
+     `up' points upwards.  If `render=0', projection of
+     three-dimensional cubic Bezier splines is implemented by
+     approximating a two-dimensional nonuniform rational B-spline
+     (NURBS) with a two-dimensional Bezier curve containing additional
+     nodes and control points. If `autoadjust=true', the camera will
+     automatically be adjusted to lie outside the bounding volume for
+     all possible interactive rotations about `target'.  If
+     `center=true', the target will be adjusted to the center of the
+     bounding volume.
+
+`perspective(real x, real y, real z, triple up=Z, triple target=O,
+     real zoom=1, real angle=0, pair viewportshift=0,
+     bool showtarget=true, bool autoadjust=true,
+     bool center=autoadjust)'
+     This is equivalent to perspective((x,y,z),up,target,zoom,angle,viewportshift,showtarget,
+                 autoadjust,center)
+
+The default projection, `currentprojection', is initially set to
+`perspective(5,4,2)'.
+
+   We also define standard orthographic views used in technical drawing:
+projection LeftView=orthographic(-X,showtarget=true);
+projection RightView=orthographic(X,showtarget=true);
+projection FrontView=orthographic(-Y,showtarget=true);
+projection BackView=orthographic(Y,showtarget=true);
+projection BottomView=orthographic(-Z,showtarget=true);
+projection TopView=orthographic(Z,showtarget=true);
+ The function 
+void addViews(picture dest=currentpicture, picture src,
+              projection[][] views=SixViewsUS,
+              bool group=true, filltype filltype=NoFill);
+ adds to picture `dest' an array of views of picture `src' using the
+layout projection[][] `views'. The default layout `SixViewsUS' aligns
+the projection `FrontView' below `TopView' and above `BottomView', to
+the right of `LeftView' and left of `RightView' and `BackView'.  The
+predefined layouts are: 
+projection[][] ThreeViewsUS={{TopView},
+                             {FrontView,RightView}};
+
+projection[][] SixViewsUS={{null,TopView},
+                           {LeftView,FrontView,RightView,BackView},
+                           {null,BottomView}};
+
+projection[][] ThreeViewsFR={{RightView,FrontView},
+                             {null,TopView}};
+
+projection[][] SixViewsFR={{null,BottomView},
+                           {RightView,FrontView,LeftView,BackView},
+                           {null,TopView}};
+
+projection[][] ThreeViews={{FrontView,TopView,RightView}};
+
+projection[][] SixViews={{FrontView,TopView,RightView},
+                         {BackView,BottomView,LeftView}};
+
+   A triple or path3 can be projected to a pair or path, with
+`project(triple, projection P=currentprojection)' or `project(path3,
+projection P=currentprojection)'.
+
+   It is occasionally useful to be able to invert a projection, sending
+a pair `z' onto the plane perpendicular to `normal' and passing through
+`point': 
+triple invert(pair z, triple normal, triple point,
+              projection P=currentprojection);
+ A pair `z' on the projection plane can be inverted to a triple with
+the routine
+triple invert(pair z, projection P=currentprojection);
+ A pair direction `dir' on the projection plane can be inverted to a
+triple direction relative to a point `v' with the routine
+triple invert(pair dir, triple v, projection P=currentprojection).
+
+   Three-dimensional objects may be transformed with one of the
+following built-in transform3 types (the identity transformation is
+`identity4'):
+
+`shift(triple v)'
+     translates by the triple `v';
+
+`xscale3(real x)'
+     scales by `x' in the x direction;
+
+`yscale3(real y)'
+     scales by `y' in the y direction;
+
+`zscale3(real z)'
+     scales by `z' in the z direction;
+
+`scale3(real s)'
+     scales by `s' in the x, y, and z directions;
+
+`scale(real x, real y, real z)'
+     scales by `x' in the x direction, by `y' in the y direction, and
+     by `z' in the z direction; 
+
+`rotate(real angle, triple v)'
+     rotates by `angle' in degrees about an axis `v' through the origin;
+
+`rotate(real angle, triple u, triple v)'
+     rotates by `angle' in degrees about the axis `u--v';
+
+`reflect(triple u, triple v, triple w)'
+     reflects about the plane through `u', `v', and `w'.  
+
+   When not multiplied on the left by a transform3, three-dimensional
+TeX Labels are drawn as Bezier surfaces directly on the projection
+plane: 
+void label(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L, triple position,
+           align align=NoAlign, pen p=currentpen,
+           light light=nolight, string name="",
+           render render=defaultrender, interaction interaction=
+           settings.autobillboard ? Billboard : Embedded)
+ The optional `name' parameter is used as a prefix for naming the label
+patches in the PRC model tree.  The default interaction is `Billboard',
+which means that labels are rotated interactively so that they always
+face the camera.  The interaction `Embedded' means that the label
+interacts as a normal `3D' surface, as illustrated in the example
+`billboard.asy'.  Alternatively, a label can be transformed from the
+`XY' plane by an explicit transform3 or mapped to a specified
+two-dimensional plane with the predefined transform3 types `XY', `YZ',
+`ZX', `YX', `ZY', `ZX'. There are also modified versions of these
+transforms that take an optional argument `projection
+P=currentprojection' that rotate and/or flip the label so that it is
+more readable from the initial viewpoint.
+
+   A transform3 that projects in the direction `dir' onto the plane
+with normal `n' through point `O' is returned by
+transform3 planeproject(triple n, triple O=O, triple dir=n);
+ One can use 
+triple normal(path3 p);
+ to find the unit normal vector to a planar three-dimensional path `p'.
+As illustrated in the example `planeproject.asy', a transform3 that
+projects in the direction `dir' onto the plane defined by a planar path
+`p' is returned by
+transform3 planeproject(path3 p, triple dir=normal(p));
+
+   The functions 
+surface extrude(path p, triple axis=Z);
+surface extrude(Label L, triple axis=Z);
+ return the surface obtained by extruding path `p' or Label `L' along
+`axis'.
+
+   Three-dimensional versions of the path functions `length', `size',
+`point', `dir', `accel', `radius', `precontrol', `postcontrol',
+`arclength', `arctime', `reverse', `subpath', `intersect',
+`intersections', `intersectionpoint', `intersectionpoints', `min',
+`max', `cyclic', and `straight' are also defined.
+
+   The routine 
+real[][] intersections(path3 p, surface s, real fuzz=-1);
+ returns the intersection times of a path `p' with a surface `s' as a
+sorted array of real arrays of length 2, and 
+triple[] intersectionpoints(path3 p, surface s, real fuzz=-1);
+ returns the corresponding intersection points.  Here, the computations
+are performed to the absolute error specified by `fuzz', or if `fuzz <
+0', to machine precision.
+
+   Here is an example showing all five guide3 connectors:
+
+import graph3;
+
+size(200);
+
+currentprojection=orthographic(500,-500,500);
+
+triple[] z=new triple[10];
+
+z[0]=(0,100,0); z[1]=(50,0,0); z[2]=(180,0,0);
+
+for(int n=3; n <= 9; ++n)
+  z[n]=z[n-3]+(200,0,0);
+
+path3 p=z[0]..z[1]---z[2]::{Y}z[3]
+&z[3]..z[4]--z[5]::{Y}z[6]
+&z[6]::z[7]---z[8]..{Y}z[9];
+
+draw(p,grey+linewidth(4mm),currentlight);
+
+xaxis3(Label(XY()*"$x$",align=-3Y),red,above=true);
+yaxis3(Label(XY()*"$y$",align=-3X),red,above=true);
+
+
+
+Three-dimensional versions of bars or arrows can be drawn with one of
+the specifiers `None', `Blank', `BeginBar3', `EndBar3' (or equivalently
+`Bar3'), `Bars3', `BeginArrow3', `MidArrow3', `EndArrow3' (or
+equivalently `Arrow3'), `Arrows3', `BeginArcArrow3', `EndArcArrow3' (or
+equivalently `ArcArrow3'), `MidArcArrow3', and `ArcArrows3'.
+Three-dimensional bars accept the optional arguments `(real size=0,
+triple dir=O)'. If `size=O', the default bar length is used; if
+`dir=O', the bar is drawn perpendicular to the path and the initial
+viewing direction. The predefined three-dimensional arrowhead styles
+are `DefaultHead3', `HookHead3', `TeXHead3'.  Versions of the
+two-dimensional arrowheads lifted to three-dimensional space and
+aligned according to the initial viewpoint (or an optionally specified
+`normal' vector) are also defined: `DefaultHead2(triple normal=O)',
+`HookHead2(triple normal=O)', `TeXHead2(triple normal=O)'. These are
+illustrated in the example `arrows3.asy'.
+
+   Module `three' also defines the three-dimensional margins
+`NoMargin3', `BeginMargin3', `EndMargin3', `Margin3', `Margins3',
+`BeginPenMargin2', `EndPenMargin2', `PenMargin2', `PenMargins2',
+`BeginPenMargin3', `EndPenMargin3', `PenMargin3', `PenMargins3',
+`BeginDotMargin3', `EndDotMargin3', `DotMargin3', `DotMargins3',
+`Margin3', and `TrueMargin3'.
+
+   The routine
+void pixel(picture pic=currentpicture, triple v, pen p=currentpen,
+           real width=1);
+ can be used to draw on picture `pic' a pixel of width `width' at
+position `v' using pen `p'.
+
+   Further three-dimensional examples are provided in the files
+`near_earth.asy', `conicurv.asy', and (in the `animations'
+subdirectory) `cube.asy'.
+
+   Limited support for projected vector graphics (effectively
+three-dimensional nonrendered `PostScript') is available with the
+setting `render=0'. This currently only works for piecewise planar
+surfaces, such as those produced by the parametric `surface' routines
+in the `graph3' module. Surfaces produced by the `solids' package will
+also be properly rendered if the parameter `nslices' is sufficiently
+large.
+
+   In the module `bsp', hidden surface removal of planar pictures is
+implemented using a binary space partition and picture clipping.  A
+planar path is first converted to a structure `face' derived from
+`picture'. A `face' may be given to a two-dimensional drawing routine
+in place of any `picture' argument.  An array of such faces may then be
+drawn, removing hidden surfaces:
+void add(picture pic=currentpicture, face[] faces,
+         projection P=currentprojection);
+ Labels may be projected to two dimensions, using projection `P', onto
+the plane passing through point `O' with normal `cross(u,v)' by
+multiplying it on the left by the transform
+transform transform(triple u, triple v, triple O=O,
+                    projection P=currentprojection);
+
+   Here is an example that shows how a binary space partition may be
+used to draw a two-dimensional vector graphics projection of three
+orthogonal intersecting planes:
+
+size(6cm,0);
+import bsp;
+
+real u=2.5;
+real v=1;
+
+currentprojection=oblique;
+
+path3 y=plane((2u,0,0),(0,2v,0),(-u,-v,0));
+path3 l=rotate(90,Z)*rotate(90,Y)*y;
+path3 g=rotate(90,X)*rotate(90,Y)*y;
+
+face[] faces;
+filldraw(faces.push(y),project(y),yellow);
+filldraw(faces.push(l),project(l),lightgrey);
+filldraw(faces.push(g),project(g),green);
+
+add(faces);
+
+
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: obj,  Next: graph3,  Prev: three,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.30 `obj'
+==========
+
+This module allows one to construct surfaces from simple obj files, as
+illustrated in the example files `galleon.asy' and `triceratops.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: graph3,  Next: grid3,  Prev: obj,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.31 `graph3'
+=============
+
+This module implements three-dimensional versions of the functions in
+`graph.asy'.  To draw an x axis in three dimensions, use the routine
+void xaxis3(picture pic=currentpicture, Label L="", axis axis=YZZero,
+            real xmin=-infinity, real xmax=infinity, pen p=currentpen,
+            ticks3 ticks=NoTicks3, arrowbar3 arrow=None, bool above=false);
+ Analogous routines `yaxis' and `zaxis' can be used to draw y and z
+axes in three dimensions.  There is also a routine for drawing all
+three axis:
+void axes3(picture pic=currentpicture,
+           Label xlabel="", Label ylabel="", Label zlabel="",
+           triple min=(-infinity,-infinity,-infinity),
+           triple max=(infinity,infinity,infinity),
+           pen p=currentpen, arrowbar3 arrow=None);
+
+The predefined three-dimensional axis types are
+axis YZEquals(real y, real z, triple align=O, bool extend=false);
+axis XZEquals(real x, real z, triple align=O, bool extend=false);
+axis XYEquals(real x, real y, triple align=O, bool extend=false);
+axis YZZero(triple align=O, bool extend=false);
+axis XZZero(triple align=O, bool extend=false);
+axis XYZero(triple align=O, bool extend=false);
+axis Bounds(int type=Both, int type2=Both, triple align=O, bool extend=false);
+ The optional `align' parameter to these routines can be used to
+specify the default axis and tick label alignments. The `Bounds' axis
+accepts two type parameters, each of which must be one of `Min', `Max',
+or `Both'. These parameters specify which of the four possible
+three-dimensional bounding box edges should be drawn.
+
+   The three-dimensional tick options are `NoTicks3', `InTicks',
+`OutTicks', and `InOutTicks'. These specify the tick directions for the
+`Bounds' axis type; other axis types inherit the direction that would
+be used for the `Bounds(Min,Min)' axis.
+
+   Here is an example of a helix and bounding box axes with ticks and
+axis labels, using orthographic projection:
+
+import graph3;
+
+size(0,200);
+size3(200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+currentprojection=orthographic(4,6,3);
+
+real x(real t) {return cos(2pi*t);}
+real y(real t) {return sin(2pi*t);}
+real z(real t) {return t;}
+
+path3 p=graph(x,y,z,0,2.7,operator ..);
+
+draw(p,Arrow3);
+
+scale(true);
+
+xaxis3(XZ()*"$x$",Bounds,red,InTicks(Label,2,2));
+yaxis3(YZ()*"$y$",Bounds,red,InTicks(beginlabel=false,Label,2,2));
+zaxis3(XZ()*"$z$",Bounds,red,InTicks);
+
+
+
+The next example illustrates three-dimensional x, y, and z axes,
+without autoscaling of the axis limits: 
+
+import graph3;
+
+size(0,200);
+size3(200,IgnoreAspect);
+
+currentprojection=perspective(5,2,2);
+
+scale(Linear,Linear,Log);
+
+xaxis3("$x$",0,1,red,OutTicks(2,2));
+yaxis3("$y$",0,1,red,OutTicks(2,2));
+zaxis3("$z$",1,30,red,OutTicks(beginlabel=false));
+
+
+
+One can also place ticks along a general three-dimensional axis: 
+
+import graph3;
+
+size(0,100);
+
+path3 g=yscale3(2)*unitcircle3;
+currentprojection=perspective(10,10,10);
+
+axis(Label("C",position=0,align=15X),g,InTicks(endlabel=false,8,end=false),
+     ticklocate(0,360,new real(real v) {
+         path3 h=O--max(abs(max(g)),abs(min(g)))*dir(90,v);
+         return intersect(g,h)[0];},
+       new triple(real t) {return cross(dir(g,t),Z);}));
+
+
+
+Surface plots of matrices and functions over the region `box(a,b)' in
+the XY plane are also implemented:
+surface surface(real[][] f, pair a, pair b, bool[][] cond={});
+surface surface(real[][] f, pair a, pair b, splinetype xsplinetype,
+                splinetype ysplinetype=xsplinetype, bool[][] cond={});
+surface surface(real[][] f, real[] x, real[] y,
+                splinetype xsplinetype=null, splinetype ysplinetype=xsplinetype,
+                bool[][] cond={})
+surface surface(triple[][] f, bool[][] cond={});
+surface surface(real f(pair z), pair a, pair b, int nx=nmesh, int ny=nx,
+                bool cond(pair z)=null);
+surface surface(real f(pair z), pair a, pair b, int nx=nmesh, int ny=nx,
+                splinetype xsplinetype, splinetype ysplinetype=xsplinetype,
+                bool cond(pair z)=null);
+surface surface(triple f(pair z), real[] u, real[] v,
+                splinetype[] usplinetype, splinetype[] vsplinetype=Spline,
+                bool cond(pair z)=null);
+surface surface(triple f(pair z), pair a, pair b, int nu=nmesh, int nv=nu,
+                bool cond(pair z)=null);
+surface surface(triple f(pair z), pair a, pair b, int nu=nmesh, int nv=nu,
+                splinetype[] usplinetype, splinetype[] vsplinetype=Spline,
+                bool cond(pair z)=null);
+ The final two versions draw parametric surfaces for a function f(u,v)
+over the parameter space `box(a,b)', as illustrated in the example
+`parametricsurface.asy'.  An optional splinetype `Spline' may be
+specified.  The boolean array or function `cond' can be used to control
+which surface mesh cells are actually drawn (by default all mesh cells
+over `box(a,b)' are drawn).  Surface lighting is illustrated in the
+example files `parametricsurface.asy' and `sinc.asy'.  Lighting can be
+disabled by setting `light=nolight', as in this example of a Gaussian
+surface:
+
+import graph3;
+
+size(200,0);
+
+currentprojection=perspective(10,8,4);
+
+real f(pair z) {return 0.5+exp(-abs(z)^2);}
+
+draw((-1,-1,0)--(1,-1,0)--(1,1,0)--(-1,1,0)--cycle);
+
+draw(arc(0.12Z,0.2,90,60,90,25),ArcArrow3);
+
+surface s=surface(f,(-1,-1),(1,1),nx=5,Spline);
+
+xaxis3(Label("$x$"),red,Arrow3);
+yaxis3(Label("$y$"),red,Arrow3);
+zaxis3(XYZero(extend=true),red,Arrow3);
+
+draw(s,lightgray,meshpen=black+thick(),nolight,render(merge=true));
+
+label("$O$",O,-Z+Y,red);
+
+
+A mesh can be drawn without surface filling by specifying `nullpen' for
+the surfacepen.
+
+   A vector field of `nu'\times`nv' arrows on a parametric surface `f'
+over `box(a,b)' can be drawn with the routine 
+picture vectorfield(path3 vector(pair v), triple f(pair z), pair a, pair b,
+                    int nu=nmesh, int nv=nu, bool truesize=false,
+                    real maxlength=truesize ? 0 : maxlength(f,a,b,nu,nv),
+                    bool cond(pair z)=null, pen p=currentpen,
+                    arrowbar3 arrow=Arrow3, margin3 margin=PenMargin3)
+ as illustrated in the examples `vectorfield3.asy' and
+`vectorfieldsphere.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: grid3,  Next: solids,  Prev: graph3,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.32 `grid3'
+============
+
+This module, contributed by Philippe Ivaldi, can be used for drawing 3D
+grids. Here is an example (further examples can be found in `grid3.asy'
+and at `http://www.piprime.fr/files/asymptote/grid3/'):
+
+import grid3;
+
+size(8cm,0,IgnoreAspect);
+currentprojection=orthographic(0.5,1,0.5);
+
+scale(Linear, Linear, Log);
+
+limits((-2,-2,1),(0,2,100));
+
+grid3(XYZgrid);
+
+xaxis3(Label("$x$",position=EndPoint,align=S),Bounds(Min,Min),
+       OutTicks());
+yaxis3(Label("$y$",position=EndPoint,align=S),Bounds(Min,Min),OutTicks());
+zaxis3(Label("$z$",position=EndPoint,align=(-1,0.5)),Bounds(Min,Min),
+       OutTicks(beginlabel=false));
+
+
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: solids,  Next: tube,  Prev: grid3,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.33 `solids'
+=============
+
+This solid geometry package defines a structure `revolution' that can
+be used to fill and draw surfaces of revolution. The following example
+uses it to display the outline of a circular cylinder of radius 1 with
+axis `O--1.5unit(Y+Z)' with perspective projection:
+
+import solids;
+
+size(0,100);
+
+revolution r=cylinder(O,1,1.5,Y+Z);
+draw(r,heavygreen);
+
+
+
+Further illustrations are provided in the example files `cylinder.asy',
+`cones.asy', `hyperboloid.asy', and `torus.asy'.
+
+   The structure `skeleton' contains the three-dimensional wireframe
+used to visualize a volume of revolution:
+struct skeleton {
+  struct curve {
+    path3[] front;
+    path3[] back;
+  }
+  // transverse skeleton (perpendicular to axis of revolution)
+  curve transverse;
+  // longitudinal skeleton (parallel to axis of revolution)
+  curve longitudinal;
+}
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: tube,  Next: flowchart,  Prev: solids,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.34 `tube'
+===========
+
+This package extends the `tube' surfaces constructed in
+`three_arrows.asy' to arbitrary cross sections, colors, and spine
+transformations. The routine
+surface tube(path3 g, coloredpath section,
+             transform T(real)=new transform(real t) {return identity();},
+             real corner=1, real relstep=0);
+ draws a tube along `g' with cross section `section', after applying
+the transformation `T(t)' at `relpoint(g,t)'.  The parameter `corner'
+controls the number of elementary tubes at the angular points of `g'. A
+nonzero value of `relstep' specifies a fixed relative time step (in the
+sense of `relpoint(g,t)') to use in constructing elementary tubes along
+`g'.  The type `coloredpath' is a generalization of `path' to which a
+`path' can be cast: 
+struct coloredpath
+{
+  path p;
+  pen[] pens(real);
+  int colortype=coloredSegments;
+}
+ Here `p' defines the cross section and the method `pens(real t)'
+returns an array of pens (interpreted as a cyclic array) used for
+shading the tube patches at `relpoint(g,t)'. If
+`colortype=coloredSegments', the tube patches are filled as if each
+segment of the section was colored with the pen returned by `pens(t)',
+whereas if `colortype=coloredNodes', the tube components are vertex
+shaded as if the nodes of the section were colored.
+
+   A `coloredpath' can be constructed with one of the routines:
+coloredpath coloredpath(path p, pen[] pens(real),
+                        int colortype=coloredSegments);
+coloredpath coloredpath(path p, pen[] pens=new pen[] {currentpen},
+                        int colortype=coloredSegments);
+coloredpath coloredpath(path p, pen pen(real));
+ In the second case, the pens are independent of the relative time.  In
+the third case, the array of pens contains only one pen, which depends
+of the relative time.
+
+   The casting of `path' to `coloredpath' allows the use of a `path'
+instead of a `coloredpath'; in this case the shading behaviour is the
+default shading behavior for a surface.
+
+   An example of `tube' is provided in the file `trefoilknot.asy'.
+Further examples can be found at
+`http://www.piprime.fr/files/asymptote/tube/'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: flowchart,  Next: contour,  Prev: tube,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.35 `flowchart'
+================
+
+This package provides routines for drawing flowcharts. The primary
+structure is a `block', which represents a single block on the
+flowchart. The following eight functions return a position on the
+appropriate edge of the block, given picture transform `t':
+
+pair block.top(transform t=identity());
+pair block.left(transform t=identity());
+pair block.right(transform t=identity());
+pair block.bottom(transform t=identity());
+pair block.topleft(transform t=identity());
+pair block.topright(transform t=identity());
+pair block.bottomleft(transform t=identity());
+pair block.bottomright(transform t=identity());
+ 
+
+To obtain an arbitrary position along the boundary of the block in user
+coordinates, use:
+pair block.position(real x, transform t=identity());
+ 
+
+The center of the block in user coordinates is stored in `block.center'
+and the block size in `PostScript' coordinates is given by `block.size'.
+
+A frame containing the block is returned by
+frame block.draw(pen p=currentpen);
+ 
+
+   The following block generation routines accept a Label, string, or
+frame for their object argument:
+
+"rectangular block with an optional header (and padding `dx' around header and body):"
+     block rectangle(object header, object body, pair center=(0,0),
+                     pen headerpen=mediumgray, pen bodypen=invisible,
+                     pen drawpen=currentpen,
+                     real dx=3, real minheaderwidth=minblockwidth,
+                     real minheaderheight=minblockwidth,
+                     real minbodywidth=minblockheight,
+                     real minbodyheight=minblockheight);
+     block rectangle(object body, pair center=(0,0),
+                     pen fillpen=invisible, pen drawpen=currentpen,
+                     real dx=3, real minwidth=minblockwidth,
+                     real minheight=minblockheight);
+
+"parallelogram block:"
+     block parallelogram(object body, pair center=(0,0),
+                         pen fillpen=invisible, pen drawpen=currentpen,
+                         real dx=3, real slope=2,
+                         real minwidth=minblockwidth,
+                         real minheight=minblockheight);
+
+"diamond-shaped block:"
+     block diamond(object body, pair center=(0,0),
+                   pen fillpen=invisible, pen drawpen=currentpen,
+                   real ds=5, real dw=1,
+                   real height=20, real minwidth=minblockwidth,
+                   real minheight=minblockheight);
+
+"circular block:"
+     block circle(object body, pair center=(0,0), pen fillpen=invisible,
+                  pen drawpen=currentpen, real dr=3,
+                  real mindiameter=mincirclediameter);
+
+"rectangular block with rounded corners:"
+     block roundrectangle(object body, pair center=(0,0),
+                          pen fillpen=invisible, pen drawpen=currentpen,
+                          real ds=5, real dw=0, real minwidth=minblockwidth,
+                          real minheight=minblockheight);
+
+"rectangular block with beveled edges:"
+     block bevel(object body, pair center=(0,0), pen fillpen=invisible,
+                 pen drawpen=currentpen, real dh=5, real dw=5,
+                 real minwidth=minblockwidth, real minheight=minblockheight);
+
+
+   To draw paths joining the pairs in `point' with right-angled lines,
+use the routine: 
+path path(pair point[] ... flowdir dir[]);
+ The entries in `dir' identify whether successive segments between the
+pairs specified by `point' should be drawn in the `Horizontal' or
+`Vertical' direction.
+
+   Here is a simple flowchart example (see also the example
+`controlsystem.asy'):
+
+size(0,300);
+
+import flowchart;
+
+block block1=rectangle(Label("Example",magenta),
+		       pack(Label("Start:",heavygreen),"",Label("$A:=0$",blue),
+			    "$B:=1$"),(-0.5,3),palegreen,paleblue,red);
+block block2=diamond(Label("Choice?",blue),(0,2),palegreen,red);
+block block3=roundrectangle("Do something",(-1,1));
+block block4=bevel("Don't do something",(1,1));
+block block5=circle("End",(0,0));
+
+draw(block1);
+draw(block2);
+draw(block3);
+draw(block4);
+draw(block5);
+
+add(new void(picture pic, transform t) {
+    blockconnector operator --=blockconnector(pic,t);
+    //    draw(pic,block1.right(t)--block2.top(t));
+    block1--Right--Down--Arrow--block2;
+    block2--Label("Yes",0.5,NW)--Left--Down--Arrow--block3;
+    block2--Right--Label("No",0.5,NE)--Down--Arrow--block4;
+    block4--Down--Left--Arrow--block5;
+    block3--Down--Right--Arrow--block5;
+  });
+
+
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: contour,  Next: contour3,  Prev: flowchart,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.36 `contour'
+==============
+
+This package draws contour lines.  To construct contours corresponding
+to the values in a real array `c' for a function `f' on `box(a,b)', use
+the routine
+guide[][] contour(real f(real, real), pair a, pair b,
+                  real[] c, int nx=ngraph, int ny=nx,
+                  interpolate join=operator --, int subsample=1);
+ The integers `nx' and `ny' define the resolution.  The default
+resolution, `ngraph x ngraph' (here `ngraph' defaults to `100') can be
+increased for greater accuracy.  The default interpolation operator is
+`operator --' (linear). Spline interpolation (`operator ..') may
+produce smoother contours but it can also lead to overshooting.  The
+`subsample' parameter indicates the number of interior points that
+should be used to sample contours within each `1 x 1' box; the default
+value of `1' is usually sufficient.
+
+   To construct contours for an array of data values on a uniform
+two-dimensional lattice on `box(a,b)', use
+guide[][] contour(real[][] f, pair a, pair b, real[] c,
+                  interpolate join=operator --, int subsample=1);
+
+   To construct contours for an array of data values on a nonoverlapping
+regular mesh specified by the two-dimensional array `z',
+guide[][] contour(pair[][] z, real[][] f, real[] c,
+                  interpolate join=operator --, int subsample=1);
+
+ To construct contours for an array of values `f' specified at
+irregularly positioned points `z', use the routine
+guide[][] contour(pair[] z, real[] f, real[] c,
+                  interpolate join=operator --, int subsample=1);
+ The contours themselves can be drawn with one of the routines
+void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, Label[] L=new Label[],
+          guide[][] g, pen p=currentpen);
+
+void draw(picture pic=currentpicture, Label[] L=new Label[],
+          guide[][] g, pen[] p);
+
+   The following simple example draws the contour at value `1' for the
+function z=x^2+y^2, which is a unit circle:
+
+import contour;
+size(75);
+
+real f(real a, real b) {return a^2+b^2;}
+draw(contour(f,(-1,-1),(1,1),new real[] {1}));
+
+
+
+The next example draws and labels multiple contours for the function
+z=x^2-y^2 with the resolution `100 x 100', using a dashed pen for
+negative contours and a solid pen for positive (and zero) contours:
+
+import contour;
+
+size(200);
+
+real f(real x, real y) {return x^2-y^2;}
+int n=10;
+real[] c=new real[n];
+for(int i=0; i < n; ++i) c[i]=(i-n/2)/n;
+
+pen[] p=sequence(new pen(int i) {
+    return (c[i] >= 0 ? solid : dashed)+fontsize(6pt);
+  },c.length);
+
+Label[] Labels=sequence(new Label(int i) {
+    return Label(c[i] != 0 ? (string) c[i] : "",Relative(unitrand()),(0,0),
+                 UnFill(1bp));
+  },c.length);
+
+draw(Labels,contour(f,(-1,-1),(1,1),c),p);
+
+
+
+The next example illustrates how contour lines can be drawn on color
+density images:
+
+import graph;
+import palette;
+import contour;
+
+size(10cm,10cm,IgnoreAspect);
+
+pair a=(0,0);
+pair b=(2pi,2pi);
+
+real f(real x, real y) {return cos(x)*sin(y);}
+
+int N=200;
+int Divs=10;
+int divs=2;
+
+defaultpen(1bp);
+pen Tickpen=black;
+pen tickpen=gray+0.5*linewidth(currentpen);
+pen[] Palette=BWRainbow();
+
+bounds range=image(f,Automatic,a,b,N,Palette);
+
+// Major contours
+
+real[] Cvals=uniform(range.min,range.max,Divs);
+draw(contour(f,a,b,Cvals,N,operator --),Tickpen);
+
+// Minor contours
+real[] cvals;
+for(int i=0; i < Cvals.length-1; ++i)
+  cvals.append(uniform(Cvals[i],Cvals[i+1],divs)[1:divs]);
+draw(contour(f,a,b,cvals,N,operator --),tickpen);
+
+xaxis("$x$",BottomTop,LeftTicks,above=true);
+yaxis("$y$",LeftRight,RightTicks,above=true);
+
+palette("$f(x,y)$",range,point(NW)+(0,0.5),point(NE)+(0,1),Top,Palette,
+        PaletteTicks(N=Divs,n=divs,Tickpen,tickpen));
+
+
+
+Finally, here is an example that illustrates the construction of
+contours from irregularly spaced data:
+
+import contour;
+
+size(200);
+
+int n=100;
+
+real f(real a, real b) {return a^2+b^2;}
+
+srand(1);
+
+real r() {return 1.1*(rand()/randMax*2-1);}
+
+pair[] points=new pair[n];
+real[] values=new real[n];
+
+for(int i=0; i < n; ++i) {
+  points[i]=(r(),r());
+  values[i]=f(points[i].x,points[i].y);
+}
+
+draw(contour(points,values,new real[]{0.25,0.5,1},operator ..),blue);
+
+
+
+In the above example, the contours of irregularly spaced data are
+constructed by first creating a triangular mesh from an array `z' of
+pairs:
+
+int[][] triangulate(pair[] z);
+
+size(200);
+int np=100;
+pair[] points;
+
+real r() {return 1.2*(rand()/randMax*2-1);}
+
+for(int i=0; i < np; ++i)
+  points.push((r(),r()));
+
+int[][] trn=triangulate(points);
+
+for(int i=0; i < trn.length; ++i) {
+  draw(points[trn[i][0]]--points[trn[i][1]]);
+  draw(points[trn[i][1]]--points[trn[i][2]]);
+  draw(points[trn[i][2]]--points[trn[i][0]]);
+}
+
+for(int i=0; i < np; ++i)
+  dot(points[i],red);
+
+
+
+The example `Gouraudcontour' illustrates how to produce color density
+images over such irregular triangular meshes.  `Asymptote' uses a
+robust version of Paul Bourke's Delaunay triangulation algorithm based
+on the public-domain exact arithmetic predicates written by Jonathan
+Shewchuk.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: contour3,  Next: slopefield,  Prev: contour,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.37 `contour3'
+===============
+
+This package draws surfaces described as the null space of real-valued
+functions of (x,y,z) or real[][][] matrices.  Its usage is illustrated
+in the example file `magnetic.asy'.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: slopefield,  Next: ode,  Prev: contour3,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.38 `slopefield'
+=================
+
+To draw a slope field for the differential equation dy/dx=f(x,y) (or
+dy/dx=f(x)), use:
+picture slopefield(real f(real,real), pair a, pair b,
+                   int nx=nmesh, int ny=nx,
+                   real tickfactor=0.5, pen p=currentpen,
+                   arrowbar arrow=None);
+ Here, the points `a' and `b' are the lower left and upper right
+corners of the rectangle in which the slope field is to be drawn, `nx'
+and `ny' are the respective number of ticks in the x and y directions,
+`tickfactor' is the fraction of the minimum cell dimension to use for
+drawing ticks, and `p' is the pen to use for drawing the slope fields.
+The return value is a picture that can be added to `currentpicture' via
+the `add(picture)' command.
+
+   The function 
+path curve(pair c, real f(real,real), pair a, pair b);
+ takes a point (`c') and a slope field-defining function `f' and
+returns, as a path, the curve passing through that point. The points
+`a' and `b' represent the rectangular boundaries over which the curve
+is interpolated.
+
+   Both `slopefield' and `curve' alternatively accept a function `real
+f(real)' that depends on x only, as seen in this example:
+
+import slopefield;
+
+size(200);
+
+real func(real x) {return 2x;}
+add(slopefield(func,(-3,-3),(3,3),20,Arrow));
+draw(curve((0,0),func,(-3,-3),(3,3)),red);
+
+
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: ode,  Prev: slopefield,  Up: Base modules
+
+8.39 `ode'
+==========
+
+The `ode' module, illustrated in the example `odetest.asy', implements
+a number of explicit numerical integration schemes for ordinary
+differential equations.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Options,  Next: Interactive mode,  Prev: Base modules,  Up: Top
+
+9 Command-line options
+**********************
+
+Type `asy -h' to see the full list of command-line options supported by
+`Asymptote':
+
+Usage: ../asy [options] [file ...]
+
+Options (negate by replacing - with -no):
+
+-V,-View               View output; command-line only
+-a,-align C|B|T|Z      Center, Bottom, Top, or Zero page alignment [C]
+-antialias n           Antialiasing width for rasterized output [2]
+-arcballradius pixels  Arcball radius [750]
+-auto3D                Automatically activate 3D scene [true]
+-autobillboard         3D labels always face viewer by default [true]
+-autoimport string     Module to automatically import
+-autoplain             Enable automatic importing of plain [true]
+-autoplay              Autoplay 3D animations [false]
+-autorotate            Enable automatic PDF page rotation [false]
+-batchMask             Mask fpu exceptions in batch mode [false]
+-batchView             View output in batch mode [false]
+-bw                    Convert all colors to black and white [false]
+-cd directory          Set current directory; command-line only
+-cmyk                  Convert rgb colors to cmyk [false]
+-c,-command string     Command to autoexecute
+-compact               Conserve memory at the expense of speed [false]
+-d,-debug              Enable debugging messages [false]
+-divisor n             Garbage collect using purge(divisor=n) [2]
+-doubleclick ms        Emulated double-click timeout [200]
+-embed                 Embed rendered preview image [true]
+-exitonEOF             Exit interactive mode on EOF [true]
+-fitscreen             Fit rendered image to screen [true]
+-framedelay ms         Additional frame delay [0]
+-framerate frames/s    Animation speed [30]
+-globalwrite           Allow write to other directory [false]
+-gray                  Convert all colors to grayscale [false]
+-h,-help               Show summary of options; command-line only
+-historylines n        Retain n lines of history [1000]
+-iconify               Iconify rendering window [false]
+-inlineimage           Generate inline embedded image [false]
+-inlinetex             Generate inline TeX code [false]
+-interactiveMask       Mask fpu exceptions in interactive mode [true]
+-interactiveView       View output in interactive mode [true]
+-interactiveWrite      Write expressions entered at the prompt to stdout [true]
+-k,-keep               Keep intermediate files [false]
+-keepaux               Keep intermediate LaTeX .aux files [false]
+-level n               Postscript level [3]
+-l,-listvariables      List available global functions and variables [false]
+-localhistory          Use a local interactive history file [false]
+-loop                  Loop 3D animations [false]
+-m,-mask               Mask fpu exceptions; command-line only
+-maxtile pair          Maximum rendering tile size [(1024,768)]
+-maxviewport pair      Maximum viewport size [(2048,2048)]
+-multiline             Input code over multiple lines at the prompt [false]
+-multipleView          View output from multiple batch-mode files [false]
+-multisample n         Multisampling width for screen images [4]
+-offscreen             Use offscreen rendering [false]
+-O,-offset pair        PostScript offset [(0,0)]
+-f,-outformat format   Convert each output file to specified format
+-o,-outname name       Alternative output directory/filename
+-p,-parseonly          Parse file [false]
+-pdfreload             Automatically reload document in pdfviewer [false]
+-pdfreloaddelay usec   Delay before attempting initial pdf reload [750000]
+-position pair         Initial 3D rendering screen position [(0,0)]
+-prc                   Embed 3D PRC graphics in PDF output [true]
+-prompt string         Prompt [> ]
+-prompt2 string        Continuation prompt for multiline input  [..]
+-q,-quiet              Suppress welcome message [false]
+-render n              Render 3D graphics using n pixels per bp (-1=auto) [-1]
+-resizestep step       Resize step [1.2]
+-reverse               reverse 3D animations [false]
+-rgb                   Convert cmyk colors to rgb [false]
+-safe                  Disable system call [true]
+-scroll n              Scroll standard output n lines at a time [0]
+-spinstep deg/s        Spin speed [60]
+-svgemulation          Emulate unimplemented SVG shading [false]
+-tabcompletion         Interactive prompt auto-completion [true]
+-tex engine            latex|pdflatex|xelatex|tex|pdftex|context|none [latex]
+-thick                 Render thick 3D lines [true]
+-thin                  Render thin 3D lines [true]
+-threads               Use POSIX threads for 3D rendering [true]
+-toolbar               Show 3D toolbar in PDF output [true]
+-s,-translate          Show translated virtual machine code [false]
+-twice                 Run LaTeX twice (to resolve references) [false]
+-twosided              Use two-sided 3D lighting model for rendering [true]
+-u,-user string        General purpose user string
+-v,-verbose            Increase verbosity level (can specify multiple times) [0]
+-version               Show version; command-line only
+-wait                  Wait for child processes to finish before exiting [false]
+-warn string           Enable warning; command-line only
+-where                 Show where listed variables are declared [false]
+-zoomfactor factor     Zoom step factor [1.05]
+-zoomstep step         Mouse motion zoom step [0.1]
+
+ All boolean options can be negated by prepending `no' to the option
+name.
+
+   If no arguments are given, `Asymptote' runs in interactive mode
+(*note Interactive mode::). In this case, the default output file is
+`out.eps'.
+
+   If `-' is given as the file argument, `Asymptote' reads from
+standard input.
+
+   If multiple files are specified, they are treated as separate
+`Asymptote' runs.
+
+   If the string `autoimport' is nonempty, a module with this name is
+automatically imported for each run as the final step in loading module
+`plain'.
+
+   Default option values may be entered as `Asymptote' code in a
+configuration file named `config.asy' (or the file specified by the
+environment variable `ASYMPTOTE_CONFIG' or `-config' option).
+`Asymptote' will look for this file in its usual search path (*note
+Search paths::). Typically the configuration file is placed in the
+`.asy' directory in the user's home directory (`%USERPROFILE%\.asy'
+under `MSDOS').  Configuration variables are accessed using the long
+form of the option names:
+import settings;
+outformat="pdf";
+batchView=false;
+interactiveView=true;
+batchMask=false;
+interactiveMask=true;
+ Command-line options override these defaults. Most configuration
+variables may also be changed at runtime.  The advanced configuration
+variables `dvipsOptions', `hyperrefOptions', `convertOptions',
+`gsOptions', `psviewerOptions', `pdfviewerOptions', and `glOptions'
+allow specialized options to be passed as a string to the respective
+applications or libraries. The default value of `hyperrefOptions' is
+`setpagesize=false,unicode,pdfborder=0 0 0'.
+
+   If you insert
+import plain;
+settings.autoplain=true;
+ at the beginning of the configuration file, it can contain arbitrary
+`Asymptote' code.
+
+   The default output format is EPS for the (default) `latex' and `tex'
+tex engine and PDF for the `pdflatex', `xelatex', and `context' tex
+engines.  Alternative output formats may be produced using the `-f'
+option (or `outformat' setting). To produce SVG output, first install
+`dvisvgm' (version 0.8.7 or later) from
+`http://dvisvgm.sourceforge.net/down.html' and be sure to use the
+`latex' or `tex' tex engine.
+
+   `Asymptote' can also produce any output format supported by the
+`ImageMagick' `convert' program (version 6.3.5 or later recommended; an
+`Invalid Parameter' error message indicates that the `MSDOS' utility
+`convert' is being used instead of the one that comes with
+`ImageMagick').  The optional setting `-render n' requests an output
+resolution of `n' pixels per `bp'. Antialiasing is controlled by the
+parameter `antialias', which by default specifies a sampling width of 2
+pixels.  To give other options to `convert', use the `convertOptions'
+setting or call convert manually. This example emulates how `Asymptote'
+produces antialiased `tiff' output at one pixel per `bp':
+asy -o - venn | convert -alpha Off -density 144x144 -geometry 50%x eps:- venn.tiff
+
+   If the option `-nosafe' is given, `Asymptote' runs in unsafe mode.
+This enables the `int system(string s)' and `int system(string[] s)'
+calls, allowing one to execute arbitrary shell commands. The default
+mode, `-safe', disables this call.
+
+   A `PostScript' offset may be specified as a pair (in `bp' units)
+with the `-O' option:
+asy -O 0,0 file
+ The default offset is zero. The default value of the page alignment
+setting `align' is `Center'.
+
+   The `-c' (`command') option may be used to execute arbitrary
+`Asymptote' code on the command line as a string. It is not necessary
+to terminate the string with a semicolon. Multiple `-c' options are
+executed in the order they are given. For example
+asy -c 2+2 -c "sin(1)" -c "size(100); draw(unitsquare)"
+ produces the output
+4
+0.841470984807897
+ and draws a unitsquare of size `100'.
+
+   The `-u' (`user') option may be used to specify arbitrary
+`Asymptote' settings on the command line as a string. It is not
+necessary to terminate the string with a semicolon. Multiple `-u'
+options are executed in the order they are given. Command-line code like
+`-u x=sqrt(2)' can be executed within a module like this:
+real x;
+usersetting();
+write(x);
+
+   When the `-l' (`listvariables') option is used with file arguments,
+only global functions and variables defined in the specified file(s)
+are listed.
+
+   Additional debugging output is produced with each additional `-v'
+option:
+`-v'
+     Display top-level module and final output file names.
+
+`-vv'
+     Also display imported and included module names and final `LaTeX'
+     and `dvips' processing information.
+
+`-vvv'
+     Also output `LaTeX' bidirectional pipe diagnostics.
+
+`-vvvv'
+     Also output knot guide solver diagnostics.
+
+`-vvvvv'
+     Also output `Asymptote' traceback diagnostics.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Interactive mode,  Next: GUI,  Prev: Options,  Up: Top
+
+10 Interactive mode
+*******************
+
+Interactive mode is entered by executing the command `asy' with no file
+arguments. When the `-multiline' option is disabled (the default), each
+line must be a complete `Asymptote' statement (unless explicitly
+continued by a final backslash character `\'); it is not necessary to
+terminate input lines with a semicolon.  If one assigns
+`settings.multiline=true', interactive code can be entered over
+multiple lines; in this mode, the automatic termination of interactive
+input lines by a semicolon is inhibited. Multiline mode is useful for
+cutting and pasting `Asymptote' code directly into the interactive
+input buffer.
+
+   Interactive mode can be conveniently used as a calculator:
+expressions entered at the interactive prompt (for which a
+corresponding `write' function exists) are automatically evaluated and
+written to `stdout'.  If the expression is non-writable, its type
+signature will be printed out instead. In either case, the expression
+can be referred to using the symbol `%' in the next line input at the
+prompt.  For example:
+> 2+3
+5
+> %*4
+20
+> 1/%
+0.05
+> sin(%)
+0.0499791692706783
+> currentpicture
+<picture currentpicture>
+> %.size(200,0)
+>
+
+   The `%' symbol, when used as a variable, is shorthand for the
+identifier `operator answer', which is set by the prompt after each
+written expression evaluation.
+
+   The following special commands are supported only in interactive mode
+and must be entered immediately after the prompt:
+
+`help'
+     view the manual;
+
+`erase'
+     erase `currentpicture'; 
+
+`reset'
+     reset the `Asymptote' environment to its initial state, except for
+     changes to the settings module (*note settings::), the current
+     directory (*note cd::), and breakpoints (*note Debugger::); 
+
+`input FILE'
+     does an interactive reset, followed by the command `include FILE'.
+     If the file name `FILE' contains nonalphanumeric characters,
+     enclose it with quotation marks.  A trailing semi-colon followed
+     by optional `Asymptote' commands may be entered on the same line.  
+
+`quit'
+     exit interactive mode (`exit' is a synonym; the abbreviation `q'
+     is also accepted unless there exists a top-level variable named
+     `q').  A history of the most recent 1000 (this number can be
+     changed with the `historylines' configuration variable) previous
+     commands will be retained in the file `.asy/history' in the user's
+     home directory (unless the command-line option `-localhistory' was
+     specified, in which case the history will be stored in the file
+     `.asy_history' in the current directory).
+
+
+   Typing `ctrl-C' interrupts the execution of `Asymptote' code and
+returns control to the interactive prompt.
+
+   Interactive mode is implemented with the GNU `readline' library,
+with command history and auto-completion. To customize the key
+bindings, see:
+`http://cnswww.cns.cwru.edu/php/chet/readline/readline.html'
+
+   The file `asymptote.py' in the `Asymptote' system directory provides
+an alternative way of entering `Asymptote' commands interactively,
+coupled with the full power of `Python'. Copy this file to your `Python
+path' and then execute from within `Python' the commands
+from asymptote import *
+g=asy()
+g.size(200)
+g.draw("unitcircle")
+g.send("draw(unitsquare)")
+g.fill("unitsquare, blue")
+g.clip("unitcircle")
+g.label("\"$O$\", (0,0), SW")
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: GUI,  Next: PostScript to Asymptote,  Prev: Interactive mode,  Up: Top
+
+11 Graphical User Interface
+***************************
+
+In the event that adjustments to the final figure are required, the
+preliminary Graphical User Interface (GUI) `xasy' included with
+`Asymptote' allows you to move graphical objects and draw new ones.
+The modified figure can then be saved as a normal `Asymptote' file.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* GUI installation::            Installing `xasy'
+* GUI usage::
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: GUI installation,  Next: GUI usage,  Up: GUI
+
+11.1 GUI installation
+=====================
+
+As `xasy' is written in the interactive scripting language `Python/TK',
+it requires `Python' (`http://www.python.org'), the `Python Imaging
+Library' (`http://www.pythonware.com/products/pil/'), and the `tkinter'
+package (included with `Python' under `Microsoft Windows') be
+installed. `Fedora Linux' users can either install `tkinter' with the
+commands
+yum install tkinter
+yum install tk-devel
+ or manually install the `tkinter', `tix', `tk', and `tk-devel'
+packages.
+
+   Pictures are deconstructed into the PNG image format, which supports
+full alpha channel transparency. Under `Microsoft Windows', this
+requires `Python 2.7.3' and the `Python Imaging Library':
+
+     `http://www.python.org/ftp/python/2.7.3/python-2.7.3.msi'
+
+     `http://effbot.org/downloads/PIL-1.1.7.win32-py2.7.exe'.
+   On `UNIX' systems, place
+`http://effbot.org/downloads/Imaging-1.1.7.tar.gz' in the `Asymptote'
+source directory, and type (as the root user):
+tar -zxf Imaging-1.1.7.tar.gz
+cd Imaging-1.1.7
+python setup.py install
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: GUI usage,  Prev: GUI installation,  Up: GUI
+
+11.2 GUI usage
+==============
+
+A wheel mouse is convenient for raising and lowering objects within
+`xasy', to expose the object to be moved. If a wheel mouse is not
+available, mouse `Button-2' can be used to repeatedly lower an object
+instead. When run from the command line, `xasy' accepts a command line
+option `-x n', which sets the initial magnification to `n'.
+
+   Deconstruction of compound objects (such as arrows) can be prevented
+by enclosing them within the commands
+void begingroup(picture pic=currentpicture);
+void endgroup(picture pic=currentpicture);
+ By default, the elements of a picture or frame will be grouped
+together on adding them to a picture. However, the elements of a frame
+added to another frame are not grouped together by default: their
+elements will be individually deconstructed (*note add::).
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: PostScript to Asymptote,  Next: Help,  Prev: GUI,  Up: Top
+
+12 `PostScript' to `Asymptote'
+******************************
+
+The excellent `PostScript' editor `pstoedit' (version 3.50 or later;
+available from `http://sourceforge.net/projects/pstoedit/') includes an
+`Asymptote' backend. Unlike virtually all other `pstoedit' backends,
+this driver includes native clipping, even-odd fill rule, `PostScript'
+subpath, and full image support. Here is an example: `asy -V
+/usr/local/share/doc/asymptote/examples/venn.asy'
+pstoedit -f asy venn.eps test.asy
+asy -V test
+
+If the line widths aren't quite correct, try giving `pstoedit' the
+`-dis' option.  If the fonts aren't typeset correctly, try giving
+`pstoedit' the `-dt' option.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Help,  Next: Debugger,  Prev: PostScript to Asymptote,  Up: Top
+
+13 Help
+*******
+
+A list of frequently asked questions (FAQ) is maintained at
+
+     `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/FAQ'
+   Questions on installing and using `Asymptote' that are not addressed
+in the FAQ should be sent to the `Asymptote' forum:
+
+     `http://sourceforge.net/projects/asymptote/forums/forum/409349'
+   Including an example that illustrates what you are trying to do will
+help you get useful feedback.  `LaTeX' problems can often be diagnosed
+with the `-vv' or `-vvv' command-line options.  Contributions in the
+form of patches or `Asymptote' modules can be posted here:
+
+     `http://sourceforge.net/tracker/?atid=685685&group_id=120000'
+   To receive announcements of upcoming releases, please subscribe to
+`Asymptote' at
+
+     `http://freshmeat.net/projects/asy'
+   If you find a bug in `Asymptote', please check (if possible) whether
+the bug is still present in the latest `Subversion' developmental code
+(*note Subversion::) before submitting a bug report. New bugs can be
+submitted using the Bug Tracking System at
+
+     `http://sourceforge.net/projects/asymptote'
+   To see if the bug has already been fixed, check bugs with Status
+`Closed' and recent lines in
+
+     `http://asymptote.sourceforge.net/ChangeLog'
+   `Asymptote' can be configured with the optional GNU library
+`libsigsegv', available from `http://libsigsegv.sourceforge.net', which
+allows one to distinguish user-generated `Asymptote' stack overflows
+(*note stack overflow::) from true segmentation faults (due to internal
+C++ programming errors; please submit the `Asymptote' code that
+generates such segmentation faults along with your bug report).
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Debugger,  Next: Credits,  Prev: Help,  Up: Top
+
+14 Debugger
+***********
+
+Asymptote now includes a line-based (as opposed to code-based) debugger
+that can assist the user in following flow control. To set a break
+point in file `file' at line `line', use the command
+
+void stop(string file, int line, code s=quote{});
+ The optional argument `s' may be used to conditionally set the variable
+`ignore' in `plain_debugger.asy' to `true'. For example, the first 10
+instances of this breakpoint will be ignored (the variable `int
+count=0' is defined in `plain_debugger.asy'):
+stop("test",2,quote{ignore=(++count <= 10);});
+
+   To set a break point in file `file' at the first line containing the
+string `text', use
+
+void stop(string file, string text, code s=quote{});
+ To list all breakpoints, use: 
+void breakpoints();
+ To clear a breakpoint, use: 
+void clear(string file, int line);
+ To clear all breakpoints, use:
+void clear();
+
+   The following commands may be entered at the debugging prompt:
+
+``h''
+     help; 
+
+``c''
+     continue execution;
+
+``i''
+     step to the next instruction;
+
+``s''
+     step to the next executable line;
+
+``n''
+     step to the next executable line in the current file;
+
+``f''
+     step to the next file;
+
+``r''
+     return to the file associated with the most recent breakpoint;
+
+``t''
+     toggle tracing (`-vvvvv') mode;
+
+``q''
+     quit debugging and end execution;
+
+``x''
+     exit the debugger and run to completion.
+
+   Arbitrary `Asymptote' code may also be entered at the debugging
+prompt; however, since the debugger is implemented with `eval',
+currently only top-level (global) variables can be displayed or
+modified.
+
+   The debugging prompt may be entered manually with the call
+void breakpoint(code s=quote{});
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Credits,  Next: Index,  Prev: Debugger,  Up: Top
+
+15 Acknowledgments
+******************
+
+Financial support for the development of `Asymptote' was generously
+provided by the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of
+Canada, the Pacific Institute for Mathematical Sciences, and the
+University of Alberta Faculty of Science.
+
+   We also would like to acknowledge the previous work of John D. Hobby,
+author of the program `MetaPost' that inspired the development of
+`Asymptote', and Donald E. Knuth, author of TeX and `MetaFont' (on
+which `MetaPost' is based).
+
+   The authors of `Asymptote' are Andy Hammerlindl, John Bowman, and
+Tom Prince. Sean Healy designed the `Asymptote' logo. Other
+contributors include Michail Vidiassov, Radoslav Marinov, Orest Shardt,
+Chris Savage, Philippe Ivaldi, Olivier Guibe', Jacques Pienaar, Mark
+Henning, Steve Melenchuk, Martin Wiebusch, and Stefan Knorr.
+
+
+File: asymptote.info,  Node: Index,  Prev: Credits,  Up: Top
+
+Index
+*****
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* !:                                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  68)
+* != <1>:                                Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* !=:                                    Structures.          (line  52)
+* % <1>:                                 Interactive mode.    (line  17)
+* %:                                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* %=:                                    Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* & <1>:                                 Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* &:                                     Bezier curves.       (line  83)
+* &&:                                    Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* * <1>:                                 Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* *:                                     Pens.                (line  15)
+* **:                                    Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* *=:                                    Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* + <1>:                                 Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* +:                                     Pens.                (line  15)
+* ++:                                    Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* +=:                                    Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* -:                                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* -- <1>:                                Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* --:                                    Tutorial.            (line 127)
+* ---:                                   Bezier curves.       (line  83)
+* -=:                                    Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* -c:                                    Options.             (line 174)
+* -l:                                    Options.             (line 193)
+* -u:                                    Options.             (line 184)
+* -V <1>:                                Tutorial.            (line  19)
+* -V:                                    Configuring.         (line   6)
+* ..:                                    Tutorial.            (line 127)
+* .asy:                                  Search paths.        (line  14)
+* /:                                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* /=:                                    Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 2D graphs:                             graph.               (line   6)
+* 3D graphs:                             graph3.              (line   6)
+* 3D grids:                              grid3.               (line   6)
+* 3D PostScript:                         three.               (line 581)
+* 3D rendering:                          Compiling from UNIX source.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* ::                                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  73)
+* :::                                    Bezier curves.       (line  67)
+* <:                                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* <=:                                    Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* == <1>:                                Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* ==:                                    Structures.          (line  52)
+* >:                                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* >=:                                    Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* ?:                                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  73)
+* ^:                                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* ^=:                                    Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* ^^:                                    Tutorial.            (line 134)
+* a4:                                    Configuring.         (line  61)
+* abort:                                 Data types.          (line 339)
+* abs <1>:                               Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* abs:                                   Data types.          (line  62)
+* accel <1>:                             three.               (line 507)
+* accel:                                 Paths and guides.    (line 115)
+* access:                                Import.              (line   6)
+* acknowledgments:                       Credits.             (line   6)
+* aCos:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* acos:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* acosh:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* add <1>:                               three.               (line 271)
+* add:                                   Frames and pictures. (line 196)
+* addViews:                              three.               (line 393)
+* adjust:                                Pens.                (line 115)
+* Ai:                                    Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* Ai_deriv:                              Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* Airy:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* alias <1>:                             Arrays.              (line 181)
+* alias:                                 Structures.          (line  52)
+* align:                                 Options.             (line 168)
+* Align:                                 label.               (line  12)
+* all:                                   Arrays.              (line 329)
+* Allow:                                 Pens.                (line 327)
+* AND:                                   Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* and:                                   Bezier curves.       (line  56)
+* angle:                                 Data types.          (line  70)
+* animate <1>:                           animation.           (line  12)
+* animate <2>:                           Files.               (line 154)
+* animate:                               Configuring.         (line  67)
+* animation:                             animation.           (line   6)
+* annotate:                              annotate.            (line   6)
+* antialias <1>:                         Options.             (line 143)
+* antialias:                             three.               (line 210)
+* antialiasing:                          Compiling from UNIX source.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* append <1>:                            Arrays.              (line  39)
+* append:                                Files.               (line  36)
+* arc:                                   three.               (line 283)
+* Arc:                                   Paths and guides.    (line  32)
+* arc:                                   Paths and guides.    (line  22)
+* ArcArrow:                              draw.                (line  26)
+* ArcArrow3:                             three.               (line 548)
+* ArcArrows:                             draw.                (line  26)
+* ArcArrows3:                            three.               (line 548)
+* arclength <1>:                         three.               (line 507)
+* arclength:                             Paths and guides.    (line 142)
+* arcpoint:                              Paths and guides.    (line 152)
+* arctime <1>:                           three.               (line 507)
+* arctime:                               Paths and guides.    (line 146)
+* arguments:                             Default arguments.   (line   6)
+* arithmetic operators:                  Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* array:                                 Arrays.              (line 122)
+* array iteration:                       Programming.         (line  33)
+* arrays:                                Arrays.              (line   6)
+* arrow:                                 label.               (line  71)
+* Arrow:                                 draw.                (line  26)
+* arrow:                                 Drawing commands.    (line  31)
+* arrow keys:                            Tutorial.            (line  37)
+* Arrow3:                                three.               (line 548)
+* Arrows:                                draw.                (line  26)
+* arrows:                                draw.                (line  26)
+* Arrows3:                               three.               (line 548)
+* as:                                    Import.              (line  68)
+* ascii:                                 Data types.          (line 286)
+* aSin:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* asin:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* asinh:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Aspect:                                Frames and pictures. (line  54)
+* assert:                                Data types.          (line 344)
+* assignment:                            Programming.         (line   8)
+* asy <1>:                               Import.              (line 102)
+* asy:                                   Data types.          (line 334)
+* asy-mode:                              Editing modes.       (line   6)
+* asy.vim:                               Editing modes.       (line  33)
+* asyinclude:                            LaTeX usage.         (line  46)
+* asymptote.sty:                         LaTeX usage.         (line   6)
+* asymptote.xml:                         Editing modes.       (line  49)
+* ASYMPTOTE_CONFIG:                      Options.             (line 115)
+* aTan:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* atan:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* atan2:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* atanh:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* atleast:                               Bezier curves.       (line  56)
+* attach <1>:                            graph.               (line 415)
+* attach:                                LaTeX usage.         (line  51)
+* autoadjust:                            three.               (line 359)
+* autoimport:                            Options.             (line 111)
+* automatic scaling:                     graph.               (line 682)
+* axialshade:                            fill.                (line  43)
+* axis <1>:                              graph3.              (line  66)
+* axis:                                  graph.               (line 880)
+* azimuth:                               Data types.          (line 126)
+* babel:                                 babel.               (line   6)
+* background color:                      Frames and pictures. (line 168)
+* BackView:                              three.               (line 386)
+* Bar:                                   draw.                (line  19)
+* Bar3:                                  three.               (line 548)
+* Bars:                                  draw.                (line  19)
+* Bars3:                                 three.               (line 548)
+* barsize:                               draw.                (line  19)
+* base modules:                          Base modules.        (line   6)
+* basealign:                             Pens.                (line 168)
+* baseline:                              label.               (line  91)
+* batch mode:                            Tutorial.            (line   6)
+* beep:                                  Data types.          (line 357)
+* BeginArcArrow:                         draw.                (line  26)
+* BeginArcArrow3:                        three.               (line 548)
+* BeginArrow:                            draw.                (line  26)
+* BeginArrow3:                           three.               (line 548)
+* BeginBar:                              draw.                (line  19)
+* BeginBar3:                             three.               (line 548)
+* BeginDotMargin:                        draw.                (line  42)
+* BeginDotMargin3:                       three.               (line 564)
+* BeginMargin:                           draw.                (line  42)
+* BeginMargin3:                          three.               (line 564)
+* BeginPenMargin:                        draw.                (line  42)
+* BeginPenMargin2:                       three.               (line 564)
+* BeginPenMargin3:                       three.               (line 564)
+* BeginPoint:                            label.               (line  56)
+* Bessel:                                Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* bevel:                                 flowchart.           (line  75)
+* beveljoin:                             Pens.                (line 138)
+* Bezier curves:                         Bezier curves.       (line   6)
+* bezulate:                              three.               (line 104)
+* Bi:                                    Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* Bi_deriv:                              Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* Billboard:                             three.               (line 477)
+* binary:                                Files.               (line  75)
+* binary format:                         Files.               (line  75)
+* binary operators:                      Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* binarytree:                            binarytree.          (line   6)
+* black stripes:                         three.               (line 210)
+* Blank:                                 draw.                (line  26)
+* block.bottom:                          flowchart.           (line  19)
+* block.bottomleft:                      flowchart.           (line  19)
+* block.bottomright:                     flowchart.           (line  19)
+* block.center:                          flowchart.           (line  26)
+* block.draw:                            flowchart.           (line  31)
+* block.left:                            flowchart.           (line  19)
+* block.position:                        flowchart.           (line  24)
+* block.right:                           flowchart.           (line  19)
+* block.top:                             flowchart.           (line  19)
+* block.topleft:                         flowchart.           (line  19)
+* block.topright:                        flowchart.           (line  19)
+* bool:                                  Data types.          (line  14)
+* bool3:                                 Data types.          (line  23)
+* boolean operators:                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Bottom:                                graph.               (line 134)
+* BottomTop:                             graph.               (line 140)
+* BottomView:                            three.               (line 386)
+* bounding box:                          Frames and pictures. (line 168)
+* Bounds:                                graph3.              (line  20)
+* box <1>:                               three.               (line 305)
+* box:                                   Frames and pictures. (line  22)
+* bp:                                    Tutorial.            (line  26)
+* break:                                 Programming.         (line  29)
+* breakpoints:                           Debugger.            (line  21)
+* brick:                                 Pens.                (line 251)
+* broken axis:                           graph.               (line 783)
+* bug reports:                           Help.                (line  23)
+* buildcycle:                            Paths and guides.    (line 258)
+* Button-1:                              GUI.                 (line   6)
+* Button-2:                              GUI.                 (line   6)
+* BWRainbow:                             palette.             (line  15)
+* BWRainbow2:                            palette.             (line  18)
+* C string:                              Data types.          (line 191)
+* CAD:                                   CAD.                 (line   6)
+* calculateTransform:                    Frames and pictures. (line 107)
+* camera:                                three.               (line 354)
+* casts:                                 Casts.               (line   6)
+* cbrt:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* cd:                                    Files.               (line  25)
+* ceil:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* center:                                three.               (line 338)
+* Center:                                label.               (line  61)
+* checker:                               Pens.                (line 251)
+* Chinese:                               unicode.             (line  12)
+* choose:                                Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* Ci:                                    Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* circle <1>:                            flowchart.           (line  64)
+* circle:                                three.               (line 279)
+* Circle:                                Paths and guides.    (line  17)
+* circle:                                Paths and guides.    (line  10)
+* circlebarframe:                        markers.             (line  18)
+* CJK:                                   unicode.             (line  12)
+* clamped:                               graph.               (line  37)
+* clear <1>:                             Debugger.            (line  23)
+* clear:                                 Files.               (line  92)
+* clip:                                  fill.                (line 111)
+* CLZ:                                   Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* cm:                                    Tutorial.            (line  63)
+* cmd:                                   Configuring.         (line  34)
+* cmyk:                                  Pens.                (line  34)
+* colatitude:                            Data types.          (line 131)
+* color:                                 Pens.                (line  23)
+* coloredNodes:                          tube.                (line  25)
+* coloredpath:                           tube.                (line  18)
+* coloredSegments:                       tube.                (line  25)
+* colorless:                             Pens.                (line  54)
+* colors:                                Pens.                (line  51)
+* comma:                                 Files.               (line  61)
+* comma-separated-value mode:            Arrays.              (line 362)
+* command-line options <1>:              Options.             (line   6)
+* command-line options:                  Configuring.         (line  83)
+* comment character:                     Files.               (line  16)
+* compass directions:                    Tutorial.            (line 106)
+* Compiling from UNIX source:            Compiling from UNIX source.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* complement:                            Arrays.              (line 150)
+* concat:                                Arrays.              (line 177)
+* conditional <1>:                       Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  73)
+* conditional:                           Programming.         (line   8)
+* config:                                Options.             (line 115)
+* configuration file <1>:                Options.             (line 115)
+* configuration file:                    Configuring.         (line  23)
+* configuring:                           Configuring.         (line   6)
+* conj:                                  Data types.          (line  59)
+* constructors:                          Structures.          (line  91)
+* context:                               Options.             (line 143)
+* continue <1>:                          Debugger.            (line  31)
+* continue:                              Programming.         (line  29)
+* contour:                               contour.             (line   9)
+* contour3:                              contour3.            (line   6)
+* controls <1>:                          three.               (line   6)
+* controls:                              Bezier curves.       (line  45)
+* controlSpecifier:                      Paths and guides.    (line 382)
+* convert <1>:                           Options.             (line 143)
+* convert <2>:                           animation.           (line   6)
+* convert <3>:                           Files.               (line 154)
+* convert:                               Configuring.         (line  67)
+* convertOptions:                        Options.             (line 130)
+* Coons shading:                         fill.                (line  74)
+* copy:                                  Arrays.              (line 174)
+* Cos:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* cos:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* cosh:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* cputime:                               Structures.          (line 169)
+* crop:                                  graph.               (line 636)
+* cropping graphs:                       graph.               (line 636)
+* cross <1>:                             graph.               (line 484)
+* cross:                                 Data types.          (line 169)
+* crossframe:                            markers.             (line  23)
+* crosshatch:                            Pens.                (line 267)
+* csv:                                   Arrays.              (line 362)
+* CTZ:                                   Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* cubicroots:                            Arrays.              (line 318)
+* curl <1>:                              three.               (line   6)
+* curl:                                  Bezier curves.       (line  63)
+* curlSpecifier:                         Paths and guides.    (line 394)
+* currentpen:                            Pens.                (line   6)
+* currentprojection:                     three.               (line 383)
+* curve:                                 slopefield.          (line  20)
+* custom axis types:                     graph.               (line 144)
+* custom mark routine:                   graph.               (line 576)
+* custom tick locations:                 graph.               (line 249)
+* cut:                                   Paths and guides.    (line 240)
+* cycle <1>:                             three.               (line   6)
+* cycle:                                 Tutorial.            (line  75)
+* cyclic <1>:                            three.               (line 507)
+* cyclic <2>:                            Arrays.              (line  39)
+* cyclic:                                Paths and guides.    (line  74)
+* Cyrillic:                              unicode.             (line   7)
+* dashdotted:                            Pens.                (line  95)
+* dashed:                                Pens.                (line  95)
+* data types:                            Data types.          (line   6)
+* date:                                  Data types.          (line 298)
+* Debian:                                UNIX binary distributions.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* debugger:                              Debugger.            (line   6)
+* declaration:                           Programming.         (line   8)
+* deconstruct:                           GUI usage.           (line   6)
+* default arguments:                     Default arguments.   (line   6)
+* defaultformat:                         graph.               (line 175)
+* DefaultHead:                           draw.                (line  26)
+* DefaultHead3:                          three.               (line 548)
+* defaultpen:                            Pens.                (line  46)
+* defaultrender:                         three.               (line  47)
+* deferred drawing:                      simplex.             (line   6)
+* Degrees:                               Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* degrees <1>:                           Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* degrees:                               Data types.          (line  75)
+* delete <1>:                            Arrays.              (line  39)
+* delete:                                Files.               (line 149)
+* description:                           Description.         (line   6)
+* diagonal:                              Arrays.              (line 303)
+* diamond:                               flowchart.           (line  57)
+* dimension:                             Arrays.              (line 367)
+* dir <1>:                               three.               (line 507)
+* dir <2>:                               Paths and guides.    (line  98)
+* dir <3>:                               Data types.          (line  87)
+* dir:                                   Search paths.        (line  10)
+* direction specifier:                   Bezier curves.       (line   6)
+* directory:                             Files.               (line  25)
+* dirSpecifier:                          Paths and guides.    (line 376)
+* dirtime:                               Paths and guides.    (line 155)
+* display:                               Configuring.         (line  67)
+* do:                                    Programming.         (line  29)
+* DOSendl:                               Files.               (line  61)
+* DOSnewl:                               Files.               (line  61)
+* dot <1>:                               Arrays.              (line 259)
+* dot <2>:                               Data types.          (line 100)
+* dot:                                   draw.                (line  83)
+* DotMargin:                             draw.                (line  42)
+* DotMargin3:                            three.               (line 564)
+* DotMargins:                            draw.                (line  42)
+* DotMargins3:                           three.               (line 564)
+* dotted:                                Pens.                (line  95)
+* double deferred drawing:               three.               (line 256)
+* double precision:                      Files.               (line  75)
+* Draw:                                  Frames and pictures. (line 147)
+* draw:                                  draw.                (line 110)
+* Draw:                                  draw.                (line  26)
+* draw:                                  Drawing commands.    (line  31)
+* drawing commands:                      Drawing commands.    (line   6)
+* drawline:                              math.                (line   9)
+* drawtree:                              drawtree.            (line   9)
+* dvips:                                 Configuring.         (line  67)
+* dvipsOptions:                          Options.             (line 130)
+* dvisvgm:                               Configuring.         (line  67)
+* E <1>:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* E:                                     Tutorial.            (line 106)
+* Editing modes:                         Editing modes.       (line   6)
+* Ei:                                    Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* ellipse <1>:                           Frames and pictures. (line  22)
+* ellipse:                               Paths and guides.    (line  39)
+* elliptic functions:                    Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* else:                                  Programming.         (line   8)
+* emacs:                                 Editing modes.       (line   6)
+* embed:                                 embed.               (line   6)
+* Embedded:                              three.               (line 477)
+* empty:                                 Frames and pictures. (line   7)
+* EndArcArrow:                           draw.                (line  26)
+* EndArcArrow3:                          three.               (line 548)
+* EndArrow:                              draw.                (line  26)
+* EndArrow3:                             three.               (line 548)
+* EndBar:                                draw.                (line  19)
+* EndBar3:                               three.               (line 548)
+* EndDotMargin:                          draw.                (line  42)
+* EndDotMargin3:                         three.               (line 564)
+* endl:                                  Files.               (line  61)
+* EndMargin:                             draw.                (line  42)
+* EndMargin3:                            three.               (line 564)
+* EndPenMargin:                          draw.                (line  42)
+* EndPenMargin2:                         three.               (line 564)
+* EndPenMargin3:                         three.               (line 564)
+* EndPoint:                              label.               (line  56)
+* envelope:                              Frames and pictures. (line  22)
+* environment variables:                 Configuring.         (line  87)
+* eof <1>:                               Arrays.              (line 344)
+* eof:                                   Files.               (line  92)
+* eol <1>:                               Arrays.              (line 344)
+* eol:                                   Files.               (line  92)
+* EPS <1>:                               Options.             (line 143)
+* EPS:                                   label.               (line  79)
+* erase <1>:                             Frames and pictures. (line   7)
+* erase <2>:                             Data types.          (line 241)
+* erase:                                 Tutorial.            (line  37)
+* erf:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* erfc:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* error:                                 Files.               (line  16)
+* error bars:                            graph.               (line 532)
+* errorbars:                             graph.               (line 484)
+* eval:                                  Import.              (line  98)
+* evenodd <1>:                           Pens.                (line 152)
+* evenodd:                               Tutorial.            (line 148)
+* exit <1>:                              Debugger.            (line  57)
+* exit <2>:                              Interactive mode.    (line  59)
+* exit:                                  Data types.          (line 348)
+* exp:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* expi:                                  Data types.          (line  83)
+* explicit:                              Casts.               (line   6)
+* explicit casts:                        Casts.               (line  21)
+* expm1:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* exponential integral:                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* extendcap:                             Pens.                (line 129)
+* extension <1>:                         MetaPost.            (line  10)
+* extension:                             Paths and guides.    (line 235)
+* external:                              embed.               (line  28)
+* extrude:                               three.               (line 501)
+* F:                                     Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* fabs:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* face:                                  three.               (line 589)
+* factorial:                             Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* Fedora:                                UNIX binary distributions.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* feynman:                               feynman.             (line   6)
+* fft <1>:                               math.                (line  26)
+* fft:                                   Arrays.              (line 246)
+* FFTW:                                  Compiling from UNIX source.
+                                                              (line  58)
+* file <1>:                              Debugger.            (line  45)
+* file:                                  Files.               (line   6)
+* Fill:                                  Frames and pictures. (line 133)
+* fill <1>:                              fill.                (line  17)
+* fill:                                  draw.                (line 116)
+* Fill:                                  draw.                (line  26)
+* FillDraw:                              Frames and pictures. (line 123)
+* filldraw:                              fill.                (line  11)
+* FillDraw:                              draw.                (line  26)
+* filloutside:                           fill.                (line  27)
+* fillrule:                              Pens.                (line 152)
+* find <1>:                              Arrays.              (line 159)
+* find:                                  Data types.          (line 226)
+* firstcut:                              Paths and guides.    (line 250)
+* fit:                                   Frames and pictures. (line 103)
+* fit3:                                  three.               (line 269)
+* fixedscaling:                          Frames and pictures. (line  74)
+* floor:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* flowchart:                             flowchart.           (line   6)
+* flush:                                 Files.               (line  61)
+* fmod:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* font:                                  Pens.                (line 192)
+* font command:                          Pens.                (line 192)
+* fontcommand:                           Pens.                (line 207)
+* fontsize:                              Pens.                (line 178)
+* for:                                   Programming.         (line   8)
+* format <1>:                            Options.             (line 143)
+* format:                                Data types.          (line 269)
+* forum:                                 Help.                (line   6)
+* frame:                                 Frames and pictures. (line   7)
+* freeglut:                              Compiling from UNIX source.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* from:                                  Import.              (line  17)
+* FrontView:                             three.               (line 386)
+* function declarations:                 Functions.           (line  67)
+* function shading:                      fill.                (line  96)
+* Function shading:                      fill.                (line  96)
+* functions <1>:                         Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* functions:                             Functions.           (line   6)
+* functionshade:                         fill.                (line  96)
+* gamma:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Gaussrand:                             Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* geometry:                              geometry.            (line   6)
+* getc:                                  Files.               (line  30)
+* getpair:                               Files.               (line 117)
+* getreal:                               Files.               (line 117)
+* getstring:                             Files.               (line 117)
+* gettriple:                             Files.               (line 117)
+* glOptions <1>:                         Options.             (line 130)
+* glOptions:                             three.               (line 210)
+* GNU Scientific Library:                Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* gouraudshade:                          fill.                (line  58)
+* Gradient:                              palette.             (line  25)
+* gradient shading:                      fill.                (line  32)
+* graph:                                 graph.               (line   6)
+* graph3:                                graph3.              (line   6)
+* graphic:                               label.               (line  79)
+* graphical user interface:              GUI.                 (line   6)
+* gray:                                  Pens.                (line  25)
+* Grayscale:                             palette.             (line   9)
+* grayscale:                             Pens.                (line  25)
+* grid <1>:                              graph.               (line 734)
+* grid:                                  Pens.                (line 251)
+* grid3:                                 grid3.               (line   6)
+* gs:                                    Configuring.         (line   6)
+* gsl:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* GSL:                                   Compiling from UNIX source.
+                                                              (line  58)
+* gsOptions:                             Options.             (line 130)
+* GUI:                                   GUI.                 (line   6)
+* GUI installation:                      GUI installation.    (line   6)
+* GUI usage:                             GUI usage.           (line   6)
+* guide:                                 Paths and guides.    (line 303)
+* guide3:                                three.               (line   6)
+* hatch:                                 Pens.                (line 267)
+* height:                                LaTeX usage.         (line  51)
+* help <1>:                              Debugger.            (line  30)
+* help <2>:                              Help.                (line   6)
+* help:                                  Interactive mode.    (line  44)
+* Hermite:                               graph.               (line  37)
+* Hermite(splinetype splinetype:         graph.               (line  37)
+* hex <1>:                               Pens.                (line  60)
+* hex:                                   Data types.          (line 283)
+* hexidecimal <1>:                       Pens.                (line  59)
+* hexidecimal:                           Data types.          (line 283)
+* hidden surface removal:                three.               (line 589)
+* histogram:                             Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* history <1>:                           Interactive mode.    (line  59)
+* history:                               Files.               (line 142)
+* historylines:                          Interactive mode.    (line  64)
+* HookHead:                              draw.                (line  26)
+* HookHead3:                             three.               (line 548)
+* Horizontal:                            flowchart.           (line  81)
+* hyperrefOptions:                       Options.             (line 130)
+* hypot:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* I:                                     Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* i_scaled:                              Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* iconic:                                three.               (line 210)
+* identity <1>:                          Arrays.              (line 300)
+* identity <2>:                          Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* identity:                              Transforms.          (line  24)
+* identity4:                             three.               (line 437)
+* if:                                    Programming.         (line   8)
+* IgnoreAspect:                          Frames and pictures. (line  58)
+* image:                                 palette.             (line  34)
+* ImageMagick <1>:                       Options.             (line 143)
+* ImageMagick <2>:                       animation.           (line   6)
+* ImageMagick:                           Configuring.         (line  67)
+* images:                                palette.             (line   6)
+* implicit casts:                        Casts.               (line   6)
+* implicit linear solver:                MetaPost.            (line  10)
+* implicit scaling:                      Implicit scaling.    (line   6)
+* import:                                Import.              (line  46)
+* inches:                                Tutorial.            (line  63)
+* include:                               Import.              (line 127)
+* including images:                      label.               (line  79)
+* increasing:                            math.                (line  59)
+* inf:                                   Data types.          (line  33)
+* inheritance:                           Structures.          (line 181)
+* initialized:                           Arrays.              (line  39)
+* initializers:                          Variable initializers.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* inline:                                LaTeX usage.         (line  51)
+* InOutTicks:                            graph3.              (line  34)
+* input <1>:                             Interactive mode.    (line  48)
+* input:                                 Files.               (line  10)
+* insert <1>:                            Arrays.              (line  39)
+* insert:                                Data types.          (line 237)
+* inside:                                Paths and guides.    (line 282)
+* inst:                                  Debugger.            (line  36)
+* installation:                          Installation.        (line   6)
+* int:                                   Data types.          (line  28)
+* integer division:                      Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* interactive mode:                      Interactive mode.    (line   6)
+* interior:                              Paths and guides.    (line 278)
+* international characters:              unicode.             (line   6)
+* interp:                                Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  76)
+* interpolate:                           interpolate.         (line   6)
+* intersect <1>:                         three.               (line 507)
+* intersect <2>:                         math.                (line  13)
+* intersect:                             Paths and guides.    (line 184)
+* intersectionpoint <1>:                 three.               (line 507)
+* intersectionpoint <2>:                 math.                (line  17)
+* intersectionpoint:                     Paths and guides.    (line 227)
+* intersectionpoints <1>:                three.               (line 507)
+* intersectionpoints:                    Paths and guides.    (line 231)
+* intersections <1>:                     three.               (line 507)
+* intersections:                         Paths and guides.    (line 195)
+* InTicks:                               graph3.              (line  34)
+* intMax:                                Data types.          (line  28)
+* intMin:                                Data types.          (line  28)
+* inverse <1>:                           Arrays.              (line 306)
+* inverse:                               Transforms.          (line  16)
+* invert:                                three.               (line 427)
+* invisible:                             Pens.                (line  39)
+* isnan:                                 Data types.          (line  33)
+* J:                                     Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Japanese:                              unicode.             (line  12)
+* K:                                     Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* k_scaled:                              Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* Kate:                                  Editing modes.       (line  49)
+* KDE editor:                            Editing modes.       (line  49)
+* keepAspect <1>:                        LaTeX usage.         (line  51)
+* keepAspect:                            Frames and pictures. (line  54)
+* keyboard bindings::                    three.               (line 169)
+* keys:                                  Arrays.              (line  39)
+* keyword:                               Named arguments.     (line  37)
+* keyword-only:                          Named arguments.     (line  37)
+* keywords:                              Named arguments.     (line   6)
+* Korean:                                unicode.             (line  12)
+* label:                                 three.               (line 471)
+* Label <1>:                             graph.               (line 342)
+* Label:                                 label.               (line  14)
+* label:                                 clip.                (line  16)
+* Label:                                 draw.                (line  98)
+* labelpath:                             labelpath.           (line   6)
+* labelpath3:                            labelpath3.          (line   6)
+* labelx:                                graph.               (line 342)
+* labely:                                graph.               (line 342)
+* Landscape:                             Frames and pictures. (line  95)
+* lastcut:                               Paths and guides.    (line 254)
+* lasy-mode:                             Editing modes.       (line   6)
+* latex:                                 Options.             (line 143)
+* LaTeX fonts:                           Pens.                (line 192)
+* LaTeX usage:                           LaTeX usage.         (line   6)
+* latexmk:                               LaTeX usage.         (line  30)
+* latin1:                                latin1.              (line   6)
+* latitude:                              Data types.          (line 136)
+* latticeshade:                          fill.                (line  32)
+* layer:                                 Drawing commands.    (line  16)
+* leastsquares <1>:                      graph.               (line 902)
+* leastsquares:                          stats.               (line   6)
+* Left:                                  graph.               (line 284)
+* LeftRight:                             graph.               (line 290)
+* LeftSide:                              label.               (line  61)
+* LeftTicks:                             graph.               (line 161)
+* LeftView:                              three.               (line 386)
+* legend <1>:                            graph.               (line 431)
+* legend <2>:                            draw.                (line  64)
+* legend:                                Drawing commands.    (line  31)
+* Legendre:                              Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* length <1>:                            three.               (line 507)
+* length <2>:                            Arrays.              (line  39)
+* length <3>:                            Paths and guides.    (line  65)
+* length:                                Data types.          (line  62)
+* letter:                                Configuring.         (line  61)
+* lexorder:                              math.                (line  68)
+* libm routines:                         Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* libsigsegv <1>:                        Help.                (line  33)
+* libsigsegv:                            Functions.           (line  88)
+* limits:                                graph.               (line 636)
+* line:                                  Arrays.              (line 344)
+* line mode:                             Arrays.              (line 344)
+* Linear:                                graph.               (line 682)
+* linecap:                               Pens.                (line 129)
+* linejoin:                              Pens.                (line 138)
+* lineskip:                              Pens.                (line 178)
+* linetype:                              Pens.                (line 115)
+* linewidth:                             Pens.                (line 119)
+* locale:                                Data types.          (line 293)
+* Log:                                   graph.               (line 682)
+* log:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* log-log graph:                         graph.               (line 713)
+* log10:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* log1p:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* log2 graph:                            graph.               (line 763)
+* logarithmic graph:                     graph.               (line 713)
+* logical operators:                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* longdashdotted:                        Pens.                (line  95)
+* longdashed:                            Pens.                (line  95)
+* longitude:                             Data types.          (line 141)
+* loop:                                  Programming.         (line   8)
+* MacOS X binary distributions:          MacOS X binary distributions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* makepen:                               Pens.                (line 300)
+* map:                                   Arrays.              (line 141)
+* Margin:                                draw.                (line  42)
+* Margin3:                               three.               (line 564)
+* margins:                               three.               (line 262)
+* Margins:                               draw.                (line  42)
+* Margins3:                              three.               (line 564)
+* mark:                                  graph.               (line 484)
+* markangle:                             markers.             (line  38)
+* marker:                                graph.               (line 484)
+* markers:                               markers.             (line   6)
+* marknodes:                             graph.               (line 484)
+* markuniform:                           graph.               (line 484)
+* mask:                                  Data types.          (line  33)
+* math:                                  math.                (line   6)
+* mathematical functions:                Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* max <1>:                               three.               (line 507)
+* max <2>:                               Arrays.              (line 225)
+* max <3>:                               Frames and pictures. (line   7)
+* max:                                   Paths and guides.    (line 267)
+* maxbound:                              Data types.          (line 106)
+* maxtile:                               three.               (line 210)
+* maxtimes:                              Paths and guides.    (line 222)
+* maxviewport:                           three.               (line 210)
+* MetaPost:                              MetaPost.            (line   6)
+* MetaPost ... :                         Bezier curves.       (line  67)
+* MetaPost cutafter:                     Paths and guides.    (line 255)
+* MetaPost cutbefore:                    Paths and guides.    (line 251)
+* MetaPost pickup:                       Pens.                (line   6)
+* MetaPost whatever:                     MetaPost.            (line  10)
+* Microsoft Windows:                     Microsoft Windows.   (line   6)
+* MidArcArrow:                           draw.                (line  26)
+* MidArcArrow3:                          three.               (line 548)
+* MidArrow:                              draw.                (line  26)
+* MidArrow3:                             three.               (line 548)
+* midpoint:                              Paths and guides.    (line 169)
+* MidPoint:                              label.               (line  56)
+* min <1>:                               three.               (line 507)
+* min <2>:                               Arrays.              (line 218)
+* min <3>:                               Frames and pictures. (line   7)
+* min:                                   Paths and guides.    (line 263)
+* minbound:                              Data types.          (line 103)
+* minipage:                              label.               (line 118)
+* mintimes:                              Paths and guides.    (line 217)
+* miterjoin:                             Pens.                (line 138)
+* miterlimit:                            Pens.                (line 147)
+* mktemp:                                Files.               (line  44)
+* mm:                                    Tutorial.            (line  63)
+* mode:                                  Files.               (line  75)
+* monotonic:                             graph.               (line  37)
+* mouse:                                 GUI.                 (line   6)
+* mouse bindings:                        three.               (line 137)
+* Move:                                  Pens.                (line 339)
+* MoveQuiet:                             Pens.                (line 345)
+* multisample:                           three.               (line 127)
+* multisampling:                         Compiling from UNIX source.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* N:                                     Tutorial.            (line 106)
+* name:                                  Files.               (line  88)
+* named arguments:                       Named arguments.     (line   6)
+* natural:                               graph.               (line  37)
+* new <1>:                               Arrays.              (line 109)
+* new:                                   Structures.          (line   6)
+* newframe:                              Frames and pictures. (line   7)
+* newl:                                  Files.               (line  61)
+* newton:                                Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  66)
+* next:                                  Debugger.            (line  42)
+* NFSS:                                  Pens.                (line 192)
+* nobasealign:                           Pens.                (line 168)
+* NoFill <1>:                            Frames and pictures. (line 141)
+* NoFill:                                draw.                (line  26)
+* NoMargin:                              draw.                (line  42)
+* NoMargin3:                             three.               (line 564)
+* none:                                  Files.               (line  61)
+* None:                                  draw.                (line  19)
+* normal:                                three.               (line 493)
+* nosafe:                                Options.             (line 163)
+* NOT:                                   Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* notaknot:                              graph.               (line  37)
+* NoTicks:                               graph.               (line 161)
+* NoTicks3:                              graph3.              (line  34)
+* null:                                  Structures.          (line   6)
+* nullpen <1>:                           Frames and pictures. (line 127)
+* nullpen:                               label.               (line  14)
+* NURBS:                                 three.               (line 363)
+* O:                                     three.               (line 274)
+* obj:                                   obj.                 (line   9)
+* oblique:                               three.               (line 319)
+* obliqueX:                              three.               (line 327)
+* obliqueY:                              three.               (line 334)
+* obliqueZ:                              three.               (line 319)
+* ode:                                   ode.                 (line   9)
+* offset <1>:                            Options.             (line 168)
+* offset:                                Pens.                (line 115)
+* OmitTick:                              graph.               (line 239)
+* OmitTickInterval:                      graph.               (line 239)
+* OmitTickIntervals:                     graph.               (line 239)
+* opacity:                               Pens.                (line 222)
+* open:                                  Files.               (line  12)
+* OpenGL:                                three.               (line 127)
+* operator:                              User-defined operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* operator --:                           graph.               (line  31)
+* operator ..:                           graph.               (line  34)
+* operator answer:                       Interactive mode.    (line  37)
+* operator cast:                         Casts.               (line  30)
+* operator ecast:                        Casts.               (line  57)
+* operator init <1>:                     Structures.          (line 134)
+* operator init:                         Variable initializers.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* operators:                             Operators.           (line   6)
+* options:                               Options.             (line   6)
+* OR:                                    Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* orientation:                           Frames and pictures. (line  95)
+* orthographic:                          three.               (line 338)
+* outformat:                             three.               (line 127)
+* outprefix:                             Frames and pictures. (line  83)
+* output <1>:                            Options.             (line 143)
+* output:                                Files.               (line  36)
+* OutTicks:                              graph3.              (line  34)
+* overloading functions:                 Functions.           (line  44)
+* overwrite:                             Pens.                (line 324)
+* P:                                     Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* pack:                                  label.               (line 101)
+* packing:                               Rest arguments.      (line  30)
+* pair <1>:                              Data types.          (line  43)
+* pair:                                  Tutorial.            (line  51)
+* pairs:                                 Arrays.              (line 242)
+* paperheight:                           Configuring.         (line  61)
+* papertype:                             Configuring.         (line  61)
+* paperwidth:                            Configuring.         (line  61)
+* parallelogram:                         flowchart.           (line  50)
+* parametric surface:                    graph3.              (line 100)
+* parametrized curve:                    graph.               (line 636)
+* partialsum:                            math.                (line  53)
+* patch-dependent colors:                three.               (line  81)
+* path <1>:                              flowchart.           (line  81)
+* path <2>:                              three.               (line  43)
+* path:                                  Paths and guides.    (line   7)
+* path markers:                          graph.               (line 484)
+* path3:                                 three.               (line   6)
+* path[]:                                Tutorial.            (line 134)
+* patterns <1>:                          patterns.            (line   6)
+* patterns:                              Pens.                (line 238)
+* PDF:                                   Options.             (line 143)
+* pdflatex:                              Options.             (line 143)
+* pdfviewer:                             Configuring.         (line   6)
+* pdfviewerOptions:                      Options.             (line 130)
+* pen:                                   Pens.                (line   6)
+* PenMargin:                             draw.                (line  42)
+* PenMargin2:                            three.               (line 564)
+* PenMargin3:                            three.               (line 564)
+* PenMargins:                            draw.                (line  42)
+* PenMargins2:                           three.               (line 564)
+* PenMargins3:                           three.               (line 564)
+* periodic:                              graph.               (line  37)
+* perl:                                  LaTeX usage.         (line  30)
+* perpendicular:                         geometry.            (line   6)
+* perspective:                           three.               (line 363)
+* picture:                               Frames and pictures. (line  35)
+* picture alignment:                     Frames and pictures. (line 209)
+* piecewisestraight:                     Paths and guides.    (line  81)
+* pixel:                                 three.               (line 571)
+* Pl:                                    Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* plain:                                 plain.               (line   6)
+* planar:                                three.               (line  89)
+* plane:                                 three.               (line 301)
+* planeproject:                          three.               (line 490)
+* point <1>:                             three.               (line 507)
+* point:                                 Paths and guides.    (line  84)
+* polar:                                 Data types.          (line 121)
+* polargraph:                            graph.               (line  90)
+* polygon:                               graph.               (line 484)
+* pop:                                   Arrays.              (line  39)
+* Portrait:                              Frames and pictures. (line  95)
+* postcontrol <1>:                       three.               (line 507)
+* postcontrol:                           Paths and guides.    (line 135)
+* postfix operators:                     Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* postscript:                            Frames and pictures. (line 271)
+* PostScript fonts:                      Pens.                (line 210)
+* PostScript subpath:                    Tutorial.            (line 134)
+* pow10:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* prc:                                   three.               (line 231)
+* precision:                             Files.               (line  92)
+* precontrol <1>:                        three.               (line 507)
+* precontrol:                            Paths and guides.    (line 128)
+* prefix operators:                      Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* private:                               Structures.          (line   6)
+* programming:                           Programming.         (line   6)
+* pstoedit:                              PostScript to Asymptote.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* psview:                                Microsoft Windows.   (line  16)
+* psviewer:                              Configuring.         (line   6)
+* psviewerOptions:                       Options.             (line 130)
+* pt:                                    Tutorial.            (line  63)
+* public:                                Structures.          (line   6)
+* push:                                  Arrays.              (line  39)
+* Python usage:                          Interactive mode.    (line  80)
+* quadraticroots:                        Arrays.              (line 309)
+* quarticroots:                          math.                (line  22)
+* quick reference:                       Description.         (line  80)
+* quit <1>:                              Debugger.            (line  54)
+* quit <2>:                              Interactive mode.    (line  59)
+* quit:                                  Tutorial.            (line  37)
+* quote:                                 Import.              (line 116)
+* quotient:                              Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* RadialShade:                           Frames and pictures. (line 159)
+* radialshade:                           fill.                (line  49)
+* RadialShadeDraw:                       Frames and pictures. (line 163)
+* radians:                               Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* radius <1>:                            three.               (line 507)
+* radius:                                Paths and guides.    (line 124)
+* Rainbow:                               palette.             (line  12)
+* rand:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* randMax:                               Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* read:                                  Arrays.              (line 385)
+* reading:                               Files.               (line  12)
+* reading string arrays:                 Arrays.              (line 354)
+* readline:                              Files.               (line 134)
+* real:                                  Data types.          (line  33)
+* realDigits:                            Data types.          (line  33)
+* realEpsilon:                           Data types.          (line  33)
+* realMax:                               Data types.          (line  33)
+* realMin:                               Data types.          (line  33)
+* realmult:                              Data types.          (line  97)
+* rectangle:                             flowchart.           (line  37)
+* recursion:                             Functions.           (line  88)
+* reference:                             Description.         (line  80)
+* reflect:                               Transforms.          (line  51)
+* Relative:                              label.               (line  51)
+* relpoint:                              Paths and guides.    (line 165)
+* reltime:                               Paths and guides.    (line 161)
+* remainder:                             Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* rename:                                Files.               (line 151)
+* render <1>:                            Options.             (line 143)
+* render:                                three.               (line  47)
+* replace:                               Data types.          (line 254)
+* resetdefaultpen:                       Pens.                (line 353)
+* rest arguments:                        Rest arguments.      (line   6)
+* restore:                               Frames and pictures. (line 265)
+* restricted:                            Structures.          (line   6)
+* return:                                Debugger.            (line  48)
+* reverse <1>:                           three.               (line 507)
+* reverse <2>:                           Arrays.              (line 146)
+* reverse <3>:                           Paths and guides.    (line 172)
+* reverse:                               Data types.          (line 250)
+* rewind:                                Files.               (line  92)
+* rfind:                                 Data types.          (line 231)
+* rgb:                                   Pens.                (line  30)
+* Riemann zeta function:                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* Right:                                 graph.               (line 287)
+* RightSide:                             label.               (line  61)
+* RightTicks:                            graph.               (line 161)
+* RightView:                             three.               (line 386)
+* rotate:                                three.               (line 458)
+* Rotate:                                label.               (line  36)
+* Rotate(pair z):                        label.               (line  39)
+* round:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* roundcap:                              Pens.                (line 129)
+* roundedpath:                           roundedpath.         (line   6)
+* roundjoin:                             Pens.                (line 138)
+* roundrectangle:                        flowchart.           (line  69)
+* RPM:                                   UNIX binary distributions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* runtime imports:                       Import.              (line  98)
+* Russian:                               unicode.             (line   7)
+* S:                                     Tutorial.            (line 106)
+* safe:                                  Options.             (line 163)
+* save:                                  Frames and pictures. (line 262)
+* saveline:                              Files.               (line 134)
+* scale:                                 three.               (line 457)
+* Scale:                                 graph.               (line 698)
+* scale <1>:                             graph.               (line 682)
+* scale <2>:                             Transforms.          (line  39)
+* scale:                                 Pens.                (line 115)
+* Scale:                                 label.               (line  45)
+* scale3:                                three.               (line 454)
+* scaled graph:                          graph.               (line 663)
+* scientific graph:                      graph.               (line 396)
+* scroll:                                Files.               (line 108)
+* search:                                Arrays.              (line 164)
+* search paths:                          Search paths.        (line   6)
+* Seascape:                              Frames and pictures. (line 100)
+* secondary axis:                        graph.               (line 813)
+* secondaryX:                            graph.               (line 813)
+* secondaryY:                            graph.               (line 813)
+* seconds:                               Data types.          (line 306)
+* seek:                                  Files.               (line  92)
+* seekeof:                               Files.               (line  92)
+* segment:                               math.                (line  50)
+* segmentation fault:                    Help.                (line  33)
+* self operators:                        Self & prefix operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* sequence:                              Arrays.              (line 128)
+* settings <1>:                          Options.             (line 115)
+* settings:                              Configuring.         (line  23)
+* sgn:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* shading:                               fill.                (line  32)
+* shift <1>:                             three.               (line 442)
+* shift:                                 Transforms.          (line  27)
+* Shift:                                 label.               (line  33)
+* shiftless:                             Transforms.          (line  53)
+* shipout:                               Frames and pictures. (line  83)
+* showtarget:                            three.               (line 338)
+* Si:                                    Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* signedint:                             Files.               (line  75)
+* SimpleHead:                            draw.                (line  26)
+* simplex:                               simplex.             (line   6)
+* simpson:                               Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  82)
+* Sin:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* sin:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* single precision:                      Files.               (line  75)
+* singleint:                             Files.               (line  75)
+* singlereal:                            Files.               (line  75)
+* sinh:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* SixViews:                              three.               (line 401)
+* SixViewsFR:                            three.               (line 401)
+* SixViewsUS:                            three.               (line 401)
+* size <1>:                              Options.             (line 143)
+* size <2>:                              three.               (line 507)
+* size <3>:                              Frames and pictures. (line  43)
+* size:                                  Paths and guides.    (line  70)
+* size3:                                 three.               (line 259)
+* slant:                                 Transforms.          (line  45)
+* Slant:                                 label.               (line  42)
+* sleep:                                 Data types.          (line 351)
+* slice:                                 Paths and guides.    (line 240)
+* slices:                                Slices.              (line   6)
+* slide:                                 slide.               (line   6)
+* slope:                                 math.                (line  44)
+* slopefield:                            slopefield.          (line   6)
+* sndncn:                                Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* solid:                                 Pens.                (line  95)
+* solids:                                solids.              (line   9)
+* solve:                                 Arrays.              (line 278)
+* sort:                                  Arrays.              (line 184)
+* Spline <1>:                            graph3.              (line 100)
+* Spline:                                graph.               (line  34)
+* split:                                 Data types.          (line 263)
+* sqrt:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* squarecap:                             Pens.                (line 129)
+* srand:                                 Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* stack overflow <1>:                    Help.                (line  33)
+* stack overflow:                        Functions.           (line  88)
+* static:                                Static.              (line   6)
+* stats:                                 stats.               (line   6)
+* stdin:                                 Files.               (line  48)
+* stdout:                                Files.               (line  48)
+* step:                                  Debugger.            (line  39)
+* stickframe:                            markers.             (line  16)
+* stop:                                  Debugger.            (line  10)
+* straight:                              three.               (line 507)
+* Straight:                              graph.               (line  31)
+* straight:                              Paths and guides.    (line  77)
+* strftime:                              Data types.          (line 298)
+* string:                                Data types.          (line 181)
+* stroke:                                fill.                (line  36)
+* strokepath:                            Paths and guides.    (line 297)
+* strptime:                              Data types.          (line 306)
+* struct:                                Structures.          (line   6)
+* structures:                            Structures.          (line   6)
+* subpath <1>:                           three.               (line 507)
+* subpath:                               Paths and guides.    (line 175)
+* subpictures:                           Frames and pictures. (line 103)
+* substr:                                Data types.          (line 246)
+* Subversion:                            Subversion.          (line   6)
+* sum:                                   Arrays.              (line 213)
+* superpath:                             Tutorial.            (line 134)
+* Suppress:                              Pens.                (line 331)
+* SuppressQuiet:                         Pens.                (line 335)
+* surface <1>:                           graph3.              (line 100)
+* surface:                               three.               (line  47)
+* SVG:                                   Options.             (line 143)
+* SVN:                                   Subversion.          (line   6)
+* system <1>:                            Options.             (line 163)
+* system:                                Data types.          (line 328)
+* syzygy:                                syzygy.              (line   6)
+* tab:                                   Files.               (line  61)
+* tab completion:                        Tutorial.            (line  37)
+* Tan:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* tan:                                   Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* tanh:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* target:                                three.               (line 338)
+* tell:                                  Files.               (line  92)
+* tension <1>:                           three.               (line   6)
+* tension:                               Bezier curves.       (line  56)
+* tensionSpecifier:                      Paths and guides.    (line 388)
+* tensor product shading:                fill.                (line  74)
+* tensorshade:                           fill.                (line  74)
+* tex <1>:                               Options.             (line 143)
+* tex:                                   Frames and pictures. (line 278)
+* TeX fonts:                             Pens.                (line 201)
+* TeX string:                            Data types.          (line 181)
+* texcommand:                            Configuring.         (line  67)
+* TeXHead:                               draw.                (line  26)
+* TeXHead3:                              three.               (line 548)
+* texpath <1>:                           label.               (line 115)
+* texpath:                               Configuring.         (line  67)
+* texpreamble:                           Frames and pictures. (line 286)
+* texreset:                              Frames and pictures. (line 289)
+* textbook graph:                        graph.               (line 371)
+* tgz:                                   UNIX binary distributions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* thick:                                 three.               (line 110)
+* thin:                                  three.               (line 110)
+* this:                                  Structures.          (line   6)
+* three:                                 three.               (line   6)
+* ThreeViews:                            three.               (line 401)
+* ThreeViewsFR:                          three.               (line 401)
+* ThreeViewsUS:                          three.               (line 401)
+* tick:                                  graph.               (line 342)
+* Ticks:                                 graph.               (line 161)
+* ticks:                                 graph.               (line 161)
+* tildeframe:                            markers.             (line  26)
+* tile:                                  Pens.                (line 251)
+* tilings:                               Pens.                (line 238)
+* time <1>:                              math.                (line  30)
+* time:                                  Data types.          (line 298)
+* times:                                 Paths and guides.    (line 209)
+* Top:                                   graph.               (line 137)
+* TopView:                               three.               (line 386)
+* trace:                                 Debugger.            (line  51)
+* trailingzero:                          graph.               (line 175)
+* transform <1>:                         three.               (line 482)
+* transform:                             Transforms.          (line   6)
+* transform3:                            three.               (line 437)
+* transparency:                          Pens.                (line 222)
+* transpose:                             Arrays.              (line 205)
+* tree:                                  tree.                (line   9)
+* trembling:                             trembling.           (line   6)
+* triangle:                              geometry.            (line   6)
+* triangulate:                           contour.             (line 157)
+* tridiagonal:                           Arrays.              (line 266)
+* trigonometric integrals:               Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* triple:                                Data types.          (line 110)
+* TrueMargin:                            draw.                (line  42)
+* TrueMargin3:                           three.               (line 564)
+* tube <1>:                              tube.                (line   6)
+* tube:                                  three.               (line 110)
+* tutorial:                              Tutorial.            (line   6)
+* type1cm:                               Pens.                (line 178)
+* typedef <1>:                           Functions.           (line  36)
+* typedef:                               Data types.          (line 361)
+* U3D:                                   embed.               (line  38)
+* undefined:                             Paths and guides.    (line 271)
+* UnFill:                                Frames and pictures. (line 152)
+* unfill:                                fill.                (line 106)
+* UnFill:                                draw.                (line  26)
+* unicode:                               unicode.             (line   6)
+* uniform:                               Arrays.              (line 155)
+* Uninstall:                             Uninstall.           (line   6)
+* unique:                                math.                (line  64)
+* unit:                                  Data types.          (line  80)
+* unitbox <1>:                           three.               (line 307)
+* unitbox:                               Tutorial.            (line 155)
+* unitcircle <1>:                        three.               (line 274)
+* unitcircle:                            Tutorial.            (line 128)
+* unitrand:                              Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* unitsize <1>:                          Frames and pictures. (line  64)
+* unitsize:                              Tutorial.            (line  86)
+* UNIX binary distributions:             UNIX binary distributions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* unpacking:                             Rest arguments.      (line  39)
+* unravel:                               Import.              (line  30)
+* up:                                    three.               (line 338)
+* update:                                Files.               (line  36)
+* UpsideDown:                            Frames and pictures. (line  95)
+* usepackage:                            Frames and pictures. (line 291)
+* user coordinates:                      Tutorial.            (line  86)
+* user-defined operators:                User-defined operators.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* usleep:                                Data types.          (line 354)
+* value:                                 math.                (line  38)
+* var:                                   Variable initializers.
+                                                              (line  63)
+* variable initializers:                 Variable initializers.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* vectorfield:                           graph.               (line 975)
+* vectorfield3:                          graph3.              (line 159)
+* vectorization:                         Arrays.              (line 323)
+* verbatim:                              Frames and pictures. (line 271)
+* vertex-dependent colors:               three.               (line  81)
+* Vertical:                              flowchart.           (line  81)
+* viewportheight:                        LaTeX usage.         (line  51)
+* viewportmargin:                        three.               (line 262)
+* viewportsize:                          three.               (line 262)
+* viewportwidth:                         LaTeX usage.         (line  51)
+* views:                                 three.               (line 231)
+* vim:                                   Editing modes.       (line  33)
+* virtual functions:                     Structures.          (line 181)
+* void:                                  Data types.          (line  10)
+* W:                                     Tutorial.            (line 106)
+* whatever:                              Paths and guides.    (line 235)
+* Wheel:                                 palette.             (line  22)
+* wheel mouse:                           GUI.                 (line   6)
+* while:                                 Programming.         (line  29)
+* white-space string delimiter mode:     Arrays.              (line 354)
+* width:                                 LaTeX usage.         (line  51)
+* windingnumber:                         Paths and guides.    (line 271)
+* word:                                  Arrays.              (line 354)
+* write <1>:                             Arrays.              (line 394)
+* write:                                 Files.               (line  53)
+* X:                                     three.               (line 274)
+* xasy:                                  GUI.                 (line   6)
+* xaxis3:                                graph3.              (line   7)
+* xdr:                                   Files.               (line  75)
+* xelatex <1>:                           Options.             (line 143)
+* xelatex:                               embed.               (line  10)
+* xequals:                               graph.               (line 294)
+* XEquals:                               graph.               (line 280)
+* xlimits:                               graph.               (line 636)
+* XOR:                                   Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* xpart:                                 Data types.          (line  91)
+* xscale:                                Transforms.          (line  33)
+* xscale3:                               three.               (line 445)
+* xtick:                                 graph.               (line 342)
+* XY:                                    three.               (line 467)
+* XYEquals:                              graph3.              (line  20)
+* XYZero:                                graph3.              (line  20)
+* XZEquals:                              graph3.              (line  20)
+* XZero:                                 graph.               (line 275)
+* XZZero:                                graph3.              (line  20)
+* Y <1>:                                 three.               (line 274)
+* Y:                                     Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* yaxis3:                                graph3.              (line   7)
+* yequals:                               graph.               (line 294)
+* YEquals:                               graph.               (line 130)
+* ylimits:                               graph.               (line 636)
+* ypart:                                 Data types.          (line  94)
+* yscale:                                Transforms.          (line  36)
+* yscale3:                               three.               (line 448)
+* ytick:                                 graph.               (line 342)
+* YX:                                    three.               (line 482)
+* YZ:                                    three.               (line 482)
+* YZEquals:                              graph3.              (line  20)
+* YZero:                                 graph.               (line 125)
+* YZZero:                                graph3.              (line  20)
+* Z:                                     three.               (line 274)
+* zaxis3:                                graph3.              (line   7)
+* zero_Ai:                               Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* zero_Ai_deriv:                         Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* zero_Bi:                               Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* zero_Bi_deriv:                         Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* zero_J:                                Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* zerowinding:                           Pens.                (line 152)
+* zeta:                                  Mathematical functions.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* zpart:                                 Data types.          (line 163)
+* zscale3:                               three.               (line 451)
+* ZX:                                    three.               (line 482)
+* ZY:                                    three.               (line 482)
+* |:                                     Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  62)
+* ||:                                    Arithmetic & logical.
+                                                              (line  59)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top575
+Node: Description6834
+Node: Installation10450
+Node: UNIX binary distributions11503
+Node: MacOS X binary distributions12609
+Node: Microsoft Windows13493
+Ref: psview14203
+Node: Configuring15135
+Node: Search paths19349
+Node: Compiling from UNIX source20191
+Ref: multisampling20781
+Node: Editing modes23176
+Node: Subversion25608
+Node: Uninstall26071
+Node: Tutorial26421
+Ref: unitcircle30719
+Node: Drawing commands32655
+Node: draw34366
+Ref: arrows35514
+Node: fill40757
+Ref: gradient shading41801
+Node: clip46029
+Node: label46621
+Ref: Label47219
+Node: Bezier curves53022
+Node: Programming56599
+Ref: array iteration57413
+Node: Data types58494
+Ref: format67691
+Node: Paths and guides71944
+Ref: circle72198
+Ref: extension81622
+Node: Pens88305
+Ref: fillrule95673
+Ref: basealign96570
+Ref: transparency99396
+Ref: makepen102839
+Ref: overwrite103677
+Node: Transforms104887
+Node: Frames and pictures106678
+Ref: envelope107819
+Ref: size108902
+Ref: unitsize109889
+Ref: shipout110949
+Ref: filltype113282
+Ref: add116419
+Ref: add about117365
+Ref: tex120303
+Node: Files121177
+Ref: cd122160
+Ref: scroll126834
+Node: Variable initializers129749
+Node: Structures132474
+Node: Operators139918
+Node: Arithmetic & logical140232
+Node: Self & prefix operators142205
+Node: User-defined operators142993
+Node: Implicit scaling143904
+Node: Functions144467
+Ref: stack overflow147220
+Node: Default arguments147784
+Node: Named arguments148523
+Node: Rest arguments151094
+Node: Mathematical functions154215
+Node: Arrays158880
+Ref: sort165869
+Ref: tridiagonal168273
+Ref: solve169501
+Node: Slices173694
+Node: Casts177584
+Node: Import179549
+Node: Static184786
+Node: LaTeX usage187680
+Node: Base modules194092
+Node: plain196592
+Node: simplex197244
+Node: math197517
+Node: interpolate200222
+Node: geometry200501
+Node: trembling201095
+Node: stats201446
+Node: patterns201706
+Node: markers201942
+Node: tree203725
+Node: binarytree203913
+Node: drawtree204502
+Node: syzygy204706
+Node: feynman204980
+Node: roundedpath205255
+Node: animation205538
+Ref: animate205958
+Node: embed207097
+Node: slide208700
+Node: MetaPost209040
+Node: unicode209756
+Node: latin1210644
+Node: babel211012
+Node: labelpath211241
+Node: labelpath3212061
+Node: annotate212372
+Node: CAD212843
+Node: graph213153
+Ref: ticks220282
+Ref: pathmarkers233576
+Ref: marker234041
+Ref: markuniform234392
+Ref: errorbars236183
+Ref: automatic scaling240239
+Node: palette250885
+Ref: images251003
+Ref: image255175
+Ref: logimage255653
+Ref: penimage256714
+Ref: penfunctionimage256935
+Node: three257659
+Ref: PostScript3D282639
+Node: obj284331
+Node: graph3284583
+Ref: GaussianSurface289708
+Node: grid3290812
+Node: solids291552
+Node: tube292500
+Node: flowchart294735
+Node: contour299304
+Node: contour3304429
+Node: slopefield304736
+Node: ode306173
+Node: Options306433
+Ref: configuration file312421
+Ref: settings312421
+Ref: convert313622
+Node: Interactive mode316589
+Ref: history318742
+Node: GUI320047
+Node: GUI installation320550
+Node: GUI usage321680
+Node: PostScript to Asymptote322583
+Node: Help323339
+Node: Debugger325075
+Node: Credits326860
+Node: Index327792
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/dir b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/dir
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9132b9981a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/dir
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the
+topmost node of the Info hierarchy, called (dir)Top.
+The first time you invoke Info you start off looking at this node.
+
+File: dir,	Node: Top	This is the top of the INFO tree
+
+  This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics.
+  Typing "q" exits, "?" lists all Info commands, "d" returns here,
+  "h" gives a primer for first-timers,
+  "mEmacs<Return>" visits the Emacs manual, etc.
+
+  In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference
+  to select it.
+
+* Menu:
+
+Science
+* Asymptote: (asymptote).       Vector graphics language.
+* Asymptote FAQ: (asy-faq).     FAQ for Asymptote.
+ 
+TeX
+* Dvipng: (dvipng).             DVI to Portable Network Graphics (PNG).
+* Dvips: (dvips).               Translating TeX DVI files to PostScript.
+* Eplain: (eplain).             Expanding on plain TeX.
+* EpsPDF: (epspdf).             Portable GUI&cmdline EPS/PS/PDF conversion.
+* Kpathsea: (kpathsea).         File lookup along search paths.
+* LaTeX2e: (latex2e).           LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual.
+* LaTeX2e-es: (latex2e-es).     Spanish translation of LaTeX2e.
+* Mf2pt1: (mf2pt1).             Make PostScript Type 1 fonts from Metafont.
+* Naming TeX fonts: (fontname). Filenames for TeX fonts.
+* TDS: (tds).                   Standard TeX directory structure.
+* TeXDraw: (texdraw).           Drawing PostScript diagrams within TeX.
+* Web2C: (web2c).               TeX, Metafont, and companion programs.
+
+Individual utilities
+* afm2tfm: (dvips)Invoking afm2tfm.          Adobe to TeX font metrics.
+* bibtex: (web2c)bibtex invocation.          Managing bibliographies.
+* dmp: (web2c)dmp invocation.                Troff->MPX (MetaPost pictures).
+* dvicopy: (web2c)dvicopy invocation.        Virtual font expansion.
+* dvitomp: (web2c)dvitomp invocation.        DVI to MPX (MetaPost pictures).
+* dvitype: (web2c)dvitype invocation.        DVI to human-readable text.
+* gftodvi: (web2c)gftodvi invocation.        Generic font proofsheets.
+* gftopk: (web2c)gftopk invocation.          Generic to packed fonts.
+* gftype: (web2c)gftype invocation.          GF to human-readable text.
+* kpsewhich: (kpathsea)Invoking kpsewhich.   TeX file searching.
+* latex2man: (latex2man)Top.                 Convert man pages in LaTeX.
+* makempx: (web2c)makempx invocation.        MetaPost label typesetting.
+* mf: (web2c)mf invocation.                  Creating typeface families.
+* mft: (web2c)mft invocation.                Prettyprinting Metafont source.
+* mktexlsr: (kpathsea)Filename database.     Update ls-R.
+* mktexmf: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.          MF source generation.
+* mktexpk: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.          PK bitmap generation.
+* mktextex: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.         TeX source generation.
+* mktextfm: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.         TeX font metric generation.
+* mltex: (web2c)MLTeX.                       Multi-lingual TeX.
+* mpost: (web2c)mpost invocation.            Creating technical diagrams.
+* mpto: (web2c)mpto invocation.              MetaPost label extraction.
+* newer: (web2c)newer invocation.            Compare modification times.
+* patgen: (web2c)patgen invocation.          Creating hyphenation patterns.
+* pktogf: (web2c)pktogf invocation.          Packed to generic fonts.
+* pktype: (web2c)pktype invocation.          PK to human-readable text.
+* pltotf: (web2c)pltotf invocation.          Property list to TFM.
+* pooltype: (web2c)pooltype invocation.      Display WEB pool files.
+* tangle: (web2c)tangle invocation.          WEB to Pascal.
+* tex: (web2c)tex invocation.                Typesetting.
+* tftopl: (web2c)tftopl invocation.          TFM -> property list.
+* vftovp: (web2c)vftovp invocation.          Virtual font -> virtual pl.
+* vptovf: (web2c)vptovf invocation.          Virtual pl -> virtual font.
+* weave: (web2c)weave invocation.            WEB to TeX.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/dvipng.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/dvipng.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..62d070278ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/dvipng.info
@@ -0,0 +1,1211 @@
+This is dvipng.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from dvipng.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* DVI-to-PNG: (dvipng).              Translating TeX DVI files to Portable Network Graphics (PNG).
+* dvipng: (dvipng).                  A DVI-to-PNG translator.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Up: (dir)
+
+dvipng
+******
+
+This manual documents dvipng, a program to translate a DVI (DeVice
+Independent) file into PNG (Portable Network Graphics).
+
+   This file documents dvipng version 1.14
+
+   Corrections or perhaps rewrites of sections are _very welcome_.
+
+   Jan-AAke Larsson
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction::                Introduction
+* Installation::                How to compile and install dvipng
+* Basic usage::                 First things first
+* Command-line options::        Advanced usage
+* Graphics::                    Including PostScript and/or bitmaps
+* Color::                       Using color with dvipng
+* Diagnosing problems::         Problems?
+* Credits::                     People who have contributed
+* Copying::                     GNU Lesser General Public License
+* Index::                       General index
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: Installation,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+This program makes PNG and/or GIF graphics from DVI files as obtained
+from TeX and its relatives.
+
+   If GIF support is enabled, GIF output is chosen by using the
+`dvigif' binary or with the `--gif' option.
+
+   It is intended to produce anti-aliased screen-resolution images as
+fast as is possible. The target audience is people who need to generate
+and regenerate many images again and again. The primary target is the
+preview-latex (X)Emacs package, a package to preview formulas from
+within (X)Emacs. Yes, you get to see your formulas in the (X)Emacs
+buffer, see `http://www.gnu.org/software/auctex/preview-latex.html'.
+
+   Another example is WeBWorK, an internet-based method for delivering
+homework problems to students over the internet, giving students
+instant feedback as to whether or not their answers are correct, see
+`http://webwork.math.rochester.edu'.
+
+   A more recent addition to the dvipng-using applications out there is
+MediaWiki, the software behind Wikipedia and many other wikis out
+there. Dvipng is used to render mathematical formulae from version
+1.8.0 of MediaWiki, see `http://www.mediawiki.org'.
+
+   Other applications may also benefit, like web applications as
+latex2html and WYSIWYG editors like LyX.
+
+   The benefits of `dvipng'/`dvigif' include
+
+   * Speed. It is a very fast bitmap-rendering code for DVI files, which
+     makes it suitable for generating large amounts of images
+     on-the-fly, as needed in preview-latex, WeBWorK and others.
+
+   * It does not read the postamble, so it can be started before TeX
+     finishes. There is a `--follow' switch that makes dvipng wait at
+     end-of-file for further output, unless it finds the POST marker
+     that indicates the end of the DVI.
+
+   * Interactive query of options. dvipng can read options interactively
+     through stdin, and all options are usable. It is even possible to
+     change the input file through this interface.
+
+   * Supports PK, VF, PostScript Type1, and TrueType fonts, subfonts
+     (i.e., as used in CJK-LaTeX), color specials, and inclusion of
+     PostScript, PNG, JPEG or GIF images.
+
+   * and more...
+
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Installation,  Next: Basic usage,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top
+
+2 Installation
+**************
+
+Installing dvipng should be simple: merely `./configure', `make', and
+`make install'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Prerequisites::
+* Configure::
+* Build/install::
+* Installation outside the texmf tree::
+* Advice for non-privileged users::
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Prerequisites,  Next: Configure,  Up: Installation
+
+2.1 Prerequisites
+=================
+
+   * The GD Graphics Draw library, libgd
+
+     The drawing library `libgd' is necessary, and is downloadable at
+     `http://www.boutell.com/gd', and there are binary packages for
+     most operating systems from their respective distributors. In any
+     case, the latest version of the library installs using `autoconf'
+     so it should not be difficult for you to install it from source,
+     and then proceed with installing dvipng.
+
+   * The path-searching library kpathsea
+
+     Kpathsea is most likely included in your LaTeX installation, but it
+     may happen that ./configure does not find it; see below. If you do
+     not have it, download it from `http://www.ctan.org' and compile it.
+     I have no experience with this, so I cannot help much here.
+
+   * The font-rendering library FreeType 2
+
+     While not strictly necessary, a recent FreeType 2 is recommended
+     since dvipng currently will produce better-quality images when
+     this library is available. To take advantage of this, you should
+     have at least FreeType 2.1.9.
+
+     FreeType 2 will enable direct support for PostScript and TrueType
+     fonts, so that dvipng will not need to generate bitmapped variants
+     on disk of the TeX fonts since modern TeX distributions include
+     PostScript versions of them. Then, you can render images at
+     different (and unusual) resolutions without cluttering the disk
+     with lots of bitmapped fonts.
+
+     Finally, it will enable subfont support in dvipng. That is, if you
+     want to render CJK-LaTeX characters, you must have FreeType 2
+     installed.
+
+   * The font-rendering library T1lib
+
+     An alternative to FreeType 2 is T1lib, but this will enable only
+     PostScript fonts in dvipng and will not include subfont support.
+     Also here, you can render images at different (and unusual)
+     resolutions without cluttering the disk with lots of bitmapped
+     fonts. If both FreeType 2 and T1lib are present, FreeType will be
+     internally preferred by dvipng but T1lib can be chosen at runtime.
+
+   * libpng and libz
+
+     To be able to compress and write PNG files to disk, dvipng (or
+     really libgd) uses libpng which in turn uses libz. These should be
+     available on any modern system, if not, download them and install
+     them.
+
+   * The `texinfo' package
+
+     This is needed for building the documentation.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Configure,  Next: Build/install,  Prev: Prerequisites,  Up: Installation
+
+2.2 Configure
+=============
+
+The first step is to configure the source code, telling it where
+various files will be.  To do so, run
+
+     ./configure OPTIONS
+
+   (Note: if you have fetched dvipng from CVS rather than a regular
+release, you will have to first generate `./configure' by running
+`autoconf' 2.53 or later.)
+
+   On many machines, you will not need to specify any options, but if
+`configure' cannot determine something on its own, you'll need to help
+it out. For a list of the options type
+
+     ./configure --help
+
+   On some machines, the libraries will be installed in directories that
+are not in the linker's search path. This will generate an error when
+running `./configure', indicating that it cannot find libgd or
+libkpathsea (most likely). You then need to specify the path to the
+respective library's object files. They are typically called e.g.,
+`libgd.a' or `libgd.so'. If they are located in e.g., `/sw/local/lib',
+do
+
+     ./configure LDFLAGS=-L/sw/local/lib
+
+   If the library is available as a shared object file (`.so'), the
+runtime linker may also need to be told where to find the library, then
+use
+
+     ./configure LDFLAGS='-L/sw/local/lib -R/sw/local/lib'
+
+   When either of these is necessary, it is likely that the C header
+files are also installed in directories that are not in the C
+preprocessor's search path. This will also generate an error when
+running `./configure', indicating that it cannot find e.g., `gd.h' or
+`kpathsea.h' (most likely). You then need to specify the path to the
+respective library's C header files. If they are located in e.g.,
+`/sw/local/include', do
+
+     ./configure CPPFLAGS=-I/sw/local/include
+
+   On my SUN Solaris workstation, I had to combine this into
+
+     ./configure CPPFLAGS='-I/sw/local/include -I/sw/tex/teTeX/1.0/include'\
+         LDFLAGS='-L/sw/local/lib -R/sw/local/lib -L/sw/tex/teTeX/1.0/lib/'
+
+where the backslash denotes a continuation of the line.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Build/install,  Next: Installation outside the texmf tree,  Prev: Configure,  Up: Installation
+
+2.3 Build/install
+=================
+
+Once `configure' has been run, simply enter
+
+     make
+
+at the prompt to compile the C code, and build the documentation files.
+To install the files into the locations chosen earlier, type
+
+     make install
+
+You may need special privileges to install, e.g., if you are installing
+into system directories.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Installation outside the texmf tree,  Next: Advice for non-privileged users,  Prev: Build/install,  Up: Installation
+
+2.4 Installation outside the texmf tree
+=======================================
+
+In some cases, a dvipng binary installed outside the texmf tree will
+not be able to find virtual fonts, or the PostScript font maps
+(normally used by dvips). This may be because _only_ $SELFAUTOLOC,
+$SELFAUTODIR, and $SELFAUTOPARENT are used in the texmf tree
+configuration file `texmf.cnf'. If so, give the switch
+`--enable-selfauto-set' to `./configure'. This will make dvipng adjust
+these three internally so that kpathsea thinks that dvipng _is_
+installed in the texmf tree.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Advice for non-privileged users,  Prev: Installation outside the texmf tree,  Up: Installation
+
+2.5 Installation for non-privileged users
+=========================================
+
+Often people without system administration privileges want to install
+software for their private use. In that case you need to specify more
+options to the `configure' script, usually this is done by using the
+`--prefix' option to the `configure' script, and let it point to the
+personal home directory. In that way, resulting binaries will be
+installed under the `bin' subdirectory of your home directory, manual
+pages under `man' and so on. That way, it is reasonably easy to
+maintain a bunch of additional packages, since the prefix argument is
+supported by most `configure' scripts.
+
+   You'll have to add something like `/home/myself/bin' to your `PATH'
+shell variable, if it isn't there already, and similarly set the
+`INFOPATH' and `MANPATH' variables to be able to access the
+documentation.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Basic usage,  Next: Command-line options,  Prev: Installation,  Up: Top
+
+3 Basic usage of dvipng
+***********************
+
+To use dvipng at its simplest, simply type
+
+     dvipng foo
+
+where `foo.dvi' is the output of TeX that you want to convert to PNG
+format. If there are four pages in `foo.dvi', those pages will be
+output as `foo1.png', `foo2.png', `foo3.png', and `foo4.png',
+respectively.
+
+   If you have enabled the PostScript font support (via FreeType or
+T1lib), fonts will be rendered as they are needed. Otherwise, dvipng
+will use bitmapped (PK) fonts, and if you use PK fonts that have not
+been used on your system before, they may be automatically generated;
+this process can take a few minutes, so progress reports appear by
+default. The next time the same font is used, it will have been saved
+on disk, so rendering will go much faster. (If dvipng tries to
+endlessly generate the same fonts over and over again, something is
+wrong. *Note Unable to generate fonts: (kpathsea)Unable to generate
+fonts.)
+
+   Many options are available (see the next section).  For a brief
+summary of available options, just type
+
+     dvipng --help
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Command-line options,  Next: Graphics,  Prev: Basic usage,  Up: Top
+
+4 Command-line options
+**********************
+
+dvipng has a plethora of command line options.  Reading through this
+section will give a good idea of the capabilities of the driver.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Option summary::              Quick listing, from dvipng --help.
+* Option details::              More information about each option.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Option summary,  Next: Option details,  Up: Command-line options
+
+4.1 Option summary
+==================
+
+Here is a handy summary of the options; it is printed out when you run
+dvipng with no arguments or with the standard `--help' option.
+
+     This is ./dvipng 1.14 Copyright 2002-2010 Jan-Ake Larsson
+
+     Usage: ./dvipng [OPTION]... FILENAME[.dvi]
+     Options are chosen to be similar to dvips' options where possible:
+       -d #         Debug (# is the debug bitmap, 1 if not given)
+       -D #         Output resolution
+       -l #         Last page to be output
+       -o f         Output file, '%d' is pagenumber
+       -O c         Image offset
+       -p #         First page to be output
+       -pp #,#..    Page list to be output
+       -q*          Quiet operation
+       -T c         Image size (also accepts '-T bbox' and '-T tight')
+       -v*          Verbose operation
+       -            Interactive query of options
+
+     These do not correspond to dvips options:
+       -bd #        Transparent border width in dots
+       -bd s        Transparent border fallback color (TeX-style color)
+       -bg s        Background color (TeX-style color or 'Transparent')
+       --depth*     Output the image depth on stdout
+       --dvinum*    Use TeX page numbers in output filenames
+       -fg s        Foreground color (TeX-style color)
+       --follow*    Wait for data at end-of-file
+       --freetype*  FreeType font rendering (preferred, default on)
+       --gamma #    Control color interpolation
+       --gif        Output GIF images (dvigif default)
+       --height*    Output the image height on stdout
+       --nogs*      Don't use ghostscript for PostScript specials
+       --nogssafer* Don't use -dSAFER in ghostscript calls
+       --norawps*   Don't convert raw PostScript specials
+       --palette*   Force palette output
+       --picky      When a warning occurs, don't output image
+       --png        Output PNG images (dvipng default)
+       --strict     When a warning occurs, exit
+       --t1lib*     T1lib font rendering (default on)
+       --truecolor* Truecolor output
+       -Q #         Quality (T1lib and PK subsampling)
+       --width*     Output the image width on stdout
+       -z #         PNG compression level
+
+        # = number   f = file   s = string  * = suffix, '0' to turn off
+            c = comma-separated dimension pair (e.g., 3.2in,-32.1cm)
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Option details,  Prev: Option summary,  Up: Command-line options
+
+4.2 Option details
+==================
+
+Many of the parameterless options listed here can be turned off by
+suffixing the option with a zero (`0'); for instance, to turn off page
+reversal, use `-r0'.  Such options are marked with a trailing `*'.
+
+`-'
+     Read additional options from standard input after processing the
+     command line.
+
+`--help'
+     Print a usage message and exit.
+
+`--version'
+     Print the version number and exit.
+
+`-bd NUM'
+
+`-bd COLOR_SPEC'
+
+`-bd 'NUM COLOR_SPEC''
+     Set the pixel width of the transparent border (default 0). Using
+     this option will make the image edges transparent, but it only
+     affects pixels with the background color. Giving a COLOR_SPEC will
+     set the fallback color, to be used in viewers that cannot handle
+     transparency (the default is the background color). The color spec
+     should be in TeX color \special syntax, e.g., 'rgb 1.0 0.0 0.0'.
+     Setting the fallback color makes the default border width 1 px.
+     *Note Color::.
+
+`--bdpi NUM'
+     This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (PK) fonts. The
+     option sets the base (Metafont) resolution, both horizontal and
+     vertical, to NUM dpi (dots per inch). This option is necessary
+     when manually selecting Metafont mode with the -mode option (see
+     below).
+
+`-bg COLOR_SPEC'
+     Choose background color for the images. This option will be
+     ignored if there is a background color \special in the DVI. The
+     color spec should be in TeX color \special syntax, e.g., 'rgb 1.0
+     0.0 0.0'. You can also specify 'Transparent' or 'transparent'
+     which will give you a transparent background with the normal
+     background as a fallback color. A capitalized 'Transparent' will
+     give a full-alpha transparency, while an all-lowercase
+     'transparent' will give a simple fully transparent background with
+     non-transparent antialiased pixels. The latter would be suitable
+     for viewers who cannot cope with a true alpha channel.  GIF images
+     do not support full alpha transparency, so in case of GIF output,
+     both variants will use the latter behaviour.  *Note Color::.
+
+`-d NUM'
+     Set the debug flags, showing what dvipng (thinks it) is doing.
+     This will work unless dvipng has been compiled without the `DEBUG'
+     option (not recommended). Set the flags as you need them, use `-d
+     -1' as the first option for maximum output. *Note Debug options::.
+
+`-D NUM'
+     Set the output resolution, both horizontal and vertical, to NUM
+     dpi (dots per inch).
+
+     One may want to adjust this to fit a certain text font size (e.g.,
+     on a web page), and for a text font height of FONT_PX pixels (in
+     Mozilla) the correct formula is
+          DPI = FONT_PX * 72.27 / 10 [px * TeXpt/in / TeXpt]
+     The last division by ten is due to the standard font height 10pt in
+     your document, if you use 12pt, divide by 12. Unfortunately, some
+     proprietary browsers have font height in pt (points), not pixels.
+     You have to rescale that to pixels, using the screen resolution
+     (default is usually 96 dpi) which means the formula is
+          FONT_PX = FONT_PT * 96 / 72 [pt * px/in / (pt/in)]
+     On some high-res screens, the value is instead 120 dpi. Good luck!
+
+`--depth*'
+     Report the depth of the image. This only works reliably when the
+     LaTeX style `preview.sty' from preview-latex is used with the
+     `active' option. It reports the number of pixels from the bottom
+     of the image to the baseline of the image. This can be used for
+     vertical positioning of the image in, e.g., web documents, where
+     one would use (Cascading StyleSheets 1)
+          <IMG SRC="FILENAME.PNG" STYLE="vertical-align: -DEPTHpx">
+     The depth is a negative offset in this case, so the minus sign is
+     necessary, and the unit is pixels (px).
+
+`--dvinum*'
+     Set this option to make the output page number be the TeX page
+     numbers rather than the physical page number. See the `-o' switch.
+
+`-fg COLOR_SPEC'
+     Choose foreground color for the images. This option will be
+     ignored if there is a foreground color \special in the DVI. The
+     color spec should be in TeX color \special syntax, e.g., 'rgb 1.0
+     0.0 0.0'.  *Note Color::.
+
+`--follow*'
+     Wait for data at end-of-file. One of the benefits of dvipng is
+     that it does not read the postamble, so it can be started before
+     TeX finishes. This switch makes dvipng wait at end-of-file for
+     further output, unless it finds the POST marker that indicates the
+     end of the DVI. This is similar to `tail -f' but for DVI-to-PNG
+     conversion.
+
+`--freetype*'
+     Enable/disable FreeType font rendering (default on). This option is
+     available if the FreeType2 font library was present at compilation
+     time.  If this is the case, dvipng will have direct support for
+     PostScript Type1 and TrueType fonts internally, rather than using
+     `gsftopk' for rendering the fonts. If you have PostScript versions
+     of Computer Modern installed, there will be no need to generate
+     bitmapped (PK) variants on disk of these. Then, you can render
+     images at different (and unusual) resolutions without cluttering
+     the disk with lots of bitmapped fonts.  Note that if you have both
+     FreeType and T1lib on your system, FreeType will be preferred by
+     dvipng. If you for some reason would want to use T1lib rendering,
+     use this option.
+
+`--gamma NUM'
+     Control the interpolation of colors in the greyscale anti-aliasing
+     color palette.  Default value is 1.0.  For 0 < NUM < 1, the fonts
+     will be lighter (more like the background), and for NUM > 1, the
+     fonts will be darker (more like the foreground).
+
+`--gif*'
+     The images are output in the GIF format, if GIF support is enabled.
+     This is the default for the `dvigif' binary, which only will be
+     available when GIF support is enabled. GIF images are palette
+     images (see the `--palette' option) and does not support true alpha
+     channels (see the `--bg' option). See also the `--png' option.
+
+`--height*'
+     Report the height of the image. This only works reliably when the
+     LaTeX style `preview.sty' from preview-latex is used with the
+     `active' option. It reports the number of pixels from the top of
+     the image to the baseline of the image. The total height of the
+     image is obtained as the sum of the values reported from
+     `--height' and `--depth'.
+
+`-l [=]NUM'
+     The last page printed will be the first one numbered NUM. Default
+     is the last page in the document.  If NUM is prefixed by an equals
+     sign, then it (and the argument to the `-p' option, if specified)
+     is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather than a
+     value to compare with the TeX `\count0' values stored in the DVI
+     file.  Thus, using `-l =9' will end with the ninth page of the
+     document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered.
+
+`--mode MODE'
+     This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (PK) fonts. Use
+     MODE as the Metafont device name for the PK fonts (both for path
+     searching and font generation). This needs to be augmented with
+     the base device resolution, given with the `--bdpi' option. See
+     the file `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf' for a list of
+     resolutions and mode names for most devices. *Note Unable to
+     generate fonts: (kpathsea)Unable to generate fonts.
+
+`-M*'
+     This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (PK) fonts. It
+     turns off automatic PK font generation (`mktexpk').
+
+`--nogs*'
+     This switch prohibits the internal call to GhostScript for
+     displaying PostScript specials. `--nogs0' turns the call back on.
+
+`--nogssafer*'
+     Normally, if GhostScript is used to render PostScript specials, the
+     GhostScript interpreter is run with the option `-dSAFER'. The
+     `--nogssafer' option runs GhostScript without `-dSAFER'. The
+     `-dSAFER' option in Ghostscript disables PostScript operators such
+     as deletefile, to prevent possibly malicious PostScript programs
+     from having any effect.
+
+`--norawps*'
+     Some packages generate raw PostScript specials, even non-rendering
+     such specials.  This switch turns off the internal call to
+     GhostScript intended to display these raw PostScript specials.
+     `--norawps0' turns the call back on.
+
+`-o NAME'
+     Send output to the file NAME. A single occurrence of `%d' or
+     `%01d', ..., `%09d' will be exchanged for the physical page number
+     (this can be changed, see the `--dvinum' switch). The default
+     output filename is `FILE%d.png' where the input DVI file was
+     `FILE.dvi'.
+
+`-O X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET'
+     Move the origin by X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET, a comma-separated pair of
+     dimensions such as `.1in,-.3cm'.  The origin of the page is
+     shifted from the default position (of one inch down, one inch to
+     the right from the upper left corner of the paper) by this amount.
+
+`-p [=]NUM'
+     The first page printed will be the first one numbered NUM. Default
+     is the first page in the document.  If NUM is prefixed by an
+     equals sign, then it (and the argument to the `-l' option, if
+     specified) is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather
+     than a value to compare with the TeX `\count0' values stored in the
+     DVI file.  Thus, using `-p =3' will start with the third page of
+     the document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered.
+
+`--palette*'
+     When an external image is included, `dvipng' will automatically
+     switch to truecolor mode, to avoid unnecessary delay and quality
+     reduction, and enable the EPS translator to draw on a transparent
+     background and outside of the boundingbox. This switch will force
+     palette (256-color) output and make `dvipng' revert to opaque
+     clipped image inclusion. This will also override the `--truecolor'
+     switch if present.
+
+`--picky*'
+     No images are output when a warning occurs. Normally, dvipng will
+     output an image in spite of a warning, but there may be something
+     missing in this image. One reason to use this option would be if
+     you have a more complete but slower fallback converter. Mainly,
+     this is useful for failed figure inclusion and unknown \special
+     occurrences, but warnings will also occur for missing or unknown
+     color specs and missing PK fonts.
+
+`--png*'
+     The images are output in the PNG format. This is the default for
+     the `dvipng' binary. See also the `--gif' option.
+
+`-pp FIRSTPAGE-LASTPAGE'
+     Print pages FIRSTPAGE through LASTPAGE; but not quite equivalent
+     to `-p FIRSTPAGE -l LASTPAGE'. For example, when rendering a book,
+     there may be several instances of a page in the DVI file (one in
+     `\frontmatter', one in `\mainmatter', and one in `\backmatter').
+     In case of several pages matching, `-pp FIRSTPAGE-LASTPAGE' will
+     render _all_ pages that matches the specified range, while `-p
+     FIRSTPAGE -l LASTPAGE' will render the pages from the _first_
+     occurrence of FIRSTPAGE to the _first_ occurrence of LASTPAGE.
+     This is the (undocumented) behaviour of dvips. In dvipng you can
+     give both kinds of options, in which case you get all pages that
+     matches the range in `-pp' between the pages from `-p' to `-l'.
+     Also multiple `-pp' options accumulate, unlike `-p' and `-l'.  The
+     `-' separator can also be `:'. Note that `-pp -1' will be
+     interpreted as "all pages up to and including 1", if you want a
+     page numbered -1 (only the table of contents, say) put `-pp -1--1',
+     or more readable, `-pp -1:-1'.
+
+`-q*'
+     Run quietly.  Don't chatter about pages converted, etc. to standard
+     output; report no warnings (only errors) to standard error.
+
+`-Q NUM'
+     Set the quality to NUM. That is, choose the number of antialiasing
+     levels for bitmapped fonts (PK) and fonts rendered using T1lib, to
+     be NUM*NUM+1. The default value is 4 which gives 17 levels of
+     antialiasing for antialiased fonts from these two. If FreeType is
+     available, its rendering is unaffected by this option.
+
+`-r*'
+     Toggle output of pages in reverse/forward order. By default, the
+     first page in the DVI is output first.
+
+`--strict*'
+     The program exits when a warning occurs. Normally, dvipng will
+     output an image in spite of a warning, but there may be something
+     missing in this image. One reason to use this option would be if
+     you have a more complete but slower fallback converter. See the
+     `--picky' option above for a list of when warnings occur.
+
+`-T IMAGE_SIZE'
+     Set the image size to IMAGE_SIZE which can be either of `bbox',
+     `tight', or a comma-separated pair of dimensions HSIZE,VSIZE such
+     as `.1in,.3cm'. The default is `bbox' which produces a PNG that
+     includes all ink put on the page and in addition the DVI origin,
+     located 1in from the top and 1in from the left edge of the paper.
+     This usually gives whitespace above and to the left in the
+     produced image. The value `tight' will make dvipng only include
+     all ink put on the page, producing neat images.
+
+`--t1lib*'
+     Enable T1lib font rendering (default on). This option is available
+     if the T1lib font library was present at compilation time. If this
+     is the case, dvipng will have direct support for PostScript Type1
+     fonts internally, rather than using `gsftopk' for rendering the
+     fonts. If you have PostScript versions of Computer Modern
+     installed, there will be no need to generate bitmapped variants on
+     disk of these.  Then, you can render images at different (and
+     unusual) resolutions without cluttering the disk with lots of
+     bitmapped fonts. Note that if you have both FreeType and T1lib on
+     your system, FreeType will be preferred by dvipng, and if you for
+     some reason rather want to use T1lib, give the option
+     `--freetype0' (see above).
+
+`--truecolor*'
+     This will make `dvipng' generate truecolor output. Note that
+     truecolor output is automatic if you include an external image in
+     your DVI, e.g., via a PostScript special (i.e., the `graphics' or
+     `graphicx' package). This switch is overridden by the `--palette'
+     switch.
+
+`-v*'
+     Enable verbose operation. This will currently indicate what fonts
+     is used, in addition to the usual output.
+
+`--width*'
+     Report the width of the image. See also `--height' and `--depth'.
+
+`-x NUM'
+     This option is deprecated; it should not be used. It is much
+     better to select the output resolution directly with the `-D'
+     option. This option sets the magnification ratio to NUM/1000 and
+     overrides the magnification specified in the DVI file.  Must be
+     between 10 and 100000.  It is recommended that you use standard
+     magstep values (1095, 1200, 1440, 1728, 2074, 2488, 2986, and so
+     on) to help reduce the total number of PK files generated.  NUM
+     may be a real number, not an integer, for increased precision.
+
+`-z NUM'
+     Set the PNG compression level to NUM. This option is enabled if
+     your `libgd' is new enough. The default compression level is 1,
+     which selects maximum speed at the price of slightly larger PNGs.
+     For an older `libgd', the hard-soldered value 5 is used. The
+     include file `png.h' says
+
+          Currently, valid values range from 0 - 9, corresponding
+          directly to the zlib compression levels 0 - 9 (0 - no
+          compression, 9 - "maximal" compression). Note that tests have
+          shown that zlib compression levels 3-6 usually perform as
+          well as level 9 for PNG images, and do considerably fewer
+          calculations. In the future, these values may not correspond
+          directly to the zlib compression levels.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Graphics,  Next: Color,  Prev: Command-line options,  Up: Top
+
+5 Graphics
+**********
+
+`dvipng' attempts to handle graphics as included by the `graphicx' and
+`graphics' packages, without the need of specifying a driver to these
+packages. This means that it recognizes the encapsulated postscript
+inclusion meant for `dvips', but is also able (from version 1.8) to
+include bitmapped graphics. It also tries to handle some of the raw
+PostScript that is output from various packages. Some of the
+possibilities and problems are mentioned below.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Encapsulated PostScript::    An internal call to GhostScript
+* Bitmapped graphics::         PNG, JPEG and GIF
+* Raw PostScript::             Ignore or give to GhostScript
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Encapsulated PostScript,  Next: Bitmapped graphics,  Up: Graphics
+
+5.1 Encapsulated PostScript
+===========================
+
+When an EPS file is included, a call to GhostScript is performed to
+produce a bitmapped image that can be included. The default is to
+produce an image with transparent background, at the same size as the
+DVI page currently being converted to PNG, and include that as
+foreground on the PNG. Of course, if the image is to be cropped, that
+is done. The included image will be a truecolor image, so for maximum
+performance the output PNG will be in truecolor mode as well.
+
+   This conversion needs the `pngalpha' output device to be present in
+your copy of GhostScript. If that device is not present, or you use the
+`--palette' switch or request GIF output, the fallback is to use the
+`png16m' device to produce a cropped opaque image for inclusion. Other
+relevant switches are `--noghostscript' and `--nogssafer'. *Note Option
+details::.
+
+   The most common problem with including graphics is an incorrect
+bounding box. Complain to whoever wrote the software that generated the
+file if the bounding box is indeed incorrect. An adjusted boundingbox
+can be specified in the `\includegraphics' call, as in this example
+(using `graphicx'):
+
+     \includegraphics[bb=10 20 100 200]{imagename.eps}
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Bitmapped graphics,  Next: Raw PostScript,  Prev: Encapsulated PostScript,  Up: Graphics
+
+5.2 Bitmapped graphics
+======================
+
+dvipng can include PNG, JPEG and GIF graphics. When including such
+images via `\includegraphics' you need to specify the bounding box
+since TeX itself cannot read them from the files in question.  The
+bounding box size should be given as `0 0 w h' in pixels, e.g., if the
+file `imagename.png' is 300x400 pixels, the inclusion would read
+
+     \includegraphics[bb=0 0 300 400]{imagename.png}
+
+   The default size is the image size in bp ("big points" in TeX
+nomenclature or PostScript points as other people have it, 72 per inch).
+That is, default resolution will be 72 dpi for included bitmaps, which
+is the default size in the few other bitmap-capable drivers that are
+known to me (dvipdfm and PDFLaTeX).
+
+   If you want 100 dpi you need to specify the width accordingly. You
+just divide your image width by 100: a 135 pixel wide image at 100 dpi
+will take up 1.35 inches. If you want 200 dpi you divide by 200, and so
+on. Simple, eh? The example above at 200 dpi would be 1.5 inches wide:
+
+     \includegraphics[bb=0 0 300 400,witdh=1.5in]{imagename.png}
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Raw PostScript,  Prev: Bitmapped graphics,  Up: Graphics
+
+5.3 Raw PostScript
+==================
+
+dvipng attempts to handle raw PostScript. Rendering raw PostScript
+specials is done on top of the page by including a transparent image
+generated by the `pngalpha' device in GhostScript (automatically
+selecting `truecolor' mode in dvipng).
+
+   Included PostScript headers are respected, and if the header
+`tex.pro' is included, dvipng also throws in `color.pro' and
+`special.pro'. The package `xcolor' includes its own headers with color
+names, and this is not only kept as a PostScript header, but is also
+read and interpreted by dvipng itself. An attempt is also made to
+respect the PGF header. The non-rendering specials from `hyperref' are
+handled via some heuristics and do not give an error.
+
+   Really rendering and moving things with raw PostScript specials is
+more troublesome. The \rotatebox macro serves as a good example. The
+dvips driver of the graphicx package surrounds DVI glyphs with
+PostScript code so that after conversion by dvips, the glyphs (now
+themselves in PostScript) will be rotated in the desired way. dvipng
+does not handle this, at present. An attempt has been made to handle
+the rendering specials output by PGF (tikz), and also PSTricks. Some
+things work, but others do not.  This is especially clear when mixing
+PostScript and DVI rendering commands such as glyphs. dvipng cannot at
+present detect if PostScript code moves `currentpoint' or rotates the
+frame since GhostScript does not return such information. A
+recommendation would be to produce images from these packages as EPS
+files and include them into your document in the standard manner.
+
+   Another way to handle this would be to use a slower fallback (with
+dvips and gs, for example). If you want to disable raw PostScript
+handling in dvipng, use the switch `--norawps'.  This switch turns off
+the internal call to GhostScript intended to display these raw
+PostScript specials. Further, when dvipng encounters raw PostScript and
+the gs call is turned off, it gives a warning. It is now possible to
+use the switch `--picky' to disable page rendering of pages with
+warnings, and use the slower fallback for these pages.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Color,  Next: Diagnosing problems,  Prev: Graphics,  Up: Top
+
+6 Color
+*******
+
+To support color, dvipng recognizes a certain set of specials as
+generated by the `color' and `xcolor' style files. These specials start
+with the keyword `color' or the keyword `background', followed by a
+color specification.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Color specifications::
+* Color specials::
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Color specifications,  Next: Color specials,  Up: Color
+
+6.1 Color specifications
+========================
+
+The color specification supported by dvipng is by-value or by-name. The
+by-value spec starts with the name of a color model (one of `rgb',
+`hsb', `cmy', `cmyk', or `gray') followed by the appropriate number of
+parameters. Thus, the color specification `rgb 0.3 0.4 0.5' would
+correspond to the color that is `0.3 0.4 0.5' in its red, blue and
+green values. The color model used internally in dvipng is `RGB'
+(discretized to 256 levels), for details on the formulas used in
+conversion, see the `xcolor' documentation.
+
+   By-name color specifications are single (case-dependent) words and
+are compared with color names defined in `dvipsnam.def' (from the
+`graphics' bundle), `svgnam.def' and `xcolor.sty' (from the `xcolor'
+bundle). See the `xcolor' documentation for a list of names and the
+corresponding colors.
+
+   On the command-line, the name `Transparent' can also be used as an
+argument to `--bg' to choose transparent background.  *Note Option
+details::.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Color specials,  Prev: Color specifications,  Up: Color
+
+6.2 Color specials
+==================
+
+We will describe `background' first, since it is the simplest. The
+`background' keyword must be followed by a color specification.  That
+color specification is used as a fill color for the background. The
+last `background' special on a page is the one that gets used, and is
+used for the whole of the page image. (This is possible because the
+prescan phase of dvipng notices all of the color specials so that the
+appropriate information can be written out during the second phase.)
+
+   The `color' special itself has three forms. The first is just
+`color' followed by a color specification. In this case, the current
+global color is set to that color; the color stack must be empty when
+such a command is executed.
+
+   The second form is `color push' followed by a color specification.
+This saves the current color on the color stack and sets the color to be
+that given by the color specification.  This is the most common way to
+set a color.
+
+   The final form of the `color' special is just `color pop', with no
+color specification; this says to pop the color last pushed on the
+color stack from the color stack and set the current color to be that
+color.
+
+   dvipng correctly handles these color specials across pages, even when
+the pages are rendered repeatedly or in reverse order.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Diagnosing problems,  Next: Credits,  Prev: Color,  Up: Top
+
+7 Diagnosing problems
+*********************
+
+You've gone through all the trouble of installing dvipng, carefully read
+all the instructions in this manual, and still can't get something to
+work. The following sections provide some helpful hints if you find
+yourself in such a situation.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Contact information::         Who to ask.
+* Debug options::               Getting diagnostics.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Contact information,  Next: Debug options,  Up: Diagnosing problems
+
+7.1 Contact information
+=======================
+
+Bug reports should be sent to <dvipng@nongnu.org>.
+
+   Questions, suggestions for new features, pleas for help, and/or
+praise should go to <dvipng@nongnu.org>. For more information on this
+mailing list, send a message with just the word `help' as subject or
+body to <dvipng-request@nongnu.org> or look at
+`http://lists.nongnu.org/mailman/listinfo/dvipng'.
+
+   Offers to support further development will be appreciated. For
+developer access, ask on <dvipng@nongnu.org>.
+
+   For details on the TeX path-searching library, and `mktexpk'
+problems, *note Common problems: (kpathsea)Common problems.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Debug options,  Prev: Contact information,  Up: Diagnosing problems
+
+7.2 Debug options
+=================
+
+The `-d' flag to dvipng helps in tracking down certain errors.  The
+parameter to this flag is an integer that tells what errors are
+currently being tracked.  To track a certain class of debug messages,
+simply provide the appropriate number given below; if you wish to track
+multiple classes, sum the numbers of the classes you wish to track.  To
+track all classes, you can use `-1'.
+
+   Some of these debugging options are actually provided by Kpathsea
+(*note Debugging: (kpathsea)Debugging.).
+
+   The classes are:
+1
+     Normal dvi op-codes
+
+2
+     Virtual fonts
+
+4
+     PK fonts
+
+8
+     TFM files
+
+16
+     Glyph rendering
+
+32
+     FreeType calls
+
+64
+     Encoding loads
+
+128
+     Color specials
+
+256
+     GhostScript specials
+
+512
+     T1lib calls
+
+1024
+     Kpathsea `stat' calls
+
+2048
+     Kpathsea hash table lookups
+
+4096
+     Kpathsea path element expansion
+
+8192
+     Kpathsea path searches
+
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Credits,  Next: Copying,  Prev: Diagnosing problems,  Up: Top
+
+8 Credits
+*********
+
+A number of persons have contributed, if I forget to mention someone, I
+apologize. First and foremost we have David Kastrup whose preview-latex
+project provided the incentive to write this program.  There is also a
+number of people who have contributed by reporting bugs and suggesting
+improvements as the thing has evolved. These include but is perhaps not
+limited to (in semi-random order): Thomas Esser (teTeX), Christian
+Schenk (MIKTeX), Brian R Furry (debian package), Angus Leeming (LyX),
+Thomas Boutell (libgd), John Jones (first user report), Uwe Kern
+(xcolor), Karl Berry and Peter Breitenlohner (TeX Live), David Harvey
+(hinting in Freetype), Neal Harmon, Alan Shutko, Reiner Stieb, Nick
+Alcock, Adam Buchbinder, Svend Tollak Munkejord, James Longstreet,
+Bernhard Simon, Bob McElrath, Georg Schwarz, Jason Farmer, Brian V.
+Smith, Samuel Hathaway, Thomas R. Shemanske, Stephen Gibson, Christian
+Ridderstro"m, Ezra Peisach, William H Wheeler, Thomas Klausner, Harald
+Koenig, Adrian Bunk, Kevin Smith, Jason Riedy, Wolfram Krause, Reinhard
+Kotucha, Takeshi Abe, and Waldeck Schutzer.
+
+   Use of the `gd' library requires inclusion of the following
+copyright notice, which applies to the `gd' library:
+
+     Portions copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+     2002, 2003, 2004 by Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. Funded under
+     Grant P41-RR02188 by the National Institutes of Health.
+
+     Portions copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
+     2004 by Boutell.Com, Inc.
+
+     Portions relating to GD2 format copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+     2003, 2004 Philip Warner.
+
+     Portions relating to PNG copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
+     2004 Greg Roelofs.
+
+     Portions relating to gdttf.c copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+     2003, 2004 John Ellson (ellson@graphviz.org).
+
+     Portions relating to gdft.c copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 John
+     Ellson (ellson@graphviz.org).
+
+     Portions relating to JPEG and to color quantization copyright
+     2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, Doug Becker and copyright (C) 1994,
+     1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Thomas
+     G. Lane. This software is based in part on the work of the
+     Independent JPEG Group. See the file README-JPEG.TXT for more
+     information.
+
+     Portions relating to GIF compression copyright 1989 by Jef
+     Poskanzer and David Rowley, with modifications for thread safety
+     by Thomas Boutell.
+
+     Portions relating to GIF decompression copyright 1990, 1991, 1993
+     by David Koblas, with modifications for thread safety by Thomas
+     Boutell.
+
+     Portions relating to WBMP copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
+     Maurice Szmurlo and Johan Van den Brande.
+
+     Portions relating to GIF animations copyright 2004 Jaakko
+     Hyva"dtti (jaakko.hyvatti@iki.fi)
+
+     Permission has been granted to copy, distribute and modify gd in
+     any context without fee, including a commercial application,
+     provided that this notice is present in user-accessible supporting
+     documentation.
+
+     This does not affect your ownership of the derived work itself,
+     and the intent is to assure proper credit for the authors of gd,
+     not to interfere with your productive use of gd. If you have
+     questions, ask. "Derived works" includes all programs that utilize
+     the library. Credit must be given in user-accessible documentation.
+
+     This software is provided "AS IS." The copyright holders disclaim
+     all warranties, either express or implied, including but not
+     limited to implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
+     particular purpose, with respect to this code and accompanying
+     documentation.
+
+     Although their code does not appear in the current release, the
+     authors also wish to thank Hutchison Avenue Software Corporation
+     for their prior contributions.
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Copying,  Next: Index,  Prev: Credits,  Up: Top
+
+9 Copying
+*********
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
+General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+License along with this program. If not, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+
+
+Copyright (C) 2002-2010 Jan-AAke Larsson
+
+
+File: dvipng.info,  Node: Index,  Prev: Copying,  Up: Top
+
+Index
+*****
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* -dSAFER:                               Option details.      (line 168)
+* absolute page number, and -l:          Option details.      (line 142)
+* absolute page number, and -p:          Option details.      (line 195)
+* antialiasing levels, number of:        Option details.      (line 248)
+* background color (option):             Option details.      (line  42)
+* base resolution, setting:              Option details.      (line  35)
+* baseline reporting:                    Option details.      (line  78)
+* color specifications:                  Color specifications.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* command-line options:                  Command-line options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* compilation:                           Installation.        (line   6)
+* compression:                           Option details.      (line 314)
+* configuration, of dvipng:              Installation.        (line   6)
+* dark fonts:                            Option details.      (line 121)
+* debugging <1>:                         Diagnosing problems. (line   6)
+* debugging:                             Option details.      (line  56)
+* depth reporting:                       Option details.      (line  78)
+* exit on erroneous images:              Option details.      (line 259)
+* first page printed:                    Option details.      (line 195)
+* follow mode:                           Option details.      (line  99)
+* font generation, avoiding:             Option details.      (line 160)
+* forcing palette output:                Option details.      (line 204)
+* foreground color (option):             Option details.      (line  93)
+* FreeType font rendering:               Option details.      (line 107)
+* fuzzy images:                          Option details.      (line 121)
+* gamma:                                 Option details.      (line 121)
+* GhostScript and -dSAFER:               Option details.      (line 168)
+* GhostScript, turning off:              Option details.      (line 164)
+* GIF image format:                      Option details.      (line 127)
+* height reporting:                      Option details.      (line 134)
+* installation, of dvipng:               Installation.        (line   6)
+* invoking dvipng:                       Basic usage.         (line   6)
+* last page printed:                     Option details.      (line 142)
+* light fonts:                           Option details.      (line 121)
+* magnification, overriding DVI:         Option details.      (line 304)
+* Metafont mode, specifying:             Option details.      (line 151)
+* mktexpk, avoiding:                     Option details.      (line 160)
+* mode name, specifying:                 Option details.      (line 151)
+* no erroneous images:                   Option details.      (line 213)
+* offset pages:                          Option details.      (line 189)
+* option, details of:                    Option details.      (line   6)
+* options, dvipng:                       Command-line options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* options, reading from standard input:  Option details.      (line  11)
+* options, summary:                      Option summary.      (line   6)
+* output resolution, setting:            Option details.      (line  62)
+* output, redirecting:                   Option details.      (line 182)
+* page range:                            Option details.      (line 226)
+* page, first printed:                   Option details.      (line 195)
+* page, last printed:                    Option details.      (line 142)
+* physical page number, and -l:          Option details.      (line 142)
+* physical page number, and -p:          Option details.      (line 195)
+* PNG image format:                      Option details.      (line 222)
+* PostScript inclusion problems:         Encapsulated PostScript.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* PostScript, turning off raw PostScript specials: Option details.
+                                                              (line 176)
+* problems:                              Diagnosing problems. (line   6)
+* quality:                               Option details.      (line 248)
+* quiet operation:                       Option details.      (line 244)
+* reverse pagination:                    Option details.      (line 255)
+* silent operation:                      Option details.      (line 244)
+* standard input, reading options from:  Option details.      (line  11)
+* standard output, output to:            Option details.      (line 182)
+* T1lib font rendering:                  Option details.      (line 276)
+* transparent border fallback color:     Option details.      (line  25)
+* transparent border width:              Option details.      (line  25)
+* trouble:                               Diagnosing problems. (line   6)
+* truecolor output:                      Option details.      (line 290)
+* warnings, suppressing:                 Option details.      (line 244)
+* width reporting:                       Option details.      (line 301)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top297
+Node: Introduction1192
+Node: Installation3431
+Node: Prerequisites3778
+Node: Configure6268
+Node: Build/install8307
+Node: Installation outside the texmf tree8775
+Node: Advice for non-privileged users9482
+Node: Basic usage10490
+Node: Command-line options11662
+Node: Option summary12086
+Node: Option details14512
+Node: Graphics30430
+Node: Encapsulated PostScript31182
+Node: Bitmapped graphics32525
+Node: Raw PostScript33748
+Node: Color35987
+Node: Color specifications36375
+Node: Color specials37474
+Node: Diagnosing problems38886
+Node: Contact information39369
+Node: Debug options40110
+Node: Credits41145
+Node: Copying45146
+Node: Index45926
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/dvips.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/dvips.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fd8b2fac5ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/dvips.info
@@ -0,0 +1,4802 @@
+This is ../../../texk/dvipsk/dvips.info, produced by makeinfo version
+4.13 from ../../../texk/dvipsk/dvips.texi.
+
+This manual documents Dvips version 5.992 (May 2012), a program to
+translate a DVI file into PostScript.  You may freely use, modify
+and/or distribute this file.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* DVI-to-Postscript: (dvips).        Translating TeX DVI files to PostScript.
+* afm2tfm: (dvips)Invoking afm2tfm.  Making Type 1 fonts available to TeX.
+* dvips: (dvips)Invoking Dvips.      DVI-to-PostScript translator.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Why Dvips,  Up: (dir)
+
+Dvips
+*****
+
+This manual documents Dvips version 5.992 (May 2012), a program to
+translate a DVI file into PostScript.  You may freely use, modify
+and/or distribute this file.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Why Dvips::                   Why use Dvips?
+* Installation::                How to compile and install Dvips.
+* Invoking Dvips::              Command-line options, configuration files, etc.
+* Paper size and landscape::    Changing the paper dimensions.
+* Interaction with PostScript:: TeX meets Dvips meets PostScript.
+* PostScript fonts::            Installing and using PostScript fonts.
+* Color::                       Using color with Dvips.
+* Index::                       General index.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Why Dvips,  Next: Installation,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Why use Dvips?
+****************
+
+The Dvips program has a number of features that set it apart from other
+PostScript drivers for TeX.  This rather long section describes the
+advantages of using Dvips, and may be skipped if you are just
+interested in learning how to use the program.  *Note Installation::,
+for details of compilation and installation.
+
+   The Dvips driver generates excellent, standard PostScript, that can
+be included in other documents as figures or printed through a variety
+of spoolers.  The generated PostScript requires very little printer
+memory, so very complex documents with a lot of fonts can easily be
+printed even on PostScript printers without much memory, such as the
+original Apple LaserWriter.  The PostScript output is also compact,
+requiring less disk space to store and making it feasible as a transfer
+format.
+
+   Even those documents that are too complex to print in their entirety
+on a particular printer can be printed, since Dvips will automatically
+split such documents into pieces, reclaiming the printer memory between
+each piece.
+
+   The Dvips program supports graphics in a natural way, allowing
+PostScript graphics to be included and automatically scaled and
+positioned in a variety of ways.
+
+   Printers with any resolution are supported, even if they have
+different resolutions in the horizontal and vertical directions.  High
+resolution output is supported for typesetters, including an option
+that compresses the bitmap fonts so that typesetter virtual memory is
+not exhausted.  This option also significantly reduces the size of the
+PostScript file and decoding in the printer is very fast.
+
+   Missing fonts can be automatically generated if Metafont exists on
+the system, or fonts can be converted from GF to PK format on demand.
+If a font cannot be generated, a scaled version of the same font at a
+different size can be used instead, although Dvips will complain loudly
+about the poor aesthetics of the resulting output.
+
+   Users will appreciate features such as collated copies and support
+for `tpic', `psfig', `emtex', and `METAPOST'; system administrators
+will love the support for multiple printers, each with their own
+configuration file, and the ability to pipe the output directly to a
+program such as `lpr'.  Support for MS-DOS, OS/2, and VMS in addition
+to Unix is provided in the standard distribution, and porting to other
+systems is easy.
+
+   One of the most important features is the support of virtual fonts,
+which add an entirely new level of flexibility to TeX.  Virtual fonts
+are used to give Dvips its excellent PostScript font support, handling
+all the font remapping in a natural, portable, elegant, and extensible
+way.  Dvips even comes with its own Afm2tfm program that creates the
+necessary virtual fonts and TeX font metric files automatically from
+the Adobe font metric files.
+
+   Source is provided and freely distributable, so adding a
+site-specific feature is possible.  Adding such features is made easier
+by the highly modular structure of the program.
+
+   There is really no reason to use another driver, and the more people
+use Dvips, the less time will be spent fighting with PostScript and the
+more time will be available to create beautiful documents.  So if you
+don't use Dvips on your system, get it today.
+
+   Tom Rokicki wrote and maintains the original Dvips program.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Installation,  Next: Invoking Dvips,  Prev: Why Dvips,  Up: Top
+
+2 Installation
+**************
+
+Installing Dvips is mostly the same as installing any Kpathsea-using
+program.  Therefore, for the basic steps involved, *note Installation:
+(kpathsea)Installation.
+
+   For solutions to common installation problems and information on how
+to report a bug, see the file `kpathsea/BUGS' (*note Bugs:
+(kpathsea)Bugs.).  For solutions to Dvips-specific problems, *note
+Debug options::.  Also see the Dvips home page at
+`http://www.radicaleye.com/dvips'.
+
+   Dvips does require some additional installation, detailed in the
+sections below.  Also, to configure color devices, *note Color device
+configuration::.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* config.ps installation::        Printer and site Dvips configuration.
+* PostScript font installation::  Many PostScript fonts are freely available.
+* Ghostscript installation::      A free PostScript interpreter.
+* Diagnosing problems::           Some common runtime difficulties.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: config.ps installation,  Next: PostScript font installation,  Up: Installation
+
+2.1 `config.ps' installation
+============================
+
+Dvips has its own configuration files: a file `config.ps' for sitewide
+defaults, and a file `config.PRINTER' for each printer (output device).
+Since these are site-specific, `make install' does not create them; you
+must create them yourself.
+
+   (These Dvips configuration files are independent of the Kpathsea
+configuration file `texmf.cnf' (*note Config files: (kpathsea)Config
+files.).
+
+   Dvips configuration files contents and searching are described fully
+in *note Config files::.  The simplest way to create a new
+configuration file is to copy and modify the file
+`dvipsk/contrib/config.proto', seasoning with options to your taste
+from *note Config files::.  Here is `config.proto' for your reading
+pleasure:
+     % Prototype Dvips configuration file.  (Public domain.)
+
+     % How to print, maybe with lp instead lpr, etc.
+     o |lpr
+
+     % Default resolution of this device, in dots per inch.
+     D 600
+
+     % Metafont mode.  (This is completely different from the -M command-line
+     % option, which controls whether MakeTeXPK is invoked.)  Get
+     % `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf' for a list of mode names.  This mode
+     % and the D number above must agree, or MakeTeXPK will get confused.
+     M ljfour
+
+     % Memory available. Download the three-line PostScript file:
+     %   %! Hey, we're PostScript
+     %   /Times-Roman findfont 30 scalefont setfont 144 432 moveto
+     %   vmstatus exch sub 40 string cvs show pop showpage
+     % to determine this number. (It will be the only thing printed.)
+     m 3500000
+
+     % Correct printer offset. You can use testpage.tex from the LaTeX
+     % distribution to find these numbers. Print testpage.dvi more than once.
+     O 0pt,0pt
+
+     % Partially download Type 1 fonts by default.  Only reason not to do
+     % this is if you encounter bugs.  (Please report them to
+     % <tex-k@tug.org> if you do.)
+     j
+
+     % Also look for fonts at these resolutions.
+     R 300 600
+
+     % With a high resolution and a RISC cpu, better to compress the bitmaps.
+     Z
+
+     % Uncomment these if you have and want to use PostScript versions of the
+     % fonts.
+     %p +cmfonts.map
+     %p +lafonts.map
+     %p +cyrfonts.map
+     %p +eufonts.map
+
+     % To include another configuration file here.
+     %c FILENAME
+
+     % You will also want definitions for alternative paper sizes -- A4,
+     % legal, and such.  Examples in `contrib/papersize.level2' and
+     % `contrib/papersize.simple'.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: PostScript font installation,  Next: Ghostscript installation,  Prev: config.ps installation,  Up: Installation
+
+2.2 PostScript font installation
+================================
+
+To use PostScript fonts with TeX and Dvips, you need both metric files
+(`.tfm' and `.vf') and the outlines (`.pfa' or `.pfb').  *Note Font
+concepts::.
+
+   To support the basic PostScript font set, the recommended (and
+simplest) approach is to install the files at
+`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/psfonts/lw35nfsx.zip'.  This
+archive contains metrics, outlines, and bitmaps (for previewing) for
+the 35 de facto standard fonts donated by URW and the additional
+high-quality freely available PostScript fonts donated by Adobe,
+Bitstream, and URW, including geometrically-created variants such as
+oblique and small caps.
+
+   `CTAN:/fonts/psfonts' contains support for many additional fonts for
+which you must buy outlines (Adobe, Bigelow & Holmes, Monotype,
+Softkey, Y&Y).  (For CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp:
+(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.; a copy is in the top-level file `INSTALL'.)
+
+   If you have additional PostScript fonts, you can make them available
+to Dvips by (1) giving them with appropriate filenames; and (2) running
+Afm2tfm (*note Making a font available::) to make TFM and VF metrics for
+TeX and Dvips to use.  Also add them to `psfonts.map' if necessary
+(*note psfonts.map::); it contains everything contained in
+`lw35nfsx.zip' and most fonts that come with Unix systems.
+
+   Following are locations for vendor-supplied fonts.  Please mail
+<tex-k@tug.org> if you find fonts elsewhere on your system.
+
+DEC Ultrix
+     /usr/lib/DPS/outline/decwin
+
+DEC Digital Unix
+     /usr/lib/X11/fonts/Type1Adobe
+
+HP HP-UX 9, 10
+     /usr/lib/X11/fonts/type1.st/typefaces
+
+IBM AIX
+     /usr/lpp/DPS/fonts/outlines
+     /usr/lpp/X11/lib/X11/fonts/Type1
+     /usr/lpp/X11/lib/X11/fonts/Type1/DPS
+
+NeXT
+     /NextLibrary/Fonts/outline
+
+SGI IRIX
+     /usr/lib/DPS/outline/base /usr/lib/X11/fonts/Type1
+
+Sun SunOS 4.x
+     (NeWSprint only)
+     newsprint_2.5/SUNWsteNP/reloc/$BASEDIR/
+     NeWSprint/small_openwin/lib/fonts
+     /usr/openwin/lib/X11/fonts/Type1/outline
+
+Sun Solaris 2
+     /usr/openwin/lib/X11/fonts/Type1/outline
+
+VMS
+     SYS$COMMON:[SYSFONT.XDPS.OUTLINE]
+
+The NeXT system supplies more fonts than any others, but there's a lot
+of overlap.
+
+   Finally, if you have an Hewlett-Packard printer, you should be able
+to get Type 1 font files for the standard 35 fonts from HP, if the
+freely available URW Type 1's do not satisfy for whatever reason.  The
+phone number for HP Printer Drivers is (in the United States)
+303-339-7009.  The driver set to ask for is Adobe Type Manager 2.51,
+and the disk set number is `MP210en3'.  Mentioning anything other than
+Microsoft Windows when you ask for the driver set will likely lead to
+great confusion on the other end.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Ghostscript installation,  Next: Diagnosing problems,  Prev: PostScript font installation,  Up: Installation
+
+2.3 Ghostscript installation
+============================
+
+Ghostscript is a PostScript interpreter freely available to end-users,
+written by Peter Deutsch.  It can read the PostScript produced by Dvips
+and render it on your monitor, or for another device (e.g., an Epson
+printer) that does not support PostScript, or in PDF format.  The latest
+version is available via `http://www.cs.wisc.edu/~ghost/index.html' and
+`ftp://ftp.cs.wisc.edu/pub/ghost/aladdin/'.
+
+   A somewhat older version of Ghostscript is available under the GNU
+General Public License, free to everyone.  You can get that from
+`ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/'.
+
+   The program Ghostview, written by Tim Theisen, provides typical
+previewing capabilities (next page/previous page, magnification, etc.).
+It requires Ghostscript to run, and files in structured Postscript,
+specifically with `%%Page' comments (no `N' in `config.ps').  You can
+get Ghostview from the same places as Ghostscript.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Diagnosing problems,  Prev: Ghostscript installation,  Up: Installation
+
+2.4 Diagnosing problems
+=======================
+
+You've gone through all the trouble of installing Dvips, carefully read
+all the instructions in this manual, and still can't get something to
+work.  The following sections provide some helpful hints if you find
+yourself in such a situation.
+
+   For details on effective bug reporting, common installation problems,
+and `mktexpk' problems, *note Bugs: (kpathsea)Bugs.
+
+   A good first debugging operation is to set the environment variable
+`DVIPSDEBUG', which will display any configuration and map files read
+by Dvips.  This way you can be sure it's finding the files and settings
+you expect.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Debug options::               Getting diagnostics.
+* No output::                   No output at all.
+* Small or inverted::           Output too small or inverted.
+* Printer errors::              The printer sends back errors.
+* Long documents fail::         Long documents fail to print.
+* Including graphics fails::    Figures don't work.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Debug options,  Next: No output,  Up: Diagnosing problems
+
+2.4.1 Debug options
+-------------------
+
+The `-d' flag to Dvips helps in tracking down certain errors.  The
+parameter to this flag is an integer that tells what errors are
+currently being tracked.  To track a certain class of debug messages,
+specify the appropriate number given below; if you wish to track
+multiple classes, sum the numbers of the classes you wish to track.  To
+track all classes, you can use `-1'.
+
+   You can also set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' instead
+of using `-d'.  Some of these debugging options are actually provided
+by Kpathsea (*note Debugging: (kpathsea)Debugging.).
+
+   The classes are:
+
+1
+     specials
+
+2
+     paths
+
+4
+     fonts
+
+8
+     pages
+
+16
+     headers
+
+32
+     font compression
+
+64
+     files
+
+128
+     (omitted)
+
+256
+     config files
+
+512
+     Kpathsea `stat' calls
+
+1024
+     Kpathsea hash table lookups
+
+2048
+     Kpathsea path element expansion
+
+4096
+     Kpathsea path searches
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: No output,  Next: Small or inverted,  Prev: Debug options,  Up: Diagnosing problems
+
+2.4.2 No output at all
+----------------------
+
+If you are not getting any output at all, even from the simplest
+one-character file (for instance, `\ \bye'), then something is very
+wrong.  Practically any file sent to a PostScript laser printer should
+generate some output, at the very least a page detailing what error
+occurred, if any.  Talk to your system administrator about downloading a
+PostScript error handler.  (Adobe distributes a good one called
+`ehandler.ps'.)  
+
+   It is possible, especially if you are using non-Adobe PostScript,
+that your PostScript interpreter is broken.  Even then it should
+generate an error message.  Dvips tries to work around as many bugs as
+possible in common non-Adobe PostScript interpreters, but doubtless it
+misses a few.  PowerPage Revision 1, Interpreter Version 20001.001, on
+a Mitsubishi Shinko CHC-S446i color thermal dye sublimation printer is
+known to be unable to print with any but builtin fonts.
+
+   If Dvips gives any strange error messages, or compilation on your
+machine generated a lot of warnings, perhaps the Dvips program itself is
+broken.  Try using the debug options to determine where the error
+occurred (*note Debug options::).
+
+   It is possible your spooler is broken and is misinterpreting the
+structured comments.  Try the `-N' flag to turn off structured comments
+and see what happens.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Small or inverted,  Next: Printer errors,  Prev: No output,  Up: Diagnosing problems
+
+2.4.3 Output too small or inverted
+----------------------------------
+
+If some documents come out inverted or too small, probably your spooler
+is not supplying an end of job indicator at the end of each file.  (This
+commonly happens on small machines that don't have spoolers.)  You can
+force Dvips to do this with the `-F' flag (or `F' config file option),
+but this generates files with a terminating binary character
+(control-D).  You can also try using the `-s' flag (or `s' config file
+option) to enclose the entire job in a save/restore pair.  *Note
+Command-line options::, and *note Config files::.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Printer errors,  Next: Long documents fail,  Prev: Small or inverted,  Up: Diagnosing problems
+
+2.4.4 Error messages from printer
+---------------------------------
+
+If your printer returns error messages, the error message gives very
+good information on what might be going wrong.  One of the most common
+error messages is `bop undefined'.  This is caused by old versions of
+Transcript and other spoolers that do not properly parse the setup
+section of the PostScript.  To fix this, turn off structured comments
+with the `-N' option, but it'd be best to get your spooling software
+updated.
+
+   Another error message is `VM exhausted'.  Some printers indicate
+this error by locking up, others quietly reset.  This is caused by Dvips
+thinking that the printer has more memory than it actually does, and
+then printing a complicated document.  To fix this, try lowering the
+`m' parameter in the configuration file; use the debug option to make
+sure you adjust the correct file.
+
+   Other errors may indicate you are trying to include graphics that
+don't nest properly in other PostScript documents, among other things.
+Try the PostScript file on a QMS PS-810 or other Adobe PostScript
+printer if you have one, or Ghostscript (*note Ghostscript
+installation::); it might be a problem with the printer itself.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Long documents fail,  Next: Including graphics fails,  Prev: Printer errors,  Up: Diagnosing problems
+
+2.4.5 Long documents fail to print
+----------------------------------
+
+This is usually caused by incorrectly specifying the amount of memory
+the printer has in the configuration file; see the previous section.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Including graphics fails,  Prev: Long documents fail,  Up: Diagnosing problems
+
+2.4.6 Including graphics fails
+------------------------------
+
+The most common problem with including graphics is an incorrect bounding
+box (*note Bounding box::). Complain to whoever wrote the software that
+generated the file if the bounding box is indeed incorrect.
+
+   Another possible problem is that the figure you are trying to include
+does not nest properly; there are certain rules PostScript applications
+must follow when generating files to be included.  The Dvips program
+includes work-arounds for such errors in Adobe Illustrator and other
+programs, but there are certainly applications that haven't been tested.
+
+   One possible thing to try is the `-K' flag which strips the comments
+from an included figure.  This might be necessary if the PostScript
+spooling software does not read the structured comments correctly.  Use
+of this flag will break graphics from some applications, though, since
+some applications read the PostScript file from the input stream,
+looking for a particular comment.
+
+   Any application which generates graphics output containing raw binary
+(not ASCII hex) will probably fail with Dvips.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Invoking Dvips,  Next: Paper size and landscape,  Prev: Installation,  Up: Top
+
+3 Invoking Dvips
+****************
+
+Dvips reads a DVI file as output by (for example) TeX, and converts it
+to PostScript, taking care of builtin or downloaded PostScript fonts,
+font reencoding, color, etc.  These features are described in other
+chapters in this document.
+
+   There many ways to control Dvips' behavior: configuration files,
+environment variables, and command-line options.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Basic usage::
+* Command-line options::
+* Environment variables::
+* Config files::
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Basic usage,  Next: Command-line options,  Up: Invoking Dvips
+
+3.1 Basic usage of Dvips
+========================
+
+To use Dvips at its simplest, simply type
+
+     dvips foo
+
+where `foo.dvi' is the output of TeX that you want to print.  The
+default output is to a corresponding file `foo.ps'; Dvips may also have
+been locally configured to output directly to a printer by default.
+
+   If you use fonts that have not been used on your system before, they
+may be automatically generated; this process can take a few minutes, so
+progress reports appear by default.  The next time that document is
+printed, these fonts will have been saved in the proper directories, so
+printing will go much faster.  (If Dvips tries to endlessly generate the
+same fonts over and over again, it hasn't been installed properly.
+*Note Unable to generate fonts: (kpathsea)Unable to generate fonts.)
+
+   Many options are available (see the next section).  For a brief
+summary of available options, just type
+
+     dvips --help
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Command-line options,  Next: Environment variables,  Prev: Basic usage,  Up: Invoking Dvips
+
+3.2 Command-line options
+========================
+
+Dvips has a plethora of command line options.  Reading through this
+section will give a good idea of the capabilities of the driver.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Option summary::              Quick listing, from Dvips --help.
+* Option details::              More information about each option.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Option summary,  Next: Option details,  Up: Command-line options
+
+3.2.1 Option summary
+--------------------
+
+Here is a handy summary of the options; it is printed out when you run
+Dvips with no arguments or with the standard `--help' option.  
+
+Usage: dvips [OPTION]... FILENAME[.dvi]
+Convert DVI input files to PostScript.
+See http://tug.org/dvips/ for the full manual and other information.
+
+Options:
+-a*  Conserve memory, not time       -A   Print only odd (TeX) pages
+-b # Page copies, for posters e.g.   -B   Print only even (TeX) pages
+-c # Uncollated copies               -C # Collated copies
+-d # Debugging                       -D # Resolution
+-e # Maxdrift value                  -E*  Try to create EPSF
+-f*  Run as filter                   -F*  Send control-D at end
+                                     -G*  Shift low chars to higher pos.
+-h f Add header file
+-i*  Separate file per section
+-j*  Download fonts partially
+-k*  Print crop marks                -K*  Pull comments from inclusions
+-l # Last page
+-m*  Manual feed                     -M*  Don't make fonts
+-mode s Metafont device name
+-n # Maximum number of pages         -N*  No structured comments
+-noomega  Disable Omega extensions
+-noptex   Disable pTeX extensions
+-o f Output file                     -O c Set/change paper offset
+-p # First page                      -P s Load config.$s
+-pp l Print only pages listed
+-q*  Run quietly
+-r*  Reverse order of pages          -R*  Run securely
+-s*  Enclose output in save/restore  -S # Max section size in pages
+-t s Paper format                    -T c Specify desired page size
+-u s PS mapfile                      -U*  Disable string param trick
+-v   Print version number and quit   -V*  Send downloadable PS fonts as PK
+-x # Override dvi magnification      -X # Horizontal resolution
+-y # Multiply by dvi magnification   -Y # Vertical resolution
+-z*  Hyper PS                        -Z*  Compress bitmap fonts
+    # = number   f = file   s = string  * = suffix, `0' to turn off
+    c = comma-separated dimension pair (e.g., 3.2in,-32.1cm)
+    l = comma-separated list of page ranges (e.g., 1-4,7-9)
+
+Email bug reports to tex-k@mail.tug.org.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Option details,  Prev: Option summary,  Up: Command-line options
+
+3.2.2 Option details
+--------------------
+
+Many of the parameterless options listed here can be turned off by
+suffixing the option with a zero (`0'); for instance, to turn off page
+reversal, use `-r0'.  Such options are marked with a trailing `*'.
+
+`-'
+     Read additional options from standard input after processing the
+     command line.
+
+`--help'
+     Print a usage message and exit.
+
+`--version'
+     Print the version number and exit.
+
+`-a*'
+     Conserve memory by making three passes over the DVI file instead
+     of two and only loading those characters actually used.  Generally
+     only useful on machines with a very limited amount of memory, like
+     some PCs.
+
+`-A'
+     Print only the odd pages.  This option uses TeX page numbers, not
+     physical page numbers.
+
+`-b NUM'
+     Generate NUM copies of each page, but duplicating the page body
+     rather than using the `/#copies' PostScript variable.  This can be
+     useful in conjunction with a header file setting `bop-hook' to do
+     color separations or other neat tricks.
+
+`-B'
+     Print only the even pages.  This option uses TeX page numbers, not
+     physical page numbers.
+
+`-c NUM'
+     Generate NUM consecutive copies of every page, i.e., the output is
+     uncollated.  This merely sets the builtin PostScript variable
+     `/#copies'.
+
+`-C NUM'
+     Generate NUM copies, but collated (by replicating the data in the
+     PostScript file).  Slower than the `-c' option, but easier on the
+     hands, and faster than resubmitting the same PostScript file
+     multiple times.
+
+`-d NUM'
+     Set the debug flags, showing what Dvips (thinks it) is doing.
+     This will work unless Dvips has been compiled without the `DEBUG'
+     option (not recommended).  *Note Debug options::, for the possible
+     values of NUM.  Use `-d -1' as the first option for maximum output.
+
+`-D NUM'
+     Set both the horizontal and vertical resolution to NUM, given in
+     dpi (dots per inch). This affects the choice of bitmap fonts that
+     are loaded and also the positioning of letters in resident
+     PostScript fonts. Must be between 10 and 10000.  This affects both
+     the horizontal and vertical resolution.  If a high resolution
+     (something greater than 400 dpi, say) is selected, the `-Z' flag
+     should probably also be used.  If you are using fonts made with
+     Metafont, such as Computer Modern, `mktexpk' needs to know about
+     the value for NUM that you use or Metafont will fail.  See the file
+     `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf' for a list of resolutions and mode
+     names for most devices.
+
+`-e NUM'
+     Maximum drift in pixels of each character from its `true'
+     resolution-independent position on the page. The default value of
+     this parameter is resolution dependent (it is the number of
+     entries in the list [100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000,
+     1200, 1600, 2000, 2400, 2800, 3200, ...] that are less than or
+     equal to the resolution in dots per inch). Allowing individual
+     characters to `drift' from their correctly rounded positions by a
+     few pixels, while regaining the true position at the beginning of
+     each new word, improves the spacing of letters in words.
+
+`-E*'
+     Generate an EPSF file with a tight bounding box.  This only looks
+     at marks made by characters and rules, not by any included
+     graphics.  In addition, it gets the glyph metrics from the TFM
+     file, so characters that print outside their enclosing TFM box may
+     confuse it.  In addition, the bounding box might be a bit too
+     loose if the character glyph has significant left or right side
+     bearings.  Nonetheless, this option works well enough for creating
+     small EPSF files for equations or tables or the like.  (Of course,
+     Dvips output, especially when using bitmap fonts, is
+     resolution-dependent and thus does not make very good EPSF files,
+     especially if the images are to be scaled; use these EPSF files
+     with care.)  For multiple page input files, also specify `-i' to
+     get each page as a separate EPSF file; otherwise, all the pages
+     are overlaid in the single output file.
+
+`-f*'
+     Run as a filter.  Read the DVI file from standard input and write
+     the PostScript to standard output.  The standard input must be
+     seekable, so it cannot be a pipe.  If your input must be a pipe,
+     write a shell script that copies the pipe output to a temporary
+     file and then points Dvips at this file.  This option also
+     disables the automatic reading of the `PRINTER' environment
+     variable; use `-P$PRINTER' after the `-f' to read it anyway.  It
+     also turns off the automatic sending of control-D if it was turned
+     on with the `-F' option or in the configuration file; use `-F'
+     after the `-f' to send it anyway.
+
+`-F*'
+     Write control-D (ASCII code 4) as the very last character of the
+     PostScript file.  This is useful when Dvips is driving the printer
+     directly instead of working through a spooler, as is common on
+     personal systems.  On systems shared by more than one person, this
+     is not recommended.
+
+`-G*'
+     Shift non-printing characters (ASCII 0-32, 127) to higher-numbered
+     positions.  This was useful to work around bugs in old versions of
+     Adobe's PDF reader.  It's more likely to cause problems nowadays.
+
+`-h NAME'
+     Prepend NAME as an additional header file, or, if NAME is `-',
+     suppress all header files.  Any definitions in the header file get
+     added to the PostScript `userdict'.
+
+`-i*'
+     Make each section be a separate file; a "section" is a part of the
+     document processed independently, most often created to avoid
+     memory overflow.  The filenames are created replacing the suffix
+     of the supplied output file name by a three-digit sequence number.
+     This option is most often used in conjunction with the `-S' option
+     which sets the maximum section length in pages; if `-i' is
+     specified and `-S' is not, each page is output as a separate file.
+     For instance, some phototypesetters cannot print more than ten or
+     so consecutive pages before running out of steam; these options
+     can be used to automatically split a book into ten-page sections,
+     each to its own file.
+
+`-j*'
+     Download only needed characters from Type 1 fonts. This is the
+     default in the current release.  Some debugging flags trace this
+     operation (*note Debug options::).  You can also control partial
+     downloading on a per-font basis (*note psfonts.map::).
+
+`-k*'
+     Print crop marks.  This option increases the paper size (which
+     should be specified, either with a paper size special or with the
+     `-T' option) by a half inch in each dimension.  It translates each
+     page by a quarter inch and draws cross-style crop marks.  It is
+     mostly useful with typesetters that can set the page size
+     automatically.  This works by downloading `crop.pro'.
+
+`-K*'
+     Remove comments in included PostScript graphics, font files, and
+     headers; only necessary to get around bugs in spoolers or
+     PostScript post-processing programs.  Specifically, the `%%Page'
+     comments, when left in, often cause difficulties.  Use of this
+     flag can cause other graphics to fail, however, since the
+     PostScript header macros from some software packages read portion
+     the input stream line by line, searching for a particular comment.
+
+`-l [=]NUM'
+     The last page printed will be the first one numbered NUM. Default
+     is the last page in the document.  If NUM is prefixed by an equals
+     sign, then it (and the argument to the `-p' option, if specified)
+     is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather than a
+     value to compare with the TeX `\count0' values stored in the DVI
+     file.  Thus, using `-l =9' will end with the ninth page of the
+     document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered.
+
+`-m*'
+     Specify manual feed, if supported by the output device.
+
+`-mode MODE'
+     Use MODE as the Metafont device name for path searching and font
+     generation.  This overrides any value from configuration files.
+     With the default paths, explicitly specifying the mode also makes
+     the program assume the fonts are in a subdirectory named MODE.
+     *Note TeX directory structure: (kpathsea)TeX directory structure.
+     If Metafont does not understand the MODE name, see *note Unable to
+     generate fonts: (kpathsea)Unable to generate fonts.
+
+`-M*'
+     Turns off automatic font generation (`mktexpk').  If `mktexpk',
+     the invocation is appended to a file `missfont.log' (by default)
+     in the current directory.  You can then execute the log file to
+     create the missing files after fixing the problem.  If the current
+     directory is not writable and the environment variable or
+     configuration file value `TEXMFOUTPUT' is set, its value is used.
+     Otherwise, nothing is written.  The name `missfont.log' is
+     overridden by the `MISSFONT_LOG' environment variable or
+     configuration file value.
+
+`-n NUM'
+     Print at most NUM pages. Default is 100000.
+
+`-N*'
+     Turns off generation of structured comments such as `%%Page'; this
+     may be necessary on some systems that try to interpret PostScript
+     comments in weird ways, or on some PostScript printers.  Old
+     versions of TranScript in particular cannot handle modern
+     Encapsulated PostScript.  Beware: This also disables page
+     movement, etc., in PostScript viewers such as Ghostview.
+
+`-noomega'
+     Disable the use of Omega extensions when interpreting DVI files.
+     By default, the additional opcodes `129' and `134' are recognized
+     by Dvips as Omega or pTeX extensions and interpreted as requests
+     to set 2-byte characters.
+
+`-noptex'
+     Disable the use of pTeX extensions when interpreting DVI files.  By
+     default, the additional opcodes `130' and `135' are recognized by
+     Dvips as Omega extensions and interpreted as requests to set
+     3-byte characters, and `255' as request to change the typesetting
+     direction.
+
+     The only drawback is that the virtual font array will (at least
+     temporarily) require 65536 or more positions instead of the default
+     256 positions, i.e., the memory requirements of Dvips will be
+     somewhat larger.  If you find this unacceptable or encounter
+     another problem with the Omega or pTeX extensions, you can switch
+     off the pTeX extension by using `-noptex', or both by using
+     `-noomega' (but please do send a bug report if you find such
+     problems, *note Bugs: (kpathsea)Bugs.).
+
+`-o NAME'
+     Send output to the file NAME.  If `-o' is specified without NAME
+     (i.e., it is the last thing on the command line), the default is
+     `FILE.ps' where the input DVI file was `FILE.dvi'.  If `-o' isn't
+     given at all, the configuration file default is used.
+
+     If NAME is `-', output goes to standard output.  If the first
+     character of NAME is `!' or `|', then the remainder will be used
+     as an argument to `popen'; thus, specifying `|lpr' as the output
+     file will automatically queue the file for printing as usual.
+     (The MS-DOS version will print to the local printer device `PRN'
+     when NAME is `|lpr' and a program by that name cannot be found.)
+
+     `-o' disables the automatic reading of the `PRINTER' environment
+     variable, and turns off the automatic sending of control-D.  See
+     the `-f' option for how to override this.
+
+`-O X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET'
+     Move the origin by X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET, a comma-separated pair of
+     dimensions such as `.1in,-.3cm' (*note papersize special::).  The
+     origin of the page is shifted from the default position (of one
+     inch down, one inch to the right from the upper left corner of the
+     paper) by this amount.  This is usually best specified in the
+     printer-specific configuration file.
+
+     This is useful for a printer that consistently offsets output
+     pages by a certain amount.  You can use the file `testpage.tex' to
+     determine the correct value for your printer.  Be sure to do
+     several runs with the same `O' value--some printers vary widely
+     from run to run.
+
+     If your printer offsets every other page consistently, instead of
+     every page, your best recourse is to use `bop-hook' (*note
+     PostScript hooks::).
+
+`-p [=]NUM'
+     The first page printed will be the first one numbered NUM. Default
+     is the first page in the document.  If NUM is prefixed by an
+     equals sign, then it (and the argument to the `-l' option, if
+     specified) is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather
+     than a value to compare with the TeX `\count0' values stored in the
+     DVI file.  Thus, using `-p =3' will start with the third page of
+     the document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered.
+
+`-pp FIRST-LAST'
+     Print pages FIRST through LAST; equivalent to `-p FIRST -l LAST',
+     except that multiple `-pp' options accumulate, unlike `-p' and
+     `-l'.  The `-' separator can also be `:'.
+
+`-P PRINTER'
+     Read the configuration file `config.PRINTER' (`PRINTER.cfg' on
+     MS-DOS), which can set the output name (most likely `o |lpr
+     -PPRINTER'), resolution, Metafont mode, and perhaps font paths and
+     other printer-specific defaults.  It works best to put sitewide
+     defaults in the one master `config.ps' file and only things that
+     vary printer to printer in the `config.PRINTER' files; `config.ps'
+     is read before `config.PRINTER'.
+
+     A configuration file for creating Adobe PDF files is provided in
+     `config.pdf' and can be loaded with `-Ppdf', it will try to
+     include Type1 outline fonts into the PostScript file (*note
+     Hypertext caveats::).
+
+     If no `-P' or `-o' is given, the environment variable `PRINTER' is
+     checked.  If that variable exists, and a corresponding
+     `config.PRINTER' (`PRINTER.cfg' on MS-DOS) file exists, it is read.
+     *Note Configuration file searching::.
+
+`-q*'
+     Run quietly.  Don't chatter about pages converted, etc. to standard
+     output; report no warnings (only errors) to standard error.
+
+`-r*'
+     Output pages in reverse order.  By default, page 1 is output first.
+
+`-R'
+     Run securely.  `-R2' disables both shell command execution in
+     `\special' (via ``', *note Dynamic creation of graphics::) and
+     config files (via the `E' option, *note Configuration file
+     commands::) and opening of any absolute or `..'-relative
+     filenames.  `-R1', the default, forbids shell escapes but allows
+     absolute filenames.  `-R0' allows both.
+
+`-s*'
+     Enclose the output in a global save/restore pair.  This causes the
+     file to not be truly conformant, and is thus not recommended, but
+     is useful if you are driving a deficient printer directly and thus
+     don't care too much about the portability of the output to other
+     environments.
+
+`-S NUM'
+     Set the maximum number of pages in each `section'.  This option is
+     most commonly used with the `-i' option; see its description above
+     for more information.
+
+`-t PAPERTYPE'
+     Set the paper type to PAPERTYPE, usually defined in one of the
+     configuration files, along with the appropriate PostScript code to
+     select it (*note Config file paper sizes::).
+        - You can also specify a PAPERTYPE of `landscape', which
+          rotates a document by 90 degrees.
+
+        - To rotate a document whose paper type is not the default, you
+          can use the `-t' option twice, once for the paper type, and
+          once for `landscape'.
+
+        - In general, you should not use any `-t' option when using a
+          `papersize' special, which some LaTeX packages (e.g.,
+          `hyperref') insert.
+
+        - One exception is when using a nonstandard paper size that is
+          not already defined in `config.ps'; in this case, you need to
+          specify `-t unknown'.
+
+        - Another exception is when producing multi-page files for
+          further processing; use `-t nopaper' to omit any paper size
+          information in the output.  (If you just have a single page
+          document, you can use `-E' to get pure EPSF output.)
+
+`-T HSIZE,VSIZE'
+     Set the paper size to (HSIZE,VSIZE), a comma-separated pair of
+     dimensions such as `.1in,-.3cm' (*note papersize special::).  It
+     overrides any paper size special in the DVI file.  Be careful, as
+     the paper size will stick to a predefined size if there is one
+     close enough. To disable this behavior, use `-tunknown'.
+
+`-u PSMAPFILE'
+     Set PSMAPFILE to be the file that dvips uses for looking up
+     PostScript font aliases.  If PSMAPFILE begins with a `+'
+     character, then the rest of the name is used as the name of the
+     map file, and the map file is appended to the list of map files
+     (instead of replacing the list).  In either case, if the name has
+     no extension, then `.map' is added at the end.
+
+`-U*'
+     Disable a PostScript virtual memory-saving optimization that
+     stores the character metric information in the same string that is
+     used to store the bitmap information.  This is only necessary when
+     driving the Xerox 4045 PostScript interpreter, which has a bug
+     that puts garbage on the bottom of each character.  Not
+     recommended unless you must drive this printer.
+
+`-v'
+     Print the dvips version number and exit.
+
+`-V*'
+     Download non-resident PostScript fonts as bitmaps.  This requires
+     use of `mtpk' or `gsftopk' or `pstopk' or some combination thereof
+     to generate the required bitmap fonts; these programs are supplied
+     with Dvips.  The bitmap must be put into `psfonts.map' as the
+     downloadable file for that font.  This is useful only for those
+     fonts for which you do not have real outlines, being downloaded to
+     printers that have no resident fonts, i.e., very rarely.
+
+`-x NUM'
+     Set the magnification ratio to NUM/1000. Overrides the
+     magnification specified in the DVI file.  Must be between 10 and
+     100000.  It is recommended that you use standard magstep values
+     (1095, 1200, 1440, 1728, 2074, 2488, 2986, and so on) to help
+     reduce the total number of PK files generated.  NUM may be a real
+     number, not an integer, for increased precision.
+
+`-X NUM'
+     Set the horizontal resolution in dots per inch to NUM.
+
+`-y NUM'
+     Set the magnification ratio to NUM/1000 times the magnification
+     specified in the DVI file.  See `-x' above.
+
+`-Y NUM'
+     Set the vertical resolution in dots per inch to NUM.  
+
+`-z*'
+     Pass `html' hyperdvi specials through to the output for eventual
+     distillation into PDF.  This is not enabled by default to avoid
+     including the header files unnecessarily, and use of temporary
+     files in creating the output.  *Note Hypertext::.
+
+`-Z*'
+     Compress bitmap fonts in the output file, thereby reducing the
+     size of what gets downloaded.  Especially useful at high
+     resolutions or when very large fonts are used.  May slow down
+     printing, especially on early 68000-based PostScript printers.
+     Generally recommend today, and can be enabled in the configuration
+     file (*note Configuration file commands::).
+
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Environment variables,  Next: Config files,  Prev: Command-line options,  Up: Invoking Dvips
+
+3.3 Environment variables
+=========================
+
+Dvips looks for many environment variables, to define search paths and
+other things.  The path variables are read as needed, after all
+configuration files are read, so they override values in the
+configuration files.  (Except for `TEXCONFIG', which defines where the
+configuration files themselves are found.)
+
+   *Note Path specifications: (kpathsea)Path specifications, for
+details of interpretation of path and other environment variables
+common to all Kpathsea-using programs.  Only the environment variables
+specific to Dvips are mentioned here.
+
+`DVIPSDEBUG'
+     Write the absolute path names of any configuration or map files to
+     standard output, for debugging.  This isn't done by default because
+     these files are read even before the banner is printed.  For
+     voluminous additional debugging, set the environment variable
+     `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' (*note Debugging: (kpathsea)Debugging.).
+     (If `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' is set to any value, it automatically turns
+     on `DVIPSDEBUG'.)
+
+`DVIPSFONTS'
+     Default path to search for all fonts.  Overrides all the font path
+     config file options and other environment variables (*note
+     Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.).
+
+`DVIPSHEADERS'
+     Default path to search for PostScript header files.  Overrides the
+     `H' config file option (*note Configuration file commands::).
+
+`DVIPSMAKEPK'
+     Overrides `mktexpk' as the name of the program to invoke to create
+     missing PK fonts.  You can change the arguments passed to the
+     `mktexpk' program with the `MAKETEXPK' environment variable; *note
+     MakeTeX script arguments: (kpathsea)MakeTeX script arguments.
+
+`DVIPSRC'
+     Specifies the name of the startup file (*note Configuration file
+     searching::) which is read after `config.ps' but before any
+     printer-specific configuration files.
+
+`DVIPSSIZES'
+     Last-resort sizes for scaling of unfound fonts.  Overrides the `R'
+     definition in config files (*note Configuration file commands::).
+
+`PRINTER'
+     Determine the default printer configuration file.  (Dvips itself
+     does not use `PRINTER' to determine the output destination in any
+     way.)
+
+`TEXCONFIG'
+     Path to search for Dvips' `config.PRINTER' configuration files,
+     including the base `config.ps'.  Using this single environment
+     variable, you can override everything else.  (The printer-specific
+     configuration files are called `PRINTER.cfg' on MS-DOS, but
+     `config.ps' is called by that name on all platforms.)
+
+`TEXPICTS'
+     Path to search for included graphics files.  Overrides the `S'
+     config file option (*note Configuration file commands::).  If not
+     set, `TEXINPUTS' is looked for.  *Note Supported file formats:
+     (kpathsea)Supported file formats.
+
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Config files,  Prev: Environment variables,  Up: Invoking Dvips
+
+3.4 Dvips configuration files
+=============================
+
+This section describes in detail the Dvips-specific `config.*' device
+configuration files (called `*.cfg' on MS-DOS), which override the
+`texmf.cnf' configuration files generic to Kpathsea which Dvips also
+reads (*note Config files: (kpathsea)Config files.).
+
+   For information about installing these files, including a prototype
+file you can copy, *note config.ps installation::.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Configuration file searching:: Where config.* files are searched for.
+* Configuration file commands::  What can go in a config.* file.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Configuration file searching,  Next: Configuration file commands,  Up: Config files
+
+3.4.1 Configuration file searching
+----------------------------------
+
+The Dvips program loads many different configuration files, so that
+parameters can be set globally across the system, on a per-device basis,
+or individually by each user.
+
+  1. Dvips first reads (if it exists) `config.ps'; it is searched for
+     along the path for Dvips configuration files, as described in
+     *note Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.
+
+  2. A user-specific startup file is loaded, so individual users can
+     override any options set in the global file.  The environment
+     variable `DVIPSRC', if defined, is used as the specification of
+     the startup file.  If this variable is undefined, Dvips uses a
+     platform-specific default name.  On Unix Dvips looks for the
+     default startup file under the name `$HOME/.dvipsrc', which is in
+     the user's home directory.  On MS-DOS and MS-Windows, where users
+     generally don't have their private directories, the startup file
+     is called `dvips.ini' and it is searched for along the path for
+     Dvips configuration files (as described in *note Supported file
+     formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.); users are expected to
+     set this path as they see fit for their taste.
+
+  3. The command line is read and parsed: if the `-PDEVICE' option is
+     encountered, at that point `config.DEVICE' is loaded.  Thus, the
+     printer configuration file can override anything in the site-wide
+     or user configuration file, and it can also override options in
+     the command line up to the point that the `-P' option was
+     encountered.  (On MS-DOS, the printer configuration files are
+     called `DEVICE.cfg', since DOS doesn't allow more than 3 characters
+     after the dot in filenames.)
+
+  4. If no `-P' option was specified, and also the `-o' and `-f'
+     command line options were not used, Dvips checks the environment
+     variable `PRINTER'.  If it exists, then `config.$PRINTER'
+     (`$PRINTER.cfg' on MS-DOS) is loaded (if it exists).
+
+
+   Because the `.dvipsrc' file is read before the printer-specific
+configuration files, individual users cannot override settings in the
+latter.  On the other hand, the `TEXCONFIG' path usually includes the
+current directory, and can in any case be set to anything, so the users
+can always define their own printer-specific configuration files to be
+found before the system's.
+
+   A few command-line options are treated specially, in that they are
+not overridden by configuration files:
+
+`-D'
+     As well as setting the resolution, this unsets the mode, if the
+     mode was previously set from a configuration file.  If
+     `config.$PRINTER' is read, however, any `D' or `M' lines from
+     there will take effect.
+
+`-mode'
+     This overrides any mode setting (`M' line) in configuration files.
+     `-mode' does not affect the resolution.
+
+`-o'
+     This overrides any output setting (`o' line) in configuration
+     files.
+
+
+   The purpose of these special cases is to (1) minimize the chance of
+having a mismatched mode and resolution (which `mktexpk' cannot
+resolve), and (2) let command-line options override config files where
+possible.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Configuration file commands,  Prev: Configuration file searching,  Up: Config files
+
+3.4.2 Configuration file commands
+---------------------------------
+
+Most of the configuration file commands are similar to corresponding
+command line options, but there are a few exceptions.  When they are the
+same, we omit the description here.
+
+   As with command line options, many may be turned off by suffixing the
+letter with a zero (`0').
+
+   Within a configuration file, empty lines, and lines starting with a
+space, asterisk, equal sign, percent sign, or pound sign are ignored.
+There is no provision for continuation lines.
+
+`@ NAME HSIZE VSIZE'
+     Define paper sizes.  *Note Config file paper sizes::.
+
+`a*'
+     Memory conservation.  Same as `-a', *note Option details::.
+
+`b #COPIES'
+     Multiple copies.  Same as `-b', *note Option details::.
+
+`c FILENAME'
+     Include FILENAME as an additional configuration file, read
+     immediately.
+
+`D DPI'
+     Output resolution.  Same as `-D', *note Option details::.
+
+`e NUM'
+     Max drift.  Same as `-e', *note Option details::.
+
+`E COMMAND'
+     Executes the command listed with `system'(3); can be used to get
+     the current date into a header file for inclusion, for instance.
+     Possibly dangerous; this may be disabled, in which case a warning
+     will be printed if the option is used (and warnings are not
+     suppressed).
+
+`f*'
+`F'
+     Run as a filter.  Same as `-f', *note Option details::.
+
+`G*'
+     Shift low-numbered characters; obsolete.  Same as `-G', *note
+     Option details::.
+
+`h HEADER'
+     Prepend HEADER to output.  Same as `h-', *note Option details::.
+
+`H PATH'
+     Use PATH to search for PostScript header files.  The environment
+     variable `DVIPSHEADERS' overrides this.
+
+`i N'
+     Make multiple output files.  Same as `-i -S N', *note Option
+     details::.
+
+`j*'
+     Partially download Type 1 fonts.  Same as `-j', *note Option
+     details::.
+
+`K*'
+     Remove comments from included PostScript files.  Same as `-K',
+     *note Option details::.
+
+`m NUM'
+     Declare NUM as the memory available for fonts and strings in the
+     printer.  Default is 180000.  This value must be accurate if memory
+     conservation and document splitting is to work correctly.  To
+     determine this value, send the following file to the printer:
+
+          %! Hey, we're PostScript
+          /Times-Roman findfont 30 scalefont setfont 144 432 moveto
+          vmstatus exch sub 40 string cvs show pop showpage
+
+     The number printed by this file is the total memory free; it is
+     usually best to tell Dvips that the printer has slightly less
+     memory, because many programs download permanent macros that can
+     reduce the memory in the printer.  Some systems or printers can
+     dynamically increase the memory available to a PostScript
+     interpreter, in which case this file might return a ridiculously
+     low number; for example, the NeXT computer and Ghostscript.  In
+     these cases, a value of one million works fine.
+
+`M MODE'
+     Metafont mode.  Same as `-mode', *note Option details::.
+
+`N*'
+     Disable structured comments.  Beware: This also turns off
+     displaying page numbers or changing to specific pagenumbers in
+     PostScript viewers.  Same as `-N', *note Option details::.
+
+`o NAME'
+     Send output to NAME.  Same as `-o', *note Option details::.  In
+     the file `config.foo', a setting like this is probably appropriate:
+          o |lpr -Pfoo
+     The MS-DOS version will emulate spooling to `lpr' by printing to
+     the local printer device `PRN' if it doesn't find an executable
+     program by that name in the current directory or along the `PATH'.
+
+`O XOFF,YOFF'
+     Origin offset.  Same as `-O', *note Option details::.
+
+`p [+]NAME'
+     Examine NAME for PostScript font aliases.  Default is
+     `psfonts.map'.  This option allows you to specify different
+     resident fonts that different printers may have.  If NAME starts
+     with a `+' character, then the rest of the name (after any leading
+     spaces) is used as an additional map file; thus, it is possible to
+     have local map files pointed to by local configuration files that
+     append to the global map file.  This can be used for font families.
+
+`P PATH'
+     Use PATH to search for bitmap PK font files is PATH.  The
+     `PKFONTS', `TEXPKS', `GLYPHFONTS', and `TEXFONTS' environment
+     variables override this.  *Note Supported file formats:
+     (kpathsea)Supported file formats.
+
+`q*'
+`Q'
+     Run quietly.  Same as `-q', *note Option details::.
+
+`r*'
+     Page reversal.  Same as `-r', *note Option details::.
+
+`R NUM1 NUM2 ...'
+     Define the list of default resolutions for PK fonts.  If a font
+     size actually used in a document is not available and cannot be
+     created, Dvips will scale the font found at the closest of these
+     resolutions to the requested size, using PostScript scaling.  The
+     resulting output may be ugly, and thus a warning is issued.  To
+     turn this last-resort scaling off, use a line with just the `R'
+     and no numbers.
+
+     The given numbers must be sorted in increasing order; any number
+     smaller than the preceding one is ignored.  This is because it is
+     better to scale a font up than down; scaling down can obliterate
+     small features in the character shape.
+
+     The environment and config file values `DVIPSSIZES' or `TEXSIZES'
+     override this configuration file setting.
+
+     If no `R' settings or environment variables are specified, a list
+     compiled in during installation is used. This default list is
+     defined by the Makefile variable `default_texsizes', defined in
+     the file `make/paths.make'.
+
+`s*'
+     Output global save/restore.  Same as `-s', *note Option details::.
+
+`S PATH'
+     Use PATH to search for special illustrations (Encapsulated
+     PostScript files or psfiles).  The `TEXPICTS' and then `TEXINPUTS'
+     environment variables override this.
+
+`T PATH'
+     Use PATH to search for TFM files.  The `TFMFONTS' and then
+     `TEXFONTS' environment variables overrides this.  This path is used
+     for resident fonts and fonts that can't otherwise be found.
+
+`U*'
+     Work around bug in Xerox 4045 printer.  Same as `-U', *note Option
+     details::.
+
+`V PATH'
+     Use PATH to search for virtual font files.  This may be
+     device-dependent if you use virtual fonts to simulate actual fonts
+     on different devices.
+
+`W [STRING]'
+     If STRING is supplied, write it to standard error after reading
+     all the configuration files; with no STRING, cancel any previous
+     `W' message.  This is useful in the default configuration file to
+     remind users to specify a printer, for instance, or to notify users
+     about special characteristics of a particular printer.
+
+`X NUM'
+     Horizontal resolution.  Same as `-X' (*note Option details::).
+
+`Y NUM'
+     Vertical resolution.  Same as `-Y' (*note Option details::).
+
+`Z*'
+     Compress bitmap fonts.  Same as `-Z' (*note Option details::).
+
+`z*'
+     Disables execution of system commands, like `-R' (*note Option
+     details::).  If `-R' is specified on the command line, that takes
+     precedence.
+
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Paper size and landscape,  Next: Interaction with PostScript,  Prev: Invoking Dvips,  Up: Top
+
+4 Paper size and landscape orientation
+**************************************
+
+Most TeX documents at a particular site are designed to use the local
+standard paper size (letter size in the United States, A4 in Europe).
+The Dvips program can be customized either sitewide or for a particular
+printer.
+
+   But many documents are designed for other paper sizes.  For instance,
+you may want to design a document that has the long edge of the paper
+horizontal.  This can be useful when typesetting booklets, brochures,
+complex tables, or many other documents.  This type of paper orientation
+is called "landscape" orientation (the default orientation is
+"portrait").  Alternatively, a document might be designed for ledger or
+A3 paper.
+
+   Since the intended paper size in these cases is a document design
+decision, not a printing decision, such information should be given in
+the TeX file and not on the Dvips command line.  For this reason, Dvips
+supports a `papersize' special.  It is hoped that this special will
+become standard over time for TeX previewers and other printer drivers.
+
+   Some LaTeX packages, e.g., `hyperref.sty', write a `papersize'
+special into the DVI file.  In this case, you need not and should not
+attempt to override it manually.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* papersize special::           Specifying the paper size in TeX.
+* Config file paper sizes::     Specifying printer- and site-specific sizes.
+* Paper trays::                 Changing paper trays automatically.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: papersize special,  Next: Config file paper sizes,  Up: Paper size and landscape
+
+4.1 `papersize' special
+=======================
+
+The format of the `papersize' special is
+
+     \special{papersize=WIDTH,HEIGHT}
+
+WIDTH is the horizontal size of the page, and HEIGHT is the vertical
+size.  The dimensions supported are the same as for TeX; namely, in
+(inches), cm (centimeters), mm (millimeters), pt (points), sp (scaled
+points), bp (big points, the same as the default PostScript unit), pc
+(picas), dd (didot points), and cc (ciceros).
+
+   For a US letter size landscape document, the `papersize' would be:
+     \special{papersize=11in,8.5in}
+
+An alternate specification of `landscape':
+     \special{landscape}
+
+This is supported for backward compatibility, but it is hoped that
+reventually the `papersize' comment will dominate.
+
+   Of course, such a `\special' only informs Dvips of the desired paper
+size; you must also adjust `\hsize' and `\vsize' in your TeX document
+typeset to those dimensions.
+
+   When using the `papersize' special, you generally should not also
+specify `-t' on the command line (*note Option details::).  The
+exception is when using a nonstandard paper size that isn't predefined;
+in this case, use `-t unknown'.
+
+   The `papersize' special must occur somewhere on the first page of
+the document.  Some packages, notably `hyperref', insert this special.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Config file paper sizes,  Next: Paper trays,  Prev: papersize special,  Up: Paper size and landscape
+
+4.2 Configuration file paper size command
+=========================================
+
+The `@' command in a configuration file sets the paper size defaults
+and options.  The first `@' command defines the default paper size.  It
+has three possible parameters:
+
+     @ [NAME [HSIZE VSIZE]]
+
+   If `@' is specified on a line by itself, with no parameters, it
+instructs Dvips to discard all previous paper size information (possibly
+from another configuration file).
+
+   If three parameters are given, with the first parameter being a name
+and the second and third being a dimension (as in `8.5in' or `3.2cc',
+just like in the `papersize' special), then the option is interpreted
+as starting a new paper size description, where NAME is the name and
+HSIZE and VSIZE define the horizontal and vertical size of the sheet of
+paper, respectively. For example:
+
+     @ letterSize 8.5in 11in
+
+   If both HSIZE and VSIZE are zero (you must still specify units!)
+then any page size will match.  If the `@' character is immediately
+followed by a `+' sign, then the remainder of the line (after skipping
+any leading blanks) is treated as PostScript code to send to the
+printer, presumably to select that particular paper size:
+
+     @ letter 8.5in 11in
+     @+ %%BeginPaperSize: Letter
+     @+ letter
+     @+ %%EndPaperSize
+
+   After all that, if the first character of the line is an exclamation
+point, then the line is put in the initial comments section of the final
+output file; else, it is put in the setup section of the output file.
+For example:
+
+     @ legal 8.5in 14in
+     @+ ! %%DocumentPaperSizes: Legal
+     @+ %%BeginPaperSize: Legal
+     @+ legal
+     @+ %%EndPaperSize
+
+   When Dvips has a paper format name given on the command line, it
+looks for a match by the NAME; when it has a `papersize' special, it
+looks for a match by dimensions.  The best match found (from the paper
+size information in the configuration file) is used.  The dimensions
+must match within 5bp.
+
+   If nothing matches, a warning is printed and the first paper size
+with zero dimensions is used; this should be the `unknown' paper size
+definition mentioned below, resulting in the actual dimensions being
+used.
+
+   Landscape mode for all paper sizes is automatically supported.
+
+   If your printer has a command to set a special paper size, then give
+dimensions of `0in 0in'; the PostScript code that sets the paper size
+can refer to the dimensions the user requested as `hsize' and `vsize';
+these will be macros defined in the PostScript that return the
+requested size in default PostScript units.  Also, some printers want
+`BeginPaperSize' comments and paper size setting commands; others (such
+as the NeXT) want `PaperSize' comments and they will handle setting the
+paper size.  So paper size entries should typically specify both.
+
+   When using a paper size that is not already defined in `config.ps',
+you probably want to say `-t unknown' on the command line; the
+`unknown' paper size definition in `config.ps' has the requisite
+PostScript incantation to set the PostScript page size, as just
+described.
+
+   If you want no paper size information in the output at all, use
+`-t nopaper'.  This is useful with multi-page output that will be
+processed further.  If you just have a single page document, you can
+use `-E' to get pure EPSF output.
+
+   The Perl 5 script `contrib/configs/mkdvipspapers' in the
+distribution directory may help in determining appropriate paper size
+definitions.
+
+   Notwithstanding the above, the default `letter' and `a4' paper size
+definitions in `config.ps' execute the `setpagedevice' operator if it
+exists (it was defined in PostScript Level 2), or the `letter' or `a4'
+operator if they exist (they are nonstandard and thus perhaps cause
+failures on certain (unknown) printers).  Not executing any page size
+definition at all confuses PostScript conversion programs such as
+`ps2pdf', so we want to execute one if we can.
+
+   The `letterSize' and `A4Size' paper size definitions are now
+synonyms for `letter' and `a4'.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Paper trays,  Prev: Config file paper sizes,  Up: Paper size and landscape
+
+4.3 Paper trays
+===============
+
+Some printers, such as the Hewlett-Packard HP4si, have multiple paper
+trays.  You can set up Dvips to take advantage of this using the
+`bop-hook' PostScript variable (*note PostScript hooks::).
+
+   For example, suppose you have an alternate tray stocked with
+letterhead paper; the usual tray has the usual paper.  You have a
+document where you want the first page printed on letterhead, and the
+remaining pages on the usual paper. You can create a header file, say
+`firstletterhead.PS', with the following (PostScript) code (`bop-hook'
+is passed the current physical page number, which starts at zero):
+
+     /bop-hook { dup 0 eq { ALTERNATETRAY } { NORMALTRAY } ifelse } def
+
+where ALTERNATETRAY and NORMALTRAY are the appropriate commands to
+select the paper trays.  On the 4SI, ALTERNATETRAY is `statusdict begin
+1 setpapertray end' and NORMALTRAY is `statusdict begin 0 setpapertray
+end'.
+
+   Then, include the file with either
+   * the `-h' command-line option (*note Option details::); or
+
+   * the `h' config file option (*note Configuration file commands::);
+     or
+
+   * `\special{header=FILE}' in your TeX document (*note Including
+     headers from TeX: Including headers from TeX.).
+
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Interaction with PostScript,  Next: PostScript fonts,  Prev: Paper size and landscape,  Up: Top
+
+5 Interaction with PostScript
+*****************************
+
+Dvips supports inclusion of PostScript figure files (e.g., Encapsulated
+PostScript), downloading other header files (e.g., fonts), including
+literal PostScript code, and hypertext.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* PostScript figures::          Including an Encapsulated PostScript figure.
+* Header files::                Downloading extra definitions.
+* Literal PS::                  Writing literal PostScript code.
+* Hypertext::                   Producing HyperPostScript to make PDF.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: PostScript figures,  Next: Header files,  Up: Interaction with PostScript
+
+5.1 PostScript figures
+======================
+
+Scaling and including PostScript graphics is a breeze--if the PostScript
+file is correctly formed.  Even if it is not, however, the file can
+usually be accommodated with just a little more work.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Bounding box::                 The %%BoundingBox EPS comment.
+* \includegraphics::             The LaTeX \includegraphics macro.
+* EPSF macros::                  Including the file in TeX.
+* psfile special::               The basic special.
+* Dynamic creation of graphics:: Handling compressed or generated figures.
+* Fonts in figures::             The %*Font comment.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Bounding box,  Next: \includegraphics,  Up: PostScript figures
+
+5.1.1 The bounding box comment
+------------------------------
+
+The most important feature of a good PostScript file from the standpoint
+of including it in another document is an accurate bounding box comment.
+Every well-formed PostScript file has a comment describing where on the
+page the graphic is located, and how big that graphic is.
+
+   This information is given as the lower left and upper right corners
+of the box just enclosing the graphic, and is thus referred to as the
+"bounding box".  These coordinates are given in the default PostScript
+units (there are precisely 72 PostScript units to the inch, like TeX
+big points) with respect to the lower left corner of the sheet of paper.
+
+   To see if a PostScript file has a bounding box comment, just look at
+the first few lines of the file.  PostScript files are standard ASCII,
+so you can use any text editor to do this.  If within the first few
+dozen lines there is a line like
+
+     %%BoundingBox: 25 50 400 300
+
+(with any reasonable numbers), chances are very good that the file is
+Encapsulated PostScript and will work easily with Dvips.  If the file
+contains instead a line like
+
+     %%BoundingBox: (atend)
+
+the file is still probably Encapsulated PostScript, but the bounding box
+is given at the end of the file.  Dvips needs it at the beginning.  You
+can move it with that same text editor, or a simple script.  (The
+bounding box is given in this way when the program that generated the
+PostScript couldn't know the size in advance, or was too lazy to compute
+it.)
+
+   If the document lacks a `%%BoundingBox:' altogether, you can
+determine one in a couple of ways.  One is to use the `bbfig' program
+distributed with Dvips in the `contrib' directory. This can usually
+find the correct bounding box automatically; it works best with
+Ghostscript.
+
+   If the comment looks like this:
+     %%BoundingBox: 0 0 612 792
+
+the graphic claims to take up an entire sheet of paper.  This is
+usually a symptom of a bug in the program that generated it.
+
+   The other is to do it yourself: print the file.  Now, take a ruler,
+and make the following measurements (in PostScript units, so measure in
+inches and multiply by 72): From the left edge of the paper to the
+leftmost mark on the paper is LLX, the first number.  From the bottom
+edge of the paper to the bottommost mark on the paper is LLY, the
+second number.  From the left edge of the paper to the rightmost mark
+on the paper is URX, the third number.  The fourth and final number,
+URY, is the distance from the bottom of the page to the uppermost mark
+on the paper.
+
+   Once you have the numbers, add a comment of the following form as the
+second line of the document.  (The first line should already be a line
+starting with the two characters `%!'; if it is not, the file probably
+isn't PostScript.)
+
+     %%BoundingBox: LLX LLY URX URY
+
+Or, if you don't want to modify the file, you can simply write these
+numbers down in a convenient place and give them in your TeX document
+when you import the graphic, as described in the next section.
+
+   If the document does not have such a bounding box, or if the bounding
+box is given at the end of the document, or the bounding box is wrong,
+please complain to the authors of the software package that generated
+the file.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: \includegraphics,  Next: EPSF macros,  Prev: Bounding box,  Up: PostScript figures
+
+5.1.2 The \includegraphics macro for LaTeX
+------------------------------------------
+
+Once the figure file has a bounding box comment (see the previous
+section) you are ready to import the graphic into a LaTeX document. For
+LaTeX 2e, you can use the epsf, graphics or graphicx packages, but the
+last is recommended--it has the most flexible syntax, and is briefly
+described here.  Further information can be found in `grfguide' or
+`epslatex', which should be included in your LaTeX distribution in DVI,
+PDF, or other formats.  (If you are still using LaTeX 2.09, use
+epsf.sty).
+
+   Just put the following command into your preamble:
+
+     \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}
+
+   Depending on your system, a suitable driver setup may already be
+present, so that LaTeX automatically produces DVI files suitable for
+Dvips. In this case you can leave out the `[dvips]' parameter.
+
+   Now, at the point you want to include a file `foo.eps', enter a line
+such as:
+
+     \includegraphics{foo.eps}
+
+   However, it is usually best to omit the file extension and only use
+
+     \includegraphics{foo}
+
+because then you can process the same LaTeX file with different TeX
+engines or DVI converters if you also provide suitable graphics files
+for them, e.g., `foo.pdf' or `foo.png'.
+
+   The \includegraphics command has many options, specified in
+`key=value' syntax, to allow you to resize, rotate or trim the included
+graphic--see `grfguide' or `epslatex'.  If your file does not have a
+bounding box comment, you can supply the numbers as determined in the
+previous section, in the same order they would have been in a normal
+bounding box comment:
+
+     \includegraphics[bb=100 100 500 500]{foo.ps}
+
+Now, save your changes and run LaTeX and Dvips; the output should have
+your graphic positioned at precisely the point you indicated, occupying
+the proper amount of space.
+
+   PostScript graphics have their origin in the lower left corner.
+Therefore, in TeX, a graphic will occupy a box that extends far above
+the line where it is put in, but has depth zero below it.  Combining
+`\includegraphics' with `\parbox' commands or minipages can sometimes
+be confusing when this is not taken into account.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: EPSF macros,  Next: psfile special,  Prev: \includegraphics,  Up: PostScript figures
+
+5.1.3 Using the EPSF macros
+---------------------------
+
+If you are using LaTeX 2e, use the `graphics' or `graphicx' package.
+*Note \includegraphics::.
+
+   If you are using plain TeX or LaTeX 2.09, you need `epsf.tex' (for
+plain TeX) and `epsf.sty' (for LaTeX).  For plain TeX, add a line like
+this near the top of your input file:
+
+     \input epsf
+
+If you are using LaTeX 2.09, add the `epsf' style option, as in:
+
+     \documentstyle[12pt,epsf]{article}
+
+In any case, the above only needs to be done once, no matter how many
+figures you plan to include.
+
+   Now, at the point you want to include a file, enter a line such as:
+
+     \epsffile{foo.eps}
+
+   If you are using LaTeX, you may need to add `\leavevmode'
+immediately before the `\epsffile' command to get certain environments
+to work correctly.  If your file does not have a bounding box comment,
+you can supply the numbers as determined in the previous section, in
+the same order they would have been in a normal bounding box comment:
+
+     \epsffile[100 100 500 500]{foo.ps}
+
+Now, save your changes and run TeX and Dvips; the output should have
+your graphic positioned at precisely the point you indicated, occupying
+the proper amount of space.
+
+   The `\epsffile' macro typesets the figure as a TeX `\vbox' at the
+point of the page that the command is executed.  By default, the
+graphic will have its `natural' width (namely, the width of its bounding
+box).  The TeX box will have depth zero and its natural height.  By
+default, the graphic will be scaled by any DVI magnification in effect,
+just as is everything else in your document.  See the next section for
+more information on scaling.
+
+   If you want TeX to report the size of the figure as a message on your
+terminal when it processes each figure, give the command:
+
+     \epsfverbosetrue
+
+* Menu:
+
+* EPSF scaling::
+* EPSF clipping::
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: EPSF scaling,  Next: EPSF clipping,  Up: EPSF macros
+
+5.1.3.1 EPSF scaling
+....................
+
+Usually, you will want to scale an EPSF figure to some size appropriate
+for your document, since its natural size is determined by the creator
+of the EPS file.
+
+   The best way to do this is to assign the desired size to the TeX
+`\epsfxsize' or `\epsfysize' variables, whichever is more convenient
+for you.  That is, put
+
+     \epsfxsize=DIMEN
+
+right before the call to `\epsffile'.  Then the width of the TeX box
+will be DIMEN and its height will be scaled proportionately.
+Similarly, you can set the vertical size with
+
+     \epsfysize=DIMEN
+
+in which case the height will be set and the width scaled
+proportionally.
+
+   If you set both, both will be honored, but the aspect ratio of the
+included graphic may necessarily be distorted, i.e., its contents
+stretched in one direction or the other.
+
+   You can resize graphics in a more general way by redefining the
+`\epsfsize' macro.  `\epsffile' calls this with two parameters: the
+natural horizontal and vertical sizes of the PostScript graphic.
+`\epsfsize' must expand to the desired horizontal size, that is, the
+width of the `\vbox'.  Schematically:
+
+     \def\epsfsize#1#2{BODY}
+
+   Some useful definitions of BODY:
+
+`\epsfxsize'
+     This definition (the default) enables the default features listed
+     above, by setting `\epsfxsize' to the same value it had before the
+     macro was called.
+
+`#1'
+     Force the natural size by returning the first parameter (the
+     original width).
+
+`0pt'
+     A special case, equivalent to `#1'.
+
+`0.5#1'
+     Scale to half the natural size.
+
+`\hsize'
+     Scale to the current `\hsize'.  (In LaTeX, use `\textwidth'
+     instead of `\hsize'.)
+
+`\ifnum#1>\hsize\hsize\else#1\fi'
+     If the natural width is greater than the current `\hsize', scale to
+     `\hsize', otherwise use the natural width.
+
+
+   For compatibility with other PostScript drivers, it is possible to
+turn off the default scaling of included figures by the DVI
+magnification with the following TeX command:
+
+     \special{! /magscale false def}
+
+Use of this command is not recommended because it will make the
+`\epsffile' graphics the "wrong" size if global magnification is being
+used, and it will cause any PostScript graphics to appear improperly
+scaled and out of position if a DVI to DVI program is used to scale or
+otherwise modify the document.
+
+   DVI magnification is not applied to any output from code you write in
+`bop-hook' or its ilk (*note PostScript hooks::),
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: EPSF clipping,  Prev: EPSF scaling,  Up: EPSF macros
+
+5.1.3.2 EPSF clipping
+.....................
+
+By default, clipping is disabled for included EPSF images.  This is
+because clipping to the bounding box dimensions often cuts off a small
+portion of the figure, due to slightly inaccurate bounding box
+arguments.  The problem might be subtle; lines around the boundary of
+the image might be half their intended width, or the tops or bottoms of
+some text annotations might be sliced off.  If you want to turn
+clipping on, just use the command
+
+     \epsfclipon
+
+and to turn clipping back off, use
+
+     \epsfclipoff
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: psfile special,  Next: Dynamic creation of graphics,  Prev: EPSF macros,  Up: PostScript figures
+
+5.1.4 `psfile' special
+----------------------
+
+The basic special for file inclusion is as follows:
+
+     \special{psfile=FILENAME.ps [KEY=VALUE] ... }
+
+This downloads the PostScript file `FILENAME.ps' such that the current
+point will be the origin of the PostScript coordinate system.  The
+optional KEY=VALUE assignments allow you to specify transformations on
+the PostScript.
+
+   The possible KEYs are:
+
+`hoffset'
+     The horizontal offset (default 0).
+
+`voffset'
+     The vertical offset (default 0).
+
+`hsize'
+     The horizontal clipping size (default 612).
+
+`vsize'
+     The vertical clipping size (default 792).
+
+`hscale'
+     The horizontal scaling factor, as a percentage (default 100).
+
+`vscale'
+     The vertical scaling factor, as a percentage (default 100).
+
+`angle'
+     The rotation, in degrees (default 0).
+
+`clip'
+     Enable clipping to the bounding box (default disabled).
+
+`llx, lly, urx, ury'
+     Bounding box of the included image, just as in a `%%BoundingBox'
+     comment.  Values are in big points, and may be fractional.
+
+`rhi, rwi'
+     Desired width and height of the resulting figure in the output, in
+     tenths of big points (720 to the inch); may be fractional.
+
+     If both `rwi' and `rhi' are nonzero, the picture is scaled,
+     possibly losing aspect ratio.  If only one of `rwi' and `rhi' is
+     nonzero, the picture is scaled, preserving aspect ratio.
+
+
+   The offsets and sizes are given in PostScript units (big points).
+Thus, for example:
+
+     \special{psfile=foo.ps hoffset=72 hscale=90 vscale=90}
+
+will shift the graphics produced by file `foo.ps' right by one inch and
+will draw it at 0.9 times normal size.  Offsets are given relative to
+the point of the special command, and are unaffected by scaling or
+rotation.  Rotation is counterclockwise about the origin.  The order of
+operations is to rotate the figure, scale it, then offset it.
+
+   For compatibility with older PostScript drivers, it is possible to
+change the units that `hscale' and `vscale' are given in.  This can be
+done by redefining `@scaleunit' in `SDict' by a TeX command such as
+
+     \special{! /@scaleunit 1 def}
+
+The `@scaleunit' variable, which is by default 100, is what `hscale'
+and `vscale' are divided by to yield an absolute scale factor.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Dynamic creation of graphics,  Next: Fonts in figures,  Prev: psfile special,  Up: PostScript figures
+
+5.1.5 Dynamic creation of PostScript graphics files
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+PostScript is an excellent page description language--but it does tend
+to be rather verbose.  Compressing PostScript graphics files can reduce
+them by factor of five or more.  For this reason, if the name of an
+included PostScript file ends with `.Z' or `.gz', Dvips automatically
+runs `gzip -d'.  For example:
+
+     \epsffile[72 72 540 720]{foo.ps.gz}
+
+Since the results of such a command are not accessible to TeX, if you
+use this facility with the `epsf' macros, you need to supply the
+bounding box parameter yourself, as shown.
+
+   More generally, if the filename parameter to one of the graphics
+inclusion techniques starts with a left quote (``'), the parameter is
+instead interpreted as a command to execute that will send the actual
+file to standard output.  For example:
+
+     \special{psfile="`gnuplot foo"}
+
+to include the file `foo'.  Of course, the command to be executed can
+be anything, including using a file conversion utility such as `tek2ps'
+or whatever is appropriate.  This feature can be disabled with the `-R'
+command-line option or `R' configuration option.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Fonts in figures,  Prev: Dynamic creation of graphics,  Up: PostScript figures
+
+5.1.6 Fonts in figures
+----------------------
+
+You can use any font available to TeX and Dvips within a graphics file
+by putting a `%*Font:' line in the leading commentary of the file.
+Schematically, this looks like:
+
+     %*Font: TFMNAME SCALEDBP DESIGNBP HEX-START:HEX-BITSTRING
+
+   Here is the meaning of each of these elements:
+
+TFMNAME
+     The TeX TFM filename, e.g., `cmr10'.  You can give the same
+     TFMNAME on more than one `%*Font' line; this is useful when the
+     number of characters from the font used needs a longer
+     HEX-BITSTRING (see item below) than conveniently fits on one line.
+
+SCALEDBP
+     The size at which you are using the font, in PostScript points (TeX
+     big points).  72bp = 72.27pt = 1in.
+
+DESIGNBP
+     The designsize of the font, again in PostScript points.  This
+     should match the value in the TFM file TFMNAME.  Thus, for `cmr10',
+     it should be `9.96265'.
+
+HEX-START
+     The character code of the first character used from the font,
+     specified as two ASCII hexadecimal characters, e.g., `4b' or `4B'
+     for `K'.
+
+HEX-BITSTRING
+     An arbitrary number of ASCII hexadecimal digits specifying which
+     characters following (and including) HEX-START are used.  This is
+     treated as a bitmap.  For example, if your figure used the single
+     letter `K', you would use `4b:8' for HEX-START and HEX-BITSTRING.
+     If it used `KLMNP', you would use `4b:f4'.
+
+
+   MetaPost's output figures contain lines like this for bitmap fonts
+used in a MetaPost label (*note MetaPost: (web2c)MetaPost.).
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Header files,  Next: Literal PS,  Prev: PostScript figures,  Up: Interaction with PostScript
+
+5.2 PostScript header files
+===========================
+
+"Header files" are bits of PostScript included in the output file;
+generally they provide support for special features, rather than
+producing any printed output themselves.  You can explicitly request
+downloading header files if necessary for some figure, or to achieve
+some special effect.
+
+   Dvips includes some headers on its own initiative, to implement
+features such as PostScript font reencoding, bitmap font downloading,
+handling of `\special''s, and so on.  These standard headers are the
+`.pro' files (for "prologue") in the installation directory
+`$(psheaderdir)'; they are created from the `.lpro' ("long prologue")
+files in the distribution by stripping comments, squeezing blank lines,
+etc., for maximum efficiency.  If you want to peruse one of the
+standard header files, read the `.lpro' version.
+
+   The PostScript dictionary stack will be at the `userdict' level when
+header files are included.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Including headers from TeX::
+* Including headers from the command line::
+* Headers and memory usage::
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Including headers from TeX,  Next: Including headers from the command line,  Up: Header files
+
+5.2.1 Including headers from TeX
+--------------------------------
+
+In order to get a particular graphic file to work, a certain font or
+header file might need to be sent first.  The Dvips program provides
+support for this with the `header' `\special'.  For instance, to ensure
+that `foo.ps' gets downloaded:
+
+     \special{header=foo.ps}
+
+   As another example, if you have some PostScript code that uses a
+PostScript font not built into your printer, you must download it to the
+printer. If the font isn't used elsewhere in the document, Dvips can't
+know you've used it, so you must include it in the same way, as in:
+
+     \special{header=putr.pfa}
+
+to include the font definition file for Adobe Utopia Roman.
+
+   The `header' also special allows for specifying some additional code
+that should be inserted into the PostScript document before and after
+the file itself, as follows:
+
+     \special{header={foo.ps} pre={pre code} post={post code}}
+
+   This will insert `pre code' just before `foo.ps' and `post code'
+just after.  It is required to use the (balanced) braces in _all_ of
+the arguments, including the `header', when using this extended syntax.
+
+   This allows, for instance, dynamic headers, where some of the content
+depends on settings from the user in (La)TeX. Another application is
+the inclusion of graphics inside the PostScript header, so that they
+can be reused throughout the document, as with logs.  That avoids
+including the same graphic several times. This is implemented in the
+`graphics/graphicx-psmin' package.
+
+   This extended syntax has one additional feature. When Dvips finds the
+extended syntax, it will also look in the installed `tex/' tree(s) for
+the header file (`foo.ps' in our example), and not only in the current
+directory and dvips tree as the original syntax does.  This is because
+common graphics may well come with packages which are installed in the
+`tex/' tree.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Including headers from the command line,  Next: Headers and memory usage,  Prev: Including headers from TeX,  Up: Header files
+
+5.2.2 Including headers from the command line
+---------------------------------------------
+
+You can include headers when you run Dvips, as well as from your
+document (see the previous section).  To do this, run Dvips with the
+option `-P HEADER'; this will read the file `config.HEADER', which in
+turn can specify a header file to be downloaded with the `h' option.
+*Note Configuration file commands::.  These files are called
+`HEADER.cfg' on MS-DOS.
+
+   You can arrange for the same file to serve as a `-P' config file and
+the downloadable header file, by starting the lines of PostScript code
+with a space, leaving only the `h' line and any comments starting in
+the first column.  As an example, see `contrib/volker/config.*'
+(`contrib/volker/*.cfg' on MS-DOS).  (These files also perform useful
+functions: controlling duplex/simplex mode on duplex printers, and
+setting various screen frequencies; `contrib/volker/README' explains
+further.)
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Headers and memory usage,  Prev: Including headers from the command line,  Up: Header files
+
+5.2.3 Headers and memory usage
+------------------------------
+
+Dvips tries to avoid overflowing the printer's memory by splitting the
+output files into "sections" (see the `-i' option in *note Option
+details::).  Therefore, for all header files, Dvips debits the printer
+VM budget by some value.  If the header file has, in its leading
+commentary a line of the form
+
+     %%VMusage: MIN MAX
+
+then MAX is used.  If there is no `%%VMusage' line, then the size (in
+bytes) of the header file is used as an approximation.
+
+   Illustrations (figure files) are also checked for `%%VMusage' line.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Literal PS,  Next: Hypertext,  Prev: Header files,  Up: Interaction with PostScript
+
+5.3 Literal PostScript
+======================
+
+You can include literal PostScript code in your document in several
+ways.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* " special::                   To include inline PostScript code.
+* ps special::                  Inline PostScript without save/restore.
+* PostScript hooks::            Specifying code to run in the PS interpreter.
+* Literal headers::             Literal PostScript for the whole document.
+* Literal examples::            Neat example.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: " special,  Next: ps special,  Up: Literal PS
+
+5.3.1 `"' special: Literal PostScript
+-------------------------------------
+
+For simple graphics, or just for experimentation, literal PostScript
+code can be included.  Simply use a `\special' beginning with a double
+quote character `"'; there is no matching closing `"'.
+
+   For instance, the following (simple) graphic:
+
+   [ picture of a grey triangle ]
+
+was created by typing:
+
+     \vbox to 100bp{\vss % a bp is the same as a PostScript unit
+       \special{" newpath 0 0 moveto 100 100 lineto 394 0 lineto
+       closepath gsave 0.8 setgray fill grestore stroke}}
+
+   You are responsible for leaving space for such literal graphics, as
+with the `\vbox' above.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: ps special,  Next: PostScript hooks,  Prev: " special,  Up: Literal PS
+
+5.3.2 `ps' special
+------------------
+
+Generally, Dvips encloses specials in a PostScript save/restore pair,
+guaranteeing that the special will have no effect on the rest of the
+document.  The `ps' special, however, allows you to insert literal
+PostScript instructions without this protective shield; you should
+understand what you're doing (and you shouldn't change the PostScript
+graphics state unless you are willing to take the consequences).  This
+command can take many forms because it has had a torturous history; any
+of the following will work:
+
+     \special{ps:TEXT}
+     \special{ps::TEXT}
+     \special{ps::[begin]TEXT}
+     \special{ps::[end]TEXT}
+     \special{ps::[nobreak]TEXT}
+
+(with longer forms taking precedence over shorter forms, when they are
+present).  `ps::' and `ps::[end]' do no positioning, so they can be
+used to continue PostScript literals started with `ps:' or
+`ps::[begin]'.
+
+   Literal PostScript instructions after `ps::[nobreak]' are _not_
+broken into lines. This feature may be used to include PostScript
+comments, for example.
+
+   In addition, the variant
+
+     \special{ps: plotfile FILENAME}
+
+inserts the contents of FILENAME verbatim into the output (except for
+omitting lines that begin with %).  An example of the proper use of
+literal specials can be found in the file `rotate.tex', which makes it
+easy to typeset text turned in multiples of 90 degrees.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Literal headers,  Next: Literal examples,  Prev: PostScript hooks,  Up: Literal PS
+
+5.3.3 Literal headers: `!' `\special'
+-------------------------------------
+
+You can download literal PostScript header code in your TeX document,
+for use with (for example) literal graphics code that you include later.
+The text of a `\special' beginning with an `!' is copied into the
+output file.  A dictionary `SDict' will be current when this code is
+executed; Dvips arranges for `SDict' to be first on the dictionary
+stack when any PostScript graphic is included, whether literally (the
+`"' special) or through macros (e.g., `epsf.tex').
+
+   For example:
+
+     \special{! /reset { 0 0 moveto} def}
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: PostScript hooks,  Next: Literal headers,  Prev: ps special,  Up: Literal PS
+
+5.3.4 PostScript hooks
+----------------------
+
+Besides including literal PostScript at a particular place in your
+document (as described in the previous section), you can also arrange to
+execute arbitrary PostScript code at particular times while the
+PostScript is printing.
+
+   If any of the PostScript names `bop-hook', `eop-hook', `start-hook',
+or `end-hook' are defined in `userdict', they will be executed at the
+beginning of a page, end of a page, start of the document, and end of a
+document, respectively.
+
+   When these macros are executed, the default PostScript coordinate
+system and origin is in effect.  Such macros can be defined in headers
+added by the `-h' option or the `header=' special, and might be useful
+for writing, for instance, `DRAFT' across the entire page, or, with the
+aid of a shell script, dating the document.  These macros are executed
+outside of the save/restore context of the individual pages, so it is
+possible for them to accumulate information, but if a document must be
+divided into sections because of memory constraints, such added
+information will be lost across section breaks.
+
+   The single argument to `bop-hook' is the physical page number; the
+first page gets zero, the second one, etc.  `bop-hook' must leave this
+number on the stack.  None of the other hooks are passed arguments.
+
+   As an example of what can be done, the following special will write
+a light grey `DRAFT' across each page in the document:
+
+     \special{!userdict begin /bop-hook{gsave 200 30 translate
+     65 rotate /Times-Roman findfont 216 scalefont setfont
+     0 0 moveto 0.7 setgray (DRAFT) show grestore}def end}
+
+   Using `bop-hook' or `eop-hook' to preserve information across pages
+breaks compliance with the Adobe document structuring conventions, so
+if you use any such tricks, you may also want to use the `-N' option to
+turn off structured comments (such as `%%Page').  Otherwise, programs
+that read your file will assume its pages are independent.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Literal examples,  Prev: Literal headers,  Up: Literal PS
+
+5.3.5 Literal examples
+----------------------
+
+To finish off this section, the following examples of literal PostScript
+are presented without explanation:
+
+     \def\rotninety{\special{ps:currentpoint currentpoint translate 90
+     rotate neg exch neg exch translate}}\font\huge=cmbx10 at 14.4truept
+     \setbox0=\hbox to0pt{\huge A\hss}\vskip16truept\centerline{\copy0
+     \special{ps:gsave}\rotninety\copy0\rotninety\copy0\rotninety
+     \box0\special{ps:grestore}}\vskip16truept
+
+   [ There are 4 `A' characters, each rotated 90 degrees about a
+common center point ]
+
+     \vbox to 2truein{\special{ps:gsave 0.3 setgray}\hrule height 2in
+     width\hsize\vskip-2in\special{ps:grestore}\font\big=cminch\big
+     \vss\special{ps:gsave 1 setgray}\vbox to 0pt{\vskip2pt
+     \line{\hss\hskip4pt NEAT\hss}\vss}\special{ps:0 setgray}%
+     \hbox{\raise2pt\line{\hss NEAT\hss}\special{ps:grestore}}\vss}
+
+   [ There is a big gray box with the word `NEAT' inside in big letters
+]
+
+   Some caveats are in order, however. Make sure that each `gsave' is
+matched with a `grestore' on the same page.  Do not use `save' and
+`restore'; they can interact with the PostScript generated by Dvips if
+care is not taken.  Try to understand what the above macros are doing
+before writing your own.  The `\rotninety' macro especially has a
+useful trick that appears again and again.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Hypertext,  Prev: Literal PS,  Up: Interaction with PostScript
+
+5.4 HyperTeXt
+=============
+
+Dvips has support for producing hypertext PostScript documents.  If you
+specify the `-z' option, the `html:' specials described below will be
+converted into `pdfmark' PostScript operators to specify links.
+Without `-z', `html:' specials are ignored.
+
+   The resulting PostScript can then be processed by a distiller
+program to make a PDF file.  (It can still be handled by ordinary
+PostScript interpreters as well.)  Various versions of both PC and Unix
+distillers are supported; Ghostscript includes limited distiller support
+(*note Ghostscript installation::).
+
+   Macros you can use in your TeX document to insert the specials in the
+first place are available from `CTAN:/support/hypertex'.  For CTAN
+info, *note unixtex.ftp: (kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.
+
+   This hypertext support (and original form of the documentation) was
+written by Mark Doyle and Tanmoy Bhattacharya as the `dvihps' program.
+You can retrieve their software and additional documentation via the
+CTAN reference above.  You may also be interested in the Java previewer
+IDVI, available at `http://www.win.tue.nl/~dickie/idvi', and/or in
+`http://www.emrg.com/texpdf.html', which describes the process of
+making PDF files from TeX files in more detail.
+
+   Mail archives for the original project are at
+`http://math.albany.edu:8800/hm/ht/'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Hypertext caveats::       Font quality, missing character psi.
+* Hypertext specials::      The details on the specials.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Hypertext caveats,  Next: Hypertext specials,  Up: Hypertext
+
+5.4.1 Hypertext caveats
+-----------------------
+
+If you intend to go all the way to PDF, you may want to use the standard
+35 PostScript fonts exclusively, since other fonts are embedded as
+bitmaps by default.  The Adobe PDF readers are extremely slow when
+dealing with bitmap fonts and the results look terrible on the screen.
+Printouts will probably look fine, but may not take full advantage of a
+high-resolution printer.  Alternatively, you can have your fonts
+embedded as Type 1 scalable outlines.  The resulting PostScript files
+may be larger, but can be effectively rasterized at any resolution.
+They can also be converted to PDF files that can be used effectively at
+any screen or printer resolution.
+
+   To get the TeX fonts embedded in the PostScript file as Type 1 fonts,
+add `-Ppdf' to the dvips command line switches.  The printout for a run
+should look something like this:
+
+      dvips report -Ppdf -o report.ps
+      This is dvips(k) 5.86 Copyright 1999 Radical Eye Software (www.radicaleye.com)
+      ' TeX output 2001.06.15:0837' -> report.ps
+      <tex.pro><alt-rule.pro><texc.pro><texps.pro><special.pro>.
+      <cmbx9.pfb><cmsy6.pfb><cmsy7.pfb><cmr5.pfb><cmex10.pfb><cmr9.pfb>
+      <cmmi7.pfb><cmsy10.pfb><cmmib10.pfb><cmmi10.pfb><cmti10.pfb>
+      <cmr7.pfb><cmbx10.pfb><cmr10.pfb><cmti9.pfb><cmr12.pfb><cmbx12.pfb>
+      [1] [2<mean1.ps>] [3<bounce1-00.ps>] [4]
+
+   An entry like "<cmr10.pfb>" indicates success: dvips found the
+Computer Modern Roman 10 point font in a PostScript Font Binary file,
+translated it to an ASCII encoding, and embedded it.  You can confirm
+this by examining the PostScript output file, looking for the section
+starting `%%BeginFont: CMR10' followed by an entry `/FontType 1 def'.
+
+   The `-Ppdf' option requires that the relevant outline (`.pfa' or
+`.pfb') files be installed (*note Font concepts::).  For example, the
+`cmr10' file might be in
+`/usr/share/texmf/fonts/type1/bluesky/cm/cmr10.pfb'.  Your TeX
+distribution may make those fonts available in a separate optional
+package (e.g., `tetex-extra' in Debian).  Failing that, commercial
+versions of the Computer Modern fonts are available from Blue Sky;
+public domain versions - in particular, the lm fonts, and the cm-super
+fonts, are available from CTAN sites (for CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp:
+(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).
+
+   You can convert a PostScript file to PDF using `distill', which
+comes with Adobe Acrobat, or `ps2pdf', which comes with Ghostscript.
+The `ps2pdf' that comes with `Ghostscript' version 6.0 or earlier will
+not embed Type 1 fonts.  Current recommendations are GNU Ghostscript
+6.51 or Aladdin Ghostscript 7.0.  You can check the fonts in a PDF file
+with Acrobat Reader by selecting the menu entries `File|Document
+Info|Fonts'.
+
+   Also, the Adobe distillers prior to 2.1 drop trailing space
+characters (character code 32) from strings.  Unfortunately, the
+PostScript fonts use this character code for characters other than
+space (notably the Greek letter psi in the `Symbol' font), and so these
+characters are dropped.  This bug is fixed in version 2.1.
+
+   If you can't upgrade, One workaround is to change all the trailing
+blanks in strings to a character code that isn't in the font. This works
+because the default behavior is to substitute a blank for a missing
+character, i.e., the distiller is fooled into substituting the right
+character. For instance, with the Blue Sky fonts, you can globally
+replace ` )' with `\200)' (with `sed', for example) and get the desired
+result.  With the public domain fonts, you will probably have to use a
+character code in the range 128 to 191 since these fonts duplicate the
+first 32 characters starting at 192 to avoid MS-DOS problems.
+
+   For more information on the use of TeX to produce PDF files, see the
+article "Creating quality Adobe PDF files from TeX with DVIPS" by
+Kendall Whitehouse of Adobe.  Adobe seems not to offer the article any
+more, but copies are available elsewhere:
+     `http://www.math.hawaii.edu/~ralph/MathOnWeb/TeXPDF.html'
+     `http://www.utdallas.edu/~cantrell/online/543e.html'
+
+   You may also want to check "Notes on converting (La)TeX documents to
+robust PDF using Rokicki's dvips and Acrobat Distiller" by Timothy P.
+Van Zandt:
+`http://www.emrg.com/texpdf.htmlhttp://zandtwerk.insead.fr/tex2pdf.html'.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Hypertext specials,  Prev: Hypertext caveats,  Up: Hypertext
+
+5.4.2 Hypertext specials
+------------------------
+
+Current support for the World Wide Web in the TeX system does not
+involve modifying TeX itself.  We need only define some specials;
+Arthur Smith (<apsmith@aps.org>), Tanmoy Bhattacharya, and Paul
+Ginsparg originally proposed and implemented the following:
+     html:<a href="XURL">
+     html:<a name="NAME">
+     html:</a>
+     html:<img src="XURL">
+     html:<base href="XURL">
+
+   Like all TeX `\special''s, these produce no visible output, and are
+uninterpreted by TeX itself.  They are instructions to DVI processors
+only.
+
+   Here, XURL is a standard WWW uniform resource locator (URL),
+possibly extended with a `#TYPE.STRING' construct, where TYPE is
+`page', `section', `equation', `reference' (for bibliographic
+references), `figure', `table', etc.  For example,
+     \special{html:<a href="http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~tim/ch1.dvi#equation.1.1">}
+   is a link to equation (1.1) in an example document by Tim Murphy.
+
+   See the URL
+`http://www.w3.org/hypertext/WWW/Addressing/Addressing.html' for a
+precise description of base URL's.
+
+   Descriptions of the `\special''s:
+`href'
+     Creates links in your TeX document. For example:
+          \special{html:<a href="http://www.tug.org/">}\TeX\ Users
+          Group\special{html:</a>}
+     The user will be able to click on the text `TeX Users Group' while
+     running Xdvi and get to the TUG home page.  (By the way, this is
+     for illustration. In practice, you most likely want to use macros
+     to insert the `\special' commands; reference above.)
+
+`name'
+     Defines URL targets in your TeX documents, so links can be
+     resolved. For example:
+          \special{html:<a name="paradise">}Paradise\special{html:</a>}
+          is exactly where you are right now.
+     This will resolve an `href="#paradise"'.  You'll also have to
+     change the catcode of `#', etc.  It's usually easiest to use
+     existing macro packages which take care of all the details, such as
+     `hyperref' for LaTeX.  The HyperTeX FAQ
+     (http://arxiv.org/hypertex/) has more information.
+
+`img'
+     Links to an arbitrary external file.  Interactively, a viewer is
+     spawned to read the file according to the file extension and your
+     `mailcap' file (see the Xdvi documentation).
+
+`base'
+     Defines a base URL that is prepended to all the `name' targets.
+     Typically unnecessary, as the name of the DVI file being read is
+     used by default.
+
+   The `img' and `base' tags are not yet implemented in Dvips or the
+NeXTSTEP DVI viewer.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: PostScript fonts,  Next: Color,  Prev: Interaction with PostScript,  Up: Top
+
+6 PostScript fonts
+******************
+
+Dvips supports the use of PostScript fonts in TeX documents.  To use a
+PostScript font conveniently, you need to prepare a corresponding
+virtual font; the program Afm2tfm, supplied with Dvips, helps with that.
+
+   All the necessary support for the standard 35 PostScript fonts
+(`AvantGarde-Book' through `ZapfDingbats'), plus other freely or
+commonly available PostScript fonts is available along with Dvips.  To
+use these fonts, you need do nothing beyond what is mentioned in the
+installation procedure (*note Installation::).  This chapter is
+therefore relevant only if you are installing new PostScript fonts not
+supplied with Dvips. (Or if you're curious.)
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Font concepts::               Metrics, glyphs, virtual fonts, and encodings.
+* Making a font available::     Installing and using a PostScript font.
+* Invoking afm2tfm::            Creating TFM and AFM files for a virtual font.
+* psfonts.map::                 Defining available PostScript fonts.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Font concepts,  Next: Making a font available,  Up: PostScript fonts
+
+6.1 Font concepts
+=================
+
+The information needed to typeset using a particular font is contained
+in two files: a "metric file" that contains shape-independent
+information and a "glyph file" that contains the actual shapes of the
+font's characters.  A "virtual font" is an optional additional file
+that can specify special ways to construct the characters.  TeX itself
+(or LaTeX) look only at the metric file, but DVI drivers such as Dvips
+look at all three of these files.
+
+   An "encoding file" defines the correspondence between the code
+numbers of the characters in a font and their descriptive names.  Two
+encoding files used together can describe a reencoding that rearranges,
+i.e., renumbers, the characters of a font.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Metric files::                Shape-independent font information.
+* Glyph files::                 Character shapes.
+* Virtual fonts::               Constructing one font from others.
+* Encodings::                   Character codes and character names.
+* PostScript typesetting::      How PostScript typesets a character.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Metric files,  Next: Glyph files,  Up: Font concepts
+
+6.1.1 Metric files
+------------------
+
+A "metric file" describes properties of the font that are independent
+of what the characters actually look like.  Aside from general
+information about the font itself, a metric file has two kinds of
+information: information about individual characters, organized by
+character code, and information about sequences of characters.
+
+   The per-character information specifies the width, height, depth, and
+italic correction of each character in the font.  Any might be zero.
+
+   In addition to information on individual characters, the metric file
+specifies "kerning", i.e., adding or removing space between particular
+character pairs.  It further specifies "ligature" information: when a
+sequence of input characters should be typeset as a single (presumably
+different) "ligature" character.  For example, it's traditional for the
+input `fi' to be typeset as `fi', not as `fi' (with the dot of the `i'
+colliding with `f').  (In English, the only common ligatures are fi,
+fl, ff, ffi, and ffl.)
+
+   Different typesetting systems use different metric file formats:
+
+   * Each Postscript font has an "Adobe font metrics" (`.afm') file.
+     These files are plain text, so you can inspect them easily.  You
+     can get AFM files for Adobe's fonts from
+     `ftp://ftp.adobe.com/pub/adobe/Fonts/AFMs'.
+
+   * TeX uses "TeX font metrics" (`.tfm') files. When you say `\font =
+     FONT' in your TeX document, TeX reads a file named `FONT.tfm'.
+     (Well, except for the `texfonts.map' feature; *note Fontmap:
+     (kpathsea)Fontmap.).  TeX can then calculate the space occupied by
+     characters from the font when typesetting. In addition, the DVI
+     drivers you use to print or view the DVI file produced by TeX may
+     need to look at the TFM file.
+
+     TFM files are binary (and hence are typically much smaller than AFM
+     files). You can use the `tftopl' program (*note tftopl invocation:
+     (web2c)tftopl invocation.) that comes with TeX to transform a TFM
+     file into a human-readable "property list" (`.pl') file.  You can
+     also edit a PL file and transform it back to a TeX-readable TFM
+     with the companion program `pltotf' (*note pltotf invocation:
+     (web2c)pltotf invocation.).  Editing metrics by hand is not
+     something you're likely to want to do often, but the capability is
+     there.
+
+   * ATM and other typesetting systems use "printer font metric"
+     (`.pfm') files. These are binary files. They are irrelevant in the
+     TeX world, and not freely available, so we will not discuss them
+     further.
+
+
+   The Afm2tfm program distributed with Dvips converts an AFM file to a
+TFM file and performs other useful transformations as well.  *Note
+Invoking afm2tfm::.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Glyph files,  Next: Virtual fonts,  Prev: Metric files,  Up: Font concepts
+
+6.1.2 Glyph files
+-----------------
+
+Although a metric file (see the previous section) contains information
+about the spatial and other properties of the character at position 75,
+say, it contains nothing about what the character at position 75
+actually looks like. The glyphs--the actual shapes of the letterforms
+in a font--are defined by other files, which we call glyph files.  TeX
+itself only reads the TFM file for a font; it does not need to know
+character shapes.
+
+   A "glyph file" is a file that defines the shapes of the characters
+in a font.  The shapes can be defined either by outlines or by bitmaps.
+
+   PostScript fonts are defined as "outline fonts": Each character in
+the font is defined by giving the mathematical curves (lines, arcs, and
+splines) that define its contours.  Different sizes of a character are
+generated by linearly scaling a single shape. For example, a 10-point
+`A' is simply half the size of a 20-point `A'.  Nowadays, outline fonts
+usually also contain "hints"--additional information to improve the
+appearance of the font at small sizes or low resolutions.
+
+   Although various kinds of PostScript outline fonts exist, by far the
+most common, and the only one we will consider, is called "Type 1".
+The glyph files for Postscript Type 1 fonts typically have names ending
+in `.pfa' ("printer font ASCII") or `.pfb' ("printer font binary").
+
+   In contrast, glyph files for Computer Modern and the other standard
+TeX fonts are "bitmap fonts", generated from Metafont (`.mf')
+descriptions.  The Metafont program distributed with TeX generates
+bitmaps from these descriptions.
+
+   The glyph files for TeX bitmap fonts are usually stored in "packed
+font" (PK) files.  The names of these files end in `.NNNpk', where NNN
+is the resolution of the font in dots per inch.  For example,
+`cmr10.600pk' contains the bitmaps for the `cmr10' font at a resolution
+of 600dpi.  (On DOS filesystems, it's more likely `dpi600\cmr10.pk'.)
+
+   Metafont actually outputs "generic font" (GF) files, e.g.,
+`cmr10.600gf', but the GF files are usually converted immediately to PK
+format (using the `gftopk' utility that comes with TeX) since PK files
+are smaller and contain the same information. (The GF format is a
+historical artifact.)
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Virtual fonts,  Next: Encodings,  Prev: Glyph files,  Up: Font concepts
+
+6.1.3 Virtual fonts
+-------------------
+
+A "virtual font" is constructed by extracting characters from one or
+more existing fonts and rearranging them, or synthesizing new characters
+in various ways.  The explanation in this manual is intended to suffice
+for understanding enough about virtual fonts to use them with Dvips. It
+isn't a reference manual on virtual fonts.  For more information: The
+primary document on virtual fonts is Donald E. Knuth, `TUGboat' 11(1),
+Apr. 1990, pp. 13-23, "Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards"
+(`CTAN:/info/virtual-fonts.knuth'; for CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp:
+(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).  (Don't be intimidated by the subtitle.)
+
+   A virtual font (`.vf') file specifies, for each character in the
+virtual font, a recipe for typesetting that character.  A VF file, like
+a TFM file, is in a compressed binary format.  The `vftovp' and
+`vptovf' programs convert a VF file to a human-readable VPL (virtual
+property list) format and back again.  *Note vftovp invocation:
+(web2c)vftovp invocation, and *note vptovf invocation: (web2c)vptovf
+invocation.
+
+   In the case of a PostScript font F being used in a straightforward
+way, the recipe says: character I in the VF font is character J in font
+F.  The font F is called a "base font".  For example, the VF file could
+remap the characters of the PostScript font to the positions where TeX
+expects to find them.  *Note Encodings::.
+
+   Since TeX reads only TFM files, not VF's, each VF must have a
+corresponding TFM for use with TeX.  This corresponding TFM is created
+when you run `vptovf'.
+
+   You can "expand" virtual fonts into their base fonts with DVIcopy
+(*note dvicopy invocation: (web2c)dvicopy invocation.).  This is useful
+if you are using a DVI translator that doesn't understand vf's itself.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Encodings,  Next: PostScript typesetting,  Prev: Virtual fonts,  Up: Font concepts
+
+6.1.4 Encodings
+---------------
+
+Every font, whatever its type, has an "encoding", that specifies the
+correspondence between "logical" characters and character codes.  For
+example, the ASCII encoding specifies that the character numbered 65
+(decimal) is an uppercase `A'.  The encoding does not specify what the
+character at that position looks like; there are lots of ways to draw an
+`A', and a glyph file (*note Glyph files::) tells how.  Nor does it
+specify how much space that character occupies; that information is in a
+metric file (*note Metric files::).
+
+   TeX implicitly assumes a particular encoding for the fonts you use
+with it.  For example, the plain TeX macro `\'', which typesets an
+acute accent over the following letter, assumes the acute accent is at
+position 19 (decimal). This happens to be true of standard TeX fonts
+such as Computer Modern, as you might expect, but it is not true of
+normal PostScript fonts.
+
+   It's possible but painful to change all the macros that assume
+particular character positions.  A better solution is to create a new
+font with the information for the acute accent at position 19, where
+TeX expects it to be.  *Note Making a font available::.
+
+   PostScript represents encodings as a sequence of 256 character names
+called an "encoding vector".  An "encoding file" (`.enc') gives such a
+vector, together with ligature and kerning information (with which we
+are not concerned at the moment).  These encoding files are used by the
+Afm2tfm program.  Encoding files are also downloaded to the PostScript
+interpreter in your printer if you use one of them in place of the
+default encoding vector for a particular PostScript font.
+
+   Examples of encodings: the `dvips.enc' encoding file that comes with
+the Fontname distribution (`http://tug.org/fontname') is a good (but
+not perfect) approximation to the TeX encoding for TeX's Computer
+Modern text fonts.  This is the encoding of the fonts that originated
+with Dvips, such as `ptmr.tfm'.  The distribution includes many other
+encoding files; for example, `8r.enc', which is the base font for the
+current PostScript font distribution, and three corresponding to the
+TeX mathematics fonts: `texmext.enc' for math extensions,
+`texmital.enc' for math italics, and `texmsym.enc' for math symbols.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: PostScript typesetting,  Prev: Encodings,  Up: Font concepts
+
+6.1.5 How PostScript typesets a character
+-----------------------------------------
+
+The output of Dvips is a program in the PostScript language that
+instructs your (presumably PostScript-capable) printer how to typeset
+your document by transforming it into toner on paper.  Your printer, in
+turn, contains a PostScript interpreter that carries out the
+instructions in this typesetting program.
+
+   The program must include the definition of any PostScript fonts that
+you use in your document.  Fonts built into your printer (probably the
+standard 35: `Times-Roman', `ZapfDingbats', ...) are defined within the
+interpreter itself.  Other fonts must be downloaded as pfa or pfb files
+(*note Glyph files::) from your host (the computer on which you're
+running Dvips).
+
+   You may be wondering exactly how a PostScript interpreter figures out
+what character to typeset, with this mass of metrics, glyphs, encodings,
+and other information.  (If you're not wondering, skip this section ...)
+
+   The basic PostScript operator for imaging characters is `show'.
+Suppose you've asked TeX to typeset an `S'. This will eventually wind
+up in the Dvips output as the equivalent of this PostScript operation:
+
+     (S) show
+
+Here is how PostScript typesets the `S':
+
+  1. PostScript interpreters use ASCII; therefore `S' is represented as
+     the integer 83. (Any of the 256 possible characters representable
+     in a standard 8-bit byte can be typeset.)
+
+  2. A PostScript "dictionary" is a mapping of names to arbitrary
+     values.  A font, to the interpreter, is a dictionary which
+     contains entries for certain names.  (If these entries are
+     missing, the interpreter refuses to do anything with that font.)
+
+     PostScript has a notion of "the current font"--whatever font is
+     currently being typeset in.
+
+  3. One of the mandatory entries in a font dictionary is `Encoding',
+     which defines the encoding vector (*note Encodings::) for that
+     font.  This vector of 256 names maps each possible input character
+     to a name.
+
+  4. The interpreter retrieves the entry at position 83 of the encoding
+     vector. This value is a PostScript name: `/S'.
+
+  5. For Type 1 fonts (we're not going to discuss anything else), the
+     interpreter now looks up `/S' as a key in a dictionary named
+     `CharStrings', another mandatory entry in a font dictionary.
+
+  6. The value of `S' in `CharStrings' is the equivalent of a series of
+     standard PostScript commands like `curveto', `lineto', `fill', and
+     so on. These commands are executed to draw the character. There
+     can also be "hint information" that helps adapt the character to
+     low-resolution rasters.  (*Note Glyph files::.)  The commands are
+     actually represented in a more compact way than standard
+     PostScript source; see the Type 1 book for details.
+
+
+   This method for typesetting characters is used in both Level 1 and
+Level 2 PostScript.  See the PostScript reference manuals for more
+information.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Making a font available,  Next: Invoking afm2tfm,  Prev: Font concepts,  Up: PostScript fonts
+
+6.2 Making a PostScript font available
+======================================
+
+To make a PostScript font available in a TeX document, you need to
+install the font on your system and then define it within the document.
+Once you have installed the font, of course, it is available for any
+document thereafter and you don't need to reinstall it.  You must have
+an AFM file for any font you install. Unless the font is built into your
+printer, you must also have a PFA or PFB file.
+
+   In the following examples, we use the font `Times-Roman' to
+illustrate the process.  But you should use the prebuilt fonts for Times
+and the other standard fonts, rather than rebuilding them.  The prebuilt
+fonts are made using a more complicated process than that described
+here, to make them work as well as possible with TeX.  So following the
+steps in this manual will not generate files identical to the
+distributed ones.  *Note PostScript font installation::, for pointers to
+the prebuilt fonts.
+
+   Installation of a PostScript font proceeds in three steps.  *Note
+Font concepts::, for descriptions of the various files involved.
+
+  1. Run `afm2tfm' to create a TFM file for the original font, and the
+     VPL form of the virtual font:
+          afm2tfm Times-Roman -v ptmr rptmr
+
+  2. Run `vptovf' to generate a VF and TFM file for the virtual font
+     from the VPL file:
+          vptovf ptmr.vpl ptmr.vf ptmr.tfm
+
+  3. Insert an entry for the font in `psfonts.map' (*note
+     psfonts.map::):
+          rptmr      Times-Roman                 <ptmr8a.pfa
+
+  4. Install the files in the standard locations, as in:
+          cp ptmr.vf FONTDIR/vf/...
+          cp *ptmr.tfm FONTDIR/tfm/...
+          cp ptmr.afm FONTDIR/afm/...
+          cp ptmr.pf? FONTDIR/type1/...
+
+   The simplest invocation of Afm2tfm to make virtual fonts goes
+something like this:
+
+     afm2tfm Times-Roman -v ptmr rptmr
+
+This reads the file `Times-Roman.afm', and produces two files as
+output, namely the virtual property list'file `ptmr.vpl', and the "raw"
+font metric file `rptmr.tfm'. To use the font in TeX, you first run
+
+     vptovf ptmr.vpl ptmr.vf ptmr.tfm
+
+You should then install the virtual font file `ptmr.vf' where Dvips
+will see it and install `ptmr.tfm' and `rptmr.tfm' where TeX and Dvips
+will see them.
+
+   Using these raw fonts is not recommended; there are no raw fonts in
+the prebuilt PostScript fonts distributed along with Dvips.  But
+nevertheless, that's how Afm2tfm presently operates, so that's what we
+document here.  The `r' prefix convention is likewise historical
+accident.
+
+   You can also make more complex virtual fonts by editing `ptmr.vpl'
+before running `vptovf'; such editing might add the uppercase Greek
+characters in the standard TeX positions, for instance.  (This has
+already been done for the prebuilt fonts.)
+
+   Once the files have been installed, you're all set. You can now do
+things like this in TeX:
+     \font\myfont = ptmr at 12pt
+     \myfont Hello, I am being typeset in 12-point Times-Roman.
+
+   Thus, we have two fonts, one actual (`rptmr', which is analogous to
+the font in the printer) and one virtual (`ptmr', which has been
+remapped to the standard TeX encoding (almost)), and has typesetting
+know-how added. You could also say
+
+     \font\raw = rptmr at 10pt
+
+and typeset directly with that, but then you would have no ligatures or
+kerning, and you would have to use Adobe character positions for special
+letters like the ligature `AE'.  The virtual font `ptmr' not only has
+ligatures and kerning, and most of the standard accent conventions of
+TeX, it also has a few additional features not present in the Computer
+Modern fonts. For example, it includes all the Adobe characters (such
+as the Polish ogonek and the French guillemots).  The only things you
+lose from ordinary TeX text fonts are the dotless `j' (which can be
+hacked into the VPL file with literal PostScript specials if you have
+the patience) and uppercase Greek letters (which just don't exist
+unless you buy them separately).  *Note Reencoding with Afm2tfm::.
+
+   As a final step you need to record information about both the virtual
+font and the original font (if you ever might want to use it) in the
+`psfonts.map' file (*note psfonts.map::).  For our example, you'd
+insert the following into `psfonts.map':
+     rptmr      Times-Roman                 <ptmr8a.pfa
+
+Of course, `Times-Roman' is already built in to most every printer, so
+there's no need to download any Type 1 file for it.  But if you are
+actually following these instructions for new fonts, most likely they
+are not built in to the printer.
+
+   These PostScript fonts can be scaled to any size.  Go wild!  Using
+PostScript fonts, however, does use up a great deal of the printer's
+memory and it does take time.  You may find downloading bitmap fonts
+(possibly compressed, with the `Z' option) to be faster than using the
+built-in PostScript fonts.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Invoking afm2tfm,  Next: psfonts.map,  Prev: Making a font available,  Up: PostScript fonts
+
+6.3 Invoking Afm2tfm
+====================
+
+The Afm2tfm program converts an AFM file for a PostScript font to a TFM
+file and a VPL file for a corresponding virtual font (or, in its
+simplest form, to a TFM file for the PostScript font itself).  The
+results of the conversion are affected by the command-line options and
+especially by the reencodings you can specify with those options.  You
+can also obtain special effects such as an oblique font.
+
+   An alternative to Afm2tfm for creating virtual fonts is Alan
+Jeffrey's `fontinst' program, available from
+`CTAN:fonts/utilities/fontinst' (for CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp:
+(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Changing font encodings::     Reencoding with -t, -p, -T.
+* Special font effects::        Oblique fonts, small caps, and such.
+* Afm2tfm options::             afm2tfm command-line options.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Changing font encodings,  Next: Special font effects,  Up: Invoking afm2tfm
+
+6.3.1 Changing font encodings
+-----------------------------
+
+Afm2tfm allows you to specify a different encoding for a PostScript font
+(for a general introduction to encodings, *note Encodings::). The `-t'
+option changes the TeX encoding, `-p' changes the PostScript encoding,
+and `-T' changes both simultaneously, as detailed in the sections below.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Changing TeX encodings::      Where TeX finds a character.
+* Changing PostScript encodings::  Where PostScript finds a character.
+* Changing both encodings::     One and the same, simultaneously.
+* Reencoding with Afm2tfm::     Problems with the default encoding.
+* Encoding file format::        Syntax of an encoding file.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Changing TeX encodings,  Next: Changing PostScript encodings,  Up: Changing font encodings
+
+6.3.1.1 `-t': Changing TeX encodings
+....................................
+
+To build a virtual font with Afm2tfm, you specify the `-v' or `-V'
+option. You can then specify an encoding for that virtual font with `-t
+TEX-ENC'.  (`-t' is ignored if neither `-v' nor `-V' is present.)  Any
+ligature and kerning information you specify in TEX-ENC will be used in
+the VPL, in addition to the ligature and kerning information from the
+AFM file.
+
+   If the AFM file has no entry for a character specified in TEX-ENC,
+that character will be omitted from the output VPL.
+
+   The `-t' option is likely to be needed when you have a PostScript
+font corresponding to a TeX font other than a normal text font such as
+Computer Modern.  For instance, if you have a PostScript font that
+contains math symbols, you'd probably want to use the encoding in the
+`texmsym.enc' file supplied with Dvips. (For a start; to actually get
+usable math fonts, you have to define much more than just an encoding.)
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Changing PostScript encodings,  Next: Changing both encodings,  Prev: Changing TeX encodings,  Up: Changing font encodings
+
+6.3.1.2 `-p': Changing PostScript encodings
+...........................................
+
+By default, Afm2tfm uses the encoding it finds in the AFM file.  You can
+specify a different PostScript encoding with `-p PS-ENC'.  This makes
+the raw TFM file (the one output by Afm2tfm) have the encoding
+specified in the encoding file PS-ENC.  Any ligature or kern
+information specified in PS-ENC is ignored by Afm2tfm, since ligkern
+info is always omitted from the raw TFM.
+
+   If you use this option, you must also arrange to download PS-ENC as
+part of any document that uses this font.  You do this by adding a line
+like the following one to `psfonts.map' (*note psfonts.map::):
+     zpopr Optima "MyEncoding ReEncodeFont" <myenc.enc
+
+   Using `-p' is the only way to access characters in a PostScript font
+that are neither encoded in the AFM file nor constructed from other
+characters.  For instance, Adobe's `Times-Roman' font contains the
+extra characters `trademark' and `registered' (among others); these can
+only be accessed through such a PostScript reencoding.
+
+   The `8r' base encoding used for the current PostScript font
+distribution does do this reencoding, for precisely this reason.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Changing both encodings,  Next: Reencoding with Afm2tfm,  Prev: Changing PostScript encodings,  Up: Changing font encodings
+
+6.3.1.3 `-T': Changing both TeX and PostScript encodings
+........................................................
+
+The option `-T ENC-FILE' is equivalent to `-p ENC-FILE -t ENC-FILE'.
+If you make regular use of a private non-standard reencoding `-T' is
+usually a better idea than the individual options, to avoid unexpected
+inconsistencies in mapping otherwise.  An example of when you might use
+this option is a dingbats font: when you have a TeX encoding that is
+designed to be used with a particular PostScript font.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Reencoding with Afm2tfm,  Next: Encoding file format,  Prev: Changing both encodings,  Up: Changing font encodings
+
+6.3.1.4 Reencoding with Afm2tfm
+...............................
+
+The Afm2tfm program creates the TFM and VF files for the virtual font
+corresponding to a PostScript font by "reencoding" the PostScript font.
+Afm2tfm generates these files from two encodings: one for TeX and one
+for PostScript.  The TeX encoding is used to map character numbers to
+character names while the PostScript encoding is used to map each
+character name to a possibly different number.  In combination, you can
+get access to any character of a PostScript font at any position for
+TeX typesetting.
+
+   In the default case, when you specify none of the `-t', `-p', or
+`-T' options, Afm2tfm uses a default TeX encoding (which mostly
+corresponds to the Computer Modern text fonts) and the PostScript
+encoding found in the AFM file being read.  The reencoding is also
+sometimes called a "remapping".
+
+   For example, the default encodings reencode the acute accent in two
+steps: first the default TeX encoding maps the number 19 to the
+character name `acute'; then the default PostScript encoding, as found
+in the AFM file for an ordinary PostScript font, maps the character
+name `acute' to the number 194.  (The PostScript encoding works in
+reverse, by looking in the encoding vector for the name and then
+yielding the corresponding number.)  The combined mapping of 19 to 194
+shows up explicitly in the VF file and also implicitly in the fact that
+the properties of PostScript character 194 appear in position 19 of the
+TFM file for the virtual font.
+
+   The default encoding of the distributed fonts (e.g., `ptmr.tfm')
+mostly follows plain TeX conventions for accents.  The exceptions: the
+Hungarian umlaut (which is at position `0x7D' in `cmr10', but position
+`0xCD' in `ptmr'); the dot accent (at positions `0x5F' and `0xC7',
+respectively); and the Scandinavian A ring `\AA', whose definition
+needs different tweaking.  In order to use these accents with
+PostScript fonts or in math mode when `\textfont0' is a PostScript
+font, you will need to use the following definitions.  These
+definitions will not work with the Computer Modern fonts for the
+relevant accents.  They are already part of the distributed
+`psfonts.sty' for use with LaTeX.
+
+     \def\H#1{{\accent"CD #1}}
+     \def\.#1{{\accent"C7 #1}}
+     \def\dot{\mathaccent"70C7 }
+     \newdimen\aadimen
+     \def\AA{\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{h}\aadimen\ht0
+       \advance\aadimen-1ex\setbox0\hbox{A}\rlap{\raise.67\aadimen
+       \hbox to \wd0{\hss\char'27\hss}}A}
+
+   As a kind of summary, here are the `CODINGSCHEME's that result from
+the various possible choices for reencoding.
+
+default encoding
+          (CODINGSCHEME TeX text + AdobeStandardEncoding)
+
+`-p dc.enc'
+          (CODINGSCHEME TeX text + DCEncoding)
+
+`-t dc.enc'
+          (CODINGSCHEME DCEncoding + AdobeStandardEncoding)
+
+`-T dc.enc'
+          (CODINGSCHEME DCEncoding + DCEncoding)
+
+
+The `CODINGSCHEME' line appears in the VPL file but is ignored by Dvips.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Encoding file format,  Prev: Reencoding with Afm2tfm,  Up: Changing font encodings
+
+6.3.1.5 Encoding file format
+............................
+
+Afm2tfm's encoding files have the same format as an encoding vector in a
+PostScript font.  Here is a skeletal example:
+
+     % Comments are ignored, unless the first word after the percent sign
+     % is `LIGKERN'; see below.
+     /MyEncoding [ % exactly 256 entries follow, each with a leading `/'
+       /Alpha /Beta /Gamma /Delta ...
+       /A /B ... /Z
+       ...  /.notdef /xfooaccent /yfooaccent /zfooaccent
+     ] def
+
+   These encoding files are downloaded as part of changing the encoding
+at the PostScript level (see the previous section).
+
+   Comments, which start with a percent sign and continue until the end
+of the line, are ignored unless they start with `LIGKERN' (see below).
+
+   The first non-comment word of the file must start with a forward
+slash `/' (i.e., a PostScript literal name) and defines the name of the
+encoding.  The next word must be an left bracket `['.  Following that
+must be precisely 256 character names; use `/.notdef' for any that you
+want to leave undefined.  Then there must be a matching right bracket
+`]'.  A final `def' token is optional.  All names are case-sensitive.
+
+   Any ligature or kern information is given as a comment.  If the first
+word after the `%' is `LIGKERN', then the entire rest of the line is
+parsed for ligature and kern information.  This ligature and kern
+information is given in groups of words: each group is terminated by a
+space and a semicolon and (unless the semicolon is at the end of a
+line) another space.
+
+   In these `LIGKERN' statements, three types of information may be
+specified.  These three types are ligature pairs, kerns to ignore, and
+the character value of this font's boundary character.
+
+   Throughout a `LIGKERN' statement, the boundary character is
+specified as `||'. To set the font's boundary character value for TeX:
+
+     % LIGKERN || = 39 ;
+
+   To indicate a kern to remove, give the names of the two characters
+(without the leading slash) separated by `{}', as in `one {} one ;'.
+This is intended to be reminiscent of the way you might use `{}' in a
+TeX file to turn off ligatures or kerns at a particular location.
+Either or both of the character names can be given as `*', which is a
+wild card matching any character; thus, all kerns can be removed with
+`* {} * ;'.
+
+   To specify a ligature, specify the names of the pair of characters,
+followed by the ligature operation (as in Metafont), followed by the
+replacing character name.  Either (but not both) of the first two
+characters can be `||' to indicate a word boundary.
+
+   The most common operation is `=:' meaning that both characters are
+removed and replaced by the third character, but by adding the `|'
+character on either side of the `=:', you can retain either or both of
+the two leading characters.  In addition, by suffixing the ligature
+operation with one or two `>' signs, you can make the ligature scanning
+operation skip that many resulting characters before proceeding.  This
+works just like in Metafont.  For example, the `fi' ligature is
+specified with `f i =: fi ;'.  A more convoluted ligature is `one one
+|=:|>> exclam ;' which separates a pair of adjacent `1''s with an
+exclamation point, and then skips over two of the resulting characters
+before continuing searching for ligatures and kerns.  You cannot give
+more >'s than |'s in an ligature operation, so there are a total of
+eight possibilities:
+
+     =: |=: |=:> =:| =:|> |=:| |=:|> |=:|>>
+
+   The default set of ligatures and kerns built in to Afm2tfm is:
+
+     % LIGKERN question quoteleft =: questiondown ;
+     % LIGKERN exclam quoteleft =: exclamdown ;
+     % LIGKERN hyphen hyphen =: endash ; endash hyphen =: emdash ;
+     % LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
+     % LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
+     % LIGKERN space {} * ; * {} space ; 0 {} * ; * {} 0 ;
+     % LIGKERN 1 {} * ; * {} 1 ; 2 {} * ; * {} 2 ; 3 {} * ; * {} 3 ;
+     % LIGKERN 4 {} * ; * {} 4 ; 5 {} * ; * {} 5 ; 6 {} * ; * {} 6 ;
+     % LIGKERN 7 {} * ; * {} 7 ; 8 {} * ; * {} 8 ; 9 {} * ; * {} 9 ;
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Special font effects,  Next: Afm2tfm options,  Prev: Changing font encodings,  Up: Invoking afm2tfm
+
+6.3.2 Special font effects
+--------------------------
+
+Besides the reencodings described in the previous section, Afm2tfm can
+do other manipulations.  (Again, it's best to use the prebuilt fonts
+rather than attempting to remake them.)
+
+   `-s SLANT' makes an obliqued variant, as in:
+
+     afm2tfm Times-Roman -s .167 -v ptmro rptmro
+
+This creates `ptmro.vpl' and `rptmro.tfm'.  To use this font, put the
+line
+
+     rptmro Times-Roman ".167 SlantFont"
+
+into `psfonts.map'.  Then `rptmro' (our name for the obliqued Times)
+will act as if it were a resident font, although it is actually
+constructed from Times-Roman via the PostScript routine `SlantFont'
+(which will slant everything 1/6 to the right, in this case).
+
+   Similarly, you can get an expanded font with
+
+     afm2tfm Times-Roman -e 1.2 -v ptmrre rptmrre
+
+and by recording the pseudo-resident font 
+
+     rptmrre Times-Roman "1.2 ExtendFont"
+
+in `psfonts.map'.
+
+   You can also create a small caps font with a command such as 
+
+     afm2tfm Times-Roman -V ptmrc rptmrc
+
+This will generate a set of pseudo-small caps mapped into the usual
+lowercase positions and scaled down to 0.8 of the normal cap
+dimensions.  You can also specify the scaling as something other than
+the default 0.8:
+
+     afm2tfm Times-Roman -c 0.7 -V ptmrc rptmrc
+
+   It is unfortunately not possible to increase the width of the small
+caps independently of the rest of the font.  If you want a really
+professional looking set of small caps, you need to acquire a small caps
+font.
+
+   To change the `PaintType' in a font from filled (0) to outlined (2),
+you can add `"/PaintType 2 store"' to `psfonts.map', as in the
+following:
+
+     rphvrl   Helvetica "/PaintType 2 store"
+
+   Afm2tfm writes to standard output the line you need to add to
+`psfonts.map' to use that font, assuming the font is resident in the
+printer; if the font is not resident, you must add the `<FILENAME'
+command to download the font.  Each identical line only needs to be
+specified once in the `psfonts.map' file, even though many different
+fonts (small caps variants, or ones with different output encodings)
+may be based on it.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Afm2tfm options,  Prev: Special font effects,  Up: Invoking afm2tfm
+
+6.3.3 Afm2tfm options
+---------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+     afm2tfm [OPTION]... AFMFILE[.afm] [TFMFILE[.tfm]]
+
+   Afm2tfm reads AFMFILE and writes a corresponding (but raw) TFM file.
+If TFMFILE is not supplied, the base name of the AFM file is extended
+with `.tfm' to get the output filename.
+
+   The simplest example:
+
+     afm2tfm Times-Roman rptmr
+
+The TFM file thus created is "raw" because it omits ligature and kern
+information, and does no character remapping; it simply contains the
+character information in the AFM file in TFM form, which is the form
+that TeX understands.  The characters have the same code in the TFM
+file as in the AFM file.  For text fonts, this means printable ASCII
+characters will work ok, but little else, because standard PostScript
+fonts have a different encoding scheme than the one that plain TeX
+expects (*note Encodings::).  Although both schemes agree for the
+printable ASCII characters, other characters such as ligatures and
+accents vary.  Thus, in practice, it's almost always desirable to create
+a virtual font as well with the `-v' or `-V' option.  *Note Making a
+font available::.
+
+   The command line options to Afm2tfm:
+
+`-c RATIO'
+     See `-V'; overrides the default ratio of 0.8 for the scaling of
+     small caps.
+
+`-e RATIO'
+     Stretch characters horizontally by RATIO; if less than 1.0, you
+     get a condensed font.
+
+`-O'
+     Output all character codes in the `vpl' file as octal numbers, not
+     names; this is useful for symbol or other special-purpose fonts
+     where character names such as `A' have no meaning.
+
+`-p PS-ENC'
+     Use PS-ENC for the destination (PostScript) encoding of the font;
+     PS-ENC must be mentioned as a header file for the font in
+     `psfonts.map'.  *Note Changing PostScript encodings::.
+
+`-s SLANT'
+     Slant characters to the right by SLANT.  If SLANT is negative, the
+     letters slope to the left (or they might be upright if you start
+     with an italic font).
+
+`-t TEX-ENC'
+     Use TEX-ENC for the target (TeX) encoding of the font.  Ligature
+     and kern information may also be specified in FILE.  FILE is not
+     mentioned in `psfonts.map'.
+
+`-T PS-TEX-ENC'
+     Use PS-TEX-ENC for both the PostScript and target TeX encodings of
+     the font.  Equivalent to `-p FILE -t FILE'.
+
+`-u'
+     Use only those characters specified in the TeX encoding, and no
+     others.  By default, Afm2tfm tries to include all characters in the
+     input font, even those not present in the TeX encoding (it puts
+     them into otherwise-unused positions, arbitrarily).
+
+`-v VPL-FILE'
+     Output a VPL (virtual property list) file, as well as a TFM file.
+
+`-V VPL-FILE'
+     Same as `-v', but the virtual font generated is a pseudo small caps
+     font obtained by scaling uppercase letters by 0.8 to typeset
+     lowercase. This font handles accented letters and retains proper
+     kerning.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: psfonts.map,  Prev: Invoking afm2tfm,  Up: PostScript fonts
+
+6.4 `psfonts.map': PostScript font catalog
+==========================================
+
+The `psfonts.map' file associates a PostScript font with related files
+and constructs.  Each line has the format:
+
+     FILENAME POSTSCRIPT-NAME OPTIONS
+
+   For example, the line
+     rpstrn StoneInformal <StoneInformal.pfb
+   causes Dvips to download `StoneInformal.pfb' (just as if it were a
+header file, *note Header files::) if the DVI file (or a virtual font,
+*note Virtual fonts::) references the TFM file `rpstrn'.  The
+PostScript `/FontName' of the font defined inside the `pfb' file should
+be `StoneInformal'.
+
+   You can generate transformed fonts with a line like this:
+     rpstrc StoneInformal <StoneInformal.pfb ".8 ExtendFont"
+
+*Note Special font effects::, for a complete list of font effects.
+
+   You can change the encoding of the Type 1 font at the PostScript
+level with a `ReEncodeFont' instruction, plus the name of the encoding
+file.  This allows you access to characters that may be present in the
+Type 1 font file, but not encoded by default--most of the preaccented
+characters, for example.  An example:
+     pstrn8r StoneInformal "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <8r.enc <pstrn8a.pfb
+
+   The `8r' encoding mentioned here has been designed to serve as a
+base for all downloadable fonts; it allows access to all the characters
+commonly present in a Type 1 font.  For more details, see the `8r.enc'
+source file that comes with (and is installed with) Dvips.
+
+   You may notice that the same syntax is used for downloading encoding
+vectors and Type 1 font files. To make your intentions clear, you can
+also use `<[' to explicitly indicate you are downloading an encoding
+vector, as in:
+     pstrn8r StoneInformal "TeXBase1Encoding ReEncodeFont" <[8r.enc <pstrn8a.pfb
+
+   If the filename of your encoding vector does not end in `.enc', and
+you are using partial font downloading, you must use the `<[' syntax,
+or Dvips will not download the font properly.
+
+   Similarly, the name of the Type 1 font file itself must have
+extension `.pfa' or `.pfb' for partial downloading to work properly.
+
+   When using PFB files, Dvips is smart enough to unpack the binary PFB
+format into printable ASCII so there is no need to perform this
+conversion yourself.  In addition, Dvips scans the font to determine its
+memory usage, just as it does for other header files (*note Header
+files::).
+
+   If the `j' config file or command-line option is enabled (as it is
+by default), `StoneInformal.pfb' will be "partially downloaded"--only
+those characters your document actually uses will be extracted and
+downloaded, and the remainder discarded.  *Note Option details::.
+
+   Adobe Multiple Master fonts, such as Minion, cannot be partially
+downloaded.  To partially download in general, but avoid partial
+downloading for individual fonts, use `<<' instead `<':
+     pmnr8r Minion <<Minion.pfb
+
+   Here is a brief summary of how `psfonts.map' is read:
+
+  1. If a line is empty or begins with a space, percent, asterisk,
+     semicolon, or hash mark, it is ignored.
+
+  2. Otherwise, the line is separated into words, where words are
+     separated by spaces or tabs, except that if a word begins with a
+     double quote, it extends until the next double quote or the end of
+     the line.
+
+  3. If a word starts with `<<', it is taken as a font file to be
+     wholly downloaded.  Use this to avoid partial downloading, as
+     described above.
+
+  4. If a word starts with `<[', it is taken as an encoding file to be
+     downloaded.  Use this if the name of the encoding file does end in
+     `.enc', also as described above.
+
+  5. If a word starts with a `<' character, it is treated as a header
+     file that needs to be downloaded.  If the name ends in `.pfa' or
+     `.pfb', it is taken as Type 1 font file that will be partially
+     downloaded if the `j' option is in effect.  There can be more than
+     one such header for a given font.  If a `<' is a word by itself,
+     the next word is taken as the name of the header file.
+
+  6. If a word starts with a `"' character, it is taken as PostScript
+     code used in generating that font, and is inserted into the output
+     verbatim at the appropriate point.  (And the double quotes
+     beginning and ending the word are removed.)
+
+  7. Otherwise the word is a name. The first such name is the TFM file,
+     that either a DVI file or a virtual font file can refer to.  If
+     there is a second name, it is used as the PostScript name and
+     should match what is defined in the downloaded file; if there is
+     only one name, it is used for both the TeX name and the PostScript
+     name.
+
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Color,  Next: Index,  Prev: PostScript fonts,  Up: Top
+
+7 Color
+*******
+
+Dvips supports one-pass multi-color printing of TeX documents on any
+color PostScript device.  Initially added by Jim Hafner, IBM Research,
+<hafner@almaden.ibm.com>, the color support has gone through many
+changes by Tomas Rokicki.  Besides the source code support itself, there
+are additional TeX macro files: `colordvi.tex' and `blackdvi.tex', and
+corresponding `.sty' versions for use with LaTeX.
+
+   In this section we describe the use of color from the document
+preparer's point of view and then add some instructions on installation
+for the TeX administrator.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Color macro files::           TeX macro definitions.
+* User-definable colors::       Adding your own colors.
+* Color subtleties::            Subtleties in using color.
+* Ted Turner::                  Printing in black/white after colorizing.
+* Color device configuration::  Configuring Dvips for color devices.
+* Color support details::       Color support details
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Color macro files,  Next: User-definable colors,  Up: Color
+
+7.1 Color macro files
+=====================
+
+All the color macro commands are defined in `colordvi.tex' (or
+`colordvi.sty').  To access these macros simply add to the top of your
+plain TeX file the command:
+     \input colordvi
+   For (the obsolete) LaTeX 2.09, add the `colordvi' style option as in:
+     \documentstyle[12pt,colordvi]{article}
+   For LaTeX 2e, these examples are not applicable.  Instead, please see
+the documentation for the graphics package, available from
+`CTAN:doc/latex/graphics/'.  See also `CTAN:doc/epslatex.ps'.
+
+   These macros provide two basic kinds of color macros: ones for local
+color changes (a few words, a single symbol) and one for global color
+changes (the whole document).  All the color names use a mixed case
+scheme to avoid conflicts with other macros.  There are 68 predefined
+colors, with names taken primarily from the Crayola crayon box of 64
+colors, and one pair of macros for the user to set his own color pattern
+(*note User-definable colors::).  You can browse the file
+`colordvi.tex' for a list of the predefined colors.  The comments in
+this file also show a rough correspondence between the crayon names and
+Pantones.
+
+   A local color command has the form
+
+     \COLORNAME{this is the color COLORNAME}
+
+where COLORNAME is the name of a predefined color, e.g., `Blue'.  As
+shown, these macros take one argument, the text to print in the
+specified color.  This can be used for nested color changes since it
+restores the original color state when it completes.  For example:
+
+     This text is normal but here we are \Red{switching to red,
+     \Blue{nesting blue}, recovering the red} and back to original.
+
+The color nesting level has no hard limit, but it is not advisable to
+nest too deeply lest you and the reader lose track of the color history.
+
+   The global color command has the form
+
+     \textCOLORNAME
+
+These macros take no arguments and changes the default color from that
+point on to COLORNAME.  This of course can be overridden globally by
+another such command or locally by local color commands. For example,
+expanding on the example above, we might have
+
+     \textGreen
+     This text is green but here we are \Red{switching to red,
+     \Blue{nesting blue}, recovering the red} and back to
+     original green.
+     \textCyan
+     The text from here on will be cyan until
+     \Yellow{locally changed to yellow}. Now we are back to cyan.
+
+   The color commands will even work in math mode and across math mode
+boundaries.  This means that if you have a color before going into math
+mode, the mathematics will be set in that color as well.  In alignment
+environments like `\halign', `tabular' or `eqnarray', local color
+commands cannot extend beyond the alignment characters.
+
+   Because local color commands respect only some environment and
+delimiter changes besides their own, care must be taken in setting
+their scope.  It is best not to have them stretch too far.
+
+   At the present time there are no macros for color environments in
+LaTeX which might have a larger range.  This is primarily to keep the
+TeX and LaTeX use compatible.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: User-definable colors,  Next: Color subtleties,  Prev: Color macro files,  Up: Color
+
+7.2 User-definable colors
+=========================
+
+There are two ways for the user to specify colors not already defined.
+For local changes, there is the command `\Color' which takes two
+arguments.  The first argument is four numbers between zero and one and
+specifies the intensity of cyan, magenta, yellow and black (CMYK) in
+that order.  The second argument is the text that should appear in the
+given color.  For example, suppose you want the words "this color is
+pretty" to appear in a color which is 50% cyan, 85% magenta, 40% yellow
+and 20% black.  You would use the command
+
+     \Color{.5 .85 .4 .2}{this color is pretty}
+
+   For global color changes, there is a command `\textColor' which
+takes one argument, the CMYK quadruple of relative color intensities.
+For example, if you want the default color to be as above, then the
+command
+
+     \textColor{.5 .85 .4 .2}
+     The text from now on will be this pretty color
+
+will do the trick.
+
+   Making a global color change in the midst of nested local colors is
+highly discouraged.  Consequently, Dvips will give you warning message
+and do its best to recover by discarding the current color history.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Color subtleties,  Next: Ted Turner,  Prev: User-definable colors,  Up: Color
+
+7.3 Color subtleties
+====================
+
+Color macros are defined via `\special' keywords.  As such, they are
+put in the `.dvi' file only as explicit message strings to the driver.
+The (unpleasant) result is that certain unprotected regions of the text
+can have unwanted color side effects.  For example, if a color region
+is split by TeX across a page boundary, then the footers of the current
+page (e.g., the page number) and the headers of the next page can
+inherit that color.  To avoid this effect globally, users should make
+sure that these special regions of the text are defined with their own
+local color commands.  For example, to protect the header and footer in
+plain TeX, use
+
+     \headline{\Black{My Header}}
+     \footline{\Black{\hss\tenrm\folio\hss}}
+
+   This warning also applies to figures and other insertions, so be
+careful!
+
+   Of course, in LaTeX, this is much more difficult to do because of the
+complexity of the macros that control these regions.  This is
+unfortunate but inevitable, because TeX and LaTeX were not written with
+color in mind.
+
+   Even when writing your own macros, much care must be taken.  The
+macros that `colorize' a portion of the text work prefix the text work
+by outputting one `\special' command to turn the color on before the
+text, and outputting another `\special' command afterwards to restore
+the original color.  It is often useful to ensure that TeX is in
+horizontal mode before the first special command is issued; this can be
+done by prefixing the color command with `\leavevmode'.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Ted Turner,  Next: Color device configuration,  Prev: Color subtleties,  Up: Color
+
+7.4 Printing in black/white after colorizing
+============================================
+
+If you have a TeX or LaTeX document written with color macros and you
+want to print it in black and white there are two options.  On all
+(good) PostScript devices, printing a color file will print in
+corresponding gray levels.  This is useful to get a rough idea of the
+colors without using expensive color printing devices.  The second
+option is to replace the call to input `colordvi.tex' with
+`blackdvi.tex' (and similarly for the `.sty' files).  So in the above
+example, replacing the word `colordvi' with `blackdvi' suffices.
+`blackdvi.tex' defines the color macros as no-ops, and so will produce
+normal black/white printing.  By this simple mechanism, the user can
+switch to all black/white printing without having to ferret out the
+color commands.  Also, some device drivers, particularly non-PostScript
+ones like screen previewers, will simply ignore the color commands and
+so print in black/white.  Hopefully, in the future screen previewers
+for color displays will be compatible with some form of color support.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Color device configuration,  Next: Color support details,  Prev: Ted Turner,  Up: Color
+
+7.5 Color device configuration
+==============================
+
+To configure Dvips for a particular color device you need to fine tune
+the color parameters to match your device's color rendition.  To do
+this, you will need a Pantone chart for your device.  The header file
+`color.lpro' shows a (rough) correspondence between the Crayola crayon
+names and the Pantone numbers and also defines default CMYK values for
+each of the colors.  Note that these colors must be defined in CMYK
+terms and not RGB, as Dvips outputs PostScript color commands in CMYK.
+This header file also defines (if they are not known to the
+interpreter) the PostScript commands `setcmykcolor' and
+`currentcmykcolor' in terms of a RGB equivalent so if your device only
+understands RGB, there should be no problem.
+
+   The parameters set in this file were determined by comparing the
+Pantone chart of a Tektronix Phaser printer with the actual Crayola
+Crayons.  Because these were defined for a particular device, the
+actual color rendition on your device may be very different.  There are
+two ways to adjust this.  One is to use the PAntone chart for your
+device to rewrite `color.lpro' prior to compilation and installation.
+A better alternative, which supports multiple devices, is to add a
+header file option in the configuration file (*note Configuration file
+commands::) for each device that defines, in `userdict', the color
+parameters for those colors that need redefining.
+
+   For example, if you need to change the parameters defining
+`Goldenrod' (approximately Pantone 109 on the Phaser) for your device
+`mycolordev', do the following.  In the Pantone chart for your device,
+find the CMYK values for Pantone 109.  Let's say they are `{\ 0 0.10
+0.75 0.03 }'. Then create a header file named `mycolordev.pro' with the
+commands
+
+     userdict begin
+     /Goldenrod { 0 0.10 0.75 0.03 setcmykcolor} bind def
+
+Finally, in `config.mycolordev' add the line
+
+     h mycolordev.pro
+
+This will then define `Goldenrod' in your device's CMYK values in
+`userdict' which is checked before defining it in `TeXdict' by
+`color.pro'.  (On MS-DOS, you will have to call this file
+`mycolordev.cfg'.)
+
+   This mechanism, together with additions to `colordvi.tex' and
+`blackdvi.tex' (and the `.sty' files), can also be used to predefine
+other colors for your users.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Color support details,  Prev: Color device configuration,  Up: Color
+
+7.6 Color support details
+=========================
+
+To support color, Dvips recognizes a certain set of specials.  These
+specials start with the keyword `color' or the keyword `background',
+followed by a color specification.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Color specifications::
+* Color specials::
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Color specifications,  Next: Color specials,  Up: Color support details
+
+7.6.1 Color specifications
+--------------------------
+
+What is a color specification?  One of three things.  First, it might be
+a PostScript procedure as defined in a PostScript header file.  The
+`color.pro' file defines 64 of these, including `Maroon'.  This
+PostScript procedure must set the current color to be some value; in
+this case, `Maroon' is defined as `0 0.87 0.68 0.32 setcmykcolor'.
+
+   The second possibility is the name of a color model (initially, one
+of `rgb', `hsb', `cmyk', or `gray') followed by the appropriate number
+of parameters.  When Dvips encounters such a macro, it sends out the
+parameters first, followed by the string created by prefixing
+`TeXcolor' to the color model.  Thus, the color specification `rgb 0.3
+0.4 0.5' would generate the PostScript code `0.3 0.4 0.5 TeXrgbcolor'.
+Note that the case of zero arguments is disallowed, as that is handled
+by the single keyword case (`Maroon') above, where no changes to the
+name are made before it is sent to the PostScript file.
+
+   The third and final type of color specification is a double quote
+followed by any sequence of PostScript.  The double quote is stripped
+from the output.  For instance, the color specification `"AggiePattern
+setpattern' will set the `color' to the Aggie logo pattern (assuming
+such exists.)
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Color specials,  Prev: Color specifications,  Up: Color support details
+
+7.6.2 Color specials
+--------------------
+
+We will describe `background' first, since it is the simplest.  The
+`background' keyword must be followed by a color specification.  That
+color specification is used as a fill color for the background.  The
+last `background' special on a page is the one that gets issued, and it
+gets issued at the very beginning of the page, before any text or
+specials are sent.  (This is possible because the prescan phase of
+Dvips notices all of the color specials so that the appropriate
+information can be written out during the second phase.)
+
+   The `color' special itself has three forms.  The first is just
+`color' followed by a color specification.  In this case, the current
+global color is set to that color; the color stack must be empty when
+such a command is executed.
+
+   The second form is `color push' followed by a color specification.
+This saves the current color on the color stack and sets the color to be
+that given by the color specification.  This is the most common way to
+set a color.
+
+   The final version of the `color' special is just `color pop', with
+no color specification; this says to pop the color last pushed on the
+color stack from the color stack and set the current color to be that
+color.
+
+   Dvips correctly handles these color specials across pages, even when
+the pages are repeated or reversed.
+
+   These color specials can be used for things such as patterns or
+screens as well as simple colors.  However, note that in the
+PostScript, only one color specification can be active at a time.  For
+instance, at the beginning of a page, only the bottommost entry on the
+color stack is sent; also, when a color is popped, all that is done is
+that the color specification from the previous stack entry is sent.  No
+`gsave' or `grestore' is used.  This means that you cannot easily mix
+usage of the `color' specials for screens and colors, just one or the
+other.  This may be addressed in the future by adding support for
+different categories of color-like state.
+
+
+File: dvips.info,  Node: Index,  Prev: Color,  Up: Top
+
+Index
+*****
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* ! special (literal PS header):         Literal headers.     (line   6)
+* ! starting output filename:            Option details.      (line 233)
+* " special (literal PostScript):        " special.           (line   6)
+* %%BoundingBox:                         Bounding box.        (line  17)
+* %%Page, and multi-page information:    PostScript hooks.    (line  37)
+* %%Page, not generating:                Option details.      (line 198)
+* %%Page, removing:                      Option details.      (line 154)
+* %%Page, required by Ghostview:         Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* %%VMusage:                             Headers and memory usage.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* %*Font:                                Fonts in figures.    (line   6)
+* (atend), bounding box specification:   Bounding box.        (line  28)
+* +PSMAPFILE:                            Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 109)
+* -:                                     Option details.      (line  11)
+* - as output filename:                  Option details.      (line 233)
+* --help <1>:                            Option details.      (line  15)
+* --help:                                Option summary.      (line   7)
+* --version:                             Option details.      (line  18)
+* -A:                                    Option details.      (line  27)
+* -a:                                    Option details.      (line  21)
+* -B:                                    Option details.      (line  37)
+* -b NUM:                                Option details.      (line  31)
+* -C NUM:                                Option details.      (line  46)
+* -c NUM:                                Option details.      (line  41)
+* -c RATIO:                              Afm2tfm options.     (line  33)
+* -D NUM:                                Option details.      (line  58)
+* -d NUM:                                Option details.      (line  52)
+* -E:                                    Option details.      (line  82)
+* -e NUM:                                Option details.      (line  71)
+* -e RATIO:                              Afm2tfm options.     (line  37)
+* -F:                                    Option details.      (line 110)
+* -f:                                    Option details.      (line  98)
+* -G:                                    Option details.      (line 117)
+* -h NAME:                               Option details.      (line 122)
+* -i:                                    Option details.      (line 127)
+* -j for partial font downloading:       Option details.      (line 140)
+* -K:                                    Option details.      (line 154)
+* -k for cropmarks:                      Option details.      (line 146)
+* -l [=]NUM:                             Option details.      (line 163)
+* -M:                                    Option details.      (line 184)
+* -m:                                    Option details.      (line 172)
+* -mode:                                 Option details.      (line 175)
+* -mode MODE:                            Option details.      (line 175)
+* -N:                                    Option details.      (line 198)
+* -n NUM:                                Option details.      (line 195)
+* -noomega:                              Option details.      (line 206)
+* -noptex:                               Option details.      (line 212)
+* -O:                                    Afm2tfm options.     (line  41)
+* -o NAME:                               Option details.      (line 228)
+* -O X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET:                  Option details.      (line 245)
+* -p [=]NUM:                             Option details.      (line 263)
+* -P PRINTER:                            Option details.      (line 277)
+* -p PS-ENC <1>:                         Afm2tfm options.     (line  46)
+* -p PS-ENC:                             Changing PostScript encodings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* -pp FIRST-LAST:                        Option details.      (line 272)
+* -pp RANGE:                             Option details.      (line 272)
+* -PPRINTER, and config file searching:  Configuration file searching.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* -q:                                    Option details.      (line 296)
+* -R:                                    Option details.      (line 303)
+* -r:                                    Option details.      (line 300)
+* -s:                                    Option details.      (line 311)
+* -S NUM:                                Option details.      (line 318)
+* -s SLANT:                              Afm2tfm options.     (line  51)
+* -T ENC-FILE:                           Changing both encodings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* -T HSIZE,VSIZE:                        Option details.      (line 347)
+* -t PAPERTYPE:                          Option details.      (line 323)
+* -T PS-TEX-ENC:                         Afm2tfm options.     (line  61)
+* -t TEX-ENC <1>:                        Afm2tfm options.     (line  56)
+* -t TEX-ENC:                            Changing TeX encodings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* -u:                                    Afm2tfm options.     (line  65)
+* -U:                                    Option details.      (line 362)
+* -u PSMAPFILE:                          Option details.      (line 354)
+* -V:                                    Option details.      (line 373)
+* -v:                                    Option details.      (line 370)
+* -V VPL-FILE:                           Afm2tfm options.     (line  74)
+* -v VPL-FILE:                           Afm2tfm options.     (line  71)
+* -X NUM:                                Option details.      (line 390)
+* -x NUM:                                Option details.      (line 382)
+* -Y NUM:                                Option details.      (line 397)
+* -z:                                    Hypertext.           (line   6)
+* -Z for compressing bitmap fonts:       Option details.      (line 406)
+* -z for recognizing hyperdvi:           Option details.      (line 400)
+* ..-relative filenames:                 Option details.      (line 303)
+* .afm Adobe metric files:               Metric files.        (line  26)
+* .dvipsrc, searched for:                Configuration file searching.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* .enc extension for encoding vectors:   psfonts.map.         (line  42)
+* .lpro long prologue files:             Header files.        (line  12)
+* .mf Metafont source files:             Glyph files.         (line  30)
+* .NNNpk packed font bitmaps:            Glyph files.         (line  35)
+* .pfa extension required for partial downloading: psfonts.map.
+                                                              (line  46)
+* .pfa printer font ascii files:         Glyph files.         (line  25)
+* .pfb extension required for partial downloading: psfonts.map.
+                                                              (line  46)
+* .pfb printer font binary files:        Glyph files.         (line  25)
+* .pfm printer font metric files:        Metric files.        (line  49)
+* .pl property list files:               Metric files.        (line  39)
+* .pro prologue files:                   Header files.        (line  12)
+* .tfm TeX font metric files:            Metric files.        (line  31)
+* /#copies:                              Option details.      (line  31)
+* /magscale:                             EPSF scaling.        (line  67)
+* 612 792 bounding box size:             Bounding box.        (line  43)
+* 8r encoding, and extra characters:     Changing PostScript encodings.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* 8r font encoding:                      psfonts.map.         (line  31)
+* 8r.enc:                                Encodings.           (line  35)
+* < font downloading:                    psfonts.map.         (line  11)
+* << whole font downloading:             psfonts.map.         (line  60)
+* <[ encoding vector downloading:        psfonts.map.         (line  36)
+* =: ligature operation:                 Encoding file format.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* @ paper size config command:           Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* \.:                                    Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* \AA:                                   Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* \COLORNAME:                            Color macro files.   (line  31)
+* \dot:                                  Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* \epsffile macro:                       EPSF macros.         (line  38)
+* \epsfsize:                             EPSF scaling.        (line  29)
+* \epsfverbosetrue:                      EPSF macros.         (line  46)
+* \epsfxsize:                            EPSF scaling.        (line  14)
+* \epsfysize:                            EPSF scaling.        (line  20)
+* \H:                                    Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* \includegraphics LaTeX macro:          \includegraphics.    (line   6)
+* \leavevmode:                           EPSF macros.         (line  26)
+* \magnification:                        EPSF scaling.        (line  63)
+* \rotninety:                            Literal examples.    (line  27)
+* \textCOLORNAME:                        Color macro files.   (line  46)
+* a config command (memory conservation): Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* A ring, Scandinavian letter:           Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* a3 papertype:                          Option details.      (line 323)
+* a4 paper size:                         Config file paper sizes.
+                                                              (line  84)
+* a4 papertype:                          Option details.      (line 323)
+* A4size paper size:                     Config file paper sizes.
+                                                              (line  92)
+* absolute filenames, disabling:         Option details.      (line 303)
+* absolute page number, and -l:          Option details.      (line 163)
+* absolute page number, and -p:          Option details.      (line 263)
+* accents, in wrong position:            Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* accents, wrong:                        Afm2tfm options.     (line  17)
+* accuracy in positioning:               Option details.      (line  71)
+* Adobe fonts:                           PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* Adobe fonts, installing:               PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* afm files:                             Metric files.        (line  26)
+* afm2tfm <1>:                           Invoking afm2tfm.    (line   6)
+* afm2tfm:                               Making a font available.
+                                                              (line  46)
+* afm2tfm options:                       Afm2tfm options.     (line   6)
+* after header, inserting code:          Including headers from TeX.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* Aladdin Ghostscript:                   Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Anderson, Laurie:                      Hypertext specials.  (line  42)
+* angle (psfile special option):         psfile special.      (line  36)
+* arcs:                                  Glyph files.         (line  17)
+* ASCII character codes, used by PostScript: PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* atend, bounding box specification:     Bounding box.        (line  28)
+* b config command (#copies):            Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* base:                                  Hypertext specials.  (line  57)
+* base encoding, recommended:            psfonts.map.         (line  31)
+* base fonts:                            Virtual fonts.       (line  24)
+* bbfig:                                 Bounding box.        (line  37)
+* before header, inserting code:         Including headers from TeX.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* Bhattacharya, Tanmoy:                  Hypertext.           (line  21)
+* big points:                            Bounding box.        (line  11)
+* Bigelow & Holmes fonts:                PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* binary files, not supported:           Including graphics fails.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* bitmap fonts:                          Glyph files.         (line  30)
+* Bitstream fonts, installing:           PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* bop undefined error:                   Printer errors.      (line   6)
+* bop-hook <1>:                          PostScript hooks.    (line  11)
+* bop-hook <2>:                          EPSF scaling.        (line  75)
+* bop-hook:                              Paper trays.         (line   6)
+* bop-hook, and offset pages:            Option details.      (line 258)
+* boundary character:                    Encoding file format.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* bounding box, comment for:             Bounding box.        (line   6)
+* bounding box, defined:                 Bounding box.        (line  11)
+* bounding box, determining:             Bounding box.        (line  37)
+* bounding box, finding tight:           Option details.      (line  82)
+* bounding box, inaccurate:              EPSF clipping.       (line   6)
+* bounding box, supplying to TeX <1>:    EPSF macros.         (line  26)
+* bounding box, supplying to TeX:        \includegraphics.    (line  36)
+* c include additional config file:      Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* changing PostScript encodings:         Changing PostScript encodings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* changing TeX encodings:                Changing TeX encodings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* character definitions in PostScript:   PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line  55)
+* character lookup procedure in PostScript: PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* CharStrings Type 1 dictionary:         PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* clip (psfile special option):          psfile special.      (line  39)
+* clipping of EPSF:                      EPSF clipping.       (line   6)
+* CODINGSCHEME:                          Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line  52)
+* collated copies:                       Option details.      (line  46)
+* color:                                 Color.               (line   6)
+* color configuration:                   Color device configuration.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* color macros:                          Color macro files.   (line   6)
+* color names, mixed case:               Color macro files.   (line  16)
+* color nesting level:                   Color macro files.   (line  39)
+* color separations:                     Option details.      (line  31)
+* color specifications:                  Color specifications.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* color subtleties:                      Color subtleties.    (line   6)
+* colors, user-definable:                User-definable colors.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* command line, including headers from:  Including headers from the command line.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* command-line options:                  Invoking Dvips.      (line   6)
+* comments, in configuration files:      Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* comments, in encoding files:           Encoding file format.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* comments, removing included:           Option details.      (line 154)
+* compilation:                           Installation.        (line   6)
+* compressed PostScript:                 Dynamic creation of graphics.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* compressing bitmap fonts:              Option details.      (line 406)
+* Computer Modern in PostScript:         Hypertext caveats.   (line   6)
+* Computer Modern, encoding of:          Encodings.           (line  15)
+* condensed fonts:                       Afm2tfm options.     (line  37)
+* config.proto:                          config.ps installation.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* config.ps:                             Option details.      (line 277)
+* config.ps installation:                config.ps installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* config.ps paper sizes:                 Config file paper sizes.
+                                                              (line  84)
+* config.ps, searched for:               Configuration file searching.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* configuration file options:            Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* configuration file paper size command: Config file paper sizes.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* configuration file path:               Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* configuration file searching:          Configuration file searching.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* configuration files:                   Config files.        (line   6)
+* configuration files, creating:         config.ps installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* configuration files, prototype:        config.ps installation.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* configuration, of color devices:       Color device configuration.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* configuration, of Dvips:               Installation.        (line   6)
+* continuation lines, not supported:     Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* control-D:                             Option details.      (line 110)
+* copies, collated:                      Option details.      (line  46)
+* copies, duplicated page bodies:        Option details.      (line  31)
+* copies, uncollated:                    Option details.      (line  41)
+* Crayola crayon box:                    Color macro files.   (line  16)
+* crop.pro:                              Option details.      (line 146)
+* cropmarks:                             Option details.      (line 146)
+* current font, in PostScript:           PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* D config command (dpi):                Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* dated output:                          PostScript hooks.    (line  16)
+* datestamp, in output:                  Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* debugging <1>:                         Option details.      (line  52)
+* debugging:                             Diagnosing problems. (line   6)
+* debugging options:                     Debug options.       (line   6)
+* default resolutions:                   Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 131)
+* default_texsizes Make variable:        Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 147)
+* Deutsch, Peter:                        Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* device dependency, and virtual fonts:  Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 170)
+* dictionary, CharStrings:               PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* dictionary, PostScript language:       PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* dictionary, SDict:                     Literal headers.     (line   6)
+* dictionary, userdict:                  Header files.        (line  21)
+* distillation, and -z:                  Option details.      (line 400)
+* distiller, for PDF files:              Hypertext.           (line  11)
+* dot accent:                            Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* double-sided printing:                 Option details.      (line  37)
+* downloading fonts partially:           psfonts.map.         (line  55)
+* downloading PostScript fonts:          psfonts.map.         (line   6)
+* Doyle, Mark:                           Hypertext.           (line  21)
+* draft copies:                          PostScript hooks.    (line  16)
+* dual paper trays:                      Paper trays.         (line   6)
+* duplex printers:                       Including headers from the command line.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* DVI magnification:                     EPSF scaling.        (line  63)
+* dvihps, hyperdvi to PostScript:        Hypertext.           (line  21)
+* Dvips configuration file options:      Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* dvips.enc:                             Encodings.           (line  35)
+* DVIPSDEBUG:                            Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* DVIPSFONTS:                            Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* DVIPSHEADERS:                          Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* DVIPSHEADERS, overrides H:             Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  55)
+* DVIPSMAKEPK:                           Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* DVIPSRC:                               Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* DVIPSSIZES:                            Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  46)
+* DVIPSSIZES, overrides R:               Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 144)
+* dynamic creation of graphics:          Dynamic creation of graphics.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* e config command (maxdrift):           Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* E config command (shell escape):       Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* efficiency, and fonts:                 Making a font available.
+                                                              (line 104)
+* ehandler.ps:                           No output.           (line  12)
+* embedding Type 1 fonts:                Hypertext caveats.   (line   6)
+* encoding changes:                      Changing font encodings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* encoding file format:                  Encoding file format.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* encoding files:                        Encodings.           (line  27)
+* Encoding Type 1 dictionary:            PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* encoding vectors, defined:             Encodings.           (line  27)
+* encoding vectors, in Type 1 fonts:     PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* encodings:                             Encodings.           (line   6)
+* end-hook:                              PostScript hooks.    (line  11)
+* environment variables:                 Environment variables.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* EOF:                                   Option details.      (line 110)
+* eop-hook:                              PostScript hooks.    (line  11)
+* EPS, and Ghostview:                    Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* EPSF macros:                           EPSF macros.         (line   6)
+* EPSF, generating:                      Option details.      (line  82)
+* epsf.sty:                              EPSF macros.         (line  15)
+* epsf.tex:                              EPSF macros.         (line  13)
+* Epson printers:                        Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* error messages from printer:           Printer errors.      (line   6)
+* even pages only:                       Option details.      (line  37)
+* examples of literal PostScript:        Literal examples.    (line   6)
+* expanded fonts <1>:                    psfonts.map.         (line  19)
+* expanded fonts <2>:                    Afm2tfm options.     (line  37)
+* expanded fonts:                        Special font effects.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* expansion, of virtual fonts:           Virtual fonts.       (line  34)
+* extended URL:                          Hypertext specials.  (line  20)
+* ExtendFont:                            Special font effects.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* extra characters, accessing:           Changing PostScript encodings.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* F config command (filter):             Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  45)
+* f config command (filter):             Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  45)
+* failure, and printer errors:           Printer errors.      (line   6)
+* failure, of long documents:            Long documents fail. (line   6)
+* failure, to include graphics:          Including graphics fails.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* failure, to print at all:              No output.           (line   6)
+* fallback resolutions:                  Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 131)
+* figures and fonts:                     Fonts in figures.    (line   6)
+* figures, natural size:                 EPSF macros.         (line  38)
+* figures, scaling:                      EPSF scaling.        (line   6)
+* filter, running as a:                  Option details.      (line  98)
+* first page printed:                    Option details.      (line 263)
+* font concepts:                         Font concepts.       (line   6)
+* font generation, avoiding:             Option details.      (line 184)
+* fontinst:                              Invoking afm2tfm.    (line  13)
+* fonts, as header files:                Including headers from TeX.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* fonts, changing encoding of:           Changing font encodings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* fonts, downloading:                    psfonts.map.         (line   6)
+* fonts, expanded:                       Special font effects.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* fonts, in PostScript figures:          Fonts in figures.    (line   6)
+* fonts, installation of PostScript:     PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* fonts, installing:                     Making a font available.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* fonts, outlined:                       Special font effects.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* fonts, slanted:                        Special font effects.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* fonts, small caps:                     Special font effects.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* fonts, system PostScript:              PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* G character shifting config command:   Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* gf files:                              Glyph files.         (line  41)
+* gftopk:                                Glyph files.         (line  41)
+* Ghostscript installation:              Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* ghostview:                             Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* Ghostview, and no N:                   Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* glyph files:                           Glyph files.         (line   6)
+* GLYPHFONTS, overrides P:               Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 118)
+* GNU Ghostscript:                       Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* gnuplot:                               Dynamic creation of graphics.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* graphics inclusion fails:              Including graphics fails.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* gs installation:                       Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* gsave/grestore, and literal PS:        Literal examples.    (line  27)
+* gsftopk:                               Option details.      (line 374)
+* h header downloading config command:   Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  52)
+* H header path config command:          Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  55)
+* Hafner, Jim:                           Color.               (line   6)
+* header file, downloading:              Option details.      (line 122)
+* header files, defined:                 Header files.        (line   6)
+* header path, defining:                 Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  55)
+* header=FILE \special:                  Including headers from TeX.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* headers and memory usage:              Headers and memory usage.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* headers, including from the command line: Including headers from the command line.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* headers, including in TeX:             Including headers from TeX.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hints:                                 PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line  55)
+* hoffset (psfile special option):       psfile special.      (line  18)
+* HP printers and Type 1 fonts:          PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* HP4Si printer and paper trays:         Paper trays.         (line   6)
+* href:                                  Hypertext specials.  (line  32)
+* hscale (psfile special option):        psfile special.      (line  30)
+* hsize (psfile special option):         psfile special.      (line  24)
+* html specials:                         Hypertext.           (line   6)
+* html specials, and -z:                 Option details.      (line 400)
+* http://www.win.tue.nl/~dickie/idvi:    Hypertext.           (line  21)
+* http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertex:          Hypertext.           (line  21)
+* Hungarian umlaut:                      Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* hyperdvi extensions, enabling:         Option details.      (line 400)
+* hypertext and bitmap fonts:            Hypertext caveats.   (line   6)
+* hypertext caveats:                     Hypertext caveats.   (line   6)
+* hypertext specials:                    Hypertext specials.  (line   6)
+* hypertext support:                     Hypertext.           (line   6)
+* i config command (pages/section):      Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* idvi Java DVI reader:                  Hypertext.           (line  21)
+* Illustrator, workaround for:           Including graphics fails.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* img:                                   Hypertext specials.  (line  52)
+* including graphics fails:              Including graphics fails.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* including headers from the command line: Including headers from the command line.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* including headers in TeX:              Including headers from TeX.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* installation of config.ps:             config.ps installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* installation of PostScript fonts:      PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* installation, of Dvips:                Installation.        (line   6)
+* installing fonts:                      Making a font available.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* interaction with PostScript:           Interaction with PostScript.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* inverted output:                       Small or inverted.   (line   6)
+* invoking Dvips:                        Invoking Dvips.      (line   6)
+* j config command (partial font downloading): Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  63)
+* Java DVI reader:                       Hypertext.           (line  21)
+* Jeffrey, Alan:                         Invoking afm2tfm.    (line  13)
+* K config command (comment-removal):    Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  67)
+* kerning, defined:                      Metric files.        (line  15)
+* KPATHSEA_DEBUG:                        Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* landscape orientation, defined:        Paper size and landscape.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* landscape papertype:                   Option details.      (line 323)
+* landscape, as \special:                papersize special.   (line  16)
+* last page printed:                     Option details.      (line 163)
+* last-resort font scaling, with DVIPSSIZES: Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* last-resort scaling, with R:           Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 131)
+* ledger papertype:                      Option details.      (line 323)
+* legal papertype:                       Option details.      (line 323)
+* letter paper size:                     Config file paper sizes.
+                                                              (line  84)
+* letter papertype:                      Option details.      (line 323)
+* letterhead tray:                       Paper trays.         (line  10)
+* letterSize paper size:                 Config file paper sizes.
+                                                              (line  92)
+* ligature operations:                   Encoding file format.
+                                                              (line  54)
+* ligature, defined:                     Metric files.        (line  15)
+* LIGKERN encoding file command:         Encoding file format.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* lines in figures, wrong width:         EPSF clipping.       (line   6)
+* links, hypertext:                      Hypertext specials.  (line  33)
+* literal headers:                       Literal headers.     (line   6)
+* literal PostScript, examples:          Literal examples.    (line   6)
+* literal PostScript, using:             Literal PS.          (line   6)
+* llx (psfile special option):           psfile special.      (line  42)
+* lly (psfile special option):           psfile special.      (line  42)
+* long documents not printing:           Long documents fail. (line   6)
+* low characters, shifting:              Option details.      (line 117)
+* lpr spooler, MS-DOS emulation:         Option details.      (line 233)
+* Lucida, installing:                    PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* m config command (available memory):   Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  71)
+* M config command (mf mode):            Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  90)
+* macros for color:                      Color macro files.   (line   6)
+* macros for epsf inclusion <1>:         EPSF macros.         (line   6)
+* macros for epsf inclusion:             \includegraphics.    (line   6)
+* magnification, DVI:                    EPSF scaling.        (line  63)
+* magnification, overriding DVI:         Option details.      (line 382)
+* magnification, vertical:               Option details.      (line 393)
+* mailcap and hypertext:                 Hypertext specials.  (line  53)
+* manual feed:                           Option details.      (line 172)
+* maxdrift:                              Option details.      (line  71)
+* maximum pages printed:                 Option details.      (line 195)
+* media:                                 Option details.      (line 323)
+* memory available:                      Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  71)
+* memory of printer exhausted:           Printer errors.      (line  14)
+* memory usage, and headers:             Headers and memory usage.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* memory, conserving:                    Option details.      (line  21)
+* memory, used by PostScript fonts:      Making a font available.
+                                                              (line 104)
+* Metafont ligature operations:          Encoding file format.
+                                                              (line  54)
+* Metafont mode, specifying:             Option details.      (line 175)
+* Metafont source files:                 Glyph files.         (line  30)
+* metric files:                          Metric files.        (line   6)
+* Minion typeface family:                psfonts.map.         (line  60)
+* missfont.log:                          Option details.      (line 184)
+* MISSFONT_LOG:                          Option details.      (line 187)
+* Mitsubishi Shinko CHC-S446i printer:   No output.           (line  14)
+* mkdvipspapers:                         Config file paper sizes.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* mktexpk, avoiding:                     Option details.      (line 184)
+* mktexpk, changing name:                Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* mode name, specifying:                 Option details.      (line 175)
+* Monotype fonts:                        PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* Monotype fonts, installing:            PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* mtpk:                                  Option details.      (line 374)
+* multiple master fonts:                 psfonts.map.         (line  60)
+* multiple output files:                 Option details.      (line 127)
+* multiple paper trays:                  Paper trays.         (line   6)
+* Murphy, Tim:                           Hypertext specials.  (line  20)
+* N EPS-disabling config command:        Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  93)
+* name:                                  Hypertext specials.  (line  41)
+* narrow fonts:                          psfonts.map.         (line  19)
+* no output at all:                      No output.           (line   6)
+* non-printing characters, shifting:     Option details.      (line 117)
+* non-resident fonts:                    psfonts.map.         (line   6)
+* nopaper, paper format for -t:          Config file paper sizes.
+                                                              (line  75)
+* O config command (offset):             Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 106)
+* o config command (output file):        Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  98)
+* oblique fonts:                         Special font effects.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* octal character codes:                 Afm2tfm options.     (line  41)
+* odd pages only:                        Option details.      (line  27)
+* offset pages:                          Option details.      (line 245)
+* Omega extensions:                      Option details.      (line 206)
+* option, details of:                    Option details.      (line   6)
+* options, debugging:                    Debug options.       (line   6)
+* options, Dvips:                        Invoking Dvips.      (line   6)
+* options, reading from standard input:  Option details.      (line  11)
+* options, summary:                      Option summary.      (line   6)
+* options, to Afm2tfm:                   Afm2tfm options.     (line   6)
+* outline fonts <1>:                     Special font effects.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* outline fonts:                         Glyph files.         (line  17)
+* output file, sectioning of:            Headers and memory usage.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* output file, setting:                  Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  98)
+* output files, multiple:                Option details.      (line 127)
+* output, inverted:                      Small or inverted.   (line   6)
+* output, none:                          No output.           (line   6)
+* output, redirecting:                   Option details.      (line 228)
+* output, too small:                     Small or inverted.   (line   6)
+* p config command (font aliases):       Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 109)
+* P config command (PK path):            Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 118)
+* page range:                            Option details.      (line 272)
+* page, first printed:                   Option details.      (line 263)
+* page, last printed:                    Option details.      (line 163)
+* pages, maximum printed:                Option details.      (line 195)
+* PaintType:                             Special font effects.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* Pantone colors:                        Color macro files.   (line  16)
+* paper size configuration file command: Config file paper sizes.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* paper size, default:                   config.ps installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* paper size, general:                   Paper size and landscape.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* paper trays:                           Paper trays.         (line   6)
+* paper type:                            Option details.      (line 323)
+* papersize special:                     papersize special.   (line   6)
+* papersize special, and no -t:          Option details.      (line 323)
+* partial font downloading:              psfonts.map.         (line  55)
+* PDF files, font quality:               Hypertext caveats.   (line   6)
+* PDF files, making <1>:                 Hypertext.           (line  11)
+* PDF files, making:                     Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* PDF files, option for:                 Option details.      (line 400)
+* pdfmark:                               Hypertext.           (line   6)
+* pfa files:                             Glyph files.         (line  25)
+* pfb files:                             Glyph files.         (line  25)
+* pfb files, automatically unpacked:     psfonts.map.         (line  49)
+* pfm files:                             Metric files.        (line  49)
+* Phaser printer, used for color calibration: Color device configuration.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* physical page number, and -l:          Option details.      (line 163)
+* physical page number, and -p:          Option details.      (line 263)
+* physical page number, and bop-hook:    PostScript hooks.    (line  26)
+* pipes, not readable:                   Option details.      (line  98)
+* pk files:                              Glyph files.         (line  35)
+* PKFONTS, overrides P:                  Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 118)
+* plotfile, ps subspecial:               ps special.          (line  30)
+* pltotf:                                Metric files.        (line  39)
+* popen for output:                      Option details.      (line 233)
+* portrait orientation, defined:         Paper size and landscape.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* positioning accuracy:                  Option details.      (line  71)
+* post code after headers:               Including headers from TeX.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* PostScript code, literal:              Literal PS.          (line   6)
+* PostScript encoding:                   Encodings.           (line  27)
+* PostScript encoding, changing:         Changing PostScript encodings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* PostScript font alias file <1>:        Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 109)
+* PostScript font alias file:            Option details.      (line 354)
+* PostScript fonts:                      PostScript fonts.    (line   6)
+* PostScript fonts, installing:          PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* PostScript fonts, on your system:      PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* PostScript header files:               Header files.        (line   6)
+* PostScript hooks:                      PostScript hooks.    (line   6)
+* PostScript interaction:                Interaction with PostScript.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* PostScript previewers:                 Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* PostScript units:                      Bounding box.        (line  11)
+* PowerPage PostScript implementation:   No output.           (line  14)
+* pre code before headers:               Including headers from TeX.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* previewing Dvips output:               Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* PRINTER:                               Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* printer configuration:                 config.ps installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* printer configuration file, prototype: config.ps installation.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* printer errors:                        Printer errors.      (line   6)
+* printer memory:                        Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  71)
+* printer memory exhausted:              Printer errors.      (line  14)
+* printer offset:                        Option details.      (line 245)
+* PRINTER, and config file searching:    Configuration file searching.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* PRINTER, avoided with -f:              Option details.      (line  98)
+* printer, driving directly:             Option details.      (line 110)
+* problems:                              Diagnosing problems. (line   6)
+* property list files:                   Metric files.        (line  39)
+* prototype printer configuration file:  config.ps installation.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* ps special:                            ps special.          (line   6)
+* psfile special:                        psfile special.      (line   6)
+* psfonts.map <1>:                       psfonts.map.         (line   6)
+* psfonts.map <2>:                       Special font effects.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* psfonts.map:                           PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* psheaderdir:                           Header files.        (line  12)
+* psi character missing:                 Hypertext caveats.   (line  55)
+* pstopk:                                Option details.      (line 374)
+* pTeX extensions:                       Option details.      (line 206)
+* Q config command (quiet):              Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 125)
+* q config command (quiet):              Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 125)
+* quiet operation:                       Option details.      (line 296)
+* r config command (page reversal):      Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 128)
+* R fallback resolution config command:  Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 131)
+* reencode/*.enc:                        Encodings.           (line  35)
+* reencoding:                            Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* reencoding PostScript fonts:           psfonts.map.         (line  24)
+* registered character, accessing:       Changing PostScript encodings.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* remapping:                             Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* resident fonts, different in different printers <1>: Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 109)
+* resident fonts, different in different printers: Option details.
+                                                              (line 354)
+* resolution:                            Option details.      (line 390)
+* resolution, setting:                   Option details.      (line  58)
+* reverse pagination:                    Option details.      (line 300)
+* rhi (psfile special option):           psfile special.      (line  46)
+* Rokicki, Tomas:                        Why Dvips.           (line  68)
+* rotate.tex:                            ps special.          (line  34)
+* rwi (psfile special option):           psfile special.      (line  46)
+* S config command (pict path):          Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 156)
+* s config command (save/restore):       Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 153)
+* save/restore, and inverted output:     Small or inverted.   (line   6)
+* save/restore, and literal PS:          Literal examples.    (line  27)
+* save/restore, and specials:            ps special.          (line   6)
+* save/restore, generating global:       Option details.      (line 311)
+* scaleunit:                             psfile special.      (line  67)
+* scaling of figures:                    EPSF scaling.        (line   6)
+* scaling small caps:                    Afm2tfm options.     (line  33)
+* Scandinavian A ring:                   Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* screen frequencies, setting:           Including headers from the command line.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* SDict:                                 psfile special.      (line  67)
+* SDict dictionary:                      Literal headers.     (line   6)
+* searching config files, order of:      Configuration file searching.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* sections of output file, and memory:   Headers and memory usage.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* sections output, in separate files:    Option details.      (line 127)
+* security:                              Option details.      (line 303)
+* shell command execution, disabling:    Option details.      (line 303)
+* shell escape, in config file:          Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* Shinko CHC-S446i printer:              No output.           (line  14)
+* show PostScript operator:              PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* silent operation:                      Option details.      (line 296)
+* simplex mode on duplex printers:       Including headers from the command line.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* slanted fonts:                         Special font effects.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* slanted fonts, making:                 Afm2tfm options.     (line  51)
+* SlantFont:                             Special font effects.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* small caps fonts:                      Special font effects.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* Smith, Arthur:                         Hypertext specials.  (line   6)
+* Softkey fonts:                         PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* Softkey fonts, installing:             PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* spaces, dropped trailing:              Hypertext caveats.   (line  55)
+* specials, hypertext:                   Hypertext specials.  (line   6)
+* splines:                               Glyph files.         (line  17)
+* spooler, lacking:                      Option details.      (line 110)
+* spooling to lpr on MS-DOS:             Option details.      (line 233)
+* standard I/O:                          Option details.      (line  98)
+* standard input, reading options from:  Option details.      (line  11)
+* standard output, output to:            Option details.      (line 228)
+* standard PostScript, required by Ghostview: Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* start-hook:                            PostScript hooks.    (line  11)
+* structured comments:                   Option details.      (line 198)
+* system in config file:                 Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* T config command (TFM path):           Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 161)
+* Tektronix Phaser printer, used for color calibration: Color device configuration.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* testpage.tex:                          Option details.      (line 252)
+* TeX encoding, changing:                Changing TeX encodings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* TeX, including headers in:             Including headers from TeX.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* TEXCONFIG:                             Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  55)
+* TEXFONTS, overrides P:                 Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 118)
+* TEXFONTS, overrides T:                 Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 161)
+* TEXINPUTS, overrides S:                Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 156)
+* texmext.enc:                           Encodings.           (line  35)
+* TEXMFOUTPUT:                           Option details.      (line 187)
+* texmital.enc:                          Encodings.           (line  35)
+* texmsym.enc <1>:                       Changing TeX encodings.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* texmsym.enc:                           Encodings.           (line  35)
+* TEXPICTS:                              Environment variables.
+                                                              (line  62)
+* TEXPICTS, overrides S:                 Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 156)
+* TEXPKS, overrides P:                   Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 118)
+* TEXSIZES, overrides R:                 Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 144)
+* text in figures, chopped off:          EPSF clipping.       (line   6)
+* tfm files:                             Metric files.        (line  31)
+* TFMFONTS, overrides T:                 Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 161)
+* tftopl:                                Metric files.        (line  39)
+* Theisen, Tim:                          Ghostscript installation.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* tight bounding box, finding:           Option details.      (line  82)
+* too-small output:                      Small or inverted.   (line   6)
+* trademark character, accessing:        Changing PostScript encodings.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* trailing spaces, dropped:              Hypertext caveats.   (line  55)
+* TranScript:                            Option details.      (line 198)
+* transforming downloaded fonts:         psfonts.map.         (line  19)
+* trouble:                               Diagnosing problems. (line   6)
+* Type 1 fonts:                          Glyph files.         (line  25)
+* typesetting in PostScript:             PostScript typesetting.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* U config command (Xerox 4045):         Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 166)
+* uncollated copies:                     Option details.      (line  41)
+* uncompressing PostScript:              Dynamic creation of graphics.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* uniform resource locator:              Hypertext specials.  (line  20)
+* unknown, paper format for -t <1>:      Config file paper sizes.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* unknown, paper format for -t:          papersize special.   (line  29)
+* URL, definition:                       Hypertext specials.  (line  27)
+* URL, extended for TeX:                 Hypertext specials.  (line  20)
+* urx (psfile special option):           psfile special.      (line  42)
+* ury (psfile special option):           psfile special.      (line  42)
+* usage, basic:                          Basic usage.         (line   6)
+* user-definable colors:                 User-definable colors.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* userdict, and dictionary files:        Header files.        (line  21)
+* userdict, used for header files:       Option details.      (line 122)
+* V config command (vf path):            Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 170)
+* verbose EPSF processing:               EPSF macros.         (line  46)
+* vf files:                              Virtual fonts.       (line  16)
+* virtual font expansion:                Virtual fonts.       (line  34)
+* virtual font path:                     Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 170)
+* virtual fonts:                         Virtual fonts.       (line   6)
+* virtual fonts, creating:               Invoking afm2tfm.    (line  13)
+* VM exhausted:                          Printer errors.      (line  14)
+* VMusage:                               Headers and memory usage.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* voffset (psfile special option):       psfile special.      (line  21)
+* vpl files:                             Virtual fonts.       (line  16)
+* vptovf:                                Making a font available.
+                                                              (line  52)
+* vscale (psfile special option):        psfile special.      (line  33)
+* vsize (psfile special option):         psfile special.      (line  27)
+* W config command (warning):            Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 175)
+* warning messages, defining:            Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 175)
+* warnings, suppressing:                 Option details.      (line 296)
+* whole font downloading:                psfonts.map.         (line  60)
+* wide fonts:                            psfonts.map.         (line  19)
+* X config command (horizontal resolution): Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 182)
+* Xerox 4045:                            Option details.      (line 362)
+* Y config command (vertical resolution): Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 185)
+* Y&Y fonts, installing:                 PostScript font installation.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* Z config command (compression):        Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 188)
+* z config command (secure mode):        Configuration file commands.
+                                                              (line 191)
+* | starting output filename:            Option details.      (line 233)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top559
+Node: Why Dvips1303
+Node: Installation4751
+Node: config.ps installation5772
+Node: PostScript font installation8396
+Node: Ghostscript installation11270
+Node: Diagnosing problems12367
+Node: Debug options13462
+Node: No output14488
+Node: Small or inverted15956
+Node: Printer errors16675
+Node: Long documents fail18007
+Node: Including graphics fails18348
+Node: Invoking Dvips19586
+Node: Basic usage20177
+Node: Command-line options21205
+Node: Option summary21654
+Node: Option details23850
+Node: Environment variables43214
+Node: Config files46173
+Node: Configuration file searching46856
+Node: Configuration file commands50156
+Node: Paper size and landscape57365
+Node: papersize special58963
+Node: Config file paper sizes60372
+Node: Paper trays64527
+Node: Interaction with PostScript65861
+Node: PostScript figures66514
+Node: Bounding box67240
+Node: \includegraphics70611
+Node: EPSF macros72902
+Node: EPSF scaling74872
+Node: EPSF clipping77442
+Node: psfile special78084
+Node: Dynamic creation of graphics80477
+Node: Fonts in figures81795
+Node: Header files83455
+Node: Including headers from TeX84661
+Node: Including headers from the command line86695
+Node: Headers and memory usage87795
+Node: Literal PS88505
+Node: " special89087
+Node: ps special89828
+Node: Literal headers91326
+Node: PostScript hooks92041
+Node: Literal examples94131
+Node: Hypertext95583
+Node: Hypertext caveats97141
+Node: Hypertext specials101538
+Node: PostScript fonts104172
+Node: Font concepts105288
+Node: Metric files106455
+Node: Glyph files109281
+Node: Virtual fonts111637
+Node: Encodings113527
+Node: PostScript typesetting115930
+Node: Making a font available119012
+Node: Invoking afm2tfm124042
+Node: Changing font encodings125012
+Node: Changing TeX encodings125802
+Node: Changing PostScript encodings126902
+Node: Changing both encodings128246
+Node: Reencoding with Afm2tfm128919
+Node: Encoding file format132023
+Node: Special font effects136226
+Node: Afm2tfm options138489
+Node: psfonts.map141474
+Node: Color146206
+Node: Color macro files147250
+Node: User-definable colors150448
+Node: Color subtleties151723
+Node: Ted Turner153374
+Node: Color device configuration154599
+Node: Color support details157041
+Node: Color specifications157419
+Node: Color specials158822
+Node: Index160951
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/eplain.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/eplain.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5b27ad3c3ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/eplain.info
@@ -0,0 +1,8187 @@
+This is eplain.info, produced by texi2any version 4.13.96+dev from
+eplain.texi.
+
+This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.5, February 2013.
+Eplain provides functionality for plain TeX that is intended to be
+useful regardless of how your document is actually formatted.
+
+   Most of this manual is in the public domain, like most of the Eplain
+code. It was originally written by Karl Berry, starting in 1989. Steven
+Smith wrote the documentation for the commutative diagram macros; this
+chapter is under the GNU General Public License. Adam Lewenberg has made
+additions and corrections. Oleg Katsitadze wrote the section on LaTeX
+packages and the chapter on hyperlinks, and updates throughout.
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Eplain: (eplain).		Expanding on plain Tex.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Up: (dir)
+
+Eplain
+******
+
+This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.5, February 2013.
+Eplain provides functionality for plain TeX that is intended to be
+useful regardless of how your document is actually formatted.
+
+   Most of this manual is in the public domain, like most of the Eplain
+code.  It was originally written by Karl Berry, starting in 1989.
+Steven Smith wrote the documentation for the commutative diagram macros;
+this chapter is under the GNU General Public License.  Adam Lewenberg
+has made additions and corrections.  Oleg Katsitadze wrote the section
+on LaTeX packages and the chapter on hyperlinks, and updates throughout.
+
+   The Eplain home page is <http://tug.org/eplain>.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction::                Eplain's purpose and philosophy.
+* Installation::                Installing Eplain.
+* Invoking Eplain::             Using Eplain from a TeX file.
+* User definitions::            Macros to be used in a document.
+* Hyperlinks::                  Producing documents with hyperlinks.
+* Arrow theoretic diagrams::    Macros for commutative diagrams.
+* Programming definitions::     Macros to be used in writing other macros.
+* Demo files::                  Sample documents demonstrating Eplain.
+* Macro index::                 Entries for TeX and Eplain control sequences.
+* Concept index::               General index.
+
+ -- The Detailed Node Listing --
+
+User definitions
+
+* Diagnostics::                 Tracing information.
+* Rules::                       Changing the default rule dimensions.
+* Citations::                   Using BibTeX and Eplain to make bibliographies.
+* Displays::                    Changing the formatting of math displays.
+* Time of day::                 Producing the time of day.
+* Lists::                       Producing numbered and unordered lists.
+* Verbatim listing::            Producing text just as it appears.
+* Contents::                    Making a table of contents.
+* Cross-references::            Symbolically referring to pages or equations.
+* Page references::             Symbolic references to page numbers.
+* Equation references::         Symbolic references to equation numbers.
+* Indexing::                    Creating and typesetting indexes.
+* Justification::               Left- or right-justification, or centering.
+* Tables::                      Producing ordered tables.
+* Margins::                     Changing the margins directly.
+* Multiple columns::            Getting output in two columns.
+* Footnotes::                   Autonumbered footnotes; changing formatting.
+* Fractions::                   A better way to produce fractions in text.
+* Paths::                       Allowing line breaks in pathnames.
+* Logos::                       Various logos.
+* Boxes::                       Producing filled or open rectangles.
+* Checking for PDF output::     Checking for pdfTeX in PDF mode.
+* Loading LaTeX packages::      Support for LaTeX packages under plain TeX.
+
+Citations
+
+* Formatting citations::        Changing the way citations are printed.
+* Formatting bibliographies::   Changing the way bibliographies are printed.
+
+Displays
+
+* Formatting displays::         General formatting of displays.
+
+Lists
+
+* Formatting lists::            Changing how the lists look.
+
+Contents
+
+* Writing the .toc file::
+* Reading the .toc file::
+* Changing the .toc file's root name::
+* Alternative contents files::
+
+Cross-references
+
+* Defining generic references::  
+* Using generic references::    
+
+Equation references
+
+* Formatting equation references::  
+* Subequation references::      
+
+Indexing
+
+* Indexing terms::              Specifying what to index.
+* Typesetting an index::        Printing the sorted output.
+* Customizing indexing::        Creating commands and specifying extra actions.
+
+Indexing terms
+
+* Indexing commands::           Making index entries.
+* Modifying index entries::     Ranges, see/see also, page number typesetting.
+* Index entries with special characters::
+* Proofing index terms::        Noting index entries in the margins.
+
+Loading LaTeX packages
+
+* The \usepackage command::           Command to load packages.
+* Environment for loading packages::  Environment for the \usepackage commands.
+* Packages known to work::            Supported packages.
+* Packages known not to work::        Packages known not to work with Eplain.
+
+Hyperlinks
+
+* Introduction to hyperlinks::
+* Explicit hyperlinks::
+* Implicit hyperlinks::
+* Hyperlink drivers::
+* Setting hyperlink types and options::
+* Turning hyperlinks on/off::
+
+Implicit hyperlinks
+
+* General hyperlinks::              hrefint, hrefext
+* URL hyperlinks::                  url
+* Citation hyperlinks::             cite, bib
+* List hyperlinks::                 li
+* Cross-reference hyperlinks::      definexref, ref
+* Page reference hyperlinks::       xrdef, xref
+* Equation reference hyperlinks::   eq
+* Index hyperlinks::                idx
+* Footnote hyperlinks::             foot, footback
+* Contents hyperlinks::
+
+Index hyperlinks
+
+* Exact destinations for index terms::
+* Page destinations for index terms::
+* Choosing destination placement::
+* Index page list and page range parsers::
+* Hyperlinks in see and see also entries::
+
+Hyperlink drivers
+
+* Options supported by all drivers::
+* Hyperlink driver hypertex::
+* Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm::
+* Hyperlink driver nolinks::
+
+Hyperlink driver hypertex::
+
+* Destination types for hypertex::
+* Destination options for hypertex::
+* Link types for hypertex::
+* Link options for hypertex::
+
+Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm::
+
+* Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm::
+* Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm::
+* Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::
+* Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm::
+
+Setting hyperlink types and options
+
+* Setting default types and options::
+* Setting group types::
+* Setting group options::
+
+Turning hyperlinks on/off
+
+* Turning low-level commands on/off::
+* Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group::
+
+Arrow theoretic diagrams
+
+* Slanted lines and vectors::   
+* Commutative diagrams::        
+
+Commutative diagrams
+
+* Arrows and morphisms::        
+* Construction of commutative diagrams::  
+* Commutative diagram parameters::  
+
+Programming definitions
+
+* Category codes::              Changing category codes.
+* Allocation macros::           Non-outer versions of \newcount et al.
+* Iteration::                   Doing 'for' and 'while' loops in TeX.
+* Macro arguments::             Reading and ignoring them.
+* Converting to characters::    Normalizing control sequences and spaces.
+* Expansion::                   Controlling expansion.
+* Obeying spaces::              Making whitespace count anywhere.
+* Writing out numbers::         Making '1' into 'one'.
+* Mode-specific penalties::
+* Auxiliary files::             Testing for their existence.
+* User-defined environments::   User-defined environments.
+* Page list and page range parsers::
+
+Expansion
+
+* \csn and \ece::               
+* \edefappend::                 
+* Hooks::                       Manipulating and executing named actions.
+* Properties::                  Associating information with a csname.
+* \expandonce::                 
+* \ifundefined::                
+* \ifempty::
+* \ifinteger and \isinteger::
+* \futurenonspacelet::          
+
+Demo files
+
+* Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::
+* Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex)::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: Installation,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+The "Eplain" macro package expands on and extends the definitions in
+plain TeX.  Its home on the web is <http://tug.org/eplain>.
+
+   This manual describes the definitions that you, as either an author
+or a macro writer, might like to use.  It doesn't discuss the
+implementation; see comments in the source code ('xeplain.tex') for
+that.
+
+   Eplain is not intended to provide "generic" typesetting capabilities,
+as do LaTeX (written by Leslie Lamport) or Texinfo (written by Richard
+Stallman and others).  Instead, it provides definitions that are
+intended to be useful regardless of the high-level commands that you use
+when you actually prepare your manuscript.
+
+   For example, Eplain does not have a command '\section', which would
+format section headings in an "appropriate" way, such as LaTeX's
+'\section'.  The philosophy of Eplain is that some people will always
+need or want to go beyond the macro designer's idea of "appropriate".
+Such canned macros are fine--as long as you are willing to accept the
+resulting output.  If you don't like the results, or if you are trying
+to match a different format, you are out of luck.
+
+   On the other hand, almost everyone would like capabilities such as
+cross-referencing by labels, so that you don't have to put actual page
+numbers in the manuscript.  The author of Eplain is not aware of any
+generally available macro packages that (1) do not force their
+typographic style on an author, and yet (2) provide such capabilities.
+
+   Besides such generic macros as cross-referencing, Eplain contains
+another set of definitions: ones that change the conventions of plain
+TeX's output.  For example, math displays in TeX are, by default,
+centered.  If you want your displays to come out left-justified, you
+have to plow through 'The TeXbook' to find some way to do it, and then
+adapt the code to your own needs.  Eplain tries to take care of the
+messy details of such things, while still leaving the detailed
+appearance of the output up to you.
+
+   Finally, numerous definitions turned out to be useful as Eplain was
+developed.  They are also documented in this manual, on the chance that
+people writing other macros will be able to use them.
+
+   You can send bug reports or suggestions to <tex-eplain@tug.org>.  The
+current version number of Eplain is defined as the macro '\fmtversion'
+at the end of the source file 'eplain.tex'.  When corresponding, please
+refer to it.
+
+   To get on this mailing list yourself, email
+<tex-eplain-request@tug.org> with a message whose body contains a line
+
+     subscribe YOU@YOUR.PREFERRED.ADDRESS
+
+or visit <http://tug.org/mailman/listinfo/tex-eplain>.
+
+   David Walden had reported his experience with Eplain as a new user.
+The article is available online at
+<http://tug.org/pracjourn/2005-4/walden>.  An introductory article
+(written for TUGboat) is also available online at
+<http://tug.org/eplain/misc/tb84katsi.pdf>.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Installation,  Next: Invoking Eplain,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top
+
+2 Installation
+**************
+
+Your TeX installation should already contain a version of Eplain
+('eplain.tex') in its main 'texmf' tree (usually under
+'/usr/share/texmf/tex/eplain/' on Unix systems).  To install a newer
+version of Eplain, put the new 'eplain.tex' (included in Eplain
+distributions) in the 'tex/eplain/' subdirectory of your local 'texmf'
+tree.  The newer version you install in the local tree should override
+the older one in the main tree.
+
+   The location of the local 'texmf' tree obviously depends on your
+operating system and TeX installation.  On Unix systems the usual
+location is '/usr/local/share/texmf/'.  If you don't have write
+permissions for '/usr/local/share/texmf/', many installations read the
+'texmf' tree in the user's home directory; 'eplain.tex' then should go
+under '~/texmf/tex/eplain/'.  For more information about TeX directory
+structure, please see
+<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tds>.
+
+   If you prefer to install 'eplain.tex' in a non-standard place, set an
+environment variable ('TEXINPUTS' for the Web2C port of TeX to Unix) to
+tell TeX how to find it.
+
+   If you want, you can also create a format ('.fmt') file for Eplain,
+which will eliminate the time spent reading the macro source file with
+'\input'.  You do this by issuing a sequence of Unix commands something
+like this:
+
+     prompt$ touch eplain.aux
+     prompt$ initex
+     This is TeX, ...
+     **&plain eplain
+     (eplain.tex)
+     *\dump
+     ... MESSAGES ...
+
+You must make sure that 'eplain.aux' exists _before_ you run 'initex';
+otherwise, warning messages about undefined labels will never be issued.
+
+   You then have to install the resulting 'eplain.fmt' in your local
+'texmf' tree or set an environment variable to tell TeX how to find it.
+For the Web2C port of TeX to Unix, format files are usually installed
+under '/usr/local/share/texmf/web2c/' or '/var/lib/texmf/web2c/'; the
+environment variable is 'TEXFORMATS'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Invoking Eplain,  Next: User definitions,  Prev: Installation,  Up: Top
+
+3 Invoking Eplain
+*****************
+
+The simplest way to use Eplain is simply to put:
+
+     \input eplain
+
+at the beginning of your input file.  The macro file is small enough
+that reading it does not take an unbearably long time--at least on
+contemporary machines.
+
+   In addition, if a format ('.fmt') file has been created for Eplain
+(see the previous section), you can eliminate the time spent reading the
+macro source file.  You do this by responding '&eplain' to TeX's '**'
+prompt.  For example:
+
+     initex
+     This is TeX, ...
+     **&eplain myfile
+
+   Depending on the implementation of TeX which you are using, you might
+also be able to invoke TeX as 'eplain' and have the format file
+automatically read.
+
+   If you write something which you will be distributing to others, you
+won't know if the Eplain format will be loaded already.  If it is, then
+doing '\input eplain' will waste time; if it isn't, then you must load
+it.  To solve this, Eplain defines the control sequence '\eplain' to be
+the letter 't' (a convention borrowed from Lisp; it doesn't actually
+matter what the definition is, only that the definition exists).
+Therefore, you can do the following:
+
+     \ifx\eplain\undefined \input eplain \fi
+
+where '\undefined' must never acquire a definition.
+
+   Eplain consists of several source files:
+'xeplain.tex'
+     most of the macros;
+
+'arrow.tex'
+     commutative diagram macros (*note Arrow theoretic diagrams::),
+     written by Steven Smith;
+
+'btxmac.tex'
+     bibliography-related macros (*note Citations::);
+
+'ifpdf.sty'
+     sets the switch '\ifpdf', which can be used to detect pdfTeX in PDF
+     mode (*note Checking for PDF output::), written by Heiko Oberdiek;
+
+'path.sty'
+     macro for allowing line breaks at punctuation characters within
+     long pathnames, electronic mail addresses, etc., (*note Paths::),
+     written by Philip Taylor;
+
+'texnames.sty'
+     abbreviations for various TeX-related names (*note Logos::), edited
+     by Nelson Beebe.
+
+The file 'eplain.tex' is all of these files merged together, with
+comments removed.  The original sources can be found in Eplain source
+zip archive in your TeX distribution, on CTAN or on Eplain's home page
+at <http://tug.org/eplain>.
+
+   All of these files except 'xeplain.tex' can be input individually, if
+all you want are the definitions in that file.
+
+   Also, since the bibliography macros are fairly extensive, you might
+not want to load them, to conserve TeX's memory.  Therefore, if the
+control sequence '\nobibtex' is defined, then the bibliography
+definitions are skipped.  You must set '\nobibtex' before 'eplain.tex'
+is read, naturally.  For example, you could start your input file like
+this:
+
+     \let\nobibtex = t
+     \input eplain
+
+By default, '\nobibtex' is undefined, and so the bibliography
+definitions _are_ made.
+
+   Likewise, define '\noarrow' if you don't want to include the
+commutative diagram macros from 'arrow.tex', perhaps because you already
+have conflicting ones.
+
+   If you don't want to read or write an 'aux' file at all, for any kind
+of cross-referencing, define '\noauxfile' before reading 'eplain.tex'.
+This also turns off all warnings about undefined labels.
+
+   Eplain conflicts with AMSTeX (to be precise, with 'amsppt.sty'): the
+macros '\cite' and '\ref' are defined by both.
+
+   If you want to use AMSTeX's '\cite', the solution is to define
+'\nobibtex' before reading Eplain, as described above.
+
+   If you have 'amsppt.sty' loaded and use '\ref', Eplain writes a
+warning on your terminal.  If you want to use the AMSTeX '\ref', do
+'\let\ref = \amsref' after reading Eplain.  To avoid the warning, do
+'\let\ref = \eplainref' after reading Eplain and before using '\ref'.
+
+   Sometimes you may need to run TeX more then once on your '.tex' file
+in order to produce and typeset indexes, resolve undefined
+cross-references and/or citations.  The shell script 'texi2dvi' from the
+Texinfo documentation system (see <http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo>)
+can automate this process: it runs BibTeX, MakeIndex and TeX as many
+times as needed to complete the compilation process.  You will need to
+set the 'LATEX' environment variable to 'tex'.  For example, in a
+Bourne-compatible shell, the following command will do all the work:
+
+     prompt$ LATEX=tex texi2dvi file.tex
+
+(Despite the name, 'texi2dvi' can also produce '.pdf' files; just set
+'LATEX=pdftex'.)  See the output from the command 'texi2dvi --help' for
+invoking information and a full list of options.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: User definitions,  Next: Hyperlinks,  Prev: Invoking Eplain,  Up: Top
+
+4 User definitions
+******************
+
+This chapter describes definitions that are meant to be used directly in
+a document.  When appropriate, ways to change the default formatting are
+described in subsections.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Diagnostics::               Tracing information.
+* Rules::                     Changing the default rule dimensions.
+* Citations::                 Using BibTeX and Eplain to make bibliographies.
+* Displays::                  Changing the formatting of math displays.
+* Time of day::               Producing the time of day.
+* Lists::                     Producing numbered and unordered lists.
+* Verbatim listing::          Producing text just as it appears.
+* Contents::                  Making a table of contents.
+* Cross-references::          Symbolic references to equations, figures, etc.
+* Page references::           Symbolic references to page numbers.
+* Equation references::       Symbolic references to equation numbers.
+* Indexing::                  Creating and typesetting indexes.
+* Justification::             Ragged left, ragged right, centered.
+* Tables::                    Producing ordered tables.
+* Margins::                   Changing the margins directly.
+* Multiple columns::          Getting output in two columns.
+* Footnotes::                 Autonumbered footnotes; changing formatting.
+* Fractions::                 A better way to produce fractions in text.
+* Paths::                     Allowing line breaks in pathnames.
+* Logos::                     Various logos.
+* Boxes::                     Producing filled or open rectangles.
+* Checking for PDF output::   Checking for pdfTeX in PDF mode.
+* Loading LaTeX packages::    Support for LaTeX packages under plain TeX.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Diagnostics,  Next: Rules,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.1 Diagnostics
+===============
+
+Plain TeX provides the '\tracingall' command, to turn on the maximum
+amount of tracing possible in TeX.  The (usually voluminous) output from
+'\tracingall' goes both on the terminal and into the transcript file.
+It is sometimes easier to have the output go only to the transcript
+file, so you can peruse it at your leisure and not obscure other output
+to the terminal.  So, Eplain provides the command '\loggingall'.  (For
+some reason, this command is available in Metafont, but not in TeX.)
+
+   It is also sometimes useful to see the complete contents of boxes.
+'\tracingboxes' does this.  (It doesn't affect whether or not the
+contents are shown on the terminal.)
+
+   You can turn off all tracing with '\tracingoff'.
+
+   You can also turn logging on and off globally, so you don't have to
+worry about whether or not you're inside a group at the time of command.
+These variants are named '\gloggingall' and '\gtracingall'.
+
+   Finally, if you write your own help messages (see '\newhelp' in 'The
+TeXbook'), you want a convenient way to break lines in them.  This is
+what TeX's '\newlinechar' parameter is for; however, plain TeX doesn't
+set '\newlinechar'.  Therefore, Eplain defines it to be the character
+'^^J'.
+
+   For example, one of Eplain's own error messages is defined as
+follows:
+
+     \newhelp\envhelp{Perhaps you forgot to end the previous^^J%
+        environment? I'm finishing off the current group,^^J%
+        hoping that will fix it.}%
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Rules,  Next: Citations,  Prev: Diagnostics,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.2 Rules
+=========
+
+The default dimensions of rules are defined in chapter 21 of the 'The
+TeXbook'.  To sum up what is given there, the "thickness" of rules is
+0.4pt by default.  Eplain defines three parameters that let you change
+this dimension: '\hruledefaultheight', '\hruledefaultdepth', and
+'\vruledefaultwidth'.  By default, they are defined as 'The TeXbook'
+describes.
+
+   But it would be wrong to redefine '\hrule' and '\vrule'.  For one
+thing, some macros in plain TeX depend on the default dimensions being
+used; for another, rules are used quite heavily, and the performance
+impact of making it a macro can be noticeable.  Therefore, to take
+advantage of the default rule parameters, you must use '\ehrule' and
+'\evrule'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Citations,  Next: Displays,  Prev: Rules,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.3 Citations
+=============
+
+Bibliographies are part of almost every technical document.  To handle
+them conveniently, you need two things: a program to do the tedious
+formatting, and a way to cite references by labels, rather than by
+numbers.  The BibTeX program, written by Oren Patashnik, takes care of
+the first item; the citation commands in LaTeX, written to be used with
+BibTeX, take care of the second.  Therefore, Eplain adopts the use of
+BibTeX, and virtually the same interface as LaTeX.
+
+   The general idea is that you put citation commands in the text of
+your document, and commands saying where the bibliography data is.  When
+you run TeX, these commands produce output on the file with the same
+root name as your document (by default) and the extension '.aux'.
+BibTeX reads this file.  You should put the bibliography data in a file
+or files with the extension '.bib'.  BibTeX writes out a file with the
+same root name as your document and extension '.bbl'.  Eplain reads this
+file the next time you run your document through TeX.  (It takes
+multiple passes to get everything straight, because usually after seeing
+your bibliography typeset, you want to make changes in the '.bib' file,
+which means you have to run BibTeX again, which means you have to run
+TeX again...) An annotated example of the whole process is given below.
+
+   If your document has more than one bibliography--for example, if it
+is a collection of papers--you can tell Eplain to use a different root
+name for the '.bbl' file by defining the control sequence
+'\bblfilebasename'.  The default definition is simply '\jobname'.
+
+   On the other hand, if your document's bibliography is very simple,
+you may prefer to create the '.bbl' file yourself, by hand, instead of
+using BibTeX.  An annotated example of this approach is also given
+below.
+
+   See the document 'BibTeXing' (whose text is in the file 'btxdoc.tex',
+which should be in the Eplain distribution you got) for information on
+how to write your .bib files.  Both the BibTeX and the Eplain
+distributions contain several examples, also.
+
+   The '\cite' command produces a citation in the text of your document.
+The exact printed form the citation will take is under your control
+(*note Formatting citations::).  '\cite' takes one required argument, a
+comma-separated list of cross-reference labels (*note
+Cross-references::, for exactly what characters are allowed in such
+labels).  Warning: spaces in this list are taken as part of the
+following label name, which is probably not what you expect.  The
+'\cite' command also produces a command in the .aux file that tells
+BibTeX to retrieve the given reference(s) from the .bib file.  '\cite'
+also takes one optional argument, which you specify within square
+brackets, as in LaTeX.  This text is simply typeset after the citations.
+(See the example below.)
+
+   Eplain can create hypertext links for citations pointing to the
+relevant bibliography entries (*note Citation hyperlinks::).
+
+   Another command, '\nocite', puts the given reference(s) into the
+bibliography, but produces nothing in the text.
+
+   The '\bibliography' command is next.  It serves two purposes:
+producing the typeset bibliography, and telling BibTeX the root names of
+the .bib files.  Therefore, the argument to '\bibliography' is a comma
+separated list of the .bib files (without the '.bib').  Again, spaces in
+this list are significant.
+
+   You tell BibTeX the particular style in which you want your
+bibliography typeset with one more command: '\bibliographystyle'.  The
+argument to this is a single filename STYLE, which tells BibTeX to look
+for a file STYLE.bst.  See the document 'Designing BibTeX styles' (whose
+text is in the 'btxhak.tex') for information on how to write your own
+styles.
+
+   Eplain automatically reads the citations from the .aux file when your
+job starts.
+
+   If you don't want to see the messages about undefined citations, you
+can say '\xrefwarningfalse' before making any citations.  Eplain
+automatically does this if the .aux file does not exist.  You can
+restore the default by saying '\xrefwarningtrue'.
+
+   Here is a TeX input file that illustrates the various commands.
+
+     \input eplain                    % Reads the .aux file.
+     Two citations to Knuthian works:
+       \cite[note]{surreal,concrete-math}.
+     \beginsection{References.}\par   % Title for the bibliography.
+     \bibliography{knuth}             % Use knuth.bib for the labels.
+     \bibliographystyle{plain}        % Number the references.
+     \end                             % End of the document.
+
+   If we suppose that this file was named 'citex.tex' and that the
+bibliography data is in 'knuth.bib' (as the above '\bibliography'
+command says), the following commands do what's required.  ('$ '
+represents the shell prompt.)
+
+     $ tex citex     (produces undefined citation messages)
+     $ bibtex citex  (read knuth.bib and citex.aux, write citex.bbl)
+     $ tex citex     (read citex.bbl, still have undefined citations)
+     $ tex citex     (one more time, to resolve the references)
+
+The 'texi2dvi' program can help you automate this process (*note
+Invoking Eplain::).
+
+   For simple documents you might choose to write the '.bbl' file
+yourself, instead of running BibTeX.  For this scenario, the following
+commands should suffice:
+
+     $ tex citex     (read citex.bbl, produces undefined citation messages)
+     $ tex citex     (one more time, to resolve the references)
+
+   The output looks something like (because we used the plain
+bibliography style):
+
+     Two citations to Knuthian works: [2,1 note].
+
+     References
+
+     [1] Ronald L. Graham, Donald E. Knuth, and Oren Patashnik. Concrete
+     Mathematics. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, 1989.
+
+     [2] Donald E. Knuth. Surreal Numbers. Addison-Wesley, Reading,
+     Massachusetts, 1974.
+
+   See the BibTeX documentation for information on how to write the
+bibliography databases, and the bibliography styles that are available.
+(If you want your references printed with names, as in [Knu74], instead
+of numbered, the bibliography style is 'alpha'.)
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Formatting citations::        Changing the way citations are printed.
+* Formatting bibliographies::   Changing the way bibliographies are printed.
+* Commands from LaTeX::         LaTeX commands defined by 'btxmac'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Formatting citations,  Next: Formatting bibliographies,  Up: Citations
+
+4.3.1 Formatting citations
+--------------------------
+
+You may wish to change Eplain's formatting of citations; i.e., the
+result of your '\cite' commands. By default, the citation labels are
+printed one after another, separated by commas and enclosed in brackets,
+using the main text font. Some formats require other styles, such as
+superscripted labels. You can accomodate such formats by redefining the
+following macros.
+
+'\printcitestart'
+'\printcitefinish'
+     Eplain expands these macros at the begining and end of the list of
+     citations for each '\cite' command. By default, they produce a '['
+     and ']', respectively.
+
+'\printbetweencitations'
+     If a '\cite' command has multiple citations, as in
+     '\cite{acp,texbook}', Eplain expands this macro in between each
+     pair of citations. By default, it produces a comma followed by a
+     space.
+
+'\printcitenote'
+     This macro takes one argument, which is the optional note to the
+     '\cite' command. If the '\cite' command had no note, this macro
+     isn't used. Otherwise, it should print the note. By default, the
+     note is preceded with a comma and a space.
+
+   Here is an example, showing you could produce citations as
+superscripted labels, with the optional notes in parentheses.
+
+     \def\printcitestart{\unskip $^\bgroup}
+     \def\printbetweencitations{,}
+     \def\printcitefinish{\egroup$}
+     \def\printcitenote#1{\hbox{\sevenrm\space (#1)}}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Formatting bibliographies,  Next: Commands from LaTeX,  Prev: Formatting citations,  Up: Citations
+
+4.3.2 Formatting bibliographies
+-------------------------------
+
+You may wish to change Eplain's formatting of the bibliography,
+especially with respect to the fonts that are used. Therefore, Eplain
+provides the following control sequences:
+
+'\biblabelwidth'
+     This control sequence represents a '\dimen' register, and its value
+     is the width of the widest label in the bibliography. Although it
+     is unlikely you will ever want to redefine it, you might want to
+     use it if you redefine '\biblabelprint', below.
+
+'\biblabelprint'
+     This macro takes one argument, the label to print. By default, the
+     label is put in a box of width '\biblabelwidth', and is followed by
+     an enspace. When you want to change the spacing around the labels,
+     this is the right macro to redefine.
+
+'\biblabelcontents'
+     This macro also takes one argument, the label to print. By default,
+     the label is printed using the font '\bblrm' (below), and enclosed
+     in brackets. When you want to change the appearance of the label,
+     but not the spacing around it, this is the right macro to redefine.
+
+'\biblabelprecontents'
+'\biblabelpostcontents'
+     Macros expanded before and after '\biblabelcontents', respectively.
+     For example, to get left-justified numeric labels (they are
+     right-justified by default):
+
+          \def\biblabelprecontents{\relax}
+          \def\biblabelpostcontents{\hss}
+
+'\bblrm'
+     The default font used for printing the bibliography.
+
+'\bblem'
+     The font used for printing the titles and other "emphasized"
+     material.
+
+'\bblemph'
+     Typesets its argument using '\bblem', then inserts an italic
+     correction.
+
+'\bblsc'
+     In some styles, authors' names are printed in a caps-and-small-caps
+     font. In those cases, this font is used.
+
+'\bblnewblock'
+     This is invoked between each of the parts of a bibliography entry.
+     The default is to leave some extra space between the parts; you
+     could redefine it to start each part on a new line (for example). A
+     part is simply a main element of the entry; for example, the author
+     is a part. (It was LaTeX that introduced the (misleading, as far as
+     I am concerned) term 'block' for this.)
+
+'\biblabelextraspace'
+     Bibliography entries are typeset with a hanging indentation of
+     '\biblabelwidth' plus this. The default is '.5em', where the em
+     width is taken from the '\bblrm' font. If you want to change this,
+     you should do it inside '\bblhook'.
+
+'\bblhook'
+     This is expanded before reading the .bbl file. By default, it does
+     nothing. You could, for example, define it to set the bibliography
+     fonts, or produce the heading for the references. Two spacing
+     parameters must be changed inside '\bblhook': '\parskip', which
+     produces extra space between the items; and '\biblabelextraspace',
+     which is described above. (By the way, '\hookappend' won't work
+     with '\bblhook', despite the names. Just use '\def'.)
+
+   If you are desperate, of course you can also hand-edit the .bbl file
+that BibTeX produces to do anything you wish.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Commands from LaTeX,  Prev: Formatting bibliographies,  Up: Citations
+
+4.3.3 Commands from LaTeX
+-------------------------
+
+Because of the historical connection between BibTeX and LaTeX, in
+practice many bibliography styles and bibliographies use LaTeX commmands
+that are not part of bibliography handling, per se.
+
+   To support this, 'btxmac.tex' (and thus Eplain) define the following.
+In all cases, an existing definition (e.g., from 'miniltx.tex', *note
+Loading LaTeX packages: Loading LaTeX packages.) will not be
+overwritten. Here is the list:
+
+'\newcommand'
+'\renewcommand'
+'\providecommand'
+     Defining new commands in various ways. The Eplain versions do not
+     support the *-form of these; use 'miniltx' for that.
+
+'\em'
+'\emph'
+'\sc'
+'\textbf'
+     Selecting fonts.
+
+'\mbox'
+     A horizontal box.
+
+'\newblock'
+     Starts elements of a bibliography entry.
+
+   For full information about these, see the LaTeX manual and sources.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Displays,  Next: Time of day,  Prev: Citations,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.4 Displays
+============
+
+By default, TeX centers displayed material. (Displayed material is just
+whatever you put between '$$''s--it's not necessarily mathematics.) Many
+layouts would be better served if the displayed material was
+left-justified. Therefore, Eplain provides the command '\leftdisplays',
+which indents displayed material by '\parindent' plus '\leftskip', plus
+'\leftdisplayindent'.
+
+   You can go back to centering displays with '\centereddisplays'. (It
+is usually poor typography to have both centered and left-justified
+displays in a single publication, though.)
+
+   '\leftdisplays' also changes the plain TeX commands that deal with
+alignments inside math displays, '\displaylines', '\eqalignno', and
+'\leqalignno', to produce left-justified text. You can still override
+this formatting by inserting '\hfill' glue, as explained in 'The
+TeXbook'.
+
+   Eplain defines '\eqnum' and '\eqalignnum' which can be set up to
+produce either left-aligned or right-aligned equation numbers.
+'\lefteqnumbers' ('\righteqnumbers') will define '\eqnum' to expand to
+'\eqno' ('\leqno'), and '\eqalignnum' to expand to '\eqalignno'
+('\leqalignno'). Default is '\righteqnumbers' (right-aligned equation
+numbers).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Formatting displays::         General formatting of displays.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Formatting displays,  Up: Displays
+
+4.4.1 Formatting displays
+-------------------------
+
+If you want some other kind of formatting, you can write a definition of
+your own, analogous to '\leftdisplays'. You need only make sure that
+'\leftdisplaysetup' is called at the beginning of every display
+(presumably by invoking it in TeX's '\everydisplay' parameter).
+
+   '\leftdisplays' expands the old value of '\everydisplay' before
+calling '\leftdisplaysetup', so that any changes you have made to it
+won't be lost. That old token list as available as the value of the
+token register '\previouseverydisplay'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Time of day,  Next: Lists,  Prev: Displays,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.5 Time of day
+===============
+
+TeX provides the day, month, and year as numeric quantities (unless your
+TeX implementation is woefully deficient). Eplain provides some control
+sequences to make them a little more friendly to humans.
+
+   '\monthname' produces the name of the current month, abbreviated to
+three letters.
+
+   '\fullmonthname' produces the name of the current month,
+unabbreviated (in English).
+
+   '\timestring' produces the current time, as in '1:14 p.m.'
+
+   '\timestamp' produces the current date and time, as in '23 Apr 64
+1:14 p.m.'. (Except the spacing is slightly different.)
+
+   '\today' produces the current date, as in '23 April 1964'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Lists,  Next: Verbatim listing,  Prev: Time of day,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.6 Lists
+=========
+
+Many documents require lists of items, either numbered or simply
+enumerated. Plain TeX defines one macro to help with creating lists,
+'\item', but that is insufficient in many cases. Therefore, Eplain
+provides two pairs of commands:
+
+'\numberedlist ... \endnumberedlist'
+'\orderedlist ... \endorderedlist'
+     These commands (they are synonyms) produce a list with the items
+     numbered sequentially, starting from one. A nested '\numberedlist'
+     labels the items with lowercase letters, starting with 'a'. Another
+     nested '\numberedlist' labels the items with roman numerals. Yet
+     more deeply nested numbered lists label items with '*'.
+
+'\unorderedlist ... \endunorderedlist'
+     This produces a list with the items labelled with small black boxes
+     ("square bullets"). A nested '\unorderedlist' labels items with
+     em-dashes. Doubly (and deeper) nested unordered lists label items
+     with '*'s.
+
+   The two kinds of lists can be nested within each other, as well.
+
+   In both kinds of lists, you begin an item with '\li'. An item may
+continue for several paragraphs. Each item starts a paragraph.
+
+   You can give '\li' an optional argument, a cross-reference label.
+It's defined to be the "marker" for the current item. This is useful if
+the list items are numbered. You can produce the value of the label with
+'\xrefn'. *Note Cross-references::.
+
+   Eplain can create hypertext links for the markers produced by
+'\xrefn' pointing to the relevant list item (*note List hyperlinks::).
+
+   You can also say '\listcompact' right after '\numberedlist' or
+'\unorderedlist'. The items in the list will then not have any extra
+space between them (*note Formatting lists::). You might want to do this
+if the items in this particular list are short.
+
+   Here is an example:
+
+     \numberedlist\listcompact
+     \li The first item.
+     \li The second item.
+
+     The second paragraph of the second item.
+     \endnumberedlist
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Formatting lists::            Changing how the lists look.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Formatting lists,  Up: Lists
+
+4.6.1 Formatting lists
+----------------------
+
+Several registers define the spacing associated with lists. It is likely
+that their default values won't suit your particular layout.
+
+'\abovelistskipamount, \belowlistskipamount'
+     The vertical glue inserted before and after every list,
+     respectively.
+
+'\interitemskipamount'
+     The vertical glue inserted before each item except the first.
+     '\listcompact' resets this to zero, as mentioned above.
+
+'\listleftindent, \listrightindent'
+     '\listrightindent' is the amount of space by which the list is
+     indented on the right; i.e., it is added to '\rightskip'.
+     '\listleftindent' is the amount of space, _relative to_
+     '\parindent', by which the list is indented on the left. Why treat
+     the two parameters differently? Because (a) it is more useful to
+     make the list indentation depend on the paragraph indentation;
+     (b) footnotes aren't formatted right if '\parindent' is reset to
+     zero.
+
+   The three vertical glues are inserted by macros, and preceded by
+penalties: '\abovelistskip' does '\vpenalty\abovelistpenalty' and then
+'\vskip\abovelistskip'. '\belowlistskip' and '\interitemskip' are
+analogous.
+
+   In addition, the macro '\listmarkerspace' is called to separate the
+item label from the item text. This is set to '\enspace' by default.
+
+   If you want to change the labels on the items, you can redefine these
+macros: '\numberedmarker' or '\unorderedmarker'. The following registers
+might be useful if you do:
+
+'\numberedlistdepth, \unorderedlistdepth'
+     These keep track of the depth of nesting of the two kinds of lists.
+
+'\itemnumber, \itemletter'
+     These keep track of the number of items that have been seen in the
+     current numbered list. They are both integer registers. The
+     difference is that '\itemnumber' starts at one, and '\itemletter'
+     starts at 97, i.e., lowercase 'a'.
+
+   You can also redefine the control sequences that are used internally,
+if you want to do something radically different: '\beginlist' is invoked
+to begin both kinds of lists; '\printitem' is invoked to print the label
+(and space following the label) for each item; and '\endlist' is invoked
+to end both kinds of lists.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Verbatim listing,  Next: Contents,  Prev: Lists,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.7 Verbatim listing
+====================
+
+It is sometimes useful to include a file verbatim in your document; for
+example, part of a computer program. The '\listing' command is given one
+argument, a filename, and produces the contents of that file in your
+document. '\listing' expands '\listingfont' to set the current font. The
+default value of '\listingfont' is '\tt'.
+
+   You can take arbitrary actions before reading the file by defining
+the macro '\setuplistinghook'. This is expanded just before the file is
+input.
+
+   If you want to have line numbers on the output, you can say
+'\let\setuplistinghook = \linenumberedlisting'. The line numbers are
+stored in the count register '\lineno' while the file is being read. You
+can redefine the macro '\printlistinglineno' to change how they are
+printed.
+
+   Normally, the '\listing' command will add a final empty line at the
+end of the output, even if the file does not end in a newline. To
+suppress this final line, you can say '\let\setuplistinghook =
+\nolastlinelisting'. This also works with line numbers (say
+'\def\setuplistinghook{\linenumberedlisting \nolastlinelisting}'), but
+only if '\printlistinglineno' consists exclusively of boxes at the top
+level (i.e., any '\kern's or glue should be wrapped up in a box).
+
+   You can use the form feed control character (ASCII code 12, typed as
+'CTRL-L') in the file to force a page break in the output.
+
+   You can produce in-line verbatim text in your document with
+'\verbatim'. End the text with '|endverbatim'. If you need a '|' in the
+text, double it. If the first character of the verbatim text is a space,
+use '| '. ('| ' will work elsewhere in the argument, too, but isn't
+necessary.)
+
+   For example:
+
+     \verbatim| ||\#%&!|endverbatim
+
+produces ' |\#%&!'.
+
+   Line breaks and spaces in the verbatim text are preserved.
+
+   You can change the verbatim escape character from the default '|'
+with '\verbatimescapechar CHAR'; for example, this changes it to '@'.
+
+     \verbatimescapechar \@
+
+The backslash is not necessary in some cases, but is in others,
+depending on the catcode of the character. The argument to
+'\verbatimescapechar' is used as '\catcode `CHAR', so the exact rules
+follow that for '\catcode'.
+
+   To reset the category code of all special characters to 12 ("other"),
+'\verbatim' uses '\uncatcodespecials' (*note Category codes::). If you
+make additional characters "special", you should extend '\dospecials' to
+include those characters, lest they be given special treatment inside
+verbatim environments. For example,
+
+     \catcode`\A=\active
+     % Try commenting out the following line.
+     \expandafter\def\expandafter\dospecials\expandafter{\dospecials\do\A}
+     \verbatimA#$%_^|endverbatim
+
+   Because '\verbatim' must change the category code of special
+characters, calling inside a macro definition of your own does not work
+properly. For example:
+
+     \def\mymacro{\verbatim &#%|endverbatim}% Doesn't work!
+
+To accomplish this, you must change the category codes yourself before
+making the macro definition. Perhaps '\uncatcodespecials' will help you
+(*note Category codes::).
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Contents,  Next: Cross-references,  Prev: Verbatim listing,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.8 Contents
+============
+
+Producing a table of contents that is both useful and aesthetic is one
+of the most difficult design problems in any work. Naturally, Eplain
+does not pretend to solve the design problem. Collecting the raw data
+for a table of contents, however, is much the same across documents.
+Eplain uses an auxiliary file with extension '.toc' (and the same root
+name as your document) to save the information.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Writing the .toc file::
+* Reading the .toc file::
+* Changing the .toc file's root name::
+* Alternative contents files::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Writing the .toc file,  Next: Reading the .toc file,  Up: Contents
+
+4.8.1 Writing the .toc file
+---------------------------
+
+To write an entry for the table of contents, you say
+'\writetocentry{PART}{TEXT}', where PART is the type of part this entry
+is, e.g., 'chapter', and TEXT is the text of the title. '\writetocentry'
+puts an entry into the .toc file that looks like
+'\tocPARTentry{TEXT}{PAGE NUMBER}' (unless PART is an integer, see
+below). The TEXT is written unexpanded.
+
+   A related command, '\writenumberedtocentry', takes one additional
+argument, the first token of which is expanded at the point of the
+'\writenumberedtocentry', but the rest of the argument is not expanded.
+The usual application is when the parts of the document are numbered. On
+the other hand, the one-level expansion allows you to use the argument
+for other things as well (author's names in a proceedings, say), and not
+have accents or other control sequences expanded. The downside is that
+if you _want_ full expansion of the third argument, you don't get
+it--you must expand it yourself, before you call
+'\writenumberedtocentry'.
+
+   For example:
+
+     \writenumberedtocentry{chapter}{A $\sin$ wave}{\the\chapno}
+     \writetocentry{section}{A section title}
+
+Supposing '\the\chapno' expanded to '3' and that the '\write''s occurred
+on pages eight and nine, respectively, the above writes the following to
+the .toc file:
+
+     \tocchapterentry{A $\sin$ wave}{3}{8}
+     \tocsectionentry{A section title}{9}
+
+   A variation on '\writenumberedtocentry' is '\writenumberedtocline',
+differing only in the order of the parameters it takes and writes for
+the '\tocPARTentry' control sequences. To continue the previous example:
+
+     \writenumberedtocline{chapter}{\the\chapno}{A $\sin$ wave}
+
+writes the following to the .toc file:
+
+     \tocchapterentry{3}{A $\sin$ wave}{8}
+
+Such ordering of the parameters allows the '\tocPARTentry' macros to
+typeset the text of the entry without actually reading it as an
+argument. This is required for entries which need to change character
+catcodes, e.g., to produce verbatim text (*note Verbatim listing::).
+
+   Each of '\writetocentry', '\writenumberedtocentry' and
+'\writenumberedtocline' processes a numeric PART argument specially. If
+you pass PART expanding to an integer, these macros write into the .toc
+file an entry that starts with '\tocentry{PART}'. Thus, you can define a
+single '\tocentry' macro which formats all entries for a table of
+contents. To continue the previous examples:
+
+     \writenumberedtocentry{1}{A $\sin$ wave}{\the\chapno}
+     \writenumberedtocline{1}{\the\chapno}{A $\sin$ wave}
+     \writetocentry{2}{A section title}
+
+writes the following to the .toc file:
+
+     \tocentry{1}{A $\sin$ wave}{3}{8}
+     \tocentry{1}{3}{A $\sin$ wave}{8}
+     \tocentry{2}{A section title}{9}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Reading the .toc file,  Next: Changing the .toc file's root name,  Prev: Writing the .toc file,  Up: Contents
+
+4.8.2 Reading the .toc file
+---------------------------
+
+You read the .toc file with the command '\readtocfile'. Naturally,
+whatever '\toc... entry' commands that were written to the file must be
+defined when '\readtocfile' is invoked. Eplain has minimal definitions
+for '\tocchapterentry', '\tocsectionentry', and '\tocsubsectionentry',
+just to prevent undefined control sequence errors in common cases. They
+aren't suitable for anything but preliminary proofs.
+
+   Each of '\writetocentry', '\writenumberedtocentry' and
+'\writenumberedtocline' opens the .toc file for writing, thereby
+deleting the information from the previous run. You should therefore
+arrange that '\readtocfile' be called _before_ the first call to a
+'\writetoc...' macro. '\readtocfile' does not itself delete the
+information from the .toc file, so that you can call it several times,
+e.g., to create both a short and normal table of contents. (To produce
+this in particular, define '\tocsectionentry' to produce nothing while
+you are reading .toc file for a short table of contents (*note Macro
+arguments::).)
+
+   On the other hand, if you don't want to rewrite the .toc file at all,
+perhaps because you are only running TeX on part of your manuscript, you
+can set '\rewritetocfilefalse'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Changing the .toc file's root name,  Next: Alternative contents files,  Prev: Reading the .toc file,  Up: Contents
+
+4.8.3 Changing the .toc file's root name
+----------------------------------------
+
+By default, the '.toc' file has the root '\jobname'. If your document
+has more than one contents--for example, if it is a collection of
+papers, some of which have their own contents--you can tell Eplain to
+use a different root name by defining the control sequence
+'\tocfilebasename'.
+
+   Note that '\writetocentry', '\writenumberedtocentry' and
+'\writenumberedtocline' will open the contents file for writing only at
+the first call, using the value of '\tocfilebasename' at that time.
+Changing the value of '\tocfilebasename' afterwards will not affect
+which file gets _written_, although it will affect which file gets
+_read_ by '\readcontentsfile'. In case you need to write several
+contents files from a single TeX job, use '\definecontentsfile' (*note
+Alternative contents files::).
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Alternative contents files,  Prev: Changing the .toc file's root name,  Up: Contents
+
+4.8.4 Alternative contents files
+--------------------------------
+
+In addition to the usual table of contents, you may want to have a list
+of figures, list of tables, or other such contents-like list. You can do
+this with '\definecontentsfile{ABBREV}'. All of the above commands are
+actually a special case that Eplain predefines with
+
+     \definecontentsfile{toc}
+
+The ABBREV is used both for the file extension and in the control
+sequence names.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Cross-references,  Next: Page references,  Prev: Contents,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.9 Cross-references
+====================
+
+It is often useful to refer the reader to other parts of your document;
+but putting literal page, section, equation, or whatever numbers in the
+text is certainly a bad thing.
+
+   Eplain therefore provides commands for symbolic cross-references. It
+uses an auxiliary file with extension .aux (and the same root name as
+your document) to keep track of the information. Therefore, it takes two
+passes to get the cross-references right--one to write them out, and one
+to read them in. Eplain automatically reads the .aux file at the first
+reference; after reading it, Eplain reopens it for writing.
+
+   You can control whether or not Eplain warns you about undefined
+labels. *Note Citations::.
+
+   Labels in Eplain's cross-reference commands can use characters of
+category code eleven (letter), twelve (other), ten (space), three (math
+shift), four (alignment tab), seven (superscript), or eight (subscript).
+For example, '(a1 $&^_' is a valid label (assuming the category codes of
+plain TeX), but '%#\{' has no valid characters.
+
+   You can also do symbolic cross-references for bibliographic citations
+and list items. *Note Citations::, and *note Lists::.
+
+   Eplain can create hypertext links for the cross-references (*note
+Cross-reference hyperlinks::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Defining generic references::  
+* Using generic references::    
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Defining generic references,  Next: Using generic references,  Up: Cross-references
+
+4.9.1 Defining generic references
+---------------------------------
+
+Eplain provides the command '\definexref' for general cross-references.
+It takes three arguments: the name of the label (see section above for
+valid label names), the value of the label (which can be anything), and
+the "class" of the reference--whether it's a section, or theorem, or
+what. For example:
+
+     \definexref{sec-intro}{3.1}{section}
+
+Of course, the label value is usually generated by another macro using
+TeX count registers or some such.
+
+   '\definexref' doesn't actually define LABEL; instead, it writes out
+the definition to the .aux file, where Eplain will read it on the next
+TeX run.
+
+   The CLASS argument is used by the '\ref' and '\refs' commands. See
+the next section.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Using generic references,  Prev: Defining generic references,  Up: Cross-references
+
+4.9.2 Using generic references
+------------------------------
+
+To retrieve the value of the label defined via '\definexref' (see the
+previous section), Eplain provides the following macros:
+
+'\refn{LABEL}'
+'\xrefn{LABEL}'
+     '\refn' and '\xrefn' (they are synonyms) produce the bare
+     definition of LABEL. If LABEL isn't defined, issue a warning, and
+     produce LABEL itself instead, in typewriter. (The warning isn't
+     given if '\xrefwarningfalse'.)
+
+'\ref{LABEL}'
+     Given the class C for LABEL (see the description of '\definexref'
+     in the previous section), expand the control sequence '\C word' (if
+     it's defined) followed by a tie. Then call '\refn' on LABEL.
+     (Example below.)
+
+'\refs{LABEL}'
+     Like '\ref', but append the letter 's' to the '\...word'.
+
+   The purpose of the '\...word' macro is to produce the word 'Section'
+or 'Figure' or whatever that usually precedes the actual reference
+number.
+
+   Here is an example:
+
+     \def\sectionword{Section}
+     \definexref{sec-intro}{3.1}{section}
+     \definexref{sec-next}{3.2}{section}
+     See \refs{sec-intro} and \refn{sec-next} ...
+
+This produces 'See Sections 3.1 and 3.2 ...'
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Page references,  Next: Equation references,  Prev: Cross-references,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.10 Page references
+====================
+
+Eplain provides two commands for handling references to page numbers,
+one for definition and one for use.
+
+'\xrdef{LABEL}'
+     Define LABEL to be the current page number. This produces no
+     printed output, and ignores following spaces.
+
+'\xref{LABEL}'
+     Produce the text 'p. PAGENO', which is the usual form for
+     cross-references. The PAGENO is actually LABEL's definition; if
+     LABEL isn't defined, the text of the label itself is printed. The
+     'p. ' prefix is defined by '\xrefpageword'. Its default definition
+     is 'p.\thinspace'.
+
+   Eplain can create hypertext links for the page references (*note Page
+reference hyperlinks::).
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Equation references,  Next: Indexing,  Prev: Page references,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.11 Equation references
+========================
+
+Instead of referring to pages, it's most useful if equation labels refer
+to equation numbers. Therefore, Eplain reserves a '\count' register,
+'\eqnumber', for the current equation number, and increments it at each
+numbered equation.
+
+   Here are the commands to define equation labels and then refer to
+them:
+
+'\eqdef{LABEL}'
+     This defines LABEL to be the current value of '\eqnumber', and, if
+     the current context is not inner, then produces a '\eqnum' command
+     (*note Displays::). (The condition makes it possible to use
+     '\eqdef' in an '\eqalignno' construction, for example.) The text of
+     the equation number is produced using '\eqprint'. *Note Formatting
+     equation references::.
+
+     If LABEL is empty, you still get an equation number (although
+     naturally you can't reliably refer to it). This is useful if you
+     want to put numbers on all equations in your document, and you
+     don't want to think up unique labels.
+
+     To refer to the last equation with the empty label, you just use
+     the empty label in one of the equation reference macros (see
+     below). This can be handy when you want to refer to an equation
+     shortly after its definition, say, in the sentence following the
+     displayed equation, and do not intend to refer to the equation
+     later. But use this trick with extreme caution: if later you change
+     the text and insert another empty definition between the original
+     definition and the reference, the reference will start to refer to
+     the new empty-labeled equation.
+
+'\eqdefn{LABEL}'
+     This is like '\eqdef', except it always omits the '\eqnum' command.
+     It can therefore be used in places where '\eqdef' can't; for
+     example, in a non-displayed equation. The text of the equation
+     number is not produced, so you can also use it in the (admittedly
+     unusual) circumstance when you want to define an equation label but
+     not print that label.
+
+'\eqref{LABEL}'
+     This produces a formatted reference to LABEL. If LABEL is undefined
+     (perhaps because it is a forward reference), it just produces the
+     text of the label itself. Otherwise, it calls '\eqprint'.
+
+'\eqrefn{LABEL}'
+     This produces the cross-reference text for LABEL. That is, it is
+     like '\eqref', except it doesn't call '\eqprint'.
+
+   Equation labels can contain the same characters that are valid in
+general cross-references.
+
+   Eplain can create hypertext links for the equation references (*note
+Equation reference hyperlinks::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Formatting equation references::  
+* Subequation references::      
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Formatting equation references,  Next: Subequation references,  Up: Equation references
+
+4.11.1 Formatting equation references
+-------------------------------------
+
+Both defining an equation label and referring to it should usually
+produce output. This output is produced with the '\eqprint' macro, which
+takes one argument, the equation number being defined or referred to. By
+default, this just produces '(NUMBER)', where NUMBER is the equation
+number. To produce the equation number in a different font, or with
+different surrounding symbols, or whatever, you can redefine '\eqprint'.
+For example, the following definition would print all equation numbers
+in italics. (The extra braces define a group, to keep the font change
+from affecting surrounding text.)
+
+     \def\eqprint#1{{\it (#1)}}
+
+   In addition to changing the formatting of equation numbers, you might
+want to add more structure to the equation number; for example, you
+might want to include the chapter number, to get equation numbers like
+'(1.2)'. To achieve this, you redefine '\eqconstruct'. For example:
+
+     \def\eqconstruct#1{\the\chapternumber.#1}
+
+(If you are keeping the chapter number in a count register named
+'\chapternumber', naturally.)
+
+   The reason for having both '\eqconstruct' and '\eqprint' may not be
+immediately apparent. The difference is that '\eqconstruct' affects the
+text that cross-reference label is defined to be, while '\eqprint'
+affects only what is typeset on the page. The example just below might
+help.
+
+   Usually, you want equation labels to refer to equation numbers. But
+sometimes you might want a more complicated text. For example, you might
+have an equation '(1)', and then have a variation several pages later
+which you want to refer to as '(1*)'.
+
+   Therefore, Eplain allows you to give an optional argument (i.e.,
+arbitrary text in square brackets) before the cross-reference label to
+'\eqdef'. Then, when you refer to the equation, that text is produced.
+Here's how to get the example just mentioned:
+
+     $$...\eqdef{a-eq}$$
+     ...
+     $$...\eqdef[\eqrefn{a-eq}*]{a-eq-var}$$
+     In \eqref{a-eq-var}, we expand on \eqref{a-eq}, ...
+
+We use '\eqrefn' in the cross-reference text, not '\eqref', so that
+'\eqprint' is called only once.
+
+   As another example, consider the following requirement: we want to
+include chapter number in all equation references, and additionally we
+want to include the part number when referencing an equation from any
+part other than the one where the equation appears. For example,
+references to the third equation in chapter 2 of part 1 should be
+typeset as '(2.3)' throughout part 1, but as '(I.2.3)' in any other
+part. Let's assume we have the current chapter and part numbers in count
+registers '\chapnum' and '\partnum', respectively.
+
+   The idea is to have '\eqconstruct' store the part number of the
+equation (that is, the part number _at the time of definition_), so that
+later '\eqprint' can compare the stored number with the current part
+number (that is, the part number _at the time of reference_). The
+complicating factor is that internally, the result of '\eqconstruct' is
+both expanded and written out to the '.aux' file, _and_ used to typeset
+the equation number, so the commands that store the part number should
+behave correctly in both situations. This is difficult to achieve with
+expandable commands; therefore, to avoid expansion problems, we are
+going to use only TeX primitives, which are non-expandable:
+
+     \newcount\eqpartnum
+
+     \def\eqconstruct#1{%
+       \global\eqpartnum=\the\partnum\relax
+       \number\chapnum.#1%
+     }
+
+     \def\eqprint#1{%
+       \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+       (\ifnum\partnum=\eqpartnum \else
+          \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\eqpartnum}.%
+        \fi
+        \box0)%
+     }%
+
+In '\eqconstruct', besides constructing the base equation number (e.g.,
+'1.2'), we also store the part number of the equation in the count
+register '\eqpartnum' ('\the\partnum' is expanded when the equation
+number is written to the '.aux' file, so the equation label definition
+in the '.aux' file will contain the actual part number). In '\eqprint',
+we need to know the equation's part number before we typeset the base
+equation number, therefore we first put the argument in a box, thus
+causing '\eqpartnum' to be set.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Subequation references,  Prev: Formatting equation references,  Up: Equation references
+
+4.11.2 Subequation references
+-----------------------------
+
+Eplain also provides for one level of substructure for equations. That
+is, you might want to define a related group of equations with numbers
+like '2.1' and '2.2', and then be able to refer to the group as a whole:
+"... in the system of equations (2)...".
+
+   The commands to do this are '\eqsubdef' and '\eqsubdefn'. They take
+one LABEL argument like their counterparts above, and generally behave
+in the same way. The difference is in how they construct the equation
+number: instead of using just '\eqnumber', they also use another
+counter, '\subeqnumber'. This counter is advanced by one at every
+'\eqsubdef' or '\eqsubdefn', and reset to zero at every '\eqdef' or
+'\eqdefn'.
+
+   You use '\eqref' to refer to subequations as well as main equations.
+
+   To put the two together to construct the text that the label will
+produce, they use a macro '\eqsubreftext'. This macros takes two
+arguments, the "main" equation number (which, because the equation label
+can be defined as arbitrary text, as described in the previous section,
+might be anything at all) and the "sub" equation number (which is always
+just a number). Eplain's default definition just puts a period between
+them:
+
+     \def\eqsubreftext#1#2{#1.#2}%
+
+You can redefine '\eqsubreftext' to print however you like. For example,
+this definition makes the labels print as '2a', '2b', and so on.
+
+     \newcount\subref
+     \def\eqsubreftext#1#2{%
+       \subref = #2           % The space stops a <number>.
+       \advance\subref by 96  % `a' is character code 97.
+       #1\char\subref
+     }
+
+Sadly, we must define a new count register, '\subref', instead of using
+the scratch count register '\count255', because '#1' might include other
+macro calls which use '\count255'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Indexing,  Next: Justification,  Prev: Equation references,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.12 Indexing
+=============
+
+Eplain provides support for generating raw material for an index, and
+for typesetting a sorted index. A separate program must do the actual
+collection and sorting of terms, because TeX itself has no support for
+sorting.
+
+   Eplain can create hypertext links pointing from the index to the
+index terms (*note Index hyperlinks::).
+
+   Eplain's indexing commands were designed to work with the program
+MakeIndex, available from CTAN hosts in
+'tex-archive/indexing/makeindex'; MakeIndex is also commonly included in
+prepackaged TeX distributions. It is beyond the scope of this manual to
+explain how to run MakeIndex, and all of its many options. See
+<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex>.
+
+   The basic strategy for indexing works like this:
+
+  1. For a document 'foo.tex', Eplain's indexing commands (e.g., '\idx';
+     see the section 'Indexing terms' below) write the raw index
+     material to 'foo.idx'.
+
+  2. MakeIndex reads 'foo.idx', collects and sorts the index, and writes
+     the result to 'foo.ind'.
+
+  3. Eplain reads and typesets 'foo.ind' on a subsequent run of TeX. See
+     the section 'Typesetting an index' below.
+
+The 'texi2dvi' program can help you automate this process (*note
+Invoking Eplain::).
+
+   If your document needs more than one index, each must have its own
+file. Therefore, Eplain provides the command '\defineindex', which takes
+an argument that is a single letter, which replaces 'i' in the filenames
+and in the indexing command names described below. For example,
+
+     \defineindex{m}
+
+defines the command '\mdx' to write to the file 'foo.mdx'. Eplain simply
+does '\defineindex{i}' to define the default commands.
+
+   Note that MakeIndex does not use the above naming scheme for multiple
+indexes. Unless instructed otherwise, MakeIndex always writes its output
+to a file with extension '.ind'. For example, if you define an
+additional index with the command '\defineindex{j}', you'll need to run
+MakeIndex like this:
+
+     $ makeindex book.jdx -o book.jnd
+
+   For each index defined with '\defineindex{N}', Eplain provides a
+switch '\ifNdx' which controls whether indexing commands write index
+entries to the corresponding index file. However, even when index term
+writing is disabled, indexing commands still do all other processing of
+their arguments, including typesetting of proof index terms (*note
+Proofing index terms::.
+
+   For example, if you write '\idxfalse' near the beginning of a
+document 'foo.tex' (before the first indexing command), Eplain will not
+open the default index file ('foo.idx') and the corresponding indexing
+commands ('\idx', '\sidx', etc.) will not write index entries there.
+This may be useful for draft compilations of a manuscript, e.g., to
+avoid the overhead of index file input/output.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Indexing terms::          Specifying what to index.
+* Typesetting an index::    Printing the sorted output.
+* Customizing indexing::    Creating commands and specifying extra actions.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Indexing terms,  Next: Typesetting an index,  Up: Indexing
+
+4.12.1 Indexing terms
+---------------------
+
+Indexing commands in Eplain come in pairs: one command that only writes
+the index entry to the '.idx' file (see above section), and one that
+also typesets the term being indexed. The former always starts with 's'
+(for "silent"). In either case, the name always includes 'Idx', where I
+is the index letter, also described above. Eplain defines the index 'i'
+itself, so that's what we'll use in the names below.
+
+   The silent form of the commands take a subterm as a trailing optional
+argument. For example, '\sidx{truth}[definition of]' on page 75 makes an
+index entry that will eventually be typeset (by default) as
+
+     truth
+       definition of, 75
+
+   Also, the silent commands ignore trailing spaces. The non-silent ones
+do not.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Indexing commands::       Making index entries.
+* Modifying index entries:: Ranges, see/see also, page number typesetting.
+* Index entries with special characters::
+* Proofing index terms::    Noting index entries in the margins.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Indexing commands,  Next: Modifying index entries,  Up: Indexing terms
+
+4.12.1.1 Indexing commands
+..........................
+
+Here are the commands.
+
+   * '\sidx{TERM}[SUBTERM]' makes an index entry for TERM, optionally
+     with subterm SUBTERM. '\idx{TERM}' also produces TERM as output.
+     Example:
+
+          \sidx{truth}[beauty of]
+          The beauty of truth is \idx{death}.
+
+     Subterms at the second and further levels can also be specified in
+     SUBTERM, using the '\idxsubentryseparator' character to separate
+     them. This character is by default '!'.
+
+   * '\sidxname{FIRST M.}{VON LAST}[SUBTERM]' makes an index entry for
+     'VON LAST, FIRST M.'. You can change the ', ' by redefining
+     '\idxnameseparator'. '\idxname{FIRST M.}{VON LAST}' also produces
+     FIRST M. VON LAST as output. (These commands are useful special
+     cases of '\idx' and '\sidx'.) Example:
+
+          \sidxname{Richard}{Stark}
+          \idxname{Donald}{Westlake} has written many kinds of novels, under
+          almost as many names.
+
+   * '\sidxmarked\CS{TERM}[SUBTERM]' makes an index entry for
+     'TERM[SUBTERM]', but TERM will be put in the index as '\CS{term}',
+     but still sorted as just TERM. '\idxmarked\CS{TERM}' also typesets
+     '\CS{term}'. This provides for the usual ways of changing the
+     typesetting of index entries. Example:
+
+          \def\article#1{``#1''}
+          \sidxmarked\article{Miss Elsa and Aunt Sophie}
+          Peter Drucker's \idxmarked\article{The Polanyis} is a remarkable
+          essay about a remarkable family.
+
+   * '\sidxsubmarked{TERM}\CS{subterm}' makes an index entry for TERM,
+     SUBTERM as usual, but also puts SUBTERM in the index as
+     '\CS{term}'. '\idxsubmarked{TERM}\CS{subterm}' also typesets 'TERM
+     \CS{subterm}', in the unlikely event that your syntax is convoluted
+     enough to make this useful. Example:
+
+          \def\title#1{{\sl #1}}
+          \sidxsubmarked{Anderson, Laurie}\title{Strange Angels}
+          The \idxsubmarked{Anderson}\title{Carmen} is a strange twist.
+
+   The commands above rely on MakeIndex's feature for separating sorting
+of an index entry's from its typesetting. You can use this directly by
+specifying an index entry as 'SORT@TYPESET'. For example:
+
+     \sidx{Ap-weight@$A_\pi$-weight}
+
+will sort as 'Ap-weight', but print with the proper math. The '@' here
+is MakeIndex's default character for this purpose. See
+<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex>. To make an index
+entry with an '@' in it, you have to escape it with a backslash; Eplain
+provides no macros for doing this.
+
+   After any index command, Eplain runs '\hookaction{afterindexterm}'.
+Because the index commands always add a whatsit item to the current
+list, you may wish to preserve a penalty or space past the new item. For
+example, given a conditional '\if@aftersctnhead' set true when you're at
+a section heading, you could do:
+
+     \hookaction{afterindexterm}{\if@aftersctnhead \nobreak \fi}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Modifying index entries,  Next: Index entries with special characters,  Prev: Indexing commands,  Up: Indexing terms
+
+4.12.1.2 Modifying index entries
+................................
+
+All the index commands described in the previous section take an initial
+optional argument before the index term, which modify the index entry's
+meaning in various ways. You can specify only one of the following in
+any given command, except that 'begin' and 'end' can be specified
+together with 'pagemarkup=CS' (separate them with a comma without a
+following space, like this: '[begin,pagemarkup=defn]').
+
+   These work via MakeIndex's "encapsulation" feature. *Note Customizing
+indexing::, if you're not using the default characters for the MakeIndex
+operators. The other optional argument (specifying a subterm) is
+independent of these.
+
+   Here are the possibilities:
+
+'begin'
+'end'
+     These mark an index entry as the beginning or end of a range. The
+     index entries must match exactly for MakeIndex to recognize them.
+     Example:
+
+          \sidx[begin]{future}[Cohen, Leonard]
+          ...
+          \sidx[end]{future}[Cohen, Leonard]
+
+     will typeset as something like
+
+          future,
+            Cohen, Leonard, 65-94
+
+'see'
+     This marks an index entry as pointing to another; the real index
+     term is an additional (non-optional) argument to the command. Thus
+     you can anticipate a term readers may wish to look up, yet which
+     you have decided not to index. Example:
+
+          \sidx[see]{analysis}[archetypal]{archetypal criticism}
+
+     becomes
+
+          analysis,
+            archetypal, see archetypal criticism
+
+'seealso'
+     Similar to 'see' (the previous item), but also allows for normal
+     index entries of the referencing term. The normal index entries
+     have to be created separately--'seealso' does _not_ contribute a
+     page number to the index entry. For example, if you have indexed a
+     term on pages 75, 97 and 114, and then add a 'seealso' entry for
+     the term:
+
+          \sidx[seealso]{archetypal criticism}[elements of]{dichotomies}
+
+     the index will contain
+
+          archetypal criticism,
+            elements of, 75, 97, 114, see also dichotomies
+
+     (Aside for the academically curious: The archetypally critical book
+     I took these dichotomous examples from is Laurence Berman's 'The
+     Musical Image', which I happened to co-design and typeset.)
+
+'pagemarkup=CS'
+     This puts '\CS' before the page number in the typeset index, thus
+     allowing you to underline definitive entries, italicize examples,
+     and the like. You do _not_ precede the control sequence CS with a
+     backslash. (That just leads to expansive difficulties.) Naturally
+     it is up to you to define the control sequences you want to use.
+     Example:
+
+          \def\defn#1{{\sl #1}}
+          \sidx[pagemarkeup=defn]{indexing}
+
+     becomes something like
+
+          indexing, \defn{75}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Index entries with special characters,  Next: Proofing index terms,  Prev: Modifying index entries,  Up: Indexing terms
+
+4.12.1.3 Index entries with special characters
+..............................................
+
+Indexing terms with special characters can become quite cumbersome
+because you have to keep both TeX and MakeIndex happy at the same time.
+For example, while '!' has no special meaning for TeX, it is a subentry
+separator for MakeIndex, therefore you'd have to escape occurrences of
+literal '!' in index terms. Things get even more interesting with
+characters which are special in both TeX and MakeIndex.
+
+   This in turn has some implications for the non-silent forms of the
+indexing commands (*note Indexing terms::), since TeX and MakeIndex use
+different conventions for escaping characters. For example, this will
+not typeset the exclamation point correctly within the text, while it
+will come out right inside the index, after MakeIndex strips the quoting
+character ('"'):
+
+     \idx{"!}
+
+This would have to be rewritten using the silent command:
+
+     !\sidx{"!}
+
+In general, it is a good idea to eschew the non-silent commands whenever
+index term contains anything unusual.
+
+   To understand this keep in mind that indexing commands read the terms
+verbatim so that the terms can embed almost any character, and that's
+what gets written into the '.idx' file. The non-silent forms then
+typeset the term by rescanning the verbatim copy, hence for the
+non-silent commands the term, besides being a valid MakeIndex input,
+must also represent a valid TeX input. The silent commands don't have
+this restriction--their terms only need to become valid TeX input
+_after_ MakeIndex processes the '.idx' file and writes the '.ind' file.
+This is what makes the non-silent commands less powerful and more
+troublesome when dealing with special characters.
+
+   Here's an example showing that terms for the silent commands can
+contain almost any character:
+
+     \sidx[see]{comments}[with %@with \verbatim %"|endverbatim]
+       {commenting with \verbatim %"|endverbatim}
+
+We didn't have to escape '%' in the sort string for MakeIndex, while we
+had to put it inside the verbatim environment (*note Verbatim listing::)
+in the part which MakeIndex will pass back to TeX. Also, we had to
+escape the '|' character because it is special for MakeIndex. If you
+have trouble understanding the reasons for the different types of
+escaping used, it is best to examine the '.idx' and '.ind' files
+resulting from processing the above input.
+
+   As was mentioned, index terms can embed "almost any character", so
+now we'll describe the exceptions.
+
+   The following characters are reset to their usual meanings because
+they are not useful verbatim: multiple consequent spaces are converted
+into a single space; ASCII tab characters are treated as spaces; ASCII
+return is treated as end-of-line (this means, among other things, that
+long terms can be broken across several lines).
+
+   You have to be careful with the begin- and end-group characters ('{'
+and '}' by default). If they are matched, you don't have to do anything
+special. For example:
+
+     \sidx {braces {, }@braces
+       \verbatim {"|endverbatim, \verbatim }"|endverbatim}
+
+However, if they are not matched you have two problems on hand. The
+first one is TeX--you have to instruct TeX to use something else as
+begin- and/or end-group characters. Eplain provides an easy way to do
+this: just define '\idxargopen' and/or '\idxargclose' to the begin- and
+end-group characters you are going to use with indexing macros, and use
+braces inside index terms without any restrictions. Here's an example:
+
+     \def\idxargopen{`\<}
+     \def\idxargclose{`\>}
+     \sidx <left brace "{@left brace \verbatim "{"|endverbatim>
+
+In this example we've also dealt with the second problem--braces are
+MakeIndex's grouping characters as well (by default), so we have escaped
+unmatched braces with '"'.
+
+   And the final note: if you need a subentry containing brackets ('['
+and ']'), avoid the optional argument of '\sidx' and friends, and use
+instead MakeIndex's subentry separator to create the subentry with the
+brackets in it:
+
+     \sidx{entry!subentry with a bracket [}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Proofing index terms,  Prev: Index entries with special characters,  Up: Indexing terms
+
+4.12.1.4 Proofing index terms
+.............................
+
+As you are reading through a manuscript, it is helpful to see what terms
+have been indexed, so you can add others, catch miscellaneous errors,
+etc. (Speaking from bitter experience, I can say it is extremely
+error-prone to leave all indexing to the end of the writing, since it
+involves adding many TeX commands to the source files.)
+
+   So Eplain puts index terms in the margin of each page, if you set
+'\indexproofingtrue'. It is 'false' by default. The terms are typeset by
+the macro '\indexproofterm', which takes a single argument, the term to
+be typeset. Eplain's definition of '\indexproofterm' just puts it into
+an '\hbox', first doing '\indexprooffont', which Eplain defines to
+select the font 'cmtt8'. With this definition long terms run off the
+page, but since this is just for proofreading anyway, it seems
+acceptable.
+
+   On the other hand, we certainly don't want the index term to run into
+the text of the page, so Eplain uses the right-hand side of the page
+rather than the left-hand page (assuming a language read left to right
+here). So '\ifodd\pageno', Eplain kerns by '\outsidemargin', otherwise
+by '\insidemargin'. If those macros are undefined, '\indexsetmargins'
+defines them to be one inch plus '\hoffset'.
+
+   To get the proofing index entries on the proper page, Eplain defines
+a new insertion class '\@indexproof'. To unbox any index proofing
+material, Eplain redefines '\makeheadline' to call '\indexproofunbox'
+before the original '\makeheadline'. Thus, if you have your own output
+routine, that redefines or doesn't use '\makeheadline', it's up to you
+to call '\indexproofunbox' at the appropriate time.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Typesetting an index,  Next: Customizing indexing,  Prev: Indexing terms,  Up: Indexing
+
+4.12.2 Typesetting an index
+---------------------------
+
+The command '\readindexfile{i}' reads and typesets the '.ind' file that
+MakeIndex outputs (from the '.idx' file which the indexing commands in
+the previous sections write). Eplain defines a number of commands that
+support the default MakeIndex output.
+
+   More precisely, '\readindexfile' reads
+'\indexfilebasename.INDEX-LETTERnd', where the INDEX-LETTER is the
+argument. '\indexfilebasename' is '\jobname' by default, but if you have
+different indexes in different parts of a book, you may wish to change
+it, just as with bibliographies (*note Citations::).
+
+   MakeIndex was designed to work with LaTeX; therefore, by default the
+'.ind' file starts with '\begin{theindex}' and ends with
+'\end{theindex}'. If no '\begin' has been defined, Eplain defines one to
+ignore its argument and set up for typesetting the index (see below),
+and also defines a '\end' to ignore its argument. (In a group,
+naturally, since there is a primitive '\end').
+
+   Eplain calls '\indexfonts', sets '\parindent = 0pt', and does
+'\doublecolumns' (*note Multiple columns::) at the '\begin{theindex}'.
+'\indexfonts' does nothing by default; it's just there for you to
+override. (Indexes are usually typeset in smaller type than the main
+text.)
+
+   It ends the setup with '\hookrun{beginindex}', so you can override
+anything you like in that hook (*note Hooks::). For example:
+
+     \hookaction{beginindex}{\triplecolumns}
+
+   MakeIndex turns each main index entry into an '\item', subentries
+into '\subitem', and subsubentries into '\subsubitem'. By default, the
+first line of main entries are not indented, and subentries are indented
+1em per level. Main entries are preceded by a '\vskip' of
+'\aboveitemskipamount', '0pt plus2pt' by default. Page breaks are
+encouraged before main entries ('\penalty -100'), but prohibited
+afterwards--Eplain has no provision for "continued" index entries.
+
+   All levels do the following:
+
+     \hangindent = 1em
+     \raggedright
+     \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+
+   Each entry ends with '\hookrun{indexitem}', so you can change any of
+this. For example, to increase the allowable rag:
+
+     \hookaction{indexitem}{\advance\rightskip by 2em}
+
+   Finally, MakeIndex outputs '\indexspace' between each group of
+entries in the '.ind' file. Eplain makes this equivalent to '\bigbreak'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Customizing indexing,  Prev: Typesetting an index,  Up: Indexing
+
+4.12.3 Customizing indexing
+---------------------------
+
+By default, MakeIndex outputs ', ' after each term in the index. To
+change this, you can add the following to your MakeIndex style ('.ist')
+file:
+
+     delim_0 "\\afterindexterm "
+     delim_1 "\\afterindexterm "
+     delim_2 "\\afterindexterm "
+
+Eplain makes '\afterindexterm' equivalent to '\quad'.
+
+   You can also change the keywords Eplain recognizes (*note Modifying
+index entries::):
+
+'\idxrangebeginword'
+     'begin'
+
+'\idxrangeendword'
+     'end'
+
+'\idxseecmdword'
+     'see'
+
+'\idxseealsocmdword'
+     'seealso'
+
+   You can also change the magic characters Eplain puts into the '.idx'
+file, in case you've changed them in the '.ist' file:
+
+'\idxsubentryseparator'
+     '!'
+
+'\idxencapoperator'
+     '|'
+
+'\idxbeginrangemark'
+     '('
+
+'\idxendrangemark'
+     ')'
+
+   There is no macro for the 'actual' ('@' by default) character,
+because it's impossible to make it expand properly.
+
+   You can change the (imaginary) page number that "see also" entries
+sort as by redefining '\idxmaxpagenum'. This is 99999 by default, which
+is one digit too many for old versions of MakeIndex.
+
+   The words output by Eplain for "see" and "see also" index entries are
+defined by '\indexseeword' and '\indexseealsowords' respectively. You
+can change the typeface used for these words by redefining
+'\seevariant'. And finally, the macros '\indexsee' and '\indexseealso'
+actually produce the "see ..." entries, so you can redefine them if you
+want something entirely different. If you do redefine them, make them
+take two parameters, the term being referenced and the '\idxmaxpagenum'
+(the latter should normally be ignored). See the example below.
+
+   Unfortunately, it is impossible to reliably control the commas
+produced by MakeIndex in front of "see ..." entries in the '.ind' file,
+either at MakeIndex level or at Eplain level. However, the 'sed' script
+contained in 'trimsee' distributed with Eplain in the 'util' directory
+can be used to filter out these commas from the output of MakeIndex. For
+example, suppose you want the following style for your "see ..."
+entries:
+
+     analysis,
+       archetypal (see archetypal criticism)
+     archetypal criticism,
+       elements of, 75, 97, 114 (see also dichotomies)
+
+You would need to redefine these macros in your TeX file:
+
+     \def\indexsee#1#2{({\seevariant \indexseeword\/ }#1)}
+     \def\indexseealso#1#2{({\seevariant \indexseealsowords\/ }#1)}
+
+and then filter out the commas in front of the "see ..." entries by
+running the following command to produce the '.ind' file (assuming the
+name of the '.idx' file is 'myfile.idx' and the 'trimsee' script is
+placed in the current directory):
+
+     prompt$ cat myfile.idx | makeindex | ./trimsee > myfile.ind
+
+   By default, 'trimsee' uses default page list separators and default
+"see ..." command names. If you set up MakeIndex to use different page
+list separator or change the names of '\indexsee' and '\indexseealso'
+commands, it is possible to adjust the 'trimsee' script through its
+command line options, which are the following:
+
+'-i IS'
+     Use IS as a regular expression matching separator before "see ..."
+     commands in the input (default: ', \+').
+
+'-o OS'
+     Use OS as a separator to replace IS before "see ..." commands
+     (default: ' ').
+
+'-s SEE'
+     Use SEE as a regular expression matching "see ..." commands
+     (default: '\\indexsee').
+
+'-h'
+'--help'
+     Print a usage message.
+
+'-v'
+'--version'
+     Print version.
+
+   'trimsee' reads input from the standard input, and directs its output
+to the standard output.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Justification,  Next: Tables,  Prev: Indexing,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.13 Justification
+==================
+
+Eplain defines three commands to conveniently justify multiple lines of
+text: '\flushright', '\flushleft', and '\center'.
+
+   They all work in the same way; let's take '\center' as the example.
+To start centering lines, you say '\center' inside a group; to stop, you
+end the group. Between the two commands, each end-of-line in the input
+file also starts a new line in the output file.
+
+   The entire block of text is broken into paragraphs at blank lines, so
+all the TeX paragraph-shaping parameters apply in the usual way. This is
+convenient, but it implies something else that isn't so convenient:
+changes to any linespacing parameters, such as '\baselineskip', will
+have _no effect_ on the paragraph in which they are changed. TeX does
+not handle linespacing changes within a paragraph (because it doesn't
+know where the line breaks are until the end of the paragraph).
+
+   The space between paragraphs is by default one blank line's worth.
+You can adjust this space by assigning to '\blanklineskipamount'; this
+(vertical) glue is inserted after each blank line.
+
+   Here is an example:
+
+     {\center First line.
+
+        Second line, with a blank line before.
+     }
+
+This produces:
+
+                              First line.
+                Second line, with a blank line before.
+
+   You may wish to use the justification macros inside of your own
+macros. Just be sure to put them in a group. For example, here is how a
+title macro might be defined:
+
+     \def\title{\begingroup\titlefont\center}
+     \def\endtitle{\endgroup}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Tables,  Next: Margins,  Prev: Justification,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.14 Tables
+===========
+
+Eplain provides a single command, '\makecolumns', to make generating one
+particular kind of table easier. More ambitious LaTeX styles and macro
+packages tackle more difficult applications. The 'autorows' feature of
+the Memoir package provides similar functionality to this.
+
+   Many tables are homogenous, i.e., all the entries are semantically
+the same. The arrangement into columns is to save space on the page, not
+to encode different meanings. In this kind of the table, it is useful to
+have the column breaks chosen automatically, so that you can add or
+delete entries without worrying about the column breaks.
+
+   '\makecolumns' takes two arguments: the number of entries in the
+table, and the number of columns to break them into. As you can see from
+the example below, the first argument is delimited by a slash, and the
+second by a colon and a space (or end-of-line). The entries for the
+table then follow, one per line (not including the line with the
+'\makecolumns' command itself).
+
+   '\parindent' defines the space to the left of the table. '\hsize'
+defines the width of the table. So you can adjust the position of the
+table on the page by assignments to these parameters, probably inside a
+group.
+
+   You can also control the penalty at a page break before the
+'\makecolumns' by setting the parameter '\abovecolumnspenalty'. Usually,
+the table is preceded by some explanatory text. You wouldn't want a page
+break to occur after the text and before the table, so Eplain sets it to
+'10000'. But if the table produced by '\makecolumns' is standing on its
+own, '\abovecolumnspenalty' should be decreased.
+
+   If you happen to give '\makecolumns' a smaller number of entries than
+you really have, some text beyond the (intended) end of the table will
+be incorporated into the table, probably producing an error message, or
+at least some strange looking entries. And if you give '\makecolumns' a
+larger number of entries than you really have, some of the entries will
+be typeset as straight text, probably also looking somewhat out of
+place.
+
+   Here is an example:
+
+     % Arrange 6 entries into 2 columns:
+     \makecolumns 6/2: % This line doesn't have an entry.
+     one
+     two
+     three
+     four
+     five
+     six
+     Text after the table.
+
+This produces 'one', 'two', and 'three' in the first column, and 'four',
+'five', and 'six' in the second.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Margins,  Next: Multiple columns,  Prev: Tables,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.15 Margins
+============
+
+TeX's primitives describe the type area in terms of an offset from the
+upper left corner, and the width and height of the type. Some people
+prefer to think in terms of the "margins" at the top, bottom, left, and
+right of the page, and most composition systems other than TeX conceive
+of the page laid out in this way. Therefore, Eplain provides commands to
+directly assign and increment the margins.
+
+'\topmargin = DIMEN'
+'\bottommargin = DIMEN'
+'\leftmargin = DIMEN'
+'\rightmargin = DIMEN'
+     These commands set the specified margin to the DIMEN given. The '='
+     and the spaces around it are optional. The control sequences here
+     are not TeX registers, despite appearances; therefore, commands
+     like '\showthe\topmargin' will not do what you expect.
+
+'\advancetopmargin by DIMEN'
+'\advancebottommargin by DIMEN'
+'\advanceleftmargin by DIMEN'
+'\advancerightmargin by DIMEN'
+     These commands change the specified margin by the DIMEN given.
+
+   Regardless of whether you use the assignment or the advance commands,
+Eplain always changes the type area in response, not the other margins.
+For example, when TeX starts, the left and right margins are both one
+inch. If you then say '\leftmargin = 2in', the right margin will remain
+at one inch, and the width of the lines (i.e., '\hsize') will decrease
+by one inch.
+
+   When you use any of these commands, Eplain computes the old value of
+the particular margin, by how much you want to change it, and then
+resets the values of TeX's primitive parameters to correspond.
+Unfortunately, Eplain cannot compute the right or bottom margin without
+help: you must tell it the full width and height of the final output
+page. It defines two new parameters for this:
+
+'\paperheight'
+     The height of the output page; default is 11truein.
+
+'\paperwidth'
+     The width of the output page; default is 8.5truein.
+
+   If your output page has different dimensions than this, you must
+reassign to these parameters, as in
+
+     \paperheight = 11truein
+     \paperwidth = 17truein
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Multiple columns,  Next: Footnotes,  Prev: Margins,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.16 Multiple columns
+=====================
+
+Eplain provides for double, triple, and quadruple column output: say
+'\doublecolumns', '\triplecolumns', or '\quadcolumns', and from that
+point on, the manuscript will be set in columns. To go back to one
+column, say '\singlecolumn'.
+
+   You may need to invoke '\singlecolumn' to balance the columns on the
+last page of output.
+
+   To do a "column eject", i.e., move to the top of the next column, do
+'\columnfill'. This does not actually force an eject, however: it merely
+inserts an unbreakable space of (essentially) size '\@normalvsize' minus
+'\pagetotal' (where '\@normalvsize' is the usual height of the page; to
+implement multicolumns, Eplain multiplies '\vsize' itself by the number
+of columns). In most circumstances, a column break will be forced after
+this space (during the column splitting operation when the whole page is
+output). Bugs are easily possible, unfortunately.
+
+   The columns are separated by the value of the dimen parameter
+'\gutter'. Default value is two picas. If you want to add vertical
+material between the columns, use '\gutterbox'. For example, to put a
+vertical line between columns, define '\gutterbox' as
+
+     \def\gutterbox{\vbox to \dimen0{\vfil\hbox{\vrule height\dimen0}\vfil}}%
+
+The dimension counter '\dimen0' contains the height of the column.
+
+   All the '\...columns' macros insert the value of the glue parameter
+'\abovecolumnskip' before the multicolumn text, and the value of the
+glue parameter '\belowcolumnskip' after it. The default value for both
+of these parameters is '\bigskipamount', i.e., one linespace in plain
+TeX.
+
+   The macros take into account only the insertion classes defined by
+plain TeX; namely, footnotes and '\topinsert's. If you have additional
+insertion classes, you will need to change the implementation.
+
+   Also, Eplain makes insertions the full page width. There is no
+provision for column-width insertions.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Footnotes,  Next: Fractions,  Prev: Multiple columns,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.17 Footnotes
+==============
+
+The most common reference mark for footnotes is a raised number,
+incremented on each footnote. The '\numberedfootnote' macro provides
+this. It takes one argument, the footnote text.
+
+   If your document uses only numbered footnotes, you could make typing
+'\numberedfootnote' more convenient with a command such as:
+
+     \let\footnote = \numberedfootnote
+
+After doing this, you can type your footnotes as '\footnote{FOOTNOTE
+TEXT}', instead of as '\numberedfootnote{FOOTNOTE TEXT}'.
+
+   Eplain keeps the current footnote number in the count register
+'\footnotenumber'. So, to reset the footnote number to zero, as you
+might want to do at, for example, the beginning of a chapter, you could
+say '\footnotenumber=0'.
+
+   Plain TeX separates the footnote marker from the footnote text by an
+en space (it uses the '\textindent' macro). In Eplain, you can change
+this space by setting the dimension register '\footnotemarkseparation'.
+The default is still an en.
+
+   You can produce a space between footenotes by setting the glue
+register '\interfootnoteskip'. The default is zero.
+
+   '\parskip' is also set to zero by default before the beginning of
+each footnote (but not for the text of the footnote).
+
+   You can also control footnote formatting in a more general way:
+Eplain expands the token register '\everyfootnote' before a footnote is
+typeset, but after the default values for all the parameters have been
+established. For example, if you want your footnotes to be printed in
+seven-point type, indented by one inch, you could say:
+
+     \everyfootnote = {\sevenrm \leftskip = 1in}
+
+   By default, an '\hrule' is typeset above each group of footnotes on a
+page. You can control the dimensions of this rule by setting the
+dimension registers '\footnoterulewidth' and '\footnoteruleheight'. The
+space between the rule and the first footnote on the page is determined
+by the dimension register '\belowfootnoterulespace'. If you don't want
+any rule at all, set '\footenoteruleheight=0pt', and, most likely,
+'\belowfootnoterulespace=0pt'. The defaults for these parameters typeset
+the rule in the same way as plain TeX: the rule is 0.4 points high, 2
+true inches wide, with 2.6 points below it.
+
+   The space above the rule and below the text on the page is controlled
+by the glue register '\skip\footins'. The default is a plain TeX
+'\bigskip'.
+
+   Eplain can create hypertext links for the footnote marks (*note
+Footnote hyperlinks::).
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Fractions,  Next: Paths,  Prev: Footnotes,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.18 Fractions
+==============
+
+Exercise 11.6 of 'The TeXbook' describes a macro '\frac' for setting
+fractions, but '\frac' never made it into plain TeX. So Eplain includes
+it.
+
+   '\frac' typesets the numerator and denominator in '\scriptfont0',
+slightly raised and lowered. The numerator and denominator are separated
+by a slash. The denominator must be enclosed in braces if it's more than
+one token long, but the numerator need not be. (This is a consequence of
+'\frac' taking delimited arguments; see page 203 of 'The TeXbook' for an
+explanation of delimited macro arguments.)
+
+   For example, '\frac 23/{64}' turns '23/64' into 23/64 (you can't see
+the difference in the Info file).
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Paths,  Next: Logos,  Prev: Fractions,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.19 Paths
+==========
+
+When you typeset long pathnames, electronic mail addresses, or other
+such "computer" names, you would like TeX to break lines at punctuation
+characters within the name, rather than trying to find hyphenation
+points within the words. For example, it would be better to break the
+email address 'letters@alpha.gnu.ai.mit.edu' at the '@' or a '.', rather
+than at the hyphenation points in 'letters' and 'alpha'.
+
+   If you use the '\path' macro to typeset the names, TeX will find
+these good breakpoints. The argument to '\path' is delimited by any
+character other other than '\' which does not appear in the name itself.
+'|' is often a good choice, as in:
+
+     \path|letters@alpha.gnu.ai.mit.edu|
+
+   You can control the exact set of characters at which breakpoints will
+be allowed by calling '\discretionaries'. This takes the same sort of
+delimited argument; any character in the argument will henceforth be a
+valid breakpoint within '\path'. The default set is essentially all the
+punctuation characters:
+
+     \discretionaries |~!@$%^&*()_+`-=#{}[]:";'<>,.?\/|
+
+   If for some reason you absolutely must use '\' as the delimiter
+character for '\path', you can set '\specialpathdelimiterstrue'. (Other
+delimiter characters can still be used.) TeX then processes the '\path'
+argument about four times more slowly.
+
+   The '\path' macro comes from 'path.sty', written by Nelson Beebe and
+Philip Taylor and available at
+<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/path.sty>.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Logos,  Next: Boxes,  Prev: Paths,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.20 Logos
+==========
+
+Eplain redefines the '\TeX' macro of plain TeX to end with '\null', so
+that the proper spacing is produced when '\TeX' is used at the end of a
+sentence. The other ...TeX macros listed here do this, also.
+
+   Eplain defines '\AMSLaTeX', '\AMSTeX', '\BibTeX' '\eTeX', '\ExTeX',
+'\LAMSTeX', '\LaTeX', '\MF', '\SLiTeX', '\XeLaTeX', and '\XeTeX' to
+produce their respective logos. (Sorry, the logos are not shown here.)
+Some spelling variants of these are also supported.
+
+   Most of these macros come from 'texnames.sty', compiled by Nelson
+Beebe and available at
+<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/biblio/texnames.sty>.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Boxes,  Next: Checking for PDF output,  Prev: Logos,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.21 Boxes
+==========
+
+The solid rectangle that Eplain uses as a marker in unordered lists
+(*note Lists::) is available by itself: just say '\blackbox'.
+
+   You can create black boxes of arbitrary size with '\hrule' or
+'\vrule'.
+
+   You can also get unfilled rectangles with '\makeblankbox'. This takes
+two explicit arguments: the height and depth of the rules that define
+the top and bottom of the rectangle. (The two arguments are added to get
+the width of the left and right borders, so that the thickness of the
+border is the same on all four sides.) It also uses, as implicit
+arguments, the dimensions of '\box0' to define the dimensions of the
+rectangle it produces. (The contents of '\box0' are ignored.)
+
+   Here is an example. This small raised open box is suitable for
+putting next to numbers in, e.g., a table of contents.
+
+     \def\openbox{%
+       \ht0 = 1.75pt \dp0 = 1.75pt \wd0 = 3.5pt
+       \raise 2.75pt \makeblankbox{.2pt}{.2pt}
+     }
+
+   Finally, you can put a box around arbitrary text with '\boxit'. This
+takes one argument, which must itself be a (TeX) box, and puts a printed
+box around it, separated by '\boxitspace' white space (3 points by
+default) on all four sides. For example:
+
+     \boxit{\hbox{This text is boxed.}}
+
+   The reason that the argument must be a box is that when the text is
+more than one line long, TeX cannot figure out the line length for
+itself. Eplain does set '\parindent' to zero inside '\boxit', since it
+is very unlikely you would want indentation there. (If you do, you can
+always reset it yourself.)
+
+   '\boxit' uses '\ehrule' and '\evrule' so that you can easily adjust
+the thicknesses of the box rules. *Note Rules::.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Checking for PDF output,  Next: Loading LaTeX packages,  Prev: Boxes,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.22 Checking for PDF output
+============================
+
+pdfTeX is a TeX variant that can output both '.dvi' and '.pdf' (Adobe's
+Portable Document Format) files (see
+<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/pdftex>). You might sometimes
+want to know whether the target format is '.pdf' or '.dvi'. The '\ifpdf'
+switch can be used to detect pdfTeX in PDF mode:
+
+     \ifpdf
+        This text is produced when pdfTeX is in PDF mode.
+     \else
+        This text is produced when pdfTeX is in DVI mode,
+        or when some program other than pdfTeX is used.
+     \fi
+
+   Keep in mind that '\ifpdf' is set based on the value of the
+'\pdfoutput' primitive of pdfTeX at the time Eplain is loaded. If you
+change the value of '\pdfoutput' after you load Eplain, '\ifpdf' will
+not reflect the change.
+
+   Eplain defines '\ifpdf' by incorporating Heiko Oberdiek's
+'ifpdf.sty', which is available at
+<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/ifpdf.sty>.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Loading LaTeX packages,  Prev: Checking for PDF output,  Up: User definitions
+
+4.23 Loading LaTeX packages
+===========================
+
+Eplain provides a limited support for loading LaTeX packages ('.sty'
+files--not '.cls'). This will mostly work for packages which were
+designed with plain TeX compatibility in mind, which means that most
+LaTeX packages cannot be loaded. The packages which are known to work
+are listed below (*note Packages known to work::). If you discover a
+working package which is not in the list, please report it to the Eplain
+mailing list (*note Introduction::).
+
+   To set up a pseudo-LaTeX environment for the packages, Eplain uses
+'miniltx.tex'
+(<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/plain/graphics/miniltx.tex>)
+from the LaTeX graphics collection, written by David Carlisle and
+Sebastian Rahtz (the collection is available at
+<http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics>).
+Eplain extends 'miniltx.tex' to provide some additional features, e.g.,
+support for package options.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* The \usepackage command::           Command to load packages.
+* Environment for loading packages::  Environment for the \usepackage commands.
+* Packages known to work::            Packages supported with Eplain.
+* Packages known not to work::        Packages known not to work with Eplain.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: The \usepackage command,  Next: Environment for loading packages,  Up: Loading LaTeX packages
+
+4.23.1 The '\usepackage' command
+--------------------------------
+
+'\usepackage' loads a LaTeX package. Its syntax is similar to that of
+LaTeX's '\usepackage' command:
+
+     \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PACKAGES}[VERSION]
+
+where OPTIONS is a comma-separated list of package options, PACKAGES is
+a comma-separated list of packages to load (without the '.sty' suffix),
+and VERSION is a package version number given as a date in the format
+'YYYY/MM/DD'. If an older version of the package is found, a warning is
+issued. If several packages are loaded within a single '\usepackage'
+command, the OPTIONS will be applied to each of the packages. As usual,
+parameters in square brackets are optional and can be omitted (together
+with the square brackets).
+
+   For example:
+
+     \usepackage[foo,bar]{pack1,pack2}[2005/08/29]
+
+will load packages 'pack1' and 'pack2', each with the options 'foo' and
+'bar', and will check that each of the packages are dated 2005/08/29 or
+newer.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Environment for loading packages,  Next: Packages known to work,  Prev: The \usepackage command,  Up: Loading LaTeX packages
+
+4.23.2 Environment for loading packages
+---------------------------------------
+
+Some packages request that certain commands are executed after all
+packages have been loaded. In LaTeX, this means that the commands are
+executed at the beginning of the document, after the so-called
+"preamble". Neither plain TeX nor Eplain have a concept of preamble;
+therefore, Eplain requires that all packages be loaded inside a
+'\beginpackages...\endpackages' block. For example:
+
+     \beginpackages
+       \usepackage[foo,bar]{pack1}
+       \usepackage{pack2}
+     \endpackages
+
+This requirement enables Eplain to execute the "delayed" commands at the
+end of the '\beginpackages...\endpackages' block.
+
+   For the same reason, it is advisable to specify only one such block
+per document, just like there is only one preamble in LaTeX.
+
+   Both the 'miniltx.tex' file used by Eplain and some LaTeX packages
+redefine TeX's primitive '\input' to be a macro. Under plain TeX, users
+probably expect the primitive '\input'. Therefore, at the beginning of
+the '\beginpackages...\endpackages' block Eplain saves the meaning of
+'\input' as '\eplaininput' and restores the original '\input' at the end
+of the block. This usually means that the primitive '\input' is
+restored, unless you (or some other macro package you've loaded
+directly) have redefined it before calling '\beginpackages'. In case you
+need to access the package-provided '\input', Eplain saves it as
+'\packageinput'.
+
+   Along the same lines, Eplain restores the catcode of '@' at
+'\endpackages' to whatever it was before (using '\resetatcatcode', as
+defined by 'miniltx.tex'). This is needed because 'miniltx.tex', read by
+'\beginpackages', does not restore the catcode of '@', but leaves it as
+11 (letter).
+
+   Sometimes you may encounter packages which make conflicting
+redefinitions of '\input'. Common symptoms are TeX spewing
+incomprehensible error messages or hanging in a loop at a call to
+'\input'. This sometimes cna be cured by restoring '\input' to
+'\eplaininput' before loading each package. For example:
+
+     \beginpackages
+       \usepackage{pack1}
+       \let\input\eplaininput
+       \usepackage{pack2}
+     \endpackages
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Packages known to work,  Next: Packages known not to work,  Prev: Environment for loading packages,  Up: Loading LaTeX packages
+
+4.23.3 Packages known to work
+-----------------------------
+
+The following table lists packages that had been tested and are known to
+work with Eplain, and locations where you can find manuals for these
+packages. Some of the short descriptions of the packages were taken from
+the documentation for those packages.
+
+autopict ('2001/06/04 v1.1j Picture mode autoload file')
+     <http://tug.org/eplain/misc/ltpictur.pdf>
+
+     This is the LaTeX "picture mode", started by '\begin{picture}' and
+     ended by '\end{picture}' (in LaTeX, this package is not explicitly
+     loaded since it is part of the LaTeX kernel). It provides commands
+     to draw simple figures inside your document without resorting to
+     any external tools.
+
+color ('1999/02/16 v1.0i Standard LaTeX Color (DPC)')
+graphics ('2001/07/07 v1.0n Standard LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)')
+graphicx ('1999/02/16 v1.0f Enhanced LaTeX Graphics (DPC,SPQR)')
+     <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf>
+
+     These packages are from the LaTeX graphics collection. They provide
+     commands for changing text/page colors, text rotation and scaling,
+     and much more.
+
+     *Warning 1:* If you encounter problems loading one of these
+     packages under pdfTeX (more specifically, when pdfTeX reads
+     'supp-mis.tex'), the cause may be an outdated 'supp-mis.tex' (part
+     of ConTeXt, a typesetting system for TeX) installed on your system.
+     The problem was fixed in 'supp-mis.tex' version 2004.10.26. You can
+     obtain up-to-date versions of 'supp-mis.tex' and the accompanying
+     'supp-pdf.tex' from
+     <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/pdftex/graphics>. To
+     convince TeX to use the new files, you have the following options
+     in the decreasing order of preference:
+
+       1. put the new files in the same directory with your document;
+
+       2. overwrite the outdated files installed by your TeX
+          distribution;
+
+       3. install the new 'supp-mis.tex' and 'supp-pdf.tex' files in the
+          relevant subdirectory of your local 'texmf' tree (for info on
+          TeX directory structure see
+          <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=tds>);
+
+       4. upgrade your ConTeXt installation.
+
+     Note that option 1 is the safest but provides the fix only for your
+     current document. Options 2 and 3 will usually suffice for Eplain
+     but may break ConTeXt. Option 4 is the most general but is more
+     complicated than the first three. Be sure to backup any files you
+     overwrite. Also keep in mind that upgrading your TeX distribution
+     may overwrite files you install in the system 'texmf' tree.
+     *End of warning 1.*
+
+     *Warning 2:* If you encounter problems using the '\pagecolor'
+     command from the 'color.sty' package under pdfTeX, the cause may be
+     an outdated pdfTeX color and graphics driver 'pdftex.def'. The
+     problem was fixed in 'pdftex.def' version 0.03p. You can obtain an
+     up-to-date version from
+     <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/graphics/pdftex/pdftex.def>.
+     *End of warning 2.*
+
+     The 'graphics'/'graphicx' packages have the option 'draft' which
+     instructs '\includegraphics' not to include the graphics but
+     instead typeset a box with the dimensions of the graphics and the
+     name of the graphics file in typewriter type at the center of the
+     box. These packages expect the LaTeX-provided command '\ttfamily'
+     to switch to the typewrite type. This command is not defined by
+     'miniltx.tex', therefore Eplain defines it and makes it equivalent
+     to plain TeX's '\tt'.
+
+     *Note Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::, for the demonstration of text
+     rotation and graphics inclusion using the 'graphicx' package, and
+     using the 'color' package to colorize hypertext links.
+
+     Klaus Ho"ppner has written a nice introduction to the LaTeX
+     graphics packages and different graphics formats. You can download
+     it from
+          <http://www.tug.org/pracjourn/2005-3/hoeppner>
+
+epstopdf ('2009/07/16 v2.2 Conversion with epstopdf on the fly (HO)')
+     <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek>
+
+     This package does on-the-fly conversion of Encapsulated PostScript
+     (EPS) graphics into Portable Document Format (PDF) graphics for
+     inclusion with the '\includegraphics' command from the
+     'graphics'/'graphicx' packages, so that you do not have to
+     explicitly call the 'epstopdf' script.
+
+psfrag ('1998/04/11 v3.04 PSfrag (MCG)')
+     <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfrag/pfgguide.pdf>
+
+     PSfrag allows the user to precisely overlay Encapsulated PostScript
+     (EPS) files with arbitrary (La)TeX constructions. In order to
+     accomplish this, the user places a simple text "tag" in the
+     graphics file, as a "position marker" of sorts. Then, using simple
+     (La)TeX commands, the user instructs PSfrag to remove that tag from
+     the figure, and replace it with a properly sized, aligned, and
+     rotated (La)TeX equation.
+
+soul ('2003/11/17 v2.4 letterspacing/underlining (mf)')
+     <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/soul>
+
+     This package provides hyphenatable letterspacing (spacing out),
+     underlining, and some derivatives. The package is optimized for
+     LaTeX, but works with plain TeX--you don't actually need to load it
+     with the '\usepackage' command, just say '\input soul.sty'. If you
+     intend to use the highlighting macros of 'soul', don't forget to
+     load the 'color' package.
+
+url ('2005/06/27 ver 3.2 Verb mode for urls, etc.')
+     <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/url.sty>
+
+     This package provides a form of '\verbatim' that allows line breaks
+     at certain characters or combinations of characters, accepts
+     reconfiguration, and can usually be used in the argument to another
+     command. It is intended for email addresses, hypertext links,
+     directories/paths, etc., which normally have no spaces.
+
+     Eplain can create hypertext links with the '\url' command (*note
+     URL hyperlinks::).
+
+     Be sure to get a version dated at least 2005/06/27, as older
+     versions have problems in plain TeX.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Packages known not to work,  Prev: Packages known to work,  Up: Loading LaTeX packages
+
+4.23.4 Packages known not to work
+---------------------------------
+
+The following packages are known not to work with Eplain:
+
+hyperref
+     <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref>
+
+     This package depends heavily on LaTeX, so that it is mostly
+     unusable outside of LaTeX. Eplain provides its own macros for
+     creating hyperlinks, see *note Hyperlinks::.
+
+pict2e ('2005/07/15 v0.2r Improved picture commands (HjG,RN)')
+     <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/pict2e>
+
+xcolor ('2005/06/06 v2.03 LaTeX color extensions (UK)')
+     <http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/xcolor>
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Hyperlinks,  Next: Arrow theoretic diagrams,  Prev: User definitions,  Up: Top
+
+5 Hyperlinks
+************
+
+This chapter describes the support which Eplain provides for hypertext
+links ("hyperlinks" for short). Hyperlinks can be created implicitly by
+the cross-reference, indexing and other macros in Eplain. Macros for
+constructing explicit hyperlinks are also provided.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction to hyperlinks::
+* Explicit hyperlinks::
+* Implicit hyperlinks::
+* Hyperlink drivers::
+* Setting hyperlink types and options::
+* Turning hyperlinks on/off::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Introduction to hyperlinks,  Next: Explicit hyperlinks,  Up: Hyperlinks
+
+5.1 Introduction to hyperlinks
+==============================
+
+The original TeX engine has no built-in support for hyperlinks (a.k.a.
+hypertext links). Many of the present-day file formats with hyperlinking
+capabilities did not even exist at the time TeX was written. However,
+TeX's '\special' primitive can be used to instruct TeX to write special
+directives into its '.dvi' output file. These directives are not
+interpreted by TeX in any way; they are intended for programs which
+process the '.dvi' files produced by TeX, be it printing or converting
+to other formats, such as '.ps' or '.pdf'.
+
+   Another approach is to extend the original TeX engine with the
+ability to generate one of the hyperlinking formats; TeX's set of
+primitives can be extended to include hyperlink commands. This is the
+approach used by the pdfTeX engine, which is capable of producing '.pdf'
+files directly from the TeX source, skipping the '.dvi' generation and
+processing step.
+
+   It turns out that the sets of commands for different formats are
+mostly not interchangeable, as each of the file formats has its own
+quirks and capabilities. And this is where Eplain "hyperlink drivers"
+come into play.
+
+   In order for Eplain to generate proper commands, Eplain has to know
+two things: which engine or '.dvi' processor you are using, and the set
+of commands it understands.
+
+   The knowledge about the commands that the various processors
+understand is programmed into Eplain's hyperlink drivers. Eplain
+provides three drivers: 'hypertex' (implementation of the HyperTeX
+standard, see <http://arxiv.org/hypertex>), and 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
+(named after the programs which process the hyperlink commands, pdfTeX
+and dvipdfm). Therefore, Eplain can only produce HyperTeX commands and
+hyperlink commands for one of these two programs--except that the
+extended 'dvipdfmx' program can be used as well as the original
+'dvipdfm', since they are compatible.
+
+   To tell Eplain which '.dvi' processor or extended TeX engine you are
+using, use the command '\enablehyperlinks'.
+
+   For example:
+
+     \enablehyperlinks
+
+instructs Eplain to attempt to automatically detect which driver to use,
+as follows: if it detects pdfTeX in PDF mode, it loads the 'pdftex'
+driver. If it does not detect pdfTeX in PDF mode, the 'hypertex' driver
+is loaded. The detection is based on the '\ifpdf' switch (*note Checking
+for PDF output::).
+
+   If necessary, you can explicitly specify the driver name:
+
+     \enablehyperlinks[pdftex]
+
+will start producing hyperlinks under the assumption that you are using
+pdfTeX.
+
+   Eplain does not produce any hyperlinks until you explicitly enable
+them with '\enablehyperlinks'. For one thing, this keeps Eplain
+backward-compatible with previous releases without hyperlink support.
+For another, you may be using a program other than pdfTeX or 'dvipdfm',
+which does not understand their hyperlink commands or the HyperTeX
+commands.
+
+Concepts and Terminology
+------------------------
+
+In general, hyperlinks work as follows. You mark some place in your
+document as a hyperlink destination, associating a "hyperlink label"
+with that destination. Next, somewhere within your document, you create
+a hyperlink, using a label to identify the destination you want this
+link to point to. A hyperlink is a region in the document (which can
+take many forms, for example, text or a picture); when a user clicks on
+that region, they will be taken to a place in the document marked by the
+corresponding destination. The following two sections (*note Explicit
+hyperlinks::, and *note Implicit hyperlinks::) describe the macros you
+can use to define destinations and create links pointing to those
+destinations.
+
+   In the rest of this chapter, we will often need to refer to links and
+destinations jointly, in which case we will use the term "hyperlinks".
+We will use the terms "links" and "destinations" in cases when we need
+to refer specifically to links or destinations.
+
+   Hyperlink drivers provide several kinds of links and destinations. We
+will refer to them as "link types" and "destination types".
+
+   For example, one of the destination types that the 'pdftex' driver
+provides is the 'xyz' type; when the user follows a link pointing to an
+'xyz' destination, the exact location marked by that destination is
+displayed. Another destination type provided by the 'pdftex' driver is
+the 'fit' type; when the user follows a link pointing to a 'fit'
+destination, the page containing that destination is zoomed to fit into
+the window in which the document is displayed.
+
+   Similarly, drivers support various link types. For example, with the
+'pdftex' driver, the usual link type used to refer to destinations in
+the current document is called 'name'. You can also create a link
+pointing to another local document (by using the 'filename' link type)
+or to a URL (by using the 'url' link type).
+
+   In addition, each hyperlink driver supports a number of destination
+and link "options". By setting these options you can customize hyperlink
+parameters (e.g., the thickness of the border drawn around a hyperlink)
+or pass information to hyperlinks (for example, file name of a document,
+for a link pointing to a destination in another document).
+
+   *Note Hyperlink drivers::, for the description of hyperlink types and
+options supported by the drivers. *Note Setting hyperlink types and
+options::, for the information on how to set hyperlink options.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Explicit hyperlinks,  Next: Implicit hyperlinks,  Prev: Introduction to hyperlinks,  Up: Hyperlinks
+
+5.2 Explicit hyperlinks
+=======================
+
+Explicit hyperlinks are created by you, in the source of your document.
+The simplest command is '\hldest', which marks the current position in
+your document as a destination:
+
+     \hldest{TYPE}{OPTIONS}{LABEL}
+
+Here TYPE is one of the destination types supported by the hyperlink
+driver (*note Hyperlink drivers::), OPTIONS is a comma-separated list of
+option assignments, and LABEL is the hyperlink label to associate with
+this destination. This label will identify the destination when creating
+links pointing to this destination. For example, with the 'pdftex'
+driver, the command
+
+     \hldest{xyz}{zoom=2000}{index}
+
+creates a destination of type 'xyz' ("the current position"), sets the
+magnification ratio for this destination to be 200%, and associates the
+label 'index' with the destination.
+
+   Another command, '\hlstart', paired with '\hlend', turns all
+intervening material into a link:
+
+     \hlstart{TYPE}{OPTIONS}{LABEL} ... \hlend
+
+Here TYPE, OPTIONS and LABEL have the same meaning as for '\hldest'.
+Continuing the previous example,
+
+     \hlstart{name}{bstyle=U,bwidth=2}{index} Index\hlend
+
+typesets the word 'Index' as a link with underline border of
+width 2 PostScript points, pointing to the named destination 'index'
+defined in the previous example. (The other options, like highlight mode
+and border color, are determined by the defaults, *note Setting default
+types and options::).
+
+   The LABEL argument of both '\hldest' and '\hlstart' can contain
+special characters (such as '#', '%', '&', '~', etc.) without any
+escaping. This is especially important for URL links supported by some
+drivers (*note Hyperlink drivers::).
+
+   Both '\hldest' and '\hlstart' ignore following spaces.
+
+   Both '\hldest' and '\hlstart' expand the first token of OPTIONS once,
+so you can save a list of options in a macro and pass it for the
+OPTIONS. For example:
+
+     \def\linkopts{bstyle=U,bwidth=2}
+     \hlstart{name}{\linkopts}{index}Index\hlend
+
+is functionally equivalent to the previous example.
+
+   *Note Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::, for a demonstration of the usage of
+explicit hyperlinks.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Implicit hyperlinks,  Next: Hyperlink drivers,  Prev: Explicit hyperlinks,  Up: Hyperlinks
+
+5.3 Implicit hyperlinks
+=======================
+
+"Implicit hyperlinks" are hyperlinks created implicitly by various
+Eplain macros, such as the macros for citations, cross-references,
+indexing, etc.
+
+   All such macros are divided into "link groups" and "destination
+groups" (or "linkgroups" and "destgroups" for short) so that parameters
+can be set individually for each group. For example, all equation macros
+which define a destination are assigned to the 'eq' destgroup; equation
+macros which create a link are assigned to the 'eq' linkgroup. By
+setting parameters for the 'eq' linkgroup (destgroup), you can uniformly
+customize all links (destinations) related to equation references,
+without interfering with settings for the other groups.
+
+   *Note Setting hyperlink types and options::, for information on how
+to set parameters for a group.
+
+   Here is the list of the linkgroups:
+
+     hrefint, hrefext, url, cite, ref, xref, eq, idx, foot, footback.
+
+   And here are the destgroups:
+
+     bib, li, definexref, xrdef, eq, idx, foot, footback.
+
+   *Note Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::, for a demonstration of the usage of
+implicit hyperlinks.
+
+   The following subsections describe each of the linkgroups and
+destgroups and the hyperlink support provided.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* General hyperlinks::              hrefint, hrefext
+* URL hyperlinks::                  url
+* Citation hyperlinks::             cite, bib
+* List hyperlinks::                 li
+* Cross-reference hyperlinks::      definexref, ref
+* Page reference hyperlinks::       xrdef, xref
+* Equation reference hyperlinks::   eq
+* Index hyperlinks::                idx
+* Footnote hyperlinks::             foot, footback
+* Contents hyperlinks::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: General hyperlinks,  Next: URL hyperlinks,  Up: Implicit hyperlinks
+
+5.3.1 General hyperlinks: hrefint, hrefext
+------------------------------------------
+
+'\href{URL}{TEXT}' typesets TEXT as a link to URL. It basically does
+what the explicit hyperlink macros do (*note Explicit hyperlinks::), but
+is more convenient (at the expense of flexibility).
+
+   If URL starts with '#', the rest of URL is assumed to be a local
+hyperlink destination name (destination within the same document).
+Parameters for these links can be set by customizing the 'hrefint'
+linkgroup. For example:
+
+     See \href{#intro}{Introduction}
+
+will make 'Introduction' into an internal link, which might have been
+created, e.g., with '\xrdef{intro}'.
+
+   If URL does not start with '#', it is assumed to be a URL link.
+Parameters for these links can be set by customizing the 'hrefext'
+linkgroup. The special characters (such as '#' and '~') in the URL don't
+need to be escaped. For example:
+
+     \href{http://tug.org/eplain/doc/eplain.html#Hyperlinks}{Hyperlinks
+       in Eplain}
+     \href{mailto:tex-eplain@tug.org}{Eplain mailing list}
+
+*Note URL hyperlinks::, for another way to create URL hyperlinks.
+
+   The TEXT argument of '\href' can contain verbatim text (*note
+Verbatim listing::) or other macros which manipulate character catcodes.
+For example:
+
+     \href{#WeirdChars}{The weird chars \verbatim #&%$~|endverbatim}
+
+   '\href' does not currently handle other link types, such as 'file:'
+and 'run:' links.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: URL hyperlinks,  Next: Citation hyperlinks,  Prev: General hyperlinks,  Up: Implicit hyperlinks
+
+5.3.2 URL hyperlinks: url
+-------------------------
+
+The 'url' linkgroup covers the '\url' command from the LaTeX package
+'url' (*note Packages known to work::), as well as any new '\url'-like
+commands you define. The type for this linkgroup is set to 'url' by the
+drivers which support this link type. 'url' links use the parameter to
+the '\url' command as the URL to point to.
+
+   You may be using the '\url' command to typeset something other than a
+URL, e.g., a path, for which you do not want a link to be created; in
+that case, you can disable the 'url' linkgroup with the command
+'\hloff[url]' (*note Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group::).
+
+   By default, URL (and other types of) links are boxed, so that they
+are visually marked even if you do not load the LaTeX 'color' package
+(*note Loading LaTeX packages::) and therefore link text is not colored.
+You can see the effect by compiling the following code snippet (be sure
+to get a modern 'url.sty', older versions do not work in plain TeX;
+*note Packages known to work::):
+
+     \input eplain
+     \beginpackages
+       \usepackage{url}
+     \endpackages
+
+     \enablehyperlinks
+
+     \url{http://foo/bar}
+
+     \url{mailto:foobar@example.org}
+
+     \bye
+
+   If the hyperlink driver you use supports the link option 'bwidth'
+(*note Hyperlink drivers::), you can produce colored links with no
+border around them. Try this:
+
+     \input eplain
+     \beginpackages
+       \usepackage{url}
+       \usepackage{color}
+     \endpackages
+
+     \enablehyperlinks
+     \hlopts{bwidth=0}
+
+     \url{http://foo/bar}
+
+     \url{mailto:foobar@example.org}
+
+     \bye
+
+The command '\hlopts{bwidth=0}' sets border width to zero as the default
+for all links, and loading the 'color' package automatically colors
+links using the default color (*note Options supported by all
+drivers::). If you want the border width setting to apply to URL links
+only, say '\hlopts[url]{bwidth=0}' (*note Setting hyperlink types and
+options::).
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Citation hyperlinks,  Next: List hyperlinks,  Prev: URL hyperlinks,  Up: Implicit hyperlinks
+
+5.3.3 Citation hyperlinks: cite, bib
+------------------------------------
+
+The 'cite' linkgroup includes only the '\cite' command (*note
+Citations::). '\cite' turns each of the references in the list into a
+link pointing to the respective bibliography entry produced by the
+'\bibliography' command.
+
+   The 'bib' destgroup includes the macros related to the
+'\bibliography' command (*note Citations::). '\bibliography' inputs a
+'.bbl' file, which contains a list of bibliography entries. For each of
+the entries, a destination is defined.
+
+   Both commands use the citation label as the hyperlink label.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: List hyperlinks,  Next: Cross-reference hyperlinks,  Prev: Citation hyperlinks,  Up: Implicit hyperlinks
+
+5.3.4 List hyperlinks: li
+-------------------------
+
+The 'li' destgroup consists of the '\li' command (*note Lists::), which
+defines a destination if you supply the optional argument
+(cross-reference label). This label is also used as the hyperlink label.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Cross-reference hyperlinks,  Next: Page reference hyperlinks,  Prev: List hyperlinks,  Up: Implicit hyperlinks
+
+5.3.5 Cross-reference hyperlinks: definexref, ref
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+The 'definexref' destgroup is for the '\definexref' command (*note
+Defining generic references::). '\definexref' defines a destination
+using the cross-reference label (the first argument) as the hyperlink
+label.
+
+   The 'ref' linkgroup includes '\refn' and '\xrefn' (they are
+synonyms), '\ref', and '\refs' (*note Using generic references::).
+
+   '\refn' turns the cross-reference it produces into a link, using the
+cross-reference label as the hyperlink label. If an optional argument is
+present, it is tied by '\reftie' to the reference and become part of the
+link.
+
+   '\ref' works similarly to '\refn'. It takes an optional argument,
+which is treated the same way as the optional argument to '\refn'. In
+addition, '\ref' can produce a "class word". Both the optional argument
+and the class word become part of the link, when present. The
+cross-reference is tied by '\reftie' to the preceding word. The optional
+argument is separated from the class word by '\refspace'.
+
+   Unlike '\ref', '\refs' does not take an optional argument and does
+not make the class word part of the link, which is appropriate for its
+intended use.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Page reference hyperlinks,  Next: Equation reference hyperlinks,  Prev: Cross-reference hyperlinks,  Up: Implicit hyperlinks
+
+5.3.6 Page reference hyperlinks: xrdef, xref
+--------------------------------------------
+
+The 'xrdef' destgroup is for '\xrdef' (*note Page references::).
+'\xrdef' defines a destination using cross-reference label as the
+hyperlink label.
+
+   The 'xref' linkgroup includes the '\xref' command (*note Page
+references::). '\xref' turns its optional argument (followed by
+'\refspace'), '\xrefpageword' and the cross-reference (page number) into
+a link, using the cross-reference label as the hyperlink label.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Equation reference hyperlinks,  Next: Index hyperlinks,  Prev: Page reference hyperlinks,  Up: Implicit hyperlinks
+
+5.3.7 Equation reference hyperlinks: eq
+---------------------------------------
+
+All commands that define equation labels are part of the 'eq' destgroup.
+These are '\eqdef', '\eqdefn', '\eqsubdef' and '\eqsubdefn' (*note
+Equation references::). All these commands use the equation label as the
+hyperlink label. However, if the equation label is empty, they make up a
+(hopefully) unique hyperlink label for the destination. This label will
+be used for the link when you refer to this empty-labeled equation with
+one of the equation reference macros.
+
+   The command '\phantomeqlabel' is called to generate hyperlink labels
+for the empty-labeled equations. By default, it produces the labels in
+the format 'PHEQNUMBER', where NUMBER comes from the count register
+'\phantomeqnumber'; this count register is incremented at every
+empty-labeled equation definition.
+
+   The commands '\eqref' and '\eqrefn' (*note Equation references::)
+form the 'eq' linkgroup. These commands take an optional argument,
+which, when present, is tied with '\reftie' to the equation reference
+and becomes part of the link. The equation label is used for the
+hyperlink label; if the label is empty, the link is for the label
+generated for the last empty-labeled equation.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Index hyperlinks,  Next: Footnote hyperlinks,  Prev: Equation reference hyperlinks,  Up: Implicit hyperlinks
+
+5.3.8 Index hyperlinks: idx
+---------------------------
+
+All indexing commands ('\idx', '\idxname', '\idxmarked', '\idxsubmarked'
+and their silent equivalents, *note Indexing commands::) form the 'idx'
+destgroup. The 'idx' linkgroup consists of the macros which are used to
+typeset the index when you say '\readindexfile{INDEX-LETTER}' (*note
+Typesetting an index::).
+
+   To create the links in index entries, Eplain uses MakeIndex's
+"encapsulation" feature. When you use an indexing macro to mark an index
+term, Eplain writes out a line to the '.idx' file of the following
+general form:
+
+     \indexentry{ENTRY|PAGEMARKUP}{PAGENO}
+
+where ENTRY is the index entry (converted into the internal format that
+MakeIndex understands), CS is the markup command you specified with the
+'pagemarkup=CS' optional argument to the indexing commands (*note
+Modifying index entries::), and PAGENO is the page number on which the
+term appeared. When processing the '.idx' file, MakeIndex makes the page
+number an argument to the page markup command ("encapsulates" the page
+number), so the page number in the '.ind' file appears as '\CS{PAGENO}'.
+Eplain internally replaces the CS command name with its own command,
+which, in addition to calling the original '\CS' encapsulator, turns the
+page number into a link.
+
+   Eplain provides two approaches to linking page numbers in the index
+to locations of index terms in the text.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Exact destinations for index terms::
+* Page destinations for index terms::
+* Choosing destination placement::
+* Index page list and page range parsers::
+* Hyperlinks in see and see also entries::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Exact destinations for index terms,  Next: Page destinations for index terms,  Up: Index hyperlinks
+
+5.3.8.1 Exact destinations for index terms
+..........................................
+
+In this approach, each command that marks an index term defines a unique
+destination and passes its label on to the '.idx' file as part of the
+'\indexentry' command. The '\indexentry' line that Eplain writes to the
+'.idx' file becomes
+
+     \indexentry{ENTRY|hlidx{LABEL}{CS}}{PAGENO}
+
+where '\hlidx' is the command that is defined by Eplain to take three
+arguments: a hyperlink label (LABEL), a name of page number encapsulator
+(CS) and a page number (PAGENO). In the '.ind' file that MakeIndex will
+generate, the page number will now appear as
+
+     \hlidx{LABEL}{CS}{PAGENO}
+
+The result of this command is '\CS{PAGENO}', wrapped up into a link
+pointing to LABEL destination.
+
+   The hyperlink labels for the index terms are generated by the
+'\hlidxlabel' command, by default in the format 'IDXNUMBER', where
+NUMBER is the value of the count register '\hlidxlabelnumber'. This
+count register is incremented at each index term.
+
+   The advantage of this approach, as compared to the second approach
+described below, is that links in the index point to exact locations of
+the indexed terms on the page. The disadvantage of this approach is that
+MakeIndex will regard _all_ index entries as distinct, because each one
+contains a (unique) hyperlink label. This disadvantage can be partially
+overcome by the script 'idxuniq' distributed with Eplain in the 'util'
+directory. This script filters out '\indexentry' lines differing only in
+the hyperlink label but identical otherwise. You should process the
+'.idx' with this script before passing it on to MakeIndex. For example:
+
+     prompt$ ./idxuniq file.idx | makeindex > file.ind
+
+Still, this solution is not ideal, as the page-range formation ability
+of MakeIndex will not work, and there will be problems of apparently
+identical index entries clashing (e.g., when a range-end entry appears
+on the same page as another entry with the same definition; 'idxuniq'
+will not filter out the second entry).
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Page destinations for index terms,  Next: Choosing destination placement,  Prev: Exact destinations for index terms,  Up: Index hyperlinks
+
+5.3.8.2 Page destinations for index terms
+.........................................
+
+In the second approach, Eplain does not write out any destination labels
+for the index terms. Instead, Eplain writes out a wrapper for page
+number encapsulator which can parse the page number and generate a link
+pointing to the _page_ on which the term appeared. On top of each page
+containing an index term, Eplain defines a destination with label
+produced by '\hlidxpagelabel'. The '\hlidxpagelabel' command takes a
+single argument (page number NUMBER) and by default produces the label
+in the format 'IDXPGNUMBER'.
+
+   With this approach, the '\indexentry' line which Eplain writes to the
+'.idx' file looks like this:
+
+     \indexentry{ENTRY|hlidxpage{CS}}{PAGENO}
+
+where '\hlidxpage' is the command that is defined by Eplain to take two
+arguments: a name of page number encapsulator (CS) and a page number
+(PAGENO). In the '.ind' file that MakeIndex will generate, the page
+number will appear as
+
+     \hlidxpage{CS}{PAGENO}
+
+   The advantage of this approach is that all features of MakeIndex are
+intact. The drawback is that links in the index do not point to exact
+locations of indexed terms on a page, but to the top of a page on which
+the term appears.
+
+   Another disadvantage is that this approach depends on the page range
+and page list separators which MakeIndex was configured to output.
+'\hlidxpage' must be able to parse the first page number in a page range
+like '1--4'. In addition, page list parsing is needed because MakeIndex
+combines two consecutive page numbers in one call to the page number
+encapsulator, so '\hlidxpage' can be passed, e.g., '1, 2' for the
+PAGENO. In this last case, '\hlidxpage' splits the two page numbers,
+applies '\CS' to each of them, and makes each of the page numbers a link
+to the appropriate page. Note that this will alter typesetting slightly,
+because now the page list separator (a comma followed by a space, by
+default) is not typeset using the page number encapsulator ('\CS').
+
+   Eplain's defaults for the page list and page number delimiters are
+the same as those in MakeIndex, a comma followed by a space (', ') and
+two dashes ('--'), respectively. If you customize MakeIndex to use
+different delimiters, you must not forget to let Eplain know about them
+with the commands
+
+     \setidxpagelistdelimiter{LIST-DELIM}
+     \setidxpagerangedelimiter{PAGE-DELIM}
+
+(*note Page list and page range parsers::).
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Choosing destination placement,  Next: Index page list and page range parsers,  Prev: Page destinations for index terms,  Up: Index hyperlinks
+
+5.3.8.3 Choosing destination placement
+......................................
+
+The approach that Eplain should use for the index terms can be selected
+in the '\enablehyperlinks' command. The optional argument it accepts is
+a comma-separated list of options. The 'idxexact' option selects the
+first approach, 'idxpage' the second, and 'idxnone' disables hyperlink
+support for the index terms altogether, in case you want to stop Eplain
+from writing its link wrappers into the '.idx' file. The default is
+'idxpage'.
+
+   For example:
+
+     \enablehyperlinks[idxexact]
+
+selects the first approach ("exact index links").
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Index page list and page range parsers,  Next: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries,  Prev: Choosing destination placement,  Up: Index hyperlinks
+
+5.3.8.4 Index page list and page range parsers
+..............................................
+
+The macros that Eplain uses to parse page lists and page ranges,
+'\idxparselist' and '\idxparserange', can sometimes be useful when
+defining page number encapsulators. *Note Page list and page range
+parsers::, for the description of these commands and an example of their
+usage.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries,  Prev: Index page list and page range parsers,  Up: Index hyperlinks
+
+5.3.8.5 Hyperlinks in see and see also entries
+..............................................
+
+There is no automatic support for hyperlinks with "see" and "see also"
+index entries, as there is not enough information to trace the
+parameters of '\indexsee' and '\indexseealso' to corresponding index
+entries. But if desired, this can be implemented with '\hldest' and
+'\hlstart' (*note Explicit hyperlinks::); for example:
+
+     \sidx{semantic theory of truth@%
+           \leavevmode\hldest{}{}{idx:theo truth}semantic theory of truth}
+     ...
+     \sidx[seealso]{truth}[definition of]%
+           {\hlstart{}{}{idx:theo truth}semantic theory of truth\hlend}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Footnote hyperlinks,  Next: Contents hyperlinks,  Prev: Index hyperlinks,  Up: Implicit hyperlinks
+
+5.3.9 Footnote hyperlinks: foot, footback
+-----------------------------------------
+
+The 'foot' link and destination groups include the '\numberedfootnote'
+and '\footnote' macros (*note Footnotes::). The 'footback' groups
+include the same macros, but control parameters for links and
+destinations created inside the footnote to point back to the footnote
+mark within the text body.
+
+   The macros use hyperlink labels generated by '\hlfootlabel' and
+'\hlfootbacklabel'. The default formats for the labels are 'FOOTNUMBER'
+and 'FOOTBNUMBER', respectively, where NUMBER is the value of the count
+register '\hlfootlabelnumber'. This register is incremented at every
+footnote.
+
+   Generally, footnote hyperlinks are not of much use, because the
+footnotes are usually placed on the same page as the footnote mark.
+Therefore, footnote hyperlinks are disabled by default. Here is how you
+can turn them on selectively, without affecting the other kinds of
+hyperlinks (*note Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group::):
+
+     \hldeston[foot,footback]
+     \hlon[foot,footback]
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Contents hyperlinks,  Prev: Footnote hyperlinks,  Up: Implicit hyperlinks
+
+5.3.10 Contents hyperlinks
+--------------------------
+
+There is currently no special support for hyperlinks in the table of
+contents (*note Contents::), but implementing them with the '\hldest'
+and '\hlstart ... \hlend' commands (*note Explicit hyperlinks::) should
+be possible.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Hyperlink drivers,  Next: Setting hyperlink types and options,  Prev: Implicit hyperlinks,  Up: Hyperlinks
+
+5.4 Hyperlink drivers
+=====================
+
+This section describes the hyperlink drivers: the types of hyperlinks
+they support, and the options they accept. During the first reading, you
+may only want to skim through this section.
+
+   Some of the descriptions below come from 'Portable Document Format
+Reference Manual Version 1.3', March 11, 1999.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Options supported by all drivers::
+* Hyperlink driver hypertex::
+* Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm::
+* Hyperlink driver nolinks::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Options supported by all drivers,  Next: Hyperlink driver hypertex,  Up: Hyperlink drivers
+
+5.4.1 Options supported by all drivers
+--------------------------------------
+
+This subsection describes the destination and link options which are
+supported by all hyperlink drivers.
+
+Destination options supported by all drivers
+............................................
+
+'raise'
+     Specifies how much to raise destinations above the baseline. When
+     set to zero or empty, destinations are placed at the baseline.
+
+     It is usually convenient to set this option to some variable
+     parameter, so that the height to which destinations are raised is
+     automatically adjusted according to the current context. For
+     example, setting it to '\normalbaselineskip' (or some fraction of
+     it, like '1.7\normalbaselineskip') makes the setting appropriate
+     for different point sizes, in case your document uses more than
+     one.
+
+     The default setting is '\normalbaselineskip'. Initially, the
+     destgroups do not define this option, so they fall back on the
+     default, except for the 'eq' destgroup, for which this option is
+     set to '1.7\normalbaselineskip', to accommodate the usual cases of
+     large operators in displayed math.
+
+     Example: '\hldestopts[eq]{raise=2.5\normalbaselineskip}'
+
+Link options supported by all drivers
+.....................................
+
+'colormodel'
+'color'
+     These two options define the color to be used for rendering the
+     link text. The colors are used only when a '\color' command is
+     defined, e.g., by loading the LaTeX 'color' package (*note Packages
+     known to work::). The '\color' command is called as
+     '\color[COLORMODEL]{COLOR}', where COLORMODEL and COLOR are the
+     definitions of the 'colormodel' and 'color' options, respectively.
+     However, if COLORMODEL is empty, the optional argument to '\color'
+     is omitted; and if COLOR is empty, the '\color' command is omitted
+     altogether. The default setting is 'COLORMODEL=cmyk' and
+     'COLOR=0.28,1,1,0.35'.
+
+     When specifying colors with several components delimited by commas
+     (e.g., RGB and CMYK colors in the LaTeX 'color' package), it is not
+     possible to specify the components directly in the option list of
+     '\hlopts', because comma is the option list delimiter. With the
+     'color' package, it is possible to specify such colors by defining
+     a custom color with '\definecolor' and using the new color name
+     with an empty COLORMODEL (see examples below).
+
+     Examples:
+
+          \hlopts{colormodel=,color=blue}% predefined color
+          \definecolor{mycolor}{rgb}{.3,.8,.95}
+          \hlopts{colormodel=,color=mycolor}% custom color
+          \hlopts{colormodel=gray,color=.4}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Hyperlink driver hypertex,  Next: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm,  Prev: Options supported by all drivers,  Up: Hyperlink drivers
+
+5.4.2 Hyperlink driver 'hypertex'
+---------------------------------
+
+HyperTeX is a standard for inclusion of hyperlink information in TeX
+(and LaTeX) documents (see <http://arxiv.org/hypertex>). This standard
+defines a set of hyperlink tags implemented as '\special' commands
+written into the DVI file. The major advantage of such standard is that
+a single '.dvi' file containing HyperTeX commands can be viewed by any
+HyperTeX-enabled viewer (e.g., any more or less modern version of
+'xdvi') or converted to other file formats (e.g., PDF) by any
+HyperTeX-enabled DVI converter (e.g., 'dvipdfmx' or 'dvips' with
+Ghostscript's 'ps2pdf' script).
+
+   The downside to the standard is that it is by design "the common
+factor" of other formats supporting hyperlinks, so many features of a
+particular file format cannot be supported by HyperTeX. Therefore, if
+you need to use special features of a particular format, HyperTeX is not
+a good choice. For the PDF file format, Eplain provides the 'pdftex' and
+'dvipdfm' drivers which provide fine control over the PDF options (*note
+Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm::).
+
+   For more information on programs which support the HyperTeX standard,
+please see
+
+     <http://arxiv.org/hypertex>
+     <http://www.tug.org/tex-archive/support/hypertex/hypertex>
+
+For convenience, we list a few HyperTeX-enabled converters:
+
+'dvips'
+     Note that you need to pass the '-z' option to 'dvips' to tell it to
+     preserve the information about the hyperlinks. To generate a '.pdf'
+     file with hyperlinks, you can use the 'ps2pdf' script of
+     Ghostscript. For example, if 'foo.tex' is a TeX file using HyperTeX
+     commands, then
+
+          prompt$ tex foo.tex
+          prompt$ dvips -z foo.dvi -o
+          prompt$ ps2pdf foo.ps
+
+     will produce 'foo.pdf' with hyperlinks.
+
+'dvipdfm'
+'dvipdfmx'
+     No special command line arguments are required, these programs
+     automatically detect the HyperTeX commands.
+
+   One more note is in place: support for the HyperTeX commands varies
+from one previewer/converter to another, so you might need to experiment
+to see if what you need is supported by the program(s) you intend to
+use. For example, dvips(k) as of version 5.92b converts all internal
+hyperlinks into page links pointing to a page containing the
+destination, so that "exact" linking to destinations is not possible
+(this was confirmed to be a bug and most probably has already been fixed
+in later versions of dvips(k)); dvipdfm as of version 0.13.2c and
+dvipdfmx as of version 20040411 do not correctly parse links to external
+local files, and produce a URL link instead of a file link.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Destination types for hypertex::
+* Destination options for hypertex::
+* Link types for hypertex::
+* Link options for hypertex::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Destination types for hypertex,  Next: Destination options for hypertex,  Up: Hyperlink driver hypertex
+
+5.4.2.1 Destination types for 'hypertex'
+........................................
+
+'xyz'
+     "Current position". This is the default type.
+
+     Example: '\hldest{xyz}{}{dest123}'
+
+'raw'
+     The destination specification (in the form of a HyperTeX
+     '\special') is taken from the command sequence '\CS', where CS is
+     the value of the 'cmd' option. In the definition of '\CS', use
+     '\@hllabel' to refer to the hyperlink label. This option is
+     intended to be used with destgroups (*note Setting hyperlink types
+     and options::), as it does not make sense in a direct call to
+     '\hldest'--you can just call the raw command.
+
+     Example:
+
+          \makeatletter
+          \def\mydest{\special{html:<a name="\@hllabel">}%
+                      \special{html:</a>}}
+          \resetatcatcode
+          \indent\hldest{raw}{cmd=mydest}{SpecialDest}
+            Special destination.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Destination options for hypertex,  Next: Link types for hypertex,  Prev: Destination types for hypertex,  Up: Hyperlink driver hypertex
+
+5.4.2.2 Destination options for 'hypertex'
+..........................................
+
+'cmd'
+     Name of the macro (without the leading '\') containing a HyperTeX
+     '\special' for the 'raw' destination.
+
+     *Note Destination types for hypertex::, the description of the
+     'raw' destination, for an example.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Link types for hypertex,  Next: Link options for hypertex,  Prev: Destination options for hypertex,  Up: Hyperlink driver hypertex
+
+5.4.2.3 Link types for 'hypertex'
+.................................
+
+'name'
+     Go to a "named destination". The label is the destination name. All
+     destinations in HyperTeX are named destinations. This is the
+     default type.
+
+     Example: '\hlstart{name}{}{dest123}Link to dest123\hlend'
+
+'url'
+     Go to a URL. The label is the URL.
+
+     Example:
+
+          \hlstart{url}{}{http://tug.org/eplain/}Eplain home\hlend
+
+'filename'
+     Go to a named destination in another file. The label is the
+     destination name. The file name is specified by the 'file' option.
+     The file name extension can be specified separately by the 'ext'
+     option. The idea is to set the 'ext' option globally at the
+     beginning of the document to avoid hard-coding the extension
+     together with the file name within each link--HyperTeX is not
+     restricted to any single output format, it can be DVI, PDF,
+     possibly other formats.
+
+     Example:
+
+          \hlopts{ext=.pdf}
+          \hlstart{filename}{file=book}{dest123}
+            Link to dest123 in file `book.pdf'\hlend
+
+'raw'
+     The link specification (in the form of a HyperTeX '\special') is
+     taken from the command sequence '\CS', where CS is the value of the
+     'cmd' option. In the definition of '\CS', use '\@hllabel' to refer
+     to the hyperlink label. Use the predefined command '\hlhash' to
+     insert the '#' characters. This option is intended to be used with
+     linkgroups (*note Setting hyperlink types and options::), as it
+     does not make sense in a direct call to '\hlstart'--you can just
+     call the raw command.
+
+     Example:
+
+          \makeatletter
+          \def\mylink{\special{html:<a href="\hlhash\@hllabel">}}
+          \resetatcatcode
+          \hlstart{raw}{cmd=mylink}{SpecialDest}
+            Link to the special destination.\hlend
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Link options for hypertex,  Prev: Link types for hypertex,  Up: Hyperlink driver hypertex
+
+5.4.2.4 Link options for 'hypertex'
+...................................
+
+'cmd'
+     Name of the macro (without the leading '\') containing a HyperTeX
+     '\special' for the 'raw' link.
+
+     *Note Link types for hypertex::, the description of the 'raw' link,
+     for an example.
+
+'file'
+     File name for the 'filename' link type. See also the 'ext' option.
+
+     *Note Link types for hypertex::, the description of the 'filename'
+     link, for an example.
+
+'ext'
+     File name extension for the 'filename' link type. The idea is to
+     set the 'ext' option globally at the beginning of the document to
+     avoid hard-coding the extension together with the file name within
+     each link--HyperTeX is not restricted to any single output format,
+     it can be DVI, PDF, possibly other formats.
+
+     *Note Link types for hypertex::, the description of the 'filename'
+     link, for an example.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm,  Next: Hyperlink driver nolinks,  Prev: Hyperlink driver hypertex,  Up: Hyperlink drivers
+
+5.4.3 Hyperlink drivers 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
+----------------------------------------------
+
+This subsection describes link and destination types and options
+supported by the 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm' drivers. Many of the hyperlink
+types and options are common to both drivers, so we describe them
+together.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm::
+* Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm::
+* Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::
+* Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm,  Next: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm,  Up: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm
+
+5.4.3.1 Destination types for 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
+....................................................
+
+'xyz'
+     "Current position". The option 'zoom' specifies magnification to
+     use (zero or empty means leave magnification unchanged, which is
+     the default). This is the default type.
+
+     For 'dvipdfm': the options 'left' and 'top' specify position
+     coordinates to use (empty options mean current position coordinate,
+     which is the default).
+
+     Example: '\hldest{xyz}{zoom=2000}{dest123}'
+
+'fit'
+     Fit the page to the window.
+
+     Example: '\hldest{fit}{}{dest123}'
+
+'fith'
+     Fit the width of the page to the window.
+
+     For 'dvipdfm': the 'top' option specifies vertical position
+     (default is empty, meaning current position).
+
+     Example: '\hldest{fith}{}{dest123}'
+
+'fitv'
+     Fit the height of the page to the window.
+
+     For 'dvipdfm': The option 'left' specifies horizontal position
+     (default is empty, meaning current position).
+
+     Example: '\hldest{fitv}{}{dest123}'
+
+'fitb'
+     Fit the page's bounding box to the window.
+
+     Example: '\hldest{fitb}{}{dest123}'
+
+'fitbh'
+     Fit the width of the page's bounding box to the window.
+
+     For 'dvipdfm': the option 'top' specifies vertical position
+     (default is empty, meaning current position).
+
+     Example: '\hldest{fitbh}{}{dest123}'
+
+'fitbv'
+     Fit the height of the page's bounding box to the window.
+
+     For 'dvipdfm': the option 'left' specifies horizontal position
+     (default is empty, meaning current position).
+
+     Example: '\hldest{fitbv}{}{dest123}'
+
+'fitr'
+     For 'pdftex': fit the rectangle specified by the options 'width',
+     'height' and 'depth' (as a TeX rule specification) in the window.
+     For dimensions set to empty, the corresponding value of the parent
+     box is used (these are the defaults).
+
+     For 'dvipdfm': fit the rectangle specified by the options 'left',
+     'bottom', 'right' and 'top' (in PostScript points, 72 points per
+     inch) in the window. For dimensions set to empty, current position
+     coordinate is substituted (these are the defaults).
+
+     Example for 'pdftex':
+
+          \hldest{fitr}{width=\hsize,
+                        height=.5\vsize,depth=0pt}{dest123}
+
+     Example for 'dvipdfm':
+
+          \hldest{fitr}{left=72,bottom=72,
+                        right=720,top=360}{dest123}
+
+'raw'
+     The destination specification (in the form of a pdfTeX command or a
+     dvipdfm '\special') is taken from the command sequence '\CS', where
+     CS is the value of the 'cmd' option. In the definition of '\CS',
+     use '\@hllabel' to refer to the hyperlink label. This option is
+     intended to be used with destgroups (*note Setting hyperlink types
+     and options::), as it does not make sense in a direct call to
+     '\hldest'--you can just call the raw command.
+
+     Example for 'pdftex':
+
+          \makeatletter
+          \def\mydest{\pdfdest name{\@hllabel} xyz}
+          \resetatcatcode
+          \hldesttype{raw}
+          \hldestopts{cmd=mydest}
+
+     Example for 'dvipdfm':
+
+          \makeatletter
+          \def\mydest{\special{pdf: dest (\@hllabel)
+                                    [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos 0]}}
+          \resetatcatcode
+          \hldesttype{raw}
+          \hldestopts{cmd=mydest}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm,  Next: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm,  Prev: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm,  Up: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm
+
+5.4.3.2 Destination options for 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
+......................................................
+
+With respect to the destination options, the 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
+differ in the way the fit rectangle is specified (relative coordinates
+for 'pdftex', absolute coordinates for 'dvipdfm').
+
+Common destination options
+..........................
+
+'cmd'
+     Name of the macro (without the leading '\') containing a pdfTeX
+     command or a dvipdfm '\special' for the 'raw' destination.
+
+     *Note Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm::, the description
+     of the 'raw' destination, for an example.
+
+'zoom'
+     Magnification ratio times 1000 (like TeX's scale factor). Zero or
+     empty means leave magnification unchanged, which is the default.
+
+     Example: '\hldest{xyz}{zoom=2000}{dest123}'
+
+'pdftex'-specific destination options
+.....................................
+
+The dimension options below must be specified as a TeX rule
+specification. When set to empty, the corresponding value of the parent
+box is used (this is the default for all dimension options).
+
+'depth'
+     Depth of the fit rectangle for the 'fitr' destination.
+
+'height'
+     Height of the fit rectangle for the 'fitr' destination.
+
+'width'
+     Width of the fit rectangle for the 'fitr' destination.
+
+     Example:
+
+          \hldest{fitr}{width=\hsize,
+                        height=.5\vsize,depth=0pt}{dest123}
+
+'dvipdfm'-specific destination options
+......................................
+
+The dimension options below must be specified in PostScript points
+(72 points per inch), as a number without the 'bp' unit name. When set
+to empty, the current position coordinate is used (this is the default
+for all dimension options).
+
+'bottom'
+     Bottom position coordinate of a box specification for the various
+     destination types.
+
+'left'
+     Left position coordinate of a box specification for the various
+     destination types.
+
+'right'
+     Right position coordinate of a box specification for the various
+     destination types.
+
+'top'
+     Top position coordinate of a box specification for the various
+     destination types.
+
+     Example:
+
+          \hldest{fitr}{left=72,bottom=72,
+                        right=720,top=360}{dest123}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm,  Next: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm,  Prev: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm,  Up: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm
+
+5.4.3.3 Link types for 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
+.............................................
+
+Link types are the same for the 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm' drivers, except
+that the 'pdftex' driver provides one additional link type 'num' (link
+to a numbered destination). dvipdfm does not support numbered
+destinations, therefore it does not have this link type. Note that all
+destinations created by Eplain hyperlink macros are named destinations;
+to define a numbered destination, you have to use low-level pdfTeX
+commands.
+
+Common link types
+.................
+
+'name'
+     Go to a "named destination". The label is the destination name. All
+     destinations created with '\hldest' are named destinations (*note
+     Explicit hyperlinks::). This is the default type.
+
+     Example: '\hlstart{name}{}{dest123}Link to dest123\hlend'
+
+'url'
+     Go to a URL. The label is the URL.
+
+     Example: '\hlstart{url}{}{http://tug.org/eplain/}Eplain home\hlend'
+
+'page'
+     Go to a page. The label is the page number (counting from 1). Page
+     fitting is specified by the 'pagefit' option.
+
+     Example:
+
+          \hlstart{page}{pagefit=/FitH 600}{123}
+            Link to page~123\hlend
+
+'filename'
+     Go to a named destination in another file. The label is the
+     destination name. The file name is specified by the 'file' option.
+     Page fitting is specified by the 'pagefit' option. The 'newwin'
+     option specifies whether the destination document is opened in the
+     same window or in a new window.
+
+     Example:
+
+          \hlstart{filename}{file=book.pdf,newwin=1}{dest123}
+            Link to dest123 in file `book.pdf'\hlend
+
+'filepage'
+     Go to a page in another file. The label is the page number
+     (counting from 1). The file name is specified by the 'file' option.
+     Page fitting is specified by the 'pagefit' option. The 'newwin'
+     option specifies whether the destination document is opened in the
+     same window or in a new window.
+
+     Example:
+
+          \hlstart{filepage}{file=book.pdf,newwin=,
+                             pagefit=/FitR 50 100 300 500}{1}
+            Link to page~1 in file `book.pdf'\hlend
+
+'raw'
+     The link specification (in the form of a pdfTeX command or a
+     dvipdfm '\special' primitive) is taken from the command sequence
+     '\CS', where CS is the value of the 'cmd' option. In the definition
+     of '\CS', use '\@hllabel' to refer to the hyperlink label. This
+     option is intended to be used with linkgroups (*note Setting
+     hyperlink types and options::), as it does not make sense in a
+     direct call to '\hlstart'--you can just call the raw command.
+
+     Example for 'pdftex':
+
+          % Redirect all \url links to the first page
+          \def\mycmd{\pdfstartlink goto page 1 {/Fit}}
+          \hltype[url]{raw}
+          \hlopts[url]{cmd=mycmd}
+
+     Example for 'dvipdfm':
+
+          % Redirect all \url links to the first page
+          \def\mycmd{\special{pdf: beginann <</Type/Annot /Subtype/Link
+                                              /Dest[0 /Fit]>>}}
+          \hltype[url]{raw}
+          \hlopts[url]{cmd=mycmd}
+
+'pdftex'-specific link types
+............................
+
+'num'
+     Go to a "numbered destination". The label is the destination
+     number.
+
+     Example: '\hlstart{num}{}{123}Link to 123\hlend'
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm,  Prev: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm,  Up: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm
+
+5.4.3.4 Link options for 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm'
+...............................................
+
+Link options are mostly the same for the 'pdftex' and 'dvipdfm' drivers.
+The 'pdftex' driver has additional options to specify link dimensions.
+
+Common link options
+...................
+
+'bcolor'
+     Border color. An array of three numbers in the range 0 to 1,
+     representing a color in DeviceRGB.
+
+     Example: '\hlstart{name}{bcolor=.1 .5 1}{dest123}Link\hlend'
+
+'bdash'
+     Array of numbers representing on and off stroke lengths for drawing
+     dashes.
+
+     Example: '\hlstart{name}{bstyle=D,bdash=2 4}{dest123}Link\hlend'
+
+'bstyle'
+     Link border style:
+
+     'S'
+          The border is drawn as a solid line.
+
+     'D'
+          The border is drawn with a dashed line (the dash pattern is
+          specified by the 'bdash' option).
+
+     'B'
+          The border is drawn in a beveled style.
+
+     'I'
+          The border is drawn in an inset style.
+
+     'U'
+          The border is drawn as a line on the bottom of the link
+          rectangle.
+
+     The default is 'S'.
+
+     Example: '\hlstart{name}{bstyle=D,bdash=2 4}{dest123}Link\hlend'
+
+'bwidth'
+     Border width in PostScript points (72 points per inch). The default
+     is 1.
+
+     Example: '\hlstart{name}{bwidth=2}{dest123}Link\hlend'
+
+'cmd'
+     Name of the macro (without the leading '\') containing a pdfTeX
+     command or a dvipdfm '\special' for the 'raw' link.
+
+     *Note Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::, the description of the
+     'raw' link, for an example.
+
+'file'
+     File name for the 'filename' and 'filepage' link types.
+
+     *Note Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::, the descriptions of the
+     'filename' and 'filepage' links, for an example.
+
+'hlight'
+     Link border highlight modes:
+
+     'I'
+          The rectangle specified by the bounding box of the link is
+          inverted.
+
+     'N'
+          No highlighting is done.
+
+     'O'
+          The border of the link is inverted.
+
+     'P'
+          The region underneath the bounding box of the link is drawn
+          inset into the page.
+
+     The default is 'I'.
+
+     Example: '\hlstart{name}{bstyle=S,hlight=O}{dest123}Link\hlend'
+
+'newwin'
+     For the 'filename' and 'filepage' links, specifies whether the
+     destination document is opened in the same window or in a new
+     window. The settings are:
+
+     '0'
+          Open in the same window.
+     'non-0'
+          Open in a new window.
+     'empty'
+          Behavior according to the viewer settings.
+
+     The default is empty.
+
+     *Note Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::, the descriptions of the
+     'filename' and 'filepage' links, for an example.
+
+'pagefit'
+     For the 'page' and 'filepage links', specifies how the page must be
+     fitted to the window. 'pagefit' specification is written to the PDF
+     file as is, so it must conform to the PDF standard.
+
+     *Note Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm::, the descriptions of the
+     'page' and 'filepage' links, for an example.
+
+'pdftex'-specific link options
+..............................
+
+The dimension options below must be specified as a TeX rule
+specification. When set to empty, the corresponding value of the parent
+box is used (this is the default for all dimension options).
+
+'depth'
+     Depth of the link.
+
+'height'
+     Height of the link.
+
+'width'
+     Width of the link.
+
+     Example:
+
+          \hlstart{name}{width=5in,height=20pc,depth=0pt}{dest123}
+            Link\hlend
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Hyperlink driver nolinks,  Prev: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm,  Up: Hyperlink drivers
+
+5.4.4 Hyperlink driver 'nolinks'
+--------------------------------
+
+Select this driver to suppress all hyperlinks in your document.
+
+   Selecting this driver is quite different from not selecting any
+driver at all, or from selecting some driver and then turning hyperlinks
+off for the entire document with '\hloff' and '\hldestoff' (*note
+Turning hyperlinks on/off::).
+
+   The purpose of '\hldestoff' and '\hloff' is to mark (parts) of your
+document where hyperlinks should never appear. (Imagine you want to
+prevent a cross-referencing macro from generating a link at a certain
+spot in your document.)
+
+   If instead you have prepared a document with hyperlinks and just want
+to compile a version without them, it is better to select the driver
+'nolinks'. This ensures that spacing and page-breaking are the same as
+what you were getting with hyperlinks enabled.
+
+   The reason for this is that hyperlinks are produced by the '\special'
+primitives or low-level hyperlink commands. Each such command is placed
+inside a "whatsit" (an internal TeX object), which may introduce
+legitimate breakpoints at places where none would exist without the
+whatsits. The macros '\hldestoff' and '\hloff' disable the hyperlink
+macros completely, so that no whatsits are produced.
+
+   In contrast, the 'nolinks' driver does not completely disable
+hyperlink macros. Instead, it defines them to merely write to the log
+file (what gets written is unimportant). This also produces whatsits,
+thus imitating the whatsits from the hyperlink commands. (This trick was
+borrowed from the LaTeX 'color' package.)
+
+   Another reason for using 'nolinks' is that in horizontal mode
+'\hldest' places destinations inside boxes of zero width, height, and
+depth. When you say '\hldestoff', '\hldest' will omit both destination
+definitions and these boxes. The missing boxes can again cause the
+typesetting to be inconsistent with that with destinations enabled. Here
+again, the 'nolinks' driver helps by defining '\hldest' to produce the
+empty boxes.
+
+   So, if you are planning to produce versions of your PDF document both
+with and without hyperlinks, here is the recommended way to enable the
+hyperlinks under pdfTeX:
+
+     \ifpdf
+       \enablehyperlinks
+     \else
+       \enablehyperlinks[nolinks]%
+     \fi
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Setting hyperlink types and options,  Next: Turning hyperlinks on/off,  Prev: Hyperlink drivers,  Up: Hyperlinks
+
+5.5 Setting hyperlink types and options
+=======================================
+
+You can define default types for links and destinations, which will be
+used when you do not specify a type in '\hlstart' or '\hldest'.
+Similarly, you can define default values for the options; the default
+value for an option is used when you do not set the option in the
+argument to '\hlstart' or '\hldest'.
+
+   The parameters for implicit links and destinations can be customized
+by setting the "group" types and options. When not set, the defaults are
+used.
+
+   All these settings are local to the current (TeX) group, so if you
+want to set an option temporarily, you can do so inside a
+'\begingroup...\endgroup' block; when the group ends, the previous
+settings are restored.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Setting default types and options::
+* Setting group types::
+* Setting group options::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Setting default types and options,  Next: Setting group types,  Up: Setting hyperlink types and options
+
+5.5.1 Setting default types and options
+---------------------------------------
+
+The default types for links and destinations can be set with the
+following commands:
+
+     \hltype{TYPE}
+     \hldesttype{TYPE}
+
+where TYPE is one of the link/destination types supported by the
+selected hyperlink driver (*note Hyperlink drivers::).
+
+   Default values for the options can be set with the following
+commands:
+
+     \hlopts{OPTIONS}
+     \hldestopts{OPTIONS}
+
+where OPTIONS is a comma-separated list of option assignments in the
+format 'OPTION=VALUE'. Again, what options are allowed depends on the
+selected hyperlink driver.
+
+   Many people regard the default boxed links as not aesthetic and
+intruding on page layout. The reason why boxed links are the default is
+that the links are not colored until you load the LaTeX 'color' package
+(*note Loading LaTeX packages::) or use other means to define the
+'\color' command; therefore, not producing any kind of link border may
+result in the links not being marked in any way. However, when the links
+are actually colored, there is no need to produce the link boxes
+anymore; to avoid the boxes, you can set the default border width to
+zero (if the driver you use supports the link option 'bwidth'; *note
+Hyperlink drivers::):
+
+     \hlopts{bwidth=0}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Setting group types,  Next: Setting group options,  Prev: Setting default types and options,  Up: Setting hyperlink types and options
+
+5.5.2 Setting group types
+-------------------------
+
+When called with an optional argument, as in
+
+     \hltype[GROUPS]{TYPE}
+     \hldesttype[GROUPS]{TYPE}
+
+where GROUPS is a comma-separated list of groups, '\hltype' and
+'\hldesttype' set the type for each group from GROUPS to TYPE. The
+default type is used for all groups with an empty type (this is the
+initial setting for all groups, except that the type for the 'url'
+linkgroup is set to 'url' by the drivers which support this link type).
+
+   There are two special "groups" which can be used inside the GROUPS
+list. An empty group sets the default type. This allows to set the
+default type and group types in one command, for example:
+
+     \hltype[eq,]{TYPE}
+
+sets the link type for the 'eq' linkgroup and the default link type to
+TYPE.
+
+   Another special group is a star ('*') group, which signifies all
+defined groups. For example, the command
+
+     \hldesttype[*,]{TYPE}
+
+sets the destination type to TYPE for each group, as well as the default
+destination type.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Setting group options,  Prev: Setting group types,  Up: Setting hyperlink types and options
+
+5.5.3 Setting group options
+---------------------------
+
+Option values for each group are stored as a list of option assignments.
+This list does not have to contain every supported option. Values for
+options missing from this list are taken from the default option values.
+
+   To manipulate the list of option values for the groups, you use the
+'\hlopts' and '\hldestopts' commands with an optional argument:
+
+     \hlopts[GROUPS]{OPTIONS}
+     \hldestopts[GROUPS]{OPTIONS}
+     \hlopts![GROUPS]{OPTIONS}
+     \hldestopts![GROUPS]{OPTIONS}
+
+where GROUPS is a comma-separated list of groups and OPTIONS is a
+comma-separated list of option assignments. The two special "groups",
+the empty group and the star ('*') group, have the same meaning as for
+'\hltype' and '\hldesttype'. When used without the exclamation mark,
+'\hlopts' and '\hldestopts' preserve the current list of options for the
+groups, and only update the options listed in OPTIONS. If you add the
+exclamation mark, the current list of options for each group in GROUPS
+is discarded and the new list is set to OPTIONS.
+
+   The "overriding" nature of the '!' is appropriate when you give a
+complete specification of the options for a group, e.g., at the
+beginning of your document. On the other hand, when you want to adjust
+some option(s) and leave others intact, you should use the macros
+without the '!'.
+
+   For example, with displayed mathematical formulas, you often need to
+adjust the 'raise' option for the 'eq' destgroup, because the formulas
+often contain large parentheses and brackets. But when doing so, you
+want to leave the other settings unchanged. To achieve this, call
+'\hldestopts' without the '!', for example:
+
+     $$\hldestopts[eq]{raise=2.5\normalbaselineskip}
+     ...
+     $$
+
+The display commands ('$$') implicitly put the entire formula inside a
+(TeX) group ('\begingroup...\endgroup'), so you do not need to isolate
+the setting of the 'raise' option--it will be restored after the closing
+'$$'.
+
+   Initially, Eplain sets the option lists for almost all groups to
+empty, so that the groups fall back on the default values for all
+options. The one exception to this rule is the 'eq' destgroup, whose
+initial option list contains one setting:
+
+     raise=1.7\normalbaselineskip
+
+This setting usually accommodates the large operators, which often
+appear in displayed math.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off,  Prev: Setting hyperlink types and options,  Up: Hyperlinks
+
+5.6 Turning hyperlinks on/off
+=============================
+
+Links and/or destinations can be turned on or off globally by disabling
+the low-level commands, or for each group individually.
+
+   All these settings are local to the current (TeX) group, so if you
+want to enable or disable links/destinations temporarily, you can do so
+inside a '\begingroup...\endgroup' block; when the group ends, the
+previous settings are restored.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Turning low-level commands on/off::
+* Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Turning low-level commands on/off,  Next: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group,  Up: Turning hyperlinks on/off
+
+5.6.1 Turning low-level commands on/off
+---------------------------------------
+
+The low-level commands '\hlstart', '\hlend' and '\hldest' can be turned
+on/off with the following commands:
+
+     \hldeston
+     \hldestoff
+     \hlon
+     \hloff
+
+*Note Hyperlink driver nolinks::, for the implications of using these
+commands to disable hyperlinks for the entire document.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group,  Prev: Turning low-level commands on/off,  Up: Turning hyperlinks on/off
+
+5.6.2 Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group
+-------------------------------------------
+
+If you want to disable links/destinations produced by certain groups,
+you can give a list of the groups as an optional argument to these
+commands:
+
+     \hldeston[GROUPS]
+     \hldestoff[GROUPS]
+     \hlon[GROUPS]
+     \hloff[GROUPS]
+
+where GROUPS is the list of linkgroups/destgroups. This list can contain
+two special groups. The empty group switches the low-level commands
+(*note Turning low-level commands on/off::), and the star ('*') group
+operates on all defined groups.
+
+   Note that turning off the low-level commands disables all hyperlinks
+globally, including groups which have them enabled. Turning off certain
+linkgroups/destgroups records the fact that the macros in the group
+should not produce links/destinations. To illustrate the distinction,
+assume that all links are on; after the following sequence of commands:
+
+     \hloff
+     \hloff[eq]
+     \hlon
+
+all links are on except for the 'eq' linkgroup.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Arrow theoretic diagrams,  Next: Programming definitions,  Prev: Hyperlinks,  Up: Top
+
+6 Arrow theoretic diagrams
+**************************
+
+This chapter describes definitions for producing commutative diagrams.
+
+   Steven Smith wrote this documentation (and the macros).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Slanted lines and vectors::   
+* Commutative diagrams::        
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Slanted lines and vectors,  Next: Commutative diagrams,  Up: Arrow theoretic diagrams
+
+6.1 Slanted lines and vectors
+=============================
+
+The macros '\drawline' and '\drawvector' provide the capability found in
+LaTeX's picture mode to draw slanted lines and vectors of certain
+directions. Both of these macros take three arguments: two integer
+arguments to specify the direction of the line or vector, and one
+argument to specify its length. For example, '\drawvector(-4,1){60pt}'
+produces the vector
+
+      (A vector in the 2d quadrant of length 60 pt appears here.)
+
+   which lies in the 2d quadrant, has a slope of minus 1/4, and a width
+of 60 pt.
+
+   Note that if an '\hbox' is placed around '\drawline' or
+'\drawvector', then the width of the '\hbox' will be the positive
+dimension specified in the third argument, except when a vertical line
+or vector is specified, e.g., '\drawline(0,1){1in}', which has zero
+width. If the specified direction lies in the 1st or 2d quadrant (e.g.,
+'(1,1)' or '(-2,3)'), then the '\hbox' will have positive height and
+zero depth. Conversely, if the specified direction lies in the 3d or 4th
+quadrant (e.g., '(-1,-1)' or '(2,-3)'), then the '\hbox' will have
+positive depth and zero height.
+
+   There are a finite number of directions that can be specified. For
+'\drawline', the absolute value of each integer defining the direction
+must be less than or equal to six, i.e., '(7,-1)' is incorrect, but
+'(6,-1)' is acceptable. For '\drawvector', the absolute value of each
+integer must be less than or equal to four. Furthermore, the two
+integers cannot have common divisors; therefore, if a line with slope 2
+is desired, say '(2,1)' instead of '(4,2)'. Also, specify '(1,0)'
+instead of, say, '(3,0)' for horizontal lines and likewise for vertical
+lines.
+
+   Finally, these macros depend upon the LaTeX font 'line10'. If your
+site doesn't have this font, ask your system administrator to get it.
+Future enhancements will include macros to draw dotted lines and dotted
+vectors of various directions.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Commutative diagrams,  Prev: Slanted lines and vectors,  Up: Arrow theoretic diagrams
+
+6.2 Commutative diagrams
+========================
+
+The primitive commands '\drawline' and '\drawvector' can be used to
+typeset arrow theoretic diagrams. This section describes (1) macros to
+facilitate typesetting arrows and morphisms, and (2) macros to
+facilitate the construction of commutative diagrams. All macros
+described in this section must be used in math mode.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Arrows and morphisms::        
+* Construction of commutative diagrams::  
+* Commutative diagram parameters::  
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Arrows and morphisms,  Next: Construction of commutative diagrams,  Up: Commutative diagrams
+
+6.2.1 Arrows and morphisms
+--------------------------
+
+The macros '\mapright' and '\mapleft' produce right and left pointing
+arrows, respectively. Use superscript ('^') to place a morphism above
+the arrow, e.g., '\mapright^\alpha'; use subscript ('_') to place a
+morphism below the arrow, e.g., '\mapright_{\tilde l}'. Superscripts and
+subscripts may be used simulataneously, e.g., '\mapright^\pi_{\rm
+epimor.}'.
+
+   Similarly, the macros '\mapup' and '\mapdown' produce up and down
+pointing arrows, respectively. Use '\rt' to place a morphism to the
+right of the arrow, e.g., '\mapup\rt{\rm id}'; use '\lft' to place a
+morphism to the left of the arrow, e.g., '\mapup\lft\omega'. '\lft' and
+'\rt' may be used simultaneously, e.g., '\mapdown\lft\pi\rt{\rm
+monomor.}'.
+
+   Slanted arrows are produced by the macro '\arrow', which takes a
+direction argument (e.g., '\arrow(3,-4)'). Use '\rt' and '\lft' to place
+morphisms to the right and left, respectively, of the arrow. A slanted
+line (no arrowhead) is produced with the macro '\sline', whose syntax is
+identical to that of '\arrow'.
+
+   The length of these macros is predefined by the default TeX
+dimensions '\harrowlength', for horizontal arrows (or lines),
+'\varrowlength', for vertical arrows (or lines), and '\sarrowlength',
+for slanted arrows (or lines). To change any of these dimensions, say,
+e.g., '\harrowlength=40pt'. As with all other TeX dimensions, the change
+may be as global or as local as you like. Furthermore, the placement of
+morphisms on the arrows is controlled by the dimensions '\hmorphposn',
+'\vmorphposn', and '\morphdist'. The first two dimensions control the
+horizontal and vertical position of the morphism from its default
+position; the latter dimension controls the distance of the morphism
+from the arrow. If you have more than one morphism per arrow (i.e., a
+'^'/'_' or '\lft'/'\rt' construction), use the parameters
+'\hmorphposnup', '\hmorphposndn', '\vmorphposnup', '\vmorphposndn',
+'\hmorphposnrt', '\hmorphposnlft', '\vmorphposnrt', and
+'\vmorphposnlft'. The default values of all these dimensions are
+provided in the section on parameters that follows below.
+
+   There is a family of macros to produce horizontal lines, arrows, and
+adjoint arrows. The following macros produce horizontal maps and have
+the same syntax as '\mapright':
+
+'\mapright'
+     '$X\mapright Y$' = (a right arrow).
+
+'\mapleft'
+     '$X\mapleft Y$' = (a left arrow).
+
+'\hline'
+     '$X\hline Y$' = (horizontal line)
+
+'\bimapright'
+     '$X\bimapright Y$' = (two right arrows).
+
+'\bimapleft'
+     '$X\bimapleft Y$' = (two left arrows)
+
+'\adjmapright'
+     '$X\adjmapright Y$' = (two adjoint arrows; left over right)
+
+'\adjmapleft'
+     '$X\adjmapleft Y$' = (two adjoint arrows; right over left)
+
+'\bihline'
+     '$X\bihline Y$' = (two horizontal lines)
+
+   There is also a family of macros to produce vertical lines, arrows,
+and adjoint arrows. The following macros produce vertical maps and have
+the same syntax as '\mapdown':
+
+'\mapdown'
+     (a down arrow)
+
+'\mapup'
+     (an up arrow)
+
+'\vline'
+     (vertical line)
+
+'\bimapdown'
+     (two down arrows)
+
+'\bimapup'
+     (two up arrows)
+
+'\adjmapdown'
+     (two adjoint arrows; down then up)
+
+'\adjmapup'
+     (two adjoint arrows; up then down)
+
+'\bivline'
+     (two vertical lines)
+
+   Finally, there is a family of macros to produce slanted lines,
+arrows, and adjoint arrows. The following macros produce slanted maps
+and have the same syntax as '\arrow':
+
+'\arrow'
+     (a slanted arrow)
+
+'\sline'
+     (a slanted line)
+
+'\biarrow'
+     (two straight arrows)
+
+'\adjarrow'
+     (two adjoint arrows)
+
+'\bisline'
+     (two straight lines)
+
+   The width between double arrows is controlled by the parameter
+'\channelwidth'. The parameters '\hchannel' and '\vchannel', if nonzero,
+override '\channelwidth' by controlling the horizontal and vertical
+shifting from the first arrow to the second.
+
+   There are no adornments on these arrows to distinguish inclusions
+from epimorphisms from monomorphisms. Many texts, such as Lang's book
+'Algebra', use as a tasteful alternative the symbol 'inc' (in roman)
+next to an arrow to denote inclusion.
+
+   Future enhancements will include a mechanism to draw curved arrows
+found in, e.g., the Snake Lemma, by employing a version of the '\path'
+macros of Appendix D of 'The TeXbook'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Construction of commutative diagrams,  Next: Commutative diagram parameters,  Prev: Arrows and morphisms,  Up: Commutative diagrams
+
+6.2.2 Construction of commutative diagrams
+------------------------------------------
+
+There are two approaches to the construction of commutative diagrams
+described here. The first approach, and the simplest, treats commutative
+diagrams like fancy matrices, as Knuth does in Exercise 18.46 of 'The
+TeXbook'. This case is covered by the macro '\commdiag', which is an
+altered version of the Plain TeX macro '\matrix'. An example suffices to
+demonstrate this macro. The following commutative diagram (illustrating
+the covering homotopy property; Bott and Tu, 'Differential Forms in
+Algebraic Topology')
+
+      (A commutative diagram appears here in the printed output.)
+
+   is produced with the code
+
+     $$\commdiag{Y&\mapright^f&E\cr \mapdown&\arrow(3,2)\lft{f_t}&\mapdown\cr
+     Y\times I&\mapright^{\bar f_t}&X}$$
+
+   Of course, the parameters may be changed to produce a different
+effect. The following commutative diagram (illustrating the universal
+mapping property; Warner, 'Foundations of Differentiable Manifolds and
+Lie Groups')
+
+      (A commutative diagram appears here in the printed output.)
+
+   is produced with the code
+
+     $$\varrowlength=20pt
+     \commdiag{V\otimes W\cr \mapup\lft\phi&\arrow(3,-1)\rt{\tilde l}\cr
+     V\times W&\mapright^l&U\cr}$$
+
+   A diagram containing isosceles triangles is achieved by placing the
+apex of the triangle in the center column, as shown in the example
+(illustrating all constant minimal realizations of a linear system;
+Brockett, 'Finite Dimensional Linear Systems')
+
+      (A commutative diagram appears here in the printed output.)
+
+   which is produced with the code
+
+     $$\sarrowlength=.42\harrowlength
+     \commdiag{&R^m\cr &\arrow(-1,-1)\lft{\bf B}\quad \arrow(1,-1)\rt{\bf G}\cr
+     R^n&\mapright^{\bf P}&R^n\cr
+     \mapdown\lft{e^{{\bf A}t}}&&\mapdown\rt{e^{{\bf F}t}}\cr
+     R^n&\mapright^{\bf P}&R^n\cr
+     &\arrow(1,-1)\lft{\bf C}\quad \arrow(-1,-1)\rt{\bf H}\cr
+     &R^q\cr}$$
+
+   Other commutative diagram examples appear in the file
+'commdiags.tex', which is distributed with this package.
+
+   In these examples the arrow lengths and line slopes were carefully
+chosen to blend with each other. In the first example, the default
+settings for the arrow lengths are used, but a direction for the arrow
+must be chosen. The ratio of the default horizontal and vertical arrow
+lengths is approximately the golden mean gamma=1.618...; the arrow
+direction closest to this mean is '(3,2)'. In the second example, a
+slope of -1/3 is desired and the default horizontal arrow length is 60
+pt; therefore, choose a vertical arrow length of 20 pt. You may affect
+the interline glue settings of '\commdiag' by redefining the macro
+'\commdiagbaselines'. (cf. Exercise 18.46 of 'The TeXbook' and the
+section on parameters below.)
+
+   The width, height, and depth of all morphisms are hidden so that the
+morphisms' size do not affect arrow positions. This can cause a large
+morphism at the top or bottom of a diagram to impinge upon the text
+surrounding the diagram. To overcome this problem, use TeX's '\noalign'
+primitive to insert a '\vskip' immediately above or below the offending
+line, e.g., '$$\commdiag{\noalign{\vskip6pt}X&\mapright^\int&Y\cr ...}'.
+
+   The macro '\commdiag' is too simple to be used for more complicated
+diagrams, which may have intersecting or overlapping arrows. A second
+approach, borrowed from Francis Borceux's 'Diagram' macros for LaTeX,
+treats the commutative diagram like a grid of identically shaped boxes.
+To compose the commutative diagram, first draw an equally spaced grid,
+e.g.,
+
+                              . . . . . .
+                              . . . . . .
+                              . . . . . .
+                              . . . . . .
+
+   on a piece of scratch paper. Then draw each element (vertices and
+arrows) of the commutative diagram on this grid, centered at each grid
+point. Finally, use the macro '\gridcommdiag' to implement your design
+as a TeX alignment. For example, the cubic diagram
+
+                 (A commutative diagram appears here.)
+
+   that appears in Francis Borceux's documentation can be implemented on
+a 7 by 7 grid, and is achieved with the code
+
+     $$\harrowlength=48pt \varrowlength=48pt \sarrowlength=20pt
+     \def\cross#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1$}%
+       \hbox to\wd0{\hss\hbox{$#2$}\hss}\llap{\unhbox0}}
+     \gridcommdiag{&&B&&\mapright^b&&D\cr
+     &\arrow(1,1)\lft a&&&&\arrow(1,1)\lft d\cr
+     A&&\cross{\hmorphposn=12pt\mapright^c}{\vmorphposn=-12pt\mapdown\lft f}
+     &&C&&\mapdown\rt h\cr\cr
+     \mapdown\lft e&&F&&\cross{\hmorphposn=-12pt\mapright_j}
+     {\vmorphposn=12pt\mapdown\rt g}&&H\cr
+     &\arrow(1,1)\lft i&&&&\arrow(1,1)\rt l\cr
+     E&&\mapright_k&&G\cr}$$
+
+   The dimensions '\hgrid' and '\vgrid' control the horizontal and
+vertical spacing of the grid used by '\gridcommdiag'. The default
+setting for both of these dimensions is 15 pt. Note that in the example
+of the cube the arrow lengths must be adjusted so that the arrows
+overlap into neighboring boxes by the desired amount. Hence, the
+'\gridcommdiag' method, albeit more powerful, is less automatic than the
+simpler '\commdiag' method. Furthermore, the ad hoc macro '\cross' is
+introduced to allow the effect of overlapping arrows. Finally, note that
+the positions of four of the morphisms are adjusted by setting
+'\hmorphposn' and '\vmorphposn'.
+
+   One is not restricted to a square grid. For example, the proof of
+Zassenhaus's Butterfly Lemma can be illustrated by the diagram
+(appearing in Lang's book 'Algebra')
+
+                 (A commutative diagram appears here.)
+
+   This diagram may be implemented on a 9 by 12 grid with an aspect
+ratio of 1/2, and is set with the code
+
+     $$\hgrid=16pt \vgrid=8pt \sarrowlength=32pt
+     \def\cross#1#2{\setbox0=\hbox{$#1$}%
+       \hbox to\wd0{\hss\hbox{$#2$}\hss}\llap{\unhbox0}}
+     \def\l#1{\llap{$#1$\hskip.5em}}
+     \def\r#1{\rlap{\hskip.5em$#1$}}
+     \gridcommdiag{&&U&&&&V\cr &&\bullet&&&&\bullet\cr
+     &&\sarrowlength=16pt\sline(0,1)&&&&\sarrowlength=16pt\sline(0,1)\cr
+     &&\l{u(U\cap V)}\bullet&&&&\bullet\r{(U\cap V)v}\cr
+     &&&\sline(2,-1)&&\sline(2,1)\cr
+     &&\cross{=}{\sline(0,1)}&&\bullet&&\cross{=}{\sline(0,1)}\cr\cr
+     &&\l{^{\textstyle u(U\cap v)}}\bullet&&\cross{=}{\sline(0,1)}&&
+      \bullet\r{^{\textstyle(u\cap V)v}}\cr
+     &\sline(2,1)&&\sline(2,-1)&&\sline(2,1)&&\sline(2,-1)\cr
+     \l{u}\bullet&&&&\bullet&&&&\bullet\r{v}\cr
+     &\sline(2,-1)&&\sline(2,1)&&\sline(2,-1)&&\sline(2,1)\cr
+     &&\bullet&&&&\bullet\cr &&u\cap V&&&&U\cap v\cr}$$
+
+   Again, the construction of this diagram requires careful choices for
+the arrow lengths and is facilitated by the introduction of the ad hoc
+macros '\cross', '\r', and '\l'. Note also that superscripts were used
+to adjust the position of the vertices u(U intersection v) and (u
+intersection V)v. Many diagrams may be typeset with the predefined
+macros that appear here; however, ingenuity is often required to handle
+special cases.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Commutative diagram parameters,  Prev: Construction of commutative diagrams,  Up: Commutative diagrams
+
+6.2.3 Commutative diagram parameters
+------------------------------------
+
+The following is a list describing the parameters used in the
+commutative diagram macros. These dimensions may be changed globally or
+locally.
+
+'\harrowlength'
+     (Default: 60 pt) The length of right or left arrows.
+
+'\varrowlength'
+     (Default: 0.618'\harrowlength') The length of up or down arrows.
+
+'\sarrowlength'
+     (Default: 60 pt) The horizontal length of slanted arrows.
+
+'\hmorphposn'
+     (Default: 0 pt) The horizontal position of the morphism with
+     respect to its default position. There are also the dimensions
+     '\hmorphposnup', '\hmorphposndn', '\hmorphposnrt', and
+     '\hmorphposnlft' for '^'/'_' or '\lft'/'\rt' constructions.
+
+'\vmorphposn'
+     (Default: 0 pt) The vertical position of the morphism with respect
+     to its default position. There are also the dimensions
+     '\vmorphposnup', '\vmorphposndn', '\vmorphposnrt', and
+     '\vmorphposnlft' for '^'/'_' or '\lft'/'\rt' constructions.
+
+'\morphdist'
+     (Default: 4 pt) The distance of morphisms from slanted lines or
+     arrows.
+
+'\channelwidth'
+     (Default: 3 pt) The distance between double lines or arrows.
+
+'\hchannel, \vchannel'
+     (Defaults: 0 pt) Overrides '\channelwidth'. The horizontal and
+     vertical shifts between double lines or arrows.
+
+'\commdiagbaselines'
+     (Default: '\baselineskip=15pt \lineskip=3pt \lineskiplimit=3pt ')
+     The parameters used by '\commdiag' for setting interline glue.
+
+'\hgrid'
+     (Default: 15 pt) The horizontal spacing of the grid used by
+     '\gridcommdiag'.
+
+'\vgrid'
+     (Default: 15 pt) The vertical spacing of the grid used by
+     '\gridcommdiag'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Programming definitions,  Next: Demo files,  Prev: Arrow theoretic diagrams,  Up: Top
+
+7 Programming definitions
+*************************
+
+The definitions in this section are only likely to be useful when you
+are writing nontrivial macros, not when writing a document.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Category codes::              Changing category codes.
+* Allocation macros::           Non-outer versions of \newcount et al.
+* Iteration::                   Doing 'for' and 'while' loops in TeX.
+* Macro arguments::             Reading and ignoring them.
+* Converting to characters::    Normalizing control sequences and spaces.
+* Expansion::                   Controlling expansion.
+* Obeying spaces::              Making whitespace count anywhere.
+* Writing out numbers::         Making '1' into 'one'.
+* Mode-specific penalties::     
+* Auxiliary files::             Testing for their existence.
+* User-defined environments::   User-defined environments.
+* Page list and page range parsers::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Category codes,  Next: Allocation macros,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.1 Category codes
+==================
+
+Plain TeX defines '\active' (as the number 13) for use in changing
+category codes. Although the author of 'The TeXbook' has "intentionally
+kept the category codes numeric", two other categories are commonly
+used: letters (category code 11) and others (12). Therefore, Eplain
+defines '\letter' and '\other'.
+
+   Sometimes it is cleaner to make a character active without actually
+writing a '\catcode' command. The '\makeactive' command takes a
+character as an argument to make active (and ignores following spaces).
+For example, here are two commands which both make '\' active:
+
+     \makeactive\\   \makeactive92
+
+   Sometimes you might want to temporarily change the category code of
+the '@' character to '\letter', so that you can use or define macros
+which are normally inaccessible to the user. For such situations, Eplain
+provides the '\makeatletter' command. It sets the category code of '@'
+to '\letter' (11) and defines '\resetatcatcode' to restore the category
+code to whatever it was before the call to '\makeatletter'. For example:
+
+     \makeatletter
+     \def\@hidden@macro{This macro cannot normally be
+                        called / redefined by the user}
+     \resetatcatcode
+
+There is also '\makeatother' which works similarly but sets the category
+code of '@' to '\other' (12).
+
+   Usually, when you give a definition to an active character, you have
+to do so inside a group where you temporarily make the character active,
+and then give it a global definition (cf. the definition of
+'\obeyspaces' in 'The TeXbook'). This is inconvenient if you are writing
+a long macro, or if the character already has a global definition you do
+not wish to transcend. Eplain provides '\letreturn', which defines the
+usual end-of-line character to be the argument. For example:
+
+     \def\mymacro{... \letreturn\myreturn ... }
+     \mymacro hello
+     there
+
+The end-of-line between 'hello' and 'there' causes '\myreturn' to be
+expanded.
+
+   'The TeXbook' describes '\uncatcodespecials', which makes all
+characters which are normally "special" into "other" characters, but the
+definition never made it into plain TeX. Eplain therefore defines it.
+For notes on the usage, *note Verbatim listing::.
+
+   Finally, '\percentchar' expands into a literal '%' character. This is
+useful when you '\write' TeX output to a file, and want to avoid
+spurious spaces. For example, Eplain writes a '\percentchar' after the
+definition of cross-references. The macros '\lbracechar' and
+'\rbracechar' expand similarly.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Allocation macros,  Next: Iteration,  Prev: Category codes,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.2 Allocation macros
+=====================
+
+Plain TeX provides macros that allocate registers of each primitive type
+in TeX, to prevent different sets of macros from using the same register
+for two different things. The macros are all named starting with 'new',
+e.g., '\newcount' allocates a new "count" (integer) register. Such
+allocations are usually needed only at the top level of some macro
+definition file; therefore, plain TeX makes the allocation registers
+'\outer', to help find errors. (The error this helps to find is a
+missing right brace in some macro definition.)
+
+   Sometimes, however, it is useful to allocate a register as part of
+some macro. An outer control sequence cannot be used as part of a macro
+definition (or in a few other contexts: the parameter text of a
+definition, an argument to a definition, the preamble of an alignment,
+or in conditional text that is being skipped). Therefore, Eplain defines
+"inner" versions of all the allocation macros, named with the prefix
+'inner': '\innernewbox', '\innernewcount', '\innernewdimen',
+'\innernewfam', '\innernewhelp', '\innernewif', '\innernewinsert',
+'\innernewlanguage', '\innernewread',
+'\innernewskip', '\innernewtoks', '\innernewwrite'.
+
+   You can also define non-outer versions of other macros in the same
+way that Eplain defines the above. The basic macro is called
+'\innerdef':
+
+     \innerdef \INNERNAME {OUTERNAME}
+
+   The first argument (\INNERNAME) to '\innerdef' is the control
+sequence that you want to define. Any previous definition of \INNERNAME
+is replaced. The second argument (OUTERNAME) is the _characters_ in the
+name of the outer control sequence. (You can't use the actual control
+sequence name, since it's outer!)
+
+   If the outer control sequence is named \CS, and you want to define
+'innerCS' as the inner one, you can use '\innerinnerdef', which is just
+an abbreviation for a call to '\innerdef'. For example, these two calls
+are equivalent:
+
+     \innerdef\innerproclaim{proclaim}
+     \innerinnerdef{proclaim}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Iteration,  Next: Macro arguments,  Prev: Allocation macros,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.3 Iteration
+=============
+
+You can iterate through a comma-separated list of items with '\for'.
+Here is an example:
+
+     \for\name:=karl,kathy\do{%
+        \message{\name}%
+     }%
+
+This writes 'karl' and 'kathy' to the terminal. Spaces before or after
+the commas in the list, or after the ':=', are _not_ ignored. To strip
+leading spaces off the items, use '\For':
+
+     \For\name:=
+        karl,
+        kathy\do{%
+           \message{\name}%
+        }%
+
+Note that trailing spaces are still _not_ ignored.
+
+   Both '\for' and '\For' expand the first token of the item list fully,
+so this is equivalent to the above:
+
+     \def\namelist{karl,kathy}%
+     \for\name:=\namelist\do ...
+
+However, this won't work, either with '\for' or with '\For':
+
+     \def\namelist{karl,kathy}%
+     \For\name:= \namelist\do ...
+
+because '\for' and '\For' expand the first token after ':=' which is
+space, not '\namelist'.
+
+   Eplain provides another kind of loops, which is an extension of plain
+TeX's '\loop'. If you say:
+
+     \loop
+       LOOP-TEXT
+     \if CONDITION
+       IF-TEXT
+     \repeat
+
+then LOOP-TEXT will be repeated as long as CONDITION is satisfied ('\if'
+can be any of the TeX's conditional commands, without the matching
+'\fi'). Eplain extends this with the optional else clause:
+
+     \loop
+       LOOP-TEXT
+     \if CONDITION
+       IF-TEXT
+     \else
+       ELSE-TEXT
+     \repeat
+
+Here, LOOP-TEXT will be repeated as long as CONDITION is _not_
+satisfied. This extension is from Victor Eijkhout's TeX by Topic
+(page 104).
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Macro arguments,  Next: Converting to characters,  Prev: Iteration,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.4 Macro arguments
+===================
+
+It is occasionally useful to redefine a macro that takes arguments to do
+nothing. Eplain defines '\gobble', '\gobbletwo', and '\gobblethree' to
+swallow one, two, and three arguments, respectively.
+
+   For example, if you want to produce a "short" table of contents--one
+that includes only chapters, say--the easiest thing to do is read the
+entire '.toc' file (*note Contents::), and just ignore the commands that
+produce section or subsection entries. To be specific:
+
+     \let\tocchapterentry = \shorttocchapter
+     \let\tocsectionentry = \gobbletwo
+     \let\tocsubsectionentry = \gobbletwo
+     \readtocfile
+
+(Of course, this assumes you only have chapters, sections, and
+subsections in your document.)
+
+   In addition, Eplain defines '\eattoken' to swallow the single
+following token, using '\let'. Thus, '\gobble' followed by '{...}'
+ignores the entire brace-enclosed text. '\eattoken' followed by the same
+ignores only the opening left brace.
+
+   Eplain defines a macro '\identity' which takes one argument and
+expands to that argument. This may be useful if you want to provide a
+function for the user to redefine, but don't need to do anything by
+default. (For example, the default definition of '\eqconstruct' (*note
+Formatting equation references::) is '\identity'.)
+
+   You may also want to read an optional argument. The established
+convention is that optional arguments are put in square brackets, so
+that is the syntax Eplain recognizes. Eplain ignores space tokens before
+an optional argument, via '\futurenonspacelet'.
+
+   You test for an optional argument by using '\@getoptionalarg'. It
+takes one argument, a control sequence to expand after reading the
+argument, if present. If an optional argument is present, the control
+sequence '\@optionalarg' expands to it; otherwise, '\@optionalarg' is
+'\empty'. You must therefore have the category code of '@' set to 11
+(letter). Here is an example:
+
+     \catcode`@=\letter
+     \def\cmd{\@getoptionalarg\finishcmd}
+     \def\finishcmd{%
+       \ifx\@optionalarg\empty
+         % No optional argument present.
+       \else
+         % One was present.
+       \fi
+     }
+
+   It's possible to define macros that appear to accept optional
+arguments intermixed with mandatory arguments in any imaginable way. For
+example:
+
+     \makeatletter
+     % \mo{m}[o]
+     \def\mo#1{\def\mo@arg{#1}\@getoptionalarg\fin@mo}
+     \def\fin@mo{\vskip1pc
+       ARG:    \mo@arg       \par
+       OPTARG: \@optionalarg \par
+     }
+     % \mom{m}[o]{m}
+     \def\mom#1{\def\mom@arg{#1}\@getoptionalarg\fin@mom}
+     \def\fin@mom#1{\vskip1pc
+       ARG1:   \mom@arg      \par
+       OPTARG: \@optionalarg \par
+       ARG2:   #1\par
+     }
+     % \omo[o]{m}[o]
+     \def\omo{\@getoptionalarg\fin@omo}
+     \def\fin@omo#1{\let\omo@optarg\@optionalarg
+                    \def\omo@arg{#1}\@getoptionalarg\@fin@omo}
+     \def\@fin@omo{\vskip1pc
+       OPTARG1: \omo@optarg   \par
+       ARG:     \omo@arg      \par
+       OPTARG2: \@optionalarg \par
+     }
+     \makeatother
+
+   If an optional argument contains another optional argument, the inner
+one will need to be enclosed in braces, so TeX does not mistake the end
+of the first for the end of the second.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Converting to characters,  Next: Expansion,  Prev: Macro arguments,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.5 Converting to characters
+============================
+
+Eplain defines '\xrlabel' to produce control sequence names for
+cross-reference labels, et al. This macro expands to its argument with
+an '_' appended. (It does this because the usual use of '\xrlabel' is to
+generate a control sequence name, and we naturally want to avoid
+conflicts between control sequence names.)
+
+   Because '\xrlabel' is fully expandable, to make a control sequence
+name out of the result you need only do
+
+     \csname \xrlabel{LABEL}\endcsname
+
+The '\csname' primitive makes a control sequence name out of any
+sequence of character tokens, regardless of category code. Labels can
+therefore include any characters except for '\', '{', '}', and '#', all
+of which are used in macro definitions themselves.
+
+   '\sanitize' takes a control sequence as an argument and converts the
+expansion of the control sequence into a list of character tokens. This
+is the behavior you want when writing information like chapter titles to
+an output file. For example, here is part of the definition of
+'\writenumberedtocentry'; '#2' is the title that the user has given.
+
+     ...
+     \def\temp{#2}%
+     ...
+       \write\tocfile{%
+         ...
+         \sanitize\temp
+         ...
+       }%
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Expansion,  Next: Obeying spaces,  Prev: Converting to characters,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.6 Expansion
+=============
+
+This section describes some miscellanous macros for expansion, etc.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \csn and \ece::               Abbreviations for \csname expansions.
+* \edefappend::                 
+* Hooks::                       Manipulating and executing named actions.
+* Properties::                  Associating information with a csname.
+* \expandonce::                 
+* \ifundefined::                
+* \ifempty::
+* \ifinteger and \isinteger::
+* \futurenonspacelet::          
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: \csn and \ece,  Next: \edefappend,  Up: Expansion
+
+7.6.1 '\csn' and '\ece'
+-----------------------
+
+'\csn'{NAME} simply abbreviates '\csname' NAME '\endcsname', thus saving
+some typing. The extra level of expansion does take some time, though,
+so I don't recommend it for an inner loop.
+
+   '\ece'{TOKEN}{NAME} abbreviates
+
+     \expandafter TOKEN \csname NAME \endcsname
+
+For example,
+
+     \def\fontabbrevdef#1#2{\ece\def{@#1font}{#2}}
+     \fontabbrevdef{normal}{ptmr}
+
+defines a control sequence '\@normalfont' to expand to 'ptmr'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: \edefappend,  Next: Hooks,  Prev: \csn and \ece,  Up: Expansion
+
+7.6.2 '\edefappend'
+-------------------
+
+'\edefappend' is a way of adding on to an existing definition. It takes
+two arguments: the first is the control sequence name, the second the
+new tokens to append to the definition. The second argument is fully
+expanded (in the '\edef' that redefines the control sequence).
+
+   For example:
+
+     \def\foo{abc}
+     \def\bar{xyz}
+     \edefappend\foo{\bar karl}
+
+results in '\foo' being defined as 'abcxyzkarl'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Hooks,  Next: Properties,  Prev: \edefappend,  Up: Expansion
+
+7.6.3 Hooks
+-----------
+
+A "hook" is simply a name for a group of actions which is executed in
+certain places--presumably when it is most useful to allow customization
+or modification. TeX already provides many builtin hooks; for example,
+the '\every ...' token lists are all examples of hooks.
+
+   Eplain provides several macros for adding actions to hooks. They all
+take two arguments: the name of the hook and the new actions.
+
+'hookaction NAME ACTIONS'
+'hookappend NAME ACTIONS'
+'hookprepend NAME ACTIONS'
+     Each of these adds ACTIONS to the hook NAME. (Any
+     previously-defined actions are retained.) NAME is not a control
+     sequence, but rather the characters of the name.
+
+'hookactiononce NAME \CS'
+     '\hookactiononce' adds CS to NAME, like the macros above, but first
+     it adds
+
+          \global\let \CS \relax
+
+     to the definition of \CS. (This implies \CS must be a true
+     expandable macro, not a control sequence '\let' to a primitive or
+     some other such thing.) Thus, \CS is expanded the next time the
+     hook NAME is run, but it will disappear after that.
+
+     The '\global' is useful because '\hookactiononce' is most useful
+     when the grouping structure of the TeX code could be anything.
+     Neither this nor the other hook macros do global assignments to the
+     hook variable itself, so TeX's usual grouping rules apply.
+
+   The companion macro to defining hook actions is '\hookrun', for
+running them. This takes a single argument, the name of the hook. If no
+actions for the hook are defined, no error ensues.
+
+   Here is a skeleton of general '\begin' and '\end' macros that run
+hooks, and a couple of calls to define actions. The use of
+'\hookprepend' for the begin action and '\hookappend' for the end action
+ensures that the actions are executed in proper sequence with other
+actions (as long as the other actions use '\hookprepend' and
+'\hookappend' also).
+
+     \def\begin#1{ ... \hookrun{begin} ... }
+     \def\end#1{ ... \hookrun{end} ... }
+     \hookprepend{begin}\start_underline
+     \hookappend{end}\finish_underline
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Properties,  Next: \expandonce,  Prev: Hooks,  Up: Expansion
+
+7.6.4 Properties
+----------------
+
+A "property" is a name/value pair associated with another symbol,
+traditionally called an "atom". Both atom and property names are control
+sequence names.
+
+   Eplain provides two macros for dealing with property lists:
+'\setproperty' and '\getproperty'.
+
+'\setproperty ATOM PROPNAME VALUE'
+     '\setproperty' defines the property PROPERTY on the atom ATOM to be
+     VALUE. ATOM and PROPNAME can be anything acceptable to '\csname'.
+     VALUE can be anything.
+
+'\getproperty ATOM PROPNAME'
+     '\getproperty' expands to the value stored for PROPNAME on ATOM. If
+     PROPNAME is undefined, it expands to nothing (i.e., '\empty').
+
+   The idea of properties originated in Lisp (I believe). There, the
+implementation truly does associate properties with atoms. In TeX, where
+we have no builtin support for properties, the association is only
+conceptual.
+
+   The following example typesets 'xyz'.
+
+     \setproperty{a}{pr}{xyz}
+     \getproperty{a}{pr}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: \expandonce,  Next: \ifundefined,  Prev: Properties,  Up: Expansion
+
+7.6.5 '\expandonce'
+-------------------
+
+'\expandonce' is defined as '\expandafter\noexpand'. Thus, '\expandonce
+TOKEN' expands TOKEN once, instead of to TeX primitives. This is most
+useful in an '\edef'.
+
+   For example, the following defines '\temp' to be '\foo', not 'abc'.
+
+     \def\foo{abc}
+     \def\bar{\foo}
+     \edef\temp{\expandonce\bar}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: \ifundefined,  Next: \ifempty,  Prev: \expandonce,  Up: Expansion
+
+7.6.6 '\ifundefined'
+--------------------
+
+'\ifundefined{CS} T \else F \fi' expands the T text if the control
+sequence '\CS' is undefined or has been '\let' to '\relax', and the F
+text otherwise.
+
+   Since '\ifundefined' is not a primitive conditional, it cannot be
+used in places where TeX might skip tokens "at high speed", e.g., within
+another conditional--TeX can't match up the '\if''s and '\fi''s.
+
+   This macro was taken directly from 'The TeXbook', page 308.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: \ifempty,  Next: \ifinteger and \isinteger,  Prev: \ifundefined,  Up: Expansion
+
+7.6.7 '\ifempty'
+----------------
+
+'\ifempty{ARG} T \else F \fi' expands the T text if ARG is the empty
+string, and the F text otherwise. This macro is useful when you need to
+test for empty arguments to your macros, for example:
+
+     \def\foo#1{\ifempty{#1} T \else F \fi}
+
+   Since '\ifempty' is not a primitive conditional, it cannot be used in
+places where TeX might skip tokens "at high speed", e.g., within another
+conditional--TeX can't match up the '\if''s and '\fi''s.
+
+   Note that the following code
+
+     \def\empty{}
+     \ifempty\empty\message{empty}\else\message{not empty}\fi
+
+will produce the message 'not empty'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: \ifinteger and \isinteger,  Next: \futurenonspacelet,  Prev: \ifempty,  Up: Expansion
+
+7.6.8 '\ifinteger' and '\isinteger'
+-----------------------------------
+
+'\ifinteger{ARG} T \else F \fi' expands the T text if ARG is an integer,
+and the F text otherwise. This macro can detect positive and negative
+integers.
+
+   Since '\ifinteger' is not a primitive conditional, it cannot be used
+in places where TeX might skip tokens "at high speed", e.g., within
+another conditional--TeX can't match up the '\if''s and '\fi''s. For
+such situations Eplain provides '\isinteger', which can be used as
+follows:
+
+     \if\isinteger{ARG} T \else F \fi
+
+   Although '\ifinteger' and '\isinteger' work well with regular input,
+they are not bullet-proof. For example, the following code
+
+     \ifinteger{12_ab}integer\else not integer\fi
+
+will expand to 'ab_integer' (and thus would not even compile outside
+math mode).
+
+   These macros come from TeX Frequently Asked Question
+(<http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html>).
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: \futurenonspacelet,  Prev: \ifinteger and \isinteger,  Up: Expansion
+
+7.6.9 '\futurenonspacelet'
+--------------------------
+
+The '\futurelet' primitive allows you to look at the next token from the
+input. Sometimes, though, you want to look ahead ignoring any spaces.
+This is what '\futurenonspacelet' does. It is otherwise the same as
+'\futurelet': you give it two control sequences as arguments, and it
+assigns the next nonspace token to the first, and then expands the
+second. For example:
+
+     \futurenonspacelet\temp\finishup
+     \def\finishup{\ifx\temp ...}
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Obeying spaces,  Next: Writing out numbers,  Prev: Expansion,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.7 Obeying spaces
+==================
+
+'\obeywhitespace' makes both end-of-lines and space characters in the
+input be respected in the output. Unlike plain TeX's '\obeyspaces', even
+spaces at the beginnings of lines turn into blank space.
+
+   By default, the size of the space that is produced by a space
+character is the natural space of the current font, i.e., what '\ '
+produces.
+
+   Ordinarily, a blank line in the input produces as much blank vertical
+space as a line of text would occupy. You can adjust this by assigning
+to the parameter '\blanklineskipamount': if you set this negative, the
+space produced by a blank line will be smaller; if positive, larger.
+
+   Tabs are not affected by this routine. In particular, if tabs occur
+at the beginning of a line, they will disappear. (If you are trying to
+make TeX do the "right thing" with tabs, don't. Use a utility program
+like expand instead.)
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Writing out numbers,  Next: Mode-specific penalties,  Prev: Obeying spaces,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.8 Writing out numbers
+=======================
+
+'\numbername' produces the written-out form of its argument, i.e.,
+'zero' through 'ten' for the numbers 0-10, and numerals for all others.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Mode-specific penalties,  Next: Auxiliary files,  Prev: Writing out numbers,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.9 Mode-specific penalties
+===========================
+
+TeX's built-in '\penalty' command simply appends to the current list, no
+matter what kind of list it is. You might intend a particular penalty to
+always be a "vertical" penalty, however, i.e., appended to a vertical
+list. Therefore, Eplain provides '\vpenalty' and '\hpenalty' which first
+leave the other mode and then do '\penalty'.
+
+   More precisely, '\vpenalty' inserts '\par' if the current mode is
+horizontal, and '\hpenalty' inserts '\leavevmode' if the current mode is
+vertical. (Thus, '\vpenalty' cannot be used in math mode.)
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Auxiliary files,  Next: User-defined environments,  Prev: Mode-specific penalties,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.10 Auxiliary files
+====================
+
+It is common to write some information out to a file to be used on a
+subsequent run. But when it is time to read the file again, you only
+want to do so if the file actually exists. '\testfileexistence' is given
+an argument which is appended to '\jobname', and sets the conditional
+'\iffileexists' appropriately. For example:
+
+     \testfileexistence{toc}%
+     \iffileexists
+        \input \jobname.toc
+     \fi
+
+   '\testfileexistence' takes an optional parameter; when given, it will
+override '\jobname' for the root part of the file name. For example, if
+you want to test for the file 'answers.aux', you can do this with the
+following:
+
+     \testfileexistence[answers]{aux}%
+     \iffileexists
+        \input answers.aux
+     \fi
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: User-defined environments,  Next: Page list and page range parsers,  Prev: Auxiliary files,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.11 User-defined environments
+==============================
+
+Plain TeX does not provide "named" block structures, only the anonymous
+'\begingroup' and '\endgroup' pair. The disadvantage of this is that
+when there are several such groups and one is mismatched, it can be
+difficult to find the error. Eplain provides a named block structure so
+that if you forget an '\environment' or an '\endenvironment', you will
+(probably) get an error message about it.
+
+   For example:
+
+     \def\itpar{
+       \environment{@italicpar}
+       \it\par
+     }
+     \def\enditpar{
+       \par
+       \endenvironment{@italicpar}%
+     }
+
+which could then be used to set italicized paragraphs:
+
+     \itpar
+     If I reprehend anything in this world, it is the use of my oracular
+     tongue, and a nice derangement of epitaphs!
+     \enditpar
+
+   The above sort of environment allows nesting. But environments
+shouldn't always be allowed to nest. Put the control sequence
+'\checkenv' at the beginning of a macro that is going to define an
+environment that should not be nested.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Page list and page range parsers,  Prev: User-defined environments,  Up: Programming definitions
+
+7.12 Page list and page range parsers
+=====================================
+
+The macros which Eplain uses to parse the page lists and ranges in the
+index, '\idxparselist' and '\idxparserange' (*note Page destinations for
+index terms::), are sometimes useful when defining page number
+encapsulators. They take one argument, text to parse. When a page list
+(range) is not present, they set '\idxpagei' to be '\empty'; when a list
+(range) is detected, they set '\idxpagei' and '\idxpageii' to the first
+and the second page numbers, respectively.
+
+   Eplain's defaults for the page list and page range delimiters are the
+same as those in MakeIndex, a comma followed by a space (', ') and two
+dashes ('--'), respectively. If you customize MakeIndex to use different
+delimiters, you must not forget to let Eplain know about them with the
+commands
+
+     \setidxpagelistdelimiter{LIST-DELIM}
+     \setidxpagerangedelimiter{PAGE-DELIM}
+
+These commands save the LIST-DELIM and PAGE-DELIM delimiters in
+'\idxpagelistdelimiter' and '\idxpagerangedelimiter', respectively.
+
+   For example, you may want to define a page number markup command
+which italicizes and properly underlines page ranges by underlining only
+the page numbers and not the delimiter:
+
+     \def\ituline#1{%
+       {\it
+       \idxparserange{#1}%
+       \ifx\idxpagei\empty
+         % The argument is a single page number.
+         \underbar{#1}%
+       \else
+         % The argument is a page range.
+         \underbar{\idxpagei}\idxpagerangedelimiter\underbar{\idxpageii}%
+       \fi}%
+     }
+
+Note that the '\ituline' macro is not aware of page lists. This is not
+needed if you use hyperlinks in the index, because '\hlidx' and
+'\hlidxpage' will break up the page lists before calling the user's page
+encapsulator (*note Page destinations for index terms::), so '\ituline'
+will never see the lists. If, however, you need to design a macro which
+also takes care of the lists, you can extend '\ituline' with an
+additional call to '\idxparselist'.
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Demo files,  Next: Macro index,  Prev: Programming definitions,  Up: Top
+
+8 Demo files
+************
+
+This chapter contains listings of source files, along with the output
+they produce (where appropriate), which illustrate various aspects of
+Eplain. The files can be found in the 'demo' subdirectory of Eplain
+distribution. These demos, both the sources and the compiled PDF and PS
+files, are also available from <http://tug.org/eplain/demo>.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)::
+* Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex)::
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex),  Next: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex),  Up: Demo files
+
+8.1 Hyperlinks ('xhyper.tex')
+=============================
+
+
+
+% (This file is public domain.)
+%
+% This file demonstrates the following features of Eplain:
+%
+%   - explicit and implicit hyperlinks;
+%   - symbolic cross-references;
+%   - inserting external graphics using |\includegraphics| from
+%     the \LaTeX\ package |graphicx.sty|.
+%   - rotating text using |\rotatebox| from |graphicx.sty|.
+%
+% The compiled demo can be downloaded from
+%
+%   http://tug.org/eplain/demo
+%
+% In order to compile this file yourself, you will need the CTAN lion
+% drawing by Duane Bibby from
+%
+%   ftp://tug.ctan.org/ftpmaint/CTAN_lion/ctan_lion_350x350.png
+%
+% (thanks, |www.ctan.org|).  Place the image file in the same
+% directory with this file, and change to that directory.  Now, to
+% produce a PDF, run twice the command
+%
+%   pdftex xhyper.tex
+%
+% During the first run, Eplain will write the information about the
+% cross-references into |xhyper.aux|, and during the second run this
+% information will be read by Eplain to typeset the references.
+%
+% Demo case:
+%
+%   Suppose you are using pdf\TeX, have a figure you want to insert
+%   scaled to $200\,pt$ horizontally, and you want this figure to
+%   completely fill the PDF viewer's window whenever the reader
+%   selects a link pointing to this figure.  Additionally, you want to
+%   typeset some text as live hyperlinks, clicking on which will start
+%   a Web browser and open a URL.
+
+\input eplain
+
+% Load \LaTeX\ packages.
+\beginpackages
+  % |url.sty| provides the |\url| command which we will use to typeset
+  % a URL.  We request that |url.sty| be the version from June~27,
+  % 2005, or later, because earlier versions had problems interacting
+  % with plain \TeX.
+  \usepackage{url}[2005/06/27]
+  % |color.sty| provides support for colored text; all hyperlinks are
+  % automatically colored by Eplain when this package is loaded.  We give
+  % the |dvipsnames| option because we want to use named colors from the
+  % |dvips| graphics driver.
+  \usepackage[dvipsnames]{color}
+  % Finally, we load |graphicx.sty|, for the macros |\includegraphics|
+  % and |\rotatebox|.
+  \usepackage{graphicx}
+\endpackages
+
+% Remember that hyperlinks are off by default.  Therefore, we need to
+% enable them.
+\enablehyperlinks
+
+% Customize some hyperlink options.  First, we set border width to~$0$
+% for all links to get rid of the default boxes around links (we
+% prefer colored links over the boxed links). Next, we say that all
+% links created by the |url| hyperlink group (which means the |\url|
+% command from |url.sty|) must be colored using the named color
+% |BlueViolet|.
+\hlopts{bwidth=0}
+\hlopts[url]{colormodel=named,color=BlueViolet}
+
+% Inhibit page numbering (we have only one page).
+\nopagenumbers
+
+% Define a class word for the cross-reference class |figure|.  This
+% word, when defined, will be automatically prepended by Eplain to the
+% reference created by |\ref| (read on to see its use).
+\def\figureword{fig.}
+
+% Allocate a count register for the figure's number, and a box
+% register which we'll use to measure dimensions of the image.
+\newcount\fignumber
+\newbox\imgbox
+
+% Now comes the fun part--constructing the figure for the image of the
+% \CTAN\ lion.  We define a macro
+%
+%   \fig{LABEL}{FILENAME}{CAPTION}{WIDTH}
+%
+% which creates a figure using LABEL for the cross-reference and
+% hyperlink label, reading the image from file FILENAME, using CAPTION
+% to name the figure, and WIDTH to scale the image horizontally.
+\def\fig#1#2#3#4{%
+  % Leave some space above the figure.  This will also ensure that we
+  % are in the vertical mode before we produce a |\vbox|.
+  \medskip
+  % Advance the figure number.  |\global| ensures that the change to
+  % the count register is global, even when |\fig| is buried inside a
+  % group.
+  \global\advance\fignumber by 1
+  % We use |\includegraphics| (from |graphicx.sty|) to load the image,
+  % scaled to the specified width, into our ``measuring'' box
+  % |\imgbox|.
+  \setbox\imgbox = \hbox{\includegraphics[width=#4]{#2}}%
+  % To make the demo even more exciting, let's put the figure's
+  % caption to the left of the image into the |\indent| space of the
+  % new paragraph, and rotate the caption~$90^\circ$.
+  \textindent{%
+    \rotatebox{90}{F{\sc IGURE}~\the\fignumber.  #3}%
+  }%
+  % Continue the paragraph by constructing a |\vbox| with the image of
+  % the lion.  We use |\definexref| to define the cross-reference
+  % label.
+  \vbox{%
+    % In addition to the cross-reference label, |\definexref| will
+    % create a hyperlink destination with the same label.  Therefore,
+    % we customize this destination to do what we need.  We say that
+    % destination type for the hyperlink group |definexref| (to which
+    % |\definexref| belongs) should be |fitr|.  This destination type
+    % will magnify the rectangle specified by the options |width|,
+    % |height| and |depth| to the PDF viewer's window.  Therefore, we
+    % set those options accordingly with |\hldestopts| (notice the use
+    % of |depth| instead of |height|---we will want the rectangle to
+    % extend {\it downward}, to cover the image which will come
+    % next).  Notice that these settings will be isolated within the
+    % current group (i.e., the |\vbox| we're constructing).
+    \hldesttype[definexref]{fitr}%
+    \hldestopts[definexref]{width=\wd\imgbox,height=0pt,depth=\ht\imgbox}%
+    % We define a symbolic label so that we can later refer
+    % to the figure with |\ref|.  The command |\definexref| does
+    % exactly that.  The last argument to |\definexref| specifies
+    % class of the label, which determines the word used by |\ref| in
+    % front of the reference text (remember that we've defined
+    % |\figureword| above).
+    \definexref{#1}{\the\fignumber}{figure}%
+    % Finally, produce the image which we've been stashing in the box
+    % register |\imgbox|.
+    \box\imgbox
+  }%
+  \medskip
+}
+
+% Create the figure.
+\fig{CTANlion}{ctan_lion_350x350}{Lion in the archives}{200pt}
+
+% Finished with the fun part, we can relax and typeset some
+% hyperlinks.  The easiest way to do that is to use the |\ref|
+% cross-reference command.  We can even pass an optional argument
+% (|the lion in|), which will be placed before the class word (|fig.|)
+% and become part of the link (to make sure the reader does not have
+% to aim too hard).
+Show me \ref[the lion in]{CTANlion}.
+
+% If you are the restless kind, here's another way to create a
+% hyperlink to the image:  we create a link explicitly by using
+% |\hlstart ... \hlend|.  We don't specify the link type, therefore
+% the default type |name| will be used (these are ``named links'',
+% i.e., links pointing to destinations identified by labels).  In the
+% options argument, we specify that the border of the link should be
+% inverted when the user clicks the link (|hlight=O|), and also set
+% special color for this link, overriding the default dark-red.  The
+% label for the destination is the same as the cross-reference label,
+% |CTANlion|.
+Show me
+\hlstart{}{hlight=O,colormodel=named,color=OliveGreen}{CTANlion}
+  the CTAN lion\hlend.
+
+% Let's now point somewhere outside our document.  Eplain homepage is
+% a good target.  In the similar spirit, let's consider two
+% approaches.  The easy one is to use the |\url| command from
+% |url.sty|.  Remember that we have customized the color of |url|
+% hyperlinks, so this one will show up with a different color than the
+% default dark-red.
+Take me to \url{http://tug.org/eplain}.
+
+% The second approach is to create an explicit URL link.  We specify
+% yet another border highlighting mode, |P|, which means that the
+% region underneath the bounding box of the link will be drawn inset
+% into the page.  Also, let's set the color of the hyperlink to an RGB
+% color |0.4,0.1,0.4|.  Since we cannot use commas to separate the
+% color elements inside the options parameter to |\hlstart| (commas
+% there separate options), we have to first create a user-defined
+% color with |\definecolor| from |color.sty|, and use that in
+% |\hlstart|.
+\definecolor{mycolor}{rgb}{0.4,0.1,0.4}
+
+Take me to
+\hlstart{url}{hlight=P,colormodel=,color=mycolor}{http://tug.org/eplain}
+  Eplain homepage\hlend.
+
+\bye
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex),  Prev: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex),  Up: Demo files
+
+8.2 Highlighting TeX comments in listings ('lscommnt.tex')
+==========================================================
+
+
+
+% (This file is public domain.)
+% Demonstrate how Eplain can be used to include a TeX source file
+% verbatim, typesetting comments in colored italic typewriter type.
+
+% Load Eplain and LaTeX's color.sty package.
+\input eplain
+\beginpackages \usepackage{color} \endpackages
+\nopagenumbers % Disable page numbers.
+\font\commentfont = cmitt10 % Font for the comments (italic \tt).
+% We'll define some `protected' macros with `@' in their names.
+\makeatletter
+% Define an equivalent of Eplain's \letreturn, to be able to assign
+% various actions to the (active) percent character.
+\begingroup \makeactive\%
+  \gdef\letpercent{\let%}
+\endgroup
+% The listing hook to be called in \setuplistinghook, see below.  It
+% makes `%' active and assigns it a `start comment' action.
+\def\hlightcommentslisting{\makeactive\% \letpercent\start@comment}%
+% This is what `%' is aliased to before a comment is started.
+\def\start@comment{%
+  \leavevmode % Needed in the very first line of the input to process
+              % the new par (possibly inserting line number) before we
+              % kick in with the color and stuff.
+  \begingroup % Isolate color and font changes and the redefinitions.
+    \commentfont
+    \color[cmyk]{0.28,1,1,0.35}%
+    \percentchar            % Produce the actual `%' and
+    \letpercent\percentchar % make all following `%'s do the same.
+    \letreturn\end@comment  % Call \end@comment at end-of-line.
+}
+% \end@comment (alias for ^^M inside a comment) will end the comment
+% started by \start@comment.  We make ^^M active temporarily so that
+% the active version of ^^M gets "frozen" into \end@comment.
+\begingroup \makeactive\^^M % Avoid ^^M's from here on.
+  \gdef\end@comment{\endgroup ^^M}%
+\endgroup
+\resetatcatcode % Make `@' again inaccessible for use in macro names.
+
+% Define \setuplistinghook to setup comments highlighting, line
+% numbering and omitting the last (empty) line of input.
+\def\setuplistinghook{\hlightcommentslisting \linenumberedlisting
+                      \nolastlinelisting}
+% Isn't this fun?  This file typesets itself, with the extra bonus of
+% the pretty-printed comments and numbered source lines!
+\listing{lscommnt}
+\bye
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Macro index,  Next: Concept index,  Prev: Demo files,  Up: Top
+
+Macro index
+***********
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* @hllabel:                              Destination types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* @hllabel <1>:                          Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* @hllabel <2>:                          Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  84)
+* @hllabel <3>:                          Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  67)
+* @indexproof insertion class:           Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* abovecolumnskip:                       Multiple columns.    (line  33)
+* abovecolumnspenalty:                   Tables.              (line  30)
+* abovelistpenalty:                      Formatting lists.    (line  29)
+* abovelistskip:                         Formatting lists.    (line  29)
+* abovelistskipamount:                   Formatting lists.    (line  10)
+* adjarrow:                              Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line 113)
+* adjmapdown:                            Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* adjmapleft:                            Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  66)
+* adjmapright:                           Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  63)
+* adjmapup:                              Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  94)
+* advancebottommargin:                   Margins.             (line  26)
+* advanceleftmargin:                     Margins.             (line  26)
+* advancerightmargin:                    Margins.             (line  26)
+* advancetopmargin:                      Margins.             (line  26)
+* afterindexterm:                        Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* afterindexterm hook:                   Indexing commands.   (line  62)
+* AMSLaTeX:                              Logos.               (line  10)
+* AMSTeX:                                Logos.               (line  10)
+* arrow:                                 Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* arrow <1>:                             Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line 104)
+* bblem:                                 Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* bblemph:                               Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  45)
+* bblfilebasename:                       Citations.           (line  30)
+* bblhook:                               Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  67)
+* bblnewblock:                           Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* bblrm:                                 Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* bblsc:                                 Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* bcolor (hyperlink option):             Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* bdash (hyperlink option):              Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* bdash (hyperlink option) <1>:          Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* begin for index entries:               Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* beginindex hook:                       Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* beginlist:                             Formatting lists.    (line  50)
+* beginpackages:                         Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* begin{picture}:                        Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* begin{theindex}:                       Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* belowcolumnskip:                       Multiple columns.    (line  34)
+* belowfootnoterulespace:                Footnotes.           (line  46)
+* belowlistskip:                         Formatting lists.    (line  30)
+* belowlistskipamount:                   Formatting lists.    (line  10)
+* biarrow:                               Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line 110)
+* biblabelcontents:                      Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* biblabelextraspace:                    Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  61)
+* biblabelpostcontents:                  Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* biblabelprecontents:                   Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* biblabelprint:                         Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* biblabelwidth:                         Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* bibliography:                          Citations.           (line  61)
+* bibliography (hyperlinks):             Citation hyperlinks. (line  11)
+* bibliographystyle:                     Citations.           (line  68)
+* BibTeX:                                Logos.               (line  10)
+* bihline:                               Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* bimapdown:                             Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  85)
+* bimapleft:                             Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  60)
+* bimapright:                            Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  57)
+* bimapup:                               Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  88)
+* bisline:                               Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line 116)
+* bivline:                               Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  97)
+* blackbox:                              Boxes.               (line   7)
+* blanklineskipamount in justified text: Justification.       (line  23)
+* blanklineskipamount in obeyed text:    Obeying spaces.      (line  16)
+* bottom (destination option):           Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* bottom (destination option) <1>:       Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* bottommargin:                          Margins.             (line  17)
+* boxit:                                 Boxes.               (line  28)
+* boxitspace:                            Boxes.               (line  30)
+* bstyle (hyperlink option):             Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* bwidth (hyperlink option):             Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* catcode:                               Category codes.      (line  13)
+* center:                                Justification.       (line   7)
+* centereddisplays:                      Displays.            (line  13)
+* channelwidth:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line 119)
+* channelwidth <1>:                      Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* cite:                                  Citations.           (line  42)
+* cite (hyperlinks):                     Citation hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* cmd (destination option):              Destination types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* cmd (destination option) <1>:          Destination options for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* cmd (destination option) <2>:          Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  83)
+* cmd (destination option) <3>:          Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* cmd (hyperlink option):                Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* cmd (hyperlink option) <1>:            Link options for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* cmd (hyperlink option) <2>:            Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  66)
+* cmd (hyperlink option) <3>:            Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* color (hyperlink option):              Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* colormodel (hyperlink option):         Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* columnfill:                            Multiple columns.    (line  14)
+* commdiag:                              Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* commdiagbaselines:                     Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  64)
+* commdiagbaselines <1>:                 Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* csn:                                   \csn and \ece.       (line   6)
+* definecolor:                           Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* definecontentsfile:                    Alternative contents files.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* defineindex:                           Indexing.            (line  36)
+* definexref:                            Defining generic references.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* definexref <1>:                        Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* definexref (hyperlinks):               Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* depth (destination option):            Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  61)
+* depth (destination option) <1>:        Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* depth (hyperlink option):              Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line 122)
+* discretionaries:                       Paths.               (line  20)
+* displaylines:                          Displays.            (line  18)
+* dospecials:                            Verbatim listing.    (line  57)
+* doublecolumns:                         Multiple columns.    (line   7)
+* drawline:                              Slanted lines and vectors.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* drawvector:                            Slanted lines and vectors.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* dvipdfm (hyperlink driver):            Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* eattoken:                              Macro arguments.     (line  23)
+* ece:                                   \csn and \ece.       (line  10)
+* edefappend:                            \edefappend.         (line   6)
+* ehrule:                                Rules.               (line  17)
+* em:                                    Commands from LaTeX. (line  25)
+* emph:                                  Commands from LaTeX. (line  25)
+* enablehyperlinks:                      Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  42)
+* enablehyperlinks <1>:                  Choosing destination placement.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* enablehyperlinks <2>:                  Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* end for index entries:                 Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* endlist:                               Formatting lists.    (line  52)
+* endnumberedlist:                       Lists.               (line  13)
+* endorderedlist:                        Lists.               (line  13)
+* endpackages:                           Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* endunorderedlist:                      Lists.               (line  20)
+* end{picture}:                          Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* end{theindex}:                         Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* eplain:                                Invoking Eplain.     (line  30)
+* eplaininput:                           Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* eqalignno:                             Displays.            (line  18)
+* eqalignno <1>:                         Displays.            (line  23)
+* eqalignnum:                            Displays.            (line  23)
+* eqconstruct:                           Formatting equation references.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* eqdef:                                 Equation references. (line  15)
+* eqdef (hyperlinks):                    Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* eqdefn:                                Equation references. (line  38)
+* eqdefn (hyperlinks):                   Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* eqno:                                  Displays.            (line  23)
+* eqnum:                                 Displays.            (line  23)
+* eqnum <1>:                             Equation references. (line  15)
+* eqnum <2>:                             Equation references. (line  38)
+* eqnumber:                              Equation references. (line   8)
+* eqprint:                               Formatting equation references.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* eqref:                                 Equation references. (line  46)
+* eqref <1>:                             Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* eqrefn:                                Equation references. (line  51)
+* eqrefn <1>:                            Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* eqsubdef:                              Subequation references.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* eqsubdef (hyperlinks):                 Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* eqsubdefn:                             Subequation references.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* eqsubdefn (hyperlinks):                Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* eqsubreftext:                          Subequation references.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* eTeX:                                  Logos.               (line  10)
+* everyfootnote:                         Footnotes.           (line  35)
+* evrule:                                Rules.               (line  18)
+* expandonce:                            \expandonce.         (line   6)
+* ext (hyperlink option):                Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* ext (hyperlink option) <1>:            Link options for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* ExTeX:                                 Logos.               (line  10)
+* file (hyperlink option):               Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* file (hyperlink option) <1>:           Link options for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* file (hyperlink option) <2>:           Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* file (hyperlink option) <3>:           Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  52)
+* file (hyperlink option) <4>:           Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  63)
+* fileexists (conditional):              Auxiliary files.     (line  10)
+* filename (hyperlink type):             Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* filename (hyperlink type) <1>:         Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* filepage (hyperlink type):             Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* fit (destination type):                Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* fitb (destination type):               Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* fitbh (destination type):              Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* fitbv (destination type):              Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  52)
+* fith (destination type):               Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* fitr (destination type):               Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  60)
+* fitv (destination type):               Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* flushleft:                             Justification.       (line   7)
+* flushright:                            Justification.       (line   7)
+* fmtversion:                            Introduction.        (line  50)
+* footnote (hyperlinks):                 Footnote hyperlinks. (line   7)
+* footnotemarkseparation:                Footnotes.           (line  25)
+* footnoteruleheight:                    Footnotes.           (line  44)
+* footnoterulewidth:                     Footnotes.           (line  44)
+* for:                                   Iteration.           (line   6)
+* For:                                   Iteration.           (line  15)
+* frac:                                  Fractions.           (line   6)
+* fullmonthname:                         Time of day.         (line  13)
+* futurenonspacelet:                     \futurenonspacelet.  (line   6)
+* getproperty:                           Properties.          (line  18)
+* gloggingall:                           Diagnostics.         (line  22)
+* gobble:                                Macro arguments.     (line   7)
+* gobbletwo:                             Macro arguments.     (line   7)
+* gridcommdiag:                          Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  88)
+* gtracingall:                           Diagnostics.         (line  22)
+* gutter:                                Multiple columns.    (line  23)
+* gutterbox:                             Multiple columns.    (line  24)
+* hangindent for index entries:          Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  45)
+* harrowlength:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* harrowlength <1>:                      Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* hchannel:                              Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* height (destination option):           Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  60)
+* height (destination option) <1>:       Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* height (hyperlink option):             Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line 125)
+* hgrid:                                 Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line 108)
+* hgrid <1>:                             Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* hldest:                                Explicit hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* hldest <1>:                            Destination types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* hldest <2>:                            Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  86)
+* hldest <3>:                            Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hldestoff:                             Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* hldestoff <1>:                         Turning low-level commands on/off.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hldeston:                              Turning low-level commands on/off.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hldestopts:                            Setting default types and options.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* hldestopts <1>:                        Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* hldestopts <2>:                        Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hldesttype:                            Setting default types and options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hldesttype <1>:                        Setting group types. (line   6)
+* hldesttype <2>:                        Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hlend:                                 Explicit hyperlinks. (line  25)
+* hlend <1>:                             Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hlfootbacklabel:                       Footnote hyperlinks. (line  12)
+* hlfootlabel:                           Footnote hyperlinks. (line  12)
+* hlfootlabelnumber:                     Footnote hyperlinks. (line  15)
+* hlhash:                                Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* hlidx:                                 Exact destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* hlidxlabel:                            Exact destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* hlidxlabelnumber:                      Exact destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* hlidxpage:                             Page destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* hlidxpagelabel:                        Page destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* hlight (hyperlink option):             Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* hlightcommentslisting:                 Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hline:                                 Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  54)
+* hloff:                                 Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* hloff <1>:                             Turning low-level commands on/off.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hlon:                                  Turning low-level commands on/off.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hlopts:                                Setting default types and options.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* hlopts <1>:                            Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* hlopts <2>:                            Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hlstart:                               Explicit hyperlinks. (line  25)
+* hlstart <1>:                           Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* hlstart <2>:                           Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  70)
+* hlstart <3>:                           Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hlstart <4>:                           Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hltype:                                Setting default types and options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hltype <1>:                            Setting group types. (line   6)
+* hmorphposn:                            Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* hmorphposn <1>:                        Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* hmorphposndn:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* hmorphposndn <1>:                      Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* hmorphposnlft:                         Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* hmorphposnlft <1>:                     Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* hmorphposnrt:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* hmorphposnrt <1>:                      Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* hmorphposnup:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* hmorphposnup <1>:                      Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* hoffset:                               Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* hookaction:                            Hooks.               (line  14)
+* hookactiononce:                        Hooks.               (line  21)
+* hookappend:                            Hooks.               (line  15)
+* hookprepend:                           Hooks.               (line  16)
+* hookrun:                               Hooks.               (line  37)
+* href:                                  General hyperlinks.  (line   6)
+* hruledefaultdepth:                     Rules.               (line   9)
+* hruledefaultheight:                    Rules.               (line   9)
+* hsize:                                 Margins.             (line  32)
+* hypertex (hyperlink driver):           Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyphenpenalty for index entries:       Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  45)
+* identity:                              Macro arguments.     (line  28)
+* idx:                                   Indexing commands.   (line   8)
+* idx (hyperlinks):                      Index hyperlinks.    (line   6)
+* idxargclose:                           Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line  73)
+* idxargopen:                            Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line  73)
+* idxbeginrangemark:                     Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* idxencapoperator:                      Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* idxendrangemark:                       Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* idxexact:                              Choosing destination placement.
+                                                              (line   8)
+* idxmarked:                             Indexing commands.   (line  29)
+* idxmarked (hyperlinks):                Index hyperlinks.    (line   6)
+* idxname:                               Indexing commands.   (line  19)
+* idxname (hyperlinks):                  Index hyperlinks.    (line   6)
+* idxnameseparator:                      Indexing commands.   (line  19)
+* idxnone:                               Choosing destination placement.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* idxpage:                               Choosing destination placement.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* idxpagei:                              Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* idxpageii:                             Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* idxpagelistdelimiter:                  Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* idxpagenum:                            Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* idxpagerangedelimiter:                 Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* idxpagerangedelimiter <1>:             Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* idxparselist:                          Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* idxparserange:                         Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* idxrangebeginword:                     Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* idxrangeendword:                       Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* idxseealsocmdword:                     Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* idxseecmdword:                         Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* idxsubentryseparator:                  Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* idxsubmarked:                          Indexing commands.   (line  40)
+* idxsubmarked (hyperlinks):             Index hyperlinks.    (line   6)
+* ifempty:                               \ifempty.            (line   6)
+* iffileexists:                          Auxiliary files.     (line  10)
+* ifidx:                                 Indexing.            (line  54)
+* ifindexproofing:                       Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* ifinteger:                             \ifinteger and \isinteger.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* ifpdf:                                 Checking for PDF output.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* ifpdf <1>:                             Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* ifrewritetocfile:                      Reading the .toc file.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* ifundefined:                           \ifundefined.        (line   6)
+* includegraphics:                       Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* indexfilebasename:                     Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* indexfonts:                            Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* indexitem hook:                        Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* indexprooffont:                        Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* indexproofingfalse:                    Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* indexproofingtrue:                     Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* indexproofterm:                        Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* indexproofunbox:                       Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* indexsee:                              Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* indexsee <1>:                          Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
+                                                              (line   8)
+* indexseealso:                          Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* indexseealso <1>:                      Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
+                                                              (line   8)
+* indexseealsowords:                     Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* indexseeword:                          Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* indexsetmargins:                       Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* indexspace:                            Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  54)
+* innerdef:                              Allocation macros.   (line  28)
+* innerinnerdef:                         Allocation macros.   (line  39)
+* innernewbox:                           Allocation macros.   (line  21)
+* innernewcount:                         Allocation macros.   (line  21)
+* innernewdimen:                         Allocation macros.   (line  21)
+* innernewfam:                           Allocation macros.   (line  22)
+* innernewhelp:                          Allocation macros.   (line  22)
+* innernewif:                            Allocation macros.   (line  22)
+* innernewinsert:                        Allocation macros.   (line  22)
+* innernewlanguage:                      Allocation macros.   (line  23)
+* innernewread:                          Allocation macros.   (line  24)
+* innernewskip:                          Allocation macros.   (line  24)
+* innernewtoks:                          Allocation macros.   (line  24)
+* innernewwrite:                         Allocation macros.   (line  24)
+* input:                                 Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* insidemargin:                          Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* interfootnoteskip:                     Footnotes.           (line  29)
+* interitemskip:                         Formatting lists.    (line  30)
+* interitemskipamount:                   Formatting lists.    (line  14)
+* isinteger:                             \ifinteger and \isinteger.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* item in indexes:                       Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* itemletter:                            Formatting lists.    (line  44)
+* itemnumber:                            Formatting lists.    (line  44)
+* ituline:                               Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* jobname:                               Citations.           (line  17)
+* jobname <1>:                           Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* jobname <2>:                           Auxiliary files.     (line   9)
+* LAMSTeX:                               Logos.               (line  11)
+* LaTeX:                                 Logos.               (line  11)
+* lbracechar:                            Category codes.      (line  57)
+* left (destination option):             Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* left (destination option) <1>:         Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* left (destination option) <2>:         Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  54)
+* left (destination option) <3>:         Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* left (destination option) <4>:         Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  60)
+* leftdisplayindent:                     Displays.            (line  11)
+* leftdisplays:                          Displays.            (line   9)
+* leftdisplaysetup:                      Formatting displays. (line   8)
+* lefteqnumbers:                         Displays.            (line  23)
+* leftmargin:                            Margins.             (line  17)
+* leqalignno:                            Displays.            (line  19)
+* leqalignno <1>:                        Displays.            (line  23)
+* leqno:                                 Displays.            (line  23)
+* letreturn:                             Category codes.      (line  40)
+* letter:                                Category codes.      (line  10)
+* lft:                                   Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* li:                                    Lists.               (line  27)
+* li (hyperlinks):                       List hyperlinks.     (line   6)
+* linenumberedlisting:                   Verbatim listing.    (line  17)
+* linenumberedlisting <1>:               Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* listcompact:                           Lists.               (line  38)
+* listing:                               Verbatim listing.    (line   7)
+* listing <1>:                           Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* listingfont:                           Verbatim listing.    (line  10)
+* listleftindent:                        Formatting lists.    (line  18)
+* listmarkerspace:                       Formatting lists.    (line  33)
+* listrightindent:                       Formatting lists.    (line  18)
+* loggingall:                            Diagnostics.         (line  11)
+* loop:                                  Iteration.           (line  40)
+* makeactive:                            Category codes.      (line  13)
+* makeatletter:                          Category codes.      (line  22)
+* makeatother:                           Category codes.      (line  31)
+* makeblankbox:                          Boxes.               (line  12)
+* makecolumns:                           Tables.              (line   6)
+* makeheadline:                          Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* mapdown:                               Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* mapdown <1>:                           Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  76)
+* mapleft:                               Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* mapleft <1>:                           Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* mapright:                              Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* mapright <1>:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* mapup:                                 Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* mapup <1>:                             Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  79)
+* matrix:                                Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* mbox:                                  Commands from LaTeX. (line  28)
+* MF:                                    Logos.               (line  11)
+* monthname:                             Time of day.         (line  10)
+* morphdist:                             Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* morphdist <1>:                         Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* name (hyperlink type):                 Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* name (hyperlink type) <1>:             Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* new...:                                Allocation macros.   (line   8)
+* newblock:                              Commands from LaTeX. (line  31)
+* newcommand:                            Commands from LaTeX. (line  18)
+* newwin (hyperlink option):             Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* newwin (hyperlink option) <1>:         Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* newwin (hyperlink option) <2>:         Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  90)
+* noarrow:                               Invoking Eplain.     (line  84)
+* noauxfile:                             Invoking Eplain.     (line  89)
+* nobibtex:                              Invoking Eplain.     (line  73)
+* nocite:                                Citations.           (line  58)
+* nolastlinelisting:                     Verbatim listing.    (line  25)
+* nolastlinelisting <1>:                 Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* nolinks (hyperlink driver):            Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* normalbaselineskip:                    Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* num (hyperlink type):                  Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* numberedfootnote:                      Footnotes.           (line   7)
+* numberedfootnote (hyperlinks):         Footnote hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* numberedlist:                          Lists.               (line  13)
+* numberedlistdepth:                     Formatting lists.    (line  41)
+* numberedmarker:                        Formatting lists.    (line  37)
+* numbername:                            Writing out numbers. (line   6)
+* obeywhitespace:                        Obeying spaces.      (line   6)
+* orderedlist:                           Lists.               (line  13)
+* other:                                 Category codes.      (line  10)
+* outer:                                 Allocation macros.   (line  12)
+* outsidemargin:                         Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* page (hyperlink type):                 Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* pagefit (hyperlink option):            Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* pagefit (hyperlink option) <1>:        Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* pagefit (hyperlink option) <2>:        Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* pagefit (hyperlink option) <3>:        Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line 107)
+* pageno:                                Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* pagetotal:                             Multiple columns.    (line  14)
+* paperheight:                           Margins.             (line  43)
+* paperwidth:                            Margins.             (line  46)
+* parindent in indexes:                  Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* path:                                  Paths.               (line  13)
+* pdfoutput:                             Checking for PDF output.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* pdftex (hyperlink driver):             Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* percentchar:                           Category codes.      (line  54)
+* phantomeqlabel:                        Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* phantomeqnumber:                       Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* previouseverydisplay:                  Formatting displays. (line  14)
+* printbetweencitations:                 Formatting citations.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* printcitefinish:                       Formatting citations.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* printcitenote:                         Formatting citations.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* printcitestart:                        Formatting citations.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* printitem:                             Formatting lists.    (line  51)
+* printlistinglineno:                    Verbatim listing.    (line  19)
+* printlistinglineno <1>:                Verbatim listing.    (line  27)
+* providecommand:                        Commands from LaTeX. (line  18)
+* quadcolumns:                           Multiple columns.    (line   7)
+* raggedright for index entries:         Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  45)
+* raise (hyperlink option):              Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* raise (hyperlink option) <1>:          Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* raw (destination type):                Destination types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* raw (destination type) <1>:            Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  81)
+* raw (hyperlink type):                  Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* raw (hyperlink type) <1>:              Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  64)
+* rbracechar:                            Category codes.      (line  58)
+* readindexfile:                         Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* readindexfile (hyperlinks):            Index hyperlinks.    (line   9)
+* readtocfile:                           Reading the .toc file.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* ref:                                   Using generic references.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* ref <1>:                               Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* ref (hyperlinks):                      Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* refn:                                  Using generic references.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* refn (hyperlinks):                     Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* refs:                                  Using generic references.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* refs (hyperlinks):                     Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* refspace:                              Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* refspace <1>:                          Page reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* reftie:                                Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* reftie <1>:                            Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* reftie <2>:                            Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* renewcommand:                          Commands from LaTeX. (line  18)
+* repeat:                                Iteration.           (line  42)
+* resetatcatcode:                        Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* resetatcatcode <1>:                    Category codes.      (line  23)
+* rewritetocfile (conditional):          Reading the .toc file.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* right (destination option):            Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  66)
+* right (destination option) <1>:        Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  64)
+* righteqnumbers:                        Displays.            (line  23)
+* rightmargin:                           Margins.             (line  17)
+* rotatebox:                             Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* rt:                                    Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* sanitize:                              Converting to characters.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* sarrowlength:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* sarrowlength <1>:                      Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* sc:                                    Commands from LaTeX. (line  25)
+* see for index entries:                 Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* see for index entries <1>:             Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  62)
+* seealso for index entries:             Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* seevariant:                            Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* setidxpagelistdelimiter:               Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* setidxpagerangedelimiter:              Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* setproperty:                           Properties.          (line  13)
+* setuplistinghook:                      Verbatim listing.    (line  13)
+* setuplistinghook <1>:                  Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* sidx:                                  Indexing commands.   (line   8)
+* sidxmarked:                            Indexing commands.   (line  29)
+* sidxname:                              Indexing commands.   (line  19)
+* sidxsubmarked:                         Indexing commands.   (line  40)
+* singlecolumn:                          Multiple columns.    (line   9)
+* sline:                                 Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* sline <1>:                             Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line 107)
+* SLiTeX:                                Logos.               (line  11)
+* special:                               Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* specialpathdelimiters (conditional):   Paths.               (line  28)
+* subeqnumber:                           Subequation references.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* subitem in indexes:                    Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* subsubitem in indexes:                 Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* testfileexistence:                     Auxiliary files.     (line   8)
+* TeX:                                   Logos.               (line   6)
+* textbf:                                Commands from LaTeX. (line  25)
+* timestamp:                             Time of day.         (line  18)
+* timestring:                            Time of day.         (line  16)
+* toc...entry:                           Writing the .toc file.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* toc...entry <1>:                       Writing the .toc file.
+                                                              (line  54)
+* tocfilebasename:                       Changing the .toc file's root name.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* today:                                 Time of day.         (line  21)
+* top (destination option):              Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* top (destination option) <1>:          Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* top (destination option) <2>:          Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  46)
+* top (destination option) <3>:          Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  66)
+* top (destination option) <4>:          Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  68)
+* topmargin:                             Margins.             (line  17)
+* tracingall:                            Diagnostics.         (line   8)
+* tracingboxes:                          Diagnostics.         (line  16)
+* tracingoff:                            Diagnostics.         (line  18)
+* triplecolumns:                         Multiple columns.    (line   7)
+* tt:                                    Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  77)
+* ttfamily:                              Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  73)
+* uncatcodespecials:                     Verbatim listing.    (line  57)
+* uncatcodespecials <1>:                 Category codes.      (line  49)
+* unorderedlist:                         Lists.               (line  20)
+* unorderedlistdepth:                    Formatting lists.    (line  41)
+* unorderedmarker:                       Formatting lists.    (line  37)
+* url:                                   Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* url (hyperlink type):                  Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* url (hyperlink type) <1>:              Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* url (hyperlinks):                      URL hyperlinks.      (line   6)
+* usepackage:                            The \usepackage command.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* varrowlength:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* varrowlength <1>:                      Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* vchannel:                              Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* verbatim:                              Verbatim listing.    (line  34)
+* verbatimescapechar:                    Verbatim listing.    (line  47)
+* vgrid:                                 Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line 108)
+* vgrid <1>:                             Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* vline:                                 Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  82)
+* vmorphposn:                            Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* vmorphposn <1>:                        Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* vmorphposndn:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* vmorphposndn <1>:                      Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* vmorphposnlft:                         Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* vmorphposnlft <1>:                     Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* vmorphposnrt:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* vmorphposnrt <1>:                      Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* vmorphposnup:                          Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* vmorphposnup <1>:                      Commutative diagram parameters.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* vpenalty:                              Mode-specific penalties.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* vruledefaultwidth:                     Rules.               (line  10)
+* width (destination option):            Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  60)
+* width (destination option) <1>:        Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* width (hyperlink option):              Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line 128)
+* writenumberedtocentry:                 Writing the .toc file.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* writenumberedtocline:                  Writing the .toc file.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* writetocentry:                         Writing the .toc file.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* XeLaTeX:                               Logos.               (line  11)
+* XeTeX:                                 Logos.               (line  11)
+* xrdef:                                 Page references.     (line  10)
+* xrdef (hyperlinks):                    Page reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* xref:                                  Page references.     (line  14)
+* xref (hyperlinks):                     Page reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* xrefn:                                 Using generic references.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* xrefn (hyperlinks):                    Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* xrefpageword:                          Page references.     (line  18)
+* xrefpageword <1>:                      Page reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* xrefwarning conditional:               Using generic references.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* xrefwarningfalse:                      Citations.           (line  78)
+* xrlabel:                               Converting to characters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* xyz (destination type):                Destination types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* xyz (destination type) <1>:            Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* zoom (destination option):             Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* zoom (destination option) <1>:         Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  21)
+
+
+File: eplain.info,  Node: Concept index,  Prev: Macro index,  Up: Top
+
+Concept index
+*************
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* *-form of LaTeX commands:              Commands from LaTeX. (line  18)
+* .aux file:                             Citations.           (line  17)
+* .aux file <1>:                         Cross-references.    (line  11)
+* .bbl file:                             Citations.           (line  21)
+* .bib file:                             Citations.           (line  20)
+* .bst files:                            Citations.           (line  70)
+* .cls files:                            Loading LaTeX packages.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* .eps files:                            Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* .eps files <1>:                        Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 100)
+* .fmt file:                             Installation.        (line  27)
+* .fmt file <1>:                         Invoking Eplain.     (line  14)
+* .idx files:                            Indexing.            (line  23)
+* .idx files <1>:                        Index hyperlinks.    (line  14)
+* .ind files:                            Indexing.            (line  27)
+* .ind files <1>:                        Index hyperlinks.    (line  25)
+* .pdf files:                            Checking for PDF output.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* .pdf files <1>:                        Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* .pdf files <2>:                        Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* .ps files:                             Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* .sty files:                            Loading LaTeX packages.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* .toc file:                             Contents.            (line  10)
+* active characters:                     Category codes.      (line  12)
+* after index terms:                     Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* alignments:                            Tables.              (line   6)
+* all groups, specifying:                Setting group types. (line  26)
+* allocation macros:                     Allocation macros.   (line   6)
+* alphanumeric references:               Citations.           (line 128)
+* AMSLaTeX:                              Logos.               (line  10)
+* amsppt.sty:                            Invoking Eplain.     (line  92)
+* AMSTeX:                                Logos.               (line  10)
+* AMSTeX conflicts:                      Invoking Eplain.     (line  92)
+* arguments, ignoring:                   Macro arguments.     (line   6)
+* arrows:                                Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* atom:                                  Properties.          (line   6)
+* autopict.sty:                          Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* avoiding boxed links:                  URL hyperlinks.      (line  17)
+* avoiding boxed links <1>:              Setting default types and options.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* axuiliary files, existence of:         Auxiliary files.     (line   6)
+* backslash character:                   Category codes.      (line  15)
+* balancing of columns with '\singlecolumn': Multiple columns.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* Berry, Karl:                           Introduction.        (line  30)
+* beveled hyperlink border:              Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* bibliographies:                        Citations.           (line   6)
+* bibliography fonts:                    Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* bibliography items, extra space between: Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  67)
+* bibliography, formatting the:          Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* bibliography, hyperlinks:              Citation hyperlinks. (line  11)
+* bibtex:                                Invoking Eplain.     (line 103)
+* BibTeX:                                Citations.           (line   9)
+* BibTeX <1>:                            Logos.               (line  10)
+* black boxes:                           Boxes.               (line   6)
+* Borceux, Francis:                      Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  79)
+* border color, hyperlink:               Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* border style, hyperlink:               Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* border style, hyperlink <1>:           Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* border width, hyperlink:               Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* Bott, Raoul:                           Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* boxed links, avoiding:                 URL hyperlinks.      (line  17)
+* boxed links, avoiding <1>:             Setting default types and options.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* boxes, open:                           Boxes.               (line  12)
+* braces, inside index entries:          Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line  63)
+* brackets, inside index entries:        Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line  85)
+* Brockett, Roger W.:                    Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* Butterfly Lemma:                       Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line 121)
+* Carlisle, David:                       Loading LaTeX packages.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* catcode of '@':                        Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* category codes:                        Category codes.      (line   6)
+* centering:                             Justification.       (line   6)
+* characters, converting to:             Converting to characters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* characters, special:                   Verbatim listing.    (line  57)
+* citations:                             Citations.           (line   6)
+* citations, formatting:                 Formatting citations.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* citations, hyperlinks:                 Citation hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* citations, undefined:                  Citations.           (line  48)
+* cmtt8:                                 Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* color:                                 Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* color, demo:                           Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* color, hyperlink border:               Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* color, hyperlinks:                     URL hyperlinks.      (line  17)
+* color, hyperlinks <1>:                 Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* color, hyperlinks <2>:                 Setting default types and options.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* color, problems with pdfTeX:           Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* color.sty:                             Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* color.sty <1>:                         URL hyperlinks.      (line  18)
+* color.sty <2>:                         Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* color.sty <3>:                         Setting default types and options.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* color.sty <4>:                         Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* colored links:                         URL hyperlinks.      (line  17)
+* colored links <1>:                     Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* colored links <2>:                     Setting default types and options.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* column balancing with '\singlecolumn': Multiple columns.    (line  11)
+* column eject:                          Multiple columns.    (line  14)
+* commas after index terms:              Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* commas in cross-referencing index entries: Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  62)
+* comments, highlighting in listings:    Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* commutative diagrams:                  Commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* contents:                              Contents.            (line   6)
+* contents, and verbatim text:           Writing the .toc file.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* contents, hyperlinks:                  Contents hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* ConTeXt:                               Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* continued index entries:               Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* covering homotopy property:            Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* cross-references:                      Cross-references.    (line   6)
+* cross-references, defining general:    Defining generic references.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* cross-references, defining general <1>: Using generic references.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* cross-references, demo:                Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* cross-references, hyperlinks:          Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* cross-referencing index entries:       Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* cross-referencing index entries <1>:   Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  62)
+* 'CTRL-L', and verbatim listing:        Verbatim listing.    (line  30)
+* cube:                                  Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  89)
+* customizing indexing:                  Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* dashed hyperlink border:               Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* dashed hyperlink border <1>:           Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* date:                                  Time of day.         (line   6)
+* default hyperlink options:             Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* default hyperlink options <1>:         Setting group types. (line  17)
+* default hyperlink type:                Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* default hyperlink type <1>:            Setting group types. (line  17)
+* defining general references:           Defining generic references.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* defining general references <1>:       Using generic references.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* definitions, global:                   Category codes.      (line  37)
+* demo files:                            Demo files.          (line   6)
+* destgroup:                             Implicit hyperlinks. (line  10)
+* destgroup options:                     Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* destgroup options <1>:                 Setting group options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destgroup options, demo:               Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* destgroup type:                        Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* destgroup type <1>:                    Setting group types. (line   6)
+* destgroup type, demo:                  Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* destgroup 'bib':                       Citation hyperlinks. (line  11)
+* destgroup 'definexref':                Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destgroup 'eq':                        Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destgroup 'foot':                      Footnote hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* destgroup 'footback':                  Footnote hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* destgroup 'idx':                       Index hyperlinks.    (line   6)
+* destgroup 'li':                        List hyperlinks.     (line   6)
+* destgroup 'xrdef':                     Page reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destination group:                     Implicit hyperlinks. (line  10)
+* destination options:                   Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line 105)
+* destination options, common:           Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* destination options, 'dvipdfm':        Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destination options, 'hypertex':       Destination options for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destination options, 'pdftex':         Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destination type:                      Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  88)
+* destination types, 'dvipdfm':          Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destination types, 'hypertex':         Destination types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destination types, 'pdftex':           Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destinations, default options:         Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destinations, default options <1>:     Setting group types. (line  17)
+* destinations, default type:            Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destinations, default type <1>:        Setting group types. (line  17)
+* destinations, dimensions:              Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* destinations, dimensions <1>:          Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* destinations, dimensions <2>:          Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* destinations, dimensions <3>:          Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* destinations, dimensions <4>:          Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  60)
+* destinations, dimensions <5>:          Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  64)
+* destinations, dimensions <6>:          Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  68)
+* destinations, disabling:               Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destinations, disabling <1>:           Turning hyperlinks on/off.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destinations, group options:           Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* destinations, group options <1>:       Setting group options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* destinations, group options, demo:     Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* destinations, group type:              Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* destinations, group type <1>:          Setting group types. (line   6)
+* destinations, group type, demo:        Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* destinations, in another file:         Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* destinations, in another file <1>:     Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* destinations, in another file <2>:     Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* destinations, large operators:         Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* destinations, large operators <1>:     Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* destinations, magnification:           Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* destinations, named:                   Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* destinations, named <1>:               Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* destinations, numbered:                Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* destinations, page:                    Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* destinations, raising:                 Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* destinations, URL:                     Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* destinations, URL <1>:                 Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* detecting numbers:                     \ifinteger and \isinteger.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* diagnostics:                           Diagnostics.         (line   6)
+* Diagram, macros for LaTeX:             Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  79)
+* dimensions, hyperlink:                 Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line 122)
+* dimensions, hyperlink <1>:             Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line 125)
+* dimensions, hyperlink <2>:             Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line 128)
+* dimensions, hyperlink destination:     Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* dimensions, hyperlink destination <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* dimensions, hyperlink destination <2>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* dimensions, hyperlink destination <3>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* dimensions, hyperlink destination <4>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  60)
+* dimensions, hyperlink destination <5>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  64)
+* dimensions, hyperlink destination <6>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  68)
+* disabling hyperlinks:                  Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* disabling hyperlinks <1>:              Turning hyperlinks on/off.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* disabling indexes:                     Indexing.            (line  54)
+* displayed math and hyperlinks:         Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* displayed math and hyperlinks <1>:     Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* displays, left-justifying:             Displays.            (line   6)
+* do...while loops:                      Iteration.           (line   6)
+* double column output:                  Multiple columns.    (line   6)
+* double columns in indexes:             Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* 'draft', option for 'graphics.sty':    Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* driver 'dvipdfm':                      Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* driver 'hypertex':                     Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* driver 'nolinks':                      Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* driver 'pdftex':                       Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* drivers, hyperlink:                    Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* dvipdfm:                               Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* dvipdfm <1>:                           Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* dvipdfm <2>:                           Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* 'dvipdfm', destination options:        Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'dvipdfm', destination types:          Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'dvipdfm', hyperlink driver:           Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'dvipdfm', link options:               Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'dvipdfm', link types:                 Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* dvips:                                 Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* dvips <1>:                             Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* Eijkhout, Victor:                      Iteration.           (line  61)
+* eject in multicolumns:                 Multiple columns.    (line  14)
+* electronic mail addresses, breaking:   Paths.               (line   6)
+* electronic mail addresses, breaking <1>: Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 121)
+* empty argument, checking for:          \ifempty.            (line   6)
+* empty equation labels:                 Equation references. (line  22)
+* empty equation labels, referring to:   Equation references. (line  27)
+* empty string, checking for:            \ifempty.            (line   6)
+* Encapsulated PostScript:               Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* Encapsulated PostScript <1>:           Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 100)
+* environments, user-defined:            User-defined environments.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Eplain, installing:                    Installation.        (line   6)
+* Eplain, invoking:                      Invoking Eplain.     (line   6)
+* Eplain, purpose of:                    Introduction.        (line   6)
+* Eplain, upgrading:                     Installation.        (line   6)
+* eplain.aux:                            Installation.        (line  40)
+* eplain.fmt:                            Installation.        (line  27)
+* EPS:                                   Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* EPS <1>:                               Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 100)
+* epstopdf:                              Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* epstopdf.sty:                          Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  89)
+* equation labels, characters valid in:  Equation references. (line  54)
+* equation numbers, formatting of:       Formatting equation references.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* equation numbers, left-alignment:      Displays.            (line   6)
+* equations, giving numbers to all:      Equation references. (line  22)
+* equations, groups of:                  Subequation references.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* equations, hyperlinks:                 Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* equations, numbering:                  Equation references. (line   6)
+* equations, references to:              Equation references. (line   6)
+* error messages:                        Diagnostics.         (line  24)
+* error on '\input':                     Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* escape character, changing verbatim:   Verbatim listing.    (line  47)
+* eTeX:                                  Logos.               (line  10)
+* exact index hyperlinks:                Exact destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* expansion, one-level:                  \expandonce.         (line   6)
+* explicit hyperlinks:                   Explicit hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* explicit hyperlinks, demo:             Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* ExTeX:                                 Logos.               (line  10)
+* file, hyperlink to:                    Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* file, hyperlink to <1>:                Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* file, hyperlink to <2>:                Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* 'file:' links:                         General hyperlinks.  (line  37)
+* filenames, breaking:                   Paths.               (line   6)
+* filenames, breaking <1>:               Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 121)
+* files, verbatim listing of:            Verbatim listing.    (line   6)
+* files, verbatim listing of, demo:      Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* filtering index entries with hyperlinks: Exact destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* footnotes, hyperlinks:                 Footnote hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* footnotes, numbered:                   Footnotes.           (line   6)
+* for loops:                             Iteration.           (line   6)
+* form feed character, and verbatim listing: Verbatim listing.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* format file:                           Installation.        (line  27)
+* formatting index entries:              Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* fractions:                             Fractions.           (line   6)
+* Ghostscript:                           Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* Ghostscript <1>:                       Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* gobbling arguments:                    Macro arguments.     (line   6)
+* golden mean:                           Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* golden mean <1>:                       Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* Graham, Ronald L.:                     Citations.           (line  91)
+* graphics collection, LaTeX:            Loading LaTeX packages.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* graphics collection, LaTeX <1>:        Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* graphics collection, LaTeX <2>:        Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* graphics collection, LaTeX, demo:      Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* graphics, omitting typesetting of:     Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* graphics, problems with pdfTeX:        Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* graphics.sty:                          Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* graphicx.sty:                          Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* graphicx.sty <1>:                      Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* grid:                                  Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  79)
+* group option list:                     Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* group options, hyperlink:              Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* group options, hyperlink <1>:          Setting group options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* group options, hyperlink, demo:        Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* group type, hyperlink:                 Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* group type, hyperlink <1>:             Setting group types. (line   6)
+* group type, hyperlink, demo:           Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* group '' (empty):                      Setting group types. (line  17)
+* group '*':                             Setting group types. (line  26)
+* group 'bib':                           Citation hyperlinks. (line  11)
+* group 'cite':                          Citation hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* group 'definexref':                    Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* group 'eq':                            Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* group 'eq' <1>:                        Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* group 'eq' <2>:                        Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* group 'foot':                          Footnote hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* group 'footback':                      Footnote hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* group 'hrefext':                       General hyperlinks.  (line  21)
+* group 'hrefint':                       General hyperlinks.  (line  12)
+* group 'idx':                           Index hyperlinks.    (line   6)
+* group 'li':                            List hyperlinks.     (line   6)
+* group 'ref':                           Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* group 'url':                           URL hyperlinks.      (line   6)
+* group 'xrdef':                         Page reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* group 'xref':                          Page reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* group, destination:                    Implicit hyperlinks. (line  10)
+* group, disabling hyperlinks:           Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* group, link:                           Implicit hyperlinks. (line  10)
+* group, preserving option list:         Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* groups, specifying all:                Setting group types. (line  26)
+* hanging on '\input':                   Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* help messages:                         Diagnostics.         (line  24)
+* highlight modes, hyperlink:            Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* highlighting:                          Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 111)
+* highlighting, in listings:             Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* Ho"ppner, Klaus:                       Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  83)
+* hooks:                                 Hooks.               (line   6)
+* hyperlink border color:                Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* hyperlink color:                       URL hyperlinks.      (line  17)
+* hyperlink color <1>:                   Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* hyperlink color <2>:                   Setting default types and options.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* hyperlink destination, dimensions:     Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* hyperlink destination, dimensions <1>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* hyperlink destination, dimensions <2>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* hyperlink destination, dimensions <3>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* hyperlink destination, dimensions <4>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  60)
+* hyperlink destination, dimensions <5>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  64)
+* hyperlink destination, dimensions <6>: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  68)
+* hyperlink destination, magnification:  Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* hyperlink destination, named:          Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hyperlink destination, named <1>:      Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* hyperlink destination, numbered:       Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* hyperlink destination, page:           Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* hyperlink destination, raising:        Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* hyperlink dimensions:                  Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line 122)
+* hyperlink dimensions <1>:              Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line 125)
+* hyperlink dimensions <2>:              Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line 128)
+* hyperlink driver 'dvipdfm':            Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlink driver 'hypertex':           Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlink driver 'nolinks':            Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlink driver 'pdftex':             Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlink drivers:                     Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlink group, disabling hyperlinks: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlink group, preserving option list: Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* hyperlink options, common:             Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, bibliography:              Citation hyperlinks. (line  11)
+* hyperlinks, border style:              Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* hyperlinks, border style <1>:          Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* hyperlinks, border width:              Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* hyperlinks, citations:                 Citation hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, cross-references:          Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, default options:           Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, default options <1>:       Setting group types. (line  17)
+* hyperlinks, default type:              Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, default type <1>:          Setting group types. (line  17)
+* hyperlinks, demo:                      Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hyperlinks, disabling:                 Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, disabling <1>:             Turning hyperlinks on/off.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, equations:                 Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, explicit:                  Explicit hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, explicit, demo:            Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hyperlinks, filtering index entries:   Exact destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* hyperlinks, footnotes:                 Footnote hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, group option list:         Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* hyperlinks, group options:             Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* hyperlinks, group options <1>:         Setting group options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, group options, demo:       Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hyperlinks, group type:                Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* hyperlinks, group type <1>:            Setting group types. (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, highlight mode:            Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* hyperlinks, implicit:                  Implicit hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, implicit, demo:            Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* hyperlinks, index:                     Index hyperlinks.    (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, index destination placement: Choosing destination placement.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, index, exact:              Exact destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* hyperlinks, large operators:           Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* hyperlinks, large operators <1>:       Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* hyperlinks, lists:                     List hyperlinks.     (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, opening in a new window:   Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  90)
+* hyperlinks, page references:           Page reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, preserving page-breaking:  Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, preserving spacing:        Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, see and see also index entries: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, table of contents:         Contents hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, to another file:           Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* hyperlinks, to another file <1>:       Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* hyperlinks, to another file <2>:       Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* hyperlinks, URL:                       General hyperlinks.  (line  20)
+* hyperlinks, URL <1>:                   URL hyperlinks.      (line   6)
+* hyperlinks, URL <2>:                   Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* hyperlinks, URL <3>:                   Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* hyperref.sty:                          Packages known not to work.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* 'hypertex', destination options:       Destination options for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'hypertex', destination types:         Destination types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'hypertex', hyperlink driver:          Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'hypertex', link options:              Link options for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'hypertex', link types:                Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hypertext links:                       Hyperlinks.          (line   6)
+* identifying numbers:                   \ifinteger and \isinteger.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* idxuniq:                               Exact destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* ignoring arguments:                    Macro arguments.     (line   6)
+* implicit hyperlinks:                   Implicit hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* implicit hyperlinks, demo:             Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* inaccessible macros:                   Category codes.      (line  19)
+* index entries and ranges:              Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* index entries containing braces:       Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line  63)
+* index entries containing brackets:     Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line  85)
+* index entries with special characters: Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* index entries' page numbers, modifying: Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* index entries, and cross-referencing:  Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* index entries, and cross-referencing <1>: Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  62)
+* index entries, proofing:               Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* index entries, with verbatim text:     Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* index entry continuations:             Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* index entry formatting:                Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* index entry general sorting:           Indexing commands.   (line  50)
+* index fonts:                           Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* index groupings:                       Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  54)
+* index hyperlink:                       Index hyperlinks.    (line   6)
+* index typesetting:                     Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* index, and verbatim text:              Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* index, choosing destination placement: Choosing destination placement.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* index, destination placement:          Choosing destination placement.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* index, exact hyperlinks:               Exact destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* index, hyperlinks in see and see also entries: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* index, parsing page numbers:           Page destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* index, placement of destinations:      Choosing destination placement.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* index, selecting destination placement: Choosing destination placement.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* index, underlining page numbers:       Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* indexes, disabling:                    Indexing.            (line  54)
+* indexes, multiple:                     Indexing.            (line  36)
+* indexing:                              Indexing.            (line   6)
+* indexing and trailing spaces:          Indexing terms.      (line  20)
+* indexing commands:                     Indexing commands.   (line   6)
+* indexing terms:                        Indexing terms.      (line   6)
+* insertion classes:                     Multiple columns.    (line  38)
+* inset hyperlink border:                Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* installation:                          Installation.        (line   6)
+* integers, detecting:                   \ifinteger and \isinteger.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* italic correction:                     Formatting bibliographies.
+                                                              (line  45)
+* item labels, changing:                 Formatting lists.    (line  53)
+* iteration:                             Iteration.           (line   6)
+* justification:                         Justification.       (line   6)
+* Knuth, Donald Ervin:                   Citations.           (line  91)
+* Knuth, Donald Ervin <1>:               Category codes.      (line   7)
+* labels on items, changing:             Formatting lists.    (line  53)
+* labels, characters valid in:           Cross-references.    (line  20)
+* labels, empty equation:                Equation references. (line  22)
+* labels, empty equation, referring to:  Equation references. (line  27)
+* Lamport, Leslie:                       Introduction.        (line  15)
+* LAMSTeX:                               Logos.               (line  11)
+* Lang, Serge:                           Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line 126)
+* Lang, Serge <1>:                       Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line 121)
+* large operators and hyperlinks:        Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* large operators and hyperlinks <1>:    Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* LaTeX:                                 Introduction.        (line  15)
+* LaTeX <1>:                             Citations.           (line  10)
+* LaTeX <2>:                             Logos.               (line  11)
+* LaTeX <3>:                             Slanted lines and vectors.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* LaTeX commands, in 'btxmac.tex':       Commands from LaTeX. (line   6)
+* LaTeX graphics collection:             Loading LaTeX packages.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* LaTeX graphics collection <1>:         Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* LaTeX graphics collection <2>:         Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* LaTeX graphics collection, demo:       Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* LaTeX packages:                        Loading LaTeX packages.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* LaTeX packages <1>:                    Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* LaTeX packages <2>:                    Packages known not to work.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* LaTeX packages, restoring '\input':    Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* left-alignment of equation numbers:    Displays.            (line   6)
+* left-justification:                    Justification.       (line   6)
+* left-justification of displays:        Displays.            (line   6)
+* letterspacing:                         Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 111)
+* linear systems theory:                 Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* lines:                                 Slanted lines and vectors.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* link group:                            Implicit hyperlinks. (line  10)
+* link options:                          Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line 105)
+* link options, common:                  Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* link options, 'dvipdfm':               Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* link options, 'hypertex':              Link options for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* link options, 'pdftex':                Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* link type:                             Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  88)
+* link types, 'dvipdfm':                 Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* link types, 'hypertex':                Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* link types, 'pdftex':                  Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* link, group options:                   Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* link, group options <1>:               Setting group options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* link, group options, demo:             Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* link, group type:                      Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* link, group type <1>:                  Setting group types. (line   6)
+* linkgroup:                             Implicit hyperlinks. (line  10)
+* linkgroup options:                     Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* linkgroup options <1>:                 Setting group options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* linkgroup options, demo:               Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* linkgroup type:                        Setting hyperlink types and options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* linkgroup type <1>:                    Setting group types. (line   6)
+* linkgroup 'cite':                      Citation hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* linkgroup 'eq':                        Equation reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* linkgroup 'eq' <1>:                    Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* linkgroup 'foot':                      Footnote hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* linkgroup 'footback':                  Footnote hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* linkgroup 'hrefext':                   General hyperlinks.  (line  21)
+* linkgroup 'hrefint':                   General hyperlinks.  (line  12)
+* linkgroup 'idx':                       Index hyperlinks.    (line   6)
+* linkgroup 'ref':                       Cross-reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* linkgroup 'url':                       URL hyperlinks.      (line   6)
+* linkgroup 'xref':                      Page reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* links, hypertext:                      Hyperlinks.          (line   6)
+* list of figures:                       Alternative contents files.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* list of tables:                        Alternative contents files.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* listing files:                         Verbatim listing.    (line   6)
+* listing files, demo:                   Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* lists:                                 Lists.               (line   6)
+* lists, formatting:                     Formatting lists.    (line   6)
+* lists, hyperlinks:                     List hyperlinks.     (line   6)
+* loading packages, environment for:     Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* logos:                                 Logos.               (line   6)
+* lookahead without spaces:              \futurenonspacelet.  (line   6)
+* loops:                                 Iteration.           (line   6)
+* lscommnt.tex:                          Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* magnification, hyperlink destination:  Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* makeindex:                             Invoking Eplain.     (line 103)
+* makeindex <1>:                         Indexing.            (line  14)
+* makeindex <2>:                         Index hyperlinks.    (line  12)
+* margins, changing:                     Margins.             (line   6)
+* margins, index terms in:               Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* mathematics displays, formatting:      Displays.            (line   6)
+* mathematics displays, hyperlinks:      Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* mathematics displays, hyperlinks <1>:  Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* Metafont:                              Logos.               (line  11)
+* miniltx.tex:                           Loading LaTeX packages.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* minimal realizations:                  Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* modifying index entries' page numbers: Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* morphisms:                             Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* multiple column output:                Multiple columns.    (line   6)
+* multiple indexes:                      Indexing.            (line  36)
+* named destination:                     Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* named destination <1>:                 Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* names, of TeX variants:                Logos.               (line   6)
+* new window, opening hyperlink in:      Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  90)
+* newlinechar:                           Diagnostics.         (line  26)
+* newlines, obeying:                     Obeying spaces.      (line   6)
+* 'nolinks', hyperlink driver:           Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* numbered destination:                  Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* numbered lists:                        Lists.               (line   6)
+* numbered references:                   Citations.           (line  91)
+* numbers, detecting:                    \ifinteger and \isinteger.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* numbers, written form of:              Writing out numbers. (line   6)
+* Oberdiek, Heiko:                       Checking for PDF output.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* omitting hyperlinks:                   Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* omitting hyperlinks <1>:               Turning hyperlinks on/off.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* omitting typesetting of graphics:      Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* open boxes:                            Boxes.               (line  12)
+* option list, group:                    Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* option list, preserving for group:     Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* options, destination, common:          Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* options, destination, 'dvipdfm':       Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* options, destination, 'hypertex':      Destination options for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* options, destination, 'pdftex':        Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* options, link and destination:         Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line 105)
+* options, link, common:                 Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* options, link, 'dvipdfm':              Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* options, link, 'hypertex':             Link options for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* options, link, 'pdftex':               Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* ordered list:                          Lists.               (line   6)
+* output routine and index proofing:     Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* overstriking:                          Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 111)
+* packages, LaTeX:                       Loading LaTeX packages.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* packages, LaTeX <1>:                   Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* packages, LaTeX <2>:                   Packages known not to work.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* page destination:                      Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* page list, parsing:                    Page destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* page range, parsing:                   Page destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* page reference hyperlink:              Page reference hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* page-breaking, preserving with hyperlinks: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* parsing page numbers:                  Page destinations for index terms.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* Patashnik, Oren:                       Citations.           (line   9)
+* pathnames, breaking:                   Paths.               (line   6)
+* pathnames, breaking <1>:               Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 121)
+* PDF:                                   Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* PDF output:                            Checking for PDF output.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* pdftex:                                Invoking Eplain.     (line 114)
+* pdftex <1>:                            Checking for PDF output.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* pdftex <2>:                            Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* 'pdftex', destination options:         Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'pdftex', destination types:           Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'pdftex', hyperlink driver:            Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'pdftex', link options:                Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 'pdftex', link types:                  Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* pdfTeX, problems using color and graphics: Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* pdfTeX, problems with 'supp-mis.tex':  Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* pict2e.sty:                            Packages known not to work.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* picture mode:                          Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* picture mode <1>:                      Slanted lines and vectors.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* Portable Document Format:              Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* PostScript point:                      Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  66)
+* PostScript point <1>:                  Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* PostScript point <2>:                  Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* proofing index terms:                  Proofing index terms.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* properties:                            Properties.          (line   6)
+* ps2pdf:                                Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* ps2pdf <1>:                            Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* psfrag.sty:                            Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  98)
+* quadruple column output:               Multiple columns.    (line   6)
+* Rahtz, Sebastian:                      Loading LaTeX packages.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* raising hyperlink destinations:        Options supported by all drivers.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* raising hyperlink destinations <1>:    Setting group options.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* ranges and index entry:                Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* recognizing numbers:                   \ifinteger and \isinteger.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* rectangles:                            Boxes.               (line   6)
+* references, alphanumeric:              Citations.           (line 128)
+* references, defining general:          Defining generic references.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* references, defining general <1>:      Using generic references.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* references, numbered:                  Citations.           (line  91)
+* register allocation:                   Allocation macros.   (line   6)
+* restoring '\input', LaTeX packages:    Environment for loading packages.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* return character:                      Category codes.      (line  40)
+* right-justification:                   Justification.       (line   6)
+* rms:                                   Introduction.        (line  16)
+* rotation:                              Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* rotation, demo:                        Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* rule thickness:                        Rules.               (line   7)
+* 'run:' links:                          General hyperlinks.  (line  38)
+* scaling:                               Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* scaling, demo:                         Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* sed:                                   Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  64)
+* see also index entries and hyperlinks: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* see also index entries and sorting:    Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* see, and index entries:                Modifying index entries.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* see, and index entries <1>:            Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  62)
+* see, and index entries, hyperlinks:    Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* silent indexing:                       Indexing terms.      (line   6)
+* skipping tokens:                       \ifundefined.        (line  10)
+* skipping tokens <1>:                   \ifempty.            (line  12)
+* SLiTeX:                                Logos.               (line  11)
+* Snake Lemma:                           Arrows and morphisms.
+                                                              (line 130)
+* solid hyperlink border:                Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* sorting an index:                      Indexing.            (line   6)
+* sorting of index entries:              Indexing commands.   (line  50)
+* soul.sty:                              Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 109)
+* space above index entries:             Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* spaces, ignoring:                      \futurenonspacelet.  (line   6)
+* spaces, obeying:                       Obeying spaces.      (line   6)
+* spaces, trailing and indexing commands: Indexing terms.     (line  20)
+* spacing out:                           Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 111)
+* spacing, preserving with hyperlinks:   Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* special characters:                    Verbatim listing.    (line  57)
+* special characters, in index entries:  Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* special characters, in table of contents: Writing the .toc file.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* Stallman, Richard:                     Introduction.        (line  16)
+* striking out:                          Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 111)
+* style, hyperlink border:               Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* subequations, referring to:            Subequation references.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* subterm in indexing:                   Indexing terms.      (line  13)
+* supp-mis.tex, problems with pdfTeX:    Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* supp-pdf.tex:                          Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* table of contents:                     Contents.            (line   6)
+* table of contents, and verbatim text:  Writing the .toc file.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* table of contents, hyperlinks:         Contents hyperlinks. (line   6)
+* table of contents, short:              Reading the .toc file.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* table of contents, short <1>:          Macro arguments.     (line  10)
+* tables:                                Tables.              (line   6)
+* tabs:                                  Obeying spaces.      (line  22)
+* TeX by Topic:                          Iteration.           (line  61)
+* TeX Frequently Asked Question:         \ifinteger and \isinteger.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* TEXFORMATS:                            Installation.        (line  43)
+* texi2dvi:                              Invoking Eplain.     (line 103)
+* texi2dvi <1>:                          Citations.           (line 102)
+* texi2dvi <2>:                          Indexing.            (line  33)
+* Texinfo:                               Introduction.        (line  15)
+* TEXINPUTS:                             Installation.        (line  23)
+* time of day:                           Time of day.         (line   6)
+* 'toc' files, writing several:          Changing the .toc file's root name.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* tracing:                               Diagnostics.         (line   6)
+* trailing spaces and indexing commands: Indexing terms.      (line  20)
+* trimsee:                               Customizing indexing.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* triple column output:                  Multiple columns.    (line   6)
+* Tu, Loring W.:                         Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* TUGboat:                               Introduction.        (line  64)
+* type, link and destination:            Introduction to hyperlinks.
+                                                              (line  88)
+* types, destination, 'dvipdfm':         Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* types, destination, 'hypertex':        Destination types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* types, destination, 'pdftex':          Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* types, link, 'dvipdfm':                Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* types, link, 'hypertex':               Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* types, link, 'pdftex':                 Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* typesetting an index:                  Typesetting an index.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* undefined control sequence, checking for: \ifundefined.     (line  10)
+* undefined labels, warnings about:      Installation.        (line  40)
+* underline hyperlink border:            Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* underlining:                           Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 111)
+* underlining page numbers in index:     Page list and page range parsers.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* universal mapping property:            Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* unordered lists:                       Lists.               (line   6)
+* upgrading:                             Installation.        (line   6)
+* URL for 'ifpdf.sty':                   Checking for PDF output.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* URL for MakeIndex:                     Indexing.            (line  14)
+* URL for 'path.sty':                    Paths.               (line  33)
+* URL for pdfTeX:                        Checking for PDF output.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* URL for 'texnames.sty':                Logos.               (line  15)
+* URL hyperlink:                         General hyperlinks.  (line  20)
+* URL hyperlink <1>:                     URL hyperlinks.      (line   6)
+* URL hyperlink <2>:                     Link types for hypertex.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* URL hyperlink <3>:                     Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* url.sty:                               Packages known to work.
+                                                              (line 119)
+* url.sty <1>:                           URL hyperlinks.      (line   6)
+* url.sty <2>:                           Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* user-inaccessible macros:              Category codes.      (line  19)
+* vectors:                               Slanted lines and vectors.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* verbatim listing:                      Verbatim listing.    (line   6)
+* verbatim listing, demo:                Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* verbatim text, in index:               Index entries with special characters.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* verbatim text, in table of contents:   Writing the .toc file.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* version number:                        Introduction.        (line  50)
+* Walden, David:                         Introduction.        (line  61)
+* Warner, Frank W.:                      Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* whatsits made by hyperlinks:           Hyperlink driver nolinks.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* whatsits made by index entries:        Indexing commands.   (line  62)
+* while loops:                           Iteration.           (line   6)
+* whitespace:                            Obeying spaces.      (line   6)
+* width, hyperlink border:               Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* writing several 'toc' files:           Changing the .toc file's root name.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* xcolor.sty:                            Packages known not to work.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* xdvi:                                  Hyperlink driver hypertex.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* XeLaTeX:                               Logos.               (line  11)
+* xeplain.tex:                           Introduction.        (line   6)
+* XeTeX:                                 Logos.               (line  11)
+* xhyper.tex:                            Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
+                                                              (line   7)
+* Zassenhaus, Hans:                      Construction of commutative diagrams.
+                                                              (line 121)
+* zooming, hyperlink destination:        Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
+                                                              (line  21)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top809
+Node: Introduction8254
+Node: Installation11274
+Node: Invoking Eplain13326
+Node: User definitions17923
+Node: Diagnostics19750
+Node: Rules21315
+Node: Citations22146
+Node: Formatting citations28574
+Node: Formatting bibliographies30111
+Node: Commands from LaTeX33347
+Node: Displays34321
+Node: Formatting displays35708
+Node: Time of day36341
+Node: Lists37100
+Node: Formatting lists39240
+Node: Verbatim listing41523
+Node: Contents44743
+Node: Writing the .toc file45412
+Node: Reading the .toc file48274
+Node: Changing the .toc file's root name49677
+Node: Alternative contents files50693
+Node: Cross-references51257
+Node: Defining generic references52743
+Node: Using generic references53619
+Node: Page references54903
+Node: Equation references55722
+Node: Formatting equation references58487
+Node: Subequation references62837
+Node: Indexing64753
+Node: Indexing terms67861
+Node: Indexing commands68973
+Node: Modifying index entries71992
+Node: Index entries with special characters74962
+Node: Proofing index terms79204
+Node: Typesetting an index81017
+Node: Customizing indexing83483
+Node: Justification87179
+Node: Tables88849
+Node: Margins91340
+Node: Multiple columns93493
+Node: Footnotes95530
+Node: Fractions98105
+Node: Paths98888
+Node: Logos100490
+Node: Boxes101220
+Node: Checking for PDF output103006
+Node: Loading LaTeX packages104094
+Node: The \usepackage command105451
+Node: Environment for loading packages106537
+Node: Packages known to work108877
+Node: Packages known not to work115252
+Node: Hyperlinks116013
+Node: Introduction to hyperlinks116594
+Node: Explicit hyperlinks122130
+Node: Implicit hyperlinks124415
+Node: General hyperlinks126236
+Node: URL hyperlinks127758
+Node: Citation hyperlinks129858
+Node: List hyperlinks130585
+Node: Cross-reference hyperlinks130976
+Node: Page reference hyperlinks132347
+Node: Equation reference hyperlinks133008
+Node: Index hyperlinks134398
+Node: Exact destinations for index terms136156
+Node: Page destinations for index terms138323
+Node: Choosing destination placement140941
+Node: Index page list and page range parsers141730
+Node: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries142282
+Node: Footnote hyperlinks143080
+Node: Contents hyperlinks144274
+Node: Hyperlink drivers144657
+Node: Options supported by all drivers145291
+Node: Hyperlink driver hypertex148087
+Node: Destination types for hypertex151031
+Node: Destination options for hypertex152065
+Node: Link types for hypertex152547
+Node: Link options for hypertex154554
+Node: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm155576
+Node: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm156221
+Node: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm159700
+Node: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm162151
+Node: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm165665
+Node: Hyperlink driver nolinks169303
+Node: Setting hyperlink types and options171706
+Node: Setting default types and options172707
+Node: Setting group types174133
+Node: Setting group options175322
+Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off177803
+Node: Turning low-level commands on/off178441
+Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group178954
+Node: Arrow theoretic diagrams180107
+Node: Slanted lines and vectors180485
+Node: Commutative diagrams182558
+Node: Arrows and morphisms183167
+Node: Construction of commutative diagrams187623
+Node: Commutative diagram parameters194779
+Node: Programming definitions196595
+Node: Category codes197601
+Node: Allocation macros200246
+Node: Iteration202381
+Node: Macro arguments204033
+Node: Converting to characters207400
+Node: Expansion208785
+Node: \csn and \ece209408
+Node: \edefappend209973
+Node: Hooks210520
+Node: Properties212694
+Node: \expandonce213773
+Node: \ifundefined214221
+Node: \ifempty214785
+Node: \ifinteger and \isinteger215527
+Node: \futurenonspacelet216562
+Node: Obeying spaces217157
+Node: Writing out numbers218181
+Node: Mode-specific penalties218504
+Node: Auxiliary files219233
+Node: User-defined environments220152
+Node: Page list and page range parsers221365
+Node: Demo files223497
+Node: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)224063
+Node: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex)232412
+Node: Macro index234868
+Node: Concept index302707
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/epspdf.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/epspdf.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0ede27f4058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/epspdf.info
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/fontname.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/fontname.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..13a167eb1b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/fontname.info
@@ -0,0 +1,16120 @@
+This is fontname.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
+fontname.texi.
+
+This document is in the public domain and may be used freely.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Naming TeX fonts: (fontname). Filenames for TeX fonts.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Up: (dir)
+
+Filenames for TeX fonts
+***********************
+
+This is the Fontname document, a naming scheme for (the base part of)
+external TeX font filenames.  Last update 5 July 2009.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction::                Rationale and basic information about fonts.
+* Filenames for fonts::         The construction of font names.
+* Long names::                  A specification for long filenames.
+* Font name lists::             Real fontnames for many existing fonts.
+* Encodings::                   Specifications for various encodings.
+* General index::               Index.
+
+ --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+Introduction
+
+* History::
+* References::
+
+Filenames for fonts
+
+* Suppliers::
+* Typefaces::
+* Weights::
+* Variants::
+* Widths::
+
+Long names
+
+* Name mapping file::           Aliases for fonts.
+* Long naming scheme::          A way to use more than 8 alphanumerics.
+
+Font name lists
+
+* Standard PostScript fonts::   The standard 35 PostScript fonts.
+* Adobe fonts::
+* Apple fonts::
+* Bitstream fonts::
+* DTC fonts::
+* ITC fonts::
+* Linotype fonts::
+* Monotype fonts::
+* URW fonts::
+
+Encodings
+
+* 8a::                 Adobe standard.
+* 8r::                 TeX base.
+* dvips::              Dvips.
+* ec::                 EC (aka Cork, TeX Latin 1, tex256).
+* qx::                 QX, from GUST.
+* t5::                 Vietnamese, from vntex.
+* texmext::            TeX math extension.
+* texmsym::            TeX math symbol.
+* texmital::           TeX math italic.
+* texnansi::           From Y&Y.
+* texnansx::           From Y&Y.
+* xl2::                OT1 + ISO Latin 2 (extended).
+* xt2::                Typewriter version of xl2.
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: Filenames for fonts,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+This is Fontname, a naming scheme for (the base part of) external TeX
+font filenames.  This makes at most eight-character names from (almost)
+arbitrarily complex font names, thus helping portability of TeX
+documents.  We point out some shortcomings of the scheme, and ways of
+dealing with them.
+
+   Please send additions, corrections, or other comments to
+<tex-fonts@tug.org>.  Email <tex-fonts-request@tug.org> to join the
+list.
+
+   Besides this document, the Fontname distribution includes various
+encoding files, mapping files, and utilities.  See the file `README'
+for details.  You can retrieve the most up-to-date version of these
+lists from `http://tug.org/fontname'.  It is also mirrored on all CTAN
+hosts in the directory `tex-archive/doc/fontname'.  For a list of CTAN
+mirrors, see `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites'.
+
+   This document is in the public domain and may be used freely.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* History::
+* References::
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: History,  Next: References,  Up: Introduction
+
+1.1 History
+===========
+
+The original inspiration for Fontname was Frank Mittelbach and Rainer
+Schoepf's article in `TUGboat' 11(2) (June 1990), which led to my
+article in `TUGboat' 11(4) (November 1990), pages 512-519.  Mittelbach
+wrote another article criticizing the scheme below in `TUGboat' 13(1)
+(April 1992), pages 51-53; most of his points are well-taken, but I saw
+no alternative then, and see no alternative now.  Others of his points
+are addressed in the appropriate sections below.
+
+   In August 1995, Fontname version 2 was released, concomitantly with
+a new release of the PostScript fonts for use with LaTeX and Dvips.
+After several years of experience, several modifications of the original
+distribution seemed desirable: more precise specification of encodings
+(*note Variants::); machine-readable mapping files (the `*.map' files
+in the distribution) and standardizing directory names as well as font
+filenames (included in `supplier.map' and `typeface.map').
+
+   In Fontname version 1, some encoding variant characters (`0', `2',
+etc.) have been reassigned to a `7' or `8' sequence (*note Variants::).
+Although this is an incompatible change, the advantages of (1)
+consistency in naming encoding variants, and (2) having some free
+variants makes it worthwhile.  Also, not so coincidentally, new metrics
+for PostScript fonts in the Cork encoding were issued--same encoding,
+different metrics. So a new name served a practical purpose as well.
+
+   Many people have contributed to this work.  In particular, I
+gratefully acknowledge Nelson Beebe, Barbara Beeton, Rocky Bernstein,
+Thierry Bouche, Damian Cugley, Berthold K.P. Horn, Alan Jeffrey,
+Russell Lang, Pierre MacKay, Sebastian Rahtz, Jean Rivlin, and Tom
+Rokicki.
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: References,  Prev: History,  Up: Introduction
+
+1.2 References
+==============
+
+Related files and distributions:
+
+   * The TeX Directory Structure (TDS) standard, available at
+     (`http://tug.org/tds' and `CTAN:/tds') specifies a directory tree
+     for all TeX library files.  The directory names given in *note
+     Suppliers:: and *note Typefaces:: are intended to mesh with that
+     standard.
+
+   * The `modes.mf' file (`ftp://tug.org/tex/modes.mf') contains
+     recommended mode names to use as directory names.
+
+   * The Fontinst distribution (`http://tug.org/applications/fontinst'
+     supports quite general creation of virtual fonts, named according
+     to the scheme given here.
+
+   * The Dvips translator (`http://tug.org/dvips') supports resident
+     and downloadable PostScript fonts.  Dvips was the first place where
+     Fontname became widely known.  Dvips also includes Afm2tfm, another
+     program that can create virtual fonts.
+
+   * The Dviljk processor (included in TeX Live) contains TeX support
+     for the fonts built into the LaserJet 4.
+
+   * `Designing New Typefaces with Metafont', by Richard Southall,
+     Stanford Computer Science Department Technical Report
+     STAN-CS-85-1074, September 1985, for a comprehensive terminology
+     of font design.
+
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Filenames for fonts,  Next: Long names,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top
+
+2 Filenames for fonts
+*********************
+
+In this scheme, names may consist of only the letters (monocase a-z),
+numerals (0-9), and underscore.  Having two names which differ only in
+case is undesirable, since it results in clashes on common Windows
+filesystems.
+
+   Here is the basic scheme (the spaces here are merely for
+readability):
+
+      S TT W [V...] [N] [E] [DD]
+
+where
+
+S
+     represents the supplier of the font.
+
+TT
+     represents the typeface name.
+
+W
+     represents the weight.
+
+V...
+     represents the variant(s), and is omitted if both it and the width
+     are normal.  Many fonts have more than one variant.
+
+N
+     represents the encoding, and is omitted if the encoding is
+     nonstandard.  Encodings are subsumed in the section on variants
+     (*note Variants::).
+
+E
+     represents the width ("expansion"), and is omitted if it is normal.
+
+DD
+     represents the design size (in decimal), and is omitted if the
+     font is linearly scaled.  Mittelbach in `TUGboat' 13(1) proposes
+     using hexadecimal or base-36 notation.  In my opinion, the
+     increased range does not make up for the unreadability of the
+     common sizes (e.g., 10pt fonts would have a suffix `a' (in hex),
+     or `j' (in base 36)).
+
+
+   We used to try to limit font names to eight characters.  This was
+never completely possible, and since DOS filesystems have become rare,
+it's no longer an issue.
+
+   The weight, variants, and width are probably all best taken from the
+original name of the font, instead of trying to relate them to some
+external standard.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Suppliers::
+* Typefaces::
+* Weights::
+* Variants::
+* Widths::
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Suppliers,  Next: Typefaces,  Up: Filenames for fonts
+
+2.1 Suppliers
+=============
+
+The "supplier" is the source of a font, typically a (digital) type
+foundry.
+
+   You should use the supplier letter which matches the supplier you
+obtained the font from, not the original source; for example, Avant
+Garde was designed by Herb Lubalin for ITC, but Adobe also sells it.
+The name of the font that you get from Adobe should start with `p'.
+This is because font resellers typically make modifications to the
+original design.
+
+   Notes on specific suppliers:
+
+`f'
+     For fonts that are distributed without any specific attribution to
+     the creator, by individuals, or by small foundries.
+     (Unfortunately, we don't have enough characters to assign one to
+     every font supplier in the world.)
+
+`r'
+     obsolete; specifies raw fonts, in the old distribution of Dvips.
+     New fonts should never use `r'. (The right thing to do is specify
+     the correct encoding, variant, or whatever the font's
+     characteristics actually are.)
+
+`z'
+     for fonts that just don't fit well into the naming scheme.  The `z'
+     should be followed by the real supplier letter.
+
+   Here is the table from the file `supplier.map'.  It is organized
+alphabetically by abbreviation.  Each line consists of an abbreviation,
+directory name, and comment.
+
+     0 fontfont      FontFont
+     2 elsnerflake   Elsner & Flake
+     5 softmake      Softmaker
+     9 unknown
+     a autologi      Autologic
+     b bitstrea      Bitstream
+     c cg            Compugraphic
+     d dtc           Digital Typeface Corporation
+     e apple         Apple
+     f public        small foundries
+     g gnu           Free Software Foundation
+     h bh            Bigelow & Holmes
+     i itc           International Typeface Corporation
+     j microsft      Microsoft
+     k softkey       SoftKey
+     l linotype      Linotype
+     m monotype      Monotype
+     n ibm           IBM
+     o corel         Corel
+     p adobe         Adobe (`p' for PostScript)
+     q texgyre       TeX Gyre fonts from GUST Typefoundry
+     r -             raw (for [obsolete] use with virtual fonts)
+     s sun           Storm Type
+     t paragrap      ParaGraph
+     u urw           URW
+     v sil           SIL
+     w wolfram       Wolfram
+     y arkandis      Arkandis Digital Foundry
+     z -             bizarre (fontname is nonstandard)
+     - autofont	Eddie Kohler's autofont program
+     - jknappen      Joerg Knappen
+     - mnm           Hong Feng, free software in China
+     - yandy         Y&Y
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Typefaces,  Next: Weights,  Prev: Suppliers,  Up: Filenames for fonts
+
+2.2 Typefaces
+=============
+
+For our purposes, a "typeface" is a collection of related fonts.
+
+   We sometimes use the same typeface abbreviation for fonts with
+different supplier names, where we know (usually by inspection) that
+the fonts truly are the same.  This helps conserve abbreviations.
+
+   Notes on specific typefaces:
+
+`ad'
+`gm'
+     To explain a common confusion: `ad' is Adobe Garamond (with a
+     `FontName' of `AGaramond'). This is quite different from the
+     `Garamond' typeface distributed by Adobe, which is actually ITC
+     Garamond.  (Garamond No. 3 (`f3'), Simoncini Garamond (`ig'), and
+     Stempel Garamond (`eg') are still other variations on the Garamond
+     theme.)
+
+`lh'
+`ls'
+`lx'
+`r1'
+     These abbreviations for Lucida typeface subfamilies, et al., solve
+     a problem with names getting too long, or help conserve variant
+     abbreviations.  *Note Variants::.  Ideally, they would not exist.
+
+`ns'
+`nt'
+`tm'
+     Suppliers offer as many variations on the Times New Roman design
+     as they do Garamond.  Adobe has `Times', `TimesNewRoman', and
+     `TimesNewRomanPS'.  Although this last has been used by other
+     foundries (e.g., Monotype) for a Times variation exactly
+     compatible with Adobe's `Times', Adobe itself also offers it, so
+     we must have abbreviations for all three.
+
+`pi'
+     For pi fonts. Since names of pi fonts are rather arbitrary, it is
+     not useful to try to assign typeface abbreviations to all of them.
+     Instead, we use the supplier letter, `pi', an arbitarily-assigned
+     three-digit number, a weight and (if necessary) a variant. For
+     example, `mpi001r'.  Pi font `001' for one supplier has nothing to
+     do with pi font `001' for another.
+
+   Here is the table, from the file `typeface.map'.  It is organized
+alphabetically by abbreviation.  Each line consists of an abbreviation
+and directory name, possibly followed by PostScript `FontName's and/or
+a comment in roman.  The `FontName' may be preceded by a letter S and a
+`:', as in `b:Dutch'.  In that case, the S is a supplier abbreviation,
+and we've used that abbreviation for the given `FontName' from that
+supplier.
+
+@c @mapfile{
+@c   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+@c   date = "18jul10",
+@c   url = "http://tug.org/fontname/typeface.map",
+@c   supported = "yes",
+@c   docstring = "Typeface abbreviations for the TeX Fontname scheme.",
+@c   license = "public domain",
+@c }
+@c
+@c
+a0 arnopro      ArnoPro
+a1 arial        Arial
+a2 amasis       Amasis
+a3 adlib        AdLib
+a4 altgoth2     AlternateGothicNo2
+a5 allegro      Allegro
+a6 amelia       Amelia
+a7 amertext     AmericanText
+a8 aurora       Aurora
+a9 adsans       Adsans b:Humanist970BT
+aa aachen       Aachen
+ab aboeckli     ArnoldBoecklin
+ac acaslon      ACaslon                                 @r{Adobe Caslon}
+ad agaramon     AGaramond                               @r{Adobe Garamond}
+ae andalemo     AndaleMono
+ag avantgar     AvantGarde m:MAvantGardeGothicPS u:URWGothicL
+ah ashleysc     AshleyScript
+ai abadi        Abadi
+aj ajenson      AJenson
+ak arkona       Arkona
+al albertus     Albertus b:Flareserif821BT
+am amercana     Americana b:Americana
+an anna         Anna
+ao atqolive     AntiqueOlive b:Incised901BT
+ap apollo       Apollo
+aq antiqua      Antiqua u:URWAntiqua m:BookAntiqua
+ar arcadia      Arcadia
+as aldus        Aldus
+at atypewri     AmericanTypewriter
+au auriol       Auriol b:Freeform721
+av avenir       Avenir
+ax alexa        Alexa
+az azdzgrot     AkzidenzGrotesk b:Gothic725BT
+b0 blackoak     Blackoak
+b1 blado        Blado
+b2 binnyos      BinnyOldStyle
+b3 braggado     Braggadocio
+b4 bison        Bison b:Brush738BT
+b5 binghams     BinghamScript b:Freehand591BT
+b6 block        Block b:Gothic821
+b7 bernhard     Bernhard BernhardModern
+b8 blippo       Blippo
+b9 bremen       Bremen
+ba barmeno      Barmeno
+bb bembo        Bembo b:Aldine401BT
+bc banco        Banco
+bd bodoni       Bodoni u:URWBodoni
+be bell         Bell
+bf biffo        Biffo
+bg benguiat     Benguiat
+bh bauhaus      Bauhaus
+bi birch        Birch
+bj birka        Birka
+bk bookman      Bookman m:MBookmanPS u:URWBookmanL
+bl belwe        Belwe
+bm bulmer       Bulmer
+bn bernard      Bernard
+bo balloon      Balloon
+bp bodocamp     BodoniCampanile b:Modern735
+br berling      Berling b:Revival565BT
+bs bakersig     BakerSignet
+bt boton        Boton
+bu brush        BrushScript
+bv baskervi     Baskerville u:URWBasker
+bw broadway     Broadway
+by berkeley     Berkeley
+bz balzano      Balzano
+c0 carolina     Carolina
+c1 calisto      Calisto
+c2 casln224     CaslonTwoTwentyFour
+c3 caslon3      CaslonThree
+c4 chicago      Chicago
+c5 casln540     CaslonFiveForty
+c6 clarion      Clarion
+c7 compacta     Compacta
+c8 calvert      Calvert
+c9 codex        Codex b:Calligraphic421BT
+ca caslon       Caslon
+cb cooper       Cooper
+cc cascade      Cascade b:Freehand471BT
+cd clarendo     Clarendon u:URWClarendon
+ce centenni     Centennial
+cf clearfac     Clearface
+cg charlema     Charlemagne
+ch charter      Charter
+ci candida      Candida
+cj charis       SILCharis TeXChariot
+ck caslonbe     CaslonBookBE
+cl cloister     Cloister
+cm cm           @r{Computer Modern}
+cn century      Century
+co cochin       Cochin
+cp copperpl     Copperplate
+cq cheq         Cheq
+cr courier      Courier m:MCourierPS m:CourierTwelveMT u:NimbusMonL
+cs cntursbk     CenturySchoolbook
+ct cheltenh     Cheltenham
+cu centuros     CenturyOldStyle
+cv clairvx      Clairvaux
+cw cottonwd     Cottonwood
+cx caxton       Caxton
+cy city         City b:SquareSlabserif711BT
+cz choc         Choc b:Staccato555BT
+d0 davida       DavidaBold
+dc domcasl      Dom DomCasual DomDiagonal
+dd ducberry     DucDeBerry
+de dellarob     DellaRobbia
+dg dogma        Dogma
+di diotima      Diotima b:Calligraphic810BT
+dj delta        Delta
+dk diskus       Diskus
+dl dolores      Dolores
+dm delima       Delima
+do didot        DidotLH
+dr doric        Doric
+ds dorchesc     DorchesterScript
+dt dante        Dante
+dy academy      Academy
+e0 embassy      Embassy
+e1 empire       Empire
+e2 metatwo      Meta2
+ea electra      Electra b:Transitional521BT
+eb baskerbe     BaskervilleBE
+ec applecha     e:AppleChancery
+ee egyptian     Egyptian EgyptianExtended
+ef egyptien     EgyptienneF u:URWEgyptienne
+eg stgaramo     StempelGaramond b:OriginalGaramondBT
+eh engsft       Engschrift
+ei esprit       Esprit
+ek eckmann      Eckmann b:Freeform710
+el ellingtn     Ellington
+en engraver     Engravers
+eo amerigo      Amerigo b:AmerigoBT
+er eras         Eras
+es eurostil     Eurostile b:Square721BT k:Minima y:Electrum
+et ehrhardt     Ehrhardt
+eu euler        Euler
+ev mrseaves     MrsEaves
+ex exclsior     Excelsior
+f0 flemishs     FlemishScript
+f1 fournier     Fournier
+f2 facade       Facade
+f3 festival     Festival
+f4 footligh     Footlight
+f5 french       FrenchScript
+f9 frutigernext FrutgerNext
+fa formata      Formata
+fc freestyl     FreeStyleScript
+fe forte        Forte
+ff fairfld      Fairfield b:Transitional551BT
+fg frankgth     FranklinGothic
+fi figaro       Figaro
+fl flora        Flora
+fn fenice       Fenice
+fo folio        Folio
+fq frizquad     FrizQuadrata
+fr frutiger     Frutiger b:Humanist777BT
+fs falstaff     Falstaff
+ft fettefrk     FetteFraktur Fraktur
+fu futura       Futura
+fv futurans     FuturaNoStarchPress
+fx felixttl     FelixTitling
+fy flyer        Flyer
+g0 gando        Gando
+g1 gothic13     GothicThirteen
+g2 giddyup      Giddyup
+g3 garamon3     GaramondThree b:AmericanGaramondBT      @r{Garamond No.@: 3}
+g4 gymodern     GoudyModern
+g5 gycatalg     GoudyCatalogue
+g6 gorilla      GorillaITC
+g9 ugaramon     GaramondRetrospective
+ga gillsana     GillSana
+gb gothicbb     GothicBBB
+gd garuda       Garuda
+ge geneva       e:Geneva
+gg garthgra     GarthGraphic
+gh galahad      Galahad
+gi georgia      Georgia
+gj granjon      Granjon b:ElegantGaramondBT
+gl galliard     Galliard
+gm garamond     Garamond u:URWGaramond
+gn gentium      Gentium
+go gyoldsty     GoudyOldStyle
+gp glypha       Glypha
+gq grotesq      Grotesque u:URWGrotesk
+gr gloucest     Gloucester
+gs gillsans     GillSans m:GillAltOneMT b:Humanist521BT
+gt goudytxt     GoudyText
+gu guardi       Guardi
+gv giovanni     Giovanni
+gy goudy        Goudy
+gz gazette      GazetteLH
+h0 handelgo     HandelGothic
+ha hadriano     Hadriano
+hb hobo         Hobo Tramp
+hc herculnm     Herculanum
+hd headline     Headline
+hg hiroshig     Hiroshige
+hh highland     Highlander
+hi hvinsera     HelveticaInserat b:Swiss921BT
+hm charme       Charme
+hn hvneue       HelveticaNeue
+ho horleyos     HorleyOldStyle
+hr hvround      HelveticaRounded
+hs hnseati      Hanseatic B:Swiss924BT
+ht hoeflert     e:HoeflerText
+hv helvetic     Helvetica u:NimbusSans u:NimbusSanL b:Swiss721BT b:Monospace821BT b:Swiss911BT d:Sans Newton n:SonoranSansSerif
+hw schadow      Schadow
+hx huxleyvr     HuxleyVertical
+i0 commscr      CommercialScript
+i1 impress      Impress
+i2 impuls       Impuls
+i3 imperial     Imperial u:URWImperial
+i4 inconsol     Inconsolata
+ia insignia     Insignia
+ib ibycus       Ibycus
+ic impact       Impact
+id isadora      Isadora
+if inflex       Inflex
+ig scgaramo     SimonciniGaramond b:ItalianGaramond
+ii imprint      Imprint
+il caecilia     Caecilia
+im imago        Imago
+in industri     Industria
+io ionic        Ionic b:News701BT
+ip impressm     Impressum
+ir Irianis      IrianisADF
+is italnos      ItalianOldStyle
+it italia       Italia
+iw ironwood     Ironwood
+iy iowanold     IowanOldStyle
+iz isabella     Isabella
+jf jeffersn     Jefferson b:Freehand575BT
+jn janson       Janson
+jo joanna       Joanna
+jp juniper      Juniper
+k0 calibri      Calibri
+k1 cambria      Cambria
+k2 candara      Candara
+k3 consolas     Consolas
+k4 constant     Constantia
+k5 corbel       Corbel
+kb kabel        Kabel
+kg bankgoth     BankGothic
+kl klang        Klang
+kn kino         Kino
+ko bookmano     BookmanOldStyle
+kp kepler       Kepler
+kr korinna      Korinna
+ks kuenstsc     KuenstlerScript
+ku kaufmann     Kaufmann
+kw kolo         Kolo
+kx kigali       Kigali
+l0 lineart      LinearT u:URWLinear
+l1 liberty      Liberty
+l2 libra        Libra
+l3 lucia        Lucia
+l4 lucian       Lucian
+l5 baltica      Baltica
+l6 literatu     Literaturnaya
+l7 luxiseri     LuxiSerif
+l8 luxisans     LuxiSans
+l9 luximono     LuxiMono
+lb lubaling     LubalinGraph
+lc lucida       Lucida
+le legacy       Legacy
+lf life         Life
+lg lettrgth     LetterGothic ISILGothic
+lh lubright     LucidaBright
+li latin        Latin
+ll linolett     LinoLetter
+lm lmodern      LatinModern
+ln lino         Lino
+lo lithos       Lithos
+ls lucsans      LucidaSans
+lt lutetia      Lutetia
+lw leawood      Leawood
+lx lucidfax     LucidaFax
+ly lydian       Lydian
+lz legacysans   LegacySans
+m0 monospac     Monospace
+m1 monolisc     MonolineScript
+m2 metro        Metro b:Geometric415BT
+m3 mirarae      Mirarae
+m4 mrearl       MisterEarl
+m5 murrayhl     MurrayHill
+m6 mittlsft     Mittelschrift
+m7 matura       Matura
+m8 monotyos     MonotypeOldStyle
+ma mandate      Mandate b:Freehand521BT
+mc monaco       e:Monaco
+md meridien     Meridien
+me mercursc     MercuriusScript
+mg marigold     Marigold
+mh machine      Machine
+mi medici       Medici
+mj mojo         Mojo
+ml melior       Melior b:ZapfElliptical711BT
+mn minion       Minion
+mo modern       Modern b:Modern20BT
+mp memphis      Memphis b:GeometricSlab703BT
+mq mesquite     Mesquite
+mr madrone      Madrone
+ms mistral      Mistral b:Staccato222BT
+mt minister     Minister
+mv malvern      Malvern
+mx maximus      Maximus
+my myriad       Myriad
+mz amazone      Amazone
+n0 normande     Normande
+n1 binner       Binner @r{not really a family}
+n7 news706      News706
+na newaster     NewAster
+nb nbaskerv     NewBaskerville
+nc ncntrsbk     NewCenturySchlbk u:CenturySchL
+nd ncaledon     NewCaledonia
+nf nofret       Nofret
+ng newsgth      NewsGothic
+ni nimrod       Nimrod
+nk neograph     Neographik
+nl neuland      Neuland b:Informal011BT
+nm nimbus       Nimbus
+nn nclarend     NewClarendon
+no notredam     NotreDame
+np nsplanti     NewsPlantin
+nr nberolin     NewBerolina
+ns timesnps     TimesNewRomanPS
+nt timesnew     TimesNewRoman m:TimesNR n:SonoranSerif
+nu nuptial      Nuptial
+nv novarese     Novarese
+nw neueunzi     NeueHammerUnziale
+nx nyx          Nyx
+ny nyala        Nyala
+nz neuzeits     NeuzeitS
+o0 oldreadf     OldDreadfulNo7
+o1 oranda       Oranda
+o2 orbitb       OrbitB
+o3 colonna      Colonna
+o4 oceansan     OceanSans
+o5 comic        Comic
+o6 colombine    Colombine l:ColombineLT
+o7 oldsty7      OldStyleSeven
+o8 officina     Officina
+oa ocra         OCR-A
+ob ocrb         OCR-B
+oc concorde     Concorde
+oe oldengli     OldEnglish
+of oxford       Oxford
+oi ondine       Ondine Mermaid b:FormalScript421BT
+oj oldclaud     OldClaude
+ol colmcill     Colmcille
+om omnia        Omnia
+on corona       Corona
+op optima       Optima d:Optimum b:ZapfHumanist601BT Omega u:Classico
+oq ouch         Ouch
+or orator       Orator
+os oldstyle     OldStyle
+ot coronet      Coronet b:Ribbon131BT
+ov octavian     Octavian
+ox onyx         Onyx
+oy olympian     Olympian l:OlympicLH
+oz ozhandcr     OzHandicraft
+p0 poplar       Poplar
+p1 palacesc     PalaceScript
+p2 pepita       Pepita
+p3 palette      Palette b:Brush445BT
+p4 pioneer      PioneerITC
+p5 piranesi     Piranesi
+p6 blueprin     Blueprint
+p7 petersbu     Petersburg
+pa parkave      ParkAvenue
+pb ptbarnum     PtBarnum
+pc poetica      PoeticaChancery s:Scriptoria
+pd placard      Placard
+pe prestige     PrestigeElite
+pf profile      Profile Profil b:Decorated035BT
+pg peignot      Peignot b:Exotic350BT
+ph photina      Photina
+pi pi           @r{pi fonts---see text and @file{*.map} files}
+pj pompeija     Pompeijana
+pl palatino     Palatino d:Palton b:ZapfCalligraphic801BT u:URWPalladioL Palmspring k:Palindrome
+pm postmed      PostMediaeval
+pn plantin      Plantin b:Aldine721BT
+po ponderos     Ponderosa
+pp perpetua     Perpetua b:Lapidary333BT
+pq postatqa     PostAntiqua
+pr popplres     PopplResidenz
+ps parisian     Parisian
+pt present      Present
+pu popplaud     PopplLaudatio
+pw perrywoo     Perrywood
+px popplpfx     PopplPontifex
+py playbill     Playbill
+pz poliphil     Poliphilus
+qr quorum       Quorum
+qs bellevue     Bellevue
+qt boulevar     Boulevard
+r0 romana       Romana
+r1 rotis        RotisSemiSerif
+r2 cantoria     Cantoria
+r3 rotis        RotisSemiSans
+r4 rotis        RotisSansSerif
+ra raleigh      Raleigh
+rc romic        Romic
+rd romande      RomandeADF
+re requiem      Requiem
+rm carmina      Carmina
+rn rotation     Rotation
+ro rotis        RotisSerif
+rp reporter     Reporter
+rq russelsq     RussellSquare
+rr raphael      Raphael
+rs arrus        Arrus
+rt carta        Carta
+ru runic        Runic
+rv revue        Revue
+rw rockwell     Rockwell Slate b:GeometricSlab712BT
+rc rustican     Rusticana
+ry ryumin       Ryumin
+rz ruzicka      RuzickaFreehandLH
+s0 sanmarco     SanMarco
+s1 scotchro     ScotchRoman
+s2 script       Script
+s3 seagull      Seagull
+s4 shotgun      Shotgun ShotgunBlanks
+s5 snell        Snell
+s6 stuyvesa     Stuyvesant
+s7 sassoon      Sassoon
+s8 stonesan     StoneSans
+s9 segoescr     SegoeScript
+sa scala        Scala
+sb sabon        Sabon b:ClassicalGaramondBT
+sc slimbach     Slimbach
+se shelley      Shelley
+sf serifa       Serifa
+sg serifgth     SerifGothic
+sh shannon      Shannon
+si stoneinf     StoneInformal
+sk skia         e:Skia
+sl stencil      Stencil
+sm spectrum     Spectrum
+sn spartan      Spartan
+so sonata       Sonata
+sp serpenti     Serpentine
+sr snellrnd     SnellRoundhand
+ss stschnei     StempelSchneidler
+st stone        StoneSerif
+sv souvenir     Souvenir
+sw swing        Swing
+sx syntax       Syntax
+sy symbol       Symbol m:MSymbolPS u:StandardSymL
+t0 tango        Tango
+t1 thunderb     Thunderbird
+t2 typo         TypoUpright
+tb bebodoni     BodoniBE BBodoni                        @r{Berthold Bodoni}
+te timeseur     TimesEuropa
+tf tiffany      Tiffany
+tg tradegth     TradeGothic
+th tahoma       Tahoma
+ti techphon     TechPhonetic
+tj trajan       Trajan
+tk tekton       Tekton
+tl castella     Castellar
+tm times        Times u:NimbusRoman u:NimbusRomNo9L b:Dutch801BT
+tn norasi       Norasi
+to torino       Torino b:Industrial736BT
+tp tempo        Tempo
+tr trebuche     Trebuchet
+ts thesansm     TheSansMono
+tu doulos       SILDoulos TeXToulouse
+tv trumpmed     TrumpMediaeval b:Kuenstler480BT
+tw twentyc      TwentiethCentury
+ty typewrit     Typewriter u:URWTypewriter
+u0 columbus     Columbus
+ub babodoni     BauerBodoni
+ud studio       Studio
+ug bengugth     BenguiatGothic
+uh cushing      Cushing
+ul universa     Universal
+um umbra        Umbra
+un univers      Univers b:ZurichBT
+ur centaur      Centaur b:Venetian301BT
+ut utopia       Utopia
+uw usherwoo     Usherwood
+uy universi     University
+v0 vineta       Vineta
+v1 venturissans VenturisSansADF
+v2 venturis2    VenturisADFNo2
+v3 venturissans2 VenturisSansADFNo2
+va activa       Activa
+vc vectora      Vectora
+vd vandijck     VanDijck
+ve veraseri     VeraSerif
+vg visigoth     Visigoth
+vi victoria     Victoria
+vj veljovic     Veljovic
+vl versaill     Versailles
+vm veramono     VeraSansMono
+vn verdana      Verdana
+vo venturisold  VenturisOldADF
+vr vagrnd       VAGRounded
+vs verasans     VeraSans
+vt venturis     VenturisADF
+vv viva         Viva
+w0 weddingt     WeddingT
+w1 wiesbswi     WiesbadenSwing
+w9 wastrel      Wastrel
+wb walbaum      Walbaum
+wc snowcap      SnowCap
+wd weideman     Weidemann
+wg wlklgth      WilhelmKlingsporGotisch
+wh wendy        Wendy
+wi wingding     Wingdings
+wk wilke        Wilke
+wn windsor      Windsor
+wp warnockp     WarnockPro
+wr wittenbe     WitternbergerFrakt
+ws weiss        Weiss
+wt watertit     WatersTitling
+ww willow       Willow
+xc eccentri     Eccentric
+xl linuxlib     LinuxLibertine
+xp exponto      ExPonto
+yg centuryg     CenturyGothic
+yh strayhor     Strayhorn
+ym stymie       Stymie
+ys goudysan     GoudySans
+za zantiqua     ZAntiqua l:ZapfRenaisSH l:ZapfRenaisSB l:ZapfRenSwaSH
+zc zapfchan     ZapfChancery m:ZapfChanceryPS u:URWChanceryL
+zd zapfding     ZapfDingbats m:ZapfDingbatsPS u:Dingbats
+zf zapfino      Zapfino l:LinotypeZapfino-{One,Two,Three,Four,Ligature,Ornaments}
+zg neuzeitg     NeuzeitGrotesk b:Geometric706BT
+zp ziptydo      ZiptyDo
+zt zeitgeis     Zeitgeist
+__ agbook       AGBookStencil
+__ agbookrn     AGBookRounded
+__ agoldfac     AGOldFace
+__ agschlbk     AGSchoolbook
+__ aja          Aja
+__ albertin     AlbertinaMT
+__ amigo        Amigo
+__ andreas      Andreas
+__ ariadne      Ariadne
+__ banshee      Banshee
+__ beesknee     Beesknees
+__ bellcent     BellCentenial
+__ berlgrot     BerlinerGrotesk
+__ bermuda      BermudaLP
+__ berthold     BertholdScript
+__ bickham      BickhamScript
+__ blueisla     BlueIsland
+__ bodoniof     BodoniOldFaceBE
+__ bossanov     BossaNovaMVB
+__ briemaka     BriemAkademi
+__ briemscr     BriemScript
+__ buffalog     BuffaloGalMT
+__ caflisch     CaflischScript
+__ caliban      Caliban
+__ catull       Catull
+__ celestia     CelestiaAntiqua
+__ cerigo       Cerigo
+__ chaparra     Chaparral
+__ christia     Christiana
+__ colossal     Colossalis
+__ comenius     ComeniusAntiqua
+__ concorde     ConcordeNova
+__ congabra     CongaBrava
+__ copal        Copal
+__ coriande     Coriander
+__ cosmos       Cosmos
+__ cremona      Cremona
+__ critter      Critter
+__ cronos       Cronos
+__ ctmercur     CTMercurius
+__ curlz        CurlzMT
+__ cutout       Cutout
+__ delphin      Delphin
+__ elgreco      ElGreco
+__ else         ElseNPL
+__ emmascri     Emmascript
+__ flood        Flood
+__ florens      FlorensLP
+__ fusaka       Fusaka
+__ gallia       MonotypeGallia
+__ garamobe     GaramondBE
+__ gillfaci     GillFaciaMT
+__ gillflor     GillFloriatedCapsMT
+__ graphite     Graphite
+__ greymant     GreymantleMVB
+__ hardwood     HardwoodLP
+__ immi505      Immi505
+__ jimbo        Jimbo
+__ khaki        Khaki
+__ kidprint     KidprintMT
+__ kinesis      Kinesis
+__ kochantq     KochAntiqua
+__ legault      Legault
+__ lightlin     LightlineGothicMT
+__ lotype       LoType
+__ magnesiu     MagnesiumMVB
+__ magnolia     MagnoliaMVB
+__ mahsuri      MahsuriSansMT
+__ manito       ManitoLP
+__ mendoza      MendozaRoman
+__ mezz         Mezz
+__ micr         MICR
+__ monalisa     MonaLisa
+__ motterco     MotterCorpus
+__ mythos       Mythos
+__ nueva        Nueva
+__ oceansan     OceanSans
+__ origami      Origami
+__ ozwald       Ozwald
+__ pastonch     PastonchiMT
+__ pelican      Pelican
+__ penumbra     Penumbra
+__ pepperwo     Pepperwood
+__ poetica      Poetica
+__ pompeia      Pompeia
+__ popplexq     PopplExquisit
+__ postino      Postino
+__ quake        Quake
+__ rad          Rad
+__ reliq        Reliq
+__ rosewood     Rosewood
+__ rulngscr     RulingScript
+__ russlobl     RusselOblique
+__ sanvito      Sanvito
+__ sassafra     Sassafras
+__ serlio       SerlioLH
+__ sho          Sho
+__ shuriken     Shuriken
+__ smaragd      Smaragd
+__ spring       SpringLP
+__ spumoni      SpumoniLP
+__ studz        Studz
+__ tiepolo      Tiepolo
+__ toolbox      Toolbox
+__ verve        Verve
+__ volutasc     VolutaScript
+__ zebrawoo     Zebrawood
+__ shouyi       Shouyi  @r{for mnm}
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Weights,  Next: Variants,  Prev: Typefaces,  Up: Filenames for fonts
+
+2.3 Weights
+===========
+
+The "weight" of a font specifies its boldness.  Arranged from lightest
+to heaviest (more or less):
+
+     hairline, extra light, light
+     book, regular, medium
+     demibold, semibold, bold, extra bold, heavy
+     black, ultra, poster
+
+   Here is the table, from the file `weight.map'.  It is organized
+alphabetically by abbreviation.  Each line consists of an abbreviation
+and any parts of a PostScript `FontName' which use that abbreviation.
+
+     a Thin Hairline
+     b Bold
+     c Black
+     d Demi
+     h Heavy Heavyface
+     j ExtraLight
+     k Book
+     l Light
+     m Medium
+     p Poster
+     r Regular Roman
+     s Semibold
+     u Ultra UltraBlack
+     x ExtraBold ExtraBlack
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Variants,  Next: Widths,  Prev: Weights,  Up: Filenames for fonts
+
+2.4 Variants
+============
+
+"Variants" include typeface variations (e.g., italic, sans serif), and
+font encodings (e.g., Adobe standard, TeX text).
+
+   A fontname may require multiple variants.  To resolve the worst
+ambiguities, we specify that any encoding variant (`7', `8', or `9',
+see below) come last and any other numeral variant come first (to avoid
+confusion with a design size).  We recommend but do not require that
+the other variants be given in alphabetical order.  (It's not required
+because it's too painful to implement the sorting in TeX, and many
+existing names already have non-alphabetized variants.)
+
+   The letterspacing possibilities introduced by `fontinst' and virtual
+fonts have not yet become sufficiently widespread to make
+standardization beneficial.  Likewise for the many possible ways to
+generate small caps fonts.
+
+   Notes on specific variants, both old and new:
+
+`1'
+`4'
+`6'
+`b'
+     These variants (`semisans', `bright', `semiserif', and `fax') were
+     used only for single typefaces, so to conserve variant
+     abbreviations, they now have typeface abbreviations instead.
+     Also, for `b', to avoid too-long names; and for the others, to
+     avoid variant vs. design-size ambiguities.
+
+`g'
+`h'
+     Since these variants were not actually used in any font names,
+     they are now obsolete and may be reassigned in the future.
+
+`5'
+`6'
+`7'
+`8'
+`9'
+     These characters begin a two-character "encoding variant".
+     Generally, `7' is for 7-bit encodings, `8' is for 8-bit encodings,
+     and `9' is for expertised encodings with or without oldstyle
+     digits (see the `x' item below), but this is not an absolute rule.
+     Also, `5' is presently used for phonetic encodings and `6' for
+     Cyrillic encodings.  The `9s' (`SuperFont') variant contain all of
+     Adobe, Latin 1, and Expert glyphs, perhaps with slightly different
+     metrics than the original fonts.
+
+     For a font to be named with a certain encoding variant, it's not
+     necessary that all the characters appear in precisely the same
+     positions as in the encoding definition.  It's enough that the
+     usual TeX macros work. In practice, this means that it's ok for a
+     font to be labelled `7t' if the only difference from Computer
+     Modern is that the ligatures and the `lslash' and `Lslash'
+     characters are different, since it's impossible to access or
+     change the ligature table from TeX.  Standard PostScript fonts
+     don't have an `lslash' character the way Computer Modern does, but
+     they do have the `Lslash' and `lslash' characters themselves, so
+     the usual TeX `\lslash' and `\Lslash' macros can be made to work
+     via ligatures.  See the file `T1.etx' file in the `fontinst'
+     distribution for details.
+
+     If a name does not contain a specific encoding variant, its
+     encoding is unspecified.  For example, some of the fonts
+     distributed with Dvips(k) have names like `ptmr' for
+     `Times-Roman'; they use the Dvips encoding (*note dvips::), which
+     is close to (but not the same as) the TeX text encoding (as in
+     Computer Modern Roman).  Similarly, the TFM files distributed with
+     Dvilj(k) for the builtin LaserJet 4 fonts have names like `cunm',
+     since these fonts, while compatible with TeX text, contain many
+     additional characters.
+
+`9'
+     These items are needed only because `x' (and possibly `j')
+     followed by a two-character regular variant makes some names too
+     long.  That is, `9t' is equivalent in meaning to `x7t', and `9d'
+     is equivalent to `jx7t'.  (This may not be true for all `9X'
+     encodings, though.)
+
+`k'
+`z'
+     These variants (indicating Greek and Cyrillic fonts, respectively)
+     are obsolete; future fonts in different scripts should be assigned
+     an appropriate encoding abbreviation.  These are not currently
+     standardized, due to ignorance of the appropriate encodings.
+     Please send suggestions for abbreviations to the address in *note
+     Introduction::.
+
+`m'
+`v'
+`y'
+     These math-related variants remain for the sake of
+     typeface-specific math encodings, e.g., Lucida.  Fonts that use
+     the Computer Modern math encodings should use `7m' (*note
+     texmital::), `7v' (*note texmext::), and `7y' (*note texmsym::).
+
+`n'
+     This is used for several different (but very rare) variants: only
+     the Stone typeface has an "informal" variant, and only a few
+     Monotype fonts have a "schoolbook" variant, with different `a',
+     `g', and `y' shapes.
+
+`r'
+     Included only if no other variants, including encodings, apply, and
+     either the width (*note Widths::) is not `r' or a design size is
+     present.  I.e., `r' is only used as a placeholder.  When the normal
+     version of the typeface is sans serif (e.g., Helvetica), `r' should
+     be used when necessary, not `s'.  Use `s' only when the typeface
+     family has both serif and sans serif variants.
+
+`s'
+`t'
+     Mittelbach in `TUGboat' 13(1) suggests that these variants (for
+     `sans' and `typewriter') should be identified as part of the
+     typeface name, because there are few typeface families with these
+     variants.  I feel that since they are logically variants, it's
+     best to name them that way.  But `LucidaSans' (*note Typefaces::)
+     and a few others are exceptions, to avoid too-long names.
+
+`x'
+`8x'
+`9?'
+     `8x' indicates a font in the `Expert' encoding itself.  `x'
+     indicates an "expertised" font, i.e., a composite (virtual) font
+     that includes characters from an `8x' font.  And in fact an `xEE'
+     sequence is replaced by `9E', to save characters.
+
+   Fontname 1 assignments are shown in brackets in the following table,
+from the file `variant.map'.  It is organized alphabetically by
+abbreviation.  Each line consists of an abbreviation and either any
+parts of a PostScript `FontName' which use that abbreviation or the
+PostScript `Encoding' name.
+
+     0 inferior
+     1 superior
+     2                                   proportional digits, not tabular
+     obsolete [3=>7f] Fraction
+     obsolete [4 fax; now typeface `lx', Lucida Fax]
+     5 escape for (presently) phonetic encodings
+     6 escape for (mostly) Cyrillic encodings [was `SemiSerif']
+     7 escape for (mostly) 7-bit encodings
+     8 escape for (mostly) 8-bit encodings
+     9 escape for (presently) expert encodings [was oldstyle digits]
+     a Alt Arrows Alternative             [was alternate encoding]
+     obsolete [b bright; now typeface lh, Lucida Bright]
+     c SmallCaps
+     d Display Titling Caption Headline TallCaps SwashCaps LombardicCaps Festive
+     e Engraved Copperplate Elite
+     f Fraktur Gothic OldEnglish Handtooled (`gothic' can also be sans)
+     g SmallText      lc only, or designed for small sizes [was grooved, as in the IBM logo]
+     h Shadow
+     i Italic Kursiv Ital                 text italic
+     j                                    old-style digits [was invisible]
+     k Greek                              obsolete
+     l Outline OpenFace Blanks
+     m math italic
+     n Informal Fashion Schlbk            for Stone
+     o Oblique Obl                        slanted
+     p Ornaments
+     obsolete [q=>8t Cork (TeX extended) encoding]
+     r                                    roman or sans; often omitted, see text
+     s Gothic                             sans serif
+     t Monospace                          fixed-width typewriter
+     u                                    underline or unslanted italic
+     v MathExtension
+     w Script Handwritten Swash Calligraphy Cursive Tango Ligature
+     x built with Adobe expert encoding [was expert-encoded]
+     y MathSymbol
+     z Cyrillic                           font-dependent Cyrillic
+     5a PhoneticAlternate
+     5i PhoneticIPA
+     5s sil-IPA
+     5t TeX-IPA                           Fukui Rei, LaTeX T3
+     5w TeXAfricanLatin                   wsuipa fonts, LaTeX OT3
+     5z user
+     6a T2A
+     6b Cyrillic part of ISO 8859-5, seven bits
+     6c T2C
+     6d Cyrillic CP866 encoding
+     6g LGR                               Greek font encoding
+     6i ISO 8859-5
+     6k Cyrillic KOI8-R encoding
+     6m Cyrillic Macintosh encoding
+     6s Storm extra encoding
+     6t T2B
+     6w Cyrillic CP1251 encoding
+     6x X2
+     6y LCY
+     6z user
+     7a A                                 alternate characters only
+     7c Dfr                               Fraktur
+     7d OsF OSF                           oldstyle digit encoding
+     7f Fraction
+     7k OT2Cyrillic
+     7m TeXMathItalicEncoding             *note texmital::
+     7t                       TeX text encoding (as in Computer Modern Roman)
+     7v TeXMathExtensionEncoding          *note texmext::
+     7y TeXMathSymbolEncoding             *note texmsym::
+     7z user
+     82 GreekKeys
+     83 Ibycus1
+     84 Ibycus2
+     8a StandardEncoding                  Adobe standard encoding, *note 8a::
+     8c TeXTextCompanion                  LaTeX TS1
+     8e CE                                Adobe CE
+     8f TeXAfricanLatin                   LaTeX T4
+     8g groff
+     8i TS0                               Intersection of TS1/Adobe Standard
+     8m Macintosh standard encoding
+     8n LM1 Textures
+     8q encqxoosix                        QX, from GUST
+     8r TeXBase1Encoding                  (*note 8r::)
+     8t ECEncoding CorkEncoding           (*note ec::), aka tex256.enc
+     8u XT2Encoding                       cmtt + Latin 2, see `xl2.enc'
+     8v TeXVietnamese                     T5
+     8w Windows 3.1 ANSI encoding
+     8x Expert                            expert encoding
+     8y LY1                               texnansi
+     8z XL2Encoding                       cmr + Latin 2, see `xl2.enc'
+     9c expert + Text companion
+     9d expert + oldstyle digits + Cork
+     9e expert + Cork
+     9i TS0X                              Intersection of TS1/Standard/Expert
+     9o expert + oldstyle digits + TeX text
+     9s SF                                SuperFont
+     9t expert + TeX text
+     9u Unicode-compatible
+     9x TeXnANSIEncodingX                 texnansx, texnansi without repeats
+     9z user
+     -  songti                            for mnm
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Widths,  Prev: Variants,  Up: Filenames for fonts
+
+2.5 Widths
+==========
+
+The "width" of a font specifies the compression or expansion of the
+font.  Arranged from narrowest to widest (more or less):
+
+     ultra compressed, extra condensed, compressed, condensed, narrow
+     regular
+     semiextended, extended, expanded, wide
+
+   Expansion or compression of fonts is sometimes done automatically
+(as by the PostScript `scale' operator), and sometimes done by humans.
+In the latter case, the human will also presumably choose a font name
+which includes `Extended' or `Expanded' or `Condensed' or `Narrow' or
+whatever according to their own preferences; the abbreviation can
+follow along.  When creating a new synthetically expanded or compressed
+font for use with TeX, e.g., with Afm2tfm or `fontinst', use `n' and
+`e'.
+
+   Here is the table, from the file `width.map'.  It is organized
+alphabetically by abbreviation.  Each line consists of an abbreviation
+and any parts of a PostScript `FontName' which use that abbreviation.
+
+     c Condensed Cond
+     e Expanded
+     n Narrow Semicondensed
+     o UltraCondensed
+     p Compressed Compact
+     q ExtraCompressed ExtraCondensed
+     r Normal Medium Regular (usually omitted)
+     t Thin
+     u UltraCompressed
+     v ExtraExpanded more than Expanded, less than Wide
+     w Wide
+     x Extended Elongated
+     y Semiexpanded
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Long names,  Next: Font name lists,  Prev: Filenames for fonts,  Up: Top
+
+3 Long names
+************
+
+Eight characters is not enough to unambiguously represent all fonts.  To
+do that, we have to allow ourselves arbitrarily long names.  Although we
+certainly cannot use such names for the files themselves, we could still
+use them in TeX documents given a simple mapping file, as discussed
+below.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Name mapping file::           Aliases for fonts.
+* Long naming scheme::          A way to use more than 8 alphanumerics.
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Name mapping file,  Next: Long naming scheme,  Up: Long names
+
+3.1 A fontname mapping file
+===========================
+
+At the moment, most implementations of TeX look up a TFM file (as part
+of the `\font' command), by searching for a file with the name given by
+the user (possibly in any of series of directories).  But if we also
+looked TFM names up in _another_ file (or set of files), which
+specifies the actual filename, the fontname given in the TeX source
+file could be almost anything at all, of any length.
+
+   In version 5.851d of Web2c, I implemented this mapping file.  Each
+file `texfonts.map' in a search path is read for abbreviations. The file
+has a straightforward format: each line specifies the filename and the
+TeX name for one font, separated by whitespace.  Extra information on
+the line is ignored; then more information could be specified for the
+benefit of DVI-reading programs in the same file.  Comments start with
+`%' and continue to the end of the line.
+
+   Besides allowing long names, this sort of mapping file has other
+benefits.  TeX source or DVI files can be more easily transported,
+because the font names in a particular file can be made to work on every
+system.  Also, when combined with a consistent naming scheme, macros
+could be written to access any of a number of fonts.  Right now, each
+font family has to have specialized macros written to deal with it.
+
+   Incidentally, Professor Knuth has approved this as a legitimate
+"system-dependent" extension; a TeX with such a feature can still be
+called "TeX".
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Long naming scheme,  Prev: Name mapping file,  Up: Long names
+
+3.2 A naming scheme for long names
+==================================
+
+Once we allow ourselves long names, we can construct a naming scheme to
+handle arbitrary fonts without much difficulty.  Here is one proposal,
+based on the X Window System font naming conventions.
+
+     SUPPLIER-FAMILY-WEIGHT-VARIANTS-WIDTH-ENCODING--SIZE
+
+   SUPPLIER is the usual `Adobe', `Autologic', etc., as well as
+`unknown' or `bizarre'--this last meaning the rest of the name is
+nonstandard.  If the SUPPLIER is missing, i.e., the name starts with a
+`-', "public domain" is assumed.  For fonts made by individuals, the
+initials of the designer would probably make a good SUPPLIER.
+
+   FAMILY is `ComputerModern' or `Times' or whatever.
+
+   Everything else is optional.  The `--' before the SIZE lets one
+specify a name with, say, a weight and variants, but then skip the
+WIDTH and ENCODING, but still be able to give a size.
+
+   WEIGHT and WIDTH are as described earlier.
+
+   If there is more than one variant, they are separated with some
+character other than `-', say `=':
+     B+H-Lucida-Bold-Sans=Typewriter--10
+
+   ENCODING is what Metafont calls the `font_coding_scheme'--the layout
+of the characters in the font.  For example, `Cork' or `ISOLatin1' or
+`AdobeAlternate'.
+
+   Names are case-sensitive, for consistency with the rest of TeX and
+with PostScript, etc.  Spaces cannot be used in the name, to make it
+easier for TeX to parse.  Likewise, characters with default category
+codes other than 11 (letter) or 12 (other) should not be used.
+
+   Another possibility is to forget all the above, and simply use the
+vendor's name (perhaps prefixed by the vendor): `Times-Roman'.
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Font name lists,  Next: Encodings,  Prev: Long names,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix A Font name lists
+**************************
+
+These sections contain a list of fonts from various suppliers together
+with the corresponding names.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Standard PostScript fonts::   The standard 35 PostScript fonts.
+* Adobe fonts::
+* Apple fonts::
+* Bitstream fonts::
+* DTC fonts::
+* ITC fonts::
+* Linotype fonts::
+* Monotype fonts::
+* URW fonts::
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Standard PostScript fonts,  Next: Adobe fonts,  Up: Font name lists
+
+A.1 Standard PostScript fonts
+=============================
+
+Abbreviated names for the 35 standard PostScript fonts. An encoding
+variant, such as `8a' for the Adobe `StandardEncoding', is omitted.
+
+`pagk'
+     `AvantGarde-Book'
+
+`pagko'
+     `AvantGarde-BookOblique'
+
+`pagd'
+     `AvantGarde-Demi'
+
+`pagdo'
+     `AvantGarde-DemiOblique'
+
+`pbkd'
+     `Bookman-Demi'
+
+`pbkdi'
+     `Bookman-DemiItalic'
+
+`pbkl'
+     `Bookman-Light'
+
+`pbkli'
+     `Bookman-LightItalic'
+
+`pcrb'
+     `Courier-Bold'
+
+`pcrbo'
+     `Courier-BoldOblique'
+
+`pcrr'
+     `Courier'
+
+`pcrro'
+     `Courier-Oblique'
+
+`phvb'
+     `Helvetica-Bold'
+
+`phvbo'
+     `Helvetica-BoldOblique'
+
+`phvbrn'
+     `Helvetica-NarrowBold'
+
+`phvbon'
+     `Helvetica-NarrowBoldOblique'
+
+`phvr'
+     `Helvetica'
+
+`phvro'
+     `Helvetica-Oblique'
+
+`phvrrn'
+     `Helvetica-Narrow'
+
+`phvron'
+     `Helvetica-NarrowOblique'
+
+`pncb'
+     `NewCenturySchlbk-Bold'
+
+`pncbi'
+     `NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic'
+
+`pncri'
+     `NewCenturySchlbk-Italic'
+
+`pncr'
+     `NewCenturySchlbk-Roman'
+
+`pplb'
+     `Palatino-Bold'
+
+`pplbi'
+     `Palatino-BoldItalic'
+
+`pplri'
+     `Palatino-Italic'
+
+`pplr'
+     `Palatino-Roman'
+
+`psyr'
+     `Symbol'
+
+`ptmb'
+     `Times-Bold'
+
+`ptmbi'
+     `Times-BoldItalic'
+
+`ptmri'
+     `Times-Italic'
+
+`ptmr'
+     `Times-Roman'
+
+`pzcmi'
+     `ZapfChancery-MediumItalic'
+
+`pzdr'
+     `ZapfDingbats'
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Adobe fonts,  Next: Apple fonts,  Prev: Standard PostScript fonts,  Up: Font name lists
+
+A.2 Adobe fonts
+===============
+
+The `adobe.map' file has abbreviations for Adobe fonts.
+
+     pcrb8a    Courier-Bold                      A    0.1    cob_____
+     pcrbo8a   Courier-BoldOblique               A    0.1    cobo____
+     pcrr8a    Courier                           A    0.1    com_____
+     pcrro8a   Courier-Oblique                   A    0.1    coo_____
+     phvr8a    Helvetica                         A    0.2    hv______
+     phvb8a    Helvetica-Bold                    A    0.2    hvb_____
+     phvbo8a   Helvetica-BoldOblique             A    0.2    hvbo____
+     phvro8a   Helvetica-Oblique                 A    0.2    hvo_____
+     psyr      Symbol                            A    0.3    sy______
+     ptmb8a    Times-Bold                        A    0.4    tib_____
+     ptmbi8a   Times-BoldItalic                  A    0.4    tibi____
+     ptmri8a   Times-Italic                      A    0.4    tii_____
+     ptmr8a    Times-Roman                       A    0.4    tir_____
+     phvr8an   Helvetica-Narrow                  A    0.5    hvn_____
+     phvb8an   Helvetica-Narrow-Bold             A    0.5    hvnb____
+     phvbo8an  Helvetica-Narrow-BoldOblique      A    0.5    hvnbo___
+     phvro8an  Helvetica-Narrow-Oblique          A    0.5    hvno____
+     pplb8a    Palatino-Bold                     A    001    pob_____
+     pplbi8a   Palatino-BoldItalic               A    001    pobi____
+     pplri8a   Palatino-Italic                   A    001    poi_____
+     pplr8a    Palatino-Roman                    A    001    por_____
+     pbkd8a    Bookman-Demi                      A    002    bkd_____
+     pbkdi8a   Bookman-DemiItalic                A    002    bkdi____
+     pbkl8a    Bookman-Light                     A    002    bkl_____
+     pbkli8a   Bookman-LightItalic               A    002    bkli____
+     pzcmi8a   ZapfChancery-MediumItalic         A    003    zcmi____
+     pzdr      ZapfDingbats                      A    003    zd______
+     pagd8a    AvantGarde-Demi                   A    004    agd_____
+     pagdo8a   AvantGarde-DemiOblique            A    004    agdo____
+     pagk8a    AvantGarde-Book                   A    004    agw_____
+     pagko8a   AvantGarde-BookOblique            A    004    agwo____
+     pncb8a    NewCenturySchlbk-Bold             A    005    ncb_____
+     pncbi8a   NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic       A    005    ncbi____
+     pncri8a   NewCenturySchlbk-Italic           A    005    nci_____
+     pncr8a    NewCenturySchlbk-Roman            A    005    ncr_____
+     popr8a    Optima                            A    006    op______
+     popb8a    Optima-Bold                       A    006    opb_____
+     popbi8a   Optima-BoldItalic                 A    006    opbi____
+     popbo8a   Optima-BoldOblique                A    006    opbo____
+     popri8a   Optima-Italic                     A    006    opi_____
+     popro8a   Optima-Oblique                    A    006    opo_____
+     psvd8a    Souvenir-Demi                     A    007    sud_____
+     psvdi8a   Souvenir-DemiItalic               A    007    sudi____
+     psvl8a    Souvenir-Light                    A    007    sul_____
+     psvli8a   Souvenir-LightItalic              A    007    suli____
+     plbd8a    LubalinGraph-Demi                 A    008    lud_____
+     plbdo8a   LubalinGraph-DemiOblique          A    008    ludo____
+     plbk8a    LubalinGraph-Book                 A    008    luw_____
+     plbko8a   LubalinGraph-BookOblique          A    008    luwo____
+     pgmb8a    Garamond-Bold                     A    009    gab_____
+     pgmbi8a   Garamond-BoldItalic               A    009    gabi____
+     pgml8a    Garamond-Light                    A    009    gal_____
+     pgmli8a   Garamond-LightItalic              A    009    gali____
+     patb8a    AmericanTypewriter-Bold           A    010    atb_____
+     patba8a   AmericanTypewriter-BoldA          A    010    atba____
+     patb8ac   AmericanTypewriter-BoldCond       A    010    atbc____
+     patba8ac  AmericanTypewriter-BoldCondA      A    010    atbca___
+     patr8ac   AmericanTypewriter-Cond           A    010    atc_____
+     patra8ac  AmericanTypewriter-CondA          A    010    atca____
+     patl8a    AmericanTypewriter-Light          A    010    atl_____
+     patla8a   AmericanTypewriter-LightA         A    010    atla____
+     patl8ac   AmericanTypewriter-LightCond      A    010    atlc____
+     patla8ac  AmericanTypewriter-LightCondA     A    010    atlca___
+     patm8a    AmericanTypewriter-Medium         A    010    atm_____
+     patma8a   AmericanTypewriter-MediumA        A    010    atma____
+     pbgb8a    Benguiat-Bold                     A    011    bgb_____
+     pbgk8a    Benguiat-Book                     A    011    bgw_____
+     pfqr8a    FrizQuadrata                      A    011    fq______
+     pfqb8a    FrizQuadrata-Bold                 A    011    fqb_____
+     pgpr8a    Glypha                            A    012    gy______
+     pgpb8a    Glypha-Bold                       A    012    gyb_____
+     pgpbo8a   Glypha-BoldOblique                A    012    gybo____
+     pgpro8a   Glypha-Oblique                    A    012    gyo_____
+     phvc8a    Helvetica-Black                   A    013    hvbl____
+     phvco8a   Helvetica-BlackOblique            A    013    hvblo___
+     phvl8a    Helvetica-Light                   A    013    hvl_____
+     phvlo8a   Helvetica-LightOblique            A    013    hvlo____
+     phvr8ac   Helvetica-Condensed               A    014    hvc_____
+     phvb8ac   Helvetica-Condensed-Bold          A    014    hvcb____
+     phvc8ac   Helvetica-Condensed-Black         A    014    hvcbl___
+     phvbo8ac  Helvetica-Condensed-BoldObl       A    014    hvcbo___
+     phvro8ac  Helvetica-Condensed-Oblique       A    014    hvcdo___
+     phvl8ac   Helvetica-Condensed-Light         A    014    hvcl____
+     phvlo8ac  Helvetica-Condensed-LightObl      A    014    hvclo___
+     phvco8ac  Helvetica-Condensed-BlackObl      A    014    hvco____
+     ptvb8a    TrumpMediaeval-Bold               A    015    tmb_____
+     ptvbi8a   TrumpMediaeval-BoldItalic         A    015    tmbi____
+     ptvri8a   TrumpMediaeval-Italic             A    015    tmi_____
+     ptvr8a    TrumpMediaeval-Roman              A    015    tmr_____
+     pmlr8a    Melior                            A    016    me______
+     pmlb8a    Melior-Bold                       A    016    meb_____
+     pmlbi8a   Melior-BoldItalic                 A    016    mebi____
+     pmlri8a   Melior-Italic                     A    016    mei_____
+     pglb8a    Galliard-Bold                     A    017    glb_____
+     pglbi8a   Galliard-BoldItalic               A    017    glbi____
+     pglri8a   Galliard-Italic                   A    017    gli_____
+     pglr8a    Galliard-Roman                    A    017    glr_____
+     pnbb8a    NewBaskerville-Bold               A    018    nbb_____
+     pnbbi8a   NewBaskerville-BoldItalic         A    018    nbbi____
+     pnbri8a   NewBaskerville-Italic             A    018    nbi_____
+     pnbr8a    NewBaskerville-Roman              A    018    nbr_____
+     pkrb8a    Korinna-Bold                      A    019    krb_____
+     pkrbi8a   Korinna-KursivBold                A    019    krkb____
+     pkrri8a   Korinna-KursivRegular             A    019    krkx____
+     pkrr8a    Korinna-Regular                   A    019    krrg____
+     pgyr8a    Goudy                             A    020    go______
+     pgyb8a    Goudy-Bold                        A    020    gob_____
+     pgybi8a   Goudy-BoldItalic                  A    020    gobi____
+     pgyri8a   Goudy-Italic                      A    020    goi_____
+     psor      Sonata                            A    021    so______
+     pcub8a    CenturyOldStyle-Bold              A    022    csb_____
+     pcuri8a   CenturyOldStyle-Italic            A    022    csi_____
+     pcur8a    CenturyOldStyle-Regular           A    022    csrg____
+     pfgd8a    FranklinGothic-Demi               A    023    frd_____
+     pfgdi8a   FranklinGothic-DemiItal           A    023    frdi____
+     pfgdo8a   FranklinGothic-DemiOblique        A    023    frdo____
+     pfgh8a    FranklinGothic-Heavy              A    023    frh_____
+     pfghi8a   FranklinGothic-HeavyItal          A    023    frhi____
+     pfgho8a   FranklinGothic-HeavyOblique       A    023    frho____
+     pfgm8a    FranklinGothic-Medium             A    023    frm_____
+     pfgmi8a   FranklinGothic-MediumItal         A    023    frmi____
+     pfgk8a    FranklinGothic-Book               A    023    frw_____
+     pfgki8a   FranklinGothic-BookItal           A    023    frwi____
+     pfgko8a   FranklinGothic-BookOblique        A    023    frwo____
+     pctb8a    Cheltenham-Bold                   A    024    chb_____
+     pctbi8a   Cheltenham-BoldItalic             A    024    chbi____
+     pctk8a    Cheltenham-Book                   A    024    chw_____
+     pctki8a   Cheltenham-BookItalic             A    024    chwi____
+     ppar8a    ParkAvenue                        A    025    pa______
+     pbdr8a    Bodoni                            A    026    bd______
+     pbdb8a    Bodoni-Bold                       A    026    bdb_____
+     pbdbi8a   Bodoni-BoldItalic                 A    026    bdbi____
+     pbdri8a   Bodoni-Italic                     A    026    bdi_____
+     pbdp8a    Bodoni-Poster                     A    026    bdps____
+     plgr8a    LetterGothic                      A    027    lg______
+     plgb8a    LetterGothic-Bold                 A    027    lgb_____
+     plgbo8a   LetterGothic-BoldSlanted          A    027    lgbsl___
+     plgro8a   LetterGothic-Slanted              A    027    lgsl____
+     pper8a    PrestigeElite                     A    028    pe______
+     ppeb8a    PrestigeElite-Bold                A    028    peb_____
+     ppebo8a   PrestigeElite-BoldSlanted         A    028    pebsl___
+     ppero8a   PrestigeElite-Slanted             A    028    pesl____
+     porr8a    Orator                            A    029    or______
+     porro8a   Orator-Slanted                    A    029    orsl____
+     pngr8a    NewsGothic                        A    030    ng______
+     pngb8a    NewsGothic-Bold                   A    030    ngb_____
+     pngbo8a   NewsGothic-BoldOblique            A    030    ngbo____
+     pngro8a   NewsGothic-Oblique                A    030    ngo_____
+     ptfr8a    Tiffany                           A    031    tf______
+     ptfd8a    Tiffany-Demi                      A    031    tfd_____
+     ptfdi8a   Tiffany-DemiItalic                A    031    tfdi____
+     ptfh8a    Tiffany-Heavy                     A    031    tfh_____
+     ptfhi8a   Tiffany-HeavyItalic               A    031    tfhi____
+     ptfri8a   Tiffany-Italic                    A    031    tfi_____
+     pcbc8a    CooperBlack                       A    032    cb______
+     pcbci8a   CooperBlack-Italic                A    032    cbi_____
+     pburw8a   BrushScript                       A    033    bs______
+     phbrw8a   Hobo                              A    033    ho______
+     pslb8a    Stencil                           A    033    st______
+     paab8a    Aachen-Bold                       A    034    acb_____
+     pfcrw8a   FreestyleScript                   A    034    fs______
+     prvb8a    Revue                             A    034    re______
+     puyr8a    UniversityRoman                   A    034    ur______
+     prtr      Carta                             A    035    cr______
+     plcr8a    Lucida                            A    036    lc______
+     plcb8a    Lucida-Bold                       A    036    lcb_____
+     plcbi8a   Lucida-BoldItalic                 A    036    lcbi____
+     plcri8a   Lucida-Italic                     A    036    lci_____
+     punr8a    Univers                           A    037    uv______
+     punb8a    Univers-Bold                      A    037    uvb_____
+     punc8a    Univers-Black                     A    037    uvbl____
+     punco8a   Univers-BlackOblique              A    037    uvblo___
+     punbo8a   Univers-BoldOblique               A    037    uvbo____
+     punl8a    Univers-Light                     A    037    uvl_____
+     punlo8a   Univers-LightOblique              A    037    uvlo____
+     punro8a   Univers-Oblique                   A    037    uvo_____
+     punr8ac   Univers-Condensed                 A    038    uvc_____
+     punb8ac   Univers-CondensedBold             A    038    uvcb____
+     punbo8ac  Univers-CondensedBoldOblique      A    038    uvcbo___
+     punro8ac  Univers-CondensedOblique          A    038    uvcdo___
+     punl8ac   Univers-CondensedLight            A    038    uvcl____
+     punlo8ac  Univers-CondensedLightOblique     A    038    uvclo___
+     pfub8a    Futura-Bold                       A    039    fub_____
+     pfubo8a   Futura-BoldOblique                A    039    fubo____
+     pful8a    Futura-Light                      A    039    ful_____
+     pfulo8a   Futura-LightOblique               A    039    fulo____
+     pfuk8a    Futura-Book                       A    039    fuw_____
+     pfuko8a   Futura-BookOblique                A    039    fuwo____
+     pstr8a    StoneSerif                        A    040    sr______
+     pstb8a    StoneSerif-Bold                   A    040    srb_____
+     pstbi8a   StoneSerif-BoldItalic             A    040    srbi____
+     pstri8a   StoneSerif-Italic                 A    040    sri_____
+     psts8a    StoneSerif-Semibold               A    040    srsb____
+     pstsi8a   StoneSerif-SemiboldItalic         A    040    srsbi___
+     ps8r8a    StoneSans                         A    041    ss______
+     ps8b8a    StoneSans-Bold                    A    041    ssb_____
+     ps8bi8a   StoneSans-BoldItalic              A    041    ssbi____
+     ps8ri8a   StoneSans-Italic                  A    041    ssi_____
+     ps8s8a    StoneSans-Semibold                A    041    sssb____
+     ps8si8a   StoneSans-SemiboldItalic          A    041    sssbi___
+     psir8a    StoneInformal                     A    042    si______
+     psib8a    StoneInformal-Bold                A    042    sib_____
+     psibi8a   StoneInformal-BoldItalic          A    042    sibi____
+     psiri8a   StoneInformal-Italic              A    042    sii_____
+     psis8a    StoneInformal-Semibold            A    042    sisb____
+     psisi8a   StoneInformal-SemiboldItalic      A    042    sisbi___
+     ponr8a    Corona                            A    043    cn______
+     ponb8a    Corona-Bold                       A    043    cnb_____
+     ponri8a   Corona-Italic                     A    043    cni_____
+     pesr8a    Eurostile                         A    044    eu______
+     pesb8a    Eurostile-Bold                    A    044    eub_____
+     pesbi8a   Eurostile-BoldOblique             A    044    eubo____
+     pesd8a    Eurostile-Demi                    A    044    eud_____
+     pesdi8a   Eurostile-DemiOblique             A    044    eudo____
+     pesri8a   Eurostile-Oblique                 A    044    euo_____
+     pexr8a    Excelsior                         A    045    ex______
+     pexb8a    Excelsior-Bold                    A    045    exb_____
+     pexri8a   Excelsior-Italic                  A    045    exi_____
+     pfur8a    Futura                            A    046    fu______
+     pfux8a    Futura-ExtraBold                  A    046    fueb____
+     pfuxo8a   Futura-ExtraBoldOblique           A    046    fuebo___
+     pfuh8a    Futura-Heavy                      A    046    fuh_____
+     pfuho8a   Futura-HeavyOblique               A    046    fuho____
+     pfuro8a   Futura-Oblique                    A    046    fuo_____
+     pfuxo8ac  Futura-CondExtraBoldObl           A    047    fcebo___
+     pfur8ac   Futura-Condensed                  A    047    fuc_____
+     pfub8ac   Futura-CondensedBold              A    047    fucb____
+     pfubo8ac  Futura-CondensedBoldOblique       A    047    fucbo___
+     pfux8ac   Futura-CondensedExtraBold         A    047    fuceb___
+     pful8ac   Futura-CondensedLight             A    047    fucl____
+     pfulo8ac  Futura-CondensedLightOblique      A    047    fuclo___
+     pfuro8ac  Futura-CondensedOblique           A    047    fuco____
+     plsr8a    LucidaSans                        A    048    ls______
+     plsb8a    LucidaSans-Bold                   A    048    lsb_____
+     plsbi8a   LucidaSans-BoldItalic             A    048    lsbi____
+     plsri8a   LucidaSans-Italic                 A    048    lsi_____
+     pmpb8a    Memphis-Bold                      A    049    mpb_____
+     pmpbi8a   Memphis-BoldItalic                A    049    mpbi____
+     pmpx8a    Memphis-ExtraBold                 A    049    mpeb____
+     pmpl8a    Memphis-Light                     A    049    mpl_____
+     pmpli8a   Memphis-LightItalic               A    049    mpli____
+     pmpm8a    Memphis-Medium                    A    049    mpm_____
+     pmpmi8a   Memphis-MediumItalic              A    049    mpmi____
+     phvx8ap   Helvetica-ExtraCompressed         A    050    hvek____
+     phvr8ap   Helvetica-Compressed              A    050    hvk_____
+     phvu8ap   Helvetica-UltraCompressed         A    050    hvuk____
+     pitb8a    Italia-Bold                       A    051    itb_____
+     pitm8a    Italia-Medium                     A    051    itm_____
+     pitk8a    Italia-Book                       A    051    itw_____
+     pblb8a    Belwe-Bold                        A    052    bwb_____
+     pblr8ac   Belwe-Condensed                   A    052    bwc_____
+     pbll8a    Belwe-Light                       A    052    bwl_____
+     pblm8a    Belwe-Medium                      A    052    bwm_____
+     pc5ri8a   CaslonFiveForty-Italic            A    053    cfi_____
+     pc5r8a    CaslonFiveForty-Roman             A    053    cfr_____
+     pc3ri8a   CaslonThree-Italic                A    053    cti_____
+     pc3r8a    CaslonThree-Roman                 A    053    ctr_____
+     pgyx8a    Goudy-ExtraBold                   A    054    goeb____
+     pgyh8a    Goudy-Heavyface                   A    054    goh_____
+     pgyhi8a   Goudy-HeavyfaceItalic             A    054    gohi____
+     pjnb8a    JansonText-Bold                   A    055    jtb_____
+     pjnbi8a   JansonText-BoldItalic             A    055    jtbi____
+     pjnri8a   JansonText-Italic                 A    055    jti_____
+     pjnr8a    JansonText-Roman                  A    055    jtr_____
+     ierb8a    ItcEras-Bold                      A    056    erb_____
+     ierk8a    ItcEras-Book                      A    056    erbk____
+     ierd8a    ItcEras-Demi                      A    056    erd_____
+     ierl8a    ItcEras-Light                     A    056    erl_____
+     ierm8a    ItcEras-Medium                    A    056    erm_____
+     ieru8a    ItcEras-Ultra                     A    056    eru_____
+     ikbb8a    ItcKabel-Bold                     A    057    kbb_____
+     ikbd8a    ItcKabel-Demi                     A    057    kbd_____
+     ikbm8a    ItcKabel-Medium                   A    057    kbm_____
+     ikbu8a    ItcKabel-Ultra                    A    057    kbu_____
+     ikbk8a    ItcKabel-Book                     A    057    kbw_____
+     p_____    MICR                              A    058    mi______
+     poar      OCRA                              A    058    oa______
+     poara     OCRA-Alternate                    A    058    oaalt___
+     pobr      OCRB                              A    058    ob______
+     pobra     OCRB-Alternate                    A    058    obalt___
+     phnc8a    HelveticaNeue-Black               A    059    hlbl____
+     phnci8a   HelveticaNeue-BlackItalic         A    059    hlbli___
+     phnj8a    HelveticaNeue-UltraLight          A    059    hlul____
+     phnji8a   HelveticaNeue-UltraLightItal      A    059    hluli___
+     phnb8a    HelveticaNeue-Bold                A    060    hlb_____
+     phnbi8a   HelveticaNeue-BoldItalic          A    060    hlbi____
+     phnri8a   HelveticaNeue-Italic              A    060    hli_____
+     phnr8a    HelveticaNeue-Roman               A    060    hlr_____
+     phna8a    HelveticaNeue-Thin                A    060    hlt_____
+     phnai8a   HelveticaNeue-ThinItalic          A    060    hlti____
+     phnh8a    HelveticaNeue-Heavy               A    061    hlh_____
+     phnhi8a   HelveticaNeue-HeavyItalic         A    061    hlhi____
+     phnl8a    HelveticaNeue-Light               A    061    hll_____
+     phnli8a   HelveticaNeue-LightItalic         A    061    hlli____
+     phnm8a    HelveticaNeue-Medium              A    061    hlm_____
+     phnmi8a   HelveticaNeue-MediumItalic        A    061    hlmi____
+     pttb8a    TimesTen-Bold                     A    062    ttb_____
+     pttbi8a   TimesTen-BoldItalic               A    062    ttbi____
+     pttri8a   TimesTen-Italic                   A    062    tti_____
+     pttr8a    TimesTen-Roman                    A    062    ttr_____
+     pkur8a    Kaufmann                          A    063    kf______
+     pkub8a    Kaufmann-Bold                     A    063    kfb_____
+     pcdr8a    Clarendon                         A    064    cl______
+     pcdb8a    Clarendon-Bold                    A    064    clb_____
+     pcdl8a    Clarendon-Light                   A    064    cll_____
+     ppgb8a    Peignot-Bold                      A    065    pgb_____
+     ppgd8a    Peignot-Demi                      A    065    pgd_____
+     ppgl8a    Peignot-Light                     A    065    pgl_____
+     pndr8a    NewCaledonia                      A    066    nl______
+     pndb8a    NewCaledonia-Bold                 A    066    nlb_____
+     pndbi8a   NewCaledonia-BoldItalic           A    066    nlbi____
+     pndc8a    NewCaledonia-Black                A    066    nlbl____
+     pndci8a   NewCaledonia-BlackItalic          A    066    nlbli___
+     pndri8a   NewCaledonia-Italic               A    066    nli_____
+     pnds8a    NewCaledonia-SemiBold             A    066    nls_____
+     pndsi8a   NewCaledonia-SemiBoldItalic       A    066    nlsi____
+     pcfb8a    Clearface-Bold                    A    067    ceb_____
+     pcfbi8a   Clearface-BoldItalic              A    067    cebi____
+     pcfc8a    Clearface-Black                   A    067    cebl____
+     pcfci8a   Clearface-BlackItalic             A    067    cebli___
+     pcfh8a    Clearface-Heavy                   A    067    ceh_____
+     pcfhi8a   Clearface-HeavyItalic             A    067    cehi____
+     pcfr8a    Clearface-Regular                 A    067    cerg____
+     pcfri8a   Clearface-RegularItalic           A    067    cergi___
+     pamr8a    Americana                         A    068    am______
+     pamb8a    Americana-Bold                    A    068    amb_____
+     pamx8a    Americana-ExtraBold               A    068    ameb____
+     pamri8a   Americana-Italic                  A    068    ami_____
+     psgr8a    SerifGothic                       A    069    sg______
+     psgb8a    SerifGothic-Bold                  A    069    sgb_____
+     psgc8a    SerifGothic-Black                 A    069    sgbl____
+     psgx8a    SerifGothic-ExtraBold             A    069    sgeb____
+     psgh8a    SerifGothic-Heavy                 A    069    sgh_____
+     psgl8a    SerifGothic-Light                 A    069    sgl_____
+     pcnr8ax   CenturyExpanded                   A    070    cy______
+     pcnri8ax  CenturyExpanded-Italic            A    070    cyi_____
+     psfb8a    Serifa-Bold                       A    071    seb_____
+     psfc8a    Serifa-Black                      A    071    sebl____
+     psfri8a   Serifa-Italic                     A    071    sei_____
+     psfl8a    Serifa-Light                      A    071    sel_____
+     psfli8a   Serifa-LightItalic                A    071    seli____
+     psfr8a    Serifa-Roman                      A    071    ser_____
+     pcarl8a   CaslonOpenFace                    A    072    ca______
+     pfrb8a    Frutiger-Bold                     A    073    ftb_____
+     pfrbi8a   Frutiger-BoldItalic               A    073    ftbi____
+     pfrc8a    Frutiger-Black                    A    073    ftbl____
+     pfrci8a   Frutiger-BlackItalic              A    073    ftbli___
+     pfrri8a   Frutiger-Italic                   A    073    fti_____
+     pfrl8a    Frutiger-Light                    A    073    ftl_____
+     pfrli8a   Frutiger-LightItalic              A    073    ftli____
+     pfrr8a    Frutiger-Roman                    A    073    ftr_____
+     pfru8a    Frutiger-UltraBlack               A    073    ftubl___
+     pceb8a    Centennial-Bold                   A    074    cib_____
+     pcebi8a   Centennial-BoldItalic             A    074    cibi____
+     pcec8a    Centennial-Black                  A    074    cibl____
+     pceci8a   Centennial-BlackItalic            A    074    cibli___
+     pceri8a   Centennial-Italic                 A    074    cii_____
+     pcel8a    Centennial-Light                  A    074    cil_____
+     pceli8a   Centennial-LightItalic            A    074    cili____
+     pcer8a    Centennial-Roman                  A    074    cir_____
+     pegb8a    StempelGaramond-Bold              A    075    gsb_____
+     pegbi8a   StempelGaramond-BoldItalic        A    075    gsbi____
+     pegri8a   StempelGaramond-Italic            A    075    gsi_____
+     pegr8a    StempelGaramond-Roman             A    075    gsr_____
+     pwsr8a    Weiss                             A    076    we______
+     pwsb8a    Weiss-Bold                        A    076    web_____
+     pwsx8a    Weiss-ExtraBold                   A    076    weeb____
+     pwsri8a   Weiss-Italic                      A    076    wei_____
+     pg3r8a    GaramondThree                     A    077    gm______
+     pg3b8a    GaramondThree-Bold                A    077    gmb_____
+     pg3bi8a   GaramondThree-BoldItalic          A    077    gmbi____
+     pg3ri8a   GaramondThree-Italic              A    077    gmi_____
+     pulrk     Universal-GreekwithMathPi         A    078    unvmg___
+     pulrncp   Universal-NewswithCommPi          A    078    unvnc___
+     pavh8a    Avenir-Heavy                      A    079    aeh_____
+     pavho8a   Avenir-HeavyOblique               A    079    aeho____
+     pavl8a    Avenir-Light                      A    079    ael_____
+     pavlo8a   Avenir-LightOblique               A    079    aelo____
+     pavr8a    Avenir-Roman                      A    079    aer_____
+     pavro8a   Avenir-Oblique                    A    079    aero____
+     pavc8a    Avenir-Black                      A    080    aebl____
+     pavco8a   Avenir-BlackOblique               A    080    aeblo___
+     pavm8a    Avenir-Medium                     A    080    aem_____
+     pavmo8a   Avenir-MediumOblique              A    080    aemo____
+     pavk8a    Avenir-Book                       A    080    aew_____
+     pavko8a   Avenir-BookOblique                A    080    aewo____
+     pwbb8a    WalbaumBook-Bold                  A    081    wbb_____
+     pwbbi8a   WalbaumBook-BoldItalic            A    081    wbbi____
+     pwbri8a   WalbaumBook-Italic                A    081    wbi_____
+     pwbm8a    WalbaumBook-Medium                A    081    wbm_____
+     pwbmi8a   WalbaumBook-MediumItalic          A    081    wbmi____
+     pwbr8a    WalbaumBook-Regular               A    081    wbrg____
+     paob8a    AntiqueOlive-Bold                 A    082    aqb_____
+     paoc8a    AntiqueOlive-Black                A    082    aqbl____
+     paori8a   AntiqueOlive-Italic               A    082    aqi_____
+     paol8a    AntiqueOlive-Light                A    082    aql_____
+     paor8a    AntiqueOlive-Roman                A    082    aqr_____
+     plfb8a    Life-Bold                         A    083    lib_____
+     plfri8a   Life-Italic                       A    083    lii_____
+     plfr8a    Life-Roman                        A    083    lir_____
+     pocri8a   ConcordeBE-Italic                 A    084    qqi_____
+     pocm8a    ConcordeBE-Medium                 A    084    qqm_____
+     pocmi8a   ConcordeBE-MediumItalic           A    084    qqmi____
+     pocr8a    ConcordeBE-Regular                A    084    qqrg____
+     pg1r8a    Gothic-Thirteen                   A    085    gtt_____
+     ptph8ac   Tempo-HeavyCondensed              A    085    tehc____
+     ptphi8ac  Tempo-HeavyCondensedItalic        A    085    tehci___
+     pcor8a    Cochin                            A    086    cc______
+     pcob8a    Cochin-Bold                       A    086    ccb_____
+     pcobi8a   Cochin-BoldItalic                 A    086    ccbi____
+     pcori8a   Cochin-Italic                     A    086    cci_____
+     pbhb8a    Bauhaus-Bold                      A    087    bhb_____
+     pbhd8a    Bauhaus-Demi                      A    087    bhd_____
+     pbhh8a    Bauhaus-Heavy                     A    087    bhh_____
+     pbhl8a    Bauhaus-Light                     A    087    bhl_____
+     pbhm8a    Bauhaus-Medium                    A    087    bhm_____
+     psbb8a    Sabon-Bold                        A    088    sab_____
+     psbbi8a   Sabon-BoldItalic                  A    088    sabi____
+     psbri8a   Sabon-Italic                      A    088    sai_____
+     psbr8a    Sabon-Roman                       A    088    sar_____
+     phgb8a    Hiroshige-Bold                    A    089    hrb_____
+     phgbi8a   Hiroshige-BoldItalic              A    089    hrbi____
+     phgc8a    Hiroshige-Black                   A    089    hrbl____
+     phgci8a   Hiroshige-BlackItalic             A    089    hrbli___
+     phgm8a    Hiroshige-Medium                  A    089    hrm_____
+     phgmi8a   Hiroshige-MediumItalic            A    089    hrmi____
+     phgk8a    Hiroshige-Book                    A    089    hrw_____
+     phgki8a   Hiroshige-BookItalic              A    089    hrwi____
+     pabr8a    ArnoldBoecklin                    A    090    ab______
+     pftrf8a   FetteFraktur                      A    090    ff______
+     pftrf7c   FetteFraktur-Dfr                  A    090    ffdfr___
+     phir8a    HelveticaInserat-Roman            A    090    hir_____
+     pptr8a    Present                           A    090    pr______
+     pdcr8a    DomCasual                         A    091    dc______
+     pdcb8a    DomCasual-Bold                    A    091    dcb_____
+     ppqm8a    PostAntiquaBE-Medium              A    092    pbm_____
+     ppqr8a    PostAntiquaBE-Regular             A    092    pbrg____
+     pfob8a    Folio-Bold                        A    093    fob_____
+     pfob8ac   Folio-BoldCondensed               A    093    fobc____
+     pfox8a    Folio-ExtraBold                   A    093    foeb____
+     pfol8a    Folio-Light                       A    093    fol_____
+     pfom8a    Folio-Medium                      A    093    fom_____
+     plnrw8a   Linoscript                        A    094    lp______
+     plnrf8a   Linotext                          A    094    lx______
+     plnrf7c   Linotext-Dfr                      A    094    lxdfr___
+     pvrb8a    VAGRounded-Bold                   A    095    vrb_____
+     pvrc8a    VAGRounded-Black                  A    095    vrbl____
+     pvrl8a    VAGRounded-Light                  A    095    vrl_____
+     pvra8a    VAGRounded-Thin                   A    095    vrt_____
+     pazb8a    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Bold            A    096    gfb_____
+     pazbi8a   AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldIt          A    096    gfbi____
+     pazri8a   AkzidenzGroteskBE-It              A    096    gfi_____
+     pazl8a    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Light           A    096    gfl_____
+     pazlj8a   AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightOsF        A    096    gflos___
+     pazm8a    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Md              A    096    gfm_____
+     pazmi8a   AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdIt            A    096    gfmi____
+     pazr8a    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Regular         A    096    gfrg____
+     pazu8a    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Super           A    096    gfsu____
+     pipb8a    Impressum-Bold                    A    097    imb_____
+     pipri8a   Impressum-Italic                  A    097    imi_____
+     pipr8a    Impressum-Roman                   A    097    imr_____
+     pubb8a    BauerBodoni-Bold                  A    098    bbb_____
+     pubbi8a   BauerBodoni-BoldItalic            A    098    bbbi____
+     pubri8a   BauerBodoni-Italic                A    098    bbi_____
+     pubr8a    BauerBodoni-Roman                 A    098    bbr_____
+     pnar8a    NewAster                          A    099    na______
+     pnab8a    NewAster-Bold                     A    099    nab_____
+     pnabi8a   NewAster-BoldItalic               A    099    nabi____
+     pnac8a    NewAster-Black                    A    099    nabl____
+     pnaci8a   NewAster-BlackItalic              A    099    nabli___
+     pnari8a   NewAster-Italic                   A    099    nai_____
+     pnas8a    NewAster-SemiBold                 A    099    nas_____
+     pnasi8a   NewAster-SemiBoldItalic           A    099    nasi____
+     padb8a    AGaramond-Bold                    A    100    gdb_____
+     padbi8a   AGaramond-BoldItalic              A    100    gdbi____
+     padri8a   AGaramond-Italic                  A    100    gdi_____
+     padr8a    AGaramond-Regular                 A    100    gdrg____
+     pads8a    AGaramond-Semibold                A    100    gdsb____
+     padsi8a   AGaramond-SemiboldItalic          A    100    gdsbi___
+     padbij8a  AGaramond-BoldItalicOsF           A    101    gdbio___
+     padbj8a   AGaramond-BoldOsF                 A    101    gdbos___
+     padrij8a  AGaramond-ItalicOsF               A    101    gdio____
+     padsc8a   AGaramond-SemiboldSC              A    101    gdsbs___
+     padrc8a   AGaramond-RegularSC               A    101    gdsc____
+     padsij8a  AGaramond-SemiboldItalicOsF       A    101    gdsis___
+     padrd8a   AGaramond-Titling                 A    101    gdttl___
+     padb8x    AGaramondExp-Bold                 A    101    geb_____
+     padbi8x   AGaramondExp-BoldItalic           A    101    gebi____
+     padri8x   AGaramondExp-Italic               A    101    gei_____
+     padr8x    AGaramondExp-Regular              A    101    gerg____
+     pads8x    AGaramondExp-Semibold             A    101    gesb____
+     padsi8x   AGaramondExp-SemiboldItalic       A    101    gesbi___
+     padri7a   AGaramondAlt-Italic               A    101    ggi_____
+     padr7a    AGaramondAlt-Regular              A    101    ggrg____
+     pcib8a    Candida-Bold                      A    102    cgb_____
+     pciri8a   Candida-Italic                    A    102    cgi_____
+     pcir8a    Candida-Roman                     A    102    cgr_____
+     pfgr8ac   FranklinGothic-Condensed          A    103    fgc_____
+     pfgr8aq   FranklinGothic-ExtraCond          A    103    fgec____
+     pfgr8a    FranklinGothic-Roman              A    103    fgr_____
+     putb8a    Utopia-Bold                       A    104    utb_____
+     putbi8a   Utopia-BoldItalic                 A    104    utbi____
+     putc8a    Utopia-Black                      A    104    utbl____
+     putri8a   Utopia-Italic                     A    104    uti_____
+     putr8a    Utopia-Regular                    A    104    utrg____
+     puts8a    Utopia-Semibold                   A    104    utsb____
+     putsi8a   Utopia-SemiboldItalic             A    104    utsbi___
+     putb8x    UtopiaExp-Bold                    A    105    ueb_____
+     putbi8x   UtopiaExp-BoldItalic              A    105    uebi____
+     putc8x    UtopiaExp-Black                   A    105    uebl____
+     putri8x   UtopiaExp-Italic                  A    105    uei_____
+     putr8x    UtopiaExp-Regular                 A    105    uerg____
+     puts8x    UtopiaExp-Semibold                A    105    uesb____
+     putsi8x   UtopiaExp-SemiboldItalic          A    105    uesbi___
+     putbij8a  Utopia-BoldItalicOsF              A    105    utbio___
+     putbj8a   Utopia-BoldOsF                    A    105    utbos___
+     putrij8a  Utopia-ItalicOsF                  A    105    utio____
+     putrp     Utopia-Ornaments                  A    105    utor____
+     putrc8a   Utopia-RegularSC                  A    105    utrsc___
+     putsc8a   Utopia-SemiboldSC                 A    105    utsbs___
+     putsij8a  Utopia-SemiboldItalicOsF          A    105    utsis___
+     putrd8a   Utopia-Titling                    A    105    utttl___
+     putcj8a   Utopia-BlackOsF                   A    105    utzof___
+     pbyb8a    Berkeley-Bold                     A    106    byb_____
+     pbybi8a   Berkeley-BoldItalic               A    106    bybi____
+     pbyc8a    Berkeley-Black                    A    106    bybl____
+     pbyci8a   Berkeley-BlackItalic              A    106    bybli___
+     pbymi8a   Berkeley-Italic                   A    106    byi_____
+     pbym8a    Berkeley-Medium                   A    106    bym_____
+     pbyk8a    Berkeley-Book                     A    106    byw_____
+     pbyki8a   Berkeley-BookItalic               A    106    bywi____
+     paob8ac   AntiqueOlive-BoldCond             A    107    aqbc____
+     paor8ap   AntiqueOlive-Compact              A    107    aqct____
+     paohix8a  AntiqueOlive-Nord                 A    107    aqnr____
+     paohrx8a  AntiqueOlive-NordItalic           A    107    aqnri___
+     ppsr8a    Parisian                          A    108    pn______
+     pumr8a    Umbra                             A    108    um______
+     pmsrw8a   Mistral                           A    109    ms______
+     prprw8a   Reporter-Two                      A    109    rp______
+     pccrw8a   CascadeScript                     A    110    ck______
+     pmirw8a   MediciScript                      A    110    mc______
+     pnurw8a   NuptialScript                     A    110    nu______
+     pubb8ac   BauerBodoni-BoldCond              A    111    bbbc____
+     pubc8a    BauerBodoni-Black                 A    111    bbbl____
+     pubc8ac   BauerBodoni-BlackCond             A    111    bbblc___
+     pubci8a   BauerBodoni-BlackItalic           A    111    bbbli___
+     pmdb8a    Meridien-Bold                     A    112    m0b_____
+     pmdbi8a   Meridien-BoldItalic               A    112    m0bi____
+     pmdri8a   Meridien-Italic                   A    112    m0i_____
+     pmdm8a    Meridien-Medium                   A    112    m0m_____
+     pmdmi8a   Meridien-MediumItalic             A    112    m0mi____
+     pmdr8a    Meridien-Roman                    A    112    m0r_____
+     zpcp29ab  Copperplate-TwentyNineAB          A    113    cp29a___
+     zpcp29bc  Copperplate-TwentyNineBC          A    113    cp29c___
+     zpcp30ab  Copperplate-ThirtyAB              A    113    cp30a___
+     zpcp30bc  Copperplate-ThirtyBC              A    113    cp30c___
+     zpcp31ab  Copperplate-ThirtyOneAB           A    113    cp31a___
+     zpcp31bc  Copperplate-ThirtyOneBC           A    113    cp31c___
+     zpcp32ab  Copperplate-ThirtyTwoAB           A    113    cp32a___
+     zpcp32bc  Copperplate-ThirtyTwoBC           A    113    cp32c___
+     zpcp33bc  Copperplate-ThirtyThreeBC         A    113    cp33c___
+     pnvb8a    Novarese-Bold                     A    114    nob_____
+     pnvbi8a   Novarese-BoldItalic               A    114    nobi____
+     pnvm8a    Novarese-Medium                   A    114    nom_____
+     pnvmi8a   Novarese-MediumItalic             A    114    nomi____
+     pnvu8a    Novarese-Ultra                    A    114    nou_____
+     pnvk8a    Novarese-Book                     A    114    now_____
+     pnvki8a   Novarese-BookItalic               A    114    nowi____
+     pksbw8a   KuenstlerScript-TwoBold           A    115    kt2b____
+     pkscw8a   KuenstlerScript-Black             A    115    ktbl____
+     pksmw8a   KuenstlerScript-Medium            A    115    ktm_____
+     parr8a    Arcadia                           A    116    a_______
+     parra8a   Arcadia-A                         A    116    a_aaa___
+     pinrh8a   Industria-Inline                  A    116    inin____
+     pinrha8a  Industria-InlineA                 A    116    inina___
+     piar8a    Insignia                          A    116    ins_____
+     piara8a   Insignia-A                        A    116    insa____
+     pinr8a    Industria-Solid                   A    116    insd____
+     pinra8a   Industria-SolidA                  A    116    insda___
+     psvb8a    Souvenir-Bold                     A    117    sub_____
+     psvbi8a   Souvenir-BoldItalic               A    117    subi____
+     psvm8a    Souvenir-Medium                   A    117    sum_____
+     psvmi8a   Souvenir-MediumItalic             A    117    sumi____
+     pbdb8ac   Bodoni-BoldCondensed              A    118    bdbc____
+     pbdp8ap   Bodoni-PosterCompressed           A    118    bdpsc___
+     pbdpi8a   Bodoni-PosterItalic               A    118    bdpsi___
+     pbdk8a    Bodoni-Book                       A    118    bdw_____
+     pbdki8a   Bodoni-BookItalic                 A    118    bdwi____
+     prqr8a    RussellSquare                     A    119    ru______
+     prqro8a   RussellSquare-Oblique             A    119    ruo_____
+     pcgb8a    Charlemagne-Bold                  A    120    czb_____
+     pcgr8a    Charlemagne-Regular               A    120    czrg____
+     ptjb8a    Trajan-Bold                       A    120    tjb_____
+     ptjr8a    Trajan-Regular                    A    120    tjrg____
+     plob8a    Lithos-Bold                       A    121    lob_____
+     ploc8a    Lithos-Black                      A    121    lobl____
+     ploi8a    Lithos-ExtraLight                 A    121    loel____
+     plol8a    Lithos-Light                      A    121    lol_____
+     plor8a    Lithos-Regular                    A    121    lorg____
+     pcwr8a    Cottonwood                        A    122    c_______
+     piwr8a    Ironwood                          A    122    i_______
+     pjpr8a    Juniper                           A    122    j_______
+     pmqr8a    Mesquite                          A    122    m_______
+     ppor8a    Ponderosa                         A    122    p_______
+     ppi026    WoodtypeOrnaments-One             A    122    woor____
+     ptkb8a    Tekton-Bold                       A    123    tkb_____
+     ptkbo8a   Tekton-BoldOblique                A    123    tkbo____
+     ptkro8a   Tekton-Oblique                    A    123    tko_____
+     ptkr8a    Tekton                            A    123    tkrg____
+     pagb8ac   AvantGarde-CondBold               A    124    agcb____
+     pagd8ac   AvantGarde-CondDemi               A    124    agcd____
+     pagm8ac   AvantGarde-CondMedium             A    124    agcm____
+     pagk8ac   AvantGarde-CondBook               A    124    agcw____
+     pssb8a    StempelSchneidler-Bold            A    125    skb_____
+     pssbi8a   StempelSchneidler-BoldItalic      A    125    skbi____
+     pssc8a    StempelSchneidler-Black           A    125    skbl____
+     pssci8a   StempelSchneidler-BlackItalic     A    125    skbli___
+     pssri8a   StempelSchneidler-Italic          A    125    ski_____
+     pssl8a    StempelSchneidler-Light           A    125    skl_____
+     pssli8a   StempelSchneidler-LightItalic     A    125    skli____
+     pssm8a    StempelSchneidler-Medium          A    125    skm_____
+     pssmi8a   StempelSchneidler-MedItalic       A    125    skmi____
+     pssr8a    StempelSchneidler-Roman           A    125    skr_____
+     ptgr8a    TradeGothic                       A    126    tg______
+     ptgb8a    TradeGothic-Bold                  A    126    tgb_____
+     ptgbo8a   TradeGothic-BoldOblique           A    126    tgbo____
+     ptgc8a    TradeGothic-BoldTwo               A    126    tgb2____
+     ptgco8a   TradeGothic-BoldTwoOblique        A    126    tgb2o___
+     ptgl8a    TradeGothic-Light                 A    126    tgl_____
+     ptglo8a   TradeGothic-LightOblique          A    126    tglo____
+     ptgro8a   TradeGothic-Oblique               A    126    tgo_____
+     ptgb8ac   TradeGothic-BoldCondTwenty        A    127    tgbc____
+     ptgbo8ac  TradeGothic-BoldCondTwentyObl     A    127    tgbco___
+     ptgr8ac   TradeGothic-CondEighteen          A    127    tgc_____
+     ptgro8ac  TradeGothic-CondEighteenObl       A    127    tgco____
+     prar8a    Raleigh                           A    128    ra______
+     prab8a    Raleigh-Bold                      A    128    rab_____
+     prad8a    Raleigh-DemiBold                  A    128    rad_____
+     pram8a    Raleigh-Medium                    A    128    ram_____
+     pmtb8a    Minister-Bold                     A    129    mzb_____
+     pmtbi8a   Minister-BoldItalic               A    129    mzbi____
+     pmtc8a    Minister-Black                    A    129    mzbl____
+     pmtci8a   Minister-BlackItalic              A    129    mzbli___
+     pmtl8a    Minister-Light                    A    129    mzl_____
+     pmtli8a   Minister-LightItalic              A    129    mzli____
+     pmtk8a    Minister-Book                     A    129    mzw_____
+     pmtki8a   Minister-BookItalic               A    129    mzwi____
+     pesb8ac   Eurostile-BoldCondensed           A    130    eubc____
+     pesb8ax   Eurostile-BoldExtendedTwo         A    130    eubex___
+     pesr8ac   Eurostile-Condensed               A    130    euc_____
+     pesr8ax   Eurostile-ExtendedTwo             A    130    euex____
+     pwdb8a    Weidemann-Bold                    A    131    wdb_____
+     pwdbi8a   Weidemann-BoldItalic              A    131    wdbi____
+     pwdc8a    Weidemann-Black                   A    131    wdbl____
+     pwdci8a   Weidemann-BlackItalic             A    131    wdbli___
+     pwdm8a    Weidemann-Medium                  A    131    wdm_____
+     pwdmi8a   Weidemann-MediumItalic            A    131    wdmi____
+     pwdk8a    Weidemann-Book                    A    131    wdw_____
+     pwdki8a   Weidemann-BookItalic              A    131    wdwi____
+     pqrb8a    Quorum-Bold                       A    132    qob_____
+     pqrc8a    Quorum-Black                      A    132    qobl____
+     pqrl8a    Quorum-Light                      A    132    qol_____
+     pqrm8a    Quorum-Medium                     A    132    qom_____
+     pqrk8a    Quorum-Book                       A    132    qow_____
+     pcxb8a    Caxton-Bold                       A    133    cxb_____
+     pcxbi8a   Caxton-BoldItalic                 A    133    cxbi____
+     pcxl8a    Caxton-Light                      A    133    cxl_____
+     pcxli8a   Caxton-LightItalic                A    133    cxli____
+     pcxk8a    Caxton-Book                       A    133    cxw_____
+     pcxki8a   Caxton-BookItalic                 A    133    cxwi____
+     psxb8a    Syntax-Bold                       A    134    sxb_____
+     psxc8a    Syntax-Black                      A    134    sxbl____
+     psxri8a   Syntax-Italic                     A    134    sxi_____
+     psxr8a    Syntax-Roman                      A    134    sxr_____
+     psxu8a    Syntax-UltraBlack                 A    134    sxubl___
+     pdrb8a    Doric-Bold                        A    135    drb_____
+     pmxr8a    Maximus                           A    135    mx______
+     pserd8a   Shelley-AllegroScript             A    136    shal____
+     pser8a    Shelley-AndanteScript             A    136    shan____
+     pserw8a   Shelley-VolanteScript             A    136    shvo____
+     pnzk8a    NeuzeitS-Book                     A    137    new_____
+     pnzh8a    NeuzeitS-BookHeavy                A    137    newh____
+     pvlb8a    Versailles-Bold                   A    138    veb_____
+     pvlbi8a   Versailles-BoldItalic             A    138    vebi____
+     pvlc8a    Versailles-Black                  A    138    vebl____
+     pvlci8a   Versailles-BlackItalic            A    138    vebli___
+     pvlri8a   Versailles-Italic                 A    138    vei_____
+     pvll8a    Versailles-Light                  A    138    vel_____
+     pvlli8a   Versailles-LightItalic            A    138    veli____
+     pvlr8a    Versailles-Roman                  A    138    ver_____
+     pgmb8ac   Garamond-BoldCondensed            A    139    gabc____
+     pgmbi8ac  Garamond-BoldCondensedItalic      A    139    gabci___
+     pgml8ac   Garamond-LightCondensed           A    139    galc____
+     pgmlu8ac  Garamond-LightCondensedItalic     A    139    galci___
+     pgmu8ac   Garamond-UltraCondensed           A    139    gauc____
+     pgmui8ac  Garamond-UltraCondensedItalic     A    139    gauci___
+     pgmk8ac   Garamond-BookCondensed            A    139    gawc____
+     pgmki8ac  Garamond-BookCondensedItalic      A    139    gawci___
+     pctl8a    Cheltenham-Light                  A    140    chl_____
+     pctli8a   Cheltenham-LightItalic            A    140    chli____
+     pctu8a    Cheltenham-Ultra                  A    140    chu_____
+     pctui8a   Cheltenham-UltraItalic            A    140    chui____
+     pcnb8a    Century-Bold                      A    141    icb_____
+     pcnbi8a   Century-BoldItalic                A    141    icbi____
+     pcnl8a    Century-Light                     A    141    icl_____
+     pcnli8a   Century-LightItalic               A    141    icli____
+     pcnu8a    Century-Ultra                     A    141    icu_____
+     pcnui8a   Century-UltraItalic               A    141    icui____
+     pcnk8a    Century-Book                      A    141    icw_____
+     pcnki8a   Century-BookItalic                A    141    icwi____
+     pcnb8ac   Century-BoldCondensed             A    142    icbc____
+     pcnbi8ac  Century-BoldCondensedItalic       A    142    icbci___
+     pcnl8ac   Century-LightCondensed            A    142    iclc____
+     pcnli8ac  Century-LightCondensedItalic      A    142    iclci___
+     pcnu8ac   Century-UltraCondensed            A    142    icuc____
+     pcnui8ac  Century-UltraCondensedItalic      A    142    icuci___
+     pcnk8ac   Century-BookCondensed             A    142    icwc____
+     pcnki8ac  Century-BookCondensedItalic       A    142    icwci___
+     pmnb8a    Minion-Bold                       A    143    mob_____
+     pmnbi8a   Minion-BoldItalic                 A    143    mobi____
+     pmnc8a    Minion-Black                      A    143    mobl____
+     pmnrd8a   Minion-DisplayRegular             A    143    mods____
+     pmnrid8a  Minion-DisplayItalic              A    143    modsi___
+     pmnri8a   Minion-Italic                     A    143    moi_____
+     pmnr8a    Minion-Regular                    A    143    morg____
+     pmns8a    Minion-Semibold                   A    143    mosb____
+     pmnsi8a   Minion-SemiboldItalic             A    143    mosbi___
+     pmnb8x    MinionExp-Bold                    A    144    mjb_____
+     pmnbi8x   MinionExp-BoldItalic              A    144    mjbi____
+     pmnc8x    MinionExp-Black                   A    144    mjbl____
+     pmnrd8x   MinionExp-DisplayRegular          A    144    mjds____
+     pmnrid8x  MinionExp-DisplayItalic           A    144    mjdsi___
+     pmnri8x   MinionExp-Italic                  A    144    mji_____
+     pmnr8x    MinionExp-Regular                 A    144    mjrg____
+     pmns8x    MinionExp-Semibold                A    144    mjsb____
+     pmnsi8x   MinionExp-SemiboldItalic          A    144    mjsbi___
+     pmnbij8a  Minion-BoldItalicOsF              A    144    mobio___
+     pmnbj8a   Minion-BoldOsF                    A    144    mobos___
+     pmnricd8a Minion-DisplayItalicSC            A    144    modis___
+     pmnrcd8a  Minion-DisplayRegularSC           A    144    modsc___
+     pmnric8a  Minion-ItalicSC                   A    144    moisc___
+     pmnrp     Minion-Ornaments                  A    144    moor____
+     pmnsc8a   Minion-SemiboldSC                 A    144    mosbs___
+     pmnrc8a   Minion-RegularSC                  A    144    mosc____
+     pmnriwd7a Minion-SwashDisplayItalic         A    144    mosdi___
+     pmnsic8a  Minion-SemiboldItalicSC           A    144    mosic___
+     pmnsiw7a  Minion-SwashSemiboldItalic        A    144    mossb___
+     pmnriw7a  Minion-SwashItalic                A    144    moswi___
+     pmncj8a   Minion-BlackOsF                   A    144    mozof___
+     mnsb8a    TimesNewRomanPS-Bold              A    145    mtb_____
+     mnsbi8a   TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic        A    145    mtbi____
+     mnsri8a   TimesNewRomanPS-Italic            A    145    mti_____
+     pnsr8a    TimesNewRomanPS                   A    145    mtr_____
+     pbkb8a    Bookman-Bold                      A    146    bkb_____
+     pbkbi8a   Bookman-BoldItalic                A    146    bkbi____
+     pbkm8a    Bookman-Medium                    A    146    bkm_____
+     pbkmi8a   Bookman-MediumItalic              A    146    bkmi____
+     psrrw8a   SnellRoundhand-Script             A    147    sn______
+     psrbw8a   SnellRoundhand-BoldScript         A    147    snb_____
+     psrcw8a   SnellRoundhand-BlackScript        A    147    snbl____
+     pigb8a    SimonciniGaramond-Bold            A    148    gib_____
+     pigri8a   SimonciniGaramond-Italic          A    148    gii_____
+     pigr8a    SimonciniGaramond                 A    148    gir_____
+     pbcr8a    Banco                             A    149    bc______
+     phmr8a    Charme                            A    149    cu______
+     pfyc8ac   Flyer-BlackCondensed              A    149    flblc___
+     pfyx8ac   Flyer-ExtraBlackCondensed         A    149    flebc___
+     pwgrf8a   WilhelmKlingsporGotisch           A    149    wk______
+     pwgrf7c   WilhelmKlingsporGotisch-Dfr       A    149    wkdfr___
+     pgmu8a    Garamond-Ultra                    A    150    gau_____
+     pgmui8a   Garamond-UltraItalic              A    150    gaui____
+     pgmk8a    Garamond-Book                     A    150    gaw_____
+     pgmki8a   Garamond-BookItalic               A    150    gawi____
+     prwr8a    Rockwell                          A    151    rk______
+     prwb8a    Rockwell-Bold                     A    151    rkb_____
+     prwbi8a   Rockwell-BoldItalic               A    151    rkbi____
+     prwri8a   Rockwell-Italic                   A    151    rki_____
+     prwl8a    Rockwell-Light                    A    151    rkl_____
+     prwli8a   Rockwell-LightItalic              A    151    rkli____
+     pgsr8a    GillSans                          A    152    gn______
+     pgsb8a    GillSans-Bold                     A    152    gnb_____
+     pgsbi8a   GillSans-BoldItalic               A    152    gnbi____
+     pgsri8a   GillSans-Italic                   A    152    gni_____
+     pgsl8a    GillSans-Light                    A    152    gnl_____
+     pgsli8a   GillSans-LightItalic              A    152    gnli____
+     pspb8a    Serpentine-Bold                   A    153    sfb_____
+     pspbo8a   Serpentine-BoldOblique            A    153    sfbo____
+     pspl8a    Serpentine-Light                  A    153    sfl_____
+     psplo8a   Serpentine-LightOblique           A    153    sflo____
+     pspm8a    Serpentine-Medium                 A    153    sfm_____
+     pspmo8a   Serpentine-MediumOblique          A    153    sfmo____
+     plcrv     LucidaMath-Extension              A    154    lme_____
+     plcrim    LucidaMath-Italic                 A    154    lmi_____
+     plcry     LucidaMath-Symbol                 A    154    lms_____
+     ppi005    EuropeanPi-One                    A    155    euro1___
+     ppi006    EuropeanPi-Two                    A    155    euro2___
+     ppi007    EuropeanPi-Three                  A    155    euro3___
+     ppi008    EuropeanPi-Four                   A    155    euro4___
+     ppi001    BorderPi-OneFiveOneFiveNine       A    155    j1515___
+     ppi002    BundesbahnPi-One                  A    156    db1_____
+     ppi003    BundesbahnPi-Two                  A    156    db2_____
+     ppi004    BundesbahnPi-Three                A    156    db3_____
+     pc2b8a    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Bold          A    157    c2b_____
+     pc2bi8a   CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BoldIt        A    157    c2bi____
+     pc2c8a    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Black         A    157    c2bl____
+     pc2ci8a   CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BlackIt       A    157    c2bli___
+     pc2m8a    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Medium        A    157    c2m_____
+     pc2mi8a   CaslonTwoTwentyFour-MediumIt      A    157    c2mi____
+     pc2k8a    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Book          A    157    c2w_____
+     pc2ki8a   CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BookIt        A    157    c2wi____
+     ppi020    MathematicalPi-One                A    158    mh1_____
+     ppi021    MathematicalPi-Two                A    158    mh2_____
+     ppi022    MathematicalPi-Three              A    158    mh3_____
+     ppi023    MathematicalPi-Four               A    158    mh4_____
+     ppi024    MathematicalPi-Five               A    158    mh5_____
+     ppi025    MathematicalPi-Six                A    158    mh6_____
+     plwb8a    Leawood-Bold                      A    159    lwb_____
+     plwbi8a   Leawood-BoldItalic                A    159    lwbi____
+     plwc8a    Leawood-Black                     A    159    lwbl____
+     plwci8a   Leawood-BlackItalic               A    159    lwbli___
+     plwm8a    Leawood-Medium                    A    159    lwm_____
+     plwmi8a   Leawood-MediumItalic              A    159    lwmi____
+     plwk8a    Leawood-Book                      A    159    lww_____
+     plwki8a   Leawood-BookItalic                A    159    lwwi____
+     pbir8a    Birch                             A    160    bi______
+     pb0r8a    Blackoak                          A    160    bo______
+     pmrr8a    Madrone                           A    160    mq______
+     pp0r8a    Poplar                            A    160    pp______
+     pwwr8a    Willow                            A    160    wi______
+     ppi027    WoodtypeOrnaments-Two             A    160    woor2___
+     pbbr8a    Bembo                             A    161    bm______
+     pbbb8a    Bembo-Bold                        A    161    bmb_____
+     pbbbi8a   Bembo-BoldItalic                  A    161    bmbi____
+     pbbri8a   Bembo-Italic                      A    161    bmi_____
+     pgsb8ac   GillSans-BoldCondensed            A    162    gnbc____
+     pgsr8ac   GillSans-Condensed                A    162    gnc_____
+     pgsx8a    GillSans-ExtraBold                A    162    gneb____
+     pgsu8a    GillSans-UltraBold                A    162    gnub____
+     pgsu8ac   GillSans-UltraBoldCondensed       A    162    gnubc___
+     prwb8ac   Rockwell-BoldCondensed            A    163    rkbc____
+     prwr8ac   Rockwell-Condensed                A    163    rkc_____
+     prwx8a    Rockwell-ExtraBold                A    163    rkeb____
+     pgpc8a    Glypha-Black                      A    164    gybl____
+     pgpco8a   Glypha-BlackOblique               A    164    gyblo___
+     pgpl8a    Glypha-Light                      A    164    gyl_____
+     pgplo8a   Glypha-LightOblique               A    164    gylo____
+     pgpa8a    Glypha-Thin                       A    164    gyt_____
+     pgpao8a   Glypha-ThinOblique                A    164    gyto____
+     pzcb8a    ZapfChancery-Bold                 A    165    zcb_____
+     pzcd8a    ZapfChancery-Demi                 A    165    zcd_____
+     pzcri8a   ZapfChancery-Italic               A    165    zci_____
+     pzcl8a    ZapfChancery-Light                A    165    zcl_____
+     pzcli8a   ZapfChancery-LightItalic          A    165    zcli____
+     pzcr8a    ZapfChancery-Roman                A    165    zcr_____
+     puwb8a    Usherwood-Bold                    A    166    usb_____
+     puwbi8a   Usherwood-BoldItalic              A    166    usbi____
+     puwc8a    Usherwood-Black                   A    166    usbl____
+     puwci8a   Usherwood-BlackItalic             A    166    usbli___
+     puwm8a    Usherwood-Medium                  A    166    usm_____
+     puwmi8a   Usherwood-MediumItalic            A    166    usmi____
+     puwk8a    Usherwood-Book                    A    166    usw_____
+     puwki8a   Usherwood-BookItalic              A    166    uswi____
+     isyb8a    ItcSymbol-Bold                    A    167    isb_____
+     isybi8a   ItcSymbol-BoldItalic              A    167    isbi____
+     isyc8a    ItcSymbol-Black                   A    167    isbl____
+     isyci8a   ItcSymbol-BlackItalic             A    167    isbli___
+     isym8a    ItcSymbol-Medium                  A    167    ism_____
+     isymi8a   ItcSymbol-MediumItalic            A    167    ismi____
+     isyk8a    ItcSymbol-Book                    A    167    isw_____
+     isyki8a   ItcSymbol-BookItalic              A    167    iswi____
+     punb8ax   Univers-BoldExt                   A    168    uvbv____
+     punbo8ax  Univers-BoldExtObl                A    168    uvbvo___
+     punx8ax   Univers-ExtraBlackExt             A    168    uvfv____
+     punxo8ax  Univers-ExtraBlackExtObl          A    168    uvfvo___
+     punr8ax   Univers-Extended                  A    168    uvv_____
+     punro8ax  Univers-ExtendedObl               A    168    uvvo____
+     punc8ax   Univers-BlackExt                  A    168    uvzv____
+     punco8ax  Univers-BlackExtObl               A    168    uvzvo___
+     poyr8a    Olympian                          A    169    ol______
+     poyb8a    Olympian-Bold                     A    169    olb_____
+     poybi8a   Olympian-BoldItalic               A    169    olbi____
+     poyri8a   Olympian-Italic                   A    169    oli_____
+     puhb8a    Cushing-Bold                      A    170    iub_____
+     puhbi8a   Cushing-BoldItalic                A    170    iubi____
+     puhh8a    Cushing-Heavy                     A    170    iuh_____
+     puhhi8a   Cushing-HeavyItalic               A    170    iuhi____
+     puhm8a    Cushing-Medium                    A    170    ium_____
+     puhmi8a   Cushing-MediumItalic              A    170    iumi____
+     puhk8a    Cushing-Book                      A    170    iuw_____
+     puhki8a   Cushing-BookItalic                A    170    iuwi____
+     pcqr      Cheq                              A    171    cq______
+     ps7rp     Sassoon-Primary                   A    172    sass____
+     pfnb8a    Fenice-Bold                       A    173    feb_____
+     pfnbo8a   Fenice-BoldOblique                A    173    febo____
+     pfnl8a    Fenice-Light                      A    173    fel_____
+     pfnlo8a   Fenice-LightOblique               A    173    felo____
+     pfnr8a    Fenice-Regular                    A    173    ferg____
+     pfnro8a   Fenice-RegularOblique             A    173    fergo___
+     pfnu8a    Fenice-Ultra                      A    173    feu_____
+     pfnuo8a   Fenice-UltraOblique               A    173    feuo____
+     pctb8ac   Cheltenham-BoldCond               A    174    chbc____
+     pctbi8ac  Cheltenham-BoldCondItalic         A    174    chbci___
+     pctl8ac   Cheltenham-LightCond              A    174    chlc____
+     pctli8ac  Cheltenham-LightCondItalic        A    174    chlci___
+     pctu8ac   Cheltenham-UltraCond              A    174    chuc____
+     pctui8ac  Cheltenham-UltraCondItalic        A    174    chuci___
+     pctk8ac   Cheltenham-BookCond               A    174    chwc____
+     pctki8ac  Cheltenham-BookCondItalic         A    174    chwci___
+     phrb8a    HelveticaRounded-Bold             A    175    heb_____
+     phrb8ac   HelveticaRounded-BoldCond         A    175    hebc____
+     phrbo8ac  HelveticaRounded-BoldCondObl      A    175    hebco___
+     phrc8a    HelveticaRounded-Black            A    175    hebl____
+     phrco8a   HelveticaRounded-BlackObl         A    175    heblo___
+     phrbo8a   HelveticaRounded-BoldObl          A    175    hebo____
+     pehra8a   DINEngschrift-Alternate           A    176    dinea___
+     pehr8a    DINEngschrift                     A    176    dinen___
+     pm6ra8a   DINMittelschrift-Alternate        A    176    dinma___
+     pm6r8a    DINMittelschrift                  A    176    dinmi___
+     pzgb8ac   DINNeuzeitGrotesk-BoldCond        A    176    dngbc___
+     pzgl8a    DINNeuzeitGrotesk-Light           A    176    dngl____
+     psnh8a    Spartan-HeavyClassified           A    177    sqhcl___
+     psnk8a    Spartan-BookClassified            A    177    sqwcl___
+     pugb8a    BenguiatGothic-Bold               A    178    beb_____
+     pugbo8a   BenguiatGothic-BoldOblique        A    178    bebo____
+     pugh8a    BenguiatGothic-Heavy              A    178    beh_____
+     pugho8a   BenguiatGothic-HeavyOblique       A    178    beho____
+     pugm8a    BenguiatGothic-Medium             A    178    bem_____
+     pugmo8a   BenguiatGothic-MediumOblique      A    178    bemo____
+     pugk8a    BenguiatGothic-Book               A    178    bew_____
+     pugko8a   BenguiatGothic-BookOblique        A    178    bewo____
+     ptmx8a    Times-ExtraBold                   A    179    tieb____
+     ptms8a    Times-Semibold                    A    179    tisb____
+     ptmsi8a   Times-SemiboldItalic              A    179    tisbi___
+     pacb8a    ACaslon-Bold                      A    180    awb_____
+     pacbi8a   ACaslon-BoldItalic                A    180    awbi____
+     pacri8a   ACaslon-Italic                    A    180    awi_____
+     pacr8a    ACaslon-Regular                   A    180    awrg____
+     pacs8a    ACaslon-Semibold                  A    180    awsb____
+     pacsi8a   ACaslon-SemiboldItalic            A    180    awsbi___
+     pacb7a    ACaslon-AltBold                   A    181    awab____
+     pacbi7a   ACaslon-AltBoldItalic             A    181    awabi___
+     pacri7a   ACaslon-AltItalic                 A    181    awai____
+     pacr7a    ACaslon-AltRegular                A    181    awarg___
+     pacs7a    ACaslon-AltSemibold               A    181    awasb___
+     pacsi7a   ACaslon-AltSemiboldItalic         A    181    awasi___
+     pacbij8a  ACaslon-BoldItalicOsF             A    181    awbio___
+     pacbj8a   ACaslon-BoldOsF                   A    181    awbos___
+     pacrij8a  ACaslon-ItalicOsF                 A    181    awio____
+     pacrp     ACaslon-Ornaments                 A    181    awor____
+     pacsc8a   ACaslon-SemiboldSC                A    181    awsbs___
+     pacrc8a   ACaslon-RegularSC                 A    181    awsc____
+     pacsic8a  ACaslon-SemiboldItalicOsF         A    181    awsis___
+     pacsiw7a  ACaslon-SwashSemiboldItalic       A    181    awssb___
+     pacbiw7a  ACaslon-SwashBoldItalic           A    181    awswb___
+     pacriw7a  ACaslon-SwashItalic               A    181    awswi___
+     pacb8x    ACaslonExp-Bold                   A    181    axb_____
+     pacbi8x   ACaslonExp-BoldItalic             A    181    axbi____
+     pacri8x   ACaslonExp-Italic                 A    181    axi_____
+     pacr8x    ACaslonExp-Regular                A    181    axrg____
+     pacs8x    ACaslonExp-Semibold               A    181    axsb____
+     pacsi8x   ACaslonExp-SemiboldItalic         A    181    axsbi___
+     phnj8ax   HelveticaNeue-UltraLigExt         A    182    hlav____
+     phnjo8ax  HelveticaNeue-UltraLigExtObl      A    182    hlavo___
+     phnc8ax   HelveticaNeue-BlackExt            A    182    hlzv____
+     phnco8ax  HelveticaNeue-BlackExtObl         A    182    hlzvo___
+     phnb8ax   HelveticaNeue-BoldExt             A    183    hlbv____
+     phnbo8ax  HelveticaNeue-BoldExtObl          A    183    hlbvo___
+     phna8ax   HelveticaNeue-ThinExt             A    183    hltv____
+     phnao8ax  HelveticaNeue-ThinExtObl          A    183    hltvo___
+     phnr8ax   HelveticaNeue-Extended            A    183    hlv_____
+     phnro8ax  HelveticaNeue-ExtendedObl         A    183    hlvo____
+     phnh8ax   HelveticaNeue-HeavyExt            A    184    hlhv____
+     phnho8ax  HelveticaNeue-HeavyExtObl         A    184    hlhvo___
+     phnl8ax   HelveticaNeue-LightExt            A    184    hllv____
+     phnlo8ax  HelveticaNeue-LightExtObl         A    184    hllvo___
+     phnm8ax   HelveticaNeue-MediumExt           A    184    hlmv____
+     phnmo8ax  HelveticaNeue-MediumExtObl        A    184    hlmvo___
+     pshb8a    Shannon-Bold                      A    185    sbb_____
+     pshx8a    Shannon-ExtraBold                 A    185    sbeb____
+     pshro8a   Shannon-Oblique                   A    185    sbo_____
+     pshk8a    Shannon-Book                      A    185    sbw_____
+     pbbx8a    Bembo-ExtraBold                   A    186    bmeb____
+     pbbxi8a   Bembo-ExtraBoldItalic             A    186    bmebi___
+     pbbs8a    Bembo-Semibold                    A    186    bmsb____
+     pbbsi8a   Bembo-SemiboldItalic              A    186    bmsbi___
+     pggr8a    GarthGraphic                      A    187    gh______
+     pggb8a    GarthGraphic-Bold                 A    187    ghb_____
+     pggb8ac   GarthGraphic-BoldCondensed        A    187    ghbc____
+     pggbi8a   GarthGraphic-BoldItalic           A    187    ghbi____
+     pggr8ac   GarthGraphic-Condensed            A    187    ghc_____
+     pggx8a    GarthGraphic-ExtraBold            A    187    gheb____
+     pggri8a   GarthGraphic-Italic               A    187    ghi_____
+     pggc8a    GarthGraphic-Black                A    187    ghz_____
+     phnj8ac   HelveticaNeue-UltraLigCond        A    188    hla_____
+     phnjo8ac  HelveticaNeue-UltraLigCondObl     A    188    hlao____
+     phnx8ac   HelveticaNeue-ExtBlackCond        A    188    hlj_____
+     phnxo8ac  HelveticaNeue-ExtBlackCondObl     A    188    hljo____
+     phnc8ac   HelveticaNeue-BlackCond           A    188    hlzc____
+     phnco8ac  HelveticaNeue-BlackCondObl        A    188    hlzco___
+     phnb8ac   HelveticaNeue-BoldCond            A    189    hlbc____
+     phnbo8ac  HelveticaNeue-BoldCondObl         A    189    hlbco___
+     phnr8ac   HelveticaNeue-Condensed           A    189    hlc_____
+     phnro8ac  HelveticaNeue-CondensedObl        A    189    hlco____
+     phna8ac   HelveticaNeue-ThinCond            A    189    hltc____
+     phnao8ac  HelveticaNeue-ThinCondObl         A    189    hltco___
+     phnh8ac   HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond           A    190    hlhc____
+     phnho8ac  HelveticaNeue-HeavyCondObl        A    190    hlhco___
+     phnl8ac   HelveticaNeue-LightCond           A    190    hllc____
+     phnlo8ac  HelveticaNeue-LightCondObl        A    190    hllco___
+     phnm8ac   HelveticaNeue-MediumCond          A    190    hlmc____
+     phnmo8ac  HelveticaNeue-MediumCondObl       A    190    hlmco___
+     punx8a    Univers-ExtraBlack                A    191    uvf_____
+     punxo8a   Univers-ExtraBlackObl             A    191    uvfo____
+     punl8ao   Univers-LightUltraCondensed       A    191    uvluc___
+     puna8ao   Univers-ThinUltraCondensed        A    191    uvtuc___
+     punr8ao   Univers-UltraCondensed            A    191    uvuc____
+     pglc8a    Galliard-Black                    A    192    glbl____
+     pglci8a   Galliard-BlackItalic              A    192    glbli___
+     pglu8a    Galliard-Ultra                    A    192    glu_____
+     pglui8a   Galliard-UltraItalic              A    192    glui____
+     pg3bij8a  GaramondThree-BoldItalicOsF       A    193    gmbio___
+     pg3bj8a   GaramondThree-BoldSC              A    193    gmbsc___
+     pg3rij8a  GaramondThree-ItalicOsF           A    193    gmio____
+     pg3rc8a   GaramondThree-SC                  A    193    gmsc____
+     ptmbij8a  Times-BoldItalicOsF               A    194    tibio___
+     ptmbc8a   Times-BoldSC                      A    194    tibsc___
+     ptmrij8a  Times-ItalicOsF                   A    194    tiio____
+     ptmrc8a   Times-RomanSC                     A    194    tirsc___
+     pddrf8a   DucDeBerry                        A    195    du______
+     pddrf7c   DucDeBerry-Dfr                    A    195    dudfr___
+     phcr8a    Herculanum                        A    195    herc____
+     pomr8a    Omnia                             A    195    omni____
+     pttbij8a  TimesTen-BoldItalicOsF            A    196    ttbio___
+     pttbj8a   TimesTen-BoldOsF                  A    196    ttbof___
+     pttrij8a  TimesTen-ItalicOsF                A    196    ttiof___
+     pttrc8a   TimesTen-RomanSC                  A    196    ttrsc___
+     psbbij8a  Sabon-BoldItalicOsF               A    197    sabio___
+     psbbj8a   Sabon-BoldOsF                     A    197    sabof___
+     psbrij8a  Sabon-ItalicOsF                   A    197    saiof___
+     psbrc8a   Sabon-RomanSC                     A    197    sarsc___
+     pwbbij8a  WalbaumBook-BoldItalicOsF         A    198    wbbio___
+     pwbbi8x   WalbaumBook-BoldItalicExpert      A    198    wbbix___
+     pwbbj8a   WalbaumBook-BoldOsF               A    198    wbbos___
+     pwbb8x    WalbaumBook-BoldExpert            A    198    wbbxp___
+     pwbrij8a  WalbaumBook-ItalicOsF             A    198    wbios___
+     pwbri8x   WalbaumBook-ItalicExpert          A    198    wbixp___
+     pwbmij8a  WalbaumBook-MdItalicOsF           A    198    wbmio___
+     pwbmi8x   WalbaumBook-MdItalicExpert        A    198    wbmix___
+     pwbmc8a   WalbaumBook-MediumSC              A    198    wbmsc___
+     pwbm8x    WalbaumBook-MdExpert              A    198    wbmxp___
+     pwbr8x    WalbaumBook-RegularExpert         A    198    wbrgx___
+     pwbrc8a   WalbaumBook-RegularSC             A    198    wbsc____
+     pubbij8a  BauerBodoni-BoldItalicOsF         A    199    bbbio___
+     pubbj8a   BauerBodoni-BoldOsF               A    199    bbbof___
+     pubrij8a  BauerBodoni-ItalicOsF             A    199    bbiof___
+     pubrc8a   BauerBodoni-RomanSC               A    199    bbrsc___
+     pmhr8a    Machine                           A    200    ma______
+     pmhb8a    Machine-Bold                      A    200    mab_____
+     pr1r8a    RotisSemiSerif                    A    201    rf______
+     pr1b8a    RotisSemiSerif-Bold               A    201    rfb_____
+     pror8a    RotisSerif                        A    201    rg______
+     prob8a    RotisSerif-Bold                   A    201    rgb_____
+     prori8a   RotisSerif-Italic                 A    201    rgi_____
+     pr3r8a    RotisSemiSans                     A    202    rc______
+     pr3b8a    RotisSemiSans-Bold                A    202    rcb_____
+     pr3x8a    RotisSemiSans-ExtraBold           A    202    rceb____
+     pr3ri8a   RotisSemiSans-Italic              A    202    rci_____
+     pr3l8a    RotisSemiSans-Light               A    202    rcl_____
+     pr3li8a   RotisSemiSans-LightItalic         A    202    rcli____
+     pr4r8a    RotisSansSerif                    A    203    rb______
+     pr4b8a    RotisSansSerif-Bold               A    203    rbb_____
+     pr4x8a    RotisSansSerif-ExtraBold          A    203    rbeb____
+     pr4ri8a   RotisSansSerif-Italic             A    203    rbi_____
+     pr4l8a    RotisSansSerif-Light              A    203    rbl_____
+     pr4li8a   RotisSansSerif-LightItalic        A    203    rbli____
+     pjnbij8a  JansonText-BoldItalicOsF          A    204    jtbio___
+     pjnbj8a   JansonText-BoldOsF                A    204    jtbof___
+     pjnrij8a  JansonText-ItalicOsF              A    204    jtiof___
+     pjnrc8a   JansonText-RomanSC                A    204    jtrsc___
+     pgjr8a    Granjon                           A    205    gr______
+     pgjb8a    Granjon-Bold                      A    205    grb_____
+     pgjri8a   Granjon-Italic                    A    205    gri_____
+     pcebij8a  Centennial-BoldItalicOsF          A    206    cibio___
+     pcebj8a   Centennial-BoldOsF                A    206    cibof___
+     pcerij8a  Centennial-ItalicOsF              A    206    ciiof___
+     pcelij8a  Centennial-LightItalicOsF         A    206    cilio___
+     pcelc8a   Centennial-LightSC                A    206    cilsc___
+     pcerc8a   Centennial-RomanSC                A    206    cirsc___
+     pcecij8a  Centennial-BlackItalicOsF         A    206    cizio___
+     pcecj8a   Centennial-BlackOsF               A    206    cizof___
+     ppnr8a    Plantin                           A    207    pl______
+     ppnb8a    Plantin-Bold                      A    207    plb_____
+     ppnbi8a   Plantin-BoldItalic                A    207    plbi____
+     ppnri8a   Plantin-Italic                    A    207    pli_____
+     pteb8a    TimesEuropa-Bold                  A    208    tub_____
+     ptebi8a   TimesEuropa-BoldItalic            A    208    tubi____
+     pteri8a   TimesEuropa-Italic                A    208    tui_____
+     pter8a    TimesEuropa-Roman                 A    208    tur_____
+     pgjbj8a   Granjon-BoldOsF                   A    209    grbos___
+     pgjrij8a  Granjon-ItalicOsF                 A    209    grios___
+     pgjrc8a   Granjon-SC                        A    209    grsc____
+     ptvbij8a  TrumpMediaeval-BoldItalicOsF      A    210    tmbio___
+     ptvbj8a   TrumpMediaeval-BoldOsF            A    210    tmbos___
+     ptvrij8a  TrumpMediaeval-ItalicOsF          A    210    tmios___
+     ptvrc8a   TrumpMediaeval-SC                 A    210    tmsc____
+     pbsr8a    BakerSignet                       A    211    ba______
+     picr8a    Impact                            A    211    impa____
+     pagb8a    AvantGarde-Bold                   A    212    agb_____
+     pagbo8a   AvantGarde-BoldObl                A    212    agbo____
+     pagj8a    AvantGarde-ExtraLight             A    212    agel____
+     pagjo8a   AvantGarde-ExtraLightObl          A    212    agelo___
+     pagm8a    AvantGarde-Medium                 A    212    agm_____
+     pagmo8a   AvantGarde-MediumObl              A    212    agmo____
+     pplbij8a  Palatino-BoldItalicOsF            A    213    pobio___
+     pplbj8a   Palatino-BoldOsF                  A    213    pobos___
+     pplrij8a  Palatino-ItalicOsF                A    213    poios___
+     pplrc8a   Palatino-SC                       A    213    posc____
+     pndbij8a  NewCaledonia-BoldItalicOsF        A    214    nlbio___
+     pndbc8a   NewCaledonia-BoldSC               A    214    nlbsc___
+     pndrij8a  NewCaledonia-ItalicOsF            A    214    nlios___
+     pndrc8a   NewCaledonia-SC                   A    214    nlsc____
+     pppb8a    Perpetua-Bold                     A    215    ptb_____
+     pppbi8a   Perpetua-BoldItalic               A    215    ptbi____
+     pppri8a   Perpetua-Italic                   A    215    pti_____
+     pppr8a    Perpetua                          A    215    ptrg____
+     pilb8a    Caecilia-Bold                     A    216    ecb_____
+     pilbi8a   Caecilia-BoldItalic               A    216    ecbi____
+     pilbij8a  Caecilia-BoldItalicOsF            A    216    ecbio___
+     pilbj8a   Caecilia-BoldOsF                  A    216    ecbos___
+     pilh8a    Caecilia-Heavy                    A    216    ech_____
+     pilhi8a   Caecilia-HeavyItalic              A    216    echi____
+     pilhij8a  Caecilia-HeavyItalicOsF           A    216    echio___
+     pilhj8a   Caecilia-HeavyOsF                 A    216    echos___
+     pilri8a   Caecilia-Italic                   A    216    eci_____
+     pilrij8a  Caecilia-ItalicOsF                A    216    ecios___
+     pill8a    Caecilia-Light                    A    216    ecl_____
+     pilli8a   Caecilia-LightItalic              A    216    ecli____
+     pillij8a  Caecilia-LightItalicOsF           A    216    eclio___
+     pillj8a   Caecilia-LightOsF                 A    216    eclos___
+     pilr8a    Caecilia-Roman                    A    216    ecr_____
+     pilrj8a   Caecilia-RomanOsF                 A    216    ecros___
+     pimx8a    Imago-ExtraBold                   A    217    ioeb____
+     pimxi8a   Imago-ExtraBoldItalic             A    217    ioebi___
+     piml8a    Imago-Light                       A    217    iol_____
+     pimli8a   Imago-LightItalic                 A    217    ioli____
+     pimm8a    Imago-Medium                      A    217    iom_____
+     pimmi8a   Imago-MediumItalic                A    217    iomi____
+     pimk8a    Imago-Book                        A    217    iow_____
+     pimki8a   Imago-BookItalic                  A    217    iowi____
+     pfab8a    Formata-Bold                      A    218    fmb_____
+     pfabi8a   Formata-BoldItalic                A    218    fmbi____
+     pfari8a   Formata-Italic                    A    218    fmi_____
+     pfal8a    Formata-Light                     A    218    fml_____
+     pfali8a   Formata-LightItalic               A    218    fmli____
+     pfam8a    Formata-Medium                    A    218    fmm_____
+     pfami8a   Formata-MediumItalic              A    218    fmmi____
+     pfar8a    Formata-Regular                   A    218    fmrg____
+     pnfb8a    Nofret-Bold                       A    219    nfb_____
+     pnfbi8a   Nofret-BoldItalic                 A    219    nfbi____
+     pnfri8a   Nofret-Italic                     A    219    nfi_____
+     pnfl8a    Nofret-Light                      A    219    nfl_____
+     pnfli8a   Nofret-LightItalic                A    219    nfli____
+     pnfm8a    Nofret-Medium                     A    219    nfm_____
+     pnfmi8a   Nofret-MediumItalic               A    219    nfmi____
+     pnfr8a    Nofret-Regular                    A    219    nfrg____
+     ppnb8ac   Plantin-BoldCondensed             A    220    plbc____
+     ppnl8a    Plantin-Light                     A    220    pll_____
+     ppnli8a   Plantin-LightItalic               A    220    plli____
+     ppns8a    Plantin-Semibold                  A    220    plsb____
+     ppnsi8a   Plantin-SemiboldItalic            A    220    plsbi___
+     pbrb8a    Berling-Bold                      A    221    bnb_____
+     pbrbi8a   Berling-BoldItalic                A    221    bnbi____
+     pbrri8a   Berling-Italic                    A    221    bni_____
+     pbrr8a    Berling-Roman                     A    221    bnr_____
+     pcyb8a    City-Bold                         A    222    tzb_____
+     pcybi8a   City-BoldItalic                   A    222    tzbi____
+     pcyl8a    City-Light                        A    222    tzl_____
+     pcyli8a   City-LightItalic                  A    222    tzli____
+     pcym8a    City-Medium                       A    222    tzm_____
+     pcymi8a   City-MediumItalic                 A    222    tzmi____
+     paur8a    Auriol                            A    223    al______
+     paub8a    Auriol-Bold                       A    223    alb_____
+     paubi8a   Auriol-BoldItalic                 A    223    albi____
+     pauc8a    Auriol-Black                      A    223    albl____
+     pauci8a   Auriol-BlackItalic                A    223    albli___
+     pauri8a   Auriol-Italic                     A    223    ali_____
+     ptbb8a    BodoniBE-Bold                     A    224    bpb_____
+     ptbbi8a   BodoniBE-BoldItalic               A    224    bpbi____
+     ptbri8a   BodoniBE-Italic                   A    224    bpi_____
+     ptbl8a    BodoniBE-Light                    A    224    bpl_____
+     ptbli8a   BodoniBE-LightItalic              A    224    bpli____
+     ptbm8a    BodoniBE-Medium                   A    224    bpm_____
+     ptbmi8a   BodoniBE-MediumItalic             A    224    bpmi____
+     ptbr8a    BodoniBE-Regular                  A    224    bprg____
+     pegbij8a  StempelGaramond-BoldItalicOsF     A    225    gsbio___
+     pegbj8a   StempelGaramond-BoldOsF           A    225    gsbof___
+     pegrij8a  StempelGaramond-ItalicOsF         A    225    gsiof___
+     pegrc8a   StempelGaramond-RomanSC           A    225    gsrsc___
+     pnbbij8a  NewBaskerville-BoldItalicOsF      A    226    nbbio___
+     pnbbj8a   NewBaskerville-BoldSC             A    226    nbbsc___
+     pnbrij8a  NewBaskerville-ItalicOsF          A    226    nbio____
+     pnbrc8a   NewBaskerville-SC                 A    226    nbsc____
+     pgybij8a  Goudy-BoldItalicOsF               A    227    gobio___
+     pgybj8a   Goudy-BoldOsF                     A    227    gobos___
+     pgyrij8a  Goudy-ItalicOsF                   A    227    goios___
+     pgyrc8a   Goudy-SC                          A    227    gosc____
+     phnbl8a   HelveticaNeue-BoldOutline         A    228    hlbou___
+     pcvrf7c   Clairvaux-Dfr                     A    229    aodfr___
+     pcvrf8a   Clairvaux                         A    229    aor_____
+     pc0rf7c   Carolina-Dfr                      A    229    kldfr___
+     pc0rf8a   Carolina                          A    229    klr_____
+     ps0rf7c   SanMarco-Dfr                      A    229    sjdfr___
+     ps0rf8a   SanMarco                          A    229    sjr_____
+     pvjb8a    Veljovic-Bold                     A    230    vlb_____
+     pvjbi8a   Veljovic-BoldItalic               A    230    vlbi____
+     pvjc8a    Veljovic-Black                    A    230    vlbl____
+     pvjci8a   Veljovic-BlackItalic              A    230    vlbli___
+     pvjm8a    Veljovic-Medium                   A    230    vlm_____
+     pvjmi8a   Veljovic-MediumItalic             A    230    vlmi____
+     pvjk8a    Veljovic-Book                     A    230    vlw_____
+     pvjki8a   Veljovic-BookItalic               A    230    vlwi____
+     pscb8a    Slimbach-Bold                     A    231    spb_____
+     pscbi8a   Slimbach-BoldItalic               A    231    spbi____
+     pscc8a    Slimbach-Black                    A    231    spbl____
+     pscci8a   Slimbach-BlackItalic              A    231    spbli___
+     pscm8a    Slimbach-Medium                   A    231    spm_____
+     pscmi8a   Slimbach-MediumItalic             A    231    spmi____
+     psck8a    Slimbach-Book                     A    231    spw_____
+     pscki8a   Slimbach-BookItalic               A    231    spwi____
+     pbvri8a   BaskervilleBook-Italic            A    232    bti_____
+     pbvm8a    BaskervilleBook-Medium            A    232    btm_____
+     pbvmi8a   BaskervilleBook-MedItalic         A    232    btmi____
+     pbvr8a    BaskervilleBook-Regular           A    232    btrg____
+     murb8a    CentaurMT-Bold                    A    233    nrb_____
+     murbi8a   CentaurMT-BoldItalic              A    233    nrbi____
+     murri8a   CentaurMT-Italic                  A    233    nri_____
+     murria8a  CentaurMT-ItalicA                 A    233    nria____
+     murr8a    CentaurMT                         A    233    nrr_____
+     phvr7f    Helvetica-Fraction                A    234    hvfr____
+     phvb7f    Helvetica-FractionBold            A    234    hvfrb___
+     pncr7f    NewCenturySchlbk-Fraction         A    234    ncfr____
+     pncb7f    NewCenturySchlbk-FractionBold     A    234    ncfrb___
+     pilbic8a  Caecilia-BoldItalicSC             A    235    ecbis___
+     pilbc8a   Caecilia-BoldSC                   A    235    ecbsc___
+     pilhic8a  Caecilia-HeavyItalicSC            A    235    echis___
+     pilhc8a   Caecilia-HeavySC                  A    235    echsc___
+     pilric8a  Caecilia-ItalicSC                 A    235    ecisc___
+     pillc8a   Caecilia-LightItalicSC            A    235    eclis___
+     pillic8a  Caecilia-LightSC                  A    235    eclsc___
+     pilrc8a   Caecilia-RomanSC                  A    235    ecrsc___
+     mjob8a    JoannaMT-Bold                     A    236    job_____
+     mjobi8a   JoannaMT-BoldItalic               A    236    jobi____
+     mjox8a    JoannaMT-ExtraBold                A    236    joeb____
+     mjori8a   JoannaMT-Italic                   A    236    joi_____
+     mjor8a    JoannaMT                          A    236    jor_____
+     mjos8a    JoannaMT-SemiBold                 A    236    josb____
+     mjosi8a   JoannaMT-SemiBoldItalic           A    236    josbi___
+     ppi017    LHolidayPi-One                    A    237    holi1___
+     ppi018    LHolidayPi-Two                    A    237    holi2___
+     ppi019    LHolidayPi-Three                  A    237    holi3___
+     ppi011    LDecorationPi-One                 A    238    deco1___
+     ppi012    LDecorationPi-Two                 A    238    deco2___
+     po7r8a    OldStyleSeven                     A    239    os______
+     po7ri8a   OldStyleSeven-Italic              A    239    osi_____
+     po7rij8a  OldStyleSeven-ItalicOsF           A    239    osios___
+     po7rc8a   OldStyleSeven-SC                  A    239    ossc____
+     ppi013    LGamePi-ChessDraughts             A    240    gamcd___
+     ppi014    LGamePi-DiceDominoes              A    240    gamdd___
+     ppi015    LGamePi-EnglishCards              A    240    gamec___
+     ppi016    LGamePi-FrenchCards               A    240    gamfc___
+     pc5rij8a  CaslonFiveForty-ItalicOsF         A    241    cfiof___
+     pc5rc8a   CaslonFiveForty-RomanSC           A    241    cfrsc___
+     pc3rij8a  CaslonThree-ItalicOsF             A    241    ctiof___
+     pc3rc8a   CaslonThree-RomanSC               A    241    ctrsc___
+     mgtrf8a   GoudyTextMT                       A    242    gx______
+     mgtrf7a   GoudyTextMT-Alternate             A    242    gxalt___
+     mgtrf7c   GoudyTextMT-Dfr                   A    242    gxdfr___
+     mgtrfd8a  GoudyTextMT-LombardicCapitals     A    242    gxlom___
+     pefb8a    EgyptienneF-Bold                  A    243    efb_____
+     pefc8a    EgyptienneF-Black                 A    243    efbl____
+     pefri8a   EgyptienneF-Italic                A    243    efi_____
+     pefr8a    EgyptienneF-Roman                 A    243    efr_____
+     pwkb8a    Wilke-Bold                        A    244    wlb_____
+     pwkbi8a   Wilke-BoldItalic                  A    244    wlbi____
+     pwkc8a    Wilke-Black                       A    244    wlbl____
+     pwkci8a   Wilke-BlackItalic                 A    244    wlbli___
+     pwkri8a   Wilke-Italic                      A    244    wli_____
+     pwkr8a    Wilke-Roman                       A    244    wlr_____
+     ppxb8a    PopplPontifexBE-Bold              A    245    pjb_____
+     ppxri8a   PopplPontifexBE-Italic            A    245    pji_____
+     ppxm8a    PopplPontifexBE-Medium            A    245    pjm_____
+     ppxm8ac   PopplPontifexBE-MediumCn          A    245    pjmc____
+     ppxr8a    PopplPontifexBE-Regular           A    245    pjrg____
+     mtlr8a    CastellarMT                       A    246    el______
+     malr8a    AlbertusMT                        A    246    lr______
+     malri8a   AlbertusMT-Italic                 A    246    lri_____
+     mall8a    AlbertusMT-Light                  A    246    lrl_____
+     pgvb8a    Giovanni-Bold                     A    247    gvb_____
+     pgvbi8a   Giovanni-BoldItalic               A    247    gvbi____
+     pgvc8a    Giovanni-Black                    A    247    gvbl____
+     pgvci8a   Giovanni-BlackItalic              A    247    gvbli___
+     pgvk8a    Giovanni-Book                     A    247    gvw_____
+     pgvki8a   Giovanni-BookItalic               A    247    gvwi____
+     pazbi8ax  AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldExIt        A    248    gfbei___
+     pazb8ax   AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldEx          A    248    gfbv____
+     pazr8ax   AkzidenzGroteskBE-Ex              A    248    gfex____
+     pazl8ax   AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightEx         A    248    gflex___
+     pazm8ax   AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdEx            A    248    gfmex___
+     p_____    AGOldFace-Bold                    A    249    qwb_____
+     p_____    AGOldFace-BoldOutline             A    249    qwbou___
+     p_____    AGOldFace-Medium                  A    249    qwm_____
+     p_____    AGOldFace-Outline                 A    249    qwou____
+     p_____    AGOldFace-Regular                 A    249    qwrg____
+     p_____    AGOldFace-Shaded                  A    249    qwsh____
+     p_____    GaramondBE-Bold                   A    250    gwb_____
+     p_____    GaramondBE-Condensed              A    250    gwc_____
+     p_____    GaramondBE-Italic                 A    250    gwi_____
+     p_____    GaramondBE-Medium                 A    250    gwm_____
+     p_____    GaramondBE-MediumCn               A    250    gwmc____
+     p_____    GaramondBE-MediumItalic           A    250    gwmi____
+     p_____    GaramondBE-Regular                A    250    gwrg____
+     pgub8a    Guardi-Bold                       A    251    gub_____
+     pgubi8a   Guardi-BoldItalic                 A    251    gubi____
+     pguc8a    Guardi-Black                      A    251    gubl____
+     pguci8a   Guardi-BlackItalic                A    251    gubli___
+     pguri8a   Guardi-Italic                     A    251    gui_____
+     pgur8a    Guardi-Roman                      A    251    gur_____
+     pkbc8a    Kabel-Black                       A    252    kabl____
+     pkbh8a    Kabel-Heavy                       A    252    kah_____
+     pkbl8a    Kabel-Light                       A    252    kal_____
+     pkbk8a    Kabel-Book                        A    252    kaw_____
+     ppi009    LAstrologyPi-One                  A    253    astr1___
+     ppi010    LAstrologyPi-Two                  A    253    astr2___
+     pprl8a    PopplResidenz-Light               A    254    pzl_____
+     pprr8a    PopplResidenz-Regular             A    254    pzrg____
+     pstr5a    StoneSerif-PhoneticAlternate      A    255    srpa____
+     pstr5i    StoneSerif-PhoneticIPA            A    255    srpi____
+     ps8r5a    StoneSans-PhoneticAlternate       A    255    sspa____
+     ps8r5i    StoneSans-PhoneticIPA             A    255    sspi____
+     prnb8a    Rotation-Bold                     A    256    rnb_____
+     prnri8a   Rotation-Italic                   A    256    rni_____
+     prnr8a    Rotation-Roman                    A    256    rnr_____
+     pasri8a   Aldus-Italic                      A    257    afi_____
+     pasrij8a  Aldus-ItalicOsF                   A    257    afiof___
+     pasr8a    Aldus-Roman                       A    257    afr_____
+     pasrc8a   Aldus-RomanSC                     A    257    afrsc___
+     mlir8ac   LatinMT-Condensed                 A    258    lnc_____
+     moxr8a    OnyxMT                            A    258    ox______
+     mrur8ac   RunicMT-Condensed                 A    258    ric_____
+     p_____    Colossalis-Bold                   A    259    kob_____
+     p_____    Colossalis-Black                  A    259    kobl____
+     p_____    Colossalis-Medium                 A    259    kom_____
+     p_____    Colossalis-Regular                A    259    korg____
+     p_____    BertholdScript-Medium             A    260    qrm_____
+     p_____    BertholdScript-Regular            A    260    qrrg____
+     pqsrw8a   Bellevue                          A    260    qsrg____
+     pqtrw8a   Boulevard                         A    260    qtrg____
+     pfrb8ac   Frutiger-BoldCn                   A    261    ftbc____
+     pfrc8ac   Frutiger-BlackCn                  A    261    ftblc___
+     pfrr8ac   Frutiger-Cn                       A    261    ftc_____
+     pfrx8ac   Frutiger-ExtraBlackCn             A    261    ftebc___
+     pfrl8ac   Frutiger-LightCn                  A    261    ftlc____
+     pflb8a    Flora-Bold                        A    262    fab_____
+     pflm8a    Flora-Medium                      A    262    fam_____
+     metri8a   EhrhardtMT-Italic                 A    263    ehi_____
+     metr8a    EhrhardtMT-Regular                A    263    ehrg____
+     mets8a    EhrhardtMT-Semibold               A    263    ehsb____
+     metsi8a   EhrhardtMT-SemiboldItalic         A    263    ehsbi___
+     pppbij8a  Perpetua-BoldItalicOsF            A    264    ptbio___
+     pppbi8x   Perpetua-BoldItalicExp            A    264    ptbix___
+     pppbj8a   Perpetua-BoldOsF                  A    264    ptbos___
+     pppb8x    Perpetua-BoldExp                  A    264    ptbxp___
+     pppr8x    Perpetua-Exp                      A    264    ptexp___
+     ppprij8a  Perpetua-ItalicOsF                A    264    ptios___
+     pppri8x   Perpetua-ItalicExp                A    264    ptixp___
+     ppprc8a   Perpetua-SC                       A    264    ptsc____
+     ppxbj8a   PopplPontifexBE-BoldOsF           A    265    pjbos___
+     ppxb8x    PopplPontifexBE-BoldExp           A    265    pjbxp___
+     ppxrij8a  PopplPontifexBE-ItalicOsF         A    265    pjios___
+     ppxri8x   PopplPontifexBE-ItalicExp         A    265    pjixp___
+     ppxmc8ac  PopplPontifexBE-MediumCnSC        A    265    pjmcs___
+     ppxm8xc   PopplPontifexBE-MediumCnExp       A    265    pjmcx___
+     ppxmc8a   PopplPontifexBE-MediumSC          A    265    pjmsc___
+     ppxm8x    PopplPontifexBE-MediumExp         A    265    pjmxp___
+     ppxr8x    PopplPontifexBE-RegularExp        A    265    pjrgx___
+     ppxrc8a   PopplPontifexBE-RegularSC         A    265    pjrsc___
+     p_____    ConcordeNova-Italic               A    266    nvi_____
+     p_____    ConcordeNova-ItalicOsF            A    266    nviof___
+     p_____    ConcordeNova-ItalicExp            A    266    nvixp___
+     p_____    ConcordeNova-Medium               A    266    nvm_____
+     p_____    ConcordeNova-MediumSC             A    266    nvmsc___
+     p_____    ConcordeNova-MediumExp            A    266    nvmxp___
+     p_____    ConcordeNova-Regular              A    266    nvrg____
+     p_____    ConcordeNova-RegularExp           A    266    nvrgx___
+     p_____    ConcordeNova-RegularSC            A    266    nvsc____
+     peib8a    Esprit-Bold                       A    267    esb_____
+     peibi8a   Esprit-BoldItalic                 A    267    esbi____
+     peici8a   Esprit-BlackItalic                A    267    esbli___
+     peim8a    Esprit-Medium                     A    267    esm_____
+     peimi8a   Esprit-MediumItalic               A    267    esmi____
+     peik8a    Esprit-Book                       A    267    esw_____
+     peiki8a   Esprit-BookItalic                 A    267    eswi____
+     peic8a    Esprit-Black                      A    267    esz_____
+     ptbbij8a  BodoniBE-BoldItalicOsF            A    268    bpbio___
+     ptbbi8x   BodoniBE-BoldItalicExp            A    268    bpbix___
+     ptbbj8a   BodoniBE-BoldOsF                  A    268    bpbof___
+     ptbb8x    BodoniBE-BoldExp                  A    268    bpbxp___
+     ptbrij8a  BodoniBE-ItalicOsF                A    268    bpiof___
+     ptbri8x   BodoniBE-ItalicExp                A    268    bpixp___
+     ptblij8a  BodoniBE-LightItalicOsF           A    268    bplio___
+     ptbli8x   BodoniBE-LightItalicExp           A    268    bplix___
+     ptblc8a   BodoniBE-LightSC                  A    268    bplsc___
+     ptbl8x    BodoniBE-LightExp                 A    268    bplxp___
+     ptbmij8a  BodoniBE-MediumItalicOsF          A    268    bpmio___
+     ptbmi8x   BodoniBE-MediumItalicExp          A    268    bpmix___
+     ptbmc8a   BodoniBE-MediumSC                 A    268    bpmsc___
+     ptbm8x    BodoniBE-MediumExp                A    268    bpmxp___
+     ptbr8x    BodoniBE-RegularExp               A    268    bprgx___
+     ptbrc8a   BodoniBE-RegularSC                A    268    bpsc____
+     melr8a    EllingtonMT                       A    269    ei______
+     melb8a    EllingtonMT-Bold                  A    269    eib_____
+     melbi8a   EllingtonMT-BoldItalic            A    269    eibi____
+     melx8a    EllingtonMT-ExtraBold             A    269    eieb____
+     melxi8a   EllingtonMT-ExtraBoldItalic       A    269    eiebi___
+     melri8a   EllingtonMT-Italic                A    269    eii_____
+     mell8a    EllingtonMT-Light                 A    269    eil_____
+     melli8a   EllingtonMT-LightItalic           A    269    eili____
+     pazb8ac   AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldCn          A    270    gfbc____
+     pazr8ac   AkzidenzGroteskBE-Cn              A    270    gfc_____
+     pazx8a    AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBd             A    270    gfeb____
+     pazl8ac   AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightCn         A    270    gflc____
+     pazm8ac   AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdCn            A    270    gfmc____
+     pazmi8ac  AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdCnIt          A    270    gfmci___
+     pazx8ac   AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBdCn           A    270    gfxc____
+     pazxi8ac  AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBdCnIt         A    270    gfxci___
+     pptr8a    Present                           A    271    pr______
+     pptb8a    Present-Bold                      A    271    prb_____
+     pptb8ac   Present-BoldCondensed             A    271    prbc____
+     pptc8a    Present-Black                     A    271    prbl____
+     pptc8ac   Present-BlackCondensed            A    271    prblc___
+     pptr8ac   Present-Condensed                 A    271    prc_____
+     lvcb8a    VectoraLH-Bold                    A    272    vcb_____
+     lvcbi8a   VectoraLH-BoldItalic              A    272    vcbi____
+     lvcc8a    VectoraLH-Black                   A    272    vcbl____
+     lvcci8a   VectoraLH-BlackItalic             A    272    vcbli___
+     lvcri8a   VectoraLH-Italic                  A    272    vci_____
+     lvcl8a    VectoraLH-Light                   A    272    vcl_____
+     lvcli8a   VectoraLH-LightItalic             A    272    vcli____
+     lvcr8a    VectoraLH-Roman                   A    272    vcr_____
+     pbab8a    Barmeno-Bold                      A    273    bfb_____
+     pbax8a    Barmeno-ExtraBold                 A    273    bfeb____
+     pbam8a    Barmeno-Medium                    A    273    bfm_____
+     pbar8a    Barmeno-Regular                   A    273    bfrg____
+     p_____    Cosmos-ExtraBold                  A    274    kzeb____
+     p_____    Cosmos-Light                      A    274    kzl_____
+     p_____    Cosmos-LightItalic                A    274    kzli____
+     p_____    Cosmos-Medium                     A    274    kzm_____
+     pmyMMi8a  MyriadMM-It                       A    275    _mi_____
+     pmyMM8a   MyriadMM                          A    275    _mrg____
+     pmnMMi8a  MinionMM-It                       A    276    zgi_____
+     pmnMM8a   MinionMM                          A    276    zgrg____
+     pmnMMic8a MinionMM-ItSC                     A    277    zgisc___
+     pmnMMi8x  MinionMM-ItEp                     A    277    zgix____
+     pmnMMp    MinionMM-Or                       A    277    zgo_____
+     pmnMMc8a  MinionMM-SC                       A    277    zgsc____
+     pmnMMiw7a MinionMM-Sw                       A    277    zgsw____
+     pmnMM8x   MinionMM-Ep                       A    277    zgx_____
+     ptmr5a    Times-PhoneticAlternate           A    278    tipa____
+     ptmr5i    Times-PhoneticIPA                 A    278    tipi____
+     lpi003    AudioLH-Pi                        A    279    audi1___
+     lpi002    WarningLH-Pi                      A    279    warn1___
+     ppmri8a   PostMediaeval-Italic              A    280    pmi_____
+     ppmm8a    PostMediaeval-Medium              A    280    pmm_____
+     ppmr8a    PostMediaeval-Regular             A    280    pmrg____
+     lffb8a    FairfieldLH-Bold                  A    281    fdb_____
+     lffbi8a   FairfieldLH-BoldItalic            A    281    fdbi____
+     lffh8a    FairfieldLH-Heavy                 A    281    fdh_____
+     lffhi8a   FairfieldLH-HeavyItalic           A    281    fdhi____
+     lffl8a    FairfieldLH-Light                 A    281    fdl_____
+     lffli8a   FairfieldLH-LightItalic           A    281    fdli____
+     lffm8a    FairfieldLH-Medium                A    281    fdm_____
+     lffmi8a   FairfieldLH-MediumItalic          A    281    fdmi____
+     lffbd8a   FairfieldLH-CaptionBold           A    282    fdbcp___
+     lffbijw8a FairfieldLH-SwBoldItalicOsF       A    282    fdbio___
+     lffbc8a   FairfieldLH-BoldSC                A    282    fdbsc___
+     lffhd8a   FairfieldLH-CaptionHeavy          A    282    fdhcp___
+     lffhijw8a FairfieldLH-SwHeavyItalicOsF      A    282    fdhio___
+     lffhc8a   FairfieldLH-HeavySC               A    282    fdhsc___
+     lffld8a   FairfieldLH-CaptionLight          A    282    fdlcp___
+     lfflijw8a FairfieldLH-SwLightItalicOsF      A    282    fdlio___
+     lfflc8a   FairfieldLH-LightSC               A    282    fdlsc___
+     lffmd8a   FairfieldLH-CaptionMedium         A    282    fdmcp___
+     lffmijw8a FairfieldLH-SwMediumItalicOsF     A    282    fdmio___
+     lffmc8a   FairfieldLH-MediumSC              A    282    fdmsc___
+     lgzb8a    GazetteLH-Bold                    A    283    gzb_____
+     lgzri8a   GazetteLH-Italic                  A    283    gzi_____
+     lgzr8a    GazetteLH-Roman                   A    283    gzr_____
+     lcfbs8a   ClearfaceGothicLH-Bold            A    284    fcb_____
+     lcfcs8a   ClearfaceGothicLH-Black           A    284    fcbl____
+     lcfls8a   ClearfaceGothicLH-Light           A    284    fcl_____
+     lcfms8a   ClearfaceGothicLH-Medium          A    284    fcm_____
+     lcfrs8a   ClearfaceGothicLH-Roman           A    284    fcr_____
+     pidb8a    Isadora-Bold                      A    285    irb_____
+     pidr8a    Isadora-Regular                   A    285    irrg____
+     pbax8a    Barmeno-ExtraBold                 A    286    bfeb____
+     pfarl8a   Formata-Outline                   A    286    fmou____
+     p_____    Cosmos-ExtraBold                  A    286    kzeb____
+     p_____    AGOldFace-Shaded                  A    286    qwsh____
+     p_____    AGBook-Stencil                    A    286    tast____
+     ltgb8ax   TradeGothicLH-BoldExtended        A    287    tgbv____
+     ltgr8ax   TradeGothicLH-Extended            A    287    tgv_____
+     mphb8a    PhotinaMT-Bold                    A    288    phb_____
+     mphbi8a   PhotinaMT-BoldItalic              A    288    phbi____
+     mphri8a   PhotinaMT-Italic                  A    288    phi_____
+     mphr8a    PhotinaMT                         A    288    phrg____
+     mphs8a    PhotinaMT-SemiBold                A    288    phsb____
+     mphsi8a   PhotinaMT-SemiBoldItalic          A    288    phsbi___
+     mphu8a    PhotinaMT-UltraBold               A    288    phub____
+     mphui8a   PhotinaMT-UltraBoldItalic         A    288    phubi___
+     mdsrw8a   DorchesterScriptMT                A    289    dsscr___
+     mp2rw8a   PepitaMT                          A    289    epscr___
+     mbfrw8a   BiffoMT                           A    289    ifscr___
+     ms2bw8a   ScriptMT-Bold                     A    289    tbscr___
+     lenb8a    EngraversLH-BoldFace              A    290    ew______
+     l_____    SerlioLH                          A    290    oi______
+     pplc8a    Palatino-Black                    A    291    pobl____
+     pplci8a   Palatino-BlackItalic              A    291    pobli___
+     ppll8a    Palatino-Light                    A    291    pol_____
+     pplli8a   Palatino-LightItalic              A    291    poli____
+     pplm8a    Palatino-Medium                   A    291    pom_____
+     pplmi8a   Palatino-MediumItalic             A    291    pomi____
+     pocrij8a  ConcordeBE-ItalicOsF              A    292    qqiof___
+     pocri8x   ConcordeBE-ItalicExp              A    292    qqixp___
+     pocmij8a  ConcordeBE-MediumItalicOsF        A    292    qqmio___
+     pocmi8x   ConcordeBE-MediumItalicExp        A    292    qqmix___
+     pocmc8a   ConcordeBE-MediumSC               A    292    qqmsc___
+     pocm8x    ConcordeBE-MediumExp              A    292    qqmxp___
+     pocrc8x   ConcordeBE-RegularExp             A    292    qqrgx___
+     pocr8a    ConcordeBE-RegularSC              A    292    qqsc____
+     mc8b8a    CalvertMT-Bold                    A    293    vtb_____
+     mc8l8a    CalvertMT-Light                   A    293    vtl_____
+     mc8r8a    CalvertMT                         A    293    vtrg____
+     mgqr8a    GrotesqueMT                       A    294    gq______
+     mgqb8a    GrotesqueMT-Bold                  A    294    gqb_____
+     mgqc8a    GrotesqueMT-Black                 A    294    gqbl____
+     mgqri8a   GrotesqueMT-Italic                A    294    gqi_____
+     mgql8a    GrotesqueMT-Light                 A    294    gql_____
+     mgqli8a   GrotesqueMT-LightItalic           A    294    gqli____
+     pckb8a    CaslonBookBE-Bold                 A    295    qxb_____
+     pckri8a   CaslonBookBE-Italic               A    295    qxi_____
+     pckm8a    CaslonBookBE-Medium               A    295    qxm_____
+     pckr8a    CaslonBookBE-Regular              A    295    qxrg____
+     pckbj8a   CaslonBookBE-BoldOsF              A    296    qxbof___
+     pckb8x    CaslonBookBE-BoldExp              A    296    qxbxp___
+     pckrij8a  CaslonBookBE-ItalicOsF            A    296    qxiof___
+     pckri8x   CaslonBookBE-ItalicExp            A    296    qxixp___
+     pckmc8a   CaslonBookBE-MediumSC             A    296    qxmsc___
+     pckm8x    CaslonBookBE-MediumExp            A    296    qxmxp___
+     pckr8x    CaslonBookBE-RegularExp           A    296    qxrgx___
+     pckrc8a   CaslonBookBE-RegularSC            A    296    qxsc____
+     mr2b8a    CantoriaMT-Bold                   A    297    eob_____
+     mr2bi8a   CantoriaMT-BoldItalic             A    297    eobi____
+     mr2ri8a   CantoriaMT-Italic                 A    297    eoi_____
+     mr2r8a    CantoriaMT                        A    297    eorg____
+     mr2x8a    CantoriaMT-ExtraBold              A    298    eoeb____
+     mr2xi8a   CantoriaMT-ExtraBoldItalic        A    298    eoebi___
+     mr2l8a    CantoriaMT-Light                  A    298    eol_____
+     mr2li8a   CantoriaMT-LightItalic            A    298    eoli____
+     mr2s8a    CantoriaMT-SemiBold               A    298    eosb____
+     mr2si8a   CantoriaMT-SemiBoldItalic         A    298    eosbi___
+     mgqb8ax   GrotesqueMT-BoldExtended          A    299    gqbv____
+     mgqr8ac   GrotesqueMT-Condensed             A    299    gqc_____
+     mgqr8aq   GrotesqueMT-ExtraCondensed        A    299    gqec____
+     mgql8ac   GrotesqueMT-LightCondensed        A    299    gqlc____
+     ppc___    Poetica-ChanceryI                 A    300    pvch1___
+     ppc___    Poetica-ChanceryII                A    300    pvch2___
+     ppc___    Poetica-ChanceryIII               A    300    pvch3___
+     ppc___    Poetica-ChanceryIV                A    300    pvch4___
+     ppc___    Poetica-ChanceryExpert            A    300    pvchx___
+     ppc___    Poetica-RomanSmallCapsAlt         A    300    pvrsa___
+     ppc___    Poetica-RomanSmallCaps            A    300    pvrsc___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppAmpersands            A    301    pvam____
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppInitialSwashCaps      A    301    pvisw___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppLowercaseAltI         A    301    pvla1___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppLowercaseAltII        A    301    pvla2___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppLowercaseBegI         A    301    pvlb1___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppLowercaseBegII        A    301    pvlb2___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppLowercaseEndI         A    301    pvle1___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppLowercaseEndII        A    301    pvle2___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppLigatures             A    301    pvlg____
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppOrnaments             A    301    pvor____
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppSwashCapsI            A    301    pvsw1___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppSwashCapsII           A    301    pvsw2___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppSwashCapsIII          A    301    pvsw3___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppSwashCapsIV           A    301    pvsw4___
+     msmr8x    SpectrumMT-Expert                 A    302    ekexp___
+     msmri8a   SpectrumMT-Italic                 A    302    eki_____
+     msmrij8a  SpectrumMT-ItalicOsF              A    302    ekio____
+     msmri8x   SpectrumMT-ItalicExpert           A    302    ekixp___
+     msmr8a    SpectrumMT                        A    302    ekrg____
+     msms8a    SpectrumMT-SemiBold               A    302    eksb____
+     msmsc8a   SpectrumMT-SemiBoldOsF            A    302    eksbo___
+     msms8x    SpectrumMT-SemiBoldExpert         A    302    eksbx___
+     msmrc8a   SpectrumMT-SC                     A    302    eksc____
+     p_____    AGBookRounded-Bold                A    303    kdb_____
+     p_____    AGBookRounded-BoldCn              A    303    kdbc____
+     p_____    AGBookRounded-BoldCnOutline       A    303    kdbcl___
+     p_____    AGBookRounded-BoldOutline         A    303    kdbou___
+     p_____    AGBookRounded-Medium              A    303    kdm_____
+     p_____    AGBookRounded-MediumOutline       A    303    kdmou___
+     p_____    AGBookRounded-Regular             A    303    kdrg____
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-Bold              A    304    qvb_____
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldItalic        A    304    qvbi____
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-Italic            A    304    qvi_____
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-Medium            A    304    qvm_____
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumItalic      A    304    qvmi____
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-Regular           A    304    qvrg____
+     mg4ri8a   GoudyModernMT-Italic              A    305    ygi_____
+     mg4r8a    GoudyModernMT                     A    305    ygrg____
+     ms1ri8a   ScotchRomanMT-Italic              A    305    ysi_____
+     ms1r8a    ScotchRomanMT                     A    305    ysrg____
+     p_____    AGSchoolbook-RegularA             A    306    okarg___
+     p_____    AGSchoolbook-Medium               A    306    okm_____
+     p_____    AGSchoolbook-MediumA              A    306    okma____
+     p_____    AGSchoolbook-Regular              A    306    okrg____
+     pbeb8a    BellGothic-Bold                   A    307    dgb_____
+     pbec8a    BellGothic-Black                  A    307    dgbl____
+     pbel8a    BellGothic-Light                  A    307    dgl_____
+     misb8a    ItalianOldStyleMT-Bold            A    308    ieb_____
+     misbi8a   ItalianOldStyleMT-BoldItalic      A    308    iebi____
+     misri8a   ItalianOldStyleMT-Italic          A    308    iei_____
+     misr8a    ItalianOldStyleMT                 A    308    ierg____
+     p_____    BellCentennial-Address            A    309    bladd___
+     p_____    BellCentennial-BoldListingAlt     A    309    blbla___
+     p_____    BellCentennial-BoldListing        A    309    blbls___
+     p_____    BellCentennial-NameAndNumber      A    309    blnan___
+     p_____    BellCentennial-SubCaption         A    309    blscp___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldItOsF         A    310    qvbio___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldItExp         A    310    qvbix___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldOsF           A    310    qvbos___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldExp           A    310    qvbxp___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-ItalicSC          A    310    qvisc___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-ItalicExp         A    310    qvixp___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumItOsF       A    310    qvmio___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumItExp       A    310    qvmix___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumSC          A    310    qvmsc___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumExp         A    310    qvmxp___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-RegularExp        A    310    qvrgx___
+     p_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-RegularSC         A    310    qvrsc___
+     p_____    BerlinerGrotesk-Light             A    311    otl_____
+     p_____    BerlinerGrotesk-Medium            A    311    otm_____
+     mntb8ac   TimesNewRomanMT-BoldCond          A    312    mtbc____
+     mntr8ac   TimesNewRomanMT-Cond              A    312    mtc_____
+     mntri8ac  TimesNewRomanMT-CondItalic        A    312    mtci____
+     movr8x    OctavianMT-Expert                 A    313    ocexp___
+     movri8a   OctavianMT-Italic                 A    313    oci_____
+     movrij8a  OctavianMT-ItalicOsF              A    313    ocio____
+     movri8x   OctavianMT-ItalicExpert           A    313    ocixp___
+     movr8a    OctavianMT                        A    313    ocrg____
+     movrc8a   OctavianMT-SC                     A    313    ocsc____
+     p_____    Christiana-Bold                   A    314    hcb_____
+     p_____    Christiana-BoldItalic             A    314    hcbi____
+     p_____    Christiana-Italic                 A    314    hci_____
+     p_____    Christiana-Medium                 A    314    hcm_____
+     p_____    Christiana-MediumItalic           A    314    hcmi____
+     p_____    Christiana-Regular                A    314    hcrg____
+     p_____    Christiana-RegularExpert          A    314    hcrgx___
+     p_____    Christiana-RegularSC              A    314    hcsc____
+     pmnb6w    MinionCyr-Bold                    A    315    mkb_____
+     pmnbi6w   MinionCyr-BoldItalic              A    315    mkbi____
+     pmnri6w   MinionCyr-Italic                  A    315    mki_____
+     pmnr6w    MinionCyr-Regular                 A    315    mkrg____
+     pmns6w    MinionCyr-Semibold                A    315    mksb____
+     pmnsi6w   MinionCyr-SemiboldItalic          A    315    mksbi___
+     ptbb8ac   BodoniBE-BoldCn                   A    316    bpbc____
+     ptbbi8ac  BodoniBE-BoldCnItalic             A    316    bpbci___
+     ptbr8ac   BodoniBE-Condensed                A    316    bpc_____
+     ptbri8ac  BodoniBE-CnItalic                 A    316    bpci____
+     ptbm8ac   BodoniBE-MediumCn                 A    316    bpmc____
+     ptbmi8ac  BodoniBE-MediumCnItalic           A    316    bpmci___
+     mfsr8a    FalstaffMT                        A    317    fprg____
+     mifb8a    InflexMT-Bold                     A    317    iqb_____
+     mm8bl8a   MonotypeOldStyleMT-BoldOut        A    317    mbbou___
+     pdjb8a    Delta-Bold                        A    318    djb_____
+     pdjbi8a   Delta-BoldItalic                  A    318    djbi____
+     pdjl8a    Delta-Light                       A    318    djl_____
+     pdjli8a   Delta-LightItalic                 A    318    djli____
+     pdjm8a    Delta-Medium                      A    318    djm_____
+     pdjmi8a   Delta-MediumItalic                A    318    djmi____
+     pdjrl8a   Delta-Outline                     A    318    djou____
+     pdjk8a    Delta-Book                        A    318    djw_____
+     pdjki8a   Delta-BookItalic                  A    318    djwi____
+     mnrrw8a   NewBerolinaMT                     A    319    _n______
+     mp1rw8a   PalaceScriptMT                    A    319    _p______
+     mp1sw8a   PalaceScriptMT-SemiBold           A    319    _psb____
+     mahrw8a   AshleyScriptMT                    A    319    le______
+     mm1rw8a   MonolineScriptMT                  A    319    on______
+     pbtb8a    Boton-Bold                        A    320    tnb_____
+     pbtbi8a   Boton-BoldItalic                  A    320    tnbi____
+     pbtri8a   Boton-Italic                      A    320    tni_____
+     pbtl8a    Boton-Light                       A    320    tnl_____
+     pbtli8a   Boton-LightItalic                 A    320    tnli____
+     pbtm8a    Boton-Medium                      A    320    tnm_____
+     pbtmi8a   Boton-MediumItalic                A    320    tnmi____
+     pbtr8a    Boton-Regular                     A    320    tnr_____
+     mfer8a    ForteMT                           A    321    fz______
+     mklr8a    KlangMT                           A    321    kn______
+     mmebw8a   MercuriusMT-BoldScript            A    321    uzbs____
+     ldob8a    DidotLH-Bold                      A    322    dob_____
+     ldobj8a   DidotLH-BoldOsF                   A    322    dobos___
+     ldord8a   DidotLH-Headline                  A    322    dohe____
+     ldordj8a  DidotLH-HeadlineOsF               A    322    dohes___
+     ldori8a   DidotLH-Italic                    A    322    doi_____
+     ldor7a    DidotLH-Initials                  A    322    doini___
+     ldorij8a  DidotLH-ItalicOsF                 A    322    doios___
+     ldorp1    DidotLH-OrnamentsOne              A    322    door1___
+     ldorp2    DidotLH-OrnamentsTwo              A    322    door2___
+     ldor8a    DidotLH-Roman                     A    322    dor_____
+     ldorj8a   DidotLH-RomanOsF                  A    322    doros___
+     ldorc8a   DidotLH-RomanSC                   A    322    dorsc___
+     pfab8ac   Formata-BoldCondensed             A    323    fmbc____
+     pfabi8ac  Formata-BoldCondensedItalic       A    323    fmbci___
+     pfar8ac   Formata-Condensed                 A    323    fmc_____
+     pfari8ac  Formata-CondensedItalic           A    323    fmci____
+     pfarl8ac  Formata-CondensedOutline          A    323    fmcou___
+     pfal8ac   Formata-LightCondensed            A    323    fmlc____
+     pfali8ac  Formata-LightCondensedItalic      A    323    fmlci___
+     pfam8ac   Formata-MediumCondensed           A    323    fmmc____
+     pfami8ac  Formata-MediumCondensedItalic     A    323    fmmci___
+     pebb8a    BaskervilleBE-Bold                A    324    vib_____
+     pebri8a   BaskervilleBE-Italic              A    324    vii_____
+     pebm8a    BaskervilleBE-Medium              A    324    vim_____
+     pebmi8a   BaskervilleBE-MediumItalic        A    324    vimi____
+     pebr8a    BaskervilleBE-Regular             A    324    virg____
+     pb6r8ac   BlockBE-Condensed                 A    325    lkc_____
+     pb6r8aq   BlockBE-ExtraCn                   A    325    lkec____
+     pb6ri8aq  BlockBE-ExtraCnIt                 A    325    lkeci___
+     pb6h8a    BlockBE-Heavy                     A    325    lkh_____
+     pb6ri8a   BlockBE-Italic                    A    325    lki_____
+     pb6r8a    BlockBE-Regular                   A    325    lkrg____
+     pllb8a    LinoLetter-Bold                   A    326    llb_____
+     pllbi8a   LinoLetter-BoldItalic             A    326    llbi____
+     pllc8a    LinoLetter-Black                  A    326    llbl____
+     pllci8a   LinoLetter-BlackItalic            A    326    llbli___
+     pllri8a   LinoLetter-Italic                 A    326    lli_____
+     pllm8a    LinoLetter-Medium                 A    326    llm_____
+     pllmi8a   LinoLetter-MediumItalic           A    326    llmi____
+     pllr8a    LinoLetter-Roman                  A    326    llr_____
+     p_____    ComeniusAntiqua-Bold              A    327    hzb_____
+     p_____    ComeniusAntiqua-Italic            A    327    hzi_____
+     p_____    ComeniusAntiqua-Medium            A    327    hzm_____
+     p_____    ComeniusAntiqua-Regular           A    327    hzrg____
+     ppub8a    PopplLaudatio-Bold                A    328    pyb_____
+     ppubi8a   PopplLaudatio-BoldItalic          A    328    pybi____
+     ppuri8a   PopplLaudatio-Italic              A    328    pyi_____
+     ppul8a    PopplLaudatio-Light               A    328    pyl_____
+     ppuli8a   PopplLaudatio-LightItalic         A    328    pyli____
+     ppum8a    PopplLaudatio-Medium              A    328    pym_____
+     ppumi8a   PopplLaudatio-MediumItalic        A    328    pymi____
+     ppur8a    PopplLaudatio-Regular             A    328    pyrg____
+     ppub8ac   PopplLaudatio-BoldCondensed       A    329    pybc____
+     ppur8ac   PopplLaudatio-Condensed           A    329    pyc_____
+     ppul8ac   PopplLaudatio-LightCondensed      A    329    pylc____
+     ppum8ac   PopplLaudatio-MediumCondensed     A    329    pymc____
+     pocb8ac   ConcordeBE-BoldCn                 A    330    qqbc____
+     pocbl8ac  ConcordeBE-BoldCnOutline          A    330    qqbcl___
+     pocr8ac   ConcordeBE-Condensed              A    330    qqc_____
+     pocm8ac   ConcordeBE-MediumCn               A    330    qqmc____
+     p_____    GaramondBE-BoldOsF                A    331    gwbof___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-BoldExpert             A    331    gwbxp___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-CondensedSC            A    331    gwcsc___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-CnExpert               A    331    gwcxp___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-ItalicOsF              A    331    gwiof___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-ItalicExpert           A    331    gwixp___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-MediumCnOsF            A    331    gwmcf___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-MediumCnExpert         A    331    gwmcx___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-MediumItalicOsF        A    331    gwmio___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-MediumItalicExpert     A    331    gwmix___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-MediumSC               A    331    gwmsc___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-MediumExpert           A    331    gwmxp___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-RegularExpert          A    331    gwrgx___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-RegularSC              A    331    gwsc____
+     p_____    GaramondBE-SwashItalic            A    331    gwswi___
+     pdnb8a    DailyNews-Bold                    A    332    jdb_____
+     pdnbi8a   DailyNews-BoldItalic              A    332    jdbi____
+     pdnx8a    DailyNews-ExtraBold               A    332    jdeb____
+     pdnxi8a   DailyNews-ExtraBoldItalic         A    332    jdebi___
+     pdnri8a   DailyNews-Italic                  A    332    jdi_____
+     pdnm8a    DailyNews-Medium                  A    332    jdm_____
+     pdnmi8a   DailyNews-MediumItalic            A    332    jdmi____
+     pdnr8a    DailyNews-Regular                 A    332    jdrg____
+     murbij8a  CentaurMT-BoldItalicOsF           A    333    nrbio___
+     murbi8x   CentaurMT-BoldItalicExpert        A    333    nrbix___
+     murbj8a   CentaurMT-BoldOsF                 A    333    nrbof___
+     murb8x    CentaurMT-BoldExpert              A    333    nrbxp___
+     murr8x    CentaurMT-Expert                  A    333    nrexp___
+     murri7a   CentaurMT-ItalicAlternate         A    333    nrial___
+     murrij8a  CentaurMT-ItalicOsF               A    333    nrio____
+     murri8x   CentaurMT-ItalicExpert            A    333    nrixp___
+     murrc8a   CentaurMT-SC                      A    333    nrsc____
+     murriw8a  CentaurMT-SwashCapitals           A    333    nrswc___
+     mmob8a    ModernMT-Bold                     A    334    nmb_____
+     mmobi8a   ModernMT-BoldItalic               A    334    nmbi____
+     mmor8ac   ModernMT-Condensed                A    334    nmc_____
+     mmori8ac  ModernMT-CondensedItalic          A    334    nmci____
+     mmor8ax   ModernMT-Extended                 A    334    nmex____
+     mmori8ax  ModernMT-ExtendedItalic           A    334    nmexi___
+     mmor8aw   ModernMT-Wide                     A    334    nmwd____
+     mmori8aw  ModernMT-WideItalic               A    334    nmwdi___
+     p_____    ElseNPL-Bold                      A    335    enb_____
+     p_____    ElseNPL-Light                     A    335    enl_____
+     p_____    ElseNPL-Medium                    A    335    enm_____
+     p_____    ElseNPL-SemiBold                  A    335    ens_____
+     p_____    Tiepolo-Bold                      A    336    tpb_____
+     p_____    Tiepolo-BoldItalic                A    336    tpbi____
+     p_____    Tiepolo-Black                     A    336    tpbl____
+     p_____    Tiepolo-BlackItalic               A    336    tpbli___
+     p_____    Tiepolo-Book                      A    336    tpw_____
+     p_____    Tiepolo-BookItalic                A    336    tpwi____
+     pfaric8ac Formata-CnItalicSC                A    337    fmcis___
+     pfari8xc  Formata-CnItalicExpert            A    337    fmcix___
+     pfarc8ac  Formata-CondensedSC               A    337    fmcsc___
+     pfar8xc   Formata-CondensedExpert           A    337    fmcxp___
+     pfaric8a  Formata-ItalicSC                  A    337    fmisc___
+     pfari8x   Formata-ItalicExpert              A    337    fmixp___
+     pfalc8ac  Formata-LightCnSC                 A    337    fmlcs___
+     pfalic8ac Formata-LightCnItalicSC           A    337    fmlct___
+     pfal8xc   Formata-LightCnExpert             A    337    fmlcx___
+     pfali8xc  Formata-LightCnItalicExpert       A    337    fmlcy___
+     pfalic8a  Formata-LightItalicSC             A    337    fmlis___
+     pfali8x   Formata-LightItalicExpert         A    337    fmlix___
+     pfalc8a   Formata-LightSC                   A    337    fmlsc___
+     pfal8x    Formata-LightExpert               A    337    fmlxp___
+     pfar8x    Formata-RegularExpert             A    337    fmrgx___
+     pfarc8a   Formata-RegularSC                 A    337    fmsc____
+     pnfbij8a  Nofret-BoldItalicOsF              A    338    nfbio___
+     pnfbi8x   Nofret-BoldItalicExpert           A    338    nfbix___
+     pnfbj8a   Nofret-BoldOsF                    A    338    nfbof___
+     pnfb8x    Nofret-BoldExpert                 A    338    nfbxp___
+     pnfrij8a  Nofret-ItalicOsF                  A    338    nfiof___
+     pnfri8x   Nofret-ItalicExpert               A    338    nfixp___
+     pnflij8a  Nofret-LightItalicOsF             A    338    nflio___
+     pnfli8x   Nofret-LightItalicExpert          A    338    nflix___
+     pnflc8a   Nofret-LightSC                    A    338    nflsc___
+     pnfl8x    Nofret-LightExpert                A    338    nflxp___
+     pnfmij8a  Nofret-MediumItalicOsF            A    338    nfmio___
+     pnfmi8x   Nofret-MediumItalicExpert         A    338    nfmix___
+     pnfmc8a   Nofret-MediumSC                   A    338    nfmsc___
+     pnfm8x    Nofret-MediumExpert               A    338    nfmxp___
+     pnfr8x    Nofret-RegularExpert              A    338    nfrgx___
+     pnfrc8a   Nofret-RegularSC                  A    338    nfsc____
+     p_____    Amigo                             A    339    ig______
+     p_____    Pelican                           A    339    lq______
+     pmgr8a    Marigold                          A    339    my______
+     pofr8a    Oxford                            A    339    of______
+     pvgr8a    Visigoth                          A    339    vg______
+     mapr8x    ApolloMT-Expert                   A    340    ezexp___
+     mapri8a   ApolloMT-Italic                   A    340    ezi_____
+     maprij8a  ApolloMT-ItalicOsF                A    340    eziof___
+     mapri8x   ApolloMT-ItalicExpert             A    340    ezixp___
+     mapr8a    ApolloMT                          A    340    ezr_____
+     maprc8a   ApolloMT-SC                       A    340    ezrsc___
+     maps8a    ApolloMT-SemiBold                 A    340    ezsb____
+     mapsj8a   ApolloMT-SemiBoldOsF              A    340    ezsbo___
+     maps8x    ApolloMT-SemiBoldExpert           A    340    ezsbx___
+     p_____    Catull-Bold                       A    341    qlb_____
+     p_____    Catull-Italic                     A    341    qli_____
+     p_____    Catull-Medium                     A    341    qlm_____
+     p_____    Catull-Regular                    A    341    qlrg____
+     pagMMo8a  ITCAvantGardeMM-Oblique           A    342    zfi_____
+     pagMM8a   ITCAvantGardeMM                   A    342    zfrg____
+     mhob8a    HorleyOldStyleMT-Bold             A    343    hsb_____
+     mhobi8a   HorleyOldStyleMT-BoldItalic       A    343    hsbi____
+     mhori8a   HorleyOldStyleMT-Italic           A    343    hsi_____
+     mhol8a    HorleyOldStyleMT-Light            A    343    hsl_____
+     mholi8a   HorleyOldStyleMT-LightItalic      A    343    hsli____
+     mhor8a    HorleyOldStyleMT                  A    343    hsrg____
+     mhos8a    HorleyOldStyleMT-SemiBold         A    343    hssb____
+     mhosi8a   HorleyOldStyleMT-SbItalic         A    343    hssbi___
+     p_____    Cremona-Bold                      A    344    _cb_____
+     p_____    Cremona-BoldItalic                A    344    _cbi____
+     p_____    Cremona-Italic                    A    344    _ci_____
+     p_____    Cremona-Regular                   A    344    _crg____
+     pgsb8aq   GillSans-BoldExtraCondensed       A    345    gnbxc___
+     pgslh8a   GillSans-LightShadowed            A    345    gnls____
+     pgsrh8a   GillSans-Shadowed                 A    345    gns_____
+     pgsxd8a   GillSans-ExtraBoldDisplay         A    345    gnxbd___
+     p_____    LoType-Bold                       A    346    ljb_____
+     p_____    LoType-Light                      A    346    ljl_____
+     p_____    LoType-Medium                     A    346    ljm_____
+     p_____    LoType-MediumCondensed            A    346    ljmc____
+     p_____    LoType-MediumItalic               A    346    ljmi____
+     p_____    LoType-Regular                    A    346    ljrg____
+     mknr8a    KinoMT                            A    347    qi______
+     mwrrf8a   WittenbergerFrakturMT             A    347    wf______
+     mwrbf8a   WittenbergerFrakturMT-Bd          A    347    wfb_____
+     mwdbf7c   WittenbergerFrakturMT-BdDfr       A    347    wfbdf___
+     mwdrf7c   WittenbergerFrakturMT-Dfr         A    347    wfdfr___
+     mm7r8a    MaturaMT                          A    347    zz______
+     mm7rw8a   MaturaMT-ScriptCapitals           A    347    zzscc___
+     pllbij8a  LinoLetter-BoldItalicOsF          A    348    llbio___
+     pllbk8a   LinoLetter-BoldOsF                A    348    llbof___
+     pllbc8a   LinoLetter-BoldSC                 A    348    llbsc___
+     pllrij8a  LinoLetter-ItalicOsF              A    348    lliof___
+     pllmij8a  LinoLetter-MediumItalicOsF        A    348    llmio___
+     pllmj8a   LinoLetter-MediumOsF              A    348    llmof___
+     pllmc8a   LinoLetter-MediumSC               A    348    llmsc___
+     pllrj8a   LinoLetter-RomanOsF               A    348    llros___
+     pllrc8a   LinoLetter-RomanSC                A    348    llrsc___
+     pllcij8a  LinoLetter-BlackItalicOsF         A    348    llzio___
+     pllcj8a   LinoLetter-BlackOsF               A    348    llzof___
+     pllcc8a   LinoLetter-BlackSC                A    348    llzsc___
+     pbbbij8a  Bembo-BoldItalicOsF               A    349    bmbio___
+     pbbbi8x   Bembo-BoldItalicExpert            A    349    bmbix___
+     pbbbj8a   Bembo-BoldOsF                     A    349    bmbos___
+     pbbb8x    Bembo-BoldExpert                  A    349    bmbxp___
+     pbbxj8a   Bembo-ExtraBoldOsF                A    349    bmebs___
+     pbbx8x    Bembo-ExtraBoldExpert             A    349    bmebx___
+     pbbxij8a  Bembo-ExtraBoldItalicOsF          A    349    bmeis___
+     pbbxi8x   Bembo-ExtraBoldItalicExpert       A    349    bmeix___
+     pbbr8x    Bembo-Expert                      A    349    bmexp___
+     pbbrij8a  Bembo-ItalicOsF                   A    349    bmios___
+     pbbri8x   Bembo-ItalicExpert                A    349    bmixp___
+     pbbrc8a   Bembo-SC                          A    349    bmrsc___
+     pbbsj8a   Bembo-SemiboldOsF                 A    349    bmsbo___
+     pbbs8x    Bembo-SemiboldExpert              A    349    bmsbx___
+     pbbsij8a  Bembo-SemiboldItalicOsF           A    349    bmsis___
+     pbbsi8x   Bembo-SemiboldItalicExpert        A    349    bmsix___
+     ptkMMo8a  TektonMM-Oblique                  A    350    zji_____
+     ptkMM8a   TektonMM                          A    350    zjrg____
+     pvvMM8a   VivaMM                            A    351    zkrg____
+     pb7b8a    BernhardModern-Bold               A    352    rdb_____
+     pb7bi8a   BernhardModern-BoldItalic         A    352    rdbi____
+     pb7ri8a   BernhardModern-Italic             A    352    rdi_____
+     pb7r8a    BernhardModern-Roman              A    352    rdr_____
+     p_____    Ariadne-Roman                     A    353    aria____
+     pdiri8a   Diotima-Italic                    A    353    dti_____
+     pdirij8a  Diotima-ItalicOsF                 A    353    dtiof___
+     pdir8a    Diotima-Roman                     A    353    dtr_____
+     pdirj8a   Diotima-RomanOsF                  A    353    dtros___
+     pdirc8a   Diotima-RomanSC                   A    353    dtrsc___
+     p_____    Smaragd                           A    353    smar____
+     p_____    Smaragd-Alternate                 A    353    smara___
+     pttb6w    TimesTenCyr-Bold                  A    354    ttyb____
+     pttbo6w   TimesTenCyr-BoldInclined          A    354    ttybi___
+     pttro6w   TimesTenCyr-Inclined              A    354    ttyi____
+     pttr6w    TimesTenCyr-Upright               A    354    ttyu____
+     panr8a    Anna                              A    355    iarg____
+     p_____    Beesknees                         A    355    ikh_____
+     p_____    MonaLisa-Recut                    A    355    iyin____
+     p_____    MonaLisa-Solid                    A    355    iysd____
+     p_____    Ozwald                            A    355    ozh_____
+     po8b8a    OfficinaSerif-Bold                A    356    ovb_____
+     po8bi8a   OfficinaSerif-BoldItalic          A    356    ovbi____
+     po8k8a    OfficinaSerif-Book                A    356    ovbk____
+     po8ki8a   OfficinaSerif-BookItalic          A    356    ovwi____
+     po9b8a    OfficinaSans-Bold                 A    357    owb_____
+     po9bi8a   OfficinaSans-BoldItalic           A    357    owbi____
+     po9k8a    OfficinaSans-Book                 A    357    owbk____
+     po9ki8a   OfficinaSans-BookItalic           A    357    owwi____
+     p_____    SanvitoMM                         A    358    zhrg____
+     p_____    CaflischScriptMM-Alt              A    359    zea_____
+     p_____    CaflischScriptMM                  A    359    zerg____
+     p_____    CaflischScriptMM-Sw               A    359    zesw____
+     p_____    GraphiteMM                        A    360    _grg____
+     phir6w    HelveticaInseratCyr-Upright       A    361    hiyu____
+     phvb6w    HelveticaCyr-Bold                 A    361    hvyb____
+     phvbo6w   HelveticaCyr-BoldInclined         A    361    hvybi___
+     phvro6w   HelveticaCyr-Inclined             A    361    hvyi____
+     phvr6w    HelveticaCyr-Upright              A    361    hvyu____
+     plzb8a    LegacySans-Bold                   A    362    lvb_____
+     plzbi8a   LegacySans-BoldItalic             A    362    lvbi____
+     plzm8a    LegacySans-Medium                 A    362    lvm_____
+     plzmi8a   LegacySans-MediumItalic           A    362    lvmi____
+     plzu8a    LegacySans-Ultra                  A    362    lvu_____
+     plzk8a    LegacySans-Book                   A    362    lvw_____
+     plzki8a   LegacySans-BookItalic             A    362    lvwi____
+     pleb8a    LegacySerif-Bold                  A    363    lzb_____
+     plebi8a   LegacySerif-BoldItalic            A    363    lzbi____
+     plem8a    LegacySerif-Medium                A    363    lzm_____
+     plemi8a   LegacySerif-MediumItalic          A    363    lzmi____
+     pleu8a    LegacySerif-Ultra                 A    363    lzu_____
+     plek8a    LegacySerif-Book                  A    363    lzw_____
+     pleki8a   LegacySerif-BookItalic            A    363    lzwi____
+     pexr6w    ExcelsiorCyr-Upright              A    364    exy_____
+     pexb6w    ExcelsiorCyr-Bold                 A    364    exyb____
+     pexro6w   ExcelsiorCyr-Inclined             A    364    exyi____
+     pbvr6w    BaskervilleCyr-Upright            A    365    _by_____
+     pbvb6w    BaskervilleCyr-Bold               A    365    _byb____
+     pbvbo6w   BaskervilleCyr-Inclined           A    365    _byi____
+     p_____    Pepperwood-Fill                   A    366    uwfi____
+     p_____    Pepperwood-Outline                A    366    uwou____
+     p_____    Pepperwood-Regular                A    366    uwrg____
+     p_____    Rosewood-Fill                     A    366    uxfi____
+     p_____    Rosewood-Regular                  A    366    uxrg____
+     p_____    Zebrawood-Fill                    A    366    uyfi____
+     p_____    Zebrawood-Regular                 A    366    uyrg____
+     p_____    MendozaRoman-Bold                 A    367    zab_____
+     p_____    MendozaRoman-BoldItalic           A    367    zabi____
+     p_____    MendozaRoman-Medium               A    367    zam_____
+     p_____    MendozaRoman-MediumItalic         A    367    zami____
+     p_____    MendozaRoman-Book                 A    367    zaw_____
+     p_____    MendozaRoman-BookItalic           A    367    zawi____
+     phhb8a    Highlander-Bold                   A    368    hhb_____
+     phhbi8a   Highlander-BoldItalic             A    368    hhbi____
+     phhk8a    Highlander-Book                   A    368    hhbk____
+     phhm8a    Highlander-Medium                 A    368    hhm_____
+     phhmi8a   Highlander-MediumItalic           A    368    hhmi____
+     phhki8a   Highlander-BookItalic             A    368    hhwi____
+     pbgb8a    Benguiat-Bold                     A    369    bgb_____
+     pbgbi8a   Benguiat-BoldItalic               A    369    bgbi____
+     pbgm8a    Benguiat-Medium                   A    369    bgm_____
+     pbgmi8a   Benguiat-MediumItalic             A    369    bgmi____
+     pbgk8a    Benguiat-Book                     A    369    bgw_____
+     pbgki8a   Benguiat-BookItalic               A    369    bgwi____
+     p_____    MezzMM                            A    370    zmrg____
+     lrzb8a    RuzickaFreehandLH-Bold            A    371    rzb_____
+     lrzbc8a   RuzickaFreehandLH-BoldSC          A    371    rzbsc___
+     lrzr8a    RuzickaFreehandLH-Roman           A    371    rzr_____
+     lrzrc8a   RuzickaFreehandLH-RomanSC         A    371    rzrsc___
+     pnorf7c   NotreDame-RomanDfr                A    372    nhdfr___
+     pnorp     NotreDame-Ornaments               A    372    nhorn___
+     pnorf8a   NotreDame-Roman                   A    372    nhr_____
+     ppjrp     Pompeijana-Borders                A    372    qbbor___
+     ppjr8a    Pompeijana-Roman                  A    372    qbr_____
+     prxrp     Rusticana-Borders                 A    372    rxbor___
+     prxr8a    Rusticana-Roman                   A    372    rxr_____
+     lpi005    CaravanLH-One                     A    373    cara1___
+     lpi006    CaravanLH-Two                     A    373    cara2___
+     lpi007    CaravanLH-Three                   A    373    cara3___
+     lpi008    CaravanLH-Four                    A    373    cara4___
+     leab8a    ElectraLH-Bold                    A    373    etb_____
+     leabi8a   ElectraLH-BoldCursive             A    373    etbi____
+     leari8a   ElectraLH-Cursive                 A    373    eti_____
+     lear8a    ElectraLH-Regular                 A    373    etr_____
+     leabij8a  ElectraLH-BoldCursiveOsF          A    374    etbio___
+     leabj8a   ElectraLH-BoldOsF                 A    374    etbos___
+     leabc8a   ElectraLH-BoldSC                  A    374    etbsc___
+     leabd8a   ElectraLH-BoldDisplay             A    374    etdb____
+     leabid8a  ElectraLH-BoldCursiveDisplay      A    374    etdbi___
+     learid8a  ElectraLH-CursiveDisplay          A    374    etdi____
+     leard8a   ElectraLH-Display                 A    374    etdr____
+     learij8a  ElectraLH-CursiveOsF              A    374    etios___
+     learj8a   ElectraLH-RegularOsF              A    374    etros___
+     learc8a   ElectraLH-RegularSC               A    374    etrsc___
+     p_____    RulingScript-Two                  A    375    rul2____
+     p_____    Sho-Roman                         A    375    sho_____
+     p_____    WiesbadenSwing-Roman              A    375    wn______
+     p_____    MotterCorpusMM                    A    376    kprg____
+     p_____    PenumbraMM                        A    377    zlrg____
+     p_____    NuevaMM-It                        A    378    twi_____
+     p_____    NuevaMM                           A    378    twr_____
+     pctbif8a  Cheltenham-HandtooledBdIt         A    379    chiin___
+     pctbf8a   Cheltenham-HandtooledBold         A    379    chin____
+     pgmbif8a  Garamond-HandtooledBoldItalic     A    379    gaiin___
+     pgmbf8a   Garamond-HandtooledBold           A    379    gain____
+     pcnbif8a  Century-HandtooledBoldItalic      A    379    iciin___
+     pcnbf8a   Century-HandtooledBold            A    379    icin____
+     pgmMM8a   ITCGaramondMM                     A    380    gc______
+     pgmMMi8a  ITCGaramondMM-It                  A    380    gci_____
+     p_____    Cerigo-Bold                       A    381    qcb_____
+     p_____    Cerigo-BoldItalic                 A    381    qcbi____
+     p_____    Cerigo-Medium                     A    381    qcm_____
+     p_____    Cerigo-MediumItalic               A    381    qcmi____
+     p_____    Cerigo-Book                       A    381    qcw_____
+     p_____    Cerigo-BookItalic                 A    381    qcwi____
+     phab8a    Hadriano-Bold                     A    382    hab_____
+     phax8a    Hadriano-ExtraBold                A    382    haeb____
+     phax8ac   Hadriano-ExtraBoldCondensed       A    382    haebc___
+     phal8a    Hadriano-Light                    A    382    hal_____
+     prcb8a    Romic-Bold                        A    383    rob_____
+     prcx8a    Romic-ExtraBold                   A    383    roeb____
+     prcl8a    Romic-Light                       A    383    rol_____
+     prcli8a   Romic-LightItalic                 A    383    roli____
+     prcm8a    Romic-Medium                      A    383    rom_____
+     p_____    Copal-Decorated                   A    384    _ddc____
+     p_____    Copal-Outline                     A    384    _dou____
+     p_____    Copal-Solid                       A    384    _dsd____
+     pxpMM7a   ExPontoMM-Alternate               A    385    jvalt___
+     pxpMM7ab  ExPontoMM-Beginning               A    385    jvbeg___
+     pxpMM7ae  ExPontoMM-Ending                  A    385    jvend___
+     pxpMM8a   ExPontoMM                         A    385    jvrg____
+     pxpMMj8a  ExPontoMM-OsF                     A    385    jvros___
+     pysb8a    GoudySans-Bold                    A    386    hgb_____
+     pysbi8a   GoudySans-BoldItalic              A    386    hgbi____
+     pysk8a    GoudySans-Book                    A    386    hgbk____
+     pyski8a   GoudySans-BookItalic              A    386    hgbki___
+     pysc8a    GoudySans-Black                   A    386    hgbl____
+     pysci8a   GoudySans-BlackItalic             A    386    hgbli___
+     pysm8a    GoudySans-Medium                  A    386    hgm_____
+     pysmi8a   GoudySans-MediumItalic            A    386    hgmi____
+     p_____    Delphin-I                         A    387    df1_____
+     p_____    Delphin-IA                        A    387    df1a____
+     p_____    Delphin-II                        A    387    df2_____
+     p_____    Delphin-IIA                       A    387    df2a____
+     pc7b8a    Kompakt                           A    387    kq______
+     p_____    KochAntiqua                       A    387    kv______
+     pnlb8a    Neuland                           A    387    nq______
+     p_____    Caliban                           A    388    ni______
+     paxrw8a   Alexa                             A    388    xa______
+     pbzrw8a   Balzano                           A    388    zn______
+     p_____    JimboMM                           A    389    jprg____
+     pb7b8ac   Bernhard-BoldCondensed            A    390    dhbc____
+     pnw1r8a   NeueHammerUnziale-One             A    390    nw1_____
+     pnw1r7a   NeueHammerUnziale-OneAlt          A    390    nw1al___
+     pnw2r8a   NeueHammerUnziale-Two             A    390    nw2_____
+     pnw2r7a   NeueHammerUnziale-TwoAlt          A    390    nw2al___
+     pclrl8a   Cloister-OpenFace                 A    390    oein____
+     poir8a    Ondine                            A    390    og______
+     pghr7a    Galahad-Alternate                 A    391    g_alt___
+     pghr8a    Galahad-Regular                   A    391    g_rg____
+     pghrj8a   Galahad-OsF                       A    391    g_ros___
+     popc8a    Optima-Black                      A    392    opbl____
+     popci8a   Optima-BlackItalic                A    392    opbli___
+     popd8a    Optima-DemiBold                   A    392    opd_____
+     popdi8a   Optima-DemiBoldItalic             A    392    opdi____
+     popx8a    Optima-ExtraBlack                 A    392    opf_____
+     popm8a    Optima-Medium                     A    392    opm_____
+     popmi8a   Optima-MediumItalic               A    392    opmi____
+     popxi8a   Optima-ExtraBlackItalic           A    392    opxfi___
+     p_____    Aja                               A    393    ja______
+     p_____    PopplExquisit-Medium              A    393    xqm_____
+     p_____    PopplExquisit-Regular             A    393    xqrg____
+     ppi033    NationalCodes-Africa              A    394    ncaf____
+     ppi034    NationalCodes-America             A    394    ncam____
+     ppi035    NationalCodes-AsiaPlus            A    394    ncas____
+     ppi036    NationalCodes-Europe              A    394    nceu____
+     ppi037    NationalCodes-Universal           A    394    ncun____
+     p_____    ElGreco                           A    395    eq______
+     pakm8a    Arkona-Medium                     A    395    xnm_____
+     pakr8a    Arkona-Regular                    A    395    xnrg____
+     pfgd8ap   FranklinGothic-DemiCmpr           A    396    frdcp___
+     pfgdi8ap  FranklinGothic-DemiCmprItal       A    396    frdpi___
+     pfgd8aq   FranklinGothic-DemiXCmpr          A    396    frdx____
+     pfgk8ap   FranklinGothic-BookCmpr           A    396    frwcp___
+     pfgki8ap  FranklinGothic-BookCmprItal       A    396    frwpi___
+     pfgk8aq   FranklinGothic-BookXCmpr          A    396    frwx____
+     pfgd8ac   FranklinGothic-DemiCnd            A    397    frdc____
+     pfgdi8ac  FranklinGothic-DemiCndItal        A    397    frdci___
+     pfgm8ac   FranklinGothic-MedCnd             A    397    frmc____
+     pfgmi8ac  FranklinGothic-MedCndItal         A    397    frmci___
+     pfgk8ac   FranklinGothic-BookCnd            A    397    frwc____
+     pfgki8ac  FranklinGothic-BookCndItal        A    397    frwci___
+     p_____    Sassafras-Italic                  A    398    xfi_____
+     p_____    Sassafras-LxItalic                A    398    xflgi___
+     p_____    Sassafras-Lx                      A    398    xflgr___
+     p_____    Sassafras-Roman                   A    398    xfr_____
+     p_____    Sassafras-SxItalic                A    398    xfshi___
+     p_____    Sassafras-Sx                      A    398    xfshr___
+     pkxrd8a   Kigali-Block                      A    399    kxblk___
+     pkxrw8a   Kigali-ZigZag                     A    399    kxdc____
+     pkxri8a   Kigali-Italic                     A    399    kxi_____
+     pkxli8a   Kigali-LxItalic                   A    399    kxlgi___
+     pkxl8a    Kigali-Lx                         A    399    kxlgr___
+     pkxr8a    Kigali-Roman                      A    399    kxr_____
+     pkxsi8a   Kigali-SxItalic                   A    399    kxshi___
+     pkxs8a    Kigali-Sx                         A    399    kxshr___
+     pajMMi8a  AJensonMM-It                      A    400    jei_____
+     pajMM8a   AJensonMM                         A    400    jer_____
+     pajMM7a   AJensonMM-Alt                     A    401    jealt___
+     pajMM8x   AJensonMM-Ep                      A    401    jeexp___
+     pajMMi7a  AJensonMM-ItAlt                   A    401    jeial___
+     pajMMic8a AJensonMM-ItSC                    A    401    jeisc___
+     pajMMi8x  AJensonMM-ItEp                    A    401    jeixp___
+     pajMMc8a  AJensonMM-SC                      A    401    jersc___
+     pajMMiw8a AJensonMM-Sw                      A    401    jeswc___
+     mbmb8a    BulmerMT-Bold                     A    402    ybb_____
+     mbmbi8a   BulmerMT-BoldItalic               A    402    ybbi____
+     mbmbd8a   BulmerMT-BoldDisplay              A    402    ybdb____
+     mbmbid8a  BulmerMT-BoldItalicDisplay        A    402    ybdbi___
+     mbmrd8a   BulmerMT-RegularDisplay           A    402    ybds____
+     mbmrid8a  BulmerMT-ItalicDisplay            A    402    ybdsi___
+     mbmri8a   BulmerMT-Italic                   A    402    ybi_____
+     mbmr8a    BulmerMT-Regular                  A    402    ybrg____
+     mbms8a    BulmerMT-SemiBold                 A    402    ybsb____
+     mbmsi8a   BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalic           A    402    ybsi____
+     mbmb7a    BulmerMT-BoldAlt                  A    403    ybab____
+     mbmbi7a   BulmerMT-BoldItalicAlt            A    403    ybabi___
+     mbmr7a    BulmerMT-RegularAlt               A    403    ybarg___
+     mbms7a    BulmerMT-SemiBoldAlt              A    403    ybasb___
+     mbmsi7a   BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalicAlt        A    403    ybasi___
+     mbmbd7a   BulmerMT-BoldDisplayAlt           A    403    ybbda___
+     mbmbid7a  BulmerMT-BoldItalDisplayAlt       A    403    ybbid___
+     mbmbi8x   BulmerMT-BoldItalicExpert         A    403    ybbix___
+     mbmb8x    BulmerMT-BoldExpert               A    403    ybbxp___
+     mbmri7a   BulmerMT-ItalicAlt                A    403    ybial___
+     mbmrid7a  BulmerMT-ItalicDisplayAlt         A    403    ybida___
+     mbmri8x   BulmerMT-ItalicExpert             A    403    ybixp___
+     mbmrd7a   BulmerMT-RegularDisplayAlt        A    403    ybrda___
+     mbmr8x    BulmerMT-RegularExpert            A    403    ybrgx___
+     mbmrc8a   BulmerMT-RegularSC                A    403    ybrsc___
+     mbmsc8a   BulmerMT-SemiBoldSC               A    403    ybsbs___
+     mbms8x    BulmerMT-SemiBoldExpert           A    403    ybsbx___
+     mbmsi8x   BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalExpert       A    403    ybsix___
+     pizr8a    Isabella                          A    404    iz______
+     prrr8a    Raphael                           A    404    rr______
+     pxcr8a    Eccentric                         A    404    xc______
+     p_____    OceanSansMM-It                    A    405    ohi_____
+     p_____    OceanSansMM                       A    405    ohr_____
+     plcrt8a   LucidaTypewriter                  A    406    tl______
+     plcbt8a   LucidaTypewriter-Bold             A    406    tlb_____
+     plcbot8a  LucidaTypewriter-BoldObl          A    406    tlbo____
+     plcrot8a  LucidaTypewriter-Obl              A    406    tlo_____
+     plsrt8a   LucidaSansTypewriter              A    407    ty______
+     plsbt8a   LucidaSansTypewriter-Bd           A    407    tyb_____
+     plsbot8a  LucidaSansTypewriter-BdObl        A    407    tybo____
+     plsrot8a  LucidaSansTypewriter-Obl          A    407    tyo_____
+     p_____    BriemScriptMM-Exp                 A    408    iiexp___
+     p_____    BriemScriptMM                     A    408    iirg____
+     p_____    BriemScriptMM-SC                  A    408    iisc____
+     pkpMM8a   KeplMM                            A    409    k_______
+     pkpMMi8a  KeplMM-It                         A    409    k_i_____
+     pkpMM8x   KeplMM-Ep                         A    410    k_exp___
+     pkpMMic8a KeplMM-ItSC                       A    410    k_isc___
+     pkpMMi8x  KeplMM-ItEp                       A    410    k_ixp___
+     pkpMMp1   KeplMM-Or1                        A    410    k_or1___
+     pkpMMp2   KeplMM-Or2                        A    410    k_or2___
+     pkpMMp3   KeplMM-Or3                        A    410    k_or3___
+     pkpMMc8a  KeplMM-SC                         A    410    k_rsc___
+     pkpMMiw8a KeplMM-Sw                         A    410    k_sw____
+     pmjr8a    Mojo                              A    411    fbrg____
+     p_____    Shuriken-Boy                      A    412    s_boy___
+     p_____    Andreas                           A    413    hy______
+     poqr8a    Ouch                              A    414    oq______
+     p_____    CongaBravaMM                      A    415    vbrg____
+     p_____    CongaBravaMM-St                   A    415    vbst____
+     p_____    CronosMM                          A    416    xo______
+     p_____    CronosMM-It                       A    416    xoi_____
+     p_____    CronosMM-Ep                       A    417    xoexp___
+     p_____    CronosMM-ItSC                     A    417    xoisc___
+     p_____    CronosMM-ItEp                     A    417    xoixp___
+     p_____    CronosMM-Or                       A    417    xoor____
+     p_____    CronosMM-SC                       A    417    xorsc___
+     p_____    CronosMM-Sw                       A    417    xosw____
+     pdkb8a    Diskus-Bold                       A    418    d_b_____
+     pdkr8a    Diskus                            A    418    d_rg____
+     potb8a    Coronet-Bold                      A    418    n_b_____
+     potr8a    Coronet                           A    418    n_rg____
+     p_____    ChaparralMM-It                    A    419    xti_____
+     p_____    ChaparralMM                       A    419    xtr_____
+     p_____    ChaparralMM-Ep                    A    420    xtexp___
+     p_____    ChaparralMM-ItSC                  A    420    xtisc___
+     p_____    ChaparralMM-ItEp                  A    420    xtixp___
+     p_____    ChaparralMM-Or                    A    420    xtor____
+     p_____    ChaparralMM-SC                    A    420    xtrsc___
+     ppi038    WiesbadenSwing-Dingbats           A    421    wgdb____
+     p_____    BermudaLP-Dots                    A    422    uddc1___
+     p_____    BermudaLP-Squiggle                A    422    uddc2___
+     p_____    BermudaLP-Open                    A    422    udou____
+     p_____    BermudaLP-Solid                   A    422    udrg____
+     p_____    SpumoniLP                         A    423    uu______
+     pzpr8a    ZiptyDo                           A    424    zp______
+     pkwr7a    KoloLP-Alternates                 A    425    kwalt___
+     pkwr8an   KoloLP-Narrow                     A    425    kwn_____
+     pkwr8a    KoloLP-Regular                    A    425    kwrg____
+     pkwr8aw   KoloLP-Wide                       A    425    kwwd____
+     pnxr8a    Nyx                               A    426    nxrg____
+     p_____    Banshee                           A    427    zo______
+     p_____    KinesisMM                         A    428    kj______
+     p_____    KinesisMM-It                      A    428    kji_____
+     p_____    KinesisMM-Ep                      A    429    kjexp___
+     p_____    KinesisMM-ItSC                    A    429    kjisc___
+     p_____    KinesisMM-ItEp                    A    429    kjixp___
+     p_____    KinesisMM-SC                      A    429    kjrsc___
+     p_____    HardwoodLP                        A    430    hw______
+     p_____    ManitoLP                          A    431    mw______
+     p_____    Coriander                         A    432    uc______
+     p_____    SpringLP                          A    433    td______
+     p_____    SpringLP-Light                    A    433    tdl_____
+     pwhb8a    WendyLP-Bold                      A    434    whb_____
+     pwhl8a    WendyLP-Light                     A    434    whl_____
+     pwhm8a    WendyLP-Medium                    A    434    whm_____
+     p_____    BickhamScriptMM-AltI              A    435    b_a1____
+     p_____    BickhamScriptMM-AltII             A    435    b_a2____
+     p_____    BickhamScriptMM-Beg               A    435    b_bg____
+     p_____    BickhamScriptMM-End               A    435    b_en____
+     p_____    BickhamScriptMM-Lig               A    435    b_lig___
+     p_____    BickhamScriptMM-Or                A    435    b_or____
+     p_____    BickhamScriptMM                   A    435    b_rg____
+     p_____    BickhamScriptMM-SwCaps            A    435    b_swc___
+     pojr8a    OldClaudeLP                       A    436    oj______
+     pojrj8a   OldClaudeLP-OsF                   A    436    ojosf___
+     pojrc8a   OldClaudeLP-SC                    A    436    ojsc____
+     p_____    FlorensLP                         A    437    fn______
+     p_____    FlorensLP-Alternates              A    437    fnalt___
+     p_____    BriemAkademiMM                    A    438    dkrg____
+     p_____    Khaki-One                         A    439    hk1_____
+     p_____    Khaki-Two                         A    439    hk2_____
+     p_____    Pompeia-InlineItalic              A    440    vpiit___
+     p_____    Pompeia-Inline                    A    440    vpin____
+     p_____    Flood                             A    441    fyrg____
+     pwtMM7a   WatersTitlingMM-Alt               A    442    jwalt___
+     pwtMM7al  WatersTitlingMM-Lig               A    442    jwlig___
+     pwtMM8a   WatersTitlingMM                   A    442    jwr_____
+     pwtMMd8a  WatersTitlingMM-TallCaps          A    442    jwtlc___
+     p_____    CelestiaAntiqua-Regular           A    443    zs______
+     p_____    CelestiaAntiqua-Bold              A    443    zsb_____
+     p_____    CelestiaAntiqua-BoldLig           A    443    zsbdl___
+     p_____    CelestiaAntiqua-Italic            A    443    zsi_____
+     p_____    CelestiaAntiqua-ItalicLig         A    443    zsitl___
+     p_____    CelestiaAntiqua-Ligatures         A    443    zslig___
+     p_____    CelestiaAntiqua-Ornaments         A    443    zsor____
+     p_____    CelestiaAntiqua-Semibold          A    443    zssb____
+     p_____    CelestiaAntiqua-SmBdLig           A    443    zssbl___
+     p_____    CelestiaAntiqua-SC                A    443    zssc____
+     pmyr8ac   Myriad-Condensed                  A    444    wmc_____
+     pmyb8ac   Myriad-CnBold                     A    444    wmcb____
+     pmybi8ac  Myriad-CnBoldItalic               A    444    wmcbi___
+     pmyri8ac  Myriad-CnItalic                   A    444    wmci____
+     pmys8ac   Myriad-CnSemibold                 A    444    wms_____
+     pmysi8ac  Myriad-CnSemiboldItalic           A    444    wmsi____
+     p_____    Immi505                           A    445    firg____
+     p_____    MagnoliaMVB                       A    446    xm______
+     p_____    MagnoliaMVB-Ligatures             A    446    xmlig___
+     p_____    BossaNovaMVB                      A    447    xb______
+     p_____    BossaNovaMVB-Alternates           A    447    xbalt___
+     p_____    Emmascript                        A    448    xe______
+     p_____    RusselOblique                     A    449    zr______
+     p_____    RusselOblique-InformalAlt         A    449    zralt___
+     p_____    RusselOblique-Informal            A    449    zrinf___
+     mdtb8a    DanteMT-Bold                      A    450    dlb_____
+     mdtbi8a   DanteMT-BoldItalic                A    450    dlbi____
+     mdtri8a   DanteMT-Italic                    A    450    dli_____
+     mdtm8a    DanteMT-Medium                    A    450    dlm_____
+     mdtmi8a   DanteMT-MediumItalic              A    450    dlmi____
+     mdtr8a    DanteMT-Regular                   A    450    dlrg____
+     mdtb7a    DanteMT-BoldAlt                   A    451    dlab____
+     mdtbi7a   DanteMT-BoldItalicAlt             A    451    dlabi___
+     mdtri7a   DanteMT-ItalicAlt                 A    451    dlai____
+     mdtr7a    DanteMT-RegularAlt                A    451    dlarg___
+     mdtm7a    DanteMT-MediumAlt                 A    451    dlasb___
+     mdtmi7a   DanteMT-MediumItalicAlt           A    451    dlasi___
+     mdtbij8a  DanteMT-BoldItalicOsF             A    451    dlbio___
+     mdtbi8x   DanteMT-BoldItalicExpert          A    451    dlbix___
+     mdtbj8a   DanteMT-BoldOsF                   A    451    dlbos___
+     mdtb8x    DanteMT-BoldExpert                A    451    dlbxp___
+     mdtrij8a  DanteMT-ItalicOsF                 A    451    dlios___
+     mdtri8x   DanteMT-ItalicExpert              A    451    dlixp___
+     mdtmij8a  DanteMT-MediumItalicOsF           A    451    dlmio___
+     mdtmi8x   DanteMT-MediumItalicExpert        A    451    dlmix___
+     mdtmj8a   DanteMT-MediumOsF                 A    451    dlmof___
+     mdtm8x    DanteMT-MediumExpert              A    451    dlmxp___
+     mdtr8x    DanteMT-RegularExpert             A    451    dlrgx___
+     mdtrc8a   DanteMT-RegularSC                 A    451    dlsc____
+     mdtrd8a   DanteMT-Titling                   A    451    dlttl___
+     myhb8a    StrayhornMT-Bold                  A    452    yhb_____
+     myhbi8a   StrayhornMT-BoldItalic            A    452    yhbi____
+     myhx8a    StrayhornMT-ExtraBold             A    452    yheb____
+     myhxi8a   StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldItalic       A    452    yhebi___
+     myhri8a   StrayhornMT-Italic                A    452    yhi_____
+     myhl8a    StrayhornMT-Light                 A    452    yhl_____
+     myhli8a   StrayhornMT-LightItalic           A    452    yhli____
+     myhr8a    StrayhornMT-Regular               A    452    yhrg____
+     myhbij8a  StrayhornMT-BoldItalicOsF         A    453    yhbio___
+     myhbj8a   StrayhornMT-BoldOsF               A    453    yhbos___
+     myhxj8a   StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldOsF          A    453    yhebs___
+     myhxij8a  StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldItaOsF       A    453    yheis___
+     myhrij8a  StrayhornMT-ItalicOsF             A    453    yhios___
+     myhlij8a  StrayhornMT-LightItalicOsF        A    453    yhlio___
+     myhlc8a   StrayhornMT-LightSC               A    453    yhlsc___
+     myhrc8a   StrayhornMT-RegularSC             A    453    yhrsc___
+     p_____    Postino-Italic                    A    454    xzi_____
+     p_____    Postino                           A    454    xzr_____
+     p_____    ReliqMM-OsF                       A    455    qeosf___
+     p_____    ReliqMM                           A    455    qer_____
+     p_____    Critter                           A    456    wc______
+     p_____    Cutout                            A    457    wu______
+     p_____    Studz                             A    458    wp______
+     p_____    Rad                               A    459    wr______
+     p_____    Mythos                            A    460    wy______
+     p_____    Toolbox                           A    461    wt______
+     p_____    Quake                             A    462    wq______
+     pg2r8a    Giddyup-Regular                   A    463    wg______
+     pg2r      Giddyup-Thangs                    A    463    wgtha___
+     pmyrl8a   Myriad-Sketch                     A    464    wmske___
+     pmyrn8a   Myriad-Tilt                       A    464    wmtil___
+     mbeb8a    BellMT-Bold                       A    465    xlb_____
+     mbebi8a   BellMT-BoldItalic                 A    465    xlbi____
+     mberi8a   BellMT-Italic                     A    465    xli_____
+     mber8a    BellMT-Regular                    A    465    xlrg____
+     mbes8a    BellMT-SemiBold                   A    465    xlsb____
+     mbesi8a   BellMT-SemiBoldItalic             A    465    xlsbi___
+     mber7a    BellMT-RegularAlt                 A    466    xlarg___
+     mbes7a    BellMT-SemiBoldAlt                A    466    xlasb___
+     mbesi7a   BellMT-SemiBoldItalicAlt          A    466    xlasi___
+     mbebi8x   BellMT-BoldItalicExpert           A    466    xlbix___
+     mbeb8x    BellMT-BoldExpert                 A    466    xlbxp___
+     mber8x    BellMT-RegularExpert              A    466    xlexp___
+     mberi7a   BellMT-ItalicAlt                  A    466    xlial___
+     mberi8x   BellMT-ItalicExpert               A    466    xlixp___
+     mberx7a   BellMT-RegularExpertAlt           A    466    xlrxa___
+     mbesc8a   BellMT-SemiBoldSC                 A    466    xlsbs___
+     mbes8x    BellMT-SemiBoldExpert             A    466    xlsbx___
+     mberc8a   BellMT-RegularSC                  A    466    xlsc____
+     mbesi8x   BellMT-SemiBoldItalicExpert       A    466    xlsix___
+     mbesx7a   BellMT-SemiBoldExpertAlt          A    466    xlsxa___
+     mf1ri7a   FournierMT-ItalicAlt              A    467    xyali___
+     mf1r7a    FournierMT-RegularAlt             A    467    xyalt___
+     mf1ri8a   FournierMT-Italic                 A    467    xyi_____
+     mf1rij8a  FournierMT-ItalicOsF              A    467    xyios___
+     mf1ri8x   FournierMT-ItalicExpert           A    467    xyixp___
+     mf1rp     FournierMT-Ornaments              A    467    xyorn___
+     mf1r8a    FournierMT-Regular                A    467    xyrg____
+     mf1r8x    FournierMT-RegularExpert          A    467    xyrgx___
+     mf1rc8a   FournierMT-RegularSC              A    467    xysc____
+     mf1rid8a  FournierMT-ItalicTallCaps         A    467    xytti___
+     mf1rd8a   FournierMT-TallCaps               A    467    xyttl___
+     p_____    CTMercurius-Black                 A    468    uibl____
+     p_____    CTMercurius-BlackItalic           A    468    uibli___
+     p_____    CTMercurius-Light                 A    468    uil_____
+     p_____    CTMercurius-LightItalic           A    468    uili____
+     p_____    CTMercurius-Medium                A    468    uim_____
+     p_____    CTMercurius-MediumItalic          A    468    uimi____
+     p_____    Fusaka-Regular                    A    469    fv______
+     p_____    Fusaka-Alternates                 A    469    fvalt___
+     p_____    MagnesiumMVB                      A    470    uh______
+     p_____    MagnesiumMVB-Grime                A    470    uhdc1___
+     m_____    GillFloriatedCapsMT-Alt           A    471    fwalt___
+     m_____    GillFloriatedCapsMT               A    471    fwcap___
+     p_____    Origami-Bold                      A    472    xrb_____
+     p_____    Origami-BoldItalic                A    472    xrbi____
+     p_____    Origami-Italic                    A    472    xri_____
+     p_____    Origami-Medium                    A    472    xrm_____
+     p_____    Origami-MediumItalic              A    472    xrmi____
+     p_____    Origami-Regular                   A    472    xrrg____
+     p_____    Origami-Semibold                  A    472    xrsb____
+     p_____    Origami-SemiboldItalic            A    472    xrsbi___
+     p_____    GreymantleMVB                     A    473    qg______
+     p_____    GreymantleMVB-Alternates          A    473    qgalt___
+     p_____    GreymantleMVB-Ornaments           A    473    qgor____
+     p_____    VerveMM-A                         A    474    vvaaa___
+     p_____    VerveMM                           A    474    vvr_____
+     p_____    VolutaScript                      A    475    vs______
+     p_____    VolutaScript-Alternates           A    475    vsalt___
+     p_____    VolutaScript-Swash                A    475    vssw____
+     pcwr8a    Cottonwood                        A    476    c_______
+     piwr8a    Ironwood                          A    477    i_______
+     pjpr8a    Juniper                           A    478    j_______
+     pmqr8a    Mesquite                          A    479    m_______
+     ppor8a    Ponderosa                         A    480    p_______
+     pbir8a    Birch                             A    481    bi______
+     pb0r8a    Blackoak                          A    482    bo______
+     pmrr8a    Madrone                           A    483    mq______
+     pp0r8a    Poplar                            A    484    pp______
+     pwwr8a    Willow                            A    485    wi______
+     p_____    Pepperwood-Fill                   A    486    uwfi____
+     p_____    Pepperwood-Outline                A    486    uwou____
+     p_____    Pepperwood-Regular                A    486    uwrg____
+     p_____    Rosewood-Fill                     A    487    uxfi____
+     p_____    Rosewood-Regular                  A    487    uxrg____
+     p_____    Zebrawood-Fill                    A    488    uyfi____
+     p_____    Zebrawood-Regular                 A    488    uyrg____
+     ppi026    WoodtypeOrnaments-One             A    489    woor____
+     ppi027    WoodtypeOrnaments-Two             A    489    woor2___
+     pg1r8a    Gothic-Thirteen                   A    490    gtt_____
+     ptph8ac   Tempo-HeavyCondensed              A    491    tehc____
+     ptphi8ac  Tempo-HeavyCondensedItalic        A    491    tehci___
+     ppsr8a    Parisian                          A    492    pn______
+     pumr8a    Umbra                             A    493    um______
+     mg4ri8a   GoudyModernMT-Italic              A    494    ygi_____
+     mg4r8a    GoudyModernMT                     A    494    ygrg____
+     ms1ri8a   ScotchRomanMT-Italic              A    495    ysi_____
+     ms1r8a    ScotchRomanMT                     A    495    ysrg____
+     mfsr8a    FalstaffMT                        A    496    fprg____
+     mifb8a    InflexMT-Bold                     A    497    iqb_____
+     mm8bl8a   MonotypeOldStyleMT-BoldOut        A    498    mbbou___
+     mfer8a    ForteMT                           A    499    fz______
+     mklr8a    KlangMT                           A    500    kn______
+     mmebw8a   MercuriusMT-BoldScript            A    501    uzbs____
+     p_____    Smaragd                           A    502    smar____
+     p_____    Smaragd-Alternate                 A    502    smara___
+     p_____    Ariadne-Roman                     A    503    aria____
+     pdiri8a   Diotima-Italic                    A    503    dti_____
+     pdirij8a  Diotima-ItalicOsF                 A    503    dtiof___
+     pdir8a    Diotima-Roman                     A    503    dtr_____
+     pdirj8a   Diotima-RomanOsF                  A    503    dtros___
+     pdirc8a   Diotima-RomanSC                   A    503    dtrsc___
+     p_____    Legault                           A    504    ul______
+     p_____    Legault-Alternates                A    504    ula_____
+     p_____    Legault-BoldAlternates            A    504    ulab____
+     p_____    Legault-Bold                      A    504    ulb_____
+     p_____    BlueIsland                        A    505    ihrg____
+     pbdp8ap   Bodoni-PosterCompressed           A    900    bdpsc___
+     pbax8a    Barmeno-ExtraBold                 A    900    bfeb____
+     pb0r8a    Blackoak                          A    900    bo______
+     zpcp33bc  Copperplate-ThirtyThreeBC         A    900    cp33c___
+     prtr      Carta                             A    900    cr______
+     pdcr8a    DomCasual                         A    900    dc______
+     mtlr8a    CastellarMT                       A    900    el______
+     mp2r8a    PepitaMT                          A    900    epscr___
+     pgsr8ac   GillSans-Condensed                A    900    gnc_____
+     pgsu8a    GillSans-UltraBold                A    900    gnub____
+     mgtrd8a   GoudyTextMT-LombardicCapitals     A    900    gxlom___
+     piwr8a    Ironwood                          A    900    i_______
+     mbfrw8a   BiffoMT                           A    900    ifscr___
+     pimx8a    Imago-ExtraBold                   A    900    ioeb____
+     mjori8a   JoannaMT-Italic                   A    900    joi_____
+     mjor8a    JoannaMT                          A    900    jor_____
+     p_____    Colossalis-Bold                   A    900    kob_____
+     plgr8a    LetterGothic                      A    900    lg______
+     plor8a    Lithos-Regular                    A    900    lorg____
+     pmqr8a    Mesquite                          A    900    m_______
+     pmnrp     Minion-Ornaments                  A    900    moor____
+     pnurw8a   NuptialScript                     A    900    nu______
+     pper8a    PrestigeElite                     A    900    pe______
+     pqsr8a    Bellevue                          A    900    qsrg____
+     p_____    AGOldFace-Outline                 A    900    qwou____
+     mrur8ac   RunicMT-Condensed                 A    900    ric_____
+     prwx8a    Rockwell-ExtraBold                A    900    rkeb____
+     pslr8a    Stencil                           A    900    st______
+     pwwr8a    Willow                            A    900    wi______
+     ppi027    WoodtypeOrnaments-Two             A    900    woor2___
+     pbir8a    Birch                             A    901    bi______
+     putrd8a   Utopia-Headline                   A    901    uthd____
+     p_____    Critter                           A    901    wc______
+     pg2r8a    Giddyup-Regular                   A    901    wg______
+     pg2r      Giddyup-Thangs                    A    901    wgtha___
+     pmyrd8a   Myriad-Headline                   A    901    wmhd____
+     pmyrl8a   Myriad-Sketch                     A    901    wmske___
+     pmyrn8a   Myriad-Tilt                       A    901    wmtil___
+     p_____    Studz                             A    901    wp______
+     p_____    Quake                             A    901    wq______
+     p_____    Rad                               A    901    wr______
+     p_____    Toolbox                           A    901    wt______
+     p_____    Cutout                            A    901    wu______
+     p_____    Mythos                            A    901    wy______
+     pagd8a    AvantGarde-Demi                   A    902    agd_____
+     pagdo8a   AvantGarde-DemiOblique            A    902    agdo____
+     pagk8a    AvantGarde-Book                   A    902    agw_____
+     pagko8a   AvantGarde-BookOblique            A    902    agwo____
+     pamr8a    Americana                         A    902    am______
+     pamx8a    Americana-ExtraBold               A    902    ameb____
+     pacri8a   ACaslon-Italic                    A    902    awi_____
+     pacr8a    ACaslon-Regular                   A    902    awrg____
+     pacs8a    ACaslon-Semibold                  A    902    awsb____
+     pacsi8a   ACaslon-SemiboldItalic            A    902    awsbi___
+     pbab8a    Barmeno-Bold                      A    902    bfb_____
+     pbax8a    Barmeno-ExtraBold                 A    902    bfeb____
+     pbam8a    Barmeno-Medium                    A    902    bfm_____
+     pbar8a    Barmeno-Regular                   A    902    bfrg____
+     pbkd8a    Bookman-Demi                      A    902    bkd_____
+     pbkdi8a   Bookman-DemiItalic                A    902    bkdi____
+     pbkl8a    Bookman-Light                     A    902    bkl_____
+     pbkli8a   Bookman-LightItalic               A    902    bkli____
+     pb0r8a    Blackoak                          A    902    bo______
+     pcrb8a    Courier-Bold                      A    902    cob_____
+     pcrbo8a   Courier-BoldOblique               A    902    cobo____
+     pcrr8a    Courier                           A    902    com_____
+     pcrro8a   Courier-Oblique                   A    902    coo_____
+     prtr      Carta                             A    902    cr______
+     pfari8a   Formata-Italic                    A    902    fmi_____
+     pfam8a    Formata-Medium                    A    902    fmm_____
+     pfami8a   Formata-MediumItalic              A    902    fmmi____
+     pfar8a    Formata-Regular                   A    902    fmrg____
+     padb8a    AGaramond-Bold                    A    902    gdb_____
+     padbi8a   AGaramond-BoldItalic              A    902    gdbi____
+     padri8a   AGaramond-Italic                  A    902    gdi_____
+     padr8a    AGaramond-Regular                 A    902    gdrg____
+     phvr8a    Helvetica                         A    902    hv______
+     phvb8a    Helvetica-Bold                    A    902    hvb_____
+     phvbo8a   Helvetica-BoldOblique             A    902    hvbo____
+     phvr8an   Helvetica-Narrow                  A    902    hvn_____
+     phvb8an   Helvetica-Narrow-Bold             A    902    hvnb____
+     phvbo8an  Helvetica-Narrow-BoldOblique      A    902    hvnbo___
+     phvro8an  Helvetica-Narrow-Oblique          A    902    hvno____
+     phvro8a   Helvetica-Oblique                 A    902    hvo_____
+     pkur8a    Kaufmann                          A    902    kf______
+     ploc8a    Lithos-Black                      A    902    lobl____
+     plor8a    Lithos-Regular                    A    902    lorg____
+     pncb8a    NewCenturySchlbk-Bold             A    902    ncb_____
+     pncbi8a   NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic       A    902    ncbi____
+     pncri8a   NewCenturySchlbk-Italic           A    902    nci_____
+     pncr8a    NewCenturySchlbk-Roman            A    902    ncr_____
+     ppar8a    ParkAvenue                        A    902    pa______
+     ppsr8a    Parisian                          A    902    pn______
+     pplb8a    Palatino-Bold                     A    902    pob_____
+     pplbi8a   Palatino-BoldItalic               A    902    pobi____
+     pplri8a   Palatino-Italic                   A    902    poi_____
+     pplr8a    Palatino-Roman                    A    902    por_____
+     p_____    Poetica-SuppOrnaments             A    902    pvor____
+     psyr      Symbol                            A    902    sy______
+     ptmb8a    Times-Bold                        A    902    tib_____
+     ptmbi8a   Times-BoldItalic                  A    902    tibi____
+     ptmri8a   Times-Italic                      A    902    tii_____
+     ptmr8a    Times-Roman                       A    902    tir_____
+     ptjb8a    Trajan-Bold                       A    902    tjb_____
+     ptkb8a    Tekton-Bold                       A    902    tkb_____
+     ptkr8a    Tekton                            A    902    tkrg____
+     ppi027    WoodtypeOrnaments-Two             A    902    woor2___
+     pzcmi8a   ZapfChancery-MediumItalic         A    902    zcmi____
+     pzdr      ZapfDingbats                      A    902    zd______
+     mp1rw8a   PalaceScriptMT                    A    903    _p______
+     pdjk8a    Delta-Book                        A    903    djw_____
+     pdjki8a   Delta-BookItalic                  A    903    djwi____
+     lenb8a    EngraversLH-BoldFace              A    903    ew______
+     pfarl8a   Formata-Outline                   A    903    fmou____
+     pgsxd8a   GillSans-ExtraBoldDisplay         A    903    gnxbd___
+     mbfrw8a   BiffoMT                           A    903    ifscr___
+     p_____    MonaLisa-Solid                    A    903    iysd____
+     pjpr8a    Juniper                           A    903    j_______
+     p_____    LoType-Medium                     A    903    ljm_____
+     p_____    LoType-MediumItalic               A    903    ljmi____
+     p_____    BerlinerGrotesk-Light             A    903    otl_____
+     prwb8ac   Rockwell-BoldCondensed            A    903    rkbc____
+     prwr8ac   Rockwell-Condensed                A    903    rkc_____
+     p_____    AGBook-Stencil                    A    903    tast____
+     ms2bw8a   ScriptMT-Bold                     A    903    tbscr___
+     p_____    Cutout                            A    903    wu______
+     ms1ri8a   ScotchRomanMT-Italic              A    903    ysi_____
+     ms1r8a    ScotchRomanMT                     A    903    ysrg____
+     mm7r8a    MaturaMT                          A    903    zz______
+     mr2l8a    CantoriaMT-Light                  A    904    eol_____
+     p_____    Beesknees                         A    904    ikh_____
+     p_____    LoType-Medium                     A    904    ljm_____
+     pm1rw8a   MonolineScriptMT                  A    904    on______
+     p_____    Ozwald                            A    904    ozh_____
+     mknr8a    KinoMT                            A    904    qi______
+     pb7r8a    BernhardModern-Bold               A    904    rdb_____
+     puyr8a    UniversityRoman                   A    904    ur______
+     pbdp8ap   Bodoni-PosterCompressed           A    905    bdpsc___
+     pctl8ac   Cheltenham-LightCond              A    905    chlc____
+     pazl8ac   AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightCn         A    905    gflc____
+     pgsb8aq   GillSans-BoldExtraCondensed       A    905    gnbxc___
+     p_____    GaramondBE-Condensed              A    905    gwc_____
+     p_____    LoType-MediumCondensed            A    905    ljmc____
+     mrur8ac   RunicMT-Condensed                 A    905    ric_____
+     prwr8ac   Rockwell-Condensed                A    905    rkc_____
+     p_____    Mezz-Regular                      A    906    vurg____
+     p_____    Mezz-Black                        A    906    vuz_____
+     p_____    CaflischScript-Bold               A    906    vwb_____
+     p_____    CaflischScript-Regular            A    906    vwrg____
+     p_____    Nueva-BoldExtendedItalic          A    906    vxbei___
+     p_____    Nueva-BoldExtended                A    906    vxbv____
+     p_____    Nueva-Italic                      A    906    vxi_____
+     p_____    Nueva-Roman                       A    906    vxr_____
+     pmyb8a    Myriad-Bold                       A    906    wmb_____
+     pmybi8a   Myriad-BoldItalic                 A    906    wmbi____
+     pmyri8a   Myriad-Italic                     A    906    wmi_____
+     pmyr8a    Myriad-Roman                      A    906    wmr_____
+     pmnb8ac   Minion-BoldCondensed              A    907    mobc____
+     pmnbi8ac  Minion-BoldCondensedItalic        A    907    mobci___
+     pmnr8ac   Minion-Condensed                  A    907    moc_____
+     pmnri8ac  Minion-CondensedItalic            A    907    moci____
+     pvvx8ax   Viva-BoldExtraExtended            A    907    vabxe___
+     pvvl8ac   Viva-LightCondensed               A    907    valc____
+     pvvr8a    Viva-Regular                      A    907    varg____
+     p_____    Sanvito-Light                     A    907    vyl_____
+     p_____    Sanvito-Roman                     A    907    vyr_____
+     p_____    Penumbra-SemiboldFlare            A    907    vzsfl___
+     p_____    Penumbra-SemiboldSans             A    907    vzssa___
+     p_____    Penumbra-SemiboldSerif            A    907    vzsse___
+     ppc___    Poetica-ChanceryI                 A    908    pvch1___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppLigatures             A    908    pvlg____
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppOrnaments             A    908    pvor____
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppSwashCapsI            A    908    pvsw1___
+     p_____    CaflischScript-Bold               A    908    vwb_____
+     p_____    CaflischScript-Regular            A    908    vwrg____
+     p_____    Sanvito-BoldDisplay               A    908    vydb____
+     p_____    Sanvito-Roman                     A    908    vyr_____
+     p_____    Sanvito-Semibold                  A    908    vysb____
+     pxpr8a    ExPonto-Regular                   A    908    xprg____
+     padri8a   AGaramond-Italic                  A    912    gdi_____
+     padr8a    AGaramond-Regular                 A    912    gdrg____
+     pads8a    AGaramond-Semibold                A    912    gdsb____
+     padrc8a   AGaramond-RegularSC               A    912    gdsc____
+     padrd8a   AGaramond-Titling                 A    912    gdttl___
+     pacri8a   ACaslon-Italic                    A    913    awi_____
+     pacrp     ACaslon-Ornaments                 A    913    awor____
+     pacr8a    ACaslon-Regular                   A    913    awrg____
+     pacs8a    ACaslon-Semibold                  A    913    awsb____
+     pacrc8a   ACaslon-RegularSC                 A    913    awsc____
+     pajrd8a   AJenson-RegularDisplay            A    914    jsds____
+     pajri8a   AJenson-Italic                    A    914    jsi_____
+     pajr8a    AJenson-Regular                   A    914    jsrg____
+     pajs8a    AJenson-Semibold                  A    914    jssb____
+     pajrc8a   AJenson-RegularSC                 A    914    jssc____
+     p_____    Jimbo-Bold                        A    915    jpb_____
+     pajsd8a   AJenson-SemiboldDisplay           A    915    jssp____
+     pkpbd8ax  Kepler-BoldExtendedDisplay        A    915    k_bed___
+     pkpsd8ac  Kepler-SemiboldCondensedDisplay   A    915    k_scd___
+     p_____    Mezz-Bold                         A    915    vub_____
+     p_____    Penumbra-BoldSerif                A    915    vzbsr___
+     p_____    Cronos-Display                    A    915    xodr____
+     pxpr8a    ExPonto-Regular                   A    915    xprg____
+     p_____    Chaparral-Display                 A    915    xtdr____
+     zpeurs    EuroSans-Regular                  A    916    _1______
+     zpeubs    EuroSans-Bold                     A    916    _1b_____
+     zpeubis   EuroSans-BoldItalic               A    916    _1bi____
+     zpeuris   EuroSans-Italic                   A    916    _1i_____
+     zpeurt    EuroMono-Regular                  A    916    _2______
+     zpeubt    EuroMono-Bold                     A    916    _2b_____
+     zpeubit   EuroMono-BoldItalic               A    916    _2bi____
+     zpeurit   EuroMono-Italic                   A    916    _2i_____
+     zpeur     EuroSerif-Regular                 A    916    _3______
+     zpeub     EuroSerif-Bold                    A    916    _3b_____
+     zpeubi    EuroSerif-BoldItalic              A    916    _3bi____
+     zpeuri    EuroSerif-Italic                  A    916    _3i_____
+     pmsrw8a   Mistral                           A    917    ms______
+     ppc___    Poetica-ChanceryII                A    917    pvch2___
+     ppc___    Poetica-SuppSwashCapsII           A    917    pvsw2___
+     pprl8a    PopplResidenz-Light               A    917    pzl_____
+     pprr8a    PopplResidenz-Regular             A    917    pzrg____
+     psrrw8a   SnellRoundhand-Script             A    917    sn______
+     mmebw8a   MercuriusMT-BoldScript            A    917    uzbs____
+     pwhm8a    WendyLP-Medium                    A    917    whm_____
+     pbzrw8a   Balzano                           A    917    zn______
+     ppi028    ScienceTypeCustomPi-No1T               ???    ________
+     ppi029    ScienceTypeCustomPi-No2T               ???    ________
+     ppi030    ScienceTypeCustomPi-No3T               ???    ________
+     ppi031    ScienceTypeCustomPi-No4T               ???    ________
+     ppi032    ScienceTypeCustomPi-No5T               ???    ________
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Apple fonts,  Next: Bitstream fonts,  Prev: Adobe fonts,  Up: Font name lists
+
+A.3 Apple fonts
+===============
+
+The `apple.map' file has abbreviations for Apple fonts.
+
+     eecr8r   AppleChancery
+     eger8r   Geneva
+     ehtr8r   HoeflerText
+     emcr8r   Monaco
+     epi001   Zeal
+     eskr8r   Skia
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Bitstream fonts,  Next: DTC fonts,  Prev: Apple fonts,  Up: Font name lists
+
+A.4 Bitstream fonts
+===================
+
+The `bitstrea.map' file has abbreviations for Bitstream fonts.
+
+     bhvl8a    Swiss721BT-Light                  BT  0001    swz721l
+     bhvli8a   Swiss721BT-LightItalic            BT  0002    swz721li
+     bhvr8a    Swiss721BT-Roman                  BT  0003    swz721n
+     bhvri8a   Swiss721BT-Italic                 BT  0004    swz721i
+     bhvb8a    Swiss721BT-Bold                   BT  0005    swz721b
+     bhvbi8a   Swiss721BT-BoldItalic             BT  0006    swz721bi
+     bhvc8a    Swiss721BT-Black                  BT  0007    swz721k
+     bhvci8a   Swiss721BT-BlackItalic            BT  0008    swz721ki
+     bhvr8ac   Swiss721BT-RomanCondensed         BT  0009    swz721c
+     bhvb8ac   Swiss721BT-BoldCondensed          BT  0010    swz721bc
+     btmr8a    Dutch801BT-Roman                  BT  0011    dut801n
+     btmri8a   Dutch801BT-Italic                 BT  0012    dut801i
+     btmb8a    Dutch801BT-Bold                   BT  0013    dut801b
+     btmbi8a   Dutch801BT-BoldItalic             BT  0014    dut801bi
+     bopr8a    ZapfHumanist601BT-Roman           BT  0015    zhum601n
+     bopri8a   ZapfHumanist601BT-Italic          BT  0016    zhum601i
+     bopb8a    ZapfHumanist601BT-Bold            BT  0017    zhum601b
+     bopbi8a   ZapfHumanist601BT-BoldItalic      BT  0018    zhu601bi
+     bsvl8a    SouvenirITCbyBT-Light             BT  0019    souvnrl
+     bsvli8a   SouvenirITCbyBT-LightItalic       BT  0020    souvnrli
+     bsvd8a    SouvenirITCbyBT-Demi              BT  0021    souvnrd
+     bsvdi8a   SouvenirITCbyBT-DemiItalic        BT  0022    souvnrdi
+     bplr8a    ZapfCalligraphic801BT-Roman       BT  0023    zcal801n
+     bplri8a   ZapfCalligraphic801BT-Italic      BT  0024    zcal801i
+     bplb8a    ZapfCalligraphic801BT-Bold        BT  0025    zcal801b
+     bplbi8a   ZapfCalligraphic801BT-BoldItal    BT  0026    zca801bi
+     bexr8a    News702BT-Roman                   BT  0027    news702n
+     bexri8a   News702BT-Italic                  BT  0028    news702i
+     bexb8a    News702BT-Bold                    BT  0029    news702b
+     bexbi8a   News702BT-BoldItalic              BT  0030    new702bi
+     bbdk8a    BodoniBT-Book                     BT  0035    bodonin
+     bbdki8a   BodoniBT-BookItalic               BT  0036    bodonini
+     bbdb8a    BodoniBT-Bold                     BT  0037    bodonib
+     bbdbi8a   BodoniBT-BoldItalic               BT  0038    bodonibi
+     bcnr8ax   CenturyExpandedBT-Roman           BT  0039    centexn
+     bcnri8ax  CenturyExpandedBT-Italic          BT  0040    centexi
+     bcnb8ax   CenturyExpandedBT-Bold            BT  0041    centexb
+     bcnbi8ax  CenturyExpandedBT-BoldItalic      BT  0042    centexbi
+     bg3r8a    AmericanGaramondBT-Roman          BT  0043    amrgaran
+     bg3ri8a   AmericanGaramondBT-Italic         BT  0044    amrgarai
+     bg3b8a    AmericanGaramondBT-Bold           BT  0045    amrgarab
+     bg3bi8a   AmericanGaramondBT-BoldItalic     BT  0046    amrgarbi
+     bngr8a    NewsGothicBT-Roman                BT  0047    newsgotn
+     bngri8a   NewsGothicBT-Italic               BT  0048    newsgot
+     bngb8a    NewsGothicBT-Bold                 BT  0049    newsgotb
+     bngbi8a   NewsGothicBT-BoldItalic           BT  0050    newgotbi
+     bmlr8a    ZapfElliptical711BT-Roman         BT  0051    zelp711n
+     bmlri8a   ZapfElliptical711BT-Italic        BT  0052    zelp711i
+     bmlb8a    ZapfElliptical711BT-Bold          BT  0053    zelp711b
+     bmlbi8a   ZapfElliptical711BT-BoldItalic    BT  0054    zel711bi
+     bbdr8a    BodoniBT-Roman                    BT  0055    bodoni
+     bbdri8a   BodoniBT-Italic                   BT  0056    bodonii
+     bhbr8a    HoboBT-Regular                    BT  0057    hobon
+     bonr8a    News705BT-RomanB                  BT  0058    news705n
+     bonri8a   News705BT-ItalicB                 BT  0059    news705i
+     bonb8a    News705BT-BoldB                   BT  0060    news705b
+     b_____    BusoramaITCbyBT-Medium            BT  0062    busoramm
+     bglr8a    GalliardITCbyBT-Roman             BT  0067    galirdn
+     bglri8a   GalliardITCbyBT-Italic            BT  0068    galirdi
+     bglb8a    GalliardITCbyBT-Bold              BT  0069    galirdb
+     bglbi8a   GalliardITCbyBT-BoldItalic        BT  0070    galirdbi
+     bbkl8a    BookmanITCbyBT-Light              BT  0075    bookmnl
+     bbkli8a   BookmanITCbyBT-LightItalic        BT  0076    bookmnli
+     bbkd8a    BookmanITCbyBT-Demi               BT  0079    bookmnd
+     bbkdi8a   BookmanITCbyBT-DemiItalic         BT  0080    bookmndi
+     bcsr8a    CenturySchoolbookBT-Roman         BT  0083    censbkn
+     bcsri8a   CenturySchoolbookBT-Italic        BT  0084    censbki
+     bcsb8a    CenturySchoolbookBT-Bold          BT  0085    censbkb
+     bcsbi8a   CenturySchoolbookBT-BoldItalic    BT  0086    censbkbi
+     bkrr8a    KorinnaITCbyBT-Regular            BT  0087    korinan
+     bkrri8a   KorinnaITCbyBT-KursivRegular      BT  0088    korinani
+     bkrb8a    KorinnaITCbyBT-Bold               BT  0089    korinab
+     bkrbi8a   KorinnaITCbyBT-KursivBold         BT  0090    korinabi
+     bhva8a    Swiss721BT-Thin                   BT  0100    swz721t
+     bhvai8a   Swiss721BT-ThinItalic             BT  0101    swz721ti
+     bhvh8a    Swiss721BT-Heavy                  BT  0102    swz721h
+     bhvhi8a   Swiss721BT-HeavyItalic            BT  0103    swz721hi
+     bhvh8aq   Swiss911BT-ExtraCompressed        BT  0105    swz911xc
+     bhvh8au   Swiss911BT-UltraCompressed        BT  0106    swz911uc
+     bgor8a    GoudyOldStyleBT-Roman             BT  0107    goudyosn
+     bgori8a   GoudyOldStyleBT-Italic            BT  0108    goudyosi
+     bgob8a    GoudyOldStyleBT-Bold              BT  0109    goudyosb
+     bgobi8a   GoudyOldStyleBT-BoldItalic        BT  0110    goudosbi
+     bgox8a    GoudyOldStyleBT-ExtraBold         BT  0111    goudosxb
+     bpnr8a    Aldine721BT-Roman                 BT  0112    ald721n
+     bpnri8a   Aldine721BT-Italic                BT  0113    ald721i
+     bpnb8a    Aldine721BT-Bold                  BT  0114    ald721b
+     bpnbi8a   Aldine721BT-BoldItalic            BT  0115    ald721bi
+     bjnr8a    KisBT-Roman                       BT  0116    kisn
+     bjnri8a   KisBT-Italic                      BT  0117    kisi
+     bc5r8a    Caslon540BT-Roman                 BT  0118    casl540n
+     bc5ri8a   Caslon540BT-Italic                BT  0119    casl540i
+     bg1r8a    GothicNo13BT-Regular              BT  0120    gothic13
+     bbol8a    BalloonBT-Light                   BT  0121    balloonl
+     bwnr8a    WindsorBT-Roman                   BT  0122    wndsrn
+     bbgk8a    BenguiatITCbyBT-Book              BT  0123    benguian
+     bbgki8a   BenguiatITCbyBT-BookItalic        BT  0124    benguini
+     bbgb8a    BenguiatITCbyBT-Bold              BT  0127    benguiab
+     bbgbi8a   BenguiatITCbyBT-BoldItalic        BT  0128    benguibi
+     bbdp8a    PosterBodoniBT-Roman              BT  0129    pstrbodn
+     bbdpi8a   PosterBodoniBT-Italic             BT  0130    pstrbodi
+     bbwr8a    BroadwayBT-Regular                BT  0131    brdwayn
+     bngl8a    NewsGothicBT-Light                BT  0132    newsgotl
+     bngli8a   NewsGothicBT-LightItalic          BT  0133    newgotli
+     bopd8a    ZapfHumanist601BT-Demi            BT  0134    zhum601d
+     bopdi8a   ZapfHumanist601BT-DemiItalic      BT  0135    zhu601di
+     bopu8a    ZapfHumanist601BT-Ultra           BT  0136    zhum601u
+     bopui8a   ZapfHumanist601BT-UltraItalic     BT  0137    zhu601ui
+     bful8a    FuturaBT-Light                    BT  0138    futural
+     bfuli8a   FuturaBT-LightItalic              BT  0139    futurali
+     bfuk8a    FuturaBT-Book                     BT  0140    futuran
+     bfuki8a   FuturaBT-BookItalic               BT  0141    futurani
+     bfum8a    FuturaBT-Medium                   BT  0142    futuram
+     bfumi8a   FuturaBT-MediumItalic             BT  0143    futurami
+     bfub8a    FuturaBT-Bold                     BT  0144    futurab
+     bfubi8a   FuturaBT-BoldItalic               BT  0145    futurabi
+     bfuh8a    FuturaBT-Heavy                    BT  0146    futurah
+     bfuhi8a   FuturaBT-HeavyItalic              BT  0147    futurahi
+     bfux8a    FuturaBT-ExtraBlack               BT  0148    futuraxk
+     bfuxi8a   FuturaBT-ExtraBlackItalic         BT  0149    futurxki
+     bsnk8a    Geometric212BT-Book               BT  0150    geo212n
+     bsnh8a    Geometric212BT-Heavy              BT  0151    geo212h
+     bagk8a    AvantGardeITCbyBT-Book            BT  0154    avgardn
+     bagko8a   AvantGardeITCbyBT-BookOblique     BT  0155    avgardni
+     bagm8a    AvantGardeITCbyBT-Medium          BT  0156    avgardm
+     bagmo8a   AvantGardeITCbyBT-MediumOblique   BT  0157    avgardmi
+     bagd8a    AvantGardeITCbyBT-Demi            BT  0158    avgardd
+     bagdo8a   AvantGardeITCbyBT-DemiOblique     BT  0159    avgarddo
+     bkbk8a    KabelITCbyBT-Book                 BT  0162    kabeln
+     bkbm8a    KabelITCbyBT-Medium               BT  0163    kabelm
+     bkbd8a    KabelITCbyBT-Demi                 BT  0164    kabeld
+     bkbb8a    KabelITCbyBT-Bold                 BT  0165    kabelb
+     bkbu8a    KabelITCbyBT-Ultra                BT  0166    kabelu
+     bs4r8a    ShotgunBT-Regular                 BT  0167    shotgunn
+     bhvl8ac   Swiss721BT-LightCondensed         BT  0169    swz721lc
+     bhvli8ac  Swiss721BT-LightCondensedItalic   BT  0170    sw721lci
+     bhvri8ac  Swiss721BT-ItalicCondensed        BT  0171    swz721ci
+     bhvbi8ac  Swiss721BT-BoldCondensedItalic    BT  0172    sw721bci
+     bhvc8ac   Swiss721BT-BlackCondensed         BT  0173    swz721kc
+     bhvci8ac  Swiss721BT-BlackCondensedItalic   BT  0174    sw721kci
+     bhvbl8a   Swiss721BT-BoldOutline            BT  0175    swz721bo
+     bunl8a    ZurichBT-Light                    BT  0176    zurchl
+     bunli8a   ZurichBT-LightItalic              BT  0177    zurchli
+     bunr8a    ZurichBT-Roman                    BT  0178    zurchn
+     bunri8a   ZurichBT-Italic                   BT  0179    zurchi
+     bunb8a    ZurichBT-Bold                     BT  0180    zurchb
+     bunbi8a   ZurichBT-BoldItalic               BT  0181    zurchbi
+     bunc8a    ZurichBT-Black                    BT  0182    zurchk
+     bunci8a   ZurichBT-BlackItalic              BT  0183    zurchki
+     b____     BoltBoldITCbyBT-Regular           BT  0184    boltb
+     bslr8a    StencilBT-Regular                 BT  0191    stenciln
+     batm8a    AmerTypewriterITCbyBT-Medium      BT  0193    amrtypen
+     batb8a    AmerTypewriterITCbyBT-Bold        BT  0194    amrtypeb
+     bd0b8a    DavidaBoldBT-Regular              BT  0195    davidab
+     bs5r8a    SnellBT-Regular                   BT  0196    snelln
+     bs5b8a    SnellBT-Bold                      BT  0197    snellb
+     bs5c8a    SnellBT-Black                     BT  0198    snellk
+     bburw8a   BrushScriptBT-Regular             BT  0199    brushscn
+     bful8ac   FuturaBT-LightCondensed           BT  0200    futuralc
+     bfum8ac   FuturaBT-MediumCondensed          BT  0201    futuramc
+     bfub8ac   FuturaBT-BoldCondensed            BT  0202    futurabc
+     bfubi8ac  FuturaBT-BoldCondensedItalic      BT  0203    futurbci
+     bfux8ac   FuturaBT-ExtraBlackCondensed      BT  0204    futurxkc
+     bfuxi8ac  FuturaBT-ExtraBlackCondItalic     BT  0205    futuxkci
+     bfuc8a    FuturaBlackBT-Regular             BT  0206    futurak
+     botr8a    Ribbon131BT-Regular               BT  0207    ribn131n
+     botb8a    Ribbon131BT-Bold                  BT  0208    ribn131b
+     bi1r8a    ImpressBT-Regular                 BT  0209    impressn
+     ba7r8a    AmericanTextBT-Regular            BT  0211    amrtextn
+     benrf8a   EngraversOldEnglishBT-Regular     BT  0212    engrolen
+     bo2r8a    OrbitBbyBT-Regular                BT  0213    orbitbn
+     bp4r8a    PioneerITCbyBT-Regular            BT  0214    pioneern
+     bv0r8a    VinetaBT-Regular                  BT  0215    vinetan
+     byml8a    StymieBT-Light                    BT  0216    stymiel
+     bymm8a    StymieBT-Medium                   BT  0217    stymiem
+     bymb8a    StymieBT-Bold                     BT  0218    stymieb
+     bymx8a    StymieBT-ExtraBold                BT  0219    stymiexb
+     btfl8a    TiffanyITCbyBT-Light              BT  0220    tifanyl
+     btfli8a   TiffanyITCbyBT-LightItalic        BT  0221    tifanyli
+     btfd8a    TiffanyITCbyBT-Demi               BT  0224    tifanyd
+     btfdi8a   TiffanyITCbyBT-DemiItalic         BT  0225    tifanydi
+     btfh8a    TiffanyITCbyBT-Heavy              BT  0226    tifanyh
+     btfhi8a   TiffanyITCbyBT-HeavyItalic        BT  0227    tifanyhi
+     bcdb8ac   ClarendonBT-BoldCondensed         BT  0228    clrndnbc
+     bcbcd8a   CooperBT-BlackHeadline            BT  0231    coopbla
+     bcbcid8a  CooperBT-BlackItalicHeadline      BT  0232    coopblia
+     bs4rl8a   ShotgunBlanksBT-Regular           BT  0234    shotgunk
+     bnar8a    Dutch823BT-RomanB                 BT  0235    dut823n
+     bnari8a   Dutch823BT-ItalicB                BT  0236    dut823i
+     bnab8a    Dutch823BT-BoldB                  BT  0237    dut823b
+     berl8a    ErasITCbyBT-Light                 BT  0238    erasl
+     berk8a    ErasITCbyBT-Book                  BT  0239    erasn
+     berm8a    ErasITCbyBT-Medium                BT  0240    erasm
+     berd8a    ErasITCbyBT-Demi                  BT  0241    erasd
+     berb8a    ErasITCbyBT-Bold                  BT  0242    erasb
+     beru8a    ErasITCbyBT-Ultra                 BT  0243    erasu
+     besr8a    Square721BT-Roman                 BT  0246    sqr721n
+     besb8a    Square721BT-Bold                  BT  0247    sqr721b
+     besr8ac   Square721BT-RomanCondensed        BT  0248    sqr721c
+     besb8ac   Square721BT-BoldCondensed         BT  0249    sqr721bc
+     besr8ax   Square721BT-RomanExtended         BT  0250    sqr721e
+     besb8ax   Square721BT-BoldExtended          BT  0251    sqr721be
+     bsfa8a    SerifaBT-Thin                     BT  0252    serifat
+     bsfai8a   SerifaBT-ThinItalic               BT  0253    serifati
+     bsfl8a    SerifaBT-Light                    BT  0254    serifal
+     bsfli8a   SerifaBT-LightItalic              BT  0255    serifali
+     bsfr8a    SerifaBT-Roman                    BT  0256    serifan
+     bsfri8a   SerifaBT-Italic                   BT  0257    serifai
+     bsfb8a    SerifaBT-Bold                     BT  0258    serifab
+     bsfc8a    SerifaBT-Black                    BT  0259    serifak
+     bunr8ax   ZurichBT-RomanExtended            BT  0260    zurche
+     bunb8ax   ZurichBT-BoldExtended             BT  0261    zurchbe
+     bunc8ax   ZurichBT-BlackExtended            BT  0262    zurchke
+     bunu8ax   ZurichBT-UltraBlackExtended       BT  0263    zurchuke
+     ba9r8a    Humanist970BT-RomanC              BT  0264    hum970n
+     ba9b8a    Humanist970BT-BoldC               BT  0265    hum970b
+     bndr8a    Transitional511BT-Roman           BT  0266    tran511n
+     bndri8a   Transitional511BT-Italic          BT  0267    tran511i
+     bndb8a    Transitional511BT-Bold            BT  0270    tran511b
+     bndbi8a   Transitional511BT-BoldItalic      BT  0271    tra511bi
+     bsbr8a    ClassicalGaramondBT-Roman         BT  0277    clsgaran
+     bsbri8a   ClassicalGaramondBT-Italic        BT  0278    clsgarai
+     bsbb8a    ClassicalGaramondBT-Bold          BT  0279    clsgarab
+     bcarf8a   CaslonOldFaceBT-Roman             BT  0280    casolfcn
+     bcarif8a  CaslonOldFaceBT-Italic            BT  0281    casolfci
+     bcdl8a    ClarendonBT-Light                 BT  0282    clrndnl
+     bcdr8a    ClarendonBT-Roman                 BT  0283    clrndnn
+     bcdb8a    ClarendonBT-Bold                  BT  0284    clrndnb
+     bcur8a    CenturyOldstyleBT-Roman           BT  0285    cenolstn
+     bcuri8a   CenturyOldstyleBT-Italic          BT  0286    cenolsti
+     bcub8a    CenturyOldstyleBT-Bold            BT  0287    cenolstb
+     bgsl8a    Humanist521BT-Light               BT  0288    hum521l
+     bgsli8a   Humanist521BT-LightItalic         BT  0289    hum521li
+     bgsr8a    Humanist521BT-Roman               BT  0290    hum521n
+     bgsri8a   Humanist521BT-Italic              BT  0291    hum521i
+     bgsb8a    Humanist521BT-Bold                BT  0292    hum521b
+     bgsbi8a   Humanist521BT-BoldItalic          BT  0293    hum521bi
+     bgsx8a    Humanist521BT-ExtraBold           BT  0294    hum521xb
+     bgsu8a    Humanist521BT-UltraBold           BT  0295    hum521ub
+     bunl8ac   ZurichBT-LightCondensed           BT  0296    zurchlc
+     bunli8ac  ZurichBT-LightCondensedItalic     BT  0297    zurchlci
+     bunr8ac   ZurichBT-RomanCondensed           BT  0298    zurch
+     bunri8ac  ZurichBT-ItalicCondensed          BT  0299    zurchci
+     bunb8ac   ZurichBT-BoldCondensed            BT  0300    zurchbc
+     bunbi8ac  ZurichBT-BoldCondensedItalic      BT  0301    zurchbci
+     bbbr8a    Aldine401BT-RomanA                BT  0302    ald401n
+     bbbri8a   Aldine401BT-ItalicA               BT  0303    ald401i
+     bbbb8a    Aldine401BT-BoldA                 BT  0304    ald401b
+     bbbbi8a   Aldine401BT-BoldItalicA           BT  0305    ald401bi
+     bmpl8a    GeometricSlab703BT-Light          BT  0306    geo703l
+     bmpli8a   GeometricSlab703BT-LightItalic    BT  0307    geo703li
+     bmpm8a    GeometricSlab703BT-Medium         BT  0308    geo703m
+     bmpmi8a   GeometricSlab703BT-MediumItalic   BT  0309    geo703mi
+     bmpb8a    GeometricSlab703BT-Bold           BT  0310    geo703b
+     bmpbi8a   GeometricSlab703BT-BoldItalic     BT  0311    geo703bi
+     bmpx8a    GeometricSlab703BT-XtraBold       BT  0312    geo703xb
+     bmpxi8a   GeometricSlab703BT-XtraBoldItal   BT  0313    ge703xbi
+     buyr8a    UniversityRomanBT-Regular         BT  0316    univern
+     buyb8a    UniversityRomanBT-Bold            BT  0317    univernb
+     bior8a    News701BT-RomanA                  BT  0318    news701n
+     biori8a   News701BT-ItalicA                 BT  0319    news701i
+     biob8a    News701BT-BoldA                   BT  0320    news701b
+     befr8a    HumanistSlabserif712BT-Roman      BT  0321    hums712n
+     befri8a   HumanistSlabserif712BT-Italic     BT  0322    hums712i
+     befb8a    HumanistSlabserif712BT-Bold       BT  0323    hums712b
+     befc8a    HumanistSlabserif712BT-Black      BT  0324    hums712k
+     bwnl8ac   WindsorBT-LightCondensed          BT  0326    wndsrlc
+     bwnr8ax   WindsorBT-Elongated               BT  0327    wndsre
+     bubr8a    BauerBodoniBT-Roman               BT  0328    baubodn
+     bubri8a   BauerBodoniBT-Italic              BT  0329    baubodi
+     bubb8a    BauerBodoniBT-Bold                BT  0330    baubodb
+     bubbi8a   BauerBodoniBT-BoldItalic          BT  0331    baubodbi
+     bubc8a    BauerBodoniBT-Black               BT  0332    baubodk
+     bubci8a   BauerBodoniBT-BlackItalic         BT  0333    baubodki
+     bubb8ac   BauerBodoniBT-BoldCondensed       BT  0334    baubodbc
+     bubc8ac   BauerBodoniBT-BlackCondensed      BT  0335    baubodkc
+     biir8a    Dutch766BT-RomanA                 BT  0338    dut766n
+     biiri8a   Dutch766BT-ItalicA                BT  0339    dut766i
+     biib8a    Dutch766BT-BoldA                  BT  0340    dut766b
+     bcahf8a   CaslonOldFaceBT-Heavy             BT  0342    casolfch
+     bgmk8a    GaramondITCbyBT-Book              BT  0345    garamdn
+     bgmki8a   GaramondITCbyBT-BookItalic        BT  0346    garamdni
+     bgmb8a    GaramondITCbyBT-Bold              BT  0347    garamdb
+     bgmbi8a   GaramondITCbyBT-BoldItalic        BT  0348    garamdbi
+     bcdc8a    ClarendonBT-Black                 BT  0351    clrndnk
+     bi3r8a    ImperialBT-Roman                  BT  0352    imperln
+     bi3ri8a   ImperialBT-Italic                 BT  0353    imperli
+     bi3b8a    ImperialBT-Bold                   BT  0354    imperlb
+     b_____    BellCentennialBT-NameAndNumber    BT  0355    belcenam
+     b_____    BellCentennialBT-Address          BT  0356    belceadr
+     b_____    BellCentennialBT-SubCaption       BT  0357    belcesub
+     b_____    BellCentennialBT-BoldListing      BT  0358    belcelis
+     bbers8a   BellGothicBT-Roman                BT  0359    belgothn
+     bbebs8a   BellGothicBT-Bold                 BT  0360    belgothb
+     bbecs8a   BellGothicBT-Black                BT  0361    belgothk
+     bpar8a    ParkAvenueBT-Regular              BT  0362    parkaven
+     bn7r8a    News706BT-RomanC                  BT  0363    news706n
+     bn7ri8a   News706BT-ItalicC                 BT  0364    news706i
+     bn7b8a    News706BT-BoldC                   BT  0365    news706b
+     blbj8a    LubalinGraphITCbyBT-XtraLight     BT  0366    lubgrxl
+     blbk8a    LubalinGraphITCbyBT-Book          BT  0367    lubgrhn
+     blbm8a    LubalinGraphITCbyBT-Medium        BT  0368    lubgrhm
+     blbd8a    LubalinGraphITCbyBT-Demi          BT  0369    lubgrhd
+     blbb8a    LubalinGraphITCbyBT-Bold          BT  0370    lubgrhb
+     bhvl8ax   Swiss721BT-LightExtended          BT  0371    swz721le
+     bhvr8ax   Swiss721BT-RomanExtended          BT  0372    swz721e
+     bhvb8ax   Swiss721BT-BoldExtended           BT  0373    swz721be
+     bhvc8ax   Swiss721BT-BlackExtended          BT  0374    swz721ke
+     bngr8ac   NewsGothicBT-RomanCondensed       BT  0375    newsgotc
+     bngri8ac  NewsGothicBT-ItalicCondensed      BT  0376    newgotci
+     bngb8ac   NewsGothicBT-BoldCondensed        BT  0377    newgotbc
+     bngbi8ac  NewsGothicBT-BoldCondItalic       BT  0378    newgtbci
+     bctk8a    CheltenhamITCbyBT-Book            BT  0381    ichlthmn
+     bctki8a   CheltenhamITCbyBT-BookItalic      BT  0382    ichlthni
+     bctb8a    CheltenhamITCbyBT-Bold            BT  0383    ichlthmb
+     bctbi8a   CheltenhamITCbyBT-BoldItalic      BT  0384    ichlthbi
+     baol8a    Incised901BT-Light                BT  0387    inc901l
+     baor8a    Incised901BT-Roman                BT  0388    inc901n
+     baori8a   Incised901BT-Italic               BT  0389    inc901i
+     baob8a    Incised901BT-Bold                 BT  0390    inc901b
+     baoc8a    Incised901BT-Black                BT  0391    inc901k
+     boar      OCRAbyBT-Regular                  BT  0395    ocran
+     bbhl8a    BauhausITCbyBT-Light              BT  0405    bauhausl
+     bbhm8a    BauhausITCbyBT-Medium             BT  0406    bauhausm
+     bbhb8a    BauhausITCbyBT-Bold               BT  0408    bauhausb
+     bbhh8a    BauhausITCbyBT-Heavy              BT  0409    bauhaush
+     bcyl8a    SquareSlabserif711BT-Light        BT  0410    sqrs711l
+     bcym8a    SquareSlabserif711BT-Medium       BT  0411    sqrs711m
+     bcyb8a    SquareSlabserif711BT-Bold         BT  0412    sqrs711b
+     bper8a    Prestige12PitchBT-Roman           BT  0413    presti12
+     blgr8a    LetterGothic12PitchBT-Roman       BT  0414    letgot12
+     bcdh8a    ClarendonBT-Heavy                 BT  0416    clrndnh
+     bccr8a    Freehand471BT-Regular             BT  0418    frhnd471
+     bcrr8a    Courier10PitchBT-Roman            BT  0419    cur10ptn
+     bcprs8a   CopperplateGothicBT-Roman         BT  0420    copgothn
+     bcpbs8a   CopperplateGothicBT-Bold          BT  0421    copgothb
+     bcphs8a   CopperplateGothicBT-Heavy         BT  0422    copgothh
+     bcprs8ac  CopperplateGothicBT-RomanCond     BT  0423    copgothc
+     bcpbs8ac  CopperplateGothicBT-BoldCond      BT  0424    copgotbc
+     bfqr8a    FrizQuadrataITCbyBT-Roman         BT  0428    frzquadn
+     bfqb8a    FrizQuadrataITCbyBT-Bold          BT  0429    frzquadb
+     bqrl8a    QuorumITCbyBT-Light               BT  0438    quoruml
+     bqrm8a    QuorumITCbyBT-Medium              BT  0440    quorumm
+     bqrc8a    QuorumITCbyBT-Black               BT  0442    quorumk
+     bcab8a    CaslonBT-Bold                     BT  0443    caslonb
+     bcabi8a   CaslonBT-BoldItalic               BT  0444    caslonbi
+     bzcm8a    ZapfChanceryITCbyBT-Medium        BT  0447    zafcham
+     bzcmi8a   ZapfChanceryITCbyBT-MediumItal    BT  0448    zafchami
+     bzcd8a    ZapfChanceryITCbyBT-Demi          BT  0449    zafchad
+     bzcb8a    ZapfChanceryITCbyBT-Bold          BT  0450    zafchab
+     bgmk8ac   GaramondITCbyBT-BookCondensed     BT  0453    garamdnc
+     bgmki8ac  GaramondITCbyBT-BookCondItalic    BT  0454    garamnci
+     bgmb8ac   GaramondITCbyBT-BoldCondensed     BT  0455    garamdbc
+     bgmbi8ac  GaramondITCbyBT-BoldCondItalic    BT  0456    garambci
+     bugk8a    BenguiatGothicITCbyBT-Book        BT  0459    bengothn
+     bugki8a   BenguiatGothicITCbyBT-BookItal    BT  0460    bengotni
+     bugb8a    BenguiatGothicITCbyBT-Bold        BT  0463    bengothb
+     bugbi8a   BenguiatGothicITCbyBT-BoldItal    BT  0464    bengotbi
+     baob8ac   Incised901BT-BoldCondensed        BT  0467    inc901bc
+     baop8a    Incised901BT-Compact              BT  0468    inc901c
+     baoh8ax   Incised901BT-Nord                 BT  0469    in901xk
+     baohi8ax  Incised901BT-NordItalic           BT  0470    in901xki
+     brwl8a    GeometricSlab712BT-LightA         BT  0483    geo712l
+     brwli8a   GeometricSlab712BT-LightItalicA   BT  0484    geo712li
+     brwm8a    GeometricSlab712BT-MediumA        BT  0485    geo712m
+     brwmi8a   GeometricSlab712BT-MediumItalA    BT  0486    geo712mi
+     brwb8a    GeometricSlab712BT-BoldA          BT  0487    geo712b
+     brwx8a    GeometricSlab712BT-ExtraBoldA     BT  0488    geo712xb
+     bmdr8a    Latin725BT-Roman                  BT  0489    lat725n
+     bmdri8a   Latin725BT-Italic                 BT  0490    lat725i
+     bmdm8a    Latin725BT-Medium                 BT  0491    lat725m
+     bmdmi8a   Latin725BT-MediumItalic           BT  0492    lat725mi
+     bmdb8a    Latin725BT-Bold                   BT  0493    lat725b
+     bmdbi8a   Latin725BT-BoldItalic             BT  0494    lat725bi
+     bgsr8ac   Humanist521BT-RomanCondensed      BT  0495    hum521c
+     bgsb8ac   Humanist521BT-BoldCondensed       BT  0496    hum521bc
+     bgsx8ac   Humanist521BT-XtraBoldCondensed   BT  0497    hu521xbc
+     bamr8a    AmericanaBT-Roman                 BT  0498    amrcanan
+     bamri8a   AmericanaBT-Italic                BT  0499    amrcanai
+     bamb8a    AmericanaBT-Bold                  BT  0500    amrcanab
+     bamx8a    AmericanaBT-ExtraBold             BT  0501    amrcanxb
+     bamx8ac   AmericanaBT-ExtraBoldCondensed    BT  0502    amrcaxbc
+     bsnk8ac   Geometric212BT-BookCondensed      BT  0503    geo212nc
+     bsnh8ac   Geometric212BT-HeavyCondensed     BT  0504    geo212hc
+     blir8ac   LatinExtraCondensedBT-Regular     BT  0507    latinxc
+     bctbd8a   CheltenhamBT-BoldHeadline         BT  0508    chltboa
+     bctbdi8a  CheltenhamBT-BoldItalicHeadline   BT  0509    chltboia
+     ba6r8a    AmeliaBT-Regular                  BT  0510    amelian
+     bb8c8a    BlippoBT-Black                    BT  0511    blippok
+     boxr8a    OnyxBT-Regular                    BT  0519    onyxn
+     bm2l8a    Geometric415BT-LiteA              BT  0520    geo415l
+     bm2li8a   Geometric415BT-LiteItalicA        BT  0521    geo415li
+     bm2m8a    Geometric415BT-MediumA            BT  0522    geo415m
+     bm2mi8a   Geometric415BT-MediumItalicA      BT  0523    geo415mi
+     bm2c8a    Geometric415BT-BlackA             BT  0524    geo415k
+     bm2ci8a   Geometric415BT-BlackItalicA       BT  0525    geo415ki
+     blgri8a   LetterGothic12PitchBT-Italic      BT  0532    legot12i
+     blgb8a    LetterGothic12PitchBT-Bold        BT  0533    legot12b
+     bmhr8a    MachineITCbyBT-Regular            BT  0534    machinen
+     bhvc8a2   Swiss721BT-BlackNo2               BT  0540    swz721k2
+     bazb8a    Gothic725BT-BoldA                 BT  0541    goth725b
+     ba4r8a    AlternateGothicNo2BT-Regular      BT  0542    altgot2n
+     blgbi8a   LetterGothic12PitchBT-BoldItal    BT  0543    lego12bi
+     blbjo8a   LubalinGraphITCbyBT-XtraLightOb   BT  0544    lubgrxlo
+     blbko8a   LubalinGraphITCbyBT-BookOblique   BT  0545    lubgrhno
+     blbmo8a   LubalinGraphITCbyBT-MediumObl     BT  0546    lubgrhmo
+     blbdo8a   LubalinGraphITCbyBT-DemiOblique   BT  0547    lubgrhdo
+     blbbo8a   LubalinGraphITCbyBT-BoldOblique   BT  0548    lubgrhbo
+     btmx8a    Dutch801BT-ExtraBold              BT  0549    dut801xb
+     b_____    SymbolITCbyBT-Bold                BT  0554    symbolb
+     b_____    SymbolITCbyBT-BoldItalic          BT  0555    symbolbi
+     b_____    Century731BT-RomanA               BT  0558    cen731n
+     b_____    Century731BT-ItalicA              BT  0559    cen731i
+     b_____    Century731BT-BoldA                BT  0560    cen731b
+     b_____    Century731BT-BoldItalicA          BT  0561    cen731bi
+     bhir8a    Swiss921BT-RegularA               BT  0562    swz921n
+     bhvcl8a   Swiss721BT-BlackOutline           BT  0563    swz721ko
+     bcsb8ac   CenturySchoolbookBT-BoldCond      BT  0574    censbkbc
+     bcbl8a    CooperBT-Light                    BT  0575    cooperl
+     bcbli8a   CooperBT-LightItalic              BT  0576    cooperli
+     bcbm8a    CooperBT-Medium                   BT  0577    cooperm
+     bcbmi8a   CooperBT-MediumItalic             BT  0578    coopermi
+     bcbb8a    CooperBT-Bold                     BT  0579    cooperb
+     bcbbi8a   CooperBT-BoldItalic               BT  0580    cooperbi
+     bcarl8a   CaslonOpenfaceBT-Regular          BT  0581    casopfan
+     bcrri8a   Courier10PitchBT-Italic           BT  0582    cur10pti
+     bcrb8a    Courier10PitchBT-Bold             BT  0583    cur10ptb
+     benrs8a   EngraversGothicBT-Regular         BT  0586    engrgotn
+     benr8a    EngraversRomanBT-Regular          BT  0587    engrvrn
+     be0r8a    EmbassyBT-Regular                 BT  0588    embassyn
+     bkgl8a    BankGothicBT-Light                BT  0589    bnkgothl
+     bkgm8a    BankGothicBT-Medium               BT  0590    bnkgothm
+     bf0r8a    FlemishScriptBT-Regular           BT  0591    flemscrn
+     bp5r8a    PiranesiItalicBT-Regular          BT  0592    piranesi
+     bser8a    ShelleyAndanteBT-Regular          BT  0593    shlyandn
+     bserd8a   ShelleyAllegroBT-Regular          BT  0594    shlyalln
+     bserw8a   ShelleyVolanteBT-Regular          BT  0595    shlyvoln
+     bhvrt8a   Monospace821BT-Roman              BT  0596    mono821n
+     bhvrit8a  Monospace821BT-Italic             BT  0597    mono821i
+     bhvbt8a   Monospace821BT-Bold               BT  0598    mono821b
+     bhvbit8a  Monospace821BT-BoldItalic         BT  0599    mon821bi
+     bcsrt8a   CenturySchoolbookBT-Monospace     BT  0600    censbkmn
+     bdcr8a    DomCasualBT-Regular               BT  0604    domcasn
+     bpfr8a    Decorated035BT-Regular            BT  0605    deco035n
+     bt1r8a    ThunderbirdBT-Regular             BT  0606    thundrbn
+     bb7r8a    BernhardModernBT-Roman            BT  0607    bnhrdmon
+     boir8a    FormalScript421BT-Regular         BT  0609    frms421n
+     bmsr8a    Staccato222BT-Regular             BT  0610    stac222n
+     bcrbi8a   Courier10PitchBT-BoldItalic       BT  0611    cur10pbi
+     bperi8a   Prestige12PitchBT-Italic          BT  0613    prest12i
+     bpeb8a    Prestige12PitchBT-Bold            BT  0614    prest12b
+     bpebi8a   Prestige12PitchBT-BoldItalic      BT  0615    pres12bi
+     bctr8a    CheltenhamBT-Roman                BT  0620    chlthmn
+     bctri8a   CheltenhamBT-Italic               BT  0621    chlthmi
+     bctb8a    CheltenhamBT-Bold                 BT  0622    chlthmb
+     bctbi8a   CheltenhamBT-BoldItalic           BT  0623    chlthmbi
+     brmli8a   CarminaBT-LightItalic             BT  0624    carminli
+     bg0r8a    GandoBT-Regular                   BT  0625    gandon
+     bpgl8a    Exotic350BT-Light                 BT  0626    exot350l
+     bpgd8a    Exotic350BT-DemiBold              BT  0627    exo350db
+     bpgb8a    Exotic350BT-Bold                  BT  0628    exot350b
+     bcbc8a    CooperBT-Black                    BT  0630    coopbln
+     bcbci8a   CooperBT-BlackItalic              BT  0631    coopbli
+     bchb8a    CharterBT-Bold                    BT  0632    chartrb
+     bchbi8a   CharterBT-BoldItalic              BT  0633    chartrbi
+     buhh8a    CushingITCbyBT-Heavy              BT  0641    cushngh
+     buhhi8a   CushingITCbyBT-HeavyItalic        BT  0642    cushnghi
+     beor8a    AmerigoBT-RomanA                  BT  0643    amrigon
+     beori8a   AmerigoBT-ItalicA                 BT  0644    amrigoi
+     beob8a    AmerigoBT-BoldA                   BT  0645    amrigob
+     bobr      OCRB10PitchBT-Regular             BT  0646    ocrb10n
+     bchr8a    CharterBT-Roman                   BT  0648    chartrn
+     bchri8a   CharterBT-Italic                  BT  0649    chartri
+     bzgm8a    Geometric706BT-MediumB            BT  0660    geo706m
+     bzgc8a    Geometric706BT-BlackB             BT  0661    geo706k
+     bzgb8ac   Geometric706BT-BoldCondensedB     BT  0662    geo706bc
+     bzgc8ac   Geometric706BT-BlackCondensedB    BT  0663    geo706kc
+     bg6r8a    GorillaITCbyBT-Regular            BT  0664    gorillan
+     brml8a    CarminaBT-Light                   BT  0667    carminal
+     brmc8a    CarminaBT-Black                   BT  0668    carminak
+     bfgk8a    FranklinGothicITCbyBT-Book        BT  0670    frkgotn
+     bfgki8a   FranklinGothicITCbyBT-BookItal    BT  0671    frkgotni
+     bfgd8a    FranklinGothicITCbyBT-Demi        BT  0674    frkgotd
+     bfgdi8a   FranklinGothicITCbyBT-DemiItal    BT  0675    frkgotdi
+     bfgh8a    FranklinGothicITCbyBT-Heavy       BT  0676    frkgoth
+     bfghi8a   FranklinGothicITCbyBT-HeavyItal   BT  0677    frkgothi
+     b_____    GrouchITCbyBT-Regular             BT  0678    grouchn
+     bymli8a   StymieBT-LightItalic              BT  0679    stymieli
+     bfnr8a    FeniceITCbyBT-Regular             BT  0682    fenicen
+     bfnri8a   FeniceITCbyBT-RegularItalic       BT  0683    feniceni
+     bfnb8a    FeniceITCbyBT-Bold                BT  0684    feniceb
+     bfnbi8a   FeniceITCbyBT-BoldItalic          BT  0685    fenicebi
+     b_____    GrizzlyITCbyBT-Regular            BT  0688    grizzlyn
+     bymmi8a   StymieBT-MediumItalic             BT  0689    stymiemi
+     bl2r8a    LibraBT-Regular                   BT  0690    libran
+     b_____    Pica10PitchBT-Roman               BT  0691    pica10n
+     bymbi8a   StymieBT-BoldItalic               BT  0692    stymiebi
+     b_____    NewtextITCbyBT-Regular            BT  0697    newtxtn
+     b_____    NewtextITCbyBT-RegularItalic      BT  0698    newtxtni
+     bchc8a    CharterBT-Black                   BT  0709    chartrk
+     bchci8a   CharterBT-BlackItalic             BT  0710    chartrki
+     bgjr8a    ElegantGaramondBT-Roman           BT  0711    eleggarn
+     bgjri8a   ElegantGaramondBT-Italic          BT  0712    eleggari
+     bgjb8a    ElegantGaramondBT-Bold            BT  0713    eleggarb
+     bekr8a    Freeform710BT-Regular             BT  0714    frfm710n
+     bppr8a    Lapidary333BT-Roman               BT  0715    lap333n
+     bppri8a   Lapidary333BT-Italic              BT  0716    lap333i
+     bppb8a    Lapidary333BT-Bold                BT  0717    lap333b
+     bppbi8a   Lapidary333BT-BoldItalic          BT  0718    lap333bi
+     brmci8a   CarminaBT-BlackItalic             BT  0719    carminki
+     bpbr8a    PTBarnumBT-Regular                BT  0720    ptbarnmn
+     brmm8a    CarminaBT-Medium                  BT  0721    carminam
+     brmmi8a   CarminaBT-MediumItalic            BT  0722    carmini
+     brmb8a    CarminaBT-Bold                    BT  0723    carminab
+     brmbi8a   CarminaBT-BoldItalic              BT  0724    carminbi
+     bi2r8a    ImpulsBT-Regular                  BT  0725    impulsn
+     bkur8a    KaufmannBT-Regular                BT  0726    kaufmann
+     bkub8a    KaufmannBT-Bold                   BT  0727    kaufmanb
+     bbob8a    BalloonBT-Bold                    BT  0728    balonb
+     bbox8a    BalloonBT-ExtraBold               BT  0729    balonxb
+     bnvk8a    NovareseITCbyBT-Book              BT  0730    novaren
+     bnvki8a   NovareseITCbyBT-BookItalic        BT  0731    novareni
+     bnvb8a    NovareseITCbyBT-Bold              BT  0734    novareb
+     bnvbi8a   NovareseITCbyBT-BoldItalic        BT  0735    novarebi
+     bc2k8a    Caslon224ITCbyBT-Book             BT  0745    cas224n
+     bc2ki8a   Caslon224ITCbyBT-BookItalic       BT  0746    cas224ni
+     bc2b8a    Caslon224ITCbyBT-Bold             BT  0749    cas224b
+     bc2bi8a   Caslon224ITCbyBT-BoldItalic       BT  0750    cas224bi
+     bnabi8a   Dutch823BT-BoldItalicB            BT  0753    dut823bi
+     borr8a10  OratorBT-TenPitch                 BT  0755    orator10
+     bvrr8a    VAGRoundedBT-Regular              BT  0756    vagron
+     bclr8a    CloisterBlackBT-Regular           BT  0757    cloistrk
+     borr8a15  OratorBT-FifteenPitch             BT  0758    orator15
+     bhvm8a    Swiss721BT-Medium                 BT  0759    swz721m
+     bhvmi8a   Swiss721BT-MediumItalic           BT  0760    swz721mi
+     btvr8a    Kuenstler480BT-Roman              BT  0761    kuen408n
+     btvri8a   Kuenstler480BT-Italic             BT  0762    kuen408i
+     btvb8a    Kuenstler480BT-Bold               BT  0763    kuen408b
+     btvbi8a   Kuenstler480BT-BoldItalic         BT  0764    kue408bi
+     bhvbl8ac  Swiss721BT-BoldCondensedOutline   BT  0767    sw721bco
+     bh0r8a    HandelGothicBT-Regular            BT  0768    handgotn
+     bdcb8a    DomBoldBT-Regular                 BT  0769    domb
+     beom8a    AmerigoBT-MediumA                 BT  0770    amrigom
+     beomi8a   AmerigoBT-MediumItalicA           BT  0771    amrigomi
+     beobi8a   AmerigoBT-BoldItalicA             BT  0772    amrigobi
+     bc7l8a    CompactaBT-Light                  BT  0783    compctal
+     bc7r8a    CompactaBT-Roman                  BT  0784    compctan
+     bc7ri8a   CompactaBT-Italic                 BT  0785    compctai
+     bc7b8a    CompactaBT-Bold                   BT  0786    compctab
+     bc7bi8a   CompactaBT-BoldItalic             BT  0787    compctbi
+     bc7c8a    CompactaBT-Black                  BT  0788    compctak
+     bbpr8a    Modern735BT-RomanA                BT  0793    mod735n
+     bbwre8a   BroadwayEngravedBT-Regular        BT  0802    brdwayg
+     bonbi8a   News705BT-BoldItalicB             BT  0803    new705bi
+     bpnl8a    Aldine721BT-Light                 BT  0804    ald721l
+     bpnli8a   Aldine721BT-LightItalic           BT  0805    ald721li
+     bb4r8a    Brush738BT-RegularA               BT  0806    brus738n
+     bb6r8ac   Gothic821CondensedBT-Regular      BT  0807    goth821c
+     bcir8a    CandidaBT-Roman                   BT  0808    candidan
+     bciri8a   CandidaBT-Italic                  BT  0809    candidai
+     bcib8a    CandidaBT-Bold                    BT  0810    candidab
+     bdir8a    Calligraphic810BT-Roman           BT  0811    calg810n
+     bdiri8a   Calligraphic810BT-Italic          BT  0812    calg810i
+     bhrb8a    Swiss721BT-BoldRounded            BT  0813    swz721br
+     bhrc8a    Swiss721BT-BlackRounded           BT  0815    swz721kr
+     bs3l8a    SeagullBT-Light                   BT  0817    seagulll
+     bs3m8a    SeagullBT-Medium                  BT  0818    seagullm
+     bs3b8a    SeagullBT-Bold                    BT  0819    seagullb
+     bs3h8a    SeagullBT-Heavy                   BT  0820    seagullh
+     b_____    MixageITCbyBT-Bold                BT  0825    mixageb
+     b_____    MixageITCbyBT-BoldItalic          BT  0826    mixagebi
+     bm3r8a    MiraraeBT-Roman                   BT  0830    miraraen
+     bm3b8a    MiraraeBT-Bold                    BT  0831    miraraeb
+     btms8a    Dutch801BT-SemiBold               BT  0834    dut801db
+     btmsi8a   Dutch801BT-SemiBoldItalic         BT  0835    du801dbi
+     bsfb8ac   SerifaBT-BoldCondensed            BT  0836    serifabc
+     bb7ri8a   BernhardModernBT-Italic           BT  0837    bnhrdmoi
+     bb7b8a    BernhardModernBT-Bold             BT  0838    bnhrdmob
+     bb7bi8a   BernhardModernBT-BoldItalic       BT  0839    bnhrdmbi
+     b_____    English157BT-Regular              BT  0840    engl157n
+     blyr8a    LydianBT-Roman                    BT  0841    lydiann
+     blyri8a   LydianBT-Italic                   BT  0842    lydiani
+     blyb8a    LydianBT-Bold                     BT  0843    lydianb
+     blybi8a   LydianBT-BoldItalic               BT  0844    lydianbi
+     blyrw8a   LydianCursiveBT-Regular           BT  0845    lydianv
+     bcdr8ac   ClarendonBT-RomanCondensed        BT  0846    clrndnc
+     bl3r8a    LuciaBT-Regular                   BT  0847    lucian
+     bfol8a    FolioBT-Light                     BT  0848    foliol
+     bfoli8a   FolioBT-LightItalic               BT  0849    folioli
+     bfok8a    FolioBT-Book                      BT  0850    folion
+     bfom8a    FolioBT-Medium                    BT  0851    foliom
+     bfob8a    FolioBT-Bold                      BT  0852    foliob
+     bfox8a    FolioBT-ExtraBold                 BT  0853    folioxb
+     bfob8ac   FolioBT-BoldCondensed             BT  0854    foliobc
+     bfrl8a    Humanist777BT-LightB              BT  0855    hum777l
+     bfrli8a   Humanist777BT-LightItalicB        BT  0856    hum777li
+     bfrr8a    Humanist777BT-RomanB              BT  0857    hum777n
+     bfrri8a   Humanist777BT-ItalicB             BT  0858    hum777i
+     bfrb8a    Humanist777BT-BoldB               BT  0859    hum777b
+     bfrbi8a   Humanist777BT-BoldItalicB         BT  0860    hum777bi
+     bfrc8a    Humanist777BT-BlackB              BT  0861    hum777k
+     bfrci8a   Humanist777BT-BlackItalicB        BT  0862    hum777ki
+     begr8a    OriginalGaramondBT-Roman          BT  0863    orggaran
+     begri8a   OriginalGaramondBT-Italic         BT  0864    orggarai
+     begb8a    OriginalGaramondBT-Bold           BT  0865    orggarab
+     begbi8a   OriginalGaramondBT-BoldItalic     BT  0866    orggarbi
+     bpyr8a    PlaybillBT-Regular                BT  0867    playbiln
+     b_____    Century751BT-RomanB               BT  0868    cent751n
+     b_____    Century751BT-ItalicB              BT  0869    cent751i
+     bngr8aq   NewsGothicBT-ExtraCondensed       BT  0870    newgotxc
+     bngb8aq   NewsGothicBT-BoldExtraCond        BT  0871    newgtbxc
+     bsxr8a    Humanist531BT-RomanA              BT  0872    hum531n
+     bsxb8a    Humanist531BT-BoldA               BT  0874    hum531b
+     bsxc8a    Humanist531BT-BlackA              BT  0875    hum531k
+     bsxu8a    Humanist531BT-UltraBlackA         BT  0876    hum531uk
+     b_____    Egyptian710BT-RegularA            BT  0883    egyt710n
+     bffm8a    Transitional551BT-MediumB         BT  0884    tran551m
+     bffmi8a   Transitional551BT-MediumItalicB   BT  0885    tra551mi
+     bm5b8a    MurrayHillBT-Bold                 BT  0886    muryhilb
+     bcxl8a    CaxtonBT-Light                    BT  0887    caxtonl
+     bcxli8a   CaxtonBT-LightItalic              BT  0888    caxtonli
+     bcxk8a    CaxtonBT-Book                     BT  0889    caxtonn
+     bcxki8a   CaxtonBT-BookItalic               BT  0890    caxtonni
+     bcxb8a    CaxtonBT-Bold                     BT  0891    caxtonb
+     bcxbi8a   CaxtonBT-BoldItalic               BT  0892    caxtonbi
+     brvr8a    RevueBT-Regular                   BT  0895    revuen
+     br0r8a    RomanaBT-Roman                    BT  0896    romanan
+     br0b8a    RomanaBT-Bold                     BT  0897    romanab
+     bssl8a    SchneidlerBT-Light                BT  0899    schndll
+     bssli8a   SchneidlerBT-LightItalic          BT  0900    schndlli
+     bssr8a    SchneidlerBT-Roman                BT  0901    schndln
+     bssri8a   SchneidlerBT-Italic               BT  0902    schndli
+     bssm8a    SchneidlerBT-Medium               BT  0903    schndlm
+     bssmi8a   SchneidlerBT-MediumItalic         BT  0904    schndlmi
+     bssb8a    SchneidlerBT-Bold                 BT  0905    schndlb
+     bssbi8a   SchneidlerBT-BoldItalic           BT  0906    schndlbi
+     bssc8a    SchneidlerBT-Black                BT  0907    schndlk
+     bssci8a   SchneidlerBT-BlackItalic          BT  0908    schndlki
+     bwnl8a    WindsorBT-Light                   BT  0909    wndsrl
+     bymx8ac   StymieBT-ExtraBoldCondensed       BT  0910    stymixbc
+     b_____    DeVinneBT-Roman                   BT  0911    devinnen
+     b_____    DeVinneBT-Italic                  BT  0912    devinnei
+     bear8a    Transitional521BT-RomanA          BT  0913    tran521n
+     bearw8a   Transitional521BT-CursiveA        BT  0914    tran521i
+     beab8a    Transitional521BT-BoldA           BT  0915    tran521b
+     ball8a    Flareserif821BT-Light             BT  0916    flar821l
+     balr8a    Flareserif821BT-Roman             BT  0917    flar821n
+     balb8a    Flareserif821BT-Bold              BT  0918    flar821b
+     bdcri8a   DomDiagonalBT-Regular             BT  0920    domdiagn
+     bdcbi8a   DomDiagonalBT-Bold                BT  0921    domdiagb
+     bysl8a    GoudySansITCbyBT-Light            BT  0922    goudsanl
+     bysli8a   GoudySansITCbyBT-LightItalic      BT  0923    goudsali
+     bysm8a    GoudySansITCbyBT-Medium           BT  0924    goudsanm
+     bysmi8a   GoudySansITCbyBT-MediumItalic     BT  0925    goudsami
+     bysb8a    GoudySansITCbyBT-Bold             BT  0926    goudsanb
+     bysbi8a   GoudySansITCbyBT-BoldItalic       BT  0927    goudsabi
+     bysc8a    GoudySansITCbyBT-Black            BT  0928    goudsank
+     bysci8a   GoudySansITCbyBT-BlackItalic      BT  0929    goudsaki
+     bnbr8a    NewBaskervilleITCbyBT-Roman       BT  0930    newbaskn
+     bnbri8a   NewBaskervilleITCbyBT-Italic      BT  0931    newbaski
+     bnbb8a    NewBaskervilleITCbyBT-Bold        BT  0934    newbaskb
+     bnbbi8a   NewBaskervilleITCbyBT-BoldItal    BT  0935    newbasbi
+     bclrl8a   CloisterOpenFaceBT-Regular        BT  0938    cloisofn
+     bt2r8a    TypoUprightBT-Regular             BT  0939    typouprn
+     bs2r8a    Script12PitchBT-Roman             BT  0940    scrpt12n
+     blwk8a    LeawoodITCbyBT-Book               BT  0941    leawodn
+     blwki8a   LeawoodITCbyBT-BookItalic         BT  0942    leawodni
+     blwb8a    LeawoodITCbyBT-Bold               BT  0945    leawodb
+     blwbi8a   LeawoodITCbyBT-BoldItalic         BT  0946    leawodbi
+     bngd8a    NewsGothicBT-Demi                 BT  0949    newsgotd
+     bngdi8a   NewsGothicBT-DemiItalic           BT  0950    newsgtdi
+     b_____    CataneoBT-Light                   BT  0951    catanltn
+     b_____    CataneoBT-Regular                 BT  0952    cataneon
+     b_____    CataneoBT-Bold                    BT  0953    catanbon
+     blfr8a    LifeBT-Roman                      BT  0954    lifen
+     blfri8a   LifeBT-Italic                     BT  0955    lifei
+     blfb8a    LifeBT-Bold                       BT  0956    lifeb
+     blfbi8a   LifeBT-BoldItalic                 BT  0957    lifebi
+     bunl8aq   ZurichBT-LightExtraCondensed      BT  0958    zurchlxc
+     bunr8aq   ZurichBT-ExtraCondensed           BT  0959    zurchxc
+     bunb8aq   ZurichBT-BoldExtraCondensed       BT  0960    zurchbxc
+     beel8a    Egyptian505BT-Light               BT  0961    egyt505l
+     beer8a    Egyptian505BT-Roman               BT  0962    egyt505n
+     beem8a    Egyptian505BT-Medium              BT  0963    egyt505m
+     beeb8a    Egyptian505BT-Bold                BT  0964    egyt505b
+     b_____    BruceOldStyleBT-Roman             BT  0965    bruolstn
+     b_____    BruceOldStyleBT-Italic            BT  0966    bruolsti
+     bhsr8a    Swiss924BT-RegularB               BT  0969    swz924n
+     bunx8a    ZurichBT-ExtraBlack               BT  0970    zurchxk
+     btmxi8a   Dutch801BT-ExtraBoldItalic        BT  0971    du801xbi
+     bsbbi8a   ClassicalGaramondBT-BoldItalic    BT  0972    clsgarbi
+     bbdb8ac   BodoniBT-BoldCondensed            BT  0973    bodonibc
+     benb8a    EngraversRomanBT-Bold             BT  0974    engrvrb
+     bi0r8a    CommercialScriptBT-Regular        BT  0976    comscrtn
+     bpnb8ac   Aldine721BT-BoldCondensed         BT  0977    ald721bc
+     bs6r8a    StuyvesantBT-Regular              BT  0980    stuyvesn
+     bnur8a    NuptialBT-Regular                 BT  0981    nuptualn
+     bftr8a    FrakturBT-Regular                 BT  0983    frakturn
+     bw0r8a    WeddingTextBT-Regular             BT  0985    wedtxtn
+     bb7rw8a   BernhardTangoBT-Regular           BT  0986    bnhrdtan
+     bl1r8a    LibertyBT-Regular                 BT  0987    libertyn
+     bwnrl8a   WindsorBT-Outline                 BT  0988    wndsro
+     bp3r8a    Brush445BT-Regular                BT  0990    brus445n
+     bgql8a    Gothic720BT-LightB                BT  0991    goth720l
+     bgqli8a   Gothic720BT-LightItalicB          BT  0992    got720li
+     bgqr8a    Gothic720BT-RomanB                BT  0993    goth720n
+     bgqri8a   Gothic720BT-ItalicB               BT  0994    goth720i
+     bgqb8a    Gothic720BT-BoldB                 BT  0995    goth720b
+     bgqbi8a   Gothic720BT-BoldItalicB           BT  0996    got720bi
+     baur8a    Freeform721BT-Roman               BT  0997    frfm721n
+     bauri8a   Freeform721BT-Italic              BT  0998    frfm721i
+     baub8a    Freeform721BT-Bold                BT  0999    frfm721b
+     baubi8a   Freeform721BT-BoldItalic          BT  1000    frf721bi
+     bauc8a    Freeform721BT-Black               BT  1001    frfm721k
+     bauci8a   Freeform721BT-BlackItalic         BT  1002    frf721ki
+     bb7b8ac   BernhardBoldCondensedBT-Regular   BT  1003    brhrdbc
+     bazc8a    Gothic725BT-BlackA                BT  1007    goth720k
+     bn0r8a    NormandeBT-Roman                  BT  1011    normandn
+     bn0ri8a   NormandeBT-Italic                 BT  1012    normandi
+     b_____    MattAntiqueBT-Roman               BT  1014    matantqn
+     b_____    MattAntiqueBT-Italic              BT  1015    matantqi
+     b_____    MattAntiqueBT-Bold                BT  1016    matantqb
+     bmar8a    Freehand521BT-RegularC            BT  1018    frhnd521
+     bmpm8ac   GeometricSlab703BT-MediumCond     BT  1019    geo703mc
+     bmpb8ac   GeometricSlab703BT-BoldCond       BT  1020    geo703bc
+     bmpx8ac   GeometricSlab703BT-XtraBoldCond   BT  1021    ge703xbc
+     bbll8a    BelweBT-Light                     BT  1022    belwel
+     bblm8a    BelweBT-Medium                    BT  1023    belwem
+     bblb8a    BelweBT-Bold                      BT  1024    belweb
+     bblr8ac   BelweBT-RomanCondensed            BT  1025    belwec
+     btvc8a    Kuenstler480BT-Black              BT  1026    kuen408k
+     ba8r8ac   AuroraBT-RomanCondensed           BT  1027    aurorac
+     ba8b8ac   AuroraBT-BoldCondensed            BT  1028    aurorabc
+     b_____    CataneoBT-RegularSwash            BT  1030    catanswn
+     b_____    CataneoBT-BoldSwash               BT  1031    catanswb
+     bcbcl8a   CooperBT-BlackOutline             BT  1034    coopblo
+     btmrd8a   Dutch801BT-RomanHeadline          BT  1035    dut801na
+     btmrid8a  Dutch801BT-ItalicHeadline         BT  1036    dut801ia
+     b_____    Modern880BT-Roman                 BT  1037    mod880n
+     b_____    Modern880BT-Italic                BT  1038    mod880i
+     b_____    Modern880BT-Bold                  BT  1039    mod880b
+     bmzr8a    AmazoneBT-Regular                 BT  1040    amazonen
+     b_____    DeVinneBT-Text                    BT  1041    devinnet
+     b_____    DeVinneBT-ItalicText              BT  1042    devinnit
+     bb5r8a    Freehand591BT-RegularA            BT  1043    frhnd591
+     b_____    Blackletter686BT-Regular          BT  1044    blklt686
+     benbf8a   EngraversOldEnglishBT-Bold        BT  1045    engroleb
+     bjfr8a    Freehand575BT-RegularB            BT  1046    frhnd575
+     btor8a    Industrial736BT-Roman             BT  1047    ind736n
+     btori8a   Industrial736BT-Italic            BT  1048    ind736i
+     bgyh8a    GoudyHeavyfaceBT-Regular          BT  1049    goudhfcn
+     bgyh8ac   GoudyHeavyfaceBT-RegularCond      BT  1050    goudhfcc
+     bb7rn8a   BernhardFashionBT-Regular         BT  1051    bnhrdfan
+     bppc8a    Lapidary333BT-Black               BT  1052    lap333k
+     bgyrf8a   GoudyHandtooledBTsRegular         BT  1053    goudhndn
+     bg5r8a    GoudyCatalogueBT-Regular          BT  1054    goudcatn
+     b_____    Century725BT-Roman                BT  1055    cen725n
+     b_____    Century725BT-Bold                 BT  1056    cen725b
+     b_____    Century725BT-RomanCondensed       BT  1057    cen725c
+     b_____    Century725BT-BoldCondensed        BT  1058    cen725bc
+     b_____    Century725BT-Italic               BT  1059    cen725i
+     b_____    Century725BT-Black                BT  1060    cen725k
+     bocr8a    Dutch809BT-RomanC                 BT  1061    dut809n
+     bocri8a   Dutch809BT-ItalicC                BT  1062    dut809i
+     bocb8a    Dutch809BT-BoldC                  BT  1063    dut809b
+     bpsr8a    ParisianBT-Regular                BT  1064    parisnn
+     bctb8ac   CheltenhamBT-BoldCondensed        BT  1065    chltboc
+     bctbi8ac  CheltenhamBT-BoldCondItalic       BT  1066    chltboci
+     bctb8aq   CheltenhamBT-BoldExtraCondensed   BT  1067    chltboxc
+     bbrr8a    Revival565BT-Roman                BT  1068    revi565n
+     bbrri8a   Revival565BT-Italic               BT  1069    revi565i
+     bbrb8a    Revival565BT-Bold                 BT  1070    revi565b
+     bbrbi8a   Revival565BT-BoldItalic           BT  1071    rev565bi
+     bubrd8a   BauerBodoniBT-Titling             BT  1072    baubodti
+     bumr8a    UmbraBT-Regular                   BT  1074    umbran
+     bbmr8a    BulmerBT-Roman                    BT  1075    bulmern
+     bbmri8a   BulmerBT-Italic                   BT  1076    bulmeri
+     bral8a    RaleighBT-Light                   BT  1077    raleighl
+     brar8a    RaleighBT-Roman                   BT  1078    raleighn
+     bram8a    RaleighBT-Medium                  BT  1079    raleighm
+     brad8a    RaleighBT-DemiBold                BT  1080    raleigdb
+     brab8a    RaleighBT-Bold                    BT  1081    raleighb
+     brax8a    RaleighBT-ExtraBold               BT  1082    raleigxb
+     boyr8a    Dutch811BT-RomanD                 BT  1083    dut811n
+     boyri8a   Dutch811BT-ItalicD                BT  1084    dut811i
+     boyb8a    Dutch811BT-BoldD                  BT  1085    dut811b
+     boybi8a   Dutch811BT-BoldItalicD            BT  1086    dut811bi
+     bwdk8a    WeidemannITCbyBT-Book             BT  1087    weidmnn
+     bwdki8a   WeidemannITCbyBT-BookItalic       BT  1088    weidmnni
+     bwdb8a    WeidemannITCbyBT-Bold             BT  1091    weidmnb
+     bwdbi8a   WeidemannITCbyBT-BoldItalic       BT  1092    weidmnbi
+     burr8a    Venetian301BT-Roman               BT  1095    ven301n
+     burri8a   Venetian301BT-Italic              BT  1096    ven301i
+     burd8a    Venetian301BT-Demi                BT  1097    ven301d
+     burdi8a   Venetian301BT-DemiItalic          BT  1098    ven301di
+     burb8a    Venetian301BT-Bold                BT  1099    ven301b
+     burbi8a   Venetian301BT-BoldItalic          BT  1100    ven301bi
+     b_____    FrysBaskervilleBT-Roman           BT  1101    frybaskn
+     baar8a    AachenBT-Roman                    BT  1102    aachenn
+     baab8a    AachenBT-Bold                     BT  1103    aachenb
+     bhwl8a    SchadowBT-Light                   BT  1104    schadwl
+     bhwli8a   SchadowBT-LightCursive            BT  1105    schadwli
+     bhwr8a    SchadowBT-Roman                   BT  1106    schadwn
+     bhwb8a    SchadowBT-Bold                    BT  1107    schadwb
+     bhwc8a    SchadowBT-Black                   BT  1108    schadwk
+     bder8a    DellaRobbiaBT-Roman               BT  1112    delarobn
+     bdeb8a    DellaRobbiaBT-Bold                BT  1113    delarobb
+     bhwc8ac   SchadowBT-BlackCondensed          BT  1114    schadwkc
+     bnlr8a    Informal011BT-Roman               BT  1115    infr011n
+     bnlc8a    Informal011BT-Black               BT  1116    infr011k
+     bkbl8a    Geometric231BT-LightC             BT  1126    geo231l
+     bkbr8a    Geometric231BT-RomanC             BT  1127    geo231n
+     bkbb8a    Geometric231BT-BoldC              BT  1128    geo231b
+     bkbh8a    Geometric231BT-HeavyC             BT  1129    geo231h
+     ba5r8a    AllegroBT-Regular                 BT  1138    allegron
+     bc9r8a    Calligraphic421BT-RomanB          BT  1139    calg421n
+     b_____    Geometric885BT-RegularD           BT  1140    geo885n
+     b_____    Formal436BT-Regular               BT  1141    frml436n
+     bl4r8a    LucianBT-Roman                    BT  1142    luciann
+     bl4b8a    LucianBT-Bold                     BT  1143    lucianb
+     brsr8a    ArrusBT-Roman                     BT  1145    arrusn
+     brsri8a   ArrusBT-Italic                    BT  1146    arrusi
+     brsb8a    ArrusBT-Bold                      BT  1147    arrusb
+     brsbi8a   ArrusBT-BoldItalic                BT  1148    arrusbi
+     brsc8a    ArrusBT-Black                     BT  1149    arrusk
+     brsci8a   ArrusBT-BlackItalic               BT  1150    arruski
+     bt0r8a    TangoBT-Regular                   BT  1151    tangon
+     bbsr8a    BakerSignetBT-Roman               BT  1152    bakrsign
+     bczr8a    Staccato555BT-RegularA            BT  1153    stac555n
+     ba3r8a    AdLibBT-Regular                   BT  1154    adlibn
+     bmor8a    Modern20BT-RomanB                 BT  1168    modrn20n
+     bmori8a   Modern20BT-ItalicB                BT  1169    modrn20i
+     be1r8a    EmpireBT-Regular                  BT  1176    empiren
+     bhxr8a    HuxleyVerticalBT-Regular          BT  1177    huxvertn
+     bozr8a    OzHandicraftBT-Roman              BT  1178    ozhandin
+     biyr8a    IowanOldStyleBT-Roman             BT  1198    iwolstyn
+     biyri8a   IowanOldStyleBT-Italic            BT  1199    iwolstyi
+     biyb8a    IowanOldStyleBT-Bold              BT  1200    iwolstyb
+     biybi8a   IowanOldStyleBT-BoldItalic        BT  1201    iwolstbi
+     biyc8a    IowanOldStyleBT-Black             BT  1202    iwolstyk
+     biyci8a   IowanOldStyleBT-BlackItalic       BT  1203    iwolstki
+     bo1r8a    OrandaBT-Roman                    BT  1204    orandan
+     bo1ri8a   OrandaBT-Italic                   BT  1205    orandai
+     bo1b8a    OrandaBT-Bold                     BT  1206    orandab
+     bo1bi8a   OrandaBT-BoldItalic               BT  1207    orandabi
+     bo1r8ac   OrandaBT-RomanCondensed           BT  1208    orandac
+     bo1b8ac   OrandaBT-BoldCondensed            BT  1209    orandabc
+     bm4r8a    MisterEarlBT-Regular              BT  1221    mrearln
+     bb9b8a    BremenBT-Bold                     BT  1231    bremenb
+     bb9c8a    BremenBT-Black                    BT  1232    bremenk
+     bwcr8a    SnowCapBT-Regular                 BT  1237    ________
+     b_____    MilleniumBT-BoldExtended          BT  1242    milnumbe
+     bpi007    SprocketDeluxeBT-Regular          BT  1243    ________
+     bpi008    SprocketBT-Regular                BT  1244    ________
+     bpi009    SonicCutThruBT-Heavy              BT  1247    ________
+     b_____    CharterITCbyBT-Roman              BT  1268    ichrtrn
+     b_____    CharterITCbyBT-Italic             BT  1269    ichrtri
+     b_____    CharterITCbyBT-Bold               BT  1270    ichrtrb
+     b_____    CharterITCbyBT-BoldItalic         BT  1271    ichrtrbi
+     b_____    CharterITCbyBT-Black              BT  1272    ichrtrk
+     b_____    CharterITCbyBT-BlackItalic        BT  1273    ichrtrki
+     bo0r8a    OldDreadfulNo7BT-Regular          BT  7009    ________
+     bzdr      ZapfDingbatsITCbyBT-Regular       BT  8556    zafdingn
+     b_____    MICR10byBT-Regular                BT  8729    micr010n
+     b_____    MICR12byBT-Regular                BT  8730    micr012n
+     b_____    MICR13byBT-Regular                BT  8731    micr013n
+     bpi003    UniversalMath1BT-Regular          BT  9014    ________
+     bpi004    CommercialPiBT-Regular            BT  9025    ________
+     bsyr      SymbolProportionalBT-Regular      BT  9830    symbpron
+     bpi010    HolidayPiBT-Regular               BT  9832    ________
+     bpi001    NewspaperPiBT-Regular             BT  9836    ________
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: DTC fonts,  Next: ITC fonts,  Prev: Bitstream fonts,  Up: Font name lists
+
+A.5 DTC fonts
+=============
+
+The `dtc.map' file has abbreviations for DTC (Digital Typeface
+Corporation) fonts.
+
+     dhvc8rc  SansBlackCondensed-DTC
+     dhvco8rc SansBlackCondensed-Oblique-DTC
+     dhvm8rx  SansExtended-Medium-DTC
+     dhvr8rx  SansExtended-Regular-DTC
+     dhvro8rc SansExtended-RegularOblique-DTC
+     dhvx8rc  SansExtraBlackCondensed-DTC
+     dhvl8rx  SansLightExtended-DTC
+     dhvh8rc  SansThinCondensed-DTC
+     dhvho8rc SansThinCondensed-Oblique-DTC
+     dnbb8r   NewBaskerville-Bold-DTC
+     dnbbi8r  NewBaskerville-BoldItalic-DTC
+     dnbri8r  NewBaskerville-RomanItalic-DTC
+     dnbr8r   NewBaskerville-Roman-DTC
+     dopr8r   Optimum-Roman-DTC
+     dopb8r   Optimum-Bold-DTC
+     dopbo8r  Optimum-BoldItalic-DTC
+     doro8r   Optimum-RomanItalic-DTC
+     dpll8r   Palton-Light-DTC
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: ITC fonts,  Next: Linotype fonts,  Prev: DTC fonts,  Up: Font name lists
+
+A.6 ITC fonts
+=============
+
+The `itc.map' file has abbreviations for ITC (International Typeface
+Corporation) fonts.
+
+
+     zieuk     EuroSerifITC-Book
+     zieuki    EuroSerifITC-BookItalic
+     zieum     EuroSerifITC-Medium
+     zieumi    EuroSerifITC-MediumItalic
+     zieub     EuroSerifITC-Bold
+     zieubi    EuroSerifITC-BoldItalic
+     zieuc     EuroSerifITC-Black
+     zieuci    EuroSerifITC-BlackItalic
+     zieuks    EuroSansITC-Book
+     zieukis   EuroSansITC-BookItalic
+     zieums    EuroSansITC-Medium
+     zieumis   EuroSansITC-MediumItalic
+     zieubs    EuroSansITC-Bold
+     zieubis   EuroSansITC-BoldItalic
+     zieucs    EuroSansITC-Black
+     zieucis   EuroSansITC-BlackItalic
+
+     i_____    Aachen-Medium                     ITC 2000
+     i_____    Aachen-Bold                       ITC 2001
+     i_____    Academy-Engraved                  ITC 2002
+     i_____    Aftershock                        ITC 2003
+     i_____    Agincourt                         ITC 2004
+     i_____    Airstream                         ITC 2005
+     i_____    Algerian-Condensed                ITC 2006
+     i_____    Ambrose                           ITC 2007
+     i_____    Angryhog                          ITC 2008
+     i_____    Anna                              ITC 2009
+     i_____    Aquinas                           ITC 2010
+     i_____    Aquitaine-Initials                ITC 2011
+     i_____    Aristocrat                        ITC 2012
+     i_____    Arnova                            ITC 2013
+     i_____    Arriba                            ITC 2014
+     i_____    Arriba-Arriba                     ITC 2015
+     i_____    Artiste                           ITC 2016
+     i_____    Atmosphere                        ITC 2017
+     i_____    AugusteaOpen                      ITC 2018
+     i_____    Avenida                           ITC 2019
+     i_____    BaileyQuad-Bold                   ITC 2020
+     i_____    Balmoral                          ITC 2021
+     i_____    Banco-Light                       ITC 2022
+     i_____    Banco                             ITC 2023
+     i_____    Bang                              ITC 2024
+     i_____    Banner                            ITC 2025
+     i_____    BeckaScript                       ITC 2026
+     i_____    Beesknees                         ITC 2027
+     i_____    Belter                            ITC 2028
+     i_____    Belter-MegaOutline                ITC 2029
+     i_____    Belwe-Mono                        ITC 2030
+     i_____    Belwe-MonoItalic                  ITC 2031
+     i_____    Bendigo                           ITC 2032
+     i_____    Bergell                           ITC 2033
+     i_____    Bertie                            ITC 2034
+     i_____    Bertram                           ITC 2035
+     i_____    BibleScriptFlourishes             ITC 2036
+     i_____    BickleyScript                     ITC 2037
+     i_____    Binary-Light                      ITC 2038
+     i_____    Binary-Bold                       ITC 2039
+     i_____    Bitmax                            ITC 2040
+     i_____    BlackTulip                        ITC 2041
+     i_____    Blackadder                        ITC 2042
+     i_____    Blackmoor                         ITC 2043
+     i_____    Blaze                             ITC 2044
+     i_____    Bluntz                            ITC 2045
+     i_____    Bodoni-Brush                      ITC 2046
+     i_____    BodoniSeventyTwo-Book             ITC 2047
+     i_____    BodoniSeventyTwo-BookItalic       ITC 2048
+     i_____    BodoniSeventyTwo-BookItalicSwash  ITC 2049
+     i_____    BodoniSeventyTwo-Bold             ITC 2050
+     i_____    BodoniSeventyTwo-BoldItalic       ITC 2051
+     i_____    BodoniSeventyTwo-BoldItalicSwash  ITC 2052
+     i_____    Boink                             ITC 2053
+     i_____    Bordeaux-Roman                    ITC 2054
+     i_____    Bordeaux-Italic                   ITC 2055
+     i_____    Bordeaux-RomanBold                ITC 2056
+     i_____    Bordeaux-Display                  ITC 2057
+     i_____    Bordeaux-Script                   ITC 2058
+     i_____    BradleyHand-Regular               ITC 2059
+     i_____    BradleyHand-Bold                  ITC 2060
+     i_____    Braganza-Light                    ITC 2061
+     i_____    Braganza-Regular                  ITC 2062
+     i_____    Brighton-Light                    ITC 2063
+     i_____    Brighton-Medium                   ITC 2064
+     i_____    Brighton-Bold                     ITC 2065
+     i_____    Bronx                             ITC 2066
+     i_____    Buckeroo                          ITC 2067
+     i_____    Burlington                        ITC 2068
+     i_____    BuzzerThree                       ITC 2069
+     i_____    Cabaret                           ITC 2070
+     i_____    CabargaCursiva                    ITC 2071
+     i_____    Campaign                          ITC 2072
+     i_____    CancellarescaScript               ITC 2073
+     i_____    Cancione                          ITC 2074
+     i_____    Caribbean                         ITC 2075
+     i_____    Carlton                           ITC 2076
+     i_____    Carumba                           ITC 2077
+     i_____    Caslon540-ItalicSwashes           ITC 2078
+     i_____    CaxtonRoman-Light                 ITC 2079
+     i_____    CaxtonRoman-LightItalic           ITC 2080
+     i_____    CaxtonRoman-Book                  ITC 2081
+     i_____    CaxtonRoman-Bold                  ITC 2082
+     i_____    CenturyHandtooled-Bold            ITC 2083
+     i_____    CenturyHandtooled-BoldItalic      ITC 2084
+     i_____    Challenge-Bold                    ITC 2085
+     i_____    Challenge-ExtraBold               ITC 2086
+     i_____    Champers                          ITC 2087
+     i_____    CheltenhamHandtooled-Bold         ITC 2088
+     i_____    CheltenhamHandtooled-BoldItalic   ITC 2089
+     i_____    Cherie                            ITC 2090
+     i_____    Chiller                           ITC 2091
+     i_____    Chipper                           ITC 2092
+     i_____    ChocLightbyITC                    ITC 2093
+     i_____    Choc                              ITC 2094
+     i_____    ChromiumOne                       ITC 2095
+     i_____    Citation                          ITC 2096
+     i_____    ClaudeSans-Regular                ITC 2097
+     i_____    ClaudeSans-Italic                 ITC 2098
+     i_____    ClaudeSans-BoldItalic             ITC 2099
+     i_____    Clover                            ITC 2100
+     i_____    CommericalScript                  ITC 2101
+     i_____    Compacta                          ITC 2102
+     i_____    Compacta-Italic                   ITC 2103
+     i_____    Compacta-Bold                     ITC 2104
+     i_____    Coptek                            ITC 2105
+     i_____    Corinthian-Light                  ITC 2106
+     i_____    Corinthian-Medium                 ITC 2107
+     i_____    Corinthian-Bold                   ITC 2108
+     i_____    Corinthian-BoldCondensed          ITC 2109
+     i_____    Crillee-Italic                    ITC 2110
+     i_____    Crillee-BoldItalic                ITC 2111
+     i_____    Crillee-ExtraBoldItalic           ITC 2112
+     i_____    Crillee-ItalicInlineShadow        ITC 2113
+     i_____    Cult                              ITC 2114
+     i_____    Cyberkugel                        ITC 2115
+     i_____    Dancin                            ITC 2116
+     i_____    Data70                            ITC 2117
+     i_____    Demian                            ITC 2118
+     i_____    DemianBold                        ITC 2119
+     i_____    DigitalWoodcuts                   ITC 2120
+     i_____    Digitek                           ITC 2121
+     i_____    Dinitials                         ITC 2122
+     i_____    Dolmen                            ITC 2123
+     i_____    Drycut                            ITC 2124
+     i_____    DynamoShadow                      ITC 2125
+     i_____    Eastwood                          ITC 2126
+     i_____    Edwardian-Medium                  ITC 2127
+     i_____    EdwardianScript-Regular           ITC 2128
+     i_____    EdwardianScript-Bold              ITC 2129
+     i_____    Ellipse-Roman                     ITC 2130
+     i_____    Ellipse-Italic                    ITC 2131
+     i_____    Ellipse-Bold                      ITC 2132
+     i_____    Ellipse-BoldItalic                ITC 2133
+     i_____    Emphasis                          ITC 2134
+     i_____    Enviro                            ITC 2135
+     i_____    Epokha                            ITC 2136
+     i_____    Equinox                           ITC 2137
+     i_____    Etruscan                          ITC 2138
+     i_____    FaithfulFly                       ITC 2139
+     i_____    Farmhaus                          ITC 2140
+     i_____    Fashion-Compressed                ITC 2141
+     i_____    Fashion-Engraved                  ITC 2142
+     i_____    FineHand                          ITC 2143
+     i_____    Flamenco-Inline                   ITC 2144
+     i_____    Flamme                            ITC 2145
+     i_____    Flatiron                          ITC 2146
+     i_____    Flight                            ITC 2147
+     i_____    Fling                             ITC 2148
+     i_____    Florinda                          ITC 2149
+     i_____    Follies                           ITC 2150
+     i_____    Fontoon                           ITC 2151
+     i_____    ForestShaded                      ITC 2152
+     i_____    FrancesUncial                     ITC 2153
+     i_____    Frankfurter-Medium                ITC 2154
+     i_____    Frankfurter                       ITC 2155
+     i_____    Frankfurter-Highlight             ITC 2156
+     i_____    Frankfurter-Inline                ITC 2157
+     i_____    Freddo                            ITC 2158
+     i_____    FreestyleScript                   ITC 2159
+     i_____    FreestyleScript-Bold              ITC 2160
+     i_____    GaramondHandtooled                ITC 2161
+     i_____    GaramondHandtooled-Italic         ITC 2162
+     i_____    Gigi                              ITC 2163
+     i_____    Gill-DisplayCompressed            ITC 2164
+     i_____    Gill-KayoCondensed                ITC 2165
+     i_____    GilliesGothic-ExtraBoldShaded     ITC 2166
+     i_____    Glastonbury                       ITC 2167
+     i_____    GoldenCockerel-InitialsOrnaments  ITC 2168
+     i_____    Grapefruit                        ITC 2169
+     i_____    Gravura                           ITC 2170
+     i_____    Green                             ITC 2171
+     i_____    GreytonScript                     ITC 2172
+     i_____    GrimshawHand                      ITC 2173
+     i_____    Hadfield                          ITC 2174
+     i_____    HandDrawn                         ITC 2175
+     i_____    Harlow                            ITC 2176
+     i_____    HarlowSolid                       ITC 2177
+     i_____    Harvey                            ITC 2178
+     i_____    Hazel                             ITC 2179
+     i_____    Heliotype                         ITC 2180
+     i_____    Helvetica-MediumCondensed         ITC 2181
+     i_____    Helvetica-BoldCondensed           ITC 2182
+     i_____    Highlight                         ITC 2183
+     i_____    Hollyweird                        ITC 2184
+     i_____    Hornpype                          ITC 2185
+     i_____    Ignatius                          ITC 2186
+     i_____    Impakt                            ITC 2187
+     i_____    IndyItalic                        ITC 2188
+     i_____    Informal-Roman                    ITC 2189
+     i_____    Inscription                       ITC 2190
+     i_____    Iris                              ITC 2191
+     i_____    Ironwork                          ITC 2192
+     i_____    Isis                              ITC 2193
+     i_____    Jaft                              ITC 2194
+     i_____    Jambalaya                         ITC 2195
+     i_____    Jazz                              ITC 2196
+     i_____    Jellybaby                         ITC 2197
+     i_____    JohnHandy                         ITC 2198
+     i_____    Jokerman                          ITC 2199
+     i_____    Juanita                           ITC 2200
+     i_____    Juanita-Condensed                 ITC 2201
+     i_____    Juanita-Deco                      ITC 2202
+     i_____    Juanita-Lino                      ITC 2203
+     i_____    Juanita-Xilo                      ITC 2204
+     i_____    Juanita-XiloCondensed             ITC 2205
+     i_____    Juice                             ITC 2206
+     i_____    Kanban                            ITC 2207
+     i_____    Katfish                           ITC 2208
+     i_____    Kendo                             ITC 2209
+     i_____    Kick                              ITC 2210
+     i_____    Klee                              ITC 2211
+     i_____    Klepto                            ITC 2212
+     i_____    Kokoa                             ITC 2213
+     i_____    Kristen                           ITC 2214
+     i_____    Kulukundis                        ITC 2215
+     i_____    LaBamba                           ITC 2216
+     i_____    Lambada                           ITC 2217
+     i_____    Laser                             ITC 2218
+     i_____    LaserChrome                       ITC 2219
+     i_____    Latino-Elongated                  ITC 2220
+     i_____    Laura                             ITC 2221
+     i_____    LCD                               ITC 2222
+     i_____    LeGriffe                          ITC 2223
+     i_____    Lennox-Book                       ITC 2224
+     i_____    Lennox-Medium                     ITC 2225
+     i_____    Lennox-Bold                       ITC 2226
+     i_____    Lexikos                           ITC 2227
+     i_____    Lightnin'                         ITC 2228
+     i_____    LimehouseScript                   ITC 2229
+     i_____    LinoCut                           ITC 2230
+     i_____    Locarno-Light                     ITC 2231
+     i_____    Locarno-Italic                    ITC 2232
+     i_____    RennieMackintosh-Light            ITC 2233
+     i_____    RennieMackintosh-Bold             ITC 2234
+     i_____    Malibu                            ITC 2235
+     i_____    Malstock                          ITC 2236
+     i_____    Marguerita                        ITC 2237
+     i_____    Mastercard                        ITC 2238
+     i_____    Matisse                           ITC 2239
+     i_____    Mekanik-Regular                   ITC 2240
+     i_____    Mekanik-Italic                    ITC 2241
+     i_____    Milano                            ITC 2242
+     i_____    Minska-Light                      ITC 2243
+     i_____    Minska-Medium                     ITC 2244
+     i_____    Minska-Bold                       ITC 2245
+     i_____    Mistral-Light                     ITC 2246
+     i_____    Mistral                           ITC 2247
+     i_____    Mithras                           ITC 2248
+     i_____    MoFunkyFresh                      ITC 2249
+     i_____    MonaLisa-Recut                    ITC 2250
+     i_____    MonaLisa-Solid                    ITC 2251
+     i_____    Montage                           ITC 2252
+     i_____    MotterCorpus-Bold                 ITC 2253
+     i_____    MotterCorpus-CondensedBold        ITC 2254
+     i_____    Musclehead                        ITC 2255
+     i_____    Musica                            ITC 2256
+     i_____    NeoNeo                            ITC 2257
+     i_____    NoovoLight                        ITC 2258
+     i_____    NoovoBold                         ITC 2259
+     i_____    Nora                              ITC 2260
+     i_____    Oberon                            ITC 2261
+     i_____    Odessa                            ITC 2262
+     i_____    OldEnglish                        ITC 2263
+     i_____    OneStrokeScript                   ITC 2264
+     i_____    OneStrokeScript-Bold              ITC 2265
+     i_____    OneStrokeScript-Shaded            ITC 2266
+     i_____    Orange                            ITC 2267
+     i_____    Orbon-Light                       ITC 2268
+     i_____    Orbon-Regular                     ITC 2269
+     i_____    Orbon-Bold                        ITC 2270
+     i_____    Orbon-Black                       ITC 2271
+     i_____    Orlando                           ITC 2272
+     i_____    Outback                           ITC 2273
+     i_____    OutoftheFridge                    ITC 2274
+     i_____    Ozwald                            ITC 2275
+     i_____    Pablo                             ITC 2276
+     i_____    Papyrus                           ITC 2277
+     i_____    Party                             ITC 2278
+     i_____    PendryScript                      ITC 2279
+     i_____    PetersMiro                        ITC 2280
+     i_____    Pink                              ITC 2281
+     i_____    Plaza                             ITC 2282
+     i_____    PleasureBoldShaded                ITC 2283
+     i_____    Pneuma                            ITC 2284
+     i_____    Prague                            ITC 2285
+     i_____    Premier-Lightline                 ITC 2286
+     i_____    Premier-Shaded                    ITC 2287
+     i_____    Princetown                        ITC 2288
+     i_____    Pristina                          ITC 2289
+     i_____    Pritchard                         ITC 2290
+     i_____    Pritchard-LineOut                 ITC 2291
+     i_____    Pump-Regular                      ITC 2292
+     i_____    Pump-DemiBold                     ITC 2293
+     i_____    Quadrus                           ITC 2294
+     i_____    Quixley                           ITC 2295
+     i_____    RageItalic                        ITC 2296
+     i_____    Ragtime                           ITC 2297
+     i_____    Rapier                            ITC 2298
+     i_____    Refracta                          ITC 2299
+     i_____    RegattaCondensed                  ITC 2300
+     i_____    RetailScript                      ITC 2301
+     i_____    Retro-Bold                        ITC 2302
+     i_____    Retro-BoldCondensed               ITC 2303
+     i_____    Riptide                           ITC 2304
+     i_____    Riva                              ITC 2305
+     i_____    Robotik                           ITC 2306
+     i_____    Robotik-Italic                    ITC 2307
+     i_____    Romic-Light                       ITC 2308
+     i_____    Romic-LightItalic                 ITC 2309
+     i_____    Roquette                          ITC 2310
+     i_____    Ru'ach                            ITC 2311
+     i_____    RubberStamp                       ITC 2312
+     i_____    Rundfunk                          ITC 2313
+     i_____    SantaFe                           ITC 2314
+     i_____    Savoye                            ITC 2315
+     i_____    Schizoid                          ITC 2316
+     i_____    Scratch                           ITC 2317
+     i_____    Scriba                            ITC 2318
+     i_____    Scriptease                        ITC 2319
+     i_____    Scriptek                          ITC 2320
+     i_____    Scriptek-Italic                   ITC 2321
+     i_____    Scruff                            ITC 2322
+     i_____    Serengetti                        ITC 2323
+     i_____    Shaman                            ITC 2324
+     i_____    Shatter                           ITC 2325
+     i_____    Sinaloa                           ITC 2326
+     i_____    SkidRow                           ITC 2327
+     i_____    Skylark                           ITC 2328
+     i_____    Slipstream                        ITC 2329
+     i_____    Smack                             ITC 2330
+     i_____    Smudger                           ITC 2331
+     i_____    Snap                              ITC 2332
+     i_____    Spirit                            ITC 2333
+     i_____    Spooky                            ITC 2334
+     i_____    Spotlight                         ITC 2335
+     i_____    Squire                            ITC 2336
+     i_____    Squire-ExtraBold                  ITC 2337
+     i_____    Static                            ITC 2338
+     i_____    Stranger                          ITC 2339
+     i_____    Strobos                           ITC 2340
+     i_____    StudioScript                      ITC 2341
+     i_____    Stylus-Regular                    ITC 2342
+     i_____    Stylus-Bold                       ITC 2343
+     i_____    Superstar                         ITC 2344
+     i_____    Surfboard                         ITC 2345
+     i_____    Synchro                           ITC 2346
+     i_____    Tag                               ITC 2347
+     i_____    Tannhauser                        ITC 2348
+     i_____    Teknik                            ITC 2349
+     i_____    Telegram                          ITC 2350
+     i_____    Temble                            ITC 2351
+     i_____    Tempus-Regular                    ITC 2352
+     i_____    Tempus-Italic                     ITC 2353
+     i_____    TempusSans-Regular                ITC 2354
+     i_____    TempusSans-Italic                 ITC 2355
+     i_____    TigerRag                          ITC 2356
+     i_____    TirantiSolid                      ITC 2357
+     i_____    Trackpad                          ITC 2358
+     i_____    TropicaScript                     ITC 2359
+     i_____    TrueGrit                          ITC 2360
+     i_____    Twang                             ITC 2361
+     i_____    Typados                           ITC 2362
+     i_____    Ulysses                           ITC 2363
+     i_____    UniversityRoman                   ITC 2364
+     i_____    UniversityRoman-Italic            ITC 2365
+     i_____    UniversityRoman-Bold              ITC 2366
+     i_____    VanDijk                           ITC 2367
+     i_____    VanDijkBold                       ITC 2368
+     i_____    Varga                             ITC 2369
+     i_____    Vegas                             ITC 2370
+     i_____    Verkehr                           ITC 2371
+     i_____    Vermont                           ITC 2372
+     i_____    Victorian                         ITC 2373
+     i_____    Victorian-InlineShaded            ITC 2374
+     i_____    ViennaExtended                    ITC 2375
+     i_____    VinerHand                         ITC 2376
+     i_____    Vintage                           ITC 2377
+     i_____    Vinyl-Black                       ITC 2378
+     i_____    Vinyl-Outline                     ITC 2379
+     i_____    Vinyl-SawtoothBlack               ITC 2380
+     i_____    Vinyl-SawtoothOutline             ITC 2381
+     i_____    Vivaldi                           ITC 2382
+     i_____    WadeSans-Light                    ITC 2383
+     i_____    Wanted                            ITC 2384
+     i_____    Waterloo-Bold                     ITC 2385
+     i_____    Westwood                          ITC 2386
+     i_____    WildThing                         ITC 2387
+     i_____    Willow                            ITC 2388
+     i_____    Wisteria                          ITC 2389
+     i_____    Xylo                              ITC 2390
+     i_____    YoungBaroque                      ITC 2391
+     i_____    Zaragoza                          ITC 2392
+     i_____    ZemkeHand                         ITC 2393
+     i_____    Zennor                            ITC 2394
+     i_____    Ziggy                             ITC 2395
+     i_____    Zinjaro                           ITC 2396
+     i_____    MotterSparta                      ITC 2397
+     i_____    Underscript                       ITC 2398
+     i_____    Stenberg                          ITC 2399
+     i_____    Stenberg-Inline                   ITC 2400
+     i_____    Arid                              ITC 2401
+     i_____    Tapioca                           ITC 2402
+     i_____    PiousHenry                        ITC 2403
+     i_____    Korigan-Light                     ITC 2404
+     i_____    Korigan-Bold                      ITC 2405
+     i_____    Abaton                            ITC 2406
+     i_____    Portago                           ITC 2407
+     i_____    Blair-Light                       ITC 2408
+     i_____    Blair-Medium                      ITC 2409
+     i_____    Blair-Bold                        ITC 2410
+     i_____    Scarborough                       ITC 2411
+     i_____    Scarborough-Bold                  ITC 2412
+     i_____    Gema                              ITC 2413
+     i_____    Roswell-Three                     ITC 2414
+     i_____    Roswell-Four                      ITC 2415
+     i_____    Simran                            ITC 2416
+     i_____    Tremor                            ITC 2417
+     i_____    Coconino                          ITC 2418
+     i_____    Stoclet-Light                     ITC 2419
+     i_____    Stoclet-Bold                      ITC 2420
+     i_____    JiggeryPokery                     ITC 2421
+     i_____    Deelirious                        ITC 2422
+     i_____    Flora-Medium                      ITC 2423
+     i_____    Flora-Bold                        ITC 2424
+     i_____    Manhattan                         ITC 2425
+     i_____    Attitudes                         ITC 4000
+     i_____    BackyardBeasties                  ITC 4001
+     i_____    CalligraphicOrnaments             ITC 4002
+     i_____    Celebrations                      ITC 4003
+     i_____    Commercials                       ITC 4004
+     i_____    Connectivities                    ITC 4005
+     i_____    DavesRaves-One                    ITC 4006
+     i_____    DavesRaves-Two                    ITC 4007
+     i_____    DavesRaves-Three                  ITC 4008
+     i_____    Delectables                       ITC 4009
+     i_____    Diversions                        ITC 4010
+     i_____    Diversities                       ITC 4011
+     i_____    Eclectics                         ITC 4012
+     i_____    Energetics                        ITC 4013
+     i_____    Expressions                       ITC 4014
+     i_____    Fontoonies                        ITC 4015
+     i_____    Gargoonies                        ITC 4016
+     i_____    HomeImprovement                   ITC 4017
+     i_____    Incidentals                       ITC 4018
+     i_____    Industrials                       ITC 4019
+     i_____    Inspirations                      ITC 4020
+     i_____    Journeys                          ITC 4021
+     i_____    MoFunkyFresh-Symbols              ITC 4022
+     i_____    Moderns                           ITC 4023
+     i_____    Naturals                          ITC 4024
+     i_____    Organics                          ITC 4025
+     i_____    Organics-Two                      ITC 4026
+     i_____    Primitives                        ITC 4027
+     i_____    Radicals                          ITC 4028
+     i_____    Situations                        ITC 4029
+     i_____    StainedGlass                      ITC 4030
+     i_____    TotSpots                          ITC 4031
+     i_____    Urbans                            ITC 4032
+     i_____    WellBeings                        ITC 4033
+     i_____    Wildlife                          ITC 4034
+     i_____    WildWest                          ITC 4035
+     i_____    Ancestor                          ITC 4036
+     i_____    Shadowettes                       ITC 4037
+     i_____    Beorama                           ITC 4038
+     i_____    Holistics                         ITC 4039
+     i_____    ProfessionalConnections           ITC 4040
+     i_____    Bodoni-Ornaments                  ITC 5000
+     i_____    RennieMackintosh-Ornaments        ITC 5002
+     i_____    TypeEmbellishments-One            ITC 5003
+     i_____    TypeEmbellishments-Two            ITC 5004
+     i_____    TypeEmbellishments-Three          ITC 5005
+     i_____    JapaneseGarden                    ITC 5006
+     i_____    SevenTreasures                    ITC 5007
+     i_____    BodoniSix-Book                    ITC 6000
+     i_____    BodoniSix-BookItalic              ITC 6001
+     i_____    BodoniSix-Bold                    ITC 6002
+     i_____    BodoniSix-BoldItalic              ITC 6003
+     i_____    BodoniTwelve-Book                 ITC 6004
+     i_____    BodoniTwelve-BookItalic           ITC 6005
+     i_____    BodoniTwelve-Bold                 ITC 6006
+     i_____    BodoniTwelve-BoldItalic           ITC 6007
+     i_____    Charlotte-Book                    ITC 6008
+     i_____    Charlotte-BookItalic              ITC 6009
+     i_____    Charlotte-Medium                  ITC 6010
+     i_____    Charlotte-Bold                    ITC 6011
+     i_____    Charter-Regular                   ITC 6012
+     i_____    Charter-RegularItalic             ITC 6013
+     i_____    Charter-Bold                      ITC 6014
+     i_____    Charter-BoldItalic                ITC 6015
+     i_____    Charter-Black                     ITC 6016
+     i_____    Charter-BlackItalic               ITC 6017
+     i_____    Elysium-Book                      ITC 6018
+     i_____    Elysium-BookItalic                ITC 6019
+     i_____    Elysium-Medium                    ITC 6020
+     i_____    Elysium-Bold                      ITC 6021
+     i_____    Figural-Book                      ITC 6022
+     i_____    Figural-BookItalic                ITC 6023
+     i_____    Figural-Medium                    ITC 6024
+     i_____    Figural-Bold                      ITC 6025
+     i_____    FrizQuadrata-Regular              ITC 6026
+     i_____    FrizQuadrata-Italic               ITC 6027
+     i_____    FrizQuadrata-Bold                 ITC 6028
+     i_____    FrizQuadrata-BoldItalic           ITC 6029
+     i_____    Gilgamesh-Book                    ITC 6030
+     i_____    Gilgamesh-BookItalic              ITC 6031
+     i_____    Gilgamesh-Medium                  ITC 6032
+     i_____    Gilgamesh-Bold                    ITC 6033
+     i_____    GoldenCockerel-Roman              ITC 6034
+     i_____    GoldenCockerel-Italic             ITC 6035
+     i_____    GoldenCockerel-Titling            ITC 6036
+     i_____    Humana-Light                      ITC 6037
+     i_____    Humana-LightItalic                ITC 6038
+     i_____    Humana-Medium                     ITC 6039
+     i_____    Humana-MediumItalic               ITC 6040
+     i_____    Humana-Bold                       ITC 6041
+     i_____    Humana-BoldItalic                 ITC 6042
+     i_____    HumanaScript-Light                ITC 6043
+     i_____    HumanaScript-Medium               ITC 6044
+     i_____    HumanaScript-Bold                 ITC 6045
+     i_____    Kallos-Book                       ITC 6046
+     i_____    Kallos-BookItalic                 ITC 6047
+     i_____    Kallos-Medium                     ITC 6048
+     i_____    Kallos-MediumItalic               ITC 6049
+     i_____    Kallos-Bold                       ITC 6050
+     i_____    Kallos-BoldItalic                 ITC 6051
+     i_____    LegacySerif-Book                  ITC 6052
+     i_____    LegacySerif-BookItalic            ITC 6053
+     i_____    LegacySerif-Medium                ITC 6054
+     i_____    LegacySerif-MediumItalic          ITC 6055
+     i_____    LegacySerif-Bold                  ITC 6056
+     i_____    LegacySerif-BoldItalic            ITC 6057
+     i_____    LegacySerif-Ultra                 ITC 6058
+     i_____    MendozaRoman-Book                 ITC 6059
+     i_____    MendozaRoman-BookItalic           ITC 6060
+     i_____    MendozaRoman-Medium               ITC 6061
+     i_____    MendozaRoman-MediumItalic         ITC 6062
+     i_____    MendozaRoman-Bold                 ITC 6063
+     i_____    MendozaRoman-BoldItalic           ITC 6064
+     i_____    Obelisk-Light                     ITC 6065
+     i_____    Obelisk-LightItalic               ITC 6066
+     i_____    Obelisk-Medium                    ITC 6067
+     i_____    Obelisk-Bold                      ITC 6068
+     i_____    OfficinaSerif-Book                ITC 6069
+     i_____    OfficinaSerif-BookItalic          ITC 6070
+     i_____    OfficinaSerif-Bold                ITC 6071
+     i_____    OfficinaSerif-BoldItalic          ITC 6072
+     i_____    StoneInformal-Medium              ITC 6073
+     i_____    StoneInformal-MediumItalic        ITC 6074
+     i_____    StoneInformal-SemiBold            ITC 6075
+     i_____    StoneInformal-SemiBoldItalic      ITC 6076
+     i_____    StoneInformal-Bold                ITC 6077
+     i_____    StoneInformal-BoldItalic          ITC 6078
+     i_____    StoneSerif-Medium                 ITC 6079
+     i_____    StoneSerif-MediumItalic           ITC 6080
+     i_____    StoneSerif-SemiBold               ITC 6081
+     i_____    StoneSerif-SemiBoldItalic         ITC 6082
+     i_____    StoneSerif-Bold                   ITC 6083
+     i_____    StoneSerif-BoldItalic             ITC 6084
+     i_____    Syndor-Book                       ITC 6085
+     i_____    Syndor-BookItalic                 ITC 6086
+     i_____    Syndor-Medium                     ITC 6087
+     i_____    Syndor-MediumItalic               ITC 6088
+     i_____    Syndor-Bold                       ITC 6089
+     i_____    Syndor-BoldItalic                 ITC 6090
+     i_____    Tyfa-Book                         ITC 6091
+     i_____    Tyfa-BookItalic                   ITC 6092
+     i_____    Tyfa-Medium                       ITC 6093
+     i_____    Tyfa-MediumItalic                 ITC 6094
+     i_____    Tyfa-Bold                         ITC 6095
+     i_____    Tyfa-BoldItalic                   ITC 6096
+     i_____    OfficinaSerif-Medium              ITC 6097
+     i_____    OfficinaSerif-MediumItalic        ITC 6098
+     i_____    OfficinaSerif-ExtraBold           ITC 6099
+     i_____    OfficinaSerif-ExtraBoldItalic     ITC 6100
+     i_____    OfficinaSerif-Black               ITC 6101
+     i_____    OfficinaSerif-BlackItalic         ITC 6102
+     i_____    SerifGothic-Light                 ITC 6103
+     i_____    SerifGothic-Regular               ITC 6104
+     i_____    SerifGothic-Bold                  ITC 6105
+     i_____    SerifGothic-ExtraBold             ITC 6106
+     i_____    SerifGothic-Heavy                 ITC 6107
+     i_____    SerifGothic-Black                 ITC 6108
+     i_____    AmericanTypewriter-Light          ITC 6109
+     i_____    AmericanTypewriter-LightItalic    ITC 6110
+     i_____    AmericanTypewriter-Medium         ITC 6111
+     i_____    AmericanTypewriter-MediumItalic   ITC 6112
+     i_____    AmericanTypewriter-Bold           ITC 6113
+     i_____    AmericanTypewriter-BoldItalic     ITC 6114
+     i_____    AmericanTypewriter-CondLight      ITC 6115
+     i_____    AmericanTypewriter-CondMedium     ITC 6116
+     i_____    AmericanTypewriter-CondBold       ITC 6117
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-ExtraLight           ITC 6118
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-ExtraLightOblique    ITC 6119
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-Book                 ITC 6120
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-BookOblique          ITC 6121
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-Medium               ITC 6122
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-MediumOblique        ITC 6123
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-Demi                 ITC 6124
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-DemiOblique          ITC 6125
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-Bold                 ITC 6126
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-BoldOblique          ITC 6127
+     i_____    Benguiat-Book                     ITC 6128
+     i_____    Benguiat-BookItalic               ITC 6129
+     i_____    Benguiat-Medium                   ITC 6130
+     i_____    Benguiat-MediumItalic             ITC 6131
+     i_____    Benguiat-Bold                     ITC 6132
+     i_____    Benguiat-BoldItalic               ITC 6133
+     i_____    Benguiat-CondensedBook            ITC 6134
+     i_____    Benguiat-CondensedBookItalic      ITC 6135
+     i_____    Benguiat-CondensedMedium          ITC 6136
+     i_____    Benguiat-CondensedMediumItalic    ITC 6137
+     i_____    Benguiat-CondensedBold            ITC 6138
+     i_____    Benguiat-CondensedBoldItalic      ITC 6139
+     i_____    Korinna-Regular                   ITC 6140
+     i_____    Korinna-KursivRegular             ITC 6141
+     i_____    Korinna-Bold                      ITC 6142
+     i_____    Korinna-KursivBold                ITC 6143
+     i_____    Korinna-ExtraBold                 ITC 6144
+     i_____    Korinna-KursivExtraBold           ITC 6145
+     i_____    Korinna-Heavy                     ITC 6146
+     i_____    Korinna-KursivHeavy               ITC 6147
+     i_____    Souvenir-Light                    ITC 6148
+     i_____    Souvenir-LightItalic              ITC 6149
+     i_____    Souvenir-Medium                   ITC 6150
+     i_____    Souvenir-MediumItalic             ITC 6151
+     i_____    Souvenir-Demi                     ITC 6152
+     i_____    Souvenir-DemiItalic               ITC 6153
+     i_____    Souvenir-Bold                     ITC 6154
+     i_____    Souvenir-BoldItalic               ITC 6155
+     i_____    Caslon224-Book                    ITC 6156
+     i_____    Caslon224-BookItalic              ITC 6157
+     i_____    Caslon224-Medium                  ITC 6158
+     i_____    Caslon224-MediumItalic            ITC 6159
+     i_____    Caslon224-Bold                    ITC 6160
+     i_____    Caslon224-BoldItalic              ITC 6161
+     i_____    Caslon224-Black                   ITC 6162
+     i_____    Caslon224-BlackItalic             ITC 6163
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-CondBook             ITC 6164
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-CondBookOblique      ITC 6165
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-CondMedium           ITC 6166
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-CondMediumOblique    ITC 6167
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-CondDemi             ITC 6168
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-CondDemiOblique      ITC 6169
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-CondBold             ITC 6170
+     i_____    LubalinGraph-CondBoldOblique      ITC 6171
+     i_____    Galliard-Regular                  ITC 6172
+     i_____    Galliard-Italic                   ITC 6173
+     i_____    Galliard-Bold                     ITC 6174
+     i_____    Galliard-BoldItalic               ITC 6175
+     i_____    Galliard-Black                    ITC 6176
+     i_____    Galliard-BlackItalic              ITC 6177
+     i_____    Galliard-Ultra                    ITC 6178
+     i_____    Galliard-UltraItalic              ITC 6179
+     i_____    Dyadis-Book                       ITC 6180
+     i_____    Dyadis-BookItalic                 ITC 6181
+     i_____    Dyadis-Medium                     ITC 6182
+     i_____    Dyadis-MediumItalic               ITC 6183
+     i_____    Dyadis-Bold                       ITC 6184
+     i_____    Dyadis-BoldItalic                 ITC 6185
+     i_____    BaileySans-Book                   ITC 8000
+     i_____    BaileySans-BookItalic             ITC 8001
+     i_____    BaileySans-Bold                   ITC 8002
+     i_____    BaileySans-BoldItalic             ITC 8003
+     i_____    Charlotte-SansBook                ITC 8004
+     i_____    Charlotte-SansBookItalic          ITC 8005
+     i_____    Charlotte-SansMedium              ITC 8006
+     i_____    Charlotte-SansBold                ITC 8007
+     i_____    Conduit-Light                     ITC 8008
+     i_____    Conduit-LightItalic               ITC 8009
+     i_____    Conduit-Medium                    ITC 8010
+     i_____    Conduit-MediumItalic              ITC 8011
+     i_____    Conduit-Bold                      ITC 8012
+     i_____    Conduit-BoldItalic                ITC 8013
+     i_____    Highlander-Book                   ITC 8014
+     i_____    Highlander-BookItalic             ITC 8015
+     i_____    Highlander-Medium                 ITC 8016
+     i_____    Highlander-MediumItalic           ITC 8017
+     i_____    Highlander-Bold                   ITC 8018
+     i_____    Highlander-BoldItalic             ITC 8019
+     i_____    HumanaSans-Light                  ITC 8020
+     i_____    HumanaSans-LightItalic            ITC 8021
+     i_____    HumanaSans-Medium                 ITC 8022
+     i_____    HumanaSans-MediumItalic           ITC 8023
+     i_____    HumanaSans-Bold                   ITC 8024
+     i_____    HumanaSans-BoldItalic             ITC 8025
+     i_____    LegacySans-Book                   ITC 8026
+     i_____    LegacySans-BookItalic             ITC 8027
+     i_____    LegacySans-Medium                 ITC 8028
+     i_____    LegacySans-MediumItalic           ITC 8029
+     i_____    LegacySans-Bold                   ITC 8030
+     i_____    LegacySans-BoldItalic             ITC 8031
+     i_____    LegacySans-Ultra                  ITC 8032
+     i_____    Odyssee-Light                     ITC 8033
+     i_____    Odyssee-LightItalic               ITC 8034
+     i_____    Odyssee-Medium                    ITC 8035
+     i_____    Odyssee-MediumItalic              ITC 8036
+     i_____    Odyssee-Bold                      ITC 8037
+     i_____    Odyssee-BoldItalic                ITC 8038
+     i_____    Odyssee-Ultra                     ITC 8039
+     i_____    OfficinaSans-Book                 ITC 8040
+     i_____    OfficinaSans-BookItalic           ITC 8041
+     i_____    OfficinaSans-Bold                 ITC 8042
+     i_____    OfficinaSans-BoldItalic           ITC 8043
+     i_____    StoneSans-Medium                  ITC 8044
+     i_____    StoneSans-MediumItalic            ITC 8045
+     i_____    StoneSans-SemiBold                ITC 8046
+     i_____    StoneSans-SemiBoldItalic          ITC 8047
+     i_____    StoneSans-Bold                    ITC 8048
+     i_____    StoneSans-BoldItalic              ITC 8049
+     i_____    Woodland-Light                    ITC 8050
+     i_____    Woodland-Medium                   ITC 8051
+     i_____    Woodland-Demi                     ITC 8052
+     i_____    Woodland-Heavy                    ITC 8053
+     i_____    OfficinaSans-Medium               ITC 8054
+     i_____    OfficinaSans-MediumItalic         ITC 8055
+     i_____    OfficinaSans-ExtraBold            ITC 8056
+     i_____    OfficinaSans-ExtraBoldItalic      ITC 8057
+     i_____    OfficinaSans-Black                ITC 8058
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-ExtraLight       ITC 8059
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-ExtraLightObl    ITC 8060
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-Book             ITC 8061
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-BookOblique      ITC 8062
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-Medium           ITC 8063
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-MediumOblique    ITC 8064
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-Demi             ITC 8065
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-DemiOblique      ITC 8066
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-Bold             ITC 8067
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-BoldOblique      ITC 8068
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-Book               ITC 8069
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-BookItalic         ITC 8070
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-Medium             ITC 8071
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-MediumItalic       ITC 8072
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-Demi               ITC 8073
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-DemiItalic         ITC 8074
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-Heavy              ITC 8075
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-HeavyItalic        ITC 8076
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-CondBook           ITC 8077
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-CondBookItal       ITC 8078
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-CondMedium         ITC 8079
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-CondMediumItal     ITC 8080
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-CondDemi           ITC 8081
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-CondDemiItal       ITC 8082
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-ComprBook          ITC 8083
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-ComprBookItal      ITC 8084
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-ComprDemi          ITC 8085
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-ComprDemiItal      ITC 8086
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-ExtraComprBook     ITC 8087
+     i_____    FranklinGothic-ExtraComprDemi     ITC 8088
+     i_____    OfficinaSans-BlackItalic          ITC 8089
+     i_____    BenguiatGothic-Book               ITC 8090
+     i_____    BenguiatGothic-BookItalic         ITC 8091
+     i_____    BenguiatGothic-Medium             ITC 8092
+     i_____    BenguiatGothic-MediumItalic       ITC 8093
+     i_____    BenguiatGothic-Bold               ITC 8094
+     i_____    BenguiatGothic-BoldItalic         ITC 8095
+     i_____    BenguiatGothic-Heavy              ITC 8096
+     i_____    BenguiatGothic-HeavyItalic        ITC 8097
+     i_____    ItcEras-Light                     ITC 8098
+     i_____    ItcEras-Book                      ITC 8099
+     i_____    ItcEras-Medium                    ITC 8100
+     i_____    ItcEras-Demi                      ITC 8101
+     i_____    ItcEras-Bold                      ITC 8102
+     i_____    ItcEras-Ultra                     ITC 8103
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-CondBook         ITC 8104
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-CondMedium       ITC 8105
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-CondDemiBold     ITC 8106
+     i_____    AvantGardeGothic-CondBold         ITC 8107
+     i_____    ItcKabel-Book                     ITC 8108
+     i_____    ItcKabel-Medium                   ITC 8109
+     i_____    ItcKabel-Demi                     ITC 8110
+     i_____    ItcKabel-Bold                     ITC 8111
+     i_____    ItcKabel-Ultra                    ITC 8112
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Linotype fonts,  Next: Monotype fonts,  Prev: ITC fonts,  Up: Font name lists
+
+A.7 Linotype fonts
+==================
+
+The `linotype.map' file has abbreviations for Linotype fonts.
+
+     l_____    Aachen-Bold                              1.0
+     l_____    AachenEF-Medium                          1.1
+     l_____    AachenEF-Bold                            1.2
+     l_____    AharoniEF-RegularHd                      2.0
+     l_____    AharoniEF-MediumHd                       2.1
+     l_____    AharoniEF-SemiBoldHd                     2.2
+     l_____    AharoniEF-BoldHd                         2.3
+     l_____    AharoniEF-ExtraBoldHd                    2.4
+     l_____    AharoniEF-OutlineHd                      2.5
+     l_____    AharoniEF-ShadowHD                       2.6
+     l_____    Aja                                      3.0
+     l_____    AkzidenzGrotesk-Light                    4.0
+     l_____    AkzidenzGrotesk-Roman                    4.1
+     l_____    AkzidenzGrotesk-Bold                     4.2
+     l_____    AkzidenzGrotesk-Black                    4.3
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Light                  4.4
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightOsF               4.5
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Regular                4.6
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Italic                 4.7
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Md                     4.8
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdIt                   4.9
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Bold                   4.10
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldIt                 4.11
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBd                    4.12
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Super                  4.13
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightCn                4.14
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Cn                     4.15
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdCn                   4.16
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdCnIt                 4.17
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldCn                 4.18
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBdCn                  4.19
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-XBdCnIt                4.20
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-LightEx                4.21
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-Ex                     4.22
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-MdEx                   4.23
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldEx                 4.24
+     l_____    AkzidenzGroteskBE-BoldExIt               4.25
+     l_____    AGBookRounded-Regular                    4.26
+     l_____    AGBookRounded-Medium                     4.27
+     l_____    AGBookRounded-Bold                       4.28
+     l_____    AGBookRounded-MediumOutline              4.29
+     l_____    AGBookRounded-BoldOutline                4.30
+     l_____    AGBookRounded-BoldCn                     4.31
+     l_____    AGBookRounded-BoldCnOutline              4.32
+     l_____    AGBook-Stencil                           4.33
+     l_____    AGOldFace-Regular                        4.34
+     l_____    AGOldFace-Medium                         4.35
+     l_____    AGOldFace-Bold                           4.36
+     l_____    AGOldFace-Outline                        4.37
+     l_____    AGOldFace-BoldOutline                    4.38
+     l_____    AGOldFace-Shaded                         4.39
+     l_____    AGSchoolbook-Regular                     4.40
+     l_____    AGSchoolbook-RegularA                    4.41
+     l_____    AGSchoolbook-Medium                      4.42
+     l_____    AGSchoolbook-MediumA                     4.43
+     l_____    AlcuinEF-Light                           5.0
+     l_____    AlcuinEF-Regular                         5.1
+     l_____    AlcuinEF-Bold                            5.2
+     l_____    AlcuinEF-ExtraBold                       5.3
+     l_____    Aldus-Roman                              6.0
+     l_____    Aldus-RomanSC                            6.1
+     l_____    Aldus-Italic                             6.2
+     l_____    Aldus-ItalicOsF                          6.3
+     l_____    AleOrnamentsRotatoLL                     7.0
+     l_____    AleOrnamentsSpiratoLL                    7.1
+     l_____    AlexieLL                                 8.0
+     l_____    AlteSchwabacherEF                        9.0
+     l_____    AlternateGothicEF-NoOne                 10.0
+     l_____    AlternateGothicEF-NoTwo                 10.1
+     l_____    AlternateGothicEF-NoThree               10.2
+     l_____    AmericanUncialEF                        11.0
+     l_____    Americana                               12.0
+     l_____    Americana-Italic                        12.1
+     l_____    Americana-Bold                          12.2
+     l_____    Americana-ExtraBold                     12.3
+     l_____    AmericanaEF-Regular                     12.4
+     l_____    AmericanaEF-RegularItalic               12.5
+     l_____    AmericanaEF-Bold                        12.6
+     l_____    AmericanaEF-ExtraBold                   12.7
+     l_____    AnnlieEF-ExtraBold                      14.0
+     l_____    AnnlieEF-ExtraBoldItalic                14.1
+     l_____    AntiqueOlive-Light                      15.0
+     l_____    AntiqueOlive-Roman                      15.1
+     l_____    AntiqueOlive-Italic                     15.2
+     l_____    AntiqueOlive-Bold                       15.3
+     l_____    AntiqueOlive-Black                      15.4
+     l_____    AntiqueOlive-BoldCond                   15.5
+     l_____    AntiqueOlive-Compact                    15.6
+     l_____    AntiqueOlive-Nord                       15.7
+     l_____    AntiqueOlive-NordItalic                 15.8
+     l_____    AntiqueOliveCE-Light                    15.9
+     l_____    AntiqueOliveCE-Roman                    15.10
+     l_____    AntiqueOliveCE-Italic                   15.11
+     l_____    AntiqueOliveCE-Bold                     15.12
+     l_____    AntiqueOliveCE-Black                    15.13
+     l_____    AntiqueOliveEastA-Light                 15.14
+     l_____    AntiqueOliveEastA-Roman                 15.15
+     l_____    AntiqueOliveEastA-Italic                15.16
+     l_____    AntiqueOliveEastA-Bold                  15.17
+     l_____    AntiqueOliveEastA-Black                 15.18
+     l_____    ApolloMT-Roman                          16.0
+     l_____    ApolloMT-RomanSC                        16.1
+     l_____    ApolloMT-RomanExpert                    16.2
+     l_____    ApolloMT-Italic                         16.3
+     l_____    ApolloMT-ItalicOsF                      16.4
+     l_____    ApolloMT-ItalicExpert                   16.5
+     l_____    ApolloMT-SemiBold                       16.6
+     l_____    ApolloMT-SemiBoldOsF                    16.7
+     l_____    ApolloMT-SemiBoldExpert                 16.8
+     l_____    Arcadia                                 17.0
+     l_____    Arcadia-Alternate                       17.1
+     l_____    Ariadne-Roman                           18.0
+     l_____    Arioso                                  19.0
+     l_____    Arkona-Regular                          20.0
+     l_____    Arkona-Medium                           20.1
+     l_____    ArnoldBoecklin                          21.0
+     l_____    AshleyScriptMT                          22.0
+     l_____    NewAster                                23.0
+     l_____    NewAster-Italic                         23.1
+     l_____    NewAster-SemiBold                       23.2
+     l_____    NewAster-SemiBoldItalic                 23.3
+     l_____    NewAster-Bold                           23.4
+     l_____    NewAster-BoldItalic                     23.5
+     l_____    NewAster-Black                          23.6
+     l_____    NewAster-BlackItalic                    23.7
+     l_____    AsterEF-Regular                         23.8
+     l_____    AsterEF-RegularItalic                   23.9
+     l_____    AsterEF-Medium                          23.10
+     l_____    AureliaEF-Light                         24.0
+     l_____    AureliaEF-LightItalic                   24.1
+     l_____    AureliaEF-Book                          24.2
+     l_____    AureliaEF-BookItalic                    24.3
+     l_____    AureliaEF-Bold                          24.4
+     l_____    Auriol                                  25.0
+     l_____    Auriol-Italic                           25.1
+     l_____    Auriol-Bold                             25.2
+     l_____    Auriol-BoldItalic                       25.3
+     l_____    Auriol-Black                            25.4
+     l_____    Auriol-BlackItalic                      25.5
+     l_____    BalderLL                                28.0
+     l_____    BalloonEF-ExtraBold                     29.0
+     l_____    BalloonEF-DropShadow                    29.1
+     l_____    BalmoralEF-Regular                      30.0
+     l_____    BalmoralEF-Alternative                  30.1
+     l_____    Banco                                   31.0
+     l_____    BarbedorEF-Regular                      32.0
+     l_____    BarbedorEF-RegularItalic                32.1
+     l_____    BarbedorEF-Medium                       32.2
+     l_____    BarbedorEF-MediumItalic                 32.3
+     l_____    BarbedorEF-Bold                         32.4
+     l_____    BarbedorEF-BoldItalic                   32.5
+     l_____    BarbedorEF-Black                        32.6
+     l_____    BarbedorEF-BlackItalic                  32.7
+     l_____    BaskervilleCyr-Upright                  33.0
+     l_____    BaskervilleCyr-Inclined                 33.1
+     l_____    BaskervilleCyr-Bold                     33.2
+     l_____    BaskervilleGreek-Upright                33.3
+     l_____    BaskervilleGreek-Inclined               33.4
+     l_____    BaskervilleGreek-Bold                   33.5
+     l_____    BaskervilleGreekP-Upright               33.6
+     l_____    BaskervilleGreekP-Inclined              33.7
+     l_____    BaskervilleGreekP-Bold                  33.8
+     l_____    BaskervilleEF-Regular                   33.9
+     l_____    BaskervilleEF-RegularItalic             33.10
+     l_____    BaskervilleEF-Medium                    33.11
+     l_____    BaskervilleBE-Regular                   33.12
+     l_____    BaskervilleBE-Italic                    33.13
+     l_____    BaskervilleBE-Medium                    33.14
+     l_____    BaskervilleBE-MediumItalic              33.15
+     l_____    BaskervilleBE-Bold                      33.16
+     l_____    NewBaskerville-Roman                    33.17
+     l_____    NewBaskerville-SC                       33.18
+     l_____    NewBaskerville-Italic                   33.19
+     l_____    NewBaskerville-ItalicOsF                33.20
+     l_____    NewBaskerville-Bold                     33.21
+     l_____    NewBaskerville-BoldSC                   33.22
+     l_____    NewBaskerville-BoldItalic               33.23
+     l_____    NewBaskerville-BoldItalicOsF            33.24
+     l_____    NewBaskervilleEF-Roman                  33.25
+     l_____    NewBaskervilleEF-Italic                 33.26
+     l_____    NewBaskervilleEF-SemiBold               33.27
+     l_____    NewBaskervilleEF-SemiBoldItalic         33.28
+     l_____    NewBaskervilleEF-Bold                   33.29
+     l_____    NewBaskervilleEF-BoldItalic             33.30
+     l_____    NewBaskervilleEF-Black                  33.31
+     l_____    NewBaskervilleEF-BlackItalic            33.32
+     l_____    BaskervilleBook-Regular                 33.33
+     l_____    BaskervilleBook-Italic                  33.34
+     l_____    BaskervilleBook-Medium                  33.35
+     l_____    BaskervilleBook-MedItalic               33.36
+     l_____    BaskervilleOldFaceEF                    33.37
+     l_____    AfroditeKATEF-Filly                     34.0
+     l_____    AfroditeKATEF-Ready                     34.1
+     l_____    AfroditeKATEF-Funky                     34.2
+     l_____    BadblocksEF                             34.3
+     l_____    BeatEF-BackBeat                         34.4
+     l_____    BeatEF-HardBeat                         34.5
+     l_____    BloxxEF                                 34.6
+     l_____    BornFreeKATEF-Hungry                    34.7
+     l_____    BornFreeKATEF-Fed                       34.8
+     l_____    BrushableEF                             34.9
+     l_____    CandyEF                                 34.10
+     l_____    ComancheEF                              34.11
+     l_____    CrazeEF                                 34.12
+     l_____    DoublePacEF-Scrambled                   34.13
+     l_____    EastsideEF-Regular                      34.14
+     l_____    EastsideEF-Double                       34.15
+     l_____    FutureWorldEF                           34.16
+     l_____    ItKATEF                                 34.17
+     l_____    JameKATEF-Black                         34.18
+     l_____    JameKATEF-White                         34.19
+     l_____    KiddingKidEF                            34.20
+     l_____    KnockoutEF                              34.21
+     l_____    LittleJoeKATEF-Black                    34.22
+     l_____    LittleJoeKATEF-White                    34.23
+     l_____    MaoMaoEF                                34.24
+     l_____    MaydayEF                                34.25
+     l_____    MiroEF                                  34.26
+     l_____    MrsBeasleyEF                            34.27
+     l_____    NiniveEF                                34.28
+     l_____    RumourEF                                34.29
+     l_____    SiouxEF                                 34.30
+     l_____    StayawhileEF                            34.31
+     l_____    SteelPlateEF                            34.32
+     l_____    TieriliEF                               34.33
+     l_____    TruckEF                                 34.34
+     l_____    TwinPickEF-Hard                         34.35
+     l_____    XabbieEF                                34.36
+     l_____    BellGothic-Light                        36.0
+     l_____    BellGothic-Bold                         36.1
+     l_____    BellGothic-Black                        36.2
+     l_____    BelugaLL                                37.0
+     l_____    Berling-Roman                           38.0
+     l_____    Berling-Italic                          38.1
+     l_____    Berling-Bold                            38.2
+     l_____    Berling-BoldItalic                      38.3
+     l_____    BerlingEF-Regular                       38.4
+     l_____    BerlingEF-RegularItalic                 38.5
+     l_____    BerlingEF-Bold                          38.6
+     l_____    BernhardEF-Antique                      39.1
+     l_____    BernhardEF-Fashion                      39.2
+     l_____    BernhardModern-Roman                    39.3
+     l_____    BernhardModern-Italic                   39.4
+     l_____    BernhardModern-Bold                     39.5
+     l_____    BernhardModern-BoldItalic               39.6
+     l_____    BernhardSchoenschriftEF-Light           39.7
+     l_____    BernhardSchoenschriftEF-Regular         39.8
+     l_____    BertholdScript-Regular                  40.0
+     l_____    BertholdScript-Medium                   40.1
+     l_____    BetonEF-Light                           41.0
+     l_____    BetonEF-DemiBold                        41.1
+     l_____    BetonEF-Bold                            41.2
+     l_____    BetonEF-ExtraBold                       41.3
+     l_____    BetonEF-BoldCondensed                   41.4
+     l_____    BibleScriptEF-Regular                   42.0
+     l_____    BibleScriptEF-Alternates                42.1
+     l_____    BibleScriptEF-Flourishes                42.2
+     l_____    Blackoak                                43.0
+     l_____    BlippoBlackEF                           44.0
+     l_____    BottleneckEF                            45.0
+     l_____    BramleyEF-Light                         46.0
+     l_____    BramleyEF-Medium                        46.1
+     l_____    BramleyEF-Bold                          46.2
+     l_____    BramleyEF-ExtraBold                     46.3
+     l_____    BrightonEF-Light                        47.0
+     l_____    BrightonEF-LightItalic                  47.1
+     l_____    BrightonEF-Medium                       47.2
+     l_____    BrightonEF-Bold                         47.3
+     lpi___    BundesbahnPi-One                        48.0
+     lpi___    BundesbahnPi-Two                        48.1
+     lpi___    BundesbahnPi-Three                      48.2
+     l_____    BusterEF                                49.0
+     l_____    CandiceEF                               50.0
+     lpi___    CaravanLH-One                           51.0
+     lpi___    CaravanLH-Two                           51.1
+     lpi___    CaravanLH-Three                         51.2
+     lpi___    CaravanLH-Four                          51.3
+     l_____    CascadeScript                           52.0
+     l_____    CashEF-Monospace                        53.0
+     l_____    CastellarMT                             54.0
+     l_____    Charlemagne-Regular                     55.0
+     l_____    Charlemagne-Bold                        55.1
+     l_____    Christiana-Regular                      57.0
+     l_____    Christiana-RegularSC                    57.1
+     l_____    Christiana-RegularExpert                57.2
+     l_____    Christiana-Italic                       57.3
+     l_____    Christiana-Medium                       57.4
+     l_____    Christiana-MediumItalic                 57.5
+     l_____    Christiana-Bold                         57.6
+     l_____    Christiana-BoldItalic                   57.7
+     l_____    ChwastBuffalo-BlackCond                 58.0
+     l_____    CirkulusEF                              59.0
+     l_____    Clairvaux                               60.0
+     l_____    Clairvaux-Dfr                           60.1
+     l_____    Clearface-Regular                       61.0
+     l_____    Clearface-RegularItalic                 61.1
+     l_____    Clearface-Bold                          61.2
+     l_____    Clearface-BoldItalic                    61.3
+     l_____    Clearface-Heavy                         61.4
+     l_____    Clearface-HeavyItalic                   61.5
+     l_____    Clearface-Black                         61.6
+     l_____    Clearface-BlackItalic                   61.7
+     l_____    ClearfaceEF-Regular                     61.8
+     l_____    ClearfaceEF-RegularItalic               61.9
+     l_____    ClearfaceEF-Bold                        61.10
+     l_____    ClearfaceEF-BoldItalic                  61.11
+     l_____    ClearfaceEF-Heavy                       61.12
+     l_____    ClearfaceEF-HeavyItalic                 61.13
+     l_____    ClearfaceEF-Black                       61.14
+     l_____    ClearfaceEF-BlackItalic                 61.15
+     l_____    ClearfaceGothicLH-Light                 61.16
+     l_____    ClearfaceGothicLH-Roman                 61.17
+     l_____    ClearfaceGothicLH-Medium                61.18
+     l_____    ClearfaceGothicLH-Bold                  61.19
+     l_____    ClearfaceGothicLH-Black                 61.20
+     l_____    ClearfaceGothicEF-Regular               61.21
+     l_____    ClearfaceGothicEF-Bold                  61.22
+     l_____    ClearfaceGothicEF-ExtraBold             61.23
+     l_____    CloisterOpenFace                        62.0
+     l_____    Cochin                                  63.0
+     l_____    Cochin-Italic                           63.1
+     l_____    Cochin-Bold                             63.2
+     l_____    Cochin-BoldItalic                       63.3
+     l_____    Codex                                   64.0
+     l_____    ColumnaEF-Solid                         65.0
+     l_____    ComeniusAntiqua-Regular                 66.0
+     l_____    ComeniusAntiqua-Italic                  66.1
+     l_____    ComeniusAntiqua-Medium                  66.2
+     l_____    ComeniusAntiqua-Bold                    66.3
+     l_____    CommercialScriptEF                      67.0
+     l_____    Concorde-Roman                          69.0
+     l_____    Concorde-Italic                         69.1
+     l_____    Concorde-Bold                           69.2
+     l_____    Concorde-BoldItalic                     69.3
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-Regular                      69.4
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-RegularSC                    69.5
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-RegularExp                   69.6
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-Italic                       69.7
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-ItalicOsF                    69.8
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-ItalicExp                    69.9
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-Medium                       69.10
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-MediumSC                     69.11
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-MediumEx                     69.12
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-MediumItalic                 69.13
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-MediumItalicOsF              69.14
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-MediumItalicExp              69.15
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-Condensed                    69.16
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-MediumCn                     69.17
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-BoldCn                       69.18
+     l_____    ConcordeBE-BoldCnOutline                69.19
+     l_____    ConcordeNova-Regular                    69.20
+     l_____    ConcordeNova-RegularSC                  69.21
+     l_____    ConcordeNova-RegularExp                 69.22
+     l_____    ConcordeNova-Italic                     69.23
+     l_____    ConcordeNova-ItalicOsF                  69.24
+     l_____    ConcordeNova-ItalicExp                  69.25
+     l_____    ConcordeNova-Medium                     69.26
+     l_____    ConcordeNova-MediumSC                   69.27
+     l_____    ConcordeNova-MediumExp                  69.28
+     l_____    ContactaLL                              70.0
+     l_____    CoolWoolLL                              71.0
+     l_____    CoolWoolCottonClubLL                    71.1
+     l_____    CoolWoolStoneWashedLL                   71.2
+     l_____    CooperBlack                             72.0
+     l_____    CooperBlack-Italic                      72.1
+     l_____    CooperBlackEF-Bold                      72.2
+     l_____    CooperBlackEF-BoldOutline               72.3
+     l_____    CooperBlackEF-BoldCondensed             72.4
+     l_____    CooperBlackEF-BoldCondOutline           72.5
+     l_____    Copal-Solid                             73.0
+     l_____    Copal-Outline                           73.1
+     l_____    Copal-Decorated                         73.2
+     l_____    CorinthianEF-Light                      74.0
+     l_____    CorinthianEF-Medium                     74.1
+     l_____    CorinthianEF-Bold                       74.2
+     l_____    CorinthianEF-ExtraBold                  74.3
+     l_____    Corona-Roman                            75.0
+     l_____    Corona-Italic                           75.1
+     l_____    Corona-Bold                             75.2
+     l_____    CortezEF                                76.0
+     l_____    Cosmos-Light                            77.0
+     l_____    Cosmos-LightItalic                      77.1
+     l_____    Cosmos-Medium                           77.2
+     l_____    Cosmos-ExtraBold                        77.3
+     l_____    CountdownEF                             78.0
+     l_____    CourierCE-Roman                         79.0
+     l_____    CourierCE-Bold                          79.1
+     l_____    Cremona-Regular                         80.0
+     l_____    Cremona-Italic                          80.1
+     l_____    Cremona-Bold                            80.2
+     l_____    Cremona-BoldItalic                      80.3
+     l_____    Critter                                 81.0
+     l_____    CroissantEF                             82.0
+     l_____    Cutout                                  83.0
+     l_____    DailyNews-Regular                       84.0
+     l_____    DailyNews-Italic                        84.1
+     l_____    DailyNews-Medium                        84.2
+     l_____    DailyNews-MediumItalic                  84.3
+     l_____    DailyNews-Bold                          84.4
+     l_____    DailyNews-BoldItalic                    84.5
+     l_____    DailyNews-ExtraBold                     84.6
+     l_____    DailyNews-ExtraBoldItalic               84.7
+     lpi___    DamnedDingbatsEF-Regular                85.0
+     lpi___    DamnedDingbatsEF-Initials               85.1
+     l_____    Data70EF                                86.0
+     l_____    DavidaEF                                87.0
+     l_____    Delphin-I                               88.0
+     l_____    Delphin-II                              88.1
+     l_____    Delphin-IA                              88.2
+     l_____    Delphin-IIA                             88.3
+     l_____    Delta-Light                             89.0
+     l_____    Delta-LightItalic                       89.1
+     l_____    Delta-Book                              89.2
+     l_____    Delta-BookItalic                        89.3
+     l_____    Delta-Medium                            89.4
+     l_____    Delta-MediumItalic                      89.5
+     l_____    Delta-Bold                              89.6
+     l_____    Delta-BoldItalic                        89.7
+     l_____    Delta-Outline                           89.8
+     l_____    DemianEF                                90.0
+     lpi___    DeutscheBahnAG-One                      91.0
+     lpi___    DeutscheBahnAG-Two                      91.1
+     lpi___    DeutscheBahnAG-Three                    91.2
+     lpi___    DeutscheBahnAG-Four                     91.3
+     lpi___    DeutscheBahnAG-Six                      91.4
+     lpi___    DeutscheBahnAG-Five                     91.5
+     l_____    DexGothicEF                             92.0
+     l_____    DigiAntiquaEF-LightCondensed            93.0
+     l_____    Doric-Bold                              95.0
+     l_____    DrugulinEF-RegularHd                    96.0
+     l_____    DrugulinEF-MediumHd                     96.1
+     l_____    DrugulinEF-BoldHd                       96.2
+     l_____    DrugulinEF-ExtraBoldHd                  96.3
+     l_____    EckmannEF                               97.1
+     l_____    EdwardianScriptEF-Regular               98.0
+     l_____    EdwardianScriptEF-RegularA              98.1
+     l_____    EdwardianScriptEF-Bold                  98.2
+     l_____    EdwardianScriptEF-BoldA                 98.3
+     l_____    Egyptian505EF-Light                     99.0
+     l_____    Egyptian505EF-Regular                   99.1
+     l_____    Egyptian505EF-Medium                    99.2
+     l_____    Egyptian505EF-Bold                      99.3
+     l_____    EgyptienneF-Roman                      100.0
+     l_____    EgyptienneF-Italic                     100.1
+     l_____    EgyptienneF-Bold                       100.2
+     l_____    EgyptienneF-Black                      100.3
+     l_____    ElectraLH-Roman                        101.0
+     l_____    ElectraLH-RomanSC                      101.1
+     l_____    ElectraLH-RomanOsF                     101.2
+     l_____    ElectraLH-Cursive                      101.3
+     l_____    ElectraLH-CursiveOsF                   101.4
+     l_____    ElectraLH-Bold                         101.5
+     l_____    ElectraLH-BoldSC                       101.6
+     l_____    ElectraLH-BoldOsF                      101.7
+     l_____    ElectraLH-BoldCursive                  101.8
+     l_____    ElectraLH-BoldCursiveOsF               101.9
+     l_____    ElectraLH-Display                      101.10
+     l_____    ElectraLH-CursiveDisplay               101.11
+     l_____    ElectraLH-BoldDisplay                  101.12
+     l_____    ElectraLH-BoldCursiveDisplay           101.13
+     l_____    ElseNPL-Light                          102.0
+     l_____    ElseNPL-Medium                         102.1
+     l_____    ElseNPL-SemiBold                       102.2
+     l_____    ElseNPL-Bold                           102.3
+     l_____    EnviroEF                               103.0
+     l_____    EscriptLL                              104.0
+     lpi___    EuropeanPi-One                         105.0
+     lpi___    EuropeanPi-Two                         105.1
+     lpi___    EuropeanPi-Three                       105.2
+     lpi___    EuropeanPi-Four                        105.2
+     l_____    ExcaliburEF-Regular                    106.0
+     l_____    ExcaliburEF-Medium                     106.1
+     l_____    FacsimileLL                            107.0
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-Light                      108.0
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-LightSC                    108.1
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-LightItalic                108.2
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-Medium                     108.3
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-MediumSC                   108.4
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-MediumItalic               108.5
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-Bold                       108.6
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-BoldSC                     108.7
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-BoldItalic                 108.8
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-Heavy                      108.9
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-HeavySC                    108.10
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-HeavyItalic                108.11
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-CaptionLight               108.12
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-CaptionMedium              108.13
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-CaptionBold                108.14
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-CaptionHeavy               108.15
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-SwLightItalicOsF           108.16
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-SwMediumItalicOsF          108.17
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-SwBoldItalicOsF            108.18
+     l_____    FairfieldLH-SwHeavyItalicOsF           108.19
+     l_____    FetteGotischEF                         109.0
+     l_____    FlamencoInlineEF                       110.0
+     l_____    Forbes-Bold                            114.0
+     l_____    ForteMT                                115.0
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-Condensed               116.0
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-ExtraCond               116.1
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-Regular               116.2
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-RegularCond           116.3
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-ExtraCond             116.4
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-Roman                   116.5
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-Book                    116.6
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-BookOblique             116.7
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-Demi                    116.8
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-DemiOblique             116.9
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-Heavy                   116.10
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-HeavyOblique            116.11
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-Book                  116.12
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-BookItalic            116.13
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-Medium                116.14
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-MediumItalic          116.15
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-Demi                  116.16
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-DemiItalic            116.17
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-Heavy                 116.18
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-HeavyItalic           116.19
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-BookCnd               116.20
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-BookCndSC             116.21
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-BookCndItal           116.22
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-MedCnd                116.23
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-MedCndSC              116.24
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-MedCndItal            116.25
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-DemiCnd               116.26
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-DemiCndItal           116.27
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-BookCmpr              116.28
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-BookCmprItal          116.29
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-DemiCmpr              116.30
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-DemiCmprItal          116.31
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-BookXCmpr             116.32
+     l_____    FranklinGothicEF-DemiXCmpr             116.33
+     l_____    Frutiger-Light                         117.0
+     l_____    Frutiger-LightItalic                   117.1
+     l_____    Frutiger-Roman                         117.2
+     l_____    Frutiger-Italic                        117.3
+     l_____    Frutiger-Bold                          117.4
+     l_____    Frutiger-BoldItalic                    117.5
+     l_____    Frutiger-Black                         117.6
+     l_____    Frutiger-BlackItalic                   117.7
+     l_____    Frutiger-UltraBlack                    117.8
+     l_____    Frutiger-LightCn                       117.9
+     l_____    Frutiger-Cn                            117.10
+     l_____    Frutiger-BoldCn                        117.11
+     l_____    Frutiger-BlackCn                       117.12
+     l_____    Frutiger ExtraBlackCn                  117.13
+     l_____    Futura-Light                           118.0
+     l_____    Futura-LightOblique                    118.1
+     l_____    Futura-Book                            118.2
+     l_____    Futura-BookOblique                     118.3
+     l_____    Futura                                 118.4
+     l_____    Futura-Oblique                         118.5
+     l_____    Futura-Heavy                           118.6
+     l_____    Futura-HeavyOblique                    118.7
+     l_____    Futura-Bold                            118.8
+     l_____    Futura-BoldOblique                     118.9
+     l_____    Futura-ExtraBold                       118.10
+     l_____    Futura-ExtraBoldOblique                118.11
+     l_____    Futura-CondensedLight                  118.12
+     l_____    Futura-CondensedLightOblique           118.13
+     l_____    Futura-CondensedMedium                 118.14
+     l_____    Futura-CondensedMediumOblique          118.15
+     l_____    Futura-CondensedBold                   118.16
+     l_____    Futura-CondensedBoldOblique            118.17
+     l_____    Futura-CondensedExtraBlack             118.18
+     l_____    Futura-CondExtraBlackOblique           118.19
+     l_____    FuturaEF-Light                         118.22
+     l_____    FuturaEF-LightOblique                  118.23
+     l_____    FuturaEF-Book                          118.24
+     l_____    FuturaEF-BookOblique                   118.25
+     l_____    FuturaEF-Medium                        118.26
+     l_____    FuturaEF-MediumOblique                 118.27
+     l_____    FuturaEF-Bold                          118.28
+     l_____    FuturaEF-DemiBold                      118.29
+     l_____    FuturaEF-BoldOblique                   118.30
+     l_____    FuturaEF-DemiBoldOblique               118.31
+     l_____    FuturaEF-ExtraBold                     118.32
+     l_____    FuturaEF-ExtraBoldOblique              118.33
+     l_____    FuturaEF-Heavy                         118.34
+     l_____    FuturaEF-LightCondensed                118.35
+     l_____    FuturaEF-LightCondensedOblique         118.36
+     l_____    FuturaEF-MediumCondensed               118.37
+     l_____    FuturaEF-MediumCondensedOblique        118.38
+     l_____    FuturaEF-BoldCondensed                 118.39
+     l_____    FuturaEF-BoldCondensedOblique          118.40
+     l_____    FuturaEF-ExtraBoldCondensed            118.41
+     l_____    FuturaEF-ExtraBoldCondOblique          118.42
+     l_____    FuturaBlackEF                          118.43
+     l_____    FuturaDisplayEF                        118.44
+     l_____    FuturaScriptEF                         118.45
+     l_____    FuturaEF-ExtraBoldShaded               118.46
+     l_____    Galahad-Regular                        119.0
+     l_____    Galahad-Alternate                      119.1
+     l_____    Galahad-OsF                            119.2
+     l_____    GarthGraphic                           121.0
+     l_____    GarthGraphic-Italic                    121.1
+     l_____    GarthGraphic-Bold                      121.2
+     l_____    GarthGraphic-BoldItalic                121.3
+     l_____    GarthGraphic-Black                     121.4
+     l_____    GarthGraphic ExtraBlack                121.5
+     l_____    GarthGraphic-Condensed                 121.6
+     l_____    GarthGraphic-BoldCondensed             121.7
+     l_____    GazetteLH-Roman                        122.0
+     l_____    GazetteLH-Italic                       122.1
+     l_____    GazetteLH-Bold                         122.2
+     lpi___    GiacomettiLL                           123.0
+     l_____    GillSans-Light                         124.0
+     l_____    GillSans-LightItalic                   124.1
+     l_____    GillSans                               124.2
+     l_____    GillSans-Italic                        124.3
+     l_____    GillSans-Bold                          124.4
+     l_____    GillSans-BoldItalic                    124.5
+     l_____    GillSans-ExtraBold                     124.6
+     l_____    GillSans-UltraBold                     124.7
+     l_____    GillSans-LightShadowed                 124.8
+     l_____    GillSans-Shadowed                      124.9
+     l_____    GillSans-Condensed                     124.10
+     l_____    GillSans-BoldCondensed                 124.11
+     l_____    GillSans-BoldExtraCondensed            124.12
+     l_____    GillSans-UltraBoldCondensed            124.13
+     l_____    GillSans-ExtraBoldDisplay              124.14
+     l_____    GilliesGothicEF-Light                  125.0
+     l_____    GilliesGothicEF-Bold                   125.1
+     l_____    GilliesGothicEF-ExtraBold              125.2
+     l_____    GilliesGothicEF-XBoShaded              125.3
+     l_____    GlastonburyEF                          126.0
+     l_____    Glypha-Thin                            127.0
+     l_____    Glypha-ThinOblique                     127.1
+     l_____    Glypha-Light                           127.2
+     l_____    Glypha-LightOblique                    127.3
+     l_____    Glypha                                 127.4
+     l_____    Glypha-RomanOblique                    127.5
+     l_____    Glypha-Bold                            127.6
+     l_____    Glypha-BoldOblique                     127.7
+     l_____    Glypha-Black                           127.8
+     l_____    Glypha-BlackOblique                    127.9
+     l_____    GoodiesLL                              128.0
+     l_____    Gothic-Thirteen                        129.0
+     l_____    Goudy-Bold                             130.0
+     l_____    Goudy-BoldOsF                          130.1
+     l_____    Goudy-BoldItalic                       130.2
+     l_____    Goudy-BoldItalicOsF                    130.3
+     l_____    Goudy-ExtraBold                        130.4
+     l_____    Goudy-Heavyface                        130.5
+     l_____    Goudy-HeavyfaceItalic                  130.6
+     l_____    GoudyHandtooledEF                      130.7
+     l_____    GoudyCatalogueEF-Regular               130.8
+     l_____    GoudyCatalogueEF-Italic                130.9
+     l_____    GoudyModernMT-Roman                    130.10
+     l_____    GoudyModernMT-Italic                   130.11
+     l_____    Goudy                                  130.12
+     l_____    Goudy-SC                               130.13
+     l_____    Goudy-Italic                           130.14
+     l_____    Goudy-ItalicOsF                        130.15
+     l_____    GoudySans-Book                         130.16
+     l_____    GoudySans-BookItalic                   130.17
+     l_____    GoudySans-Medium                       130.18
+     l_____    GoudySans-MediumItalic                 130.19
+     l_____    GoudySans-Bold                         130.20
+     l_____    GoudySans-BoldItalic                   130.21
+     l_____    GoudySans-Black                        130.22
+     l_____    GoudySans-BlackItalic                  130.23
+     l_____    GoudySansEF-Book                       130.24
+     l_____    GoudySansEF-BookSC                     130.25
+     l_____    GoudySansEF-BookItalic                 130.26
+     l_____    GoudySansEF-Medium                     130.27
+     l_____    GoudySansEF-MediumSC                   130.28
+     l_____    GoudySansEF-MediumItalic               130.29
+     l_____    GoudySansEF-Bold                       130.30
+     l_____    GoudySansEF-BoldItalic                 130.31
+     l_____    GoudySansEF-Black                      130.32
+     l_____    GoudySansEF-BlackItalic                130.33
+     l_____    GoudyTextMT-Regular                    130.34
+     l_____    GoudyTextMT-Alternate                  130.35
+     l_____    GoudyTextMT-Dfr                        130.36
+     l_____    GoudyTextMT-LombardicCapitals          130.37
+     l_____    Grafiko                                131.0
+     l_____    Granjon                                132.0
+     l_____    Granjon-SC                             132.1
+     l_____    Granjon-Italic                         132.2
+     l_____    Granjon-ItalicOsF                      132.3
+     l_____    Granjon-Bold                           132.4
+     l_____    Granjon-BoldOsF                        132.5
+     l_____    GrotesqueMT-Light                      133.0
+     l_____    GrotesqueMT-LightItalic                133.1
+     l_____    GrotesqueMT                            133.2
+     l_____    GrotesqueMT-Italic                     133.3
+     l_____    GrotesqueMT-Bold                       133.4
+     l_____    GrotesqueMT-Black                      133.5
+     l_____    GrotesqueMT-LightCondensed             133.6
+     l_____    GrotesqueMT-Condensed                  133.7
+     l_____    GrotesqueMT-ExtraCondensed             133.8
+     l_____    GrotesqueMT-BoldExtended               133.9
+     l_____    Guardi-Roman                           134.0
+     l_____    Guardi-Italic                          134.1
+     l_____    Guardi-Bold                            134.2
+     l_____    Guardi-BoldItalic                      134.3
+     l_____    Guardi-Black                           134.4
+     l_____    Guardi-BlackItalic                     134.5
+     l_____    HadfieldEF                             135.0
+     l_____    Hadriano-Light                         136.0
+     l_____    Hadriano-Bold                          136.1
+     l_____    Hadriano-ExtraBold                     136.2
+     l_____    Hadriano-ExtraBoldCondensed            136.3
+     l_____    HanselEF-Regular                       137.0
+     l_____    HanselEF-Alternate                     137.1
+     l_____    HarlowEF-Solid                         138.0
+     l_____    HarlowEF                               138.1
+     l_____    HawthornEF                             139.0
+     l_____    Helvetica-Light                        140.0
+     l_____    Helvetica-LightOblique                 140.1
+     l_____    Helvetica                              140.2
+     l_____    Helvetica-Oblique                      140.3
+     l_____    Helvetica-Bold                         140.4
+     l_____    Helvetica-BoldOblique                  140.5
+     l_____    Helvetica-Black                        140.6
+     l_____    Helvetica-BlackOblique                 140.7
+     l_____    Helvetica-Condensed-Light              140.8
+     l_____    Helvetica-Condensed-LightObl           140.9
+     l_____    Helvetica-Condensed                    140.10
+     l_____    Helvetica-Condensed-Oblique            140.11
+     l_____    Helvetica-Condensed-Bold               140.12
+     l_____    Helvetica-Condensed-BoldObl            140.13
+     l_____    Helvetica-Condensed-Black              140.14
+     l_____    Helvetica-Condensed-BlackObl           140.15
+     l_____    Helvetica-Compressed                   140.16
+     l_____    Helvetica-ExtraCompressed              140.17
+     l_____    Helvetica-UltraCompressed              140.18
+     l_____    HelveticaInserat-Roman                 140.19
+     l_____    HelveticaRounded-Bold                  140.24
+     l_____    HelveticaRounded-BoldObl               140.25
+     l_____    HelveticaRounded-Black                 140.26
+     l_____    HelveticaRounded-BlackObl              140.27
+     l_____    HelveticaRounded-BoldCond              140.28
+     l_____    HelveticaRounded-BoldCondObl           140.29
+     l_____    HelveticaTextbook                      140.30
+     l_____    HelveticaTextbook-Oblique              140.31
+     l_____    HelveticaTextbook-Bold                 140.32
+     l_____    HelveticaTextbook-BoldObl              140.33
+     l_____    HelveticaCE-Roman                      140.36
+     l_____    HelveticaCE-Bold                       140.37
+     l_____    HelveticaCE-NarrowRoman                140.38
+     l_____    HelveticaCE-NarrowBold                 140.39
+     l_____    HelveticaCyr-Upright                   140.40
+     l_____    HelveticaCyr-Inclined                  140.41
+     l_____    HelveticaCyr-Bold                      140.42
+     l_____    HelveticaCyr-BoldInclined              140.43
+     l_____    HelveticaInseratCyr-Upright            140.44
+     l_____    HelveticaGreek-Upright                 140.45
+     l_____    HelveticaGreek-Inclined                140.46
+     l_____    HelveticaGreek-Bold                    140.47
+     l_____    HelveticaGreek-BoldInclined            140.48
+     l_____    HelveticaGreekP-Upright                140.49
+     l_____    HelveticaGreekP-Inclined               140.50
+     l_____    HelveticaGreekP-Bold                   140.51
+     l_____    HelveticaGreekP-BoldInclined           140.52
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-UltraLight               140.53
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-UltraLightItalic         140.54
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-Thin                     140.55
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-ThinItalic               140.56
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-Light                    140.57
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-LightItalic              140.58
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-Roman                    140.59
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-Italic                   140.60
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-Medium                   140.61
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-MediumItalic             140.62
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-Bold                     140.63
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BoldItalic               140.64
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-Heavy                    140.65
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-HeavyItalic              140.66
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-Black                    140.67
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BlackItalic              140.68
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BoldOutline              140.69
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-UltraLigCond             140.70
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-UltraLigCondObl          140.71
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-ThinCond                 140.72
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-ThinCondObl              140.73
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-LightCond                140.74
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-LightCondObl             140.75
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-Condensed                140.76
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-CondensedObl             140.77
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-MediumCond               140.78
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-MediumCondObl            140.79
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BoldCond                 140.80
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BoldCondObl              140.81
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-HeavyCond                140.82
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-HeavyCondObl             140.83
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BlackCond                140.84
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BlackCondObl             140.85
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-ExtBlackCond             140.86
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-ExtBlackCondObl          140.87
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-UltraLightExt            140.88
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-UltraLightExtObl         140.89
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-ThinExt                  140.90
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-ThinExtObl               140.91
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-LightExt                 140.92
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-LightExtObl              140.93
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-Extended                 140.94
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-ExtendedObl              140.95
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-MediumExt                140.96
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-MediumExtObl             140.97
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BoldExt                  140.98
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BoldExtObl               140.99
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-HeavyExt                 140.100
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-HeavyExtObl              140.101
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BlackExt                 140.102
+     l_____    HelveticaNeue-BlackExtObl              140.103
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-Thin                   140.104
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-ThinItalic             140.105
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-Roman                  140.106
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-Italic                 140.107
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-Bold                   140.108
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-BoldItalic             140.109
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueEastA-Thin                140.110
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueEastA-ThinObl             140.111
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueEastA-Roman               140.112
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueEastA-RomanObl            140.113
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueEastA-Bold                140.114
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueEastA-BoldObl             140.115
+     l_____    HeraldusEF-ExtraFett                   141.0
+     l_____    HighlightEF                            143.0
+     l_____    Hiroshige-Book                         144.0
+     l_____    Hiroshige-BookItalic                   144.1
+     l_____    Hiroshige-Medium                       144.2
+     l_____    Hiroshige-MediumItalic                 144.3
+     l_____    Hiroshige-Bold                         144.4
+     l_____    Hiroshige-BoldItalic                   144.5
+     l_____    Hiroshige-Black                        144.6
+     l_____    Hiroshige-BlackItalic                  144.7
+     l_____    Hobo                                   145.0
+     l_____    HoboEF                                 145.1
+     l_____    HogarthScriptEF-Regular                146.0
+     l_____    HondaEF                                147.0
+     l_____    HoratioEF-Light                        148.0
+     l_____    HoratioEF-Medium                       148.1
+     l_____    HoratioEF-Bold                         148.2
+     l_____    HorleyOldStyleMT-Light                 149.0
+     l_____    HorleyOldStyleMT-LightItalic           149.1
+     l_____    HorleyOldStyleMT-Roman                 149.2
+     l_____    HorleyOldStyleMT-Italic                149.3
+     l_____    HorleyOldStyleMT-SemiBold              149.4
+     l_____    HorleyOldStyleMT-SbItalic              149.5
+     l_____    HorleyOldStyleMT-Bold                  149.6
+     l_____    HorleyOldStyleMT-BoldItalic            149.7
+     lpi___    HotmetalBorders-One                    150.0
+     lpi___    HotmetalBorders-Two                    150.1
+     lpi___    HotmetalBorders-Three                  150.2
+     lpi___    HotmetalBorders-Four                   150.3
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-Light               153.0
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-LightA              153.1
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-Medium              153.2
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-MediumA             153.3
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-Bold                153.4
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-BoldA               153.5
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-LightCond           153.6
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-LightCondA          153.7
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-MediumCond          153.8
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-MediumCondA         153.9
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-BoldCond            153.10
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriter-BoldCondA           153.11
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriterEF-Light             153.14
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriterEF-LightItalic       153.15
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriterEF-Medium            153.16
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriterEF-MediumItalic      153.17
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriterEF-Bold              153.18
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriterEF-BoldItalic        153.19
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriterEF-LightCond         153.20
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriterEF-MediumCond        153.21
+     l_____    AmericanTypewriterEF-BoldCond          153.22
+     l_____    Anna                                   154.0
+     l_____    AnnaEF                                 154.1
+     l_____    AnnaEF-SC                              154.2
+     l_____    AvantGarde-ExtraLight                  155.0
+     l_____    AvantGarde-ExtraLightObl               155.1
+     l_____    AvantGarde-Book                        155.2
+     l_____    AvantGarde-BookOblique                 155.3
+     l_____    AvantGarde-Medium                      155.4
+     l_____    AvantGarde-MediumObl                   155.5
+     l_____    AvantGarde-Demi                        155.6
+     l_____    AvantGarde-DemiOblique                 155.7
+     l_____    AvantGarde-Bold                        155.8
+     l_____    AvantGarde-BoldObl                     155.9
+     l_____    AvantGarde-CondBook                    155.10
+     l_____    AvantGarde-CondMedium                  155.11
+     l_____    AvantGarde-CondDemi                    155.12
+     l_____    AvantGarde-CondBold                    155.13
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicCE-Book                155.14
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicCE-Demi                155.15
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-ExtraLight          155.16
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-ExtraLightObl       155.17
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-Book                155.18
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-BookOblique         155.19
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-Medium              155.20
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-MediumOblique       155.21
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-Demi                155.22
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-DemiOblique         155.23
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-Bold                155.24
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-BoldOblique         155.25
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-CondBook            155.26
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-CondMedium          155.27
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-CondDemi            155.28
+     l_____    AvantGardeGothicEF-CondBold            155.29
+     l_____    AvantGardeMonoEF-Light                 155.30
+     l_____    AvantGardeMonoEF-LightIta              155.31
+     l_____    AvantGardeMonoEF-Bold                  155.32
+     l_____    AvantGardeMonoEF-BoldIta               155.33
+     l_____    Beesknees                              156.0
+     l_____    BeeskneesEF                            156.1
+     l_____    Benguiat-Book                          157.0
+     l_____    Benguiat-BookItalic                    157.1
+     l_____    Benguiat-Medium                        157.2
+     l_____    Benguiat-MediumItalic                  157.3
+     l_____    Benguiat-Bold                          157.4
+     l_____    Benguiat-BoldItalic                    157.5
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-Book                        157.6
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-BookItalic                  157.7
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-Medium                      157.8
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-MediumItalic                157.9
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-Bold                        157.10
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-BoldItalic                  157.11
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-BookCondensed               157.12
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-BookCondensedIta            157.13
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-MediumCondensed             157.14
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-MediumCondensedIta          157.15
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-BoldCondensed               157.16
+     l_____    BenguiatEF-BoldCondensedIta            157.17
+     l_____    Berkeley-Book                          158.0
+     l_____    Berkeley-BookItalic                    158.1
+     l_____    Berkeley-Medium                        158.2
+     l_____    Berkeley-Italic                        158.3
+     l_____    Berkeley-Bold                          158.4
+     l_____    Berkeley-BoldItalic                    158.5
+     l_____    Berkeley-Black                         158.6
+     l_____    Berkeley-BlackItalic                   158.7
+     l_____    BerkeleyOldstyleEF-Book                158.8
+     l_____    BerkeleyOldstyleEF-BookItalic          158.9
+     l_____    BerkeleyOldstyleEF-Medium              158.10
+     l_____    BerkeleyOldstyleEF-MediumItalic        158.11
+     l_____    BerkeleyOldstyleEF-Bold                158.12
+     l_____    BerkeleyOldstyleEF-BoldItalic          158.13
+     l_____    BerkeleyOldstyleEF-Black               158.14
+     l_____    BerkeleyOldstyleEF-BlackItalic         158.15
+     l_____    BoltEF                                 159.0
+     l_____    CharterEF-Regular                      160.0
+     l_____    CharterEF-RegularSC                    160.1
+     l_____    CharterEF-RegularItalic                160.2
+     l_____    CharterEF-RegularItalicOsF             160.3
+     l_____    CharterEF-Bold                         160.4
+     l_____    CharterEF-BoldSC                       160.5
+     l_____    CharterEF-BoldItalic                   160.6
+     l_____    CharterEF-BoldItalicOsF                160.7
+     l_____    CharterEF-Black                        160.8
+     l_____    CharterEF-BlackOsF                     160.9
+     l_____    CharterEF-BlackItalic                  160.10
+     l_____    CharterEF-BlackItalicOsF               160.11
+     l_____    ElanEF-Book                            161.0
+     l_____    ElanEF-BookSC                          161.1
+     l_____    ElanEF-BookItalic                      161.2
+     l_____    ElanEF-Medium                          161.3
+     l_____    ElanEF-MediumSC                        161.4
+     l_____    ElanEF-MediumItalic                    161.5
+     l_____    ElanEF-Bold                            161.6
+     l_____    ElanEF-BoldItalic                      161.7
+     l_____    ElanEF-Black                           161.8
+     l_____    ElanEF-BlackItalic                     161.9
+     l_____    ItcEras-Light                          162.0
+     l_____    ItcEras-Book                           162.1
+     l_____    ItcEras-Medium                         162.2
+     l_____    ItcEras-Demi                           162.3
+     l_____    ItcEras-Bold                           162.4
+     l_____    ItcEras-Ultra                          162.5
+     l_____    ItcErasEF-Light                        162.6
+     l_____    ItcErasEF-Book                         162.7
+     l_____    ItcErasEF-Medium                       162.8
+     l_____    ItcErasEF-Demi                         162.9
+     l_____    ItcErasEF-Bold                         162.10
+     l_____    ItcErasEF-Ultra                        162.11
+     l_____    Fenice-Light                           163.0
+     l_____    Fenice-LightOblique                    163.1
+     l_____    Fenice-Regular                         163.2
+     l_____    Fenice-RegularOblique                  163.3
+     l_____    Fenice-Bold                            163.4
+     l_____    Fenice-BoldOblique                     163.5
+     l_____    Fenice-Ultra                           163.6
+     l_____    Fenice-UltraOblique                    163.7
+     l_____    FeniceEF-Light                         163.8
+     l_____    FeniceEF-LightItalic                   163.9
+     l_____    FeniceEF-Regular                       163.10
+     l_____    FeniceEF-RegularItalic                 163.11
+     l_____    FeniceEF-Bold                          163.12
+     l_____    FeniceEF-BoldItalic                    163.13
+     l_____    FeniceEF-Ultra                         163.14
+     l_____    FeniceEF-UltraItalic                   163.15
+     l_____    FrizQuadrata                           164.0
+     l_____    FrizQuadrata-Bold                      164.1
+     l_____    FrizQuadrataEF-Regular                 164.2
+     l_____    FrizQuadrataEF-RegularSC               164.3
+     l_____    FrizQuadrataEF-RegularItalic           164.4
+     l_____    FrizQuadrataEF-Bold                    164.5
+     l_____    FrizQuadrataEF-BoldItalic              164.6
+     l_____    Giovanni-Book                          165.0
+     l_____    Giovanni-BookItalic                    165.1
+     l_____    Giovanni-Bold                          165.2
+     l_____    Giovanni-BoldItalic                    165.3
+     l_____    Giovanni-Black                         165.4
+     l_____    Giovanni-BlackItalic                   165.5
+     l_____    GiovanniEF-Book                        165.6
+     l_____    GiovanniEF-BookSC                      165.7
+     l_____    GiovanniEF-BookItalic                  165.8
+     l_____    GiovanniEF-Bold                        165.9
+     l_____    GiovanniEF-BoldSC                      165.10
+     l_____    GiovanniEF-BoldItalic                  165.11
+     l_____    GiovanniEF-Black                       165.12
+     l_____    GiovanniEF-BlackItalic                 165.13
+     l_____    Highlander-Book                        166.0
+     l_____    Highlander-BookItalic                  166.1
+     l_____    Highlander-Medium                      166.2
+     l_____    Highlander-MediumItalic                166.3
+     l_____    Highlander-Bold                        166.4
+     l_____    Highlander-BoldItalic                  166.5
+     l_____    HighlanderEF-Book                      166.6
+     l_____    HighlanderEF-BookSC                    166.7
+     l_____    HighlanderEF-BookItalic                166.8
+     l_____    HighlanderEF-Medium                    166.9
+     l_____    HighlanderEF-MediumSC                  166.10
+     l_____    HighlanderEF-MediumItalic              166.11
+     l_____    HighlanderEF-Bold                      166.12
+     l_____    HighlanderEF-BoldItalic                166.13
+     l_____    Isadora-Roman                          167.0
+     l_____    Isadora-Bold                           167.1
+     l_____    IsadoraEF-Regular                      167.2
+     l_____    IsadoraEF-Bold                         167.3
+     l_____    JamilleEF-Book                         168.0
+     l_____    JamilleSCEF-Book                       168.1
+     l_____    JamilleEF-BookItalic                   168.2
+     l_____    JamilleEF-Bold                         168.3
+     l_____    JamilleSCEF-Bold                       168.4
+     l_____    JamilleEF-BoldItalic                   168.5
+     l_____    JamilleEF-Black                        168.6
+     l_____    JamilleEF-BlackItalic                  168.7
+     l_____    Leawood-Book                           169.0
+     l_____    Leawood-BookItalic                     169.1
+     l_____    Leawood-Medium                         169.2
+     l_____    Leawood-MediumItalic                   169.3
+     l_____    Leawood-Bold                           169.4
+     l_____    Leawood-BoldItalic                     169.5
+     l_____    Leawood-Black                          169.6
+     l_____    Leawood-BlackItalic                    169.7
+     l_____    LeawoodEF-Book                         169.8
+     l_____    LeawoodEF-BookSC                       169.9
+     l_____    LeawoodEF-BookItalic                   169.10
+     l_____    LeawoodEF-Medium                       169.11
+     l_____    LeawoodEF-MediumSC                     169.12
+     l_____    LeawoodEF-MediumItalic                 169.13
+     l_____    LeawoodEF-Bold                         169.14
+     l_____    LeawoodEF-BoldItalic                   169.15
+     l_____    LeawoodEF-Black                        169.16
+     l_____    LeawoodEF-BlackItalic                  169.17
+     l_____    LubalinGraph-Book                      170.0
+     l_____    LubalinGraph-BookOblique               170.1
+     l_____    LubalinGraph-Demi                      170.2
+     l_____    LubalinGraph-DemiOblique               170.3
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-ExtraLight              170.4
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-ExtraLightObl           170.5
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-Book                    170.6
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-BookOblique             170.7
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-Medium                  170.8
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-MediumOblique           170.9
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-Demi                    170.10
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-DemiOblique             170.11
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-Bold                    170.12
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-BoldOblique             170.13
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-BookCond                170.14
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-BookCondSC              170.15
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-BookCondObl             170.16
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-MediumCond              170.17
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-MediumCondSC            170.18
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-MediumCondObl           170.19
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-DemiCond                170.20
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-DemiCondObl             170.21
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-BoldCond                170.22
+     l_____    LubalinGraphEF-BoldCondObl             170.23
+     l_____    MixageEF-Book                          171.0
+     l_____    MixageSCEF-Book                        171.1
+     l_____    MixageEF-BookItalic                    171.2
+     l_____    MixageEF-Medium                        171.3
+     l_____    MixageSCEF-Medium                      171.4
+     l_____    MixageEF-MediumItalic                  171.5
+     l_____    MixageEF-Bold                          171.6
+     l_____    MixageEF-BoldItalic                    171.7
+     l_____    MixageEF-Black                         171.8
+     l_____    MixageEF-BlackItalic                   171.9
+     l_____    MotterCorpusEF-Regular                 172.0
+     l_____    MotterCorpusEF-RegularCondensed        172.1
+     l_____    NewtextEF-Light                        173.0
+     l_____    NewtextEF-LightItalic                  173.1
+     l_____    NewtextEF-Book                         173.2
+     l_____    NewtextEF-BookItalic                   173.3
+     l_____    NewtextEF-Regular                      173.4
+     l_____    NewtextEF-RegularItalic                173.5
+     l_____    NewtextEF-Demi                         173.6
+     l_____    NewtextEF-DemiItalic                   173.7
+     l_____    Ozwald                                 174.0
+     l_____    OzwaldEF                               174.1
+     l_____    PanacheEF-Book                         175.0
+     l_____    PanacheSCEF-Book                       175.1
+     l_____    PanacheEF-BookItalic                   175.2
+     l_____    PanacheEF-Bold                         175.3
+     l_____    PanacheSCEF-Bold                       175.4
+     l_____    PanacheEF-BoldItalic                   175.5
+     l_____    PanacheEF-Black                        175.6
+     l_____    PanacheEF-BlackItalic                  175.7
+     l_____    Quorum-Light                           176.0
+     l_____    Quorum-Book                            176.1
+     l_____    Quorum-Medium                          176.2
+     l_____    Quorum-Bold                            176.3
+     l_____    Quorum-Black                           176.4
+     l_____    QuorumEF-Light                         176.5
+     l_____    QuorumEF-Book                          176.6
+     l_____    QuorumEF-Medium                        176.7
+     l_____    QuorumEF-Bold                          176.8
+     l_____    QuorumEF-Black                         176.9
+     l_____    RondaEF                                177.0
+     l_____    Slimbach-Book                          178.0
+     l_____    Slimbach-BookItalic                    178.1
+     l_____    Slimbach-Medium                        178.2
+     l_____    Slimbach-MediumItalic                  178.3
+     l_____    Slimbach-Bold                          178.4
+     l_____    Slimbach-BoldItalic                    178.5
+     l_____    Slimbach-Black                         178.6
+     l_____    Slimbach-BlackItalic                   178.7
+     l_____    SlimbachEF-Book                        178.8
+     l_____    SlimbachEF-BookSC                      178.9
+     l_____    SlimbachEF-BookItalic                  178.10
+     l_____    SlimbachEF-Medium                      178.11
+     l_____    SlimbachEF-MediumSC                    178.12
+     l_____    SlimbachEF-MediumItalic                178.13
+     l_____    SlimbachEF-Bold                        178.14
+     l_____    SlimbachEF-BoldItalic                  178.15
+     l_____    SlimbachEF-Black                       178.16
+     l_____    SlimbachEF-BlackItalic                 178.17
+     l_____    StudioScriptEF                         179.0
+     l_____    StudioScriptEF-Alternative             179.1
+     l_____    SyndorEF-Book                          180.0
+     l_____    SyndorEF-BookSC                        180.1
+     l_____    SyndorEF-BookItalic                    180.2
+     l_____    SyndorEF-Medium                        180.3
+     l_____    SyndorEF-MediumSC                      180.4
+     l_____    SyndorEF-MediumItalic                  180.5
+     l_____    SyndorEF-Bold                          180.6
+     l_____    SyndorEF-BoldItalic                    180.7
+     l_____    Tiffany                                181.0
+     l_____    Tiffany-Italic                         181.1
+     l_____    Tiffany-Demi                           181.2
+     l_____    Tiffany-DemiItalic                     181.3
+     l_____    Tiffany-Heavy                          181.4
+     l_____    Tiffany-HeavyItalic                    181.5
+     l_____    TiffanyEF-Light                        181.6
+     l_____    TiffanyEF-LightItalic                  181.7
+     l_____    TiffanyEF-Medium                       181.8
+     l_____    TiffanyEF-MediumItalic                 181.9
+     l_____    TiffanyEF-Demi                         181.10
+     l_____    TiffanyEF-DemiItalic                   181.11
+     l_____    TiffanyEF-Heavy                        181.12
+     l_____    TiffanyEF-HeavyItalic                  181.13
+     l_____    Weidemann-Book                         182.0
+     l_____    Weidemann-BookItalic                   182.1
+     l_____    Weidemann-Medium                       182.2
+     l_____    Weidemann-MediumItalic                 182.3
+     l_____    Weidemann-Bold                         182.4
+     l_____    Weidemann-BoldItalic                   182.5
+     l_____    Weidemann-Black                        182.6
+     l_____    Weidemann-BlackItalic                  182.7
+     l_____    WeidemannEF-Book                       182.8
+     l_____    WeidemannEF-BookSC                     182.9
+     l_____    WeidemannEF-BookItalic                 182.10
+     l_____    WeidemannEF-Medium                     182.11
+     l_____    WeidemannEF-MediumSC                   182.12
+     l_____    WeidemannEF-MediumItalic               182.13
+     l_____    WeidemannEF-Bold                       182.14
+     l_____    WeidemannEF-BoldItalic                 182.15
+     l_____    WeidemannEF-Black                      182.16
+     l_____    WeidemannEF-BlackItalic                182.17
+     l_____    ManhattanEF                            183.0
+     l_____    Imago-Light                            184.0
+     l_____    Imago-LightItalic                      184.1
+     l_____    Imago-Book                             184.2
+     l_____    Imago-BookItalic                       184.3
+     l_____    Imago-Medium                           184.4
+     l_____    Imago-MediumItalic                     184.5
+     l_____    Imago-ExtraBold                        184.6
+     l_____    Imago-ExtraBoldItalic                  184.7
+     l_____    ImpactaLL                              185.0
+     l_____    Impressum-Roman                        186.0
+     l_____    Impressum-Italic                       186.1
+     l_____    Impressum-Bold                         186.2
+     l_____    ImpressumEF-Light                      186.3
+     l_____    ImpressumEF-LightItalic                186.4
+     l_____    ImpressumEF-Medium                     186.5
+     l_____    IndusLL-Normal                         187.0
+     l_____    IndusLL-Bold                           187.1
+     l_____    Industria-Solid                        188.0
+     l_____    Industria-SolidA                       188.1
+     l_____    Industria-Inline                       188.2
+     l_____    Industria-InlineA                      188.3
+     l_____    InflexMT-Bold                          189.0
+     l_____    Ironwood                               190.0
+     l_____    ItalianOldStyleMT-Regular              191.0
+     l_____    ItalianOldStyleMT-Italic               191.1
+     l_____    ItalianOldStyleMT-Bold                 191.2
+     l_____    ItalianOldStyleMT-BoldItalic           191.3
+     l_____    JensonOldStyleEF-BoldCond              192.0
+     l_____    Jiffy                                  193.0
+     l_____    JoannaMT                               194.0
+     l_____    JoannaMT-Italic                        194.1
+     l_____    JoannaMT-SemiBold                      194.2
+     l_____    JoannaMT-SemiBoldItalic                194.3
+     l_____    JoannaMT-Bold                          194.4
+     l_____    JoannaMT-BoldItalic                    194.5
+     l_____    JoannaMT-ExtraBold                     194.6
+     l_____    JuliaScriptEF                          195.0
+     l_____    Juniper                                196.0
+     l_____    KaffeesatzEF-Schwarz                   197.0
+     l_____    KaffeesatzEF-Suess                     197.1
+     l_____    KaffeesatzEF-Weiss                     197.2
+     l_____    KalligraphiaEF                         198.0
+     l_____    Kaufmann                               199.0
+     l_____    Kaufmann-Bold                          199.1
+     l_____    KaufmannEF-Bold                        199.2
+     l_____    Kigali-Roman                           200.0
+     l_____    Kigali-SxItalic                        200.1
+     l_____    Kigali-LxRoman                         200.2
+     l_____    Kigali-LxItalic                        200.3
+     l_____    Kigali-ZigZag                          200.4
+     l_____    Kigali-Block                           200.5
+     l_____    Kigali-SxRoman                         200.6
+     l_____    Kigali-Italic                          200.7
+     l_____    KinoMT                                 201.0
+     l_____    Kismet                                 202.0
+     l_____    KnightsbridgeEF                        203.0
+     l_____    KnightsbridgeEF-Alternate              203.1
+     l_____    KochAntiqua                            204.0
+     l_____    Kompakt                                205.0
+     l_____    KuenstlerScript-Medium                 206.0
+     l_____    KuenstlerScript-TwoBold                206.1
+     l_____    KuenstlerScript-Black                  206.2
+     l_____    KursivschriftStehHaar                  207.0
+     l_____    KursivschriftLiegHaar                  207.1
+     l_____    KursivschriftStehend                   207.2
+     l_____    KursivschriftLiegend                   207.3
+     l_____    KursivschriftRueckLie                  207.4
+     l_____    LakeInformal                           208.0
+     l_____    LakeInformalBold                       208.1
+     l_____    LatienneEF-Roman                       209.0
+     l_____    LatienneEF-RomanSC                     209.1
+     l_____    LatienneEF-Italic                      209.2
+     l_____    LatienneEF-ItalicSC                    209.3
+     l_____    LatienneEF-Medium                      209.4
+     l_____    LatienneEF-MediumSC                    209.5
+     l_____    LatienneEF-MediumItalic                209.6
+     l_____    LatienneEF-Bold                        209.7
+     l_____    LatienneEF-BoldItalic                  209.8
+     l_____    LatienneEF-ItalicSwC                   209.9
+     l_____    LatienneEF-MediumItalicSwC             209.10
+     l_____    LatienneEF-BoldItalicSwC               209.11
+     l_____    LatinMT-Condensed                      210.0
+     l_____    LazybonesEF                            211.0
+     l_____    LeGriffeEF                             212.0
+     l_____    LeGriffeEF-AlternateOne                212.1
+     l_____    LeGriffeEF-AlternateTwo                212.2
+     l_____    LetterGothic                           213.0
+     l_____    LetterGothic-Slanted                   213.1
+     l_____    LetterGothic-Bold                      213.2
+     l_____    LetterGothic-BoldSlanted               213.3
+     l_____    LibertyEF                              214.0
+     l_____    Life-Roman                             215.0
+     l_____    Life-Italic                            215.1
+     l_____    Life-Bold                              215.2
+     l_____    LifeEF-Regular                         215.3
+     l_____    LifeEF-RegularItalic                   215.4
+     l_____    LifeEF-Bold                            215.5
+     l_____    LightlineGothicEF                      216.0
+     l_____    LindsayEF                              217.0
+     l_____    Linoscript                             219.0
+     l_____    Linotext                               220.0
+     l_____    Linotext-Dfr                           220.1
+     lpi___    LAstrologyPi-One                       221.0
+     lpi___    LAstrologyPi-Two                       221.1
+     l_____    Centennial-Light                       222.0
+     l_____    Centennial-LightSC                     222.1
+     l_____    Centennial-LightItalic                 222.2
+     l_____    Centennial-LightItalicOsF              222.3
+     l_____    Centennial-Roman                       222.4
+     l_____    Centennial-RomanSC                     222.5
+     l_____    Centennial-Italic                      222.6
+     l_____    Centennial-ItalicOsF                   222.7
+     l_____    Centennial-Bold                        222.8
+     l_____    Centennial-BoldOsF                     222.9
+     l_____    Centennial-BoldItalic                  222.10
+     l_____    Centennial-BoldItalicOsF               222.11
+     l_____    Centennial-Black                       222.12
+     l_____    Centennial-BlackOsF                    222.13
+     l_____    Centennial-BlackItalic                 222.14
+     l_____    Centennial-BlackItalicOsF              222.15
+     l_____    CentennialCE-Light                     222.16
+     l_____    CentennialCE-LightItalic               222.17
+     l_____    CentennialCE-Roman                     222.18
+     l_____    CentennialCE-Italic                    222.19
+     l_____    CentennialCE-Bold                      222.20
+     l_____    CentennialCE-BoldItalic                222.21
+     l_____    CentennialCE-Black                     222.22
+     l_____    CentennialCE-BlackItalic               222.23
+     lpi___    LDecorationPi-One                      223.0
+     lpi___    LDecorationPi-Two                      223.1
+     l_____    DidotLH-Roman                          224.0
+     l_____    DidotLH-RomanSC                        224.1
+     l_____    DidotLH-RomanOsF                       224.2
+     l_____    DidotLH-Italic                         224.3
+     l_____    DidotLH-ItalicOsF                      224.4
+     l_____    DidotLH-Bold                           224.5
+     l_____    DidotLH-BoldOsF                        224.6
+     l_____    DidotLH-MediumInitials                 224.7
+     l_____    DidotLH-HeadlineRoman                  224.8
+     l_____    DidotLH-HeadlineRomanOsF               224.9
+     l_____    DidotLH-OrnamentsOne                   224.10
+     l_____    DidotLH-OrnamentsTwo                   224.11
+     lpi___    LGamePi-ChessDraughts                  225.0
+     lpi___    LGamePi-DiceDominoes                   225.1
+     lpi___    LGamePi-EnglishCards                   225.2
+     lpi___    LGamePi-FrenchCards                    225.3
+     lpi___    LHolidayPi-One                         227.0
+     lpi___    LHolidayPi-Two                         227.1
+     lpi___    LHolidayPi-Three                       227.2
+     lpi___    TextilLH-PiOne                         228.0
+     lpi___    TextilLH-PiTwo                         228.1
+     lpi___    WarningLH-Pi                           229.0
+     l_____    LiteraEF-Light                         230.0
+     l_____    LiteraEF-Regular                       230.1
+     l_____    LiteraEF-Medium                        230.2
+     l_____    LiteraEF-Heavy                         230.3
+     l_____    Lithos-ExtraLight                      231.0
+     l_____    Lithos-Light                           231.1
+     l_____    Lithos-Regular                         231.2
+     l_____    Lithos-Bold                            231.3
+     l_____    Lithos-Black                           231.4
+     l_____    LuMarcLL-Roman                         232.0
+     l_____    LuMarcLL-Bold                          232.1
+     l_____    Macbeth                                234.0
+     l_____    Madame-Letters                         235.0
+     l_____    Madame-Accents                         235.1
+     l_____    Madame-Numericals                      235.2
+     l_____    MarconiEF-Book                         236.0
+     l_____    MarconiSCEF-Book                       236.1
+     l_____    MarconiEF-BookItalic                   236.2
+     l_____    MarconiEF-SemiBold                     236.3
+     l_____    MarconiEF-SemiBoldItalic               236.4
+     l_____    Maximus                                237.0
+     l_____    Melior                                 238.0
+     l_____    Melior-Italic                          238.1
+     l_____    Melior-Bold                            238.2
+     l_____    Melior-BoldItalic                      238.3
+     l_____    Meridien-Roman                         239.0
+     l_____    Meridien-Italic                        239.1
+     l_____    Meridien-Medium                        239.2
+     l_____    Meridien-MediumItalic                  239.3
+     l_____    Meridien-Bold                          239.4
+     l_____    Meridien-BoldItalic                    239.5
+     l_____    MerlinLL                               240.0
+     l_____    MiamiEF                                241.0
+     l_____    MicrogrammaEF-MediumExtend             242.0
+     l_____    MicrogrammaEF-BoldExtend               242.1
+     l_____    MonantiEF-Regular                      243.0
+     l_____    MonantiEF-SemiBold                     243.1
+     l_____    MonolineScriptMT                       244.0
+     l_____    MurrayHillEF                           246.0
+     l_____    Myriad-Sketch                          247.0
+     l_____    Myriad-Headline                        247.1
+     l_____    Myriad-Tilt                            247.2
+     l_____    Mythos                                 248.0
+     lpi___    NationalCodes-Europe                   249.0
+     lpi___    NationalCodes-Africa                   249.1
+     lpi___    NationalCodes-America                  249.2
+     lpi___    NationalCodes-AsiaPlus                 249.3
+     lpi___    NationalCodes-Universal                249.4
+     l_____    NeueHammerUnziale-One                  250.0
+     l_____    NeueHammerUnziale-OneAlt               250.1
+     l_____    NeueHammerUnziale-TwoAlt               250.2
+     l_____    NeueHammerUnziale-Two                  250.3
+     l_____    NeuzeitSBook                           251.0
+     l_____    NeuzeitSBook-Heavy                     251.1
+     l_____    NevisionCasualEF                       252.0
+     l_____    NewBerolinaMT                          253.0
+     l_____    NewsGothic                             254.0
+     l_____    NewsGothic-Oblique                     254.1
+     l_____    NewsGothic-Bold                        254.2
+     l_____    NewsGothic-BoldOblique                 254.3
+     l_____    NicolasCochinEF-Regular                255.0
+     l_____    NicolasCochinEF-RegularIta             255.1
+     l_____    NicolasCochinEF-Black                  255.2
+     l_____    NikisEF-Light                          256.0
+     l_____    NikisEF-LightItalic                    256.1
+     l_____    NikisEF-SemiBold                       256.2
+     l_____    NikisEF-SemiBoldItalic                 256.3
+     l_____    Nofret-Light                           257.0
+     l_____    Nofret-LightSC                         257.1
+     l_____    Nofret-LightExpert                     257.2
+     l_____    Nofret-LightItalic                     257.3
+     l_____    Nofret-LightItalicOsF                  257.4
+     l_____    Nofret-LightItalicExpert               257.5
+     l_____    Nofret-Regular                         257.6
+     l_____    Nofret-RegularSC                       257.7
+     l_____    Nofret-RegularExpert                   257.8
+     l_____    Nofret-Italic                          257.9
+     l_____    Nofret-ItalicOsF                       257.10
+     l_____    Nofret-ItalicExpert                    257.11
+     l_____    Nofret-Medium                          257.12
+     l_____    Nofret-MediumSC                        257.13
+     l_____    Nofret-MediumExpert                    257.14
+     l_____    Nofret-MediumItalic                    257.15
+     l_____    Nofret-MediumItalicOsF                 257.16
+     l_____    Nofret-MediumItalicExpert              257.17
+     l_____    Nofret-Bold                            257.18
+     l_____    Nofret-BoldOsF                         257.19
+     l_____    Nofret-BoldExpert                      257.20
+     l_____    Nofret-BoldItalic                      257.21
+     l_____    Nofret-BoldItalicOsF                   257.22
+     l_____    Nofret-BoldItalicExpert                257.23
+     l_____    NotreDame-Roman                        258.0
+     l_____    NotreDame-RomanDfr                     258.1
+     l_____    NotreDame-Ornaments                    258.2
+     l_____    NuptialScript                          259.0
+     l_____    OCRA                                   260.0
+     l_____    OCRB                                   260.1
+     l_____    OCRA-A                                 260.2
+     l_____    OCRB-A                                 260.3
+     l_____    OCRBEF-Regular                         260.4
+     l_____    OctavianMT                             261.0
+     l_____    OctavianMT-SC                          261.1
+     l_____    OctavianMT-Expert                      261.2
+     l_____    OctavianMT-Italic                      261.3
+     l_____    OctavianMT-ItalicOsF                   261.4
+     l_____    OctavianMT-ItalicExpert                261.5
+     l_____    OdinEF                                 262.0
+     l_____    OldEnglishEF                           263.0
+     l_____    OldStyleSeven                          264.0
+     l_____    OldStyleSeven-SC                       264.1
+     l_____    OldStyleSeven-Italic                   264.2
+     l_____    OldStyleSeven-ItalicOsF                264.3
+     l_____    MonotypeOldStyleMT-BoldOut             264.4
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-ExLight                265.0
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-ExLightObl             265.1
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-Light                  265.2
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-LightObl               265.3
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-Regular                265.4
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-RegularA               265.5
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-RegularObl             265.6
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-Bold                   265.7
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-BoldObl                265.8
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-ExBold                 265.9
+     l_____    OldTypewriterEF-ExBoldObl              265.10
+     l_____    OlympiaEF-Light                        266.1
+     l_____    OlympiaEF-LightOblique                 266.2
+     l_____    OlympiaEF-SemiBold                     266.3
+     l_____    OlympiaEF-SemiBoldOblique              266.4
+     l_____    Olympian                               267.0
+     l_____    Olympian-Italic                        267.1
+     l_____    Olympian-Bold                          267.2
+     l_____    Olympian-BoldItalic                    267.3
+     l_____    Omnia                                  268.0
+     l_____    OndineEF                               269.1
+     l_____    OnyxMT                                 270.0
+     l_____    Orator                                 271.0
+     l_____    Orator-Slanted                         271.1
+     l_____    Oxford                                 272.0
+     l_____    Caecilia-Light                         273.0
+     l_____    Caecilia-LightSC                       273.1
+     l_____    Caecilia-LightOsF                      273.2
+     l_____    Caecilia-LightItalic                   273.3
+     l_____    Caecilia-LightItalicSC                 273.4
+     l_____    Caecilia-LightItalicOsF                273.5
+     l_____    Caecilia-Roman                         273.6
+     l_____    Caecilia-RomanSC                       273.7
+     l_____    Caecilia-RomanOsF                      273.8
+     l_____    Caecilia-Italic                        273.9
+     l_____    Caecilia-ItalicSC                      273.10
+     l_____    Caecilia-ItalicOsF                     273.11
+     l_____    Caecilia-Bold                          273.12
+     l_____    Caecilia-BoldSC                        273.13
+     l_____    Caecilia-BoldOsF                       273.14
+     l_____    Caecilia-BoldItalic                    273.15
+     l_____    Caecilia-BoldItalicSC                  273.16
+     l_____    Caecilia-BoldItalicOsF                 273.17
+     l_____    Caecilia-Heavy                         273.18
+     l_____    Caecilia-HeavySC                       273.19
+     l_____    Caecilia-HeavyOsF                      273.20
+     l_____    Caecilia-HeavyItalic                   273.21
+     l_____    Caecilia-HeavyItalicSC                 273.22
+     l_____    Caecilia-HeavyItalicOsF                273.23
+     l_____    CaeciliaCE-Light                       273.24
+     l_____    CaeciliaCE-LightItalic                 273.25
+     l_____    CaeciliaCE-Roman                       273.26
+     l_____    CaeciliaCE-Italic                      273.27
+     l_____    CaeciliaCE-Bold                        273.28
+     l_____    CaeciliaCE-BoldItalic                  273.29
+     l_____    CaeciliaCE-Heavy                       273.30
+     l_____    CaeciliaCE-HeavyItalic                 273.31
+     l_____    PalaceScriptMT-Regular                 274.0
+     l_____    PalaceScriptMT-Bold                    274.1
+     l_____    Palatino-Light                         275.0
+     l_____    Palatino-LightItalic                   275.1
+     l_____    Palatino-Roman                         275.2
+     l_____    Palatino-SC                            275.3
+     l_____    Palatino-Italic                        275.4
+     l_____    Palatino-ItalicOsF                     275.5
+     l_____    Palatino-Medium                        275.6
+     l_____    Palatino-MediumItalic                  275.7
+     l_____    Palatino-Bold                          275.8
+     l_____    Palatino-BoldOsF                       275.9
+     l_____    Palatino-BoldItalic                    275.10
+     l_____    Palatino-BoldItalicOsF                 275.11
+     l_____    Palatino-Black                         275.12
+     l_____    Palatino-BlackItalic                   275.13
+     l_____    PalatinoCE-Roman                       275.14
+     l_____    PalatinoCE-Italic                      275.15
+     l_____    PalatinoCE-Bold                        275.16
+     l_____    PalatinoCE-BoldItalic                  275.17
+     l_____    PaletteEF                              276.0
+     l_____    Parisian                               277.0
+     l_____    ParkAvenue                             278.0
+     l_____    ParkAvenueEF                           278.1
+     l_____    Pelican                                279.0
+     l_____    PepitaMT                               281.0
+     l_____    Pepperwood-Regular                     282.0
+     l_____    Pepperwood-Fill                        282.1
+     l_____    Pepperwood-Outline                     282.2
+     l_____    Perpetua                               283.0
+     l_____    Perpetua-SC                            283.1
+     l_____    Perpetua-Expert                        283.2
+     l_____    Perpetua-Italic                        283.3
+     l_____    Perpetua-ItalicOsF                     283.4
+     l_____    Perpetua-ItalicExp                     283.5
+     l_____    Perpetua-Bold                          283.6
+     l_____    Perpetua-BoldOsF                       283.7
+     l_____    Perpetua-BoldExp                       283.8
+     l_____    Perpetua-BoldItalic                    283.9
+     l_____    Perpetua-BoldItalicOsF                 283.10
+     l_____    Perpetua-BoldItalicExp                 283.11
+     l_____    PhotinaMT                              284.0
+     l_____    PhotinaMT-Italic                       284.1
+     l_____    PhotinaMT-SemiBold                     284.2
+     l_____    PhotinaMT-SemiBoldItalic               284.3
+     l_____    PhotinaMT-Bold                         284.4
+     l_____    PhotinaMT-BoldItalic                   284.5
+     l_____    PhotinaMT-UltraBold                    284.6
+     l_____    PhotinaMT-UltraBoldItalic              284.7
+     l_____    PhyllisEF                              285.0
+     l_____    PhyllisEF-Initials                     285.1
+     l_____    PioneerEF                              287.0
+     l_____    PlazaEF-Regular                        288.0
+     l_____    PlazaEF-Alternate                      288.1
+     l_____    PlazaEF-Ultra                          288.2
+     l_____    PlazaEF-Inline                         288.3
+     l_____    PlazaEF-Decorative                     288.4
+     l_____    Ponderosa                              289.0
+     l_____    PrestigeElite                          290.0
+     l_____    PrestigeElite-Slanted                  290.1
+     l_____    PrestigeElite-Bold                     290.2
+     l_____    PrestigeElite-BoldSlanted              290.3
+     l_____    PromotorEF-Regular                     291.0
+     l_____    QuentinEF                              292.0
+     l_____    Raleigh                                293.0
+     l_____    Raleigh-Medium                         293.1
+     l_____    Raleigh-DemiBold                       293.2
+     l_____    Raleigh-Bold                           293.3
+     l_____    RenaultEF-Light                        294.0
+     l_____    RenaultEF-LightItalic                  294.1
+     l_____    RenaultEF-Bold                         294.2
+     l_____    RenaultEF-BoldItalic                   294.3
+     l_____    Revue                                  295.0
+     l_____    RevueEF                                295.1
+     l_____    RoemischStehendHar                     296.0
+     l_____    RoemischLiegendHar                     296.1
+     l_____    RoemischRueckLiegHar                   296.2
+     l_____    RoemischStehend                        296.3
+     l_____    RoemischLiegend                        296.4
+     l_____    RoemischRueckLiegend                   296.5
+     l_____    RomanaEF-Light                         297.0
+     l_____    RomanaEF-Book                          297.1
+     l_____    RomanaEF-Medium                        297.2
+     l_____    RomanaEF-Demi                          297.3
+     l_____    RomanaEF-Bold                          297.4
+     l_____    RomanaEF-Ultra                         297.5
+     l_____    Romic-Light                            298.0
+     l_____    Romic-LightItalic                      298.1
+     l_____    Romic-Medium                           298.2
+     l_____    Romic-Bold                             298.3
+     l_____    Romic-ExtraBold                        298.4
+     l_____    RomicEF-Light                          298.5
+     l_____    RomicEF-LightItalic                    298.6
+     l_____    RomicEF-Medium                         298.7
+     l_____    RomicEF-Bold                           298.8
+     l_____    RomicEF-ExtraBold                      298.9
+     l_____    Rundfunk-Antiqua                       299.0
+     l_____    Rundfunk-Grotesk                       299.1
+     l_____    Rusticana-Borders                      300.1
+     l_____    RuzickaFreehandLH-Roman                301.0
+     l_____    RuzickaFreehandLH-RomanSC              301.1
+     l_____    RuzickaFreehandLH-Bold                 301.2
+     l_____    RuzickaFreehandLH-BoldSC               301.3
+     l_____    Salto                                  303.0
+     l_____    SanMarco                               304.0
+     l_____    SanMarco-Dfr                           304.1
+     l_____    SchnitzLL                              305.0
+     l_____    SchwenneNegroLL                        306.0
+     l_____    SchwennelLilaLL                        306.1
+     l_____    Scotch-Roman                           307.0
+     l_____    Scotch-Italic                          307.1
+     l_____    ScriptureEF                            308.0
+     l_____    Serifa-Light                           309.0
+     l_____    Serifa-LightItalic                     309.1
+     l_____    Serifa-Roman                           309.2
+     l_____    Serifa-Italic                          309.3
+     l_____    Serifa-Bold                            309.4
+     l_____    Serifa-Black                           309.5
+     l_____    ShamrockEF                             310.0
+     l_____    ShamrockEF-AlternateOne                310.1
+     l_____    ShamrockEF-AlternateTwo                310.2
+     l_____    Shannon-Book                           311.0
+     l_____    Shannon-Oblique                        311.1
+     l_____    Shannon-Bold                           311.2
+     l_____    Shannon-ExtraBold                      311.3
+     l_____    Shelley-AllegroScript                  312.0
+     l_____    Shelley-AndanteScript                  312.1
+     l_____    Shelley-VolanteScript                  312.2
+     l_____    Sho-Roman                              313.0
+     l_____    SinahRomanLL                           314.0
+     l_____    SinahBoldLL                            314.1
+     l_____    SinahBlackLL                           314.2
+     l_____    SinaloaEF                              315.0
+     l_____    SloganEF                               316.0
+     l_____    Smaragd                                317.0
+     l_____    Smaragd-Alternate                      318.0
+     l_____    SnellRoundhand-Script                  318.1
+     l_____    SnellRoundhand-BoldScript              318.2
+     l_____    SnellRoundhand-BlackScript             318.3
+     l_____    Sonata                                 319.0
+     l_____    SpartanClassified-Book                 320.0
+     l_____    SpartanClassified-Heavy                320.1
+     l_____    SpectrumMT                             321.0
+     l_____    SpectrumMT-SC                          321.1
+     l_____    SpectrumMT-RomanExpert                 321.2
+     l_____    SpectrumMT-Italic                      321.3
+     l_____    SpectrumMT-ItalicOsF                   321.4
+     l_____    SpectrumMT-ItalicExpert                321.5
+     l_____    SpectrumMT-SemiBold                    321.6
+     l_____    SpectrumMT-SemiBoldOsF                 321.7
+     l_____    SpectrumMT-SemiBoldExpert              321.8
+     l_____    SpiritEF-Light                         322.0
+     l_____    SpiritEF-Regular                       322.1
+     l_____    SpiritEF-Bold                          322.2
+     l_____    Sprint                                 323.0
+     l_____    SquireEF-Regular                       324.0
+     l_____    SquireEF-Bold                          324.1
+     l_____    Stencil                                325.0
+     l_____    StencilEF                              325.1
+     l_____    Stop                                   326.0
+     l_____    StopEF                                 326.1
+     l_____    Studz                                  327.0
+     l_____    SuperstarEF-Shadow                     328.0
+     l_____    SuperstarEF-Regular                    328.1
+     l_____    SwiftEF-Light                          329.0
+     l_____    SwiftEF-LightItalic                    329.1
+     l_____    SwiftEF-Regular                        329.2
+     l_____    SwiftSCEF-Regular                      329.3
+     l_____    SwiftEF-RegularItalic                  329.4
+     l_____    SwiftEF-Bold                           329.5
+     l_____    SwiftEF-ExtraBold                      329.6
+     l_____    SwiftEF-BoldCondensed                  329.7
+     l_____    Syntax-Roman                           331.0
+     l_____    Syntax-Italic                          331.1
+     l_____    Syntax-Bold                            331.2
+     l_____    Syntax-Black                           331.3
+     l_____    Syntax-UtraBlack                       331.4
+     l_____    TangoEF                                332.0
+     l_____    TarragonEF                             333.0
+     l_____    Tekton                                 334.0
+     l_____    Tekton-Oblique                         334.1
+     l_____    Tekton-Bold                            334.2
+     l_____    Tekton-BoldOblique                     334.3
+     l_____    Tempo-HeavyCondensed                   335.0
+     l_____    Tempo-HeavyCondensedItalic             335.1
+     l_____    ThorowgoodEF-Regular                   336.0
+     l_____    ThorowgoodEF-RegularItalic             336.1
+     l_____    ThunderbirdEF-ExtraCondensed           337.0
+     l_____    ThunderbirdEF-Regular                  337.1
+     l_____    TiloEF                                 338.0
+     l_____    TimelessEF-Light                       339.0
+     l_____    TimelessEF-LightItalic                 339.1
+     l_____    TimelessEF-Bold                        339.2
+     l_____    TitusEF                                340.0
+     l_____    Toolbox                                341.0
+     l_____    TopographischeZahlentafel              342.0
+     l_____    Trajan-Regular                         343.0
+     l_____    Trajan-Bold                            343.1
+     l_____    TradeGothicLH-BoldExtended             343.2
+     l_____    TrumpMediaeval-Roman                   346.0
+     l_____    TrumpMediaeval-RomanSC                 346.1
+     l_____    TrumpMediaeval-Italic                  346.2
+     l_____    TrumpMediaeval-ItalicOsF               346.3
+     l_____    TrumpMediaeval-Bold                    346.4
+     l_____    TrumpMediaeval-BoldOsF                 346.5
+     l_____    TrumpMediaeval-BoldItalic              346.6
+     l_____    TrumpMediaeval-BoldItalicOsF           346.7
+     l_____    Umbra                                  348.0
+     l_____    Univers-Light                          349.0
+     l_____    Univers-LightOblique                   349.1
+     l_____    Univers                                349.2
+     l_____    Univers-Oblique                        349.3
+     l_____    Univers-Bold                           349.4
+     l_____    Univers-BoldOblique                    349.5
+     l_____    Univers-Black                          349.7
+     l_____    Univers-BlackOblique                   349.8
+     l_____    Univers-ExtraBlack                     349.9
+     l_____    Univers-ExtraBlackOblique              349.10
+     l_____    Univers-CondensedLight                 349.11
+     l_____    Univers-CondensedLightOblique          349.12
+     l_____    Univers-Condensed                      349.13
+     l_____    Univers-CondensedOblique               349.14
+     l_____    Univers-CondensedBold                  349.15
+     l_____    Univers-CondensedBoldOblique           349.16
+     l_____    Univers-ThinUltraCondensed             349.17
+     l_____    Univers-LightUltraCondensedTwo         349.18
+     l_____    Univers-UltraCondensed                 349.19
+     l_____    Univers-Extended                       349.20
+     l_____    Univers-ExtendedObl                    349.21
+     l_____    Univers-BoldExt                        349.22
+     l_____    Univers-BoldExtObl                     349.23
+     l_____    Univers-BlackExt                       349.24
+     l_____    Univers-BlackExtObl                    349.25
+     l_____    Univers-ExtraBlackExt                  349.26
+     l_____    Univers-ExtraBlackExtObl               349.27
+     l_____    UniversCE-Light                        349.28
+     l_____    UniversCE-LightOblique                 349.29
+     l_____    UniversCE-Medium                       349.30
+     l_____    UniversCE-Oblique                      349.31
+     l_____    UniversCE-Bold                         349.32
+     l_____    UniversCE-BoldOblique                  349.33
+     l_____    UniversCE-Black                        349.34
+     l_____    UniversCE-BlackOblique                 349.35
+     lpi___    MathematicalPi-One                     350.0
+     lpi___    MathematicalPi-Two                     350.1
+     lpi___    MathematicalPi-Three                   350.2
+     lpi___    MathematicalPi-Four                    350.3
+     lpi___    MathematicalPi-Five                    350.4
+     lpi___    MathematicalPi-Six                     350.5
+     lpi___    Unversal-GreekwithMathPi               351.0
+     lpi___    MICR                                   351.1
+     lpi___    Unversal-NewswithCommPi                351.2
+     l_____    University-Roman                       352.0
+     l_____    UniversityEF-Roman                     352.1
+     l_____    UniversityEF-RomanItalic               352.2
+     l_____    UniversityEF-Bold                      352.3
+     l_____    VAGRounded-Thin                        353.0
+     l_____    VAGRounded-Light                       353.1
+     l_____    VAGRounded-Bold                        353.2
+     l_____    VAGRounded-Black                       353.3
+     l_____    VAGRundschriftEF                       353.4
+     l_____    VanDijkEF                              354.0
+     l_____    VictorianEF                            355.0
+     l_____    VivaldiEF                              356.0
+     l_____    Walbaum-Roman                          357.0
+     l_____    Walbaum-RomanSC                        357.1
+     l_____    Walbaum-RomanOsF                       357.2
+     l_____    Walbaum-Italic                         357.3
+     l_____    Walbaum-ItalicOsF                      357.4
+     l_____    Walbaum-Bold                           357.5
+     l_____    Walbaum-BoldOsF                        357.6
+     l_____    Walbaum-BoldItalic                     357.7
+     l_____    Walbaum-BoldItalicOsF                  357.8
+     l_____    WalbaumEF-Regular                      357.9
+     l_____    WalbaumEF-RegularItalic                357.10
+     l_____    WalbaumEF-Medium                       357.11
+     l_____    WalbaumEF-MediumItalic                 357.12
+     l_____    WalbaumEF-Bold                         357.13
+     l_____    WalbaumEF-BoldItalic                   357.14
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-Regular                    357.15
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-RegularSC                  357.16
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-RegularExpert              357.17
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-Italic                     357.18
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-ItalicOsF                  357.19
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-ItalicExpert               357.20
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-Medium                     357.21
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-MediumSC                   357.22
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-MdExpert                   357.23
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-MediumItalic               357.24
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-MdItalicOsF                357.25
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-MdItalicExpert             357.26
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-Bold                       357.27
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-BoldOsF                    357.28
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-BoldExpert                 357.29
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-BoldItalic                 357.30
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-BoldItalicOsF              357.31
+     l_____    WalbaumBook-BoldItalicExpert           357.32
+     l_____    WalbaumFrakturEF                       357.33
+     l_____    WhyNotEF                               358.0
+     l_____    WilhelmKlingsporGotisch                359.0
+     l_____    WilhelmKlingsporGotisch-Dfr            359.1
+     l_____    WindsorEF-Light                        360.0
+     l_____    WindsorEF-Bold                         360.1
+     l_____    WindsorEF-UltraHeavy                   360.2
+     l_____    WindsorEF-BoldOutline                  360.3
+     l_____    WindsorEF-LightCondensed               360.4
+     l_____    WindsorEF-ExtraBoldCondensed           360.5
+     l_____    WindsorEF-Elongated                    360.6
+     ppi___    WoodtypeOrnaments-One                  361.0
+     ppi___    WoodtypeOrnaments-Two                  361.1
+     l_____    ZipperEF                               363.0
+     l_____    BelshawEF                              364.0
+     l_____    Belwe-Light                            365.0
+     l_____    Belwe-Medium                           365.1
+     l_____    Belwe-Bold                             365.2
+     l_____    Belwe-Condensed                        365.3
+     l_____    BelweEF-Light                          365.4
+     l_____    BelweEF-Italic                         365.5
+     l_____    BelweEF-Medium                         365.6
+     l_____    BelweEF-Bold                           365.7
+     l_____    BelweEF-BoldCondensed                  365.8
+     l_____    Bembo                                  366.0
+     l_____    Bembo-SC                               366.1
+     l_____    Bembo-Expert                           366.2
+     l_____    Bembo-Italic                           366.3
+     l_____    Bembo-ItalicOsF                        366.4
+     l_____    Bembo-ItalicExpert                     366.5
+     l_____    Bembo-Semibold                         366.6
+     l_____    Bembo-SemiboldOsF                      366.7
+     l_____    Bembo-SemiboldExpert                   366.8
+     l_____    Bembo-SemiboldItalic                   366.9
+     l_____    Bembo-SemiboldItalicOsF                366.10
+     l_____    Bembo-SemiboldItalicExpert             366.11
+     l_____    Bembo-Bold                             366.12
+     l_____    Bembo-BoldOsF                          366.13
+     l_____    Bembo-BoldExpert                       366.14
+     l_____    Bembo-BoldItalic                       366.15
+     l_____    Bembo-BoldItalicOsF                    366.16
+     l_____    Bembo-BoldItalicExpert                 366.17
+     l_____    Bembo-ExtraBold                        366.18
+     l_____    Bembo-ExtraBoldOsF                     366.19
+     l_____    Bembo-ExtraBoldExpert                  366.20
+     l_____    Bembo-ExtraBoldItalic                  366.21
+     l_____    Bembo-ExtraBoldItalicOsF               366.22
+     l_____    Bembo-ExtraBoldItalicExpert            366.23
+     l_____    BerlinerGrotesk-Light                  368.0
+     l_____    BerlinerGrotesk-Medium                 368.1
+     l_____    LoType-Light                           369.0
+     l_____    LoType-Regular                         369.1
+     l_____    LoType-Medium                          369.2
+     l_____    LoType-MediumItalic                    369.3
+     l_____    LoType-Bold                            369.4
+     l_____    LoType-MediumCondensed                 369.5
+     l_____    BiffoMT                                370.0
+     l_____    BigbandTerrazzo                        371.1
+     l_____    Birch                                  372.0
+     l_____    BirdsEF                                373.0
+     l_____    BlockBE-Regular                        375.0
+     l_____    BlockBE-Italic                         375.1
+     l_____    BlockBE-Heavy                          375.2
+     l_____    BlockBE-Condensed                      375.3
+     l_____    BlockBE-ExtraCn                        375.4
+     l_____    BlockBE-ExtraCnItalic                  375.5
+     l_____    BoberiaLL-Light                        376.0
+     l_____    BoberiaLL-LightItalic                  376.1
+     l_____    BoberiaLL-SemiBold                     376.2
+     l_____    Bodoni-Book                            377.0
+     l_____    Bodoni-BookItalic                      377.1
+     l_____    Bodoni                                 377.2
+     l_____    Bodoni-Italic                          377.3
+     l_____    Bodoni-Bold                            377.4
+     l_____    Bodoni-BoldItalic                      377.5
+     l_____    Bodoni-BoldCondensed                   377.6
+     l_____    BodoniEF-Light                         377.7
+     l_____    BodoniEF-LightIta                      377.8
+     l_____    BodoniEF-Regular                       377.9
+     l_____    BodoniEF-RegularIta                    377.10
+     l_____    BodoniEF-DemiBold                      377.11
+     l_____    BodoniEF-Bold                          377.12
+     l_____    BodoniEF-DemiBoldIta                   377.13
+     l_____    BodoniEF-BoldIta                       377.14
+     l_____    BodoniEF-RegularCn                     377.15
+     l_____    BodoniEF-RegularCnIta                  377.16
+     l_____    BodoniEF-BoldCn                        377.17
+     l_____    BodoniEF-DemiBoldCn                    377.18
+     l_____    BodoniEF-BoldCnItalic                  377.19
+     l_____    BodoniEF-DemiBoldCnIta                 377.20
+     l_____    BodoniEF-Black                         377.21
+     l_____    BodoniEF-BlackIta                      377.22
+     l_____    BodoniEF-Ultra                         377.23
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-Roman                      377.24
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-RomanSC                    377.25
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-RomanOsF                   377.26
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-Italic                     377.27
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-ItalicOsF                  377.28
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-Bold                       377.29
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-BoldOsF                    377.30
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-BoldItalic                 377.31
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-BoldItalicOsF              377.32
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-Black                      377.33
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-BlackItalic                377.34
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-BoldCond                   377.35
+     l_____    BauerBodoni-BlackCond                  377.36
+     l_____    BauerBodoniCE-Roman                    377.37
+     l_____    BauerBodoniCE-Italic                   377.38
+     l_____    BauerBodoniCE-Bold                     377.39
+     l_____    BauerBodoniCE-BoldItalic               377.40
+     l_____    BauerBodoniCE-Black                    377.41
+     l_____    BauerBodoniCE-BlackItalic              377.42
+     l_____    BauerBodoniCE-BoldCondensed            377.43
+     l_____    BauerBodoniCE-BlackCondensed           377.44
+     l_____    BauerBodoniEF-Regular                  377.45
+     l_____    BauerBodoniEF-RegularItalic            377.46
+     l_____    BauerBodoniEF-Medium                   377.47
+     l_____    BauerBodoniEF-MediumItalic             377.48
+     l_____    BauerBodoniEF-Bold                     377.49
+     l_____    BauerBodoniEF-BoldItalic               377.50
+     l_____    BodoniBE-Light                         377.51
+     l_____    BodoniBE-LightSC                       377.52
+     l_____    BodoniBE-LightExpert                   377.53
+     l_____    BodoniBE-LightItalic                   377.54
+     l_____    BodoniBE-LightItalicOsF                377.55
+     l_____    BodoniBE-LightItalicExpert             377.56
+     l_____    BodoniBE-Regular                       377.57
+     l_____    BodoniBE-RegularSC                     377.58
+     l_____    BodoniBE-RegularExp                    377.59
+     l_____    BodoniBE-Italic                        377.60
+     l_____    BodoniBE-ItalicOsF                     377.61
+     l_____    BodoniBE-ItalicExp                     377.62
+     l_____    BodoniBE-Medium                        377.63
+     l_____    BodoniBE-MediumSC                      377.64
+     l_____    BodoniBE-MediumExp                     377.65
+     l_____    BodoniBE-MediumItalic                  377.66
+     l_____    BodoniBE-MediumItalicOsF               377.67
+     l_____    BodoniBE-MediumItalicExp               377.68
+     l_____    BodoniBE-Bold                          377.69
+     l_____    BodoniBE-BoldOsF                       377.70
+     l_____    BodoniBE-BoldExp                       377.71
+     l_____    BodoniBE-BoldItalic                    377.72
+     l_____    BodoniBE-BoldItalicOsF                 377.73
+     l_____    BodoniBE-BoldItalicExp                 377.74
+     l_____    BodoniBE-Condensed                     377.75
+     l_____    BodoniBE-CnItalic                      377.76
+     l_____    BodoniBE-MediumCn                      377.77
+     l_____    BodoniBE-MediumCnItalic                377.78
+     l_____    BodoniBE-BoldCn                        377.79
+     l_____    BodoniBE-BoldCnItalic                  377.80
+     l_____    Bodoni-Poster                          377.81
+     l_____    Bodoni-PosterItalic                    377.82
+     l_____    Bodoni-PosterCompressed                377.83
+     l_____    BodoniSixEF-Book                       377.84
+     l_____    BodoniSixEF-BookSC                     377.85
+     l_____    BodoniSixEF-BookItalic                 377.86
+     l_____    BodoniSixEF-Bold                       377.87
+     l_____    BodoniSixEF-BoldItalic                 377.88
+     l_____    BodoniTwelveEF-Book                    377.89
+     l_____    BodoniTwelveEF-BookSC                  377.90
+     l_____    BodoniTwelveEF-BookItalic              377.91
+     l_____    BodoniTwelveEF-Bold                    377.92
+     l_____    BodoniTwelveEF-BoldItalic              377.93
+     l_____    BodoniSeventytwoEF-Book                377.94
+     l_____    BodoniSeventytwoEF-BookSC              377.95
+     l_____    BodoniSeventytwoEF-BookIta             377.96
+     l_____    BodoniSeventytwoEF-Bold                377.97
+     l_____    BodoniSeventytwoEF-BoldIta             377.98
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-Regular                377.99
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-RegularSC              377.100
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-RegularExp             377.101
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-Italic                 377.102
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-ItalicSC               377.103
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-ItalicExp              377.104
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-Medium                 377.105
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumSC               377.106
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumExp              377.107
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumIt               377.108
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumItOsF            377.109
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-MediumItExp            377.110
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-Bold                   377.111
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldOsF                377.112
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldExp                377.113
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldIt                 377.114
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldItOsF              377.115
+     l_____    BodoniOldFaceBE-BoldItExp              377.116
+     l_____    BordeauxEF-Regular                     378.0
+     l_____    BordeauxEF-RegularItalic               378.1
+     l_____    BordeauxScriptEF                       378.2
+     l_____    Boulevard                              380.0
+     l_____    BritannicEF-ExtraLight                 382.0
+     l_____    BritannicEF-Light                      382.1
+     l_____    BritannicEF-Medium                     382.2
+     l_____    BritannicEF-Bold                       382.3
+     l_____    BritannicEF-Ultra                      382.4
+     l_____    BrodyEF                                383.0
+     l_____    BronxEF                                384.0
+     l_____    BrushScript                            385.0
+     l_____    BrushScriptEF                          385.1
+     l_____    BuxomEF                                386.0
+     l_____    CabaretEF                              387.0
+     l_____    CalvertMT-Light                        389.0
+     l_____    CalvertMT-Regular                      389.1
+     l_____    CalvertMT-Bold                         389.2
+     l_____    CamelliaEF                             390.0
+     l_____    Candida-Roman                          391.0
+     l_____    Candida-Italic                         391.1
+     l_____    Candida-Bold                           391.2
+     l_____    CandidaEF-Regular                      391.3
+     l_____    CandidaEF-RegularItalic                391.4
+     l_____    CandidaEF-Medium                       391.5
+     l_____    CandidaEF-RegularCondensed             391.6
+     l_____    CandidaEF-MediumCondensed              391.7
+     l_____    CantoriaMT-Light                       392.0
+     l_____    CantoriaMT-LightItalic                 392.1
+     l_____    CantoriaMT-Roman                       392.2
+     l_____    CantoriaMT-Italic                      392.3
+     l_____    CantoriaMT-SemiBold                    392.4
+     l_____    CantoriaMT-SemiBoldItalic              392.5
+     l_____    CantoriaMT-Bold                        392.6
+     l_____    CantoriaMT-BoldItalic                  392.7
+     l_____    CantoriaMT-ExtraBold                   392.8
+     l_____    CantoriaMT-ExtraBoldItalic             392.9
+     l_____    Carolina                               393.0
+     l_____    Carolina-Dfr                           393.1
+     l_____    Carta                                  394.0
+     l_____    CartoonScript-Roman                    395.0
+     l_____    ACaslon-Regular                        396.0
+     l_____    ACaslon-AltRegular                     396.1
+     l_____    ACaslon-RegularSC                      396.2
+     l_____    ACaslonExp-Regular                     396.3
+     l_____    ACaslon-Italic                         396.4
+     l_____    ACaslon-AltItalic                      396.5
+     l_____    ACaslon-ItalicOsF                      396.6
+     l_____    ACaslonExp-Italic                      396.7
+     l_____    ACaslon-Semibold                       396.8
+     l_____    ACaslon-AltSemibold                    396.9
+     l_____    ACaslon-SemiboldSC                     396.10
+     l_____    ACaslonExp-Semibold                    396.11
+     l_____    ACaslon-SemiboldItalic                 396.12
+     l_____    ACaslon-AltSemiboldItalic              396.13
+     l_____    ACaslon-SemiboldItalicOsF              396.14
+     l_____    ACaslonExp-SemiboldItalic              396.15
+     l_____    ACaslon-Bold                           396.16
+     l_____    ACaslon-AltBold                        396.17
+     l_____    ACaslon-BoldOsF                        396.18
+     l_____    ACaslonExp-Bold                        396.19
+     l_____    ACaslon-BoldItalic                     396.20
+     l_____    ACaslon-AltBoldItalic                  396.21
+     l_____    ACaslon-BoldItalicOsF                  396.22
+     l_____    ACaslonExp-BoldItalic                  396.23
+     l_____    ACaslon-SwashItalic                    396.24
+     l_____    ACaslon-SwashSemiboldItalic            396.25
+     l_____    ACaslon-SwashBoldItalic                396.26
+     l_____    ACaslon-Ornaments                      396.27
+     l_____    CaslonThree-Roman                      396.28
+     l_____    CaslonThree-RomanSC                    396.29
+     l_____    CaslonThree-Italic                     396.30
+     l_____    CaslonThree-ItalicOsF                  396.31
+     l_____    CaslonFiveFourty-Roman                 396.32
+     l_____    CaslonFiveFourty-RomanSC               396.33
+     l_____    CaslonFiveFourty-Italic                396.34
+     l_____    CaslonFiveFourty-ItalicOsF             396.35
+     l_____    CaslonOpenFace                         396.36
+     l_____    CaslonFiveFourtyEF-Italic              396.37
+     l_____    CaslonBlackEF                          396.38
+     l_____    CaslonAntiqueEF                        396.39
+     l_____    CaslonGraphiqueEF                      396.40
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Book               396.41
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BookIt             396.42
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Medium             396.43
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-MediumIt           396.44
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Bold               396.45
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BoldIt             396.46
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-Black              396.47
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFour-BlackIt            396.48
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-Book             396.49
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-BookIt           396.50
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-Medium           396.51
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-MediumIt         396.52
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-Bold             396.53
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-BoldI            396.54
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-Black            396.55
+     l_____    CaslonTwoTwentyFourEF-BlackIt          396.56
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-Regular                   396.57
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-RegularSC                 396.58
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-RegularExp                396.59
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-Italic                    396.60
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-ItalicOsF                 396.61
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-ItalicExp                 396.62
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-Medium                    396.63
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-MediumSC                  396.64
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-MediumExp                 396.65
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-Bold                      396.66
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-BoldOsF                   396.67
+     l_____    CaslonBookBE-BoldExp                   396.68
+     l_____    CastleEF-Light                         397.0
+     l_____    CastleEF-Book                          397.1
+     l_____    CastleEF-Bold                          397.2
+     l_____    CastleEF-Ultra                         397.3
+     l_____    Catull-Regular                         398.0
+     l_____    Catull-Italic                          398.1
+     l_____    Catull-Medium                          398.2
+     l_____    Catull-Bold                            398.3
+     l_____    Caxton-Light                           399.0
+     l_____    Caxton-LightItalic                     399.1
+     l_____    Caxton-BookItalic                      399.2
+     l_____    Caxton-Book                            399.3
+     l_____    Caxton-Bold                            399.4
+     l_____    Caxton-BoldItalic                      399.5
+     l_____    CaxtonEF-Light                         399.6
+     l_____    CaxtonEF-LightItalic                   399.7
+     l_____    CaxtonEF-Book                          399.8
+     l_____    CaxtonEF-BookItalic                    399.9
+     l_____    CaxtonEF-Bold                          399.10
+     l_____    CaxtonEF-BoldItalic                    399.11
+     l_____    CaxtonEF-ExtraBold                     399.12
+     l_____    CaxtonEF-ExtraBoldItalic               399.13
+     l_____    CaxtonEF-BoldCondensed                 399.14
+     l_____    CaxtonEF-ExtraBoldCondensed            399.15
+     l_____    CentaurMT-Regular                      400.0
+     l_____    CentaurMT-RegularSC                    400.1
+     l_____    CentaurMT-RegularExpert                400.2
+     l_____    CentaurMT-Italic                       400.3
+     l_____    CentaurMT-ItalicA                      400.4
+     l_____    CentaurMT-ItalicAlternate              400.5
+     l_____    CentaurMT-ItalicOsF                    400.6
+     l_____    CentaurMT-ItalicExpert                 400.7
+     l_____    CentaurMT-Bold                         400.8
+     l_____    CentaurMT-BoldOsF                      400.9
+     l_____    CentaurMT-BoldExpert                   400.10
+     l_____    CentaurMT-BoldItalic                   400.11
+     l_____    CentaurMT-BoldItalicOsF                400.12
+     l_____    CentaurMT-BoldItalicExpert             400.13
+     l_____    CentaurMT-ItalicSwash                  400.14
+     l_____    ChallengeEF-Bold                       401.0
+     l_____    ChallengeEF-ExtraBold                  401.1
+     l_____    Charme                                 402.0
+     l_____    Cheltenham-Light                       403.0
+     l_____    Cheltenham-LightItalic                 403.1
+     l_____    Cheltenham-Book                        403.2
+     l_____    Cheltenham-BookItalic                  403.3
+     l_____    Cheltenham-Bold                        403.4
+     l_____    Cheltenham-BoldItalic                  403.5
+     l_____    Cheltenham-Ultra                       403.6
+     l_____    Cheltenham-UltraItalic                 403.7
+     l_____    Cheltenham-LightCond                   403.8
+     l_____    Cheltenham-LightCondItalic             403.9
+     l_____    Cheltenham-BookCond                    403.10
+     l_____    Cheltenham-BookCondItalic              403.11
+     l_____    Cheltenham-BoldCond                    403.12
+     l_____    Cheltenham-BoldCondItalic              403.13
+     l_____    Cheltenham-UltraCond                   403.14
+     l_____    Cheltenham-UltraCondItalic             403.15
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-Light                     403.16
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-LightItalic               403.17
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-Book                      403.18
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-BookItalic                403.19
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-Bold                      403.20
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-BoldItalic                403.21
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-Ultra                     403.22
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-UltraItalic               403.23
+     l_____    CheltenhamHandtEF-Bold                 403.24
+     l_____    CheltenhamHandtEF-BoldItalic           403.25
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-LightCond                 403.26
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-LightCondItalic           403.27
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-BookCond                  403.28
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-BookCondItalic            403.29
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-BoldCond                  403.30
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-BoldCondItalic            403.31
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-UltraCond                 403.32
+     l_____    CheltenhamEF-UltraCondItalic           403.33
+     l_____    CheltenhamOldStyleEF                   403.34
+     l_____    Cheq                                   404.0
+     l_____    ChiselEF                               405.0
+     l_____    DigiGroteskNEF-Light                   406.0
+     l_____    DigiGroteskNEF-Bold                    406.1
+     l_____    DigiGroteskNEF-SemiBoldCond            406.2
+     l_____    DigiGroteskNEF-BoldCondens             406.3
+     l_____    DigiGroteskSEF-Light                   406.4
+     l_____    DigiGroteskSEF-SemiBold                406.5
+     l_____    DomCasual                              407.0
+     l_____    DomCasual-Bold                         407.1
+     l_____    DomEF-CasualRegular                    407.2
+     l_____    DomEF-DiagonalRegular                  407.3
+     l_____    DomEF-CasualBold                       407.4
+     l_____    DomEF-DiagonalBold                     407.5
+     l_____    DorchesterScriptMT                     408.0
+     l_____    DynamoEF-Medium                        409.0
+     l_____    DynamoEF-Bold                          409.1
+     l_____    DynamoEF-BoldShadow                    409.2
+     l_____    DynamoEF-BoldCondensed                 409.3
+     l_____    EdisonEF-Book                          410.0
+     l_____    EdisonEF-BookItalic                    410.1
+     l_____    EdisonEF-SemiBold                      410.2
+     l_____    EdisonEF-SemiBoldItalic                410.3
+     l_____    EdisonEF-BoldCondensed                 410.4
+     l_____    EdwardianEF-Light                      411.0
+     l_____    EdwardianEF-LightIta                   411.1
+     l_____    EdwardianEF-Medium                     411.2
+     l_____    EdwardianEF-MediumIta                  411.3
+     l_____    EdwardianEF-Bold                       411.4
+     l_____    EdwardianEF-BoldIta                    411.5
+     l_____    EdwardianEF-ExtraBold                  411.6
+     l_____    EdwardianEF-ExtraBoldIta               411.7
+     l_____    EgizioEF-Condensed                     412.0
+     l_____    EgyptianEF-BoldCondensed               414.0
+     l_____    EgyptianEF-BoldExtended                414.1
+     l_____    EgyptienneEF-MediumCond                415.0
+     l_____    EhrhardtMT-Roman                       416.0
+     l_____    EhrhardtMT-Italic                      416.1
+     l_____    EhrhardtMT-SemiBold                    416.2
+     l_____    EhrhardtMt-SemiBoldItalic              416.3
+     l_____    EirinnAsciiLL                          417.0
+     l_____    EirinnGaelicLL                         417.1
+     l_____    ElGreco                                418.0
+     l_____    ElefontEF                              419.0
+     l_____    EllingtonMT-Light                      420.0
+     l_____    EllingtonMT-LightItalic                420.1
+     l_____    EllingtonMT-Roman                      420.2
+     l_____    EllingtonMT-Italic                     420.3
+     l_____    EllingtonMT-Bold                       420.4
+     l_____    EllingtonMT-BoldItalic                 420.5
+     l_____    EllingtonMT-ExtraBold                  420.6
+     l_____    EllingtonMT-ExtraBoldItalic            420.7
+     l_____    EnglishScriptEF-Regular                421.0
+     l_____    EnglishScriptEF-Bold                   421.1
+     l_____    EnglishScriptEF-DemiBold               421.2
+     l_____    Erbar-LightCondensed                   422.0
+     l_____    Erbar-BoldCondensed                    422.1
+     l_____    EscorialEF-Outline                     423.0
+     l_____    EscorialEF                             423.1
+     l_____    EthnoFontEF                            424.0
+     l_____    Eurostile                              425.0
+     l_____    Eurostile-Oblique                      425.1
+     l_____    Eurostile-Demi                         425.2
+     l_____    Eurostile-DemiOblique                  425.3
+     l_____    Eurostile-Bold                         425.4
+     l_____    Eurostile-BoldOblique                  425.5
+     l_____    Eurostile-Condensed                    425.6
+     l_____    Eurostile-BoldCondensed                425.7
+     l_____    Eurostile-ExtendedTwo                  425.8
+     l_____    Eurostile-BoldExtendedTwo              425.9
+     l_____    EurostileEF-Regular                    425.10
+     l_____    EurostileEF-Black                      425.11
+     l_____    Excelsior                              426.0
+     l_____    Excelsior-Italic                       426.1
+     l_____    Excelsior-Bold                         426.2
+     l_____    ExcelsiorCE-Roman                      426.3
+     l_____    ExcelsiorCE-Italic                     426.4
+     l_____    ExcelsiorCE-Bold                       426.5
+     l_____    ExcelsiorCyr-Upright                   426.6
+     l_____    ExcelsiorCyr-Inclined                  426.7
+     l_____    ExcelsiorCyr-Bold                      426.8
+     l_____    ExcelsiorEastA-Roman                   426.9
+     l_____    ExcelsiorEastA-Italic                  426.10
+     l_____    ExcelsiorEastA-Bold                    426.11
+     l_____    F2FAlLineato                           427.0
+     l_____    F2FCZYKagoTrans                        427.1
+     l_____    F2FEntebbe                             427.2
+     l_____    F2FHogRoach                            427.3
+     l_____    F2FMadZineFear                         427.4
+     l_____    F2FMadZineWip                          427.5
+     l_____    F2FMekkasoTomanik                      427.6
+     l_____    F2FMetamorfosi                         427.7
+     l_____    F2FOCRAlexcyzk                         427.8
+     l_____    F2FPixmix                              427.9
+     l_____    F2FPoisonFlowers                       427.10
+     l_____    F2FProvinciali                         427.11
+     l_____    F2FSimbolico                           427.12
+     l_____    F2FTechLand                            427.13
+     l_____    F2FWhaleTreeRnd                        427.14
+     l_____    F2FZakGlobe                            427.15
+     l_____    Falstaff-Regular                       428.0
+     l_____    FetteFraktur                           429.0
+     l_____    FetteFraktur-Dfr                       429.1
+     l_____    FetteFrakturEF                         429.2
+     l_____    FlashEF-Light                          430.0
+     l_____    FlashEF-Bold                           430.1
+     l_____    Flyer-BlackCondensed                   431.0
+     l_____    Flyer-BlackExtraCondensed              431.1
+     l_____    FlyerEF-Bold                           431.2
+     l_____    FlyerEF-BoldCondensed                  431.3
+     l_____    Folio-Light                            432.0
+     l_____    Folio-Medium                           432.1
+     l_____    Folio-Bold                             432.2
+     l_____    Folio-ExtraBold                        432.3
+     l_____    Folio-BoldCondensed                    432.4
+     l_____    FolioEF-BoldCondensed                  432.5
+     l_____    FolioEF-ExtraCondensed                 432.6
+     l_____    Formata-Light                          435.0
+     l_____    Formata-LightSC                        435.1
+     l_____    Formata-LightExpert                    435.2
+     l_____    Formata-LightItalic                    435.3
+     l_____    Formata-LightItalicSC                  435.4
+     l_____    Formata-LightItalicExpert              435.5
+     l_____    Formata-Regular                        435.6
+     l_____    Formata-RegularSC                      435.7
+     l_____    Formata-RegularExpert                  435.8
+     l_____    Formata-Italic                         435.9
+     l_____    Formata-ItalicSC                       435.10
+     l_____    Formata-ItalicExpert                   435.11
+     l_____    Formata-Medium                         435.12
+     l_____    Formata-MediumItalic                   435.13
+     l_____    Formata-Bold                           435.14
+     l_____    Formata-BoldItalic                     435.15
+     l_____    Formata-Outline                        435.16
+     l_____    Formata-LightCondensed                 435.17
+     l_____    Formata-LightCnSC                      435.18
+     l_____    Formata-LightCnExpert                  435.19
+     l_____    Formata-LightCondensedItalic           435.20
+     l_____    Formata-LightCnItalicSC                435.21
+     l_____    Formata-LightCnItalicExpert            435.22
+     l_____    Formata-Condensed                      435.23
+     l_____    Formata-CondensedOutline               435.24
+     l_____    Formata-CondensedSC                    435.25
+     l_____    Formata-CondensedExpert                435.26
+     l_____    Formata-CondensedItalic                435.27
+     l_____    Formata-CnItalicSC                     435.28
+     l_____    Formata-CnItalicExpert                 435.29
+     l_____    Formata-MediumCondensed                435.30
+     l_____    Formata-MediumCondensedItalic          435.31
+     l_____    Formata-BoldCondensed                  435.32
+     l_____    Formata-BoldCondensedItalic            435.33
+     l_____    FrankfurterEF-Medium                   436.0
+     l_____    FrankfurterEF-Solid                    436.1
+     l_____    FrankfurterEF-Inline                   436.2
+     l_____    FrankfurterEF-Highlight                436.3
+     l_____    FreestyleScript                        437.0
+     l_____    FreestyleScriptEF-Reg                  437.1
+     l_____    FreestyleScriptEF-RegAlt               437.2
+     l_____    FreestyleScriptEF-Bol                  437.3
+     l_____    FreestyleScriptEF-BolAlt               437.4
+     l_____    Bauhaus-Light                          438.0
+     l_____    Bauhaus-Medium                         438.1
+     l_____    Bauhaus-Demi                           438.2
+     l_____    Bauhaus-Bold                           438.3
+     l_____    Bauhaus-Heavy                          438.4
+     l_____    BauhausEF-Light                        438.5
+     l_____    BauhausEF-Medium                       438.6
+     l_____    BauhausEF-DemiBold                     438.7
+     l_____    BauhausEF-Bold                         438.8
+     l_____    BauhausEF-Heavy                        438.9
+     l_____    BenguiatGothic-Book                    439.0
+     l_____    BenguiatGothic-BookOblique             439.1
+     l_____    BenguiatGothic-Medium                  439.2
+     l_____    BenguiatGothic-MediumOblique           439.3
+     l_____    BenguiatGothic-Bold                    439.4
+     l_____    BenguiatGothic-BoldOblique             439.5
+     l_____    BenguiatGothic-Heavy                   439.6
+     l_____    BenguiatGothic-HeavyOblique            439.7
+     l_____    BenguiatGothicEF-Book                  439.8
+     l_____    BenguiatGothicEF-BookItalic            439.9
+     l_____    BenguiatGothicEF-Medium                439.10
+     l_____    BenguiatGothicEF-MediumItalic          439.11
+     l_____    BenguiatGothicEF-Bold                  439.12
+     l_____    BenguiatGothicEF-BoldItalic            439.13
+     l_____    BenguiatGothicEF-Heavy                 439.14
+     l_____    BenguiatGothicEF-HeavyItalic           439.15
+     l_____    Cerigo-Book                            440.0
+     l_____    Cerigo-BookItalic                      440.1
+     l_____    Cerigo-Medium                          440.2
+     l_____    Cerigo-MediumItalic                    440.3
+     l_____    Cerigo-Bold                            440.4
+     l_____    Cerigo-BoldItalic                      440.5
+     l_____    CerigoEF-Book                          440.6
+     l_____    CerigoEF-BookSC                        440.7
+     l_____    CerigoEF-BookItalic                    440.8
+     l_____    CerigoEF-Medium                        440.9
+     l_____    CerigoEF-MediumSC                      440.10
+     l_____    CerigoEF-MediumItalic                  440.11
+     l_____    CerigoEF-Bold                          440.12
+     l_____    CerigoEF-BoldItalic                    440.13
+     l_____    CerigoEF-BookSwashCaps                 440.14
+     l_____    CerigoEF-BookItalicSwashCaps           440.15
+     l_____    Cushing-Book                           441.0
+     l_____    Cushing-BookItalic                     441.1
+     l_____    Cushing-Medium                         441.2
+     l_____    Cushing-MediumItalic                   441.3
+     l_____    Cushing-Bold                           441.4
+     l_____    Cushing-BoldItalic                     441.5
+     l_____    Cushing-Heavy                          441.6
+     l_____    Cushing-HeavyItalic                    441.7
+     l_____    CushingEF-Book                         441.8
+     l_____    CushingEF-BookItalic                   441.9
+     l_____    CushingEF-Medium                       441.10
+     l_____    CushingEF-MediumItalic                 441.11
+     l_____    CushingEF-Bold                         441.12
+     l_____    CushingEF-BoldItalic                   441.13
+     l_____    CushingEF-Heavy                        441.14
+     l_____    CushingEF-HeavyItalic                  441.15
+     l_____    Esprit-Book                            442.0
+     l_____    Esprit-BookItalic                      442.1
+     l_____    Esprit-Medium                          442.2
+     l_____    Esprit-MediumItalic                    442.3
+     l_____    Esprit-Bold                            442.4
+     l_____    Esprit-BoldItalic                      442.5
+     l_____    Esprit-Black                           442.6
+     l_____    Esprit-BlackItalic                     442.7
+     l_____    EspritEF-Book                          442.8
+     l_____    EspritEF-BookSC                        442.9
+     l_____    EspritEF-BookItalic                    442.10
+     l_____    EspritEF-Medium                        442.11
+     l_____    EspritEF-MediumSC                      442.12
+     l_____    EspritEF-MediumItalic                  442.13
+     l_____    EspritEF-Bold                          442.14
+     l_____    EspritEF-BoldItalic                    442.15
+     l_____    EspritEF-Black                         442.16
+     l_____    EspritEF-BlackItalic                   442.17
+     l_____    Flora-Roman                            443.0
+     l_____    Flora-Bold                             443.1
+     l_____    FloraEF-Medium                         443.2
+     l_____    FloraEF-Bold                           443.3
+     l_____    Galliard-Roman                         444.0
+     l_____    Galliard-Italic                        444.1
+     l_____    Galliard-Bold                          444.2
+     l_____    Galliard-BoldItalic                    444.3
+     l_____    Galliard-Black                         444.4
+     l_____    Galliard-BlackItalic                   444.5
+     l_____    Galliard-Ultra                         444.6
+     l_____    Galliard-UltraItalic                   444.7
+     l_____    GalliardEF-Roman                       444.8
+     l_____    GalliardEF-Italic                      444.9
+     l_____    GalliardEF-Bold                        444.10
+     l_____    GalliardEF-BoldItalic                  444.11
+     l_____    GalliardEF-Black                       444.12
+     l_____    GalliardEF-BlackItalic                 444.13
+     l_____    GalliardEF-Ultra                       444.14
+     l_____    GalliardEF-UltraItalic                 444.15
+     l_____    GoldenTypeEF-Original                  445.0
+     l_____    GoldenTypeSCEF-Original                445.1
+     l_____    GoldenTypeEF-Bold                      445.2
+     l_____    GoldenTypeSCEF-Bold                    445.3
+     l_____    GoldenTypeEF-Black                     445.4
+     l_____    IsbellEF-Book                          446.0
+     l_____    IsbellEF-BookItalic                    446.1
+     l_____    IsbellEF-Bold                          446.2
+     l_____    IsbellEF-BoldItalic                    446.3
+     l_____    Korinna-Regular                        447.0
+     l_____    Korinna-KursivRegular                  447.1
+     l_____    Korinna-Bold                           447.2
+     l_____    Korinna-KursivBold                     447.3
+     l_____    KorinnaEF-Regular                      447.4
+     l_____    KorinnaEF-RegularKursiv                447.5
+     l_____    KorinnaEF-Bold                         447.6
+     l_____    KorinnaEF-BoldKursiv                   447.7
+     l_____    KorinnaEF-ExtraBold                    447.8
+     l_____    KorinnaEF-ExtraBoldKursiv              447.9
+     l_____    KorinnaEF-Heavy                        447.10
+     l_____    KorinnaEF-HeavyKursiv                  447.11
+     l_____    LegacySans-Book                        448.0
+     l_____    LegacySans-BookItalic                  448.1
+     l_____    LegacySans-Medium                      448.2
+     l_____    LegacySans-MediumItalic                448.3
+     l_____    LegacySans-Bold                        448.4
+     l_____    LegacySans-BoldItalic                  448.5
+     l_____    LegacySans-Ultra                       448.6
+     l_____    LegacySerif-Book                       448.7
+     l_____    LegacySerif-BookItalic                 448.8
+     l_____    LegacySerif-Medium                     448.9
+     l_____    LegacySerif-MediumItalic               448.10
+     l_____    LegacySerif-Bold                       448.11
+     l_____    LegacySerif-BoldItalic                 448.12
+     l_____    LegacySerif-Ultra                      448.13
+     l_____    LegacySansEF-Book                      448.14
+     l_____    LegacySansEF-BookSC                    448.15
+     l_____    LegacySansEF-BookItalic                448.16
+     l_____    LegacySansEF-Medium                    448.17
+     l_____    LegacySansEF-MediumSC                  448.18
+     l_____    LegacySansEF-MediumItalic              448.19
+     l_____    LegacySansEF-Bold                      448.20
+     l_____    LegacySansEF-BoldItalic                448.21
+     l_____    LegacySansEF-Ultra                     448.22
+     l_____    LegacySerifEF-Book                     448.23
+     l_____    LegacySerifEF-BookSC                   448.24
+     l_____    LegacySerifEF-BookItalic               448.25
+     l_____    LegacySerifEF-Medium                   448.26
+     l_____    LegacySerifEF-MediumSC                 448.27
+     l_____    LegacySerifEF-MediumItalic             448.28
+     l_____    LegacySerifEF-Bold                     448.29
+     l_____    LegacySerifEF-BoldItalic               448.30
+     l_____    LegacySerifEF-Ultra                    448.31
+     l_____    Machine                                449.0
+     l_____    Machine-Bold                           449.1
+     l_____    MachineEF-Regular                      449.2
+     l_____    MachineEF-Bold                         449.3
+     l_____    MonaLisa-Solid                         450.0
+     l_____    MonaLisa-Recut                         450.1
+     l_____    MonaLisaEF-Solid                       450.2
+     l_____    MonaLisaEF-Recut                       450.3
+     l_____    Novarese-Book                          451.0
+     l_____    Novarese-BookItalic                    451.1
+     l_____    Novarese-Medium                        451.2
+     l_____    Novarese-MediumItalic                  451.3
+     l_____    Novarese-Bold                          451.4
+     l_____    Novarese-BoldItalic                    451.5
+     l_____    Novarese-Ultra                         451.6
+     l_____    NovareseEF-Book                        451.7
+     l_____    NovareseEF-BookItalic                  451.8
+     l_____    NovareseEF-Medium                      451.9
+     l_____    NovareseEF-MediumItalic                451.10
+     l_____    NovareseEF-Bold                        451.11
+     l_____    NovareseEF-BoldItalic                  451.12
+     l_____    NovareseEF-Ultra                       451.13
+     l_____    PacellaEF-Book                         452.0
+     l_____    PacellaSCEF-Book                       452.1
+     l_____    PacellaEF-BookItalic                   452.2
+     l_____    PacellaEF-Medium                       452.3
+     l_____    PacellaSCEF-Medium                     452.4
+     l_____    PacellaEF-MediumItalic                 452.5
+     l_____    PacellaEF-Bold                         452.6
+     l_____    PacellaEF-BoldItalic                   452.7
+     l_____    PacellaEF-Black                        452.8
+     l_____    PacellaEF-BlackItalic                  452.9
+     l_____    QuaySansEF-Book                        453.0
+     l_____    QuaySansEF-BookSC                      453.1
+     l_____    QuaySansEF-BookItalic                  453.2
+     l_____    QuaySansEF-Medium                      453.3
+     l_____    QuaySansEF-MediumSC                    453.4
+     l_____    QuaySansEF-MediumItalic                453.5
+     l_____    QuaySansEF-Black                       453.6
+     l_____    QuaySansEF-BlackItalic                 453.7
+     l_____    SerifGothic-Light                      454.0
+     l_____    SerifGothic                            454.1
+     l_____    SerifGothic-Bold                       454.2
+     l_____    SerifGothic-ExtraBold                  454.3
+     l_____    SerifGothic-Heavy                      454.4
+     l_____    SerifGothic-Black                      454.5
+     l_____    SerifGothicEF-Light                    454.6
+     l_____    SerifGothicEF-Regular                  454.7
+     l_____    SerifGothicEF-Bold                     454.8
+     l_____    SerifGothicEF-ExtraBold                454.9
+     l_____    SerifGothicEF-Heavy                    454.10
+     l_____    SerifGothicEF-Black                    454.11
+     l_____    Symbol-Book                            455.0
+     l_____    Symbol-BookItalic                      455.1
+     l_____    Symbol-Medium                          455.2
+     l_____    Symbol-MediumItalic                    455.3
+     l_____    Symbol-Bold                            455.4
+     l_____    Symbol-BoldItalic                      455.5
+     l_____    Symbol-Black                           455.6
+     l_____    Symbol-BlackItalic                     455.7
+     l_____    SymbolEF-Book                          455.8
+     l_____    SymbolEF-BookSC                        455.9
+     l_____    SymbolEF-BookItalic                    455.10
+     l_____    SymbolEF-Medium                        455.11
+     l_____    SymbolEF-MediumSC                      455.12
+     l_____    SymbolEF-MediumItalic                  455.13
+     l_____    SymbolEF-Bold                          455.14
+     l_____    SymbolEF-BoldItalic                    455.15
+     l_____    SymbolEF-Black                         455.16
+     l_____    SymbolEF-BlackItalic                   455.17
+     l_____    Tiepolo-Book                           456.0
+     l_____    Tiepolo-BookItalic                     456.1
+     l_____    Tiepolo-Bold                           456.2
+     l_____    Tiepolo-BoldItalic                     456.3
+     l_____    Tiepolo-Black                          456.4
+     l_____    Tiepolo-BlackItalic                    456.5
+     l_____    TiepoloEF-Book                         456.6
+     l_____    TiepoloEF-BookSC                       456.7
+     l_____    TiepoloEF-BookItalic                   456.8
+     l_____    TiepoloEF-Bold                         456.9
+     l_____    TiepoloEF-BoldSC                       456.10
+     l_____    TiepoloEF-BoldItalic                   456.11
+     l_____    TiepoloEF-Black                        456.12
+     l_____    TiepoloEF-BlackItalic                  456.13
+     l_____    Veljovic-Book                          457.0
+     l_____    Veljovic-BookItalic                    457.1
+     l_____    Veljovic-Medium                        457.2
+     l_____    Veljovic-MediumItalic                  457.3
+     l_____    Veljovic-Bold                          457.4
+     l_____    Veljovic-BoldItalic                    457.5
+     l_____    Veljovic-Black                         457.6
+     l_____    Veljovic-BlackItalic                   457.7
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-Book                        457.8
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-BookOsF                     457.9
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-BookItalic                  457.10
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-BookItalicOsF               457.11
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-Medium                      457.12
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-MediumOsF                   457.13
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-MediumItalic                457.14
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-MediumItalicOsF             457.15
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-Bold                        457.16
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-BoldOsF                     457.17
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-BoldItalic                  457.18
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-BoldItalicOsF               457.19
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-Black                       457.20
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-BlackOsF                    457.21
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-BlackItalic                 457.22
+     l_____    VeljovicEF-BlackItalicOsF              457.23
+     l_____    ZapfBookEF-Light                       458.0
+     l_____    ZapfBookEF-LightItalic                 458.1
+     l_____    ZapfBookEF-Medium                      458.2
+     l_____    ZapfBookEF-MediumItalic                458.3
+     l_____    ZapfBookEF-Demi                        458.4
+     l_____    ZapfBookEF-DemiItalic                  458.5
+     l_____    ZapfBookEF-Heavy                       458.6
+     l_____    ZapfBookEF-HeavyItalic                 458.7
+     l_____    ZapfChancery-Light                     458.8
+     l_____    ZapfChancery-LightItalic               458.9
+     l_____    ZapfChancery-Roman                     458.10
+     l_____    ZapfChancery-Italic                    458.11
+     l_____    ZapfChancery-MediumItalic              458.12
+     l_____    ZapfChancery-Demi                      458.13
+     l_____    ZapfChancery-Bold                      458.14
+     l_____    ZapfChanceryCE-MediumItalic            458.15
+     l_____    ZapfChanceryEF-Light                   458.16
+     l_____    ZapfChanceryEF-LightItalic             458.17
+     l_____    ZapfChanceryEF-Medium                  458.18
+     l_____    ZapfChanceryEF-MediumItalic            458.19
+     l_____    ZapfChanceryEF-Demi                    458.20
+     l_____    ZapfChanceryEF-Bold                    458.21
+     l_____    ZapfInternationalEF-Light              458.23
+     l_____    ZapfInternationalEF-LightIta           458.24
+     l_____    ZapfInternationalEF-Medium             458.25
+     l_____    ZapfInternationalEF-MediumIta          458.26
+     l_____    ZapfInternationalEF-Demi               458.27
+     l_____    ZapfInternationalEF-DemiIta            458.28
+     l_____    ZapfInternationalEF-Heavy              458.29
+     l_____    ZapfInternationalEF-HeavyIta           458.30
+     l_____    AudioLH-Pi                             459.0
+     l_____    EECLH-Pi                               460.0
+     l_____    XmasLH-PiOne                           462.0
+     l_____    XmasLH-PiTwo                           462.1
+     l_____    Lucida                                 463.0
+     l_____    Lucida-Italic                          463.1
+     l_____    Lucida-Bold                            463.2
+     l_____    Lucida-BoldItalic                      463.3
+     l_____    LucidaSans                             463.4
+     l_____    LucidaSans-Italic                      463.5
+     l_____    LucidaSans-Bold                        463.6
+     l_____    LucidaSans-BoldItalic                  463.7
+     l_____    LucidaMath-Symbol                      463.8
+     l_____    LucidaMath-Extension                   463.9
+     l_____    LucidaMath-Italic                      463.10
+     l_____    LucidaEF                               463.11
+     l_____    LucidaEF-Italic                        463.12
+     l_____    LucidaEF-Bold                          463.13
+     l_____    LucidaEF-BoldItalic                    463.14
+     l_____    LucidaBlackletterEF                    463.15
+     l_____    LucidaBrightEF-Roman                   463.16
+     l_____    LucidaBrightEF-RomanIta                463.17
+     l_____    LucidaBrightEF-DemiBold                463.18
+     l_____    LucidaBrightEF-DemiBoldIta             463.19
+     l_____    LucidaBrightNarEF-Roman                463.20
+     l_____    LucidaBrightNarEF-Ita                  463.21
+     l_____    LucidaBrightNarEF-DeBol                463.22
+     l_____    LucidaBrightNarEF-DeBolIta             463.23
+     l_____    LucidaCalligraphyEF                    463.24
+     l_____    LucidaCasualEF-Roman                   463.25
+     l_____    LucidaCasualEF-Italic                  463.26
+     l_____    LucidaFaxEF-Roman                      463.27
+     l_____    LucidaFaxEF-RomanItalic                463.28
+     l_____    LucidaFaxEF-DemiBold                   463.29
+     l_____    LucidaFaxEF-DemiBoldItalic             463.30
+     l_____    LucidaHandwritingEF                    463.31
+     l_____    LucidaTypewriterEF-Regular             463.32
+     l_____    LucidaTypewriterEF-Bold                463.33
+     l_____    LucidaSansEF-Roman                     463.34
+     l_____    LucidaSansEF-RomanIta                  463.35
+     l_____    LucidaSansEF-Bold                      463.36
+     l_____    LucidaSansEF-DemiBold                  463.37
+     l_____    LucidaSansEF-BoldItalic                463.38
+     l_____    LucidaSansEF-DemiBoldIta               463.39
+     l_____    LucidaSansNarEF-Roman                  463.40
+     l_____    LucidaSansNarEF-Ita                    463.41
+     l_____    LucidaSansNarEF-DemBol                 463.42
+     l_____    LucidaSansNarEF-DemBolIta              463.43
+     l_____    Madrone                                465.0
+     l_____    MagnusEF                               466.0
+     l_____    MandarinEF                             467.0
+     l_____    Marigold                               468.0
+     l_____    MatthiaLL-Regular                      469.0
+     l_____    MaturaMT                               470.0
+     l_____    MaturaMT-ScriptCapitals                470.1
+     l_____    MaximaEF-Light                         471.0
+     l_____    MaximaEF-LightOblique                  471.1
+     l_____    MaximaEF-Medium                        471.2
+     l_____    MaximaEF-MediumOblique                 471.3
+     l_____    MaximaEF-Bold                          471.4
+     l_____    MaximaEF-BoldOblique                   471.5
+     l_____    MaximaEF-BoldCondensed                 471.6
+     l_____    MediciScript                           472.0
+     l_____    MercuriusMT-BoldScript                 473.0
+     l_____    Mesquite                               474.0
+     l_____    MetropolitainEF                        475.0
+     l_____    Minion-Regular                         476.0
+     l_____    Minion-RegularSC                       476.1
+     l_____    MinionExp-Regular                      476.2
+     l_____    Minion-Italic                          476.3
+     l_____    Minion-ItalicSC                        476.4
+     l_____    MinionExp-Italic                       476.5
+     l_____    Minion-Semibold                        476.6
+     l_____    Minion-SemiboldSC                      476.7
+     l_____    MinionExp-Semibold                     476.8
+     l_____    Minion-SemiboldItalic                  476.9
+     l_____    Minion-SemiboldItalicSC                476.10
+     l_____    MinionExp-SemiboldItalic               476.11
+     l_____    Minion-Bold                            476.12
+     l_____    Minion-BoldOsF                         476.13
+     l_____    MinionExp-Bold                         476.14
+     l_____    Minion-BoldItalic                      476.15
+     l_____    Minion-BoldItalicOsF                   476.16
+     l_____    MinionExp-BoldItalic                   476.17
+     l_____    Minion-Black                           476.18
+     l_____    Minion-BlackOsF                        476.19
+     l_____    Minion-BlackExpert                     476.20
+     l_____    Minion-Display                         476.21
+     l_____    Minion-DisplaySC                       476.22
+     l_____    MinionExp-Display                      476.23
+     l_____    Minion-DisplayItalic                   476.24
+     l_____    Minion-DisplayItalicSC                 476.25
+     l_____    MinionExp-DisplayItalic                476.26
+     l_____    Minion-SwashItalic                     476.27
+     l_____    Minion-SwashDisplayItalic              476.28
+     l_____    Minion-SwashSemiboldItalic             476.29
+     l_____    Minion-Ornaments                       476.30
+     l_____    MinionCyr-Regular                      476.31
+     l_____    MinionCyr-Italic                       476.32
+     l_____    MinionCyr-Semibold                     476.33
+     l_____    MinionCyr-SemiboldItalic               476.34
+     l_____    MinionCyr-Bold                         476.35
+     l_____    MinionCyr-BoldItalic                   476.36
+     l_____    Minister-Light                         477.0
+     l_____    Minister-LightItalic                   477.1
+     l_____    Minister-Book                          477.2
+     l_____    Minister-BookItalic                    477.3
+     l_____    Minister-Bold                          477.4
+     l_____    Minister-BoldItalic                    477.5
+     l_____    Minister-Black                         477.6
+     l_____    Minister-BlackItalic                   477.7
+     l_____    MinisterEF-Light                       477.8
+     l_____    MinisterEF-LightItalic                 477.9
+     l_____    MinisterEF-Book                        477.10
+     l_____    MinisterEF-BookItalic                  477.11
+     l_____    MinisterEF-Bold                        477.12
+     l_____    ModernNo216EF-Light                    478.0
+     l_____    ModernNo216EF-LightItalic              478.1
+     l_____    ModernNo216EF-Medium                   478.2
+     l_____    ModernNo216EF-MediumItalic             478.3
+     l_____    ModernNo216EF-Bold                     478.4
+     l_____    ModernNo216EF-BoldItalic               478.5
+     l_____    ModernNo216EF-Heavy                    478.6
+     l_____    ModernNo216EF-HeavyItalic              478.7
+     l_____    ModernMT-Bold                          478.8
+     l_____    ModernMT-BoldItalic                    478.9
+     l_____    ModernMT-Condensed                     478.10
+     l_____    ModernMT-CondensedItalic               478.11
+     l_____    ModernMT-Extended                      478.12
+     l_____    ModernMT-ExtendedItalic                478.13
+     l_____    ModernMT-Wide                          478.14
+     l_____    ModernMT-WideItalic                    478.15
+     l_____    ModernExtendedEF-Book                  478.16
+     l_____    ModernExtendedEF-BookIta               478.17
+     l_____    ModernExtendedEF-Bold                  478.18
+     l_____    ModifiedGothic                         479.0
+     l_____    MonterreyEF                            480.0
+     l_____    MotterFeminaEF                         481.0
+     l_____    MysteryEF-White                        482.0
+     l_____    MysteryEF-Black                        482.1
+     l_____    MysteryEF-Mixed                        482.2
+     l_____    PinxitAstroLL                          485.0
+     l_____    PinxitOfficeLL                         485.1
+     l_____    PinxitPrivateLL                        485.2
+     l_____    Plak-Black                             486.0
+     l_____    Plak-BlackCondensed                    486.1
+     l_____    Plak-BlackExtraCondensed               486.2
+     l_____    Plantin-Light                          487.0
+     l_____    Plantin-LightItalic                    487.1
+     l_____    Plantin                                487.2
+     l_____    Plantin-Italic                         487.3
+     l_____    Plantin-Semibold                       487.4
+     l_____    Plantin-SemiboldItalic                 487.5
+     l_____    Plantin-Bold                           487.6
+     l_____    Plantin-BoldItalic                     487.7
+     l_____    Plantin-BoldCondensed                  487.8
+     l_____    PlaybillEF                             488.0
+     l_____    Poetica-SuppLowercaseAltI              489.0
+     l_____    Poetica-SuppLowercaseAltII             489.1
+     l_____    Poetica-RomanSmallCaps                 489.2
+     l_____    Poetica-RomanSmallCapsAlt              489.3
+     l_____    Poetica-SuppLigatures                  489.4
+     l_____    Poetica-SuppLowercaseBegI              489.5
+     l_____    Poetica-SuppLowercaseBegII             489.6
+     l_____    Poetica-SuppLowercaseEndI              489.7
+     l_____    Poetica-SuppLowercaseEndII             489.8
+     l_____    Poetica-SuppAmpersands                 489.9
+     l_____    Poetica-ChanceryExpert                 489.10
+     l_____    Poetica-ChanceryI                      489.11
+     l_____    Poetica-ChanceryII                     489.12
+     l_____    Poetica-ChanceryIII                    489.13
+     l_____    Poetica-ChanceryIV                     489.14
+     l_____    Poetica-SuppInitialsSwashCaps          489.15
+     l_____    Poetica-SwashCapsI                     489.16
+     l_____    Poetica-SwashCapsII                    489.17
+     l_____    Poetica-SwashCapsIII                   489.18
+     l_____    Poetica-SwashCapsIV                    489.19
+     l_____    Poetica-SuppOrnaments                  489.20
+     l_____    Pompeijana-Roman                       490.0
+     l_____    Pompeijana-Borders                     490.1
+     l_____    PopplExquisit-Regular                  491.0
+     l_____    PopplExquisit-Medium                   491.1
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-Light                    491.2
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-LightItalic              491.3
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-Regular                  491.4
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-Italic                   491.5
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-Medium                   491.6
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-MediumItalic             491.7
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-Bold                     491.8
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-BoldItalic               491.9
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-LightCondensed           491.10
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-Condensed                491.11
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-MediumCondensed          491.12
+     l_____    PopplLaudatio-BoldCondensed            491.13
+     l_____    PopplPontifex-Roman                    491.14
+     l_____    PopplPontifex-RomanSC                  491.15
+     l_____    PopplPontifex-Italic                   491.16
+     l_____    PopplPontifex-Bold                     491.17
+     l_____    PopplPontifex-Black                    491.18
+     l_____    PopplPontifex-BoldCondensed            491.19
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-Regular                491.20
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-RegularSC              491.21
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-RegularExp             491.22
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-Italic                 491.23
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-ItalicOsF              491.24
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-ItalicExp              491.25
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-Medium                 491.26
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-MediumSC               491.27
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-MediumExp              491.28
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-Bold                   491.29
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-BoldOsF                491.30
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-BoldExp                491.31
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-MediumCn               491.32
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-MediumCnSC             491.33
+     l_____    PopplPontifexBE-MediumCnExp            491.34
+     l_____    PopplResidenz-Light                    491.35
+     l_____    PopplResidenz-Regular                  491.36
+     l_____    PostAntiqua-Roman                      492.0
+     l_____    PostAntiqua-Bold                       492.1
+     l_____    PostAntiquaBE-Regular                  492.2
+     l_____    PostAntiquaBE-Medium                   492.3
+     l_____    PostMediaeval-Regular                  492.4
+     l_____    PostMediaeval-Italic                   492.5
+     l_____    PostMediaeval-Medium                   492.6
+     l_____    PraxisEF-Light                         493.0
+     l_____    PraxisEF-LightSC                       493.1
+     l_____    PraxisEF-Regular                       493.2
+     l_____    PraxisEF-RegularSC                     493.3
+     l_____    PraxisEF-SemiBold                      493.4
+     l_____    PraxisEF-Bold                          493.5
+     l_____    PraxisEF-Heavy                         493.6
+     l_____    PremierEF                              494.0
+     l_____    PremierEF-Alternate                    494.1
+     l_____    PremierEF-Shaded                       494.2
+     l_____    Present                                495.0
+     l_____    Present-Bold                           495.1
+     l_____    Present-Black                          495.2
+     l_____    Present-Condensed                      495.3
+     l_____    Present-BoldCondensed                  495.4
+     l_____    Present-BlackCondensed                 495.5
+     l_____    PrincetownEF                           496.0
+     l_____    ProteusEF-Light                        497.0
+     l_____    ProteusEF-Book                         497.1
+     l_____    ProteusEF-Medium                       497.2
+     l_____    ProteusEF-Bold                         497.3
+     l_____    Quake                                  498.0
+     l_____    QuartzEF                               499.0
+     l_____    QuasariaLL-Regular                     500.0
+     l_____    QuasariaLL-Oblique                     500.1
+     l_____    QuasariaLL-Bold                        500.2
+     l_____    QuasariaLL-BoldOblique                 500.3
+     l_____    Rad                                    501.0
+     l_____    RadiantEFText-Light                    502.0
+     l_____    RadiantEFText-Book                     502.1
+     l_____    RadiantEFText-Medium                   502.2
+     l_____    RadiantEFText-DemiBold                 502.3
+     l_____    RadiantEFText-Bold                     502.4
+     l_____    RadiantEFText-Black                    502.5
+     l_____    RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo2               502.6
+     l_____    RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo1               502.7
+     l_____    RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo4               502.8
+     l_____    RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo3               502.9
+     l_____    RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo6               502.10
+     l_____    RadiantEFDisplay-CondNo5               502.11
+     l_____    RageItalicEF                           503.0
+     l_____    ReadMyHandLL                           504.0
+     l_____    ReadMyHandLL-Bold                      504.1
+     l_____    Reporter-Two                           505.0
+     l_____    RialtoEF                               506.0
+     l_____    Rockwell-Light                         507.0
+     l_____    Rockwell-LightItalic                   507.1
+     l_____    Rockwell                               507.2
+     l_____    Rockwell-Italic                        507.3
+     l_____    Rockwell-Bold                          507.4
+     l_____    Rockwell-BoldItalic                    507.5
+     l_____    Rockwell-ExtraBold                     507.6
+     l_____    Rockwell-Condensed                     507.7
+     l_____    Rockwell-BoldCondensed                 507.8
+     l_____    RomanScriptEF                          508.0
+     l_____    RomanScriptEF-Alternate                508.1
+     l_____    Rosewood-Fill                          509.0
+     l_____    Rosewood-Regular                       509.1
+     l_____    Rotation-Roman                         510.0
+     l_____    Rotation-Italic                        510.1
+     l_____    Rotation-Bold                          510.2
+     l_____    Roundy-Roman                           511.0
+     l_____    Roundy-Swash                           511.1
+     l_____    RulingScript                           512.0
+     l_____    RulingScript-Addition                  512.1
+     l_____    RussellSquare                          513.0
+     l_____    RussellSquare-Oblique                  513.1
+     l_____    Sabon-Roman                            514.0
+     l_____    Sabon-RomanSC                          514.1
+     l_____    Sabon-RomanOsF                         514.2
+     l_____    Sabon-Italic                           514.3
+     l_____    Sabon-ItalicOsF                        514.4
+     l_____    Sabon-Bold                             514.5
+     l_____    Sabon-BoldOsF                          514.6
+     l_____    Sabon-BoldItalic                       514.7
+     l_____    Sabon-BoldItalicOsF                    514.8
+     l_____    Sassafras-Roman                        517.0
+     l_____    Sassafras-SxRoman                      517.1
+     l_____    Sassafras-LxRoman                      517.2
+     l_____    Sassafras-LxItalic                     517.3
+     l_____    Sassafras-SxItalic                     517.4
+     l_____    Sassafras-Italic                       517.5
+     l_____    StempelSchneidler-Light                518.0
+     l_____    StempelSchneidler-LightItalic          518.1
+     l_____    StempelSchneidler-Roman                518.2
+     l_____    StempelSchneidler-Italic               518.3
+     l_____    StempelSchneidler-Medium               518.4
+     l_____    StempelSchneidler-MedItalic            518.5
+     l_____    StempelSchneidler-Bold                 518.6
+     l_____    StempelSchneidler-BoldItalic           518.7
+     l_____    StempelSchneidler-Black                518.8
+     l_____    StempelSchneidler-BlackItalic          518.9
+     l_____    SchneidlerEF-Light                     518.10
+     l_____    SchneidlerEF-AmaltheaLight             518.11
+     l_____    SchneidlerEF-Roman                     518.12
+     l_____    SchneidlerEF-AmaltheaRoman             518.13
+     l_____    SchneidlerEF-Medium                    518.14
+     l_____    SchneidlerEF-AmaltheaMedium            518.15
+     l_____    SchneidlerEF-Bold                      518.16
+     l_____    SchneidlerEF-AmaltheaBold              518.17
+     l_____    SchneidlerEF-Black                     518.18
+     l_____    SchneidlerEF-AmaltheaBlack             518.19
+     l_____    SchreibmaschineEF-Regular              519.0
+     l_____    Serpentine-Light                       520.0
+     l_____    Serpentine-LightOblique                520.1
+     l_____    Serpentine-Medium                      520.2
+     l_____    Serpentine-MediumOblique               520.3
+     l_____    Serpentine-Bold                        520.4
+     l_____    Serpentine-BoldOblique                 520.5
+     l_____    SerpentineEF-Bold                      520.6
+     l_____    SerpentineEF-BoldItalic                520.7
+     l_____    VarioEF-Regular                        522.0
+     l_____    VarioEF-RegularItalic                  522.1
+     l_____    VectoraLH-Light                        523.0
+     l_____    VectoraLH-LightItalic                  523.1
+     l_____    VectoraLH-Roman                        523.2
+     l_____    VectoraLH-Italic                       523.3
+     l_____    VectoraLH-Bold                         523.4
+     l_____    VectoraLH-BoldItalic                   523.5
+     l_____    VectoraLH-Black                        523.6
+     l_____    VectoraLH-BlackItalic                  523.7
+     l_____    VegasEF                                524.0
+     l_____    Versailles-Light                       526.0
+     l_____    Versailles-LightItalic                 526.1
+     l_____    Versailles-Roman                       526.2
+     l_____    Versailles-Italic                      526.3
+     l_____    Versailles-Bold                        526.4
+     l_____    Versailles-BoldItalic                  526.5
+     l_____    Versailles-Black                       526.6
+     l_____    Versailles-BlackItalic                 526.7
+     l_____    Visigoth                               527.0
+     l_____    VladimirScriptEF                       528.0
+     l_____    Westside                               530.0
+     l_____    WiesbadenSwing-Roman                   531.0
+     l_____    Willow                                 532.0
+     l_____    WittenbergerFrakturMT                  533.0
+     l_____    WittenbergerFrakturMT-Dfr              533.1
+     l_____    WittenbergerFrakturMT-Bd               533.2
+     l_____    WittenbergerFrakturMT-BdDfr            533.3
+     l_____    Zebrawood-Fill                         534.0
+     l_____    Zebrawood-Regular                      534.1
+     l_____    AgrafieLL                              535.0
+     l_____    AlbertusMT-Light                       536.0
+     l_____    AlbertusMT-Roman                       536.1
+     l_____    AlbertusMT-Italic                      536.2
+     l_____    Alexa                                  537.0
+     l_____    AlgerianEF                             538.0
+     l_____    Amigo                                  540.0
+     l_____    AngroEF-Light                          541.0
+     l_____    AngroEF-Bold                           541.1
+     l_____    AnzeigenGroteskEF                      542.0
+     l_____    ArsisEF-Regular                        543.0
+     l_____    ArsisEF-RegularItalic                  543.1
+     l_____    AugusteaOpenEF                         544.0
+     l_____    Avenir-Light                           545.0
+     l_____    Avenir-LightOblique                    545.1
+     l_____    Avenir-Book                            545.2
+     l_____    Avenir-BookOblique                     545.3
+     l_____    Avenir-Roman                           545.4
+     l_____    Avenir-Oblique                         545.5
+     l_____    Avenir-Medium                          545.6
+     l_____    Avenir-MediumOblique                   545.7
+     l_____    Avenir-Heavy                           545.8
+     l_____    Avenir-HeavyOblique                    545.9
+     l_____    Avenir-Black                           545.10
+     l_____    Avenir-BlackOblique                    545.11
+     l_____    BakerSignet                            546.0
+     l_____    Balzano                                547.0
+     l_____    Barmeno-Regular                        548.0
+     l_____    Barmeno-Medium                         548.1
+     l_____    Barmeno-Bold                           548.2
+     l_____    Barmeno-ExtraBold                      548.3
+     l_____    BellCentennial-Address                 549.0
+     l_____    BellCentennial-SubCaption              549.1
+     l_____    BellCentennial-NameAndNumber           549.2
+     l_____    BellCentennial-BoldListing             549.3
+     l_____    BellCentennial-BoldListingAlt          549.4
+     l_____    City-Light                             550.0
+     l_____    City-LightItalic                       550.1
+     l_____    City-Medium                            550.2
+     l_____    City-MediumItalic                      550.3
+     l_____    City-Bold                              550.4
+     l_____    City-BoldItalic                        550.5
+     lpi___    BorderPi-OneFiveOneFiveNine            551.0
+     l_____    BroadwayEF                             552.2
+     l_____    BroadwayEF-Engraved                    552.3
+     l_____    Caliban                                553.0
+     l_____    CarouselEF                             554.0
+     l_____    Century-Light                          555.0
+     l_____    Century-LightItalic                    555.1
+     l_____    Century-Book                           555.2
+     l_____    Century-BookItalic                     555.3
+     l_____    Century-Bold                           555.4
+     l_____    Century-BoldItalic                     555.5
+     l_____    Century-Ultra                          555.6
+     l_____    Century-UltraItalic                    555.7
+     l_____    Century-LightCondensed                 555.8
+     l_____    Century-LightCondensedItalic           555.9
+     l_____    Century-BookCondensed                  555.10
+     l_____    Century-BookCondensedItalic            555.11
+     l_____    Century-BoldCondensed                  555.12
+     l_____    Century-BoldCondensedItalic            555.13
+     l_____    Century-UltraCondensed                 555.14
+     l_____    Century-UltraCondensedItalic           555.15
+     l_____    CenturyEF-Light                        555.16
+     l_____    CenturyEF-LightItalic                  555.17
+     l_____    CenturyEF-Book                         555.18
+     l_____    CenturyEF-BookItalic                   555.19
+     l_____    CenturyEF-Bold                         555.20
+     l_____    CenturyEF-BoldItalic                   555.21
+     l_____    CenturyEF-Ultra                        555.22
+     l_____    CenturyEF-UltraItalic                  555.23
+     l_____    CenturyHandtEF-Bold                    555.24
+     l_____    CenturyHandtEF-BoldItalic              555.25
+     l_____    CenturyEF-LightCondensed               555.26
+     l_____    CenturyEF-LightCondensedItalic         555.27
+     l_____    CenturyEF-BookCondensed                555.28
+     l_____    CenturyEF-BookCondensedItalic          555.29
+     l_____    CenturyEF-BoldCondensed                555.30
+     l_____    CenturyEF-BoldCondensedItalic          555.31
+     l_____    CenturyEF-UltraCondensed               555.32
+     l_____    CenturyEF-UltraCondensedItalic         555.33
+     l_____    CenturyExpanded                        555.34
+     l_____    CenturyExpanded-Italic                 555.35
+     l_____    CenturyExpandedEF-Regular              555.36
+     l_____    CenturyExpandedEF-RegularItalic        555.37
+     l_____    CenturyOldStyle-Regular                555.38
+     l_____    CenturyOldStyle-Italic                 555.39
+     l_____    CenturyOldStyle-Bold                   555.40
+     l_____    CenturyOldStyleEF-Regular              555.41
+     l_____    CenturyOldStyleEF-RegularItalic        555.42
+     l_____    CenturyOldStyleEF-Bold                 555.43
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbk-Roman                 555.44
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbk-Italic                555.45
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbk-Bold                  555.46
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic            555.47
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkCE-Roman               555.50
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkCE-Italic              555.51
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkCE-Bold                555.52
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkCE-BoldItalic          555.53
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkGreek-Upright          555.54
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkGreek-Inclined         555.55
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkGreek-Bold             555.56
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkGreekP-Upright         555.57
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkGreekP-Inclined        555.58
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkGreekP-Bold            555.59
+     l_____    CenturySchoolbookEF-Reg                555.60
+     l_____    CenturySchoolbookEF-RegIta             555.61
+     l_____    CenturySchoolbookEF-Bol                555.62
+     l_____    CenturySchoolbookEF-BolIta             555.63
+     l_____    ChesterfieldEF                         556.0
+     l_____    Choc-Roman                             557.0
+     l_____    ChromiumOneEF                          558.0
+     l_____    Clarendon-Light                        559.0
+     l_____    Clarendon                              559.1
+     l_____    Clarendon-Bold                         559.2
+     l_____    ClarendonEF-Light                      559.3
+     l_____    ClarendonEF-Medium                     559.4
+     l_____    ClarendonEF-Bold                       559.5
+     l_____    ClarendonEF-ExtraBold                  559.6
+     l_____    ClarendonEF-BoldExpanded               559.7
+     l_____    Colossalis-Regular                     560.0
+     l_____    Colossalis-Medium                      560.1
+     l_____    Colossalis-Bold                        560.2
+     l_____    Colossalis-Black                       560.3
+     l_____    CompactaEF-Light                       561.0
+     l_____    CompactaEF-Regular                     561.1
+     l_____    CompactaEF-RegularItalic               561.2
+     l_____    CompactaEF-Bold                        561.3
+     l_____    CompactaEF-BoldItalic                  561.4
+     l_____    CompactaEF-Black                       561.5
+     l_____    CompactaEF-RegularOutline              561.6
+     l_____    CompactaEF-BoldOutline                 561.7
+     l_____    ConferenceEF                           562.0
+     l_____    Copperplate-TwentyNineBC               563.0
+     l_____    Copperplate-ThirtyBC                   563.1
+     l_____    Copperplate-ThirtyTwoBC                563.2
+     l_____    Copperplate-ThirtyOneBC                563.3
+     l_____    Copperplate-ThrityThreeBC              563.4
+     l_____    Copperplate-TwentyNineAB               563.5
+     l_____    Copperplate-ThirtyAB                   563.6
+     l_____    Copperplate-ThirtyTwoAB                563.7
+     l_____    Copperplate-ThirtyOneAB                563.8
+     l_____    CopperplateEF-Medium                   563.10
+     l_____    CopperplateEF-Bold                     563.11
+     l_____    CopperplateEF-LightCondensed           563.12
+     l_____    CopperplateEF-MediumCondensed          563.13
+     l_____    CopperplateEF-BoldCondensed            563.14
+     l_____    CopperplateEF-Light                    563.9
+     l_____    Cottonwood                             564.0
+     l_____    CrilleeEF-LightItalic                  565.0
+     l_____    CrilleeEF-Italic                       565.1
+     l_____    CrilleeEF-BoldItalic                   565.2
+     l_____    CrilleeEF-ExtraBoldItalic              565.3
+     l_____    DINMittelschrift                       566.0
+     l_____    DINMittelschrift-Alternate             566.1
+     l_____    DINEngschrift                          566.2
+     l_____    DINEngschrift-Alternate                566.3
+     l_____    DIN1451EF-MittelNeu                    566.4
+     l_____    DIN1451EF-MittelAlt                    566.5
+     l_____    DIN1451EF-EngNeu                       566.6
+     l_____    DIN1451EF-EngAlt                       566.7
+     l_____    DINNeuzeitGrotesk-Light                566.8
+     l_____    DINNeuzeitGrotesk-BoldCond             566.9
+     l_____    DalcoraHE                              567.0
+     lpi___    DecoNumbersLH-Circle                   568.0
+     lpi___    DecoNumbersLH-OCRA                     568.1
+     lpi___    DecoNumbersLH-Serlio                   568.2
+     lpi___    DecoNumbersLH-Square                   568.3
+     lpi___    DecoNumbersLH-Triangle                 568.4
+     l_____    DemosEF-Medium                         569.0
+     l_____    DemosEF-MediumSC                       569.1
+     l_____    DemosEF-MediumItalic                   569.2
+     l_____    DemosEF-SemiBold                       569.3
+     l_____    DextorEF                               570.0
+     l_____    Diotima-Roman                          571.0
+     l_____    Diotima-RomanSC                        571.1
+     l_____    Diotima-RomanOsF                       571.2
+     l_____    Diotima-Italic                         571.3
+     l_____    Diotima-ItalicOsF                      571.4
+     l_____    DucDeBerry                             572.0
+     l_____    DucDeBerry-Dfr                         572.1
+     l_____    EinhornEF                              573.0
+     l_____    EngraversLH-BoldFace                   574.0
+     l_____    EngraversEF-Roman                      574.1
+     l_____    EngraversEF-Bold                       574.2
+     l_____    GaladrielEF                            578.0
+     l_____    StempelGaramond-Roman                  579.0
+     l_____    StempelGaramond-RomanSC                579.1
+     l_____    StempelGaramond-RomanOsF               579.2
+     l_____    StempelGaramond-Italic                 579.3
+     l_____    StempelGaramond-ItalicOsF              579.4
+     l_____    StempelGaramond-Bold                   579.5
+     l_____    StempelGaramond-BoldOsF                579.6
+     l_____    StempelGaramond-BoldItalic             579.7
+     l_____    StempelGaramond-BoldItalicOsF          579.8
+     l_____    StempelGaramondCE-Roman                579.9
+     l_____    StempelGaramondCE-Italic               579.10
+     l_____    StempelGaramondCE-Bold                 579.11
+     l_____    StempelGaramondCE-BoldItalic           579.12
+     l_____    StempelGaramondEastA-Roman             579.13
+     l_____    StempelGaramondEastA-Italic            579.14
+     l_____    StempelGaramondEastA-Bold              579.15
+     l_____    StempelGaramondEastA-BoldItalic        579.16
+     l_____    AGaramond-Regular                      579.17
+     l_____    AGaramondAlt-Regular                   579.18
+     l_____    AGaramond-RegularSC                    579.19
+     l_____    AGaramondExp-Regular                   579.20
+     l_____    AGaramond-Italic                       579.21
+     l_____    AGaramondAlt-Italic                    579.22
+     l_____    AGaramond-ItalicOsF                    579.23
+     l_____    AGaramondExp-Italic                    579.24
+     l_____    AGaramond-Semibold                     579.25
+     l_____    AGaramond-SemiboldSC                   579.26
+     l_____    AGaramondExp-Semibold                  579.27
+     l_____    AGaramond-SemiboldItalic               579.28
+     l_____    AGaramond-SemiboldItalicOsF            579.29
+     l_____    AGaramondExp-SemiboldItalic            579.30
+     l_____    AGaramond-Bold                         579.31
+     l_____    AGaramond-BoldOsF                      579.32
+     l_____    AGaramondExp-Bold                      579.33
+     l_____    AGaramond-BoldItalic                   579.34
+     l_____    AGaramond-BoldItalicOsF                579.35
+     l_____    AGaramondExp-BoldItalic                579.36
+     l_____    AGaramond-Titling                      579.37
+     l_____    GaramondBE-Regular                     579.38
+     l_____    GaramondBE-RegularSC                   579.39
+     l_____    GaramondBE-RegularExpert               579.40
+     l_____    GaramondBE-Italic                      579.41
+     l_____    GaramondBE-ItalicOsF                   579.42
+     l_____    GaramondBE-ItalicExpert                579.43
+     l_____    GaramondBE-Medium                      579.44
+     l_____    GaramondBE-MediumSC                    579.45
+     l_____    GaramondBE-MediumExpert                579.46
+     l_____    GaramondBE-MediumItalic                579.47
+     l_____    GaramondBE-MediumItalicOsF             579.48
+     l_____    GaramondBE-MediumItalicExpert          579.49
+     l_____    GaramondBE-Bold                        579.50
+     l_____    GaramondBE-BoldOsF                     579.51
+     l_____    GaramondBE-BoldExpert                  579.52
+     l_____    GaramondBE-Condensed                   579.53
+     l_____    GaramondBE-CondensedSC                 579.54
+     l_____    GaramondBE-CnExpert                    579.55
+     l_____    GaramondBE-MediumCn                    579.56
+     l_____    GaramondBE-MediumCnOsF                 579.57
+     l_____    GaramondBE-MediumCnExpert              579.58
+     l_____    GaramondBE-SwashItalic                 579.59
+     l_____    Garamond-Light                         579.60
+     l_____    Garamond-LightItalic                   579.61
+     l_____    Garamond-Book                          579.62
+     l_____    Garamond-BookItalic                    579.63
+     l_____    Garamond-Bold                          579.64
+     l_____    Garamond-BoldItalic                    579.65
+     l_____    Garamond-Ultra                         579.66
+     l_____    Garamond-UltraItalic                   579.67
+     l_____    Garamond-LightCondensed                579.68
+     l_____    Garamond-LightCondensedItalic          579.69
+     l_____    Garamond-BookCondensed                 579.70
+     l_____    Garamond-BookCondensedItalic           579.71
+     l_____    Garamond-BoldCondensed                 579.72
+     l_____    Garamond-BoldCondensedItalic           579.73
+     l_____    Garamond-UltraCondensed                579.74
+     l_____    Garamond-UltraCondensedItalic          579.75
+     l_____    GaramondEF-Light                       579.76
+     l_____    GaramondEF-LightItalic                 579.77
+     l_____    GaramondEF-Book                        579.78
+     l_____    GaramondEF-BookItalic                  579.79
+     l_____    GaramondEF-Bold                        579.80
+     l_____    GaramondEF-BoldItalic                  579.81
+     l_____    GaramondEF-Ultra                       579.82
+     l_____    GaramondEF-UltraItalic                 579.83
+     l_____    GaramondHandtEF-Bold                   579.84
+     l_____    GaramondHandtEF-BoldItalic             579.85
+     l_____    GaramondEF-LightCondensed              579.86
+     l_____    GaramondEF-LightCondensedItalic        579.87
+     l_____    GaramondEF-BookCondensed               579.88
+     l_____    GaramondEF-BookCondensedItalic         579.89
+     l_____    GaramondEF-BoldCondensed               579.90
+     l_____    GaramondEF-BoldCondensedItalic         579.91
+     l_____    GaramondEF-UltraCondensed              579.92
+     l_____    GaramondEF-UltraCondensedItalic        579.93
+     l_____    SimonciniGaramond                      579.94
+     l_____    SimonciniGaramond-Italic               579.95
+     l_____    SimonciniGaramond-Bold                 579.96
+     l_____    GaramondThree                          579.97
+     l_____    GaramondThree-SC                       579.98
+     l_____    GaramondThree-Italic                   579.99
+     l_____    GaramondThree-ItalicOsF                579.100
+     l_____    GaramondThree-Bold                     579.101
+     l_____    GaramondThree-BoldSC                   579.102
+     l_____    GaramondThree-BoldItalic               579.103
+     l_____    GaramondThree-BoldItalicOsF            579.104
+     l_____    GaramondNo5EF-Light                    579.105
+     l_____    GaramondNo5EF-LightItalic              579.106
+     l_____    GaramondNo5EF-Bold                     579.107
+     l_____    Giddyup                                580.0
+     l_____    GlaserStencilEF                        581.0
+     l_____    Grace                                  582.0
+     l_____    GrafiloneLL-Light                      583.0
+     l_____    GrafiloneLL-SemiBold                   583.1
+     l_____    GrafiloneLL-Bold                       583.2
+     l_____    HaMangaIrregularLL-Regular             584.0
+     l_____    HaMangaIrregularLL-Italic              584.1
+     l_____    HaMangaIrregularPicturesLL             584.2
+     l_____    HandelGothicEF-Light                   585.0
+     l_____    HandelGothicEF-Medium                  585.1
+     l_____    HandelGothicEF-Bold                    585.2
+     l_____    Herculanum                             586.0
+     l_____    HoTomLL-Regular                        587.0
+     l_____    HollanderEF-Regular                    588.0
+     l_____    HollanderSCEF-Regular                  588.1
+     l_____    HollanderEF-RegularItalic              588.2
+     l_____    HollanderEF-Bold                       588.3
+     l_____    HorndonEF                              589.0
+     l_____    BarcelonaEF-Book                       591.0
+     l_____    BarcelonaEF-BookItalic                 591.1
+     l_____    BarcelonaEF-Medium                     591.2
+     l_____    BarcelonaEF-MediumItalic               591.3
+     l_____    BarcelonaEF-Bold                       591.4
+     l_____    BarcelonaEF-BoldItalic                 591.5
+     l_____    BarcelonaEF-Heavy                      591.6
+     l_____    BarcelonaEF-HeavyItalic                591.7
+     l_____    Bookman-Light                          592.0
+     l_____    Bookman-LightItalic                    592.1
+     l_____    Bookman-Medium                         592.2
+     l_____    Bookman-MediumItalic                   592.3
+     l_____    Bookman-Demi                           592.4
+     l_____    Bookman-DemiItalic                     592.5
+     l_____    Bookman-Bold                           592.6
+     l_____    Bookman-BoldItalic                     592.7
+     l_____    BookmanCE-Light                        592.8
+     l_____    BookmanCE-LightItalic                  592.9
+     l_____    BookmanCE-Demi                         592.10
+     l_____    BookmanCE-DemiItalic                   592.11
+     l_____    BookmanEF-Light                        592.12
+     l_____    BookmanEF-LightItalic                  592.13
+     l_____    BookmanEF-Medium                       592.14
+     l_____    BookmanEF-MediumItalic                 592.15
+     l_____    BookmanEF-Demi                         592.16
+     l_____    BookmanEF-DemiItalic                   592.17
+     l_____    BookmanEF-Bold                         592.18
+     l_____    BookmanEF-BoldItalic                   592.19
+     l_____    GammaEF-Book                           593.0
+     l_____    GammaSCEF-Book                         593.1
+     l_____    GammaEF-BookItalic                     593.2
+     l_____    GammaEF-Medium                         593.3
+     l_____    GammaSCEF-Medium                       593.4
+     l_____    GammaEF-MediumItalic                   593.5
+     l_____    GammaEF-Bold                           593.6
+     l_____    GammaEF-BoldItalic                     593.7
+     l_____    GammaEF-Black                          593.8
+     l_____    GammaEF-BlackItalic                    593.9
+     l_____    Italia-Book                            594.0
+     l_____    Italia-Medium                          594.1
+     l_____    Italia-Bold                            594.2
+     l_____    ItaliaEF-Book                          594.3
+     l_____    ItaliaEF-Medium                        594.4
+     l_____    ItaliaEF-Bold                          594.5
+     l_____    ItaliaEF-Condense                      594.6
+     l_____    MendozaRoman-Book                      595.0
+     l_____    MendozaRoman-BookItalic                595.1
+     l_____    MendozaRoman-Medium                    595.2
+     l_____    MendozaRoman-MediumItalic              595.3
+     l_____    MendozaRoman-Bold                      595.4
+     l_____    MendozaRoman-BoldItalic                595.5
+     l_____    MendozaRomanEF-Book                    595.6
+     l_____    MendozaRomanEF-BookSC                  595.7
+     l_____    MendozaRomanEF-BookItalic              595.8
+     l_____    MendozaRomanEF-Medium                  595.9
+     l_____    MendozaRomanEF-MediumSC                595.10
+     l_____    MendozaRomanEF-MediumItalic            595.11
+     l_____    MendozaRomanEF-Bold                    595.12
+     l_____    MendozaRomanEF-BoldItalic              595.13
+     l_____    OfficinaSans-Book                      596.0
+     l_____    OfficinaSans-BookItalic                596.1
+     l_____    OfficinaSans-Bold                      596.2
+     l_____    OfficinaSans-BoldItalic                596.3
+     l_____    OfficinaSerif-Book                     596.4
+     l_____    OfficinaSerif-BookItalic               596.5
+     l_____    OfficinaSerif-Bold                     596.6
+     l_____    OfficinaSerif-BoldItalic               596.7
+     l_____    OfficinaSansEF-Book                    596.8
+     l_____    OfficinaSansEF-BookItalic              596.9
+     l_____    OfficinaSansEF-Bold                    596.10
+     l_____    OfficinaSansEF-BoldItalic              596.11
+     l_____    OfficinaSerifEF-Book                   596.12
+     l_____    OfficinaSerifEF-BookItalic             596.13
+     l_____    OfficinaSerifEF-Bold                   596.14
+     l_____    OfficinaSerifEF-BoldItalic             596.15
+     l_____    StoneInformal                          597.0
+     l_____    StoneInformal-Italic                   597.1
+     l_____    StoneInformal-SemiBold                 597.2
+     l_____    StoneInformal-SemiBoldItalic           597.3
+     l_____    StoneInformal-Bold                     597.4
+     l_____    StoneInformal-BoldItalic               597.5
+     l_____    StoneSans                              597.6
+     l_____    StoneSans-Italic                       597.7
+     l_____    StoneSans-SemiBold                     597.8
+     l_____    StoneSans-SemiBoldItalic               597.9
+     l_____    StoneSans-Bold                         597.10
+     l_____    StoneSans-BoldItalic                   597.11
+     l_____    StoneSerif                             597.12
+     l_____    StoneSerif-Italic                      597.13
+     l_____    StoneSerif-SemiBold                    597.14
+     l_____    StoneSerif-SemiBoldItalic              597.15
+     l_____    StoneSerif-Bold                        597.16
+     l_____    StoneSerif-BoldItalic                  597.17
+     l_____    StoneSans-PhoneticIPA                  597.18
+     l_____    StoneSans-PhoneticAlternate            597.19
+     l_____    StoneSerif-PhoneticIPA                 597.20
+     l_____    StoneSerif-PhoneticAlternate           597.21
+     l_____    StoneInformalEF-Medium                 597.22
+     l_____    StoneInformalEF-MediumSC               597.23
+     l_____    StoneInformalEF-MediumItalic           597.24
+     l_____    StoneInformalEF-SemiBold               597.25
+     l_____    StoneInformalEF-SemiBoldSC             597.26
+     l_____    StoneInformalEF-SemiBoldItalic         597.27
+     l_____    StoneInformalEF-Bold                   597.28
+     l_____    StoneInformalEF-BoldItalic             597.29
+     l_____    StoneSansEF-Medium                     597.30
+     l_____    StoneSansEF-MediumSC                   597.31
+     l_____    StoneSansEF-MediumItalic               597.32
+     l_____    StoneSansEF-SemiBold                   597.33
+     l_____    StoneSansEF-SemiBoldSC                 597.34
+     l_____    StoneSansEF-SemiBoldItalic             597.35
+     l_____    StoneSansEF-Bold                       597.36
+     l_____    StoneSansEF-BoldItalic                 597.37
+     l_____    StoneSerifEF-Medium                    597.38
+     l_____    StoneSerifEF-MediumSC                  597.39
+     l_____    StoneSerifEF-MediumItalic              597.40
+     l_____    StoneSerifEF-SemiBold                  597.41
+     l_____    StoneSerifEF-SemiBoldSC                597.42
+     l_____    StoneSerifEF-SemiBoldItalic            597.43
+     l_____    StoneSerifEF-Bold                      597.44
+     l_____    StoneSerifEF-BoldItalic                597.45
+     l_____    StoneSansEF-MediumPhonetic             597.46
+     l_____    StoneSansEF-MediumPhoneticPlus         597.47
+     l_____    StoneSerifEF-MediumPhonetic            597.48
+     l_____    StoneSerifEF-MediumPhoneticPlus        597.49
+     l_____    Usherwood-Book                         598.0
+     l_____    Usherwood-BookItalic                   598.1
+     l_____    Usherwood-Medium                       598.2
+     l_____    Usherwood-MediumItalic                 598.3
+     l_____    Usherwood-Bold                         598.4
+     l_____    Usherwood-BoldItalic                   598.5
+     l_____    Usherwood-Black                        598.6
+     l_____    Usherwood-BlackItalic                  598.7
+     l_____    UsherwoodEF-Book                       598.8
+     l_____    UsherwoodEF-BookItalic                 598.9
+     l_____    UsherwoodEF-Medium                     598.10
+     l_____    UsherwoodEF-MediumItalic               598.11
+     l_____    UsherwoodEF-Bold                       598.12
+     l_____    UsherwoodEF-BoldItalic                 598.13
+     l_____    UsherwoodEF-Black                      598.14
+     l_____    UsherwoodEF-BlackItalic                598.15
+     l_____    Impact                                 600.0
+     l_____    ImprimeurClassiqueEF-Reg               601.0
+     l_____    ImprimeurClassiqueEF-Obl               601.1
+     l_____    ImprimeurNouveauEF-Reg                 601.2
+     l_____    ImprimeurNouveauEF-Obl                 601.3
+     l_____    Insignia                               602.0
+     l_____    Insignia-A                             602.1
+     l_____    JansonText-Roman                       603.0
+     l_____    JansonText-RomanSC                     603.1
+     l_____    JansonText-Italic                      603.2
+     l_____    JansonText-ItalicOsF                   603.3
+     l_____    JansonText-Bold                        603.4
+     l_____    JansonText-BoldOsF                     603.5
+     l_____    JansonText-BoldItalic                  603.6
+     l_____    JansonText-BoldItalicOsF               603.7
+     l_____    Kabel-Light                            604.0
+     l_____    Kabel-Book                             604.1
+     l_____    Kabel-Heavy                            604.2
+     l_____    Kabel-Black                            604.3
+     l_____    ItcKabel-Book                          604.4
+     l_____    ItcKabel-Medium                        604.5
+     l_____    ItcKabel-Demi                          604.6
+     l_____    ItcKabel-Bold                          604.7
+     l_____    ItcKabel-Ultra                         604.8
+     l_____    ItcKabelEF-Book                        604.9
+     l_____    ItcKabelEF-Medium                      604.10
+     l_____    ItcKabelEF-Demi                        604.11
+     l_____    ItcKabelEF-Bold                        604.12
+     l_____    ItcKabelEF-Ultra                       604.13
+     l_____    KapitelliaEF-Bold                      605.0
+     l_____    KlangMT                                606.0
+     l_____    KolossEF                               607.0
+     l_____    LCDEF                                  608.0
+     l_____    LinoLetter-Roman                       610.0
+     l_____    LinoLetter-RomanSC                     610.1
+     l_____    LinoLetter-RomanOsF                    610.2
+     l_____    LinoLetter-Italic                      610.3
+     l_____    LinoLetter-ItalicOsF                   610.4
+     l_____    LinoLetter-Medium                      610.5
+     l_____    LinoLetter-MediumSC                    610.6
+     l_____    LinoLetter-MediumOsF                   610.7
+     l_____    LinoLetter-MediumItalic                610.8
+     l_____    LinoLetter-MediumItalicOsF             610.9
+     l_____    LinoLetter-Bold                        610.10
+     l_____    LinoLetter-BoldSC                      610.11
+     l_____    LinoLetter-BoldOsF                     610.12
+     l_____    LinoLetter-BoldItalic                  610.13
+     l_____    LinoLetter-BoldItalicOsF               610.14
+     l_____    LinoLetter-Black                       610.15
+     l_____    LinoLetter-BlackSC                     610.16
+     l_____    LinoLetter-BlackOsF                    610.17
+     l_____    LinoLetter-BlackItalic                 610.18
+     l_____    LinoLetter-BlackItalicOsF              610.19
+     l_____    TechnicalLH-PiOne                      612.0
+     l_____    TechnicalLH-PiTwo                      612.1
+     l_____    MagnaEF-Light                          613.0
+     l_____    MagnaEF-Italic                         613.1
+     l_____    MagnaEF-Bold                           613.2
+     l_____    MateoRomanLL                           614.0
+     l_____    MateoBoldLL                            614.1
+     l_____    MateoBoldOutlineLL                     614.2
+     l_____    Memphis-Light                          615.0
+     l_____    Memphis-LightItalic                    615.1
+     l_____    Memphis-Medium                         615.2
+     l_____    Memphis-MediumItalic                   615.3
+     l_____    Memphis-Bold                           615.4
+     l_____    Memphis-BoldItalic                     615.5
+     l_____    Memphis-ExtraBold                      615.6
+     l_____    MetroLite-Two                          616.0
+     l_____    MetroMedium-Two                        616.1
+     l_____    MetroBlack-Two                         616.2
+     l_____    Mistral                                617.0
+     l_____    Monotype Script-Bold                   618.0
+     l_____    Napoleon-BoldCondensed                 619.0
+     l_____    NeulandStar                            620.1
+     l_____    NewCaledonia                           621.0
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-RomanSC                   621.1
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-Italic                    621.2
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-ItalicOsF                 621.3
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-SemiBold                  621.4
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-SemiBoldItalic            621.5
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-Bold                      621.6
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-BoldSC                    621.7
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-BoldItalic                621.8
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-BoldItalicOsF             621.9
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-Black                     621.10
+     l_____    NewCaledonia-BlackItalic               621.11
+     l_____    NoweAtenyLL-Two                        622.0
+     l_____    OctopussEF                             623.0
+     l_____    OctopussEF-Shaded                      623.1
+     l_____    OldTown536EF                           624.0
+     l_____    Optima                                 625.0
+     l_____    Optima-Oblique                         625.1
+     l_____    Optima-Medium                          625.2
+     l_____    Optima-MediumOblique                   625.3
+     l_____    Optima-Demi                            625.4
+     l_____    Optima-DemiOblique                     625.5
+     l_____    Optima-Bold                            625.6
+     l_____    Optima-BoldOblique                     625.7
+     l_____    Optima-Black                           625.8
+     l_____    Optima-BlackOblique                    625.9
+     l_____    Optima-ExtraBlack                      625.10
+     l_____    Optima-ExtraBlackOblique               625.11
+     l_____    OptimaCE-Roman                         625.12
+     l_____    OptimaCE-Oblique                       625.13
+     l_____    OptimaCE-Bold                          625.14
+     l_____    OptimaCE-BoldOblique                   625.15
+     l_____    OptimaEastA-Roman                      625.16
+     l_____    OptimaEastA-RomanOblique               625.17
+     l_____    OptimaEastA-Bold                       625.18
+     l_____    OptimaEastA-BoldOblique                625.19
+     l_____    PaddingtonEF                           626.0
+     l_____    PaddingtonEF-Alternate                 626.1
+     l_____    PapyrusEF-Regular                      627.0
+     l_____    PapyrusEF-Alternates                   627.1
+     l_____    Peignot-Light                          628.0
+     l_____    Peignot-Demi                           628.1
+     l_____    Peignot-Bold                           628.2
+     l_____    PendryScriptEF-Regular                 629.0
+     l_____    PendryScriptEF-Alternates              629.1
+     l_____    PiccadillyEF                           630.0
+     l_____    Poplar                                 631.0
+     l_____    PumpEF-Light                           632.0
+     l_____    PumpEF-Medium                          632.1
+     l_____    PumpEF-Demi                            632.2
+     l_____    PumpEF-Bold                            632.3
+     l_____    PumpEF-Triline                         632.4
+     l_____    RailroadGothic                         633.0
+     l_____    RotisSansSerif-Light                   634.0
+     l_____    RotisSansSerif-LightItalic             634.1
+     l_____    RotisSansSerif                         634.2
+     l_____    RotisSansSerif-Italic                  634.3
+     l_____    RotisSansSerif-Bold                    634.4
+     l_____    RotisSansSerif-ExtraBold               634.5
+     l_____    RotisSerif                             634.6
+     l_____    RotisSerif-Italic                      634.7
+     l_____    RotisSerif-Bold                        634.8
+     l_____    RotisSemiSans-Light                    634.9
+     l_____    RotisSemiSans-LightItalic              634.10
+     l_____    RotisSemiSans                          634.11
+     l_____    RotisSemiSans-Italic                   634.12
+     l_____    RotisSemiSans-Bold                     634.13
+     l_____    RotisSemiSans-ExtraBold                634.14
+     l_____    RotisSemiSerif                         634.15
+     l_____    RotisSemiSerif-Bold                    634.16
+     l_____    RunicMT-Condensed                      635.0
+     l_____    SassoonPrimary                         636.0
+     l_____    SerlioLH                               637.0
+     l_____    ShelleyEF                              638.0
+     l_____    SierraEF-Regular                       639.0
+     l_____    SierraEF-RegularItalic                 639.1
+     l_____    SierraEF-Bold                          639.2
+     l_____    SierraEF-BoldItalic                    639.3
+     l_____    SlipstreamEF                           640.0
+     l_____    Souvenir-Light                         641.0
+     l_____    Souvenir-LightItalic                   641.1
+     l_____    Souvenir-Medium                        641.2
+     l_____    Souvenir-MediumItalic                  641.3
+     l_____    Souvenir-Demi                          641.4
+     l_____    Souvenir-DemiItalic                    641.5
+     l_____    Souvenir-Bold                          641.6
+     l_____    Souvenir-BoldItalic                    641.7
+     l_____    SouvenirGreek-Light                    641.8
+     l_____    SouvenirGreek-Demi                     641.9
+     l_____    SouvenirGreekP-Light                   641.10
+     l_____    SouvenirGreekP-Demi                    641.11
+     l_____    SouvenirEF-Light                       641.12
+     l_____    SouvenirEF-LightItalic                 641.13
+     l_____    SouvenirEF-Medium                      641.14
+     l_____    SouvenirEF-MediumItalic                641.15
+     l_____    SouvenirEF-Demi                        641.16
+     l_____    SouvenirEF-DemiItalic                  641.17
+     l_____    SouvenirEF-Bold                        641.18
+     l_____    SouvenirEF-BoldItalic                  641.19
+     l_____    SouvenirMonoEF-Light                   641.20
+     l_____    SouvenirMonoEF-LightItalic             641.21
+     l_____    SouvenirMonoEF-Bold                    641.22
+     l_____    SpringfieldEF                          642.0
+     l_____    StentorEF                              643.0
+     l_____    StymieEF-Light                         644.0
+     l_____    StymieEF-Medium                        644.1
+     l_____    StymieEF-Bold                          644.2
+     l_____    StymieEF-Black                         644.3
+     l_____    StymieEF-MediumCondensed               644.4
+     l_____    StymieEF-BoldCondensed                 644.5
+     l_____    SynchroEF                              645.0
+     l_____    SynchroEF-Alternate                    645.1
+     l_____    TeaChest                               646.0
+     l_____    Times-Roman                            648.0
+     l_____    Times-RomanSC                          648.1
+     l_____    Times-Italic                           648.2
+     l_____    Times-ItalicOsF                        648.3
+     l_____    Times-SemiBold                         648.4
+     l_____    Times-SemiBoldItalic                   648.5
+     l_____    Times-Bold                             648.6
+     l_____    Times-BoldSC                           648.7
+     l_____    Times-BoldItalic                       648.8
+     l_____    Times-BoldItalicOsF                    648.9
+     l_____    TimesTen-Roman                         648.10
+     l_____    TimesTen-RomanSC                       648.11
+     l_____    TimesTen-RomanOsF                      648.12
+     l_____    TimesTen-Italic                        648.13
+     l_____    TimesTen-ItalicOsF                     648.14
+     l_____    TimesTen-Bold                          648.15
+     l_____    TimesTen-BoldOsF                       648.16
+     l_____    TimesTen-BoldItalic                    648.17
+     l_____    TimesTen-BoldItalicOsF                 648.18
+     l_____    TimesEighteen-Roman                    648.19
+     l_____    TimesEighteen-Bold                     648.20
+     l_____    Times-ExtraBold                        648.21
+     l_____    TimesEuropa-Roman                      648.22
+     l_____    TimesEuropa-Italic                     648.23
+     l_____    TimesEuropa-Bold                       648.24
+     l_____    TimesEuropa-BoldItalic                 648.25
+     l_____    Times-PhoneticIPA                      648.26
+     l_____    Times-PhoneticAlternate                648.27
+     l_____    TimesCE-Roman                          648.28
+     l_____    TimesCE-Italic                         648.29
+     l_____    TimesCE-Bold                           648.30
+     l_____    TimesCE-BoldItalic                     648.31
+     l_____    TimesTenCE-Roman                       648.32
+     l_____    TimesTenCE-Italic                      648.33
+     l_____    TimesTenCE-Bold                        648.34
+     l_____    TimesTenCE-BoldItalic                  648.35
+     l_____    TimesTenCyr-Upright                    648.36
+     l_____    TimesTenCyr-Inclined                   648.37
+     l_____    TimesTenCyr-Bold                       648.38
+     l_____    TimesTenCyr-BoldInclined               648.39
+     l_____    TimesTenEastA-Roman                    648.40
+     l_____    TimesTenEastA-Italic                   648.41
+     l_____    TimesTenEastA-Bold                     648.42
+     l_____    TimesTenEastA-BoldItalic               648.43
+     l_____    TimesTenGreek-Upright                  648.44
+     l_____    TimesTenGreek-Inclined                 648.45
+     l_____    TimesTenGreek-Bold                     648.46
+     l_____    TimesTenGreek-BdInclined               648.47
+     l_____    TimesTenGreekP-Upright                 648.48
+     l_____    TimesTenGreekP-Inclined                648.49
+     l_____    TimesTenGreekP-Bold                    648.50
+     l_____    TimesTenGreekP-BoldInclined            648.51
+     l_____    TimesModernEF                          648.52
+     l_____    TimesNewRomanPS-Roman                  648.53
+     l_____    TimesNewRomanPS-Italic                 648.54
+     l_____    TimesNewRomanPS-Bold                   648.55
+     l_____    TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic             648.56
+     l_____    TimesNewRomanMT-Cond                   648.57
+     l_____    TimesNewRomanMT-CondItalic             648.58
+     l_____    TimesNewRomanMT-BoldCond               648.59
+     l_____    TradeGothic-Light                      649.0
+     l_____    TradeGothic-LightOblique               649.1
+     l_____    TradeGothic                            649.2
+     l_____    TradeGothic-Oblique                    649.3
+     l_____    TradeGothic-Bold                       649.4
+     l_____    TradeGothic-BoldTwo                    649.5
+     l_____    TradeGothic-BoldOblique                649.6
+     l_____    TradeGothic-BoldTwoOblique             649.7
+     l_____    TradeGothic-CondEighteen               649.8
+     l_____    TradeGothic-CondEighteenObl            649.9
+     l_____    TradeGothic-BoldCondTwenty             649.10
+     l_____    TradeGothic-BoldCondTwentyObl          649.11
+     l_____    TradeGothicLH-Extended                 649.12
+     l_____    Utopia-Regular                         651.0
+     l_____    Utopia-RegularSC                       651.1
+     l_____    UtopiaExp-Regular                      651.2
+     l_____    Utopia-Italic                          651.3
+     l_____    Utopia-ItalicOsF                       651.4
+     l_____    UtopiaExp-Italic                       651.5
+     l_____    Utopia-Semibold                        651.6
+     l_____    Utopia-SemiboldSC                      651.7
+     l_____    UtopiaExp-Semibold                     651.8
+     l_____    Utopia-SemiboldItalic                  651.9
+     l_____    Utopia-SemiboldItalicOsF               651.10
+     l_____    UtopiaExp-SemiboldItalic               651.11
+     l_____    Utopia-Bold                            651.12
+     l_____    Utopia-BoldOsF                         651.13
+     l_____    UtopiaExp-Bold                         651.14
+     l_____    Utopia-BoldItalic                      651.15
+     l_____    Utopia-BoldItalicOsF                   651.16
+     l_____    UtopiaExp-BoldItalic                   651.17
+     l_____    Utopia-Black                           651.18
+     l_____    Utopia-BlackOsF                        651.19
+     l_____    Utopia-BlackExpert                     651.20
+     l_____    Utopia-Headline                        651.21
+     l_____    Utopia-TitlingCapitals                 651.22
+     l_____    Utopia-Ornaments                       651.23
+     l_____    VenusMager                             652.0
+     l_____    VenusKursivMager                       652.1
+     l_____    VenusLinkskursiv                       652.2
+     l_____    VenusHalbfett                          652.3
+     l_____    VenusKursivHalbfett                    652.4
+     l_____    VenusEgypHalbfett                      652.5
+     l_____    VenusEgypHalbfettKurs                  652.6
+     l_____    VoltaEF-Regular                        653.0
+     l_____    VoltaEF-Medium                         653.1
+     l_____    VoltaEF-MediumItalic                   653.2
+     l_____    VoltaEF-Bold                           653.3
+     l_____    Weiss                                  654.0
+     l_____    Weiss-Italic                           654.1
+     l_____    Weiss-Bold                             654.2
+     l_____    Weiss-ExtraBold                        654.3
+     l_____    WeissAntiquaEF-Regular                 654.4
+     l_____    WeissAntiquaEF-RegularItalic           654.5
+     l_____    WeissAntiquaEF-Medium                  654.6
+     l_____    WeissAntiquaEF-Bold                    654.7
+     l_____    WeissAntiquaEF-ExtraBold               654.8
+     l_____    WeissAntiquaEF-UltraBold               654.9
+     l_____    WeissAntiquaEF-BoldCondensed           654.10
+     l_____    WeissAntiquaEF-ExtraBoldCondensed      654.11
+     l_____    Wilke-Roman                            655.0
+     l_____    Wilke-Italic                           655.1
+     l_____    Wilke-Bold                             655.2
+     l_____    Wilke-BoldItalic                       655.3
+     l_____    Wilke-Black                            655.4
+     l_____    Wilke-BlackItalic                      655.5
+     l_____    Woodstock                              656.0
+     l_____    Bellevue                               657.0
+     l_____    BinnerEF                               658.0
+     l_____    Boton-Light                            659.0
+     l_____    Boton-LightItalic                      659.1
+     l_____    Boton-Regular                          659.2
+     l_____    Boton-Italic                           659.3
+     l_____    Boton-Medium                           659.4
+     l_____    Boton-MediumItalic                     659.5
+     l_____    Boton-Bold                             659.6
+     l_____    Boton-BoldItalic                       659.7
+     l_____    AachenCE-Bold                         9501.0
+     l_____    AdHoc                                 9501.1
+     l_____    AdHoc-Bis                             9501.2
+     l_____    AdHoc-SC                              9501.3
+     l_____    AdHoc-BisItalic                       9501.4
+     l_____    AdHoc-Italic                          9501.5
+     l_____    LinotypeAmelia                        9501.8
+     l_____    Andreas                               9501.9
+     l_____    BaskervilleClassico                   9501.13
+     l_____    BaskervilleClassico-Italic            9501.14
+     l_____    BaskervilleClassico-BoldItalic        9501.15
+     l_____    BaskervilleClassico-SC                9501.16
+     l_____    BaskervilleClassico-Bold              9501.17
+     l_____    LinotypeBecket                        9501.18
+     l_____    Bernhard-BoldCondensed                9501.19
+     l_____    Birka                                 9501.20
+     l_____    Birka-SC                              9501.21
+     l_____    Birka-SemiBoldItalic                  9501.22
+     l_____    Birka-SemiBold                        9501.23
+     l_____    Birka-BoldItalic                      9501.24
+     l_____    Birka-Italic                          9501.25
+     l_____    Birka-Bold                            9501.26
+     l_____    LinotypeBlackWhiteHeadline            9501.27
+     l_____    LinotypeBlackWhiteOutline             9501.28
+     l_____    LinotypeBlackWhiteLaserOutline        9501.29
+     l_____    LinotypeBlackWhite                    9501.30
+     l_____    LinotypeBlackWhiteLaser               9501.31
+     l_____    BodoniHE-Light                        9501.32
+     l_____    BodoniHE-LightItalic                  9501.33
+     l_____    BodoniHE-SemiBold                     9501.34
+     l_____    BodoniHE-SemiBoldItalic               9501.35
+     l_____    BodoniHE-BookItalic                   9501.36
+     l_____    BodoniHE-Book                         9501.37
+     l_____    BodoniHE-Bold                         9501.38
+     l_____    BodoniHE-ExtraBold                    9501.39
+     l_____    BodoniHE-BoldItalic                   9501.40
+     l_____    BodoniHE-SemiBoldCondensedItalic      9501.41
+     l_____    BodoniHE-SemiBoldCondensed            9501.42
+     l_____    BodoniHE-BoldCondensedItalic          9501.43
+     l_____    BodoniHE-BoldCondensed                9501.44
+     l_____    BodoniHE-ExtraBoldItalic              9501.45
+     l_____    BodoniClassico                        9501.46
+     l_____    BodoniClassico-BoldItalic             9501.47
+     l_____    BodoniClassico-SC                     9501.48
+     l_____    BodoniClassico-Bold                   9501.49
+     l_____    BodoniClassico-Italic                 9501.50
+     l_____    Carniola                              9501.52
+     l_____    Carniola-Bold                         9501.53
+     l_____    Carniola-SemiBold                     9501.54
+     l_____    Carniola-SC                           9501.55
+     l_____    Carniola-SemiBoldItalic               9501.56
+     l_____    Carniola-BoldItalic                   9501.57
+     l_____    Carniola-Italic                       9501.58
+     l_____    CaslonHE-Light                        9501.59
+     l_____    CaslonHE-LightItalic                  9501.60
+     l_____    CaslonHE-Italic                       9501.61
+     l_____    CaslonHE-Roman                        9501.62
+     l_____    CaslonClassico                        9501.63
+     l_____    CaslonClassico-Bold                   9501.64
+     l_____    CaslonClassico-SC                     9501.65
+     l_____    CaslonClassico-BoldItalic             9501.66
+     l_____    CaslonClassico-Italic                 9501.67
+     l_____    Century-HandtooledBold                9501.68
+     l_____    Century-HandtooledBoldItalic          9501.69
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkCyr-Roman             9501.70
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkCyr-Bold              9501.71
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkCyr-Italic            9501.72
+     l_____    NewCenturySchlbkCyr-BoldItalic        9501.73
+     l_____    Cheltenham-HandtooledBd               9501.74
+     l_____    Cheltenham-HandtooledBdIt             9501.75
+     l_____    CloisterOpenFace                      9501.76
+     l_____    Linotype CMC-Seven                    9501.77
+     l_____    CooperBlackCE-Regualr                 9501.78
+     l_____    CooperBlackCE-Italic                  9501.79
+     l_____    CourierCyr                            9501.80
+     l_____    CourierCyr-Oblique                    9501.81
+     l_____    CourierCyr-BoldOblique                9501.82
+     l_____    CourierCyr-Bold                       9501.83
+     l_____    LinotypeDavida                        9501.84
+     l_____    Devin                                 9501.95
+     l_____    Devin-Bold                            9501.96
+     l_____    Devin-Italic                          9501.97
+     l_____    Devin-SemiBold                        9501.98
+     l_____    Devin-SC                              9501.99
+     l_____    Devin-SemiBoldItalic                  9501.100
+     l_____    Devin-BoldItalic                      9501.101
+     l_____    Dialog-Condensed                      9501.102
+     l_____    Dialog-SemiBoldSC                     9501.103
+     l_____    Dialog-LightSC                        9501.104
+     l_____    Dialog-ExtraBoldItalic                9501.105
+     l_____    Dialog-ExtraBold                      9501.106
+     l_____    Dialog-SemiBoldItalic                 9501.107
+     l_____    Dialog-SemiBold                       9501.108
+     l_____    Dialog-LightItalic                    9501.109
+     l_____    Dialog-Light                          9501.110
+     l_____    Dialog-SC                             9501.111
+     l_____    Dialog-BoldItalic                     9501.112
+     l_____    Dialog-Bold                           9501.113
+     l_____    Dialog-Italic                         9501.114
+     l_____    Dialog                                9501.115
+     l_____    DialogCond-Bold                       9501.116
+     l_____    DialogCond-Italic                     9501.117
+     l_____    DialogCond-BoldItalic                 9501.118
+     l_____    DialogCond-SemiBoldItalic             9501.119
+     l_____    DialogCond-SemiBold                   9501.120
+     l_____    DigiAntiqua-LightCondensed            9501.121
+     l_____    DigiGrotesk-BoldCondensed             9501.122
+     l_____    EmonaCond                             9501.124
+     l_____    EmonaCond-Bold                        9501.125
+     l_____    EmonaCond-BoldItalic                  9501.126
+     l_____    Emona-Bold                            9501.127
+     l_____    Emona-SemiBold                        9501.128
+     l_____    Emona-SC                              9501.129
+     l_____    Emona-SemiBoldItalic                  9501.130
+     l_____    Emona-Italic                          9501.131
+     l_____    Emona                                 9501.132
+     l_____    EmonaCond-Italic                      9501.133
+     l_____    Emona-BoldItalic                      9501.134
+     l_____    EsperantoCond                         9501.135
+     l_____    Esperanto                             9501.136
+     l_____    Esperanto-Bold                        9501.137
+     l_____    Esperanto-SemiBold                    9501.138
+     l_____    Esperanto-SC                          9501.139
+     l_____    Esperanto-SemiBoldItalic              9501.140
+     l_____    Esperanto-BoldItalic                  9501.141
+     l_____    Esperanto-Italic                      9501.142
+     l_____    EsperantoCond-SC                      9501.143
+     l_____    EsperantoCond-Bold                    9501.144
+     l_____    EsperantoCond-Italic                  9501.145
+     l_____    EsperantoCond-BoldItalic              9501.146
+     l_____    ExcelsiorInsertio                     9501.147
+     l_____    F2FAlRetto                            9501.148
+     l_____    F2FBoneR-Book                         9501.149
+     l_____    F2FCzykagoSemiSerif                   9501.150
+     l_____    F2FLego-Stoned                        9501.151
+     l_____    F2FLovegrid                           9501.152
+     l_____    F2FMadame-Butterfly                   9501.153
+     l_____    F2FMadZine-Dirt                       9501.154
+     l_____    F2FMadZine-Script                     9501.155
+     l_____    F2FOCR-AlexczykShake                  9501.156
+     l_____    OCR-BczykNorm                         9501.157
+     l_____    OCR-BczykBold                         9501.158
+     l_____    F2FPrototipa-Multipla                 9501.159
+     l_____    F2FScreen-Scream                      9501.160
+     l_____    F2FShakkarakk                         9501.161
+     l_____    F2FShpeetz                            9501.162
+     l_____    F2FTagliatelle-Sugo                   9501.163
+     l_____    F2FTwins                              9501.164
+     l_____    F2FTyrell-Corp                        9501.165
+     l_____    Linotype FehrleDisplay                9501.166
+     l_____    Fortuna                               9501.167
+     l_____    Fortuna-Bold                          9501.168
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-BookCmpr               9501.169
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-DemiCmprItal           9501.170
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-DemiXCmpr              9501.171
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-BookXCmpr              9501.172
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-DemiCndItal            9501.173
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-DemiCnd                9501.174
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-MediumCndItal          9501.175
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-MediumCnd              9501.176
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-BookCndItal            9501.177
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-BookCnd                9501.178
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-DemiCmpr               9501.179
+     l_____    FranklinGothic-BookCmprItal           9501.180
+     l_____    FreestyleScriptCE                     9501.181
+     l_____    FrutigerCE-LightItalic                9501.182
+     l_____    FrutigerCE-Roman                      9501.183
+     l_____    FrutigerCE-Black                      9501.184
+     l_____    FrutigerCE-Italic                     9501.185
+     l_____    FrutigerCE-Light                      9501.186
+     l_____    FrutigerCE-UltraBlack                 9501.187
+     l_____    FrutigerCE-BlackItalic                9501.188
+     l_____    FrutigerCE-BoldItalic                 9501.189
+     l_____    FrutigerCE-Bold                       9501.190
+     l_____    FuturaCE-Light                        9501.191
+     l_____    FuturaCE-Bold                         9501.192
+     l_____    FuturaCE-Medium                       9501.193
+     l_____    FuturaCE-BoldOblique                  9501.194
+     l_____    FuturaCE-LightOblique                 9501.195
+     l_____    FuturaCE-ExtraBoldOblique             9501.196
+     l_____    FuturaCE-ExtraBold                    9501.197
+     l_____    FuturaCE-HeavyOblique                 9501.198
+     l_____    FuturaCE-Heavy                        9501.199
+     l_____    FuturaCE-MediumOblique                9501.200
+     l_____    FuturaCE-BookOblique                  9501.201
+     l_____    FuturaCE-Book                         9501.202
+     l_____    Garamond-HandtooledBold               9501.206
+     l_____    Garamond-HandtooledBoldItalic         9501.207
+     l_____    GaramondClassico                      9501.208
+     l_____    GaramondClassico-BoldItalic           9501.209
+     l_____    GaramondClassico-SC                   9501.210
+     l_____    GaramondClassico-Italic               9501.211
+     l_____    GaramondClassico-Bold                 9501.212
+     l_____    GillSansCE-Light                      9501.213
+     l_____    GillSansCE-Roman                      9501.214
+     l_____    GillSansCE-Bold                       9501.215
+     l_____    GillSansCE-BoldItalic                 9501.216
+     l_____    GillSansCE-Italic                     9501.217
+     l_____    GillSansCE-LightItalic                9501.218
+     l_____    GoudyModern94                         9501.219
+     l_____    GoudyModern94-Italic                  9501.220
+     l_____    GoudyModern94-Bold                    9501.221
+     l_____    GoudyModern94-BoldItalic              9501.222
+     l_____    GoudyModern94-SC                      9501.223
+     l_____    GoudyVillage                          9501.224
+     l_____    GoudyVillage-SC                       9501.225
+     l_____    GoudyVillage-BoldItalic               9501.226
+     l_____    GoudyVillage-Italic                   9501.227
+     l_____    GoudyVillage-Bold                     9501.228
+     l_____    GriffoClassico                        9501.229
+     l_____    GriffoClassico-Bold                   9501.230
+     l_____    GriffoClassico-BoldItalic             9501.231
+     l_____    GriffoClassico-SC                     9501.232
+     l_____    GriffoClassico-Italic                 9501.233
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-Light                 9501.238
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-Black                 9501.239
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-UltraLightIt          9501.240
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-BlackItalic           9501.241
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-Medium                9501.242
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-Heavy                 9501.243
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-HeavyItalic           9501.244
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-UltraLight            9501.245
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-MediumItalic          9501.246
+     l_____    HelveticaNeueCE-LightItalic           9501.247
+     lpi___    Linotype HieroglyphsPi-One            9501.248
+     lpi___    Linotype HieroglyphsPi-Two            9501.249
+     l_____    Humana                                9501.250
+     l_____    Humana-SC                             9501.251
+     l_____    Isolde                                9501.252
+     l_____    Isolde-Italic                         9501.253
+     l_____    Isolde-BoldItalic                     9501.254
+     l_____    Isolde-SC                             9501.255
+     l_____    Isolde-Bold                           9501.256
+     l_____    JensonClassico                        9501.257
+     l_____    JensonClassico-Italic                 9501.258
+     l_____    JensonClassico-BoldItalic             9501.259
+     l_____    JensonClassico-Bold                   9501.260
+     l_____    JensonClassico-SC                     9501.261
+     l_____    Jesper                                9501.262
+     l_____    Jonatan                               9501.263
+     l_____    Kalix                                 9501.264
+     l_____    Kalix-SC                              9501.265
+     l_____    Kalix-Italic                          9501.266
+     l_____    Kalix-Bold                            9501.267
+     l_____    Kalix-BoldItalic                      9501.268
+     l_____    Kalix-SemiBoldItalic                  9501.269
+     l_____    Kalix-SemiBold                        9501.270
+     l_____    Kasper                                9501.271
+     lpi___    MacKeyCaps                            9501.272
+     l_____    KisClassico                           9501.281
+     l_____    KisClassico-BoldItalic                9501.282
+     l_____    KisClassico-SC                        9501.283
+     l_____    KisClassico-Italic                    9501.284
+     l_____    KisClassico-Bold                      9501.285
+     lpi___    Linobats                              9501.288
+     l_____    LucidaTypewriter                      9501.289
+     l_____    LucidaSansTypewriter                  9501.290
+     l_____    LucidaSansTypewriter-Bd               9501.291
+     l_____    LucidaSansTypewriter-BdObl            9501.292
+     l_____    LucidaTypewriter-BoldObl              9501.293
+     l_____    LucidaTypewriter-Bold                 9501.294
+     l_____    LucidaTypewriter-Obl                  9501.295
+     l_____    LucidaSansTypewriter-Obl              9501.296
+     l_____    LinotypeLutherscheFraktur             9501.297
+     l_____    LinotypeLutherscheFraktur-Dfr         9501.298
+     l_____    Manuskript                            9501.299
+     l_____    Manuskript-BoldItalic                 9501.300
+     l_____    Manuskript-SC                         9501.301
+     l_____    Manuskript-Bold                       9501.302
+     l_____    Manuskript-Italic                     9501.303
+     l_____    MarcoPolo                             9501.304
+     l_____    MarcoPolo-SC                          9501.305
+     l_____    MarcoPolo-Italic                      9501.306
+     l_____    Memento                               9501.307
+     l_____    Memento-Italic                        9501.308
+     l_____    Memento-SemiBold                      9501.309
+     l_____    Memento-SemiBoldItalic                9501.310
+     l_____    Memento-BoldItalic                    9501.311
+     l_____    Memento-Bold                          9501.312
+     l_____    Memento-SC                            9501.313
+     l_____    Miramar                               9501.314
+     l_____    Miramar-SC                            9501.315
+     l_____    Miramar-BoldItalic                    9501.316
+     l_____    Miramar-Bold                          9501.317
+     l_____    Miramar-Italic                        9501.318
+     l_____    Mojo                                  9501.319
+     l_____    Monti-Roman                           9501.320
+     l_____    Monti-SemiBold                        9501.321
+     l_____    Napoleon-Light                        9501.322
+     l_____    Napoleon-Roman                        9501.323
+     l_____    Napoleon-Italic                       9501.324
+     l_____    Napoleon-Bold                         9501.325
+     l_____    Napoleon-BoldCondensed                9501.326
+     l_____    Napoleon-SemiBold                     9501.327
+     l_____    Neuland                               9501.328
+     l_____    NormaCompr                            9501.329
+     l_____    NormaCompr-Bold                       9501.330
+     l_____    NormaCompr-Italic                     9501.331
+     l_____    NormaCompr-SC                         9501.332
+     l_____    NormaCond-Bold                        9501.333
+     l_____    NormaCond                             9501.334
+     l_____    Norma-SemiBoldItalic                  9501.335
+     l_____    Norma-SemiBold                        9501.336
+     l_____    Norma-BoldItalic                      9501.337
+     l_____    Norma-Bold                            9501.338
+     l_____    Norma-Italic                          9501.339
+     l_____    Norma                                 9501.340
+     l_____    NormaCond-SC                          9501.341
+     l_____    NormaCond-Italic                      9501.342
+     l_____    Norma-SC                              9501.343
+     l_____    NormaCond-BoldItalic                  9501.344
+     l_____    NormaCompr-BoldItalic                 9501.345
+     l_____    Nyfors                                9501.346
+     l_____    OdenseCompr                           9501.347
+     l_____    OdenseCompr-Italic                    9501.348
+     l_____    OdenseCond-Bold                       9501.349
+     l_____    OdenseCond-Italic                     9501.350
+     l_____    OdenseCond-BoldItalic                 9501.351
+     l_____    Odense-Bold                           9501.352
+     l_____    Odense-Italic                         9501.353
+     l_____    Odense                                9501.354
+     l_____    Odense-SemiBoldSC                     9501.355
+     l_____    Odense-ExtraBoldItalic                9501.356
+     l_____    Odense-ExtraBold                      9501.357
+     l_____    Odense-SemiBoldItalic                 9501.358
+     l_____    Odense-SemiBold                       9501.359
+     l_____    Odense-SC                             9501.360
+     l_____    Odense-BoldItalic                     9501.361
+     l_____    Odense-Neon                           9501.362
+     l_____    OdenseCond                            9501.363
+     l_____    Omnibus                               9501.364
+     l_____    Omnibus-Italic                        9501.365
+     l_____    Omnibus-BoldItali                     9501.366
+     l_____    Omnibus-SemiBoldItalic                9501.367
+     l_____    Omnibus-SemiBold                      9501.368
+     l_____    Omnibus-SC                            9501.369
+     l_____    Omnibus-Bold                          9501.370
+     l_____    Ondine                                9501.371
+     l_____    Optima-Medium                         9501.372
+     l_____    Optima-DemiBoldItalic                 9501.373
+     l_____    Optima-BlackItalic                    9501.374
+     l_____    Optima-ExtraBlackItalic               9501.375
+     l_____    Optima-ExtraBlack                     9501.376
+     l_____    Optima-Black                          9501.377
+     l_____    Optima-DemiBold                       9501.378
+     l_____    Optima-MediumItalic                   9501.379
+     l_____    Ouch                                  9501.380
+     l_____    LinotypePaintIt                       9501.381
+     l_____    LinotypePaintIt-Black                 9501.382
+     l_____    Pax                                   9501.383
+     l_____    Pax-SemiBoldItalic                    9501.384
+     l_____    Pax-SemiBold                          9501.385
+     l_____    PaxCond-SC                            9501.386
+     l_____    PaxCond-BoldItalic                    9501.387
+     l_____    PaxCond-Bold                          9501.388
+     l_____    PaxCond-Italic                        9501.389
+     l_____    PaxCond                               9501.390
+     l_____    Pax-SC                                9501.391
+     l_____    Pax-Italic                            9501.392
+     l_____    Pax-BoldItalic                        9501.393
+     l_____    Pax-Bold                              9501.394
+     l_____    PaxTwo                                9501.395
+     l_____    PaxTwo-Italic                         9501.396
+     l_____    PaxTwo-Bold                           9501.397
+     l_____    PaxTwo-SemiBold                       9501.398
+     l_____    PaxTwo-SC                             9501.399
+     l_____    PaxTwo-SemiBoldItalic                 9501.400
+     l_____    PaxTwo-BoldItalic                     9501.401
+     l_____    Persona                               9501.402
+     l_____    Pierrot                               9501.403
+     l_____    Ragnar                                9501.406
+     l_____    Ragnar-SC                             9501.407
+     l_____    Ragnar-SemiBoldItalic                 9501.408
+     l_____    Ragnar-Bold                           9501.409
+     l_____    Ragnar-BoldItalic                     9501.410
+     l_____    Ragnar-SemiBold                       9501.411
+     l_____    Ragnar-Italic                         9501.412
+     l_____    ResPublicaCond                        9501.413
+     l_____    ResPublica-Italic                     9501.414
+     l_____    ResPublica-BoldItalic                 9501.415
+     l_____    ResPublica-SC                         9501.416
+     l_____    ResPublica-Bold                       9501.417
+     l_____    ResPublica                            9501.418
+     l_____    ResPublicaCond-Italic                 9501.419
+     l_____    ResPublica-SemiBoldItalic             9501.420
+     l_____    ResPublica-SemiBold                   9501.421
+     l_____    RevueCE                               9501.422
+     l_____    Rustika                               9501.423
+     l_____    Rustika-Bold                          9501.424
+     l_____    Rustika-BoldItalic                    9501.425
+     l_____    Rustika-Italic                        9501.426
+     l_____    Rustika-SC                            9501.427
+     l_____    SabonCE-Roman                         9501.428
+     l_____    SabonCE-Italic                        9501.429
+     l_____    SabonCE-BoldItalic                    9501.430
+     l_____    SabonCyr-Bold                         9501.431
+     l_____    SabonGreek-Roman                      9501.432
+     l_____    SabonGreek-Bold                       9501.433
+     l_____    SabonGreek-BoldItalic                 9501.434
+     l_____    SabonGreek-Italic                     9501.435
+     l_____    SabonCyr-Italic                       9501.436
+     l_____    SabonCyr-Roman                        9501.437
+     l_____    SabonCE-Bold                          9501.438
+     l_____    SabonCyr-BoldItalic                   9501.439
+     l_____    Saga                                  9501.440
+     l_____    Saga-BoldItalic                       9501.441
+     l_____    Saga-SemiBold                         9501.442
+     l_____    Saga-SemiBoldItalic                   9501.443
+     l_____    Saga-SC                               9501.444
+     l_____    Saga-Bold                             9501.445
+     l_____    Saga-Italic                           9501.446
+     l_____    Linotype SallweyScript                9501.447
+     l_____    SanMarcoCyr                           9501.448
+     l_____    Saphir                                9501.449
+     l_____    Semper                                9501.456
+     l_____    Semper-Italic                         9501.457
+     l_____    Semper-BoldItalic                     9501.458
+     l_____    Semper-SC                             9501.459
+     l_____    Semper-Bold                           9501.460
+     l_____    Shuriken-Boy                          9501.461
+     l_____    LinotypeSpitz-Light                   9501.462
+     l_____    LinotypeSpitz-Book                    9501.463
+     l_____    LinotypeSpitz-Black                   9501.464
+     l_____    LinotypeSpitz-Bold                    9501.465
+     l_____    LinotypeSpitz-Medium                  9501.466
+     l_____    StencilCyr                            9501.467
+     l_____    Tiemann-Light                         9501.468
+     l_____    Tiemann-Roman                         9501.469
+     l_____    Trajanus-Roman                        9501.470
+     l_____    Trajanus-Black                        9501.471
+     l_____    Trajanus-BlackItalic                  9501.472
+     l_____    Trajanus-BoldItalic                   9501.473
+     l_____    Trajanus-Italic                       9501.474
+     l_____    Trajanus-Bold                         9501.475
+     l_____    Transport                             9501.476
+     l_____    Transport-BoldItalic                  9501.477
+     l_____    Transport-Light                       9501.478
+     l_____    Transport-LightItalic                 9501.479
+     l_____    Transport-SC                          9501.480
+     l_____    Transport-LightSC                     9501.481
+     l_____    Transport-Bold                        9501.482
+     l_____    Transport-Italic                      9501.483
+     l_____    UniversCyr-Light                      9501.484
+     l_____    UniversCyr-LightOblique               9501.485
+     l_____    UniversCyr                            9501.486
+     l_____    UniversCyr-Oblique                    9501.487
+     l_____    UniversCyr-Bold                       9501.488
+     l_____    UniversCyr-BoldOblique                9501.489
+     l_____    UniversCyr-Black                      9501.490
+     l_____    UniversCyr-BlackOblique               9501.491
+     l_____    UniversityRomanCE                     9501.492
+     l_____    UniversityCyr-Roman                   9501.493
+     l_____    Vega                                  9501.494
+     l_____    Vega-Bold                             9501.495
+     l_____    Vega-SemiBold                         9501.496
+     l_____    Vega-SC                               9501.497
+     l_____    Vega-SemiBoldItalic                   9501.498
+     l_____    Vega-BoldItalic                       9501.499
+     l_____    Vega-Italic                           9501.500
+     l_____    WiesbadenSwingCyr-Roman               9501.501
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Monotype fonts,  Next: URW fonts,  Prev: Linotype fonts,  Up: Font name lists
+
+A.8 Monotype fonts
+==================
+
+The `monotype.map' file has abbreviations for Monotype fonts.
+
+     mapr8x    ApolloMT-Expert                   MT  1001    ezexp___
+     maprc8a   ApolloMT-SC                       MT  1001    ezi_____
+     mapri8x   ApolloMT-ItalicExpert             MT  1001    eziof___
+     mapri8a   ApolloMT-Italic                   MT  1001    ezixp___
+     mapr8a    ApolloMT                          MT  1001    ezr_____
+     maprij8a  ApolloMT-ItalicOsF                MT  1001    ezrsc___
+     maps8a    ApolloMT-SemiBold                 MT  1001    ezsb____
+     mapsj8a   ApolloMT-SemiBoldOsF              MT  1001    ezsbo___
+     maps8x    ApolloMT-SemiBoldExpert           MT  1001    ezsbx___
+     mnrrw8a   NewBerolinaMT                     MT  1002    _n______
+     mp1rw8a   PalaceScriptMT                    MT  1002    _p______
+     mp1sw8a   PalaceScriptMT-SemiBold           MT  1002    _psb____
+     mahrw8a   AshleyScriptMT                    MT  1002    le______
+     mm1rw8a   MonolineScriptMT                  MT  1002    on______
+     mbvr8a    BaskervilleMT                     MT  1003    bas_____
+     mbvb8a    BaskervilleMT-Bold                MT  1003    basb____
+     mbvbi8a   BaskervilleMT-BoldItalic          MT  1003    basbi___
+     mbvri8a   BaskervilleMT-Italic              MT  1003    basi____
+     mbvs8a    BaskervilleMT-SemiBold            MT  1003    bass____
+     mbvsi8a   BaskervilleMT-SemiBoldItalic      MT  1003    bassi___
+     mbbr8a    Bembo                             MT  1004    bm______
+     mbbb8a    Bembo-Bold                        MT  1004    bmb_____
+     mbbbi8a   Bembo-BoldItalic                  MT  1004    bmbi____
+     mbbri8a   Bembo-Italic                      MT  1004    bmi_____
+     mbbx8a    Bembo-ExtraBold                   MT  1005    bmeb____
+     mbbxi8a   Bembo-ExtraBoldItalic             MT  1005    bmebi___
+     mbbs8a    Bembo-SemiBold                    MT  1005    bmsb____
+     mbbsi8a   Bembo-SemiBoldItalic              MT  1005    bmsbi___
+     mdsrw8a   DorchesterScriptMT                MT  1006    dsscr___
+     mp2rw8a   PepitaMT                          MT  1006    epscr___
+     mbfrw8a   BiffoMT                           MT  1006    ifscr___
+     mswbw8a   SwingMT-Bold                      MT  1006    swib____
+     ms2bw8a   ScriptMT-Bold                     MT  1006    tbscr___
+     mb1ri8a   BladoMT-Italic                    MT  1007    blai____
+     mpzr8a    PoliphilusMT                      MT  1007    pol_____
+     mvdr8a    VanDijckMT                        MT  1007    van_____
+     mvdri8a   VanDijckMT-Italic                 MT  1007    vani____
+     mbdr8a    BodoniMT                          MT  1008    bod_____
+     mbdb8a    BodoniMT-Bold                     MT  1008    bodb____
+     mbdbi8a   BodoniMT-BoldItalic               MT  1008    bodbi___
+     mbdri8a   BodoniMT-Italic                   MT  1008    bodi____
+     mbdu8a    BodoniMT-UltraBold                MT  1009    bodu____
+     mbdui8a   BodoniMT-UltraBoldItalic          MT  1009    bodui___
+     mbdk8a    BodoniMT-Book                     MT  1009    bodw____
+     mbdki8a   BodoniMT-BookItalic               MT  1009    bodwi___
+     moxr8a    OnyxMT                            MT  1009    ox______
+     mbdb8ac   BodoniMT-CondensedBold            MT  1010    bodc____
+     mbdbi8ac  BodoniMT-CondensedBoldItalic      MT  1010    bodci___
+     mbdc8a    BodoniMT-Black                    MT  1010    bodk____
+     mbdci8a   BodoniMT-BlackItalic              MT  1010    bodki___
+     mb3r8a    BraggadocioMT                     MT  1011    bra_____
+     mfir8a    FigaroMT                          MT  1011    fig_____
+     mfer8a    ForteMT                           MT  1011    for_____
+     mklr8a    KlangMT                           MT  1011    kla_____
+     mc8b8a    CalvertMT-Bold                    MT  1012    vtb_____
+     mc8l8a    CalvertMT-Light                   MT  1012    vtl_____
+     mc8r8a    CalvertMT                         MT  1012    vtrg____
+     mcnb8a    CenturyMT-Bold                    MT  1013    cenb____
+     mcnbi8a   CenturyMT-BoldItalic              MT  1013    cenbi___
+     mcnb8ax   CenturyMT-Expanded                MT  1013    cenx____
+     mcnbi8ax  CenturyMT-ExpandedItalic          MT  1013    cenxi___
+     mcubi8a   CenturyOSMT-BoldItalic            MT  1015    cobi____
+     mcur8a    CenturyOSMT                       MT  1015    cos_____
+     mcub8a    CenturyOSMT-Bold                  MT  1015    cosb____
+     mcuri8a   CenturyOSMT-Italic                MT  1015    cosi____
+     mcdr8a    ClarendonMT                       MT  1016    cld_____
+     meer8a    EgyptianMT-Extended               MT  1016    egyex___
+     mnnr8a    NewClarendonMT                    MT  1016    ncl_____
+     mnnb8a    NewClarendonMT-Bold               MT  1016    nclb____
+     mc6r8a    ClarionMT                         MT  1017    cla_____
+     mc6b8a    ClarionMT-Bold                    MT  1017    clab____
+     mc6ri8a   ClarionMT-Italic                  MT  1017    clai____
+     mcfb8a    ClearfaceMT-Bold                  MT  1018    cleb____
+     mcfbs8a   ClearfaceGothicMT-Bold            MT  1018    clgb____
+     mcfds8a   ClearfaceGothicMT-DemiBold        MT  1018    clgdb___
+     mcrr8a12  CourierTwelveMT                   MT  1019    cot_____
+     mtyre8a   TypewriterEliteMT                 MT  1019    tye_____
+     mtyrg8a   TypewriterGothicMT                MT  1019    tyg_____
+     mtyr8a    TypewriterMT                      MT  1019    typ_____
+     metr8a    EhrhardtMT                        MT  1020    ehr_____
+     metri8a   EhrhardtMT-Italic                 MT  1020    ehri____
+     mets8a    EhrhardtMT-SemiBold               MT  1020    ehrs____
+     metsi8a   EhrhardtMT-SemiBoldItalic         MT  1020    ehrsi___
+     menr8a    EngraversMT                       MT  1021    eng_____
+     menb8a    EngraversMT-Bold                  MT  1021    engb____
+     menrf8a   EngraversOldEnglishMT             MT  1021    engoe___
+     mfsra8a   FalstaffMT                        MT  1022    fprg____
+     mhdr8a    HeadlineMT-Bold                   MT  1022    head____
+     mpdr8ac   PlacardMT-Condensed               MT  1022    plcc____
+     mpdb8ac   PlacardMT-CondensedBold           MT  1022    plccb___
+     mgmr8a    GaramondMT                        MT  1023    gar_____
+     mgmb8a    GaramondMT-Bold                   MT  1023    garb____
+     mgmbi8a   GaramondMT-BoldItalic             MT  1023    garbi___
+     mgmri8a   GaramondMT-Italic                 MT  1023    gari____
+     mgmria8a  GaramondMT-AlternativeItalic      MT  1023    garit___
+     mgsr8a    GillSans                          MT  1024    gn______
+     mgsb8a    GillSans-Bold                     MT  1024    gnb_____
+     mgsbi8a   GillSans-BoldItalic               MT  1024    gnbi____
+     mgsri8a   GillSans-Italic                   MT  1024    gni_____
+     mgsl8a    GillSans-Light                    MT  1024    gnl_____
+     mgsli8a   GillSans-LightItalic              MT  1024    gnli____
+     mgsb8ac   GillSans-BoldCondensed            MT  1025    gnbc____
+     mgsr8ac   GillSans-Condensed                MT  1025    gnc_____
+     mgsx8a    GillSans-ExtraBold                MT  1025    gneb____
+     mgsu8a    GillSans-UltraBold                MT  1025    gnub____
+     mgsu8ac   GillSans-UltraBoldCondensed       MT  1025    gnubc___
+     mgrb8a    GloucesMT-Bold                    MT  1026    glb_____
+     mgrb8ac   GloucesMT-CondBold                MT  1026    glcb____
+     mgrb8ax   GloucesMT-ExtendedBold            MT  1026    gleb____
+     mgrb8aq   GloucesMT-ExtraCondensedBold      MT  1026    glecb___
+     mgrr8a    GloucesOldStyleMT                 MT  1026    glos____
+     mg5r8a    GoudyCatalogueMT                  MT  1027    goc_____
+     mg5ri8a   GoudyCatalogueMT-Italic           MT  1027    goci____
+     mgor8a    GoudyOldStyleMT                   MT  1027    gos_____
+     mgori8a   GoudyOldStyleMT-Italic            MT  1027    gosi____
+     mgyb8a    GoudyMT-Bold                      MT  1027    goub____
+     mgybi8a   GoudyMT-BoldItalic                MT  1027    goubi___
+     mg4r8a    GoudyModernMT                     MT  1028    gom_____
+     mg4ri8a   GoudyModernMT-Italic              MT  1028    gomi____
+     mgyx8a    GoudyMT-ExtraBold                 MT  1028    goueb___
+     mgtr8a    GoudyTextMT                       MT  1028    goutx___
+     mgqr8a    GrotesqueMT                       MT  1029    gq______
+     mgqc8a    GrotesqueMT-Black                 MT  1029    gqb_____
+     mgqb8a    GrotesqueMT-Bold                  MT  1029    gqbl____
+     mgqri8a   GrotesqueMT-Italic                MT  1029    gqi_____
+     mgql8a    GrotesqueMT-Light                 MT  1029    gql_____
+     mgqli8a   GrotesqueMT-LightItalic           MT  1029    gqli____
+     mgqc8a    GrotesqueMT-Black                 MT  1030    gqbl____
+     mgqb8ax   GrotesqueMT-BoldExtended          MT  1030    gqbv____
+     mgqr8ac   GrotesqueMT-Condensed             MT  1030    gqc_____
+     mgqr8aq   GrotesqueMT-ExtraCondensed        MT  1030    gqec____
+     mgql8ac   GrotesqueMT-LightCondensed        MT  1030    gqlc____
+     miir8a    ImprintMT                         MT  1032    im______
+     miib8a    ImprintMT-Bold                    MT  1032    imb_____
+     miibi8a   ImprintMT-BoldItalic              MT  1032    imbi____
+     miiri8a   ImprintMT-Italic                  MT  1032    imi_____
+     mifr8a    InflexMT                          MT  1033    iqb_____
+     moer8a    OldEnglishTextMT                  MT  1033    mbbou___
+     mosbl8a   MonotOldStyleMT-BoldOutline       MT  1033    old_____
+     mior8a    IonicMT                           MT  1034    ion_____
+     miob8a    IonicMT-Bold                      MT  1034    ionb____
+     miori8a   IonicMT-Italic                    MT  1034    ioni____
+     misb8a    ItalianOldStyleMT-Bold            MT  1035    ieb_____
+     misbi8a   ItalianOldStyleMT-BoldItalic      MT  1035    iebi____
+     misri8a   ItalianOldStyleMT-Italic          MT  1035    iei_____
+     misr8a    ItalianOldStyleMT                 MT  1035    ierg____
+     mmob8a    ModernMT-Bold                     MT  1036    nmb_____
+     mmobi8a   ModernMT-BoldItalic               MT  1036    nmbi____
+     mmor8ax   ModernMT-Extended                 MT  1036    nmex____
+     mmori8ax  ModernMT-ExtendedItalic           MT  1036    nmexi___
+     mnpr8a    NewsPlantinMT                     MT  1038    npl_____
+     mnpb8a    NewsPlantinMT-Bold                MT  1038    nplb____
+     mnpbi8a   NewsPlantinMT-BoldItalic          MT  1038    nplbi___
+     mnpri8a   NewsPlantinMT-Italic              MT  1038    npli____
+     mosr8a    OldStyleMT                        MT  1039    ost_____
+     mosb8a    OldStyleMT-Bold                   MT  1039    ostb____
+     mosbi8a   OldStyleMT-BoldItalic             MT  1039    ostbi___
+     mosri8a   OldStyleMT-Italic                 MT  1039    osti____
+     mpnr8a    Plantin                           MT  1040    pl______
+     mpnb8a    Plantin-Bold                      MT  1040    plb_____
+     mpnbi8a   Plantin-BoldItalic                MT  1040    plbi____
+     mpnri8a   Plantin-Italic                    MT  1040    pli_____
+     mpnb8ac   Plantin-BoldCondensed             MT  1041    plbc____
+     mpnl8a    Plantin-Light                     MT  1041    pll_____
+     mpnli8a   Plantin-LightItalic               MT  1041    plli____
+     mpns8a    Plantin-SemiBold                  MT  1041    plsb____
+     mpnsi8a   Plantin-SemiBoldItalic            MT  1041    plsbi___
+     mrwr8a    Rockwell                          MT  1042    rk______
+     mrwb8a    Rockwell-Bold                     MT  1042    rkb_____
+     mrwbi8a   Rockwell-BoldItalic               MT  1042    rkbi____
+     mrwri8a   Rockwell-Italic                   MT  1042    rki_____
+     mrwl8a    Rockwell-Light                    MT  1042    rkl_____
+     mrwli8a   Rockwell-LightItalic              MT  1042    rkli____
+     mrwb8ac   Rockwell-BoldCondensed            MT  1043    rkbc____
+     mrwr8ac   Rockwell-Condensed                MT  1043    rkc_____
+     mrwx8a    Rockwell-ExtraBold                MT  1043    rkeb____
+     msbr8a    SabonMT                           MT  1044    sab_____
+     msbri8a   SabonMT-Italic                    MT  1044    sabi____
+     msbs8a    SabonMT-SemiBold                  MT  1044    sabs____
+     msbsi8a   SabonMT-SemiBoldItalic            MT  1044    sabsi___
+     mntr8a    TimesNRMT                         MT  1046    tim_____
+     mntb8a    TimesNRMT-Bold                    MT  1046    timb____
+     mntbi8a   TimesNRMT-BoldItalic              MT  1046    timbi___
+     mntri8a   TimesNRMT-Italic                  MT  1046    timi____
+     mntx8a    TimesNRMT-ExtraBold               MT  1047    timeb___
+     mnts8a    TimesNRMT-SemiBold                MT  1047    tims____
+     mntsi8a   TimesNRMT-SemiBoldItalic          MT  1047    timsi___
+     mntb8ac   TimesNewRomanMT-BoldCond          MT  1048    mtbc____
+     mntr8ac   TimesNewRomanMT-Cond              MT  1048    mtc_____
+     mntri8ac  TimesNewRomanMT-CondItalic        MT  1048    mtci____
+     mtwb8a    TwCenMT-Bold                      MT  1049    tcb_____
+     mtwbi8a   TwCenMT-BoldItalic                MT  1049    tcbi____
+     mtwl8a    TwCenMT-Light                     MT  1049    tcl_____
+     mtwli8a   TwCenMT-LightItalic               MT  1049    tcli____
+     mtwm8a    TwCenMT-Medium                    MT  1049    tcm_____
+     mtwmi8a   TwCenMT-MediumItalic              MT  1049    tcmi____
+     mtwb8ac   TwCenMT-CondensedBold             MT  1050    tccb____
+     mtwm8ac   TwCenMT-CondensedMedium           MT  1050    tccm____
+     mtws8a    TwCenMT-SemiBold                  MT  1050    tcsb____
+     mtwsm8a   TwCenMT-SemiMedium                MT  1050    tcsm____
+     mtwx8ac   TwCenMT-CondensedExtraBold        MT  1051    tcceb___
+     mtwu8ac   TwCenMT-CondensedUltraBold        MT  1051    tccub___
+     mtwxi8a   TwCenMT-ExtraBoldItalic           MT  1051    tcebi___
+     mtwu8a    TwCenMT-UltraBold                 MT  1051    tcub____
+     mtwui8a   TwCenMT-UltraBoldItalic           MT  1051    tcubi___
+     mtwx8a    TwCenMT-ExtraBold                 MT  1051    tweb____
+     mwbr8a    WalbaumMT                         MT  1052    wl______
+     mwbri8a   WalbaumMT-Italic                  MT  1052    wli_____
+     mwbm8a    WalbaumMT-Medium                  MT  1052    wlm_____
+     mwbmi8a   WalbaumMT-MediumItalic            MT  1052    wlmi____
+     mnsb8a    TimesNewRomanPS-Bold              MT  1053    mtb_____
+     mnsbi8a   TimesNewRomanPS-BoldItalic        MT  1053    mtbi____
+     mnsri8a   TimesNewRomanPS-Italic            MT  1053    mti_____
+     mnsr8a    TimesNewRomanPS                   MT  1053    mtr_____
+     ma1r8a    ArialMT                           MT  1054    ari_____
+     ma1b8a    ArialMT-Bold                      MT  1054    ariab___
+     ma1bi8a   ArialMT-BoldItalic                MT  1054    aribi___
+     ma1ri8a   ArialMT-Italic                    MT  1054    arii____
+     ma1r8an   ArialNarrowMT                     MT  1055    an______
+     ma1b8an   ArialNarrowMT-Bold                MT  1055    anb_____
+     ma1ri8an  ArialNarrowMT-BoldItalic          MT  1055    anbi____
+     ma1bi8an  ArialNarrowMT-Italic              MT  1055    ani_____
+     mcrr8a    CourierPS                         MT  1058    cr______
+     mcrb8a    CourierPS-Bold                    MT  1058    crb_____
+     mcrbi8a   CourierPS-BoldItalic              MT  1058    crbi____
+     mcrri8a   CourierPS-Italic                  MT  1058    cri_____
+     msyr      SymbolPS                          MT  1058    syps____
+     mnir8a    NimrodMT                          MT  1061    nim_____
+     mnib8a    NimrodMT-Bold                     MT  1061    nimb____
+     mnibi8a   NimrodMT-BoldItalic               MT  1061    nimbi___
+     mniri8a   NimrodMT-Italic                   MT  1061    nimi____
+     ma1ci8a   ArialMT-BlackItalic               MT  1064    arbli___
+     ma1c8a    ArialMT-Black                     MT  1064    aribl___
+     ma1l8a    ArialMT-Light                     MT  1064    aril____
+     ma1li8a   ArialMT-LightItalic               MT  1064    arili___
+     mburw8a   BrushScriptMT                     MT  1071    ________
+     mi0rw8a   CommercialScriptMT                MT  1071    ________
+     mr5rw8a   FrenchScriptMT                    MT  1071    ________
+     motb8a    CoronetMT-Bold                    MT  1071    corb____
+     mmebw8a   MercuriusMT-BoldScript            MT  1071    uzbs____
+     mppb8a    Perpetua-Bold                     MT  1072    ptb_____
+     mppbi8a   Perpetua-BoldItalic               MT  1072    ptbi____
+     mppri8a   Perpetua-Italic                   MT  1072    pti_____
+     mppr8a    Perpetua                          MT  1072    ptrg____
+     mair8ac   AbadiMT-Condensed                 MT  1074    abac____
+     maib8ac   AbadiMT-CondensedBold             MT  1074    abacb___
+     maix8ac   AbadiMT-CondensedExtraBold        MT  1074    abace___
+     mail8ac   AbadiMT-CondensedLight            MT  1074    abacl___
+     mtlr8a    CastellerMT                       MT  1075    el______
+     malr8a    AlbertusMT                        MT  1075    lr______
+     malri8a   AlbertusMT-Italic                 MT  1075    lri_____
+     mall8a    AlbertusMT-Light                  MT  1075    lrl_____
+     ma1x8a    ArialMT-ExtraBold                 MT  1076    arie____
+     ma1xi8a   ArialMT-ExtraBoldItalic           MT  1076    ariei___
+     ma1m8a    ArialMT-Medium                    MT  1076    arim____
+     ma1mi8a   ArialMT-MediumItalic              MT  1076    arimi___
+     ma1r8ac   ArialMT-Condensed                 MT  1077    aric____
+     ma1b8ac   ArialMT-CondensedBold             MT  1077    aricb___
+     ma1x8ac   ArialMT-CondensedExtraBold        MT  1077    arice___
+     ma1l8ac   ArialMT-CondensedLight            MT  1077    aricl___
+     mbvr8x    BskvillExpMT                      MT  1078    bay_____
+     mbvb8x    BskvillExpMT-Bold                 MT  1078    bayb____
+     mbvbi8x   BskvillExpMT-BoldItalic           MT  1078    baybi___
+     mbvri8x   BskvillExpMT-Italic               MT  1078    bayi____
+     mbvs8x    BskvillExpMT-SemiBold             MT  1078    bays____
+     mbvsi8x   BskvillExpMT-SemiBoldItal         MT  1078    baysi___
+     mber8a    BellMT                            MT  1079    bl______
+     mbeb8a    BellMT-Bold                       MT  1079    blb_____
+     mbebi8a   BellMT-BoldItalic                 MT  1079    blbi____
+     mberi8a   BellMT-Italic                     MT  1079    bli_____
+     mbes8a    BellMT-SemiBold                   MT  1079    bls_____
+     mbesi8a   BellMT-SemiBoldItalic             MT  1079    blsi____
+     mbbr7a    Bembo-Alt                         MT  1080    bea_____
+     mbbb7a    Bembo-AltBold                     MT  1080    beab____
+     mbbbi7a   Bembo-AltBoldItalic               MT  1080    beabi___
+     mbbri7a   Bembo-AltItalic                   MT  1080    beai____
+     mbbb8x    BemboExpert-Bold                  MT  1080    bey_____
+     mbbbi8x   BemboExpert-BoldItalic            MT  1080    beyb____
+     mbbri8x   BemboExpert-Italic                MT  1080    beybi___
+     mbbr8x    BemboExpert-Roman                 MT  1080    beyi____
+     mbbx7a    Bembo-AltExtraBold                MT  1081    beae____
+     mbbs7a    Bembo-AltSemiBold                 MT  1081    beas____
+     mbbsi7a   Bembo-AltSemiBoldItalic           MT  1081    beasi___
+     mbbx8x    BemboExpert-ExtraBold             MT  1081    beye____
+     mbbxi8x   BemboExpert-ExtraBoldItalic       MT  1081    beyei___
+     mbbs8x    BemboExpert-SemiBold              MT  1081    beys____
+     mbbsi8x   BemboExpert-SemiBoldItalic        MT  1081    beysi___
+     mbnr8ac   BernardMT-Condensed               MT  1082    berc____
+     mc7b8a    CompactaMT-Bold                   MT  1082    comb____
+     mnkr8a    NeographikMT                      MT  1082    neo_____
+     mrur8ac   RunicMT-Condensed                 MT  1082    runc____
+     metr8x    EhrhardtExptMT                    MT  1083    ehy_____
+     metri8x   EhrhardtExptMT-Italic             MT  1083    ehyi____
+     mets8x    EhrhardtExptMT-SemiBold           MT  1083    ehys____
+     metsi8x   EhrhardtExptMT-SemiBoldItal       MT  1083    ehysi___
+     mjnr8a    JansonMT                          MT  1085    jan_____
+     mjnb8a    JansonMT-Bold                     MT  1085    janb____
+     mjnbi8a   JansonMT-BoldItalic               MT  1085    janbi___
+     mjnri8a   JansonMT-Italic                   MT  1085    jani____
+     mppr8x    Perpetua-Expert                   MT  1087    pey_____
+     mpprc8a   Perpetua-SC                       MT  1087    ptsc____
+     mpnbi8x   PlantinExp-BoldItalic             MT  1088    plbiy___
+     mpnb8x    PlantinExp-Bold                   MT  1088    plby____
+     mpnri8x   PlantinExp-Italic                 MT  1088    pliy____
+     mpnr8x    PlantinExp                        MT  1088    ply_____
+     mpnra8x   PlantinExp-AltFigures             MT  1089    plya____
+     mpnl8x    PlantinExp-Light                  MT  1089    plyl____
+     mpnli8x   PlantinExp-LightItalic            MT  1089    plyli___
+     mpns8x    PlantinExp-SemiBold               MT  1089    plys____
+     mpnsi8x   PlantinExp-SemiBoldItalic         MT  1089    plysi___
+     zmsnr34   Spartan-ThreeFourMT               MT  1091    spf_____
+     zmsnr12   Spartan-OneTwoMT                  MT  1091    spo_____
+     zmsnr4    Spartan-FourMT                    MT  1091    spr_____
+     zmsnr13   Spartan-OneThreeMT                MT  1091    spt_____
+     zmsnr24   Spartan-TwoFourMT                 MT  1091    spw_____
+     zmsnb34   Spartan-ThreeFourMT-Bold          MT  1092    spfb____
+     zmsnb12   Spartan-OneTwoMT-Bold             MT  1092    spob____
+     zmsnb4    Spartan-FourMT-Bold               MT  1092    sprb____
+     zmsnb13   Spartan-OneThreeMT-Bold           MT  1092    sptb____
+     zmsnb24   Spartan-TwoFourMT-Bold            MT  1092    spwb____
+     zmsnri34  Spartan-ThreeFourMT-Italic        MT  1093    spfi____
+     zmsnri12  Spartan-OneTwoMT-Italic           MT  1093    spoi____
+     zmsnri4   Spartan-FourMT-Italic             MT  1093    spri____
+     zmsnri13  Spartan-OneThreeMT-Italic         MT  1093    spti____
+     zmsnri24  Spartan-TwoFourMT-Italic          MT  1093    spwi____
+     mntm8a    TimesNRMT-Medium                  MT  1094    timm____
+     mntmi8a   TimesNRMT-MediumItalic            MT  1094    timmi___
+     mtmrg8a   TimesSmallTextMT                  MT  1094    tst_____
+     mtmbg8a   TimesSmallTextMT-Bold             MT  1094    tstb____
+     mtmrig8a  TimesSmallTextMT-Italic           MT  1094    tsti____
+     melr8a    EllingtonMT                       MT  1095    ei______
+     melb8a    EllingtonMT-Bold                  MT  1095    eib_____
+     melbi8a   EllingtonMT-BoldItalic            MT  1095    eibi____
+     melx8a    EllingtonMT-ExtraBold             MT  1095    eieb____
+     melxi8a   EllingtonMT-ExtraBoldItalic       MT  1095    eiebi___
+     melri8a   EllingtonMT-Italic                MT  1095    eii_____
+     mell8a    EllingtonMT-Light                 MT  1095    eil_____
+     melli8a   EllingtonMT-LightItalic           MT  1095    eili____
+     mntr8x    TimesNRExpertMT                   MT  1096    tiy_____
+     mntb8x    TimesNRExpertMT-Bold              MT  1096    tiyb____
+     mntbi8x   TimesNRExpertMT-BoldItalic        MT  1096    tiybi___
+     mntri8x   TimesNRExpertMT-Italic            MT  1096    tiyi____
+     mair8a    AbadiMT                           MT  1098    aba_____
+     maib8a    AbadiMT-Bold                      MT  1098    abab____
+     maibi8a   AbadiMT-BoldItalic                MT  1098    ababi___
+     mairi8a   AbadiMT-Italic                    MT  1098    abai____
+     maij8a    AbadiMT-ExtraLight                MT  1098    abel____
+     maiji8a   AbadiMT-ExtraLightItalic          MT  1098    abeli___
+     mail8a    AbadiMT-Light                     MT  1099    abal____
+     maili8a   AbadiMT-LightItalic               MT  1099    abali___
+     maix8a    AbadiMT-ExtraBold                 MT  1099    abeb____
+     maixi8a   AbadiMT-ExtraBoldItalic           MT  1099    abebi___
+     mntrk     TimesNRDualGreekMT                MT  1100    td______
+     mntbk     TimesNRDualGreekMT-Bold           MT  1100    tdb_____
+     mntbik    TimesNRDualGreekMT-BoldIncl       MT  1100    tdbi____
+     mntrik    TimesNRDualGreekMT-Inclined       MT  1100    tdi_____
+     mgmrwd8a  GaramondMT-SwashCaps              MT  1101    garsc___
+     mgmrw8a   GaramondMT-Swash                  MT  1101    gasw____
+     mgmr8x    GaramondExpertMT                  MT  1101    gay_____
+     mgmb8x    GaramondExpertMT-Bold             MT  1101    gayb____
+     mgmbi8x   GaramondExpertMT-BoldItalic       MT  1101    gaybi___
+     mgmri8x   GaramondExpertMT-Italic           MT  1101    gayi____
+     mb2r8a    BinnyOldStyleMT                   MT  1102    bin_____
+     mb2ri8a   BinnyOldStyleMT-Italic            MT  1102    bini____
+     murb8a    CentaurMT-Bold                    MT  1103    nrb_____
+     murbi8a   CentaurMT-BoldItalic              MT  1103    nrbi____
+     murri8a   CentaurMT-Italic                  MT  1103    nri_____
+     murr8a    CentaurMT                         MT  1103    nrr_____
+     murd8a    CentaurFestiveMT-Italic
+     mc1r8a    CalistoMT                         MT  1104    cto_____
+     mc1b8a    CalistoMT-Bold                    MT  1104    ctob____
+     mc1bi8a   CalistoMT-BoldItalic              MT  1104    ctobi___
+     mc1ri8a   CalistoMT-Italic                  MT  1104    ctoi____
+     mr2b8a    CantoriaMT-Bold                   MT  1105    eob_____
+     mr2bi8a   CantoriaMT-BoldItalic             MT  1105    eobi____
+     mr2ri8a   CantoriaMT-Italic                 MT  1105    eoi_____
+     mr2r8a    CantoriaMT                        MT  1105    eorg____
+     mr2x8a    CantoriaMT-ExtraBold              MT  1106    eoeb____
+     mr2xi8a   CantoriaMT-ExtraBoldItalic        MT  1106    eoebi___
+     mr2l8a    CantoriaMT-Light                  MT  1106    eol_____
+     mr2li8a   CantoriaMT-LightItalic            MT  1106    eoli____
+     mr2s8a    CantoriaMT-SemiBold               MT  1106    eosb____
+     mr2si8a   CantoriaMT-SemiBoldItalic         MT  1106    eosbi___
+     mfxr8a    FelixTitlingMT                    MT  1107    felt____
+     mpprd8a   PerpetuaTitlingMT                 MT  1107    pert____
+     mppbd8a   PerpetuaTitlingMT-Bold            MT  1107    pertb___
+     mppld8a   PerpetuaTitlingMT-Light           MT  1107    pertl___
+     mf4r8a    FootlightMT                       MT  1108    ft______
+     mf4b8a    FootlightMT-Bold                  MT  1108    ftb_____
+     mf4bi8a   FootlightMT-BoldItalic            MT  1108    ftbi____
+     mf4ri8a   FootlightMT-Italic                MT  1108    fti_____
+     mf4x8a    FootlightMT-ExtraBold             MT  1109    fteb____
+     mf4xi8a   FootlightMT-ExtraBoldItalic       MT  1109    ftebi___
+     mf4l8a    FootlightMT-Light                 MT  1109    ftl_____
+     mf4li8a   FootlightMT-LightItalic           MT  1109    ftli____
+     mjnr8x    JansonExpertMT                    MT  1111    jny_____
+     mjnb8x    JansonExpertMT-Bold               MT  1111    jnyb____
+     mjnbi8x   JansonExpertMT-BoldItalic         MT  1111    jnybi___
+     mjnri8x   JansonExpertMT-Italic             MT  1111    jnyi____
+     mf3rd8a   FestivalTitlingMT                 MT  1112    fst_____
+     mknr8a    KinoMT                            MT  1112    kin_____
+     mm7r8a    MaturaMT                          MT  1112    mat_____
+     mm7rw7a   MaturaMT-ScriptCapitals           MT  1112    matsc___
+     mvird8ac  VictoriaTitlingMT-Condensed       MT  1112    vict____
+     mztr8a    ZeitgeistMT                       MT  1115    zei_____
+     mztr7a    ZeitgeistMT-Alternative           MT  1115    zeial___
+     zmztcm8x  ZeitgeistExpertMT-Cameo           MT  1115    zeiay___
+     mztb8a    ZeitgeistMT-Bold                  MT  1115    zeib____
+     mztb8x    ZeitgeistExpertMT-Bold            MT  1115    zeiby___
+     mztr8ac   ZeitgeistMT-Condensed             MT  1115    zeic____
+     zmztcm8a  ZeitgeistMT-Cameo                 MT  1115    zeica___
+     zmztcz8a  ZeitgeistMT-CrazyPaving           MT  1115    zeicp___
+     mztr8xc   ZeitgeistExpertMT-Condensed       MT  1115    zeicy___
+     mztri8a   ZeitgeistMT-Italic                MT  1115    zeii____
+     mztri8x   ZeitgeistExpertMT-Italic          MT  1115    zeiiy___
+     mztr8x    ZeitgeistExpertMT                 MT  1115    zeiy____
+     murriw7a  CentaurSwashMT                    MT  1116    censw___
+     murr7a    CentaurMT-Alt                     MT  1116    cta_____
+     murb7a    CentaurMT-AltBold                 MT  1116    ctab____
+     murbi7a   CentaurMT-AltBoldItalic           MT  1116    ctabi___
+     murri7a   CentaurMT-AltItalic               MT  1116    ctai____
+     murb8x    CentaurExpertMT-Bold              MT  1116    ctbiy___
+     murbi8x   CentaurExpertMT-BoldItalic        MT  1116    ctrby___
+     murri8x   CentaurExpertMT-Italic            MT  1116    ctriy___
+     murr8x    CentaurExpertMT                   MT  1116    ctry____
+     molr8a    ColmcilleMT                       MT  1117    cm______
+     molr7a    ColmcilleAltMT                    MT  1117    cma_____
+     molb7a    ColmcilleAltMT-Bold               MT  1117    cmab____
+     molbi7a   ColmcilleAltMT-BoldItalic         MT  1117    cmabi___
+     molri7a   ColmcilleAltMT-Italic             MT  1117    cmai____
+     molb8a    ColmcilleMT-Bold                  MT  1117    cmb_____
+     molbi8a   ColmcilleMT-BoldItalic            MT  1117    cmbi____
+     molri8a   ColmcilleMT-Italic                MT  1117    cmi_____
+     molrp     ColmcilleOrnamentsMT              MT  1117    cmo_____
+     mntr8a7   TimesNRSevenMT                    MT  1118    sv______
+     mntb8a7   TimesNRSevenMT-Bold               MT  1118    svb_____
+     mntbi8a7  TimesNRSevenMT-BoldItalic         MT  1118    svbi____
+     mntri8a7  TimesNRSevenMT-Italic             MT  1118    svi_____
+     mo3r8a    ColonnaMT                         MT  1119    colo____
+     miirh8a   ImprintMT-Shadow                  MT  1119    is______
+     miirih8a  ImprintMT-ShadowItalic            MT  1119    isi_____
+     ma2r8a    AmasisMT                          MT  1120    ama_____
+     ma2b8a    AmasisMT-Bold                     MT  1120    amab____
+     ma2bi8a   AmasisMT-BoldItalic               MT  1120    amabi___
+     ma2ri8a   AmasisMT-Italic                   MT  1120    amai____
+     ma2c8a    AmasisMT-Black                    MT  1121    amabl___
+     ma2l8a    AmasisMT-Light                    MT  1121    amal____
+     ma2li8a   AmasisMT-LightItalic              MT  1121    amali___
+     ma2m8a    AmasisMT-Medium                   MT  1121    amam____
+     ma2mi8a   AmasisMT-MediumItalic             MT  1121    amami___
+     ma2ci8a   AmasisMT-BlackItalic              MT  1121    ambli___
+     msbrij8a  SabonMT-ItalicOSF                 MT  1124    saboi___
+     msbsj8a   SabonMT-SemiBoldOSF               MT  1124    sabos___
+     msbrc8a   SabonMT-SCOSF                     MT  1124    sabsc___
+     msbsij8a  SabonMT-SemiBoldItalicOSF         MT  1124    sasio___
+     mb1ri8x   BladoExpertMT-Italic              MT  1125    blaiy___
+     mpzr8x    PoliphilusExpertMT                MT  1125    poly____
+     mvdra8x   VanDijckExpertMT-AltFigs          MT  1125    vana____
+     mvdria8x  VanDijckExpertMT-AltFigsIta       MT  1125    vanai___
+     mvdr8x    VanDijckExpertMT                  MT  1125    vany____
+     mvdri8x   VanDijckExpertMT-Italic           MT  1125    vanyi___
+     mber7a    BellMT-Alt                        MT  1126    blt_____
+     mberi7a   BellMT-AltItalic                  MT  1126    blti____
+     mbes7a    BellMT-AltSemiBold                MT  1126    blts____
+     mbesi7a   BellMT-AltSemiBoldItalic          MT  1126    bltsi___
+     mber8x    BellExpertMT                      MT  1126    bly_____
+     mbera8x   BellExpertMT-Alt                  MT  1126    blya____
+     mbesa8x   BellExpertMT-AltSemiBold          MT  1126    blyas___
+     mbeb8x    BellExpertMT-Bold                 MT  1126    blyb____
+     mbebi8x   BellExpertMT-BoldItalic           MT  1126    blybi___
+     mberi8x   BellExpertMT-Italic               MT  1126    blyi____
+     mbes8x    BellExpertMT-SemiBold             MT  1126    blys____
+     mbesi8x   BellExpertMT-SemiBoldItalic       MT  1126    blysi___
+     mgsx8ac   GillSansMT-ExCondensedBold        MT  1133    gsecb___
+     mgslh8a   GillSansShadowedMT-Light          MT  1133    gsls____
+     mgsrh8a   GillSansMT-Shadow                 MT  1133    gss_____
+     mgsra8a   GillAltOneMT                      MT  1134    gla_____
+     mgsba8a   GillAltOneMT-Bold                 MT  1134    glab____
+     mgsbia8a  GillAltOneMT-BoldItalic           MT  1134    glabi___
+     mgsria8a  GillAltOneMT-Italic               MT  1134    glai____
+     mgsla8a   GillAltOneMT-Light                MT  1134    glal____
+     mgslia8a  GillAltOneMT-LightItalic          MT  1134    glali___
+     mdtr8a    DanteMT                           MT  1149    dn______
+     mdtb8a    DanteMT-Bold                      MT  1149    dnb_____
+     mdtbi8a   DanteMT-BoldItalic                MT  1149    dnbi____
+     mdtri8a   DanteMT-Italic                    MT  1149    dni_____
+     mdtm8a    DanteMT-Medium                    MT  1149    dnm_____
+     mdtmi8a   DanteMT-MediumItalic              MT  1149    dnmi____
+     mdtr7a    DanteMT-Alt                       MT  1150    dna_____
+     mdtb7a    DanteMT-AltBold                   MT  1150    dnab____
+     mdtbi7a   DanteMT-AltBoldItalic             MT  1150    dnabi___
+     mdtri7a   DanteMT-AltItalic                 MT  1150    dnai____
+     mdtm7a    DanteMT-AltMedium                 MT  1150    dnam____
+     mdtmi7a   DanteMT-AltMediumItalic           MT  1150    dnami___
+     mdtr8x    DanteExpertMT                     MT  1150    dne_____
+     mdtb8x    DanteExpertMT-Bold                MT  1150    dneb____
+     mdtbi8x   DanteExpertMT-BoldItalic          MT  1150    dnebi___
+     mdtri8x   DanteExpertMT-Italic              MT  1150    dnei____
+     mdtm8x    DanteExpertMT-Medium              MT  1150    dnem____
+     mdtmi8x   DanteExpertMT-MediumItalic        MT  1150    dnemi___
+     mdtrd8a   DanteTitlingMT                    MT  1150    dnt_____
+     maqr8a    BookAntiqua                       MT  1152    bk______
+     maqb8a    BookAntiqua-Bold                  MT  1152    bkb_____
+     maqbi8a   BookAntiqua-BoldItalic            MT  1152    bkbi____
+     maqri8a   BookAntiqua-Italic                MT  1152    bki_____
+     mkor8a    BookmanOldStyle                   MT  1153    bd______
+     mkob8a    BookmanOldStyle-Bold              MT  1153    bdb_____
+     mkobi8a   BookmanOldStyle-BoldItalic        MT  1153    bdbi____
+     mkori8a   BookmanOldStyle-Italic            MT  1153    bdi_____
+     mygr8a    CenturyGothic                     MT  1154    cg______
+     mygb8a    CenturyGothic-Bold                MT  1154    cgb_____
+     mygbi8a   CenturyGothic-BoldItalic          MT  1154    cgbi____
+     mygri8a   CenturyGothic-Italic              MT  1154    cgi_____
+     mcsr8a    CenturySchoolbook                 MT  1155    cb______
+     mcsb8a    CenturySchoolbook-Bold            MT  1155    cbb_____
+     mcsbi8a   CenturySchoolbook-BoldItalic      MT  1155    cbbi____
+     mcsri8a   CenturySchoolbook-Italic          MT  1155    cbi_____
+     mzcmi8a   MonotypeCorsiva                   MT  1156    mci_____
+     mzdr      MonotypeSorts                     MT  1156    ms______
+     mpi001    ArabesqueOrnamentsOneMT           MT  1157    araba___
+     mpi002    ArabesqueOrnamentsTwoMT           MT  1157    arabb___
+     mpi003    ArabesqueOrnamentsThreeMT         MT  1157    arabc___
+     mpi004    RococoOrnamentsOneMT              MT  1157    rcoa____
+     mpi005    RococoOrnamentsTwoMT              MT  1157    rcob____
+     mpi006    RococoOrnamentsThreeMT            MT  1157    rcoc____
+     mgtr7a    GoudyTextMT-Alternative           MT  1181    gouta___
+     mgtr7c    GoudyTextMT-Dfr                   MT  1181    goutd___
+     mgtrd8a   GoudyTextMT-LombardicCapitals     MT  1181    goutl___
+     mgtr8a    GoudyTextMT                       MT  1181    goutx___
+     mlir8ac   LatinCondensedMT                  MT  1182    lnc_____
+     moxr8a    OnyxMT                            MT  1182    ox______
+     mrur8ac   RunicMT-Condensed                 MT  1182    ric_____
+     mpi007    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-One          MT  1183    chra____
+     mpi008    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Two          MT  1183    chrb____
+     mpi009    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Three        MT  1183    chrc____
+     mpi010    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Four         MT  1183    chrd____
+     mpi011    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Five         MT  1183    chre____
+     mpi012    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Six          MT  1183    chrf____
+     mpi013    ContemporaryOrnMT-One             MT  1183    cora____
+     mpi014    ContemporaryOrnMT-Two             MT  1183    corb____
+     mpi015    ContemporaryOrnMT-Three           MT  1183    corc____
+     mpi016    ContemporaryOrnMT-Four            MT  1183    cord____
+     mpi017    ContemporaryOrnMT-Five            MT  1183    core____
+     mntr9s    TimesNewRomanSF                   MT  1194    tsf_____
+     mntb9s    TimesNewRomanSF-Bold              MT  1194    tsfb____
+     mntbi9s   TimesNewRomanSF-BoldItalic        MT  1194    tsfbi___
+     mntri9s   TimesNewRomanSF-Italic            MT  1194    tsfi____
+     mu0rp1    ColumbusOrnamentsOneMT            MT  1196    cuora___
+     mu0rp2    ColumbusOrnamentsTwoMT            MT  1196    cuorb___
+     mu0r8x    ColumbusExpMT                     MT  1196    cuy_____
+     mu0b8x    ColumbusExpMT-Bold                MT  1196    cuyb____
+     mu0bi8x   ColumbusExpMT-BoldItalic          MT  1196    cuybi___
+     mu0ri8x   ColumbusExpMT-Italic              MT  1196    cuyi____
+     mu0s8x    ColumbusExpMT-SemiBold            MT  1196    cuys____
+     mu0si8x   ColumbusExpMT-SemiBoldItal        MT  1196    cuysi___
+     ma1rz     ArialCyrMT                        MT  1205    ac______
+     ma1bz     ArialCyrMT-Bold                   MT  1205    acb_____
+     ma1biz    ArialCyrMT-BoldInclined           MT  1205    acbi____
+     ma1riz    ArialCyrMT-Inclined               MT  1205    aci_____
+     mcrrz     CourierCyr                        MT  1206    cc______
+     mcrbz     CourierCyr-Bold                   MT  1206    ccb_____
+     mcrbiz    CourierCyr-BoldInclined           MT  1206    ccbi____
+     mcrriz    CourierCyr-Inclined               MT  1206    cci_____
+     mntrz     TimesNRomCyrMT                    MT  1207    trc_____
+     mntbz     TimesNRomCyrMT-Bold               MT  1207    trcb____
+     mntbiz    TimesNRomCyrMT-BoldInclined       MT  1207    trcbi___
+     mntriz    TimesNRomCyrMT-Inclined           MT  1207    trci____
+     mgsbd8a   GillSansDisplayMT-Bold            MT  1209    gdb_____
+     mgsbd8ac  GillSansDisplayMT-CondBold        MT  1209    gdcb____
+     mgsbd8ax  GillSansDisplayMT-ExtraBold       MT  1209    gdeb____
+     mg4ri8a   GoudyModernMT-Italic              MT  1210    ygi_____
+     mg4r8a    GoudyModernMT                     MT  1210    ygrg____
+     ms1ri8a   ScotchRomanMT-Italic              MT  1210    ysi_____
+     ms1r8a    ScotchRomanMT                     MT  1210    ysrg____
+     mfsr8a    FalstaffMT                        MT  1211    fprg____
+     mifb8a    InflexMT-Bold                     MT  1211    iqb_____
+     mm8bl8a   MonotypeOldStyleMT-BoldOut        MT  1211    mbbou___
+     mfer8a    ForteMT                           MT  1212    fz______
+     mklr8a    KlangMT                           MT  1212    kn______
+     mmebw8a   MercuriusMT-BoldScript            MT  1212    uzbs____
+     mjox8a    JoannaMT-ExtraBold                MT  1213    joae____
+     mjob8a    JoannaMT-Bold                     MT  1213    job_____
+     mjobi8a   JoannaMT-BoldItalic               MT  1213    jobi____
+     mjori8a   JoannaMT-Italic                   MT  1213    joi_____
+     mjor8a    JoannaMT                          MT  1213    jor_____
+     mjos8a    JoannaMT-SemiBold                 MT  1213    josb____
+     mjosi8a   JoannaMT-SemiBoldItalic           MT  1213    josbi___
+     mphb8a    PhotinaMT-Bold                    MT  1214    phb_____
+     mphbi8a   PhotinaMT-BoldItalic              MT  1214    phbi____
+     mphri8a   PhotinaMT-Italic                  MT  1214    phi_____
+     mphr8a    PhotinaMT                         MT  1214    phrg____
+     mphs8a    PhotinaMT-SemiBold                MT  1214    phsb____
+     mphsi8a   PhotinaMT-SemiBoldItalic          MT  1214    phsbi___
+     mphu8a    PhotinaMT-UltraBold               MT  1214    phub____
+     mphui8a   PhotinaMT-UltraBoldItalic         MT  1214    phubi___
+     msmr8x    SpectrumMT-Expert                 MT  1215    ekexp___
+     msmri8a   SpectrumMT-Italic                 MT  1215    eki_____
+     msmrij8a  SpectrumMT-ItalicOsF              MT  1215    ekio____
+     msmri8x   SpectrumMT-ItalicExpert           MT  1215    ekixp___
+     msmr8a    SpectrumMT                        MT  1215    ekrg____
+     msms8a    SpectrumMT-SemiBold               MT  1215    eksb____
+     msmsj8a   SpectrumMT-SemiBoldOsF            MT  1215    eksbo___
+     msms8x    SpectrumMT-SemiBoldExpert         MT  1215    eksbx___
+     msmrc8a   SpectrumMT-SC                     MT  1215    eksc____
+     mhrr8a    ArialRoundedMT                    MT  1216    arr_____
+     mhrb8a    ArialRoundedMT-Bold               MT  1216    arrb____
+     mhrx8a    ArialRoundedMT-ExtraBold          MT  1216    arreb___
+     mhrl8a    ArialRoundedMT-Light              MT  1216    arrl____
+     mpi101    AlmanacMT                         MT  1222    pia_____
+     mpi102    BotanicalMT                       MT  1222    pib_____
+     mpi103    DirectionsMT                      MT  1222    pie_____
+     mpi104    SportsOneMT                       MT  1222    pif_____
+     mpi105    SportsTwoMT                       MT  1222    pig_____
+     mpi106    TransportMT                       MT  1222    pij_____
+     mpi107    VacationMT                        MT  1222    pik_____
+     mpi201    CircleFrameMT                     MT  1222    pic_____
+     mpi202    CircleFrameNegMT                  MT  1222    pid_____
+     mpi203    SquareFrameMT                     MT  1222    pih_____
+     mpi204    SquareFrameNegMT                  MT  1222    pii_____
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-RegularAlt            MT  1223    pna_____
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-Italic                MT  1223    pni_____
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-ItalicOsF             MT  1223    pnosi___
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-Regular               MT  1223    pnr_____
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-RegularSC             MT  1223    pnsc____
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-Swash                 MT  1223    pnsw____
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-SwashCaps             MT  1223    pnswc___
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-Titling               MT  1223    pnt_____
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-TitlingAlt            MT  1223    pnta____
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-RegularExpert         MT  1223    pny_____
+     m_____    PastonchiMT-ItalicExpert          MT  1223    pnyi____
+     movr8x    OctavianMT-Expert                 MT  1224    ocexp___
+     movri8a   OctavianMT-Italic                 MT  1224    oci_____
+     movrij8a  OctavianMT-ItalicOsF              MT  1224    ocio____
+     movri8x   OctavianMT-ItalicExpert           MT  1224    ocixp___
+     movr8a    OctavianMT                        MT  1224    ocrg____
+     movrc8a   OctavianMT-SC                     MT  1224    ocsc____
+     mnsr8x    TimesNRPSExpert                   MT  1225    tpy_____
+     mnsb8x    TimesNRPSExpert-Bold              MT  1225    tpyb____
+     mnsbi8x   TimesNRPSExpert-BoldItalic        MT  1225    tpybi___
+     mnsri8x   TimesNRPSExpert-Italic            MT  1225    tpyi____
+     ma1r9s    ArialSFMT                         MT  1226    asf_____
+     ma1b9s    ArialSFMT-Bold                    MT  1226    asfb____
+     ma1bi9s   ArialSFMT-BoldItalic              MT  1226    asfbi___
+     ma1ri9s   ArialSFMT-Italic                  MT  1226    asfi____
+     mdmb8a    DelimaMT-Bold                     MT  1234    dlb_____
+     mdmbi8a   DelimaMT-BoldItalic               MT  1234    dlbi____
+     mdmri8a   DelimaMT-Italic                   MT  1234    dli_____
+     mdml8a    DelimaMT-Light                    MT  1234    dll_____
+     mdmli8a   DelimaMT-LightItalic              MT  1234    dlli____
+     mdmr8a    DelimaMT                          MT  1234    dlr_____
+     mdmx8a    DelimaMT-ExtraBold                MT  1235    dleb____
+     mdmxi_    DelimaMT-ExtraBoldItalic          MT  1235    dlebi___
+     mdms8a    DelimaMT-SemiBold                 MT  1235    dlsb____
+     mdmsi8a   DelimaMT-SemiBoldItalic           MT  1235    dlsbi___
+     mo4rMM8a  OceanSansMM                       MT  1236    ________
+     mo4riMM8a OceanSansMM-It                    MT  1236    ________
+     mlyr8a    LydianMT                          MT  1238    ly______
+     mlyrw8a   LydianCursiveMT                   MT  1238    lyc_____
+     mwrrf8a   WittenbergerFraktMT               MT  1239    wf______
+     mwrbf8a   WittenbergerFraktMT-Bd            MT  1239    wfb_____
+     mwrrf7c   WittenbergerFraktMT-BdDfr         MT  1239    wfbdf___
+     mwrbf7c   WittenbergerFraktMT-Dfr           MT  1239    wfdfr___
+     mgsh8a    GillSans-Heavy                    MT  1240    gilh____
+     mgshi8a   GillSans-HeavyItalic              MT  1240    gilhi___
+     mgsk8a    GillSans-Book                     MT  1240    gilk____
+     mgski8a   GillSans-BookItalic               MT  1240    gilki___
+     mgsha8a   GillAltOneMT-Heavy                MT  1241    glah____
+     mgshia8a  GillAltOneMT-HeavyItalic          MT  1241    glahi___
+     mgska8a   GillAltOneMT-Book                 MT  1241    glak____
+     mgskia8a  GillAltOneMT-BookItalic           MT  1241    glaki___
+     mf1r8a    FournierMT                        MT  1242    fn______
+     mf1r7a    FournierMT-Alt                    MT  1242    fna_____
+     mf1ri7a   FournierMT-AltItalic              MT  1242    fnai____
+     mf1ri8a   FournierMT-Italic                 MT  1242    fni_____
+     mf1rp     FournierOrnamentsMT               MT  1242    fno_____
+     mf1rd8a   FournierMT-TallCaps               MT  1242    fnt_____
+     mf1rid8a  FournierMT-TallCapsItalic         MT  1242    fnti____
+     mf1r8x    FournierExpertMT                  MT  1242    fny_____
+     mf1ri8x   FournierExpertMT-Italic           MT  1242    fnyi____
+     miir8a    ImprintExpertMT                   MT  1243    imy_____
+     miib8a    ImprintExpertMT-Bold              MT  1243    imyb____
+     miibi8a   ImprintExpertMT-BoldItalic        MT  1243    imybi___
+     miiri8a   ImprintExpertMT-Italic            MT  1243    imyi____
+     mpwr8a    PerrywoodMT                       MT  1244    py______
+     mpwb8a    PerrywoodMT-Bold                  MT  1244    pyb_____
+     mpwbi8a   PerrywoodMT-BoldItalic            MT  1244    pybi____
+     mpwri8a   PerrywoodMT-Italic                MT  1244    pyi_____
+     mpwx8a    PerrywoodMT-ExtraBold             MT  1245    pye_____
+     mpwxi8a   PerrywoodMT-ExtraBoldItalc        MT  1245    pyei____
+     mpwl8a    PerrywoodMT-Light                 MT  1245    pyl_____
+     mpwli8a   PerrywoodMT-LightItalic           MT  1245    pyli____
+     mpws8a    PerrywoodMT-SemiBold              MT  1245    pys_____
+     mpwsi8a   PerrywoodMT-SemiBoldItalic        MT  1245    pysi____
+     mphbij8a  PhotinaMT-BoldItalicOsF           MT  1246    phbio___
+     mphbj8a   PhotinaMT-BoldOsF                 MT  1246    phbo____
+     mphrij8a  PhotinaMT-ItalicOsF               MT  1246    phio____
+     mphrc8a   PhotinaMT-RegularSC               MT  1246    phsc____
+     mphsij8a  PhotinaMT-SemiBoldItalicOsF       MT  1246    phsio___
+     mphsj8a   PhotinaMT-SemiBoldOsF             MT  1246    phso____
+     mphuij8a  PhotinaMT-UltraBoldItOsF          MT  1246    phuio___
+     mphuj8a   PhotinaMT-UltraBoldOsF            MT  1246    phuo____
+     mphr8x    PhotinaMT-RegularExpert           MT  1246    phy_____
+     mphb8x    PhotinaMT-BoldExpert              MT  1246    phyb____
+     mphbi8x   PhotinaMT-BoldItalicExpert        MT  1246    phybi___
+     mphri8x   PhotinaMT-ItalicExpert            MT  1246    phyi____
+     mphs8x    PhotinaMT-SemiBoldExpert          MT  1246    phys____
+     mphsi8x   PhotinaMT-SemiBoldItExpert        MT  1246    physi___
+     mphu8x    PhotinaMT-UltraBoldExpert         MT  1246    phyu____
+     mphui8x   PhotinaMT-UltraBoldItExpert       MT  1246    phyui___
+     mbmb8a    BulmerMT-Bold                     MT  1247    ybb_____
+     mbmbi8a   BulmerMT-BoldItalic               MT  1247    ybbi____
+     mbmbd8a   BulmerMT-BoldDisplay              MT  1247    ybdb____
+     mbmbid8a  BulmerMT-BoldItalicDisplay        MT  1247    ybdbi___
+     mbmrd8a   BulmerMT-RegularDisplay           MT  1247    ybds____
+     mbmrid8a  BulmerMT-ItalicDisplay            MT  1247    ybdsi___
+     mbmri8a   BulmerMT-Italic                   MT  1247    ybi_____
+     mbmr8a    BulmerMT-Regular                  MT  1247    ybrg____
+     mbms8a    BulmerMT-SemiBold                 MT  1247    ybsb____
+     mbmsi8a   BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalic           MT  1247    ybsi____
+     mbmb7a    BulmerMT-BoldAlt                  MT  1248    ybab____
+     mbmbi7a   BulmerMT-BoldItalicAlt            MT  1248    ybabi___
+     mbmr7a    BulmerMT-RegularAlt               MT  1248    ybarg___
+     mbms7a    BulmerMT-SemiBoldAlt              MT  1248    ybasb___
+     mbmsi7a   BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalicAlt        MT  1248    ybasi___
+     mbmbd7a   BulmerMT-BoldDisplayAlt           MT  1248    ybbda___
+     mbmbid7a  BulmerMT-BoldItalDisplayAlt       MT  1248    ybbid___
+     mbmbi8x   BulmerMT-BoldItalicExpert         MT  1248    ybbix___
+     mbmb8x    BulmerMT-BoldExpert               MT  1248    ybbxp___
+     mbmri7a   BulmerMT-ItalicAlt                MT  1248    ybial___
+     mbmrid7a  BulmerMT-ItalicDisplayAlt         MT  1248    ybida___
+     mbmri8x   BulmerMT-ItalicExpert             MT  1248    ybixp___
+     mbmrd7a   BulmerMT-RegularDisplayAlt        MT  1248    ybrda___
+     mbmr8x    BulmerMT-RegularExpert            MT  1248    ybrgx___
+     mbmrc8a   BulmerMT-RegularSC                MT  1248    ybrsc___
+     mbmsc8a   BulmerMT-SemiBoldSC               MT  1248    ybsbs___
+     mbms8x    BulmerMT-SemiBoldExpert           MT  1248    ybsbx___
+     mbmsi8x   BulmerMT-SemiBoldItalExpert       MT  1248    ybsix___
+     mo4b8a    OceanSansMT-Bold                  MT  1249    oeb_____
+     mo4bi8a   OceanSansMT-BoldItalic            MT  1249    oebi____
+     mo4k8a    OceanSansMT-Book                  MT  1249    oek_____
+     mo4ki8a   OceanSansMT-BookItalic            MT  1249    oeki____
+     mo4x8a    OceanSansMT-ExtraBold             MT  1250    oeeb____
+     mo4xi8a   OceanSansMT-ExtraBoldItalic       MT  1250    oeebi___
+     mo4l8a    OceanSansMT-Light                 MT  1250    oel_____
+     mo4li8a   OceanSansMT-LightItalic           MT  1250    oeli____
+     mo4s8a    OceanSansMT-SemiBold              MT  1250    oesb____
+     mo4si8a   OceanSansMT-SemiBoldItalic        MT  1250    oesbi___
+     mmob8a    ModernMT-Bold                     MT  1259    nmb_____
+     mmobi8a   ModernMT-BoldItalic               MT  1259    nmbi____
+     mmor8ac   ModernMT-Condensed                MT  1259    nmc_____
+     mmori8ac  ModernMT-CondensedItalic          MT  1259    nmci____
+     mmor8ax   ModernMT-Extended                 MT  1259    nmex____
+     mmori8ax  ModernMT-ExtendedItalic           MT  1259    nmexi___
+     mmor8aw   ModernMT-Wide                     MT  1259    nmwd____
+     mmori8aw  ModernMT-WideItalic               MT  1259    nmwdi___
+     mwbr8x    WalbaumExpMT                      MT  1268    wly_____
+     mwbri8x   WalbaumExpMT-Italic               MT  1268    wlyi____
+     mwbm8x    WalbaumExpMT-Medium               MT  1268    wlym____
+     mwbmi8x   WalbaumExpMT-MediumItalic         MT  1268    wlymi___
+     mlgr8a    LetterGothicMT                    MT  1269    lc______
+     mlgb8a    LetterGothicMT-Bold               MT  1269    lcb_____
+     mlgbo8a   LetterGothicMT-BoldOblique        MT  1269    lcbi____
+     mlgro8a   LetterGothicMT-Oblique            MT  1269    lci_____
+     ma1rzn    ArialNarrowCyrMT                  MT  1270    anc_____
+     ma1bzn    ArialNarrowCyrMT-Bold             MT  1270    ancb____
+     ma1bizn   ArialNarrowCyrMT-BoldInc          MT  1270    ancbi___
+     ma1rizn   ArialNarrowCyrMT-Inclined         MT  1270    anci____
+     mygrz     CenturyGothicCyr                  MT  1271    cgc_____
+     mygbz     CenturyGothicCyr-Bold             MT  1271    cgcb____
+     mygbiz    CenturyGothicCyr-BoldInc          MT  1271    cgcbi___
+     mygriz    CenturyGothicCyr-Inclined         MT  1271    cgci____
+     mkorz     BookmanOldStyleCyr                MT  1272    bdc_____
+     mkobz     BookmanOldStyleCyr-Bold           MT  1272    bdcb____
+     mkobiz    BookmanOldStyleCyr-BoldInc        MT  1272    bdcbi___
+     mkoriz    BookmanOldStyleCyr-Inc            MT  1272    bdci____
+     mnirz     NimrodCyrMT                       MT  1273    nic_____
+     mnibz     NimrodCyrMT-Bold                  MT  1273    nicb____
+     mnibiz    NimrodCyrMT-BoldInclined          MT  1273    nicbi___
+     mniriz    NimrodCyrMT-Inclined              MT  1273    nici____
+     mptrz     PlantinCyrMT                      MT  1274    plc_____
+     mptbz     PlantinCyrMT-Bold                 MT  1274    plcb____
+     mptbiz    PlantinCyrMT-BoldInclined         MT  1274    plcbi___
+     mptriz    PlantinCyrMT-Inclined             MT  1274    plci____
+     maqrz     BookAntiquaCyr                    MT  1275    bkc_____
+     maqbz     BookAntiquaCyr-Bold               MT  1275    bkcb____
+     maqbiz    BookAntiquaCyr-BoldInclined       MT  1275    bkcbi___
+     maqriz    BookAntiquaCyr-Inclined           MT  1275    bkci____
+     mzcmiz    MonotypeCorsivaCyr                MT  1276    mcc_____
+     mzcmizaa  MonotypeCorsivaCyr-AltOne         MT  1276    mccaa___
+     mzcmizab  MonotypeCorsivaCyr-AltTwo         MT  1276    mccab___
+     mzcmizac  MonotypeCorsivaCyr-AltThree       MT  1276    mccac___
+     mcsrz     CenturySchoolbookCyr              MT  1277    cbc_____
+     mcsbz     CenturySchoolbookCyr-Bold         MT  1277    cbcb____
+     mcsbiz    CenturySchoolbookCyr-BolInc       MT  1277    cbcbi___
+     mcsriz    CenturySchoolbookCyr-Inc          MT  1277    cbci____
+     mp6r8a    BlueprintMT                       MT  1283    bp______
+     mp6b8a    BlueprintMT-Bold                  MT  1283    bpb_____
+     mp6bi8a   BlueprintMT-BoldItalic            MT  1283    bpbi____
+     mp6ri8a   BlueprintMT-Italic                MT  1283    bpi_____
+     mn1r8a    BinnerGothicMT                    MT  1289    bg______
+     mfgr8aq   FrankGothMT-ExtraCondensed        MT  1289    fgec____
+     m_____    LightlineGothicMT                 MT  1289    lg______
+     mwnr8a    WindsorMT                         MT  1289    wds_____
+     mygr__    CenturyGothicTur                  MT  1293    cgt_____
+     mygb__    CenturyGothicTur-Bold             MT  1293    cgtb____
+     mygbi__   CenturyGothicTur-BoldItalic       MT  1293    cgtbi___
+     mygri__   CenturyGothicTur-Italic           MT  1293    cgti____
+     mygr__    CenturyGothicCE                   MT  1293    cgu_____
+     mygb__    CenturyGothicCE-Bold              MT  1293    cgub____
+     mygbi__   CenturyGothicCE-BoldItalic        MT  1293    cgubi___
+     mygri__   CenturyGothicCE-Italic            MT  1293    cgui____
+     ma1r__n   ArialNarrowTur                    MT  1294    ant_____
+     ma1b__n   ArialNarrowTur-Bold               MT  1294    antb____
+     ma1bi__n  ArialNarrowTur-BoldItalic         MT  1294    antbi___
+     ma1ri__n  ArialNarrowTur-Italic             MT  1294    anti____
+     ma1r__n   ArialNarrowCE                     MT  1294    anu_____
+     ma1b__n   ArialNarrowCE-Bold                MT  1294    anub____
+     ma1bi__n  ArialNarrowCE-BoldItalic          MT  1294    anubi___
+     ma1ri__n  ArialNarrowCE-Italic              MT  1294    anui____
+     maqr__    BookAntiquaTur                    MT  1295    bkt_____
+     maqb__    BookAntiquaTur-Bold               MT  1295    bktb____
+     maqbi__   BookAntiquaTur-BoldItalic         MT  1295    bktbi___
+     maqri__   BookAntiquaTur-Italic             MT  1295    bkti____
+     maqr__    BookAntiquaCE                     MT  1295    bku_____
+     maqb__    BookAntiquaCE-Bold                MT  1295    bkub____
+     maqbi__   BookAntiquaCE-BoldItalic          MT  1295    bkubi___
+     maqri__   BookAntiquaCE-Italic              MT  1295    bkui____
+     mkor__    BookmanOldStyleTur                MT  1296    bdt_____
+     mkob__    BookmanOldStyleTur-Bold           MT  1296    bdtb____
+     mkobi__   BookmanOldStyleTur-BoldIta        MT  1296    bdtbi___
+     mkori__   BookmanOldStyleTur-Italic         MT  1296    bdti____
+     mkor__    BookmanOldStylCE                  MT  1296    bdu_____
+     mkob__    BookmanOldStylCE-Bold             MT  1296    bdub____
+     mkobi__   BookmanOldStylCE-BoldItalic       MT  1296    bdubi___
+     mkori__   BookmanOldStylCE-Italic           MT  1296    bdui____
+     mcsr__    CenturySchoolbookTur              MT  1297    cst_____
+     mcsb__    CenturySchoolbookTur-Bold         MT  1297    cstb____
+     mcsbi__   CenturySchoolbookTur-BolIta       MT  1297    cstbi___
+     mcsri__   CenturySchoolbookTur-Italic       MT  1297    csti____
+     mcsr__    CenturySchoolbookCE               MT  1297    csu_____
+     mcsb__    CenturySchoolbookCE-Bold          MT  1297    csub____
+     mcsbi__   CenturySchoolbookCE-BoldIta       MT  1297    csubi___
+     mcsri__   CenturySchoolbookCE-Italic        MT  1297    csui____
+     mzcmi__   MonotypeCorsivaTur                MT  1298    mcit____
+     mzcmi__   MonotypeCorsivaCE                 MT  1298    mciu____
+     ma1rk     ArialDualGreekMT                  MT  1299    ard_____
+     ma1bk     ArialDualGreekMT-Bold             MT  1299    ardb____
+     ma1bik    ArialDualGreekMT-BoldIncl         MT  1299    ardbi___
+     ma1rik    ArialDualGreekMT-Inclined         MT  1299    ardi____
+     ma1r__    ArialTur                          MT  1306    art_____
+     ma1b__    ArialTur-Bold                     MT  1306    artb____
+     ma1bi__   ArialTur-BoldItalic               MT  1306    artbi___
+     ma1ri__   ArialTur-Italic                   MT  1306    arti____
+     ma1r__    ArialCE                           MT  1306    aru_____
+     ma1b__    ArialCE-Bold                      MT  1306    arub____
+     ma1bi__   ArialCE-BoldItalic                MT  1306    arubi___
+     ma1ri__   ArialCE-Italic                    MT  1306    arui____
+     mntr__    TimesNewRomanTur                  MT  1307    tit_____
+     mntb__    TimesNewRomanTur-Bold             MT  1307    titb____
+     mntbi__   TimesNewRomanTur-BoldItalic       MT  1307    titbi___
+     mntri__   TimesNewRomanTur-Italic           MT  1307    titi____
+     mntr__    TimesNewRomanCE                   MT  1307    tiu_____
+     mntb__    TimesNewRomanCE-Bold              MT  1307    tiub____
+     mntbi__   TimesNewRomanCE-BoldItalic        MT  1307    tiubi___
+     mntri__   TimesNewRomanCE-Italic            MT  1307    tiui____
+     mcrr__    CourierTur                        MT  1308    crt_____
+     mcrb__    CourierTur-Bold                   MT  1308    crtb____
+     mcrbi__   CourierTur-BoldItalic             MT  1308    crtbi___
+     mcrri__   CourierTur-Italic                 MT  1308    crti____
+     mcrr__    CourierCE                         MT  1308    cru_____
+     mcrb__    CourierCE-Bold                    MT  1308    crub____
+     mcrbi__   CourierCE-BoldItalic              MT  1308    crubi___
+     mcrri__   CourierCE-Italic                  MT  1308    crui____
+     mpnrn8a   PlantinMT-Schlbk                  MT  1309    psb_____
+     mpnbn8a   PlantinMT-SchlbkBold              MT  1309    psbb____
+     mpnbin8a  PlantinMT-SchlbkBoldItalic        MT  1309    psbbi___
+     mpnrin8a  PlantinMT-SchlbkItalic            MT  1309    psbi____
+     mn1p8a    BinnerPosterMT                    MT  1310    binp____
+     mgqbd8ac  GrotesqueDisplayMT-BoldCond       MT  1310    gdbc____
+     mgqbd8ax  GrotesqueDisplayMT-BoldExt        MT  1310    gdbe____
+     micr8a    ImpactMT                          MT  1310    imp_____
+     mjobj8a   JoannaMT-BoldOSF                  MT  1315    joob____
+     mjobij8a  JoannaMT-BoldItalicOSF            MT  1315    joobi___
+     mjoxj8a   JoannaMT-ExtraBoldOSF             MT  1315    jooeb___
+     mjorij8a  JoannaMT-ItalicOSF                MT  1315    jooi____
+     mjosc8a   JoannaMT-SemiBoldSCOSF            MT  1315    joos____
+     mjosij8a  JoannaMT-SemiBoldItalicOSF        MT  1315    joosi___
+     mjorc8a   JoannaMT-SCOSF                    MT  1315    josc____
+     mjor8x    JoannaMT-Expert                   MT  1315    joy_____
+     mjob8x    JoannaMT-BoldExpert               MT  1315    joyb____
+     mjobi8x   JoannaMT-BoldItalicExpert         MT  1315    joybi___
+     mjox8x    JoannaMT-ExtraBoldExpert          MT  1315    joyeb___
+     mjori8x   JoannaMT-ItalicExpert             MT  1315    joyi____
+     mjos8x    JoannaMT-SemiBoldExpert           MT  1315    joys____
+     mjosi8a   JoannaMT-SemiBoldItaExpert        MT  1315    joysi___
+     mgsrk     GillSansDualGreekMT               MT  1329    gsd_____
+     mgsbk     GillSansDualGreekMT-Bold          MT  1329    gsdb____
+     mgsbik    GillSansDualGreekMT-BoldInc       MT  1329    gsdbi___
+     mgsrik    GillSansDualGreekMT-Incl          MT  1329    gsdi____
+     mnir__    NimrodTur                         MT  1330    nit_____
+     mnib__    NimrodTur-Bold                    MT  1330    nitb____
+     mnibi__   NimrodTur-BoldItalic              MT  1330    nitbi___
+     mniri__   NimrodTur-Italic                  MT  1330    niti____
+     mnir__    NimrodCE                          MT  1330    niu_____
+     mnib__    NimrodCE-Bold                     MT  1330    niub____
+     mnibi__   NimrodCE-BoldItalic               MT  1330    niubi___
+     mniri__   NimrodCE-Italic                   MT  1330    niui____
+     mbbrn8a   BemboMT-Schlbk                    MT  1331    bsc_____
+     mbbbn8a   BemboMT-SchlbkBold                MT  1331    bscb____
+     mbbbin8a  BemboMT-SchlbkBoldItalic          MT  1331    bscbi___
+     mbbrin8a  BemboMT-SchlbkItalic              MT  1331    bsci____
+     mntrz     TimesNewRomanCyr                  MT  1332    tpc_____
+     mntbz     TimesNewRomanCyr-Bold             MT  1332    tpcb____
+     mntbiz    TimesNewRomanCyr-BoldIncl         MT  1332    tpcbi___
+     mntriz    TimesNewRomanCyr-Inclined         MT  1332    tpci____
+     mbbrd8a   BemboTitlingMT                    MT  1333    bet_____
+     mbbrid8a  BemboTitlingMT-Italic             MT  1333    beti____
+     mcard8a   CaslonTitlingMT                   MT  1333    cat_____
+     mpnrd8a   PlantinTitlingMT                  MT  1333    plt_____
+     mpnbd8ac  PlantinHeadlineMT-BoldCond        MT  1334    plhbc___
+     mpnld8ac  PlantinHeadlineMT-LightCond       MT  1334    plhlc___
+     mpnmd8ac  PlantinHeadlineMT-MedCond         MT  1334    plhmc___
+     zms7rn    SassoonInfant                     MT  1335    szi_____
+     zms7rna   SassoonInfant-Alt                 MT  1335    szia____
+     zms7bn    SassoonInfant-Bold                MT  1335    szib____
+     zms7bna   SassoonInfant-BoldAlt             MT  1335    sziba___
+     zms7rp    SassoonPrimary                    MT  1336    szp_____
+     zms7rpa   SassoonPrimary-Alt                MT  1336    szpa____
+     zms7bp    SassoonPrimary-Bold               MT  1336    szpb____
+     zms7bpa   SassoonPrimary-BoldAlt            MT  1336    szpba___
+     zms7rs    SassoonSans                       MT  1337    szs_____
+     zms7rsa   SassoonSans-Alt                   MT  1337    szsa____
+     zms7bs    SassoonSans-Bold                  MT  1337    szsb____
+     zms7bsa   SassoonSans-BoldAlt               MT  1337    szsba___
+     zms7ms    SassoonSans-Medium                MT  1337    szsm____
+     zms7msa   SassoonSans-MediumAlt             MT  1337    szsma___
+     zms7rsi   SassoonSanSlope                   MT  1338    szz_____
+     zms7rsia  SassoonSanSlope-Alt               MT  1338    szza____
+     zms7bsi   SassoonSanSlope-Bold              MT  1338    szzb____
+     zms7bsia  SassoonSanSlope-BoldAlt           MT  1338    szzba___
+     zms7msi   SassoonSanSlope-Medium            MT  1338    szzm____
+     zms7msia  SassoonSanSlope-MediumAlt         MT  1338    szzma___
+     mgsr__    GillSansCE                        MT  1339    gsc_____
+     mgsb__    GillSansCE-Bold                   MT  1339    gscb____
+     mgsbi__   GillSansCE-BoldItalic             MT  1339    gscbi___
+     mgsri__   GillSansCE-Italic                 MT  1339    gsci____
+     mgsl__    GillSansCE-Light                  MT  1339    gscl____
+     mgsli__   GillSansCE-LightItalic            MT  1339    gscli___
+     mgsr__    GillSansTur                       MT  1339    gst_____
+     mgsb__    GillSansTur-Bold                  MT  1339    gstb____
+     mgsbi__   GillSansTur-BoldItalic            MT  1339    gstbi___
+     mgsri__   GillSansTur-Italic                MT  1339    gsti____
+     mgsl__    GillSansTur-Light                 MT  1339    gstl____
+     mgsli__   GillSansTur-LightItalic           MT  1339    gstli___
+     myhr8a    StrayhornMT-Regular               MT  1340    str_____
+     myhb8a    StrayhornMT-Bold                  MT  1340    strb____
+     myhbi8a   StrayhornMT-BoldItalic            MT  1340    strbi___
+     myhri8a   StrayhornMT-Italic                MT  1340    stri____
+     myhl8a    StrayhornMT-Light                 MT  1340    strl____
+     myhli8a   StrayhornMT-LightItalic           MT  1340    strli___
+     myhx8a    StrayhornMT-ExtraBold             MT  1340    strx____
+     myhxi8a   StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldItalic       MT  1340    strxi___
+     mgsrn8a   GillSansMT-Schlbk                 MT  1341    gsk_____
+     mgsbn8a   GillSansMT-SchlbkBold             MT  1341    gskb____
+     mgsbin8a  GillSansMT-SchlbkBoldItalic       MT  1341    gskbi___
+     mgsrin8a  GillSansMT-SchlbkItalic           MT  1341    gski____
+     myhbij8a  StrayhornMT-BoldItalicOsF         MT  1342    stbis___
+     myhbj8a   StrayhornMT-BoldOsF               MT  1342    stbs____
+     myhrij8a  StrayhornMT-ItalicOsF             MT  1342    stis____
+     myhlij8a  StrayhornMT-LightItalicOsF        MT  1342    stlis___
+     myhlc8a   StrayhornMT-LightSC               MT  1342    stls____
+     myhrc8a   StrayhornMT-RegularSC             MT  1342    sts_____
+     myhxij8a  StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldItaOsF       MT  1342    stxis___
+     myhxj8a   StrayhornMT-ExtraBoldOsF          MT  1342    stxs____
+     mpi205    DiamondBodoni                     MT  1343    dibod___
+     mpi206    DiamondPositive                   MT  1343    dipos___
+     mpi207    DiamondNegative                   MT  1343    dineg___
+     mf2r8ac   FacadeMT-Condensed                MT  1343    fac_____
+     mfsra8a   FalstaffFestivalMT                MT  1343    falfe___
+     mg4r8a    GoudyModernMT-Bold                MT  1344    gomb____
+     mg4ri8a   GoudyModernMT-BoldItalic          MT  1344    gombi___
+     mgyrp     GoudySortsMT                      MT  1344    gous____
+     mpi303    BonApetit                         MT  1345    bonap___
+     mpi306    Holidays                          MT  1345    holid___
+     mpi308    KeystrokesMT                      MT  1345    keya____
+     mpi307    KeystrokesExtrasMT                MT  1345    keyb____
+     mpi323    KeystrokesShadowMT                MT  1345    keyc____
+     mpi322    KeystrokesShadowExtrasMT          MT  1345    keyd____
+     mpi309    Melodies                          MT  1345    melod___
+     mpi312    MonkeyBusiness                    MT  1345    monke___
+     mpi315    Parties                           MT  1345    parti___
+     mpi320    SignsMT                           MT  1345    sig_____
+     mpi108    SportsThreeMT                     MT  1345    sport___
+     mpi302    AquaLifeMT                        MT  1346    aqua____
+     mpi304    DinosaursMT                       MT  1346    dino____
+     mpi305    FrontierMT                        MT  1346    frnt____
+     mpi310    MilestonesOneMT                   MT  1346    milea___
+     mpi311    MilestonesTwoMT                   MT  1346    mileb___
+     mpi314    NatureMT                          MT  1346    nat_____
+     mpi208    OvalFrameMT                       MT  1346    ovaa____
+     mpi209    OvalFrameNegativeMT               MT  1346    ovab____
+     mpi319    PlaytimeMT                        MT  1346    play____
+     mpi109    SportsFourMT                      MT  1346    sporfm__
+     mpi321    SouthwestOrnamentsMT              MT  1346    sworna__
+     ma1rt8a   ArialMonospacedMT                 MT  1347    arm_____
+     ma1bt8a   ArialMonospacedMT-Bold            MT  1347    armb____
+     ma1bot8a  ArialMonospacedMT-BoldObliq       MT  1347    armbo___
+     ma1rot8a  ArialMonospacedMT-Oblique         MT  1347    armo____
+     mpwr8ac   PerrywoodMT-Condensed             MT  1348    pwc_____
+     mpwb8ac   PerrywoodMT-BoldCondensed         MT  1348    pwcb____
+     mpwbi8ac  PerrywoodMT-BoldItalicCon         MT  1348    pwcbi___
+     mpwri8ac  PerrywoodMT-ItalicCondensed       MT  1348    pwci____
+     mpwx8ac   PerrywoodMT-ExtraBoldCon          MT  1349    pwce____
+     mpwxi8ac  PerrywoodMT-ExtraBoldItaCon       MT  1349    pwcei___
+     mpwl8ac   PerrywoodMT-LightCondensed        MT  1349    pwcl____
+     mpwli8ac  PerrywoodMT-LightItalicCon        MT  1349    pwcli___
+     mpws8ac   PerrywoodMT-SemiBoldCon           MT  1349    pwcs____
+     mpwsi8ac  PerrywoodMT-SemiBoldItaCon        MT  1349    pwcsi___
+     mpwr8ax   PerrywoodMT-Expanded              MT  1350    pwe_____
+     mpwb8ax   PerrywoodMT-BoldExpanded          MT  1350    pweb____
+     mpwbi8ax  PerrywoodMT-BoldItalicExp         MT  1350    pwebi___
+     mpwri8ax  PerrywoodMT-ItalicExpanded        MT  1350    pwei____
+     mpwx8ax   PerrywoodMT-ExtraBoldExp          MT  1351    pwee____
+     mpwxi8ax  PerrywoodMT-ExtraBoldItaExp       MT  1351    pweei___
+     mpwl8ax   PerrywoodMT-LightExpanded         MT  1351    pwel____
+     mpwli8ax  PerrywoodMT-LightItalicExp        MT  1351    pweli___
+     mpws8ax   PerrywoodMT-SemiBoldExp           MT  1351    pwes____
+     mpwsi8ax  PerrywoodMT-SemiBoldItaExp        MT  1351    pwesi___
+     mgsr8a    GillSansCyrMT                     MT  1356    gcy_____
+     mgsb8a    GillSansCyrMT-Bold                MT  1356    gcyb____
+     mgsbi8a   GillSansCyrMT-BoldInclined        MT  1356    gcybi___
+     mgsri8a   GillSansCyrMT-Inclined            MT  1356    gcyi____
+     mgsl8a    GillSansCyrMT-Light               MT  1356    gcyl____
+     mgsli8a   GillSansCyrMT-LightIncl           MT  1356    gcyli___
+     mhob8a    HorleyOldStyleMT-Bold             MT  1357    hsb_____
+     mhobi8a   HorleyOldStyleMT-BoldItalic       MT  1357    hsbi____
+     mhori8a   HorleyOldStyleMT-Italic           MT  1357    hsi_____
+     mhol8a    HorleyOldStyleMT-Light            MT  1357    hsl_____
+     mholi8a   HorleyOldStyleMT-LightItalic      MT  1357    hsli____
+     mhor8a    HorleyOldStyleMT                  MT  1357    hsrg____
+     mhosi8a   HorleyOldStyleMT-SbItalic         MT  1357    hssb____
+     mhos8a    HorleyOldStyleMT-SemiBold         MT  1357    hssbi___
+     m_____    GillFloriatedCapsMT               MT  1363    gilf____
+     m_____    GillFloriatedCapsMT-Alt           MT  1363    gilfa___
+     m_____    MonotypeGallia                    MT  1364    gall____
+     mbwr8a    MonotypeBroadway                  MT  1365    broa____
+     mbwre8a   MonotypeBroadway-Engraved         MT  1365    broae___
+     m_____    CurlzMT-Regular                   MT  1367    crl_____
+     m_____    KidprintMT-Regular                MT  1368    kidp____
+     m_____    KidprintMT-Bold                   MT  1368    kidpb___
+     mgsbij8a  GillSans-BoldItalicOsF            MT  1369    gnbio___
+     mgsbc8a   GillSans-BoldSC                   MT  1369    gnbsc___
+     mgsrij8a  GillSans-ItalicOsF                MT  1369    gnio____
+     mgslij8a  GillSans-LightItalicOsF           MT  1369    gnlio___
+     mgslc8a   GillSans-LightSC                  MT  1369    gnlsc___
+     mgsrc8a   GillSans-SC                       MT  1369    gnsc____
+     mcrb8a    CourierLD-Bold                    MT  1371    cldb____
+     mcrbi8a   CourierLD-BoldItalic              MT  1371    cldbi___
+     mcrri8a   CourierLD-Italic                  MT  1371    cldi____
+     mcrr8a    CourierLD-Regular                 MT  1371    cldr____
+     mgshij8a  GillSans-HeavyItalicOsF           MT  1372    gnhio___
+     mgshc8a   GillSans-HeavySC                  MT  1372    gnhsc___
+     mgskij8a  GillSans-BookItalicOsF            MT  1372    gnwio___
+     mgskc8a   GillSans-BookSC                   MT  1372    gnwsc___
+     m_____    GillFaciaMT-Italic                MT  1373    gfai____
+     m_____    GillFaciaMT-ItalicAlt             MT  1373    gfaia___
+     m_____    GillFaciaMT-ItalicDisplay         MT  1373    gfaid___
+     m_____    GillFaciaMT-Regular               MT  1373    gfar____
+     m_____    GillFaciaMT-RegularAlt            MT  1373    gfara___
+     m_____    GillFaciaMT-RegularDisplay        MT  1373    gfard___
+     m_____    GillFaciaMT-ItDisplayAlt          MT  1373    gfida___
+     m_____    GillFaciaMT-RegDisplayAlt         MT  1373    gfrda___
+     mngr8a    NewsGothicMT                      MT  1374    nwg_____
+     mngb8a    NewsGothicMT-Bold                 MT  1374    nwgb____
+     mngb8a    NewsGothicMT-BoldItalic           MT  1374    nwgbi___
+     mngri8a   NewsGothicMT-Italic               MT  1374    nwgi____
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-Bold                  MT  1378    abb_____
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-BoldItalic            MT  1378    abbi____
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-BoldItalicOsF         MT  1378    abbio___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-BoldItalicSC          MT  1378    abbis___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-BoldOsF               MT  1378    abbos___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-BoldSC                MT  1378    abbsc___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-Italic                MT  1378    abi_____
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-ItalicOsF             MT  1378    abios___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-ItalicSC              MT  1378    abisc___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-Medium                MT  1378    abm_____
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-MediumItalic          MT  1378    abmi____
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-MediumItalicOsF       MT  1378    abmio___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-MediumItalicSC        MT  1378    abmis___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-MediumOsF             MT  1378    abmos___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-MediumSC              MT  1378    abmsc___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-Regular               MT  1378    abr_____
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-RegularOsF            MT  1378    abros___
+     m_____    AlbertinaMT-RegularSC             MT  1378    abrsc___
+     mngr__    NewsGothicCE                      MT  1379    ngu_____
+     mngb__    NewsGothicCE-Bold                 MT  1379    ngub____
+     mngbi__   NewsGothicCE-BoldItalic           MT  1379    ngubi___
+     mngri__   NewsGothicCE-Italic               MT  1379    ngui____
+     mngrk     NewsGothicGre                     MT  1380    ngg_____
+     mngbk     NewsGothicGre-Bold                MT  1380    nggb____
+     mngbik    NewsGothicGre-BoldInclined        MT  1380    nggbi___
+     mngrik    NewsGothicGre-Inclined            MT  1380    nggi____
+     mngrz     NewsGothicCyr                     MT  1381    ngc_____
+     mngbz     NewsGothicCyr-Bold                MT  1381    ngcb____
+     mngbiz    NewsGothicCyr-BoldInclined        MT  1381    ngcbi___
+     mngriz    NewsGothicCyr-Inclined            MT  1381    ngci____
+     m_____    BuffaloGalMT                      MT  1382    bufg____
+     mrwr__    RockwellTur                       MT  1383    rkt_____
+     mrwb__    RockwellTur-Bold                  MT  1383    rktb____
+     mrwbi__   RockwellTur-BoldItalic            MT  1383    rktbi___
+     mrwri__   RockwellTur-Italic                MT  1383    rkti____
+     mrwl__    RockwellTur-Light                 MT  1383    rktl____
+     mrwli__   RockwellTur-LightItalic           MT  1383    rktli___
+     mrwr__    RockwellCE                        MT  1383    rku_____
+     mrwb__    RockwellCE-Bold                   MT  1383    rkub____
+     mrwbi__   RockwellCE-BoldItalic             MT  1383    rkubi___
+     mrwri__   RockwellCE-Italic                 MT  1383    rkui____
+     mrwl__    RockwellCE-Light                  MT  1383    rkul____
+     mrwli__   RockwellCE-LightItalic            MT  1383    rkuli___
+     mo4bij8a  OceanSansMT-BoldItalicOsF         MT  1397    oebio___
+     mo4bic8a  OceanSansMT-BoldItalicSC          MT  1397    oebis___
+     mo4bj8a   OceanSansMT-BoldOsF               MT  1397    oebo____
+     mo4bc8a   OceanSansMT-BoldSC                MT  1397    oebs____
+     mo4kij8a  OceanSansMT-BookItalicOsF         MT  1397    oekio___
+     mo4kic8a  OceanSansMT-BookItalicSC          MT  1397    oekis___
+     mo4kj8a   OceanSansMT-BookOsF               MT  1397    oeko____
+     mo4kc8a   OceanSansMT-BookSC                MT  1397    oeks____
+     mo4lij8a  OceanSansMT-LightItalicOsF        MT  1398    oelio___
+     mo4lic8a  OceanSansMT-LightItalicSC         MT  1398    oelis___
+     mo4lj8a   OceanSansMT-LightOsF              MT  1398    oelo____
+     mo4lc8a   OceanSansMT-LightSC               MT  1398    oels____
+     mo4sij8a  OceanSansMT-SemiBoldItaOsF        MT  1398    oesio___
+     mo4sic8a  OceanSansMT-SemiBoldItaSC         MT  1398    oesis___
+     mo4sj8a   OceanSansMT-SemiBoldOsF           MT  1398    oeso____
+     mo4sc8a   OceanSansMT-SemiBoldSC            MT  1398    oess____
+     mo4xij8a  OceanSansMT-ExtraBoldItaOsF       MT  1398    oexio___
+     mo4xic8a  OceanSansMT-ExtraBoldItaSC        MT  1398    oexis___
+     mo4xj8a   OceanSansMT-ExtraBoldOsF          MT  1398    oexo____
+     mo4xc8a   OceanSansMT-ExtraBoldSC           MT  1398    oexs____
+     mgmrz     GaramondCyrMT-Regular             MT  1401    gac_____
+     mgmbz     GaramondCyrMT-Bold                MT  1401    gacb____
+     mgmriz    GaramondCyrMT-Inclined            MT  1401    gaci____
+     mgmrk     GaramondDualGreekMT-Regular       MT  1402    gad_____
+     mgmbk     GaramondDualGreekMT-Bold          MT  1402    gadb____
+     mgmrik    GaramondDualGreekMT-Incl          MT  1402    gadi____
+     mgmr__    GaramondCEMT-Regular              MT  1403    gae_____
+     mgmb__    GaramondCEMT-Bold                 MT  1403    gaeb____
+     mgmri__   GaramondCEMT-Italic               MT  1403    gaei____
+     mgmr__    GaramondTurMT-Regular             MT  1403    gat_____
+     mgmb__    GaramondTurMT-Bold                MT  1403    gatb____
+     mgmri__   GaramondTurMT-Italic              MT  1403    gati____
+     mngr8ac   NewsGothicMT-Condensed            MT  1451    ngoc____
+     mngb8ac   NewsGothicMT-CondensedBold        MT  1451    ngocb___
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-Bold                MT  1454    msb_____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-BoldItalic          MT  1454    msbi____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-BoldItalicOsF       MT  1454    msbio___
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-BoldOsF             MT  1454    msbo____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-Italic              MT  1454    msi_____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-ItalicOsF           MT  1454    msio____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-Light               MT  1454    msl_____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-LightItalic         MT  1454    msli____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-LightItalicOsF      MT  1454    mslio___
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-LightOsF            MT  1454    mslo____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-Regular             MT  1454    msr_____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-RegularOsF          MT  1454    msro____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-ExtraBold           MT  1454    msx_____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-ExtraBoldItalic     MT  1454    msxi____
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-ExtBoldItaOsF       MT  1454    msxio___
+     m_____    MahsuriSansMT-ExtraBoldOsF        MT  1454    msxo____
+     mu0r8a    ColumbusMT                        MT  1492    cu______
+     mu0b8a    ColumbusMTBold                    MT  1492    cub_____
+     mu0bi8a   ColumbusMTBoldItalic              MT  1492    cubi____
+     mu0ri8a   ColumbusMTItalic                  MT  1492    cui_____
+     mu0s8a    ColumbusMTSemiBold                MT  1492    cus_____
+     mu0si8a   ColumbusMTSemiBoldItalic          MT  1492    cusi____
+     mpi001    ArabesqueOrnamentsOneMT                       ornaments
+     mpi002    ArabesqueOrnamentsTwoMT                       ditto
+     mpi003    ArabesqueOrnamentsThreeMT                     ditto
+     mpi004    RococoOrnamentsOneMT                          ornaments
+     mpi005    RococoOrnamentsTwoMT                          ditto
+     mpi006    RococoOrnamentsThreeMT                        ditto
+     mpi007    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-One                      ornaments
+     mpi008    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Two                      ditto
+     mpi009    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Three                    ditto
+     mpi010    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Four                     ditto
+     mpi011    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Five                     ditto
+     mpi012    ChristmasOrnamentsMT-Six                      ditto
+     mpi013    ContemporaryOrnMT-One                         ornaments
+     mpi014    ContemporaryOrnMT-Two                         ditto
+     mpi015    ContemporaryOrnMT-Three                       ditto
+     mpi016    ContemporaryOrnMT-Four                        ditto
+     mpi017    ContemporaryOrnMT-Five                        ditto
+     mpi101    AlmanacMT                                     zodiac
+     mpi102    BotanicalMT                                   flowers
+     mpi103    DirectionsMT                                  arrows & pointers
+     mpi104    SportsOneMT                                   sports
+     mpi105    SportsTwoMT                                   ditto
+     mpi106    TransportMT                                   signs
+     mpi107    VacationMT                                    signs
+     mpi108    SportsThreeMT                                 sports
+     mpi109    SportsFourMT                                  ditto
+     mpi201    CircleFrameMT                                 circled numerals
+     mpi202    CircleFrameNegMT                              ditto
+     mpi203    SquareFrameMT                                 squared numerals
+     mpi204    SquareFrameNegMT                              ditto
+     mpi205    DiamondBodoni                                 bullets & markers
+     mpi206    DiamondPositive                               ditto
+     mpi207    DiamondNegative                               ditto
+     mpi208    OvalFrameMT                                   circled numerals
+     mpi209    OvalFrameNegativeMT                           ditto
+     mpi300    Giddyup-ThangsMT                              cowboys & indians
+     mpi301    PetrucchioMT                                  ???
+     mpi302    AquaLifeMT                                    fish
+     mpi303    BonApetit                                     food
+     mpi304    DinosaursMT                                   dinosaurs
+     mpi305    FrontierMT                                    cowboys & indians
+     mpi306    Holidays                                      greeting cards
+     mpi307    KeystrokesExtrasMT                            keyboards
+     mpi308    KeystrokesMT                                  ditto
+     mpi309    Melodies                                      musical instruments
+     mpi310    MilestonesOneMT                               clip art
+     mpi311    MilestonesTwoMT                               ditto
+     mpi312    MonkeyBusiness                                animals
+     mpi313    MonotypeSorts                                 dingbats
+     mpi314    NatureMT                                      animals
+     mpi315    Parties                                       clip art
+     mpi316    BingoMT                                       clip art
+     mpi317    BongoMT                                       clip art
+     mpi318    PieMT                                         food & drinks
+     mpi319    PlaytimeMT                                    toys
+     mpi320    SignsMT                                       signs
+     mpi321    SouthwestOrnamentsMT                          geometric ornaments
+     mpi322    KeystrokesShadowExtrasMT                      keyboards
+     mpi323    KeystrokesShadowMT                            ditto
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: URW fonts,  Prev: Monotype fonts,  Up: Font name lists
+
+A.9 URW fonts
+=============
+
+Information graciously supplied through URW, via Vincent Ertner: Each
+URW font has an assigned font number.  The last character describes the
+size or purpose of the font, as the design of the font is optimized
+accordingly:
+
+`X000000E'
+     Extreme: 8pt and smaller
+
+`X000000T'
+     Text: between 8 and 18pt
+
+`X000000D'
+     Display: 18pt and larger
+
+`X000000P'
+     Poster: 48pt and larger
+
+`X000000M'
+     Monospaced / Typewriter
+
+`X000000L'
+     LaserWriter / PostScript / Adobe compatible
+
+`X000000I'
+     Intellifont PCL (5) compatible
+
+   An `F' identifier is not known.
+
+   The `urw.map' file has abbreviations for URW fonts.
+
+     uagd8a    URWGothicL-Demi                               a010015l
+     uagdo8a   URWGothicL-DemiObli                           a010035l
+     uagk8a    URWGothicL-Book                               a010013l
+     uagko8a   URWGothicL-BookObli                           a010033l
+     ubkd8a    URWBookmanL-DemiBold                          b018015l
+     ubkdi8a   URWBookmanL-DemiBoldItal                      b018035l
+     ubkl8a    URWBookmanL-Ligh                              b018012l
+     ubkli8a   URWBookmanL-LighItal                          b018032l
+     ucrb8a    NimbusMonL-Bold                               n022004l
+     ucrbo8a   NimbusMonL-BoldObli                           n022024l
+     ucrr8a    NimbusMonL-Regu                               n022003l
+     ucrro8a   NimbusMonL-ReguObli                           n022023l
+     uhvb8a    NimbusSanL-Bold                               n019004l
+     uhvb8ac   NimbusSanL-BoldCond                           n019044l
+     uhvbo8a   NimbusSanL-BoldItal                           n019024l
+     uhvbo8ac  NimbusSanL-BoldCondItal                       n019064l
+     uhvr8a    NimbusSanL-Regu                               n019003l
+     uhvr8ac   NimbusSanL-ReguCond                           n019043l
+     uhvro8a   NimbusSanL-ReguItal                           n019023l
+     uhvro8ac  NimbusSanL-ReguCondItal                       n019063l
+     uncb8a    CenturySchL-Bold                              c059016l
+     uncbi8a   CenturySchL-BoldItal                          c059036l
+     uncr8a    CenturySchL-Roma                              c059013l
+     uncri8a   CenturySchL-Ital                              c059033l
+     uplb8a    URWPalladioL-Bold                             p052004l
+     uplbi8a   URWPalladioL-BoldItal                         p052024l
+     uplr8a    URWPalladioL-Roma                             p052003l
+     uplri8a   URWPalladioL-Ital                             p052023l
+     usyr      StandardSymL                                  s050000l
+     utmb8a    NimbusRomNo9L-Medi                            n021004l
+     utmbi8a   NimbusRomNo9L-MediItal                        n021024l
+     utmr8a    NimbusRomNo9L-Regu                            n021003l
+     utmri8a   NimbusRomNo9L-ReguItal                        n021023l
+     uzcmi8a   URWChanceryL-MediItal                         z003034l
+     uzdr      Dingbats                                      d050000l
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: Encodings,  Next: General index,  Prev: Font name lists,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix B Encodings
+********************
+
+The following sections define various encodings as PostScript encoding
+vectors.  These files can be installed in the Dvips header directory and
+then used in `psfonts.map' to change font encodings of downloadable or
+builtin fonts (*note psfonts.map: (dvips)psfonts.map.).
+
+   You can also specify these `.enc' files to Afm2tfm when building a
+font (*note Changing font encodings: (dvips)Changing font encodings.).
+
+   For a discussion of TeX font encodings in general, and defining new
+ones for use with `fontinst' in particular, see
+`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst/doc/encspecs'.
+
+   A tutorial on character code issues in general is available at
+`http://www.cs.tut.fi/~jkorpela/chars.html'.
+
+   Naming specific characters is a tangled and difficult area.  Here are
+some links to character tables for Unicode, Adobe, and WGL4, for your
+researching pleasure (thanks to Boguslaw Jackowski for the list):
+
+   * `http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/UnicodeData.txt'
+
+   * `http://www.unicode.org/Public/UNIDATA/NamesList.txt'
+
+   * `http://partners.adobe.com/asn/tech/type/corporateuse-old.txt'
+
+   * `http://partners.adobe.com/asn/tech/type/aglfn13.txt'
+
+   * `http://partners.adobe.com/asn/tech/type/unicodegn.jsp'
+
+   * `http://www.microsoft.com/OpenType/otspec/WGL4.htm'
+
+* Menu:
+
+* 6w::                 CP-1251 (Cyrillic).
+* 8a::                 Adobe standard.
+* 8r::                 TeX base.
+* dvips::              Dvips.
+* ec::                 EC (aka COrk, TeX Latin 1, tex256).
+* groff::              8g.
+* t5::                 Vietnamese, from vntex.
+* qx::                 QX, from GUST.
+* texmext::            TeX math extension.
+* texmsym::            TeX math symbol.
+* texmital::           TeX math italic.
+* texnansi::           From Y&Y.
+* texnansx::           From Y&Y.
+* xl2::                OT1 + ISO Latin 2 (extended).
+* xt2::                Typewriter version of xl2.
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: 6w,  Next: 8a,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.1 `6w.enc': Cyrillic CP-1251
+==============================
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   author = "Adobe",
+%   version = "1.1",
+%   date = "12jun05",
+%   filename = "8a.enc",
+%   license = "public domain",
+%   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+%   codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%   docstring = "Adobe StandardEncoding as an afm2tfm/dvips .enc file."
+% }
+% 12jun05 - comment changes only.
+/StandardEncoding [
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/space
+/exclam
+/quotedbl
+/numbersign
+/dollar
+/percent
+/ampersand
+/quoteright
+/parenleft
+/parenright
+/asterisk
+/plus
+/comma
+/hyphen
+/period
+/slash
+/zero
+/one
+/two
+/three
+/four
+/five
+/six
+/seven
+/eight
+/nine
+/colon
+/semicolon
+/less
+/equal
+/greater
+/question
+/at
+/A
+/B
+/C
+/D
+/E
+/F
+/G
+/H
+/I
+/J
+/K
+/L
+/M
+/N
+/O
+/P
+/Q
+/R
+/S
+/T
+/U
+/V
+/W
+/X
+/Y
+/Z
+/bracketleft
+/backslash
+/bracketright
+/asciicircum
+/underscore
+/quoteleft
+/a
+/b
+/c
+/d
+/e
+/f
+/g
+/h
+/i
+/j
+/k
+/l
+/m
+/n
+/o
+/p
+/q
+/r
+/s
+/t
+/u
+/v
+/w
+/x
+/y
+/z
+/braceleft
+/bar
+/braceright
+/asciitilde
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/exclamdown
+/cent
+/sterling
+/fraction
+/yen
+/florin
+/section
+/currency
+/quotesingle
+/quotedblleft
+/guillemotleft
+/guilsinglleft
+/guilsinglright
+/fi
+/fl
+/.notdef
+/endash
+/dagger
+/daggerdbl
+/periodcentered
+/.notdef
+/paragraph
+/bullet
+/quotesinglbase
+/quotedblbase
+/quotedblright
+/guillemotright
+/ellipsis
+/perthousand
+/.notdef
+/questiondown
+/.notdef
+/grave
+/acute
+/circumflex
+/tilde
+/macron
+/breve
+/dotaccent
+/dieresis
+/.notdef
+/ring
+/cedilla
+/.notdef
+/hungarumlaut
+/ogonek
+/caron
+/emdash
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/AE
+/.notdef
+/ordfeminine
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/Lslash
+/Oslash
+/OE
+/ordmasculine
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/ae
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/dotlessi
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/lslash
+/oslash
+/oe
+/germandbls
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: 8a,  Next: 8r,  Prev: 6w,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.2 `8a.enc': Adobe standard encoding
+=====================================
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   author = "Adobe",
+%   version = "1.1",
+%   date = "12jun05",
+%   filename = "8a.enc",
+%   license = "public domain",
+%   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+%   codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%   docstring = "Adobe StandardEncoding as an afm2tfm/dvips .enc file."
+% }
+% 12jun05 - comment changes only.
+/StandardEncoding [
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/space
+/exclam
+/quotedbl
+/numbersign
+/dollar
+/percent
+/ampersand
+/quoteright
+/parenleft
+/parenright
+/asterisk
+/plus
+/comma
+/hyphen
+/period
+/slash
+/zero
+/one
+/two
+/three
+/four
+/five
+/six
+/seven
+/eight
+/nine
+/colon
+/semicolon
+/less
+/equal
+/greater
+/question
+/at
+/A
+/B
+/C
+/D
+/E
+/F
+/G
+/H
+/I
+/J
+/K
+/L
+/M
+/N
+/O
+/P
+/Q
+/R
+/S
+/T
+/U
+/V
+/W
+/X
+/Y
+/Z
+/bracketleft
+/backslash
+/bracketright
+/asciicircum
+/underscore
+/quoteleft
+/a
+/b
+/c
+/d
+/e
+/f
+/g
+/h
+/i
+/j
+/k
+/l
+/m
+/n
+/o
+/p
+/q
+/r
+/s
+/t
+/u
+/v
+/w
+/x
+/y
+/z
+/braceleft
+/bar
+/braceright
+/asciitilde
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/exclamdown
+/cent
+/sterling
+/fraction
+/yen
+/florin
+/section
+/currency
+/quotesingle
+/quotedblleft
+/guillemotleft
+/guilsinglleft
+/guilsinglright
+/fi
+/fl
+/.notdef
+/endash
+/dagger
+/daggerdbl
+/periodcentered
+/.notdef
+/paragraph
+/bullet
+/quotesinglbase
+/quotedblbase
+/quotedblright
+/guillemotright
+/ellipsis
+/perthousand
+/.notdef
+/questiondown
+/.notdef
+/grave
+/acute
+/circumflex
+/tilde
+/macron
+/breve
+/dotaccent
+/dieresis
+/.notdef
+/ring
+/cedilla
+/.notdef
+/hungarumlaut
+/ogonek
+/caron
+/emdash
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/AE
+/.notdef
+/ordfeminine
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/Lslash
+/Oslash
+/OE
+/ordmasculine
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/ae
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/dotlessi
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/lslash
+/oslash
+/oe
+/germandbls
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: 8r,  Next: dvips,  Prev: 8a,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.3 `8r.enc': TeX base encoding
+===============================
+
+% File 8r.enc  TeX Base 1 Encoding  Revision 2.0  2002-10-30
+%
+% @@psencodingfile@{
+%   author    = "S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry,
+%                W. Schmidt, P. Lehman",
+%   version   = "2.0",
+%   date      = "27nov06",
+%   filename  = "8r.enc",
+%   email     = "tex-fonts@@tug.org",
+%   docstring = "This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType
+%                fonts to be used with TeX.  This file is part of the
+%                PSNFSS bundle, version 9"
+% @}
+%
+% The idea is to have all the characters normally included in Type 1 fonts
+% available for typesetting. This is effectively the characters in Adobe
+% Standard encoding, ISO Latin 1, Windows ANSI including the euro symbol,
+% MacRoman, and some extra characters from Lucida.
+%
+% Character code assignments were made as follows:
+%
+% (1) the Windows ANSI characters are almost all in their Windows ANSI
+% positions, because some Windows users cannot easily reencode the
+% fonts, and it makes no difference on other systems. The only Windows
+% ANSI characters not available are those that make no sense for
+% typesetting -- rubout (127 decimal), nobreakspace (160), softhyphen
+% (173). quotesingle and grave are moved just because it's such an
+% irritation not having them in TeX positions.
+%
+% (2) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the lower part
+% of the range, avoiding 0, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software.
+%
+% (3) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra text characters; in the
+% hopes that other PostScript fonts, perhaps created for public
+% consumption, will include them, they are included starting at 0x12.
+% These are /dotlessj /ff /ffi /ffl.
+%
+% (4) hyphen appears twice for compatibility with both ASCII and Windows.
+%
+% (5) /Euro was assigned to 128, as in Windows ANSI
+%
+% (6) Missing characters from MacRoman encoding incorporated as follows:
+%
+%     PostScript      MacRoman        TeXBase1
+%     --------------  --------------  --------------
+%     /notequal       173             0x16
+%     /infinity       176             0x17
+%     /lessequal      178             0x18
+%     /greaterequal   179             0x19
+%     /partialdiff    182             0x1A
+%     /summation      183             0x1B
+%     /product        184             0x1C
+%     /pi             185             0x1D
+%     /integral       186             0x81
+%     /Omega          189             0x8D
+%     /radical        195             0x8E
+%     /approxequal    197             0x8F
+%     /Delta          198             0x9D
+%     /lozenge        215             0x9E
+%
+/TeXBase1Encoding [
+% 0x00
+ /.notdef /dotaccent /fi /fl
+ /fraction /hungarumlaut /Lslash /lslash
+ /ogonek /ring /.notdef /breve
+ /minus /.notdef /Zcaron /zcaron
+% 0x10
+ /caron /dotlessi /dotlessj /ff
+ /ffi /ffl /notequal /infinity
+ /lessequal /greaterequal /partialdiff /summation
+ /product /pi /grave /quotesingle
+% 0x20
+ /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign
+ /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
+ /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus
+ /comma /hyphen /period /slash
+% 0x30
+ /zero /one /two /three
+ /four /five /six /seven
+ /eight /nine /colon /semicolon
+ /less /equal /greater /question
+% 0x40
+ /at /A /B /C
+ /D /E /F /G
+ /H /I /J /K
+ /L /M /N /O
+% 0x50
+ /P /Q /R /S
+ /T /U /V /W
+ /X /Y /Z /bracketleft
+ /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore
+% 0x60
+ /quoteleft /a /b /c
+ /d /e /f /g
+ /h /i /j /k
+ /l /m /n /o
+% 0x70
+ /p /q /r /s
+ /t /u /v /w
+ /x /y /z /braceleft
+ /bar /braceright /asciitilde /.notdef
+% 0x80
+ /Euro /integral /quotesinglbase /florin
+ /quotedblbase /ellipsis /dagger /daggerdbl
+ /circumflex /perthousand /Scaron /guilsinglleft
+ /OE /Omega /radical /approxequal
+% 0x90
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /quotedblleft
+ /quotedblright /bullet /endash /emdash
+ /tilde /trademark /scaron /guilsinglright
+ /oe /Delta /lozenge /Ydieresis
+% 0xA0
+ /.notdef /exclamdown /cent /sterling
+ /currency /yen /brokenbar /section
+ /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft
+ /logicalnot /hyphen /registered /macron
+% 0xB0
+ /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior
+ /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered
+ /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright
+ /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown
+% 0xC0
+ /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde
+ /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla
+ /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
+ /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis
+% 0xD0
+ /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute
+ /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply
+ /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex
+ /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls
+% 0xE0
+ /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde
+ /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla
+ /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis
+ /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
+% 0xF0
+ /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute
+ /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide
+ /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex
+ /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: dvips,  Next: ec,  Prev: 8r,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.4 `dvips.enc': Dvips encoding
+===============================
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   author = "T. Rokicki, K. Berry",
+%   version = "2.1",
+%   date = "12jun05",
+%   filename = "dvips.enc",
+%   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+%   codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%   docstring = "An encoding for PostScript fonts to be used with TeX.
+%
+% This is almost the default encoding produced by the afm2tfm program
+% that comes with the dvips distribution, when it is applied to a
+% StandardEncoding PostScript font.  The positions of the accented
+% characters (which afm2tfm assigned more or less randomly in the
+% previous set of fonts) have been held fixed.
+%
+% It is almost upward-compatible with TeX text.  (The primary exceptions
+% are dotaccent and hungarumlaut.)  Some of the ligatures are also in
+% different positions, but this is not important, since ligature
+% positions are defined in the TFM file, not by macros.
+%
+% The character positions were assigned in this order:
+%   1) non-composite characters in the afm2tfm encoding (except dotlessj
+%      was included in its plain TeX position);
+%   2) available characters in the Cork (EC) encoding;
+%   3) remaining composite characters in the base encoding (starting at
+%      position 130 decimal).  We don't include all the other base
+%      characters because that changes the height/depth/width tables in
+%      the TFM files (because more characters mean more distinct values).
+%
+% We leave the initial positions open for the Greek letters in Times-Roman.
+% "
+% }
+% 12jun05 - don't use extra @'s for Texinfo any more.
+%
+/DvipsEncoding [
+  /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+  /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+    /.notdef /quotesingle /exclamdown /questiondown
+  /dotlessi /dotlessj /grave /acute /caron /breve /macron /ring
+  /cedilla /germandbls /ae /oe /oslash /AE /OE /Oslash
+  /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
+  /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash
+  /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven
+  /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question
+  /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G
+  /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O
+  /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W
+  /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /circumflex /underscore
+  /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g
+  /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o
+  /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w
+  /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /tilde /dieresis
+  /asciicircum /asciitilde /Ccedilla /Iacute
+      /Icircumflex /atilde /edieresis /egrave
+  /scaron /zcaron /Eth /ff /ffi /ffl /.notdef /.notdef
+  /.notdef /.notdef /Scaron /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+  /Ydieresis /.notdef /Zcaron  /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+  /.notdef /.notdef /cent /sterling /fraction /yen /florin /section
+  /currency /copyright /quotedblleft /guillemotleft
+      /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl
+  /degree /endash /dagger /daggerdbl /periodcentered /.notdef /paragraph /bullet
+  /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /quotedblright /guillemotright
+      /ellipsis /perthousand /.notdef /.notdef
+  /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /.notdef /dotaccent
+  /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
+      /Igrave /hungarumlaut /ogonek /Idieresis
+  /emdash /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /.notdef
+  /.notdef /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /.notdef
+  /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /ordfeminine
+      /adieresis /aring /.notdef /ccedilla
+  /Lslash /eacute /ecircumflex /ordmasculine
+      /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
+  /.notdef /ntilde /ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /.notdef
+  /lslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: ec,  Next: groff,  Prev: dvips,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.5 `ec.enc': Cork encoding
+===========================
+
+% @@psencodingfile@{
+%   date      = "24feb10",
+%   filename  = "ec.enc",
+%   email     = "tex-fonts@@tug.org",
+%   docstring = "This is the EC (aka Cork aka T1) encoding vector
+%                for 8-bit fonts to be used with TeX."
+% @}
+%
+% The original paper can be found on
+%    https://www.tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb11-4/tb30ferguson.pdf
+%
+% Names of the glyphs try to comply with:
+%    Adobe Glyph List For New Fonts, ver. 1.6, 30 Januaury 2006
+%    http://partners.adobe.com/public/developer/en/opentype/aglfn13.txt
+% but some exceptions are listed below.
+%
+% The following characters are not present in Unicode:
+% - /perthousandzero = used to compose /perthousand, /pertenthousand, ... out of /percent + this character
+% -  Germandbls      = now there is a related character in Unicode,
+%                      U+1E9E - LATIN CAPITAL LETTER SHARP S
+%                      but probably /S_S ligature name should be used instead
+%
+% The following two characters have different Unicode mappings than on the AGL:
+% - /tcedilla     = U+0163 - LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA
+%                   according to AGL it should be /tcommaaccent
+% - /Tcedilla     = U+0162 - LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA
+%                   according to AGL it should be /Tcommaaccent
+% But having /scedilla and /tcommaaccent mixed is even more ugly.
+%
+% The following characters are not present on the AGL:
+% - /dotlessj     = U+0237 - LATIN SMALL LETTER DOTLESS J
+% - /cwm          = U+200B - ZERO WIDTH SPACE
+% - /visiblespace = U+2423 - OPEN BOX
+% and should probably better be labeled with uniXXXX notation
+% (though hardly any font has those glyphs anyway).
+%
+% The following ligatures are deprecated by recent AGL:
+% - /ff, /fi, /fl, /ffi, /ffl = /f_i and similar should have been used instead
+%
+% Hyphen character:
+% There are two character named "hyphen". The original article explains
+% the background of this decision (if one wanted to use a different
+% hyphenation character and still be able to use the dash). So the first
+% character should serve as "hyphen char" and the other one as "dash" in
+% compound words.  The character 0x2D is supposed to be the hyphen char,
+% but since there used to be two characters of the same name in this
+% file for some time, the tools like afmtotfm have been confused and
+% remapped the hyphen char to 0x7F automatically.  After the second
+% character's name was changed, hyphenation characters in existing
+% tfm fonts (generated with the old ec.enc) have disappeared, so the
+% second character has been renamed back to "hyphen". Anyone generating
+% tfm fonts is strongly encouraged to make a copy of this file, rename
+% it and change glyph names as required for their font.
+%
+% Other remarks:
+% - /Eth = U+00D0 - LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH
+%          must also be used as /Dcroat
+%          U+0110 - LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE
+%
+% Misleading names and shapes of letters (that lead to different names in past)
+% - /lcaron = U+013E - LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH CARON
+%             /lquoteright
+% - /Lcaron = U+013D - LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH CARON
+%             /Lquoteright
+% - /dcaron = U+010F - LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH CARON
+%             /dquoteright
+% - /tcaron = U+0165 - LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH CARON
+%             /tquoteright
+% - /dcroat = U+0111 - LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE
+%             /dbar, /dmacron
+%
+% - /cwm        - /bom, /zerowidthnobreakspace
+% - /underscore - /underline
+% - /hyphen.alt - /sfthyphen, /hyphen, /dash
+%
+%
+% Turkish & Romanian
+% --------------------
+% EC encoding has been defined to include /tcedilla and /scedilla.
+% For Turkish one needs /scedilla, while for Romanian one would need
+% "t with comma below" (/tcommaaccent) and "s with comma below" (/scommaaccent).
+% "t with cedilla" in not used in any language except in inferior
+% Romanian typography that can use cedillas instead of commas below.
+% AGL has a strange mapping as well.
+%
+% Without adding an additional character, it is impossible to support both
+% languages at the same time, so EC is not really best choice for Romanians,
+% even though it can be "misused" if one replaces both /scedilla and /tcedilla
+% with /scommaaccent and /tcommaaccent.
+%
+% Characters that have been renamed in July 2008:
+%    0x18        /zeroinferior -> /perthousandzero
+%    0x20 U+2423 /visualspace  -> /visiblespace (if font doesn't have it, use /space)
+%    0x8D U+014A /Ng           -> /Eng
+%    0x9E U+0111 /dbar         -> /dcroat
+%    0xAD U+014B /ng           -> /eng
+%    0xB4 U+0165 /tquoteright  -> /tcaron
+%
+% Although these ligatures and kerns are somewhat questionable to have
+% in an encoding file, they've been here forever, and they are
+% traditional in the TeX world, so we preserve them.
+%
+% LIGKERN space l =: lslash ; space L =: Lslash ;
+% LIGKERN question quoteleft =: questiondown ; exclam quoteleft =: exclamdown ;
+% LIGKERN hyphen hyphen =: endash ; endash hyphen =: emdash ;
+% LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
+% LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
+%
+%   We blow away kerns to and from spaces (TeX doesn't have a
+%   space) and also remove any kerns from the numbers (although
+%   the only kern pair that mentions a number in Times-Roman.afm
+%   is one one.)
+%
+% LIGKERN space {} * ; * {} space ; zero {} * ; * {} zero ;
+% LIGKERN one {} * ; * {} one ; two {} * ; * {} two ;
+% LIGKERN three {} * ; * {} three ; four {} * ; * {} four ;
+% LIGKERN five {} * ; * {} five ; six {} * ; * {} six ;
+% LIGKERN seven {} * ; * {} seven ; eight {} * ; * {} eight ;
+% LIGKERN nine {} * ; * {} nine ;
+% LIGKERN comma comma =: quotedblbase ; less less =: guillemotleft ;
+% LIGKERN greater greater =: guillemotright ;
+%
+/ECEncoding [    % now 256 chars follow
+/grave           % 0x00 U+0060
+/acute           % 0x01 U+00B4
+/circumflex      % 0x02 U+02C6
+/tilde           % 0x03 U+02DC
+/dieresis        % 0x04 U+00A8
+/hungarumlaut    % 0x05 U+02DD
+/ring            % 0x06 U+02DA
+/caron           % 0x07 U+02C7
+/breve           % 0x08 U+02D8
+/macron          % 0x09 U+00AF
+/dotaccent       % 0x0A U+02D9
+/cedilla         % 0x0B U+00B8
+/ogonek          % 0x0C U+02DB
+/quotesinglbase  % 0x0D U+201A
+/guilsinglleft   % 0x0E U+2039
+/guilsinglright  % 0x0F U+203A
+/quotedblleft    % 0x10 U+201C
+/quotedblright   % 0x11 U+201D
+/quotedblbase    % 0x12 U+201E
+/guillemotleft   % 0x13 U+00AB
+/guillemotright  % 0x14 U+00BB
+/endash          % 0x15 U+2013
+/emdash          % 0x16 U+2014
+/cwm             % 0x17 U+200B
+/perthousandzero % 0x18 ______
+/dotlessi        % 0x19 U+0131
+/dotlessj        % 0x1A U+0237
+/ff              % 0x1B U+FB00
+/fi              % 0x1C U+FB01
+/fl              % 0x1D U+FB02
+/ffi             % 0x1E U+FB03
+/ffl             % 0x1F U+FB04
+/visiblespace    % 0x20 U+2423
+/exclam          % 0x21
+/quotedbl        % 0x22
+/numbersign      % 0x23
+/dollar          % 0x24
+/percent         % 0x25
+/ampersand       % 0x26
+/quoteright      % 0x27 U+2019
+/parenleft       % 0x28
+/parenright      % 0x29
+/asterisk        % 0x2A
+/plus            % 0x2B
+/comma           % 0x2C
+/hyphen          % 0x2D
+/period          % 0x2E
+/slash           % 0x2F
+/zero            % 0x30
+/one             % 0x31
+/two             % 0x32
+/three           % 0x33
+/four            % 0x34
+/five            % 0x35
+/six             % 0x36
+/seven           % 0x37
+/eight           % 0x38
+/nine            % 0x39
+/colon           % 0x3A
+/semicolon       % 0x3B
+/less            % 0x3C
+/equal           % 0x3D
+/greater         % 0x3E
+/question        % 0x3F
+/at              % 0x40
+/A               % 0x41
+/B               % 0x42
+/C               % 0x43
+/D               % 0x44
+/E               % 0x45
+/F               % 0x46
+/G               % 0x47
+/H               % 0x48
+/I               % 0x49
+/J               % 0x4A
+/K               % 0x4B
+/L               % 0x4C
+/M               % 0x4D
+/N               % 0x4E
+/O               % 0x4F
+/P               % 0x50
+/Q               % 0x51
+/R               % 0x52
+/S               % 0x53
+/T               % 0x54
+/U               % 0x55
+/V               % 0x56
+/W               % 0x57
+/X               % 0x58
+/Y               % 0x59
+/Z               % 0x5A
+/bracketleft     % 0x5B
+/backslash       % 0x5C
+/bracketright    % 0x5D
+/asciicircum     % 0x5E
+/underscore      % 0x5F
+/quoteleft       % 0x60 U+2018
+/a               % 0x61
+/b               % 0x62
+/c               % 0x63
+/d               % 0x64
+/e               % 0x65
+/f               % 0x66
+/g               % 0x67
+/h               % 0x68
+/i               % 0x69
+/j               % 0x6A
+/k               % 0x6B
+/l               % 0x6C
+/m               % 0x6D
+/n               % 0x6E
+/o               % 0x6F
+/p               % 0x70
+/q               % 0x71
+/r               % 0x72
+/s               % 0x73
+/t               % 0x74
+/u               % 0x75
+/v               % 0x76
+/w               % 0x77
+/x               % 0x78
+/y               % 0x79
+/z               % 0x7A
+/braceleft       % 0x7B
+/bar             % 0x7C
+/braceright      % 0x7D
+/asciitilde      % 0x7E
+/hyphen          % 0x7F U+002D (explicit "hyphen char")
+/Abreve          % 0x80 U+0102
+/Aogonek         % 0x81 U+0104
+/Cacute          % 0x82 U+0106
+/Ccaron          % 0x83 U+010C
+/Dcaron          % 0x84 U+010E
+/Ecaron          % 0x85 U+011A
+/Eogonek         % 0x86 U+0118
+/Gbreve          % 0x87 U+011E
+/Lacute          % 0x88 U+0139
+/Lcaron          % 0x89 U+013D
+/Lslash          % 0x8A U+0141
+/Nacute          % 0x8B U+0143
+/Ncaron          % 0x8C U+0147
+/Eng             % 0x8D U+014A
+/Ohungarumlaut   % 0x8E U+0150
+/Racute          % 0x8F U+0154
+/Rcaron          % 0x90 U+0158
+/Sacute          % 0x91 U+015A
+/Scaron          % 0x92 U+0160
+/Scedilla        % 0x93 U+015E
+/Tcaron          % 0x94 U+0164
+/Tcedilla        % 0x95 U+0162
+/Uhungarumlaut   % 0x96 U+0170
+/Uring           % 0x97 U+016E
+/Ydieresis       % 0x98 U+0178
+/Zacute          % 0x99 U+0179
+/Zcaron          % 0x9A U+017D
+/Zdotaccent      % 0x9B U+017B
+/IJ              % 0x9C U+0132
+/Idotaccent      % 0x9D U+0130
+/dcroat          % 0x9E U+0111
+/section         % 0x9F U+00A7
+/abreve          % 0xA0 U+0103
+/aogonek         % 0xA1 U+0105
+/cacute          % 0xA2 U+0107
+/ccaron          % 0xA3 U+010D
+/dcaron          % 0xA4 U+010F
+/ecaron          % 0xA5 U+011B
+/eogonek         % 0xA6 U+0119
+/gbreve          % 0xA7 U+011F
+/lacute          % 0xA8 U+013A
+/lcaron          % 0xA9 U+013E
+/lslash          % 0xAA U+0142
+/nacute          % 0xAB U+0144
+/ncaron          % 0xAC U+0148
+/eng             % 0xAD U+014B
+/ohungarumlaut   % 0xAE U+0151
+/racute          % 0xAF U+0155
+/rcaron          % 0xB0 U+0159
+/sacute          % 0xB1 U+015B
+/scaron          % 0xB2 U+0161
+/scedilla        % 0xB3 U+015F
+/tcaron          % 0xB4 U+0165
+/tcedilla        % 0xB5 U+0163
+/uhungarumlaut   % 0xB6 U+0171
+/uring           % 0xB7 U+016F
+/ydieresis       % 0xB8 U+00FF
+/zacute          % 0xB9 U+017A
+/zcaron          % 0xBA U+017E
+/zdotaccent      % 0xBB U+017C
+/ij              % 0xBC U+0133
+/exclamdown      % 0xBD U+00A1
+/questiondown    % 0xBE U+00BF
+/sterling        % 0xBF U+00A3
+/Agrave          % 0xC0
+/Aacute          % 0xC1
+/Acircumflex     % 0xC2
+/Atilde          % 0xC3
+/Adieresis       % 0xC4
+/Aring           % 0xC5
+/AE              % 0xC6
+/Ccedilla        % 0xC7
+/Egrave          % 0xC8
+/Eacute          % 0xC9
+/Ecircumflex     % 0xCA
+/Edieresis       % 0xCB
+/Igrave          % 0xCC
+/Iacute          % 0xCD
+/Icircumflex     % 0xCE
+/Idieresis       % 0xCF
+/Eth             % 0xD0
+/Ntilde          % 0xD1
+/Ograve          % 0xD2
+/Oacute          % 0xD3
+/Ocircumflex     % 0xD4
+/Otilde          % 0xD5
+/Odieresis       % 0xD6
+/OE              % 0xD7 U+0152
+/Oslash          % 0xD8
+/Ugrave          % 0xD9
+/Uacute          % 0xDA
+/Ucircumflex     % 0xDB
+/Udieresis       % 0xDC
+/Yacute          % 0xDD
+/Thorn           % 0xDE
+/Germandbls      % 0xDF (U+1E9E, /S_S)
+/agrave          % 0xE0
+/aacute          % 0xE1
+/acircumflex     % 0xE2
+/atilde          % 0xE3
+/adieresis       % 0xE4
+/aring           % 0xE5
+/ae              % 0xE6
+/ccedilla        % 0xE7
+/egrave          % 0xE8
+/eacute          % 0xE9
+/ecircumflex     % 0xEA
+/edieresis       % 0xEB
+/igrave          % 0xEC
+/iacute          % 0xED
+/icircumflex     % 0xEE
+/idieresis       % 0xEF
+/eth             % 0xF0
+/ntilde          % 0xF1
+/ograve          % 0xF2
+/oacute          % 0xF3
+/ocircumflex     % 0xF4
+/otilde          % 0xF5
+/odieresis       % 0xF6
+/oe              % 0xF7 U+0153
+/oslash          % 0xF8
+/ugrave          % 0xF9
+/uacute          % 0xFA
+/ucircumflex     % 0xFB
+/udieresis       % 0xFC
+/yacute          % 0xFD
+/thorn           % 0xFE
+/germandbls      % 0xFF U+00DF
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: groff,  Next: t5,  Prev: ec,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.6 `groff.enc': groff encoding
+===============================
+
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-Encoding
+%
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   author = "Werner Lemberg, Michail Vidiassov",
+%   version = "1.0",
+%   date = "2006-Feb-03",
+%   filename = "groff.enc",
+%   license = "public domain",
+%   email = "groff@gnu.org",
+%   docstring = "Groff default text encoding.  Used with MetaPost."
+% }
+
+%%BeginResource: encoding groffEncoding
+/groffEncoding [
+% 0x00 | 0
+  /asciicircum     /asciitilde        /Scaron            /Zcaron
+  /scaron          /zcaron            /Ydieresis         /trademark
+  /quotesingle     /Euro              /.notdef           /.notdef
+  /.notdef         /.notdef           /.notdef           /.notdef
+% 0x10 | 16
+  /.notdef         /.notdef           /.notdef           /.notdef
+  /.notdef         /.notdef           /.notdef           /.notdef
+  /.notdef         /.notdef           /.notdef           /.notdef
+  /.notdef         /.notdef           /.notdef           /.notdef
+% 0x20 | 32
+  /space           /exclam            /quotedbl          /numbersign
+  /dollar          /percent           /ampersand         /quoteright
+  /parenleft       /parenright        /asterisk          /plus
+  /comma           /hyphen            /period            /slash
+% 0x30 | 48
+  /zero            /one               /two               /three
+  /four            /five              /six               /seven
+  /eight           /nine              /colon             /semicolon
+  /less            /equal             /greater           /question
+% 0x40 | 64
+  /at              /A                 /B                 /C
+  /D               /E                 /F                 /G
+  /H               /I                 /J                 /K
+  /L               /M                 /N                 /O
+% 0x50 | 80
+  /P               /Q                 /R                 /S
+  /T               /U                 /V                 /W
+  /X               /Y                 /Z                 /bracketleft
+  /backslash       /bracketright      /circumflex        /underscore
+% 0x60 | 96
+  /quoteleft       /a                 /b                 /c
+  /d               /e                 /f                 /g
+  /h               /i                 /j                 /k
+  /l               /m                 /n                 /o
+% 0x70 | 112
+  /p               /q                 /r                 /s
+  /t               /u                 /v                 /w
+  /x               /y                 /z                 /braceleft
+  /bar             /braceright        /tilde             /.notdef
+% 0x80 | 128
+  /quotesinglbase  /guillemotleft     /guillemotright    /bullet
+  /florin          /fraction          /perthousand       /dagger
+  /daggerdbl       /endash            /emdash            /ff
+  /fi              /fl                /ffi               /ffl
+% 0x90 | 144
+  /dotlessi        /dotlessj          /grave             /hungarumlaut
+  /dotaccent       /breve             /caron             /ring
+  /ogonek          /quotedblleft      /quotedblright     /oe
+  /lslash          /quotedblbase      /OE                /Lslash
+% 0xA0 | 160
+  /.notdef         /exclamdown        /cent              /sterling
+  /currency        /yen               /brokenbar         /section
+  /dieresis        /copyright         /ordfeminine       /guilsinglleft
+  /logicalnot      /minus             /registered        /macron
+% 0xB0 | 176
+  /degree          /plusminus         /twosuperior       /threesuperior
+  /acute           /mu                /paragraph         /periodcentered
+  /cedilla         /onesuperior       /ordmasculine      /guilsinglright
+  /onequarter      /onehalf           /threequarters     /questiondown
+% 0xC0 | 192
+  /Agrave          /Aacute            /Acircumflex       /Atilde
+  /Adieresis       /Aring             /AE                /Ccedilla
+  /Egrave          /Eacute            /Ecircumflex       /Edieresis
+  /Igrave          /Iacute            /Icircumflex       /Idieresis
+% 0xD0 | 208
+  /Eth             /Ntilde            /Ograve            /Oacute
+  /Ocircumflex     /Otilde            /Odieresis         /multiply
+  /Oslash          /Ugrave            /Uacute            /Ucircumflex
+  /Udieresis       /Yacute            /Thorn             /germandbls
+% 0xE0 | 224
+  /agrave          /aacute            /acircumflex       /atilde
+  /adieresis       /aring             /ae                /ccedilla
+  /egrave          /eacute            /ecircumflex       /edieresis
+  /igrave          /iacute            /icircumflex       /idieresis
+% 0xF0 | 240
+  /eth             /ntilde            /ograve            /oacute
+  /ocircumflex     /otilde            /odieresis         /divide
+  /oslash          /ugrave            /uacute            /ucircumflex
+  /udieresis       /yacute            /thorn             /ydieresis
+] def
+%%EndResource
+
+% eof
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: t5,  Next: qx,  Prev: groff,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.7 `t5.enc': T5 encoding
+=========================
+
+% Copyright 2000-2005 Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>.
+% This file is part of vntex.  License: LPPL, version 1.3 or newer,
+% according to http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%
+%
+% t5.enc
+%
+%
+% This is LaTeX T5 encoding for Vietnamese
+%
+% history:
+%   version 1.0 (28-Jan-2000):
+%     First version.
+%
+%   version 1.1 (29-Apr-2002):
+%     Rewritten to make it AGL compliant.
+%
+%   version 1.2 (01-May-2002):
+%     Use uni2423 instead uni2420.
+%
+%   version 1.3 (27-Sep-2002):
+%     . Changed the following glyph names to Unicode entities:
+%         0xB3  uni1EBD  etilde
+%         0x93  uni1EBC  Etilde
+%     . Ytilde (uni1EF8) was used in slot for ytilde (uni1EF9).
+%     . Using .notdef in slot for compound word mark (on position 0x17)
+%       caused some problems so it was changed to cwm (for compatibilty
+%       with ec.enc).
+%     . Use sfthyphen in slot 127 instead of hyphen.
+%
+%   version 1.4 (20-Apr-2005):
+%     Add copyright.
+%     Minor documentation updates.
+%
+% LIGKERN hyphen hyphen =: endash ;
+% LIGKERN endash hyphen =: emdash ;
+% LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
+% LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
+% LIGKERN comma comma =: quotedblbase ;
+%
+%   We blow away kerns to and from spaces (TeX doesn't have a
+%   space) and also remove any kerns from the numbers.
+%
+% LIGKERN space {} * ; * {} space ;
+% LIGKERN zero {} * ; * {} zero ;
+% LIGKERN one {} * ; * {} one ;
+% LIGKERN two {} * ; * {} two ;
+% LIGKERN three {} * ; * {} three ;
+% LIGKERN four {} * ; * {} four ;
+% LIGKERN five {} * ; * {} five ;
+% LIGKERN six {} * ; * {} six ;
+% LIGKERN seven {} * ; * {} seven ;
+% LIGKERN eight {} * ; * {} eight ;
+% LIGKERN nine {} * ; * {} nine ;
+%
+%
+% Some notes on the glyph names:
+%
+% . We follow the Adobe Glyph List (AGL), also using its associated
+%   algorithm.
+%
+% . The glyphs `spacing dot below' (on position 0x05), `spacing hook above'
+%   (on position 0x0C), and `compound word mark' (on position 0x17) are not
+%   in Unicode.  We call them `dotbelow', `hookabove', and `cwm',
+%   respectively.
+%
+% . The following glyphs have no special name in the AGL (or names which
+%   should not be used in general) and are thus represented as a Unicode
+%   entity:
+%
+%     0x1A  uni1EF6  Y hook above
+%     0x1B  uni1EF7  y hook above
+%     0x1C  uni1EF4  Y dot below
+%     0x1D  uni1EF5  y dot below
+%
+%     0x20  uni2423  graphic symbol for space
+%
+%     0x83  uni1EA2  A hook above
+%     0x84  uni1EA0  A dot below
+%     0x86  uni1EA6  A circumflex grave
+%     0x87  uni1EA4  A circumflex acute
+%     0x88  uni1EAA  A circumflex tilde
+%     0x89  uni1EA8  A circumflex hook above
+%     0x8A  uni1EAC  A circumflex dot below
+%     0x8C  uni1EB0  A breve grave
+%     0x8D  uni1EAE  A breve acute
+%     0x8E  uni1EB4  A breve tilde
+%     0x8F  uni1EB2  A breve hook above
+%     0x90  uni1EB6  A breve dot below
+%
+%     0x93  uni1EBC  E tilde
+%     0x94  uni1EBA  E hook above
+%     0x95  uni1EB8  E dot below
+%     0x97  uni1EC0  E circumflex grave
+%     0x98  uni1EBE  E circumflex acute
+%     0x99  uni1EC4  E circumflex tilde
+%     0x9A  uni1EC2  E circumflex hook above
+%     0x9B  uni1EC6  E circumflex dot below
+%
+%     0x9F  uni1EC8  I hook above
+%
+%     0xA3  uni1EA3  a hook above
+%     0xA4  uni1EA1  a dot below
+%     0xA6  uni1EA7  a circumflex grave
+%     0xA7  uni1EA5  a circumflex acute
+%     0xA8  uni1EAB  a circumflex tilde
+%     0xA9  uni1EA9  a circumflex hook above
+%     0xAA  uni1EAD  a circumflex dot below
+%     0xAC  uni1EB1  a breve grave
+%     0xAD  uni1EAF  a breve acute
+%     0xAE  uni1EB5  a breve tilde
+%     0xAF  uni1EB3  a breve hook above
+%     0xB0  uni1EB7  a breve dot below
+%
+%     0xB3  uni1EBD  e tilde
+%     0xB4  uni1EBB  e hook above
+%     0xB5  uni1EB9  e dot below
+%     0xB7  uni1EC1  e circumflex grave
+%     0xB8  uni1EBF  e circumflex acute
+%     0xB9  uni1EC5  e circumflex tilde
+%     0xBA  uni1EC3  e circumflex hook above
+%     0xBB  uni1EC7  e circumflex dot below
+%
+%     0xBF  uni1EC9  i hook above
+%
+%     0xC0  uni1ECA  I dot below
+%
+%     0xC4  uni1ECE  O hook above
+%     0xC5  uni1ECC  O dot below
+%     0xC7  uni1ED2  O circumflex grave
+%     0xC8  uni1ED0  O circumflex acute
+%     0xC9  uni1ED6  O circumflex tilde
+%     0xCA  uni1ED4  O circumflex hook above
+%     0xCB  uni1ED8  O circumflex dot below
+%     0xCD  uni1EDC  O horn grave
+%     0xCE  uni1EDA  O horn acute
+%     0xCF  uni1EE0  O horn tilde
+%     0xD0  uni1EDE  O horn hook above
+%     0xD1  uni1EE2  O horn dot below
+%
+%     0xD5  uni1EE6  U hook above
+%     0xD6  uni1EE4  U dot below
+%     0xD8  uni1EEA  U horn grave
+%     0xD9  uni1EE8  U horn acute
+%     0xDA  uni1EEE  U horn tilde
+%     0xDB  uni1EEC  U horn hook above
+%     0xDC  uni1EF0  U horn dot below
+%
+%     0xDF  uni1EF8  Y tilde
+%
+%     0xE0  uni1ECB  i dot below
+%
+%     0xE4  uni1ECF  o hook above
+%     0xE5  uni1ECD  o dot below
+%     0xE7  uni1ED3  o circumflex grave
+%     0xE8  uni1ED1  o circumflex acute
+%     0xE9  uni1ED7  o circumflex tilde
+%     0xEA  uni1ED5  o circumflex hook above
+%     0xEB  uni1ED9  o circumflex dot below
+%     0xED  uni1EDD  o horn grave
+%     0xEE  uni1EDB  o horn acute
+%     0xEF  uni1EE1  o horn tilde
+%     0xF0  uni1EDF  o horn hook above
+%     0xF1  uni1EE3  o horn dot below
+%
+%     0xF5  uni1EE7  u hook above
+%     0xF6  uni1EE5  u dot below
+%     0xF8  uni1EEB  u horn grave
+%     0xF9  uni1EE9  u horn acute
+%     0xFA  uni1EEF  u horn tilde
+%     0xFB  uni1EED  u horn hook above
+%     0xFC  uni1EF1  u horn dot below
+%
+%     0xFF  uni1EF9  y tilde
+/T5Encoding [
+% 0x00
+  /grave /acute /circumflex /tilde
+  /dieresis /dotbelow /ring /caron
+  /breve /macron /dotaccent /cedilla
+  /hookabove /quotesinglbase /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright
+% 0x10
+  /quotedblleft /quotedblright /quotedblbase /guillemotleft
+  /guillemotright /endash /emdash /cwm
+  /zeroinferior /dotlessi /uni1EF6 /uni1EF7
+  /uni1EF4 /uni1EF5 /Dcroat /dcroat
+% 0x20
+  /uni2423 /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign
+  /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
+  /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus
+  /comma /hyphen /period /slash
+% 0x30
+  /zero /one /two /three
+  /four /five /six /seven
+  /eight /nine /colon /semicolon
+  /less /equal /greater /question
+% 0x40
+  /at /A /B /C
+  /D /E /F /G
+  /H /I /J /K
+  /L /M /N /O
+% 0x50
+  /P /Q /R /S
+  /T /U /V /W
+  /X /Y /Z /bracketleft
+  /backslash /bracketright /asciicircum /underscore
+% 0x60
+  /quoteleft /a /b /c
+  /d /e /f /g
+  /h /i /j /k
+  /l /m /n /o
+% 0x70
+  /p /q /r /s
+  /t /u /v /w
+  /x /y /z /braceleft
+  /bar /braceright /asciitilde /sfthyphen
+% 0x80
+  /Agrave /Aacute /Atilde /uni1EA2
+  /uni1EA0 /Acircumflex /uni1EA6 /uni1EA4
+  /uni1EAA /uni1EA8 /uni1EAC /Abreve
+  /uni1EB0 /uni1EAE /uni1EB4 /uni1EB2
+% 0x90
+  /uni1EB6 /Egrave /Eacute /uni1EBC
+  /uni1EBA /uni1EB8 /Ecircumflex /uni1EC0
+  /uni1EBE /uni1EC4 /uni1EC2 /uni1EC6
+  /Igrave /Iacute /Itilde /uni1EC8
+% 0xA0
+  /agrave /aacute /atilde /uni1EA3
+  /uni1EA1 /acircumflex /uni1EA7 /uni1EA5
+  /uni1EAB /uni1EA9 /uni1EAD /abreve
+  /uni1EB1 /uni1EAF /uni1EB5 /uni1EB3
+% 0xB0
+  /uni1EB7 /egrave /eacute /uni1EBD
+  /uni1EBB /uni1EB9 /ecircumflex /uni1EC1
+  /uni1EBF /uni1EC5 /uni1EC3 /uni1EC7
+  /igrave /iacute /itilde /uni1EC9
+% 0xC0
+  /uni1ECA /Ograve /Oacute /Otilde
+  /uni1ECE /uni1ECC /Ocircumflex /uni1ED2
+  /uni1ED0 /uni1ED6 /uni1ED4 /uni1ED8
+  /Ohorn /uni1EDC /uni1EDA /uni1EE0
+% 0xD0
+  /uni1EDE /uni1EE2 /Ugrave /Uacute
+  /Utilde /uni1EE6 /uni1EE4 /Uhorn
+  /uni1EEA /uni1EE8 /uni1EEE /uni1EEC
+  /uni1EF0 /Ygrave /Yacute /uni1EF8
+% 0xE0
+  /uni1ECB /ograve /oacute /otilde
+  /uni1ECF /uni1ECD /ocircumflex /uni1ED3
+  /uni1ED1 /uni1ED7 /uni1ED5 /uni1ED9
+  /ohorn /uni1EDD /uni1EDB /uni1EE1
+% 0xF0
+  /uni1EDF /uni1EE3 /ugrave /uacute
+  /utilde /uni1EE7 /uni1EE5 /uhorn
+  /uni1EEB /uni1EE9 /uni1EEF /uni1EED
+  /uni1EF1 /ygrave /yacute /uni1EF9
+] def
+
+% end of t5.enc
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: qx,  Next: texmext,  Prev: t5,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.8 `qx.enc'
+============
+
+From GUST.
+
+% =========================================================================
+                         QX LAYOUT ver. 0.06
+% =========================================================================
+Release date: 24 August 2003
+Original URL: ftp://bop.eps.gda.pl/pub/qx/
+E-mail: JNSteam at gust.org.pl
+
+QX Layout is, actually, a pair of encodings: one for TeX and one for GUI
+systems. QX layout has been worked out by the Polish TeX Users Group GUST as
+a difficult compromise between needs and abilities. The character set of the
+QX layout is expected to suffice for the typesetting of texts (using TeX) in
+most of European languages.
+
+QX Encoding for TeX is based on EC (Cork Encoding) with a few characters
+exchanged. E.g., gbreve, Gbreve, uring, and Uring, which can be obtained by
+superimposing of an accent, are replaced by Lithuanian iogonek, Iogonek,
+uogonek, and Uogonek, respectively, which should not be assembled form
+separate elements; QX Encoding for GUI systems is a variant of the Code Page
+1250 (and also includes Lithuanian characters with ogonek).
+
+After a long debate, we decided (in ver. 0.04 of the QX layout) to replace
+omnipresent but actually nonexistent [tT]cedilla by Romanian [tT]commaaccent;
+censequently, Turkish [sS]cedilla was replaced by [sS]commaaccent (still we
+would recommend to keep the glyph of a [sS]cedilla character in a font).
+
+Under the pressure from euro currency funs, we included moreover an
+Euro symbol (in ver. 0.05 of the QX layout). We assigned the slot
+128 for it complying with Microsoft proposal for non-cyrillic fonts
+(http://www.microsoft.com/typography/faq/faq12.htm):
+
+  The symbol has been added to the following codepages at position
+  '0x80'; 1250 Eastern European, 1252 Western, 1253 Greek, 1254 Turkish,
+  1257 Baltic, 1255 Hebrew, 1256 Arabic, 1258 Vietnamese, 874 Thai.
+  In 1251 Cyrillic the symbol will be added at position '0x88'.
+
+Therefore, we had to do something with a Lithuanian Iogonek character that
+previously had occupied this slot. We decided to remove Thorn (222, Tcedilla
+in CP 1250) and thorn (254, tcedilla in CP 1250) characters from the Windows
+QX layout (we recommend, as with [sS]cedilla characters, to keep the glyphs
+in a font) and use the freed slots for Iogonek (previously 128) and iogonek
+(previously 144, now free), respectively. The TeX QX layout, fortunately, had
+had the slot 128 already free, hence there was no need for rearrangement.
+
+Finally, we decided to change the name of a (non-standard) ligature
+fk to f_k, complying with Adobe recommendations contained in:
+http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/typeforum/unicodegn.html
+
+Most recent change (24.08.2003, ver. 0.06) was the extension of
+the character set by ligatures ij, IJ (available only in the TeX
+encoding) and a punctuation mark threequartersemdash.
+
+Below you'll find the comparison of basic layouts for TeX and GUI systems
+with QX ver. 0.06.
+
+% ===========================================================================
+%                          COMPARISON OF TeX LAYOUTS
+% ===========================================================================
+% CODE             CM                EC                PL        QX ver. 0.06
+% ===========================================================================
+  0  00         Gamma             grave             Gamma               alpha
+  1  01         Delta             acute             Delta               Delta
+  2  02         Theta        circumflex             Theta                beta
+  3  03        Lambda             tilde            Lambda               delta
+  4  04            Xi          dieresis                Xi                  pi
+  5  05            Pi      hungarumlaut                Pi                  Pi
+  6  06         Sigma              ring             Sigma               Sigma
+  7  07       Upsilon             caron           Upsilon                  mu
+  8  08           Phi             breve               Phi            ellipsis
+  9  09           Psi            macron               Psi                 f_k
+ 10  0A         Omega         dotaccent             Omega               Omega
+ 11  0B            ff           cedilla                ff                  ff
+ 12  0C            fi            ogonek                fi                  fi
+ 13  0D            fl    quotesinglbase                fl                  fl
+ 14  0E           ffi     guilsinglleft               ffi                 ffi
+ 15  0F           ffl    guilsinglright               ffl                 ffl
+ 16  10      dotlessi      quotedblleft          dotlessi            dotlessi
+ 17  11      dotlessj     quotedblright          dotlessj            dotlessj
+ 18  12         grave      quotedblbase             grave               grave
+ 19  13         acute     guillemotleft             acute               acute
+ 20  14         caron    guillemotright             caron               caron
+ 21  15         breve            endash             breve               breve
+ 22  16        macron            emdash            macron              macron
+ 23  17          ring  compoundwordmark              ring                ring
+ 24  18       cedilla       perthousand           cedilla             cedilla
+ 25  19    germandbls          dotlessi        germandbls          germandbls
+ 26  1A            ae          dotlessj                ae                  ae
+ 27  1B            oe                ff                oe                  oe
+ 28  1C        oslash                fi            oslash              oslash
+ 29  1D            AE                fl                AE                  AE
+ 30  1E            OE               ffi                OE                  OE
+ 31  1F        Oslash               ffl            Oslash              Oslash
+ 32  20      suppress       visualspace            ogonek               space
+ 33  21        exclam            exclam            exclam              exclam
+ 34  22 quotedblright          quotedbl     quotedblright       quotedblright
+ 35  23    numbersign        numbersign        numbersign          numbersign
+ 36  24        dollar            dollar            dollar              dollar
+ 37  25       percent           percent           percent             percent
+ 38  26     ampersand         ampersand         ampersand           ampersand
+ 39  27    quoteright        quoteright        quoteright          quoteright
+ 40  28     parenleft         parenleft         parenleft           parenleft
+ 41  29    parenright        parenright        parenright          parenright
+ 42  2A      asterisk          asterisk          asterisk            asterisk
+ 43  2B          plus              plus              plus                plus
+ 44  2C         comma             comma             comma               comma
+ 45  2D        hyphen            hyphen            hyphen              hyphen
+ 46  2E        period            period            period              period
+ 47  2F         slash             slash             slash               slash
+ 48  30          zero              zero              zero                zero
+ 49  31           one               one               one                 one
+ 50  32           two               two               two                 two
+ 51  33         three             three             three               three
+ 52  34          four              four              four                four
+ 53  35          five              five              five                five
+ 54  36           six               six               six                 six
+ 55  37         seven             seven             seven               seven
+ 56  38         eight             eight             eight               eight
+ 57  39          nine              nine              nine                nine
+ 58  3A         colon             colon             colon               colon
+ 59  3B     semicolon         semicolon         semicolon           semicolon
+ 60  3C    exclamdown              less        exclamdown          exclamdown
+ 61  3D         equal             equal             equal               equal
+ 62  3E  questiondown           greater      questiondown        questiondown
+ 63  3F      question          question          question            question
+ 64  40            at                at                at                  at
+ 65  41             A                 A                 A                   A
+ 66  42             B                 B                 B                   B
+ 67  43             C                 C                 C                   C
+ 68  44             D                 D                 D                   D
+ 69  45             E                 E                 E                   E
+ 70  46             F                 F                 F                   F
+ 71  47             G                 G                 G                   G
+ 72  48             H                 H                 H                   H
+ 73  49             I                 I                 I                   I
+ 74  4A             J                 J                 J                   J
+ 75  4B             K                 K                 K                   K
+ 76  4C             L                 L                 L                   L
+ 77  4D             M                 M                 M                   M
+ 78  4E             N                 N                 N                   N
+ 79  4F             O                 O                 O                   O
+ 80  50             P                 P                 P                   P
+ 81  51             Q                 Q                 Q                   Q
+ 82  52             R                 R                 R                   R
+ 83  53             S                 S                 S                   S
+ 84  54             T                 T                 T                   T
+ 85  55             U                 U                 U                   U
+ 86  56             V                 V                 V                   V
+ 87  57             W                 W                 W                   W
+ 88  58             X                 X                 X                   X
+ 89  59             Y                 Y                 Y                   Y
+ 90  5A             Z                 Z                 Z                   Z
+ 91  5B   bracketleft       bracketleft       bracketleft         bracketleft
+ 92  5C  quotedblleft         backslash      quotedblleft        quotedblleft
+ 93  5D  bracketright      bracketright      bracketright        bracketright
+ 94  5E    circumflex       asciicircum        circumflex          circumflex
+ 95  5F     dotaccent        underscore         dotaccent           dotaccent
+ 96  60     quoteleft         quoteleft         quoteleft           quoteleft
+ 97  61             a                 a                 a                   a
+ 98  62             b                 b                 b                   b
+ 99  63             c                 c                 c                   c
+100  64             d                 d                 d                   d
+101  65             e                 e                 e                   e
+102  66             f                 f                 f                   f
+103  67             g                 g                 g                   g
+104  68             h                 h                 h                   h
+105  69             i                 i                 i                   i
+106  6A             j                 j                 j                   j
+107  6B             k                 k                 k                   k
+108  6C             l                 l                 l                   l
+109  6D             m                 m                 m                   m
+110  6E             n                 n                 n                   n
+111  6F             o                 o                 o                   o
+112  70             p                 p                 p                   p
+113  71             q                 q                 q                   q
+114  72             r                 r                 r                   r
+115  73             s                 s                 s                   s
+116  74             t                 t                 t                   t
+117  75             u                 u                 u                   u
+118  76             v                 v                 v                   v
+119  77             w                 w                 w                   w
+120  78             x                 x                 x                   x
+121  79             y                 y                 y                   y
+122  7A             z                 z                 z                   z
+123  7B        endash         braceleft            endash              endash
+124  7C        emdash               bar            emdash              emdash
+125  7D  hungarumlaut        braceright      hungarumlaut        hungarumlaut
+126  7E         tilde        asciitilde             tilde               tilde
+127  7F      dieresis            hyphen          dieresis            dieresis
+128  80             @            Abreve                 @                Euro
+129  81             @           Aogonek           Aogonek             Aogonek
+130  82             @            Cacute            Cacute              Cacute
+131  83             @            Ccaron                 @             greater
+132  84             @            Dcaron                 @        greaterequal
+133  85             @            Ecaron                 @         approxequal
+134  86             @           Eogonek           Eogonek             Eogonek
+135  87             @            Gbreve                 @             Iogonek
+136  88             @            Lacute                 @                less
+137  89             @       Lquoteright                 @           lessequal
+138  8A             @            Lslash            Lslash              Lslash
+139  8B             @            Nacute            Nacute              Nacute
+140  8C             @            Ncaron                 @          asciitilde
+141  8D             @               Eng                 @         asciicircum
+142  8E             @     Ohungarumlaut                 @                 ell
+143  8F             @            Racute                 @              dagger
+144  90             @            Rcaron                 @           daggerdbl
+145  91             @            Sacute            Sacute              Sacute
+146  92             @            Scaron                 @              Scaron
+147  93             @          Scedilla                 @        Scommaaccent
+148  94             @            Tcaron                 @              degree
+149  95             @          Tcedilla                 @        Tcommaaccent
+150  96             @     Uhungarumlaut                 @              ogonek
+151  97             @             Uring                 @             Uogonek
+152  98             @         Ydieresis                 @           Ydieresis
+153  99             @            Zacute            Zacute              Zacute
+154  9A             @            Zcaron                 @              Zcaron
+155  9B             @        Zdotaccent        Zdotaccent          Zdotaccent
+156  9C             @                IJ                 @                  IJ
+157  9D             @        Idotaccent                 @           braceleft
+158  9E             @              dbar                 @          braceright
+159  9F             @           section                 @             section
+160  A0             @            abreve                 @                   @
+161  A1             @           aogonek           aogonek             aogonek
+162  A2             @            cacute            cacute              cacute
+163  A3             @            ccaron                 @          registered
+164  A4             @       dquoteright                 @           copyright
+165  A5             @            ecaron                 @              divide
+166  A6             @           eogonek           eogonek             eogonek
+167  A7             @            gbreve                 @             iogonek
+168  A8             @            lacute                 @               minus
+169  A9             @       lquoteright                 @            multiply
+170  AA             @            lslash            lslash              lslash
+171  AB             @            nacute            nacute              nacute
+172  AC             @            ncaron                 @           plusminus
+173  AD             @               eng                 @            infinity
+174  AE             @     ohungarumlaut     guillemotleft       guillemotleft
+175  AF             @            racute    guillemotright      guillemotright
+176  B0             @            rcaron                 @           paragraph
+177  B1             @            sacute            sacute              sacute
+178  B2             @            scaron                 @              scaron
+179  B3             @          scedilla                 @        scommaaccent
+180  B4             @       tquoteright                 @              bullet
+181  B5             @          tcedilla                 @        tcommaaccent
+182  B6             @     uhungarumlaut                 @ threequartersemdash
+183  B7             @             uring                 @             uogonek
+184  B8             @         ydieresis                 @           ydieresis
+185  B9             @            zacute            zacute              zacute
+186  BA             @            zcaron                 @              zcaron
+187  BB             @        zdotaccent        zdotaccent          zdotaccent
+188  BC             @                ij                 @                  ij
+189  BD             @        exclamdown                 @      periodcentered
+190  BE             @      questiondown                 @            quotedbl
+191  BF             @          sterling                 @         quotesingle
+192  C0             @            Agrave                 @              Agrave
+193  C1             @            Aacute                 @              Aacute
+194  C2             @       Acircumflex                 @         Acircumflex
+195  C3             @            Atilde                 @              Atilde
+196  C4             @         Adieresis                 @           Adieresis
+197  C5             @             Aring                 @               Aring
+198  C6             @                AE                 @           backslash
+199  C7             @          Ccedilla                 @            Ccedilla
+200  C8             @            Egrave                 @              Egrave
+201  C9             @            Eacute                 @              Eacute
+202  CA             @       Ecircumflex                 @         Ecircumflex
+203  CB             @         Edieresis                 @           Edieresis
+204  CC             @            Igrave                 @              Igrave
+205  CD             @            Iacute                 @              Iacute
+206  CE             @       Icircumflex                 @         Icircumflex
+207  CF             @         Idieresis                 @           Idieresis
+208  D0             @               Eth                 @                 Eth
+209  D1             @            Ntilde                 @              Ntilde
+210  D2             @            Ograve                 @              Ograve
+211  D3             @            Oacute            Oacute              Oacute
+212  D4             @       Ocircumflex                 @         Ocircumflex
+213  D5             @            Otilde                 @              Otilde
+214  D6             @         Odieresis                 @           Odieresis
+215  D7             @                OE                 @            currency
+216  D8             @            Oslash                 @         perthousand
+217  D9             @            Ugrave                 @              Ugrave
+218  DA             @            Uacute                 @              Uacute
+219  DB             @       Ucircumflex                 @         Ucircumflex
+220  DC             @         Udieresis                 @           Udieresis
+221  DD             @            Yacute                 @              Yacute
+222  DE             @             Thorn                 @               Thorn
+223  DF             @        Germandbls                 @                 bar
+224  E0             @            agrave                 @              agrave
+225  E1             @            aacute                 @              aacute
+226  E2             @       acircumflex                 @         acircumflex
+227  E3             @            atilde                 @              atilde
+228  E4             @         adieresis                 @           adieresis
+229  E5             @             aring                 @               aring
+230  E6             @                ae                 @          underscore
+231  E7             @          ccedilla                 @            ccedilla
+232  E8             @            egrave                 @              egrave
+233  E9             @            eacute                 @              eacute
+234  EA             @       ecircumflex                 @         ecircumflex
+235  EB             @         edieresis                 @           edieresis
+236  EC             @            igrave                 @              igrave
+237  ED             @            iacute                 @              iacute
+238  EE             @       icircumflex                 @         icircumflex
+239  EF             @         idieresis                 @           idieresis
+240  F0             @               eth                 @                 eth
+241  F1             @            ntilde                 @              ntilde
+242  F2             @            ograve                 @              ograve
+243  F3             @            oacute            oacute              oacute
+244  F4             @       ocircumflex                 @         ocircumflex
+245  F5             @            otilde                 @              otilde
+246  F6             @         odieresis                 @           odieresis
+247  F7             @                oe                 @            anglearc
+248  F8             @            oslash                 @            diameter
+249  F9             @            ugrave                 @              ugrave
+250  FA             @            uacute                 @              uacute
+251  FB             @       ucircumflex                 @         ucircumflex
+252  FC             @         udieresis                 @           udieresis
+253  FD             @            yacute                 @              yacute
+254  FE             @             thorn                 @               thorn
+255  FF             @        germandbls      quotedblbase        quotedblbase
+% ===========================================================================
+
+
+% ==========================================================
+%          COMPARISON OF LAYOUTS FOR GUI SYSTEMS
+% ==========================================================
+% CODE        NEW ANSI (0--127)    Macintosh    QX ver. 0.06
+%             +  CODE PAGE 1250     PLEURO
+% ==========================================================
+  0  00              @                 @                   @
+  1  01              @                 @               acute
+  2  02              @                 @          circumflex
+  3  03              @                 @             cedilla
+  4  04              @                 @            dieresis
+  5  05              @                 @               breve
+  6  06              @                 @           dotaccent
+  7  07              @                 @              macron
+  8  08              @                 @                ring
+  9  09              @                 @                   @
+ 10  0A              @                 @        hungarumlaut
+ 11  0B              @                 @              ogonek
+ 12  0C              @                 @               caron
+ 13  0D              @                 @                   @
+ 14  0E              @                 @            dotlessi
+ 15  0F              @                 @            dotlessj
+ 16  10              @                 @               tilde
+ 17  11              @                 @                  ff
+ 18  12              @                 @                 ffi
+ 19  13              @                 @                 ffl
+ 20  14              @                 @                 f_k
+ 21  15              @                 @         approxequal
+ 22  16              @                 @                 ell
+ 23  17              @                 @            infinity
+ 24  18              @                 @               alpha
+ 25  19              @                 @                beta
+ 26  1A              @                 @               delta
+ 27  1B              @                 @                  pi
+ 28  1C              @                 @               Delta
+ 29  1D              @                 @                  Pi
+ 30  1E              @                 @               Sigma
+ 31  1F              @                 @               Omega
+ 32  20          space             space               space
+ 33  21         exclam            exclam              exclam
+ 34  22       quotedbl          quotedbl            quotedbl
+ 35  23     numbersign        numbersign          numbersign
+ 36  24         dollar            dollar              dollar
+ 37  25        percent           percent             percent
+ 38  26      ampersand         ampersand           ampersand
+ 39  27    quotesingle       quotesingle         quotesingle
+ 40  28      parenleft         parenleft           parenleft
+ 41  29     parenright        parenright          parenright
+ 42  2A       asterisk          asterisk            asterisk
+ 43  2B           plus              plus                plus
+ 44  2C          comma             comma               comma
+ 45  2D         hyphen            hyphen              hyphen
+ 46  2E         period            period              period
+ 47  2F          slash             slash               slash
+ 48  30           zero              zero                zero
+ 49  31            one               one                 one
+ 50  32            two               two                 two
+ 51  33          three             three               three
+ 52  34           four              four                four
+ 53  35           five              five                five
+ 54  36            six               six                 six
+ 55  37          seven             seven               seven
+ 56  38          eight             eight               eight
+ 57  39           nine              nine                nine
+ 58  3A          colon             colon               colon
+ 59  3B      semicolon         semicolon           semicolon
+ 60  3C           less              less                less
+ 61  3D          equal             equal               equal
+ 62  3E        greater           greater             greater
+ 63  3F       question          question            question
+ 64  40             at                at                  at
+ 65  41              A                 A                   A
+ 66  42              B                 B                   B
+ 67  43              C                 C                   C
+ 68  44              D                 D                   D
+ 69  45              E                 E                   E
+ 70  46              F                 F                   F
+ 71  47              G                 G                   G
+ 72  48              H                 H                   H
+ 73  49              I                 I                   I
+ 74  4A              J                 J                   J
+ 75  4B              K                 K                   K
+ 76  4C              L                 L                   L
+ 77  4D              M                 M                   M
+ 78  4E              N                 N                   N
+ 79  4F              O                 O                   O
+ 80  50              P                 P                   P
+ 81  51              Q                 Q                   Q
+ 82  52              R                 R                   R
+ 83  53              S                 S                   S
+ 84  54              T                 T                   T
+ 85  55              U                 U                   U
+ 86  56              V                 V                   V
+ 87  57              W                 W                   W
+ 88  58              X                 X                   X
+ 89  59              Y                 Y                   Y
+ 90  5A              Z                 Z                   Z
+ 91  5B    bracketleft       bracketleft         bracketleft
+ 92  5C      backslash         backslash           backslash
+ 93  5D   bracketright      bracketright        bracketright
+ 94  5E    asciicircum       asciicircum         asciicircum
+ 95  5F     underscore        underscore          underscore
+ 96  60          grave             grave               grave
+ 97  61              a                 a                   a
+ 98  62              b                 b                   b
+ 99  63              c                 c                   c
+100  64              d                 d                   d
+101  65              e                 e                   e
+102  66              f                 f                   f
+103  67              g                 g                   g
+104  68              h                 h                   h
+105  69              i                 i                   i
+106  6A              j                 j                   j
+107  6B              k                 k                   k
+108  6C              l                 l                   l
+109  6D              m                 m                   m
+110  6E              n                 n                   n
+111  6F              o                 o                   o
+112  70              p                 p                   p
+113  71              q                 q                   q
+114  72              r                 r                   r
+115  73              s                 s                   s
+116  74              t                 t                   t
+117  75              u                 u                   u
+118  76              v                 v                   v
+119  77              w                 w                   w
+120  78              x                 x                   x
+121  79              y                 y                   y
+122  7A              z                 z                   z
+123  7B      braceleft         braceleft           braceleft
+124  7C            bar               bar                 bar
+125  7D     braceright        braceright          braceright
+126  7E     asciitilde        asciitilde          asciitilde
+127  7F              @                 @                   @
+128  80           Euro                 @                Euro
+129  81              @                 @                  fi
+130  82 quotesinglbase    quotesinglbase                  fl
+131  83              @         Ydieresis           Ydieresis
+132  84   quotedblbase      quotedblbase        quotedblbase
+133  85       ellipsis          ellipsis            ellipsis
+134  86         dagger            dagger              dagger
+135  87      daggerdbl         daggerdbl           daggerdbl
+136  88              @       Ecircumflex         Ecircumflex
+137  89    perthousand       perthousand         perthousand
+138  8A         Scaron            Scaron              Scaron
+139  8B  guilsinglleft     guilsinglleft        Scommaaccent
+140  8C         Sacute            Sacute              Sacute
+141  8D         Tcaron                OE                  OE
+142  8E         Zcaron            Zcaron              Zcaron
+143  8F         Zacute            Zacute              Zacute
+144  90              @                 @ threequartersemdash
+145  91      quoteleft         quoteleft           quoteleft
+146  92     quoteright        quoteright          quoteright
+147  93   quotedblleft      quotedblleft        quotedblleft
+148  94  quotedblright     quotedblright       quotedblright
+149  95         bullet            bullet              bullet
+150  96         endash            endash              endash
+151  97         emdash            emdash              emdash
+152  98              @       ecircumflex         ecircumflex
+153  99      trademark         trademark            anglearc
+154  9A         scaron            scaron              scaron
+155  9B guilsinglright    guilsinglright        scommaaccent
+156  9C         sacute            sacute              sacute
+157  9D    tquoteright                oe                  oe
+158  9E         zcaron            zcaron              zcaron
+159  9F         zacute            zacute              zacute
+160  A0              @           nbspace             nbspace
+161  A1          caron        exclamdown          exclamdown
+162  A2          breve      questiondown        questiondown
+163  A3         Lslash            Lslash              Lslash
+164  A4       currency          currency            currency
+165  A5        Aogonek           Aogonek             Aogonek
+166  A6      brokenbar         brokenbar            diameter
+167  A7        section           section             section
+168  A8       dieresis          dieresis             Uogonek
+169  A9      copyright         copyright           copyright
+170  AA       Scedilla                AE                  AE
+171  AB  guillemotleft     guillemotleft       guillemotleft
+172  AC     logicalnot            Ntilde              Ntilde
+173  AD         hyphen             minus               minus
+174  AE     registered        registered          registered
+175  AF     Zdotaccent        Zdotaccent          Zdotaccent
+176  B0         degree            degree              degree
+177  B1      plusminus         plusminus           plusminus
+178  B2         ogonek       twosuperior           lessequal
+179  B3         lslash            lslash              lslash
+180  B4          acute             acute        greaterequal
+181  B5             mu                mu                  mu
+182  B6      paragraph         paragraph           paragraph
+183  B7 periodcentered    periodcentered      periodcentered
+184  B8        cedilla                 @             uogonek
+185  B9        aogonek           aogonek             aogonek
+186  BA       scedilla                ae                  ae
+187  BB guillemotright    guillemotright      guillemotright
+188  BC    Lquoteright            ntilde              ntilde
+189  BD   hungarumlaut           onehalf        Tcommaaccent
+190  BE    lquoteright     threequarters        tcommaaccent
+191  BF     zdotaccent        zdotaccent          zdotaccent
+192  C0         Racute            Agrave              Agrave
+193  C1         Aacute            Aacute              Aacute
+194  C2    Acircumflex       Acircumflex         Acircumflex
+195  C3         Abreve            Atilde              Atilde
+196  C4      Adieresis         Adieresis           Adieresis
+197  C5         Lacute             Aring               Aring
+198  C6         Cacute            Cacute              Cacute
+199  C7       Ccedilla          Ccedilla            Ccedilla
+200  C8         Ccaron            Egrave              Egrave
+201  C9         Eacute            Eacute              Eacute
+202  CA        Eogonek           Eogonek             Eogonek
+203  CB      Edieresis         Edieresis           Edieresis
+204  CC         Ecaron            Igrave              Igrave
+205  CD         Iacute            Iacute              Iacute
+206  CE    Icircumflex       Icircumflex         Icircumflex
+207  CF         Dcaron         Idieresis           Idieresis
+208  D0            Eth               Eth                 Eth
+209  D1         Nacute            Nacute              Nacute
+210  D2         Ncaron            Ograve              Ograve
+211  D3         Oacute            Oacute              Oacute
+212  D4    Ocircumflex       Ocircumflex         Ocircumflex
+213  D5  Ohungarumlaut            Otilde              Otilde
+214  D6      Odieresis         Odieresis           Odieresis
+215  D7       multiply          multiply            multiply
+216  D8         Rcaron            Oslash              Oslash
+217  D9          Uring            Ugrave              Ugrave
+218  DA         Uacute            Uacute              Uacute
+219  DB  Uhungarumlaut       Ucircumflex         Ucircumflex
+220  DC      Udieresis         Udieresis           Udieresis
+221  DD         Yacute            Yacute              Yacute
+222  DE       Tcedilla             Thorn             Iogonek
+223  DF     germandbls        germandbls          germandbls
+224  E0         racute            agrave              agrave
+225  E1         aacute            aacute              aacute
+226  E2    acircumflex       acircumflex         acircumflex
+227  E3         abreve            atilde              atilde
+228  E4      adieresis         adieresis           adieresis
+229  E5         lacute             aring               aring
+230  E6         cacute            cacute              cacute
+231  E7       ccedilla          ccedilla            ccedilla
+232  E8         ccaron            egrave              egrave
+233  E9         eacute            eacute              eacute
+234  EA        eogonek           eogonek             eogonek
+235  EB      edieresis         edieresis           edieresis
+236  EC         ecaron            igrave              igrave
+237  ED         iacute            iacute              iacute
+238  EE    icircumflex       icircumflex         icircumflex
+239  EF    dquoteright         idieresis           idieresis
+240  F0           dbar               eth                 eth
+241  F1         nacute            nacute              nacute
+242  F2         ncaron            ograve              ograve
+243  F3         oacute            oacute              oacute
+244  F4    ocircumflex       ocircumflex         ocircumflex
+245  F5  ohungarumlaut            otilde              otilde
+246  F6      odieresis         odieresis           odieresis
+247  F7         divide            divide              divide
+248  F8         rcaron            oslash              oslash
+249  F9          uring            ugrave              ugrave
+250  FA         uacute            uacute              uacute
+251  FB  uhungarumlaut       ucircumflex         ucircumflex
+252  FC      udieresis         udieresis           udieresis
+253  FD         yacute            yacute              yacute
+254  FE       tcedilla             thorn             iogonek
+255  FF      dotaccent         ydieresis           ydieresis
+% ==========================================================
+
+/encqxoosix[
+/alpha
+/Delta
+/beta
+/delta
+/pi
+/Pi
+/Sigma
+/mu
+/ellipsis
+/f_k
+/Omega
+/ff
+/fi
+/fl
+/ffi
+/ffl
+/dotlessi
+/dotlessj
+/grave
+/acute
+/caron
+/breve
+/macron
+/ring
+/cedilla
+/germandbls
+/ae
+/oe
+/oslash
+/AE
+/OE
+/Oslash
+/space
+/exclam
+/quotedblright
+/numbersign
+/dollar
+/percent
+/ampersand
+/quoteright
+/parenleft
+/parenright
+/asterisk
+/plus
+/comma
+/hyphen
+/period
+/slash
+/zero
+/one
+/two
+/three
+/four
+/five
+/six
+/seven
+/eight
+/nine
+/colon
+/semicolon
+/exclamdown
+/equal
+/questiondown
+/question
+/at
+/A
+/B
+/C
+/D
+/E
+/F
+/G
+/H
+/I
+/J
+/K
+/L
+/M
+/N
+/O
+/P
+/Q
+/R
+/S
+/T
+/U
+/V
+/W
+/X
+/Y
+/Z
+/bracketleft
+/quotedblleft
+/bracketright
+/circumflex
+/dotaccent
+/quoteleft
+/a
+/b
+/c
+/d
+/e
+/f
+/g
+/h
+/i
+/j
+/k
+/l
+/m
+/n
+/o
+/p
+/q
+/r
+/s
+/t
+/u
+/v
+/w
+/x
+/y
+/z
+/endash
+/emdash
+/hungarumlaut
+/tilde
+/dieresis
+/Euro
+/Aogonek
+/Cacute
+/greater
+/greaterequal
+/approxequal
+/Eogonek
+/Iogonek
+/less
+/lessequal
+/Lslash
+/Nacute
+/asciitilde
+/asciicircum
+/ell
+/dagger
+/daggerdbl
+/Sacute
+/Scaron
+/Scommaaccent
+/degree
+/Tcommaaccent
+/ogonek
+/Uogonek
+/Ydieresis
+/Zacute
+/Zcaron
+/Zdotaccent
+/IJ
+/braceleft
+/braceright
+/section
+/.notdef
+/aogonek
+/cacute
+/registered
+/copyright
+/divide
+/eogonek
+/iogonek
+/minus
+/multiply
+/lslash
+/nacute
+/plusminus
+/infinity
+/guillemotleft
+/guillemotright
+/paragraph
+/sacute
+/scaron
+/scommaaccent
+/bullet
+/tcommaaccent
+/threequartersemdash
+/uogonek
+/ydieresis
+/zacute
+/zcaron
+/zdotaccent
+/ij
+/periodcentered
+/quotedbl
+/quotesingle
+/Agrave
+/Aacute
+/Acircumflex
+/Atilde
+/Adieresis
+/Aring
+/backslash
+/Ccedilla
+/Egrave
+/Eacute
+/Ecircumflex
+/Edieresis
+/Igrave
+/Iacute
+/Icircumflex
+/Idieresis
+/Eth
+/Ntilde
+/Ograve
+/Oacute
+/Ocircumflex
+/Otilde
+/Odieresis
+/currency
+/perthousand
+/Ugrave
+/Uacute
+/Ucircumflex
+/Udieresis
+/Yacute
+/Thorn
+/bar
+/agrave
+/aacute
+/acircumflex
+/atilde
+/adieresis
+/aring
+/underscore
+/ccedilla
+/egrave
+/eacute
+/ecircumflex
+/edieresis
+/igrave
+/iacute
+/icircumflex
+/idieresis
+/eth
+/ntilde
+/ograve
+/oacute
+/ocircumflex
+/otilde
+/odieresis
+/anglearc
+/diameter
+/ugrave
+/uacute
+/ucircumflex
+/udieresis
+/yacute
+/thorn
+/quotedblbase
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: texmext,  Next: texmsym,  Prev: qx,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.9 `texmext.enc': TeX math extension encoding
+==============================================
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   author = "Donald Knuth",
+%   version = "1.0",
+%   date = "12jun05",
+%   filename = "texmext.enc",
+%   license = "public domain",
+%   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+%   codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%   docstring = "TeX math extension encoding."
+% }
+%
+% 12jun05 - add header.
+%
+% No ligatures or kerns.
+%
+/TeXMathExtensionEncoding [          % now 256 chars follow
+
+% 0x0
+/parenleftbig
+/parenrightbig
+/bracketleftbig
+/bracketrightbig
+/floorleftbig
+/floorrightbig
+/ceilingleftbig
+/ceilingrightbig
+
+% 0x8
+/braceleftbig
+/bracerightbig
+/angbracketleftbig
+/angbracketrightbig
+/vextendsingle
+/vextenddouble
+/slashbig
+/backslashbig
+
+% 0x10
+/parenleftBig
+/parenrightBig
+/parenleftbigg
+/parenrightbigg
+/bracketleftbigg
+/bracketrightbigg
+/floorleftbigg
+/floorrightbigg
+
+% 0x18
+/ceilingleftbigg
+/ceilingrightbigg
+/braceleftbigg
+/bracerightbigg
+/angbracketleftbigg
+/angbracketrightbigg
+/slashbigg
+/backslashbigg
+
+% 0x20
+/parenleftBigg
+/parenrightBigg
+/bracketleftBigg
+/bracketrightBigg
+/floorleftBigg
+/floorrightBigg
+/ceilingleftBigg
+/ceilingrightBigg
+
+% 0x28
+/braceleftBigg
+/bracerightBigg
+/angbracketleftBigg
+/angbracketrightBigg
+/slashBigg
+/backslashBigg
+/slashBig
+/backslashBig
+
+% 0x30
+/parenlefttp
+/parenrighttp
+/bracketlefttp
+/bracketrighttp
+/bracketleftbt
+/bracketrightbt
+/bracketleftex
+/bracketrightex
+
+% 0x38
+/bracelefttp
+/bracerighttp
+/braceleftbt
+/bracerightbt
+/braceleftmid
+/bracerightmid
+/braceex
+/arrowvertex
+
+% 0x40
+/parenleftbt
+/parenrightbt
+/parenleftex
+/parenrightex
+/angbracketleftBig
+/angbracketrightBig
+/unionsqtext
+/unionsqdisplay
+
+% 0x48
+/contintegraltext
+/contintegraldisplay
+/circledottext
+/circledotdisplay
+/circleplustext
+/circleplusdisplay
+/circlemultiplytext
+/circlemultiplydisplay
+
+% 0x50
+/summationtext
+/producttext
+/integraltext
+/uniontext
+/intersectiontext
+/unionmultitext
+/logicalandtext
+/logicalortext
+
+% 0x58
+/summationdisplay
+/productdisplay
+/integraldisplay
+/uniondisplay
+/intersectiondisplay
+/unionmultidisplay
+/logicalanddisplay
+/logicalordisplay
+
+% 0x60
+/coproducttext
+/coproductdisplay
+/hatwide
+/hatwider
+/hatwidest
+/tildewide
+/tildewider
+/tildewidest
+
+% 0x68
+/bracketleftBig
+/bracketrightBig
+/floorleftBig
+/floorrightBig
+/ceilingleftBig
+/ceilingrightBig
+/braceleftBig
+/bracerightBig
+
+% 0x70
+/radicalbig
+/radicalBig
+/radicalbigg
+/radicalBigg
+/radicalbt
+/radicalvertex
+/radicaltp
+/arrowvertexdbl
+
+% 0x78
+/arrowtp
+/arrowbt
+/bracehtipdownleft
+/bracehtipdownright
+/bracehtipupleft
+/bracehtipupright
+/arrowdbltp
+/arrowdblbt
+
+% Have to have 128 .notdef's now to fill things out.
+%
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: texmsym,  Next: texmital,  Prev: texmext,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.10 `texmsym.enc': TeX math symbol encoding
+============================================
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   author = "Donald Knuth",
+%   version = "1.0",
+%   date = "12jun05",
+%   filename = "texmsym.enc",
+%   license = "public domain",
+%   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+%   codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%   docstring = "TeX math symbols encoding."
+% }
+% 12jun05 - add header.
+%
+% No ligatures or kerns.
+%
+/TeXMathSymbolEncoding [          % now 256 chars follow
+% 0x0
+/minus
+/periodcentered
+/multiply
+/asteriskmath
+/divide
+/diamondmath
+/plusminus
+/minusplus
+
+% 0x8
+/circleplus
+/circleminus
+/circlemultiply
+/circledivide
+/circledot
+/circlecopyrt
+/openbullet
+/bullet
+
+% 0x10
+/equivasymptotic
+/equivalence
+/reflexsubset
+/reflexsuperset
+/lessequal
+/greaterequal
+/precedesequal
+/followsequal
+
+% 0x18
+/similar
+/approxequal
+/propersubset
+/propersuperset
+/lessmuch
+/greatermuch
+/precedes
+/follows
+
+% 0x20
+/arrowleft
+/arrowright
+/arrowup
+/arrowdown
+/arrowboth
+/arrownortheast
+/arrowsoutheast
+/similarequal
+
+% 0x28
+/arrowdblleft
+/arrowdblright
+/arrowdblup
+/arrowdbldown
+/arrowdblboth
+/arrownorthwest
+/arrowsouthwest
+/proportional
+
+% 0x30
+/prime
+/infinity
+/element
+/owner
+/triangle
+/triangleinv
+/negationslash
+/mapsto
+
+% 0x38
+/universal
+/existential
+/logicalnot
+/emptyset
+/Rfractur
+/Ifractur
+/latticetop
+/perpendicular
+
+% 0x40
+/aleph
+/A
+/B
+/C
+/D
+/E
+/F
+/G
+
+% 0x48
+/H
+/I
+/J
+/K
+/L
+/M
+/N
+/O
+
+% 0x50
+/P
+/Q
+/R
+/S
+/T
+/U
+/V
+/W
+
+% 0x58
+/X
+/Y
+/Z
+/union
+/intersection
+/unionmulti
+/logicaland
+/logicalor
+
+% 0x60
+/turnstileleft
+/turnstileright
+/floorleft
+/floorright
+/ceilingleft
+/ceilingright
+/braceleft
+/braceright
+
+% 0x68
+/angbracketleft
+/angbracketright
+/bar
+/bardbl
+/arrowbothv
+/arrowdblbothv
+/backslash
+/wreathproduct
+
+% 0x70
+/radical
+/coproduct
+/nabla
+/integral
+/unionsq
+/intersectionsq
+/subsetsqequal
+/supersetsqequal
+
+% 0x78
+/section
+/dagger
+/daggerdbl
+/paragraph
+/club
+/diamond
+/heart
+/spade
+
+% Have to have 128 .notdef's now to fill things out.
+%
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: texmital,  Next: texnansi,  Prev: texmsym,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.11 `texmital.enc': TeX math italic encoding
+=============================================
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   author = "Donald Knuth",
+%   version = "1.0",
+%   date = "12jun05",
+%   filename = "texmital.enc",
+%   license = "public domain",
+%   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+%   codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%   docstring = "TeX math italic encoding."
+% }
+%
+% 12jun05 - add header.
+%
+% No ligatures or kerns.
+%
+/TeXMathItalicEncoding [          % now 256 chars follow
+% 0x0
+/Gamma
+/Delta
+/Theta
+/Lambda
+/Xi
+/Pi
+/Sigma
+/Upsilon
+
+% 0x8
+/Phi
+/Psi
+/Omega
+/alpha
+/beta
+/gamma
+/delta
+/epsilon1
+
+% 0x10
+/zeta
+/eta
+/theta
+/iota
+/kappa
+/lambda
+/mu
+/nu
+
+% 0x18
+/xi
+/pi
+/rho
+/sigma
+/tau
+/upsilon
+/phi
+/chi
+
+% 0x20
+/psi
+/omega
+/epsilon
+/theta1
+/pi1
+/rho1
+/sigma1
+/phi1
+
+% 0x28
+/arrowlefttophalf
+/arrowleftbothalf
+/arrowrighttophalf
+/arrowrightbothalf
+/arrowhookleft
+/arrowhookright
+/triangleright
+/triangleleft
+
+% 0x30
+/zerooldstyle
+/oneoldstyle
+/twooldstyle
+/threeoldstyle
+/fouroldstyle
+/fiveoldstyle
+/sixoldstyle
+/sevenoldstyle
+
+% 0x38
+/eightoldstyle
+/nineoldstyle
+/period
+/comma
+/less
+/slash
+/greater
+/star
+
+% 0x40
+/partialdiff
+/A
+/B
+/C
+/D
+/E
+/F
+/G
+
+% 0x48
+/H
+/I
+/J
+/K
+/L
+/M
+/N
+/O
+
+% 0x50
+/P
+/Q
+/R
+/S
+/T
+/U
+/V
+/W
+
+% 0x58
+/X
+/Y
+/Z
+/flat
+/natural
+/sharp
+/slurbelow
+/slurabove
+
+% 0x60
+/lscript
+/a
+/b
+/c
+/d
+/e
+/f
+/g
+
+% 0x68
+/h
+/i
+/j
+/k
+/l
+/m
+/n
+/o
+
+% 0x70
+/p
+/q
+/r
+/s
+/t
+/u
+/v
+/w
+
+% 0x78
+/x
+/y
+/z
+/dotlessi
+/dotlessj
+/weierstrass
+/vector
+/tie
+
+% Have to have 128 .notdef's now to fill things out.
+%
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: texnansi,  Next: texnansx,  Prev: texmital,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.12 `texnansi.enc'
+===================
+
+From Y&Y.
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   date = "22apr09",
+%   filename = "texnansi.enc",
+%   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+%   author = "Y&Y, Inc.",
+%   version = "1.1",
+%   codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%   docstring = "texnansi (aka LY1) encoding vector for Type 1 fonts to
+%                be used with TeX, following ASCII and Windows ANSI."
+% }
+%
+% The idea is to have all 228 characters normally included in Type 1 text
+% fonts (plus a few more) available for typesetting.  This is effectively
+% the character set in Adobe Standard Encoding, ISO Latin 1, plus a few more.
+%
+% Character code assignments were made as follows:
+%
+% (1) The character layout largely matches `ASCII' in the 32 -- 126 range,
+% except for `circumflex' in 94 and `tilde' in 126, to match `TeX text'
+% (`asciicircumflex' and `asciitilde' appear in 158 and 142 instead).
+%
+% (2) The character layout matches `Windows ANSI' in almost all places,
+% except for `quoteright' in 39 and `quoteleft' in 96 to match ASCII
+% (`quotesingle' and `grave' appear in 129 and 18 instead).
+%
+% (3) The character layout matches `TeX typewriter' used by CM text fonts
+% in most places (except for discordant positions such as hungarumlaut
+% (instead of braceright), dotaccent (instead of underscore) etc.
+%
+% (4) Remaining characters are assigned arbitrarily to the `control character'
+% range (0 -- 31), avoiding 0, 9, 10 and 13 in case we meet dumb software
+% - similarly one should really avoid 127 and 128 if possible.
+% In addition, the 8 open slots in Windows ANSI between 128 and 159 are used.
+%
+% (5) Y&Y Lucida Bright includes some extra ligatures and such; ff, ffi, ffl,
+% and `dotlessj,' these are included 11 -- 15, and 17.
+%
+% (6) Hyphen appears both at 45 and 173 for compatibility with both ASCII
+% and Windows ANSI.
+%
+% (7) It doesn't really matter where ligatures appear (both real, such as ffi,
+% and pseudo such as ---) since these should not be accessed directly, only
+% via ligature information in the TFM file.
+%
+% SAMPLE USAGE (in `psfonts.map' file for DVIPS):
+%
+% lbr LucidaBright "TeXnANSIEncoding ReEncodeFont" <texnansi.enc <lbr.pfb
+%
+% This tells DVIPS that the font called `lbr' in TeX has PostScript
+% FontName `LucidaBright.'  It also asks DVIPS to expand the file `lbr.pfb'
+% into PFA form, to include the attached `texnansi.enc' encoding vector,
+% and to then actually reencode the font based on that encoding vector.
+%
+% Revised 2009 April 20 with doc changes only (Uni20AC -> uni20ac).
+% Revised 2009 March 9 with doc changes only.
+% Revised 1996 June 1 by adding second position for `fl' to avoid Acrobat bug.
+% Revised 1996 June 1 by adding second position for `fraction' for same reason.
+% Revised 1997 Oct 1 by adding cwm (used in boundary char TFM code).
+% Revised 1998 Mar 1 by adding Unicode for Euro character.
+% emacs-page
+%
+/TeXnANSIEncoding [     % now 256 chars follow
+/.notdef                % 0x00 0
+/Euro                   % 0x01 1 /uni20AC
+/.notdef                % 0x02 2
+/.notdef                % 0x03 3
+/fraction               % 0x04 4
+/dotaccent              % 0x05 5
+/hungarumlaut           % 0x06 6
+/ogonek                 % 0x07 7
+/fl                     % 0x08 8
+/.notdef                % 0x09 9 /fraction at 4, backward compatibility only
+/cwm                    % 0x0A 10 not used, except boundary char internally
+/ff                     % 0x0B 11
+/fi                     % 0x0C 12
+/.notdef                % 0x0D 13 /fl at 8, backward compatibility only
+/ffi                    % 0x0E 14
+/ffl                    % 0x0F 15
+/dotlessi               % 0x10 16
+/dotlessj               % 0x11 17
+/grave                  % 0x12 18
+/acute                  % 0x13 19
+/caron                  % 0x14 20
+/breve                  % 0x15 21
+/macron                 % 0x16 22
+/ring                   % 0x17 23
+/cedilla                % 0x18 24
+/germandbls             % 0x19 25
+/ae                     % 0x1A 26
+/oe                     % 0x1B 27
+/oslash                 % 0x1C 28
+/AE                     % 0x1D 29
+/OE                     % 0x1E 30
+/Oslash                 % 0x1F 31
+/space                  % 0x20 32 /suppress in TeX text
+/exclam                 % 0x21 33
+/quotedbl               % 0x22 34 /quotedblright in TeX text
+/numbersign             % 0x23 35
+/dollar                 % 0x24 36
+/percent                % 0x25 37
+/ampersand              % 0x26 38
+/quoteright             % 0x27 39 /quotesingle in ANSI
+/parenleft              % 0x28 40
+/parenright             % 0x29 41
+/asterisk               % 0x2A 42
+/plus                   % 0x2B 43
+/comma                  % 0x2C 44
+/hyphen                 % 0x2D 45
+/period                 % 0x2E 46
+/slash                  % 0x2F 47
+/zero                   % 0x30 48
+/one                    % 0x31 49
+/two                    % 0x32 50
+/three                  % 0x33 51
+/four                   % 0x34 52
+/five                   % 0x35 53
+/six                    % 0x36 54
+/seven                  % 0x37 55
+/eight                  % 0x38 56
+/nine                   % 0x39 57
+/colon                  % 0x3A 58
+/semicolon              % 0x3B 59
+/less                   % 0x3C 60 /exclamdown in Tex text
+/equal                  % 0x3D 61
+/greater                % 0x3E 62 /questiondown in TeX text
+/question               % 0x3F 63
+/at                     % 0x40 64
+/A                      % 0x41 65
+/B                      % 0x42 66
+/C                      % 0x43 67
+/D                      % 0x44 68
+/E                      % 0x45 69
+/F                      % 0x46 70
+/G                      % 0x47 71
+/H                      % 0x48 72
+/I                      % 0x49 73
+/J                      % 0x4A 74
+/K                      % 0x4B 75
+/L                      % 0x4C 76
+/M                      % 0x4D 77
+/N                      % 0x4E 78
+/O                      % 0x4F 79
+/P                      % 0x50 80
+/Q                      % 0x51 81
+/R                      % 0x52 82
+/S                      % 0x53 83
+/T                      % 0x54 84
+/U                      % 0x55 85
+/V                      % 0x56 86
+/W                      % 0x57 87
+/X                      % 0x58 88
+/Y                      % 0x59 89
+/Z                      % 0x5A 90
+/bracketleft            % 0x5B 91
+/backslash              % 0x5C 92 /quotedblleft in TeX text
+/bracketright           % 0x5D 93
+/circumflex             % 0x5E 94 /asciicircum in ASCII
+/underscore             % 0x5F 95 /dotaccent in TeX text
+/quoteleft              % 0x60 96 /grave accent in ANSI
+/a                      % 0x61 97
+/b                      % 0x62 98
+/c                      % 0x63 99
+/d                      % 0x64 100
+/e                      % 0x65 101
+/f                      % 0x66 102
+/g                      % 0x67 103
+/h                      % 0x68 104
+/i                      % 0x69 105
+/j                      % 0x6A 106
+/k                      % 0x6B 107
+/l                      % 0x6C 108
+/m                      % 0x6D 109
+/n                      % 0x6E 110
+/o                      % 0x6F 111
+/p                      % 0x70 112
+/q                      % 0x71 113
+/r                      % 0x72 114
+/s                      % 0x73 115
+/t                      % 0x74 116
+/u                      % 0x75 117
+/v                      % 0x76 118
+/w                      % 0x77 119
+/x                      % 0x78 120
+/y                      % 0x79 121
+/z                      % 0x7A 122
+/braceleft              % 0x7B 123 /endash in TeX text
+/bar                    % 0x7C 124 /emdash in TeX test
+/braceright             % 0x7D 125 /hungarumlaut in TeX text
+/tilde                  % 0x7E 126 /asciitilde in ASCII
+/dieresis               % 0x7F 127 also at 168
+/Lslash                 % 0x80 128 position is unfortunate, but too late to fix
+/quotesingle            % 0x81 129
+/quotesinglbase         % 0x82 130
+/florin                 % 0x83 131
+/quotedblbase           % 0x84 132
+/ellipsis               % 0x85 133
+/dagger                 % 0x86 134
+/daggerdbl              % 0x87 135
+/circumflex             % 0x88 136
+/perthousand            % 0x89 137
+/Scaron                 % 0x8A 138
+/guilsinglleft          % 0x8B 139
+/OE                     % 0x8C 140
+/Zcaron                 % 0x8D 141
+/asciicircum            % 0x8E 142
+/minus                  % 0x8F 143
+/lslash                 % 0x90 144
+/quoteleft              % 0x91 145
+/quoteright             % 0x92 146
+/quotedblleft           % 0x93 147
+/quotedblright          % 0x94 148
+/bullet                 % 0x95 149
+/endash                 % 0x96 150
+/emdash                 % 0x97 151
+/tilde                  % 0x98 152
+/trademark              % 0x99 153
+/scaron                 % 0x9A 154
+/guilsinglright         % 0x9B 155
+/oe                     % 0x9C 156
+/zcaron                 % 0x9D 157
+/asciitilde             % 0x9E 158
+/Ydieresis              % 0x9F 159
+/nbspace                % 0xA0 160 no break space
+/exclamdown             % 0xA1 161
+/cent                   % 0xA2 162
+/sterling               % 0xA3 163
+/currency               % 0xA4 164
+/yen                    % 0xA5 165
+/brokenbar              % 0xA6 166
+/section                % 0xA7 167
+/dieresis               % 0xA8 168
+/copyright              % 0xA9 169
+/ordfeminine            % 0xAA 170
+/guillemotleft          % 0xAB 171
+/logicalnot             % 0xAC 172
+/sfthyphen              % 0xAD 173 /hyphen (hanging hyphen)
+/registered             % 0xAE 174
+/macron                 % 0xAF 175
+/degree                 % 0xB0 176
+/plusminus              % 0xB1 177
+/twosuperior            % 0xB2 178
+/threesuperior          % 0xB3 179
+/acute                  % 0xB4 180
+/mu                     % 0xB5 181
+/paragraph              % 0xB6 182
+/periodcentered         % 0xB7 183
+/cedilla                % 0xB8 184
+/onesuperior            % 0xB9 185
+/ordmasculine           % 0xBA 186
+/guillemotright         % 0xBB 187
+/onequarter             % 0xBC 188
+/onehalf                % 0xBD 189
+/threequarters          % 0xBE 190
+/questiondown           % 0xBF 191
+/Agrave                 % 0xC0 192
+/Aacute                 % 0xC1 193
+/Acircumflex            % 0xC2 194
+/Atilde                 % 0xC3 195
+/Adieresis              % 0xC4 196
+/Aring                  % 0xC5 197
+/AE                     % 0xC6 198
+/Ccedilla               % 0xC7 199
+/Egrave                 % 0xC8 200
+/Eacute                 % 0xC9 201
+/Ecircumflex            % 0xCA 202
+/Edieresis              % 0xCB 203
+/Igrave                 % 0xCC 204
+/Iacute                 % 0xCD 205
+/Icircumflex            % 0xCE 206
+/Idieresis              % 0xCF 207
+/Eth                    % 0xD0 208
+/Ntilde                 % 0xD1 209
+/Ograve                 % 0xD2 210
+/Oacute                 % 0xD3 211
+/Ocircumflex            % 0xD4 212
+/Otilde                 % 0xD5 213
+/Odieresis              % 0xD6 214
+/multiply               % 0xD7 215 OE in T1
+/Oslash                 % 0xD8 216
+/Ugrave                 % 0xD9 217
+/Uacute                 % 0xDA 218
+/Ucircumflex            % 0xDB 219
+/Udieresis              % 0xDC 220
+/Yacute                 % 0xDD 221
+/Thorn                  % 0xDE 222
+/germandbls             % 0xDF 223
+/agrave                 % 0xE0 224
+/aacute                 % 0xE1 225
+/acircumflex            % 0xE2 226
+/atilde                 % 0xE3 227
+/adieresis              % 0xE4 228
+/aring                  % 0xE5 229
+/ae                     % 0xE6 230
+/ccedilla               % 0xE7 231
+/egrave                 % 0xE8 232
+/eacute                 % 0xE9 233
+/ecircumflex            % 0xEA 234
+/edieresis              % 0xEB 235
+/igrave                 % 0xEC 236
+/iacute                 % 0xED 237
+/icircumflex            % 0xEE 238
+/idieresis              % 0xEF 239
+/eth                    % 0xF0 240
+/ntilde                 % 0xF1 241
+/ograve                 % 0xF2 242
+/oacute                 % 0xF3 243
+/ocircumflex            % 0xF4 244
+/otilde                 % 0xF5 245
+/odieresis              % 0xF6 246
+/divide                 % 0xF7 247 oe in T1
+/oslash                 % 0xF8 248
+/ugrave                 % 0xF9 249
+/uacute                 % 0xFA 250
+/ucircumflex            % 0xFB 251
+/udieresis              % 0xFC 252
+/yacute                 % 0xFD 253
+/thorn                  % 0xFE 254
+/ydieresis              % 0xFF 255 germandbls in T1
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: texnansx,  Next: xl2,  Prev: texnansi,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.13 `texnansx.enc'
+===================
+
+From Y&Y.  `texnansi' without repeats.
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   author = "Y&Y, Inc.",
+%   version = "1.3",
+%   date = "22apr09",
+%   filename = "texnansx.enc",
+%   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+%   codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%   docstring = "Encoding for fonts in Adobe Type 1 format for use with TeX."
+% }
+% MODIFIED FOR AFM2TFM to avoid repeated encodings, namely these
+% positions have become .notdef:
+%
+% 137/circumflex 141/OE     146/quoteleft 147/quoteright 153/tilde 157/oe
+% 169/dieresis   176/macron 181/acute     185/cedilla    199/AE    217/Oslash
+% 224/germandbls 231/ae     249/oslash
+%
+% 22apr09 document the precise differences from texnansi.
+% 17aug08 change /Uni20AC (wrong capitalization of /Uni) to /Euro for
+% consistency with other encodings.  tex-live mail from Vasile Gaburici,
+% 16 Aug 2008 20:44:08.
+%
+/TeXnANSIEncoding [
+/.notdef % 0
+/Euro % /uni20AC 1
+/.notdef % 2
+/.notdef % 3
+/fraction %	4
+/dotaccent %	5
+/hungarumlaut %	6
+/ogonek	%	7
+/fl	%	8
+/.notdef % /fraction %	9	not used (see 4), backward compatability only
+/cwm	%	10	not used, except boundary char internally maybe
+/ff    %	11
+/fi    %	12
+/.notdef % /fl    %	13	not used (see 8), backward compatability only
+/ffi   %	14
+/ffl   %	15
+/dotlessi %	16
+/dotlessj %	17
+/grave %	18
+/acute %	19
+/caron %	20
+/breve %	21
+/macron %	22
+/ring  %	23
+/cedilla %	24
+/germandbls %	25
+/ae    %	26
+/oe    %	27
+/oslash %	28
+/AE    %	29
+/OE    %	30
+/Oslash %	31
+/space %	32	% /suppress in TeX text
+/exclam %	33
+/quotedbl %	34	% /quotedblright in TeX text
+/numbersign %	35
+/dollar %	36
+/percent %	37
+/ampersand %	38
+/quoteright %	39	% /quotesingle in ANSI
+/parenleft %	40
+/parenright %	41
+/asterisk %	42
+/plus  %	43
+/comma %	44
+/hyphen %	45
+/period %	46
+/slash %	47
+/zero  %	48
+/one   %	49
+/two   %	50
+/three %	51
+/four  %	52
+/five  %	53
+/six   %	54
+/seven %	55
+/eight %	56
+/nine  %	57
+/colon %	58
+/semicolon %	59
+/less  %	60	% /exclamdown in Tex text
+/equal %	61
+/greater %	62	% /questiondown in TeX text
+/question %	63
+/at %	64
+/A %	65
+/B %	66
+/C %	67
+/D %	68
+/E %	69
+/F %	70
+/G %	71
+/H %	72
+/I %	73
+/J %	74
+/K %	75
+/L %	76
+/M %	77
+/N %	78
+/O %	79
+/P %	80
+/Q %	81
+/R %	82
+/S %	83
+/T %	84
+/U %	85
+/V %	86
+/W %	87
+/X %	88
+/Y %	89
+/Z %	90
+/bracketleft %	91
+/backslash %	92	% /quotedblleft in TeX text
+/bracketright %	93
+/circumflex %	94	% /asciicircum in ASCII
+/underscore %	95	% /dotaccent in TeX text
+/quoteleft %	96	% /grave accent in ANSI
+/a %	97
+/b %	98
+/c %	99
+/d %	100
+/e %	101
+/f %	102
+/g %	103
+/h %	104
+/i %	105
+/j %	106
+/k %	107
+/l %	108
+/m %	109
+/n %	110
+/o %	111
+/p %	112
+/q %	113
+/r %	114
+/s %	115
+/t %	116
+/u %	117
+/v %	118
+/w %	119
+/x %	120
+/y %	121
+/z %	122
+/braceleft %	123	% /endash in TeX text
+/bar   %	124	% /emdash in TeX test
+/braceright %	125	% /hungarumlaut in TeX text
+/tilde %	126	% /asciitilde in ASCII
+/dieresis %	127	not used (see 168), use higher up instead
+/Lslash	%	128	this position is unfortunate, but now too late to fix
+/quotesingle %	129
+/quotesinglbase %	130
+/florin %	131
+/quotedblbase %	132
+/ellipsis %	133
+/dagger %	134
+/daggerdbl %	135
+/.notdef % /circumflex %	136
+/perthousand %	137
+/Scaron %	138
+/guilsinglleft %	139
+/.notdef % /OE    %	140
+/Zcaron %	141
+/asciicircum %	142
+/minus %	143
+/lslash %	144
+/.notdef % /quoteleft %	145
+/.notdef % /quoteright %	146
+/quotedblleft %	147
+/quotedblright %	148
+/bullet %	149
+/endash %	150
+/emdash %	151
+/.notdef % /tilde %	152
+/trademark %	153
+/scaron %	154
+/guilsinglright %	155
+/.notdef % /oe    %	156
+/zcaron %	157
+/asciitilde %	158
+/Ydieresis %	159
+/nbspace %	160	% /space (no break space)
+/exclamdown %	161
+/cent  %	162
+/sterling %	163
+/currency %	164
+/yen   %	165
+/brokenbar %	166
+/section %	167
+/.notdef % /dieresis %	168
+/copyright %	169
+/ordfeminine %	170
+/guillemotleft %	171
+/logicalnot %	172
+/sfthyphen %	173 % /hyphen (hanging hyphen)
+/registered %	174
+/.notdef % /macron %	175
+/degree %	176
+/plusminus %	177
+/twosuperior %	178
+/threesuperior %	179
+/.notdef % /acute %	180
+/mu    %	181
+/paragraph %	182
+/periodcentered %	183
+/.notdef % /cedilla %	184
+/onesuperior %	185
+/ordmasculine %	186
+/guillemotright %	187
+/onequarter %	188
+/onehalf %	189
+/threequarters %	190
+/questiondown %	191
+/Agrave %	192
+/Aacute %	193
+/Acircumflex %	194
+/Atilde %	195
+/Adieresis %	196
+/Aring %	197
+/.notdef % /AE    %	198
+/Ccedilla %	199
+/Egrave %	200
+/Eacute %	201
+/Ecircumflex %	202
+/Edieresis %	203
+/Igrave %	204
+/Iacute %	205
+/Icircumflex %	206
+/Idieresis %	207
+/Eth   %	208
+/Ntilde %	209
+/Ograve %	210
+/Oacute %	211
+/Ocircumflex %	212
+/Otilde %	213
+/Odieresis %	214
+/multiply %	215	% OE in T1
+/.notdef % /Oslash %	216
+/Ugrave %	217
+/Uacute %	218
+/Ucircumflex %	219
+/Udieresis %	220
+/Yacute %	221
+/Thorn %	222
+/.notdef % /germandbls %	223
+/agrave %	224
+/aacute %	225
+/acircumflex %	226
+/atilde %	227
+/adieresis %	228
+/aring %	229
+/.notdef % /ae    %	230
+/ccedilla %	231
+/egrave %	232
+/eacute %	233
+/ecircumflex %	234
+/edieresis %	235
+/igrave %	236
+/iacute %	237
+/icircumflex %	238
+/idieresis %	239
+/eth   %	240
+/ntilde %	241
+/ograve %	242
+/oacute %	243
+/ocircumflex %	244
+/otilde %	245
+/odieresis %	246
+/divide %	247	% oe in T1
+/.notdef % /oslash %	248
+/ugrave %	249
+/uacute %	250
+/ucircumflex %	251
+/udieresis %	252
+/yacute %	253
+/thorn %	254
+/ydieresis %	255	% germandbls in T1
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: xl2,  Next: xt2,  Prev: texnansx,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.14 `xl2.enc': OT1 + ISO Latin 2 extended
+==========================================
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   author = "Petr Olsak, Zdenek Wagner",
+%   date = "27aug05",
+%   filename = "xl2.enc",
+%   license = "public domain",
+%   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+%   codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%   docstring = "
+% some of our (CSTUG- czech TeX Users Group) users want to support
+% 8bit font coding such that:
+% -- lower 7bit  is exactly OT1 (but with differences imposed
+%   by DEK -- e.g. layout of cmr is different from cmtt)
+% -- upper part is taken from ISO-Latin 2 (iso 8859-2),
+%    but some of empty positions are filled with useful characters
+%    usually available in type-1 font (permill sign etc.)
+% "
+% }
+%
+% 27aug05 - record Petr Olsak and Zdenek Wagner as the authors.
+% 12jun05 - remove Texinfo @'s from LIGKERN's.
+%
+/XL2encoding [
+%%%%%   '000 = "00
+   /Gamma
+   /Delta
+   /Theta
+   /Lambda
+   /Xi
+   /Pi
+   /Sigma
+   /Upsilon
+%%%%%   '010 = "08
+   /Phi
+   /Psi
+   /Omega
+   /ff
+   /fi
+   /fl
+   /ffi
+   /ffl
+%%%%%   '020 = "10
+   /dotlessi
+   /dotlessj
+   /grave
+   /acute
+   /caron
+   /breve
+   /macron
+   /ring
+%%%%%   '030 = "18
+   /cedilla
+   /germandbls
+   /ae
+   /oe
+   /oslash
+   /AE
+   /OE
+   /Oslash
+%%%%%   '040 = "20
+   /.notdef
+   /exclam
+   /quotedblright
+   /numbersign
+   /dollar
+   /percent
+   /ampersand
+   /quoteright
+%%%%%   '050 = "28
+   /parenleft
+   /parenright
+   /asterisk
+   /plus
+   /comma
+   /hyphen
+   /period
+   /slash
+%%%%%   '060 = "30
+   /zero
+   /one
+   /two
+   /three
+   /four
+   /five
+   /six
+   /seven
+%%%%%   '070 = "38
+   /eight
+   /nine
+   /colon
+   /semicolon
+   /exclamdown
+   /equal
+   /questiondown
+   /question
+%%%%%   '100 = "40
+   /at
+   /A
+   /B
+   /C
+   /D
+   /E
+   /F
+   /G
+%%%%%   '110 = "48
+   /H
+   /I
+   /J
+   /K
+   /L
+   /M
+   /N
+   /O
+%%%%%   '120 = "50
+   /P
+   /Q
+   /R
+   /S
+   /T
+   /U
+   /V
+   /W
+%%%%%   '130 = "58
+   /X
+   /Y
+   /Z
+   /bracketleft
+   /quotedblleft
+   /bracketright
+   /circumflex
+   /dotaccent
+%%%%%   '140 = "60
+   /quoteleft
+   /a
+   /b
+   /c
+   /d
+   /e
+   /f
+   /g
+%%%%%   '150 = "68
+   /h
+   /i
+   /j
+   /k
+   /l
+   /m
+   /n
+   /o
+%%%%%   '160 = "70
+   /p
+   /q
+   /r
+   /s
+   /t
+   /u
+   /v
+   /w
+%%%%%   '170 = "78
+   /x
+   /y
+   /z
+   /endash
+   /emdash
+   /hungarumlaut
+   /tilde
+   /dieresis
+%%%%%   '200 = "80
+   /ellipsis
+   /dagger
+   /daggerdbl
+   /bullet
+   /sterling
+   /paragraph
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+%%%%%   '210 = "88
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /perthousand
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+%%%%%   '220 = "90
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+%%%%%   '230 = "98
+   /Agrave
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /hyphen
+   /ogonek
+   /guillemotleft
+   /guillemotright
+%%%%%   '240 = "A0
+   /.notdef
+   /Aogonek
+   /breve
+   /Lslash
+   /currency
+   /Lcaron
+   /Sacute
+   /section
+%%%%%   '250 = "A8
+   /dieresis
+   /Scaron
+   /Scedilla
+   /Tcaron
+   /Zacute
+   /.notdef
+   /Zcaron
+   /Zdotaccent
+%%%%%   '260 = "B0
+   /ring
+   /aogonek
+   /cedilla
+   /lslash
+   /acute
+   /lcaron
+   /sacute
+   /caron
+%%%%%   '270 = "B8
+   /agrave
+   /scaron
+   /scedilla
+   /tcaron
+   /zacute
+   /hungarumlaut
+   /zcaron
+   /zdotaccent
+%%%%%   '300 = "C0
+   /Racute
+   /Aacute
+   /Acircumflex
+   /Abreve
+   /Adieresis
+   /Lacute
+   /Cacute
+   /Ccedilla
+%%%%%   '310 = "C8
+   /Ccaron
+   /Eacute
+   /Eogonek
+   /Edieresis
+   /Ecaron
+   /Iacute
+   /Icircumflex
+   /Dcaron
+%%%%%   '320 = "D0
+   /Eth
+   /Nacute
+   /Ncaron
+   /Oacute
+   /Ocircumflex
+   /Ohungarumlaut
+   /Odieresis
+   /multiply
+%%%%%   '330 = "D8
+   /Rcaron
+   /Uring
+   /Uacute
+   /Uhungarumlaut
+   /Udieresis
+   /Yacute
+   /Togonek
+   /germandbls
+%%%%%   '340 = "E0
+   /racute
+   /aacute
+   /acircumflex
+   /abreve
+   /adieresis
+   /lacute
+   /cacute
+   /ccedilla
+%%%%%   '350 = "E8
+   /ccaron
+   /eacute
+   /eogonek
+   /edieresis
+   /ecaron
+   /iacute
+   /icircumflex
+   /dcaron
+%%%%%   '360 = "F0
+   /eth
+   /nacute
+   /ncaron
+   /oacute
+   /ocircumflex
+   /ohungarumlaut
+   /odieresis
+   /divide
+%%%%%   '370 = "F8
+   /rcaron
+   /uring
+   /uacute
+   /uhungarumlaut
+   /udieresis
+   /yacute
+   /quotedblbase
+   /quotedblleft
+] def
+
+% LIGKERN hyphen hyphen =: endash ; endash hyphen =: emdash ;
+% LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
+% LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
+% LIGKERN exclamdown exclamdown =: guillemotleft ;
+% frenchdblquotes
+% LIGKERN questiondown questiondown =: guillemotright ;
+% csquoteleft
+% LIGKERN comma comma =: quotedblbase ;
+% LIGKERN space {} * ; * {} space ; zero {} * ; * {} zero ;
+% LIGKERN one {} * ; * {} one ; two {} * ; * {} two ;
+% LIGKERN three {} * ; * {} three ; four {} * ; * {} four ;
+% LIGKERN five {} * ; * {} five ; six {} * ; * {} six ;
+% LIGKERN seven {} * ; * {} seven ; eight {} * ; * {} eight ;
+% LIGKERN nine {} * ; * {} nine ;
+% LIGKERN question {} quoteleft ; exclam {} quoteleft ;
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: xt2,  Prev: xl2,  Up: Encodings
+
+B.15 `xt2.enc': typewriter OT1 + ISO Latin 2 extended
+=====================================================
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+%   author = "Petr Olsak, Zdenek Wagner",
+%   date = "27aug05",
+%   filename = "xt2.enc",
+%   license = "public domain",
+%   email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+%   codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+%   docstring = "This is the typewriter version of xl2."
+% }
+%
+% 27aug05 - record Petr Olsak and Zdenek Wagner as the authors.
+% 12jun05 - remove Texinfo @'s from LIGKERN's.
+%
+/XT2encoding [
+%%%%%   '000 = "00
+   /Gamma
+   /Delta
+   /Theta
+   /Lambda
+   /Xi
+   /Pi
+   /Sigma
+   /Upsilon
+%%%%%   '010 = "08
+   /Phi
+   /Psi
+   /Omega
+   /arrowup
+   /arrowdown
+   /quotesingle
+   /exclamdown
+   /questiondown
+%%%%%   '020 = "10
+   /dotlessi
+   /dotlessj
+   /grave
+   /acute
+   /caron
+   /breve
+   /macron
+   /ring
+%%%%%   '030 = "18
+   /cedilla
+   /germandbls
+   /ae
+   /oe
+   /oslash
+   /AE
+   /OE
+   /Oslash
+%%%%%   '040 = "20
+   /.notdef
+   /exclam
+   /quotedblright
+   /numbersign
+   /dollar
+   /percent
+   /ampersand
+   /quoteright
+%%%%%   '050 = "28
+   /parenleft
+   /parenright
+   /asterisk
+   /plus
+   /comma
+   /hyphen
+   /period
+   /slash
+%%%%%   '060 = "30
+   /zero
+   /one
+   /two
+   /three
+   /four
+   /five
+   /six
+   /seven
+%%%%%   '070 = "38
+   /eight
+   /nine
+   /colon
+   /semicolon
+   /less
+   /equal
+   /greater
+   /question
+%%%%%   '100 = "40
+   /at
+   /A
+   /B
+   /C
+   /D
+   /E
+   /F
+   /G
+%%%%%   '110 = "48
+   /H
+   /I
+   /J
+   /K
+   /L
+   /M
+   /N
+   /O
+%%%%%   '120 = "50
+   /P
+   /Q
+   /R
+   /S
+   /T
+   /U
+   /V
+   /W
+%%%%%   '130 = "58
+   /X
+   /Y
+   /Z
+   /bracketleft
+   /backslash
+   /bracketright
+   /circumflex
+   /underscore
+%%%%%   '140 = "60
+   /quoteleft
+   /a
+   /b
+   /c
+   /d
+   /e
+   /f
+   /g
+%%%%%   '150 = "68
+   /h
+   /i
+   /j
+   /k
+   /l
+   /m
+   /n
+   /o
+%%%%%   '160 = "70
+   /p
+   /q
+   /r
+   /s
+   /t
+   /u
+   /v
+   /w
+%%%%%   '170 = "78
+   /x
+   /y
+   /z
+   /braceleft
+   /bar
+   /braceright
+   /tilde
+   /dieresis
+%%%%%   '200 = "80
+   /ellipsis
+   /dagger
+   /daggerdbl
+   /bullet
+   /sterling
+   /paragraph
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+%%%%%   '210 = "88
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /perthousand
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+%%%%%   '220 = "90
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+%%%%%   '230 = "98
+   /Agrave
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /.notdef
+   /hyphen
+   /ogonek
+   /guillemotleft
+   /guillemotright
+%%%%%   '240 = "A0
+   /.notdef
+   /Aogonek
+   /breve
+   /Lslash
+   /currency
+   /Lcaron
+   /Sacute
+   /section
+%%%%%   '250 = "A8
+   /dieresis
+   /Scaron
+   /Scedilla
+   /Tcaron
+   /Zacute
+   /.notdef
+   /Zcaron
+   /Zdotaccent
+%%%%%   '260 = "B0
+   /ring
+   /aogonek
+   /cedilla
+   /lslash
+   /acute
+   /lcaron
+   /sacute
+   /caron
+%%%%%   '270 = "B8
+   /agrave
+   /scaron
+   /scedilla
+   /tcaron
+   /zacute
+   /hungarumlaut
+   /zcaron
+   /zdotaccent
+%%%%%   '300 = "C0
+   /Racute
+   /Aacute
+   /Acircumflex
+   /Abreve
+   /Adieresis
+   /Lacute
+   /Cacute
+   /Ccedilla
+%%%%%   '310 = "C8
+   /Ccaron
+   /Eacute
+   /Eogonek
+   /Edieresis
+   /Ecaron
+   /Iacute
+   /Icircumflex
+   /Dcaron
+%%%%%   '320 = "D0
+   /Eth
+   /Nacute
+   /Ncaron
+   /Oacute
+   /Ocircumflex
+   /Ohungarumlaut
+   /Odieresis
+   /multiply
+%%%%%   '330 = "D8
+   /Rcaron
+   /Uring
+   /Uacute
+   /Uhungarumlaut
+   /Udieresis
+   /Yacute
+   /Togonek
+   /germandbls
+%%%%%   '340 = "E0
+   /racute
+   /aacute
+   /acircumflex
+   /abreve
+   /adieresis
+   /lacute
+   /cacute
+   /ccedilla
+%%%%%   '350 = "E8
+   /ccaron
+   /eacute
+   /eogonek
+   /edieresis
+   /ecaron
+   /iacute
+   /icircumflex
+   /dcaron
+%%%%%   '360 = "F0
+   /eth
+   /nacute
+   /ncaron
+   /oacute
+   /ocircumflex
+   /ohungarumlaut
+   /odieresis
+   /divide
+%%%%%   '370 = "F8
+   /rcaron
+   /uring
+   /uacute
+   /uhungarumlaut
+   /udieresis
+   /yacute
+   /quotedblbase
+   /quotedblleft
+] def
+
+% LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
+% LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
+% LIGKERN exclamdown exclamdown =: guillemotleft ;
+% frenchdblquotes
+% LIGKERN questiondown questiondown =: guillemotright ;
+% csquoteleft
+% LIGKERN comma comma =: quotedblbase ;
+% LIGKERN space {} * ; * {} space ; zero {} * ; * {} zero ;
+% LIGKERN one {} * ; * {} one ; two {} * ; * {} two ;
+% LIGKERN three {} * ; * {} three ; four {} * ; * {} four ;
+% LIGKERN five {} * ; * {} five ; six {} * ; * {} six ;
+% LIGKERN seven {} * ; * {} seven ; eight {} * ; * {} eight ;
+% LIGKERN nine {} * ; * {} nine ;
+% LIGKERN question {} quoteleft ; exclam {} quoteleft ;
+% LIGKERN f {} f ; f {} i ; f {} l ;
+
+
+File: fontname.info,  Node: General index,  Prev: Encodings,  Up: Top
+
+General index
+*************
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* 35 standard PostScript fonts:          Standard PostScript fonts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* 62.enc:                                6w.                  (line   6)
+* 7-bit encodings:                       Variants.            (line  44)
+* 8-bit encodings:                       Variants.            (line  44)
+* 8a.enc:                                8a.                  (line   6)
+* 8r.enc:                                8r.                  (line   6)
+* 9s variant:                            Variants.            (line  44)
+* Adobe standard encoding:               8a.                  (line   6)
+* adobe.map:                             Adobe fonts.         (line   6)
+* Afm2tfm encoding:                      Variants.            (line  67)
+* apple.map:                             Apple fonts.         (line   6)
+* attribution of fonts, missing:         Suppliers.           (line  19)
+* automatic expansion:                   Widths.              (line  13)
+* Avant Garde:                           Suppliers.           (line   9)
+* base encoding, for TeX:                8r.                  (line   6)
+* Beebe, Nelson:                         History.             (line  30)
+* Beeton, Barbara:                       History.             (line  30)
+* Bernstein, Rocky:                      History.             (line  30)
+* bitstrea.map:                          Bitstream fonts.     (line   6)
+* bizarre font names:                    Suppliers.           (line  31)
+* Bouche, Thierry:                       History.             (line  30)
+* bright variant:                        Variants.            (line  28)
+* bugs, reporting:                       Introduction.        (line  12)
+* category codes:                        Long naming scheme.  (line  34)
+* character scaling, automatic:          Widths.              (line  13)
+* compression:                           Widths.              (line   6)
+* contributors:                          History.             (line  30)
+* Cork encoding:                         ec.                  (line   6)
+* CP-1251 encoding:                      6w.                  (line   6)
+* Cugley, Damian:                        History.             (line  30)
+* Cyrillic encoding:                     6w.                  (line   6)
+* Cyrillic encodings:                    Variants.            (line  44)
+* Cyrillic fonts:                        Variants.            (line  86)
+* design size specification:             Filenames for fonts. (line  40)
+* distribution:                          Introduction.        (line  16)
+* dtc.map:                               DTC fonts.           (line   6)
+* Dviljk translator:                     References.          (line  26)
+* Dvips encoding:                        dvips.               (line   6)
+* Dvips translator:                      References.          (line  21)
+* dvips.enc:                             dvips.               (line   6)
+* EC encoding:                           ec.                  (line   6)
+* ec.enc:                                ec.                  (line   6)
+* encoding files:                        Introduction.        (line  16)
+* encoding vectors:                      Encodings.           (line   6)
+* encoding, Dvips:                       dvips.               (line   6)
+* encoding, Groff:                       groff.               (line   6)
+* encoding, T5:                          t5.                  (line   6)
+* encodings, Adobe standard:             8a.                  (line   6)
+* encodings, Cork:                       ec.                  (line   6)
+* encodings, Cyrillic CP-1251:           6w.                  (line   6)
+* encodings, EC:                         ec.                  (line   6)
+* encodings, qx:                         qx.                  (line   6)
+* encodings, TeX base:                   8r.                  (line   6)
+* encodings, TeX Latin 1:                ec.                  (line   6)
+* encodings, TeX math italic:            texmital.            (line   6)
+* encodings, TeX math symbol <1>:        texmsym.             (line   6)
+* encodings, TeX math symbol:            texmext.             (line   6)
+* encodings, texnansi:                   texnansi.            (line   6)
+* encodings, texnansx:                   texnansx.            (line   6)
+* encodings, unspecified:                Variants.            (line  67)
+* Ertner, Vincent:                       URW fonts.           (line   6)
+* escape for nonstandard names:          Suppliers.           (line  31)
+* expansion:                             Widths.              (line   6)
+* expert encoding:                       Variants.            (line 127)
+* expertised encodings:                  Variants.            (line  44)
+* expertised font:                       Variants.            (line 127)
+* extension, TeX math encoding:          texmext.             (line   6)
+* fax variant:                           Variants.            (line  28)
+* filenames, basics:                     Filenames for fonts. (line  11)
+* font scaling:                          Filenames for fonts. (line  40)
+* font_coding_scheme:                    Long naming scheme.  (line  30)
+* Fontinst distribution:                 References.          (line  17)
+* FontName:                              Typefaces.           (line  49)
+* fontname mapping file:                 Name mapping file.   (line   6)
+* Fontname version 2:                    History.             (line  14)
+* foundries:                             Suppliers.           (line   6)
+* Garamond, versions of:                 Typefaces.           (line  16)
+* Greek fonts:                           Variants.            (line  86)
+* Groff encoding:                        groff.               (line   6)
+* groff.enc:                             groff.               (line   6)
+* hexadecimal design size:               Filenames for fonts. (line  40)
+* history:                               History.             (line   6)
+* Horn, Berthol:                         History.             (line  30)
+* individual font designers:             Suppliers.           (line  19)
+* informal variant:                      Variants.            (line 102)
+* introduction:                          Introduction.        (line   6)
+* ISO Latin 2 extended and typewriter, TeX encoding: xt2.     (line   6)
+* ISO Latin 2 extended, TeX encoding:    xl2.                 (line   6)
+* italic, TeX math encoding:             texmital.            (line   6)
+* itc.map:                               ITC fonts.           (line   6)
+* Jeffrey, Alan:                         History.             (line  30)
+* Knuth, Donald E.:                      Name mapping file.   (line  28)
+* Lang, Russell:                         History.             (line  30)
+* LaserJet 4 fonts:                      Variants.            (line  67)
+* letterspacing:                         Variants.            (line  17)
+* ligatures and encodings:               Variants.            (line  53)
+* linotype.map:                          Linotype fonts.      (line   6)
+* long names:                            Long names.          (line   6)
+* long naming scheme:                    Long naming scheme.  (line   6)
+* lslash:                                Variants.            (line  53)
+* Lslash:                                Variants.            (line  53)
+* Lubalin, Herb:                         Suppliers.           (line   9)
+* Lucida Bright:                         8r.                  (line   6)
+* MacKay, Pierre:                        History.             (line  30)
+* mapping file:                          Name mapping file.   (line   6)
+* mapping files:                         Introduction.        (line  16)
+* math extension, TeX encoding:          texmext.             (line   6)
+* math italic, TeX encoding:             texmital.            (line   6)
+* math symbol, TeX encoding:             texmsym.             (line   6)
+* math variants:                         Variants.            (line  96)
+* Mittelbach, Frank <1>:                 Variants.            (line 117)
+* Mittelbach, Frank <2>:                 Filenames for fonts. (line  40)
+* Mittelbach, Frank:                     History.             (line   6)
+* modes.mf:                              References.          (line  14)
+* monotype.map:                          Monotype fonts.      (line   6)
+* multiple variants:                     Variants.            (line   9)
+* nonstandard names, escape for:         Suppliers.           (line  31)
+* phonetic encodings:                    Variants.            (line  44)
+* pi fonts:                              Typefaces.           (line  42)
+* PostScript encoding vectors:           Encodings.           (line   6)
+* PostScript fonts, standard:            Standard PostScript fonts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* qx encoding:                           qx.                  (line   6)
+* qx.enc:                                qx.                  (line   6)
+* Rahtz, Sebastian:                      History.             (line  30)
+* raw fonts:                             Suppliers.           (line  25)
+* references:                            References.          (line   6)
+* related files:                         References.          (line   6)
+* reporting bugs:                        Introduction.        (line  12)
+* Rivlin, Jean:                          History.             (line  30)
+* Rokicki, Tom:                          History.             (line  30)
+* sans variant:                          Variants.            (line 117)
+* Schoepf, Rainer:                       History.             (line   6)
+* schoolbook variant:                    Variants.            (line 102)
+* scripts:                               Variants.            (line  86)
+* semisans variant:                      Variants.            (line  28)
+* semiserif variant:                     Variants.            (line  28)
+* small caps fonts:                      Variants.            (line  17)
+* small foundries:                       Suppliers.           (line  19)
+* Southall, Richard:                     References.          (line  29)
+* standard PostScript fonts:             Standard PostScript fonts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Stone Informal:                        Variants.            (line 102)
+* SuperFont:                             Variants.            (line  44)
+* supplier.map:                          Suppliers.           (line  34)
+* suppliers:                             Suppliers.           (line   6)
+* symbol, TeX math encoding:             texmsym.             (line   6)
+* T1.etx:                                Variants.            (line  53)
+* T5 encoding:                           t5.                  (line   6)
+* t5.enc:                                t5.                  (line   6)
+* TDS standard:                          References.          (line   8)
+* terminology:                           References.          (line  29)
+* TeX base encoding:                     8r.                  (line   6)
+* TeX Directory Structure standard:      References.          (line   8)
+* TeX Latin 1 encoding:                  ec.                  (line   6)
+* TeX math extension encoding:           texmext.             (line   6)
+* TeX math italic encoding:              texmital.            (line   6)
+* TeX math symbol encoding:              texmsym.             (line   6)
+* tex-fonts@tug.org:                     Introduction.        (line  12)
+* texfonts.map:                          Name mapping file.   (line  13)
+* texmext.enc:                           texmext.             (line   6)
+* texmital.enc:                          texmital.            (line   6)
+* texmsym.enc:                           texmsym.             (line   6)
+* texnansi encoding:                     texnansi.            (line   6)
+* texnansi.enc:                          texnansi.            (line   6)
+* texnansx encoding:                     texnansx.            (line   6)
+* texnansx.enc:                          texnansx.            (line   6)
+* type foundries:                        Suppliers.           (line   6)
+* typeface.map:                          Typefaces.           (line  49)
+* typefaces:                             Typefaces.           (line   6)
+* typewriter variant:                    Variants.            (line 117)
+* unattributed fonts:                    Suppliers.           (line  19)
+* URW fonts:                             URW fonts.           (line   6)
+* urw.map:                               URW fonts.           (line  34)
+* utilities:                             Introduction.        (line  16)
+* variant.map:                           Variants.            (line 132)
+* variants:                              Variants.            (line   6)
+* Vietnamese encoding:                   t5.                  (line   6)
+* weight:                                Weights.             (line   6)
+* weight.map:                            Weights.             (line  14)
+* width.map:                             Widths.              (line  22)
+* widths:                                Widths.              (line   6)
+* Windows ANSI:                          8r.                  (line   6)
+* X Window System font names:            Long naming scheme.  (line   6)
+* xl2.enc:                               xl2.                 (line   6)
+* xt2.enc:                               xt2.                 (line   6)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top260
+Node: Introduction1969
+Node: History3036
+Node: References4851
+Node: Filenames for fonts6171
+Node: Suppliers7913
+Node: Typefaces10494
+Node: Weights31558
+Node: Variants32371
+Node: Widths42651
+Node: Long names44059
+Node: Name mapping file44618
+Node: Long naming scheme46199
+Node: Font name lists47955
+Node: Standard PostScript fonts48414
+Node: Adobe fonts49876
+Node: Apple fonts239856
+Node: Bitstream fonts240190
+Node: DTC fonts300954
+Node: ITC fonts301871
+Node: Linotype fonts347511
+Node: Monotype fonts603537
+Node: URW fonts690094
+Node: Encodings693293
+Node: 6w695351
+Node: 8a697836
+Node: 8r700346
+Node: dvips705330
+Node: ec709136
+Node: groff721911
+Node: t5726845
+Node: qx734796
+Node: texmext776268
+Node: texmsym780124
+Node: texmital783307
+Node: texnansi786041
+Node: texnansx798460
+Node: xl2803809
+Node: xt2808796
+Node: General index813423
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/kpathsea.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/kpathsea.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..54e179d0f3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/kpathsea.info
@@ -0,0 +1,4763 @@
+This is ../../../../texk/kpathsea/doc/kpathsea.info, produced by
+makeinfo version 4.13 from ../../../../texk/kpathsea/doc/kpathsea.texi.
+
+This file documents the Kpathsea library for path searching.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Karl Berry & Olaf Weber.
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation approved by the TeX Users Group.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Kpathsea: (kpathsea).                       File lookup along search paths.
+* kpsewhich: (kpathsea)Invoking kpsewhich.    TeX file searching.
+* mktexfmt: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.          Format (fmt/base/mem) generation.
+* mktexlsr: (kpathsea)Filename database.      Update ls-R.
+* mktexmf: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.           MF source generation.
+* mktexpk: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.           PK bitmap generation.
+* mktextex: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.          TeX source generation.
+* mktextfm: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.          TeX font metric generation.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Up: (dir)
+
+Kpathsea library
+****************
+
+This manual documents how to install and use the Kpathsea library for
+filename lookup.  It corresponds to version 6.1.0, released in
+May 2012.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction::                Overview.
+* Installation::                Compilation, installation, and bug reporting.
+
+* Path searching::              How filename lookups work.
+* TeX support::                 Special support for TeX-related file lookups.
+
+* Programming::                 How to use Kpathsea features in your program.
+
+* Index::                       General index.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: Installation,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+This manual corresponds to version 6.1.0 of the Kpathsea library,
+released in May 2012.
+
+   The library's fundamental purpose is to return a filename from a
+list of directories specified by the user, similar to what shells do
+when looking up program names to execute.
+
+   The following software, all of which we maintain, uses this library:
+
+   * Dviljk (see the `dvilj' man page)
+
+   * Dvipsk (*note Introduction: (dvips)Top.)
+
+   * GNU font utilities (*note Introduction: (fontu)Top.)
+
+   * Web2c (*note Introduction: (web2c)Top.)
+
+   * Xdvik (see the `xdvi' man page)
+
+Other software that we do not maintain also uses it.
+
+   We are still actively maintaining the library (and probably always
+will be, despite our hopes).  If you have comments or suggestions,
+please send them to us (*note Reporting bugs::).
+
+   We distribute the library under the GNU Library General Public
+License (LGPL).  In short, this means if you write a program using the
+library, you must (offer to) distribute the source to the library,
+along with any changes you have made, and allow anyone to modify the
+library source and distribute their modifications.  It does not mean
+you have to distribute the source to your program, although we hope you
+will.  See the accompanying files for the text of the GNU licenses.
+
+   If you know enough about TeX to be reading this manual, then you (or
+your institution) should consider joining the TeX Users Group (if
+you're already a member, thanks!).  TUG produces the periodical
+`TUGboat', sponsors an annual meeting and publishes the proceedings,
+and arranges courses on TeX for all levels of users throughout the
+world.  See `http://tug.org' for information.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* History::
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: History,  Up: Introduction
+
+1.1 History
+===========
+
+(This section is for those people who are curious about how the library
+came about.)  (If you like to read historical accounts of software, we
+urge you to seek out the GNU Autoconf manual and the "Errors of TeX"
+paper by Don Knuth, published in `Software--Practice and Experience'
+19(7), July 1989.)
+
+   [Karl writes.]  My first ChangeLog entry for Web2c seems to be
+February 1990, but I may have done some work before then.  In any case,
+Tim Morgan and I were jointly maintaining it for a time.  (I should
+mention here that Tim had made Web2c into a real distribution long
+before I had ever used it or even heard of it, and Tom Rokicki did the
+original implementation.  I was using `pxp' and `pc' on VAX 11/750's
+and the hot new Sun 2 machines.)
+
+   It must have been later in 1990 and 1991 that I started working on
+`TeX for the Impatient'. Dvips, Xdvi, Web2c, and the GNU fontutils
+(which I was also writing at the time) all used different environment
+variables, and, more importantly, had different bugs in their path
+searching. This became extremely painful, as I was stressing everything
+to the limit working on the book.  I also desperately wanted to
+implement subdirectory searching, since I couldn't stand putting
+everything in one big directory, and also couldn't stand having to
+explicitly specify `cm', `pandora', ... in a path.
+
+   In the first incarnation, I just hacked separately on each
+program--that was the original subdirectory searching code in both Xdvi
+and Dvips, though I think Paul Vojta has completely rewritten Xdvi's
+support by now.  That is, I tried to go with the flow in each program,
+rather than changing the program's calling sequences to conform to
+common routines.
+
+   Then, as bugs inevitably appeared, I found I was fixing the same
+thing three times (Web2c and fontutils were always sharing code, since I
+maintained those--there was no Dvipsk or Xdvik or Dviljk at this
+point).  After a while, I finally started sharing source files.  They
+weren't yet a library, though.  I just kept things up to date with shell
+scripts.  (I was developing on a 386 running ISC 2.2 at the time, and so
+didn't have symbolic links.  An awful experience.)
+
+   The ChangeLogs for Xdvik and Dvipsk record initial releases of those
+distributions in May and June 1992.  I think it was because I was tired
+of the different configuration strategies of each program, not so much
+because of the path searching.  (Autoconf was being developed by David
+MacKenzie and others, and I was adapting it to TeX and friends.)
+
+   I started to make a separate library that other programs could link
+with on my birthday in April 1993, according to the ChangeLog.  I don't
+remember exactly why I finally took the time to make it a separate
+library; a conversation with david zuhn that initiated it.  Just seemed
+like it was time.
+
+   Dviljk got started in March 1994 after I bought a Laserjet 4.
+(Kpathsea work got suspended while Norm Walsh and I, with Gustaf
+Neumann's help, implemented a way for TeX to get at all those neat
+builtin LJ4 fonts ... such a treat to have something to typeset in
+besides Palatino!)
+
+   By spring of 1995, I had implemented just about all the
+path-searching features in Kpathsea that I plan to, driven beyond my
+initial goals by Thomas Esser and others.  I then started to integrate
+Web2c with Kpathsea. After the release of a stable Web2c, I hope to be
+able to stop development, and turn most of my attention back to making
+fonts for GNU.  (Always assuming Micros**t hasn't completely
+obliterated Unix by then, or that software patents haven't stopped
+software development by anybody smaller than a company with a
+million-dollar-a-year legal budget.  Which is actually what I think is
+likely to happen, but that's another story...)
+
+   [Olaf writes.]  At the end of 1997, UNIX is still alive and kicking,
+individuals still develop software, and Web2c development still
+continues.  Karl had been looking for some time for someone to take up
+part of the burden, and I volunteered.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Installation,  Next: Path searching,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top
+
+2 Installation
+**************
+
+(A copy of this chapter is in the distribution file `kpathsea/INSTALL'.)
+
+The procedure for Kpathsea (and Web2c, etc.) configuration and
+installation follows.  If you encounter trouble, see *note Common
+problems::, a copy of which is in the file `kpathsea/BUGS'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Simple installation::      If you just want to do it.
+* Custom installation::      If you want to change things around.
+* Security::                 Who can write what files, etc.
+* TeX directory structure::  Managing the horde of TeX input files.
+* unixtex.ftp::              Getting software via FTP, on CD-ROM, or on tape.
+* Reporting bugs::           Where and how to report bugs.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Simple installation,  Next: Custom installation,  Up: Installation
+
+2.1 Simple installation
+=======================
+
+Installing TeX and friends for the first time can be a daunting
+experience.  Thus, you may prefer to skip this whole thing and just get
+precompiled executables: see *note unixtex.ftp::.
+
+   This section explains what to do if you wish to take the defaults for
+everything, and generally to install in the simplest possible way.  Most
+steps here refer to corresponding subsection in the next section which
+explains how to override defaults and generally gives more details.
+
+   By default everything will be installed under `/usr/local' and the
+following discussion assumes this.  However, if you already have TeX
+installed, its location is used to derive the directory under which
+everything is to be installed.
+
+  1. Be sure you have enough disk space: approximately 8 megabytes for
+     the compressed archives, 15MB for sources, 50MB for compilation,
+     40MB for the (initial) installed system (including library files).
+     *Note Disk space::.
+
+  2. Retrieve these distribution archives:
+    `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/texk.tar.gz'
+          These are the sources, which you will be compiling.
+
+    `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/texklib.tar.gz'
+          This is a basic set of input files.  You should unpack it in
+          the directory `/usr/local/share'; doing so will create a
+          `texmf' subdirectory there.
+
+     These archives are mirrored on the CTAN hosts, in the
+     `systems/web2c' directory.
+
+     *Note Kpathsea application distributions::.
+
+  3. When using the default search paths, there is no need to edit any
+     distribution files. *Note Changing search paths::.
+
+  4. At the top level of the distribution, run `sh configure'.  (If you
+     have the GNU Bash shell installed, run `bash configure'.)  *Note
+     Running configure::.
+
+  5. `make'. *Note Running make::.  If you are using a BSD 4.4 system
+     such as FreeBSD or NetBSD, you may have to use GNU make (often
+     installed in `/usr/local/bin'), not the BSD make.
+
+  6. `make install'. *Note Installing files::.
+
+  7. `make distclean'. *Note Cleaning up::.
+
+  8. Set up a cron job to rebuild the filename database that makes
+     searching faster.  This line will rebuild it every midnight:
+          0 0 * * * cd /usr/local/share/texmf && /BINDIR/mktexlsr
+     *Note Filename database generation::, and *note Filename
+     database::.
+
+  9. If you're installing Dvips, you also need to set up configuration
+     files for your printers and make any additional PostScript fonts
+     available.  *Note Installation: (dvips)Installation.  If you have
+     any color printers, see *note Color device configuration:
+     (dvips)Color device configuration.
+
+ 10. The first time you run a DVI driver, a bunch of PK fonts will be
+     built by Metafont via `mktexpk' (and added to the filename
+     database).  This will take some time.  Don't be alarmed; they will
+     created only this first time (unless something is wrong with your
+     path definitions).
+
+     By default, `mktexpk' will create these fonts in a hierarchy under
+     `/var/tmp/texfonts'; it simply assumes that `/var/tmp' exists and
+     is globally writable.  If you need a different arrangement, see
+     *note mktex configuration::.
+
+     *Note mktex scripts::.
+
+ 11. For some simple tests, try `tex story \\bye' and `latex sample2e'.
+     Then run `xdvi story' or `dvips sample2e' on the resulting DVI
+     files to preview/print the documents.  *Note Installation
+     testing::.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Custom installation,  Next: Security,  Prev: Simple installation,  Up: Installation
+
+2.2 Custom installation
+=======================
+
+Most sites need to modify the default installation procedure in some
+way, perhaps merely changing the prefix from `/usr/local', perhaps
+adding extra compiler or loader options to work around `configure'
+bugs.  This section explains how to override default choices.  For
+additional distribution-specific information:
+   * `dviljk/INSTALL'.
+
+   * *Note Installation: (dvips)Installation.
+
+   * *Note Installation: (web2c)Installation.
+
+   * `xdvik/INSTALL'.
+
+   These instructions are for Unix systems.  Other operating-system
+specific distributions have their own instructions.  The code base
+itself supports Amiga, DOS, OS/2, and VMS.
+
+   Following are the same steps as in the previous section (which
+describes the simplest installation), but with much more detail.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Disk space::
+* Kpathsea application distributions::
+* Changing search paths::
+* Running configure::
+* Running make::
+* Installing files::
+* Cleaning up::
+* Filename database generation::
+* mktex scripts::
+* Installation testing::
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Disk space,  Next: Kpathsea application distributions,  Up: Custom installation
+
+2.2.1 Disk space
+----------------
+
+Here is a table showing the disk space needed for each distribution
+(described in the next section).  The `(totals)' line reflects the
+`texk' source distribution and `texklib'; the individual distributions
+don't enter into it.  Sizes are in megabytes.  All numbers are
+approximate.
+
+Distribution   .tar.gz   Unpacked   Compiled   Installed
+dviljk         .9        3.8                   
+dvipsk         .9        3.2                   
+xdvik          .7        2.5                   
+web2c          1.3       5.0                   
+web            1.9       6.5        -          -
+texk           7.5       32.1       95.3       33.5
+texklib        6.3       15.0       -          15.0
+(totals)       14.6      47.1       95.3       48.5
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Kpathsea application distributions,  Next: Changing search paths,  Prev: Disk space,  Up: Custom installation
+
+2.2.2 Kpathsea application distributions
+----------------------------------------
+
+The archive `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/texk.tar.gz' contains all of the
+Kpathsea applications I maintain, and the library itself.  For example,
+since NeXT does not generally support X11, you'd probably want to skip
+`xdvik' (or simply remove it after unpacking `texk.tar.gz'.  If you are
+not interested in all of them, you can also retrieve them separately:
+
+`dviljk.tar.gz'
+     DVI to PCL, for LaserJet printers.
+
+`dvipsk.tar.gz'
+     DVI to PostScript, for previewers, printers, or PDF generation.
+
+`web2c.tar.gz'
+     The software needed to compile TeX and friends.
+
+`web.tar.gz'
+     The original WEB source files, also used in compilation.
+
+`xdvik.tar.gz'
+     DVI previewing under the X window system.
+
+
+   If you want to use the Babel LaTeX package for support of non-English
+typesetting, you may need to retrieve additional files.  See the file
+`install.txt' in the Babel distribution.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Changing search paths,  Next: Running configure,  Prev: Kpathsea application distributions,  Up: Custom installation
+
+2.2.3 Changing search paths
+---------------------------
+
+If the search paths for your installation differ from the standard TeX
+directory structure (*note Introduction: (tds)Top.), edit the file
+`kpathsea/texmf.in' as desired, before running `configure'.  For
+example, if you have all your fonts or macros in one big directory.
+
+   You may also wish to edit the file `mktex.cnf', either before or
+after installation, to control various aspects of `mktexpk' and
+friends.  *Note mktex configuration::.
+
+   You do not need to edit `texmf.in' to change the default top-level
+or other installation _directories_ (only the paths).  You can and
+should do that when you run `configure' (next step).
+
+   You also do not need to edit `texmf.in' if you are willing to rely
+on `texmf.cnf' at runtime to define the paths, and let the compile-time
+default paths be incorrect.  Usually there is no harm in doing this.
+
+   The section below explains default generation in more detail.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Default path features::
+* Default path generation::
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Default path features,  Next: Default path generation,  Up: Changing search paths
+
+2.2.3.1 Default path features
+.............................
+
+The purpose of having all the different files described in the section
+above is to avoid having the same information in more than one place. If
+you change the installation directories or top-level prefix at
+`configure'-time, those changes will propagate through the whole
+sequence.  And if you change the default paths in `texmf.in', those
+changes are propagated to the compile-time defaults.
+
+   The Make definitions are all repeated in several Makefile's; but
+changing the top-level `Makefile' should suffice, as it passes down all
+the variable definitions, thus overriding the submakes.  (The
+definitions are repeated so you can run Make in the subdirectories, if
+you should have occasion to.)
+
+   By default, the bitmap font paths end with `/$MAKETEX_MODE', thus
+including the device name (usually a Metafont mode name such as
+`ljfour').  This distinguishes two different devices with the same
+resolution--a write/white from a write/black 300dpi printer, for
+example.
+
+   However, since most sites don't have this complication, Kpathsea
+(specifically, the `kpse_init_prog' function in `kpathsea/proginit.c')
+has a special case: if the mode has not been explicitly set by the user
+(or in a configuration file), it sets `MAKETEX_MODE' to `/'.  This
+makes the default PK path, for example, expand into `.../pk//', so
+fonts will be found even if there is no subdirectory for the mode (if
+you arranged things that way because your site has only one printer,
+for example) or if the program is mode-independent (e.g., `pktype').
+
+   To make the paths independent of the mode, simply edit `texmf.in'
+before installation, or the installed `texmf.cnf', and remove the
+`$MAKETEX_MODE'.
+
+   *Note mktex script arguments::, for how this interacts with
+`mktexpk'.
+
+   *Note TeX directory structure: TeX directory structure, for a
+description of the default arrangement of the input files that comprise
+the TeX system.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Default path generation,  Prev: Default path features,  Up: Changing search paths
+
+2.2.3.2 Default path generation
+...............................
+
+This section describes how the default paths are constructed.
+
+   You may wish to ignore the whole mess and simply edit `texmf.cnf'
+after it is installed, perhaps even copying it into place beforehand so
+you can complete the installation, if it seems necessary.
+
+   To summarize the chain of events that go into defining the default
+paths:
+
+  1. `configure' creates a `Makefile' from each `Makefile.in'.
+
+  2. When Make runs in the `kpathsea' directory, it creates a file
+     `texmf.sed' that substitutes the Make value of `$(var)' for a
+     string `@var@'.  The variables in question are the one that define
+     the installation directories.
+
+  3. `texmf.sed' (together with a little extra magic--see
+     `kpathsea/Makefile') is applied to `texmf.in' to generate
+     `texmf.cnf'.  This is the file that will eventually be installed
+     and used.
+
+  4. The definitions in `texmf.cnf' are recast as C `#define''s in
+     `paths.h'.  These values will be the compile-time defaults; they
+     are not used at runtime unless no `texmf.cnf' file can be found.
+
+     (That's a lie: the compile-time defaults are what any extra :'s in
+     `texmf.cnf' expand into; but the paths as distributed have no extra
+     :'s, and there's no particular reason for them to.)
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Running configure,  Next: Running make,  Prev: Changing search paths,  Up: Custom installation
+
+2.2.4 Running `configure'
+-------------------------
+
+Run `sh configure OPTIONS' (in the top-level directory, the one
+containing `kpathsea/'), possibly using a shell other than `sh' (*note
+configure shells::).
+
+   `configure' adapts the source distribution to the present system via
+`#define''s in `*/c-auto.h', which are created from the corresponding
+`c-auto.in'.  It also creates a `Makefile' from the corresponding
+`Makefile.in', doing `@VAR@' and `ac_include' substitutions).
+
+   `configure' is the best place to control the configuration,
+compilation, and installed location of the software, either via
+command-line options, or by setting environment variables before
+invoking it.  For example, you can disable `mktexpk' by default with
+the option `--disable-mktexpk'.  *Note configure options::.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* configure shells::
+* configure options::
+* configure environment::
+* configure scenarios::
+* Shared library::
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: configure shells,  Next: configure options,  Up: Running configure
+
+2.2.4.1 `configure' shells
+..........................
+
+Considerable effort has gone into trying to ensure that the `configure'
+scripts can be run by most Bourne shell variants.  If `sh' runs into
+trouble, your best bet is to use Bash, the GNU Bourne-again shell
+(*note Top: (bash)Top.).
+
+   Bourne shell variants for which problems have been reported in the
+past are:
+`ksh'
+     Old versions of the Korn shell may fail to handle the scripts.
+     The Korn shell may be installed as `/bin/sh' on AIX, in which case
+     `/bin/bsh' may serve instead.
+
+`ash'
+     Old versions of ash are unable to handle the scripts.  Ash is
+     sometimes installed as `/bin/sh' on NetBSD, FreeBSD, and Linux
+     systems.  `/bin/bash' should be available for those systems, but
+     might not be part of a default installation.
+
+`Ultrix /bin/sh'
+     `/bin/sh' under Ultrix is a DEC-grown shell that is notably
+     deficient in many ways.  `/bin/sh5' may be necessary.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: configure options,  Next: configure environment,  Prev: configure shells,  Up: Running configure
+
+2.2.4.2 `configure' options
+...........................
+
+For a complete list of all `configure' options, run `configure --help'
+or see *note Running `configure' scripts: (autoconf)Invoking configure,
+(a copy is in the file `kpathsea/README.CONFIGURE').  The generic
+options are listed first in the `--help' output, and the
+package-specific options come last.  The environment variables
+`configure' pays attention to are listed below.
+
+   Options particularly likely to be useful are `--prefix',
+`--datadir', and the like; see *note configure scenarios::.
+
+   This section gives pointers to descriptions of the `--with' and
+`--enable' options to `configure' that Kpathsea-using programs accept.
+
+`--without-mktexmf-default'
+`--without-mktexpk-default'
+`--without-mktextfm-default'
+`--with-mktextex-default'
+     Enable or disable the dynamic generation programs.  *Note mktex
+     configuration::.
+
+`--enable-shared'
+     Build Kpathsea as a shared library, and link against it.  Also
+     build the usual static library.  *Note Shared library::.
+
+`--disable-static'
+     Build only the shared library.   Implies `--enable-shared'.
+
+`--enable-maintainer-mode'
+     Enables make targets that are useful for the maintainer and likely
+     to be a pain for anyone else; the makefiles created when this
+     option is enabled may not work at all for you.  You have been
+     warned.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: configure environment,  Next: configure scenarios,  Prev: configure options,  Up: Running configure
+
+2.2.4.3 `configure' environment
+...............................
+
+`configure' uses the value of the following environment variables in
+determining your system's characteristics, and substitutes for them in
+Makefile's:
+
+`CC'
+     The compiler to use: default is `gcc' if it's installed, otherwise
+     `cc'.
+
+`CFLAGS'
+     Options to give the compiler: default is `-g -O2' for `gcc', `-g'
+     otherwise.  `CFLAGS' comes after any other options.  You may need
+     to include `-w' here if your compilations commonly have useless
+     warnings (e.g., `NULL redefined'), or `configure' may fail to
+     detect the presence of header files (it takes the messages on
+     standard error to mean the header file doesn't exist).
+
+`CPPFLAGS'
+     Options to pass to the compiler preprocessor; this matters most for
+     configuration, not the actual source compilation.  The `configure'
+     script often does only preprocessing (e.g., to check for the
+     existence of #include files), and `CFLAGS' is not used for this.
+     You may need to set this to something like
+     `-I/usr/local/include/wwwhatever' if you have the libwww library
+     installed for hyper-xdvik (see `xdvik/INSTALL').
+
+`DEFS'
+     Additional preprocessor options, but not used by `configure'.
+     Provided for enabling or disabling program features, as documented
+     in the various program-specific installation instructions.  `DEFS'
+     comes before any compiler options included by the distribution
+     `Makefile's or by `configure'.
+
+`LDFLAGS'
+     Additional options to give to the loader.  `LDFLAGS' comes before
+     any other linker options.
+
+`LIBS'
+     Additional libraries to link with.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: configure scenarios,  Next: Shared library,  Prev: configure environment,  Up: Running configure
+
+2.2.4.4 `configure' scenarios
+.............................
+
+Here are some common installation scenarios:
+
+   * Including X support in Metafont.  This is disabled by default,
+     since many sites have no use for it, and it's a leading cause of
+     configuration problems.
+          configure --with-x
+
+   * Putting the binaries, TeX files, GNU info files, etc. into a single
+     TeX hierarchy, say `/here/texmf', requires overriding defaults in
+     `configure':
+          configure --prefix=/here/texmf --datadir=/here
+
+   * You can compile on multiple architectures simultaneously either by
+     building symbolic link trees with the `lndir' script from the X11
+     distribution, or with the `--srcdir' option:
+          configure --srcdir=SRCDIR
+
+   * If you are installing binaries for multiple architectures into a
+     single hierarchy, you will probably want to override the default
+     `bin' and `lib' directories, something like this:
+          configure --prefix=TEXMF --datadir=TEXMF \
+            --bindir=TEXMF/ARCH/bin --libdir=TEXMF/ARCH/lib
+          make texmf=TEXMF
+     (Unless you make provisions for architecture-specific files in
+     other ways, e.g., with Depot or an automounter.)
+
+   * To compile with optimization (to compile without debugging, remove
+     the `-g'):
+          env CFLAGS="-g -O" sh configure ...
+     For a potential problem if you optimize, see *note TeX or Metafont
+     failing: TeX or Metafont failing.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Shared library,  Prev: configure scenarios,  Up: Running configure
+
+2.2.4.5 Shared library
+......................
+
+You can compile Kpathsea as a shared library on a few systems, by
+specifying the option `--enable-shared' when you run `configure'.
+
+   The main advantage in doing this is that the executables can then
+share the code, thus decreasing memory and disk space requirements.
+
+   On some systems, you can record the location of shared libraries in a
+binary, usually by giving certain options to the linker.  Then
+individual users do not need to set their system's environment variable
+(e.g., `LD_LIBRARY_PATH') to find shared libraries.  If you want to do
+this, you will need to add the necessary options to `LDFLAGS' yourself;
+for example, on Solaris, include something like `-R${prefix}/lib', on
+IRIX or Linux, use `-rpath${prefix}/lib'.  (Unfortunately, making this
+happen by default is very difficult, because of interactions with an
+existing installed shared library.)
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Running make,  Next: Installing files,  Prev: Running configure,  Up: Custom installation
+
+2.2.5 Running `make'
+--------------------
+
+`make' (still in the top-level directory).  This also creates the
+`texmf.cnf' and `paths.h' files that define the default search paths,
+and (by default) the `plain' and `latex' TeX formats.
+
+   You can override directory names and other values at `make'-time.
+`make/paths.make' lists the variables most commonly reset.  For
+example, `make default_texsizes=600' changes the list of fallback
+resolutions.
+
+   You can also override each of `configure''s environment variables
+(*note configure environment::).  The Make variables have the same
+names.
+
+   Finally, you can supply additional options via the following
+variables.  (`configure' does not use these.)
+
+`XCPPFLAGS'
+`XDEFS'
+     Preprocessor options.
+
+`XCFLAGS'
+     Compiler options.
+
+`XLDFLAGS'
+     Loader options (included at beginning of link commands).
+
+`XLOADLIBES'
+     More loader options (included at end of link commands).
+
+`XMAKEARGS'
+     Additional Make arguments passed to all sub-`make''s. You may need
+     to include assignments to the other variables here via `XMAKEARGS';
+     for example: `make XMAKEARGS="CFLAGS=-O XDEFS=-DA4"'.
+
+   It's generally a bad idea to use a different compiler (`CC') or
+libraries (`LIBS') for compilation than you did for configuration,
+since the values `configure' determined may then be incorrect.
+
+   Adding compiler options to change the "universe" you are using
+(typically BSD vs. system V) is generally a cause of trouble.  It's
+best to use the native environment, whatever that is; `configure' and
+the software usually adapt best to that.  In particular, under Solaris
+2.x, you should not use the BSD-compatibility library (`libucb') or
+include files (`ucbinclude').
+
+   If you want to use the Babel LaTeX package for support of non-English
+typesetting, you need to modify some files before making the LaTeX
+format.  See the file `install.txt' in the Babel distribution.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Installing files,  Next: Cleaning up,  Prev: Running make,  Up: Custom installation
+
+2.2.6 Installing files
+----------------------
+
+The basic command is the usual `make install'.  For security issues,
+*note Security::.
+
+   The first time you install any manual in the GNU Info system, you
+should add a line (you choose where) to the file `dir' in your
+`$(infodir)' directory.  Sample text for this is given near the top of
+the Texinfo source files (`kpathsea/kpathsea.texi',
+`dvipsk/dvips.texi', and `web2c/doc/web2c.texi').  If you have a recent
+version of the GNU Texinfo distribution installed
+(`ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/texinfo-3.9.tar.gz' or later), this
+should happen automatically.
+
+   On the offchance that this is your first Info installation, the
+`dir' file I use is included in the distribution as `etc/dir-example'.
+
+   You may wish to use one of the following targets, especially if you
+are installing on multiple architectures:
+   * `make install-exec' to install in architecture-dependent
+     directories, i.e., ones that depend on the `$(exec_prefix)' Make
+     variable.  This includes links to binaries, libraries, etc., not
+     just "executables".
+
+   * `make install-data' to install in architecture-independent
+     directories, such as documentation, configuration files, pool
+     files, etc.
+
+   If you use the Andrew File System, the normal path (e.g.,
+PREFIX/bin) only gets you to a read-only copy of the files, and you
+must specify a different path for installation.  The best way to do this
+is by setting the `prefix' variable on the `make' command line.  The
+sequence becomes something like this:
+     configure --prefix=/whatever
+     make
+     make install prefix=/afs/.SYSTEM.NAME/system/1.3/@sys/whatever
+   With AFS, you will definitely want to use relative filenames in
+`ls-R' (*note Filename database::), not absolute filenames.  This is
+done by default, but check anyway.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Cleaning up,  Next: Filename database generation,  Prev: Installing files,  Up: Custom installation
+
+2.2.7 Cleaning up
+-----------------
+
+The basic command is `make distclean'.  This removes all files created
+by the build.
+
+   Alternatively,
+   * `make mostlyclean' if you intend to compile on another
+     architecture.  For Web2C, since the generated C files are portable,
+     they are not removed.  If the `lex' vs. `flex' situation is going
+     to be different on the next machine, `rm web2c/lex.yy.c'.
+
+   * `make clean' to remove files created by compiling, but leave
+     configuration files and Makefiles.
+
+   * `make maintainer-clean' to remove everything that the Makefiles can
+     rebuild.  This is more than `distclean' removes, and you should
+     only use it if you are thoroughly conversant with (and have the
+     necessary versions of) Autoconf.
+
+   * `make extraclean' to remove other junk, e.g., core files, log
+     files, patch rejects.  This is independent of the other `clean'
+     targets.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Filename database generation,  Next: mktex scripts,  Prev: Cleaning up,  Up: Custom installation
+
+2.2.8 Filename database generation
+----------------------------------
+
+You will probably want to set up a `cron' entry on the appropriate
+machine(s) to rebuild the filename database nightly or so, as in:
+     0 0 * * * cd TEXMF && /BINDIR/mktexlsr
+   *Note Filename database::.
+
+   Although the `mktex...' scripts make every effort to add
+newly-created files on the fly, it can't hurt to make sure you get a
+fresh version every so often.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: mktex scripts,  Next: Installation testing,  Prev: Filename database generation,  Up: Custom installation
+
+2.2.9 `mktex' scripts
+---------------------
+
+If Kpathsea cannot otherwise find a file, for some file types it is
+configured by default to invoke an external program to create it
+dynamically (*note mktex configuration::).  These are collectively
+known as "`mktex' scripts", since most of them are named `mktex...'.
+
+   For example, this is useful for fonts (bitmaps, TFM's, and
+arbitrarily-sizable Metafont sources such as the Sauter and EC fonts),
+since any given document can use fonts never before referenced.
+Building all fonts in advance is therefore impractical, if not
+impossible.
+
+   It is also useful for the TeX `.fmt' (and Metafont `.base' and
+Metapost `.mem' files, *note Memory dumps: (Web2c)Memory dumps.), where
+pre-generating every format consumes a lot of both time and space.
+
+   The script is passed the name of the file to create and possibly
+other arguments, as explained below.  It must echo the full pathname of
+the file it created (and nothing else) to standard output; it can write
+diagnostics to standard error.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* config: mktex configuration.
+* names: mktex script names.
+* args: mktex script arguments.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: mktex configuration,  Next: mktex script names,  Up: mktex scripts
+
+2.2.9.1 `mktex' configuration
+.............................
+
+The list of file types and program names that can run an external
+program to create missing files is listed in the next section.  In the
+absence of `configure' options specifying otherwise, everything but
+`mktextex' will be enabled by default.  The `configure' options to
+change the defaults are:
+
+     --without-mktexfmt-default
+     --without-mktexmf-default
+     --without-mktexocp-default
+     --without-mktexofm-default
+     --without-mktexpk-default
+     --without-mktextfm-default
+     --with-mktextex-default
+
+   The `configure' setting is overridden if the environment variable or
+configuration file value named for the script is set; e.g., `MKTEXPK'
+(*note mktex script arguments::).
+
+   `mktexfmt' reads a file `fmtutil.cnf', typically located in
+`texmf/web2c/' to glean its configuration information.  The rest of the
+files and features in this section are primarily intended for the font
+generation scripts.
+
+   As distributed, all the scripts source a file
+`texmf/web2c/mktex.cnf' if it exists, so you can override various
+defaults.  See `mktex.opt', for instance, which defines the default
+mode, resolution, some special directory names, etc.  If you prefer not
+to change the distributed scripts, you can simply create `mktex.cnf'
+with the appropriate definitions (you do not need to create it if you
+have nothing to put in it).  `mktex.cnf' has no special syntax; it's an
+arbitrary Bourne shell script.  The distribution contains a sample
+`mktex.cnf' for you to copy and modify as you please (it is not
+installed anywhere).
+
+   In addition, you can configure a number of features with the
+`MT_FEATURES' variable, which you can define:
+
+   * in `mktex.opt', as just mentioned;
+
+   * by editing the file `mktex.opt', either before `make install' (in
+     the source hierarchy) or after (in the installed hierarchy);
+
+   * or in the environment.
+
+   If none of the options below are enabled, `mktexpk', `mktextfm', and
+`mktexmf' follow the following procedure to decide where fonts should
+be installed.  Find the tree where the font's sources are, and test the
+permissions of the `fonts' directory of that tree to determine whether
+it is writable.  If it is, put the files in the tree in appropriate
+locations.  If it isn't writable, see whether the tree is a system tree
+(named in `SYSTEXMF').  If so, the `VARTEXFONTS' tree is used.  In all
+other cases the working directory is used.
+
+   The `appendonlydir' option is enabled by default.
+
+`appendonlydir'
+     Tell `mktexdir' to create directories append-only, i.e., set their
+     sticky bit (*note Mode Structure: (coreutils)Mode Structure.).
+     This feature is silently ignored on non-Unix platforms (e.g.
+     Windows/NT and MS-DOS) which don't support similar functionality.
+     This feature is enabled by default.
+
+`dosnames'
+     Use 8.3 names; e.g., `dpi600/cmr10.pk' instead of `cmr10.600pk'.
+     Note that this feature only affects filenames that would otherwise
+     clash with other TeX-related filenames; `mktex' scripts do nothing
+     about filenames which exceed the 8+3 MS-DOS limits but remain
+     unique when truncated (by the OS) to these limits, and nether do
+     the scripts care about possible clashes with files which aren't
+     related with TeX.  For example, `cmr10.600pk' would clash with
+     `cmr10.600gf' and is therefore changed when `dosnames' is in
+     effect, but `mf.pool' and `mp.base' don't clash with any
+     TeX-related files and are therefore unchanged.
+
+     This feature is turned on by default on MS-DOS.  If you do not wish
+     `dosnames' to be set on an MS-DOS platform, you need to set the
+     `MT_FEATURES' environment variable to a value that doesn't include
+     `dosnames'.  You can also change the default setting by editing
+     `mktex.opt', but only if you use the `mktex' shell scripts; the
+     emulation programs don't consult `mktex.opt'.
+
+`fontmaps'
+     Instead of deriving the location of a font in the destination tree
+     from the location of the sources, the aliases and directory names
+     from the Fontname distribution are used. (*note Introduction:
+     (fontname)Top.).
+
+`nomfdrivers'
+     Let mktexpk and mktextfm create metafont driver files in a
+     temporary directory.  These will be used for just one metafont run
+     and not installed permanently.
+
+`nomode'
+     Omit the directory level for the mode name; this is fine as long as
+     you generate fonts for only one mode.
+
+`stripsupplier'
+     Omit the font supplier name directory level.
+
+`striptypeface'
+     Omit the font typeface name directory level.
+
+`strip'
+     Omit the font supplier and typeface name directory levels.  This
+     feature is deprecated in favour of `stripsupplier' and
+     `striptypeface'.
+
+`varfonts'
+     When this option is enabled, fonts that would otherwise be written
+     in system texmf tree go to the `VARTEXFONTS' tree instead.  The
+     default value in `kpathsea/Makefile.in' is `/var/tmp/texfonts'.
+     The `Linux File System Standard' recommends `/var/tex/fonts'.
+
+     The `varfonts' setting in `MT_FEATURES' is overridden by the
+     `USE_VARTEXFONTS' environment variable: if set to `1', the feature
+     is enabled, and if set to `0', the feature is disabled.
+
+`texmfvar'
+     Force generated files that would go into a system tree (as defined
+     by `SYSTEXMF') into `TEXMFVAR'. Starting with teTeX-3.0, the
+     variable `TEXMFVAR' is always set.  The `varfonts' feature takes
+     precedence if also set.
+
+     The `texmfvar' setting in `MT_FEATURES' is overridden by the
+     `USE_TEXMFVAR' environment variable: if set to `1', the feature is
+     enabled, and if set to `0', the feature is disabled.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: mktex script names,  Next: mktex script arguments,  Prev: mktex configuration,  Up: mktex scripts
+
+2.2.9.2 `mktex' script names
+............................
+
+The following table shows the default name of the script for each of
+the file types which support runtime generation.
+
+`mktexfmt'
+     (`.fmt', `.base', `.mem') TeX/Metafont/MetaPost formats.  This
+     script is also named `fmtutil', and reads `fmtutil.cnf' for
+     configuration information.
+
+`mktexmf'
+     (`.mf') Metafont input files.
+
+`mkocp'
+     (`.ocp') Omega compiled process files.
+
+`mkofm'
+     (`.ofm') Omega font metric files.
+
+`mktexpk'
+     (`pk') Glyph fonts.
+
+`mktextex'
+     (`.tex') TeX input files (disabled by default).
+
+`mktextfm'
+     (`.tfm') TFM files.
+
+These names can be overridden by an environment variable specific to
+the program--for example, `DVIPSMAKEPK' for Dvipsk.
+
+   If a `mktex...' script fails, the invocation is appended to a file
+`missfont.log' (by default) in the current directory.  You can then
+execute the log file to create the missing files after fixing the
+problem.
+
+   If the current directory is not writable and the environment
+variable or configuration file value `TEXMFOUTPUT' is set, its value is
+used.  Otherwise, nothing is written.  The name `missfont.log' is
+overridden by the `MISSFONT_LOG' environment variable or configuration
+file value.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: mktex script arguments,  Prev: mktex script names,  Up: mktex scripts
+
+2.2.9.3 `mktex' script arguments
+................................
+
+The first argument to a `mktex' script is always the name of the file
+to be created.
+
+   In the default `mktexpk' implementation, additional arguments may
+also be passed:
+
+`--dpi NUM'
+     Sets the resolution of the generated font to NUM.
+
+`--mfmode NAME'
+     Sets the Metafont mode to NAME.
+
+`--bdpi NUM'
+     Sets the "base dpi" for the font.  This must match the mode being
+     used.
+
+`--mag STRING'
+     A "magstep" string suitable for the Metafont `mag' variable.  This
+     must match the combination of BDPI and DPI being used.
+
+`--destdir STRING'
+     A directory name. If the directory is absolute, it is used as-is.
+     Otherwise, it is appended to the root destination directory set in
+     the script.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Installation testing,  Prev: mktex scripts,  Up: Custom installation
+
+2.2.10 Installation testing
+---------------------------
+
+Besides the tests listed in *note Simple installation::, you can try
+running `make check'.  This includes the torture tests (trip, trap, and
+mptrap) that come with Web2c (*note Triptrap: (web2c)Triptrap.).
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Security,  Next: TeX directory structure,  Prev: Custom installation,  Up: Installation
+
+2.3 Security
+============
+
+None of the programs in the TeX system require any special system
+privileges, so there's no first-level security concern of people gaining
+illegitimate root access.
+
+   A TeX document, however, can write to arbitrary files, e.g.,
+`~/.rhosts', and thus an unwitting user who runs TeX on a random
+document is vulnerable to a trojan horse attack.  This loophole is
+closed by default, but you can be permissive if you so desire in
+`texmf.cnf'.  *Note tex invocation: (web2c)tex invocation.  MetaPost has
+the same issue.
+
+   Dvips, Xdvi, and TeX can also execute shell commands under some
+circumstances.  To disable this, see the `-R' option in *note Option
+details: (dvips)Option details, the xdvi man page, and *note tex
+invocation: (web2c)tex invocation, respectively.
+
+   Another security issue arises because it's very useful--almost
+necessary--to make arbitrary fonts on user demand with `mktexpk' and
+friends.  Where do these files get installed?  By default, the
+`mktexpk' distributed with Kpathsea assumes a world-writable `/var/tmp'
+directory; this is a simple and convenient approach, but it may not
+suit your situation because it means that a local cache of fonts is
+created on every machine.
+
+   To avoid this duplication, many people consider a shared, globally
+writable font tree desirable, in spite of the potential security
+problems.  To do this you should change the value of `VARTEXFONTS' in
+`texmf.cnf' to refer to some globally known directory.  *Note mktex
+configuration::.
+
+   The first restriction you can apply is to make newly-created
+directories under `texmf' be append-only with an option in `mktex.cnf'.
+*Note mktex configuration::.
+
+   Another approach is to establish a group (or user) for TeX files,
+make the `texmf' tree writable only to that group (or user), and make
+`mktexpk' et al. setgid to that group (or setuid to that user).  Then
+users must invoke the scripts to install things.  (If you're worried
+about the inevitable security holes in scripts, then you could write a
+C wrapper to exec the script.)
+
+   The `mktex...' scripts install files with the same read and write
+permissions as the directory they are installed in.  The executable,
+sgid, suid, and sticky bits are always cleared.
+
+   Any directories created by the `mktex...' scripts have the same
+permissions as their parent directory, unless the `appendonlydir'
+feature is used, in which case the sticky bit is always set.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: TeX directory structure,  Next: unixtex.ftp,  Prev: Security,  Up: Installation
+
+2.4 TeX directory structure
+===========================
+
+This section describes the default installation hierarchy of the
+distribution.  It conforms to both the GNU coding standards and the TeX
+directory structure (TDS) standard.  For rationale and further
+explanation, please see those documents.  The GNU standard is available
+as `ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/standards/standards.texi' and
+mirrors.  The TDS document is available from `CTAN:/tex-archive/tds'
+(*note unixtex.ftp::).
+
+   You can change the default paths in many ways (*note Changing search
+paths::).  One common desire is to put everything (binaries and all)
+under a single top-level directory such as `/usr/local/texmf' or
+`/opt/texmf'--in the terms used below, make PREFIX and TEXMF the same.
+For specific instructions on doing that, see *note configure
+scenarios::.
+
+   Here is a skeleton of the default directory structure, extracted from
+the TDS document:
+
+     PREFIX/      installation root (`/usr/local' by default)
+      bin/         executables
+      man/         man pages
+      include/     C header files
+      info/        GNU info files
+      lib/         libraries (`libkpathsea.*')
+      share/       architecture-independent files
+       texmf/      TDS root
+        bibtex/     BibTeX input files
+         bib/        BibTeX databases
+          base/       base distribution (e.g., `xampl.bib')
+          misc/       single-file databases
+          PKG/       name of a package
+         bst/        BibTeX style files
+          base/       base distribution (e.g., `plain.bst', `acm.bst')
+          misc/       single-file styles
+          PKG/       name of a package
+        doc/         additional documentation
+        dvips/       `.pro', `.ps', `psfonts.map'
+        fonts/       font-related files
+         TYPE/         file type (e.g., `tfm', `pk')
+          MODE/          type of output device (types `pk' and `gf' only)
+           SUPPLIER/       name of a font supplier (e.g., `public')
+            TYPEFACE/        name of a typeface (e.g., `cm')
+             dpiNNN/           font resolution (types `pk' and `gf' only)
+        metafont/    Metafont (non-font) input files
+         base/        base distribution (e.g., `plain.mf')
+         misc/        single-file packages (e.g., `modes.mf')
+         PKG/           name of a package (e.g., `mfpic')
+        metapost/    MetaPost input files
+         base/        base distribution (e.g., `plain.mp')
+         misc/        single-file packages
+         PKG/           name of a package
+         support/     support files for MetaPost-related utilities (e.g., `trfonts.map')
+        mft/         `MFT' inputs (e.g., `plain.mft')
+        tex/         TeX input files
+         FORMAT/         name of a format (e.g., `plain')
+          base/        base distribution for FORMAT (e.g., `plain.tex')
+          misc/        single-file packages (e.g., `webmac.tex')
+          local/       local additions to or local configuration files for FORMAT
+          PKG/           name of a package (e.g., `graphics', `mfnfss')
+         generic/     format-independent packages
+          hyphen/      hyphenation patterns (e.g., `hyphen.tex')
+          images/      image input files (e.g., Encapsulated PostScript)
+          misc/        single-file format-independent packages (e.g., `null.tex').
+          PKG/           name of a package (e.g., `babel')
+        web2c/        implementation-dependent files (`.pool', `.fmt', `texmf.cnf', etc.)
+
+   Some concrete examples for most file types:
+
+     /usr/local/bin/tex
+     /usr/local/man/man1/xdvi.1
+     /usr/local/info/kpathsea.info
+     /usr/local/lib/libkpathsea.a
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/bibtex/bst/base/plain.bst
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/cm/cmr10.600pk
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/source/public/pandora/pnr10.mf
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/utopia/putr.pfa
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/metafont/base/plain.mf
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/metapost/base/plain.mp
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/tex/plain/base/plain.tex
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/tex/generic/hyphen/hyphen.tex
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/web2c/tex.pool
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/web2c/tex.fmt
+     /usr/local/share/texmf/web2c/texmf.cnf
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: unixtex.ftp,  Next: Reporting bugs,  Prev: TeX directory structure,  Up: Installation
+
+2.5 `unixtex.ftp': Obtaining TeX
+================================
+
+This is `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/unixtex.ftp', last updated 13 June 2010.
+Also available as `http://www.tug.org/unixtex.ftp'.  Email
+<tex-k@tug.org> with comments or questions.
+
+   The principal free TeX distribution for Unix-like systems is TeX
+Live, on the web at `http://tug.org/texlive'.  The pages there describe
+many ways to acquire TeX, over the Internet or on physical media, both
+the sources and precompiled binaries for many systems, either
+standalone or as part of various operating system distributions.
+
+   Web2C, Kpathsea, Dvips, and Dviljk are no longer released as a
+separate packages.  Their sources are now maintained as part of TeX
+Live.
+
+   The host ftp.cs.stanford.edu is the original source for the files
+for which Donald Knuth is directly responsible: `tex.web', `plain.tex',
+etc. However, unless you want to build your TeX library tree ab initio,
+it is more reliable and less work to retrieve these files as part of a
+larger package. In any case, that ftp site is not the canonical source
+for anything except what was created as part of Stanford TeX project,
+so do not rely on the other files available there being up-to-date.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Reporting bugs,  Prev: unixtex.ftp,  Up: Installation
+
+2.6 Reporting bugs
+==================
+
+(A copy of this chapter is in the file `kpathsea/BUGS'.)
+
+If you have problems or suggestions, please report them to
+<tex-k@tug.org> using the bug checklist below.
+
+   Please report bugs in the documentation; not only factual errors or
+inconsistent behavior, but unclear or incomplete explanations, typos,
+wrong fonts, ...
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Bug checklist::       What to include in a good bug report.
+* Mailing lists::       Joining the bugs or announcements mailing lists.
+* Debugging::           Analyzing runtime problems.
+* Logging::             Recording searches.
+* Common problems::     When things go wrong.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Bug checklist,  Next: Mailing lists,  Up: Reporting bugs
+
+2.6.1 Bug checklist
+-------------------
+
+Before reporting a bug, please check below to be sure it isn't already
+known (*note Common problems::).
+
+   Bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to <tex-k@tug.org>.
+
+   The general principle is that a good bug report includes all the
+information necessary for reproduction.  Therefore, to enable
+investigation, your report should include the following:
+
+   * The version number(s) of the program(s) involved, and of Kpathsea
+     itself.  You can get the former by giving a sole option `--version'
+     to the program, and the latter by running `kpsewhich --version'.
+     The `NEWS' and `ChangeLog' files also contain the version number.
+
+   * The hardware, operating system (including version number),
+     compiler, and `make' program you are using (the output of `uname
+     -a' is a start on the first two, though often incomplete).  If the
+     bug involves the X window system, include X version and supplier
+     information as well (examples: X11R6 from MIT; X11R4 from HP;
+     OpenWindows 3.3 bundled with SunOS 4.1.4).
+
+   * Any options you gave to `configure'.  This is recorded in the
+     `config.status' files.
+
+     If you are reporting a bug in `configure' itself, it's probably
+     system-dependent, and it will be unlikely the maintainers can do
+     anything useful if you merely report that thus-and-such is broken.
+     Therefore, you need to do some additional work: for some bugs, you
+     can look in the file `config.log' where the test that failed should
+     appear, along with the compiler invocation and source program in
+     question.  You can then compile it yourself by hand, and discover
+     why the test failed.  Other `configure' bugs do not involve the
+     compiler; in that case, the only recourse is to inspect the
+     `configure' shell script itself, or the Autoconf macros that
+     generated `configure'.
+
+   * The log of all debugging output, if the bug is in path searching.
+     You can get this by setting the environment variable
+     `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the program.  Please look
+     at the log yourself to make sure the behavior is really a bug
+     before reporting it; perhaps "old" environment variable settings
+     are causing files not to be found, for example.
+
+   * The contents of any input files necessary to reproduce the bug.
+     For bugs in DVI-reading programs, for example, this generally
+     means a DVI file (and any EPS or other files it uses)--TeX source
+     files are helpful, but the DVI file is necessary, because that's
+     the actual program input.
+
+   * If you are sending a patch (do so if you can!), please do so in
+     the form of a context diff (`diff -c') against the original
+     distribution source.  Any other form of diff is either not as
+     complete or harder for me to understand.  Please also include a
+     `ChangeLog' entry.
+
+   * If the bug involved is an actual crash (i.e., core dump), it is
+     easy and useful to include a stack trace from a debugger (I
+     recommend the GNU debugger GDB, available from
+     `ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu').  If the cause is apparent (a
+     `NULL' value being dereferenced, for example), please send the
+     details along.  If the program involved is TeX or Metafont, and
+     the crash is happening at apparently-sound code, however, the bug
+     may well be in the compiler, rather than in the program or the
+     library (*note TeX or Metafont failing: TeX or Metafont failing.).
+
+   * Any additional information that will be helpful in reproducing,
+     diagnosing, or fixing the bug.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Mailing lists,  Next: Debugging,  Prev: Bug checklist,  Up: Reporting bugs
+
+2.6.2 Mailing lists
+-------------------
+
+Web2c and Kpathsea in general are discussed on the mailing list
+<tex-k@tug.org>.  To join, email <tex-k-request@tug.org> with a line
+consisting of
+
+     subscribe YOU@YOUR.PREFERRED.EMAIL.ADDRESS
+
+in the body of the message.
+
+   You do not need to join to submit a report, nor will it affect
+whether you get a response.  There is no Usenet newsgroup equivalent
+(if you can be the one to set this up, email `tex-k-request').  Traffic
+on the list is fairly light, and is mainly bug reports and enhancement
+requests to the software.  The best way to decide if you want to join
+or not is read some of the archives from
+`ftp://ftp.tug.org/mail/archives/tex-k/'.
+
+   Be aware that large data files are sometimes included in bug reports.
+If this is a problem for you, do not join the list.
+
+   If you are looking for general TeX help, such as how to use LaTeX,
+please use the mailing list <texhax@tug.org> mailing list
+(`http://lists.tug.org/texhax') which is gatewayed to the
+`comp.text.tex' Usenet newsgroup (or post to the newsgroup; the gateway
+is bidirectional).
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Debugging,  Next: Logging,  Prev: Mailing lists,  Up: Reporting bugs
+
+2.6.3 Debugging
+---------------
+
+Kpathsea provides a number of runtime debugging options, detailed below
+by their names and corresponding numeric values.  When the files you
+expect aren't being found, the thing to do is enable these options and
+examine the output.
+
+   You can set these with some runtime argument (e.g., `-d') to the
+program; in that case, you should use the numeric values described in
+the program's documentation (which, for Dvipsk and Xdvik, are different
+than those below).  It's best to give the `-d' (or whatever) option
+first, for maximal output.  Dvipsk and Xdvik have additional
+program-specific debugging options as well.
+
+   You can also set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG'; in this
+case, you should use the numbers below.  If you run the program under a
+debugger and set the instance variable `kpse->debug', also use the
+numbers below.
+
+   In any case, by far the simplest value to use is `-1', which will
+turn on all debugging output.  This is usually better than guessing
+which particular values will yield the output you need.
+
+   Debugging output always goes to standard error, so you can redirect
+it easily.  For example, in Bourne-compatible shells:
+     dvips -d -1 ... 2>/tmp/debug
+
+   It is sometimes helpful to run the standalone Kpsewhich utility
+(*note Invoking kpsewhich::), instead of the original program.
+
+   In any case, you can _not_ use the _names_ below; you must always
+use somebody's numbers.  (Sorry.)  To set more than one option, just
+sum the corresponding numbers.
+
+`KPSE_DEBUG_STAT (1)'
+     Report `stat'(2) calls. This is useful for verifying that your
+     directory structure is not forcing Kpathsea to do many additional
+     file tests (*note Slow path searching::, and *note Subdirectory
+     expansion::). If you are using an up-to-date `ls-R' database
+     (*note Filename database::), this should produce no output unless a
+     nonexistent file that must exist is searched for.
+
+`KPSE_DEBUG_HASH (2)'
+     Report lookups in all hash tables: `ls-R' and `aliases' (*note
+     Filename database::); font aliases (*note Fontmap::); and config
+     file values (*note Config files::).  Useful when expected values
+     are not being found, e.g.., file searches are looking at the disk
+     instead of using `ls-R'.
+
+`KPSE_DEBUG_FOPEN (4)'
+     Report file openings and closings. Especially useful when your
+     system's file table is full, for seeing which files have been
+     opened but never closed. In case you want to set breakpoints in a
+     debugger: this works by redefining `fopen' (`fclose') to be
+     `kpse_fopen_trace' (`kpse_fclose_trace').
+
+`KPSE_DEBUG_PATHS (8)'
+     Report general path information for each file type Kpathsea is
+     asked to search. This is useful when you are trying to track down
+     how a particular path got defined--from `texmf.cnf', `config.ps',
+     an environment variable, the compile-time default, etc.  This is
+     the contents of the `kpse_format_info_type' structure defined in
+     `tex-file.h'.
+
+`KPSE_DEBUG_EXPAND (16)'
+     Report the directory list corresponding to each path element
+     Kpathsea searches. This is only relevant when Kpathsea searches
+     the disk, since `ls-R' searches don't look through directory lists
+     in this way.
+
+`KPSE_DEBUG_SEARCH (32)'
+     Report on each file search: the name of the file searched for, the
+     path searched in, whether or not the file must exist (when drivers
+     search for `cmr10.vf', it need not exist), and whether or not we
+     are collecting all occurrences of the file in the path (as with,
+     e.g., `texmf.cnf' and `texfonts.map'), or just the first (as with
+     most lookups).  This can help you correlate what Kpathsea is doing
+     with what is in your input file.
+
+`KPSE_DEBUG_VARS (64)'
+     Report the value of each variable Kpathsea looks up.  This is
+     useful for verifying that variables do indeed obtain their correct
+     values.
+
+`GSFTOPK_DEBUG (128)'
+     Activates debugging printout specific to `gsftopk' program.
+
+`MAKETEX_DEBUG (512)'
+     If you use the optional `mktex' programs instead of the
+     traditional shell scripts, this will report the name of the site
+     file (`mktex.cnf' by default) which is read, directories created by
+     `mktexdir', the full path of the `ls-R' database built by
+     `mktexlsr', font map searches, `MT_FEATURES' in effect, parameters
+     from `mktexnam', filenames added by `mktexupd', and some
+     subsidiary commands run by the programs.
+
+`MAKETEX_FINE_DEBUG (1024)'
+     When the optional `mktex' programs are used, this will print
+     additional debugging info from functions internal to these
+     programs.
+
+   Debugging output from Kpathsea is always written to standard error,
+and begins with the string `kdebug:'. (Except for hash table buckets,
+which just start with the number, but you can only get that output
+running under a debugger. See comments at the `hash_summary_only'
+variable in `kpathsea/db.c'.)
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Logging,  Next: Common problems,  Prev: Debugging,  Up: Reporting bugs
+
+2.6.4 Logging
+-------------
+
+Kpathsea can record the time and filename found for each successful
+search.  This may be useful in finding good candidates for deletion when
+your filesystem is full, or in discovering usage patterns at your site.
+
+   To do this, define the environment or config file variable
+`TEXMFLOG'.  The value is the name of the file to append the
+information to.  The file is created if it doesn't exist, and appended
+to if it does.
+
+   Each successful search turns into one line in the log file: two words
+separated by a space. The first word is the time of the search, as the
+integer number of seconds since "the epoch", i.e., UTC midnight 1
+January 1970 (more precisely, the result of the `time' system call).
+The second word is the filename.
+
+   For example, after `setenv TEXMFLOG /tmp/log', running Dvips on
+`story.dvi' appends the following lines:
+
+     774455887 /usr/local/share/texmf/dvips/config.ps
+     774455887 /usr/local/share/texmf/dvips/psfonts.map
+     774455888 /usr/local/share/texmf/dvips/texc.pro
+     774455888 /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/cm/cmbx10.600pk
+     774455889 /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/cm/cmsl10.600pk
+     774455889 /usr/local/share/texmf/fonts/pk/ljfour/public/cm/cmr10.600pk
+     774455889 /usr/local/share/texmf/dvips/texc.pro
+
+Only filenames that are absolute are recorded, to preserve some
+semblance of privacy.
+
+   In addition to this Kpathsea-specific logging, `pdftex' provides an
+option `-recorder' to write the names of all files accessed during a
+run to the file `BASEFILE.fls'.
+
+   Finally, most systems provide a general tool to output each system
+call, thus including opening and closing files.  It might be named
+`strace', `truss', `struss', or something else.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Common problems,  Prev: Logging,  Up: Reporting bugs
+
+2.6.5 Common problems
+---------------------
+
+Here are some common problems with configuration, compilation, linking,
+execution, ...
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Unable to find files::        If your program can't find fonts (or whatever).
+* Slow path searching::         If it takes forever to find anything.
+* Unable to generate fonts::    If mktexpk fails.
+* TeX or Metafont failing::     Likely compiler bugs.
+
+* Empty Makefiles::            	When configure produces empty makefiles.
+* XtStrings::                   When _XtStrings is undefined.
+* dlopen::                      When dlopen is undefined.
+* ShellWidgetClass::            For dynamic linking troubles under OpenWindows.
+* Pointer combination warnings::  For old compilers that don't grok char *.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Unable to find files,  Next: Slow path searching,  Up: Common problems
+
+2.6.5.1 Unable to find files
+............................
+
+If a program complains it cannot find fonts (or other input files), any
+of several things might be wrong.  In any case, you may find the
+debugging options helpful.  *Note Debugging::.
+
+   * Perhaps you simply haven't installed all the necessary files; the
+     basic fonts and input files are distributed separately from the
+     programs.  *Note unixtex.ftp::.
+
+   * You have (perhaps unknowingly) told Kpathsea to use search paths
+     that don't reflect where the files actually are.  One common cause
+     is having environment variables set from a previous installation,
+     thus overriding what you carefully set in `texmf.cnf' (*note
+     Supported file formats::).  System `/etc/profile' or other files
+     such may be the culprit.
+
+   * Your files reside in a directory that is only pointed to via a
+     symbolic link, in a leaf directory and is not listed in `ls-R'.
+
+     Unfortunately, Kpathsea's subdirectory searching has an
+     irremediable deficiency: If a directory D being searched for
+     subdirectories contains plain files and symbolic links to other
+     directories, but no true subdirectories, D will be considered a
+     leaf directory, i.e., the symbolic links will not be followed.
+     *Note Subdirectory expansion::.
+
+     You can work around this problem by creating an empty dummy
+     subdirectory in D. Then D will no longer be a leaf, and the
+     symlinks will be followed.
+
+     The directory immediately followed by the `//' in the path
+     specification, however, is always searched for subdirectories,
+     even if it is a leaf.  Presumably you would not have asked for the
+     directory to be searched for subdirectories if you didn't want it
+     to be.
+
+   * If the fonts (or whatever) don't already exist, `mktexpk' (or
+     `mktexmf' or `mktextfm') will try to create them.  If these rather
+     complicated shell scripts fail, you'll eventually get an error
+     message saying something like `Can't find font FONTNAME'. The best
+     solution is to fix (or at least report) the bug in `mktexpk'; the
+     workaround is to generate the necessary fonts by hand with
+     Metafont, or to grab them from a CTAN site (*note unixtex.ftp::).
+
+   * There is a bug in the library. *Note Reporting bugs::.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Slow path searching,  Next: Unable to generate fonts,  Prev: Unable to find files,  Up: Common problems
+
+2.6.5.2 Slow path searching
+...........................
+
+If your program takes an excessively long time to find fonts or other
+input files, but does eventually succeed, here are some possible
+culprits:
+
+   * Most likely, you just have a lot of directories to search, and that
+     takes a noticeable time. The solution is to create and maintain a
+     separate `ls-R' file that lists all the files in your main TeX
+     hierarchy.  *Note Filename database::.  Kpathsea always uses `ls-R'
+     if it's present; there's no need to recompile or reconfigure any
+     of the programs.
+
+   * Your recursively-searched directories (e.g.,
+     `/usr/local/share/texmf/fonts//'), contain a mixture of files and
+     directories. This prevents Kpathsea from using a useful
+     optimization (*note Subdirectory expansion::).
+
+     It is best to have only directories (and perhaps a `README') in the
+     upper levels of the directory structure, and it's very important
+     to have _only_ files, and no subdirectories, in the leaf
+     directories where the dozens of TFM, PK, or whatever files reside.
+
+   In any case, you may find the debugging options helpful in
+determining precisely when the disk or network is being pounded.  *Note
+Debugging::.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Unable to generate fonts,  Next: TeX or Metafont failing,  Prev: Slow path searching,  Up: Common problems
+
+2.6.5.3 Unable to generate fonts
+................................
+
+Metafont outputs fonts in bitmap format, tuned for a particular device
+at a particular resolution, in order to allow for the highest-possible
+quality of output.  Some DVI-to-whatever programs, such as Dvips, try
+to generate these on the fly when they are needed, but this generation
+may fail in several cases.
+
+   If `mktexpk' runs, but fails with this error:
+     mktexpk: Can't guess mode for NNN dpi devices.
+     mktexpk: Use a config file to specify the mode, or update me.
+   you need to ensure the resolution and mode match; just specifying
+the resolution, as in `-D 360', is not enough.
+
+   You can specify the mode name with the `-mode' option on the Dvips
+command line, or in a Dvips configuration file (*note Config files:
+(dvips)Config files.), such as `config.ps' in your document directory,
+`~/.dvipsrc' in your home directory, or in a system directory (again
+named `config.ps').  (Other drivers use other files, naturally.)
+
+   For example, if you need 360dpi fonts, you could include this in a
+configuration file:
+     D 360
+     M lqmed
+
+   If Metafont runs, but generates fonts at the wrong resolution or for
+the wrong device, most likely `mktexpk''s built-in guess for the mode
+is wrong, and you should override it as above.
+
+   See `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf' for a list of resolutions and
+mode names for most devices (additional submissions are welcome).
+
+   If Metafont runs but generates fonts at a resolution of 2602dpi (and
+prints out the name of each character as well as just a character
+number, and maybe tries to display the characters), then your Metafont
+base file probably hasn't been made properly.  (It's using the default
+`proof' mode, instead of an actual device mode.)  To make a proper
+`plain.base', assuming the local mode definitions are contained in a
+file `modes.mf', run the following command (assuming Unix):
+
+     inimf "plain; input modes; dump"
+
+Then copy the `plain.base' file from the current directory to where the
+base files are stored on your system (`/usr/local/share/texmf/web2c' by
+default), and make a link (either hard or soft) from `plain.base' to
+`mf.base' in that directory.  *Note inimf invocation: (web2c)inimf
+invocation.
+
+   If `mf' is a command not found at all by `mktexpk', then you need to
+install Metafont (*note unixtex.ftp::).
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: TeX or Metafont failing,  Next: Empty Makefiles,  Prev: Unable to generate fonts,  Up: Common problems
+
+2.6.5.4 TeX or Metafont failing
+...............................
+
+If TeX or Metafont get a segmentation fault or otherwise fail while
+running a normal input file, the problem is usually a compiler bug
+(unlikely as that may sound).  Even if the trip and trap tests are
+passed, problems may lurk.  Optimization occasionally causes trouble in
+programs other than TeX and Metafont themselves, too.
+
+   Insufficient swap space may also cause core dumps or other erratic
+behavior.
+
+   For a workaround, if you enabled any optimization flags, it's best to
+omit optimization entirely.  In any case, the way to find the facts is
+to run the program under the debugger and see where it's failing.
+
+   Also, if you have trouble with a system C compiler, I advise trying
+the GNU C compiler. And vice versa, unfortunately; but in that case I
+also recommend reporting a bug to the GCC mailing list; see *note Bugs:
+(gcc)Bugs.
+
+   To report compiler bugs effectively requires perseverance and
+perspicacity: you must find the miscompiled line, and that usually
+involves delving backwards in time from the point of error, checking
+through TeX's (or whatever program's) data structures.  Things are not
+helped by all-too-common bugs in the debugger itself.  Good luck.
+
+   One known cause of trouble is the way arrays are handled.  Some of
+the Pascal arrays have a lower index other than 0, and the C code will
+take the pointer to the allocated memory, subtract the lower index, and
+use the resulting pointer for the array.  While this trick often works,
+ANSI C doesn't guarantee that it will.  It it known to fail on HP-UX 10
+machines when the native compiler is used, unless the `+u' compiler
+switch was specified.  Using GCC will work on this platform as well.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Empty Makefiles,  Next: XtStrings,  Prev: TeX or Metafont failing,  Up: Common problems
+
+2.6.5.5 Empty Makefiles
+.......................
+
+On some systems (NetBSD, FreeBSD, AIX 4.1, and Mach10), `configure' may
+fail to properly create the Makefiles. Instead, you get an error which
+looks something like this:
+
+     prompt$ ./configure
+     ...
+     creating Makefile
+     sed: 1: "\\@^ac_include make/pat ...": \ can not
+       be used as a string delimiter
+
+   So far as I know, the bug here is in `/bin/sh' on these systems. I
+don't have access to a machine running any of them, so if someone can
+find a workaround that avoids the quoting bug, I'd be most grateful.
+(Search for `ac_include' in the `configure' script to get to the
+problematic code.)
+
+   It should work to run `bash configure', instead of using `/bin/sh'.
+You can get Bash from `ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu' and mirrors.
+
+   Another possible cause (reported for NeXT) is a bug in the `sed'
+command.  In that case the error may look like this:
+
+     Unrecognized command: \@^ac_include make/paths.make@r make/paths.make
+
+   In this case, installing GNU `sed' should solve the problem.  You
+can get GNU `sed' from the same places as Bash.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: XtStrings,  Next: dlopen,  Prev: Empty Makefiles,  Up: Common problems
+
+2.6.5.6 `XtStrings'
+...................
+
+You may find that linking X programs results in an error from the linker
+that `XtStrings' is undefined, something like this:
+
+     gcc -o virmf ...
+     .../x11.c:130: undefined reference to `XtStrings'
+
+   This generally happens because of a mismatch between the X include
+files with which you compiled and the X libraries with which you linked;
+often, the include files are from MIT and the libraries from Sun.
+
+   The solution is to use the same X distribution for compilation and
+linking.  Probably `configure' was unable to guess the proper
+directories from your installation.  You can use the `configure'
+options `--x-includes=PATH' and `--x-libraries=PATH' to explicitly
+specify them.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: dlopen,  Next: ShellWidgetClass,  Prev: XtStrings,  Up: Common problems
+
+2.6.5.7 `dlopen'
+................
+
+(This section adapted from the file `dlsym.c' in the X distribution.)
+
+   The `Xlib' library uses the standard C function `wcstombs'.  Under
+SunOS 4.1, `wcstombs' uses the `dlsym' interface defined in `libdl.so'.
+Unfortunately, the SunOS 4.1 distribution does not include a static
+`libdl.a' library.
+
+   As a result, if you try to link an X program statically under SunOS,
+you may get undefined references to `dlopen', `dlsym', and `dlclose'.
+One workaround is to include these definitions when you link:
+
+     void *dlopen() { return 0; }
+     void *dlsym()  { return 0; }
+     int dlclose()  { return -1; }
+
+These are contained in the `dlsym.c' file in the MIT X distribution.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: ShellWidgetClass,  Next: Pointer combination warnings,  Prev: dlopen,  Up: Common problems
+
+2.6.5.8 `ShellWidgetClass'
+..........................
+
+(This section adapted from the comp.sys.sun.admin FAQ.)
+
+   If you are linking with Sun's OpenWindows libraries in SunOS 4.1.x,
+you may get undefined symbols `_get_wmShellWidgetClass' and
+`_get_applicationShellWidgetClass' when linking. This problem does not
+arise using the standard MIT X libraries under SunOS.
+
+   The cause is bugs in the `Xmu' shared library as shipped from Sun.
+There are several fixes:
+
+   * Install the free MIT distribution from `ftp.x.org' and mirrors.
+
+   * Get the OpenWindows patches listed below.
+
+   * Statically link the `Xmu' library into the executable.
+
+   * Avoid using `Xmu' at all. If you are compiling Metafont, see *note
+     Online Metafont graphics: (web2c)Online Metafont graphics. If you
+     are compiling Xdvi, see the `-DNOTOOL' option in `xdvik/INSTALL'.
+
+   * Ignore the errors. The binary runs fine regardless.
+
+
+   Here is the information for getting the two patches:
+
+     Patch ID: 100512-02
+     Bug ID's: 1086793, 1086912, 1074766
+     Description: 4.1.x OpenWindows 3.0 `libXt' jumbo patch
+
+     Patch ID: 100573-03
+     Bug ID: 1087332
+     Description: 4.1.x OpenWindows 3.0 undefined symbols when using shared `libXmu'.
+
+   The way to statically link with `libXmu' depends on whether you are
+using a Sun compiler (e.g., `cc') or `gcc'. If the latter, alter the
+`x_libs' Make variable to include
+
+     -static -lXmu -dynamic
+
+   If you are using the Sun compiler, use `-Bstatic' and `-Bdynamic'.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Pointer combination warnings,  Prev: ShellWidgetClass,  Up: Common problems
+
+2.6.5.9 Pointer combination warnings
+....................................
+
+When compiling with old C compilers, you may get some warnings about
+"illegal pointer combinations".  These are spurious; just ignore them.
+I decline to clutter up the source with casts to get rid of them.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Path searching,  Next: TeX support,  Prev: Installation,  Up: Top
+
+3 Path searching
+****************
+
+This chapter describes the generic path searching mechanism Kpathsea
+provides.  For information about searching for particular file types
+(e.g., TeX fonts), see the next chapter.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Searching overview::          Basic scheme for searching.
+* Path sources::                Where search paths can be defined.
+* Path expansion::              Special constructs in search paths.
+* Filename database::           Using an externally-built list to search.
+* Invoking kpsewhich::          Standalone path lookup.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Searching overview,  Next: Path sources,  Up: Path searching
+
+3.1 Searching overview
+======================
+
+A "search path" is a colon-separated list of "path elements", which are
+directory names with a few extra frills.  A search path can come from
+(a combination of) many sources; see below.  To look up a file `foo'
+along a path `.:/dir', Kpathsea checks each element of the path in
+turn: first `./foo', then `/dir/foo', returning the first match (or
+possibly all matches).
+
+   The "colon" and "slash" mentioned here aren't necessarily `:' and
+`/' on non-Unix systems.  Kpathsea tries to adapt to other operating
+systems' conventions.
+
+   To check a particular path element E, Kpathsea first sees if a
+prebuilt database (*note Filename database::) applies to E, i.e., if
+the database is in a directory that is a prefix of E.  If so, the path
+specification is matched against the contents of the database.
+
+   If the database does not exist, or does not apply to this path
+element, or contains no matches, the filesystem is searched (if this
+was not forbidden by the specification with `!!' and if the file being
+searched for must exist).  Kpathsea constructs the list of directories
+that correspond to this path element, and then checks in each for the
+file being searched for.  (To help speed future lookups of files in the
+same directory, the directory in which a file is found is floated to the
+top of the directory list.)
+
+   The "file must exist" condition comes into play with VF files and
+input files read by the TeX `\openin' command.  These files might very
+well not exist (consider `cmr10.vf'), and so it would be wrong to
+search the disk for them.  Therefore, if you fail to update `ls-R' when
+you install a new VF file, it will not be found.
+
+   Each path element is checked in turn: first the database, then the
+disk.  If a match is found, the search stops and the result is
+returned.  This avoids possibly-expensive processing of path
+specifications that are never needed on a particular run.  (Unless the
+search explicitly requested all matches.)
+
+   Although the simplest and most common path element is a directory
+name, Kpathsea supports additional features in search paths: layered
+default values, environment variable names, config file values, users'
+home directories, and recursive subdirectory searching.  Thus, we say
+that Kpathsea "expands" a path element, meaning transforming all the
+magic specifications into the basic directory name or names.  This
+process is described in the sections below.  It happens in the same
+order as the sections.
+
+   Exception to all of the above: If the filename being searched for is
+absolute or explicitly relative, i.e., starts with `/' or `./' or
+`../', Kpathsea simply checks if that file exists.
+
+   Ordinarily, if Kpathsea tries to access a file or directory that
+cannot be read, it gives a warning.  This is so you will be alerted to
+directories or files that accidentally lack any read permission (for
+example, a `lost+found' directory).  If you prefer not to see these
+warnings, include the value `readable' in the `TEX_HUSH' environment
+variable or config file value.
+
+   This generic path searching algorithm is implemented in
+`kpathsea/pathsearch.c'.  It is employed by a higher-level algorithm
+when searching for a file of a particular type (*note File lookup::,
+and *note Glyph lookup::).
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Path sources,  Next: Path expansion,  Prev: Searching overview,  Up: Path searching
+
+3.2 Path sources
+================
+
+A search path can come from many sources.  In the order in which
+Kpathsea uses them:
+
+  1. A user-set environment variable, e.g., `TEXINPUTS'.  Environment
+     variables with an underscore and the program name appended
+     override; for example, `TEXINPUTS_latex' overrides `TEXINPUTS' if
+     the program being run is named `latex'.
+
+  2. A program-specific configuration file, e.g., an `S /a:/b' line in
+     Dvips' `config.ps' (*note Config files: (dvips)Config files.).
+
+  3. A line in a Kpathsea configuration file `texmf.cnf', e.g.,
+     `TEXINPUTS=/c:/d' (see below).
+
+  4. The compile-time default (specified in `kpathsea/paths.h').
+
+   You can see each of these values for a given search path by using the
+debugging options (*note Debugging::).
+
+   These sources may be combined via default expansion (*note Default
+expansion::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Config files::        Kpathsea's runtime config files (texmf.cnf).
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Config files,  Up: Path sources
+
+3.2.1 Config files
+------------------
+
+As mentioned above, Kpathsea reads "runtime configuration files" named
+`texmf.cnf' for search path and other definitions.  The search path
+used to look for these configuration files is named `TEXMFCNF', and is
+constructed in the usual way, as described above, except that
+configuration files cannot be used to define the path, naturally; also,
+an `ls-R' database is not used to search for them.
+
+   Kpathsea reads _all_ `texmf.cnf' files in the search path, not just
+the first one found; definitions in earlier files override those in
+later files.  Thus, if the search path is `.:$TEXMF', values from
+`./texmf.cnf' override those from `$TEXMF/texmf.cnf'.
+
+   If Kpathsea cannot find any `texmf.cnf' file, it reports a warning
+including all the directories it checked.  If you don't want to see
+this warning, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_WARNING' to the
+single character `0' (zero, not oh).
+
+   While (or instead of) reading this description, you may find it
+helpful to look at the distributed `texmf.cnf', which uses or at least
+mentions most features.  The format of `texmf.cnf' files follows:
+
+   * Comments start with `%', either at the beginning of a line or
+     preceded by whitespace, and continue to the end of the line.  That
+     is, as with most shells, a `%' in the "middle" of a value does not
+     start a comment.  Examples:
+
+          % this is a comment
+          var = a%b  % but the value of var will be "a%b".
+
+   * Blank lines are ignored.
+
+   * A `\' at the end of a line acts as a continuation character, i.e.,
+     the next line is appended.  Whitespace at the beginning of
+     continuation lines is not ignored.
+
+   * Each remaining line must look like
+
+          VARIABLE [. PROGNAME] [=] VALUE
+
+     where the `=' and surrounding whitespace is optional.
+
+   * The VARIABLE name may contain any character other than whitespace,
+     `=', or `.', but sticking to `A-Za-z_' is safest.
+
+   * If `.PROGNAME' is present, the definition only applies if the
+     program that is running is named (i.e., the last component of
+     `argv[0]' is) PROGNAME or `PROGNAME.{exe,bat,cmd,...}'.  Most
+     notably, this allows different flavors of TeX to have different
+     search paths.
+
+   * VALUE may contain any characters except `%' and `@'.  (These
+     restrictions are only necessary because of the processing done on
+     `texmf.cnf' at build time, so you can stick those characters in
+     after installation if you have to.)  The `$VAR.PROG' feature is
+     not available on the right-hand side; instead, you must use an
+     additional variable (see below for example).  A `;' in VALUE is
+     translated to `:' if running under Unix; this is useful to write a
+     single `texmf.cnf' which can be used under both Unix and Windows.
+
+   * All definitions are read before anything is expanded, so you can
+     use variables before they are defined (like Make, unlike most other
+     programs).
+
+Here is a configuration file fragment illustrating most of these points:
+
+     % TeX input files -- i.e., anything to be found by \input or \openin ...
+     latex209_inputs = .:$TEXMF/tex/latex209//:$TEXMF/tex//
+     latex2e_inputs = .:$TEXMF/tex/latex//:$TEXMF/tex//
+     TEXINPUTS = .:$TEXMF/tex//
+     TEXINPUTS.latex209 = $latex209_inputs
+     TEXINPUTS.latex2e = $latex2e_inputs
+     TEXINPUTS.latex = $latex2e_inputs
+
+   This format has obvious similarities to Bourne shell scripts--change
+the comment character to `#', disallow spaces around the `=', and get
+rid of the `.NAME' convention, and it could be run through the shell.
+However, there seemed little advantage in this, since all the
+information would have to passed back to Kpathsea and parsed there
+anyway, since the `sh' process couldn't affect its parent's environment.
+
+   The implementation of all this is in `kpathsea/cnf.c'.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Path expansion,  Next: Filename database,  Prev: Path sources,  Up: Path searching
+
+3.3 Path expansion
+==================
+
+Kpathsea recognizes certain special characters and constructions in
+search paths, similar to that in shells.  As a general example:
+`~$USER/{foo,bar}//baz' expands to all subdirectories under directories
+`foo' and `bar' in $USER's home directory that contain a directory or
+file `baz'.  These expansions are explained in the sections below.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Default expansion::           a: or :a or a::b expands to a default.
+* Variable expansion::          $foo and ${foo} expand to environment values.
+* Tilde expansion::             ~ and ~user expand to home directories.
+* Brace expansion::             a{foo,bar}b expands to afoob abarb.
+* KPSE_DOT expansion::          . is replaced with $KPSE_DOT if it is defined.
+* Subdirectory expansion::      a// and a//b recursively expand to subdirs.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Default expansion,  Next: Variable expansion,  Up: Path expansion
+
+3.3.1 Default expansion
+-----------------------
+
+If the highest-priority search path (*note Path sources::) contains an
+"extra colon" (i.e., leading, trailing, or doubled), Kpathsea inserts
+at that point the next-highest-priority search path that is defined.
+If that inserted path has an extra colon, the same happens with the
+next-highest.  (An extra colon in the compile-time default value has
+unpredictable results, so installers beware.)
+
+   For example, given an environment variable setting
+
+     setenv TEXINPUTS /home/karl:
+
+and a `TEXINPUTS' value from `texmf.cnf' of
+
+     .:$TEXMF//tex
+
+then the final value used for searching will be:
+
+     /home/karl:.:$TEXMF//tex
+
+   Put another way, default expansion works on "formats" (search
+paths), and not directly on environment variables.  Example, showing
+the trailing `:' ignored in the first case and expanded in the second:
+
+     $ env TTFONTS=/tmp: kpsewhich --expand-path '$TTFONTS'
+     /tmp
+     $ env TTFONTS=/tmp: kpsewhich --show-path=.ttf
+     /tmp:.:/home/olaf/texmf/fonts/truetype//:...
+
+   Since Kpathsea looks for multiple configuration files, it would be
+natural to expect that (for example) an extra colon in `./texmf.cnf'
+would expand to the path in `$TEXMF/texmf.cnf'.  Or, with Dvips'
+configuration files, that an extra colon in `config.$PRINTER' would
+expand to the path in `config.ps'.  This doesn't happen.  It's not
+clear this would be desirable in all cases, and trying to devise a way
+to specify the path to which the extra colon should expand seemed truly
+baroque.  
+
+   Technicality: Since it would be useless to insert the default value
+in more than one place, Kpathsea changes only one extra `:' and leaves
+any others in place (they will eventually be ignored).  Kpathsea checks
+first for a leading `:', then a trailing `:', then a doubled `:'.
+
+   You can trace this by debugging "paths" (*note Debugging::).
+Default expansion is implemented in the source file
+`kpathsea/kdefault.c'.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Variable expansion,  Next: Tilde expansion,  Prev: Default expansion,  Up: Path expansion
+
+3.3.2 Variable expansion
+------------------------
+
+`$foo' or `${foo}' in a path element is replaced by (1) the value of an
+environment variable `foo' (if defined); (2) the value of `foo' from
+`texmf.cnf' (if defined); (3) the empty string.
+
+   If the character after the `$' is alphanumeric or `_', the variable
+name consists of all consecutive such characters. If the character
+after the `$' is a `{', the variable name consists of everything up to
+the next `}' (braces may not be nested around variable names).
+Otherwise, Kpathsea gives a warning and ignores the `$' and its
+following character.
+
+   You must quote the $'s and braces as necessary for your shell.
+_Shell_ variable values cannot be seen by Kpathsea, i.e., ones defined
+by `set' in C shells and without `export' in Bourne shells.
+
+   For example, given
+     setenv tex /home/texmf
+     setenv TEXINPUTS .:$tex:${tex}prev
+   the final `TEXINPUTS' path is the three directories:
+     .:/home/texmf:/home/texmfprev
+
+   The `.PROGNAME' suffix on variables and `_PROGNAME' on environment
+variable names are not implemented for general variable expansions.
+These are only recognized when search paths are initialized (*note Path
+sources::).
+
+   Variable expansion is implemented in the source file
+`kpathsea/variable.c'.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Tilde expansion,  Next: Brace expansion,  Prev: Variable expansion,  Up: Path expansion
+
+3.3.3 Tilde expansion
+---------------------
+
+A leading `~' in a path element is replaced by the value of the
+environment variable `HOME', or `.' if `HOME' is not set.  On Windows,
+the environment variable `USERPROFILE' is checked instead of `HOME'.
+
+   A leading `~USER' in a path element is replaced by USER's home
+directory from the system `passwd' database.
+
+   For example,
+     setenv TEXINPUTS ~/mymacros:
+
+will prepend a directory `mymacros' in your home directory to the
+default path.
+
+   As a special case, if a home directory ends in `/', the trailing
+slash is dropped, to avoid inadvertently creating a `//' construct in
+the path.  For example, if the home directory of the user `root' is
+`/', the path element `~root/mymacros' expands to just `/mymacros', not
+`//mymacros'.
+
+   Tilde expansion is implemented in the source file `kpathsea/tilde.c'.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Brace expansion,  Next: KPSE_DOT expansion,  Prev: Tilde expansion,  Up: Path expansion
+
+3.3.4 Brace expansion
+---------------------
+
+`x{A,B}y' expands to `xAy:xBy'.  For example:
+
+     foo/{1,2}/baz
+
+expands to `foo/1/baz:foo/2/baz'.  `:' is the path separator on the
+current system; e.g., on a DOS system, it's `;'.
+
+   Braces can be nested; for example, `x{A,B{1,2}}y' expands to
+`xAy:xB1y:xB2y'.
+
+   Multiple non-nested braces are expanded from right to left; for
+example, `x{A,B}{1,2}y' expands to `x{A,B}1y:x{A,B}2y', which expands
+to `xA1y:xB1y:xA2y:xB2y'.
+
+   This feature can be used to implement multiple TeX hierarchies, by
+assigning a brace list to `$TEXMF', as mentioned in `texmf.in'.
+
+   You can also use the path separator instead of the comma.  The last
+example could have been written `x{A:B}{1:2}y'.
+
+   Brace expansion is implemented in the source file
+`kpathsea/expand.c'.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: KPSE_DOT expansion,  Next: Subdirectory expansion,  Prev: Brace expansion,  Up: Path expansion
+
+3.3.5 `KPSE_DOT' expansion
+--------------------------
+
+When `KPSE_DOT' is defined in the environment, it names a directory
+that should be considered the current directory for the purpose of
+looking up files in the search paths.  This feature is needed by the
+`mktex...' scripts *note mktex scripts::, because these change the
+working directory.  You should not ever define it yourself.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Subdirectory expansion,  Prev: KPSE_DOT expansion,  Up: Path expansion
+
+3.3.6 Subdirectory expansion
+----------------------------
+
+Two or more consecutive slashes in a path element following a directory
+D is replaced by all subdirectories of D: first those subdirectories
+directly under D, then the subsubdirectories under those, and so on.
+At each level, the order in which the directories are searched is
+unspecified.  (It's "directory order", and definitely not alphabetical.)
+
+   If you specify any filename components after the `//', only
+subdirectories which match those components are included.  For example,
+`/a//b' would expand into directories `/a/1/b', `/a/2/b', `/a/1/1/b',
+and so on, but not `/a/b/c' or `/a/1'.
+
+   You can include multiple `//' constructs in the path.
+
+   `//' at the beginning of a path is ignored; you didn't really want
+to search every directory on the system, did you?
+
+   I should mention one related implementation trick, which I took from
+GNU find.  Matthew Farwell suggested it, and David MacKenzie
+implemented it.
+
+   The trick is that in every real Unix implementation (as opposed to
+the POSIX specification), a directory which contains no subdirectories
+will have exactly two links (namely, one for `.' and one for `..').
+That is to say, the `st_nlink' field in the `stat' structure will be
+two.  Thus, we don't have to stat everything in the bottom-level (leaf)
+directories--we can just check `st_nlink', notice it's two, and do no
+more work.
+
+   But if you have a directory that contains a single subdirectory and
+500 regular files, `st_nlink' will be 3, and Kpathsea has to stat every
+one of those 501 entries.  Therein lies slowness.
+
+   You can disable the trick by undefining `ST_NLINK_TRICK' in
+`kpathsea/config.h'. (It is undefined by default except under Unix.)
+
+   Unfortunately, in some cases files in leaf directories are `stat''d:
+if the path specification is, say, `$TEXMF/fonts//pk//', then files in
+a subdirectory `.../pk', even if it is a leaf, are checked. The reason
+cannot be explained without reference to the implementation, so read
+`kpathsea/elt-dirs.c' (search for `may descend') if you are curious.
+And if you can find a way to _solve_ the problem, please let me know.
+
+   Subdirectory expansion is implemented in the source file
+`kpathsea/elt-dirs.c'.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Filename database,  Next: Invoking kpsewhich,  Prev: Path expansion,  Up: Path searching
+
+3.4 Filename database (`ls-R')
+==============================
+
+Kpathsea goes to some lengths to minimize disk accesses for searches
+(*note Subdirectory expansion::).  Nevertheless, in practice searching
+each possible directory in typical TeX installations takes an
+excessively long time.
+
+   Therefore, Kpathsea can use an externally-built "filename database"
+file named `ls-R' that maps files to directories, thus avoiding the
+need to exhaustively search the disk.
+
+   A second database file `aliases' allows you to give additional names
+to the files listed in `ls-R'.  This can be helpful to adapt to "8.3"
+filename conventions in source files.
+
+   The `ls-R' and `aliases' features are implemented in the source file
+`kpathsea/db.c'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* ls-R::                        The main filename database.
+* Filename aliases::            Aliases for those names.
+* Database format::             Syntax details of the database file.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: ls-R,  Next: Filename aliases,  Up: Filename database
+
+3.4.1 `ls-R'
+------------
+
+As mentioned above, you must name the main filename database `ls-R'.
+You can put one at the root of each TeX installation hierarchy you wish
+to search (`$TEXMF' by default); most sites have only one hierarchy.
+Kpathsea looks for `ls-R' files along the `TEXMFDBS' path, so that
+should presumably match the list of hierarchies.
+
+   The recommended way to create and maintain `ls-R' is to run the
+`mktexlsr' script, which is installed in `$(bindir)' (`/usr/local/bin'
+by default).  That script goes to some trouble to follow symbolic links
+as necessary, etc.  It's also invoked by the distributed `mktex...'
+scripts.
+
+   At its simplest, though, you can build `ls-R' with the command
+     cd /YOUR/TEXMF/ROOT && ls -LAR ./ >ls-R
+
+presuming your `ls' produces the right output format (see the section
+below).  GNU `ls', for example, outputs in this format.  Also presuming
+your `ls' hasn't been aliased in a system file (e.g., `/etc/profile')
+to something problematic, e.g., `ls --color=tty'.  In that case, you
+will have to disable the alias before generating `ls-R'.  For the
+precise definition of the file format, see *note Database format::.
+
+   Regardless of whether you use the supplied script or your own, you
+will almost certainly want to invoke it via `cron', so when you make
+changes in the installed files (say if you install a new LaTeX
+package), `ls-R' will be automatically updated.
+
+   The `-A' option to `ls' includes files beginning with `.' (except
+for `.' and `..'), such as the file `.tex' included with the LaTeX
+tools package.  (On the other hand, _directories_ whose names begin
+with `.' are always ignored.)
+
+   If your system does not support symbolic links, omit the `-L'.
+
+   `ls -LAR /YOUR/TEXMF/ROOT' will also work.  But using `./' avoids
+embedding absolute pathnames, so the hierarchy can be easily
+transported.  It also avoids possible trouble with automounters or
+other network filesystem conventions.
+
+   Kpathsea warns you if it finds an `ls-R' file, but the file does not
+contain any usable entries.  The usual culprit is running plain `ls -R'
+instead of `ls -LR ./' or `ls -R /YOUR/TEXMF/ROOT'.  Another
+possibility is some system directory name starting with a `.' (perhaps
+if you are using AFS); Kpathsea ignores everything under such
+directories.
+
+   Because the database may be out-of-date for a particular run, if a
+file is not found in the database, by default Kpathsea goes ahead and
+searches the disk. If a particular path element begins with `!!',
+however, _only_ the database will be searched for that element, never
+the disk.  If the database does not exist, nothing will be searched.
+Because this can surprise users ("I see the font `foo.tfm' when I do an
+`ls'; why can't Dvips find it?"), it is not in any of the default
+search paths.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Filename aliases,  Next: Database format,  Prev: ls-R,  Up: Filename database
+
+3.4.2 Filename aliases
+----------------------
+
+In some circumstances, you may wish to find a file under several names.
+For example, suppose a TeX document was created using a DOS system and
+tries to read `longtabl.sty'.  But now it's being run on a Unix system,
+and the file has its original name, `longtable.sty'.  The file won't be
+found.  You need to give the actual file `longtable.sty' an alias
+`longtabl.sty'.
+
+   You can handle this by creating a file `aliases' as a companion to
+the `ls-R' for the hierarchy containing the file in question.  (You
+must have an `ls-R' for the alias feature to work.)
+
+   The format of `aliases' is simple: two whitespace-separated words
+per line; the first is the real name `longtable.sty', and second is the
+alias (`longtabl.sty').  These must be base filenames, with no
+directory components.  `longtable.sty' must be in the sibling `ls-R'.
+
+   Also, blank lines and lines starting with `%' or `#' are ignored in
+`aliases', to allow for comments.
+
+   If a real file `longtabl.sty' exists, it is used regardless of any
+aliases.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Database format,  Prev: Filename aliases,  Up: Filename database
+
+3.4.3 Database format
+---------------------
+
+The "database" read by Kpathsea is a line-oriented file of plain text.
+The format is that generated by GNU (and most other) `ls' programs
+given the `-R' option, as follows.
+
+   * Blank lines are ignored.
+
+   * If a line begins with `/' or `./' or `../' and ends with a colon,
+     it's the name of a directory.  (`../' lines aren't useful,
+     however, and should not be generated.)
+
+   * All other lines define entries in the most recently seen directory.
+     /'s in such lines will produce possibly-strange results.
+
+   * Files with no preceding directory line are ignored.
+
+   For example, here's the first few lines of `ls-R' (which totals
+about 30K bytes) on my system:
+
+     bibtex
+     dvips
+     fonts
+     ls-R
+     metafont
+     metapost
+     tex
+     web2c
+
+     ./bibtex:
+     bib
+     bst
+     doc
+
+     ./bibtex/bib:
+     asi.bib
+     btxdoc.bib
+     ...
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Invoking kpsewhich,  Prev: Filename database,  Up: Path searching
+
+3.5 `kpsewhich': Standalone path searching
+==========================================
+
+The Kpsewhich program exercises the path searching functionality
+independent of any particular application.  This can also be useful as a
+sort of `find' program to locate files in your TeX hierarchies, perhaps
+in administrative scripts.  It is used heavily in the distributed
+`mktex...' scripts.
+
+   Synopsis:
+
+     kpsewhich OPTION... FILENAME...
+
+   The options and filename(s) to look up can be intermixed.  Options
+can start with either `-' or `--', and any unambiguous abbreviation is
+accepted.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Path searching options::      Changing the mode, resolution, etc.
+* Specially-recognized files::  Default formats for texmf.cnf, etc.
+* Auxiliary tasks::             Path and variable expansion.
+* Standard options::            --help and --version.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Path searching options,  Next: Specially-recognized files,  Up: Invoking kpsewhich
+
+3.5.1 Path searching options
+----------------------------
+
+Kpsewhich looks up each non-option argument on the command line as a
+filename, and returns the first file found.
+
+   Various options alter the path searching behavior:
+
+`--all'
+     Report all matches found, one per line.  By default, if there is
+     more than one match, just one will be reported (chosen effectively
+     at random).
+
+`--dpi=NUM'
+     Set the resolution to NUM; this only affects `gf' and `pk'
+     lookups.  `-D' is a synonym, for compatibility with Dvips.
+     Default is 600.
+
+`--engine=NAME'
+     Set the engine name to NAME.  By default it is not set.  The
+     engine name is used in some search paths to allow files with the
+     same name but used by different engines to coexist.
+
+     In particular, since the memory dump files (`.fmt'/`.base'/`.mem')
+     are now stored in subdirectories named for the engine (`tex',
+     `pdftex', `xetex', etc.), you must specify an engine name in order
+     to find them.  For example, `cont-en.fmt' typically exists for both
+     `pdftex' and `xetex'.  With the default path settings, you can use
+     `--engine=/' to look for any dump file, regardless of engine; if a
+     dump file exists for more than one engine, it's indeterminate
+     which one is returned.  (The `/' ends up specifying a normal
+     recursive search along the path where the dumps are stored, namely
+     `$TEXMF/web2c{/$engine,}'.)
+
+`--format=NAME'
+     Set the format for lookup to NAME.  By default, the format is
+     guessed from the filename, with `tex' being used if nothing else
+     fits.  The recognized filename extensions (including any leading
+     `.') are also allowable NAMEs.
+
+     All formats also have a name, which is the only way to specify
+     formats with no associated suffix.  For example, for Dvips
+     configuration files you can use `--format="dvips config"'.  (The
+     quotes are for the sake of the shell.)
+
+     Here's the current list of recognized names and the associated
+     suffixes.  *Note Supported file formats::, for more information on
+     each of these.
+
+     The strings in parentheses are abbreviations recognized only by
+     `kpsewhich' (not the underlying library calls).  They are provided
+     when it would otherwise require an argument containing a space to
+     specify the format, to simplify quoting of calls from shells.
+
+          gf: gf
+          pk: pk
+          bitmap font (bitmapfont):
+          tfm: .tfm
+          afm: .afm
+          base: .base
+          bib: .bib
+          bst: .bst
+          cnf: .cnf
+          ls-R: ls-R ls-r
+          fmt: .fmt
+          map: .map
+          mem: .mem
+          mf: .mf
+          mfpool: .pool
+          mft: .mft
+          mp: .mp
+          mppool: .pool
+          MetaPost support (mpsupport):
+          ocp: .ocp
+          ofm: .ofm .tfm
+          opl: .opl  .pl
+          otp: .otp
+          ovf: .ovf .vf
+          ovp: .ovp  .vpl
+          graphic/figure:  .eps .epsi
+          tex: .tex  .sty .cls .fd .aux .bbl .def .clo .ldf
+          TeX system documentation (doc):
+          texpool: .pool
+          TeX system sources (source):  .dtx .ins
+          PostScript header:  .pro
+          Troff fonts (trofffont):
+          type1 fonts: .pfa .pfb
+          vf: .vf
+          dvips config (dvipsconfig):
+          ist: .ist
+          truetype fonts: .ttf .ttc .TTF .TTC .dfont
+          type42 fonts: .t42 .T42
+          web2c files (web2c):
+          other text files (othertext):
+          other binary files (otherbin):
+          misc fonts (miscfont):
+          web: .web  .ch
+          cweb: .w .web  .ch
+          enc files: .enc
+          cmap files (cmap):
+          subfont definition files: .sfd
+          opentype fonts: .otf
+          pdftex config (pdftexconfig):
+          lig files: .lig
+          texmfscripts:
+          lua: .luc .luctex .texluc .lua .luatex .texlua
+          font feature files: .fea
+          cid maps: .cid .cidmap
+          mlbib: .mlbib .bib
+          mlbst: .mlbst .bst
+          clua: .dll .so
+          ris: .ris
+          bltxml: .bltxml
+
+     This option and `--path' are mutually exclusive.
+
+`--interactive'
+     After processing the command line, read additional filenames to
+     look up from standard input.
+
+`--mktex=FILETYPE'
+`--no-mktex=FILETYPE'
+     Turn on or off the `mktex' script associated with FILETYPE.  Usual
+     values for FILETYPE are `pk', `mf', `tex', and `tfm'.  By default,
+     all are off in Kpsewhich, even if they are enabled for TeX.  This
+     option implies setting `--must-exist'.  *Note mktex scripts::.
+
+`--mode=STRING'
+     Set the mode name to STRING; this also only affects `gf' and `pk'
+     lookups.  No default: any mode will be found.  *Note mktex script
+     arguments::.
+
+`--must-exist'
+     Do everything possible to find the files, notably including
+     searching the disk and running the `mktex' scripts.  By default,
+     only the `ls-R' database is checked, in the interest of efficiency.
+
+`--path=STRING'
+     Search along the path STRING (colon-separated as usual), instead
+     of guessing the search path from the filename.  `//' and all the
+     usual expansions are supported (*note Path expansion::).  This
+     option and `--format' are mutually exclusive.  To output the
+     complete directory expansion of a path, instead of doing a
+     one-shot lookup, see `--expand-path' and `--show-path' in the
+     following section.
+
+`--progname=NAME'
+     Set the program name to NAME; default is `kpsewhich'.  This can
+     affect the search paths via the `.PROGNAM' feature in
+     configuration files (*note Config files::).
+
+`--safe-in-name=NAME'
+`--safe-out-name=NAME'
+     Exit successfully if NAME is safe to open for reading or writing,
+     respectively, else unsuccessfully.  No output is written.  These
+     tests take account of the related Kpathsea configuration settings
+     (*note Calling sequence::).
+
+`--subdir=STRING'
+     Report only those matches whose directory part _ends_ with STRING
+     (compared literally, except case is ignored on a case-insensitive
+     operating system).  For example, suppose there are two matches for
+     a given name:
+
+          kpsewhich foo.sty
+          => /some/where/foo.sty
+          /another/place/foo.sty
+
+     Then we can narrow the result to what we are interested in with
+     `--subdir':
+
+          kpsewhich --subdir=where foo.sty
+          => /some/where/foo.sty
+
+          kpsewhich --subdir=place foo.sty
+          => /another/place/foo.sty
+
+     The string to match must be at the end of the directory part of the
+     match, and it is taken literally, with no pattern matching:
+
+          kpsewhich --subdir=another foo.sty
+          =>
+
+     The string to match may cross directory components:
+
+          kpsewhich --subdir=some/where foo.sty
+          => /some/where/foo.sty
+
+     `--subdir' implies `--all'; if there is more than one match, they
+     will all be reported (in our example, both `where' and `place' end
+     in `e'):
+
+          kpsewhich --subdir=e
+          => /some/where/foo.sty
+          /another/place/foo.sty
+
+     Because of the above rules, the presence of a leading `/' is
+     important, since it "anchors" the match to a full component name:
+
+          kpsewhich --subdir=/lace foo.sty
+          =>
+
+     However, a trailing `/' is immaterial (and ignored), since the
+     match always takes place at the end of the directory part:
+
+          kpsewhich --subdir=lace/ foo.sty
+          => /another/place/foo.sty
+
+     The purpose of these rules is to make it convenient to find results
+     only within a particular area of the tree.  For instance, a given
+     script named `foo.lua' might exist within both
+     `texmf-dist/scripts/pkg1/' and `texmf-dist/scripts/pkg2/'.  By
+     specifying, say, `--subdir=/pkg1', you can be sure of getting the
+     one you are interested in.
+
+     We only match at the end because a site might happen to install TeX
+     in `/some/coincidental/pkg1/path/', and we wouldn't want to match
+     `texmf-dist/scripts/pkg2/' that when searching for `/pkg1'.
+
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Specially-recognized files,  Next: Auxiliary tasks,  Prev: Path searching options,  Up: Invoking kpsewhich
+
+3.5.2 Specially-recognized files for `kpsewhich'
+------------------------------------------------
+
+`kpsewhich' recognizes a few special filenames on the command line and
+defaults to using the `known' file formats for them, merely to save the
+time and trouble of specifying the format.  This is only a feature of
+`kpsewhich'; when using the Kpathsea library itself, none of these
+special filenames are recognized, and it's still up to the caller to
+specify the desired format.
+
+   Here is the list of special filenames to `kpsewhich', along with
+their corresponding format:
+
+`config.ps'
+     `dvips config'
+
+`dvipdfmx.cfg'
+     `other text files'
+
+`fmtutil.cnf'
+     `web2c files'
+
+`glyphlist.txt'
+     `map'
+
+`mktex.cnf'
+     `web2c files'
+
+`pdfglyphlist.txt'
+     `map'
+
+`pdftex.cfg'
+     `pdftex config' (although `pdftex.cfg' is not used any more; look
+     for the file `pdftexconfig.tex' instead.)
+
+`texmf.cnf'
+     `cnf'
+
+`XDvi'
+     `other text files'
+
+
+   A user-specified format will override the above defaults.
+
+   Another useful configuration file in this regard is `tcfmgr.map',
+found in `texmf/texconfig/tcfmgr.map', which records various
+information about the above configuration files (among others).
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Auxiliary tasks,  Next: Standard options,  Prev: Specially-recognized files,  Up: Invoking kpsewhich
+
+3.5.3 Auxiliary tasks
+---------------------
+
+Kpsewhich provides some additional features not strictly related to path
+lookup:
+
+   * `--debug=NUM' sets the debugging options to NUM.  *Note
+     Debugging::.
+
+   * `--var-value=VARIABLE' outputs the value of VARIABLE, expanding
+     `$' (*note Variable expansion:: and `~' (*note Tilde expansion::)
+     constructs, but not performing other expansions.
+
+   * `--expand-braces=STRING' outputs the variable and brace expansion
+     of STRING.  *Note Path expansion::.
+
+   * `--expand-var=STRING' outputs the variable and tilde expansion of
+     STRING.  For example, the `mktex...' scripts run `kpsewhich
+     --expand-var='$TEXMF'' to find the root of the TeX system
+     hierarchy.  *Note Path expansion::.
+
+   * `--expand-path=STRING' outputs the complete expansion of STRING,
+     with each element separated by the usual path separator on the
+     current system (`;' on Windows, `:' otherwise).  This may be
+     useful to construct a custom search path for a format not
+     otherwise supported.  To retrieve the search path for a format
+     that is already supported, see `--show-path', next.
+
+     Nonexistent directories are culled from the output:
+
+          $ kpsewhich --expand-path '/tmp'
+          => /tmp
+          $ kpsewhich --expand-path '/nonesuch'
+          =>
+
+     For one-shot uses of an arbitrary (not built in to Kpathsea) path,
+     see `--path' in the previous section.
+
+   * `--show-path=NAME' shows the path that would be used for file
+     lookups of file type NAME.  Either a filename extension (`pk',
+     `.vf', etc.) or an integer can be used, just as with `--format',
+     described in the previous section.
+
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Standard options,  Prev: Auxiliary tasks,  Up: Invoking kpsewhich
+
+3.5.4 Standard options
+----------------------
+
+Kpsewhich accepts the standard GNU options:
+
+   * `--help' prints a help message on standard output and exits
+     successfully.
+
+   * `--version' prints the Kpathsea version number and exits
+     successfully.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: TeX support,  Next: Programming,  Prev: Path searching,  Up: Top
+
+4 TeX support
+*************
+
+Although the basic features in Kpathsea can be used for any type of path
+searching, it came about (like all libraries) with a specific
+application in mind: I wrote Kpathsea specifically for TeX system
+programs.  I had been struggling with the programs I was using (Dvips,
+Xdvi, and TeX itself) having slightly different notions of how to
+specify paths; and debugging was painful, since no code was shared.
+
+   Therefore, Kpathsea provides some TeX-specific formats and features.
+Indeed, many of the supposedly generic path searching features were
+provided because they seemed useful in that conTeXt (font lookup,
+particularly).
+
+   Kpathsea provides a standard way to search for files of any of the
+supported file types; glyph fonts are a bit different than all the rest.
+Searches are based solely on filenames, not file contents--if a GF file
+is named `cmr10.600pk', it will be found as a PK file.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Supported file formats::      File types Kpathsea knows about.
+* File lookup::                 Searching for most kinds of files.
+* Glyph lookup::                Searching for bitmap fonts.
+* Suppressing warnings::        Avoiding warnings via TEX_HUSH.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Supported file formats,  Next: File lookup,  Up: TeX support
+
+4.1 Supported file formats
+==========================
+
+Kpathsea has support for a number of file types.  Each file type has a
+list of environment and config file variables that are checked to define
+the search path, and most have a default suffix that plays a role in
+finding files (see the next section).  Some also define additional
+suffixes, and/or a program to be run to create missing files on the fly.
+
+   Since environment variables containing periods, such as
+`TEXINPUTS.latex', are not allowed on some systems, Kpathsea looks for
+environment variables with an underscore, e.g., `TEXINPUTS_latex'
+(*note Config files::).
+
+   The following table lists the above information.
+
+`afm'
+     (Adobe font metrics, *note Metric files: (dvips)Metric files.)
+     `AFMFONTS'; suffix `.afm'.
+
+`base'
+     (Metafont memory dump, *note Memory dumps: (web2c)Memory dumps.)
+     `MFBASES', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.base'.
+
+`bib'
+     (BibTeX bibliography source, *note bibtex invocation:
+     (web2c)bibtex invocation.)  `BIBINPUTS', `TEXBIB'; suffix `.bib'.
+
+`bst'
+     (BibTeX style, *note Basic BibTeX style files: (web2c)Basic BibTeX
+     style files.)  `BSTINPUTS'; suffix `.bst'.
+
+`cmap'
+     (character map files) `CMAPFONTS'; suffix `.cmap'.
+
+`cnf'
+     (Runtime configuration files, *note Config files::) `TEXMFCNF';
+     suffix `.cnf'.
+
+`cweb'
+     (CWEB input files) `CWEBINPUTS'; suffixes `.w', `.web'; additional
+     suffix `.ch'.
+
+`dvips config'
+     (Dvips `config.*' files, such as `config.ps', *note Config files:
+     (dvips)Config files.)  `TEXCONFIG'.
+
+`enc files'
+     (encoding vectors) `ENCFONTS'; suffix `.enc'.
+
+`fmt'
+     (TeX memory dump, *note Memory dumps: (web2c)Memory dumps.)
+     `TEXFORMATS', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.fmt'.
+
+`font cid map'
+     (CJK mapping) `FONTCIDMAPS' suffix `.cid'.
+
+`font feature files'
+     (primarily for OpenType font features) `FONTFEATURES' suffix
+     `.fea'.
+
+`gf'
+     (generic font bitmap, *note Glyph files: (dvips)Glyph files.)
+     `PROGRAMFONTS', `GFFONTS', `GLYPHFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `gf'.
+
+`graphic/figure'
+     (Encapsulated PostScript figures, *note PostScript figures:
+     (dvips)PostScript figures.)  `TEXPICTS', `TEXINPUTS'; additional
+     suffixes: `.eps', `.epsi'.
+
+`ist'
+     (makeindex style files) `TEXINDEXSTYLE', `INDEXSTYLE'; suffix
+     `.ist'.
+
+`lig files'
+     (ligature definition files) `LIGFONTS'; suffix `.lig'.
+
+`ls-R'
+     (Filename databases, *note Filename database::) `TEXMFDBS'.
+
+`map'
+     (Fontmaps, *note Fontmap::) `TEXFONTMAPS'; suffix `.map'.
+
+`mem'
+     (MetaPost memory dump, *note Memory dumps: (web2c)Memory dumps.)
+     `MPMEMS', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.mem'.
+
+`MetaPost support'
+     (MetaPost support files, used by DMP; *note dmp invocation:
+     (web2c)dmp invocation.)  `MPSUPPORT'.
+
+`mf'
+     (Metafont source, *note mf invocation: (web2c)mf invocation.)
+     `MFINPUTS'; suffix `.mf'; dynamic creation program: `mktexmf'.
+
+`mfpool'
+     (Metafont program strings, *note pooltype invocation:
+     (web2c)pooltype invocation.)  `MFPOOL', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.pool'.
+
+`mft'
+     (`MFT' style file, *note mft invocation: (web2c)mft invocation.)
+     `MFTINPUTS'; suffix `.mft'.
+
+`misc fonts'
+     (font-related files that don't fit the other categories)
+     `MISCFONTS'
+
+`mlbib'
+     (MlBibTeX bibliography source) `MLBIBINPUTS', `BIBINPUTS',
+     `TEXBIB'; suffixes `.mlbib', `.mlbib'.
+
+`mlbst'
+     (MlBibTeX style) `MLBSTINPUTS', `BSTINPUTS'; suffixes `.mlbst',
+     `.bst'.
+
+`mp'
+     (MetaPost source, *note mpost invocation: (web2c)mpost invocation.)
+     `MPINPUTS'; suffix `.mp'.
+
+`mppool'
+     (MetaPost program strings, *note pooltype invocation:
+     (web2c)pooltype invocation.)  `MPPOOL', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.pool'.
+
+`ocp'
+     (Omega compiled process files) `OCPINPUTS';
+     suffix `.ocp'; dynamic creation program: `MakeOmegaOCP'.
+
+`ofm'
+     (Omega font metrics) `OFMFONTS', `TEXFONTS';
+     suffixes `.ofm', `.tfm'; dynamic creation program: `MakeOmegaOFM'.
+
+`opentype fonts'
+     (OpenType fonts) `OPENTYPEFONTS'.
+
+`opl'
+     (Omega property lists) `OPLFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `.opl'.
+
+`otp'
+     (Omega translation process files) `OTPINPUTS'; suffix `.otp'.
+
+`ovf'
+     (Omega virtual fonts) `OVFFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `.ovf'.
+
+`ovp'
+     (Omega virtual property lists) `OVPFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix
+     `.ovp'.
+
+`pdftex config'
+     (PDFTeX-specific configuration files) `PDFTEXCONFIG'.
+
+`pk'
+     (packed bitmap fonts, *note Glyph files: (dvips)Glyph files.)
+     `PROGRAMFONTS' (PROGRAM being `XDVI', etc.), `PKFONTS', `TEXPKS',
+     `GLYPHFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `pk'; dynamic creation program:
+     `mktexpk'.
+
+`PostScript header'
+     (downloadable PostScript, *note Header files: (dvips)Header files.)
+     `TEXPSHEADERS', `PSHEADERS'; additional suffix `.pro'.
+
+`subfont definition files'
+     (subfont definition files) `SFDFONTS' suffix `.sfd'.
+
+`tex'
+     (TeX source, *note tex invocation: (web2c)tex invocation.)
+     `TEXINPUTS'; suffix `.tex'; additional suffixes: none, because
+     such a list cannot be complete; dynamic creation program:
+     `mktextex'.
+
+`TeX system documentation'
+     (Documentation files for the TeX system) `TEXDOCS'.
+
+`TeX system sources'
+     (Source files for the TeX system) `TEXSOURCES'.
+
+`texmfscripts'
+     (Architecture-independent executables distributed in the texmf
+     trees) `TEXMFSCRIPTS'.
+
+`texpool'
+     (TeX program strings, *note pooltype invocation: (web2c)pooltype
+     invocation.)  `TEXPOOL', `TEXMFINI'; suffix `.pool'.
+
+`tfm'
+     (TeX font metrics, *note Metric files: (dvips)Metric files.)
+     `TFMFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `.tfm'; dynamic creation program:
+     `mktextfm'.
+
+`Troff fonts'
+     (Troff fonts, used by DMP; *note DMP invocation: (web2c)DMP
+     invocation.)  `TRFONTS'.
+
+`truetype fonts'
+     (TrueType outline fonts) `TTFONTS'; suffixes `.ttf' and `.TTF',
+     `.ttc' and `.TTC', `.dfont'.
+
+`type1 fonts'
+     (Type 1 PostScript outline fonts, *note Glyph files: (dvips)Glyph
+     files.)  `T1FONTS', `T1INPUTS', `TEXPSHEADERS', `DVIPSHEADERS';
+     suffixes `.pfa', `.pfb'.
+
+`type42 fonts'
+     (Type 42 PostScript outline fonts) `T42FONTS'.
+
+`vf'
+     (virtual fonts, *note Virtual fonts: (dvips)Virtual fonts.)
+     `VFFONTS', `TEXFONTS'; suffix `.vf'.
+
+`web'
+     (WEB input files) `WEBINPUTS'; suffix `.web'; additional suffix
+     `.ch'.
+
+`web2c files'
+     (files specific to the web2c implementation) `WEB2C'.
+
+   There are two special cases, because the paths and environment
+variables always depend on the name of the program: the variable name is
+constructed by converting the program name to upper case, and then
+appending `INPUTS'.  Assuming the program is called `foo', this gives
+us the following table.
+
+`other text files'
+     (text files used by `foo') `FOOINPUTS'.
+
+`other binary files'
+     (binary files used by `foo') `FOOINPUTS'.
+
+   If an environment variable by these names are set, the corresponding
+`texmf.cnf' definition won't be looked at (unless, as usual, the
+environment variable value has an extra `:').  *Note Default
+expansion::.
+
+   For the font variables, the intent is that:
+   * `TEXFONTS' is the default for everything.
+
+   * `GLYPHFONTS' is the default for bitmap (or, more precisely,
+     non-metric) files.
+
+   * Each font format has a variable of its own.
+
+   * Each program has its own font override path as well; e.g.,
+     `DVIPSFONTS' for Dvipsk.  Again, this is for bitmaps, not metrics.
+
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: File lookup,  Next: Glyph lookup,  Prev: Supported file formats,  Up: TeX support
+
+4.2 File lookup
+===============
+
+This section describes how Kpathsea searches for most files (bitmap font
+searches are the exception, as described in the next section).
+
+   Here is the search strategy for a file NAME:
+
+  1. If the file format defines default suffixes, and the suffix of
+     NAME name is not already a known suffix for that format, try the
+     name with each default appended, and use alternative names found in
+     the fontmaps if necessary.  Example: given `foo.bar', look for
+     `foo.bar.tex'.
+
+  2. Search for NAME, and if necessary for alternative names found in
+     the fontmaps.  Example: given `foo.bar', we also look for
+     `foo.bar'.
+
+  3. If the file format defines a program to invoke to create missing
+     files, run it (*note mktex scripts::).
+
+   The order in which we search for "suffixed" name (item 1) or the
+"as-is" name (item 2) is controlled by the `try_std_extension_first'
+configuration value.  The default set in `texmf.cnf' is true, since
+common suffixes are already recognized: `babel.sty' will only look for
+`babel.sty', not `babel.sty.tex', regardless of this setting.
+
+   When the suffix is unknown (e.g., `foo.bar'), both names are always
+tried; the difference is the order in which they are tried.
+
+   `try_std_extension_first' only affects names being looked up which
+*already* have an extension.  A name without an extension (e.g., `tex
+story') will always have an extension added first.
+
+   This algorithm is implemented in the function `kpathsea_find_file'
+in the source file `kpathsea/tex-file.c'.  You can watch it in action
+with the debugging options (*note Debugging::).
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Glyph lookup,  Next: Suppressing warnings,  Prev: File lookup,  Up: TeX support
+
+4.3 Glyph lookup
+================
+
+This section describes how Kpathsea searches for a bitmap font in GF or
+PK format (or either) given a font name (e.g., `cmr10') and a
+resolution (e.g., 600).
+
+   Here is an outline of the search strategy (details in the sections
+below) for a file NAME at resolution DPI.  The search stops at the
+first successful lookup.
+
+  1. Look for an existing file NAME.DPIFORMAT in the specified
+     format(s).
+
+  2. If NAME is an alias for a file F in the fontmap file
+     `texfonts.map', look for F.DPI.
+
+  3. Run an external program (typically named `mktexpk') to generate
+     the font (*note mktex scripts::)
+
+  4. Look for FALLBACK.DPI, where FALLBACK is some last-resort font
+     (typically `cmr10').
+
+   This is implemented in `kpathsea_find_glyph' in
+`kpathsea/tex-glyph.c'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Basic glyph lookup::          Features common to all glyph lookups.
+* Fontmap::                     Aliases for fonts.
+* Fallback font::               Resolutions and fonts of last resort.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Basic glyph lookup,  Next: Fontmap,  Up: Glyph lookup
+
+4.3.1 Basic glyph lookup
+------------------------
+
+When Kpathsea looks for a bitmap font NAME at resolution DPI in a
+format FORMAT, it first checks each directory in the search path for a
+file `NAME.DPIFORMAT'; for example, `cmr10.600pk'.  Kpathsea looks for
+a PK file first, then a GF file.
+
+   If that fails, Kpathsea looks for `dpiDPI/NAME.FORMAT'; for example,
+`dpi600/cmr10.pk'. This is how fonts are typically stored on
+filesystems (such as DOS) that permit only three-character extensions.
+
+   If that fails, Kpathsea looks for a font with a close-enough DPI.
+"Close enough" is defined by the macro `KPSE_BITMAP_TOLERANCE' in
+`kpathsea/tex-glyph.h' to be `DPI / 500 + 1'.  This is slightly more
+than the 0.2% minimum allowed by the DVI standard
+(`CTAN:/dviware/driv-standard/level-0').
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Fontmap,  Next: Fallback font,  Prev: Basic glyph lookup,  Up: Glyph lookup
+
+4.3.2 Fontmap
+-------------
+
+If a bitmap font or metric file is not found with the original name (see
+the previous section), Kpathsea looks through any "fontmap" files for
+an "alias" for the original font name.  These files are named
+`texfonts.map' and searched for along the `TEXFONTMAPS'
+environment/config file variable.  All `texfonts.map' files that are
+found are read; earlier definitions override later ones.
+
+   This feature is intended to help in two respects:
+
+  1. An alias name is limited in length only by available memory, not
+     by your filesystem.  Therefore, if you want to ask for
+     `Times-Roman' instead of `ptmr', you can (you get `ptmr8r').
+
+  2. A few fonts have historically had multiple names: specifically,
+     LaTeX's "circle font" has variously been known as `circle10',
+     `lcircle10', and `lcirc10'.  Aliases can make all the names
+     equivalent, so that it no longer matters what the name of the
+     installed file is; TeX documents will find their favorite name.
+
+
+   The format of fontmap files is straightforward:
+
+   * Comments start with `%' and continue to the end of the line.  
+
+   * Blank lines are ignored.
+
+   * Each nonblank line is broken up into a series of "words":   a
+     sequence of non-whitespace characters.  
+
+   * If the first word is `include', the second word is used as   a
+     filename, and it is searched for and read.
+
+   * Otherwise, the first word on each line is the true filename;
+
+   * the second word is the alias;
+
+   * subsequent words are ignored.
+
+   If an alias has an extension, it matches only those files with that
+extension; otherwise, it matches anything with the same root, regardless
+of extension.  For example, an alias `foo.tfm' matches only when
+`foo.tfm' is being searched for; but an alias `foo' matches `foo.vf',
+`foo.600pk', etc.
+
+   As an example, here is an excerpt from the `texfonts.map' in the
+Web2c distribution.  It makes the circle fonts equivalent and includes
+automatically generated maps for most PostScript fonts available from
+various font suppliers.
+
+     circle10        lcircle10
+     circle10        lcirc10
+     lcircle10       circle10
+     lcircle10       lcirc10
+     lcirc10         circle10
+     lcirc10         lcircle10
+     ...
+     include adobe.map
+     include apple.map
+     include bitstrea.map
+     ...
+
+   Fontmaps are implemented in the file `kpathsea/fontmap.c'.  The
+Fontname distribution has much more information on font naming (*note
+Introduction: (fontname)Introduction.).
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Fallback font,  Prev: Fontmap,  Up: Glyph lookup
+
+4.3.3 Fallback font
+-------------------
+
+If a bitmap font cannot be found or created at the requested size,
+Kpathsea looks for the font at a set of "fallback resolutions".  You
+specify these resolutions as a colon-separated list (like search paths).
+Kpathsea looks first for a program-specific environment variable (e.g.,
+`DVIPSSIZES' for Dvipsk), then the environment variable `TEXSIZES',
+then a default specified at compilation time (the Make variable
+`default_texsizes').  You can set this list to be empty if you prefer
+to find fonts at their stated size or not at all.
+
+   Finally, if the font cannot be found even at the fallback
+resolutions, Kpathsea looks for a fallback font, typically `cmr10'.
+Programs must enable this feature by  calling `kpathsea_init_prog'
+(*note Calling sequence::); the default is no fallback font.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Suppressing warnings,  Prev: Glyph lookup,  Up: TeX support
+
+4.4 Suppressing warnings
+========================
+
+Kpathsea provides a way to suppress selected usually-harmless warnings;
+this is useful at large sites where most users are not administrators,
+and thus the warnings are merely a source of confusion, not a help.  To
+do this, you set the environment variable or configuration file value
+`TEX_HUSH' to a colon-separated list of values.  Here are the
+possibilities:
+
+`all'
+     Suppress everything possible.
+
+`checksum'
+     Suppress mismatched font checksum warnings.
+
+`lostchar'
+     Suppress warnings when a character is missing from a font that a
+     DVI or VF file tries to typeset.
+
+`none'
+     Don't suppress any warnings.
+
+`readable'
+     Suppress warnings about attempts to access a file whose permissions
+     render it unreadable.
+
+`special'
+     Suppresses warnings about an unimplemented or unparsable
+     `\special' command.
+
+`tex-hush.c' defines the function that checks the variable value.  Each
+driver implements its own checks where appropriate.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Programming,  Next: Index,  Prev: TeX support,  Up: Top
+
+5 Programming
+*************
+
+This chapter is for programmers who wish to use Kpathsea.  *Note
+Introduction::, for the conditions under which you may do so.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Overview: Programming overview.         Introduction.
+* Calling sequence::                      Specifics of what to call.
+* Program-specific files::                How to handle these.
+* Config: Programming with config files.  Getting info from texmf.cnf.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Programming overview,  Next: Calling sequence,  Up: Programming
+
+5.1 Programming overview
+========================
+
+Aside from this manual, your best source of information is the source
+to the programs that use Kpathsea (*note Introduction::).  Of those,
+Dviljk is probably the simplest, and hence a good place to start.
+Xdvik adds VF support and the complication of X resources.  Dvipsk adds
+the complication of its own config files.  Web2c is source code I also
+maintain, so it uses Kpathsea rather straightforwardly, but is of
+course complicated by the Web to C translation.  Finally, Kpsewhich is
+a small utility program whose sole purpose is to exercise the main
+path-searching functionality.
+
+   When looking at these program sources, you should know that previous
+versions of the library had a different programming interface, to
+support re-entrancy.  In that interface the library function names were
+prefixed with `kpse_' instead of `kpathsea_', and they did not need an
+instance variable as first argument.  This change was made in 2009.
+Some of the programs mentioned above may still be using the previous
+interface.
+
+   Beyond these examples, the `.h' files in the Kpathsea source
+describe the interfaces and functionality (and of course the `.c' files
+define the actual routines, which are the ultimate documentation).
+`pathsearch.h' declares the basic searching routine.  `tex-file.h' and
+`tex-glyph.h' define the interfaces for looking up particular kinds of
+files.  In view of the way the headers depend on each other, it is
+recommended to use `#include <kpathsea/kpathsea.h>', which includes
+every Kpathsea header.
+
+   If you want to include only specific headers, you should still
+consider including `kpathsea/config.h' before including any other
+Kpathsea header, as it provides symbols used in the other headers.
+Note that `kpathsea/config.h' includes `kpathsea/c-auto.h', which is
+generated by Autoconf.
+
+   The library provides no way for an external program to register new
+file types: `tex-file.[ch]' must be modified to do this. For example,
+Kpathsea has support for looking up Dvips config files, even though no
+program other than Dvips will likely ever want to do so.  I felt this
+was acceptable, since along with new file types should also come new
+defaults in `texmf.cnf' (and its descendant `paths.h'), since it's
+simplest for users if they can modify one configuration file for all
+kinds of paths.
+
+   Kpathsea does not parse any formats itself; it barely opens any
+files.  Its primary purpose is to return filenames.  The GNU font
+utilities does contain libraries to read TFM, GF, and PK files, as do
+the programs above, of course.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Calling sequence,  Next: Program-specific files,  Prev: Programming overview,  Up: Programming
+
+5.2 Calling sequence
+====================
+
+The typical way to use Kpathsea in your program goes something like
+this:
+
+  1. Call `kpathsea_new' to create a new library instance. This variable
+     must be passed as the first argument to all the following library
+     functions.  The rest of this manual will be using `kpse' as a
+     placeholder for the name of this variable.
+
+  2. Call `kpathsea_set_program_name' with `argv[0]' as the second
+     argument; the third argument is a string or `NULL'.  The third
+     argument is used by Kpathsea as the program name for the
+     `.PROGRAM' feature of config files (*note Config files::).  If the
+     third argument is `NULL', the value of the second argument is
+     used.  This function must be called before any other use of the
+     Kpathsea library.
+
+     `kpathsea_set_program_name' always sets the variables
+     `kpse->invocation_name' and `kpse->invocation_short_name'.  These
+     variables are used in the error message macros defined in
+     `kpathsea/lib.h'.  It sets the variable `kpse->program_name' to
+     the program name it uses.
+
+     It also initializes debugging options based on the environment
+     variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' (if that is set).
+
+     Finally, it sets the environment variables `SELFAUTOLOC',
+     `SELFAUTODIR' and `SELFAUTOPARENT' to the location, parent and
+     grandparent directory of the executable, removing `.' and `..' path
+     elements and resolving symbolic links.  These are used in the
+     default configuration file to allow people to invoke TeX from
+     anywhere.  You can use `kpsewhich --expand-var=\$SELFAUTOLOC',
+     etc., to see the values.
+
+  3. Set debugging options. *Note Debugging::.  If your program doesn't
+     have a debugging option already, you can define one and set
+     `kpse->debug' to the number that the user supplies (as in Dviljk
+     and Web2c), or you can just omit this altogether (people can
+     always set `KPATHSEA_DEBUG').  If you do have runtime debugging
+     already, you need to merge Kpathsea's options with yours (as in
+     Dvipsk and Xdvik).
+
+  4. If your program has its own configuration files that can define
+     search paths, you should assign those paths to the `client_path'
+     member in the appropriate element of the `kpse->format_info'
+     array.  (This array is indexed by file type; see `tex-file.h'.)
+     See `resident.c' in Dvipsk for an example.
+
+  5. Call `kpathsea_init_prog' (see `proginit.c'). It's useful for the
+     DVI drivers, at least, but for other programs it may be simpler to
+     extract the parts of it that actually apply.  This does not
+     initialize any paths, it just looks for (and sets) certain
+     environment variables and other random information.  (A search
+     path is always initialized at the first call to find a file of
+     that type; this eliminates much useless work, e.g., initializing
+     the BibTeX search paths in a DVI driver.)
+
+  6. The routine to actually find a file of type FORMAT is
+     `kpathsea_find_file'.  You can call `kpathsea_find_file' after
+     doing only the first and second of the initialization steps
+     above--Kpathsea automatically reads the `texmf.cnf' generic config
+     files, looks for environment variables, and does expansions at the
+     first lookup.
+
+  7. To find PK and/or GF bitmap fonts, the routine is
+     `kpathsea_find_glyph', defined in `tex-glyph.h'. This returns a
+     structure in addition to the resultant filename, because fonts can
+     be found in so many ways. See the documentation in the source.
+
+  8. To actually open a file, not just return a filename, call
+     `kpathsea_open_file'.  This function takes the name to look up and
+     a Kpathsea file format as arguments, and returns the usual `FILE
+     *'.  It always assumes the file must exist, and thus will search
+     the disk if necessary (unless the search path specified `!!',
+     etc.).  In other words, if you are looking up a VF or some other
+     file that need not exist, don't use this.
+
+  9. TeX can write output files, via the `\openout' primitive; this
+     opens a security hole vulnerable to Trojan horse attack: an
+     unwitting user could run a TeX program that overwrites, say,
+     `~/.rhosts'.  Analogous security holes exist for many other
+     programs.  To alleviate this, there is a configuration variable
+     `openout_any', which selects one of three levels of security.
+     When it is set to `a' (for "any"), no restrictions are imposed.
+     When it is set to `r' (for "restricted"), filenames beginning with
+     `.' are disallowed (except `.tex' because LaTeX needs it).  When
+     it is set to `p' (for "paranoid") additional restrictions are
+     imposed: an absolute filename must refer to a file in (a
+     subdirectory) of `TEXMFOUTPUT', and any attempt to go up a
+     directory level is forbidden (that is, paths may not contain a
+     `..' component).  The paranoid setting is the default.  (For
+     backwards compatibility, `y' and `1' are synonyms of `a', while
+     `n' and `0' are synonyms for `r'.) The function
+     `kpathsea_out_name_ok', with a filename as second argument,
+     returns `true' if that filename is acceptable to be opend for
+     output or `false' otherwise.
+
+ 10. Similarly, the function `kpathsea_in_name_ok', with a filename as
+     second argument, returns `true' if that filename is acceptable to
+     be opend for input or `false' otherwise, depending on the value of
+     the configuration variable `openin_any' (with `a' as default).
+
+ 11. To close the kpathsea library instance you are using, call
+     `kpathsea_finish'.  This function closes any open log files and
+     frees the memory used by the instance.
+
+
+   Kpathsea also provides many utility routines. Some are generic: hash
+tables, memory allocation, string concatenation and copying, string
+lists, reading input lines of arbitrary length, etc. Others are
+filename-related: default path, tilde, and variable expansion, `stat'
+calls, etc. (Perhaps someday I'll move the former to a separate
+library.)
+
+   The `c-*.h' header files can also help your program adapt to many
+different systems.  You will almost certainly want to use Autoconf and
+probably Automake for configuring and building your software if you use
+Kpathsea; I strongly recommend using Autoconf and Automake regardless.
+They are available from `ftp://ftp.gnu.og/pub/gnu/'.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Program-specific files,  Next: Programming with config files,  Prev: Calling sequence,  Up: Programming
+
+5.3 Program-specific files
+==========================
+
+Many programs will need to find some configuration files.  Kpathsea
+contains some support to make it easy to place them in their own
+directories.  The Standard TeX directory structure (*note Introduction:
+(tds)Top.), specifies that such files should go into a subdirectory
+named after the program, like `texmf/ttf2pk'.
+
+   Two formats, `kpse_program_text_format' and
+`kpse_program_binary_format', use `.:$TEXMF/PROGRAM//' as their
+compiled-in search path.  To override this default, you can use the
+variable `PROGRAMINPUTS' in the environment and/or `texmf.cnf'.  That
+is to say, the name of the variable is constructed by converting the
+name of the program to upper case, and appending `INPUTS'.
+
+   The only difference between these two formats is whether
+`kpathsea_open_file' will open the files it finds in text or binary
+mode.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Programming with config files,  Prev: Program-specific files,  Up: Programming
+
+5.4 Programming with config files
+=================================
+
+You can (and probably should) use the same `texmf.cnf' configuration
+file that Kpathsea uses for your program.  This helps installers by
+keeping all configuration in one place.
+
+   To retrieve a value VAR from config files, the best way is to call
+`kpathsea_var_value' on the string `VAR'.  This will look first for an
+environment variable VAR, then a config file value.  The result will be
+the value found or `NULL'.  This function is declared in
+`kpathsea/variable.h'.  For an example, see the `shell_escape' code in
+`web2c/lib/texmfmp.c'.
+
+   The routine to do variable expansion in the context of a search path
+(as opposed to simply retrieving a value) is `kpathsea_var_expand', also
+declared in `kpathsea/variable.h'.  It's generally only necessary to
+set the search path structure components as explained in the previous
+section, rather than using this yourself.
+
+   If for some reason you want to retrieve a value _only_ from a config
+file, not automatically looking for a corresponding environment
+variable, call `kpathsea_cnf_get' (declared in `kpathsea/cnf.h') with
+the string VAR.
+
+   No initialization calls are needed.
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info,  Node: Index,  Prev: Programming,  Up: Top
+
+Index
+*****
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* !! in path specifications:             ls-R.                (line  52)
+* $ expansion:                           Variable expansion.  (line   6)
+* --all:                                 Path searching options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* --color=tty:                           ls-R.                (line  21)
+* --debug=NUM:                           Auxiliary tasks.     (line   9)
+* --disable-static:                      configure options.   (line  31)
+* --dpi=NUM:                             Path searching options.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* --enable options:                      configure options.   (line  16)
+* --enable-maintainer-mode:              configure options.   (line  34)
+* --enable-shared <1>:                   Shared library.      (line   6)
+* --enable-shared:                       configure options.   (line  27)
+* --engine=NAME:                         Path searching options.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* --expand-braces=STRING:                Auxiliary tasks.     (line  16)
+* --expand-path=STRING:                  Auxiliary tasks.     (line  24)
+* --expand-var=STRING:                   Auxiliary tasks.     (line  19)
+* --format=NAME:                         Path searching options.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* --help:                                Standard options.    (line   8)
+* --interactive:                         Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 120)
+* --mktex=FILETYPE:                      Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 125)
+* --mode=STRING:                         Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 131)
+* --must-exist:                          Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 136)
+* --no-mktex=FILETYPE:                   Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 125)
+* --path=STRING:                         Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 141)
+* --progname=NAME:                       Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 150)
+* --safe-in-name=NAME:                   Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 156)
+* --safe-out-name=NAME:                  Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 156)
+* --show-path=NAME:                      Auxiliary tasks.     (line  41)
+* --srcdir, for building multiple architectures: configure scenarios.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* --subdir=STRING:                       Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 162)
+* --var-value=VARIABLE:                  Auxiliary tasks.     (line  12)
+* --version:                             Standard options.    (line  11)
+* --with options:                        configure options.   (line  16)
+* --with-mktextex-default:               mktex configuration. (line  12)
+* --without-mktexfmt-default:            mktex configuration. (line  12)
+* --without-mktexmf-default:             mktex configuration. (line  12)
+* --without-mktexocp-default:            mktex configuration. (line  12)
+* --without-mktexofm-default:            mktex configuration. (line  12)
+* --without-mktexpk-default:             mktex configuration. (line  12)
+* --without-mktextfm-default:            mktex configuration. (line  12)
+* -1 debugging value:                    Debugging.           (line  23)
+* -A option to ls:                       ls-R.                (line  33)
+* -Bdynamic:                             ShellWidgetClass.    (line  45)
+* -Bstatic:                              ShellWidgetClass.    (line  45)
+* -D NUM:                                Path searching options.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* -dynamic:                              ShellWidgetClass.    (line  43)
+* -g, compiling without:                 configure scenarios. (line  32)
+* -L option to ls:                       ls-R.                (line  38)
+* -O, compiling with:                    configure scenarios. (line  32)
+* -static:                               ShellWidgetClass.    (line  43)
+* . directories, ignored:                ls-R.                (line  33)
+* . files:                               ls-R.                (line  33)
+* .2602gf:                               Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* .afm:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* .base:                                 Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* .bib:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* .bst:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* .cid:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  58)
+* .cmap:                                 Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* .cnf:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* .enc:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* .eps:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* .epsi:                                 Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* .fea:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  61)
+* .fmt:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  54)
+* .ist:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  74)
+* .lig:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  78)
+* .map:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  84)
+* .mem:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  87)
+* .mf:                                   Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  95)
+* .mft:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 103)
+* .mlbib:                                Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 111)
+* .mlbst:                                Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 115)
+* .mp:                                   Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 119)
+* .ocp:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 127)
+* .ofm:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 131)
+* .opl:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 138)
+* .otp:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 141)
+* .ovf:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 144)
+* .ovp:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 147)
+* .pfa:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 200)
+* .pfb:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 200)
+* .pk:                                   Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 154)
+* .pool:                                 Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  99)
+* .pro:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 160)
+* .rhosts, writable by TeX:              Security.            (line  10)
+* .sfd:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 164)
+* .tex:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 167)
+* .tex file, included in ls-R:           ls-R.                (line  33)
+* .tfm:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 187)
+* .ttc:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 196)
+* .ttf:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 196)
+* .vf:                                   Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 208)
+* .w:                                    Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* .web:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* / may not be /:                        Searching overview.  (line  13)
+* /, trailing in home directory:         Tilde expansion.     (line  19)
+* //:                                    Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* /afs/... , installing into:            Installing files.    (line  32)
+* /etc/profile:                          Unable to find files.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* /etc/profile and aliases:              ls-R.                (line  21)
+* /var/tmp/texfonts:                     mktex configuration. (line 114)
+* 2602gf:                                Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* 8.3 filenames, using:                  mktex configuration. (line  69)
+* : may not be ::                        Searching overview.  (line  13)
+* :: expansion:                          Default expansion.   (line   6)
+* @VAR@ substitutions:                   Running configure.   (line   6)
+* \, line continuation in texmf.cnf:     Config files.        (line  37)
+* \openin:                               Searching overview.  (line  31)
+* \special, suppressing warnings about:  Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* absolute filenames:                    Searching overview.  (line  52)
+* ac_include, Autoconf extension:        Running configure.   (line   6)
+* access warnings:                       Searching overview.  (line  56)
+* AFMFONTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* AFS:                                   Installing files.    (line  32)
+* AIX 4.1 configure error:               Empty Makefiles.     (line   6)
+* AIX shells and configure:              configure shells.    (line  14)
+* aliases for fonts:                     Fontmap.             (line   6)
+* aliases, for filenames:                Filename aliases.    (line   6)
+* all:                                   Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* all matches, finding:                  Path searching options.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* alphabetical order, not:               Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Amiga support:                         Custom installation. (line  19)
+* Andrew File System, installing with:   Installing files.    (line  32)
+* announcement mailing list:             Mailing lists.       (line   6)
+* ANSI C:                                TeX or Metafont failing.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* API, re-entrant:                       Programming overview.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* append-only directories and mktexpk:   Security.            (line  36)
+* appendonlydir:                         mktex configuration. (line  61)
+* architecture-(in)dependent files, installing only: Installing files.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* architectures, compiling multiple:     configure scenarios. (line  18)
+* arguments to mktex:                    mktex script arguments.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* argv[0]:                               Calling sequence.    (line  14)
+* ash, losing with configure:            configure shells.    (line  19)
+* autoconf, recommended:                 Calling sequence.    (line 119)
+* automounter, and configuration:        configure scenarios. (line  29)
+* automounter, and ls-R:                 ls-R.                (line  40)
+* auxiliary tasks:                       Auxiliary tasks.     (line   6)
+* Babel <1>:                             Running make.        (line  51)
+* Babel:                                 Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* Bach, Johann Sebastian:                Default expansion.   (line  41)
+* backslash-newline:                     Config files.        (line  37)
+* bash, recommended for running configure: configure shells.  (line   6)
+* basic glyph lookup:                    Basic glyph lookup.  (line   6)
+* Berry, Karl:                           History.             (line  12)
+* BIBINPUTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* blank lines, in texmf.cnf:             Config files.        (line  35)
+* brace expansion:                       Brace expansion.     (line   6)
+* BSD universe:                          Running make.        (line  44)
+* bsh, ok with configure:                configure shells.    (line  14)
+* BSTINPUTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* bug address:                           Reporting bugs.      (line   8)
+* bug checklist:                         Bug checklist.       (line   6)
+* bug mailing list:                      Mailing lists.       (line   6)
+* bugs, reporting:                       Reporting bugs.      (line   6)
+* c-*.h:                                 Calling sequence.    (line 119)
+* c-auto.h:                              Programming overview.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* c-auto.in:                             Running configure.   (line   6)
+* cache of fonts, local:                 Security.            (line  22)
+* calling sequence:                      Calling sequence.    (line   6)
+* CC:                                    configure environment.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* cc warnings:                           Pointer combination warnings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* cc, compiling with:                    configure environment.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* CFLAGS:                                configure environment.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* ChangeLog entry:                       Bug checklist.       (line  55)
+* checklist for bug reports:             Bug checklist.       (line   6)
+* checksum:                              Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* circle fonts:                          Fontmap.             (line  19)
+* clean Make target:                     Cleaning up.         (line  15)
+* client_path in kpse->format_info:      Calling sequence.    (line  47)
+* CMAPFONTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* cmr10, as fallback font:               Fallback font.       (line  15)
+* cmr10.vf:                              Searching overview.  (line  31)
+* cnf.c:                                 Config files.        (line  86)
+* cnf.h:                                 Programming with config files.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* code sharing:                          Shared library.      (line   9)
+* color printers, configuring:           Simple installation. (line  60)
+* comments, in fontmap files:            Fontmap.             (line  28)
+* comments, in texmf.cnf:                Config files.        (line  27)
+* comments, making:                      Introduction.        (line  27)
+* common features in glyph lookup:       Basic glyph lookup.  (line   6)
+* common problems:                       Common problems.     (line   6)
+* comp.sys.sun.admin FAQ:                ShellWidgetClass.    (line   6)
+* comp.text.tex:                         Mailing lists.       (line  25)
+* compilation:                           Installation.        (line   6)
+* compilation value, source for path:    Path sources.        (line  20)
+* compiler bugs:                         TeX or Metafont failing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* compiler bugs, finding:                TeX or Metafont failing.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* compiler options, additional:          Running make.        (line  27)
+* compiler options, specifying:          configure environment.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* compiler, changing:                    Running make.        (line  40)
+* compiling on HP-UX:                    TeX or Metafont failing.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* conditions for use:                    Introduction.        (line  31)
+* config files:                          Config files.        (line   6)
+* config files, for Kpathsea-using programs: Calling sequence.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* config files, programming with:        Programming with config files.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* config.h:                              Programming overview.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* config.log:                            Bug checklist.       (line  27)
+* config.ps:                             Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* config.ps, search path for:            Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* config.status:                         Bug checklist.       (line  30)
+* configuration:                         Installation.        (line   6)
+* configuration bugs:                    Bug checklist.       (line  30)
+* configuration compiler options:        configure environment.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* configuration file, source for path:   Path sources.        (line  17)
+* configuration files as shell scripts.: Config files.        (line  79)
+* configuration of mktex scripts:        mktex configuration. (line   6)
+* configuration of optional features:    configure options.   (line  16)
+* configure error from sed:              Empty Makefiles.     (line   6)
+* configure options:                     configure options.   (line   6)
+* configure options for mktex scripts:   mktex configuration. (line  12)
+* configure, running:                    Running configure.   (line   6)
+* context diff:                          Bug checklist.       (line  55)
+* continuation character:                Config files.        (line  37)
+* core dumps, reporting:                 Bug checklist.       (line  61)
+* CPPFLAGS:                              configure environment.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* crashes, reporting:                    Bug checklist.       (line  61)
+* custom installation:                   Custom installation. (line   6)
+* CWEBINPUTS:                            Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* database search:                       Searching overview.  (line  17)
+* database, for filenames:               Filename database.   (line   6)
+* database, format of:                   Database format.     (line   6)
+* debug.h:                               Debugging.           (line   6)
+* debugger:                              Bug checklist.       (line  61)
+* debugging:                             Debugging.           (line   6)
+* debugging options, in Kpathsea-using program: Calling sequence.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* debugging output:                      Debugging.           (line  27)
+* debugging with -g, disabling:          configure scenarios. (line  32)
+* DEC shells and configure:              configure shells.    (line  25)
+* default expansion:                     Default expansion.   (line   6)
+* default path features:                 Default path features.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* default paths, changing:               Default path generation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* default paths, how they're made:       Default path generation.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* default_texsizes:                      Fallback font.       (line   6)
+* DEFS:                                  configure environment.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* depot:                                 configure scenarios. (line  29)
+* device, wrong:                         Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* directories, changing default installation: Default path generation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* directories, making append-only:       mktex configuration. (line  62)
+* directory permissions:                 Security.            (line  51)
+* directory structure, for TeX files:    TeX directory structure.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* disabling mktex scripts:               mktex configuration. (line   6)
+* disk search:                           Searching overview.  (line  22)
+* disk searching, avoiding:              ls-R.                (line  52)
+* disk space, needed:                    Disk space.          (line   6)
+* disk usage, reducing:                  Logging.             (line   6)
+* distclean Make target:                 Cleaning up.         (line   6)
+* distributions, compiling simultaneously: Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* distributions, not compiling:          Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* dlclose:                               dlopen.              (line   6)
+* dlopen:                                dlopen.              (line   6)
+* dlsym:                                 dlopen.              (line   6)
+* dlsym.c:                               dlopen.              (line  21)
+* doc files:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 173)
+* DOS compatible names:                  mktex configuration. (line  69)
+* DOS support:                           Custom installation. (line  19)
+* dosnames:                              mktex configuration. (line  68)
+* dot files:                             ls-R.                (line  33)
+* doubled colons:                        Default expansion.   (line   6)
+* dpiNNN directories:                    mktex configuration. (line  69)
+* DVI drivers:                           Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* DVILJMAKEPK:                           mktex script names.  (line  32)
+* DVILJSIZES:                            Fallback font.       (line   6)
+* dvipdfmx.cfg:                          Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* DVIPSFONTS:                            Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 243)
+* DVIPSHEADERS:                          Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 200)
+* DVIPSMAKEPK:                           mktex script names.  (line  32)
+* DVIPSSIZES:                            Fallback font.       (line   6)
+* dynamic creation of files:             mktex scripts.       (line   6)
+* dynamic linking problems with OpenWin libraries: ShellWidgetClass.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* EC fonts, and dynamic source creation: mktex scripts.       (line   6)
+* elt-dirs.c:                            Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* enabling mktex scripts:                mktex configuration. (line   6)
+* ENCFONTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* engine name:                           Path searching options.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* environment variable, source for path: Path sources.        (line   9)
+* environment variables for TeX:         Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* environment variables in paths:        Variable expansion.  (line   6)
+* environment variables, old:            Unable to find files.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* epoch, seconds since:                  Logging.             (line  15)
+* error message macros:                  Calling sequence.    (line  22)
+* excessive startup time:                Slow path searching. (line   6)
+* expand.c:                              Brace expansion.     (line  26)
+* expanding symlinks:                    Calling sequence.    (line  31)
+* expansion, default:                    Default expansion.   (line   6)
+* expansion, path element:               Searching overview.  (line  43)
+* expansion, search path:                Path expansion.      (line   6)
+* expansion, subdirectory:               Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* expansion, tilde:                      Tilde expansion.     (line   6)
+* expansion, variable:                   Variable expansion.  (line   6)
+* explicitly relative filenames:         Searching overview.  (line  52)
+* extensions, filename:                  File lookup.         (line  24)
+* externally-built filename database:    Filename database.   (line   6)
+* extra colons:                          Default expansion.   (line   6)
+* extraclean Make target:                Cleaning up.         (line  23)
+* failed mktex... script invocation:     mktex script names.  (line  35)
+* fallback font:                         Fallback font.       (line   6)
+* fallback resolutions:                  Fallback font.       (line   6)
+* fallback resolutions, overriding:      Running make.        (line  10)
+* FAQ, comp.sys.sun.admin:               ShellWidgetClass.    (line   6)
+* FAQ, Kpathsea:                         Common problems.     (line   6)
+* Farwell, Matthew:                      Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* features, of default paths:            Default path features.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* file formats, supported:               Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* file lookup:                           File lookup.         (line   6)
+* file permissions:                      Security.            (line  47)
+* file types, registering new:           Programming overview.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* filename aliases:                      Filename aliases.    (line   6)
+* filename database:                     Filename database.   (line   6)
+* filename database generation:          Filename database generation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* filenames, absolute or explicitly relative: Searching overview.
+                                                              (line  52)
+* files, unable to find:                 Unable to find files.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* filesystem search:                     Searching overview.  (line  22)
+* floating directories:                  Searching overview.  (line  22)
+* fmtutil:                               mktex script names.  (line  10)
+* fmtutil.cnf:                           Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* fmtutils.cnf:                          mktex configuration. (line  24)
+* font alias files:                      Fontmap.             (line   6)
+* font generation failures:              Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* font of last resort:                   Fallback font.       (line   6)
+* font set, infinite:                    mktex scripts.       (line   6)
+* FONTCIDMAPS:                           Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  58)
+* FONTFEATURES:                          Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  61)
+* fontmap files:                         Fontmap.             (line   6)
+* fontmaps:                              mktex configuration. (line  87)
+* fontname:                              mktex configuration. (line  88)
+* fontnames, arbitrary length:           Fontmap.             (line  15)
+* fonts, being created:                  Simple installation. (line  79)
+* FOOINPUTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 225)
+* fopen, redefined:                      Debugging.           (line  54)
+* format of external database:           Database format.     (line   6)
+* FreeBSD configure error:               Empty Makefiles.     (line   6)
+* FreeBSD shells and configure:          configure shells.    (line  19)
+* ftp.cs.stanford.edu:                   unixtex.ftp.         (line  20)
+* ftp.tug.org:                           unixtex.ftp.         (line   6)
+* fundamental purpose of Kpathsea:       Introduction.        (line   6)
+* gcc, compiling with:                   configure environment.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* gdb, recommended:                      Bug checklist.       (line  61)
+* generation of filename database:       Filename database generation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* get_applicationShellWidgetClass:       ShellWidgetClass.    (line   6)
+* get_wmShellWidgetClass:                ShellWidgetClass.    (line   6)
+* gf:                                    Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* GFFONTS:                               Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* globally writable directories:         Security.            (line  30)
+* glyph lookup:                          Glyph lookup.        (line   6)
+* glyph lookup bitmap tolerance:         Basic glyph lookup.  (line  15)
+* GLYPHFONTS:                            Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* glyphlist.txt:                         Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* GNU C compiler bugs:                   TeX or Metafont failing.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* GNU General Public License:            Introduction.        (line  31)
+* group-writable directories:            Security.            (line  40)
+* GSFTOPK_DEBUG (128):                   Debugging.           (line  88)
+* hash table buckets, printing:          Debugging.           (line 105)
+* hash table routines:                   Calling sequence.    (line 112)
+* hash_summary_only variable for debugging: Debugging.        (line 105)
+* help, mailing list for general TeX:    Mailing lists.       (line  25)
+* history of Kpathsea:                   History.             (line   6)
+* home directories in paths:             Tilde expansion.     (line   6)
+* HOME, as ~ expansion:                  Tilde expansion.     (line   6)
+* HP-UX, compiling on:                   TeX or Metafont failing.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* identifiers, characters valid in:      Config files.        (line  47)
+* illegal pointer combination warnings:  Pointer combination warnings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* include fontmap directive:             Fontmap.             (line  33)
+* INDEXSTYLE:                            Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  74)
+* info-tex@shsu.edu:                     Mailing lists.       (line  25)
+* input lines, reading:                  Calling sequence.    (line 112)
+* install-data Make target:              Installing files.    (line  28)
+* install-exec Make target:              Installing files.    (line  23)
+* installation:                          Installation.        (line   6)
+* installation testing:                  Installation testing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* installation, architecture-(in)dependent files only: Installing files.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* installation, changing default directories: Default path generation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* installation, customized:              Custom installation. (line   6)
+* installation, getting executables instead of: Simple installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* installation, simple:                  Simple installation. (line   6)
+* installing files:                      Installing files.    (line   6)
+* interactive query:                     Path searching options.
+                                                              (line 120)
+* interface, not frozen:                 Introduction.        (line  27)
+* introduction:                          Introduction.        (line   6)
+* kdebug::                               Debugging.           (line 105)
+* kdefault.c:                            Default expansion.   (line  48)
+* Knuth, Donald E.:                      History.             (line   6)
+* Knuth, Donald E., archive of programs by: unixtex.ftp.      (line  20)
+* Korn shell, losing with configure:     configure shells.    (line  14)
+* kpathsae_var_value:                    Programming with config files.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* Kpathsea config file, source for path: Path sources.        (line  17)
+* Kpathsea version number:               Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* kpathsea.h:                            Programming overview.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* kpathsea/README.CONFIGURE:             Running configure.   (line  15)
+* kpathsea_cnf_get:                      Programming with config files.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* KPATHSEA_DEBUG <1>:                    Calling sequence.    (line  28)
+* KPATHSEA_DEBUG:                        Debugging.           (line  18)
+* kpathsea_find_file <1>:                Calling sequence.    (line  62)
+* kpathsea_find_file:                    File lookup.         (line  37)
+* kpathsea_find_glyph:                   Glyph lookup.        (line  26)
+* kpathsea_finish:                       Calling sequence.    (line 107)
+* kpathsea_in_name_ok:                   Calling sequence.    (line 102)
+* kpathsea_init_prog <1>:                Calling sequence.    (line  53)
+* kpathsea_init_prog:                    Fallback font.       (line  15)
+* kpathsea_new:                          Calling sequence.    (line   9)
+* kpathsea_open_file:                    Calling sequence.    (line  74)
+* kpathsea_out_name_ok:                  Calling sequence.    (line  82)
+* kpathsea_set_program_name:             Calling sequence.    (line  14)
+* KPATHSEA_WARNING:                      Config files.        (line  18)
+* kpse->debug:                           Debugging.           (line   6)
+* kpse->debug variable:                  Calling sequence.    (line  39)
+* kpse->format_info:                     Calling sequence.    (line  47)
+* kpse->invocation_name:                 Calling sequence.    (line  22)
+* kpse->invocation_short_name:           Calling sequence.    (line  22)
+* kpse->program_name:                    Calling sequence.    (line  22)
+* KPSE_BITMAP_TOLERANCE:                 Basic glyph lookup.  (line  15)
+* KPSE_DEBUG_EXPAND (16):                Debugging.           (line  68)
+* KPSE_DEBUG_FOPEN (4):                  Debugging.           (line  53)
+* KPSE_DEBUG_HASH (2):                   Debugging.           (line  46)
+* KPSE_DEBUG_PATHS (8):                  Debugging.           (line  60)
+* KPSE_DEBUG_SEARCH (32):                Debugging.           (line  74)
+* KPSE_DEBUG_STAT (1):                   Debugging.           (line  38)
+* KPSE_DEBUG_VARS (64):                  Debugging.           (line  83)
+* KPSE_DOT expansion:                    KPSE_DOT expansion.  (line   6)
+* kpse_format_info_type:                 Debugging.           (line  61)
+* kpse_init_prog, and MAKETEX_MODE:      Default path features.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* kpsewhich:                             Invoking kpsewhich.  (line   6)
+* Kpsewhich, and debugging:              Debugging.           (line  31)
+* ksh, losing with configure:            configure shells.    (line  14)
+* LaserJet drive:                        Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* last-resort font:                      Fallback font.       (line   6)
+* LaTeX help mailing list:               Mailing lists.       (line  25)
+* lcircle10:                             Fontmap.             (line  19)
+* LDFLAGS:                               configure environment.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* leading colons:                        Default expansion.   (line   6)
+* leaf directories wrongly guessed:      Unable to find files.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* leaf directory trick:                  Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* libdl.a:                               dlopen.              (line   6)
+* libraries, changing:                   Running make.        (line  40)
+* libraries, specifying additional:      configure environment.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* LIBS:                                  configure environment.
+                                                              (line  42)
+* libucb, avoiding:                      Running make.        (line  44)
+* license for using the library:         Introduction.        (line  31)
+* LIGFONTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  78)
+* lines, reading arbitrary-length:       Calling sequence.    (line 112)
+* Linux File System Standard:            mktex configuration. (line 114)
+* Linux shells and configure:            configure shells.    (line  19)
+* lndir for building symlink trees:      configure scenarios. (line  18)
+* loader options:                        configure environment.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* loader options, final:                 Running make.        (line  33)
+* loader options, initial:               Running make.        (line  30)
+* local cache of fonts:                  Security.            (line  22)
+* log file:                              Logging.             (line   6)
+* logging successful searches:           Logging.             (line   6)
+* lost+found directory:                  Searching overview.  (line  56)
+* lostchar:                              Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* ls-R:                                  Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  81)
+* ls-R and AFS:                          Installing files.    (line  40)
+* ls-R database file:                    ls-R.                (line   6)
+* ls-R, simplest build:                  ls-R.                (line  18)
+* Mach10 configure error:                Empty Makefiles.     (line   6)
+* MacKenzie, David <1>:                  Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* MacKenzie, David:                      History.             (line  45)
+* magic characters:                      Searching overview.  (line  13)
+* mailing lists:                         Mailing lists.       (line   6)
+* maintainer-clean Make target:          Cleaning up.         (line  18)
+* Make arguments, additional:            Running make.        (line  36)
+* make, running:                         Running make.        (line   6)
+* Makefile.in:                           Running configure.   (line   6)
+* Makefiles, empty:                      Empty Makefiles.     (line   6)
+* MAKETEX_DEBUG (512):                   Debugging.           (line  91)
+* MAKETEX_FINE_DEBUG (1024):             Debugging.           (line 100)
+* MAKETEX_MODE:                          Default path features.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* memory allocation routines:            Calling sequence.    (line 112)
+* metafont driver files:                 mktex configuration. (line  94)
+* Metafont failures:                     TeX or Metafont failing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Metafont installation:                 Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line  52)
+* Metafont making too-large fonts:       Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* Metafont using the wrong device:       Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* MFBASES:                               Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* MFINPUTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  95)
+* MFPOOL:                                Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  99)
+* MFTINPUTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 103)
+* MISCFONTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 107)
+* mismatched checksum warnings:          Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* missfont.log:                          mktex script names.  (line  35)
+* MISSFONT_LOG:                          mktex script names.  (line  40)
+* missing character warnings:            Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* mkocp:                                 mktex script names.  (line  18)
+* mkofm:                                 mktex script names.  (line  21)
+* mktex script configuration:            mktex configuration. (line   6)
+* mktex script names:                    mktex script names.  (line   6)
+* mktex scripts:                         mktex scripts.       (line   6)
+* mktex.cnf <1>:                         Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* mktex.cnf:                             mktex configuration. (line  29)
+* mktex.opt:                             mktex configuration. (line  29)
+* mktexdir:                              mktex configuration. (line  62)
+* mktexfmt:                              mktex script names.  (line  10)
+* mktexmf:                               mktex script names.  (line  15)
+* mktexpk:                               mktex script names.  (line  24)
+* mktexpk , initial runs:                Simple installation. (line  79)
+* mktexpk can't guess mode:              Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* mktextex:                              mktex script names.  (line  27)
+* mktextfm:                              mktex script names.  (line  30)
+* MLBIBINPUTS:                           Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 111)
+* MLBSTINPUTS:                           Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 115)
+* mode directory, omitting:              mktex configuration. (line  99)
+* Morgan, Tim:                           History.             (line  12)
+* mostlyclean Make target:               Cleaning up.         (line  10)
+* MPINPUTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 119)
+* MPMEMS:                                Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  87)
+* MPPOOL:                                Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 123)
+* MPSUPPORT:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* MT_FEATURES:                           mktex configuration. (line  40)
+* multiple architectures, compiling on:  configure scenarios. (line  18)
+* multiple architectures, directories for: configure scenarios.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* multiple architectures, installing on: Installing files.    (line  21)
+* multiple TeX hierarchies:              Brace expansion.     (line  20)
+* must exist:                            Searching overview.  (line  31)
+* names for mktex scripts:               mktex script names.  (line   6)
+* NetBSD configure error:                Empty Makefiles.     (line   6)
+* NetBSD shells and configure:           configure shells.    (line  19)
+* Neumann, Gustaf:                       History.             (line  57)
+* newsgroup for TeX:                     Mailing lists.       (line  25)
+* NeXT sed error:                        Empty Makefiles.     (line   6)
+* NeXT, lacking X11:                     Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* NFS and ls-R:                          ls-R.                (line  40)
+* nomfdrivers:                           mktex configuration. (line  93)
+* nomode:                                mktex configuration. (line  98)
+* non-English typesetting:               Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* non-Unix operating systems:            Custom installation. (line  19)
+* none:                                  Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* null pointers, dereferencing:          Bug checklist.       (line  61)
+* numeric debugging values:              Debugging.           (line  34)
+* obtaining TeX:                         unixtex.ftp.         (line   6)
+* OCPINPUTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 127)
+* OFMFONTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 131)
+* online Metafont display, spurious:     Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* OPENTYPEFONTS:                         Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 135)
+* OpenWin libraries, dynamic linking problems: ShellWidgetClass.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* optimization caveat:                   TeX or Metafont failing.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* optimization, enabling:                configure scenarios. (line  32)
+* options for debugging:                 Debugging.           (line   6)
+* options to configure:                  configure options.   (line  16)
+* OS/2 support:                          Custom installation. (line  19)
+* OTPINPUTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 141)
+* overview of path searching:            Searching overview.  (line   6)
+* overview of programming with Kpathsea: Programming overview.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* OVFFONTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 144)
+* OVPFONTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 147)
+* patches, Sun OpenWin:                  ShellWidgetClass.    (line  29)
+* path expansion:                        Path expansion.      (line   6)
+* path searching:                        Path searching.      (line   6)
+* path searching options:                Path searching options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* path searching, overview:              Searching overview.  (line   6)
+* path searching, standalone:            Invoking kpsewhich.  (line   6)
+* path sources:                          Path sources.        (line   6)
+* paths, changing default <1>:           Default path generation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* paths, changing default:               Changing search paths.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* paths, device name included in:        Default path features.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* paths.h:                               Default path generation.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* paths.h, creating:                     Running make.        (line   6)
+* pathsearch.h:                          Programming overview.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* pc Pascal compiler:                    History.             (line  12)
+* PCL driver:                            Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* PDF generation:                        Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* pdfglyphlist.txt:                      Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* pdftex.cfg:                            Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* PDFTEXCONFIG:                          Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 151)
+* pdftexconfig.tex:                      Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* permission denied:                     Searching overview.  (line  56)
+* permissions, directory:                Security.            (line  51)
+* permissions, file:                     Security.            (line  47)
+* PKFONTS:                               Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 154)
+* plain.base:                            Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line  46)
+* pointer combination warnings:          Pointer combination warnings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* PostScript driver:                     Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* PostScript fonts, additional:          Simple installation. (line  60)
+* precompiled executables, instead of installation: Simple installation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* preprocessor options:                  configure environment.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* preprocessor options, additional:      Running make.        (line  24)
+* printer configuration files:           Simple installation. (line  60)
+* privacy, semblance of:                 Logging.             (line  32)
+* problems, common:                      Common problems.     (line   6)
+* proginit.c:                            Default path features.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* proginit.h:                            Calling sequence.    (line  53)
+* program-varying paths:                 Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* programming overview:                  Programming overview.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* programming with config files:         Programming with config files.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* programming with Kpathsea:             Calling sequence.    (line   6)
+* programs using the library:            Introduction.        (line  13)
+* proof mode:                            Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* PSHEADERS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 160)
+* pxp Pascal preprocessor:               History.             (line  12)
+* quoting variable values:               Variable expansion.  (line  17)
+* re-entrant API:                        Programming overview.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* readable:                              Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* reading arbitrary-length lines:        Calling sequence.    (line 112)
+* README.CONFIGURE:                      Running configure.   (line  15)
+* recording successful searches:         Logging.             (line   6)
+* relative filenames:                    Searching overview.  (line  52)
+* relative filenames in ls-R:            Installing files.    (line  40)
+* reporting bugs:                        Reporting bugs.      (line   6)
+* resident.c:                            Calling sequence.    (line  47)
+* resolution, setting:                   Path searching options.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* resolutions, last-resort:              Fallback font.       (line   6)
+* retrieving TeX:                        unixtex.ftp.         (line   6)
+* right-hand side of variable assignments: Config files.      (line  56)
+* Rokicki, Tom:                          History.             (line  12)
+* root user:                             Tilde expansion.     (line  19)
+* runtime configuration files:           Config files.        (line   6)
+* runtime debugging:                     Debugging.           (line   6)
+* Sauter fonts, and dynamic source creation: mktex scripts.   (line   6)
+* scripts for file creation:             mktex scripts.       (line   6)
+* search path, defined:                  Searching overview.  (line   6)
+* search paths, changing default:        Changing search paths.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* searching for files:                   File lookup.         (line   6)
+* searching for glyphs:                  Glyph lookup.        (line   6)
+* searching overview:                    Searching overview.  (line   6)
+* searching the database:                Searching overview.  (line  17)
+* searching the disk:                    Searching overview.  (line  22)
+* security considerations:               Security.            (line   6)
+* sed error from configure:              Empty Makefiles.     (line   6)
+* SELFAUTODIR:                           Calling sequence.    (line  31)
+* SELFAUTOLOC:                           Calling sequence.    (line  31)
+* SELFAUTOPARENT:                        Calling sequence.    (line  31)
+* sending patches:                       Bug checklist.       (line  55)
+* setgid scripts:                        Security.            (line  40)
+* SFDFONTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 164)
+* sh5, ok with configure:                configure shells.    (line  25)
+* shared library, making:                Shared library.      (line   6)
+* shell scripts as configuration files:  Config files.        (line  79)
+* shell variables:                       Variable expansion.  (line  17)
+* shell_escape, example for code:        Programming with config files.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* shells and configure:                  configure shells.    (line   6)
+* simple installation:                   Simple installation. (line   6)
+* site overrides for mktex...:           mktex configuration. (line  29)
+* size of distribution archives:         Disk space.          (line   6)
+* skeleton TeX directory:                TeX directory structure.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* slow startup time:                     Slow path searching. (line   6)
+* Solaris BSD compatibility, not:        Running make.        (line  44)
+* source files:                          Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 176)
+* sources for search paths:              Path sources.        (line   6)
+* special:                               Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* st_nlink:                              Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* ST_NLINK_TRICK:                        Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* stack trace:                           Bug checklist.       (line  61)
+* standalone path searching:             Invoking kpsewhich.  (line   6)
+* standard error and debugging output:   Debugging.           (line  27)
+* standard options:                      Standard options.    (line   6)
+* startup time, excessive:               Slow path searching. (line   6)
+* static linking:                        ShellWidgetClass.    (line  39)
+* static linking and dlsym:              dlopen.              (line   6)
+* string routines:                       Calling sequence.    (line 112)
+* strip:                                 mktex configuration. (line 108)
+* stripsupplier:                         mktex configuration. (line 102)
+* striptypeface:                         mktex configuration. (line 105)
+* subdirectory searching:                Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* suffixes, filename:                    File lookup.         (line  24)
+* suggestions, making:                   Introduction.        (line  27)
+* Sun 2:                                 History.             (line  12)
+* Sun OpenWin patches:                   ShellWidgetClass.    (line  29)
+* supplier directory, omitting:          mktex configuration. (line 103)
+* supported file formats:                Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* suppressing warnings:                  Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* symbolic link trees, for multiple architectures: configure scenarios.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* symbolic links not found:              Unable to find files.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* symbolic links, and ls-R:              ls-R.                (line  38)
+* symlinks, resolving:                   Calling sequence.    (line  31)
+* system C compiler bugs:                TeX or Metafont failing.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* system dependencies:                   Running configure.   (line   6)
+* system V universe:                     Running make.        (line  44)
+* T1FONTS:                               Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 200)
+* T1INPUTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 200)
+* T42FONTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 205)
+* tcfmgr.map:                            Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* TDS <1>:                               TeX directory structure.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* TDS:                                   Default path features.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* testing, post-installation:            Installation testing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* tests, simple:                         Simple installation. (line  79)
+* TeX directory structure <1>:           TeX directory structure.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* TeX directory structure:               Default path features.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* TeX environment variables:             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* TeX failures:                          TeX or Metafont failing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* TeX file lookup:                       File lookup.         (line   6)
+* TeX glyph lookup:                      Glyph lookup.        (line   6)
+* TeX help mailing list:                 Mailing lists.       (line  25)
+* TeX hierarchy, one:                    configure scenarios. (line  13)
+* TeX support:                           TeX support.         (line   6)
+* TeX Users Group:                       Introduction.        (line  39)
+* tex-file.c:                            File lookup.         (line  37)
+* tex-file.h:                            Programming overview.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* tex-glyph.c:                           Glyph lookup.        (line  26)
+* tex-glyph.h:                           Programming overview.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* tex-k-request@tug.org:                 Mailing lists.       (line   7)
+* tex-k@tug.org (bug address):           Reporting bugs.      (line   8)
+* tex.web:                               unixtex.ftp.         (line  20)
+* TEX_HUSH <1>:                          Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* TEX_HUSH:                              Searching overview.  (line  56)
+* TEXBIB:                                Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* TEXCONFIG:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* TEXDOCS:                               Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 173)
+* TEXFONTMAPS:                           Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  84)
+* TEXFONTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* texfonts.map:                          Fontmap.             (line   6)
+* TEXFORMATS:                            Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  54)
+* TEXINDEXSTYLE:                         Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  74)
+* TEXINPUTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* TEXMF:                                 TeX directory structure.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* texmf.cnf:                             Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* texmf.cnf missing, warning about:      Config files.        (line  18)
+* texmf.cnf, and variable expansion:     Variable expansion.  (line   6)
+* texmf.cnf, creating:                   Running make.        (line   6)
+* texmf.cnf, definition for:             Config files.        (line   6)
+* texmf.cnf, generated:                  Default path generation.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* texmf.cnf, source for path:            Path sources.        (line  17)
+* texmf.in:                              Default path generation.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* texmf.in, editing:                     Changing search paths.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* texmf.sed:                             Default path generation.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* TEXMFCNF <1>:                          Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* TEXMFCNF:                              Config files.        (line   6)
+* TEXMFDBS <1>:                          Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  81)
+* TEXMFDBS:                              ls-R.                (line   6)
+* TEXMFINI:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* TEXMFLOG:                              Logging.             (line  10)
+* TEXMFOUTPUT:                           mktex script names.  (line  40)
+* TEXMFSCRIPTS:                          Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 179)
+* TEXMFVAR:                              mktex configuration. (line 124)
+* texmfvar:                              mktex configuration. (line 123)
+* TEXPICTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* TEXPKS:                                Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 154)
+* TEXPOOL:                               Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 183)
+* TEXPSHEADERS:                          Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 160)
+* TEXSIZES:                              Fallback font.       (line   6)
+* TEXSOURCES:                            Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 176)
+* TFMFONTS:                              Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 187)
+* tilde expansion:                       Tilde expansion.     (line   6)
+* tilde.c:                               Tilde expansion.     (line  25)
+* time system call:                      Logging.             (line  15)
+* tolerance for glyph lookup:            Basic glyph lookup.  (line  15)
+* total disk space:                      Disk space.          (line   6)
+* trailing / in home directory:          Tilde expansion.     (line  19)
+* trailing colons:                       Default expansion.   (line   6)
+* TRFONTS:                               Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 192)
+* trick for detecting leaf directories:  Subdirectory expansion.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* trojan horse attack:                   Security.            (line  10)
+* try_std_extension_first:               File lookup.         (line  24)
+* TTFONTS:                               Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 196)
+* tug.org:                               unixtex.ftp.         (line   6)
+* typeface directory, omitting:          mktex configuration. (line 106)
+* ucbinclude, avoiding:                  Running make.        (line  44)
+* Ultrix shells and configure:           configure shells.    (line  25)
+* unable to find files:                  Unable to find files.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* unable to generate fonts:              Unable to generate fonts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* uname:                                 Bug checklist.       (line  20)
+* universe, BSD vs. system V:            Running make.        (line  44)
+* unixtex.ftp:                           unixtex.ftp.         (line   6)
+* unknown special warnings:              Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* unreadable file warnings:              Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* unreadable files:                      Searching overview.  (line  56)
+* unusable ls-R warning:                 ls-R.                (line  45)
+* usage patterns, finding:               Logging.             (line   6)
+* USE_TEXMFVAR:                          mktex configuration. (line 129)
+* USE_VARTEXFONTS:                       mktex configuration. (line 119)
+* Usenet TeX newsgroup:                  Mailing lists.       (line  25)
+* USERPROFILE, as ~ expansion:           Tilde expansion.     (line   6)
+* varfonts:                              mktex configuration. (line 113)
+* variable expansion:                    Variable expansion.  (line   6)
+* variable.c:                            Variable expansion.  (line  32)
+* variable.h:                            Programming with config files.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* VARTEXFONTS:                           mktex configuration. (line 114)
+* VAX 11/750:                            History.             (line  12)
+* version number, of Kpathsea:           Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* version numbers, determining:          Bug checklist.       (line  15)
+* VF files, not found:                   Searching overview.  (line  31)
+* VFFONTS:                               Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 208)
+* VMS support:                           Custom installation. (line  19)
+* Vojta, Paul:                           History.             (line  30)
+* Walsh, Norman:                         History.             (line  57)
+* warning about unusable ls-R:           ls-R.                (line  45)
+* warning, about missing texmf.cnf:      Config files.        (line  18)
+* warnings, file access:                 Searching overview.  (line  56)
+* warnings, pointer combinations:        Pointer combination warnings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* warnings, suppressing:                 Suppressing warnings.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* wcstombs:                              dlopen.              (line   6)
+* WEB2C:                                 Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 216)
+* Weber, Olaf:                           History.             (line  74)
+* WEBINPUTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 212)
+* whitespace, in fontmap files:          Fontmap.             (line  28)
+* whitespace, not ignored on continuation lines: Config files.
+                                                              (line  37)
+* www.tug.org:                           unixtex.ftp.         (line   6)
+* X11 previewer:                         Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* X11, lacking on NeXT:                  Kpathsea application distributions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* XCFLAGS:                               Running make.        (line  26)
+* XCPPFLAGS:                             Running make.        (line  22)
+* XDEFS:                                 Running make.        (line  23)
+* XDvi:                                  Specially-recognized files.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* XDVIFONTS:                             Supported file formats.
+                                                              (line 243)
+* XDVIMAKEPK:                            mktex script names.  (line  32)
+* XDVISIZES:                             Fallback font.       (line   6)
+* XLDFLAGS:                              Running make.        (line  29)
+* XLOADLIBES:                            Running make.        (line  32)
+* XMAKEARGS:                             Running make.        (line  35)
+* Xmu library problems:                  ShellWidgetClass.    (line  13)
+* XtStrings:                             XtStrings.           (line   6)
+* zuhn, david:                           History.             (line  51)
+* { expansion:                           Brace expansion.     (line   6)
+* ~ expansion:                           Tilde expansion.     (line   6)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top1627
+Node: Introduction2269
+Node: History4090
+Node: Installation8182
+Node: Simple installation8972
+Node: Custom installation12555
+Node: Disk space13729
+Node: Kpathsea application distributions14613
+Node: Changing search paths15728
+Node: Default path features16910
+Node: Default path generation18993
+Node: Running configure20436
+Node: configure shells21487
+Node: configure options22539
+Node: configure environment24046
+Node: configure scenarios25848
+Node: Shared library27434
+Node: Running make28448
+Node: Installing files30495
+Node: Cleaning up32442
+Node: Filename database generation33490
+Node: mktex scripts34057
+Node: mktex configuration35334
+Node: mktex script names41153
+Node: mktex script arguments42544
+Node: Installation testing43430
+Node: Security43794
+Node: TeX directory structure46361
+Node: unixtex.ftp50783
+Node: Reporting bugs52117
+Node: Bug checklist52852
+Node: Mailing lists56549
+Node: Debugging57758
+Node: Logging62836
+Node: Common problems64706
+Node: Unable to find files65537
+Node: Slow path searching67948
+Node: Unable to generate fonts69325
+Node: TeX or Metafont failing71834
+Node: Empty Makefiles73713
+Node: XtStrings74950
+Node: dlopen75786
+Node: ShellWidgetClass76604
+Node: Pointer combination warnings78236
+Node: Path searching78625
+Node: Searching overview79272
+Node: Path sources82668
+Node: Config files83739
+Node: Path expansion87666
+Node: Default expansion88615
+Node: Variable expansion90685
+Node: Tilde expansion92088
+Node: Brace expansion93068
+Node: KPSE_DOT expansion93993
+Node: Subdirectory expansion94506
+Node: Filename database96857
+Node: ls-R97911
+Node: Filename aliases100805
+Node: Database format101983
+Node: Invoking kpsewhich102996
+Node: Path searching options103942
+Node: Specially-recognized files112159
+Node: Auxiliary tasks113515
+Node: Standard options115340
+Node: TeX support115696
+Node: Supported file formats116987
+Node: File lookup124541
+Node: Glyph lookup126290
+Node: Basic glyph lookup127414
+Node: Fontmap128293
+Node: Fallback font130910
+Node: Suppressing warnings131823
+Node: Programming132928
+Node: Programming overview133441
+Node: Calling sequence136135
+Node: Program-specific files142658
+Node: Programming with config files143681
+Node: Index144993
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e-es.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e-es.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d6a5b3440d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e-es.info
@@ -0,0 +1,8019 @@
+This is latex2e-es.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
+latex2e-es.texi.
+
+Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para LaTeX, un
+sistema de preparación de documentos, para la versión de Julio 2010.
+
+   Esto se tradujo originalmente del archivo `LATEX.HLP' v1.0a de la
+Biblioteca de Ayuda VMS.  La versión pretraducción fue escrita por
+George D. Greenwade de Sam Houston State University.  La versión de
+LaTeX 2.09 fue escrita por Stephen Gilmore.  La versión de LaTeX2e fue
+adaptada por Torsten Martinsen.  Karl Berry hizo la actualización y
+posteriores adiciones, y reconoce su agradecimiento a la utilización de
+`Hypertext Help con LaTeX', por Sheldon Green, y el `LaTeX Command
+Summary' (para LaTeX 2.09) por L. Botway y C. Biemesderfer (publicada
+por el Grupo de Usuarios TeX como `TeXniques' número 10), como material
+de referencia (no se copió texto directamente).
+
+   Copyright © 2010 Nacho Pacheco —Traducción.
+Copyright © 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Karl Berry.
+Copyright © 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
+Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
+
+   Se concede permiso para hacer y distribuir copias literales de este
+manual siempre que el aviso de copyright y esta nota de permiso se
+conserven en todas las copias.
+
+   Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificadas de
+este manual bajo las condiciones para una copia literal, a condición de
+que todo el trabajo derivado resultante se distribuya bajo los términos
+de una nota de permiso idéntica a ésta.
+
+   Se concede permiso para copiar y distribuir traducciones de este
+manual a otro idioma, con las condiciones anteriores para versiones
+modificadas.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* LaTeX2e-es: (latex2e-es).        Manual de extraoficial de LaTeX.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Descripción,  Up: (dir)
+
+LaTeX2e
+*******
+
+Este documento es un manual de referencia extraoficial para LaTeX, un
+sistema de preparación de documentos, versión Julio 2010.  Este se
+pretende que cubra LaTeX2e, que ha sido la versión estándar de LaTeX por
+muchos años.
+
+   LaTeX está implementado como un paquete de macros por Donald E.
+Knuth's para el programa de composición tipográfica TeX.  LaTeX
+originalmente fue creado por Leslie Lamport; este ahora es mantenido por
+un grupo de voluntarios en (`http://latex-project.org').  La
+documentación oficial escrita por el proyecto LaTeX está disponible
+allí.  Una vez más, el presente documento no es oficial y no ha sido
+revisado por los responsables del proyecto LaTeX.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Descripción::              ¿Qués es LaTeX?
+* Iniciando y Finalizando::  El principio y final estándar de un documento.
+* Clases de Documento::	     Algunas de las diferentes clases disponibles.
+* Tipos de Letra::			  Y tipos de letra, como negrita, cursiva, etc.
+* Diseño::			           Controlando el diseño de la página.
+* Seccionado::			        Cómo seccionar adecuadamente.
+* Referencias Cruzadas::	  Referencias automáticas.
+* Entornos::		           Tal como enumerate e itemize.
+* Saltos de Línea::	        Influyendo en los saltos de línea.
+* Saltos de Página::	        Influyendo en los saltos de página.
+* Notas al Pie::			     Cómo producir notas al pie.
+* Definiciones::			     Definiendo sus propias instrucciones, etc.
+* Contadores::			        Contadores internos utilizados por LaTeX.
+* Longitudes::			        Las instrucciones de longitud.
+* Haciendo Párrafos::		  Instrucciones de Párrafo.
+* Fórmulas Matemáticas::	  Cómo crear fórmulas matemáticas.
+* Modos::			           Modos Párrafo, Matemáticas o de Escritura de Izquierda a Derecha.
+* Estilos de Página::		  Varios estilos de diseño de página.
+* Espacios::		           Espacio horizontal y vertical.
+* Cajas::                    Haciendo cajas.
+* Inserciones Especiales::	  Insertando caracteres reservados y especiales.
+* Dividiendo la Entrada::	  Manejo de archivos de gran tamaño mediante su fraccionamiento.
+* Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada:: Tablas de contenido, glosarios, índices.
+* Cartas::			           La clase letter.
+* Entrada/Salida a la Terminal:: Interacción del usuario.
+* Línea de Órdenes::         Comportamiento independiente del sistema de la línea de órdenes.
+* Plantillas de Documento::  Principales plantillas para diversas clases de documento.
+* �ndice de Conceptos::		  �ndice general.
+* �ndice de Instrucciones::  Lista alfabética de instrucciones LaTeX.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Descripción,  Next: Iniciando y Finalizando,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Descripción de LaTeX
+**********************
+
+Las instrucciones LaTeX componen tipográficamente un archivo de texto
+usando el programa TeX y el “paquete de macros� LaTeX para TeX.  Para
+ser más específicos, este procesa un archivo de entrada que contiene el
+texto de un documento con instrucciones intercaladas que describen cómo
+se debe dar formato al texto.  Este produce al menos tres archivos de
+salida:
+
+  1. Un archivo de salida principal, que es uno de:
+
+       1. Si se invoca como `latex', un archivo “independiente del
+          dispositivo� (`.dvi'). Este contiene las instrucciones que se
+          pueden traducir en órdenes para una variedad de dispositivos
+          de salida.  Usted puede ver estos archivos `.dvi' producidos
+          por LaTeX utilizando un programa como `xdvi' (visualización
+          directa) o `dvips' (los convierte a PostScript).
+
+       2. Si es invocado como `pdflatex', produce un archivo de
+          “Documento de Formato Portátil� (`.pdf').  Normalmente, este
+          es un archivo autocontenido, con todos los tipos de letra e
+          imágenes incrustadas.  Este puede ser muy útil, pero hace que
+          produzca un archivo mucho más grande que el `.dvi' producido a
+          partir del mismo documento.
+
+     Existen otras variantes menos comunes de LaTeX (y TeX), de modo que
+     puede producir HTML, XML y otras cosas.
+
+  2. Un archivo de“transcripción� o `.log' que contiene información
+     resumida y mensajes de diagnóstico para cualquier error descubierto
+     en el archivo de entrada.
+
+  3. Un archivo “auxiliar� o `.aux'. Este es usado por LaTeX mismo, para
+     diversas cosas como el seccionado.
+
+   Una instrucción LaTeX comienza con el nombre de la instrucción, la
+cual consiste de una `\' seguida por o bien (a) una cadena de letras o
+(b) un único carácter no letra.  Los argumentos que figuran entre
+corchetes, `[]', son opcionales, mientras que los argumentos contenidos
+entre llaves, `{}', son obligatorios.
+
+   LaTeX es sensible a mayúsculas y minúsculas.  Ingrese todas las
+instrucciones en minúsculas a menos que explícitamente se diga otra
+cosa.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Iniciando y Finalizando,  Next: Clases de Documento,  Prev: Descripción,  Up: Top
+
+2 Iniciando y Finalizando
+*************************
+
+Un archivo de entrada mínimo tiene el siguiente aspecto:
+
+     \documentclass{clase}
+     \begin{document}
+     su texto
+     \end{document}
+
+donde clase es una clase de documento válida para LaTeX.  *Note Clases
+de Documento::, para detalles de varias clases de documento disponibles
+localmente.
+
+   Usted puede incluir otras instrucciones LaTeX entre las instrucciones
+`\documentclass' y `\begin{document}' (esta área se llama el
+"preámbulo").
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Clases de Documento,  Next: Tipos de Letra,  Prev: Iniciando y Finalizando,  Up: Top
+
+3 Clases de Documento
+*********************
+
+La clase de un determinado documento se define con la instrucción:
+
+     \documentclass[opciones]{clase}
+
+La instrucción `\documentclass' debe ser la primer instrucción en un
+archivo fuente LaTeX.
+
+   Los nombres integrados de clases de documento LaTeX (muchas otras
+clases de documento están disponibles como complementos; *note
+Descripción::):
+
+     article  report  book  letter  slides
+
+   Las opciones estándar están descritas más adelante.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Opciones de Clase de Documento:: Opciones globales.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Opciones de Clase de Documento,  Up: Clases de Documento
+
+3.1 Opciones de Clase de Documento
+==================================
+
+Usted puede especificar las así llamadas "opciones globales" u "opciones
+de clase" en la instrucción `\documentclass' encerrándolas entre
+corchetes de la manera usual.  Para especificar más de una opción,
+deberá separarlas con una coma:
+
+     \documentclass[opción1,opción2,...]{clase}
+
+   Esta es la lista de las opciones de clase estándar.
+
+   Todas las clases estándar salvo `slides' aceptan las siguientes
+opciones para seleccionar el tamaño del tipo de letra (el predeterminado
+es `10pt'):
+
+     10pt  11pt  12pt
+
+   Todas las clases estándar aceptan estas opciones para seleccionar el
+tamaño del papel (el predeterminado es `letterpaper'):
+
+     a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper
+
+   Otras opciones diversas:
+
+`draft, final'
+     marca/no marca el desbordamiento de cajas con una gran caja negra;
+     el predeterminado es `final'.
+
+`fleqn'
+     Coloca las fórmulas mostradas alineadas a la izquierda; el
+     predeterminado es centrado.
+
+`landscape'
+     Selecciona el formato apaisado; el predeterminado es vertical.
+
+`leqno'
+     Coloca los números de ecuación en el lado izquierdo de las
+     ecuaciones; el predeterminado es el lado derecho.
+
+`openbib'
+     Usa el formato de bibliografía “abierto�.
+
+`titlepage, notitlepage'
+     Especifica si la página de título es independiente; de manera
+     predeterminada depende de la clase.
+
+   Estas opciones no están disponibles con la clase slides:
+
+`onecolumn'
+`twocolumn'
+     Composición tipográfica en una o dos columnas; el predeterminado es
+     `onecolumn'.
+
+`oneside'
+`twoside'
+     Selecciona el diseño de una o dos caras; el predeterminado es
+     `oneside', excepto para la clase `book'.
+
+     El parámetro `\evensidemargin' (`\oddsidemargin' determina la
+     distancia en páginas par (impar) numeradas entre el lado izquierdo
+     de la página y el margen excedente del texto.  Los valores
+     predeterminados varían con el tamaño del papel y si el diseño
+     seleccionado es de uno o dos lados.  Para imprimir texto en un lado
+     es centrado, para dos lados, `\oddsidemargin' es 40% de la
+     diferencia entre `\paperwidth' y `\textwidth' con el resto de
+     `\evensidemargin'.
+
+`openright'
+`openany'
+     Determina si un capítulo debe iniciar en una página del lado
+     derecho; para book, el predeterminado es `openright'.
+
+   La clase `slides' ofrece la opción `clock' para imprimir la hora en
+la parte inferior de cada nota.
+
+   Los paquetes adicionales se cargan de la siguiente manera:
+
+     \usepackage[opciones]{paquete}
+
+   Para especificar más de un paquete, usted puede separarlos con una
+coma, o utilizar múltiples instrucciones`\usepackage'.
+
+   Cualquiera de las opciones que figuran en la instrucción
+`\documentclass' que no son conocidas por la clase de documento
+seleccionada son transmitidas a los paquetes cargados con `\usepackage'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Tipos de Letra,  Next: Diseño,  Prev: Clases de Documento,  Up: Top
+
+4 Tipos de Letra
+****************
+
+Dos aspectos importantes de la selección de un "tipo de letra" son la
+especificación del tamaño y el estilo.  Las instrucciones LaTeX para
+hacer esto se describen a continuación.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Estilos del Tipo de Letra:: Seleccionar romana, cursiva, etc.
+* Tamaños del Tipo de Letra:: Seleccionando el tamaño del punto.
+* Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra:: Seleccionando codificación, familia, series, apariencia.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Estilos del Tipo de Letra,  Next: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra,  Up: Tipos de Letra
+
+4.1 Estilos del Tipo de Letra
+=============================
+
+Las siguientes instrucciones para el estilo del tipo de letra son
+compatibles con LaTeX.
+
+   Estas instrucciones se utilizan como  `\textit{texto en cursiva}'.
+Las instrucciones correspondientes entre paréntesis son la “forma
+declarativa�, la cual no toma argumentos. El ámbito de aplicación de la
+forma de declaración dura hasta la instrucción “end� del estilo del tipo
+de letra o hasta el final del grupo actual.
+
+   Las formas declarativas son acumulativas; es decir, usted puede decir
+ya sea `\sffamily\bfseries' o `\bfseries\sffamily' para obtener sans
+serif en negrita.
+
+   También puede utilizar la forma de entorno de las formas
+declarativas; por ejemplo, `\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}'.
+
+`\textrm (\rmfamily)'
+     Romana.
+
+`\textit (\itshape)'
+     cursivas.
+
+`\emph'
+     Énfasis (cambia entre `\textit' y `\textrm').
+
+`\textmd (\mdseries)'
+     Peso medio (predeterminado).
+
+`\textbf (\bfseries)'
+     Negrita.
+
+`\textup (\upshape)'
+     Vertical (predeterminado). Lo opuesto a inclinada.
+
+`\textsl (\slshape)'
+     Oblicua.
+
+`\textsf (\sffamily)'
+     Sans serif.
+
+`\textsc (\scshape)'
+     Versales.
+
+`\texttt (\ttfamily)'
+     Máquina de escribir.
+
+`\textnormal (\normalfont)'
+     Tipo de letra principal del documento.
+
+`\mathrm'
+     Romana, para usar en modo math.
+
+`\mathbf'
+     Negrita, para usarse en modo math.
+
+`\mathsf'
+     Sans serif, para usarse en modo math.
+
+`\mathtt'
+     Máquina de escribir, para usarse en modo math.
+
+`\mathit'
+`(\mit)'
+     cursivas, para utilizarse en modo math.
+
+`\mathnormal'
+     Para usarse en modo math, por ejemplo dentro de otra declaración de
+     estilo de letra.
+
+`\mathcal'
+     Letras `caligráficas', para usarse en modo math.
+
+   Además, la instrucción `\mathversion{bold}' se pude utilizar para
+cambiar a letras y símbolos en negrita dentro de fórmulas.
+`\mathversion{normal}' restablece el valor predeterminado.
+
+   LaTeX también proporciona estas instrucciones, que incondicionalmente
+cambian a determinado estilo, es decir, _no_ son acumulativas.  Estas se
+utilizan de forma diferente que las instrucciones anteriores, también:
+`{\instrucción ...}' en lugar de `\instrucción{...}'.  Son dos cosas muy
+distintas.
+
+`\bf'
+     Cambia a tipo de letra negrita.
+
+`\cal'
+     Cambia a letras caligráficas para math.
+
+`\em'
+     Énfasis (cursivas con romana, romana con cursivas).
+
+`\it'
+     cursivas.
+
+`\rm'
+     Romana.
+
+`\sc'
+     Versales.
+
+`\sf'
+     Sans serif.
+
+`\sl'
+     Oblicua (oblicua).
+
+`\tt'
+     Máquina de escribir (monoespacio, de ancho fijo).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra,  Next: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra,  Prev: Estilos del Tipo de Letra,  Up: Tipos de Letra
+
+4.2 Tamaños del Tipo de Letra
+=============================
+
+Las siguientes instrucciones para el tamaño del tipo de letra estándar
+son compatibles con LaTeX.  La tabla muestra el nombre de la instrucción
+y el tamaño real (en puntos) del tipo de letra correspondiente utilizado
+con las opciones de tamaño del documento `10pt', `11pt' y `12pt',
+respectivamente (*note Opciones de Clase de Documento:: ).
+
+Instrucción                      `10pt'  `11pt'  `12pt'
+---------------------------------------------------------
+`\tiny'                          5       6       6
+`\scriptsize'                    7       8       8
+`\footnotesize'                  8       9       10
+`\small'                         9       10      10.95
+`\normalsize' (predeterminado)   10      10.95   12
+`\large'                         12      12      14.4
+`\Large'                         14.4    14.4    17.28
+`\LARGE'                         14.4    14.4    17.28
+`\huge'                          20.74   20.74   24.88
+`\Huge'                          24.88   24.88   24.88
+
+   Las instrucciones tal como están listadas aquí son “formas
+declarativas�. El ámbito de aplicación de la forma declarativa dura
+hasta la instrucción “end� del estilo del tipo de letra o hasta el final
+del grupo actual.  También puede utilizar la forma de entorno en estas
+instrucciones; por ejemplo, `\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra,  Prev: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra,  Up: Tipos de Letra
+
+4.3 Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra
+=====================================================
+
+Estas instrucciones están destinadas principalmente para los escritores
+de macros y paquetes.  Las instrucciones listadas anteriormente son sólo
+un subconjunto de las disponibles.
+
+`\fontencoding{codificación}'
+     Selecciona la codificación del tipo de letra. Las codificaciones
+     válidas incluyen a `OT1' y `T1'.
+
+`\fontfamily{familia}'
+     Selecciona la familia del tipo de letra. Las familias válidas
+     incluyen:
+
+        • `cmr'  para Romana de Computadora Moderna
+
+        • `cmss' para Sans Serif de Computadora Moderna
+
+        • `cmtt' para Máquina  de Escribir de Computadora Moderna
+
+     y muchas otras.
+
+`\fontseries{series}'
+     Selecciona las series del tipo de letra. Las series válidas
+     incluyen:
+
+        • `m'  Mediana (normal)
+
+        • `b'  Negrita
+
+        • `c'  Condensada
+
+        • `bc' Negrita condensada
+
+        • `bx' Negrita extendida
+
+     y otras combinaciones diferentes.
+
+`\fontshape{forma}'
+     Selecciona la forma del tipo de letra. Las formas válidas son:
+
+        • `n'  Vertical (normal)
+
+        • `it' Cursiva
+
+        • `sl' Oblicua (oblicua)
+
+        • `sc' Versales
+
+        • `ui' Cursiva vertical
+
+        • `ol' Esquema
+
+     Las dos últimas formas no están disponibles para la mayoría de las
+     familias de tipos de letra.
+
+`\fontsize{tamaño}{espaciado}'
+     Establece el tamaño de letra. El primer parámetro es el tamaño a
+     cambiar el tipo de letra y el segundo es el espaciado de línea a
+     usar; este se almacena en un parámetro denominado `\baselineskip'.
+     La unidad de ambos parámetros de manera predeterminada es pt.  El
+     valor predeterminado de `\baselineskip' para el tipo de letra
+     Computadora Moderna es 1.2 veces `\fontsize'.
+
+     El interlineado de espacio doble también es multiplicado por el
+     valor del parámetro `\baselinestretch' cuando cambia el tamaño del
+     tipo de letra; el predeterminado es 1.  Sin embargo, la mejor
+     manera de hacer un documento con “doble espacio�, si tiene la
+     suficiente mala suerte de tener que producirlo, es usar el paquete
+     `setspace'; vea
+     `http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace'.
+
+`\linespread{factor}'
+     Equivalente a `\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{factor}', y por lo
+     tanto debe estar seguido por `\selectfont' para que tenga algún
+     efecto.  Es mejor especificarlo en el preámbulo, o utilizar el
+     paquete `setspace', justo como se acaba de describir anteriormente.
+
+     Las modificaciones introducidas por llamar a la fuente de las
+     instrucciones descritas anteriormente no entrará en vigor sino
+     hasta que se invoque a `\selectfont'.
+
+`\usefont{codificación}{familia}{series}{forma}'
+     Lo mismo que invocar a `\fontencoding', `\fontfamily',
+     `\fontseries' y `\fontshape' con los parámetros dados, seguida por
+     `\selectfont'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Diseño,  Next: Seccionado,  Prev: Tipos de Letra,  Up: Top
+
+5 Diseño
+********
+
+Varias instrucciones para controlar el diseño general de la página.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \onecolumn::               Utiliza un diseño de una columna.
+* \twocolumn::               Utiliza un diseño de dos columanas.
+* \flushbottom::             Hace que todas las páginas del texto tengan la misma altura.
+* \raggedbottom::            Permite que las páginas de texto tengan diferente altura.
+* Parámetros para el Diseño de Página:: \headheight \footskip.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \onecolumn,  Next: \twocolumn,  Up: Diseño
+
+5.1 `\onecolumn'
+================
+
+La declaración `\onecolumn' comienza una nueva página y la produce con
+una sola columna.  Este es el valor predeterminado.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \twocolumn,  Next: \flushbottom,  Prev: \onecolumn,  Up: Diseño
+
+5.2 `\twocolumn'
+================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \twocolumn[textocolumna1]
+
+   La declaración `\twocolumn' comienza una nueva página y la produce
+con dos columnas. Si el argumento opcional textocolumna1 está presente,
+esta es compuesta en modo de una columna antes de comenzar la
+composición de las dos columnas.
+
+   Estos parámetros controlan la tipografía en la producción de dos
+columnas:
+
+`\columnsep'
+     La distancia entre las columnas (de manera predeterminada a 35pt).
+
+`\columnseprule'
+     El ancho de la regla entre columnas; el predeterminado es 0pt, por
+     lo tanto no hay regla.
+
+`\columnwidth'
+     El ancho de la columna actual; este es igual a `\textwidth' en
+     texto de una sola columna.
+
+   Estos parámetros controlan el comportamiento de la flotación de las
+dos columnas producidas:
+
+`\dbltopfraction'
+     Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página de dos columna
+     que pueden ocupar los flotantes.  El predeterminado es `.7', puede
+     ser útil redefinirlo a (digamos) `.9' para evitar llegar tan pronto
+     a páginas flotantes.
+
+`\dblfloatpagefraction'
+     La mínima fracción de una página con flotantes que deben ocupar los
+     flotantes, para una página de dos columnas con flotantes.  El
+     predeterminado es `.5'.
+
+`\dblfloatsep'
+     Distancia entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una
+     página de dos columnas con flotantes.  Predeterminado a `12pt
+     plus2pt minus2pt' para `10pt' y `11pt' para documentos, `14pt
+     plus2pt minus4pt' para `12pt'.
+
+`\dbltextfloatsep'
+     Distancia entre un flotante multicolumna en la parte superior o
+     inferior de una página y el texto principal.  De manera
+     predeterminada es `20pt plus2pt minus4pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \flushbottom,  Next: \raggedbottom,  Prev: \twocolumn,  Up: Diseño
+
+5.3 `\flushbottom'
+==================
+
+La declaración `\flushbottom' hace que todas las páginas tengan la misma
+altura, añadiendo espacio vertical extra donde sea necesario para llenar
+la página.
+
+   Este es el predeterminado si se selecciona el modo `twocolumn' (*note
+Opciones de Clase de Documento::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \raggedbottom,  Next: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página,  Prev: \flushbottom,  Up: Diseño
+
+5.4 `\raggedbottom'
+===================
+
+La declaración `\raggedbottom' hace que todas las páginas tengan la
+altura natural del material en esa página.  Sin longitudes flexibles que
+se deban ajustar.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página,  Prev: \raggedbottom,  Up: Diseño
+
+5.5 Parámetros para el Diseño de Página
+=======================================
+
+`\headheight'
+     Altura de la caja que contiene el encabezado.  El predeterminado es
+     `30pt', salvo en la clase `book', donde este varía con el tamaño de
+     letra.
+
+`\headsep'
+     Distancia vertical entre la línea inferior de la cabecera y la
+     parte superior del texto principal.  El predeterminado es `25pt',
+     salvo en la clase `book', donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
+
+`\footskip'
+     Distancia desde la línea base de la última línea de texto a la
+     línea base del pié de página.  El predeterminado es `30pt', salvo
+     en la clase `book', donde este varía con el tamaño de letra.
+
+`\linewidth'
+     Ancho de la línea actual; el predeterminado varía con el tamaño de
+     fuente, el ancho del papel, el modo two-column, etc.  Para un
+     documento `article' en `10pt', este se establece a `345pt'; en modo
+     two-column, este cambia a `229.5pt'.
+
+`\textheight'
+     La altura vertical normal del cuerpo de la página; el
+     predeterminado varía con el tamaño de letra, clase de documento,
+     etc.  Para un documento `article' o `report' en `10pt', este se
+     fija a `43\baselineskip'; para `book', es `41\baselineskip'.  Para
+     `11pt', es `38\baselineskip' y para `12pt', `36\baselineskip'.
+
+`\textwidth'
+     El ancho horizontal normal del cuerpo de la página; el
+     predeterminado varía de la manera usual.  Para un documento
+     `article' o `report', es `345pt' en `10pt', `360pt' en `11pt' y
+     `390pt' en `12pt'.  Para un documento `book', es `4.5in' en `10pt'
+     y `5in' en `11pt' o `12pt'.
+
+`\topmargin'
+     Espacio entre la parte superior de la página TeX (de manera
+     predeterminada, una pulgada en la parte superior del papel) y en la
+     parte superior del encabezado.  El predeterminado se calcula
+     basándose en muchos otros parámetros: `\paperheight − 2in −
+     \headheight − \headsep − \textheight − \footskip', y luego se
+     divide entre dos.
+
+`\topskip'
+     La distancia mínima entre la parte superior del cuerpo de la página
+     y la línea base de la primer línea de texto.  Para clases estándar,
+     el predeterminado es el mismo que el tamaño de letra, por ejemplo,
+     `10pt' en `10pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Seccionado,  Next: Referencias Cruzadas,  Prev: Diseño,  Up: Top
+
+6 Seccionado
+************
+
+Las instrucciones de seccionado proporcionan los medios para estructurar
+su texto en unidades:
+
+`\part'
+
+`\chapter'
+     (únicamente las clases report y book)
+
+`\section'
+
+`\subsection'
+
+`\subsubsection'
+
+`\paragraph'
+
+`\subparagraph'
+
+   Todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen la misma forma general,
+por ejemplo,
+
+     \chapter[títulobreve]{título}
+
+   Además de proporcionar el encabezado título en el texto principal, el
+título de la sección puede aparecer en otros dos lugares:
+
+  1. La tabla de contenido.
+
+  2. El título breve en la parte superior de la página.
+
+   Tal vez no quiera el mismo texto en estos lugares como en el texto
+principal.  Para controlar esto, las instrucciones de seccionado tienen
+un argumento opcional, toctitle que, cuando se proporciona, especifica
+el texto de esos otros lugares.
+
+   Además, todas las instrucciones de seccionado tienen formas con `*'
+que imprimen el título de la manera usual, pero no incluyen un número y
+no producen una entrada en la tabla de contenido.  Por ejemplo:
+
+     \section*{Preámbulo}
+
+   La instrucción `\appendix' cambia la manera en que se numeran las
+siguientes unidades de sección.  La instrucción `\appendix' en sí misma
+no genera texto y no afecta la númeración de las partes.  El uso normal
+de esta instrucción es algo así como:
+
+     \chapter{Un Capítulo}
+     …
+     \appendix
+     \chapter{El Primer Apéndice}
+
+   El contador `secnumdepth' controla la impresión de los números de
+sección.  La configuración
+
+     \setcounter{secnumdepth}{nivel}
+
+suprime los números en encabezados y cualquier profundidad > nivel,
+donde `chapter' es el nivel cero.  (*Note \setcounter::.)
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Referencias Cruzadas,  Next: Entornos,  Prev: Seccionado,  Up: Top
+
+7 Referencias Cruzadas
+**********************
+
+Una razón para numerar cosas como figuras y ecuaciones es para referir
+al lector a ellas, como en “Vea la Figura 3 para más detalles�.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \label::      Asigna un nombre simbólico a una parte del texto.
+* \pageref::    Referencia a un número de página.
+* \ref::        Referencia a una sección, figura o similar.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \label,  Next: \pageref,  Up: Referencias Cruzadas
+
+7.1 `\label'
+============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \label{clave}
+
+   Una instrucción `\label' que aparece en un texto normal asigna a
+clave el número de la unidad de sección actual; que aparece dentro de un
+entorno numerado asignando ese número a clave.
+
+   Un nombre de clave puede consistir de cualquier secuencia de letras,
+dígitos, o caracteres de puntuación.  Distingue entre letras mayúsculas
+y minúsculas.
+
+   Para evitar la creación accidental de dos etiquetas con el mismo
+nombre, es común el uso de etiquetas que consisten de un prefijo y un
+sufijo, separados por una coma o un punto. Algunos prefijos utilizados
+convencionalmente:
+
+`ch'
+     para capítulos
+
+`sec'
+     para instrucciones de seccionado de bajo nivel
+
+`fig'
+     para figuras
+
+`tab'
+     para tablas
+
+`eq'
+     para ecuaciones
+
+   Por lo tanto, una etiqueta para una figura parecería como `fig:snark'
+o `fig.snark'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \pageref,  Next: \ref,  Prev: \label,  Up: Referencias Cruzadas
+
+7.2 `\pageref{clave}'
+=====================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \pageref{clave}
+
+   La instrucción `\pageref'{clave} produce el número de página del
+lugar en el texto en donde aparece la instrucción `\label'{clave}.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \ref,  Prev: \pageref,  Up: Referencias Cruzadas
+
+7.3 `\ref{clave}'
+=================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \ref{clave}
+
+   La instrucción `\ref' produce el número de la unidad de sección de la
+ecuación, pie de página, figura, …, de la instrucción `\label'
+correspondiente (*note \label::).  Esta no produce ningún texto, como
+por ejemplo la palabra `Sección' o `figura', únicamente el número.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Entornos,  Next: Saltos de Línea,  Prev: Referencias Cruzadas,  Up: Top
+
+8 Entornos
+**********
+
+LaTeX proporciona muchos entornos para marcar cierto texto.  Cada
+entorno comienza y termina de la misma manera:
+
+     \begin{nombreentorno}
+     ...
+     \end{nombreentorno}
+
+* Menu:
+
+* abstract::    Produce un resumen.
+* array::       Matrices Matemáticas.
+* center::      Líneas centradas.
+* description:: Listas etiquetadas.
+* displaymath:: Fórmulas que aparecen en su propia línea.
+* document::    Encierra todo el documento.
+* enumerate::   Listas numeradas.
+* eqnarray::    Secuencias de ecuaciones alineadas.
+* equation::    Ecuación mostrada.
+* figure::      Figuras flotantes.
+* flushleft::   Líneas alineada a la izquierda.
+* flushright::  Líneas alineadas a la derecha.
+* itemize::     Listas con viñetas.
+* letter::      Cartas
+* list::        Entorno lista genérica.
+* math::        Matemáticas en línea.
+* minipage::    Página miniatura.
+* picture::     Imagen con texto, flechas, líneas y círculos.
+* quotation::   Entorno con sangría y párrafo con sangría.
+* quote::       Entorno con sangría sin sangría de párrafo.
+* tabbing::     Alineación de texto de manera arbitraria.
+* table::       Tablas flotantes.
+* tabular::     Alinea texto en columnas.
+* thebibliography::     Bibliografía o lista de referencia.
+* theorem::     Teoremas, lemas, etc.
+* titlepage::   Para elaborar portadas a mano.
+* verbatim::    Simulación de entrada con máquina de escribir.
+* verse::       Para poesía y otras cosas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: abstract,  Next: array,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.1 `abstract'
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+     \begin{abstract}
+     ...
+     \end{abstract}
+
+   Entorno para producir un resumen, posiblemente de varios párrafos.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: array,  Next: center,  Prev: abstract,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.2 `array'
+===========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{array}{plantilla}
+     texto col1&texto col1&coln}\\
+     ...
+     \end{array}
+
+   Las matrices matemáticas se producen con el entorno `array',
+normalmente dentro de un entorno `equation' (*note equation::).  Tiene
+un único argumento plantilla obligatorio que describe el número de
+columnas y la alineación dentro de ellas.  Cada columna col se
+especifica por una sola letra que indica el número de elementos y deben
+tener el formato de la siguiente manera:
+
+`c'
+     centrada
+
+`l'
+     alineada a la izquierda
+
+`r'
+     alineada a la derecha
+
+   La entradas de columna son separadas con `&'.  Las entradas de
+columna pueden incluir otras instrucciones LaTeX.  Cada fila de la
+matriz se termina con `\\'.
+
+   En la plantilla, la construcción `@{texto}' coloca texto entre
+columnas en cada fila.
+
+   He aquí un ejemplo:
+
+     \begin{equation}
+       \begin{array}{lrc}
+       izquierda1 & derecha1 & centrado1 \\
+       izquierda2 & derecha2 & centrado2 \\
+       \end{array}
+     \end{equation}
+
+   El parámetro `\arraycolsep' define la mitad del ancho del espacio de
+separación entre columnas; el predeterminado es `5pt'.  *Note tabular::,
+para otros parámetros que afectan el formato en entornos `array', a
+saber `\arrayrulewidth' y `\arraystretch'.
+
+   El entorno `array' únicamente se puede utilizar en modo math.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: center,  Next: description,  Prev: array,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.3 `center'
+============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{center}
+     línea1 \\
+     línea2 \\
+     \end{center}
+
+   El entorno `center' le permite crear un párrafo consistente de líneas
+que están centradas respecto al margen izquierdo y derecho de la página
+actual.  Cada línea es terminada con dobles barras inversas `\\'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \centering::          Forma declarativa para el entorno `center'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \centering,  Up: center
+
+8.3.1 `\centering'
+------------------
+
+La declaración `\centering' corresponde al entorno `center'.  Esta
+declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como `quote' o en
+un `parbox'.  Por lo tanto, el texto de una figura o una tabla se puede
+centrar en la página poniendo una instrucción `\centering' al principio
+de la figura o en el entorno table.
+
+   A diferencia del entorno `center', la instrucción `\centering' no
+comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta simplemente cambia el formato que LaTeX
+aplica a las unidades de párrafo.  Para afectar el formato de la unidad
+de párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
+blanco o la instrucción `\end' (de un entorno tal como quote), que
+finaliza la unidad de párrafo.
+
+   He aquí un ejemplo:
+
+     \begin{quote}
+     \centering
+     primer línea \\
+     segunda línea \\
+     \end{quote}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: description,  Next: displaymath,  Prev: center,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.4 `description'
+=================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{description}
+     \item [etiqueta1] elemento1
+     \item [etiqueta2] elemento2
+     ...
+     \end{description}
+
+   El entorno `description' se utiliza para hacer listas etiquetadas.
+Cada etiqueta es compuesta tipográficamente en negrita, alineada a la
+derecha.  El texto del elemento puede contener múltiples párrafos.
+
+   Otra variación: debido a que el estilo negrita se aplica a las
+etiquetas, si usted compone una etiqueta en máquina de escribir usando
+`\texttt', obtendrá una máquina de escribir en negrita:
+`\item[\texttt{máquina de escribir y negrita}]'.  Esta también puede
+estar en negrita, entre otras cuestiones.  Para obtener sólo en máquina
+de escribir, use `\tt', que restablece todas las variaciones de otros
+estilos: `\item[{\tt máquina de escribir simple}]'.
+
+   Para detalles acerca del espaciado en listas, vea *note itemize::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: displaymath,  Next: document,  Prev: description,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.5 `displaymath'
+=================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{displaymath}
+     fórmula matemática
+     \end{displaymath}
+
+o
+
+     \[math\]
+
+   El entorno `displaymath' (`\[...\]' es un sinónimo) de composición
+tipográfica de texto math en una línea independiente, centrada de manera
+predeterminada.  La opción global `fleqn' produce ecuaciones alineadas a
+la izquierda; vea *note Opciones de Clase de Documento::.
+
+   No se añade un número de ecuación al texto de `displaymath'; Para
+obtener un número de ecuación, utilice el entorno `equation' (*note
+equation::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: document,  Next: enumerate,  Prev: displaymath,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.6 `document'
+==============
+
+El entorno `document' encierra el cuerpo de un documento.  este es
+obligatorio en cada documento LaTeX.  *Note Iniciando y Finalizando::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: enumerate,  Next: eqnarray,  Prev: document,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.7 `enumerate'
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{enumerate}
+     \item elemento1
+     \item elemento2
+     ...
+     \end{enumerate}
+
+   El entorno `enumerate' produce una lista numerada.  Las enumeraciones
+se pueden anidar unas dentro de otras, hasta cuatro niveles de
+profundidad.  Estas también se pueden anidar en otros entornos de
+párrafo, tal como `itemize' (*note itemize::) y `description' (*note
+description::).
+
+   Cada elemento de una lista enumerada comienza con una instrucción
+`\item'.  En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción `\item'.
+
+   De manera predeterminada, la numeración de cada nivel se hace de la
+siguiente manera:
+
+  1. 1., 2., …
+
+  2. (a), (b), …
+
+  3. i., ii., …
+
+  4. A., B., …
+
+   El entorno `enumerate' usa los contadores `\enumi' hasta `\enumiv'
+(*note Contadores::).  Si se proporciona el argumento opcional a
+`\item', el contador no se incrementa por cada elemento.
+
+   El entorno `enumerate' utiliza las instrucciones desde `\labelenumi'
+hasta `\labelenumiv' para producir la etiqueta predeterminada.  Por lo
+tanto, usted puede usar `\renewcommand' para cambiar las etiquetas
+(*note \newcommand y \renewcommand::).  Por ejemplo, para hacer que el
+primer nivel use letras mayúsculas:
+
+     \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: eqnarray,  Next: equation,  Prev: enumerate,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.8 `eqnarray'
+==============
+
+     \begin{eqnarray}  (o `eqnarray*')
+     fórmula1 \\
+     fórmula2 \\
+     ...
+     \end{eqnarray}
+
+   El entorno `eqnarray' se utiliza para mostrar una secuencia de
+ecuaciones o desigualdades.  Es muy parecido a un entorno `array' de
+tres columnas, con filas consecutivas separadas por `\\' y elementos
+consecutivos en una fila, separados por un `&'.
+
+   también puede utilizar `\\*' para separar ecuaciones independientes,
+con su propósito normal de no permitir saltos de página en esa línea.
+
+   Se coloca un número de ecuación en cada línea a menos que la línea
+tenga una instrucción `\nonumber'.  Alternativamente, la forma del
+entorno con `*' (`\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}') debe omitir
+por completo la numeración de la ecuación, al tiempo que el mismo
+comienza con `eqnarray'.
+
+   La instrucción `\lefteqn' se utiliza para dividir grandes fórmulas a
+través de varias líneas. Su argumento de composición tipográfica en el
+estilo de visualización alinea a la izquierda en una caja de ancho cero.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: equation,  Next: figure,  Prev: eqnarray,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.9 `equation'
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{equation}
+     fórmula-matemática
+     \end{equation}
+
+   El entorno `equation' comienza un entorno `displaymath' (*note
+displaymath::), por ejemplo, centrando en la página el texto math, y
+además colocando el número de ecuación en el margen derecho.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: figure,  Next: flushleft,  Prev: equation,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.10 `figure'
+=============
+
+     \begin{figure[*]}[úbicación]
+     figbody
+     \label{etiqueta}
+     \caption[títulobreve]{texto}
+     \end{figure}
+
+   Las figuras son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y en su
+lugar son “flotados� a un lugar conveniente, como en la parte superior
+de una página.  Las figuras no se dividen entre dos páginas.
+
+   Cuando se compone tipográficamente en columnas dobles, la forma
+favorita produce un ancho completo (a través de las dos columnas).
+
+   El argumento opcional `[ubicación]' determina donde debe tratar de
+colocar LaTeX su figura.  Hay cuatro lugares donde LaTeX, posiblemente,
+pueda colocar un flotante:
+
+`t'
+     (Top)—en lo alto de una página de texto.
+
+`b'
+     (Bottom)—en la parte inferior de una página de texto.  No obstante,
+     `b' no se permite para flotantes de ancho completo (`figure*') en
+     entornos con columnas dobles.  Para mejorar esto, utilice el
+     paquete `stfloats' o `dblfloatfix', pero vea el debate de
+     advertencias en el FAQ:
+     `http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat'.
+
+`h'
+     (Here)—aquí, en la posición donde aparece el entorno figure en el
+     texto.  Sin embargo, este no está permitido por sí mismo,
+     automáticamente se añade `t'.  Para forzar que una figura
+     absolutamente aparezca “aquí�, utilice el paquete `float' y use la
+     letra de ubicación `H'.  (Este paquete también ofrece otras
+     opciones).
+
+`p'
+     (Página de flotantes)—en una página de flotantes separada, misma
+     que es una página que no contiene texto, únicamente flotantes.
+
+   Las clases estándar report y article utilizan la ubicación
+predeterminada `tbp'.
+
+   El cuerpo de la figura se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
+LaTeX, etc., que desee.
+
+   La instrucción `\caption' especifica el texto del título de la
+figura.  El título de manera predeterminada lleva el número.  Si
+loftitle está presente, esta se utiliza en la lista de figuras en lugar
+del texto (*note Tablas de Contenido::).
+
+     La fracción máxima de la página que se permite sea ocupada por
+     flotantes en la parte inferior; el predeterminado es `.3'.
+
+`\floatpagefraction'
+     La fracción mínima de una página flotante que deben ocupar los
+     flotantes; predeterminado a `.5'.
+
+`\floatsep'
+     Espacio entre flotantes en la parte superior o inferior de una
+     página; predeterminado a `12pt plus2pt minus2pt'.
+
+`\intextsep'
+     Espacio por encima y por debajo de un flotante en medio del texto
+     principal; predeterminado a `12pt plus2pt minus2pt' para estilos de
+     `10pt' y `11pt', `14pt plus4pt minus4pt' para `12pt'.
+
+`\textfloatsep'
+     Espacio entre el último/primero flotante en la parte
+     superior/inferior de una página; de manera predeterminada a `20pt
+     plus2pt minus4pt'.
+
+`\textfraction'
+     Mínima fracción de una página que debe ser texto; si los flotantes
+     ocupan mucho espacio preserva tanto texto como sea posible, para
+     que los flotantes sean trasladados a una página diferente.  El
+     predeterminado es `.2'.
+
+`\topfraction'
+     Máxima fracción en la parte superior de una página que se puede
+     ocupar antes de los flotantes; el predeterminado es `.7'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: flushleft,  Next: flushright,  Prev: figure,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.11 `flushleft'
+================
+
+     \begin{flushleft}
+     línea1 \\
+     línea2 \\
+     ...
+     \end{flushleft}
+
+   El entorno `flushleft' le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
+líneas que están alineadas en el margen de la mano izquierda y no están
+justificadas a la derecha. Cada línea se debe terminar con `\\'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \raggedright::        Forma declarativa del entorno `flushleft'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \raggedright,  Up: flushleft
+
+8.11.1 `\raggedright'
+---------------------
+
+La declaración `\raggedright' corresponde al entorno `flushleft'.  Esta
+declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como `quote' o en
+un `parbox'.
+
+   A diferencia del entorno `flushleft', la instrucción `\raggedright'
+no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia como aplica LaTeX
+el formato a las unidades de párrafo.  Para afectar el formato de la
+unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
+blanco o la instrucción `\end' que termina la unidad de párrafo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: flushright,  Next: itemize,  Prev: flushleft,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.12 `flushright'
+=================
+
+     \begin{flushright}
+     línea1 \\
+     línea2 \\
+     ...
+     \end{flushright}
+
+   El entorno `flushright' le permite crear un párrafo consistente de
+líneas que están alineadas en el margen a mano derecha e irregulares a
+la izquierda.  Cada línea se debe terminar con `\\'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \raggedleft::   Forma declarativa del entorno `flushright'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \raggedleft,  Up: flushright
+
+8.12.1 `\raggedleft'
+--------------------
+
+La declaración `\raggedleft' corresponde al entorno `flushright'.  Esta
+declaración se puede utilizar dentro de un entorno tal como `quote' o en
+un `parbox'.
+
+   A diferencia del entorno `flushright', la instrucción `\raggedleft'
+no comienza un nuevo párrafo; esta únicamente cambia como aplica LaTeX
+el formato a las unidades de párrafo.  Para afectar el formato de la
+unidad párrafo, el alcance de la declaración debe contener una línea en
+blanco o la instrucción `\end' que termina la unidad de párrafo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: itemize,  Next: letter,  Prev: flushright,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.13 `itemize'
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{itemize}
+     \item elemento1
+     \item elemento2
+     ...
+     \end{itemize}
+
+   El entorno `itemize' produce una lista “no ordenada�, “con viñetas�.
+Se pueden anidar entorno itemize dentro de otros, hasta cuatro niveles
+de profundidad.  También se pueden anidar en otros entornos que marcan
+párrafos, tal como `enumerate' (*note enumerate::).
+
+   Cada elemento de una lista `itemize' comienza con una instrucción
+`\item'.  En el entorno por lo menos debe haber una instrucción `\item'.
+
+   De forma predeterminada, las marcas en cada nivel tienen esta
+apariencia:
+
+  1. • (bala)
+
+  2. -- (guión en negrita)
+
+  3. * (asterisco)
+
+  4. . (punto centrado, aquí representado como un punto)
+
+   El entorno `itemize' utiliza las instrucciones desde `\labelitemi'
+hasta `\labelitemiv' para producir la etiqueta predeterminada.  De modo
+que, usted puede usar `\renewcommand' para cambiar las etiquetas.  Por
+ejemplo, para que en primer nivel utilice diamantes:
+
+     \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
+
+   Los parámetros desde `\leftmargini' hasta `\leftmarginvi' definen la
+distancia entre el margen izquierdo del entorno envolvente y el margen
+izquierdo de la lista.  Por convención, `\leftmargin' se fija al
+`\leftmarginN' adecuado cuando ingresa a un nuevo nivel de anidamiento.
+
+   El predeterminado varía desde `.5em' (el nivel de anidamiento
+superior) a `2.5em' (el primer nivel), y se reduce un poco en modo
+two-column.  En este ejemplo se reduce mucho el espacio del margen para
+las listas anidadas:
+
+     \setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % predeterminado 2.5em
+
+   Algunos parámetros que afectan el formato de la lista:
+
+`\itemindent'
+     Sangrado extra antes de cada elemento de una lista; predeterminado
+     a cero.
+
+`\labelsep'
+     Espacio entre la etiqueta y el texto de un elemento; predeterminado
+     a `.5em'.
+
+`\labelwidth'
+     Ancho de la etiqueta; predeterminado a `2em', o `1.5em' en modo
+     two-column.
+
+`\listparindent'
+     Sangría extra añadida al segundo y subsecuentes párrafos, dentro de
+     un elemento de la lista; predeterminado a `0pt'.
+
+`\rightmargin'
+     Distancia horizontal entre el margen derecho de la lista y el
+     entorno envolvente; de manera predeterminada `0pt', salbo en los
+     entornos `quote', `quotation' y `verse', donde se hace igual a
+     `\leftmargin'.
+
+   Parámetros que afectan el espaciamiento vertical entre elementos de
+la lista (más bien libre, de manera predeterminada).
+
+`\itemsep'
+     Espacio vertical entre elementos.  El predeterminado es `2pt
+     plus1pt minus1pt' para `10pt' documentos, `3pt plus2pt minus1pt'
+     para `11pt' y `4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt' para `12pt'.
+
+`\parsep'
+     Espacio vertical extra entre párrafos dentro de un elemento de la
+     lista.  Los predeterminados son los mismos que para `\itemsep'.
+
+`\topsep'
+     Espacio vertical entre el primer elemento y el párrafo anterior.
+
+     Para listas de nivel superior, el predeterminado es `8pt plus2pt
+     minus4pt' para `10pt' documentos, `9pt plus3pt minus5pt' para
+     `11pt' y `10pt plus4pt minus6pt' para `12pt'.  Estos se reducen en
+     listas anidadas.
+
+`\partopsep'
+     Espacio extra añadido a `\topsep' cuando el entorno lista comienza
+     un párrafo.  El valor predeterminado es `2pt plus1pt minus1pt' para
+     `10pt' documentos, `3pt plus1pt minus1pt' para `11pt' y `3pt
+     plus2pt minus2pt' para `12pt'.
+
+   Sobre todo para listas con elementos cortos, puede ser conveniente
+eludir los espacios entre ellos.  He aquí un ejemplo de una definición
+del entorno `itemize*' sin espacio extra entre elementos o entre
+párrafos dentro de un solo elemento (`\parskip' no es específico de la
+lista, *note \parskip::):
+
+     \newenvironment{itemize*}%
+       {\begin{itemize}%
+         \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
+         \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
+         \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
+       {\end{itemize}}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: letter,  Next: list,  Prev: itemize,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.14 Entorno `letter': Escribiendo Cartas
+=========================================
+
+Este entorno se utiliza para crear cartas.  *Note Cartas::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: list,  Next: math,  Prev: letter,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.15 `list'
+===========
+
+El entorno `list' es un entorno genérico que se utiliza para definir
+mucho de los entornos más específicos. Este rara vez se utiliza en
+documentos, pero a muy menudo en las macros.
+
+     \begin{list}{etiquetado}{espaciado}
+     \item elemento1
+     \item elemento2
+     ...
+     \end{list}
+
+   El argumento obligatorio etiquetado especifica como se deben
+etiquetar los elementos (a menos que se especifique el argumento
+opcional `\item').  Este argumento es una pieza de texto que se inserta
+en una caja para formar la etiqueta.  Este se puede y suele contener
+otras instrucciones LaTeX.
+
+   El argumento obligatorio spacing contiene instrucciones para cambiar
+los parámetros de espaciado para la lista.  Este argumento por lo
+regular está vacío, es decir, `{}', lo cual deja el espaciado
+predeterminado.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: math,  Next: minipage,  Prev: list,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.16 `math'
+===========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{math}
+     fórmula-matemática
+     \end{math}
+
+   El entorno `math' inserta la fórmula math dada dentro del texto
+actual.  `\(...\))' y `$...$' son sinónimos.  *Note Fórmulas
+Matemáticas::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: minipage,  Next: picture,  Prev: math,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.17 `minipage'
+===============
+
+     \begin{minipage}[posición][alto][pos-interna]{ancho}
+     texto 
+     \end{minipage}
+
+   El entorno `minipage' compone tipográficamente su cuerpo de texto en
+un bloque que no debe abarcar varias páginas.  Este es similar a la
+instrucción `\parbox' (*note \parbox::), pero a diferencia de `\parbox',
+se pueden utilizar otros entornos de marcado de párrafos dentro de una
+minipágina.
+
+   Los argumentos son los mismos que para `\parbox' (*note \parbox::).
+
+   De forma predeterminada, en el entorno `minipage' los párrafos no
+tienen sangría.  Usted puede restablecer la sangría con una instrucción
+tal como `\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}'.
+
+   La notas al pie en un entorno `minipage' son manipuladas de una
+manera que es especialmente útil para poner notas en figuras o tablas.
+Una instrucción `\footnote' o `\footnotetext' coloca la nota al pie en
+la parte inferior de la minipágina en lugar de en la parte inferior de
+la página, y esta utiliza el contador `\mpfootnote' en lugar del
+contador normal `footnote' (*note Contadores::).
+
+   No obstante, no ponga una minipágina dentro de otra si usted está
+usando notas al pie; estas pueden terminar mal en la parte inferior de
+la minipágina.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: picture,  Next: quotation,  Prev: minipage,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.18 `picture'
+==============
+
+     \begin{picture}(ancho,alto)(desplazamiento x,desplazamiento y)
+     … instrucciones de imagen …
+     \end{picture}
+
+   El entorno `picture' le permite crear casi cualquier clase de imagen
+que desee que contenga su texto, lineas, flechas y círculos.  Usted le
+dice a LaTeX dónde colocar las cosas en la imagen especificando sus
+coordenadas.  Una coordenada es un número que puede tener un punto
+decimal y un signo menos — un número como `5', `0.3' o `-3.1416'.  Una
+coordenada especifica una longitud en múltiplos de la unidad de longitud
+`\unitlength', por lo que si `\unitlength' se ha establecido en `1cm',
+entonces la coordenada 2.54 especifica una longitud de 2.54 centímetros.
+Sólo debe cambiar el valor de `\unitlength', utilizando la instrucción
+`\setlength', fuera del entorno `picture'.
+
+   Una posición es un par de coordenadas, por ejemplo, `(2.4, -5)', que
+especifican el punto con coordenada x `2.4' y coordenada y `-5'.  Las
+coordenadas se especifican en la forma habitual con respecto a un
+origen, que normalmente está en la esquina inferior izquierda de la
+imagen.  Tenga en cuenta que cuando una posición se presenta como un
+argumento, no se encierra entre llaves; los paréntesis sirven para
+delimitar el argumento.
+
+   El entorno `picture' tiene un argumento obligatorio, el cual es una
+`posición'.  este especifica el tamaño de la imagen.  El entorno produce
+una caja rectangular con la anchura y altura determinada por los
+argumentos de las coordenadas x e y.
+
+   El entorno `picture' también tiene un argumento opcional `posición',
+seguido del argumento `tamaño', que puede cambiar el origen.  (A
+diferencia de los argumentos opcionales, este argumento no está
+contenido entre corchetes). El argumento opcional proporciona las
+coordenadas del punto en la esquina inferior izquierda de la imagen (con
+el cual se determina el origen).  Por ejemplo, si `\unitlength' se ha
+fijado a `1mm', la instrucción
+
+     \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+
+produce una imagen de 100 milímetros de ancho y 200 milímetros de
+altura, cuya esquina inferior izquierda está en el punto (10,20) y cuya
+esquina superior derecha está en el punto (110,220).  La primera vez que
+haga un dibujo, normalmente se omite el argumento opcional, dejando el
+origen en el ángulo inferior izquierdo.  Si a continuación desea
+modificar su imagen, trasladando todo, basta con añadir el argumento
+opcional apropiado.
+
+   El argumento obligatorio del entorno determina el tamaño nominal de
+la imagen.  Esta no necesita tener ninguna relación con el tamaño de la
+imagen real; Felizmente LaTeX le permitirá poner cosas fuera de la
+imagen, o incluso fuera de la página.  El tamaño nominal de la imagen lo
+utiliza LaTeX para determinar cuánto espacio dejar para ello.
+
+   Todo lo que aparece en una imagen es dibujado por la instrucción
+`\put'. La instrucción
+
+     \put (11.3,-.3){...}
+
+coloca el objeto especificado por `...' en la imagen, con su punto de
+referencia en las coordenadas (11.3, -.3).  Los puntos de referencia
+para distintos objetos se describen a continuación.
+
+   La instrucción `\put' crea una "caja LR".  Puede poner cualquier cosa
+que vaya en una `\mbox' (*note \mbox::) en el argumento texto de la
+instrucción `\put'.  Al hacer esto, el punto de referencia será la
+esquina inferior izquierda de la caja.
+
+   Las instrucciones para `picture' están descritas en las siguientes
+secciones.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \circle::             Dibuja un círculo.
+* \makebox (imagen)::   Dibuja un cuadro del tamaño especificado.
+* \framebox (imagen)::  Dibuja una caja rodeada con un marco.
+* \dashbox::            Dibuja un cuadro de líneas discontinuas.
+* \frame::              Dibuja un marco alrededor de un objeto.
+* \line::               Dibuja una línea recta.
+* \linethickness::      Ajusta el grosor de la línea.
+* \thicklines::         Una línea de espesor más grueso.
+* \thinlines::          El grosor de la línea predeterminado.
+* \multiput::           Dibuja varias instancias de un objeto.
+* \oval::               Dibuja una elipse.
+* \put::                Coloca un objeto en un determinado lugar.
+* \shortstack::         Hace un montón de objetos.
+* \vector::             Dibuja una línea con una flecha.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \circle,  Next: \makebox (imagen),  Up: picture
+
+8.18.1 `\circle'
+----------------
+
+     \circle[*]{diámetro}
+
+   La instrucción `\circle' produce un círculo con un diámetro lo más
+cercano posible al especificado.  La forma con `*' de la instrucción
+dibuja un círculo sólido.
+
+   Se pueden dibujar círculos de hasta 40 pt.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \makebox (imagen),  Next: \framebox (imagen),  Prev: \circle,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.2 `\makebox'
+-----------------
+
+`\makebox(ancho,alto)[posición]{...}'
+
+   La instrucción `\makebox' para el entorno picture es similar a la
+instrucción normal `\makebox' excepto que usted debe especificar el
+`ancho' y `alto' en múltiplos de `\unitlength'.
+
+   El argumento opcional, `[posición]', especifica el cuadrante en el
+que debe aparecer el texto.  Usted puede seleccionar hasta dos de los
+siguientes:
+
+`t'
+     Mueve el elemento a la parte superior del rectángulo.
+
+`b'
+     Mueve el elemento a la parte inferior.
+
+`l'
+     Mueve el elemento a la izquierda.
+
+`r'
+     Mueve el elemento hacia la derecha.
+
+   *Note \makebox::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \framebox (imagen),  Next: \dashbox,  Prev: \makebox (imagen),  Up: picture
+
+8.18.3 `\framebox'
+------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \framebox(ancho,alto)[posición]{...}
+
+   La instrucción `\framebox' es como `\makebox' (vea la sección
+anterior), excepto que esta coloca un marco en el exterior alrededor de
+la caja que crea.
+
+   La instrucción `\framebox' produce una regla de espesor `\fboxrule',
+y deja un espacio `\fboxsep' entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \dashbox,  Next: \frame,  Prev: \framebox (imagen),  Up: picture
+
+8.18.4 `\dashbox'
+-----------------
+
+Dibuja un cuadro con una línea discontinua.  Sinopsis:
+
+     \dashbox{dlargo}(rancho,ralto)[posición]{texto}
+
+   `\dashbox' crea un rectángulo discontinuo alrededor del texto en un
+entorno `picture'.  Los guiones son de dlargo unidades de largo, y el
+rectángulo tiene una anchura total de rancho y una altura de ralto.  El
+texto es posicionado en la posición opcional.
+
+   Un cuadro de líneas discontinuas se ve mejor cuando `rancho' y
+`ralto' son múltiplos de `dlargo'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \frame,  Next: \line,  Prev: \dashbox,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.5 `\frame'
+---------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \frame{texto}
+
+   La instrucción `\frame' coloca un marco rectangular alrededor de
+texto.  El punto de referencia es la esquina inferior izquierda del
+marco.  No añade espacio extra entre el marco y el objeto.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \line,  Next: \linethickness,  Prev: \frame,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.6 `\line'
+--------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \line(declivex,declivey){longitud}
+
+   La instrucción `\line' dibuja una línea con la longitud dada y
+declive declivex/declivey.
+
+   LaTeX estándar únicamente puede dibujar líneas con declive = x/y,
+donde x y y tienen valores enteros desde −6 hasta 6.  Para líneas de
+cualquier declive, por no hablar de otras formas, vea el paquete
+`curve2e' y muchos, muchos otros paquetes en CTAN.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \linethickness,  Next: \thicklines,  Prev: \line,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.7 `\linethickness'
+-----------------------
+
+La instrucción `\linethickness{espesor}' declara el grosor de las líneas
+horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture para que sean de
+espesor, el cual debe ser una longitud positiva.
+
+   `\linethickness' no afecta el espesor de las líneas inclinadas,
+círculos o los cuartos de círculo dibujados por `\oval'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \thicklines,  Next: \thinlines,  Prev: \linethickness,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.8 `\thicklines'
+--------------------
+
+La instrucción `\thicklines' es un espesor de línea alternativo para
+líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture; compárese *note
+\linethickness:: y *note \thinlines::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \thinlines,  Next: \multiput,  Prev: \thicklines,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.9 `\thinlines'
+-------------------
+
+La instrucción `\thinlines' es el espesor de línea predeterminado para
+líneas horizontales y verticales en un entorno picture; compárese *note
+\linethickness:: y *note \thicklines::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \multiput,  Next: \oval,  Prev: \thinlines,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.10 `\multiput'
+-------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+     \multiput(x,y)(delta_x,delta_y){n}{obj}
+
+   La instrucción `\multiput' copia el objeto obj en un patrón regular
+entre imágenes.  primero se coloca obj en la posición (x,y), luego en la
+posición (x+\delta x,y+\delta y) y así sucesivamente, n veces.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \oval,  Next: \put,  Prev: \multiput,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.11 `\oval'
+---------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \oval(ancho,alto)[porción]
+
+   La instrucción `\oval' produce un rectángulo con esquinas
+redondeadas.  El argumento opcional porción le permite seleccionar la
+parte del óvalo vía las siguientes letras:
+
+`t'
+     selecciona la parte superior;
+
+`b'
+     selecciona la parte inferior;
+
+`r'
+     selecciona la parte derecha;
+
+`l'
+     selecciona la parte izquierda.
+
+   Las “esquinas� del óvalo se hacen con cuartos de círculo con un radio
+máximo de 20pt, por lo tanto los “óvalos� grandes se parecen más a cajas
+con esquinas redondeadas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \put,  Next: \shortstack,  Prev: \oval,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.12 `\put'
+--------------
+
+`\put(x coord,y coord){ ...  }'
+
+   La instrucción `\put' coloca el elemento especificado por el
+argumento obligatorio en las coordenadas proporcionadas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \shortstack,  Next: \vector,  Prev: \put,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.13 `\shortstack'
+---------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \shortstack[posición]{...\\...\\...}
+
+   La instrucción `\shortstack' produce un montón de objetos.  Las
+posiciones válidas son:
+
+`r'
+     Mueve los objetos a la derecha de la pila.
+
+`l'
+     Mueve los objetos a la izquierda de la pila
+
+`c'
+     Mueve los objetos hacia el centro de la pila (predeterminado)
+
+   Los objetos son separados con `\\'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \vector,  Prev: \shortstack,  Up: picture
+
+8.18.14 `\vector'
+-----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \vector(declive-x,declive-y){longitud}
+
+   La instrucción `\vector' dibuja una línea con una flecha de la
+longitud y declive especificados.  Los valores x e y deben estar entre
+−4 y +4 incluido.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: quotation,  Next: quote,  Prev: picture,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.19 `quotation'
+================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{quotation}
+     texto
+     \end{quotation}
+
+   A los márgenes del entorno `quotation' se les aplica una sangría en
+ambos lados izquierdo y derecho.  El texto está justificado en ambos
+márgenes.  Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo
+párrafo.
+
+   A diferencia del entorno `quote', cada párrafo normalmente tiene
+sangría.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: quote,  Next: tabbing,  Prev: quotation,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.20 `quote'
+============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{quote}
+     texto
+     \end{quote}
+
+   A los márgenes del entorno `quote' se les aplica una sangría en ambos
+lados izquierdo y derecho.  El texto está justificado en ambos márgenes.
+Dejar una línea en blanco entre el texto produce un nuevo párrafo.
+
+   A diferencia del entorno `quotation', a los párrafos no se les aplica
+una sangría.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: tabbing,  Next: table,  Prev: quote,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.21 `tabbing'
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{tabbing}
+     fila1col1 \= fila1col2 \= fila1col3 \= fila1col4 \\
+     fila2col1 \>                \> fila2col3 \\
+     ...
+     \end{tabbing}
+
+   El entorno `tabbing' proporciona una manera de alinear el texto en
+columnas.  Funciona mediante el establecimiento de tabuladores y
+tabulación tanto como si se hubiera hecho en una máquina de escribir
+común.  Es el más adecuado para los casos en que el ancho de cada
+columna es constante y conocido de antemano.
+
+   Este entorno se puede dividir en varias páginas, a diferencia del
+entorno `tabular'.
+
+   Las siguientes instrucciones se pueden utilizar dentro de un entorno
+`tabbing':
+
+`\\ tabbing'
+     Final de línea.
+
+`\= (tabbing)'
+     Establece una tabulación en la posición actual.
+
+`\> (tabbing)'
+     Avanza a la siguiente tabulación.
+
+`\<'
+     Coloca el siguiente texto a la izquierda del margen local (sin
+     necesidad de cambiar el margen).  Sólo se puede usar al comienzo de
+     la línea.
+
+`\+'
+     Mueve hacia la derecha el margen izquierdo del siguiente y todas
+     las subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, empezando la línea de
+     tabulación, de ser necesario.
+
+`\-'
+     Mueve el margen izquierdo hacia la izquierda de la siguiente y
+     todas las subsecuentes instrucciones de tabulación, comenzando con
+     la línea de tabulación si es necesario.
+
+`\' (tabbing)'
+     Mueve todo lo que ha escrito hasta ahora en la columna actual, es
+     decir, cualquier cosa desde la instrucción `\>', `\<', `\'', `\\' o
+     `\kill' más reciente, a la derecha de la columna anterior, a ras de
+     la tabulación de la columna actual.
+
+`\` (tabbing)'
+     Permite poner texto alineado a la derecha contra cualquier
+     tabulación, incluyendo la tabulación 0.  Sin embargo, no puede
+     mover el texto a la derecha de la última columna porque allí no hay
+     tabulación.  La instrucción `\`' mueve todo el texto que le sigue,
+     hasta la instrucción `\\' o `\end{tabbing}' que termina la línea,
+     al margen derecho del entorno tabbing.  No debe haber instrucción
+     `\>' o `\'' entre el `\`' y la instrucción que termina la línea.
+
+`\a (tabbing)'
+     En un entorno `tabbing', las instrucciones `\=', `\'' y `\`' no
+     producen acentos en la manera usual (*note Acentos::).  En su
+     lugar, se utilizan estas instrucciones `\a=', `\a'' y `\a`'.
+
+`\kill'
+     Fija una tabulación sin producir texto.  Trabaja igual que `\\'
+     salvo que esta desecha la línea actual en lugar de producir algo
+     útil.  El efecto de cualquier instrucción `\=', `\+' o `\-' en esa
+     línea seguirá en vigor.
+
+`\poptabs'
+     Restaura las posiciones de tabulación salvadas por la última
+     `\pushtabs'.
+
+`\pushtabs'
+     Guarda todas las posiciones de tabulación actuales. Útil para
+     cambiar temporalmente las posiciones de tabulación en medio de un
+     entorno `tabbing'.
+
+`\tabbingsep'
+     Distancia a la izquierda de la tabulación movida por `\''.
+
+   En este ejemplo se compone tipográficamente una función de Pascal en
+el formato tradicional:
+
+     \begin{tabbing}
+     function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
+              \> begin \= \+ \\
+                    \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\
+                             fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
+                       else \+ \\
+                             fact := 1; \-\- \\
+                 end;\\
+     \end{tabbing}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: table,  Next: tabular,  Prev: tabbing,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.22 `table'
+============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+      \begin{table}[ubicación]
+
+       cuerpo de la tabla
+
+      \caption{título de la tabla}
+      \end{table}
+
+   Las tablas son objetos que no forman parte del texto normal, y por lo
+general “flotan� a un lugar conveniente, como la parte superior de una
+página.  Las tablas no se dividen en dos páginas.
+
+   El argumento opcional `[ubicación]' determina dónde LaTeX trata de
+colocar su tabla.  Hay cuatro lugares donde LaTeX, posiblemente, pueda
+colocar un flotante:; estos son los mismo que los utilizados con el
+entorno `figure', y se describen allí (*note figure::).
+
+   Las clases `report' y `article' estándar utilizan la ubicación
+`[tbp]' predeterminada.
+
+   El cuerpo de la tabla se compone de cualquier texto, instrucciones
+LaTeX, etc., que usted desee.  La instrucción `\caption' le permite
+colocar un título a su tabla.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: tabular,  Next: thebibliography,  Prev: table,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.23 `tabular'
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{tabular}[ubicación]{columnas}
+     columna 1 entrada & columna 2 entrada ... & columna n entrada n \\
+     ...
+     \end{tabular}
+
+   o
+
+     \begin{tabular*}{ancho}[posición]{columnas}
+     columna 1 entrada & columna 2 entrada ... & columna n entrada n \\
+     ...
+     \end{tabular*}
+
+   Estos entornos producen una caja consiste de una secuencia de filas
+de elementos, alineadas verticalmente en columnas.
+
+   Se debe utilizar `\\' para especificar el final de cada fila de la
+tabla, salvo por la última, en que esta es opcional —a menos que le siga
+una instrucción `\hline' (para colocar una raya bajo la tabla).
+
+   Los argumentos obligatorios y opcionales consisten de:
+
+`ancho'
+     Especifica la anchura del entorno `tabular*'.  Este debe tener
+     espacio entre las columnas que se puede estirar para llenar el
+     ancho especificado.
+
+`posición'
+     Especifica la posición vertical; de manera predeterminada alinea al
+     centro el entorno.
+
+     `t'
+          alineado en la fila superior
+
+     `b'
+          alineado en la fila inferior
+
+`columnas'
+     Especifica el formato de columna.  Este consiste en una secuencia
+     de los siguientes especificadores, correspondientes a la secuencia
+     de columnas y el material intercolumna.
+
+     `l'
+          Una columna de elementos alineados a la izquierda.
+
+     `r'
+          Una columna de elementos alineados a la derecha.
+
+     `'
+          Una columna de elementos centrados.
+
+     `|'
+          Una línea vertical que llena la altura y profundidad total del
+          entorno.
+
+     `@{texto}'
+          Esta inserta texto en cada fila.  Una @-expresión suprime el
+          espacio intercolumnas insertado normalmente entre columnas;
+          cualquier espacio deseado entre el texto insertado y los
+          elementos adyacentes se deberá incluir en texto.  Una
+          instrucción `\extracolsep{ancho}' en una @-expresión provoca
+          que aparezca un espacio extra de ancho `ancho' a la izquierda
+          de todas las columnas subsecuentes, hasta que se anule por
+          otra instrucción `\extracolsep'.  A diferencia del espacio
+          intercolumna ordinario, este espacio adicional no se suprime
+          por una @-expresión.  Una instrucción `\extracolsep'
+          únicamente se pude utilizar en una @-expresión en el argumento
+          `columnas'.
+
+     `p{ancho}'
+          Produce una columna con cada elemento compuesto
+          tipográficamente en una parbox de ancho ancho, como si fuera
+          el argumento de una instrucción `\parbox[t]{ancho}'.  Sin
+          embargo, una `\\' en el elemento no puede, salvo en las
+          siguientes situaciones:
+
+            1. Dentro de un entorno como `minipage', `array' o
+               `tabular'.
+
+            2. Dentro de una `\parbox' explícita.
+
+            3. En el alcance de una declaración `\centering',
+               `\raggedright' o `\raggedleft'.  La última declaración
+               debe aparecer dentro de llaves o un entorno cuando se
+               utiliza en un elemento `p'-columna.
+
+     `*{número}{columnas}'
+          Equivalente a número de copias de columnas, donde número es un
+          entero positivo y columnas es cualquier lista de
+          especificadores de columna, la cual puede contener otra
+          `*-expresión'.
+
+   Parámetros que controlan el formato:
+
+`\arrayrulewidth'
+     El espesor de la línea creada por `|', `\hline' y `\vline' en los
+     entornos `tabular' y `array'; el predeterminado es `.4pt'.
+
+`\arraystretch'
+     El factor para escalar el espaciado entre hileras en los entornos
+     `tabular' y `array'; el predeterminado es `1', para no escalar.
+
+`\doublerulesep'
+     Distancia horizontal entre las líneas verticles producidas por `||'
+     en los entornos `tabular' y `array'; el predeterminado es `2pt'.
+
+`\tabcolsep'
+     La mitad de la anchura del espacio entre las columnas; el
+     predeterminado es `6pt'.
+
+   Estas instrucciones se pueden utilizar en el interior de un entorno
+`tabular':
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \multicolumn::      Hace que un elemento abarque varias columnas.
+* \cline::            Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarca algunas columnas.
+* \hline::            Dibuja una línea horizontal que abarca todas las columnas.
+* \vline::            Dibuja una línea vertical.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \multicolumn,  Next: \cline,  Up: tabular
+
+8.23.1 `\multicolumn'
+---------------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+     \multicolumn{columnas}{posición}{texto}
+
+   La instrucción `\multicolumn' provoca que una entrada se extienda por
+varias columnas.  El primer argumento obligatorio, columnas, especifica
+es el número de columnas por abarcar.  El segundo argumento obligatorio,
+posición, especifica el formato de la entrada; `c' para centrado, `l'
+para alineado a la izquierda, `r' para alineado a la derecha.  El tercer
+argumento obligatorio, texto, especifica el texto a colocar en la
+entrada.
+
+   He aquí un ejemplo que muestra dos columnas separadas por un doble
+guión; `\multicolumn' se utiliza para el encabezado:
+
+     \begin{tabular}{r@{--}l}
+     \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr
+        0x80&0x7FF   \cr
+       0x800&0xFFFF  \cr
+     0x10000&0x1FFFF \cr
+     \end{tabular}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \cline,  Next: \hline,  Prev: \multicolumn,  Up: tabular
+
+8.23.2 `\cline'
+---------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \cline{i-j}
+
+   La instrucción `\cline' dibuja un línea horizontal a través de las
+columnas especificadas, comenzando en la colúmna i y terminando en la
+columna j, que son especificadas en el argumento obligatorio.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \hline,  Next: \vline,  Prev: \cline,  Up: tabular
+
+8.23.3 `\hline'
+---------------
+
+La instrucción `\hline' dibuja una línea horizontal del ancho del
+entorno `tabular' o `array' especificado.  Se utiliza comúnmente para
+para dibujar una línea en la parte superior, inferior y entre filas de
+la tabla.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \vline,  Prev: \hline,  Up: tabular
+
+8.23.4 `\vline'
+---------------
+
+La instrucción `\vline' dibuja una línea vertical extendida a la altura
+y profundidad total de su fila.  Una instrucción `\hfill' se puede
+utilizar para mover la línea hasta el borde de la columna.  También se
+puede utilizar en una @-expresión.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: thebibliography,  Next: theorem,  Prev: tabular,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.24 `thebibliography'
+======================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{thebibliography}{etiqueta-más-amplia}
+     \bibitem[etiqueta]{clave-de-cita}
+     ...
+     \end{thebibliography}
+
+   El entorno `thebibliography' produce una bibliografía o lista de
+referencia.
+
+   En las clase `article', esta lista de referencia es etiquetada como
+“Referencias�; en la clase `report', esta es etiquetada como
+“Bibliografía�.  Usted puede cambiar la etiqueta (en las clases
+estándar) redefiniendo la instrucción `\refname'.  Por ejemplo, la
+siguiente instrucción la elimina por completo:
+
+     \renewcommand{\refname}{}
+
+   El argumento obligatorio etiqueta-más-amplia es texto que, al momento
+de componerla tipográficamente, es tan ancho como la etiqueta producida
+por la instrucción `\bibitem'.  Se suele dar como `9' para bibliografías
+de menos de 10 referencias, `99' para las que tienen menos de 100, etc.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \bibitem::            Especifica un elemento de la bibliografía.
+* \cite::               Hace referencia a un elemento bibliográfico.
+* \nocite::             Incluye un elemento en la bibliografía.
+* Usando BibTeX::       Generando bibliografías automáticamente.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \bibitem,  Next: \cite,  Up: thebibliography
+
+8.24.1 `\bibitem'
+-----------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+     \bibitem[etiqueta]{clave-de-cita}
+
+   La instrucción `\bibitem' genera una entrada etiquetada por etiqueta.
+Si se omite el argumento etiqueta, automáticamente se genera un número
+utilizando el contador `enumi'.  La clave-de-cita es cualquier secuencia
+de letras, números y signos de puntuación que no contenga una coma.
+
+   Esta instrucción escribe una entrada al archivo `.aux' que contiene
+los elementos clave-de-cita y etiqueta.  Cuando la instrucción
+`\begin{document}' lee el archivo `.aux', los elementos `etiqueta' son
+asociados con `clave-de-cita', produciendo referencias a clave-de-cita
+con una instrucción `\cite' (vea la siguiente sección) para producir la
+etiqueta asociada.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \cite,  Next: \nocite,  Prev: \bibitem,  Up: thebibliography
+
+8.24.2 `\cite'
+--------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \cite[subcita]{claves
+
+   El argumento claves es una lista de una o más claves de cita,
+separadas por comas.  Esta instrucción genera una cita en el texto para
+referencias asociadas con claves por medio de entradas en el archivo
+`.aux'.
+
+   El argumento de texti opcional subcita aparece después de la cita.
+Por ejemplo, `\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' podría producir `[Knuth, p. 314]'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \nocite,  Next: Usando BibTeX,  Prev: \cite,  Up: thebibliography
+
+8.24.3 `\nocite'
+----------------
+
+`\nocite{lista-de-claves}'
+
+   La instrucción `\nocite' no produce texto, pero escribe en el archivo
+`.aux' la `lista-de-claves', que es una lista de una o más etiquetas de
+cita.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Usando BibTeX,  Prev: \nocite,  Up: thebibliography
+
+8.24.4 Usando BibTeX
+--------------------
+
+Si usted utiliza el programa BibTeX escrito por Oren Patashnik
+(altamente recomendable si necesita una bibliografía de más de un par de
+títulos) para mantener su bibliografía, no utilice el entorno
+`thebibliography' (*note thebibliography::). En su lugar, incluya las
+líneas
+
+     \bibliographystyle{estilo-de-bibliografía}
+     \bibliography{archivo-de-bibliografía-1,archivo-de-bibliografía-2}
+
+   La instrucción `\bibliographystyle' por sí misma no produce salida
+alguna.  Por el contrario, define el estilo en que se producirá la
+bibliografía: estilo-de-bibliografía se refiere a un archivo
+`estilo-de-bibliografía.bst', en el que se define qué apariencia tendrán
+las citas.  Los nombres de estilo estándar distribuidos con BibTeX son:
+
+`alpha'
+     Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas están formadas por el
+     nombre del autor y año de publicación.
+
+`plain'
+     Ordenadas alfabéticamente. Las etiquetas son numéricas.
+
+`unsrt'
+     Al igual que `plain', pero las entradas están en el orden citado.
+
+`abbrv'
+     Igual que `plain', pero con etiquetas más compactas.
+
+   Además, existen muchos otros archivos de estilo BibTeX adaptados a
+las demandas de diversas publicaciones.  Vea
+`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib'.
+
+   La instrucción `\bibliography' es la que realmente produce la
+bibliografía.  El argumento `\bibliography' se refiere a archivos con el
+nombre `archivo-de-bibliografía.bib', el cual debe contener la base de
+datos en formato BibTeX.  Sólo las entradas referidas a través de
+`\cite' y `\nocite' serán incluidas en la bibliografía.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: theorem,  Next: titlepage,  Prev: thebibliography,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.25 `theorem'
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{theorem}
+     texto-del-teorema
+     \end{theorem}
+
+   El entorno `theorem' produce “Teorema n� en negrita seguido por el
+texto-del-teorema, donde las posibilidades de numeración para n se
+describen bajo `\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: titlepage,  Next: verbatim,  Prev: theorem,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.26 `titlepage'
+================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{titlepage}
+     texto
+     \end{titlepage}
+
+   El entorno `titlepage' crea una página de título, es decir, una
+página en la cual no se imprime el número de página ni el encabezado.
+También provoca que la página siguiente sea numerada como la página uno.
+El formato de la página del título se deja bajo su responsabilidad.  La
+instrucción `\today' puede ser útil en las páginas de título (*note
+\today::).
+
+   Usted puede utilizar la instrucción `\maketitle' (*note \maketitle::)
+para producir una página de título estándar sin un entorno `titlepage'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: verbatim,  Next: verse,  Prev: titlepage,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.27 `verbatim'
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{verbatim}
+     texto-literal
+     \end{verbatim}
+
+   El entorno `verbatim' es un entorno para crear párrafos en el cual
+LaTeX produce exactamente lo que usted escriba en él; Por ejemplo el
+carácter `\' produce una `\' impresa.  Este cambia el modo en que LaTeX
+imprime los que usted escriba con retornos de carro y espacios en blanco
+con el mismo efecto que tendría en una máquina de escribir.
+
+   El entorno `verbatim' utiliza una composición tipográfica con tipo de
+letra monoespacio (`\tt').
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \verb::       La forma macro del entorno `verbatim'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \verb,  Up: verbatim
+
+8.27.1 `\verb'
+--------------
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \verbcaráctertexto-literalcarácter
+     \verb*caráctertexto-literalcarácter
+
+   La instrucción `\verb' compone tipográficamente el texto-literal como
+este se ha ingresado incluyendo caracteres especiales y espacios,
+utilizando el tipo de letra de máquina de escribir (`\tt').  No se
+permiten espacios entre `\verb' o `\verb*' y el carácter delimitador, el
+cual comienza y termina el texto literal.  El delimitador no debe
+aparecer en el texto-literal.
+
+   La forma con `*' difiere únicamente en que los espacios son impresos
+con un carácter de “espacio visible�.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: verse,  Prev: verbatim,  Up: Entornos
+
+8.28 `verse'
+============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \begin{verse}
+     línea1 \\
+     línea2 \\
+     ...
+     \end{verse}
+
+   El entorno `verse' está diseñado para poesía, aunque es posible que
+usted le encuentre alguna otra utilidad.
+
+   Los márgenes tienen sangría a la izquierda y derecha, a los párrafos
+no se les aplica sangría y el texto no está justificado.  Separe las
+líneas de cada estrofa con `\\' y use una o más líneas en blanco para
+separar las estrofas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Saltos de Línea,  Next: Saltos de Página,  Prev: Entornos,  Up: Top
+
+9 Saltos de Línea
+*****************
+
+Lo primero que hace LaTeX cuando procesa texto normal es traducir el
+archivo de entrada en una secuencia de unidades gráficas y espacios.
+Para producir un documento impreso, esta secuencia se debe partir en
+líneas (y esas línea se deben dividir en páginas).
+
+   Normalmente LaTeX se encarga de los saltos de línea (y página), pero
+en algunos entornos, usted mismo determina los saltos de líneas con la
+instrucción `\\', y siempre puede forzar los saltos de línea
+manualmente.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \\::                       Inicia una nueva línea.
+* \obeycr y \restorecr::     Provoca que cada línea ingresada comience una nueva línea.
+* \newline:: Divide la línea \- (hyphenation):: Inserta un guión en la sílaba explicita.
+* \- (hyphenation)::
+* \fussy::                   Es quisquilloso con la separación de línea.
+* \sloppy::                  Es descuidado en la separación de la líneas.
+* \hyphenation::             Le dice a LaTeX cómo insertar un guión para separar una palabra.
+* \linebreak y \nolinebreak::  Forzando y evitando saltos de línea.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \\,  Next: \obeycr y \restorecr,  Up: Saltos de Línea
+
+9.1 `\\'[*][más-espacio]
+========================
+
+La instrucción `\\' le dice a LaTeX que comience una nueva línea.  Esta
+tiene un argumento opcional, más-espacio, que especifica la cantidad de
+espacio vertical extra que se debe insertar antes de la siguiente línea.
+Este puede ser una cantidad negativa.
+
+   La instrucción `\\*' es la misma que la instrucción ordinaria `\\'
+salvo que esta le dice a LaTeX que no comience una nueva página después
+de la línea.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \obeycr y \restorecr,  Next: \newline,  Prev: \\,  Up: Saltos de Línea
+
+9.2 `\obeycr' y `\restorecr'
+============================
+
+La instrucción `\obeycr' genera un retorno de carro en el archivo de
+entrada (`^^M', internamente) lo mismo que `\\' (seguido por `\relax').
+Por lo tanto, cada nueva línea en la entrada también será una nueva
+línea en la salida.
+
+   `\restorecr' restaura el comportamiento de saltos de línea normal.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \newline,  Next: \- (hyphenation),  Prev: \obeycr y \restorecr,  Up: Saltos de Línea
+
+9.3 `\newline'
+==============
+
+La instrucción `\newline' rompe la línea en el punto actual, sin
+justificar el texto anterior.  Sólo se puede utilizar en modo párrafo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \- (hyphenation),  Next: \fussy,  Prev: \newline,  Up: Saltos de Línea
+
+9.4 `\-' (división silábica discrecional)
+=========================================
+
+La instrucción `\-' le dice a LaTeX que puede dividir la palabra con un
+guión en ese punto.  LaTeX cuenta con una muy buena separación silábica
+con guión, y por lo general en la mayoría de los casos encuentra los
+puntos correctos en la división de palabras, y casi nunca utiliza uno
+incorrecto.  La instrucción `\-' se utiliza para casos excepcionales.
+
+   Cuando usted inserta la instrucción `\-' en una palabra, la palabra
+únicamente se debe dividir con guión en esos puntos y en ninguno de los
+puntos que LaTeX pudiera haber elegido de otro modo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \fussy,  Next: \sloppy,  Prev: \- (hyphenation),  Up: Saltos de Línea
+
+9.5 `\fussy'
+============
+
+La declaración `\fussy' (que es la predeterminada) provoca que TeX sea
+quisquilloso con los saltos de línea.  Esto por lo general también evita
+el espacio entre palabras, a costa de un ocasional desbordamiento de
+caja.
+
+   Esta instrucción cancela el efecto de una instrucción `\sloppy'
+previa (*note \sloppy::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \sloppy,  Next: \hyphenation,  Prev: \fussy,  Up: Saltos de Línea
+
+9.6 `\sloppy'
+=============
+
+La declaración `\sloppy' provoca que TeX sea menos cuidadoso con los
+saltos de línea. Esto evitará el desbordamiento de cajas, a costa de un
+mayor espaciamiento entre palabras.
+
+   Dura hasta que se utilice una instrucción `\fussy' (*note \fussy::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \hyphenation,  Next: \linebreak y \nolinebreak,  Prev: \sloppy,  Up: Saltos de Línea
+
+9.7 `\hyphenation'
+==================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \hyphenation{palabra-uno palabra-dos}
+
+   La instrucción `\hyphenation' declara los puntos dónde se permite la
+división de palabras por medio de un carácter `-' en las palabras
+proporcionadas.  Las palabras están separadas por espacios.  TeX
+únicamente debe separar las palabras si la palabra coincide exactamente,
+sin juzgar las inflexiones.  Múltiples instrucciones `\hyphenation' son
+acumulativas.  Algunos ejemplos (los patrones de separación silábica de
+TeX no se aplican a esas palabras):
+
+     \hyphenation{ap-én-dice col-umnas hiper-fragilís-tico-espiali-doso}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \linebreak y \nolinebreak,  Prev: \hyphenation,  Up: Saltos de Línea
+
+9.8 `\linebreak' y `\nolinebreak'
+=================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \linebreak[prioridad]
+     \nolinebreak[prioridad]
+
+   De manera predeterminada, la instrucción `\linebreak'
+(`\nolinebreak') fuerza (previene) un salto de línea en la posición
+actual.  Para `\linebreak', los espacios en la línea se expanden hasta
+el margen derecho de la manera normal.
+
+   Con el argumento opcional prioridad, usted puede convertir la
+instrucción de una petición a una demanda.  La prioridad debe ser un
+número desde 0 hasta 4.  Cuanto mayor sea el número, es más insistente
+la petición.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Saltos de Página,  Next: Notas al Pie,  Prev: Saltos de Línea,  Up: Top
+
+10 Saltos de Página
+*******************
+
+LaTeX inicia nuevas páginas asincronicamente, cuando ha acumulado
+suficiente material para llenar una página.  Por lo general, esto ocurre
+automáticamente, pero a veces, posiblemente, usted quiera influir en los
+saltos de página.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \cleardoublepage::           Inicia una nueva página a mano derecha.
+* \clearpage::                 Inicia una nueva página.
+* \newpage::                   Inicia una nueva página.
+* \enlargethispage::           Amplía un poco la página actual.
+* \pagebreak y \nopagebreak::  Forzando y evitando saltos de página.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \cleardoublepage,  Next: \clearpage,  Up: Saltos de Página
+
+10.1 `\cleardoublepage'
+=======================
+
+La instrucción `\cleardoublepage' termina la página actual y provoca que
+se impriman todas las imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta el
+momento en el texto.  En un estilo de Impresión a doble cara, este
+también hace que la siguiente página sea a mano derecha, página
+(impares), produciendo una página en blanco si es necesario.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \clearpage,  Next: \newpage,  Prev: \cleardoublepage,  Up: Saltos de Página
+
+10.2 `\clearpage'
+=================
+
+La instrucción `\clearpage' termina la página actual y provoca que todas
+la imágenes y tablas que han aparecido hasta ahora en la entrada sean
+impresas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \newpage,  Next: \enlargethispage,  Prev: \clearpage,  Up: Saltos de Página
+
+10.3 `\newpage'
+===============
+
+La instrucción `\newpage' termina la página actual, pero no descarga
+flotantes (vea `\clearpage' arriba).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \enlargethispage,  Next: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak,  Prev: \newpage,  Up: Saltos de Página
+
+10.4 `\enlargethispage'
+=======================
+
+`\enlargethispage{tamaño}'
+
+   `\enlargethispage*{tamaño}'
+
+   Amplía el `\textheight' para la página actual por la cantidad
+especificada; por ejemplo `\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}' permitirá
+una línea adicional.
+
+   La forma favorita trata de apretar el material en la página tanto
+como sea posible. Esta normalmente se utiliza junto con un `\pagebreak'
+explícito.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak,  Prev: \enlargethispage,  Up: Saltos de Página
+
+10.5 `\pagebreak' y `\nopagebreak'
+==================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \pagebreak[prioridad]
+     \nopagebreak[prioridad]
+
+   De forma predeterminada, la instrucción `\pagebreak' (`\nopagebreak')
+fuerza (impide) un salto de página en la posición actual.  Para
+`\linebreak', el espacio vertical en la página se estira cuanto sea
+posible de modo que se extienda hasta el margen inferior normal.
+
+   Con el argumento opcional prioridad, puede convertir la instrucción
+`\pagebreak' desde una petición a una demanda.  El número debe ser un
+número desde 0 hasta 4.  Cuanto mayor sea el número, más insistente es
+la petición.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Notas al Pie,  Next: Definiciones,  Prev: Saltos de Página,  Up: Top
+
+11 Notas al Pie
+***************
+
+Las notas al pie se pueden producir en una de dos maneras.  Se pueden
+producir con una sola instrucción, la instrucción `\footnote'.  También
+se pueden producir con dos instrucciones, las instrucciones
+`\footnotemark' y `\footnotetext'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \footnote::           Inserta una nota al pie.
+* \footnotemark::       Solamente Inserta la marca de nota.
+* \footnotetext::       Solamente Inserta el texto la nota.
+* Notas al Pie Simbólicas::  Usando símbolos en lugar de números para las notas.
+* Parámetros para Footnote:: Parámetros para el formato de la nota al pie.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \footnote,  Next: \footnotemark,  Up: Notas al Pie
+
+11.1 `\footnote'
+================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \footnote[número]{texto}
+
+   La instrucción `\footnote' coloca una nota numerada con el texto al
+pie de la página actual.  El argumento opcional número cambia el número
+predeterminado de la nota.
+
+   Esta instrucción sólo puede utilizarse fuera del modo párrafo; es
+decir, no se puede utilizar en el instrucciones de seccionado tal como
+`\chapter', en figuras, tablas o en un entorno `tabular'.  (Vea las
+siguientes secciones).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \footnotemark,  Next: \footnotetext,  Prev: \footnote,  Up: Notas al Pie
+
+11.2 `\footnotemark'
+====================
+
+Sin argumento opcional, la instrucción `\footnotemark' coloca el número
+de nota actual en el texto.  Esta instrucción se puede utilizar en modo
+párrafo.  Usted proporciona el texto de la nota por separado, con la
+instrucción `\footnotetext'.
+
+   Esta instrucción se puede utilizar para producir varios marcadores de
+nota consecutivos refiriéndose a la misma nota
+
+     \footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
+
+después de la primer instrucción `\footnote'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \footnotetext,  Next: Notas al Pie Simbólicas,  Prev: \footnotemark,  Up: Notas al Pie
+
+11.3 `\footnotetext'
+====================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \footnotetext[número]{texto}
+
+   La instrucción `\footnotetext' coloca el texto en la parte inferior
+de la página como una nota al pie.  Esta instrucción puede venir en
+cualquier lugar después de la instrucción `\footnotemark'.  La
+instrucción `\footnotetext' debe aparecer en el exterior del modo
+párrafo.
+
+   El argumento opcional número cambia el número predeterminado de la
+nota.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Notas al Pie Simbólicas,  Next: Parámetros para Footnote,  Prev: \footnotetext,  Up: Notas al Pie
+
+11.4 Notas al Pie Simbólicas
+============================
+
+Si desea utilizar símbolos para las notas al pie, en lugar de un número
+creciente, redefina `\thefootnote' así:
+
+     \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{nota-al-pie}}
+
+   La instrucción `\fnsymbol' produce a serie predefinida de símbolos
+(*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).  Si desea
+utilizar un símbolo diferente como su marca de nota al pie, necesitará
+redefinir `\fnsymbol'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Parámetros para Footnote,  Prev: Notas al Pie Simbólicas,  Up: Notas al Pie
+
+11.5 Parámetros para Footnote
+=============================
+
+`\footnoterule'
+     Produce la línea que separa el texto principal en una página de las
+     notas al pie de la página.  Dimensiones predeterminadas: `0.4pt'
+     espesor (o ancho), y longitud de `0.4\columnwidth' en las clases de
+     documento estándar (salvo en slides, donde esta no aparece).
+
+`\footnotesep'
+     La altura donde se coloca el puntal al comienzo de la nota al pie.
+     De forma predeterminada, se establece en el puntal del tipo de
+     letra normal `\footnotesize' (*note Tamaños del Tipo de Letra::,
+     por lo tanto no hay espacio extra entre las notas.  Este es
+     `6.65pt' para `10pt', `7.7pt' para `11pt' y `8.4pt' para `12pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Definiciones,  Next: Contadores,  Prev: Notas al Pie,  Up: Top
+
+12 Definiciones
+***************
+
+LaTeX tiene la capacidad para crear nuevas instrucciones de muchos tipos
+diferentes.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \newcommand y \renewcommand::         (Re)define una nueva instrucción.
+* \newcounter::                         Define un nuevo contador.
+* \newlength::                          Define una nueva longitud.
+* \newsavebox::                         Define una nueva caja.
+* \newenvironment y \renewenvironment:: Definen un nuevo entorno.
+* \newtheorem::                         Definen un nuevo entorno -como teorema.
+* \newfont::                            Define un nuevo nombre de tipo de letra.
+* \protect::                            Usando instrucciones astutas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \newcommand y \renewcommand,  Next: \newcounter,  Up: Definiciones
+
+12.1 `\newcommand' y `\renewcommand'
+====================================
+
+`\newcommand' y `\renewcommand' define y redefine una instrucción,
+respectivamente.
+
+   Sinopsis:
+
+       \newcommand{instrucción}[n-argumentos]{definición}
+     \renewcommand{instrucción}[n-argumentos]{definición}
+       \newcommand{instrucción}[n-argumentos][predeterminado]{definición}
+     \renewcommand{instrucción}[n-argumentos][predeterminado]{definición}
+
+instrucción
+     El nombre de la instrucción comenzando con `\'.  Para
+     `\newcommand', este no se debe haber definido y no debe comenzar
+     con `\end'; para `\renewcommand', este ya tiene que estar definido.
+
+n-argumentos
+     Un entero opcional entre 1 y 9 especificando el número de
+     argumentos que debe tomar la instrucción.  El valor predeterminado
+     es para que la instrucción no tome argumentos.
+
+predeterminado
+     Si este parámetro opcional está presente, significa que el primer
+     argumento del comando es opcional.  Cuando se invoca a la nueva
+     instrucción, el valor predeterminado del argumento opcional (es
+     decir, si no se especifica en la llamada) es la cadena
+     `definición'.
+
+definición
+     El texto con el que se sustituirá cada aparición de `instrucción';
+     una construcción de la forma `#n' en definición es reemplazada por
+     el texto del enésimo argumento.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \newcounter,  Next: \newlength,  Prev: \newcommand y \renewcommand,  Up: Definiciones
+
+12.2 `\newcounter'
+==================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \newcounter{contador}[nombre-contador]
+
+   La instrucción `\newcounter' define un nuevo contador llamado
+contador.  El nuevo contador se inicializa a cero.
+
+   Dado el argumento opcional `[nombre-contador]', (contador se
+restablecerá cuando nombre-contador se incremente.
+
+   *Note Contadores::, para mayor información.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \newlength,  Next: \newsavebox,  Prev: \newcounter,  Up: Definiciones
+
+12.3 `\newlength'
+=================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \newlength{\argumento}
+
+   La instrucción `\newlength' define el argumento obligatorio como una
+instrucción `length' con un valor de `0in'.  El argumento debe ser una
+secuencia de control, como en `\newlength{\foo}'.  Ocurre un error si
+`\foo' ya está definido.
+
+   *Note Longitudes::, para saber cómo fijar la nueva longitud a un
+valor distinto de cero, y para más información acerca de las longitudes
+en general.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \newsavebox,  Next: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment,  Prev: \newlength,  Up: Definiciones
+
+12.4 `\newsavebox'
+==================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \newsavebox{instrucción}
+
+   Define `\instrucción', el cual debe ser un nombre de instrucción que
+no se haya definido, para referirse a una nueva bandeja para almacenar
+cajas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment,  Next: \newtheorem,  Prev: \newsavebox,  Up: Definiciones
+
+12.5 `\newenvironment' y `\renewenvironment'
+============================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+       
+     \newenvironment{entorno}[n-argumentos]{antes-definición}
+                    {después-definición}
+       \newenvironment{entorno}[n-argumentos][predeterminado]
+                      {antes-definición}{después-definición}
+     \renewenvironment{entorno}[n-argumentos]
+                      {antes-definición}{después-definición}
+
+   Estas instrucciones definen o redefinen un entorno entorno, es decir,
+`\begin{entorno} … \end{entorno}'.
+
+entorno
+     El nombre del entorno.  Para `\newenvironment', entorno no debe ser
+     un entorno existente, y la instrucción `\entorno' debe ser una que
+     no se haya definido previamente.  Para `\renewenvironment', entorno
+     debe ser el nombre de un entorno existente.
+
+n-argumentos
+     Un entero desde 1 a 9 denotando el número de argumentos del nuevo
+     entorno definido.  El valor predeterminado es ningún argumento.
+
+predeterminado
+     Si se especifica, el primer argumento es opcional, y predeterminado
+     proporciona el valor predeterminado para ese argumento.
+
+antes-definición
+     El texto ampliado en cada aparición de `\begin{entorno}'; una
+     construcción en forma `#n' en antes-definición es sustituido por el
+     texto del enésimo argumento.
+
+después-definición
+     El texto ampliado de cada aparición de `\end{entorno}'.  este no
+     debe contener ningún argumento para parámetros.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \newtheorem,  Next: \newfont,  Prev: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment,  Up: Definiciones
+
+12.6 `\newtheorem'
+==================
+
+     \newtheorem{nuevo-entorno}{etiqueta}[con]
+     \newtheorem{nuevo-entorno}[numerado-como]{etiqueta}
+
+   Esta instrucción define un entorno parecido a teorema.  Argumentos:
+
+nuevoentorno
+     El nombre del nuevo entorno a definir; no debe ser el nombre de un
+     entorno existente o de lo contrario será redefinido.
+
+etiqueta
+     El texto a imprimir al inicio del entorno, antes del número. Por
+     ejemplo, `Teorema'.
+
+numerado_como
+     (Opcional).  El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema;
+
+     (Opcional).  El nombre de un entorno ya definido tal como teorema
+     el nuevo entorno será numerado exactamente como numerado_como.
+
+con
+     (Opcional). El nombre de un contador definido previamente, una
+     unidad de seccionado.  El nuevo contador de teorema será
+     restablecido al mismo tiempo que el contador con.
+
+   Cuando menos uno de numerado_como y con se debe especificar, no
+ambos.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \newfont,  Next: \protect,  Prev: \newtheorem,  Up: Definiciones
+
+12.7 `\newfont'
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \newfont{instrucción}{nombredetipo}
+
+   Define una secuencia de control `\instrucción', misma que no se debe
+haber definido, para hacer que nombredetipo sea el tipo de letra actual.
+El archivo bloqueado en el sistema es llamado `nombredetipo.tfm'.
+
+   Esta es una instrucción de bajo nivel para configurar el uso de un
+tipo de letra individual.  Comúnmente, los tipos de letra se definen a
+través de familias de archivos `.fd'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \protect,  Prev: \newfont,  Up: Definiciones
+
+12.8 `\protect'
+===============
+
+Pies de página, saltos de línea, cualquier instrucción que tenga un
+argumento opcional, y muchas más de las así llamadas instrucciones
+"frágiles".  Cuando una instrucción frágil se utiliza en ciertos
+contextos, llamados "argumentos móviles", estas se deben preceder con
+`\protect'.  Además, algunas instrucciones con argumentos frágiles deben
+tener su propia `\protect'.
+
+   Algunos ejemplos de argumentos móviles son `\caption' (*note
+figure::), `\thanks' (*note \maketitle::) y @-expresiones en entornos
+`tabular' y `array' (*note tabular::).
+
+   Las instrucciones que no son frágiles se llaman "robustas".  Estas no
+se deben preceder con `\protect'.
+
+   Vea también:
+
+`http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html'
+`http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect'
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Contadores,  Next: Longitudes,  Prev: Definiciones,  Up: Top
+
+13 Contadores
+*************
+
+Cualquier cosa numerada por LaTeX tiene un contador asociado a ella.  El
+nombre del contador es el mismo nombre que el nombre del entorno o
+instrucción que produce el número, salvo las que no comienzan con `\'.
+(`enumi'–`enumiv' se utilizan para entornos enumerados anidados).  A
+continuación hay una lista de los contadores utilizados en las clases de
+documentos estándar de LaTeX para controlar la numeración.
+
+     part            paragraph       figure          enumi
+     chapter         subparagraph    table           enumii
+     section         page            footnote        enumiii
+     subsection      equation        mpfootnote      enumiv
+     subsubsection
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::  Imprimiendo el valor de un contador.
+* \usecounter::         Utiliza un contador especificado en un entorno de lista.
+* \value::              Utiliza el valor de un contador en una expresión.
+* \setcounter::         Establece el valor de un contador.
+* \addtocounter::       Añade un calificador a un contador.
+* \refstepcounter::     Añade un contador, restableciendo los contadores subsidiarios.
+* \stepcounter::        Añade un contador, restableciendo los contadores subsidiarios.
+* \day \month \year::   Valores numéricos de fecha.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol,  Next: \usecounter,  Up: Contadores
+
+13.1 `\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Imprimiendo Contadores
+==========================================================================
+
+Todas estas instrucciones toman como argumento un solo contador, por
+ejemplo, `\alph{enumi}'.
+
+`\alph'
+     imprime contador usando letras minúsculas: `a', `b', ...
+
+`\Alph'
+     utiliza letras mayúsculas: `A', `B', ...
+
+`\arabic'
+     utiliza números Arábigos: `1', `2', ...
+
+`\roman'
+     utiliza números romanos en minúsculas: `i', `ii', ...
+
+`\roman'
+     utiliza números romanos en mayúsculas: `I', `II', ...
+
+`\fnsymbol'
+     imprime el valor de contador en una secuencia específica de nueve
+     símbolos (convencionalmente usada para etiquetar notas al pie de
+     página).  El valor de contador debe estar entre 1 y 9 incluido.
+
+     Los símbolos no son compatibles en info principalmente, pero aquí
+     están los nombres:
+
+          asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel
+          double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \usecounter,  Next: \value,  Prev: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol,  Up: Contadores
+
+13.2 `\usecounter{contador}'
+============================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \usecounter{contador}
+
+   La instrucción `\usecounter' se utiliza en el segundo argumento del
+entorno `list' para especificar el contador a utilizar para numerar los
+elementos de la lista.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \value,  Next: \setcounter,  Prev: \usecounter,  Up: Contadores
+
+13.3 `\value{contador}'
+=======================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \value{contador}
+
+   La instrucción `\value' produce el valor de contador.  Esta se puede
+utilizar en cualquier lugar en que LaTeX espera un número, por ejemplo:
+
+     \setcounter{micontador}{3}
+     \addtocounter{micontador}{1}
+     \hspace{\value{micontador}\parindent}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \setcounter,  Next: \addtocounter,  Prev: \value,  Up: Contadores
+
+13.4 `\setcounter{\contador}{valor}'
+====================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \setcounter{\contador}{valor}
+
+   La instrucción `\setcounter' fija el valor de \contador al argumento
+valor.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \addtocounter,  Next: \refstepcounter,  Prev: \setcounter,  Up: Contadores
+
+13.5 `\addtocounter{contador}{valor}'
+=====================================
+
+La instrucción `\addtocounter' incrementa contador por la cantidad
+especificada por el argumento valor, que puede ser un número negativo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \refstepcounter,  Next: \stepcounter,  Prev: \addtocounter,  Up: Contadores
+
+13.6 `\refstepcounter{contador}'
+================================
+
+La instrucción `\refstepcounter' trabaja de la misma manera que
+`\stepcounter' *Note \stepcounter::, excepto que esta además define el
+valor actual de `\ref' para que sea el resultado de `\thecounter'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \stepcounter,  Next: \day \month \year,  Prev: \refstepcounter,  Up: Contadores
+
+13.7 `\stepcounter{contador}'
+=============================
+
+La instrucción `\stepcounter' añade uno al contador y restablece todos
+los contadores subsidiarios.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \day \month \year,  Prev: \stepcounter,  Up: Contadores
+
+13.8 `\day \month \year': Contadores Predefinidos
+=================================================
+
+LaTeX define contadores para el día del mes (`\day', 1–31), mes del año
+(`\month', 1–12), y año (`\year', Era Común).  Al iniciar TeX, estas son
+establecidas a los valores actuales en el sistema donde se está
+ejecutando TeX.  Estas no se actualizan conforme al progreso del
+trabajo.
+
+   La instrucción relacionada `\today' produce una cadena de texto que
+representa el día actual (*note \today::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Longitudes,  Next: Haciendo Párrafos,  Prev: Contadores,  Up: Top
+
+14 Longitudes
+*************
+
+Una `longitud' es una medida de distancia.  Muchas instrucciones LaTeX
+toman una longitud como argumento.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \setlength::          Establece el valor de longitud.
+* \addtolength::        Añade una cantidad a longitud.
+* \settodepth::         Establece una longitud a la profundidad de algo más.
+* \settoheight::        Establece la longitud a la altura de algo más.
+* \settowidth::         Establece la longitud a la anchura de alguna otra cosa.
+* Longitudes Predeterminadas::  Longitudes que son, algo sí como, predefinidas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \setlength,  Next: \addtolength,  Up: Longitudes
+
+14.1 `\setlength{\largo}{valor}'
+================================
+
+La instrucción `\setlength' fija el valor de \largo al argumento valor,
+el cual se puede expresar en cualquier unidad que LaTeX entienda, es
+decir, pulgadas (`in'), milímetros (`mm'), puntos (`pt'), puntos grandes
+(`bp', etc.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \addtolength,  Next: \settodepth,  Prev: \setlength,  Up: Longitudes
+
+14.2 \addtolength{\largo}{cantidad}
+===================================
+
+La instrucción `\addtolength' incrementa la “instrucción de longitud�
+\largo por la cantidad especificada en el argumento cantidad, misma que
+puede ser un valor negativo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \settodepth,  Next: \settoheight,  Prev: \addtolength,  Up: Longitudes
+
+14.3 `\settodepth'
+==================
+
+`\settodepth{\gnat}{texto}'
+
+   La instrucción `\settodepth' fija el valor de una instrucción de
+`longitud' igual a la profundidad del argumento `texto'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \settoheight,  Next: \settowidth,  Prev: \settodepth,  Up: Longitudes
+
+14.4 `\settoheight'
+===================
+
+`\settoheight{\gnat}{texto}'
+
+   La instrucción `\settoheight' fija el valor de la instrucción de
+`longitud' igual a la altura del argumento `texto'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \settowidth,  Next: Longitudes Predeterminadas,  Prev: \settoheight,  Up: Longitudes
+
+14.5 `\settowidth{\largo}{texto}'
+=================================
+
+La instrucción `\settowidth' establece el valor del la instrucción
+\largo al valor del argumento texto.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Longitudes Predeterminadas,  Prev: \settowidth,  Up: Longitudes
+
+14.6 Longitudes Predeterminadas
+===============================
+
+`\width'
+
+   `\height'
+
+   `\depth'
+
+   `\totalheight'
+
+   Estos parámetros de longitud se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de
+las instrucciones que dibujan cajas (*note Cajas::). Especifican el
+ancho natural, etc., del texto en la caja. `\totalheight' es igual a
+`\height' + `\depth'. Para hacer una caja con el texto extendido hasta
+el doble del tamaño natural, por ejemplo, digamos
+
+   `\makebox[ancho\2]{Consiga una camilla}'
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Haciendo Párrafos,  Next: Fórmulas Matemáticas,  Prev: Longitudes,  Up: Top
+
+15 Haciendo Párrafos
+********************
+
+Un párrafo se termina por medio de una o más líneas completamente en
+blanco —líneas que no contienen incluso un `%'.  Una línea en blanco no
+debe aparecer donde no se puede iniciar un nuevo párrafo, tal como en
+modo math o en el argumento de una instrucción de seccionado.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \indent::        Sangrando este párrafo.
+* \noindent::      No sangra el siguiente párrafo.
+* \parskip::       Añade un espacio antes de párrafos.
+* Notas al Margen:: Coloca palabras en el margen.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \indent,  Next: \noindent,  Up: Haciendo Párrafos
+
+15.1 `\indent'
+==============
+
+`\indent' produce un espacio horizontal donde el ancho es igual al ancho
+de la longitud de `\parindent', la sangría de un párrafo normal.  Esta
+se utiliza para añadir la sangría de párrafos donde esta debería
+suprimirse en otro caso.
+
+   El valor predeterminado para `\parindent' es `1em' en modo de dos
+columnas, de lo contrario `15pt' para documentos de `10pt', `17pt' para
+`11pt' y `1.5em' para `12pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \noindent,  Next: \parskip,  Prev: \indent,  Up: Haciendo Párrafos
+
+15.2 `\noindent'
+================
+
+Cuando se utiliza al principio de un párrafo, `\noindent' suprime
+cualquier sangría.  Esta no tiene efecto cuando se utiliza en medio de
+un párrafo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \parskip,  Next: Notas al Margen,  Prev: \noindent,  Up: Haciendo Párrafos
+
+15.3 `\parskip'
+===============
+
+`\parskip' es una instrucción que preserva la longitud definiendo
+espacio vertical extra añadido antes de cada párrafo.  El predeterminado
+es `0pt más 1pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Notas al Margen,  Prev: \parskip,  Up: Haciendo Párrafos
+
+15.4 Notas al Margen
+====================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \marginpar[izquierda]{derecha}
+
+   La instrucción `\marginpar' crea una nota en el margen.  La primera
+línea de una nota tiene que ser la misma línea base que la línea en el
+texto donde ocurre el `\marginpar'.
+
+   Cuando únicamente se especifica el argumento obligatorio right, el
+texto se deberá colocar
+
+   • en el margen derecho para diseños de un solo lado;
+
+   • en el margen externo para diseños de dos caras;
+
+   • en el margen más cercano en diseños de dos columnas.
+
+   La instrucción `\reversemarginpar' coloca las subsecuentes notas al
+margen en el margen (dentro) opuesto.  `\normalmarginpar' las coloca en
+la posición predeterminada.
+
+   Cuando se especifican ambos argumentos, se utiliza left para el
+margen izquierdo y se utiliza right para el margen derecho.
+
+   La primer palabra normalmente no se debe separar con guiones; usted
+puede habilitar la separación silábica con guiones comenzando la nota
+con `\hspace{0pt}'.
+
+   Los parámetros que afectan el formato de la nota son:
+
+`\marginparpush'
+     El espacio mínimo vertical entre notas; el predeterminado es `7pt'
+     para documentos de `12pt', de lo contrario `5pt'.
+
+`\marginparsep'
+     Espacio horizontal entre el texto vertical y la nota;
+     predeterminado `11pt' para `10pt' documentos, en otro caso `10pt'.
+
+`\marginparwidth'
+     El ancho de la nota en sí misma; el predeterminado para documentos
+     de un solo lado de `10pt' es `90pt', `83pt' para `11pt' y `68pt'
+     para `12pt'; `17pt' más en cada caso para documentos de dos caras.
+     En el modo de dos columnas, el predeterminado es `48pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Fórmulas Matemáticas,  Next: Modos,  Prev: Haciendo Párrafos,  Up: Top
+
+16 Fórmulas Matemáticas
+***********************
+
+Existen tres entornos que ponen a LaTeX en modo math:
+
+`math'
+     Para fórmulas que aparecerán directamente en el texto.
+
+`displaymath'
+     Para fórmulas que aparecerán en su propia línea.
+
+`equation'
+     El mismo que el del entorno displaymath salvo que este añade un
+     número de ecuación en el margen derecho.
+
+   El entorno `math' se pude utilizar tanto en párrafos como en modo LR,
+pero los entornos `displaymath' y `equation' se pueden utilizar
+únicamente en modo párrafo.  Los entornos `math' y `displaymath' se
+utilizan tan a menudo que tienen las siguientes formas abreviadas:
+
+     \(...\)   en lugar de   \begin{math}...\end{math}
+     \[...\]   en lugar de   \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+
+   De hecho, el entorno `math' es como una instrucción que tiene incluso
+una forma abreviada:
+
+     $ ... $   en lugar de   \(...\)
+
+   La instrucción `\boldmath' cambia letras y símbolos matemáticos en
+tipo de letra en negrita.  Este se utiliza _fuera_ del modo math.  Por
+el contrario, la instrucción `\unboldmath' cambia los glifos matemáticos
+para estar en un tipo de letra normal; este también se utiliza _fuera_
+del modo math.
+
+   La declaración `\displaystyle' presiona para que el tamaño y estilo
+de la fórmula sea el de `displaymath', por ejemplo, con limites por
+encima y debajo de sumatorias.  Por ejemplo
+     $\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Subíndices y Superíndices::  También conocido como exponente o índice.
+* Símbolos Matemáticos::       Varios garabatos matemáticos.
+* Funciones Matemáticas::      Nombres de funciones Matemáticas como sin y exp.
+* Acentos Matemáticos::        Acentos en Matemáticas.
+* Espacios en Modo Math::      Espacios gruesos, medianos, delgados y negativos.
+* Miscelánea Math::            Cosas que no encajan en ninguna otra categoría.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Subíndices y Superíndices,  Next: Símbolos Matemáticos,  Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+
+16.1 Subíndices y Superíndices
+==============================
+
+Para hacer que una expresión exp aparezca como un subíndice, escriba
+`_{'exp`}'.  Para hacer que exp aparezca como un exponente, escriba
+`^{'exp`}'. LaTeX maneja superíndices, subíndices y todas esas cosas de
+manera natural.  Incluso hace lo correcto cuando algo tiene tanto un
+subíndice como un superíndice.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Símbolos Matemáticos,  Next: Funciones Matemáticas,  Prev: Subíndices y Superíndices,  Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+
+16.2 Símbolos Matemáticos
+=========================
+
+LaTeX proporciona casi cualquier símbolo matemático que muy
+probablemente necesite. Las instrucciones para generarlas se pueden
+utilizar únicamente en modo math.  Por ejemplo, si incluye `$\pi$' en su
+archivo fuente, aparecerá el símbolo de pi (\pi) en su salida.
+
+`\|'
+     \|
+
+`\aleph'
+     \aleph
+
+`\alpha'
+     \alpha
+
+`\amalg'
+     \amalg (operación binaria)
+
+`\angle'
+     \angle
+
+`\approx'
+     \approx (relación)
+
+`\ast'
+     \ast (operación binaria)
+
+`\asymp'
+     \asymp (relación)
+
+`\backslash'
+     \ (delimitador)
+
+`\beta'
+     \beta
+
+`\bigcap'
+     \bigcap
+
+`\bigcirc'
+     \bigcirc (operación binaria)
+
+`\bigcup'
+     \bigcup
+
+`\bigodot'
+     \bigodot
+
+`\bigoplus'
+     \bigoplus
+
+`\bigotimes'
+     \bigotimes
+
+`\bigtriangledown'
+     \bigtriangledown (operación binaria)
+
+`\bigtriangleup'
+     \bigtriangleup (operación binaria)
+
+`\bigsqcup'
+     \bigsqcup
+
+`\biguplus'
+     \biguplus
+
+`\bigcap'
+     \bigvee
+
+`\bigwedge'
+     \bigwedge
+
+`\bot'
+     \bot
+
+`\bowtie'
+     \bowtie (relación)
+
+`\Box'
+     (símbolo de caja cuadrada abierta)
+
+`\bullet'
+     \bullet (operación binaria)
+
+`\cap'
+     \cap (operación binaria)
+
+`\cdot'
+     \cdot (operación binaria)
+
+`\chi'
+     \chi
+
+`\circ'
+     \circ (operación binaria)
+
+`\clubsuit'
+     \clubsuit
+
+`\cong'
+     \cong (relación)
+
+`\coprod'
+     \coprod
+
+`\cup'
+     \cup (operación binaria)
+
+`\dagger'
+     \dagger (operación binaria)
+
+`\dashv'
+     \dashv (relación)
+
+`\ddagger'
+     \dagger (operación binaria)
+
+`\Delta'
+     \Delta
+
+`\delta'
+     \delta
+
+`\Diamond'
+     \diamond más grande
+
+`\diamond'
+     \diamond (operación binaria)
+
+`\diamondsuit'
+     \diamondsuit
+
+`\div'
+     \div (operación binaria)
+
+`\doteq'
+     \doteq (relación)
+
+`\downarrow'
+     \downarrow (delimitador)
+
+`\Downarrow'
+     \Downarrow (delimitador)
+
+`\ell'
+     \ell
+
+`\emptyset'
+     \emptyset
+
+`\epsilon'
+     \epsilon
+
+`\equiv'
+     \equiv (relación)
+
+`\eta'
+     \eta
+
+`\exists'
+     \exists
+
+`\flat'
+     \flat
+
+`\forall'
+     \forall
+
+`\frown'
+     \frown (relacion)
+
+`\Gamma'
+     \Gamma
+
+`\gamma'
+     \gamma
+
+`\ge'
+     \ge
+
+`\geq'
+     \geq (relación)
+
+`\gets'
+     \gets
+
+`\gg'
+     \gg (relación)
+
+`\hbar'
+     \hbar
+
+`\heartsuit'
+     \heartsuit
+
+`\hookleftarrow'
+     \hookleftarrow
+
+`\hookrightarrow'
+     \hookrightarrow
+
+`\iff'
+     \iff
+
+`\Im'
+     \Im
+
+`\in'
+     \in (relación)
+
+`\infty'
+     \infty
+
+`\int'
+     \int
+
+`\iota'
+     \iota
+
+`\Join'
+     símbolo de corbata de moño condensado (relación)
+
+`\kappa'
+     \kappa
+
+`\Lambda'
+     \Lambda
+
+`\lambda'
+     \lambda
+
+`\land'
+     \land
+
+`\langle'
+     \langle (delimitador)
+
+`\lbrace'
+     \lbrace (delimitador)
+
+`\lbrack'
+     \lbrack (delimitador)
+
+`\lceil'
+     \lceil (delimitador)
+
+`\le'
+     \le
+
+`\leadsto'
+
+`\Leftarrow'
+     \Leftarrow
+
+`\leftarrow'
+     \leftarrow
+
+`\leftharpoondown'
+     \leftharpoondown
+
+`\leftharpoonup'
+     \leftharpoonup
+
+`\Leftrightarrow'
+     \Leftrightarrow
+
+`\Leftrightarrow'
+     \Leftrightarrow
+
+`\leq'
+     \leq (relación)
+
+`\lfloor'
+     \lfloor (delimitador)
+
+`\lhd'
+     (flecha apuntando hacia arriba a la izquierda)
+
+`\ll'
+     \ll (relación)
+
+`\lnot'
+     \lnot
+
+`\longleftarrow'
+     \longleftarrow
+
+`\longleftrightarrow'
+     \longleftrightarrow
+
+`\longmapsto'
+     \longmapsto
+
+`\longrightarrow'
+     \longrightarrow
+
+`\lor'
+     \lor
+
+`\mapsto'
+     \mapsto
+
+`\mho'
+
+`\mid'
+     \mid (relación)
+
+`\models'
+     \models (relación)
+
+`\mp'
+     \mp (operación binaria)
+
+`\mu'
+     \mu
+
+`\nabla'
+     \nabla
+
+`\natural'
+     \natural
+
+`\ne'
+     \ne
+
+`\nearrow'
+     \nearrow
+
+`\neg'
+     \neg
+
+`\neq'
+     \neq (relación)
+
+`\ni'
+     \ni (relación)
+
+`\not'
+     Superpone una / al siguiente operador, tal como \not=.
+
+`\notin'
+     \ni
+
+`\nu'
+     \nu
+
+`\nwarrow'
+     \nwarrow
+
+`\odot'
+     \odot (operación binaria)
+
+`\oint'
+     \oint
+
+`\Omega'
+     \Omega
+
+`\omega'
+     \omega
+
+`\ominus'
+     \ominus (operación binaria)
+
+`\oplus'
+     \oplus (operación binaria)
+
+`\oslash'
+     \oslash (operación binaria)
+
+`\otimes'
+     \otimes (operación binaria)
+
+`\owns'
+     \owns
+
+`\parallel'
+     \parallel (relación)
+
+`\partial'
+     \partial
+
+`\perp'
+     \perp (relación)
+
+`\phi'
+     \phi
+
+`\Pi'
+     \Pi
+
+`\pi'
+     \pi
+
+`\pm'
+     \pm (operación binaria)
+
+`\prec'
+     \prec (relación)
+
+`\preceq'
+     \preceq (relación)
+
+`\prime'
+     \prime
+
+`\prod'
+     \prod
+
+`\propto'
+     \propto (relación)
+
+`\Psi'
+     \Psi
+
+`\psi'
+     \psi
+
+`\rangle'
+     \rangle (delimitador)
+
+`\rbrace'
+     \rbrace (delimitador)
+
+`\rbrack'
+     \rbrack (delimitador)
+
+`\rceil'
+     \rceil (delimitador)
+
+`\Re'
+     \Re
+
+`\rfloor'
+     \rfloor
+
+`\rhd'
+     (operación binaria)
+
+`\rho'
+     \rho
+
+`\Rightarrow'
+     \Rightarrow
+
+`\rightarrow'
+     \rightarrow
+
+`\rightharpoondown'
+     \rightharpoondown
+
+`\rightharpoonup'
+     \rightharpoonup
+
+`\rightleftharpoons'
+     \rightleftharpoons
+
+`\searrow'
+     \searrow
+
+`\setminus'
+     \setminus (operación binaria)
+
+`\sharp'
+     \sharp
+
+`\Sigma'
+     \Sigma
+
+`\sigma'
+     \sigma
+
+`\sim'
+     \sim (relación)
+
+`\simeq'
+     \simeq (relación)
+
+`\smallint'
+     \smallint
+
+`\smile'
+     \smile (relación)
+
+`\spadesuit'
+     \spadesuit
+
+`\sqcap'
+     \sqcap (operación binaria)
+
+`\sqcup'
+     \sqcup (operación binaria)
+
+`\sqsubset'
+     (relación)
+
+`\sqsubseteq'
+     \sqsubseteq (relación)
+
+`\sqsupset'
+     (relación)
+
+`\sqsupseteq'
+     \sqsupseteq (relación)
+
+`\star'
+     \star (operación binaria)
+
+`\subset'
+     \subset (relación)
+
+`\subseteq'
+     \subseteq (relación)
+
+`\succ'
+     \succ (relación)
+
+`\succeq'
+     \succeq (relación)
+
+`\sum'
+     \sum
+
+`\supset'
+     \supset (relación)
+
+`\supseteq'
+     \supseteq (relación)
+
+`\surd'
+     \surd
+
+`\swarrow'
+     \swarrow
+
+`\tau'
+     \tau
+
+`\theta'
+     \theta
+
+`\times'
+     \times (operación binaria)
+
+`\to'
+     \to
+
+`\top'
+     \top
+
+`\triangle'
+     \triangle
+
+`\triangleleft'
+     \triangleleft (operación binaria)
+
+`\triangleright'
+     \triangleright (operación binaria)
+
+`\unlhd'
+     punta de flecha apuntando hacia la izquierda con una línea debajo
+     (operación binaria)
+
+`\unrhd'
+     punta de flecha apuntando hacia la derecha con línea debajo
+     (operación binaria)
+
+`\Uparrow'
+     \Uparrow (delimitador)
+
+`\uparrow'
+     \uparrow (delimitador)
+
+`\Updownarrow'
+     \Updownarrow (delimitador)
+
+`\updownarrow'
+     \updownarrow (delimitador)
+
+`\uplus'
+     \uplus (operación binaria)
+
+`\Upsilon'
+     \Upsilon
+
+`\upsilon'
+     \upsilon
+
+`\varepsilon'
+     \varepsilon
+
+`\varphi'
+     \varphi
+
+`\varpi'
+     \varpi
+
+`\varrho'
+     \varrho
+
+`\varsigma'
+     \varsigma
+
+`\vartheta'
+     \vartheta
+
+`\vdash'
+     \vdash (relation)
+
+`\vee'
+     \vee (operación binaria)
+
+`\Vert'
+     \Vert (delimitador)
+
+`\vert'
+     \vert (delimitador)
+
+`\wedge'
+     \wedge (operación binaria)
+
+`\wp'
+     \wp
+
+`\wr'
+     \wr (operación binaria)
+
+`\Xi'
+     \Xi
+
+`\xi'
+     \xi
+
+`\zeta'
+     \zeta
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Funciones Matemáticas,  Next: Acentos Matemáticos,  Prev: Símbolos Matemáticos,  Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+
+16.3 Funciones Matemáticas
+==========================
+
+Estas instrucciones producen nombres de función romanos en modo math con
+el espaciado adecuado.
+
+`\arccos'
+     \arccos
+
+`\arcsin'
+     \arcsin
+
+`\arctan'
+     \arctan
+
+`\arg'
+     \arg
+
+`\bmod'
+     Operador residuo binario (x \bmod y)
+
+`\cos'
+     \cos
+
+`\cosh'
+     \cosh
+
+`\cot'
+     \cos
+
+`\coth'
+     \cosh
+
+`\csc'
+     \csc
+
+`\deg'
+     \deg
+
+`\det'
+     \deg
+
+`\dim'
+     \dim
+
+`\exp'
+     \exp
+
+`\gcd'
+     \gcd
+
+`\hom'
+     \hom
+
+`\inf'
+     \inf
+
+`\ker'
+     \ker
+
+`\lg'
+     \lg
+
+`\lim'
+     \lim
+
+`\liminf'
+     \liminf
+
+`\limsup'
+     \limsup
+
+`\ln'
+     \ln
+
+`\log'
+     \log
+
+`\max'
+     \max
+
+`\min'
+     \min
+
+`\pmod'
+     residuo entre paréntesis, como en (\pmod 2^n - 1)
+
+`\Pr'
+     \Pr
+
+`\sec'
+     \sec
+
+`\sin'
+     \sin
+
+`\sinh'
+     \sinh
+
+`\sup'
+     \sup
+
+`\tan'
+     \tan
+
+`\tanh'
+     \tanh
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Acentos Matemáticos,  Next: Espacios en Modo Math,  Prev: Funciones Matemáticas,  Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+
+16.4 Acentos Matemáticos
+========================
+
+LaTeX proporciona una variedad de instrucciones para producir letras
+acentuadas en matemáticas.  Son distintas de los acentos en un texto
+normal (*note Acentos::).
+
+`\acute'
+     Acento agudo en modo Math: \acute{x}.
+
+`\bar'
+     Acento barra horizontal (macrón) en modo Math: \bar{x}.
+
+`\breve'
+     Acento breve en modo Math: \breve{x}.
+
+`\check'
+     Acento de verificación há�ek en modo Math: \check{x}.
+
+`\ddot'
+     Acento diéresis en modo Math: \ddot{x}.
+
+`\dot'
+     Acento punto superior en modo Math: \dot{x}.
+
+`\grave'
+     Acento grave en modo Math: \grave{x}.
+
+`\hat'
+     Acento circunflejo en modo Math: \hat{x}.
+
+`\imath'
+     i sin punto en modo Math.
+
+`\jmath'
+     j sin punto en modo Math.
+
+`\tilde'
+     Acento tilde en modo Math: \tilde{x}.
+
+`\vec'
+     Símbolo de vector en modo Math: \vec{x}.
+
+`\widehat'
+     Acento circunflejo amplio en modo Math: \widehat{x+y}.
+
+`\widetilde'
+     Acento tilde amplia en modo Math: \widetilde{x+y}.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Espacios en Modo Math,  Next: Miscelánea Math,  Prev: Acentos Matemáticos,  Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+
+16.5 Espacios en Modo Math
+==========================
+
+En un entorno `math', LaTeX ignora los espacios que usted escriba y
+coloca espacios de acuerdo a las reglas normales para texto matemático.
+Si desea un espaciado diferente, LaTeX proporciona las siguientes
+instrucciones para su uso en modo matemático:
+
+`\;'
+     Un espacio de grosor (5\over18\,cuádruple).
+
+`\:'
+`\>'
+     Ambos producen un espacio medio (2\over9\,cuádruple).
+
+`\,'
+     Un espacio fino (1\over6\,cuádruple); no se limita a modo
+     matemático.
+
+`\!'
+     Un espacio fino negativo (-{1\over6}\,cuádruple).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Miscelánea Math,  Prev: Espacios en Modo Math,  Up: Fórmulas Matemáticas
+
+16.6 Miscelánea Math
+====================
+
+`\*'
+     Un símbolo de multiplicación “discrecional�, en el que se permiten
+     saltos de línea.
+
+`\cdots'
+     Puntos suspensivos horizontales con los puntos elevados al centro
+     de la línea.
+
+`\ddots'
+     Puntos suspensivos en diagonal: \ddots.
+
+`\frac{num}{den}'
+     Produce la fracción `num' dividida entre `den'.
+
+`\left delimitador1 ... \right delimitador2'
+     Los dos delimitadores no necesitan coincidir; `.' actúa como un
+     delimitador nulo, sin producir salida.  Los delimitadores son del
+     tamaño de acuerdo a las matemáticas en el medio.  Ejemplo: `\left(
+     \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]'.
+
+`\overbrace{texto}'
+     Genera un par de texto más.  Por ejemplo, \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k
+     \rm\;veces}.
+
+`\overline{texto}'
+     Genera una línea horizontal sobre texo.  Por ejemplo,
+     \overline{x+y}.
+
+`\sqrt[raíz]{argumento}'
+     Produce la representación de la raíz cuadrada de argumento.  El
+     argumento opcional raíz determina qué raíz producir.  Por ejemplo,
+     la raíz cúbica de `x+y' se escribe como `$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$'.
+
+`\stackrel{texto}{relación}'
+     Coloca el texto sobre la relación.
+
+     Por ejemplo, `\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'.
+
+`\underbrace{matemáticas}'
+     Genera matemáticas con una llave por debajo.
+
+`\underline{text}'
+     Provoca que se subraye el texto, el cual bien puede estar en modo
+     math o no.  La línea siempre está por debajo del texto, teniendo en
+     cuenta los descendientes.
+
+`\vdots'
+     Produce puntos suspensivos verticales.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Modos,  Next: Estilos de Página,  Prev: Fórmulas Matemáticas,  Up: Top
+
+17 Modos
+********
+
+Cuando LaTeX está procesando el texto fuente, este siempre está en uno
+de tres modos:
+
+   • Modo Párrafo
+
+   • Modo Math
+
+   • Modo de Izquierda a derecha (Left-to-Right), llamado modo LR para
+     abreviar
+
+   LaTeX cambia el modo sólo cuando sube o baja una escala a un
+diferente nivel, aunque no todos los cambios de nivel producen cambios
+de modo.  Los cambios de modo sólo se producen al entrar o salir de un
+entorno, o cuando LaTeX está procesando el argumento de determinadas
+instrucciones que producen texto.
+
+   El “modo Párrafo� es el más común; es en el que LaTeX está cuando
+procesa texto ordinario.  En ese modo, LaTeX rompe el texto en líneas y
+separa líneas en páginas.  LaTeX está en “modo math� cuando está
+generando fórmulas matemáticas.  En “modo LR�, como en modo párrafo,
+LaTeX considera que la salida que produce es una cadena de palabras con
+espacios entre ellas.  Sin embargo, a diferencia del modo párrafo, LaTeX
+sigue yendo de izquierda a derecha; nunca inicia una nueva línea en modo
+LR.  Incluso si usted pone un centenar de palabras en una `\mbox', LaTeX
+mantendrá la composición de izquierda a derecha dentro de una caja
+única, y luego se quejará porque la caja resultante fue demasiado grande
+para caber en la línea.
+
+   LaTeX está en modo LR cuando comienza a hacer una caja con una
+instrucción `\mbox'.  Usted puede conseguir introducirse en un modo
+diferente dentro de la caja —por ejemplo, usted puede hacerlo entrar en
+el modo matemático para poner una fórmula en la caja.  También hay
+varias instrucciones productoras de texto y entornos para hacer una caja
+que ponga a LaTeX en el modo de párrafo.  La caja hecha por medio de una
+de estas instrucciones o entornos se llama `parbox'.  Cuando LaTeX está
+en el modo de párrafo mientras que hace una caja, se dice que está en
+“modo interno de párrafo�.  Su modo de párrafo normal, que se inicia
+fuera de él, se llama el “modo de párrafo externo�.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Estilos de Página,  Next: Espacios,  Prev: Modos,  Up: Top
+
+18 Estilos de Página
+********************
+
+La instrucción `\documentclass' determina el tamaño y posición de las
+cabeceras y pies de página.  El estilo de página determina lo que sucede
+en ellos.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \maketitle::         Genera una página de título.
+* \pagenumbering::     Fija el estilo utilizado para los números de página.
+* \pagestyle::		     Cambia el estilo de las cabeceras/pies de página.
+* \thispagestyle::     Cambiar el estilo de las cabeceras/pies de página para esa página.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \maketitle,  Next: \pagenumbering,  Up: Estilos de Página
+
+18.1 `\maketitle'
+=================
+
+La instrucción `\maketitle' genera un título en una página independiente
+— excepto en la clase `article', donde se coloca el título en la parte
+superior de la primera página.  La información utilizada para producir
+el título se obtiene de las siguientes declaraciones:
+
+`\author{nombre \and nombre2}'
+     La instrucción `\author' declara los autor(es) del documento, donde
+     el argumento es una lista de autores separados por instrucciones
+     `\and'.  Use `\\' para separar líneas con una única entrada de
+     autor —por ejemplo, para proporcionar las entidades de autor o
+     dirección.
+
+`\date{texto}'
+     La instrucción `\date' declara el texto para ser la fecha del
+     documento.  Sin la instrucción `\date', se utiliza la fecha actual
+     (*note \today::).
+
+`\thanks{texto}'
+     La instrucción `\thanks' produce un pie de página (`\footnote')
+     para el título, normalmente utilizada para reconocimiento de
+     créditos.
+
+`\title{texto}'
+     La instrucción `\title' declara texto para ser el título del
+     documento.  Use `\\' para forzar un salto de línea, de la manera
+     usual.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \pagenumbering,  Next: \pagestyle,  Prev: \maketitle,  Up: Estilos de Página
+
+18.2 `\pagenumbering'
+=====================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \pagenumbering{estilo}
+
+   Especifica el estilo de los números de página, de acuerdo a estilo:
+
+`arabic'
+     números arábigos
+
+`roman'
+     números romanos en minúscula
+
+`Roman'
+     numeros romanos en mayúscula
+
+`alph'
+     letras en minúscula
+
+`Alph'
+     letras en mayúscula
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \pagestyle,  Next: \thispagestyle,  Prev: \pagenumbering,  Up: Estilos de Página
+
+18.3 `\pagestyle'
+=================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \pagestyle{estilo}
+
+   La instrucción `\pagestyle' especifica como se componen
+tipográficamente las cabeceras y pies de página a partir de la página
+actual.  Valores para estilo:
+
+`plain'
+     Únicamente un número de página sencillo.
+
+`empty'
+     Cabeceras y pies  de página vacíos, por ejemplo, sin números de
+     página.
+
+`headings'
+     Coloca encabezados en cada página.  El estilo de documento
+     especifica lo que sucede en las cabeceras.
+
+`myheadings'
+     Cabeceras personalizadas, especificadas via las instrucciones
+     `\markboth' o `\markright'.
+
+   Aquí están las descripciones de `\markboth' y `\markright':
+
+`\markboth{izquierda}{derecha}'
+     Establece ambas cabeceras izquierda y derecha.  Una “cabecera a
+     mano izquierda� (izquierda) es generada por la última instrucción
+     `\markboth' antes del final de la página, mientras que una
+     “cabecera a mano derecha� (derecha) es generada por la primera
+     `\markboth' o `\markright' que venga en la página si la hay, de
+     otra manera por la última antes de la página.
+
+`\markright{derecha}'
+     Establece la cabecera de la derecha, dejando la cabecera de la
+     izquierda sin cambios.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \thispagestyle,  Prev: \pagestyle,  Up: Estilos de Página
+
+18.4 `\thispagestyle{estilo}'
+=============================
+
+La instrucción `\thispagestyle' trabaja de la misma manera que la
+instrucción `\pagestyle' (vea la sección previa) excepto que esta
+únicamente cambia el estilo de la página actual.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Espacios,  Next: Cajas,  Prev: Estilos de Página,  Up: Top
+
+19 Espacios
+***********
+
+LaTeX tiene muchas formas de producir espacios en blanco (o llenos).
+
+   Otra instrucción que produce espacios es `\' para producir un espacio
+“fino� (por lo general 1/6cuadrático).  Se puede utilizar en modo texto,
+pero más a menudo es útil en modo matemático (*note Espacios en Modo
+Math::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+Espacio horizontal
+* \hspace::             Espacio horizontal fijo.
+* \hfill::              Espacio horizontal extensible.
+* \SPACE::              Espacio normal entre palabras.
+* \AT::                 Finalizando una frase.
+* \thinspace::          Una sexta parte de una em.
+* \/::                  Corrección cursiva por caracteres.
+* \hrulefill::          Regla horizontal extensible.
+* \dotfill::            Puntos horizontales extensibles.
+
+Espacio Vertical
+* \addvspace::          Añadiendo espacio vertical arbitrario si es necesario.
+* \bigskip \medskip \smallskip::  Espacio vertical fijo.
+* \vfill::                        Espacio vertical infinitamente extensible.
+* \vspace::                       Añadiendo espacio vertical arbitrario.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \hspace,  Next: \hfill,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.1 `\hspace'
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \hspace[*]{longitud}
+
+   La instrucción `\hspace' añade espacio horizontal.  El argumento
+length se puede expresar en cualquier término que LaTeX entienda:
+puntos, pulgadas, etc.  Esta es la longitud a preservar.  Usted puede
+agregar tanto espacios negativos como positivos con una instrucción
+`\hspace'; agregar espacio negativo es como espacio hacia atrás.
+
+   LaTeX normalmente elimina el espacio horizontal que viene al
+principio o al final de una línea.  Para preservar este espacio, use la
+forma opcional con `*'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \hfill,  Next: \SPACE,  Prev: \hspace,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.2 `\hfill'
+=============
+
+La instrucción `\hfill' produce un “relleno de longitud� que no tiene
+espacio natural sino que se puede extender o reducir en sentido
+horizontal en la medida necesaria.
+
+   El parámetro `\fill' es la misma longitud a rellenar (técnicamente,
+el valor a agregar `0pt plus1fill'); es decir, `\hspace\fill' es
+equivalente a `\hfill'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \SPACE,  Next: \AT,  Prev: \hfill,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.3 `\SPACE'
+=============
+
+La instrucción `\ ' (space) produce un espacio entre palabras normal.
+Es útil después de signos de puntuación que no deben terminar una
+oración.  Por ejemplo, `Knuth's article in Proc.\ Amer.\ Math\. Soc.\ es
+fundamental'.  Esta también se suele utilizar después de secuencias de
+control, como en `\TeX\ es un sistema agradable'.
+
+   En circunstancias normales, `\'<tab> y `\'<newline> son equivalentes
+a `\ '.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \AT,  Next: \thinspace,  Prev: \SPACE,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.4 `\@'
+=========
+
+La instrucción `\@' hace que el siguiente carácter de puntuación final
+una declaración incluso si normalmente no es así.  Esto se suele
+utilizar después de una letra mayúscula.  Aquí están lado a lado
+ejemplos con y sin `\@':
+
+     … en C\@.  Pascal, aunque …
+     … en C.  Pascal, aunque …
+
+produce
+
+     … en C.  Pascal, aunque … … en C.  Pascal, aunque …
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \thinspace,  Next: \/,  Prev: \AT,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.5 `\thinspace'
+=================
+
+`\thinspace' produce un espacio inviolable e inextensible que es de un
+1/6 de em.  Este es el espacio adecuado para su uso en citas anidadas,
+como en '�.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \/,  Next: \hrulefill,  Prev: \thinspace,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.6 `\/'
+=========
+
+La instrucción `\/' produce una "corrección en cursiva".  Este es un
+pequeño espacio definido por el diseñador de tipografías para un
+carácter determinado, para evitar chocar con el carácter que lo sigue.
+El carácter en cursiva f típicamente tiene un valor de corrección en
+cursiva grande.
+
+   Si el siguiente carácter es un punto o una coma, no es necesario
+insertar una corrección en cursiva, dado que estos símbolos tienen una
+puntuación de muy poca altura.  Sin embargo, con punto y coma o dos
+puntos, así como letras normales, puede ayudar. Compare f: f; (en la
+salida TeX, las `f's están separadas correctamente) con f: f;.
+
+   A pesar del nombre, los caracteres latinos también pueden tener una
+corrección en cursiva.  Compare pdfTeX (en la TeX salida, hay un pequeño
+espacio después de la `f') con pdfTeX.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \hrulefill,  Next: \dotfill,  Prev: \/,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.7 `\hrulefill'
+=================
+
+La instrucción `\hrulefill' produce un “relleno de longitud� el cual se
+puede estrechar o estirar horizontalmente.  Este se llenará con una
+regla horizontal.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \dotfill,  Next: \addvspace,  Prev: \hrulefill,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.8 `\dotfill'
+===============
+
+La instrucción `\dotfill' produce un “relleno de longitud� la cual se
+rellena con puntos en lugar de sólo espacios en blanco.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \addvspace,  Next: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip,  Prev: \dotfill,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.9 `\addvspace'
+=================
+
+`\addvspace{longitud}'
+
+   La instrucción `\addvspace' normalmente añade un espacio vertical de
+altura longitud.  Sin embargo, si el espacio vertical ya se ha añadido
+al mismo punto en la salida por medio de una instrucción `\addvspace'
+anterior, esta instrucción no añade más espacio que el necesario para
+hacer que la longitud natural del espacio vertical total equivalente a
+`longitud'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip,  Next: \vfill,  Prev: \addvspace,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.10 `\bigskip \medskip \smallskip'
+====================================
+
+Estas instrucciones producen una determinada cantidad de espacio.
+
+`\bigskip'
+     Al igual que `\vspace{bigskipamount}', normalmente alrededor de un
+     espacio de línea (con estirar y encoger).
+
+`\medskip'
+     Al igual que `\vspace{medskipamount}', normalmente cerca de la
+     mitad del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+
+`\smallskip'
+     Al igual que `\vspace{smallskipamount}', normalmente alrededor de
+     un cuarto del espacio de una línea (con estirar y encoger).
+
+   Los parámetros `\...cantidad' están determinados por la clase de
+documento.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \vfill,  Next: \vspace,  Prev: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.11 `\vfill'
+==============
+
+La instrucción `\vfill' produce un relleno de longitud (pegado) el cual
+se puede reducir y estirar verticalmente tanto como sea necesario.  Este
+es equivalente a `\vspace{\fill}' (*note \hfill::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \vspace,  Prev: \vfill,  Up: Espacios
+
+19.12 `\vspace[*]{longitud}'
+============================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \vspace[*]{longitud}
+
+   La instrucción `\vspace' añade el espacio vertical length, es decir,
+un relleno de longitud.  longitud puede ser positivo o negativo.
+
+   Normalmente, LaTeX remueve el espacio vertical añadido por `\vspace'
+en la parte superior o inferior de una página.  Con el argumento
+opcional `*', no se elimina el espacio.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Cajas,  Next: Inserciones Especiales,  Prev: Espacios,  Up: Top
+
+20 Cajas
+********
+
+Todos los parámetros de longitud predeterminados (*note Longitudes
+Predeterminadas::) se pueden utilizar en los argumentos de las
+instrucciones que generan cajas.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \mbox::              Cajas horizontales.
+* \fbox y \framebox::  Coloca un marco alrededor de una caja.
+* lrbox::              Un entorno como \sbox.
+* \makebox::           Caja, de posición ajustable.
+* \parbox::            Caja con texto en modo párrafo.
+* \raisebox::          Sube o baja el texto.
+* \savebox::           Al igual que \makebox, pero guarda el texto para utilizarlo posteriormente.
+* \sbox::              Igual que \mbox, pero guarda el texto para utilizarlo posteriormente.
+* \usebox::            Imprime texto guardado.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \mbox,  Next: \fbox y \framebox,  Up: Cajas
+
+20.1 `\mbox{texto}'
+===================
+
+La instrucción `\mbox' crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
+contener el texto creado por sus argumentos.  El texto no se separa en
+líneas, por lo tanto este se puede utilizar para prevenir la separación
+silábica.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \fbox y \framebox,  Next: lrbox,  Prev: \mbox,  Up: Cajas
+
+20.2 `\fbox' y `\framebox'
+==========================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \fbox{texto}
+     \framebox[ancho][posición]{texto}
+
+   Las instrucciones `\fbox' y `\framebox' son como `\mbox', excepto que
+estas ponen un marco al rededor del exterior de la caja que se está
+creando.
+
+   Además, la instrucción `\framebox' permite especificar explícitamente
+la anchura de la caja con el argumento opcional width (una dimensión), y
+la posiciona con el argumento opcional posición.
+
+   Ambas instrucciones producen una regla de espesor `\fboxrule'
+(predeterminado a `.4pt'), y dejan un espacio de `\fboxsep'
+(predeterminado a `3pt') entre la regla y el contenido de la caja.
+
+   *Note \framebox (imagen)::, para la instrucción `\framebox' en el
+entorno `picture'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: lrbox,  Next: \makebox,  Prev: \fbox y \framebox,  Up: Cajas
+
+20.3 `lrbox'
+============
+
+`\begin{lrbox}{instrucción} texto \end{lrbox}'
+
+   Esta es la forma de entorno de `\sbox'.
+
+   El texto dentro del entorno se guarda en la caja `instrucción', misma
+que se debe haber declarado con `\newsavebox'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \makebox,  Next: \parbox,  Prev: lrbox,  Up: Cajas
+
+20.4 `\makebox'
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \makebox[ancho][posición]{texto}
+
+   La instrucción `\makebox' crea una caja lo suficientemente ancha para
+contener el texto especificado.  La anchura de la caja es especificada
+por el argumento opcional ancho.  La posición del texto dentro de la
+caja está determinada por el argumento opcional posición, el cual puede
+tomar los siguientes valores:
+
+`c'
+     Centrado (predeterminado).
+
+`l'
+     Alineado a la izquierda
+
+`r'
+     Alineado a la derecha
+
+`s'
+     Alineado (justificado) a través de ancho; texto debe contener
+     espacio elástico para que esto funcione.
+
+   `\makebox' también se utiliza en el entorno picture *note \makebox
+(imagen)::.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \parbox,  Next: \raisebox,  Prev: \makebox,  Up: Cajas
+
+20.5 `\parbox'
+==============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \parbox[posición][alto][pos-interna]{ancho}{texto}
+
+   La instrucción `\parbox' produce una caja cuyo contenido es creado en
+modo `paragraph'.  Se debe utilizar para hacer una caja de pequeñas
+piezas de texto, sin nada lujoso en el interior.  En particular, no debe
+utilizar ningún entorno que genere párrafos dentro de un argumento
+`\parbox'.  Para grandes piezas de texto, incluyendo aquellas que
+contienen un entorno que genera párrafos, debe usar un entorno
+`minipágina' (*note minipage::).
+
+   `\parbox' tiene dos argumentos obligatorios:
+
+ancho
+     la anchura de parbox;
+
+texto
+     El texto que va dentro de la parbox.
+
+   El argumento opcional posición le permite alinear la línea en la
+parte superior o inferior de parbox con la línea base del texto que lo
+rodea (de manera predeterminada es superior).
+
+   El argumento opcional alto reemplaza la altura natural de la caja.
+
+   Al argumento pos-interior controla la ubicación del texto dentro de
+la caja de la siguiente manera; Si no se especifica, se utiliza
+posición.
+
+`t'
+     El texto es colocado en la parte superior de la caja.
+
+`c'
+     El texto se coloca al centro de la caja.
+
+`b'
+     El texto se coloca en la parte inferior de la caja.
+
+`s'
+     Se extiende verticalmente; el texto debe contener espacio vertical
+     extensible para que esto funcione.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \raisebox,  Next: \savebox,  Prev: \parbox,  Up: Cajas
+
+20.6 `\raisebox'
+================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \raisebox{distancia}[alto][profundidad]{texto}
+
+   La instrucción `\raisebox' aumenta o disminuye el texto.  El primer
+argumento obligatorio especifica a qué altura se va a levantar (o bajar
+si la cantidad es negativa) el texto.  El texto mismo es procesado en
+modo LR.
+
+   Los argumentos opcionales alto y profundidad son dimensiones.  Si se
+especifican, LaTeX trata a texto como una ampliación de una distancia
+determinada sobre la línea base (alto) o bajo (profundidad), omitiendo
+su altura y profundidad natural.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \savebox,  Next: \sbox,  Prev: \raisebox,  Up: Cajas
+
+20.7 `\savebox'
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \savebox{\instrucción-caja}[ancho][posición]{texto}
+
+   Esta instrucción fija la tipografía de texto en una caja al igual que
+`\makebox' (*note \makebox::), excepto que el lugar de imprimir la caja
+resultante, esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada \instrucción-caja, que
+se debe haber declarado con `\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \sbox,  Next: \usebox,  Prev: \savebox,  Up: Cajas
+
+20.8 `\sbox{\instrucción-caja}{texto}'
+======================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \sbox{\instrucción-caja}{texto}
+
+   `\sbox' escribe el texto en una caja tal como `\mbox' (*note \mbox::)
+excepto que en lugar de incluir la caja resultante en la salida normal,
+esta la guarda en la caja etiquetada \instrucción-caja.
+\instrucción-caja se debió declarar previamente con `\newsavebox' (*note
+\newsavebox::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \usebox,  Prev: \sbox,  Up: Cajas
+
+20.9 `\usebox{\instrucción-caja}'
+=================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \usebox{\instrucción-caja}
+
+   `\usebox' produce la caja guardada más recientemente en el depósito
+\instrucción-caja por una instrucción `\savebox' (*note \savebox::).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Inserciones Especiales,  Next: Dividiendo la Entrada,  Prev: Cajas,  Up: Top
+
+21 Inserciones Especiales
+*************************
+
+LaTeX proporciona instrucciones para insertar caracteres que tienen un
+significado especial que no corresponde a caracteres simples que usted
+puede escribir.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Caracteres Reservados::   Insertando # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
+* Símbolos de Texto::       Insertando en el texto otros símbolos distintos a letras.
+* Acentos::                 Insertando acentos.
+* Caracteres no Ingleses::  Insertando otros caracteres no Ingleses.
+* \rule::                   Insertando líneas y rectángulos.
+* \today::                  Insertando la fecha de hoy.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Caracteres Reservados,  Next: Símbolos de Texto,  Up: Inserciones Especiales
+
+21.1 Caracteres Reservados
+==========================
+
+Los siguientes caracteres desempeñan un papel especial en LaTeX y se
+llaman “caracteres reservados� o “caracteres especiales�.
+
+     # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
+
+   Siempre que escriba en su archivo uno de estos caracteres, LaTeX debe
+hacer algo especial.  Si simplemente desea imprimir el carácter en sí
+mismo, incluya un carácter `\' anteponiéndolo a este.  Por ejemplo, `\$'
+debe producir `$' en su salida.
+
+   Una excepción a esta regla es la `\' misma, debido a que `\' tiene su
+propio significado especial (dependiente del contexto).  Una \ romana es
+producida al escribir `$\backslash$' en su archivo, y una `\' de máquina
+de escribir es producida usando `\' en una instrucción verbatim (*note
+verbatim::).
+
+   Además, `\~' y `\^' colocan acentos tilde y circunflejo sobre la
+siguiente letra, como en õ y ô (*note Acentos::); Para obtener una `~' o
+`^' independiente, usted puede utilizar una instrucción verbatim.
+
+   Por último, puede acceder a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra
+actual una vez que sepa su número utilizando la instrucción `\symbol'.
+Por ejemplo, el carácter de espacio visibles utilizada en la instrucción
+`\verb*' tiene el código decimal 32, por lo tanto se puede escribir como
+`\symbol{32}'.
+
+   También puede especificar números octales con `'' o números
+hexadecimales con `"', por lo que el ejemplo anterior también se podría
+escribir como `\symbol{'40}' o `\symbol{"20}'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Símbolos de Texto,  Next: Acentos,  Prev: Caracteres Reservados,  Up: Inserciones Especiales
+
+21.2 Símbolos de Texto
+======================
+
+LaTeX proporciona instrucciones para generar una serie símbolos
+distintos de letras, en el texto.  Algunos de estos, especialmente los
+más oscuros, no están disponibles en OT1; posiblemente tenga que cargar
+el paquete `textcomp'.
+
+`\copyright'
+`\textcopyright'
+     El símbolo de copyright, ©.
+
+`\dag'
+     El símbolo daga (en texto).
+
+`\ddag'
+     El símbolo doble daga (en texto).
+
+`\LaTeX'
+     El logotipo de LaTeX.
+
+`\guillemotleft («)'
+`\guillemotright (»)'
+`\guilsinglleft (‹)'
+`\guilsinglright (›)'
+     Comillas tipográficas angulares dobles y simples, utilizadas
+     comúnmente en Francés: «, », ‹, ›.
+
+`\ldots'
+`\dots'
+`\textellipsis'
+     Puntos suspensivos (tres puntos en la línea base): `…'.  `\ldots' y
+     `\dots' también trabajan en modo math.
+
+`\lq'
+     Comilla izquierda (de apertura): `.
+
+`\P'
+`\textparagraph'
+     Signo de párrafo (antígrafo).
+
+`\pounds'
+`\textsterling'
+     Libras esterlinas en Inglés: £.
+
+`\quotedblbase („)'
+`\quotesinglbase (‚)'
+     Simple y dobles comillas en la línea base: „ y ‚.
+
+`\rq'
+     Comilla derecha (de cierre): '.
+
+`\S'
+     Símbolo de sección.
+
+`\TeX'
+     El logotipo de TeX.
+
+`\textasciicircum'
+     Circunflejo ASCII: ^.
+
+`\textasciitilde'
+     Tilde ASCII: ~.
+
+`\textasteriskcentered'
+     Asterisco centrado: *.
+
+`\textbackslash'
+     Barra inversa: \.
+
+`\textbar'
+     Barra Vertical: |.
+
+`\textbardbl'
+     Doble barra vertical.
+
+`\textbigcircle'
+     Símbolo círculo grande.
+
+`\textbraceleft'
+     Llave izquierda: {.
+
+`\textbraceright'
+     Llave derecha: }.
+
+`\textbullet'
+     Bala: •.
+
+`\textcircled{letra}'
+     letra en un círculo, como en ®.
+
+`\textcompwordmark'
+`\textcapitalwordmark'
+`\textascenderwordmark'
+     Marca de palabra compuesta (invisible).  La forma `\textcapital...'
+     tiene la tapa del tipo de letra, mientras que la forma
+     `\textascender...'  tiene el ascender superior.
+
+`\textdagger'
+     Daga: \dag.
+
+`\textdaggerdbl'
+     Daga doble: \ddag.
+
+`\textdollar (o `$')'
+     Signo de Dólar: $.
+
+`\textemdash (o `---')'
+     Em-dash: — (para puntuación).
+
+`\textendash (o `--')'
+     En-dash: — (para rangos).
+
+`\texteuro'
+     El Símbolo del Euro: €.
+
+`\textexclamdown (o `!`')'
+     Signo de exclamación inicial: ¡.
+
+`\textgreater'
+     Mayor que: >.
+
+`\textless'
+     Menor que: <.
+
+`\textleftarrow'
+     Flecha izquierda.
+
+`\textordfeminine'
+`\textordmasculine'
+     Símbolos ordinales femenino y masculino: ª, º.
+
+`\textordfeminine'
+     Símbolo ordinal femenino: ª.
+
+`\textperiodcentered'
+     Punto centrado: \cdot.
+
+`\textquestiondown (o `?`')'
+     Signo de interrogación inicial: ¿.
+
+`\textquotedblleft (o ```')'
+     Comillas dobles de apertura: “.
+
+`\textquotedblright (o `'')'
+     Dobles comillas de cierre: �.
+
+`\textquoteleft (o ``')'
+     Comilla de apertura simple: `.
+
+`\textquoteright (o `'')'
+     Comilla de cierre simple: '.
+
+`\textquotestraightbase'
+`\textquotestraightdblbase'
+     Líneas rectas simples y dobles en la línea base.
+
+`\textregistered'
+     Símbolo de marca registrada: ®.
+
+`\textrightarrow'
+     Flecha hacia la derecha.
+
+`\textthreequartersemdash'
+     em-dash de “Tres cuartos�, entre en-dash y em-dash.
+
+`\texttrademark'
+     Símbolo de marca comercial: ^{\hbox{TM}}.
+
+`\texttwelveudash'
+     Xx 12u-.
+
+`\textunderscore'
+     Subrayado: _.
+
+`\textvisiblespace'
+     Símbolo de espacio visible.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Acentos,  Next: Caracteres no Ingleses,  Prev: Símbolos de Texto,  Up: Inserciones Especiales
+
+21.3 Acentos
+============
+
+LaTeX tiene un amplio apoyo para muchos de los guiones de idiomas del
+mundo, a través del paquete `babel' y de apoyo relacionados.  Esta
+sección no pretende abarcar todas con las que es compatible.  Este
+simplemente se limita a enumerar las principales instrucciones LaTeX
+para crear caracteres acentuados.
+
+   Las instrucciones `\capital...' producen formas alternativas para su
+uso con letras mayúsculas.  Estas no están disponibles con OT1.
+
+`\"'
+`\capitaldieresis'
+     Produce una diéresis, como en ö.
+
+`\''
+`\capitalacute'
+     Produce un acento agudo, como en ó.  En el entorno `tabbing',
+     empuja la columna actual a la derecha de la columna anterior (*note
+     tabbing::).
+
+`\.'
+     Produce un punto como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ȯ.
+
+`\='
+`\capitalmacron'
+     Produce un acento macrón (una barra) sobre el siguiente, como en �.
+
+`\^'
+`\capitalcircumflex'
+     Produce un acento circunflejo (sombrero) sobre la siguiente, como
+     en ô.
+
+`\`'
+`\capitalgrave'
+     Produce un acento grave sobre la siguiente, como en ò.  En el
+     entorno `tabbing', mueve el siguiente texto hacia el margen derecho
+     (*note tabbing::).
+
+`\~'
+`\capitaltilde'
+     Produce una tilde como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ñ.
+
+`\b'
+     Produce una barra como acento sobre la siguiente, como en o̲.
+
+`\c'
+`\capitalcedilla'
+     Produce una cedilla como acento sobre la siguiente, como en ç.
+
+`\d'
+`\capitaldotaccent'
+     Produce un círculo como acento sobre la siguiente, como en �.
+
+`\H'
+`\capitalhungarumlaut'
+     Produce un acento diéresis húngaro sobre la siguiente, como en ő.
+
+`\i'
+     Produce una i sin punto, como en `ı'.
+
+`\j'
+     Produce una j sin punto, como en `j'.
+
+`\k'
+`\capitalogonek'
+     Produce una letra con colita, como en `Ç«'.  No disponible en la
+     codificación OT1.
+
+`\r'
+`\capitalring'
+     Produce un anillo como acento, como en `oÌŠ'.
+
+`\t'
+`\capitaltie'
+`\newtie'
+`\capitalnewtie'
+     Produce una atadura con el siguiente como acento, como en `oo['.
+     La forma `\newtie' está centrada en su caja.
+
+`\u'
+`\capitalbreve'
+     Produce un acento breve, como en `�'.
+
+`\underbar'
+     No es exactamente un acento, este produce una barra en el argumento
+     texto.  El argumento siempre se procesa en modo horizontal.  La
+     barra siempre está en una posición fija en la línea base, por lo
+     que cruza a través de los trazos descendentes.  Vea también
+     `\underline' en *note Miscelánea Math::.
+
+`\v'
+`\capitalcaron'
+     Produce un acento há�ek (anticircunflejo, carón), como en `ǒ'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Caracteres no Ingleses,  Next: \rule,  Prev: Acentos,  Up: Inserciones Especiales
+
+21.4 Caracteres no Ingleses
+===========================
+
+Estas son las instrucciones LaTeX básicas para insertar los caracteres
+más usados en idiomas distintos del Inglés.
+
+`\aa'
+`\AA'
+     å y Å.
+
+`\ae'
+`\AE'
+     æ y Æ.
+
+`\dh'
+`\DH'
+     Letra eth islandesa: ð y �.
+
+`\dj'
+`\DJ'
+     xxxx
+
+`\ij'
+`\IJ'
+     ij y IJ (salvo que un poco más juntas que como aparecen aquí).
+
+`\l'
+`\L'
+     ł y �.
+
+`\ng'
+`\NG'
+     xxxx
+
+`\o'
+`\O'
+     ø y Ø.
+
+`\oe'
+`\OE'
+     Å“ y Å’.
+
+`\ss'
+`\SS'
+     ß y SS.
+
+`\th'
+`\TH'
+     Letra espina Islandesa: þ y Þ.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \rule,  Next: \today,  Prev: Caracteres no Ingleses,  Up: Inserciones Especiales
+
+21.5 `\rule'
+============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \rule[aumentar]{ancho}{espesor}
+
+   La instrucción `\rule' produce "reglas", que son, líneas o
+rectángulos.  Los argumentos son:
+
+aumentar
+     Qué tanto aumentar la regla (opcional).
+
+ancho
+     La longitud de la regla (obligatorio).
+
+espesor
+     El espesor de la regla (obligatorio).
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \today,  Prev: \rule,  Up: Inserciones Especiales
+
+21.6 `\today'
+=============
+
+La instrucción `\today' produce la fecha de hoy, en formato `mes dd,
+aaaa'; por ejemplo, `Julio 04 1976'.  Utiliza los contadores
+predefinidos `\day', `\month', y `\year' (*note \day \month \year::)
+para hacerlo.  No se actualiza cuando se ejecuta el programa.
+
+   El paquete `datetime', entre otros, puede producir una amplia
+variedad de formatos de fecha.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Dividiendo la Entrada,  Next: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada,  Prev: Inserciones Especiales,  Up: Top
+
+22 Dividiendo la Entrada
+************************
+
+Un documento de gran tamaño requiere una gran cantidad de insumos.  En
+lugar de poner toda la entrada en un único archivo de gran tamaño, es
+más eficiente dividirlo en varios más pequeños.  Independientemente del
+número de archivos separados que utilice, hay uno que es el archivo
+raíz; este es cuyo nombre se escribe cuando se ejecuta LaTeX.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \include::            Condicionalmente incluye un archivo.
+* \includeonly::        Determina qué archivos serán incluidos.
+* \input::              Incluiye incondicionalmente un archivo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \include,  Next: \includeonly,  Up: Dividiendo la Entrada
+
+22.1 `\include'
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \include{archivo}
+
+   No hay presente una instrucción `\includeonly', la instrucción
+`\include' executa `\clearpage' para iniciar una nueva página (*note
+\clearpage::), entonces lee el archivo, y luego hace otro `\clearpage'.
+
+   Dada una instrucción `\includeonly', las acciones `\include'
+únicamente se ejecutan si archivo está listado como un argumento para
+`\includeonly'.  Consulte la siguiente sección.
+
+   La instrucción `\include' no puede aparecer en el preámbulo o en un
+archivo leído por otra instrucción `\include'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \includeonly,  Next: \input,  Prev: \include,  Up: Dividiendo la Entrada
+
+22.2 \`includeonly'
+===================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \includeonly{archivo1,archivo2,...}
+
+   La instrucción `\includeonly' controla cuales archivos se deben leer
+en subsecuentes instrucciones `\include'.  La lista de nombres de
+archivo se separa con comas. Cada archivo debe coincidir exactamente con
+un nombre de archivo especificado en una instrucción `\include' para una
+selección eficaz.
+
+   Esta instrucción únicamente puede aparecer en el preámbulo.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \input,  Prev: \includeonly,  Up: Dividiendo la Entrada
+
+22.3 \input
+===========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \input{archivo}
+
+   La instrucción `\input' provoca que el archivo especificado sea leído
+y procesado, tal como si su contendido se hubiera insertado en ese punto
+en el archivo actual.
+
+   Si archivo no termina en `.tex ' (por ejemplo, `foo' o `foo.bar'),
+primero se intenta con esa extensión (`foo.tex' o `foo.bar.tex').  Si no
+se encuentra, el archivo original se intenta con (`foo' o `foo.bar').
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada,  Next: Cartas,  Prev: Dividiendo la Entrada,  Up: Top
+
+23 Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
+***********************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Tablas de Contenido::
+* Glosarios::
+* �ndices::
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Tablas de Contenido,  Next: Glosarios,  Up: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
+
+23.1 Tablas de Contenido
+========================
+
+Se produce una tabla de contenido con la instrucción `\tableofcontents'.
+Usted pone la instrucción adecuada donde desea que aparezca la tabla de
+contenido; LaTeX hace el resto para usted.  Una ejecución previa habrá
+generado un archivo `.toc'.
+
+   La instrucción `\tableofcontents' produce una sección, pero no inicia
+una nueva página automáticamente.  Si desea una nueva página después de
+la tabla de contenido, escriba una instrucción código `\newpage' después
+de la instrucción `\tableofcontents'.
+
+   Las instrucciones análogas `\listoffigures' y `\listoftables'
+producen una lists de figuras y una lista de tablas, respectivamente.
+Cada una funciona exactamente igual que la tabla de contenido.
+
+   La instrucción `\nofiles' reemplaza estas instrucciones, e _impide_
+que se genere cualquiera de estas listas.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \addcontentsline::    Agrega una entrada a la tabla de contenido, etc.
+* \addtocontents::      Añade texto directamente al archivo de la tabla de contenido, etc.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \addcontentsline,  Next: \addtocontents,  Up: Tablas de Contenido
+
+23.1.1 \addcontentsline
+-----------------------
+
+La instrucción `\addcontentsline'{extensión}{undad}{texto} añade una
+entrada a la lista o tabla donde:
+
+extensión
+     La extensión del archivo en el que se va a escribir la información,
+     por lo general una de: `toc' (tabla de contenido), `lof' (lista de
+     figuras) o `lot' (lista de tablas).
+
+unidad
+     El nombre de la unidad de sección a añadir, normalmente una de las
+     siguientes, coincidiendo con el valor del argumento extensión:
+
+     `toc'
+          El nombre de la unidad de sección: `part', `chapter',
+          `section', `subsection', `subsubsection'.
+
+     `lof'
+          Para la lista de figuras.
+
+     `lot'
+          Para la lista de tablas.
+
+texto
+     El texto real de la entrada.
+
+   La instrucción que realmente escribe al archivo `.extensión' es la
+instrucción `\contentsline{undad}{nombre}'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \addtocontents,  Prev: \addcontentsline,  Up: Tablas de Contenido
+
+23.1.2 \addtocontents
+---------------------
+
+La instrucción `\addtocontents'{extensión}{texto} añade texto (o
+instrucciones de formato) directamente al archivo `.extensión' que
+genera la tabla de contenido o listas de figuras o tablas.
+
+extensión
+     La extensión del archivo en el cual escribir la información: `toc'
+     (tabla de contenido), `lof' (lista de figuras) o `lot' (lista de
+     tablas).
+
+texto
+     El texto a escribir.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Glosarios,  Next: �ndices,  Prev: Tablas de Contenido,  Up: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
+
+23.2 Glosarios
+==============
+
+La instrucción `\makeglossary' habilita la creación de glosarios.
+
+   La instrucción `\glossary{texto}' escribe una entrada en el glosario
+para texto a un archivo auxiliar con la extensión `.glo'.
+
+   Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe es
+`\glossaryentry{texto}{no-de-página}', donde no-de-página es el valor de
+`\thepage'.
+
+   El paquete `glossary' en CTAN proporciona compatibilidad para
+glosarios más sofisticados.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: �ndices,  Prev: Glosarios,  Up: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada
+
+23.3 �ndices
+============
+
+La instrucción `\makeindex' permite la creación de índices.  Coloquela
+en el preámbulo.
+
+   La instrucción `\index{texto}' escribe una entrada en el índice para
+texto en un archivo auxiliar con la extensión `.idx'.
+
+   Específicamente, la instrucción que escribe la entrada es
+`\indexentry{texto}{no-de-página}', donde no-de-página es el valor
+actual de `\thepage'.
+
+   Para generar una entrada de índice para `bar' que diga `Vea foo',
+utilice una barra vertical: `\index{bar|see{foo}}'.  Use `seealso' en
+lugar de `see' para producir una entrada `Vea también'.
+
+   El texto `Vea' está definido por la macro `\seename', y `Vea también'
+por la macro `\alsoname'.  Estas se pueden redefinir para otros idiomas.
+
+   El archivo `.idx' generado luego es ordenado con una instrucción
+externa, por lo general alguna instrucción `makeindex'
+(`http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex') o (la de múltiples
+idiomas) `xindy' (`http://xindy.sourceforge.net').  Esto resulta en un
+archivo `.ind', que se puede leer para componer tipográficamente el
+índice.
+
+   El índice normalmente se genera con la instrucción `\printindex'.
+Esta instrucción está definida en el paquete `makeidx', por lo tanto
+necesita colocar en el preámbulo la instrucción `\usepackage{makeidx}'.
+
+   La longitud de relleno `\indexspace' se inserta antes de cada nueva
+letra en el índice impreso; letra en el índice impreso su valor
+predeterminado es `10pt plus5pt minus3pt'.
+
+   El paquete `showidx' hace que cada entrada en el índice se muestre en
+el margen de la página donde aparece la entrada.  Esto puede ayudar en
+la preparación del índice.
+
+   El paquete `multind' es compatible con múltiples índices.  Vea
+también la entrada de este tema en las preguntas frecuentes de TeX, en
+
+   `http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Cartas,  Next: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal,  Prev: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada,  Up: Top
+
+24 Cartas
+*********
+
+Usted puede utilizar LaTeX para componer tipográficamente cartas, para
+ambas personales y de negocios.  La clase de documento `letter' está
+diseñada para hacer una serie de cartas a la vez, aunque se puede hacer
+sólo una si así lo desea.
+
+   Su archivo fuente `.tex' tiene las mismas instrucciones mínimas de
+clase que en cualquier otro documento, es decir, debe tener las
+siguientes instrucciones como mínimo:
+
+      \documentclass{letter}
+      \begin{document}
+       ... cartas ...
+      \end{document}
+
+   Cada carta es un entorno `letter', cuyo argumento es el nombre y
+dirección del destinatario.  Por ejemplo, usted podría tener:
+
+      \begin{letter}{Sr. José Pérez\\ Calle Princesa N°2345.
+           \\ Edinburgo, EH1 1AA}
+        ...
+      \end{letter}
+
+   La carta en sí comienza con la instrucción `\opening'.  Siguiéndole
+el texto de la carta.  Este se escribe como una entrada de LaTeX
+ordinaria.  Las instrucciones que no tienen sentido en una carta, como
+`\chapter', no funcionan.  La carta se cierra con una instrucción
+`\closing'.
+
+   Después de `closing', usted puede colocar material adicional.  La
+instrucción `\cc' produce el usual “cc: …�.  También hay una instrucción
+`\encl' similar para una lista de destinatarios. Con ambas
+instrucciones, use `\\' para separar los elementos.
+
+   Estas instrucciones se utilizan con la clase `letter'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \address::            La dirección del remitente.
+* \cc::                 La lista Cc (Con copia para).
+* \closing::            Un mensaje de despedida.
+* \encl::               Lista de material adjunto.
+* \location::           La dirección de su organización.
+* \makelabels::         Produce etiquetas de dirección.
+* \name::               Su nombre, para la dirección de retorno.
+* \opening::            Saludando.
+* \ps::                 Agrega una posdata.
+* \signature::          Su firma.
+* \startbreaks::        Permite saltos de página.
+* \stopbreaks::         No permite saltos de página.
+* \telephone::          Su número de teléfono.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \address,  Next: \cc,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.1 \address{dirección-del-remitente}
+======================================
+
+La instrucción `\address' especifica la dirección del remitente de la
+carta, como debería aparecer en la carta y el sobre.  Separa las líneas
+de la dirección que deben estar separadas por instrucciones `\\'.
+
+   Si usted no proporciona una declaración `\address', entonces, se
+aplicará a la carta el formato de copia en papel con el membrete
+estándar de su organización.  (*Note Descripción::, para obtener
+detalles sobre la implementación local).  Si usted proporciona una
+declaración `\address', entonces, la carta será formateada como una
+carta personal.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \cc,  Next: \closing,  Prev: \address,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.2 `\cc'
+==========
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \cc{nombre\\nombre2}
+
+   Produce una lista de nombres a quienes enviar copias de la carta.
+Cada nombre se imprime en una línea separada.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \closing,  Next: \encl,  Prev: \cc,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.3 `\closing'
+===============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \closing{texto}
+
+   Una carta se cierra con la instrucción `\closing', por ejemplo,
+     \closing{Muy Atentamente,}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \encl,  Next: \location,  Prev: \closing,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.4 `\encl'
+============
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \encl{línea1\\línea2}
+
+   Declara una lista de más de un documento adjunto.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \location,  Next: \makelabels,  Prev: \encl,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.5 `\location'
+================
+
+`\location{dirección}'
+
+   Esta modifica la dirección estándar de su organización.  Esto sólo
+aparece si el estilo de página `firstpage' está seleccionado.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \makelabels,  Next: \name,  Prev: \location,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.6 `\makelabels'
+==================
+
+`\makelabels{número}'
+
+   Si ejecuta esta instrucción en el preámbulo, LaTeX creará una hoja de
+etiquetas con las direcciones. Esta hoja se emitirá antes que las
+cartas.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \name,  Next: \opening,  Prev: \makelabels,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.7 `\name'
+============
+
+`\name{June Davenport}'
+
+   Su nombre, utilizado en la impresión del sobre junto con la dirección
+del remitente.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \opening,  Next: \ps,  Prev: \name,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.8 `\opening{texto}'
+======================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \opening{texto}
+
+   Una carta comienza con la instrucción `\opening'.  El argumento
+obligatorio, texto, es el texto con el que desea iniciar su carta.  Por
+ejemplo:
+
+     \opening{Estimado José,}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \ps,  Next: \signature,  Prev: \opening,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.9 `\ps'
+==========
+
+Use la instrucción `\ps' para iniciar una posdata en una carta, después
+de `\closing'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \signature,  Next: \startbreaks,  Prev: \ps,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.10 `\signature{texto}'
+=========================
+
+Su nombre, como debe aparecer al final de la carta debajo del espacio
+para su firma.  `\\' inicia una nueva línea dentro de texto como de
+costumbre.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \startbreaks,  Next: \stopbreaks,  Prev: \signature,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.11 `\startbreaks'
+====================
+
+`\startbreaks'
+
+   Se usa después de una instrucción `\stopbreaks' para permitir de
+nuevo los saltos de página.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \stopbreaks,  Next: \telephone,  Prev: \startbreaks,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.12 `\stopbreaks'
+===================
+
+`\stopbreaks'
+
+   Inhibe saltos de página hasta que aparezca una instrucción
+`\startbreaks'.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \telephone,  Prev: \stopbreaks,  Up: Cartas
+
+24.13 `\telephone'
+==================
+
+`\telephone{número}'
+
+   Este es su número de teléfono.  Este sólo aparece si el estilo de
+página `firstpage' está seleccionado.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal,  Next: Línea de Órdenes,  Prev: Cartas,  Up: Top
+
+25 Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
+*******************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \typein::             Lee texto desde la terminal.
+* \typeout::            Escribe texto en la terminal.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \typein,  Next: \typeout,  Up: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
+
+25.1 `\typein[instrucción]{mensaje}'
+====================================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \typein[\instrucción]{mensaje}
+
+   `\typein' imprime el mensaje en la terminal y provoca que LaTeX se
+detenga y espere para que usted escriba una línea de entrada, terminando
+con “Intro�.  Si se omite el argumento opcional \instrucción, la entrada
+escrita se procesa como si se hubiera incluido en el archivo de entrada
+en lugar de la instrucción `\typein'.  Si está presente el argumento
+\instrucción, debe ser el nombre de una instrucción.  Este nombre de
+instrucción entonces define o redefine la entrada escrita.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: \typeout,  Prev: \typein,  Up: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal
+
+25.2 `\typeout{mensaje}'
+========================
+
+Sinopsis:
+
+     \typeout{mensaje}
+
+   Imprime el `mensaje' en la terminal y en el archivo `log'.  Las
+instrucciones en el `mensaje' que están definidas con `\newcommand' o
+`\renewcommand' (entre otras) se sustituyen por su definición antes de
+ser impresas.
+
+   Las reglas habituales de LaTeX para el tratamiento de varios espacios
+como un espacio único e ignorando espacios después de un nombre de
+instrucción también se aplican al `mensaje'.  Una instrucción `\space'
+en `mensaje' provoca la impresión de un espació sencillo,
+independientemente de los espacios circundantes.  Una `^^J' en `mensaje'
+imprime una nueva línea.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Línea de Órdenes,  Next: Plantillas de Documento,  Prev: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal,  Up: Top
+
+26 Línea de Órdenes
+*******************
+
+La especificación de archivo de entrada indica el archivo al cual
+aplicar formato; TeX usa `.tex' como extensión predeterminada.  Si se
+omite el archivo de entrada completamente, TeX acepta entrada desde la
+terminal.  Usted especifica opciones de instrucción mediante el
+suministro de una cadena como un parámetro para la instrucción; por
+ejemplo,
+
+     latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex'
+
+debe procesar `foo.tex' sin hacer una pausa después de cada error.
+
+   Si LaTeX se detiene en medio del documento y le muestra un indicador
+`*', está esperando por una entrada.  Usted puede escribir `\stop' (e
+Intro) y este terminará el documento prematuramente.
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Plantillas de Documento,  Next: �ndice de Conceptos,  Prev: Línea de Órdenes,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix A Plantillas de Documento
+**********************************
+
+Aunque no es material de referencia, tal vez estas plantillas de
+documento serán de utilidad.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Plantilla book::
+* Plantilla beamer::
+* Plantilla tugboat::
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Plantilla book,  Next: Plantilla beamer,  Up: Plantillas de Documento
+
+A.1 Plantilla `book'
+====================
+
+\documentclass{book}
+\usepackage[spanish]{babel}        % Para escribir en Español normal
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}        % Codificación de caracteres
+\title{Plantilla de Clase Book}
+\author{Autor Alex}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\chapter{Primero}
+Algún texto.
+
+\chapter{Segundo}
+Algún otro texto.
+
+\section{Un subtema}
+El final.
+\end{document}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Plantilla beamer,  Next: Plantilla tugboat,  Prev: Plantilla book,  Up: Plantillas de Documento
+
+A.2 Plantilla `beamer'
+======================
+
+La clase `beamer' crea diapositivas de presentaciones.
+
+\documentclass{beamer}
+\usepackage[spanish]{babel}        % Para escribir en Español normal
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}        % Codificación de caracteres
+
+\title{Plantilla de Clase Beamer}
+\author{Autor Alex}
+\date{Julio 31, 2010}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+% sin [fragile], cualquier código {verbatim} provoca errores misteriosos.
+\begin{frame}[fragile]
+ \frametitle{Primer Diapositiva}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+  ¡Esto está en \verbatim!
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{frame}
+
+\end{document}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: Plantilla tugboat,  Prev: Plantilla beamer,  Up: Plantillas de Documento
+
+A.3 Plantilla `tugboat'
+=======================
+
+`TUGboat' es el diario del Grupo de Usuarios de TeX,
+`http://tug.org/TUGboat'.
+
+\documentclass{ltugboat}  % para procedimientos ltugproc
+
+\usepackage[spanish]{babel}        % Para escribir en Español normal
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}        % Codificación de caracteres
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+  \usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,
+              urlcolor=black]{hyperref}
+\else
+  \usepackage{url}
+\fi
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Ejemplo de Articulo Regular \TUB\}
+
+% repetir información para cada autor.
+\author{First Last}
+\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country}
+\netaddress{user (at) ejemplo dot org}
+\personalURL{http://ejemplo.org/~user/}
+
+\maketitle
+
+% El resumen en ltugboat viene después de \maketitle.
+\begin{abstract}
+Este es un ejemplo del tema de un artículo \TUB{} ordinario.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Introducción}
+
+Este es un artículo de ejemplo para \TUB, de
+\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}.
+
+Recomendamos el paquete graphicx para inclusión de imágenes y el
+paquete hyperref para urls activas (en la salida \acro{PDF}).  \TUB\ se
+produce utilizando archivos \acro{PDF} exclusivamente, en la actualidad.
+
+Las clases \texttt{ltug*} proporcionan estas abreviaturas, entre muchas
+otras:
+
+{\small
+\begin{verbatim}
+\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW
+\BibTeX \CandT \CTAN \DTD \DVItoVDU \HTML
+\ISBN \ISSN \JTeX \JoT \LAMSTeX \LaTeXe
+\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \pcMF \PCTeX \pcTeX \Pas
+\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS
+\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP \TUB \TUG
+\tug \UG \UNIX \VAX \VorTeX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE
+
+\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag
+\careof \thinskip
+
+\acro{FRED} -> {\sc fred}  % ¡Por favor úselas!
+\cs{fred}   -> \fred
+\env{fred}  -> \begin{fred}
+\meta{fred} -> <fred>
+\nth{n}     -> 1st, 2nd, ...
+\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4
+\booktitle{Libro de Fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+}
+
+Para mayor información, consulte el documento en ltubguid:
+\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat}
+
+Correo electrónico \verb|tugboat@tug.org| si incurre en problemas o tiene
+dudas.
+
+
+
+\bibliographystyle{plain}  % recomendamos el estilo de bibliografía plain
+\nocite{book-minimal}      % solo hace que la bibliografía no esté vacía
+\bibliography{xampl}       % xampl.bib viene con BibTeX
+
+
+\makesignature  % no en ltugproc
+\end{document}
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: �ndice de Conceptos,  Next: �ndice de Instrucciones,  Prev: Plantillas de Documento,  Up: Top
+
+�ndice de Conceptos
+*******************
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* `*' apuntador:                         Línea de Órdenes.    (line  16)
+* `makeindex' programa:                  �ndices.             (line  22)
+* `vea' y `vea también' entradas de índice: �ndices.          (line  15)
+* `xindy' programa:                      �ndices.             (line  22)
+* `\include' anidada, no se permite:     \include.            (line  17)
+* accediendo a cualquier carácter del tipo de letra: Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* acento agudo:                          Acentos.             (line  21)
+* acento agudo, math:                    Acentos Matemáticos. (line  11)
+* acento anticircunflejo:                Acentos.             (line  97)
+* acento barra:                          Acentos.             (line  48)
+* acento barra encima:                   Acentos.             (line  30)
+* acento barra horizontal, math:         Acentos Matemáticos. (line  14)
+* acento barra sobre:                    Acentos.             (line  30)
+* acento breve, math:                    Acentos Matemáticos. (line  17)
+* acento cedilla:                        Acentos.             (line  52)
+* acento circunflejo:                    Acentos.             (line  34)
+* acento circunflejo <1>:                Acentos.             (line  34)
+* acento circunflejo amplio, math:       Acentos Matemáticos. (line  47)
+* acento circunflejo, math:              Acentos Matemáticos. (line  32)
+* acento circunflejo, math <1>:          Acentos Matemáticos. (line  32)
+* acento círculo:                        Acentos.             (line  56)
+* acento de verificación, math:          Acentos Matemáticos. (line  20)
+* acento diéresis:                       Acentos.             (line  17)
+* acento diéresis <1>:                   Acentos.             (line  17)
+* acento diéresis húngara:               Acentos.             (line  60)
+* acento diéresis, math:                 Acentos Matemáticos. (line  23)
+* acento grave:                          Acentos.             (line  39)
+* acento grave, math:                    Acentos Matemáticos. (line  29)
+* acento há�ek, math:                    Acentos Matemáticos. (line  20)
+* acento macrón:                         Acentos.             (line  30)
+* acento macrón, math:                   Acentos Matemáticos. (line  14)
+* acento punto:                          Acentos.             (line  26)
+* acento punto <1>:                      Acentos.             (line  26)
+* acento punto superior, math:           Acentos Matemáticos. (line  26)
+* acento tilde:                          Acentos.             (line  45)
+* acento tilde amplia, math:             Acentos Matemáticos. (line  50)
+* acento tilde, math:                    Acentos Matemáticos. (line  41)
+* acentos:                               Acentos.             (line   5)
+* acentos matemáticos:                   Acentos Matemáticos. (line   5)
+* acentos, matemáticas:                  Acentos Matemáticos. (line   5)
+* alineando a través de tabulación:      tabbing.             (line   5)
+* alineando Ecuaciones:                  eqnarray.            (line   5)
+* alineando texto en columnas con tabulaciones: tabbing.      (line   5)
+* alineando texto en tablas:             tabular.             (line   5)
+* ampliando la página actual:            \enlargethispage.    (line   5)
+* anillo acento:                         Acentos.             (line  75)
+* anticircunflejo acento:                Acentos.             (line  97)
+* antígrafo o simplemente signo de párrafo: Símbolos de Texto.
+                                                              (line  42)
+* apuntador, `*':                        Línea de Órdenes.    (line  16)
+* apéndices, creando:                    Seccionado.          (line  46)
+* archivo de entrada:                    Dividiendo la Entrada.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* archivo `.glo':                        Glosarios.           (line   7)
+* archivo `.idx':                        �ndices.             (line   8)
+* archivo `.ind':                        �ndices.             (line  22)
+* argumentos móviles:                    \protect.            (line   5)
+* ascender superior:                     Símbolos de Texto.   (line  97)
+* ASCII circunflejo, en texto:           Símbolos de Texto.   (line  62)
+* ash:                                   Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* asterisco centrado, en texto:          Símbolos de Texto.   (line  68)
+* asterisco, centrado, en texto:         Símbolos de Texto.   (line  68)
+* atadura con siguiente acento:          Acentos.             (line  81)
+* autor, para  titlepage:                \maketitle.          (line  12)
+* bala, en texto:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line  89)
+* bar, vertical, en texto:               Símbolos de Texto.   (line  74)
+* barra inversa, en texto:               Símbolos de Texto.   (line  71)
+* barra vertical, doble, en texto:       Símbolos de Texto.   (line  77)
+* barra vertical, en texto:              Símbolos de Texto.   (line  74)
+* barra, vertical doble, en texto:       Símbolos de Texto.   (line  77)
+* bibliografía, creando (automáticamente): Usando BibTeX.     (line   5)
+* bibliografía, creando (manualmente):   thebibliography.     (line   5)
+* bibTeX, usando:                        Usando BibTeX.       (line   5)
+* breve acento:                          Acentos.             (line  86)
+* cajas:                                 Cajas.               (line   5)
+* caracteres especiales:                 Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* caracteres no Ingleses:                Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* caracteres reservados:                 Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* caracteres, acentuados:                Acentos.             (line   5)
+* caracteres, no Ingleses:               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* caracteres, reservados:                Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* cargando paquetes adicionales:         Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  78)
+* cartas:                                Cartas.              (line   5)
+* cartas, iniciando:                     \opening.            (line   5)
+* cartas, terminando:                    \closing.            (line   5)
+* carón acento:                          Acentos.             (line  97)
+* centrar texto, declaración para:       \centering.          (line   5)
+* centrar texto, entorno para:           center.              (line   5)
+* cerrando cartas:                       \closing.            (line   5)
+* circunflejo, ASCII, en texto:          Símbolos de Texto.   (line  62)
+* clases de documento:                   Clases de Documento. (line   5)
+* clases de documentos:                  Clases de Documento. (line   5)
+* colita:                                Acentos.             (line  70)
+* comilla angular de apertura:           Símbolos de Texto.   (line  28)
+* comilla angular de cierre:             Símbolos de Texto.   (line  28)
+* comilla de apertura:                   Símbolos de Texto.   (line  38)
+* comilla de apertura simple:            Símbolos de Texto.   (line 151)
+* comilla de cierre:                     Símbolos de Texto.   (line  53)
+* comilla de cierre simple:              Símbolos de Texto.   (line 154)
+* comilla de cierre, simple:             Símbolos de Texto.   (line 154)
+* comilla derecha:                       Símbolos de Texto.   (line  53)
+* comilla en línea base, simple y doble: Símbolos de Texto.   (line  50)
+* comilla izquierda:                     Símbolos de Texto.   (line  38)
+* comilla izquierda, sola:               Símbolos de Texto.   (line 151)
+* comilla simple en línea base:          Símbolos de Texto.   (line  50)
+* comilla, en la línea base (coma):      Símbolos de Texto.   (line 158)
+* comillas de cierre dobles:             Símbolos de Texto.   (line 148)
+* comillas de cierre, dobles:            Símbolos de Texto.   (line 148)
+* comillas dobles de apertura:           Símbolos de Texto.   (line 145)
+* comillas dobles en línea base:         Símbolos de Texto.   (line  50)
+* comillas tipográficas angulares:       Símbolos de Texto.   (line  28)
+* comillas tipográficas angulares simples: Símbolos de Texto. (line  28)
+* comillas tipográficas Francesas:       Símbolos de Texto.   (line  28)
+* comillas tipográficas simples:         Símbolos de Texto.   (line  28)
+* comillas tipográficas, Francesas:      Símbolos de Texto.   (line  28)
+* comillas tipográficas, latinas o angulares: Símbolos de Texto.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* comillastraight quote, base:           Símbolos de Texto.   (line 158)
+* contadores, configurando:              \setcounter.         (line   5)
+* contadores, consiguiendo el valor de:  \value.              (line   5)
+* contadores, definiendo nuevos:         \newcounter.         (line   5)
+* contadores, una lista de:              Contadores.          (line   5)
+* creando cartas:                        Cartas.              (line   5)
+* creando imágenes:                      picture.             (line   5)
+* creando tablas:                        table.               (line   5)
+* créditos al pie de página:             \maketitle.          (line  24)
+* código, composición tipográfica de:    verbatim.            (line   5)
+* daga doble, en texto:                  Símbolos de Texto.   (line 105)
+* daga, doble, en texto:                 Símbolos de Texto.   (line 105)
+* daga, en texto:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line  16)
+* daga, en texto <1>:                    Símbolos de Texto.   (line 102)
+* definiciones:                          Definiciones.        (line   5)
+* definición de nuevos tipos de letra:   \newfont.            (line   5)
+* definiendo nuevos entornos:            \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* definiendo nuevos teoremas:            \newtheorem.         (line   5)
+* definiendo una nueva instrucción:      \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* delimitador nulo:                      Miscelánea Math.     (line  21)
+* descargando flotantes e iniciando una página: \clearpage.   (line   5)
+* descripción de LaTeX:                  Descripción.         (line   5)
+* diseño, parámetros de página para:     Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* dividiendo el archivo de entrada:      Dividiendo la Entrada.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* dividiendo páginas:                    Saltos de Página.    (line   5)
+* divisas, euro:                         Símbolos de Texto.   (line 117)
+* división de sílabas con guión, definiendo: \hyphenation.    (line   5)
+* división silábica, forzando:           \- (hyphenation).    (line   5)
+* división silábica, impidiendo:         \mbox.               (line   5)
+* doble barra vertical, en texto:        Símbolos de Texto.   (line  77)
+* doble daga, en texto:                  Símbolos de Texto.   (line  19)
+* e-dash:                                Símbolos de Texto.   (line 114)
+* ecuaciones, alineando:                 eqnarray.            (line   5)
+* ecuaciones, entornos para:             equation.            (line   5)
+* ejecutando header y footer:            Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* elementos numerados, especificando contador: \usecounter.   (line   5)
+* em-dash:                               Símbolos de Texto.   (line 111)
+* em-dash de tres cuartos:               Símbolos de Texto.   (line 167)
+* em-dash, tres cuartos:                 Símbolos de Texto.   (line 167)
+* entornos:                              Entornos.            (line   5)
+* entornos, definiendo:                  \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* entrada/salida:                        Entrada/Salida a la Terminal.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* entrada/salida desde la terminal:      Entrada/Salida a la Terminal.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* Equipo del Proyecto LaTeX:             Top.                 (line  10)
+* es-zet letra Alemana:                  Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* espacio dentro del modo math:          Espacios en Modo Math.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* espacio vertical:                      \addvspace.          (line   5)
+* espacio vertical antes de párrafos:    \parskip.            (line   5)
+* espacio vertical, insertando:          \addvspace.          (line   5)
+* espacio visible:                       \verb.               (line  17)
+* espacios:                              Espacios.            (line   5)
+* espina Islandesa:                      Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* espina, letra Islandesa:               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* estilo de encabezado:                  \pagestyle.          (line   5)
+* estilo de numeración de página:        \pagenumbering.      (line   5)
+* estilo del pie de página:              \pagestyle.          (line   5)
+* estilos de página:                     Estilos de Página.   (line   5)
+* estilos de texto:                      Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* estilos de tipografía:                 Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* estilos del tipo de letra:             Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* estilos, página:                       Estilos de Página.   (line   5)
+* eth, letra islandesa:                  Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* etiquetas en máquina de escribir en listas: description.    (line  17)
+* exclamación, inicial:                  Símbolos de Texto.   (line 120)
+* exponente:                             Subíndices y Superíndices.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* fecha, para la página de título:       \maketitle.          (line  19)
+* figuras, en notas al pie:              minipage.            (line  21)
+* figuras, insertando:                   figure.              (line   5)
+* fijando contadores:                    \setcounter.         (line   5)
+* finalizando e iniciando:               Iniciando y Finalizando.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* flecha derecha, en texto:              Símbolos de Texto.   (line 164)
+* flecha hacia la derecha, en texto:     Símbolos de Texto.   (line 164)
+* flecha hacia la izquierda, en texto:   Símbolos de Texto.   (line 129)
+* flecha, izquierda, en texto:           Símbolos de Texto.   (line 129)
+* footer, parámetros para:               Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* forma con * de instrucciones de seccionado: Seccionado.     (line  40)
+* funciones matemáticas:                 Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* funciones, matemáticas:                Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* fórmulas en línea:                     math.                (line   5)
+* fórmulas matemáticas:                  Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* fórmulas, entornos para:               equation.            (line   5)
+* fórmulas, matemáticas:                 Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* glosarios:                             Glosarios.           (line   5)
+* guión doble, línea recta:              Símbolos de Texto.   (line 158)
+* haciendo párrafos:                     Haciendo Párrafos.   (line   5)
+* haciendo una página de título:         titlepage.           (line   5)
+* header, parámetros para:               Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* i sin punto:                           Acentos.             (line  63)
+* i sin punto, math:                     Acentos Matemáticos. (line  35)
+* imágenes, creando:                     picture.             (line   5)
+* iniciando una nueva página:            \newpage.            (line   5)
+* iniciando una nueva página y limpiando flotantes: \clearpage.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* iniciando una página a mano derecha:   \cleardoublepage.    (line   5)
+* iniciando y finalizando:               Iniciando y Finalizando.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* insertando figuras:                    figure.              (line   5)
+* Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* instrucciones de diseño:               Diseño.              (line   5)
+* instrucciones de tipo de letra, de bajo nivel: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* instrucciones frágiles:                \protect.            (line   5)
+* instrucciones robustas:                \protect.            (line  16)
+* instrucciones, definiendo nuevas:      \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* interlineado doble:                    Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  68)
+* interrogación, inicial:                Símbolos de Texto.   (line 142)
+* islandés eth:                          Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* j sin punto:                           Acentos.             (line  66)
+* j sin punto, math:                     Acentos Matemáticos. (line  38)
+* justificación, alineando a la derecha: \raggedright.        (line   5)
+* justificación, irregular a la izquierda: \raggedleft.       (line   5)
+* justificando texto a la izquierda:     \raggedright.        (line   5)
+* justificar texto a la derecha, entorno para: flushright.    (line   5)
+* justificar texto a la izquierda, entornos para: flushleft.  (line   5)
+* Knuth, Donald E.:                      Top.                 (line  10)
+* l Polaca:                              Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* Lamport, Leslie:                       Top.                 (line  10)
+* LaTeX, descripción:                    Descripción.         (line   5)
+* letra en círculo, en texto:            Símbolos de Texto.   (line  92)
+* letra ij, Neerlandés:                  Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* letras caligráficas para math:         Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  92)
+* letras griegas:                        Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* letras S afiladas:                     Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* letras script para math:               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  92)
+* letras, acentuadas:                    Acentos.             (line   5)
+* letras, no Inglesas:                   Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* ligadura ae:                           Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* lista de documentos adjuntos:          \encl.               (line   5)
+* lista de elementos, especificando el contador: \usecounter. (line   5)
+* lista de elementos, numerados:         enumerate.           (line   5)
+* listas cc, en cartas:                  \cc.                 (line   5)
+* listas con viñetas:                    itemize.             (line   5)
+* listas de descripción, creando:        description.         (line   5)
+* listas de elementos:                   itemize.             (line   5)
+* listas de elementos, genéricas:        list.                (line   5)
+* listas etiquetadas, creando:           description.         (line   5)
+* listas no ordenadas:                   itemize.             (line   5)
+* llave de apertura, en texto:           Símbolos de Texto.   (line  83)
+* llave derecha, en texto:               Símbolos de Texto.   (line  86)
+* llave, derecha, en texto:              Símbolos de Texto.   (line  86)
+* llave, izquierda, en texto:            Símbolos de Texto.   (line  83)
+* Logotipo de LaTeX:                     Símbolos de Texto.   (line  22)
+* logotipo de TeX:                       Símbolos de Texto.   (line  59)
+* logotipo, LaTeX:                       Símbolos de Texto.   (line  22)
+* logotipo, TeX:                         Símbolos de Texto.   (line  59)
+* longitudes predeterminadas:            Longitudes Predeterminadas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* longitudes, añadiendo a:               \addtolength.        (line   5)
+* longitudes, configurando:              \setlength.          (line   5)
+* longitudes, definiendo nuevas:         \newlength.          (line   5)
+* longitudes, definiendo y usando:       Longitudes.          (line   5)
+* longitudes, predefinidas:              Longitudes Predeterminadas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* línea de órdenes:                      Línea de Órdenes.    (line   5)
+* línea recta de guión doble, base:      Símbolos de Texto.   (line 158)
+* línea, saltos de:                      Saltos de Línea.     (line   5)
+* líneas en tablas:                      tabular.             (line   5)
+* marca izquierda, doble:                Símbolos de Texto.   (line 145)
+* marca palabra compuesta, en texto:     Símbolos de Texto.   (line  97)
+* matrices, matemáticas:                 array.               (line   5)
+* minipage, creando una:                 minipage.            (line   5)
+* miscelánea math:                       Miscelánea Math.     (line   5)
+* modo izquierda-a-derecha:              Modos.               (line   5)
+* modo lR:                               Modos.               (line   5)
+* modo math:                             Modos.               (line   5)
+* modo math mode, espaciado:             Espacios en Modo Math.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* modo math, ingresando al:              Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* modo párrafo:                          Modos.               (line   5)
+* modos:                                 Modos.               (line   5)
+* moneda, dólar:                         Símbolos de Texto.   (line 108)
+* mostrando texto citado con sangría de párrafo: quotation.   (line   5)
+* mostrando texto citado sin sangría de párrafo: quote.       (line   5)
+* multiplicación discrecional:           Miscelánea Math.     (line   7)
+* máquina de escribir en negrita, evitando: description.      (line  17)
+* notas al margen:                       Notas al Margen.     (line   5)
+* notas al pie en figuras:               minipage.            (line  21)
+* notas al pie, creando:                 Notas al Pie.        (line   5)
+* notas al pie, símbolos en lugar de números en: Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* notas en el margen:                    Notas al Margen.     (line   5)
+* nueva línea, comenzando:               \\.                  (line   5)
+* nueva línea, comenzando (modo de párrafo): \newline.        (line   5)
+* nueva línea, salida como entrada:      \obeycr y \restorecr.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* nueva página, iniciando:               \newpage.            (line   5)
+* nuevas instrucciones, definiendo:      \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* número de ecuación, referencias cruzadas: \ref.             (line   5)
+* número de figura, referencias cruzadas: \ref.               (line   5)
+* número de pie de página, referencias cruzadas: \ref.        (line   5)
+* número de página, referencias cruzadas: \pageref.           (line   5)
+* número de sección, referencias cruzadas: \ref.              (line   5)
+* números de ecuación, omitiendo:        eqnarray.            (line  19)
+* números de sección, imprimiendo:       Seccionado.          (line  56)
+* observaciones en el margen:            Notas al Margen.     (line   5)
+* oe ligadura:                           Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* omitiendo, cajas negras:               Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* opciones de clase:                     Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* opciones de clase de documento:        Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* opciones globales:                     Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* opciones globales <1>:                 Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  85)
+* opciones, clase de documento:          Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* opciones, globales:                    Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  85)
+* ordinales en español, femenino y masculino: Símbolos de Texto.
+                                                              (line 133)
+* ordinales, femenino y masculino:       Símbolos de Texto.   (line 133)
+* oslash:                                Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* paquete `datetime':                    \today.              (line  10)
+* paquete `float':                       figure.              (line  35)
+* paquete `makeidx':                     �ndices.             (line  29)
+* paquete `multind':                     �ndices.             (line  41)
+* paquete `setspace':                    Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  68)
+* paquete `showidx':                     �ndices.             (line  37)
+* paquetes, cargando:                    Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  78)
+* parámetros de footnote:                Parámetros para Footnote.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* parámetros para el diseño de página:   Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* parámetros, diseño de página:          Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* parámetros, para footnote:             Parámetros para Footnote.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* plantillas de documentos:              Plantillas de Documento.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* poesía, un entorno para:               verse.               (line   5)
+* posdata, en cartas:                    \ps.                 (line   5)
+* preámbulo, definido:                   Iniciando y Finalizando.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* produce dos columnas:                  \twocolumn.          (line   5)
+* produce una columna:                   \onecolumn.          (line   5)
+* programas de ordenador, composición tipográfica: verbatim.  (line   5)
+* punto centrado, en texto:              Símbolos de Texto.   (line 139)
+* punto superior acento, math:           Acentos Matemáticos. (line  26)
+* punto, centrado, en texto:             Símbolos de Texto.   (line 139)
+* puntos suspensivos:                    Símbolos de Texto.   (line  34)
+* página de título, creando la:          titlepage.           (line   5)
+* párrafos:                              Haciendo Párrafos.   (line   5)
+* redefiniendo entornos:                 \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* reducción, omitiendo vertical:         \raggedbottom.       (line   5)
+* referencias cruzadas:                  Referencias Cruzadas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* referencias cruzadas con número de página: \pageref.        (line   5)
+* referencias cruzadas, simbólicas:      \ref.                (line   5)
+* resúmenes:                             abstract.            (line   5)
+* salto de página:                       Saltos de Página.    (line   5)
+* saltos de línea:                       Saltos de Línea.     (line   5)
+* saltos de línea, evitando:             \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* saltos de línea, forzando:             \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* saltos de página, evitando:            \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* saltos de página, forzando:            \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* sangría de párrafos, en minipage:      minipage.            (line  17)
+* sangría de párrafos, en minipage <1>:  minipage.            (line  17)
+* sangría, forzando la:                  \indent.             (line   5)
+* sangría, suprimiendo la:               \noindent.           (line   5)
+* sangrías de párrafo en texto citado:   quotation.           (line   5)
+* sangrías de párrafo en texto citado, omitiendo: quote.      (line   5)
+* seccionado:                            Seccionado.          (line   5)
+* separación de línea, forzando:         \\.                  (line   5)
+* signo de dólar:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line 108)
+* siguiendo el estilo de encabezado y pie de página: \pagestyle.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* simulando texto escrito:               verbatim.            (line   5)
+* subrayado:                             Acentos.             (line  89)
+* subrayado, en texto:                   Símbolos de Texto.   (line 176)
+* subíndice:                             Subíndices y Superíndices.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* superíndice:                           Subíndices y Superíndices.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* símbolo bala:                          Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  87)
+* símbolo círculo grande, en texto:      Símbolos de Texto.   (line  80)
+* símbolo de copyright:                  Símbolos de Texto.   (line  13)
+* símbolo de círculo, grande, en texto:  Símbolos de Texto.   (line  80)
+* símbolo de espacio visible, en texto:  Símbolos de Texto.   (line 179)
+* símbolo de libra esterlina:            Símbolos de Texto.   (line  46)
+* símbolo de libra esterlina <1>:        Símbolos de Texto.   (line  46)
+* símbolo de marca comercial:            Símbolos de Texto.   (line 170)
+* símbolo de marca registrada:           Símbolos de Texto.   (line 161)
+* símbolo de multiplicación, con salto de línea discrecional: Miscelánea Math.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* símbolo de párrafo:                    Símbolos de Texto.   (line  42)
+* símbolo de sección:                    Símbolos de Texto.   (line  56)
+* símbolo de vector, math:               Acentos Matemáticos. (line  44)
+* símbolo del euro:                      Símbolos de Texto.   (line 117)
+* símbolo femenino ordinal:              Símbolos de Texto.   (line 136)
+* símbolo mayor que, en texto:           Símbolos de Texto.   (line 123)
+* símbolo menor que, en texto:           Símbolos de Texto.   (line 126)
+* Símbolo ordinal femenino:              Símbolos de Texto.   (line 133)
+* símbolo ordinal masculino:             Símbolos de Texto.   (line 133)
+* símbolos de texto:                     Símbolos de Texto.   (line   5)
+* símbolos matemáticos:                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* símbolos, matemáticos:                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* tabla de contenido, agregando manualmente: \addcontentsline.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* tabla de contenido, creando:           Tablas de Contenido. (line   5)
+* tablas, creando:                       table.               (line   5)
+* tabulaciones, utilizando:              tabbing.             (line   5)
+* tamaño del texto:                      Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* tamaños del tipo de letra:             Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* tamaños del tipo de letra <1>:         Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* tapa superior:                         Símbolos de Texto.   (line  97)
+* teoremas, composición tipográfica de:  theorem.             (line   5)
+* teoremas, definiendo:                  \newtheorem.         (line   5)
+* texto citado con sangría de párrafo, mostrando: quotation.  (line   5)
+* texto citado sin sangría de párrafo, mostrando: quote.      (line   5)
+* texto escrito, simulando:              verbatim.            (line   5)
+* texto irregular a la derecha:          \raggedright.        (line   5)
+* texto irregular a la derecha, entorno para: flushleft.      (line   5)
+* texto irregular a la izquierda:        \raggedleft.         (line   5)
+* texto irregular a la izquierda, entorno para: flushright.   (line   5)
+* texto justificado a la derecha:        \raggedleft.         (line   5)
+* texto literal:                         verbatim.            (line   5)
+* texto literal, en línea:               \verb.               (line   5)
+* texto multicolumna:                    \twocolumn.          (line   5)
+* thanks, para titlepage:                \maketitle.          (line  24)
+* tilde ASCII, en texto:                 Símbolos de Texto.   (line  65)
+* tilde, ASCII, en texto:                Símbolos de Texto.   (line  65)
+* tipo de letra cursiva:                 Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  98)
+* tipo de letra de ancho fijo:           Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 113)
+* tipo de letra de máquina de escribir:  Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 113)
+* tipo de letra monoespacio:             Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 113)
+* tipo de letra negrita:                 Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  89)
+* tipo de letra oblicua:                 Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 110)
+* tipo de letra oblicua <1>:             Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 110)
+* tipo de letra romana:                  Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 101)
+* tipo de letra sans serif:              Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 107)
+* tipo de letra versales:                Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 104)
+* Tipos de Letra:                        Tipos de Letra.      (line   5)
+* tipos de letra:                        Tipos de Letra.      (line   5)
+* tipos de letra, nuevas instrucciones para: \newfont.        (line   5)
+* title, para titlepage:                 \maketitle.          (line  29)
+* títulos, haciendo:                     \maketitle.          (line   5)
+* usando BibTeX:                         Usando BibTeX.       (line   5)
+* variables, una lista de:               Contadores.          (line   5)
+* Énfasis:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* énfasis:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  95)
+* índices:                               �ndices.             (line   5)
+
+
+File: latex2e-es.info,  Node: �ndice de Instrucciones,  Prev: �ndice de Conceptos,  Up: Top
+
+�ndice de Instrucciones
+***********************
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* $:                                     Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* @{...}:                                array.               (line  32)
+* \" (acento diéresis):                  Acentos.             (line  17)
+* \#:                                    Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* \$:                                    Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* \%:                                    Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* \&:                                    Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* \' (acento agudo):                     Acentos.             (line  21)
+* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  50)
+* \(:                                    Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* \):                                    Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* \*:                                    Miscelánea Math.     (line   6)
+* \+:                                    tabbing.             (line  40)
+* \,:                                    Espacios en Modo Math.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* \-:                                    tabbing.             (line  45)
+* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).    (line   5)
+* \. (acento punto encima):              Acentos.             (line  26)
+* \/:                                    \/.                  (line   5)
+* \::                                    Espacios en Modo Math.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* \;:                                    Espacios en Modo Math.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* \<:                                    tabbing.             (line  35)
+* \= (acento macrón):                    Acentos.             (line  30)
+* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  29)
+* \>:                                    tabbing.             (line  33)
+* \> <1>:                                Espacios en Modo Math.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  32)
+* \@:                                    \AT.                 (line   5)
+* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  65)
+* \a' (acento agudo en tabulación):      tabbing.             (line  66)
+* \a= (acento macrón en tabbing):        tabbing.             (line  66)
+* \aa (Ã¥):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \AA (Ã…):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \acute:                                Acentos Matemáticos. (line  10)
+* \addcontentsline{exto}{unidad}{texto}: \addcontentsline.    (line   5)
+* \address:                              \address.            (line   5)
+* \addtocontents{extra}{texto}:          \addtocontents.      (line   5)
+* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.       (line   5)
+* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.        (line   5)
+* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.          (line   5)
+* \ae (æ):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \AE (Æ):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \aleph:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* \alph:                                 \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* \Alph:                                 \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* \alpha:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* \alsoname:                             �ndices.             (line  19)
+* \amalg:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* \and para `\author':                   \maketitle.          (line  12)
+* \angle:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* \appendix:                             Seccionado.          (line  46)
+* \approx:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* \arabic:                               \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \arccos:                               Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* \arcsin:                               Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* \arctan:                               Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \arg:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* \arraycolsep:                          array.               (line  44)
+* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.             (line 101)
+* \arraystretch:                         tabular.             (line 105)
+* \ast:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* \asymp:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* \author{nombre \and nombre2}:          \maketitle.          (line  11)
+* \a` (acento grave en tabulación):      tabbing.             (line  66)
+* \b (acento barra):                     Acentos.             (line  48)
+* \backslash:                            Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* \backslash <1>:                        Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \bar:                                  Acentos Matemáticos. (line  13)
+* \baselineskip:                         Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  61)
+* \baselinestretch:                      Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  68)
+* \begin:                                Entornos.            (line   5)
+* \beta:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* \bf:                                   Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  88)
+* \bfseries:                             Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.            (line   5)
+* \bibliography:                         Usando BibTeX.       (line   5)
+* \bibliographystyle:                    Usando BibTeX.       (line   5)
+* \bigcap:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* \bigcap <1>:                           Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  71)
+* \bigcirc:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* \bigcup:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* \bigodot:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* \bigoplus:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* \bigotimes:                            Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* \bigskip:                              \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* \bigskipamount:                        \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* \bigsqcup:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* \bigtriangledown:                      Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* \bigtriangleup:                        Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  62)
+* \biguplus:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  68)
+* \bigwedge:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  74)
+* \bmod:                                 Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* \boldmath:                             Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* \bot:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  77)
+* \bottomfraction:                       figure.              (line  57)
+* \bowtie:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* \Box:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  83)
+* \breve:                                Acentos Matemáticos. (line  16)
+* \bullet:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  86)
+* \c (acento cedilla):                   Acentos.             (line  52)
+* \cal:                                  Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  91)
+* \cap:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  89)
+* \capitalacute:                         Acentos.             (line  21)
+* \capitalbreve:                         Acentos.             (line  86)
+* \capitalcaron:                         Acentos.             (line  97)
+* \capitalcedilla:                       Acentos.             (line  52)
+* \capitalcircumflex:                    Acentos.             (line  34)
+* \capitaldieresis:                      Acentos.             (line  17)
+* \capitaldotaccent:                     Acentos.             (line  56)
+* \capitalgrave:                         Acentos.             (line  39)
+* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Acentos.             (line  60)
+* \capitalmacron:                        Acentos.             (line  30)
+* \capitalnewtie:                        Acentos.             (line  81)
+* \capitalogonek:                        Acentos.             (line  70)
+* \capitalring:                          Acentos.             (line  75)
+* \capitaltie:                           Acentos.             (line  81)
+* \capitaltilde:                         Acentos.             (line  45)
+* \caption:                              figure.              (line  51)
+* \cc:                                   \cc.                 (line   5)
+* \cdot:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  92)
+* \cdots:                                Miscelánea Math.     (line  10)
+* \centering:                            \centering.          (line   5)
+* \chapter:                              Seccionado.          (line  11)
+* \check:                                Acentos Matemáticos. (line  19)
+* \chi:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  95)
+* \circ:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  98)
+* \circle:                               \circle.             (line   5)
+* \cite:                                 \cite.               (line   5)
+* \cleardoublepage:                      \cleardoublepage.    (line   5)
+* \clearpage:                            \clearpage.          (line   5)
+* \cline:                                \cline.              (line   5)
+* \closing:                              \closing.            (line   5)
+* \clubsuit:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 101)
+* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.          (line  18)
+* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.          (line  21)
+* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.          (line  25)
+* \cong:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 104)
+* \contentsline:                         \addcontentsline.    (line  30)
+* \coprod:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 107)
+* \copyright:                            Símbolos de Texto.   (line  11)
+* \cos:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* \cosh:                                 Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* \cot:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* \coth:                                 Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  33)
+* \csc:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* \cup:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 110)
+* \d (acento círculo):                   Acentos.             (line  56)
+* \dag:                                  Símbolos de Texto.   (line  15)
+* \dagger:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 113)
+* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.            (line   5)
+* \dashv:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 116)
+* \date{texto}:                          \maketitle.          (line  18)
+* \day:                                  \day \month \year.   (line   5)
+* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.          (line  38)
+* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.          (line  43)
+* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.          (line  49)
+* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.          (line  32)
+* \ddag:                                 Símbolos de Texto.   (line  18)
+* \ddagger:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 119)
+* \ddot:                                 Acentos Matemáticos. (line  22)
+* \ddots:                                Miscelánea Math.     (line  14)
+* \deg:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* \Delta:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 122)
+* \delta:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 125)
+* \depth:                                Longitudes Predeterminadas.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* \det:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  42)
+* \dh (æ):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* \DH (Æ):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* \Diamond:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 128)
+* \diamond:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 131)
+* \diamondsuit:                          Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 134)
+* \dim:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  45)
+* \displaystyle:                         Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* \div:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 137)
+* \dj:                                   Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* \DJ:                                   Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* \documentclass:                        Clases de Documento. (line   5)
+* \dot:                                  Acentos Matemáticos. (line  25)
+* \doteq:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 140)
+* \dotfill:                              \dotfill.            (line   5)
+* \dots:                                 Símbolos de Texto.   (line  32)
+* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.             (line 109)
+* \downarrow:                            Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 143)
+* \Downarrow:                            Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 146)
+* \ell:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 149)
+* \em:                                   Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  94)
+* \emph:                                 Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* \emptyset:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 152)
+* \encl:                                 \encl.               (line   5)
+* \end:                                  Entornos.            (line   5)
+* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.    (line   5)
+* \enumi:                                enumerate.           (line  33)
+* \enumii:                               enumerate.           (line  33)
+* \enumiii:                              enumerate.           (line  33)
+* \enumiv:                               enumerate.           (line  33)
+* \epsilon:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 155)
+* \equiv:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 158)
+* \eta:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 161)
+* \evensidemargin:                       Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* \exists:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 164)
+* \exp:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* \fbox:                                 \fbox y \framebox.   (line   5)
+* \fboxrule:                             \framebox (imagen).  (line  13)
+* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox y \framebox.   (line  18)
+* \fboxsep:                              \framebox (imagen).  (line  13)
+* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox y \framebox.   (line  18)
+* \fill:                                 \hfill.              (line   9)
+* \flat:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 167)
+* \floatpagefraction:                    figure.              (line  60)
+* \floatsep:                             figure.              (line  64)
+* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.        (line   5)
+* \fnsymbol:                             Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* \fnsymbol <1>:                         \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* \fnsymbol, y notas al pie:             Notas al Pie Simbólicas.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* \fontencoding:                         Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \fontfamily:                           Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \fontseries:                           Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* \fontshape:                            Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* \fontsize:                             Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  61)
+* \footnote:                             \footnote.           (line   5)
+* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.       (line   5)
+* \footnoterule:                         Parámetros para Footnote.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \footnotesep:                          Parámetros para Footnote.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* \footnotesize:                         Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.       (line   5)
+* \footskip:                             Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* \forall:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 170)
+* \frac:                                 Miscelánea Math.     (line  18)
+* \frac{num}{den}:                       Miscelánea Math.     (line  17)
+* \frame:                                \frame.              (line   5)
+* \framebox:                             \framebox (imagen).  (line   5)
+* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox y \framebox.   (line   5)
+* \frown:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 173)
+* \fussy:                                \fussy.              (line   5)
+* \Gamma:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 176)
+* \gamma:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 179)
+* \gcd:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* \ge:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 182)
+* \geq:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 185)
+* \gets:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 188)
+* \gg:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 191)
+* \glossary:                             Glosarios.           (line   7)
+* \glossaryentry:                        Glosarios.           (line  10)
+* \grave:                                Acentos Matemáticos. (line  28)
+* \guillemotleft («):                    Símbolos de Texto.   (line  24)
+* \guillemotright (»):                   Símbolos de Texto.   (line  25)
+* \guilsinglleft (‹):                    Símbolos de Texto.   (line  26)
+* \guilsinglright (›):                   Símbolos de Texto.   (line  27)
+* \H (acento diéresis Húngara):          Acentos.             (line  60)
+* \hat:                                  Acentos Matemáticos. (line  31)
+* \hbar:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 194)
+* \headheight:                           Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \headsep:                              Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \heartsuit:                            Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 197)
+* \height:                               Longitudes Predeterminadas.
+                                                              (line   8)
+* \hfill:                                \hfill.              (line   5)
+* \hline:                                \hline.              (line   5)
+* \hom:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  54)
+* \hookleftarrow:                        Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 200)
+* \hookrightarrow:                       Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 203)
+* \hrulefill:                            \hrulefill.          (line   5)
+* \hspace:                               \hspace.             (line   5)
+* \huge:                                 Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \Huge:                                 Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.        (line   5)
+* \i (i sin punto):                      Acentos.             (line  63)
+* \iff:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 206)
+* \ij (ij):                              Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* \IJ (IJ):                              Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* \Im:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 209)
+* \imath:                                Acentos Matemáticos. (line  34)
+* \in:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 212)
+* \include:                              \include.            (line   5)
+* \includeonly:                          \includeonly.        (line   5)
+* \indent:                               \indent.             (line   5)
+* \index:                                �ndices.             (line   8)
+* \indexentry:                           �ndices.             (line  11)
+* \inf:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  57)
+* \infty:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 215)
+* \input:                                \input.              (line   5)
+* \int:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 218)
+* \intextsep:                            figure.              (line  68)
+* \iota:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 221)
+* \it:                                   Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  97)
+* \item:                                 description.         (line  13)
+* \item <1>:                             enumerate.           (line  19)
+* \item <2>:                             itemize.             (line   5)
+* \itemindent:                           itemize.             (line  54)
+* \itemsep:                              itemize.             (line  79)
+* \itshape:                              Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* \j (j sin punto):                      Acentos.             (line  66)
+* \jmath:                                Acentos Matemáticos. (line  37)
+* \Join:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 224)
+* \k (colita —ogonek en polaco):         Acentos.             (line  70)
+* \kappa:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 227)
+* \ker:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  60)
+* \kill:                                 tabbing.             (line  70)
+* \l (Å‚):                                Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* \L (�):                                Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* \label:                                \label.              (line   5)
+* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.           (line  37)
+* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.           (line  37)
+* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.           (line  37)
+* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.           (line  37)
+* \labelitemi:                           itemize.             (line  32)
+* \labelitemii:                          itemize.             (line  32)
+* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.             (line  32)
+* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.             (line  32)
+* \labelsep:                             itemize.             (line  58)
+* \labelwidth:                           itemize.             (line  62)
+* \Lambda:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 230)
+* \lambda:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 233)
+* \land:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 236)
+* \langle:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 239)
+* \large:                                Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \Large:                                Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \LARGE:                                Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \LaTeX:                                Símbolos de Texto.   (line  21)
+* \lbrace:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 242)
+* \lbrack:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 245)
+* \lceil:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 248)
+* \ldots:                                Símbolos de Texto.   (line  31)
+* \le:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 251)
+* \leadsto:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 254)
+* \left delimitador1 ... \right delimitador2: Miscelánea Math.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* \Leftarrow:                            Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 256)
+* \leftarrow:                            Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 259)
+* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.            (line  25)
+* \leftharpoondown:                      Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 262)
+* \leftharpoonup:                        Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 265)
+* \leftmargin:                           itemize.             (line  39)
+* \leftmargini:                          itemize.             (line  39)
+* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.             (line  39)
+* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.             (line  39)
+* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.             (line  39)
+* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.             (line  39)
+* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.             (line  39)
+* \Leftrightarrow:                       Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 268)
+* \Leftrightarrow <1>:                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 271)
+* \leq:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 274)
+* \lfloor:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 277)
+* \lg:                                   Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  63)
+* \lhd:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 280)
+* \lim:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  66)
+* \liminf:                               Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* \limsup:                               Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  72)
+* \line:                                 \line.               (line   5)
+* \linebreak:                            \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* \linespread:                           Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  76)
+* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.      (line   5)
+* \linewidth:                            Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* \listoffigures:                        Tablas de Contenido. (line  15)
+* \listoftables:                         Tablas de Contenido. (line  15)
+* \listparindent:                        itemize.             (line  66)
+* \ll:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 283)
+* \ln:                                   Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  75)
+* \lnot:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 286)
+* \location:                             \location.           (line   5)
+* \log:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  78)
+* \longleftarrow:                        Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 289)
+* \longleftrightarrow:                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 292)
+* \longmapsto:                           Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 295)
+* \longrightarrow:                       Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 298)
+* \lor:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 301)
+* \lq:                                   Símbolos de Texto.   (line  37)
+* \makebox:                              \makebox.            (line   5)
+* \makebox (imagen):                     \makebox (imagen).   (line   5)
+* \makeglossary:                         Glosarios.           (line   5)
+* \makeindex:                            �ndices.             (line   5)
+* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.         (line   5)
+* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.          (line   5)
+* \mapsto:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 304)
+* \marginpar:                            Notas al Margen.     (line   5)
+* \marginparpush:                        Notas al Margen.     (line  36)
+* \marginparsep:                         Notas al Margen.     (line  40)
+* \marginparwidth:                       Notas al Margen.     (line  44)
+* \markboth{izquierda}{derecha}:         \pagestyle.          (line  31)
+* \markright{derecha}:                   \pagestyle.          (line  39)
+* \mathbf:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* \mathcal:                              Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  76)
+* \mathnormal:                           Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  72)
+* \mathrm:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* \mathsf:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  62)
+* \mathtt:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* \mathversion:                          Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  78)
+* \max:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  81)
+* \mbox:                                 \mbox.               (line   5)
+* \mdseries:                             Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* \medskip:                              \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* \medskipamount:                        \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* \mho:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 307)
+* \mid:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 309)
+* \min:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  84)
+* \models:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 312)
+* \month:                                \day \month \year.   (line   5)
+* \mp:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 315)
+* \mu:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 318)
+* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.        (line   5)
+* \multiput:                             \multiput.           (line   5)
+* \nabla:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 321)
+* \name:                                 \name.               (line   5)
+* \natural:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 324)
+* \ne:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 327)
+* \nearrow:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 330)
+* \neg:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 333)
+* \neq:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 336)
+* \newcommand:                           \newcommand y \renewcommand.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.         (line   5)
+* \newenvironment:                       \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* \newfont:                              \newfont.            (line   5)
+* \newlength:                            \newlength.          (line   5)
+* \newline:                              \newline.            (line   5)
+* \NEWLINE:                              \SPACE.              (line   5)
+* \newpage:                              \newpage.            (line   5)
+* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.         (line   5)
+* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.         (line   5)
+* \newtie:                               Acentos.             (line  81)
+* \ng:                                   Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* \NG:                                   Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* \ni:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 339)
+* \nocite:                               \nocite.             (line   5)
+* \nofiles:                              Tablas de Contenido. (line  19)
+* \noindent:                             \noindent.           (line   5)
+* \nolinebreak:                          \linebreak y \nolinebreak.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.            (line  19)
+* \nopagebreak:                          \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* \normalfont:                           Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* \normalmarginpar:                      Notas al Margen.     (line  22)
+* \normalsize:                           Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \not:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 342)
+* \notin:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 345)
+* \nu:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 348)
+* \nwarrow:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 351)
+* \o (ø):                                Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* \O (Ø):                                Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* \obeycr:                               \obeycr y \restorecr.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* \oddsidemargin:                        Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* \odot:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 354)
+* \oe (Å“):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* \OE (Å’):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* \oint:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 357)
+* \Omega:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 360)
+* \omega:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 363)
+* \ominus:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 366)
+* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.          (line   5)
+* \opening:                              \opening.            (line   5)
+* \oplus:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 369)
+* \oslash:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 372)
+* \otimes:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 375)
+* \oval:                                 \oval.               (line   5)
+* \overbrace{texto}:                     Miscelánea Math.     (line  26)
+* \overline{texto}:                      Miscelánea Math.     (line  30)
+* \owns:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 378)
+* \P:                                    Símbolos de Texto.   (line  40)
+* \pagebreak:                            \pagebreak y \nopagebreak.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.      (line   5)
+* \pageref:                              \pageref.            (line   5)
+* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.          (line   5)
+* \paragraph:                            Seccionado.          (line  20)
+* \parallel:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 381)
+* \parbox:                               \parbox.             (line   5)
+* \parindent:                            minipage.            (line  17)
+* \parindent <1>:                        \indent.             (line   5)
+* \parsep:                               itemize.             (line  84)
+* \parskip:                              \parskip.            (line   5)
+* \part:                                 Seccionado.          (line   9)
+* \partial:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 384)
+* \partopsep:                            itemize.             (line  96)
+* \perp:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 387)
+* \phi:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 390)
+* \Pi:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 393)
+* \pi:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 396)
+* \pm:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 399)
+* \pmod:                                 Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  87)
+* \poptabs:                              tabbing.             (line  76)
+* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.             (line  77)
+* \pounds:                               Símbolos de Texto.   (line  44)
+* \Pr:                                   Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  90)
+* \prec:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 402)
+* \preceq:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 405)
+* \prime:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 408)
+* \prod:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 411)
+* \propto:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 414)
+* \protect:                              \protect.            (line   5)
+* \ps:                                   \ps.                 (line   5)
+* \Psi:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 417)
+* \psi:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 420)
+* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.             (line  80)
+* \put:                                  \put.                (line   5)
+* \quotedblbase („):                     Símbolos de Texto.   (line  48)
+* \quotesinglbase (‚):                   Símbolos de Texto.   (line  49)
+* \r (acento anillo):                    Acentos.             (line  75)
+* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.       (line   5)
+* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.         (line   5)
+* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.        (line   5)
+* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.           (line   5)
+* \rangle:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 423)
+* \rbrace:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 426)
+* \rbrack:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 429)
+* \rceil:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 432)
+* \Re:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 435)
+* \ref:                                  \ref.                (line   5)
+* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.     (line   5)
+* \renewenvironment:                     \newenvironment y \renewenvironment.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* \restorecr:                            \obeycr y \restorecr.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* \reversemarginpar:                     Notas al Margen.     (line  22)
+* \rfloor:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 438)
+* \rhd:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 441)
+* \rho:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 444)
+* \right:                                Miscelánea Math.     (line  21)
+* \Rightarrow:                           Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 447)
+* \rightarrow:                           Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 450)
+* \rightharpoondown:                     Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 453)
+* \rightharpoonup:                       Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 456)
+* \rightleftharpoons:                    Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 459)
+* \rightmargin:                          itemize.             (line  70)
+* \rm:                                   Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 100)
+* \rmfamily:                             Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* \roman:                                \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* \roman <1>:                            \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* \rq:                                   Símbolos de Texto.   (line  52)
+* \rule:                                 \rule.               (line   5)
+* \S:                                    Símbolos de Texto.   (line  55)
+* \savebox:                              \savebox.            (line   5)
+* \sbox:                                 \sbox.               (line   5)
+* \sc:                                   Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 103)
+* \scriptsize:                           Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \scshape:                              Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* \searrow:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 462)
+* \sec:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  93)
+* \section:                              Seccionado.          (line  14)
+* \seename:                              �ndices.             (line  19)
+* \selectfont:                           Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  82)
+* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.         (line   5)
+* \setlength:                            \setlength.          (line   5)
+* \setminus:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 465)
+* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.         (line   5)
+* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.        (line   5)
+* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.         (line   5)
+* \sf:                                   Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 106)
+* \sffamily:                             Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* \sharp:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 468)
+* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.         (line   5)
+* \Sigma:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 471)
+* \sigma:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 474)
+* \signature:                            \signature.          (line   5)
+* \sim:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 477)
+* \simeq:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 480)
+* \sin:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  96)
+* \sinh:                                 Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  99)
+* \sl:                                   Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 109)
+* \slshape:                              Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* \small:                                Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \smallint:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 483)
+* \smallskip:                            \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* \smallskipamount:                      \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* \smile:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 486)
+* \SPACE:                                \SPACE.              (line   5)
+* \spadesuit:                            Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 489)
+* \sqcap:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 492)
+* \sqcup:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 495)
+* \sqrt[raíz]{argumento}:                Miscelánea Math.     (line  34)
+* \sqsubset:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 498)
+* \sqsubseteq:                           Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 501)
+* \sqsupset:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 504)
+* \sqsupseteq:                           Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 507)
+* \ss (ß):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* \SS (SS):                              Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* \stackrel{texto}{relación}:            Miscelánea Math.     (line  39)
+* \star:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 510)
+* \startbreaks:                          \startbreaks.        (line   5)
+* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.        (line   5)
+* \stop:                                 Línea de Órdenes.    (line  16)
+* \stopbreaks:                           \stopbreaks.         (line   5)
+* \subparagraph:                         Seccionado.          (line  22)
+* \subsection:                           Seccionado.          (line  16)
+* \subset:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 513)
+* \subseteq:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 516)
+* \subsubsection:                        Seccionado.          (line  18)
+* \succ:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 519)
+* \succeq:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 522)
+* \sum:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 525)
+* \sup:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line 102)
+* \supset:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 528)
+* \supseteq:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 531)
+* \surd:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 534)
+* \swarrow:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 537)
+* \symbol:                               Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* \t (acento atadura con siguiente):     Acentos.             (line  81)
+* \TAB:                                  \SPACE.              (line   5)
+* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.             (line  85)
+* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.             (line 113)
+* \tableofcontents:                      Tablas de Contenido. (line   5)
+* \tan:                                  Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line 105)
+* \tanh:                                 Funciones Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line 108)
+* \tau:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 540)
+* \telephone:                            \telephone.          (line   5)
+* \TeX:                                  Símbolos de Texto.   (line  58)
+* \textascenderwordmark:                 Símbolos de Texto.   (line  96)
+* \textasciicircum:                      Símbolos de Texto.   (line  61)
+* \textasciitilde:                       Símbolos de Texto.   (line  64)
+* \textasteriskcentered:                 Símbolos de Texto.   (line  67)
+* \textbackslash:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line  70)
+* \textbar:                              Símbolos de Texto.   (line  73)
+* \textbardbl:                           Símbolos de Texto.   (line  76)
+* \textbf:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* \textbigcircle:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line  79)
+* \textbraceleft:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line  82)
+* \textbraceright:                       Símbolos de Texto.   (line  85)
+* \textbullet:                           Símbolos de Texto.   (line  88)
+* \textcapitalwordmark:                  Símbolos de Texto.   (line  95)
+* \textcircled{letra}:                   Símbolos de Texto.   (line  91)
+* \textcompwordmark:                     Símbolos de Texto.   (line  94)
+* \textcopyright:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line  12)
+* \textdagger:                           Símbolos de Texto.   (line 101)
+* \textdaggerdbl:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line 104)
+* \textdollar (o `$'):                   Símbolos de Texto.   (line 107)
+* \textellipsis:                         Símbolos de Texto.   (line  33)
+* \textemdash (o `---'):                 Símbolos de Texto.   (line 110)
+* \textendash (o `--'):                  Símbolos de Texto.   (line 113)
+* \texteuro:                             Símbolos de Texto.   (line 116)
+* \textexclamdown (o `!`'):              Símbolos de Texto.   (line 119)
+* \textfloatsep:                         figure.              (line  73)
+* \textfraction:                         figure.              (line  78)
+* \textgreater:                          Símbolos de Texto.   (line 122)
+* \textheight:                           Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* \textit:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  26)
+* \textleftarrow:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line 128)
+* \textless:                             Símbolos de Texto.   (line 125)
+* \textmd:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  32)
+* \textnormal:                           Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* \textordfeminine:                      Símbolos de Texto.   (line 131)
+* \textordfeminine <1>:                  Símbolos de Texto.   (line 135)
+* \textordmasculine:                     Símbolos de Texto.   (line 132)
+* \textparagraph:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line  41)
+* \textperiodcentered:                   Símbolos de Texto.   (line 138)
+* \textquestiondown (o `?`'):            Símbolos de Texto.   (line 141)
+* \textquotedblleft (o ```'):            Símbolos de Texto.   (line 144)
+* \textquotedblright (o `''):            Símbolos de Texto.   (line 147)
+* \textquoteleft (o ``'):                Símbolos de Texto.   (line 150)
+* \textquoteright (o `''):               Símbolos de Texto.   (line 153)
+* \textquotestraightbase:                Símbolos de Texto.   (line 156)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Símbolos de Texto.   (line 157)
+* \textregistered:                       Símbolos de Texto.   (line 160)
+* \textrightarrow:                       Símbolos de Texto.   (line 163)
+* \textrm:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* \textsc:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* \textsf:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* \textsl:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* \textsterling:                         Símbolos de Texto.   (line  45)
+* \textthreequartersemdash:              Símbolos de Texto.   (line 166)
+* \texttrademark:                        Símbolos de Texto.   (line 169)
+* \texttt:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* \texttwelveudash:                      Símbolos de Texto.   (line 172)
+* \textunderscore:                       Símbolos de Texto.   (line 175)
+* \textup:                               Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* \textvisiblespace:                     Símbolos de Texto.   (line 178)
+* \textwidth:                            Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* \th (þ):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* \TH (Þ):                               Caracteres no Ingleses.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* \thanks{texto}:                        \maketitle.          (line  23)
+* \theta:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 543)
+* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.         (line   5)
+* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.          (line   5)
+* \thinspace:                            \thinspace.          (line   5)
+* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.      (line   5)
+* \tilde:                                Acentos Matemáticos. (line  40)
+* \times:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 546)
+* \tiny:                                 Tamaños del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \title{texto}:                         \maketitle.          (line  28)
+* \to:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 549)
+* \today:                                \today.              (line   5)
+* \top:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 552)
+* \topfraction:                          figure.              (line  84)
+* \topmargin:                            Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line  41)
+* \topsep:                               itemize.             (line  88)
+* \topskip:                              Parámetros para el Diseño de Página.
+                                                              (line  49)
+* \totalheight:                          Longitudes Predeterminadas.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* \triangle:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 555)
+* \triangleleft:                         Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 558)
+* \triangleright:                        Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 561)
+* \tt:                                   Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line 112)
+* \ttfamily:                             Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.          (line   5)
+* \typein:                               \typein.             (line   5)
+* \typeout:                              \typeout.            (line   5)
+* \u (breve acento):                     Acentos.             (line  86)
+* \unboldmath:                           Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* \underbar:                             Acentos.             (line  89)
+* \underbrace{matemáticas}:              Miscelánea Math.     (line  44)
+* \underline{text}:                      Miscelánea Math.     (line  47)
+* \unitlength:                           picture.             (line   9)
+* \unlhd:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 564)
+* \unrhd:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 568)
+* \Uparrow:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 572)
+* \uparrow:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 575)
+* \Updownarrow:                          Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 578)
+* \updownarrow:                          Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 581)
+* \uplus:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 584)
+* \upshape:                              Estilos del Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  38)
+* \Upsilon:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 587)
+* \upsilon:                              Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 590)
+* \usebox:                               \usebox.             (line   5)
+* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.         (line   5)
+* \usefont:                              Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra.
+                                                              (line  87)
+* \usepackage:                           Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  78)
+* \v (breve acento):                     Acentos.             (line  97)
+* \value:                                \value.              (line   5)
+* \varepsilon:                           Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 593)
+* \varphi:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 596)
+* \varpi:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 599)
+* \varrho:                               Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 602)
+* \varsigma:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 605)
+* \vartheta:                             Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 608)
+* \vdash:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 611)
+* \vdots:                                Miscelánea Math.     (line  52)
+* \vdots <1>:                            Miscelánea Math.     (line  53)
+* \vec:                                  Acentos Matemáticos. (line  43)
+* \vector:                               \vector.             (line   5)
+* \vee:                                  Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 614)
+* \verb:                                 \verb.               (line   5)
+* \Vert:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 617)
+* \vert:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 620)
+* \vfill:                                \vfill.              (line   5)
+* \vline:                                \vline.              (line   5)
+* \vspace:                               \vspace.             (line   5)
+* \wedge:                                Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 623)
+* \widehat:                              Acentos Matemáticos. (line  46)
+* \widetilde:                            Acentos Matemáticos. (line  49)
+* \width:                                Longitudes Predeterminadas.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \wp:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 626)
+* \wr:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 629)
+* \Xi:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 632)
+* \xi:                                   Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 635)
+* \year:                                 \day \month \year.   (line   5)
+* \zeta:                                 Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line 638)
+* \[:                                    Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* \\ (para objetos `\shortstack'):       \shortstack.         (line  21)
+* \\ (para `array'):                     array.               (line  28)
+* \\ (para `centrar'):                   center.              (line  12)
+* \\ (para `eqnarray'):                  eqnarray.            (line  11)
+* \\ (para `flushright'):                flushright.          (line  11)
+* \\ forzar la separación de línea:      \\.                  (line   5)
+* \\ para cartas:                        Cartas.              (line  33)
+* \\ para `flushleft':                   flushleft.           (line  11)
+* \\ para `tabular':                     tabular.             (line  22)
+* \\ para `verse':                       verse.               (line  16)
+* \\ para `\author':                     \maketitle.          (line  12)
+* \\ para `\title':                      \maketitle.          (line  29)
+* \\ tabbing:                            tabbing.             (line  26)
+* \\* (para `eqnarray'):                 eqnarray.            (line  16)
+* \]:                                    Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* \^:                                    Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* \^ (acento circunflejo):               Acentos.             (line  34)
+* \_:                                    Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* \` (acento grave):                     Acentos.             (line  39)
+* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  56)
+* \{:                                    Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* \|:                                    Símbolos Matemáticos.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \}:                                    Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  10)
+* \~:                                    Caracteres Reservados.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* \~ (acento tilde):                     Acentos.             (line  45)
+* ^:                                     Subíndices y Superíndices.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* _:                                     Subíndices y Superíndices.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* array entorno:                         array.               (line   5)
+* caja lR:                               picture.             (line  66)
+* clase article:                         Clases de Documento. (line  12)
+* clase book:                            Clases de Documento. (line  12)
+* clase letter:                          Clases de Documento. (line  12)
+* clase report:                          Clases de Documento. (line  12)
+* clase slides:                          Clases de Documento. (line  12)
+* contador secnumdepth:                  Seccionado.          (line  56)
+* ejemplo \Alph:                         enumerate.           (line  43)
+* ejemplo \parskip:                      itemize.             (line 101)
+* entorno  flushleft:                    flushleft.           (line   5)
+* entorno  itemize:                      itemize.             (line   5)
+* entorno abstract:                      abstract.            (line   5)
+* entorno center:                        center.              (line   5)
+* entorno description:                   description.         (line   5)
+* entorno displaymath:                   displaymath.         (line   5)
+* entorno displaymath <1>:               Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* entorno document:                      document.            (line   5)
+* entorno enumerate:                     enumerate.           (line   5)
+* entorno eqnarray:                      eqnarray.            (line   5)
+* entorno equation:                      equation.            (line   5)
+* entorno equation <1>:                  Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* entorno flushright:                    flushright.          (line   5)
+* entorno math:                          math.                (line   5)
+* entorno math <1>:                      Fórmulas Matemáticas.
+                                                              (line   5)
+* entorno minipage:                      minipage.            (line   5)
+* entorno tabbing:                       tabbing.             (line   5)
+* entorno tabular:                       tabular.             (line   5)
+* entorno theorem:                       theorem.             (line   5)
+* entorno titlepage:                     titlepage.           (line   5)
+* entorno verbatim:                      verbatim.            (line   5)
+* entorno verse:                         verse.               (line   5)
+* figure:                                figure.              (line   5)
+* indexspace:                            �ndices.             (line  33)
+* letter:                                letter.              (line   5)
+* list:                                  list.                (line   5)
+* lrbox:                                 lrbox.               (line   5)
+* opción 10pt:                           Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* opción 11pt:                           Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* opción 12pt:                           Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* opción a4paper:                        Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* opción a5paper:                        Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* opción b5paper:                        Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* opción draft:                          Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* opción executivepaper:                 Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* opción final:                          Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* opción fleqn:                          Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* opción landscape:                      Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* opción legalpaper:                     Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* opción leqno:                          Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* opción letterpaper:                    Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* opción notitlepage:                    Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* opción onecolumn:                      Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* opción oneside:                        Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* opción openany:                        Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* opción openbib:                        Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* opción openright:                      Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* opción titlepage:                      Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* opción twocolumn:                      Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* opción twoside:                        Opciones de Clase de Documento.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* paquete textcomp:                      Símbolos de Texto.   (line   5)
+* picture:                               picture.             (line   5)
+* printindex:                            �ndices.             (line  29)
+* quotation:                             quotation.           (line   5)
+* quote:                                 quote.               (line   5)
+* table:                                 table.               (line   5)
+* thebibliography:                       thebibliography.     (line   5)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top1813
+Node: Descripción4493
+Node: Iniciando y Finalizando6764
+Node: Clases de Documento7384
+Node: Opciones de Clase de Documento8066
+Node: Tipos de Letra11126
+Node: Estilos del Tipo de Letra11700
+Node: Tamaños del Tipo de Letra14437
+Node: Instrucciones de Bajo Nivel para el Tipo de Letra16017
+Node: Diseño19166
+Node: \onecolumn19735
+Node: \twocolumn19973
+Node: \flushbottom21812
+Node: \raggedbottom22223
+Node: Parámetros para el Diseño de Página22556
+Node: Seccionado24962
+Node: Referencias Cruzadas26773
+Node: \label27252
+Node: \pageref28233
+Node: \ref28548
+Node: Entornos28982
+Node: abstract30556
+Node: array30792
+Node: center32256
+Node: \centering32749
+Node: description33681
+Node: displaymath34696
+Node: document35370
+Node: enumerate35635
+Node: eqnarray37027
+Node: equation38185
+Node: figure38586
+Node: flushleft41936
+Node: \raggedright42438
+Node: flushright43064
+Node: \raggedleft43553
+Node: itemize44177
+Node: letter48221
+Node: list48451
+Node: math49369
+Node: minipage49697
+Node: picture51026
+Node: \circle55405
+Node: \makebox (imagen)55770
+Node: \framebox (imagen)56524
+Node: \dashbox57030
+Node: \frame57644
+Node: \line57991
+Node: \linethickness58522
+Node: \thicklines58985
+Node: \thinlines59314
+Node: \multiput59639
+Node: \oval60040
+Node: \put60728
+Node: \shortstack61001
+Node: \vector61503
+Node: quotation61831
+Node: quote62326
+Node: tabbing62809
+Node: table66346
+Node: tabular67319
+Node: \multicolumn71801
+Node: \cline72709
+Node: \hline73068
+Node: \vline73407
+Node: thebibliography73761
+Node: \bibitem75054
+Node: \cite75882
+Node: \nocite76407
+Node: Usando BibTeX76723
+Node: theorem78468
+Node: titlepage78867
+Node: verbatim79586
+Node: \verb80299
+Node: verse80978
+Node: Saltos de Línea81523
+Node: \\82733
+Node: \obeycr y \restorecr83294
+Node: \newline83765
+Node: \- (hyphenation)84056
+Node: \fussy84810
+Node: \sloppy85259
+Node: \hyphenation85643
+Node: \linebreak y \nolinebreak86398
+Node: Saltos de Página87103
+Node: \cleardoublepage87819
+Node: \clearpage88302
+Node: \newpage88606
+Node: \enlargethispage88858
+Node: \pagebreak y \nopagebreak89410
+Node: Notas al Pie90165
+Node: \footnote90882
+Node: \footnotemark91454
+Node: \footnotetext92061
+Node: Notas al Pie Simbólicas92636
+Node: Parámetros para Footnote93237
+Node: Definiciones94075
+Node: \newcommand y \renewcommand94868
+Node: \newcounter96345
+Node: \newlength96843
+Node: \newsavebox97421
+Node: \newenvironment y \renewenvironment97783
+Node: \newtheorem99403
+Node: \newfont100490
+Node: \protect101071
+Node: Contadores102016
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol103420
+Node: \usecounter104565
+Node: \value104960
+Node: \setcounter105397
+Node: \addtocounter105699
+Node: \refstepcounter106025
+Node: \stepcounter106406
+Node: \day \month \year106683
+Node: Longitudes107283
+Node: \setlength107952
+Node: \addtolength108330
+Node: \settodepth108683
+Node: \settoheight108983
+Node: \settowidth109280
+Node: Longitudes Predeterminadas109574
+Node: Haciendo Párrafos110170
+Node: \indent110822
+Node: \noindent111350
+Node: \parskip111639
+Node: Notas al Margen111943
+Node: Fórmulas Matemáticas113701
+Node: Subíndices y Superíndices115711
+Node: Símbolos Matemáticos116213
+Node: Funciones Matemáticas123360
+Node: Acentos Matemáticos124383
+Node: Espacios en Modo Math125546
+Node: Miscelánea Math126271
+Node: Modos127959
+Node: Estilos de Página130083
+Node: \maketitle130685
+Node: \pagenumbering131946
+Node: \pagestyle132407
+Node: \thispagestyle133775
+Node: Espacios134115
+Node: \hspace135299
+Node: \hfill135944
+Node: \SPACE136397
+Node: \AT136927
+Node: \thinspace137418
+Node: \/137694
+Node: \hrulefill138639
+Node: \dotfill138928
+Node: \addvspace139189
+Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip139737
+Node: \vfill140497
+Node: \vspace140835
+Node: Cajas141323
+Node: \mbox142158
+Node: \fbox y \framebox142501
+Node: lrbox143353
+Node: \makebox143689
+Node: \parbox144484
+Node: \raisebox145956
+Node: \savebox146617
+Node: \sbox147093
+Node: \usebox147601
+Node: Inserciones Especiales147928
+Node: Caracteres Reservados148643
+Node: Símbolos de Texto150240
+Node: Acentos153832
+Node: Caracteres no Ingleses156561
+Node: \rule157238
+Node: \today157687
+Node: Dividiendo la Entrada158159
+Node: \include158900
+Node: \includeonly159580
+Node: \input160153
+Node: Asuntos de Portada/Contraportada160686
+Node: Tablas de Contenido160941
+Node: \addcontentsline162108
+Node: \addtocontents163097
+Node: Glosarios163640
+Node: �ndices164235
+Node: Cartas166205
+Node: \address168411
+Node: \cc169130
+Node: \closing169392
+Node: \encl169640
+Node: \location169850
+Node: \makelabels170139
+Node: \name170444
+Node: \opening170676
+Node: \ps171019
+Node: \signature171218
+Node: \startbreaks171512
+Node: \stopbreaks171769
+Node: \telephone172004
+Node: Entrada/Salida a la Terminal172256
+Node: \typein172552
+Node: \typeout173267
+Node: Línea de Órdenes174047
+Node: Plantillas de Documento174883
+Node: Plantilla book175245
+Node: Plantilla beamer175747
+Node: Plantilla tugboat176468
+Node: �ndice de Conceptos178958
+Node: �ndice de Instrucciones218090
+
+End Tag Table
+
+
+Local Variables:
+coding: utf-8
+End:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c5d3a86f724
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2e.info
@@ -0,0 +1,7503 @@
+This is latex2e.info, produced by texi2any version 4.13.90+dev from
+latex2e.texi.
+
+This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
+preparation system, version of May 2012.
+
+   This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the
+VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by George D.
+Greenwade of Sam Houston State University.  The LaTeX 2.09 version was
+written by Stephen Gilmore.  The LaTeX2e version was adapted from this
+by Torsten Martinsen.  Karl Berry made further updates and additions,
+and gratefully acknowledges using 'Hypertext Help with LaTeX', by
+Sheldon Green, and the 'LaTeX Command Summary' (for LaTeX 2.09) by
+L. Botway and C. Biemesderfer (published by the TeX Users Group as
+'TeXniques' number 10), as reference material (no text was directly
+copied).
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Karl Berry.
+Copyright (C) 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions.
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* LaTeX2e: (latex2e).              Unofficial LaTeX reference manual.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Top,  Next: About this document,  Up: (dir)
+
+LaTeX2e
+*******
+
+This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
+preparation system, version as of May 2012.  It is intended to cover
+LaTeX2e, which has been the standard version of LaTeX for many years.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* About this document::         Bug reporting, etc.
+* Overview::                    What is LaTeX?
+* Starting & ending::		The standard beginning and end of a document.
+* Document classes::		Some of the various classes available.
+* Typefaces::			And fonts, such as bold, italics etc.
+* Layout::			Controlling the page layout.
+* Sectioning::			How to section properly.
+* Cross references::		Automatic referencing.
+* Environments::		Such as enumerate & itemize.
+* Line breaking::	        Influencing line breaks.
+* Page breaking::	        Influencing page breaks.
+* Footnotes::			How to produce footnotes.
+* Definitions::			Define your own commands etc.
+* Counters::			Internal counters used by LaTeX.
+* Lengths::			The length commands.
+* Making paragraphs::		Paragraph commands.
+* Math formulas::		How to create mathematical formulas.
+* Modes::			Paragraph, Math or LR modes.
+* Page styles::			Various styles of page layout.
+* Spaces::		        Horizontal and vertical space.
+* Boxes::                       Making boxes.
+* Special insertions::		Inserting reserved and special characters.
+* Splitting the input::		Dealing with big files by splitting.
+* Front/back matter::		Tables of contents, glossaries, indexes.
+* Letters::			The letter class.
+* Terminal input/output::	User interaction.
+* Command line::                System-independent command-line behavior.
+* Document templates::          Starter templates for various document classes.
+* Concept Index::		General index.
+* Command Index::           	Alphabetical list of LaTeX commands.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: About this document,  Next: Overview,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 About this document
+*********************
+
+The LaTeX document preparation system is implemented as a macro package
+for Donald E. Knuth's TeX typesetting program.  LaTeX was originally
+created by Leslie Lamport; it is now maintained by a group of volunteers
+('http://latex-project.org').  The official documentation written by the
+LaTeX project is available from their web site.
+
+   The present document is completely unofficial and has not been
+reviewed by the LaTeX maintainers.  Do not send bug reports or anything
+else about this document to them.  Instead, please send all comments to
+<latexrefman-discuss@gna.org>.
+
+   The home page for this document is 'http://home.gna.org/latexrefman'.
+That page has links to the current output in various formats, sources,
+mailing lists, and other infrastructure.
+
+   Of course, there are many, many other sources of information about
+LaTeX.  Here are a few:
+
+     Two pages of recommended references to LaTeX documentation.
+
+     Writing your first document, with a bit of both text and math.
+
+     The guide for document authors maintained as part of LaTeX; there
+     are several others.
+
+     Introduction to the TeX system, including LaTeX.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Overview,  Next: Starting & ending,  Prev: About this document,  Up: Top
+
+2 Overview of LaTeX
+*******************
+
+What is LaTeX?
+
+   LaTeX typesets a file of text using the TeX program and the LaTeX
+"macro package" for TeX.  That is, it processes an input file containing
+the text of a document with interspersed commands that describe how the
+text should be formatted.  LaTeX files are plain text that can be
+written in any reasonable editor.  It produces at least three files as
+output:
+
+  1. The main output file, which is one of:
+
+     '.dvi'
+          If invoked as 'latex', a "Device Independent" ('.dvi') file is
+          produced.  This contains commands that can be translated into
+          commands for virtually any output device.  You can view such
+          '.dvi' output of LaTeX by using a program such as 'xdvi'
+          (display directly), 'dvips' (convert to PostScript), or
+          'dvipdfmx' (convert to PDF).
+
+     '.pdf'
+          If invoked as 'pdflatex', a "Portable Document Format"
+          ('.pdf') file.  Typically, this is a self-contained file, with
+          all fonts and images embedded.  This can be very useful, but
+          it does make the output much larger than the '.dvi' produced
+          from the same document.
+
+          If invoked as 'lualatex', a '.pdf' file is created using the
+          LuaTeX engine ('http://luatex.org').
+
+          If invoked as 'xelatex', a '.pdf' file is created using the
+          XeTeX engine ('http://tug.org/xetex').
+
+     Many other less-common variants of LaTeX (and TeX) exist, which can
+     produce HTML, XML, and other things.
+
+  2. The "transcript" or '.log' file that contains summary information
+     and diagnostic messages for any errors discovered in the input
+     file.
+
+  3. An "auxiliary" or '.aux' file.  This is used by LaTeX itself, for
+     things such as cross-references.
+
+   An open-ended list of other files might be created.  We won't try to
+list them all.  Xxx components?
+
+   In the LaTeX input file, a command name starts with a '\', followed
+by either (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter.  Arguments
+contained in square brackets, '[]', are optional while arguments
+contained in braces, '{}', are required.
+
+   LaTeX is case sensitive.  Enter all commands in lower case unless
+explicitly directed to do otherwise.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Starting & ending,  Next: Document classes,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Top
+
+3 Starting & ending
+*******************
+
+A minimal input file looks like the following:
+
+     \documentclass{CLASS}
+     \begin{document}
+     YOUR TEXT
+     \end{document}
+
+where the CLASS is a valid document class for LaTeX.  *Note Document
+classes::, for details of the various document classes available
+locally.
+
+   You may include other LaTeX commands between the '\documentclass' and
+the '\begin{document}' commands (this area is called the "preamble").
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Document classes,  Next: Typefaces,  Prev: Starting & ending,  Up: Top
+
+4 Document classes
+******************
+
+The class of a given document is defined with the command:
+
+     \documentclass[OPTIONS]{CLASS}
+
+The '\documentclass' command must be the first command in a LaTeX source
+file.
+
+   Built-in LaTeX document CLASS names are (many other document classes
+are available as add-ons; *note Overview::):
+
+     article  report  book  letter  slides
+
+   Standard OPTIONS are described below.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Document class options::   Global options.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Document class options,  Up: Document classes
+
+4.1 Document class options
+==========================
+
+You can specify so-called "global options" or "class options" to the
+'\documentclass' command by enclosing them in square brackets as usual.
+To specify more than one OPTION, separate them with a comma:
+
+     \documentclass[OPTION1,OPTION2,...]{CLASS}
+
+   Here is the list of the standard class options.
+
+   All of the standard classes except 'slides' accept the following
+options for selecting the typeface size (default is '10pt'):
+
+     10pt  11pt  12pt
+
+   All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the
+paper size (default is 'letterpaper'):
+
+     a4paper a5paper b5paper executivepaper legalpaper letterpaper
+
+   Miscellaneous other options:
+
+'draft, final'
+     mark/do not mark overfull boxes with a big black box; default is
+     'final'.
+'fleqn'
+     Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered.
+'landscape'
+     Selects landscape format; default is portrait.
+'leqno'
+     Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the
+     right side.
+'openbib'
+     Use "open" bibliography format.
+'titlepage, notitlepage'
+     Specifies whether the title page is separate; default depends on
+     the class.
+
+   These options are not available with the slides class:
+
+'onecolumn'
+'twocolumn'
+     Typeset in one or two columns; default is 'onecolumn'.
+
+'oneside'
+'twoside'
+     Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is 'oneside', except for
+     the 'book' class.
+
+     The '\evensidemargin' ('\oddsidemargin' parameter determines the
+     distance on even (odd) numbered pages between the left side of the
+     page and the text's left margin.  The defaults vary with the paper
+     size and whether one- or two-side layout is selected.  For
+     one-sided printing the text is centered, for two-sided,
+     '\oddsidemargin' is 40% of the difference between '\paperwidth' and
+     '\textwidth', with '\evensidemargin' the remainder.
+
+'openright'
+'openany'
+     Determines if a chapter should start on a right-hand page; default
+     is 'openright' for book.
+
+   The 'slides' class offers the option 'clock' for printing the time at
+the bottom of each note.
+
+   Additional packages are loaded like this:
+
+     \usepackage[OPTIONS]{PKG}
+
+   To specify more than one PKG, you can separate them with a comma, or
+use multiple '\usepackage' commands.
+
+   Any options given in the '\documentclass' command that are unknown by
+the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
+'\usepackage'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Typefaces,  Next: Layout,  Prev: Document classes,  Up: Top
+
+5 Typefaces
+***********
+
+Two important aspects of selecting a "font" are specifying a size and a
+style.  The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Font styles::                 Select roman, italics etc.
+* Font sizes::                  Select point size.
+* Low-level font commands::     Select encoding, family, series, shape.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Font styles,  Next: Font sizes,  Up: Typefaces
+
+5.1 Font styles
+===============
+
+The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
+
+   This first group of commands is typically used like '\textit{italic
+text}'.  The corresponding command in parenthesis is the "declaration
+form", which takes no arguments.  The scope of the declaration form
+lasts until the next type style command or the end of the current group.
+
+   The declaration forms are cumulative; i.e., you can say either
+'\sffamily\bfseries' or '\bfseries\sffamily' to get bold sans serif.
+
+   You can alternatively use an environment form of the declarations;
+for instance, '\begin{ttfamily}...\end{ttfamily}'.
+
+   These commands automatically supply an italic correction if the
+'\textrm (\rmfamily)'
+     Roman.
+
+'\textit (\itshape)'
+     Italics.
+
+'\emph'
+     Emphasis (switches between '\textit' and '\textrm').
+
+'\textmd (\mdseries)'
+     Medium weight (default).
+
+'\textbf (\bfseries)'
+     Boldface.
+'\textup (\upshape)'
+     Upright (default).  The opposite of slanted.
+'\textsl (\slshape)'
+     Slanted.
+'\textsf (\sffamily)'
+     Sans serif.
+'\textsc (\scshape)'
+     Small caps.
+'\texttt (\ttfamily)'
+     Typewriter.
+'\textnormal (\normalfont)'
+     Main document font.
+'\mathrm'
+     Roman, for use in math mode.
+'\mathbf'
+     Boldface, for use in math mode.
+'\mathsf'
+     Sans serif, for use in math mode.
+'\mathtt'
+     Typewriter, for use in math mode.
+
+'\mathit'
+'(\mit)'
+     Italics, for use in math mode.
+
+'\mathnormal'
+     For use in math mode, e.g.  inside another type style declaration.
+'\mathcal'
+     'Calligraphic' letters, for use in math mode.
+
+   In addition, the command '\mathversion{bold}' can be used for
+switching to bold letters and symbols in formulas.
+'\mathversion{normal}' restores the default.
+
+   LaTeX also provides these commands, which unconditionally switch to
+the given style, that is, are _not_ cumulative.  They are used
+differently than the above commands, too: '{\CMD ...}' instead of
+'\CMD{...}'.  These are two very different things.
+
+'\bf'
+     Switch to bold face.
+
+'\cal'
+     Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
+
+'\em'
+     Emphasis (italics within roman, roman within italics).
+
+'\it'
+     Italics.
+
+'\rm'
+     Roman.
+
+'\sc'
+     Small caps.
+
+'\sf'
+     Sans serif.
+
+'\sl'
+     Slanted (oblique).
+
+'\tt'
+     Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Font sizes,  Next: Low-level font commands,  Prev: Font styles,  Up: Typefaces
+
+5.2 Font sizes
+==============
+
+The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX.  The
+table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font size used
+(in points) with the '10pt', '11pt', and '12pt' document size options,
+respectively (*note Document class options::).
+
+Command                   '10pt'  '11pt'  '12pt'
+--------------------------------------------------
+'\tiny'                   5       6       6
+'\scriptsize'             7       8       8
+'\footnotesize'           8       9       10
+'\small'                  9       10      10.95
+'\normalsize' (default)   10      10.95   12
+'\large'                  12      12      14.4
+'\Large'                  14.4    14.4    17.28
+'\LARGE'                  17.28   17.28   20.74
+'\huge'                   20.74   20.74   24.88
+'\Huge'                   24.88   24.88   24.88
+
+   The commands as listed here are "declaration forms".  The scope of
+the declaration form lasts until the next type style command or the end
+of the current group.  You can also use the environment form of these
+commands; for instance, '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Low-level font commands,  Prev: Font sizes,  Up: Typefaces
+
+5.3 Low-level font commands
+===========================
+
+These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
+packages.  The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
+ones.
+
+'\fontencoding{enc}'
+     Select font encoding.  Valid encodings include 'OT1' and 'T1'.
+
+'\fontfamily{family}'
+     Select font family.  Valid families include:
+
+        * 'cmr' for Computer Modern Roman
+        * 'cmss' for Computer Modern Sans Serif
+        * 'cmtt' for Computer Modern Typewriter
+
+     and numerous others.
+
+'\fontseries{series}'
+     Select font series.  Valid series include:
+
+        * 'm' Medium (normal)
+        * 'b' Bold
+        * 'c' Condensed
+        * 'bc' Bold condensed
+        * 'bx' Bold extended
+
+     and various other combinations.
+
+'\fontshape{shape}'
+     Select font shape.  Valid shapes are:
+
+        * 'n' Upright (normal)
+        * 'it' Italic
+        * 'sl' Slanted (oblique)
+        * 'sc' Small caps
+        * 'ui' Upright italics
+        * 'ol' Outline
+
+     The two last shapes are not available for most font families.
+
+'\fontsize{size}{skip}'
+     Set font size.  The first parameter is the font size to switch to
+     and the second is the line spacing to use; this is stored in a
+     parameter named '\baselineskip'.  The unit of both parameters
+     defaults to pt.  The default '\baselineskip' for the Computer
+     Modern typeface is 1.2 times the '\fontsize'.
+
+     The line spacing is also multiplied by the value of the
+     '\baselinestretch' parameter when the type size changes; the
+     default is 1.  However, the best way to "double space" a document,
+     if you should be unlucky enough to have to produce such, is to use
+     the 'setspace' package; see
+     'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=linespace'.
+
+'\linespread{FACTOR}'
+     Equivalent to '\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{FACTOR}', and
+     therefore must be followed by '\selectfont' to have any effect.
+     Best specified in the preamble, or use the 'setspace' package, as
+     described just above.
+
+     The changes made by calling the font commands described above do
+     not come into effect until '\selectfont' is called.
+
+'\usefont{enc}{family}{series}{shape}'
+     The same as invoking '\fontencoding', '\fontfamily', '\fontseries'
+     and '\fontshape' with the given parameters, followed by
+     '\selectfont'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Layout,  Next: Sectioning,  Prev: Typefaces,  Up: Top
+
+6 Layout
+********
+
+Miscellaneous commands for controlling the general layout of the page.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \onecolumn::              Use one-column layout.
+* \twocolumn::              Use two-column layout.
+* \flushbottom::            Make all text pages the same height.
+* \raggedbottom::           Allow text pages of differing height.
+* Page layout parameters::  \headheight \footskip.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \onecolumn,  Next: \twocolumn,  Up: Layout
+
+6.1 '\onecolumn'
+================
+
+The '\onecolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces
+single-column output.  This is the default.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \twocolumn,  Next: \flushbottom,  Prev: \onecolumn,  Up: Layout
+
+6.2 '\twocolumn'
+================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \twocolumn[TEXT1COL]
+
+   The '\twocolumn' declaration starts a new page and produces
+two-column output.  If the optional TEXT1COL argument is present, it is
+typeset in one-column mode before the two-column typesetting starts.
+
+   These parameters control typesetting in two-column output:
+
+'\columnsep'
+     The distance between columns (35pt by default).
+
+'\columnseprule'
+     The width of the rule between columns; the default is 0pt, so there
+     is no rule.
+
+'\columnwidth'
+     The width of the current column; this is equal to '\textwidth' in
+     single-column text.
+
+   These parameters control float behavior in two-column output:
+
+'\dbltopfraction'
+     Maximum fraction at the top of a two-column page that may be
+     occupied by floats.  Default '.7', can be usefully redefined to
+     (say) '.9' to avoid going to float pages so soon.
+
+'\dblfloatpagefraction'
+     The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by
+     floats, for a two-column float page.  Default '.5'.
+
+'\dblfloatsep'
+     Distance between floats at the top or bottom of a two-column float
+     page.  Default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for '10pt' and '11pt'
+     documents, '14pt plus2pt minus4pt' for '12pt'.
+
+'\dbltextfloatsep'
+     Distance between a multi-column float at the top or bottom of a
+     page and the main text.  Default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \flushbottom,  Next: \raggedbottom,  Prev: \twocolumn,  Up: Layout
+
+6.3 '\flushbottom'
+==================
+
+The '\flushbottom' declaration makes all text pages the same height,
+adding extra vertical space where necessary to fill out the page.
+
+   This is the default if 'twocolumn' mode is selected (*note Document
+class options::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \raggedbottom,  Next: Page layout parameters,  Prev: \flushbottom,  Up: Layout
+
+6.4 '\raggedbottom'
+===================
+
+The '\raggedbottom' declaration makes all pages the natural height of
+the material on that page.  No rubber lengths will be stretched.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Page layout parameters,  Prev: \raggedbottom,  Up: Layout
+
+6.5 Page layout parameters
+==========================
+
+'\headheight'
+     Height of the box that contains the running head.  Default is
+     '30pt', except in the 'book' class, where it varies with the type
+     size.
+
+'\headsep'
+     Vertical distance between the bottom of the header line and the top
+     of the main text.  Default is '25pt', except in the 'book' class,
+     where it varies with the type size.
+
+'\footskip'
+     Distance from the baseline of the last line of text to the baseline
+     of the page footer.  Default is '30pt', except in the 'book' class,
+     where it varies with the type size.
+
+'\linewidth'
+     Width of the current line, decreased for each nested 'list' (*note
+     list::).  Specifically, it is smaller than '\textwidth' by the sum
+     of '\leftmargin' and '\rightmargin' (*note itemize::).  The default
+     varies with the font size, paper width, two-column mode, etc.  For
+     an 'article' document in '10pt', it's set to '345pt'; in two-column
+     mode, that becomes '229.5pt'.
+
+'\textheight'
+     The normal vertical height of the page body; the default varies
+     with the font size, document class, etc.  For an 'article' or
+     'report' document in '10pt', it's set to '43\baselineskip'; for
+     'book', it's '41\baselineskip'.  For '11pt', it's '38\baselineskip'
+     and for '12pt', '36\baselineskip'.
+
+'\textwidth'
+     The full horizontal width of the entire page body; the default
+     varies as usual.  For an 'article' or 'report' document, it's
+     '345pt' at '10pt', '360pt' at '11pt', and '390pt' at '12pt'.  For a
+     'book' document, it's '4.5in' at '10pt', and '5in' at '11pt' or
+     '12pt'.
+
+     In multi-column output, '\textwidth' remains the width of the
+     entire page body, while '\columnwidth' is the width of one column
+     (*note \twocolumn::).
+
+     In lists (*note list::), '\textwidth' remains the width of the
+     entire page body (and '\columnwidth' the width of the entire
+     column), while '\linewidth' may decrease for nested lists.
+
+     Inside a minipage (*note minipage::) or '\parbox' (*note
+     \parbox::), all the width-related parameters are set to the
+     specified width, and revert to their normal values at the end of
+     the 'minipage' or '\parbox'.
+
+     For completeness: '\hsize' is the TeX primitive parameter used when
+     text is broken into lines.  It should not be used in normal LaTeX
+     documents.
+
+'\topmargin'
+     Space between the top of the TeX page (one inch from the top of the
+     paper, by default) and the top of the header.  The default is
+     computed based on many other parameters: '\paperheight - 2in -
+     \headheight - \headsep - \textheight - \footskip', and then divided
+     by two.
+
+'\topskip'
+     Minimum distance between the top of the page body and the baseline
+     of the first line of text.  For the standard clases, the default is
+     the same as the font size, e.g., '10pt' at '10pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Sectioning,  Next: Cross references,  Prev: Layout,  Up: Top
+
+7 Sectioning
+************
+
+Sectioning commands provide the means to structure your text into units:
+
+'\part'
+'\chapter'
+     (report and book class only)
+'\section'
+'\subsection'
+'\subsubsection'
+'\paragraph'
+'\subparagraph'
+
+   All sectioning commands take the same general form, e.g.,
+
+     \chapter[TOCTITLE]{TITLE}
+
+   In addition to providing the heading TITLE in the main text, the
+section title can appear in two other places:
+
+  1. The table of contents.
+  2. The running head at the top of the page.
+
+   You may not want the same text in these places as in the main text.
+To handle this, the sectioning commands have an optional argument
+TOCTITLE that, when given, specifies the text for these other places.
+
+   Also, all sectioning commands have '*'-forms that print TITLE as
+usual, but do not include a number and do not make an entry in the table
+of contents.  For instance:
+
+     \section*{Preamble}
+
+   The '\appendix' command changes the way following sectional units are
+numbered.  The '\appendix' command itself generates no text and does not
+affect the numbering of parts.  The normal use of this command is
+something like
+
+     \chapter{A Chapter}
+     ...
+     \appendix
+     \chapter{The First Appendix}
+
+   The 'secnumdepth' counter controls printing of section numbers.  The
+setting
+
+     \setcounter{secnumdepth}{LEVEL}
+
+suppresses heading numbers at any depth > LEVEL, where 'chapter' is
+level zero.  (*Note \setcounter::.)
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Cross references,  Next: Environments,  Prev: Sectioning,  Up: Top
+
+8 Cross references
+******************
+
+One reason for numbering things like figures and equations is to refer
+the reader to them, as in "See Figure 3 for more details."
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \label::      Assign a symbolic name to a piece of text.
+* \pageref::    Refer to a page number.
+* \ref::        Refer to a section, figure or similar.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \label,  Next: \pageref,  Up: Cross references
+
+8.1 '\label'
+============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \label{KEY}
+
+   A '\label' command appearing in ordinary text assigns to KEY the
+number of the current sectional unit; one appearing inside a numbered
+environment assigns that number to KEY.
+
+   A KEY name can consist of any sequence of letters, digits, or
+punctuation characters.  Upper and lowercase letters are distinguished.
+
+   To avoid accidentally creating two labels with the same name, it is
+common to use labels consisting of a prefix and a suffix separated by a
+colon or period.  Some conventionally-used prefixes:
+
+'ch'
+     for chapters
+'sec'
+     for lower-level sectioning commands
+'fig'
+     for figures
+'tab'
+     for tables
+'eq'
+     for equations
+
+   Thus, a label for a figure would look like 'fig:snark' or
+'fig.snark'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \pageref,  Next: \ref,  Prev: \label,  Up: Cross references
+
+8.2 '\pageref{KEY}'
+===================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \pageref{KEY}
+
+   The '\pageref'{KEY} command produces the page number of the place in
+the text where the corresponding '\label'{KEY} command appears.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \ref,  Prev: \pageref,  Up: Cross references
+
+8.3 '\ref{KEY}'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \ref{KEY}
+
+   The '\ref' command produces the number of the sectional unit,
+equation, footnote, figure, ..., of the corresponding '\label' command
+(*note \label::).  It does not produce any text, such as the word
+'Section' or 'Figure', just the bare number itself.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Environments,  Next: Line breaking,  Prev: Cross references,  Up: Top
+
+9 Environments
+**************
+
+LaTeX provides many environments for marking off certain text.  Each
+environment begins and ends in the same manner:
+
+     \begin{ENVNAME}
+     ...
+     \end{ENVNAME}
+
+* Menu:
+
+* abstract::    Produce an abstract.
+* array::       Math arrays.
+* center::      Centered lines.
+* description:: Labelled lists.
+* displaymath:: Formulas that appear on their own line.
+* document::    Enclose the whole document.
+* enumerate::   Numbered lists.
+* eqnarray::    Sequences of aligned equations.
+* equation::    Displayed equation.
+* figure::      Floating figures.
+* flushleft::   Flushed left lines.
+* flushright::  Flushed right lines.
+* itemize::     Bulleted lists.
+* letter::      Letters.
+* list::        Generic list environment.
+* math::        In-line math.
+* minipage::    Miniature page.
+* picture::     Picture with text, arrows, lines and circles.
+* quotation::   Indented environment with paragraph indentation.
+* quote::       Indented environment with no paragraph indentation.
+* tabbing::     Align text arbitrarily.
+* table::       Floating tables.
+* tabular::     Align text in columns.
+* thebibliography::     Bibliography or reference list.
+* theorem::     Theorems, lemmas, etc.
+* titlepage::   For hand crafted title pages.
+* verbatim::    Simulating typed input.
+* verse::       For poetry and other things.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: abstract,  Next: array,  Up: Environments
+
+9.1 'abstract'
+==============
+
+Synopsis:
+     \begin{abstract}
+     ...
+     \end{abstract}
+
+   Environment for producing an abstract, possibly of multiple
+paragraphs.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: array,  Next: center,  Prev: abstract,  Up: Environments
+
+9.2 'array'
+===========
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{array}{TEMPLATE}
+     COL1 TEXT&COL1 TEXT&COLN}\\
+     ...
+     \end{array}
+
+   Math arrays are produced with the 'array' environment, normally
+within an 'equation' environment (*note equation::).  It has a single
+mandatory TEMPLATE argument describing the number of columns and the
+alignment within them.  Each column COL is specified by a single letter
+that tells how items in that row should be formatted, as follows:
+
+'c'
+     centered
+'l'
+     flush left
+'r'
+     flush right
+
+   Column entries are separated by '&'.  Column entries may include
+other LaTeX commands.  Each row of the array is terminated with '\\'.
+
+   In the template, the construct '@{TEXT}' puts TEXT between columns in
+each row.
+
+   Here's an example:
+
+     \begin{equation}
+       \begin{array}{lrc}
+       left1 & right1 & centered1 \\
+       left2 & right2 & centered2 \\
+       \end{array}
+     \end{equation}
+
+   The '\arraycolsep' parameter defines half the width of the space
+separating columns; the default is '5pt'.  *Note tabular::, for other
+parameters which affect formatting in 'array' environments, namely
+'\arrayrulewidth' and '\arraystretch'.
+
+   The 'array' environment can only be used in math mode.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: center,  Next: description,  Prev: array,  Up: Environments
+
+9.3 'center'
+============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{center}
+     LINE1 \\
+     LINE2 \\
+     \end{center}
+
+   The 'center' environment allows you to create a paragraph consisting
+of lines that are centered within the left and right margins on the
+current page.  Each line is terminated with the string '\\'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \centering::          Declaration form of the 'center' environment.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \centering,  Up: center
+
+9.3.1 '\centering'
+------------------
+
+The '\centering' declaration corresponds to the 'center' environment.
+This declaration can be used inside an environment such as 'quote' or in
+a 'parbox'.  Thus, the text of a figure or table can be centered on the
+page by putting a '\centering' command at the beginning of the figure or
+table environment.
+
+   Unlike the 'center' environment, the '\centering' command does not
+start a new paragraph; it simply changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
+units.  To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command (of an
+environment such as quote) that ends the paragraph unit.
+
+   Here's an example:
+
+     \begin{quote}
+     \centering
+     first line \\
+     second line \\
+     \end{quote}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: description,  Next: displaymath,  Prev: center,  Up: Environments
+
+9.4 'description'
+=================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{description}
+     \item [LABEL1] ITEM1
+     \item [LABEL2] ITEM2
+     ...
+     \end{description}
+
+   The 'description' environment is used to make labelled lists.  Each
+LABEL is typeset in bold, flush right.  The ITEM text may contain
+multiple paragraphs.
+
+   Another variation: since the bold style is applied to the labels, if
+you typeset a label in typewriter using '\texttt', you'll get bold
+typewriter: '\item[\texttt{bold and typewriter}]'.  This may be too
+bold, among other issues.  To get just typewriter, use '\tt', which
+resets all other style variations: '\item[{\tt plain typewriter}]'.
+
+   For details about list spacing, see *note itemize::.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: displaymath,  Next: document,  Prev: description,  Up: Environments
+
+9.5 'displaymath'
+=================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{displaymath}
+     MATH
+     \end{displaymath}
+
+or
+
+     \[MATH\]
+
+   The 'displaymath' environment ('\[...\]' is a synonym) typesets the
+MATH text on its own line, centered by default.  The global 'fleqn'
+option makes equations flush left; see *note Document class options::.
+
+   No equation number is added to 'displaymath' text; to get an equation
+number, use the 'equation' environment (*note equation::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: document,  Next: enumerate,  Prev: displaymath,  Up: Environments
+
+9.6 'document'
+==============
+
+The 'document' environment encloses the body of a document.  It is
+required in every LaTeX document.  *Note Starting & ending::.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: enumerate,  Next: eqnarray,  Prev: document,  Up: Environments
+
+9.7 'enumerate'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{enumerate}
+     \item ITEM1
+     \item ITEM2
+     ...
+     \end{enumerate}
+
+   The 'enumerate' environment produces a numbered list.  Enumerations
+can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep.  They can also
+be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such as 'itemize'
+(*note itemize::) and 'description' (*note description::).
+
+   Each item of an enumerated list begins with an '\item' command.
+There must be at least one '\item' command within the environment.
+
+   By default, the numbering at each level is done like this:
+
+  1. 1., 2., ...
+  2. (a), (b), ...
+  3. i., ii., ...
+  4. A., B., ...
+
+   The 'enumerate' environment uses the counters '\enumi' through
+'\enumiv' counters (*note Counters::).  If the optional argument to
+'\item' is given, the counter is not incremented for that item.
+
+   The 'enumerate' environment uses the commands '\labelenumi' through
+'\labelenumiv' to produce the default label.  So, you can use
+'\renewcommand' to change the labels (*note \newcommand &
+\renewcommand::).  For instance, to have the first level use uppercase
+letters:
+
+     \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\Alph{enumi}}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: eqnarray,  Next: equation,  Prev: enumerate,  Up: Environments
+
+9.8 'eqnarray'
+==============
+
+First, a caveat: the 'eqnarray' environment has some infelicities which
+cannot be overcome; the article "Avoid eqnarray!" by Lars Madsen
+describes them in detail
+('http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb33-1/tb103madsen.pdf').  The bottom line is
+that it is better to use the 'align' environment (and others) from the
+'amsmath' package.
+
+   Nevertheless, here is a description of 'eqnarray':
+
+     \begin{eqnarray}  (or 'eqnarray*')
+     FORMULA1 \\
+     FORMULA2 \\
+     ...
+     \end{eqnarray}
+
+   The 'eqnarray' environment is used to display a sequence of equations
+or inequalities.  It is very much like a three-column 'array'
+environment, with consecutive rows separated by '\\' and consecutive
+items within a row separated by an '&'.
+
+   '\\*' can also be used to separate equations, with its normal meaning
+of not allowing a page break at that line.
+
+   An equation number is placed on every line unless that line has a
+'\nonumber' command.  Alternatively, The '*'-form of the environment
+('\begin{eqnarray*} ... \end{eqnarray*}') will omit equation numbering
+entirely, while otherwise being the same as 'eqnarray'.
+
+   The command '\lefteqn' is used for splitting long formulas across
+lines.  It typesets its argument in display style flush left in a box of
+zero width.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: equation,  Next: figure,  Prev: eqnarray,  Up: Environments
+
+9.9 'equation'
+==============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{equation}
+     MATH
+     \end{equation}
+
+   The 'equation' environment starts a 'displaymath' environment (*note
+displaymath::), e.g., centering the MATH text on the page, and also
+places an equation number in the right margin.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: figure,  Next: flushleft,  Prev: equation,  Up: Environments
+
+9.10 'figure'
+=============
+
+     \begin{figure[*]}[PLACEMENT]
+     FIGBODY
+     \label{LABEL}
+     \caption[LOFTITLE]{TEXT}
+     \end{figure}
+
+   Figures are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are
+instead "floated" to a convenient place, such as the top of a page.
+Figures will not be split between two pages.
+
+   When typesetting in double-columns, the starred form produces a
+full-width figure (across both columns).
+
+   The optional argument '[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try
+to place your figure.  There are four places where LaTeX can possibly
+put a float:
+
+'t'
+     (Top)--at the top of a text page.
+
+'b'
+     (Bottom)--at the bottom of a text page.  However, 'b' is not
+     allowed for full-width floats ('figure*') with double-column
+     output.  To ameliorate this, use the 'stfloats' or 'dblfloatfix'
+     package, but see the discussion at caveats in the FAQ:
+     'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=2colfloat'.
+
+'h'
+     (Here)--at the position in the text where the figure environment
+     appears.  However, this is not allowed by itself; 't' is
+     automatically added.
+
+     To absolutely force a figure to appear "here", you can
+     '\usepackage{float}' and use the 'H' specifier which it defines.
+     For further discussion, see the FAQ entry at
+     'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere'.
+
+'p'
+     (Page of floats)--on a separate float page, which is a page
+     containing no text, only floats.
+
+'!'
+     Used in addition to one of the above; for this float only, LaTeX
+     ignores the restrictions on both the number of floats that can
+     appear and the relative amounts of float and non-float text on the
+     page.  The '!' specifier does _not_ mean "put the float here"; see
+     above.
+
+   The standard report and article classes use the default placement
+'tbp'.
+
+   The body of the figure is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands,
+etc. you wish.
+
+   The '\caption' command specifies caption TEXT for the figure.  The
+caption is numbered by default.  If LOFTITLE is present, it is used in
+the list of figures instead of TEXT (*note Tables of contents::).
+
+   Parameters relating to fractions of pages occupied by float and
+non-float text:
+
+     The maximum fraction of the page allowed to be occuped by floats at
+     the bottom; default '.3'.
+
+'\floatpagefraction'
+     The minimum fraction of a float page that must be occupied by
+     floats; default '.5'.
+
+'\textfraction'
+     Minimum fraction of a page that must be text; if floats take up too
+     much space to preserve this much text, floats will be moved to a
+     different page.  The default is '.2'.
+
+'\topfraction'
+     Maximum fraction at the top of a page that may be occupied before
+     floats; default '.7'.
+
+   Parameters relating to vertical space around floats:
+
+'\floatsep'
+     Space between floats at the top or bottom of a page; default '12pt
+     plus2pt minus2pt'.
+
+'\intextsep'
+     Space above and below a float in the middle of the main text;
+     default '12pt plus2pt minus2pt' for '10pt' and '11pt' styles, '14pt
+     plus4pt minus4pt' for '12pt'.
+
+'\textfloatsep'
+     Space between the last (first) float at the top (bottom) of a page;
+     default '20pt plus2pt minus4pt'.
+
+   Parameters relating to the number of floats on a page:
+
+'\bottomnumber'
+     Maximum number of floats that can appear at the bottom of a text
+     page; default 1.
+
+'\topnumber'
+     Maximum number of floats that can appear at the top of a text page;
+     default 2.
+
+'\totalnumber'
+     Maximum number of floats that can appear on a text page; default 3.
+
+   The principal TeX FAQ entry relating to floats:
+'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=floats'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: flushleft,  Next: flushright,  Prev: figure,  Up: Environments
+
+9.11 'flushleft'
+================
+
+     \begin{flushleft}
+     LINE1 \\
+     LINE2 \\
+     ...
+     \end{flushleft}
+
+   The 'flushleft' environment allows you to create a paragraph
+consisting of lines that are flush to the left-hand margin and ragged
+right Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \raggedright::        Declaration form of the 'flushleft' environment.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \raggedright,  Up: flushleft
+
+9.11.1 '\raggedright'
+---------------------
+
+The '\raggedright' declaration corresponds to the 'flushleft'
+environment.  This declaration can be used inside an environment such as
+'quote' or in a 'parbox'.
+
+   Unlike the 'flushleft' environment, the '\raggedright' command does
+not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
+units.  To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the
+paragraph unit.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: flushright,  Next: itemize,  Prev: flushleft,  Up: Environments
+
+9.12 'flushright'
+=================
+
+     \begin{flushright}
+     LINE1 \\
+     LINE2 \\
+     ...
+     \end{flushright}
+
+   The 'flushright' environment allows you to create a paragraph
+consisting of lines that are flush to the right-hand margin and ragged
+left.  Each line must be terminated with the string '\\'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \raggedleft::   Declaration form of the 'flushright' environment.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \raggedleft,  Up: flushright
+
+9.12.1 '\raggedleft'
+--------------------
+
+The '\raggedleft' declaration corresponds to the 'flushright'
+environment.  This declaration can be used inside an environment such as
+'quote' or in a 'parbox'.
+
+   Unlike the 'flushright' environment, the '\raggedleft' command does
+not start a new paragraph; it only changes how LaTeX formats paragraph
+units.  To affect a paragraph unit's format, the scope of the
+declaration must contain the blank line or '\end' command that ends the
+paragraph unit.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: itemize,  Next: letter,  Prev: flushright,  Up: Environments
+
+9.13 'itemize'
+==============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{itemize}
+     \item ITEM1
+     \item ITEM2
+     ...
+     \end{itemize}
+
+   The 'itemize' environment produces an "unordered", "bulleted" list.
+Itemizations can be nested within one another, up to four levels deep.
+They can also be nested within other paragraph-making environments, such
+as 'enumerate' (*note enumerate::).
+
+   Each item of an 'itemize' list begins with an '\item' command.  There
+must be at least one '\item' command within the environment.
+
+   By default, the marks at each level look like this:
+
+  1. * (bullet)
+  2. -- (bold en-dash)
+  3. * (asterisk)
+  4. .  (centered dot, rendered here as a period)
+
+   The 'itemize' environment uses the commands '\labelitemi' through
+'\labelitemiv' to produce the default label.  So, you can use
+'\renewcommand' to change the labels.  For instance, to have the first
+level use diamonds:
+
+     \renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\diamond$}
+
+   The '\leftmargini' through '\leftmarginvi' parameters define the
+distance between the left margin of the enclosing environment and the
+left margin of the list.  By convention, '\leftmargin' is set to the
+appropriate '\leftmarginN' when a new level of nesting is entered.
+
+   The defaults vary from '.5em' (highest levels of nesting) to '2.5em'
+(first level), and are a bit reduced in two-column mode.  This example
+greatly reduces the margin space for outermost lists:
+
+     \setlength{\leftmargini}{1.25em} % default 2.5em
+
+   Some parameters that affect list formatting:
+
+'\itemindent'
+     Extra indentation before each item in a list; default zero.
+
+'\labelsep'
+     Space between the label and text of an item; default '.5em'.
+
+'\labelwidth'
+     Width of the label; default '2em', or '1.5em' in two-column mode.
+
+'\listparindent'
+     Extra indentation added to second and subsequent paragraphs within
+     a list item; default '0pt'.
+
+'\rightmargin'
+     Horizontal distance between the right margin of the list and the
+     enclosing environment; default '0pt', except in the 'quote',
+     'quotation', and 'verse' environments, where it is set equal to
+     '\leftmargin'.
+
+   Parameters affecting vertical spacing between list items (rather
+loose, by default).
+
+'\itemsep'
+     Vertical space between items.  The default is '2pt plus1pt
+     minus1pt' for '10pt' documents, '3pt plus2pt minus1pt' for '11pt',
+     and '4.5pt plus2pt minus1pt' for '12pt'.
+
+'\parsep'
+     Extra vertical space between paragraphs within a list item.
+     Defaults are the same as '\itemsep'.
+
+'\topsep'
+     Vertical space between the first item and the preceding paragraph.
+     For top-level lists, the default is '8pt plus2pt minus4pt' for
+     '10pt' documents, '9pt plus3pt minus5pt' for '11pt', and '10pt
+     plus4pt minus6pt' for '12pt'.  These are reduced for nested lists.
+
+'\partopsep'
+     Extra space added to '\topsep' when the list environment starts a
+     paragraph.  The default is '2pt plus1pt minus1pt' for '10pt'
+     documents, '3pt plus1pt minus1pt' for '11pt', and '3pt plus2pt
+     minus2pt' for '12pt'.
+
+   Especially for lists with short items, it may be desirable to elide
+space between items.  Here is an example defining an 'itemize*'
+environment with no extra spacing between items, or between paragraphs
+within a single item ('\parskip' is not list-specific, *note
+\parskip::):
+
+     \newenvironment{itemize*}%
+       {\begin{itemize}%
+         \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
+         \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}%
+         \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}%
+       {\end{itemize}}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: letter,  Next: list,  Prev: itemize,  Up: Environments
+
+9.14 'letter' environment: writing letters
+==========================================
+
+This environment is used for creating letters.  *Note Letters::.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: list,  Next: math,  Prev: letter,  Up: Environments
+
+9.15 'list'
+===========
+
+The 'list' environment is a generic environment which is used for
+defining many of the more specific environments.  It is seldom used in
+documents, but often in macros.
+
+     \begin{list}{LABELING}{SPACING}
+     \item ITEM1
+     \item ITEM2
+     ...
+     \end{list}
+
+   The mandatory LABELING argument specifies how items should be
+labelled (unless the optional argument is supplied to '\item').  This
+argument is a piece of text that is inserted in a box to form the label.
+It can and usually does contain other LaTeX commands.
+
+   The mandatory SPACING argument contains commands to change the
+spacing parameters for the list.  This argument will most often be
+empty, i.e., '{}', which leaves the default spacing.
+
+   The width used for typesetting the list items is specified by
+'\linewidth' (*note Page layout parameters::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: math,  Next: minipage,  Prev: list,  Up: Environments
+
+9.16 'math'
+===========
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{math}
+     MATH
+     \end{math}
+
+   The 'math' environment inserts the given MATH within the running
+text.  '\(...\))' and '$...$' are synonyms.  *Note Math formulas::.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: minipage,  Next: picture,  Prev: math,  Up: Environments
+
+9.17 'minipage'
+===============
+
+     \begin{minipage}[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}
+     TEXT
+     \end{minipage}
+
+   The 'minipage' environment typesets its body TEXT in a block that
+will not be broken across pages.  This is similar to the '\parbox'
+command (*note \parbox::), but unlike '\parbox', other paragraph-making
+environments can be used inside a minipage.
+
+   The arguments are the same as for '\parbox' (*note \parbox::).
+
+   By default, paragraphs are not indented in the 'minipage'
+environment.  You can restore indentation with a command such as
+'\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}' command.
+
+   Footnotes in a 'minipage' environment are handled in a way that is
+particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables.  A
+'\footnote' or '\footnotetext' command puts the footnote at the bottom
+of the minipage instead of at the bottom of the page, and it uses the
+'\mpfootnote' counter instead of the ordinary 'footnote' counter (*note
+Counters::).
+
+   However, don't put one minipage inside another if you are using
+footnotes; they may wind up at the bottom of the wrong minipage.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: picture,  Next: quotation,  Prev: minipage,  Up: Environments
+
+9.18 'picture'
+==============
+
+     \begin{picture}(width,height)(x offset,y offset)
+     ... PICTURE COMMANDS ...
+     \end{picture}
+
+   The 'picture' environment allows you to create just about any kind of
+picture you want containing text, lines, arrows and circles.  You tell
+LaTeX where to put things in the picture by specifying their
+coordinates.  A coordinate is a number that may have a decimal point and
+a minus sign--a number like '5', '0.3' or '-3.1416'.  A coordinate
+specifies a length in multiples of the unit length '\unitlength', so if
+'\unitlength' has been set to '1cm', then the coordinate 2.54 specifies
+a length of 2.54 centimeters.  You should only change the value of
+'\unitlength', using the '\setlength' command, outside of a 'picture'
+environment.
+
+   A position is a pair of coordinates, such as '(2.4,-5)', specifying
+the point with x-coordinate '2.4' and y-coordinate '-5'.  Coordinates
+are specified in the usual way with respect to an origin, which is
+normally at the lower-left corner of the picture.  Note that when a
+position appears as an argument, it is not enclosed in braces; the
+parentheses serve to delimit the argument.
+
+   The 'picture' environment has one mandatory argument, which is a
+'position'.  It specifies the size of the picture.  The environment
+produces a rectangular box with width and height determined by this
+argument's x- and y-coordinates.
+
+   The 'picture' environment also has an optional 'position' argument,
+following the 'size' argument, that can change the origin.  (Unlike
+ordinary optional arguments, this argument is not contained in square
+brackets.)  The optional argument gives the coordinates of the point at
+the lower-left corner of the picture (thereby determining the origin).
+For example, if '\unitlength' has been set to '1mm', the command
+
+     \begin{picture}(100,200)(10,20)
+
+produces a picture of width 100 millimeters and height 200 millimeters,
+whose lower-left corner is the point (10,20) and whose upper-right
+corner is therefore the point (110,220).  When you first draw a picture,
+you typically omit the optional argument, leaving the origin at the
+lower-left corner.  If you then want to modify your picture by shifting
+everything, you can just add the appropriate optional argument.
+
+   The environment's mandatory argument determines the nominal size of
+the picture.  This need bear no relation to how large the picture really
+is; LaTeX will happily allow you to put things outside the picture, or
+even off the page.  The picture's nominal size is used by LaTeX in
+determining how much room to leave for it.
+
+   Everything that appears in a picture is drawn by the '\put' command.
+The command
+
+     \put (11.3,-.3){...}
+
+puts the object specified by '...' in the picture, with its reference
+point at coordinates (11.3,-.3).  The reference points for various
+objects will be described below.
+
+   The '\put' command creates an "LR box".  You can put anything that
+can go in an '\mbox' (*note \mbox::) in the text argument of the '\put'
+command.  When you do this, the reference point will be the lower left
+corner of the box.
+
+   The 'picture' commands are described in the following sections.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \circle::             Draw a circle.
+* \makebox (picture)::  Draw a box of the specified size.
+* \framebox (picture):: Draw a box with a frame around it.
+* \dashbox::            Draw a dashed box.
+* \frame::              Draw a frame around an object.
+* \line::               Draw a straight line.
+* \linethickness::      Set the line thickness.
+* \thicklines::         A heavier line thickness.
+* \thinlines::          The default line thickness.
+* \multiput::           Draw multiple instances of an object.
+* \oval::               Draw an ellipse.
+* \put::                Place an object at a specified place.
+* \shortstack::         Make a pile of objects.
+* \vector::             Draw a line with an arrow.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \circle,  Next: \makebox (picture),  Up: picture
+
+9.18.1 '\circle'
+----------------
+
+     \circle[*]{DIAMETER}
+
+   The '\circle' command produces a circle with a diameter as close to
+the specified one as possible.  The '*'-form of the command draws a
+solid circle.
+
+   Circles up to 40 pt can be drawn.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \makebox (picture),  Next: \framebox (picture),  Prev: \circle,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.2 '\makebox'
+-----------------
+
+'\makebox(width,height)[position]{...}'
+
+   The '\makebox' command for the picture environment is similar to the
+normal '\makebox' command except that you must specify a 'width' and
+'height' in multiples of '\unitlength'.
+
+   The optional argument, '[position]', specifies the quadrant that your
+text appears in.  You may select up to two of the following:
+
+'t'
+     Moves the item to the top of the rectangle.
+
+'b'
+     Moves the item to the bottom.
+
+'l'
+     Moves the item to the left.
+
+'r'
+     Moves the item to the right.
+
+   *Note \makebox::.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \framebox (picture),  Next: \dashbox,  Prev: \makebox (picture),  Up: picture
+
+9.18.3 '\framebox'
+------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \framebox(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[POS]{...}
+
+   The '\framebox' command is like '\makebox' (see previous section),
+except that it puts a frame around the outside of the box that it
+creates.
+
+   The '\framebox' command produces a rule of thickness '\fboxrule', and
+leaves a space '\fboxsep' between the rule and the contents of the box.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \dashbox,  Next: \frame,  Prev: \framebox (picture),  Up: picture
+
+9.18.4 '\dashbox'
+-----------------
+
+Draws a box with a dashed line.  Synopsis:
+
+     \dashbox{DLEN}(RWIDTH,RHEIGHT)[POS]{TEXT}
+
+   '\dashbox' creates a dashed rectangle around TEXT in a 'picture'
+environment.  Dashes are DLEN units long, and the rectangle has overall
+width RWIDTH and height RHEIGHT.  The TEXT is positioned at optional
+POS.
+
+   A dashed box looks best when the 'rwidth' and 'rheight' are multiples
+of the 'dlen'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \frame,  Next: \line,  Prev: \dashbox,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.5 '\frame'
+---------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \frame{TEXT}
+
+   The '\frame' command puts a rectangular frame around TEXT.  The
+reference point is the bottom left corner of the frame.  No extra space
+is put between the frame and the object.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \line,  Next: \linethickness,  Prev: \frame,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.6 '\line'
+--------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \line(XSLOPE,YSLOPE){LENGTH}
+
+   The '\line' command draws a line with the given LENGTH and slope
+XSLOPE/YSLOPE.
+
+   Standard LaTeX can only draw lines with SLOPE = x/y, where x and y
+have integer values from -6 through 6.  For lines of any slope, not to
+mention other shapes, see the 'curve2e' and many many other packages on
+CTAN.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \linethickness,  Next: \thicklines,  Prev: \line,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.7 '\linethickness'
+-----------------------
+
+The '\linethickness{DIM}' command declares the thickness of horizontal
+and vertical lines in a picture environment to be DIM, which must be a
+positive length.
+
+   '\linethickness' does not affect the thickness of slanted lines,
+circles, or the quarter circles drawn by '\oval'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \thicklines,  Next: \thinlines,  Prev: \linethickness,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.8 '\thicklines'
+--------------------
+
+The '\thicklines' command is an alternate line thickness for horizontal
+and vertical lines in a picture environment; cf. *note \linethickness::
+and *note \thinlines::.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \thinlines,  Next: \multiput,  Prev: \thicklines,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.9 '\thinlines'
+-------------------
+
+The '\thinlines' command is the default line thickness for horizontal
+and vertical lines in a picture environment; cf. *note \linethickness::
+and *note \thicklines::.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \multiput,  Next: \oval,  Prev: \thinlines,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.10 '\multiput'
+-------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+     \multiput(X,Y)(DELTA_X,DELTA_Y){N}{OBJ}
+
+   The '\multiput' command copies the object OBJ in a regular pattern
+across a picture.  OBJ is first placed at position (x,y), then at
+(x+\delta x,y+\delta y), and so on, N times.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \oval,  Next: \put,  Prev: \multiput,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.11 '\oval'
+---------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \oval(WIDTH,HEIGHT)[PORTION]
+
+   The '\oval' command produces a rectangle with rounded corners.  The
+optional argument PORTION allows you to select part of the oval via the
+following:
+
+'t'
+     selects the top portion;
+'b'
+     selects the bottom portion;
+'r'
+     selects the right portion;
+'l'
+     selects the left portion.
+
+   The "corners" of the oval are made with quarter circles with a
+maximum radius of 20pt, so large "ovals" will look more like boxes with
+rounded corners.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \put,  Next: \shortstack,  Prev: \oval,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.12 '\put'
+--------------
+
+'\put(x coord,y coord){ ... }'
+
+   The '\put' command places the item specified by the mandatory
+argument at the given coordinates.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \shortstack,  Next: \vector,  Prev: \put,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.13 '\shortstack'
+---------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \shortstack[POSITION]{...\\...\\...}
+
+   The '\shortstack' command produces a stack of objects.  The valid
+positions are:
+
+'r'
+     Move the objects to the right of the stack.
+'l'
+     Move the objects to the left of the stack
+'c'
+     Move the objects to the centre of the stack (default)
+
+   Objects are separated with '\\'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \vector,  Prev: \shortstack,  Up: picture
+
+9.18.14 '\vector'
+-----------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \vector(X-SLOPE,Y-SLOPE){LENGTH}
+
+   The '\vector' command draws a line with an arrow of the specified
+length and slope.  The x and y values must lie between -4 and +4,
+inclusive.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: quotation,  Next: quote,  Prev: picture,  Up: Environments
+
+9.19 'quotation'
+================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{quotation}
+     TEXT
+     \end{quotation}
+
+   The margins of the 'quotation' environment are indented on both the
+left and the right.  The text is justified at both margins.  Leaving a
+blank line between text produces a new paragraph.
+
+   Unlike the 'quote' environment, each paragraph is indented normally.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: quote,  Next: tabbing,  Prev: quotation,  Up: Environments
+
+9.20 'quote'
+============
+
+Snyopsis:
+
+     \begin{quote}
+     TEXT
+     \end{quote}
+
+   The margins of the 'quote' environment are indented on both the left
+and the right.  The text is justified at both margins.  Leaving a blank
+line between text produces a new paragraph.
+
+   Unlike the 'quotation' environment, paragraphs are not indented.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: tabbing,  Next: table,  Prev: quote,  Up: Environments
+
+9.21 'tabbing'
+==============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{tabbing}
+     ROW1COL1 \= ROW1COL2 \= ROW1COL3 \= ROW1COL4 \\
+     ROW2COL1 \>                \> ROW2COL3 \\
+     ...
+     \end{tabbing}
+
+   The 'tabbing' environment provides a way to align text in columns.
+It works by setting tab stops and tabbing to them much as was done on an
+ordinary typewriter.  It is best suited for cases where the width of
+each column is constant and known in advance.
+
+   This environment can be broken across pages, unlike the 'tabular'
+environment.
+
+   The following commands can be used inside a 'tabbing' enviroment:
+
+'\\ (tabbing)'
+     End a line.
+
+'\= (tabbing)'
+     Sets a tab stop at the current position.
+
+'\> (tabbing)'
+     Advances to the next tab stop.
+
+'\<'
+     Put following text to the left of the local margin (without
+     changing the margin).  Can only be used at the start of the line.
+
+'\+'
+     Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands
+     one tab stop to the right, beginning tabbed line if necessary.
+
+'\-'
+     Moves the left margin of the next and all the following commands
+     one tab stop to the left, beginning tabbed line if necessary.
+
+'\' (tabbing)'
+     Moves everything that you have typed so far in the current column,
+     i.e.  everything from the most recent '\>', '\<', '\'', '\\', or
+     '\kill' command, to the right of the previous column, flush against
+     the current column's tab stop.
+
+'\` (tabbing)'
+     Allows you to put text flush right against any tab stop, including
+     tab stop 0.  However, it can't move text to the right of the last
+     column because there's no tab stop there.  The '\`' command moves
+     all the text that follows it, up to the '\\' or '\end{tabbing}'
+     command that ends the line, to the right margin of the tabbing
+     environment.  There must be no '\>' or '\'' command between the
+     '\`' and the command that ends the line.
+
+'\a (tabbing)'
+     In a 'tabbing' environment, the commands '\=', '\'' and '\`' do not
+     produce accents as usual (*note Accents::).  Instead, the commands
+     '\a=', '\a'' and '\a`' are used.
+
+'\kill'
+     Sets tab stops without producing text.  Works just like '\\' except
+     that it throws away the current line instead of producing output
+     for it.  The effect of any '\=', '\+' or '\-' commands in that line
+     remain in effect.
+
+'\poptabs'
+     Restores the tab stop positions saved by the last '\pushtabs'.
+
+'\pushtabs'
+     Saves all current tab stop positions.  Useful for temporarily
+     changing tab stop positions in the middle of a 'tabbing'
+     environment.
+
+'\tabbingsep'
+     Distance to left of tab stop moved by '\''.
+
+   This example typesets a Pascal function in a traditional format:
+
+     \begin{tabbing}
+     function \= fact(n : integer) : integer;\\
+              \> begin \= \+ \\
+                    \> if \= n $>$ 1 then \+ \\
+                             fact := n * fact(n-1) \- \\
+                       else \+ \\
+                             fact := 1; \-\- \\
+                 end;\\
+     \end{tabbing}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: table,  Next: tabular,  Prev: tabbing,  Up: Environments
+
+9.22 'table'
+============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+      \begin{table}[placement]
+
+       body of the table
+
+      \caption{table title}
+      \end{table}
+
+   Tables are objects that are not part of the normal text, and are
+usually "floated" to a convenient place, like the top of a page.  Tables
+will not be split between two pages.
+
+   The optional argument '[placement]' determines where LaTeX will try
+to place your table.  There are four places where LaTeX can possibly put
+a float; these are the same as that used with the 'figure' environment,
+and described there (*note figure::).
+
+   The standard 'report' and 'article' classes use the default placement
+'[tbp]'.
+
+   The body of the table is made up of whatever text, LaTeX commands,
+etc., you wish.  The '\caption' command allows you to title your table.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: tabular,  Next: thebibliography,  Prev: table,  Up: Environments
+
+9.23 'tabular'
+==============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
+     column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
+     ...
+     \end{tabular}
+
+or
+
+     \begin{tabular*}{width}[pos]{cols}
+     column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
+     ...
+     \end{tabular*}
+
+   These environments produce a box consisting of a sequence of rows of
+items, aligned vertically in columns.
+
+   '\\' must be used to specify the end of each row of the table, except
+for the last, where it is optional--unless an '\hline' command (to put a
+rule below the table) follows.
+
+   The mandatory and optional arguments consist of:
+
+'width'
+     Specifies the width of the 'tabular*' environment.  There must be
+     rubber space between columns that can stretch to fill out the
+     specified width.
+
+'pos'
+     Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre
+     of the environment.
+
+     't'
+          align on top row
+
+     'b'
+          align on bottom row
+
+'cols'
+     Specifies the column formatting.  It consists of a sequence of the
+     following specifiers, corresponding to the sequence of columns and
+     intercolumn material.
+
+     'l'
+          A column of left-aligned items.
+
+     'r'
+          A column of right-aligned items.
+
+     'c'
+          A column of centered items.
+
+     '|'
+          A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
+
+     '@{TEXT}'
+          This inserts TEXT in every row.  An @-expression suppresses
+          the intercolumn space normally inserted between columns; any
+          desired space before the adjacent item must be included in
+          TEXT.
+
+          To insert commands that are automatically executed before a
+          given column, you have to load the 'array' package and use the
+          '>{...}' specifier.
+
+          An '\extracolsep{wd}' command in an @-expression causes an
+          extra space of width 'wd' to appear to the left of all
+          subsequent columns, until countermanded by another
+          '\extracolsep' command.  Unlike ordinary intercolumn space,
+          this extra space is not suppressed by an @-expression.  An
+          '\extracolsep' command can be used only in an @-expression in
+          the 'cols' argument.
+
+     'p{WD}'
+          Produces a column with each item typeset in a parbox of width
+          WD, as if it were the argument of a '\parbox[t]{WD}' command.
+          However, a '\\' may not appear in the item, except in the
+          following situations:
+
+            1. inside an environment like 'minipage', 'array', or
+               'tabular'.
+            2. inside an explicit '\parbox'.
+            3. in the scope of a '\centering', '\raggedright', or
+               '\raggedleft' declaration.  The latter declarations must
+               appear inside braces or an environment when used in a
+               'p'-column element.
+
+     '*{NUM}{COLS}'
+          Equivalent to NUM copies of COLS, where NUM is a positive
+          integer and COLS is any list of column-specifiers, which may
+          contain another '*-expression'.
+
+   Parameters that control formatting:
+
+'\arrayrulewidth'
+     Thickness of the rule created by '|', '\hline', and '\vline' in the
+     'tabular' and 'array' environments; the default is '.4pt'.
+
+'\arraystretch'
+     Scaling of spacing between rows in the 'tabular' and 'array'
+     environments; default is '1', for no scaling.
+
+'\doublerulesep'
+     Horizontal distance between the vertical rules produced by '||' in
+     the 'tabular' and 'array' environments; default is '2pt'.
+
+'\tabcolsep'
+     Half the width of the space between columns; default is '6pt'.
+
+   The following commands can be used inside a 'tabular' environment:
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \multicolumn::        Make an item spanning several columns.
+* \cline::              Draw a horizontal line spanning some columns.
+* \hline::              Draw a horizontal line spanning all columns.
+* \vline::              Draw a vertical line.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \multicolumn,  Next: \cline,  Up: tabular
+
+9.23.1 '\multicolumn'
+---------------------
+
+Synopsis:
+     \multicolumn{COLS}{POS}{TEXT}
+
+   The '\multicolumn' command makes an entry that spans several columns.
+The first mandatory argument, COLS, specifies the number of columns to
+span.  The second mandatory argument, POS, specifies the formatting of
+the entry; 'c' for centered, 'l' for flushleft, 'r' for flushright.  The
+third mandatory argument, TEXT, specifies what text to put in the entry.
+
+   Here's an example showing two columns separated by an en-dash;
+'\multicolumn' is used for the heading:
+
+     \begin{tabular}{r@{--}l}
+     \multicolumn{2}{c}{\bf Unicode}\cr
+        0x80&0x7FF   \cr
+       0x800&0xFFFF  \cr
+     0x10000&0x1FFFF \cr
+     \end{tabular}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \cline,  Next: \hline,  Prev: \multicolumn,  Up: tabular
+
+9.23.2 '\cline'
+---------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \cline{I-J}
+
+   The '\cline' command draws horizontal lines across the columns
+specified, beginning in column I and ending in column J, which are
+specified in the mandatory argument.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \hline,  Next: \vline,  Prev: \cline,  Up: tabular
+
+9.23.3 '\hline'
+---------------
+
+The '\hline' command draws a horizontal line the width of the enclosing
+'tabular' or 'array' environment.  It's most commonly used to draw a
+line at the top, bottom, and between the rows of a table.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \vline,  Prev: \hline,  Up: tabular
+
+9.23.4 '\vline'
+---------------
+
+The '\vline' command will draw a vertical line extending the full height
+and depth of its row.  An '\hfill' command can be used to move the line
+to the edge of the column.  It can also be used in an @-expression.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: thebibliography,  Next: theorem,  Prev: tabular,  Up: Environments
+
+9.24 'thebibliography'
+======================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{thebibliography}{WIDEST-LABEL}
+     \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
+     ...
+     \end{thebibliography}
+
+   The 'thebibliography' environment produces a bibliography or
+reference list.
+
+   In the 'article' class, this reference list is labelled "References";
+in the 'report' class, it is labelled "Bibliography".  You can change
+the label (in the standard classes) by redefining the command
+'\refname'.  For instance, this eliminates it entirely:
+
+     \renewcommand{\refname}{}
+
+   The mandatory WIDEST-LABEL argument is text that, when typeset, is as
+wide as the widest item label produced by the '\bibitem' commands.  It
+is typically given as '9' for bibliographies with less than 10
+references, '99' for ones with less than 100, etc.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \bibitem::            Specify a bibliography item.
+* \cite::               Refer to a bibliography item.
+* \nocite::             Include an item in the bibliography.
+* Using BibTeX::        Automatic generation of bibliographies.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \bibitem,  Next: \cite,  Up: thebibliography
+
+9.24.1 '\bibitem'
+-----------------
+
+Synopsis:
+     \bibitem[LABEL]{CITE_KEY}
+
+   The '\bibitem' command generates an entry labelled by LABEL.  If the
+LABEL argument is missing, a number is automatically generated using the
+'enumi' counter.  The CITE_KEY is any sequence of letters, numbers, and
+punctuation symbols not containing a comma.
+
+   This command writes an entry to the '.aux' file containing the item's
+CITE_KEY and label.  When the '.aux' file is read by the
+'\begin{document}' command, the item's 'label' is associated with
+'cite_key', causing references to CITE_KEY with a '\cite' command (see
+next section) to produce the associated label.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \cite,  Next: \nocite,  Prev: \bibitem,  Up: thebibliography
+
+9.24.2 '\cite'
+--------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \cite[SUBCITE]{KEYS
+
+   The KEYS argument is a list of one or more citation keys, separated
+by commas.  This command generates an in-text citation to the references
+associated with KEYS by entries in the '.aux' file.
+
+   The text of the optional SUBCITE argument appears after the citation.
+For example, '\cite[p.~314]{knuth}' might produce '[Knuth, p. 314]'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \nocite,  Next: Using BibTeX,  Prev: \cite,  Up: thebibliography
+
+9.24.3 '\nocite'
+----------------
+
+'\nocite{key_list}'
+
+   The '\nocite' command produces no text, but writes 'key_list', which
+is a list of one or more citation keys, on the '.aux' file.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Using BibTeX,  Prev: \nocite,  Up: thebibliography
+
+9.24.4 Using BibTeX
+-------------------
+
+If you use the BibTeX program by Oren Patashnik (highly recommended if
+you need a bibliography of more than a couple of titles) to maintain
+your bibliography, you don't use the 'thebibliography' environment
+(*note thebibliography::).  Instead, you include the lines
+
+     \bibliographystyle{BIBSTYLE}
+     \bibliography{BIBFILE1,BIBFILE2}
+
+   The '\bibliographystyle' command does not produce any output of its
+own.  Rather, it defines the style in which the bibliography will be
+produced: BIBSTYLE refers to a file BIBSTYLE'.bst', which defines how
+your citations will look.  The standard STYLE names distributed with
+BibTeX are:
+
+'alpha'
+     Sorted alphabetically.  Labels are formed from name of author and
+     year of publication.
+'plain'
+     Sorted alphabetically.  Labels are numeric.
+'unsrt'
+     Like 'plain', but entries are in order of citation.
+'abbrv'
+     Like 'plain', but more compact labels.
+
+   In addition, numerous other BibTeX style files exist tailored to the
+demands of various publications.  See
+'http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib'.
+
+   The '\bibliography' command is what actually produces the
+bibliography.  The argument to '\bibliography' refers to files named
+'BIBFILE.bib', which should contain your database in BibTeX format.
+Only the entries referred to via '\cite' and '\nocite' will be listed in
+the bibliography.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: theorem,  Next: titlepage,  Prev: thebibliography,  Up: Environments
+
+9.25 'theorem'
+==============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{theorem}
+     THEOREM-TEXT
+     \end{theorem}
+
+   The 'theorem' environment produces "Theorem N" in boldface followed
+by THEOREM-TEXT, where the numbering possibilities for N are described
+under '\newtheorem' (*note \newtheorem::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: titlepage,  Next: verbatim,  Prev: theorem,  Up: Environments
+
+9.26 'titlepage'
+================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{titlepage}
+     TEXT
+     \end{titlepage}
+
+   The 'titlepage' environment creates a title page, i.e., a page with
+no printed page number or heading.  It also causes the following page to
+be numbered page one.  Formatting the title page is left to you.  The
+'\today' command may be useful on title pages (*note \today::).
+
+   You can use the '\maketitle' command (*note \maketitle::) to produce
+a standard title page without a 'titlepage' environment.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: verbatim,  Next: verse,  Prev: titlepage,  Up: Environments
+
+9.27 'verbatim'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{verbatim}
+     LITERAL-TEXT
+     \end{verbatim}
+
+   The 'verbatim' environment is a paragraph-making environment in which
+LaTeX produces exactly what you type in; for instance the '\' character
+produces a printed '\'.  It turns LaTeX into a typewriter with carriage
+returns and blanks having the same effect that they would on a
+typewriter.
+
+   The 'verbatim' uses a monospaced typewriter-like font ('\tt').
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \verb::       The macro form of the 'verbatim' environment.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \verb,  Up: verbatim
+
+9.27.1 '\verb'
+--------------
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \verbCHARLITERAL-TEXTCHAR
+     \verb*CHARLITERAL-TEXTCHAR
+
+   The '\verb' command typesets LITERAL-TEXT as it is input, including
+special characters and spaces, using the typewriter ('\tt') font.  No
+spaces are allowed between '\verb' or '\verb*' and the delimiter CHAR,
+which begins and ends the verbatim text.  The delimiter must not appear
+in LITERAL-TEXT.
+
+   The '*'-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a "visible
+space" character.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: verse,  Prev: verbatim,  Up: Environments
+
+9.28 'verse'
+============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \begin{verse}
+     LINE1 \\
+     LINE2 \\
+     ...
+     \end{verse}
+
+   The 'verse' environment is designed for poetry, though you may find
+other uses for it.
+
+   The margins are indented on the left and the right, paragraphs are
+not indented, and the text is not justified.  Separate the lines of each
+stanza with '\\', and use one or more blank lines to separate the
+stanzas.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Line breaking,  Next: Page breaking,  Prev: Environments,  Up: Top
+
+10 Line breaking
+****************
+
+The first thing LaTeX does when processing ordinary text is to translate
+your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces.  To produce a
+printed document, this sequence must be broken into lines (and these
+lines must be broken into pages).
+
+   LaTeX usually does the line (and page) breaking for you, but in some
+environments, you do the line breaking yourself with the '\\' command,
+and you can always manually force breaks.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \\::                         Start a new line.
+* \obeycr & \restorecr::       Make each input line start a new output line.
+* \newline::                   Break the line
+* \- (hyphenation)::           Insert explicit hyphenation.
+* \fussy::                     Be fussy about line breaking.
+* \sloppy::                    Be sloppy about line breaking.
+* \hyphenation::               Tell LaTeX how to hyphenate a word.
+* \linebreak & \nolinebreak::  Forcing & avoiding line breaks.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \\,  Next: \obeycr & \restorecr,  Up: Line breaking
+
+10.1 '\\'[*][MORESPACE]
+=======================
+
+The '\\' command tells LaTeX to start a new line.  It has an optional
+argument, MORESPACE, that specifies how much extra vertical space is to
+be inserted before the next line.  This can be a negative amount.
+
+   The '\\*' command is the same as the ordinary '\\' command except
+that it tells LaTeX not to start a new page after the line.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \obeycr & \restorecr,  Next: \newline,  Prev: \\,  Up: Line breaking
+
+10.2 '\obeycr' & '\restorecr'
+=============================
+
+The '\obeycr' command makes a return in the input file ('^^M',
+internally) the same as '\\' (followed by '\relax').  So each new line
+in the input will also be a new line in the output.
+
+   '\restorecr' restores normal line-breaking behavior.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newline,  Next: \- (hyphenation),  Prev: \obeycr & \restorecr,  Up: Line breaking
+
+10.3 '\newline'
+===============
+
+The '\newline' command breaks the line at the present point, with no
+stretching of the text before it.  It can only be used in paragraph
+mode.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \- (hyphenation),  Next: \fussy,  Prev: \newline,  Up: Line breaking
+
+10.4 '\-' (discretionary hyphen)
+================================
+
+The '\-' command tells LaTeX that it may hyphenate the word at that
+point.  LaTeX is very good at hyphenating, and it will usually find most
+of the correct hyphenation points, and almost never use an incorrect
+one.  The '\-' command is used for the exceptional cases.
+
+   When you insert '\-' commands in a word, the word will only be
+hyphenated at those points and not at any of the hyphenation points that
+LaTeX might otherwise have chosen.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \fussy,  Next: \sloppy,  Prev: \- (hyphenation),  Up: Line breaking
+
+10.5 '\fussy'
+=============
+
+The declaration '\fussy' (which is the default) makes TeX picky about
+line breaking.  This usually avoids too much space between words, at the
+cost of an occasional overfull box.
+
+   This command cancels the effect of a previous '\sloppy' command
+(*note \sloppy::.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \sloppy,  Next: \hyphenation,  Prev: \fussy,  Up: Line breaking
+
+10.6 '\sloppy'
+==============
+
+The declaration '\sloppy' makes TeX less fussy about line breaking.
+This will avoid overfull boxes, at the cost of loose interword spacing.
+
+   Lasts until a '\fussy' command is issued (*note \fussy::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \hyphenation,  Next: \linebreak & \nolinebreak,  Prev: \sloppy,  Up: Line breaking
+
+10.7 '\hyphenation'
+===================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \hyphenation{WORD-ONE WORD-TWO}
+
+   The '\hyphenation' command declares allowed hyphenation points with a
+'-' character in the given words.  The words are separated by spaces.
+TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches exactly, no inflections are
+tried.  Multiple '\hyphenation' commands accumulate.  Some examples (the
+default TeX hyphenation patterns misses the hyphenations in these
+words):
+
+     \hyphenation{ap-pen-dix col-umns data-base data-bases}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak,  Prev: \hyphenation,  Up: Line breaking
+
+10.8 '\linebreak' & '\nolinebreak'
+==================================
+
+Synopses:
+
+     \linebreak[PRIORITY]
+     \nolinebreak[PRIORITY]
+
+   By default, the '\linebreak' ('\nolinebreak') command forces
+(prevents) a line break at the current position.  For '\linebreak', the
+spaces in the line are stretched out so that it extends to the right
+margin as usual.
+
+   With the optional argument PRIORITY, you can convert the command from
+a demand to a request.  The PRIORITY must be a number from 0 to 4.  The
+higher the number, the more insistent the request.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Page breaking,  Next: Footnotes,  Prev: Line breaking,  Up: Top
+
+11 Page breaking
+****************
+
+LaTeX starts new pages asynchronously, when enough material has
+accumulated to fill up a page.  Usually this happens automatically, but
+sometimes you may want to influence the breaks.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \cleardoublepage::           Start a new right-hand page.
+* \clearpage::                 Start a new page.
+* \newpage::                   Start a new page.
+* \enlargethispage::           Enlarge the current page a bit.
+* \pagebreak & \nopagebreak::  Forcing & avoiding page breaks.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \cleardoublepage,  Next: \clearpage,  Up: Page breaking
+
+11.1 '\cleardoublepage'
+=======================
+
+The '\cleardoublepage' command ends the current page and causes all
+figures and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed.
+In a two-sided printing style, it also makes the next page a right-hand
+(odd-numbered) page, producing a blank page if necessary.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \clearpage,  Next: \newpage,  Prev: \cleardoublepage,  Up: Page breaking
+
+11.2 '\clearpage'
+=================
+
+The '\clearpage' command ends the current page and causes all figures
+and tables that have so far appeared in the input to be printed.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newpage,  Next: \enlargethispage,  Prev: \clearpage,  Up: Page breaking
+
+11.3 '\newpage'
+===============
+
+The '\newpage' command ends the current page, but does not clear floats
+(see '\clearpage' above).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \enlargethispage,  Next: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak,  Prev: \newpage,  Up: Page breaking
+
+11.4 '\enlargethispage'
+=======================
+
+'\enlargethispage{size}'
+
+   '\enlargethispage*{size}'
+
+   Enlarge the '\textheight' for the current page by the specified
+amount; e.g.  '\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}' will allow one
+additional line.
+
+   The starred form tries to squeeze the material together on the page
+as much as possible.  This is normally used together with an explicit
+'\pagebreak'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak,  Prev: \enlargethispage,  Up: Page breaking
+
+11.5 '\pagebreak' & '\nopagebreak'
+==================================
+
+Synopses:
+
+     \pagebreak[PRIORITY]
+     \nopagebreak[PRIORITY]
+
+   By default, the '\pagebreak' ('\nopagebreak') command forces
+(prevents) a page break at the current position.  With '\pagebreak', the
+vertical space on the page is stretched out where possible so that it
+extends to the normal bottom margin.
+
+   With the optional argument PRIORITY, you can convert the '\pagebreak'
+command from a demand to a request.  The number must be a number from 0
+to 4.  The higher the number, the more insistent the request is.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Footnotes,  Next: Definitions,  Prev: Page breaking,  Up: Top
+
+12 Footnotes
+************
+
+Footnotes can be produced in one of two ways.  They can be produced with
+one command, the '\footnote' command.  They can also be produced with
+two commands, the '\footnotemark' and the '\footnotetext' commands.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \footnote::           Insert a footnote.
+* \footnotemark::       Insert footnote mark only.
+* \footnotetext::       Insert footnote text only.
+* Symbolic footnotes::  Using symbols instead of numbers for footnotes.
+* Footnote parameters:: Parameters for footnote formatting.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \footnote,  Next: \footnotemark,  Up: Footnotes
+
+12.1 '\footnote'
+================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \footnote[NUMBER]{TEXT}
+
+   The '\footnote' command places the numbered footnote TEXT at the
+bottom of the current page.  The optional argument NUMBER changes the
+default footnote number.
+
+   This command can only be used in outer paragraph mode; i.e., you
+cannot use it in sectioning commands like '\chapter', in figures, tables
+or in a 'tabular' environment.  (See following sections.)
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \footnotemark,  Next: \footnotetext,  Prev: \footnote,  Up: Footnotes
+
+12.2 '\footnotemark'
+====================
+
+With no optional argument, the '\footnotemark' command puts the current
+footnote number in the text.  This command can be used in inner
+paragraph mode.  You give the text of the footnote separately, with the
+'\footnotetext' command.
+
+   This command can be used to produce several consecutive footnote
+markers referring to the same footnote with
+
+     \footnotemark[\value{footnote}]
+
+after the first '\footnote' command.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \footnotetext,  Next: Symbolic footnotes,  Prev: \footnotemark,  Up: Footnotes
+
+12.3 '\footnotetext'
+====================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \footnotetext[NUMBER]{TEXT}
+
+   The '\footnotetext' command places TEXT at the bottom of the page as
+a footnote.  This command can come anywhere after the '\footnotemark'
+command.  The '\footnotetext' command must appear in outer paragraph
+mode.
+
+   The optional argument NUMBER changes the default footnote number.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Symbolic footnotes,  Next: Footnote parameters,  Prev: \footnotetext,  Up: Footnotes
+
+12.4 Symbolic footnotes
+=======================
+
+If you want to use symbols for footnotes, rather than increasing
+numbers, redefine '\thefootnote' like this:
+
+     \renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+
+   The '\fnsymbol' command produces a predefined series of symbols
+(*note \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).  If you want to
+use a different symbol as your footnote mark, you'll need to also
+redefine '\@fnsymbol'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Footnote parameters,  Prev: Symbolic footnotes,  Up: Footnotes
+
+12.5 Footnote parameters
+========================
+
+'\footnoterule'
+     Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the
+     page's footnotes.  Default dimensions: '0.4pt' thick (or wide), and
+     '0.4\columnwidth' long in the standard document classes (except
+     slides, where it does not appear).
+
+'\footnotesep'
+     The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote.
+     By default, this is set to the normal strut for '\footnotesize'
+     fonts (*note Font sizes::), therefore there is no extra space
+     between footnotes.  This is '6.65pt' for '10pt', '7.7pt' for
+     '11pt', and '8.4pt' for '12pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Definitions,  Next: Counters,  Prev: Footnotes,  Up: Top
+
+13 Definitions
+**************
+
+LaTeX has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \newcommand & \renewcommand::         (Re)define a new command.
+* \newcounter::                         Define a new counter.
+* \newlength::                          Define a new length.
+* \newsavebox::                         Define a new box.
+* \newenvironment & \renewenvironment:: Define a new environment.
+* \newtheorem::                         Define a new theorem-like environment.
+* \newfont::                            Define a new font name.
+* \protect::                            Using tricky commands.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand,  Next: \newcounter,  Up: Definitions
+
+13.1 '\newcommand' & '\renewcommand'
+====================================
+
+'\newcommand' and '\renewcommand' define and redefine a command,
+respectively.  Synopses:
+
+       \newcommand{CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+     \renewcommand{CMD}[NARGS]{DEFN}
+       \newcommand{CMD}[NARGS][DEFAULT]{DEFN}
+     \renewcommand{CMD}[NARGS][DEFAULT]{DEFN}
+
+CMD
+     The command name beginning with '\'.  For '\newcommand', it must
+     not be already defined and must not begin with '\end'; for
+     '\renewcommand', it must already be defined.
+
+NARGS
+     An optional integer from 1 to 9 specifying the number of arguments
+     that the command will take.  The default is for the command to have
+     no arguments.
+
+DEFAULT
+     If this optional parameter is present, it means that the command's
+     first argument is optional.  When the new command is called, the
+     default value of the optional argument (i.e., if it is not
+     specified in the call) is the string 'def'.
+
+DEFN
+     The text to be substituted for every occurrence of 'cmd'; a
+     construct of the form '#N' in DEFN is replaced by the text of the
+     Nth argument.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newcounter,  Next: \newlength,  Prev: \newcommand & \renewcommand,  Up: Definitions
+
+13.2 '\newcounter'
+==================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \newcounter{CNT}[COUNTERNAME]
+
+   The '\newcounter' command defines a new counter named CNT.  The new
+counter is initialized to zero.
+
+   Given the optional argument '[COUNTERNAME]', CNT will be reset
+whenever COUNTERNAME is incremented.
+
+   *Note Counters::, for more information about counters.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newlength,  Next: \newsavebox,  Prev: \newcounter,  Up: Definitions
+
+13.3 '\newlength'
+=================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \newlength{\ARG}
+
+   The '\newlength' command defines the mandatory argument as a 'length'
+command with a value of '0in'.  The argument must be a control sequence,
+as in '\newlength{\foo}'.  An error occurs if '\foo' is already defined.
+
+   *Note Lengths::, for how to set the new length to a nonzero value,
+and for more information about lengths in general.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newsavebox,  Next: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment,  Prev: \newlength,  Up: Definitions
+
+13.4 '\newsavebox'
+==================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \newsavebox{CMD}
+
+   Defines '\CMD', which must be a command name not already defined, to
+refer to a new bin for storing boxes.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment,  Next: \newtheorem,  Prev: \newsavebox,  Up: Definitions
+
+13.5 '\newenvironment' & '\renewenvironment'
+============================================
+
+Synopses:
+
+       \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+       \newenvironment{ENV}[NARGS][DEFAULT]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+     \renewenvironment{ENV}[NARGS]{BEGDEF}{ENDDEF}
+
+   These commands define or redefine an environment ENV, that is,
+'\begin{ENV} ... \end{ENV}'.
+
+ENV
+     The name of the environment.  For '\newenvironment', ENV must not
+     be an existing environment, and the command '\ENV' must be
+     undefined.  For '\renewenvironment', ENV must be the name of an
+     existing environment.
+
+NARGS
+     An integer from 1 to 9 denoting the number of arguments of the
+     newly-defined environment.  The default is no arguments.
+
+DEFAULT
+     If this is specified, the first argument is optional, and DEFAULT
+     gives the default value for that argument.
+
+BEGDEF
+     The text expanded at every occurrence of '\begin{ENV}'; a construct
+     of the form '#N' in BEGDEF is replaced by the text of the Nth
+     argument.
+
+ENDDEF
+     The text expanded at every occurrence of '\end{ENV}'.  It may not
+     contain any argument parameters.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newtheorem,  Next: \newfont,  Prev: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment,  Up: Definitions
+
+13.6 '\newtheorem'
+==================
+
+     \newtheorem{NEWENV}{LABEL}[WITHIN]
+     \newtheorem{NEWENV}[NUMBERED_LIKE]{LABEL}
+
+   This command defines a theorem-like environment.  Arguments:
+
+NEWENV
+     The name of the environment to be defined; must not be the name of
+     an existing environment or otherwise defined.
+
+LABEL
+     The text printed at the beginning of the environment, before the
+     number.  For example, 'Theorem'.
+
+NUMBERED_LIKE
+     (Optional.)  The name of an already defined theorem-like
+     environment; the new environment will be numbered just like
+     NUMBERED_LIKE.
+
+WITHIN
+     (Optional.)  The name of an already defined counter, a sectional
+     unit.  The new theorem counter will be reset at the same time as
+     the WITHIN counter.
+
+   At most one of NUMBERED_LIKE and WITHIN can be specified, not both.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \newfont,  Next: \protect,  Prev: \newtheorem,  Up: Definitions
+
+13.7 '\newfont'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \newfont{CMD}{FONTNAME}
+
+   Defines a control sequence '\CMD', which must not already be defined,
+to make FONTNAME be the current font.  The file looked for on the system
+is named 'FONTNAME.tfm'.
+
+   This is a low-level command for setting up to use an individual font.
+More commonly, fonts are defined in families through '.fd' files.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \protect,  Prev: \newfont,  Up: Definitions
+
+13.8 '\protect'
+===============
+
+Footnotes, line breaks, any command that has an optional argument, and
+many more are so-called "fragile" commands.  When a fragile command is
+used in certain contexts, called "moving arguments", it must be preceded
+by '\protect'.  In addition, any fragile commands within the arguments
+must have their own '\protect'.
+
+   Some examples of moving arguments are '\caption' (*note figure::),
+'\thanks' (*note \maketitle::), and expressions in 'tabular' and 'array'
+environments (*note tabular::).
+
+   Commands which are not fragile are called "robust".  They must not be
+preceded by '\protect'.
+
+   See also:
+
+'http://www-h.eng.cam.ac.uk/help/tpl/textprocessing/teTeX/latex/latex2e-html/fragile.html'
+'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=protect'
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Counters,  Next: Lengths,  Prev: Definitions,  Up: Top
+
+14 Counters
+***********
+
+Everything LaTeX numbers for you has a counter associated with it.  The
+name of the counter is the same as the name of the environment or
+command that produces the number, except with no '\'.  ('enumi'-'enumiv'
+are used for the nested enumerate environment.)  Below is a list of the
+counters used in LaTeX's standard document classes to control numbering.
+
+     part            paragraph       figure          enumi
+     chapter         subparagraph    table           enumii
+     section         page            footnote        enumiii
+     subsection      equation        mpfootnote      enumiv
+     subsubsection
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::  Print value of a counter.
+* \usecounter::         Use a specified counter in a list environment.
+* \value::              Use the value of a counter in an expression.
+* \setcounter::         Set the value of a counter.
+* \addtocounter::       Add a quantity to a counter.
+* \refstepcounter::     Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters.
+* \stepcounter::        Add to counter, resetting subsidiary counters.
+* \day \month \year::   Numeric date values.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol,  Next: \usecounter,  Up: Counters
+
+14.1 '\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol': Printing counters
+=====================================================================
+
+All of these commands take a single counter as an argument, for
+instance, '\alph{enumi}'.
+
+'\alph'
+     prints COUNTER using lowercase letters: 'a', 'b', ...
+
+'\Alph'
+     uses uppercase letters: 'A', 'B', ...
+
+'\arabic'
+     uses Arabic numbers: '1', '2', ...
+
+'\roman'
+     uses lowercase roman numerals: 'i', 'ii', ...
+
+'\roman'
+     uses uppercase roman numerals: 'I', 'II', ...
+
+'\fnsymbol'
+     prints the value of COUNTER in a specific sequence of nine symbols
+     (conventionally used for labeling footnotes).  The value of COUNTER
+     must be between 1 and 9, inclusive.
+
+     The symbols mostly aren't supported in Info, but here are the
+     names:
+          asterix(*) dagger ddagger section-sign paragraph-sign parallel
+          double-asterix(**) double-dagger double-ddagger
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \usecounter,  Next: \value,  Prev: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol,  Up: Counters
+
+14.2 '\usecounter{COUNTER}'
+===========================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \usecounter{COUNTER}
+
+   The '\usecounter' command is used in the second argument of the
+'list' environment to specify COUNTER to be used to number the list
+items.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \value,  Next: \setcounter,  Prev: \usecounter,  Up: Counters
+
+14.3 '\value{COUNTER}'
+======================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \value{COUNTER}
+
+   The '\value' command produces the value of COUNTER.  It can be used
+anywhere LaTeX expects a number, for example:
+
+     \setcounter{myctr}{3}
+     \addtocounter{myctr}{1}
+     \hspace{\value{myctr}\parindent}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \setcounter,  Next: \addtocounter,  Prev: \value,  Up: Counters
+
+14.4 '\setcounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}'
+==================================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \setcounter{\COUNTER}{VALUE}
+
+   The '\setcounter' command sets the value of \COUNTER to the VALUE
+argument.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \addtocounter,  Next: \refstepcounter,  Prev: \setcounter,  Up: Counters
+
+14.5 '\addtocounter{COUNTER}{VALUE}'
+====================================
+
+The '\addtocounter' command increments COUNTER by the amount specified
+by the VALUE argument, which may be negative.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \refstepcounter,  Next: \stepcounter,  Prev: \addtocounter,  Up: Counters
+
+14.6 '\refstepcounter{COUNTER}'
+===============================
+
+The '\refstepcounter' command works in the same way as '\stepcounter'
+*Note \stepcounter::, except it also defines the current '\ref' value to
+be the result of '\thecounter'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \stepcounter,  Next: \day \month \year,  Prev: \refstepcounter,  Up: Counters
+
+14.7 '\stepcounter{COUNTER}'
+============================
+
+The '\stepcounter' command adds one to COUNTER and resets all subsidiary
+counters.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \day \month \year,  Prev: \stepcounter,  Up: Counters
+
+14.8 '\day \month \year': Predefined counters
+=============================================
+
+LaTeX defines counters for the day of the month ('\day', 1-31), month of
+the year ('\month', 1-12), and year ('\year', Common Era).  When TeX
+starts up, they are set to the current values on the system where TeX is
+running.  They are not updated as the job progresses.
+
+   The related command '\today' produces a string representing the
+current day (*note \today::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Lengths,  Next: Making paragraphs,  Prev: Counters,  Up: Top
+
+15 Lengths
+**********
+
+A 'length' is a measure of distance.  Many LaTeX commands take a length
+as an argument.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \setlength::          Set the value of a length.
+* \addtolength::        Add a quantity to a length.
+* \settodepth::         Set a length to the depth of something.
+* \settoheight::        Set a length to the height of something.
+* \settowidth::         Set a length to the width of something.
+* Predefined lengths::  Lengths that are, like, predefined.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \setlength,  Next: \addtolength,  Up: Lengths
+
+15.1 '\setlength{\LEN}{VALUE}'
+==============================
+
+The '\setlength' sets the value of \LEN to the VALUE argument, which can
+be expressed in any units that LaTeX understands, i.e., inches ('in'),
+millimeters ('mm'), points ('pt'), big points ('bp', etc.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \addtolength,  Next: \settodepth,  Prev: \setlength,  Up: Lengths
+
+15.2 \addtolength{\LEN}{AMOUNT}
+===============================
+
+The '\addtolength' command increments a "length command" \LEN by the
+amount specified in the AMOUNT argument, which may be negative.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \settodepth,  Next: \settoheight,  Prev: \addtolength,  Up: Lengths
+
+15.3 '\settodepth'
+==================
+
+'\settodepth{\gnat}{text}'
+
+   The '\settodepth' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal
+to the depth of the 'text' argument.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \settoheight,  Next: \settowidth,  Prev: \settodepth,  Up: Lengths
+
+15.4 '\settoheight'
+===================
+
+'\settoheight{\gnat}{text}'
+
+   The '\settoheight' command sets the value of a 'length' command equal
+to the height of the 'text' argument.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \settowidth,  Next: Predefined lengths,  Prev: \settoheight,  Up: Lengths
+
+15.5 '\settowidth{\LEN}{TEXT}'
+==============================
+
+The '\settowidth' command sets the value of the command \LEN to the
+width of the TEXT argument.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Predefined lengths,  Prev: \settowidth,  Up: Lengths
+
+15.6 Predefined lengths
+=======================
+
+'\width'
+
+   '\height'
+
+   '\depth'
+
+   '\totalheight'
+
+   These length parameters can be used in the arguments of the
+box-making commands (*note Boxes::).  They specify the natural width,
+etc., of the text in the box.  '\totalheight' equals '\height' +
+'\depth'.  To make a box with the text stretched to double the natural
+size, e.g., say
+
+   '\makebox[2\width]{Get a stretcher}'
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Making paragraphs,  Next: Math formulas,  Prev: Lengths,  Up: Top
+
+16 Making paragraphs
+********************
+
+A paragraph is ended by one or more completely blank lines--lines not
+containing even a '%'.  A blank line should not appear where a new
+paragraph cannot be started, such as in math mode or in the argument of
+a sectioning command.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \indent::        Indent this paragraph.
+* \noindent::      Do not indent this paragraph.
+* \parskip::       Space added before paragraphs.
+* Marginal notes:: Putting remarks in the margin.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \indent,  Next: \noindent,  Up: Making paragraphs
+
+16.1 '\indent'
+==============
+
+'\indent' produces a horizontal space whose width equals the width of
+the '\parindent' length, the normal paragraph indentation.  It is used
+to add paragraph indentation where it would otherwise be suppressed.
+
+   The default value for '\parindent' is '1em' in two-column mode,
+otherwise '15pt' for '10pt' documents, '17pt' for '11pt', and '1.5em'
+for '12pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \noindent,  Next: \parskip,  Prev: \indent,  Up: Making paragraphs
+
+16.2 '\noindent'
+================
+
+When used at the beginning of the paragraph, '\noindent' suppresses any
+paragraph indentation.  It has no effect when used in the middle of a
+paragraph.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \parskip,  Next: Marginal notes,  Prev: \noindent,  Up: Making paragraphs
+
+16.3 '\parskip'
+===============
+
+'\parskip' is a rubber length defining extra vertical space added before
+each paragraph.  The default is '0pt plus1pt'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Marginal notes,  Prev: \parskip,  Up: Making paragraphs
+
+16.4 Marginal notes
+===================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \marginpar[LEFT]{RIGHT}
+
+   The '\marginpar' command creates a note in the margin.  The first
+line of the note will have the same baseline as the line in the text
+where the '\marginpar' occurs.
+
+   When you only specify the mandatory argument RIGHT, the text will be
+placed
+
+   * in the right margin for one-sided layout;
+   * in the outside margin for two-sided layout;
+   * in the nearest margin for two-column layout.
+
+   The command '\reversemarginpar' places subsequent marginal notes in
+the opposite (inside) margin.  '\normalmarginpar' places them in the
+default position.
+
+   When you specify both arguments, LEFT is used for the left margin,
+and RIGHT is used for the right margin.
+
+   The first word will normally not be hyphenated; you can enable
+hyphenation there by beginning the node with '\hspace{0pt}'.
+
+   These parameters affect the formatting of the note:
+
+'\marginparpush'
+     Minimum vertical space between notes; default '7pt' for '12pt'
+     documents, '5pt' else.
+
+'\marginparsep'
+     Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default '11pt'
+     for '10pt' documents, '10pt' else.
+
+'\marginparwidth'
+     Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided '10pt' document
+     is '90pt', '83pt' for '11pt', and '68pt' for '12pt'; '17pt' more in
+     each case for a two-sided document.  In two column mode, the
+     default is '48pt'.
+
+   The standard LaTeX routine for marginal notes does not prevent notes
+from falling off the bottom of the page.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Math formulas,  Next: Modes,  Prev: Making paragraphs,  Up: Top
+
+17 Math formulas
+****************
+
+There are three environments that put LaTeX in math mode:
+
+'math'
+     For formulas that appear right in the text.
+'displaymath'
+     For formulas that appear on their own line.
+'equation'
+     The same as the displaymath environment except that it adds an
+     equation number in the right margin.
+
+   The 'math' environment can be used in both paragraph and LR mode, but
+the 'displaymath' and 'equation' environments can be used only in
+paragraph mode.  The 'math' and 'displaymath' environments are used so
+often that they have the following short forms:
+
+     \(...\)   instead of   \begin{math}...\end{math}
+     \[...\]   instead of   \begin{displaymath}...\end{displaymath}
+
+   In fact, the 'math' environment is so common that it has an even
+shorter form:
+
+     $ ... $   instead of   \(...\)
+
+   The '\boldmath' command changes math letters and symbols to be in a
+bold font.  It is used _outside_ of math mode.  Conversely, the
+'\unboldmath' command changes math glyphs to be in a normal font; it too
+is used _outside_ of math mode.
+
+   The '\displaystyle' declaration forces the size and style of the
+formula to be that of 'displaymath', e.g., with limits above and below
+summations.  For example
+     $\displaystyle \sum_{n=0}^\infty x_n $
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Subscripts & superscripts::   Also known as exponent or index.
+* Math symbols::                Various mathematical squiggles.
+* Math functions::              Math function names like sin and exp.
+* Math accents::                Accents in math.
+* Spacing in math mode::        Thick, medium, thin and negative spaces.
+* Math miscellany::             Stuff that doesn't fit anywhere else.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Subscripts & superscripts,  Next: Math symbols,  Up: Math formulas
+
+17.1 Subscripts & superscripts
+==============================
+
+To get an expression exp to appear as a subscript, you just type
+'_{'exp'}'.  To get exp to appear as a superscript, you type '^{'exp'}'.
+LaTeX handles superscripted superscripts and all of that stuff in the
+natural way.  It even does the right thing when something has both a
+subscript and a superscript.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Math symbols,  Next: Math functions,  Prev: Subscripts & superscripts,  Up: Math formulas
+
+17.2 Math symbols
+=================
+
+LaTeX provides almost any mathematical symbol you're likely to need.
+The commands for generating them can be used only in math mode.  For
+example, if you include '$\pi$' in your source, you will get the pi
+symbol (\pi) in your output.
+
+'\|'
+     \|
+
+'\aleph'
+     \aleph
+
+'\alpha'
+     \alpha
+
+'\amalg'
+     \amalg (binary operation)
+
+'\angle'
+     \angle
+
+'\approx'
+     \approx (relation)
+
+'\ast'
+     \ast (binary operation)
+
+'\asymp'
+     \asymp (relation)
+
+'\backslash'
+     \ (delimiter)
+
+'\beta'
+     \beta
+
+'\bigcap'
+     \bigcap
+
+'\bigcirc'
+     \bigcirc (binary operation)
+
+'\bigcup'
+     \bigcup
+
+'\bigodot'
+     \bigodot
+
+'\bigoplus'
+     \bigoplus
+
+'\bigotimes'
+     \bigotimes
+
+'\bigtriangledown'
+     \bigtriangledown (binary operation)
+
+'\bigtriangleup'
+     \bigtriangleup (binary operation)
+
+'\bigsqcup'
+     \bigsqcup
+
+'\biguplus'
+     \biguplus
+
+'\bigcap'
+     \bigvee
+
+'\bigwedge'
+     \bigwedge
+
+'\bot'
+     \bot
+
+'\bowtie'
+     \bowtie (relation)
+
+'\Box'
+     (square open box symbol)
+
+'\bullet'
+     \bullet (binary operation)
+
+'\cap'
+     \cap (binary operation)
+
+'\cdot'
+     \cdot (binary operation)
+
+'\chi'
+     \chi
+
+'\circ'
+     \circ (binary operation)
+
+'\clubsuit'
+     \clubsuit
+
+'\cong'
+     \cong (relation)
+
+'\coprod'
+     \coprod
+
+'\cup'
+     \cup (binary operation)
+
+'\dagger'
+     \dagger (binary operation)
+
+'\dashv'
+     \dashv (relation)
+
+'\ddagger'
+     \dagger (binary operation)
+
+'\Delta'
+     \Delta
+
+'\delta'
+     \delta
+
+'\Diamond'
+     bigger \diamond
+
+'\diamond'
+     \diamond (binary operation)
+
+'\diamondsuit'
+     \diamondsuit
+
+'\div'
+     \div (binary operation)
+
+'\doteq'
+     \doteq (relation)
+
+'\downarrow'
+     \downarrow (delimiter)
+
+'\Downarrow'
+     \Downarrow (delimiter)
+
+'\ell'
+     \ell
+
+'\emptyset'
+     \emptyset
+
+'\epsilon'
+     \epsilon
+
+'\equiv'
+     \equiv (relation)
+
+'\eta'
+     \eta
+
+'\exists'
+     \exists
+
+'\flat'
+     \flat
+
+'\forall'
+     \forall
+
+'\frown'
+     \frown (relation)
+
+'\Gamma'
+     \Gamma
+
+'\gamma'
+     \gamma
+
+'\ge'
+     \ge
+
+'\geq'
+     \geq (relation)
+
+'\gets'
+     \gets
+
+'\gg'
+     \gg (relation)
+
+'\hbar'
+     \hbar
+
+'\heartsuit'
+     \heartsuit
+
+'\hookleftarrow'
+     \hookleftarrow
+
+'\hookrightarrow'
+     \hookrightarrow
+
+'\iff'
+     \iff
+
+'\Im'
+     \Im
+
+'\in'
+     \in (relation)
+
+'\infty'
+     \infty
+
+'\int'
+     \int
+
+'\iota'
+     \iota
+
+'\Join'
+     condensed bowtie symbol (relation)
+
+'\kappa'
+     \kappa
+
+'\Lambda'
+     \Lambda
+
+'\lambda'
+     \lambda
+
+'\land'
+     \land
+
+'\langle'
+     \langle (delimiter)
+
+'\lbrace'
+     \lbrace (delimiter)
+
+'\lbrack'
+     \lbrack (delimiter)
+
+'\lceil'
+     \lceil (delimiter)
+
+'\le'
+     \le
+
+'\leadsto'
+
+'\Leftarrow'
+     \Leftarrow
+
+'\leftarrow'
+     \leftarrow
+
+'\leftharpoondown'
+     \leftharpoondown
+
+'\leftharpoonup'
+     \leftharpoonup
+
+'\Leftrightarrow'
+     \Leftrightarrow
+
+'\leftrightarrow'
+     \leftrightarrow
+
+'\leq'
+     \leq (relation)
+
+'\lfloor'
+     \lfloor (delimiter)
+
+'\lhd'
+     (left-pointing arrow head)
+
+'\ll'
+     \ll (relation)
+
+'\lnot'
+     \lnot
+
+'\longleftarrow'
+     \longleftarrow
+
+'\longleftrightarrow'
+     \longleftrightarrow
+
+'\longmapsto'
+     \longmapsto
+
+'\longrightarrow'
+     \longrightarrow
+
+'\lor'
+     \lor
+
+'\mapsto'
+     \mapsto
+
+'\mho'
+
+'\mid'
+     \mid (relation)
+
+'\models'
+     \models (relation)
+
+'\mp'
+     \mp (binary operation)
+
+'\mu'
+     \mu
+
+'\nabla'
+     \nabla
+
+'\natural'
+     \natural
+
+'\ne'
+     \ne
+
+'\nearrow'
+     \nearrow
+
+'\neg'
+     \neg
+
+'\neq'
+     \neq (relation)
+
+'\ni'
+     \ni (relation)
+
+'\not'
+     Overstrike a following operator with a /, as in \not=.
+
+'\notin'
+     \ni
+
+'\nu'
+     \nu
+
+'\nwarrow'
+     \nwarrow
+
+'\odot'
+     \odot (binary operation)
+
+'\oint'
+     \oint
+
+'\Omega'
+     \Omega
+
+'\omega'
+     \omega
+
+'\ominus'
+     \ominus (binary operation)
+
+'\oplus'
+     \oplus (binary operation)
+
+'\oslash'
+     \oslash (binary operation)
+
+'\otimes'
+     \otimes (binary operation)
+
+'\owns'
+     \owns
+
+'\parallel'
+     \parallel (relation)
+
+'\partial'
+     \partial
+
+'\perp'
+     \perp (relation)
+
+'\phi'
+     \phi
+
+'\Pi'
+     \Pi
+
+'\pi'
+     \pi
+
+'\pm'
+     \pm (binary operation)
+
+'\prec'
+     \prec (relation)
+
+'\preceq'
+     \preceq (relation)
+
+'\prime'
+     \prime
+
+'\prod'
+     \prod
+
+'\propto'
+     \propto (relation)
+
+'\Psi'
+     \Psi
+
+'\psi'
+     \psi
+
+'\rangle'
+     \rangle (delimiter)
+
+'\rbrace'
+     \rbrace (delimiter)
+
+'\rbrack'
+     \rbrack (delimiter)
+
+'\rceil'
+     \rceil (delimiter)
+
+'\Re'
+     \Re
+
+'\rfloor'
+     \rfloor
+
+'\rhd'
+     (binary operation)
+
+'\rho'
+     \rho
+
+'\Rightarrow'
+     \Rightarrow
+
+'\rightarrow'
+     \rightarrow
+
+'\rightharpoondown'
+     \rightharpoondown
+
+'\rightharpoonup'
+     \rightharpoonup
+
+'\rightleftharpoons'
+     \rightleftharpoons
+
+'\searrow'
+     \searrow
+
+'\setminus'
+     \setminus (binary operation)
+
+'\sharp'
+     \sharp
+
+'\Sigma'
+     \Sigma
+
+'\sigma'
+     \sigma
+
+'\sim'
+     \sim (relation)
+
+'\simeq'
+     \simeq (relation)
+
+'\smallint'
+     \smallint
+
+'\smile'
+     \smile (relation)
+
+'\spadesuit'
+     \spadesuit
+
+'\sqcap'
+     \sqcap (binary operation)
+
+'\sqcup'
+     \sqcup (binary operation)
+
+'\sqsubset'
+     (relation)
+
+'\sqsubseteq'
+     \sqsubseteq (relation)
+
+'\sqsupset'
+     (relation)
+
+'\sqsupseteq'
+     \sqsupseteq (relation)
+
+'\star'
+     \star (binary operation)
+
+'\subset'
+     \subset (relation)
+
+'\subseteq'
+     \subseteq (relation)
+
+'\succ'
+     \succ (relation)
+
+'\succeq'
+     \succeq (relation)
+
+'\sum'
+     \sum
+
+'\supset'
+     \supset (relation)
+
+'\supseteq'
+     \supseteq (relation)
+
+'\surd'
+     \surd
+
+'\swarrow'
+     \swarrow
+
+'\tau'
+     \tau
+
+'\theta'
+     \theta
+
+'\times'
+     \times (binary operation)
+
+'\to'
+     \to
+
+'\top'
+     \top
+
+'\triangle'
+     \triangle
+
+'\triangleleft'
+     \triangleleft (binary operation)
+
+'\triangleright'
+     \triangleright (binary operation)
+
+'\unlhd'
+     left-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation)
+
+'\unrhd'
+     right-pointing arrowhead with line under (binary operation)
+
+'\Uparrow'
+     \Uparrow (delimiter)
+
+'\uparrow'
+     \uparrow (delimiter)
+
+'\Updownarrow'
+     \Updownarrow (delimiter)
+
+'\updownarrow'
+     \updownarrow (delimiter)
+
+'\uplus'
+     \uplus (binary operation)
+
+'\Upsilon'
+     \Upsilon
+
+'\upsilon'
+     \upsilon
+
+'\varepsilon'
+     \varepsilon
+
+'\varphi'
+     \varphi
+
+'\varpi'
+     \varpi
+
+'\varrho'
+     \varrho
+
+'\varsigma'
+     \varsigma
+
+'\vartheta'
+     \vartheta
+
+'\vdash'
+     \vdash (relation)
+
+'\vee'
+     \vee (binary operation)
+
+'\Vert'
+     \Vert (delimiter)
+
+'\vert'
+     \vert (delimiter)
+
+'\wedge'
+     \wedge (binary operation)
+
+'\wp'
+     \wp
+
+'\wr'
+     \wr (binary operation)
+
+'\Xi'
+     \Xi
+
+'\xi'
+     \xi
+
+'\zeta'
+     \zeta
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Math functions,  Next: Math accents,  Prev: Math symbols,  Up: Math formulas
+
+17.3 Math functions
+===================
+
+These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
+spacing.
+
+'\arccos'
+     \arccos
+
+'\arcsin'
+     \arcsin
+
+'\arctan'
+     \arctan
+
+'\arg'
+     \arg
+
+'\bmod'
+     Binary modulo operator (x \bmod y)
+
+'\cos'
+     \cos
+
+'\cosh'
+     \cosh
+
+'\cot'
+     \cos
+
+'\coth'
+     \cosh
+
+'\csc'
+     \csc
+
+'\deg'
+     \deg
+
+'\det'
+     \deg
+
+'\dim'
+     \dim
+
+'\exp'
+     \exp
+
+'\gcd'
+     \gcd
+
+'\hom'
+     \hom
+
+'\inf'
+     \inf
+
+'\ker'
+     \ker
+
+'\lg'
+     \lg
+
+'\lim'
+     \lim
+
+'\liminf'
+     \liminf
+
+'\limsup'
+     \limsup
+
+'\ln'
+     \ln
+
+'\log'
+     \log
+
+'\max'
+     \max
+
+'\min'
+     \min
+
+'\pmod'
+     parenthesized modulus, as in (\pmod 2^n - 1)
+
+'\Pr'
+     \Pr
+
+'\sec'
+     \sec
+
+'\sin'
+     \sin
+
+'\sinh'
+     \sinh
+
+'\sup'
+     \sup
+
+'\tan'
+     \tan
+
+'\tanh'
+     \tanh
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Math accents,  Next: Spacing in math mode,  Prev: Math functions,  Up: Math formulas
+
+17.4 Math accents
+=================
+
+LaTeX provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters in
+math.  These are different from accents in normal text (*note
+Accents::).
+
+'\acute'
+     Math acute accent: \acute{x}.
+
+'\bar'
+     Math bar-over accent: \bar{x}.
+
+'\breve'
+     Math breve accent: \breve{x}.
+
+'\check'
+     Math ha'c<ek (check) accent: \check{x}.
+
+'\ddot'
+     Math dieresis accent: \ddot{x}.
+
+'\dot'
+     Math dot accent: \dot{x}.
+
+'\grave'
+     Math grave accent: \grave{x}.
+
+'\hat'
+     Math hat (circumflex) accent: \hat{x}.
+
+'\imath'
+     Math dotless i.
+
+'\jmath'
+     Math dotless j.
+
+'\mathring'
+     Math ring accent: x*.
+
+'\tilde'
+     Math tilde accent: \tilde{x}.
+
+'\vec'
+     Math vector symbol: \vec{x}.
+
+'\widehat'
+     Math wide hat accent: \widehat{x+y}.
+
+'\widehat'
+     Math wide tilde accent: \widetilde{x+y}.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Spacing in math mode,  Next: Math miscellany,  Prev: Math accents,  Up: Math formulas
+
+17.5 Spacing in math mode
+=========================
+
+In a 'math' environment, LaTeX ignores the spaces you type and puts in
+the spacing according to the normal rules for mathematics texts.  If you
+want different spacing, LaTeX provides the following commands for use in
+math mode:
+
+'\;'
+     A thick space (5\over18\,quad).
+'\:'
+'\>'
+     Both of these produce a medium space (2\over9\,quad).
+'\,'
+     A thin space (1\over6\,quad); not restricted to math mode.
+'\!'
+     A negative thin space (-{1\over6}\,quad).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Math miscellany,  Prev: Spacing in math mode,  Up: Math formulas
+
+17.6 Math miscellany
+====================
+
+'\*'
+     A "discretionary" multiplication symbol, at which a line break is
+     allowed.
+
+'\cdots'
+     A horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the
+     line.
+
+'\ddots'
+     A diagonal ellipsis: \ddots.
+
+'\frac{num}{den}'
+     Produces the fraction 'num' divided by 'den'.
+
+'\left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2'
+     The two delimiters need not match; '.' acts as a null delimiter,
+     producing no output.  The delimiters are sized according to the
+     math in between.  Example: '\left( \sum_i=1^10 a_i \right]'.
+
+'\overbrace{TEXT}'
+     Generates a brace over TEXT.  For example,
+     \overbrace{x+\cdots+x}^{k \rm\;times}.
+
+'\overline{TEXT}'
+     Generates a horizontal line over TEX.  For exampe, \overline{x+y}.
+
+'\sqrt[ROOT]{arg}'
+     Produces the representation of the square root of ARG.  The
+     optional argument ROOT determines what root to produce.  For
+     example, the cube root of 'x+y' would be typed as
+     '$\sqrt[3]{x+y}$'.
+
+'\stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}'
+     Puts TEXT above RELATION.  For example,
+     '\stackrel{f}{\longrightarrow}'.
+
+'\underbrace{math}'
+     Generates MATH with a brace underneath.
+
+'\underline{text}'
+     Causes TEXT, which may be either math mode or not, to be
+     underlined.  The line is always below the text, taking account of
+     descenders.
+
+'\vdots'
+     Produces a vertical ellipsis.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Modes,  Next: Page styles,  Prev: Math formulas,  Up: Top
+
+18 Modes
+********
+
+When LaTeX is processing your input text, it is always in one of three
+modes:
+
+   * Paragraph mode
+   * Math mode
+   * Left-to-right mode, called LR mode for short
+
+   LaTeX changes mode only when it goes up or down a staircase to a
+different level, though not all level changes produce mode changes.
+Mode changes occur only when entering or leaving an environment, or when
+LaTeX is processing the argument of certain text-producing commands.
+
+   "Paragraph mode" is the most common; it's the one LaTeX is in when
+processing ordinary text.  In that mode, LaTeX breaks your text into
+lines and breaks the lines into pages.  LaTeX is in "math mode" when
+it's generating a mathematical formula.  In "LR mode", as in paragraph
+mode, LaTeX considers the output that it produces to be a string of
+words with spaces between them.  However, unlike paragraph mode, LaTeX
+keeps going from left to right; it never starts a new line in LR mode.
+Even if you put a hundred words into an '\mbox', LaTeX would keep
+typesetting them from left to right inside a single box, and then
+complain because the resulting box was too wide to fit on the line.
+
+   LaTeX is in LR mode when it starts making a box with an '\mbox'
+command.  You can get it to enter a different mode inside the box - for
+example, you can make it enter math mode to put a formula in the box.
+There are also several text-producing commands and environments for
+making a box that put LaTeX in paragraph mode.  The box make by one of
+these commands or environments will be called a 'parbox'.  When LaTeX is
+in paragraph mode while making a box, it is said to be in "inner
+paragraph mode".  Its normal paragraph mode, which it starts out in, is
+called "outer paragraph mode".
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Page styles,  Next: Spaces,  Prev: Modes,  Up: Top
+
+19 Page styles
+**************
+
+The '\documentclass' command determines the size and position of the
+page's head and foot.  The page style determines what goes in them.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \maketitle::          Generate a title page.
+* \pagenumbering::      Set the style used for page numbers.
+* \pagestyle::		Change the headings/footings style.
+* \thispagestyle::      Change the headings/footings style for this page.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \maketitle,  Next: \pagenumbering,  Up: Page styles
+
+19.1 '\maketitle'
+=================
+
+The '\maketitle' command generates a title on a separate title
+page--except in the 'article' class, where the title is placed at the
+top of the first page.  Information used to produce the title is
+obtained from the following declarations:
+
+'\author{NAME \and NAME2}'
+     The '\author' command declares the document author(s), where the
+     argument is a list of authors separated by '\and' commands.  Use
+     '\\' to separate lines within a single author's entry--for example,
+     to give the author's institution or address.
+
+'\date{TEXT}'
+     The '\date' command declares TEXT to be the document's date.  With
+     no '\date' command, the current date (*note \today::) is used.
+
+'\thanks{TEXT}'
+     The '\thanks' command produces a '\footnote' to the title, usually
+     used for credit acknowledgements.
+
+'\title{TEXT}'
+     The '\title' command declares TEXT to be the title of the document.
+     Use '\\' to force a line break, as usual.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \pagenumbering,  Next: \pagestyle,  Prev: \maketitle,  Up: Page styles
+
+19.2 '\pagenumbering'
+=====================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \pagenumbering{STYLE}
+
+   Specifies the style of page numbers, according to STYLE:
+
+'arabic'
+     arabic numerals
+'roman'
+     lowercase Roman numerals
+'Roman'
+     uppercase Roman numerals
+'alph'
+     lowercase letters
+'Alph'
+     uppercase letters
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \pagestyle,  Next: \thispagestyle,  Prev: \pagenumbering,  Up: Page styles
+
+19.3 '\pagestyle'
+=================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \pagestyle{STYLE}
+
+   The '\pagestyle' command specifies how the headers and footers are
+typeset from the current page onwards.  Values for STYLE:
+
+'plain'
+     Just a plain page number.
+
+'empty'
+     Empty headers and footers, e.g., no page numbers.
+
+'headings'
+     Put running headers on each page.  The document style specifies
+     what goes in the headers.
+
+'myheadings'
+     Custom headers, specified via the '\markboth' or the '\markright'
+     commands.
+
+   Here are the descriptions of '\markboth' and '\markright':
+
+'\markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}'
+     Sets both the left and the right heading.  A "left-hand heading"
+     (LEFT) is generated by the last '\markboth' command before the end
+     of the page, while a "right-hand heading" (RIGHT is generated by
+     the first '\markboth' or '\markright' that comes on the page if
+     there is one, otherwise by the last one before the page.
+
+'\markright{RIGHT}'
+     Sets the right heading, leaving the left heading unchanged.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \thispagestyle,  Prev: \pagestyle,  Up: Page styles
+
+19.4 '\thispagestyle{STYLE}'
+============================
+
+The '\thispagestyle' command works in the same manner as the
+'\pagestyle' command (see previous section) except that it changes to
+STYLE for the current page only.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Spaces,  Next: Boxes,  Prev: Page styles,  Up: Top
+
+20 Spaces
+*********
+
+LaTeX has many ways to produce white (or filled) space.
+
+   Another space-producing command is '\,' to produce a "thin" space
+(usually 1/6quad).  It can be used in text mode, but is more often
+useful in math mode (*note Spacing in math mode::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+Horizontal space
+* \hspace::             Fixed horizontal space.
+* \hfill::              Stretchable horizontal space.
+* \SPACE::              Normal interword space.
+* \AT::                 Ending a sentence.
+* \thinspace::          One-sixth of an em.
+* \/::                  Per-character italic correction.
+* \hrulefill::          Stretchable horizontal rule.
+* \dotfill::            Stretchable horizontal dots.
+
+Vertical space
+* \addvspace::                    Add arbitrary vertical space if needed.
+* \bigskip \medskip \smallskip::  Fixed vertical spaces.
+* \vfill::                        Infinitely stretchable vertical space.
+* \vspace::                       Add arbitrary vertical space.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \hspace,  Next: \hfill,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.1 '\hspace'
+==============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \hspace[*]{LENGTH}
+
+   The '\hspace' command adds horizontal space.  The LENGTH argument can
+be expressed in any terms that LaTeX understands: points, inches, etc.
+It is a rubber length.  You can add both negative and positive space
+with an '\hspace' command; adding negative space is like backspacing.
+
+   LaTeX normally removes horizontal space that comes at the beginning
+or end of a line.  To preserve this space, use the optional '*' form.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \hfill,  Next: \SPACE,  Prev: \hspace,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.2 '\hfill'
+=============
+
+The '\hfill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which has no
+natural space but can stretch or shrink horizontally as far as needed.
+
+   The '\fill' parameter is the rubber length itself (technically, the
+glue value '0pt plus1fill'); thus, '\hspace\fill' is equivalent to
+'\hfill'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \SPACE,  Next: \AT,  Prev: \hfill,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.3 '\SPACE'
+=============
+
+The '\ ' (space) command produces a normal interword space.  It's useful
+after punctuation which shouldn't end a sentence.  For example 'Knuth's
+article in Proc.\ Amer.\ Math\. Soc.\ is fundamental'.  It is also often
+used after control sequences, as in '\TeX\ is a nice system.'
+
+   In normal circumstances, '\'<tab> and '\'<newline> are equivalent to
+'\ '.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \AT,  Next: \thinspace,  Prev: \SPACE,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.4 '\@'
+=========
+
+The '\@' command makes the following punctuation character end a
+sentence even if it normally would not.  This is typically used after a
+capital letter.  Here are side-by-side examples with and without '\@':
+
+     ... in C\@. Pascal, though ...
+     ... in C. Pascal, though ...
+
+produces
+
+     ... in C.  Pascal, though ... ... in C. Pascal, though ...
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \thinspace,  Next: \/,  Prev: \AT,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.5 '\thinspace'
+=================
+
+'\thinspace' produces an unbreakable and unstretchable space that is 1/6
+of an em.  This is the proper space to use in nested quotes, as in '".
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \/,  Next: \hrulefill,  Prev: \thinspace,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.6 '\/'
+=========
+
+The '\/' command produces an "italic correction".  This is a small space
+defined by the font designer for a given character, to avoid the
+character colliding with whatever follows.  The italic f character
+typically has a large italic correction value.
+
+   If the following character is a period or comma, it's not necessary
+to insert an italic correction, since those punctuation symbols have a
+very small height.  However, with semicolons or colons, as well as
+normal letters, it can help.  Compare f: f; (in the TeX output, the 'f's
+are nicely separated) with f: f;.
+
+   Despite the name, roman characters can also have an italic
+correction.  Compare pdfTeX (in the TeX output, there is a small space
+after the 'f') with pdfTeX.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \hrulefill,  Next: \dotfill,  Prev: \/,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.7 '\hrulefill'
+=================
+
+The '\hrulefill' fill command produces a "rubber length" which can
+stretch or shrink horizontally.  It will be filled with a horizontal
+rule.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \dotfill,  Next: \addvspace,  Prev: \hrulefill,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.8 '\dotfill'
+===============
+
+The '\dotfill' command produces a "rubber length" that fills with dots
+instead of just white space.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \addvspace,  Next: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip,  Prev: \dotfill,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.9 '\addvspace'
+=================
+
+'\addvspace{length}'
+
+   The '\addvspace' command normally adds a vertical space of height
+length.  However, if vertical space has already been added to the same
+point in the output by a previous '\addvspace' command, then this
+command will not add more space than needed to make the natural length
+of the total vertical space equal to 'length'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip,  Next: \vfill,  Prev: \addvspace,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.10 '\bigskip \medskip \smallskip'
+====================================
+
+These commands produce a given amount of space.
+
+'\bigskip'
+     The same as '\vspace{bigskipamount}', ordinarily about one line
+     space (with stretch and shrink).
+
+'\medskip'
+     The same as '\vspace{medskipamount}', ordinarily about half of a
+     line space (with stretch and shrink).
+
+'\smallskip'
+     The same as '\vspace{smallskipamount}', ordinarily about a quarter
+     of a line space (with stretch and shrink).
+
+   The '\...amount' parameters are determined by the document class.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \vfill,  Next: \vspace,  Prev: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.11 '\vfill'
+==============
+
+The '\vfill' fill command produces a rubber length (glue) which can
+stretch or shrink vertically as far as needed.  It's equivalent to
+'\vspace{\fill}' (*note \hfill::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \vspace,  Prev: \vfill,  Up: Spaces
+
+20.12 '\vspace[*]{LENGTH}'
+==========================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \vspace[*]{LENGTH}
+
+   The '\vspace' command adds the vertical space LENGTH, i.e., a rubber
+length.  LENGTH can be negative or positive.
+
+   Ordinarily, LaTeX removes vertical space added by '\vspace' at the
+top or bottom of a page.  With the optional '*' argument, the space is
+not removed.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Boxes,  Next: Special insertions,  Prev: Spaces,  Up: Top
+
+21 Boxes
+********
+
+All the predefined length parameters (*note Predefined lengths::) can be
+used in the arguments of the box-making commands.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \mbox::               Horizontal boxes.
+* \fbox and \framebox:: Put a frame around a box.
+* lrbox::               An environment like \sbox.
+* \makebox::            Box, adjustable position.
+* \parbox::             Box with text in paragraph mode.
+* \raisebox::           Raise or lower text.
+* \savebox::            Like \makebox, but save the text for later use.
+* \sbox::               Like \mbox, but save the text for later use.
+* \usebox::             Print saved text.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \mbox,  Next: \fbox and \framebox,  Up: Boxes
+
+21.1 '\mbox{TEXT}'
+==================
+
+The '\mbox' command creates a box just wide enough to hold the text
+created by its argument.  The TEXT is not broken into lines, so it can
+be used to prevent hyphenation.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \fbox and \framebox,  Next: lrbox,  Prev: \mbox,  Up: Boxes
+
+21.2 '\fbox' and '\framebox'
+============================
+
+Synopses:
+
+     \fbox{TEXT}
+     \framebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
+
+   The '\fbox' and '\framebox' commands are like '\mbox', except that
+they put a frame around the outside of the box being created.
+
+   In addition, the '\framebox' command allows for explicit
+specification of the box width with the optional WIDTH argument (a
+dimension), and positioning with the optional POSITION argument.
+
+   Both commands produce a rule of thickness '\fboxrule' (default
+'.4pt'), and leave a space of '\fboxsep' (default '3pt') between the
+rule and the contents of the box.
+
+   *Note \framebox (picture)::, for the '\framebox' command in the
+'picture' environment.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: lrbox,  Next: \makebox,  Prev: \fbox and \framebox,  Up: Boxes
+
+21.3 'lrbox'
+============
+
+'\begin{lrbox}{cmd} text \end{lrbox}'
+
+   This is the environment form of '\sbox'.
+
+   The text inside the environment is saved in the box 'cmd', which must
+have been declared with '\newsavebox'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \makebox,  Next: \parbox,  Prev: lrbox,  Up: Boxes
+
+21.4 '\makebox'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \makebox[WIDTH][POSITION]{TEXT}
+
+   The '\makebox' command creates a box just wide enough to contain the
+TEXT specified.  The width of the box is specified by the optional WIDTH
+argument.  The position of the text within the box is determined by the
+optional POSITION argument, which may take the following values:
+
+'c'
+     Centered (default).
+'l'
+     Flush left.
+'r'
+     Flush right.
+'s'
+     Stretch (justify) across entire WIDTH; TEXT must contain
+     stretchable space for this to work.
+
+   '\makebox' is also used within the picture environment *note \makebox
+(picture)::.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \parbox,  Next: \raisebox,  Prev: \makebox,  Up: Boxes
+
+21.5 '\parbox'
+==============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \parbox[POSITION][HEIGHT][INNER-POS]{WIDTH}{TEXT}
+
+   The '\parbox' command produces a box whose contents are created in
+'paragraph' mode.  It should be used to make a box small pieces of text,
+with nothing fancy inside.  In particular, you shouldn't use any
+paragraph-making environments inside a '\parbox' argument.  For larger
+pieces of text, including ones containing a paragraph-making
+environment, you should use a 'minipage' environment (*note minipage::).
+
+   '\parbox' has two mandatory arguments:
+
+WIDTH
+     the width of the parbox;
+TEXT
+     the text that goes inside the parbox.
+
+   The optional POSITION argument allows you to align either the top or
+bottom line in the parbox with the baseline of the surrounding text
+(default is top).
+
+   The optional HEIGHT argument overrides the natural height of the box.
+
+   The INNER-POS argument controls the placement of the text inside the
+box, as follows; if it is not specified, POSITION is used.
+
+'t'
+     text is placed at the top of the box.
+'c'
+     text is centered in the box.
+'b'
+     text is placed at the bottom of the box.
+'s'
+     stretch vertically; the text must contain vertically stretchable
+     space for this to work.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \raisebox,  Next: \savebox,  Prev: \parbox,  Up: Boxes
+
+21.6 '\raisebox'
+================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \raisebox{distance}[HEIGHT][DEPTH]{text}
+
+   The '\raisebox' command raises or lowers TEXT.  The first mandatory
+argument specifies how high TEXT is to be raised (or lowered if it is a
+negative amount).  TEXT itself is processed in LR mode.
+
+   The optional arguments HEIGHT and DEPTH are dimensions.  If they are
+specified, LaTeX treats TEXT as extending a certain distance above the
+baseline (height) or below (depth), ignoring its natural height and
+depth.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \savebox,  Next: \sbox,  Prev: \raisebox,  Up: Boxes
+
+21.7 '\savebox'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \savebox{\BOXCMD}[WIDTH][POS]{TEXT}
+
+   This command typeset TEXT in a box just as with '\makebox' (*note
+\makebox::), except that instead of printing the resulting box, it saves
+it in the box labeled \BOXCMD, which must have been declared with
+'\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \sbox,  Next: \usebox,  Prev: \savebox,  Up: Boxes
+
+21.8 '\sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT}'
+===========================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \sbox{\BOXCMD}{TEXT}
+
+   '\sbox' types TEXT in a box just as with '\mbox' (*note \mbox::)
+except that instead of the resulting box being included in the normal
+output, it is saved in the box labeled \BOXCMD.  \BOXCMD must have been
+previously declared with '\newsavebox' (*note \newsavebox::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \usebox,  Prev: \sbox,  Up: Boxes
+
+21.9 '\usebox{\BOXCMD'
+======================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \usebox{\BOXCMD}
+
+   '\usebox' producesthe box most recently saved in the bin \BOXCMD by a
+'\savebox' command (*note \savebox::).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Special insertions,  Next: Splitting the input,  Prev: Boxes,  Up: Top
+
+22 Special insertions
+*********************
+
+LaTeX provides commands for inserting characters that have a special
+meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Reserved characters::     Inserting # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
+* Text symbols::            Inserting other non-letter symbols in text.
+* Accents::                 Inserting accents.
+* Non-English characters::  Inserting other non-English characters.
+* \rule::                   Inserting lines and rectangles.
+* \today::                  Inserting today's date.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Reserved characters,  Next: Text symbols,  Up: Special insertions
+
+22.1 Reserved characters
+========================
+
+The following characters play a special role in LaTeX and are called
+"reserved characters" or "special characters".
+
+     # $ % & ~ _ ^ \ { }
+
+   Whenever you write one of these characters into your file, LaTeX will
+do something special.  If you simply want the character to be printed as
+itself, include a '\' in front of the character.  For example, '\$' will
+produce '$' in your output.
+
+   One exception to this rule is '\' itself, because '\\' has its own
+special (context-dependent) meaning.  A roman \ is produced by typing
+'$\backslash$' in your file, and a typewriter '\' is produced by using
+'\' in a verbatim command (*note verbatim::).
+
+   Also, '\~' and '\^' place tilde and circumflex accents over the
+following letter, as in o~ and o^ (*note Accents::); to get a standalone
+'~' or '^', you can again use a verbatim command.
+
+   Finally, you can access any character of the current font once you
+know its number by using the '\symbol' command.  For example, the
+visible space character used in the '\verb*' command has the code
+decimal 32, so it can be typed as '\symbol{32}'.
+
+   You can also specify octal numbers with ''' or hexadecimal numbers
+with '"', so the previous example could also be written as
+'\symbol{'40}' or '\symbol{"20}'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Text symbols,  Next: Accents,  Prev: Reserved characters,  Up: Special insertions
+
+22.2 Text symbols
+=================
+
+LaTeX provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in
+running text.  Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are not
+available in OT1; you may need to load the 'textcomp' package.
+
+'\copyright'
+'\textcopyright'
+     The copyright symbol, (C).
+
+'\dag'
+     The dagger symbol (in text).
+
+'\ddag'
+     The double dagger symbol (in text).
+
+'\LaTeX'
+     The LaTeX logo.
+
+'\guillemotleft (<<)'
+'\guillemotright (>>)'
+'\guilsinglleft (<)'
+'\guilsinglright (>)'
+     Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French:
+     <<, >>, <, >.
+
+'\ldots'
+'\dots'
+'\textellipsis'
+     An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): '...'.  '\ldots' and
+     '\dots' also work in math mode.
+
+'\lq'
+     Left (opening) quote: '.
+
+'\P'
+'\textparagraph'
+     Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
+
+'\pounds'
+'\textsterling'
+     English pounds sterling: #.
+
+'\quotedblbase (,,)'
+'\quotesinglbase (,)'
+     Double and single quotation marks on the baseline: ,, and ,.
+
+'\rq'
+     Right (closing) quote: '.
+
+'\S'
+     Section symbol.
+
+'\TeX'
+     The TeX logo.
+
+'\textasciicircum'
+     ASCII circumflex: ^.
+
+'\textasciitilde'
+     ASCII tilde: ~.
+
+'\textasteriskcentered'
+     Centered asterisk: *.
+
+'\textbackslash'
+     Backslash: \.
+
+'\textbar'
+     Vertical bar: |.
+
+'\textbardbl'
+     Double vertical bar.
+
+'\textbigcircle'
+     Big circle symbol.
+
+'\textbraceleft'
+     Left brace: {.
+
+'\textbraceright'
+     Right brace: }.
+
+'\textbullet'
+     Bullet: *.
+
+'\textcircled{LETTER}'
+     LETTER in a circle, as in (R).
+
+'\textcompwordmark'
+'\textcapitalwordmark'
+'\textascenderwordmark'
+     Composite word mark (invisible).  The '\textcapital...' form has
+     the cap height of the font, while the '\textascender...' form has
+     the ascender height.
+
+'\textdagger'
+     Dagger: \dag.
+
+'\textdaggerdbl'
+     Double dagger: \ddag.
+
+'\textdollar (or '$')'
+     Dollar sign: $.
+
+'\textemdash (or '---')'
+     Em-dash: -- (for punctuation).
+
+'\textendash (or '--')'
+     En-dash: -- (for ranges).
+
+'\texteuro'
+     The Euro symbol: Euro.
+
+'\textexclamdown (or '!`')'
+     Upside down exclamation point: !.
+
+'\textgreater'
+     Greater than: >.
+
+'\textless'
+     Less than: <.
+
+'\textleftarrow'
+     Left arrow.
+
+'\textordfeminine'
+'\textordmasculine'
+     Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols: a, o.
+
+'\textperiodcentered'
+     Centered period: \cdot.
+
+'\textquestiondown (or '?`')'
+     Upside down questionation point: ?.
+
+'\textquotedblleft (or '``')'
+     Double left quote: ".
+
+'\textquotedblright (or ''')'
+     Double right quote: ".
+
+'\textquoteleft (or '`')'
+     Single left quote: '.
+
+'\textquoteright (or ''')'
+     Single right quote: '.
+
+'\textquotestraightbase'
+'\textquotestraightdblbase'
+     Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
+
+'\textregistered'
+     Registered symbol: (R).
+
+'\textrightarrow'
+     Right arrow.
+
+'\textthreequartersemdash'
+     "Three-quarters" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
+
+'\texttrademark'
+     Trademark symbol: ^{\hbox{TM}}.
+
+'\texttwelveudash'
+     "Two-thirds" em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
+
+'\textunderscore'
+     Underscore: _.
+
+'\textvisiblespace'
+     Visible space symbol.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Accents,  Next: Non-English characters,  Prev: Text symbols,  Up: Special insertions
+
+22.3 Accents
+============
+
+LaTeX has wide support for many of the world's scripts and languages,
+through the 'babel' package and related support.  This section does not
+attempt to cover all that support.  It merely lists the core LaTeX
+commands for creating accented characters.
+
+   The '\capital...' commands produce alternative forms for use with
+capital letters.  These are not available with OT1.
+
+'\"'
+'\capitaldieresis'
+     Produces an umlaut (dieresis), as in o".
+
+'\''
+'\capitalacute'
+     Produces an acute accent, as in o'.  In the 'tabbing' environment,
+     pushes current column to the right of the previous column (*note
+     tabbing::).
+
+'\.'
+     Produces a dot accent over the following, as in o..
+
+'\='
+'\capitalmacron'
+     Produces a macron (overbar) accent over the following, as in o=.
+
+'\^'
+'\capitalcircumflex'
+     Produces a circumflex (hat) accent over the following, as in o^.
+
+'\`'
+'\capitalgrave'
+     Produces a grave accent over the following, as in o`.  In the
+     'tabbing' environment, move following text to the right margin
+     (*note tabbing::).
+
+'\~'
+'\capitaltilde'
+     Produces a tilde accent over the following, as in n~.
+
+'\b'
+     Produces a bar accent under the following, as in o_.
+
+'\c'
+'\capitalcedilla'
+     Produces a cedilla accent under the following, as in c,.
+
+'\d'
+'\capitaldotaccent'
+     Produces a dot accent under the following, as in .o.
+
+'\H'
+'\capitalhungarumlaut'
+     Produces a long Hungarian umlaut accent over the following, as in
+     o''.
+
+'\i'
+     Produces a dotless i, as in 'i'.
+
+'\j'
+     Produces a dotless j, as in 'j'.
+
+'\k'
+'\capitalogonek'
+     Produces a letter with ogonek, as in 'o;'.  Not available in the
+     OT1 encoding.
+
+'\r'
+'\capitalring'
+     Produces a ring accent, as in 'o*'.
+
+'\t'
+'\capitaltie'
+'\newtie'
+'\capitalnewtie'
+     Produces a tie-after accent, as in 'oo['.  The '\newtie' form is
+     centered in its box.
+
+'\u'
+'\capitalbreve'
+     Produces a breve accent, as in 'o('.
+
+'\underbar'
+     Not exactly an accent, this produces a bar under the argument text.
+     The argument is always processed in horizontal mode.  The bar is
+     always a fixed position under the baseline, thus crossing through
+     descenders.  See also '\underline' in *note Math miscellany::.
+
+'\v'
+'\capitalcaron'
+     Produces a ha'c<ek (check, caron) accent, as in 'o<'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Non-English characters,  Next: \rule,  Prev: Accents,  Up: Special insertions
+
+22.4 Non-English characters
+===========================
+
+Here are the basic LaTeX commands for inserting characters commonly used
+in languages other than English.
+
+'\aa'
+'\AA'
+     aa and AA.
+
+'\ae'
+'\AE'
+     ae and AE.
+
+'\dh'
+'\DH'
+     Icelandic letter eth: d and D.
+
+'\dj'
+'\DJ'
+     xxxx
+
+'\ij'
+'\IJ'
+     ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
+
+'\l'
+'\L'
+     /l and /L.
+
+'\ng'
+'\NG'
+     xxxx
+
+'\o'
+'\O'
+     /o and /O.
+
+'\oe'
+'\OE'
+     oe and OE.
+
+'\ss'
+'\SS'
+     ss and SS.
+
+'\th'
+'\TH'
+     Icelandic letter thorn: th and TH.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \rule,  Next: \today,  Prev: Non-English characters,  Up: Special insertions
+
+22.5 '\rule'
+============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \rule[RAISE]{WIDTH}{THICKNESS}
+
+   The '\rule' command produces "rules", that is, lines or rectangles.
+The arguments are:
+
+RAISE
+     How high to raise the rule (optional).
+
+WIDTH
+     The length of the rule (mandatory).
+
+THICKNESS
+     The thickness of the rule (mandatory).
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \today,  Prev: \rule,  Up: Special insertions
+
+22.6 '\today'
+=============
+
+The '\today' command produces today's date, in the format 'MONTH DD,
+YYYY'; for example, 'July 4, 1976'.  It uses the predefined counters
+'\day', '\month', and '\year' (*note \day \month \year::) to do this.
+It is not updated as the program runs.
+
+   The 'datetime' package, among others, can produce a wide variety of
+other date formats.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Splitting the input,  Next: Front/back matter,  Prev: Special insertions,  Up: Top
+
+23 Splitting the input
+**********************
+
+A large document requires a lot of input.  Rather than putting the whole
+input in a single large file, it's more efficient to split it into
+several smaller ones.  Regardless of how many separate files you use,
+there is one that is the root file; it is the one whose name you type
+when you run LaTeX.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \include::            Conditionally include a file.
+* \includeonly::        Determine which files are included.
+* \input::              Unconditionally include a file.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \include,  Next: \includeonly,  Up: Splitting the input
+
+23.1 '\include'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \include{FILE}
+
+   If no '\includeonly' command is present, the '\include' command
+executes '\clearpage' to start a new page (*note \clearpage::), then
+reads FILE, then does another '\clearpage'.
+
+   Given an '\includeonly' command, the '\include' actions are only run
+if FILE is listed as an argument to '\includeonly'.  See the next
+section.
+
+   The '\include' command may not appear in the preamble or in a file
+read by another '\include' command.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \includeonly,  Next: \input,  Prev: \include,  Up: Splitting the input
+
+23.2 \'includeonly'
+===================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \includeonly{FILE1,FILE2,...}
+
+   The '\includeonly' command controls which files will be read by
+subsequent '\include' commands.  The list of filenames is
+comma-separated.  Each FILE must exactly match a filename specified in a
+'\include' command for the selection to be effective.
+
+   This command can only appear in the preamble.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \input,  Prev: \includeonly,  Up: Splitting the input
+
+23.3 \input
+===========
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \input{FILE}
+
+   The '\input' command causes the specified FILE to be read and
+processed, as if its contents had been inserted in the current file at
+that point.
+
+   If FILE does not end in '.tex' (e.g., 'foo' or 'foo.bar'), it is
+first tried with that extension ('foo.tex' or 'foo.bar.tex').  If that
+is not found, the original FILE is tried ('foo' or 'foo.bar').
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Front/back matter,  Next: Letters,  Prev: Splitting the input,  Up: Top
+
+24 Front/back matter
+********************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Tables of contents::
+* Glossaries::
+* Indexes::
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Tables of contents,  Next: Glossaries,  Up: Front/back matter
+
+24.1 Tables of contents
+=======================
+
+A table of contents is produced with the '\tableofcontents' command.
+You put the command right where you want the table of contents to go;
+LaTeX does the rest for you.  A previous run must have generated a
+'.toc' file.
+
+   The '\tableofcontents' command produces a heading, but it does not
+automatically start a new page.  If you want a new page after the table
+of contents, write a '\newpage' command after the '\tableofcontents'
+command.
+
+   The analogous commands '\listoffigures' and '\listoftables' produce a
+list of figures and a list of tables, respectively.  Everything works
+exactly the same as for the table of contents.
+
+   The command '\nofiles' overrides these commands, and _prevents_ any
+of these lists from being generated.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \addcontentsline::    Add an entry to table of contents etc.
+* \addtocontents::      Add text directly to table of contents file etc.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \addcontentsline,  Next: \addtocontents,  Up: Tables of contents
+
+24.1.1 \addcontentsline
+-----------------------
+
+The '\addcontentsline'{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT} command adds an entry to the
+specified list or table where:
+
+EXT
+     The extension of the file on which information is to be written,
+     typically one of: 'toc' (table of contents), 'lof' (list of
+     figures), or 'lot' (list of tables).
+
+UNIT
+     The name of the sectional unit being added, typically one of the
+     following, matching the value of the EXT argument:
+
+     'toc'
+          The name of the sectional unit: 'part', 'chapter', 'section',
+          'subsection', 'subsubsection'.
+     'lof'
+          For the list of figures.
+     'lot'
+          For the list of tables.
+
+ENTRY
+     The actual text of the entry.
+
+   What is written to the '.EXT' file is the command
+'\contentsline{UNIT}{NAME}'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \addtocontents,  Prev: \addcontentsline,  Up: Tables of contents
+
+24.1.2 \addtocontents
+---------------------
+
+The '\addtocontents'{EXT}{TEXT} command adds text (or formatting
+commands) directly to the '.EXT' file that generates the table of
+contents or lists of figures or tables.
+
+EXT
+     The extension of the file on which information is to be written:
+     'toc' (table of contents), 'lof' (list of figures), or 'lot' (list
+     of tables).
+
+TEXT
+     The text to be written.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Glossaries,  Next: Indexes,  Prev: Tables of contents,  Up: Front/back matter
+
+24.2 Glossaries
+===============
+
+The command '\makeglossary' enables creating glossaries.
+
+   The command '\glossary{TEXT}' writes a glossary entry for TEXT to an
+auxiliary file with the '.glo' extension.
+
+   Specifically, what gets written is the command
+'\glossaryentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current '\thepage'
+value.
+
+   The 'glossary' package on CTAN provides support for fancier
+glossaries.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Indexes,  Prev: Glossaries,  Up: Front/back matter
+
+24.3 Indexes
+============
+
+The command '\makeindex' enables creating indexes.  Put this in the
+preamble.
+
+   The command '\index{TEXT}' writes an index entry for TEXT to an
+auxiliary file with the '.idx' extension.
+
+   Specifically, what gets written is the command
+'\indexentry{TEXT}{PAGENO}', where PAGENO is the current '\thepage'
+value.
+
+   To generate a index entry for 'bar' that says 'See foo', use a
+vertical bar: '\index{bar|see{foo}}'.  Use 'seealso' instead of 'see' to
+make a 'See also' entry.
+
+   The text 'See' is defined by the macro '\seename', and 'See also' by
+the macro '\alsoname'.  These can be redefined for other languages.
+
+   The generated '.idx' file is then sorted with an external command,
+usually either 'makeindex' ('http://mirror.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex')
+or (the multi-lingual) 'xindy' ('http://xindy.sourceforge.net').  This
+results in a '.ind' file, which can then be read to typeset the index.
+
+   The index is usually generated with the '\printindex' command.  This
+is defined in the 'makeidx' package, so '\usepackage{makeidx}' needs to
+be in the preamble.
+
+   The rubber length '\indexspace' is inserted before each new letter in
+the printed index; its default value is '10pt plus5pt minus3pt'.
+
+   The 'showidx' package causes each index entries to be shown in the
+margin on the page where the entry appears.  This can help in preparing
+the index.
+
+   The 'multind' package supports multiple indexes.  See also the TeX
+FAQ entry on this topic,
+'http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=multind'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Letters,  Next: Terminal input/output,  Prev: Front/back matter,  Up: Top
+
+25 Letters
+**********
+
+You can use LaTeX to typeset letters, both personal and business.  The
+'letter' document class is designed to make a number of letters at once,
+although you can make just one if you so desire.
+
+   Your '.tex' source file has the same minimum commands as the other
+document classes, i.e., you must have the following commands as a
+minimum:
+
+      \documentclass{letter}
+      \begin{document}
+       ... letters ...
+      \end{document}
+
+   Each letter is a 'letter' environment, whose argument is the name and
+address of the recipient.  For example, you might have:
+
+      \begin{letter}{Mr. Joe Smith\\ 2345 Princess St.
+           \\ Edinburgh, EH1 1AA}
+        ...
+      \end{letter}
+
+   The letter itself begins with the '\opening' command.  The text of
+the letter follows.  It is typed as ordinary LaTeX input.  Commands that
+make no sense in a letter, like '\chapter', do not work.  The letter
+closes with a '\closing' command.
+
+   After the 'closing', you can have additional material.  The '\cc'
+command produces the usual "cc: ...".  There's also a similar '\encl'
+command for a list of enclosures.  With both these commands, use '\\' to
+separate the items.
+
+   These commands are used with the 'letter' class.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \address::            Your return address.
+* \cc::                 Cc list.
+* \closing::            Saying goodbye.
+* \encl::               List of enclosed material.
+* \location::           Your organisation's address.
+* \makelabels::         Making address labels.
+* \name::               Your name, for the return address.
+* \opening::            Saying hello.
+* \ps::                 Adding a postscript.
+* \signature::          Your signature.
+* \startbreaks::        Allow page breaks.
+* \stopbreaks::         Disallow page breaks.
+* \telephone::          Your phone number.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \address,  Next: \cc,  Up: Letters
+
+25.1 \address{RETURN-ADDRESS}
+=============================
+
+The '\address' specifies the return address of a letter, as it should
+appear on the letter and the envelope.  Separate lines of the address
+should be separated by '\\' commands.
+
+   If you do not make an '\address' declaration, then the letter will be
+formatted for copying onto your organisation's standard letterhead.
+(*Note Overview::, for details on your local implementation).  If you
+give an '\address' declaration, then the letter will be formatted as a
+personal letter.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \cc,  Next: \closing,  Prev: \address,  Up: Letters
+
+25.2 '\cc'
+==========
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \cc{NAME1\\NAME2}
+
+   Produce a list of NAMEs the letter was copied to.  Each name is
+printed on a separate line.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \closing,  Next: \encl,  Prev: \cc,  Up: Letters
+
+25.3 '\closing'
+===============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \closing{text}
+
+   A letter closes with a '\closing' command, for example,
+     \closing{Best Regards,}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \encl,  Next: \location,  Prev: \closing,  Up: Letters
+
+25.4 '\encl'
+============
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \encl{LINE1\\LINE2}
+
+   Declare a list of one more enclosures.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \location,  Next: \makelabels,  Prev: \encl,  Up: Letters
+
+25.5 '\location'
+================
+
+'\location{address}'
+
+   This modifies your organisation's standard address.  This only
+appears if the 'firstpage' pagestyle is selected.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \makelabels,  Next: \name,  Prev: \location,  Up: Letters
+
+25.6 '\makelabels'
+==================
+
+'\makelabels{number}'
+
+   If you issue this command in the preamble, LaTeX will create a sheet
+of address labels.  This sheet will be output before the letters.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \name,  Next: \opening,  Prev: \makelabels,  Up: Letters
+
+25.7 '\name'
+============
+
+'\name{June Davenport}'
+
+   Your name, used for printing on the envelope together with the return
+address.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \opening,  Next: \ps,  Prev: \name,  Up: Letters
+
+25.8 '\opening{TEXT}'
+=====================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \opening{TEXT}
+
+   A letter begins with the '\opening' command.  The mandatory argument,
+TEXT, is whatever text you wish to start your letter.  For instance:
+
+     \opening{Dear Joe,}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \ps,  Next: \signature,  Prev: \opening,  Up: Letters
+
+25.9 '\ps'
+==========
+
+Use the '\ps' command to start a postscript in a letter, after
+'\closing'.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \signature,  Next: \startbreaks,  Prev: \ps,  Up: Letters
+
+25.10 '\signature{TEXT}'
+========================
+
+Your name, as it should appear at the end of the letter underneath the
+space for your signature.  '\\' starts a new line within TEXT as usual.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \startbreaks,  Next: \stopbreaks,  Prev: \signature,  Up: Letters
+
+25.11 '\startbreaks'
+====================
+
+'\startbreaks'
+
+   Used after a '\stopbreaks' command to allow page breaks again.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \stopbreaks,  Next: \telephone,  Prev: \startbreaks,  Up: Letters
+
+25.12 '\stopbreaks'
+===================
+
+'\stopbreaks'
+
+   Inhibit page breaks until a '\startbreaks' command occurs.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \telephone,  Prev: \stopbreaks,  Up: Letters
+
+25.13 '\telephone'
+==================
+
+'\telephone{number}'
+
+   This is your telephone number.  This only appears if the 'firstpage'
+pagestyle is selected.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Terminal input/output,  Next: Command line,  Prev: Letters,  Up: Top
+
+26 Terminal input/output
+************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \typein::             Read text from the terminal.
+* \typeout::            Write text to the terminal.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \typein,  Next: \typeout,  Up: Terminal input/output
+
+26.1 '\typein[CMD]{MSG}'
+========================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \typein[\CMD]{MSG}
+
+   '\typein' prints MSG on the terminal and causes LaTeX to stop and
+wait for you to type a line of input, ending with return.  If the
+optional \CMD argument is omitted, the typed input is processed as if it
+had been included in the input file in place of the '\typein' command.
+If the \CMD argument is present, it must be a command name.  This
+command name is then defined or redefined to be the typed input.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: \typeout,  Prev: \typein,  Up: Terminal input/output
+
+26.2 '\typeout{MSG}'
+====================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \typeout{MSG}
+
+   Prints 'msg' on the terminal and in the 'log' file.  Commands in
+'msg' that are defined with '\newcommand' or '\renewcommand' (among
+others) are replaced by their definitions before being printed.
+
+   LaTeX's usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
+and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to 'msg'.  A '\space'
+command in 'msg' causes a single space to be printed, independent of
+surrounding spaces.  A '^^J' in 'msg' prints a newline.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Command line,  Next: Document templates,  Prev: Terminal input/output,  Up: Top
+
+27 Command line
+***************
+
+The input file specification indicates the file to be formatted; TeX
+uses '.tex' as a default file extension.  If you omit the input file
+entirely, TeX accepts input from the terminal.  You specify command
+options by supplying a string as a parameter to the command; e.g.
+
+     latex '\nonstopmode\input foo.tex'
+
+will process 'foo.tex' without pausing after every error.
+
+   If LaTeX stops in the middle of the document and gives you a '*'
+prompt, it is waiting for input.  You can type '\stop' (and return) and
+it will prematurely end the document.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Document templates,  Next: Concept Index,  Prev: Command line,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix A Document templates
+*****************************
+
+Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will
+be useful.  Additional template resources are listed
+'http://tug.org/interest.html#latextemplates'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* book template::
+* beamer template::
+* tugboat template::
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: book template,  Next: beamer template,  Up: Document templates
+
+A.1 'book' template
+===================
+
+\documentclass{book}
+\title{Book Class Template}
+\author{Alex Author}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+\chapter{First}
+Some text.
+
+\chapter{Second}
+Some other text.
+
+\section{A subtopic}
+The end.
+\end{document}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: beamer template,  Next: tugboat template,  Prev: book template,  Up: Document templates
+
+A.2 'beamer' template
+=====================
+
+The 'beamer' class creates slides presentations.
+
+\documentclass{beamer}
+
+\title{Beamer Class template}
+\author{Alex Author}
+\date{July 31, 2007}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+% without [fragile], any {verbatim} code gets mysterious errors.
+\begin{frame}[fragile]
+ \frametitle{First Slide}
+
+\begin{verbatim}
+  This is \verbatim!
+\end{verbatim}
+
+\end{frame}
+
+\end{document}
+
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: tugboat template,  Prev: beamer template,  Up: Document templates
+
+A.3 'tugboat' template
+======================
+
+'TUGboat' is the journal of the TeX Users Group,
+'http://tug.org/TUGboat'.
+
+\documentclass{ltugboat}
+\usepackage{graphicx}
+\usepackage{ifpdf}
+\ifpdf
+\usepackage[breaklinks,colorlinks,linkcolor=black,citecolor=black,
+            urlcolor=black]{hyperref}
+\else
+\usepackage{url}
+\fi
+
+\title{Example \TUB\ article}
+
+% repeat info for each author.
+\author{First Last}
+\address{Street Address \\ Town, Postal \\ Country}
+\netaddress{user (at) example dot org}
+\personalURL{http://example.org/~user/}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+This is an example article for \TUB{}.
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This is an example article for \TUB, from
+\url{http://tug.org/TUGboat/location.html}.
+
+We recommend the graphicx package for image inclusions, and the
+hyperref package for active url's (in the \acro{PDF} output).
+Nowadays \TUB\ is produced using \acro{PDF} files exclusively.
+
+The \texttt{ltugboat} class provides these abbreviations and many more:
+
+% verbatim blocks are often better in \small
+\begin{verbatim}[\small]
+\AllTeX \AMS \AmS \AmSLaTeX \AmSTeX \aw \AW
+\BibTeX \CTAN \DTD \HTML
+\ISBN \ISSN \LaTeXe
+\Mc \mf \MFB \mtex \PCTeX \pcTeX
+\PiC \PiCTeX \plain \POBox \PS
+\SC \SGML \SliTeX \TANGLE \TB \TP
+\TUB \TUG \tug
+\UG \UNIX \VAX \XeT \WEB \WEAVE
+
+\Dash \dash \vellipsis \bull \cents \Dag
+\careof \thinskip
+
+\acro{FRED} -> {\small[er] fred}  % please use!
+\cs{fred}   -> \fred
+\env{fred}  -> \begin{fred}
+\meta{fred} -> <fred>
+\nth{n}     -> 1st, 2nd, ...
+\sfrac{3/4} -> 3/4
+\booktitle{Book of Fred}
+\end{verbatim}
+
+For more information, see the ltubguid document at:
+\url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/tugboat}
+(we recommend using \verb|mirror.ctan.org| for \CTAN\ references).
+
+Email \verb|tugboat@tug.org| if problems or questions.
+
+\bibliographystyle{plain}  % we recommend the plain bibliography style
+\nocite{book-minimal}      % just making the bibliography non-empty
+\bibliography{xampl}       % xampl.bib comes with BibTeX
+
+\makesignature
+\end{document}
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Concept Index,  Next: Command Index,  Prev: Document templates,  Up: Top
+
+Concept Index
+*************
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* '*' prompt:                            Command line.        (line  15)
+* *-form of sectioning commands:         Sectioning.          (line  31)
+* '.glo' file:                           Glossaries.          (line   8)
+* '.idx' file:                           Indexes.             (line   9)
+* '.ind' file:                           Indexes.             (line  23)
+* 'see' and 'see also' index entries:    Indexes.             (line  16)
+* abstracts:                             abstract.            (line   6)
+* accents:                               Accents.             (line   6)
+* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.        (line   6)
+* accessing any character of a font:     Reserved characters. (line  25)
+* acute accent:                          Accents.             (line  20)
+* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.        (line  11)
+* ae ligature:                           Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* align environment, from 'amsmath':     eqnarray.            (line   6)
+* aligning equations:                    eqnarray.            (line   6)
+* alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.             (line   6)
+* amsmath package, replacing 'eqnarray': eqnarray.            (line   6)
+* appendix, creating:                    Sectioning.          (line  37)
+* aring:                                 Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* arrays, math:                          array.               (line   6)
+* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.        (line 128)
+* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.        (line 160)
+* ascender height:                       Text symbols.        (line  96)
+* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.        (line  61)
+* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.        (line  64)
+* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.        (line  67)
+* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.          (line  12)
+* auxiliary file:                        Overview.            (line  45)
+* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.        (line  70)
+* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.        (line  76)
+* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.        (line  73)
+* bar-over accent:                       Accents.             (line  29)
+* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.        (line  14)
+* bar-under accent:                      Accents.             (line  46)
+* basics of LaTeX:                       Overview.            (line   8)
+* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX.       (line   6)
+* bibliography, creating (manually):     thebibliography.     (line   6)
+* bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.        (line   6)
+* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.        (line  79)
+* black boxes, omitting:                 Document class options.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* bold font:                             Font styles.         (line  74)
+* bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.         (line  18)
+* boxes:                                 Boxes.               (line   6)
+* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.        (line  82)
+* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.        (line  85)
+* breaking lines:                        Line breaking.       (line   6)
+* breaking pages:                        Page breaking.       (line   6)
+* breve accent:                          Accents.             (line  85)
+* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.        (line  17)
+* bug reporting:                         About this document. (line  13)
+* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.        (line  87)
+* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.        (line  88)
+* bulleted lists:                        itemize.             (line   6)
+* calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.         (line  77)
+* cap height:                            Text symbols.        (line  96)
+* caron accent:                          Accents.             (line  95)
+* case sensitivity of LaTeX:             Overview.            (line  57)
+* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.                 (line   6)
+* cedilla accent:                        Accents.             (line  50)
+* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.        (line  67)
+* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.        (line 135)
+* centering text, declaration for:       \centering.          (line   6)
+* centering text, environment for:       center.              (line   6)
+* characters, accented:                  Accents.             (line   6)
+* characters, non-English:               Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* characters, reserved:                  Reserved characters. (line   6)
+* check accent:                          Accents.             (line  95)
+* check accent, math:                    Math accents.        (line  20)
+* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.        (line  79)
+* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.        (line  91)
+* circumflex accent:                     Accents.             (line  33)
+* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.        (line  32)
+* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.        (line  61)
+* class options:                         Document class options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* classes of documents:                  Document classes.    (line   6)
+* closing letters:                       \closing.            (line   6)
+* closing quote:                         Text symbols.        (line  52)
+* code, typesetting:                     verbatim.            (line   6)
+* command line:                          Command line.        (line   6)
+* commands, defining new ones:           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.        (line  96)
+* computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.            (line   6)
+* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.        (line  12)
+* counters, a list of:                   Counters.            (line   6)
+* counters, defining new:                \newcounter.         (line   6)
+* counters, getting value of:            \value.              (line   6)
+* counters, setting:                     \setcounter.         (line   6)
+* creating letters:                      Letters.             (line   6)
+* creating pictures:                     picture.             (line   6)
+* creating tables:                       table.               (line   6)
+* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.          (line  22)
+* cross references:                      Cross references.    (line   6)
+* cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.            (line   6)
+* cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.                (line   6)
+* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.        (line 107)
+* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.        (line 116)
+* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.        (line 104)
+* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.        (line  15)
+* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.        (line 101)
+* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.          (line  18)
+* 'datetime' package:                    \today.              (line  11)
+* defining a new command:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* defining new environments:             \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* defining new fonts:                    \newfont.            (line   6)
+* defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.         (line   6)
+* definitions:                           Definitions.         (line   6)
+* description lists, creating:           description.         (line   6)
+* dieresis accent:                       Accents.             (line  16)
+* discretionary multiplication:          Math miscellany.     (line   7)
+* displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quote.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* document class options:                Document class options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* document classes:                      Document classes.    (line   6)
+* document templates:                    Document templates.  (line   6)
+* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.        (line 107)
+* dot accent:                            Accents.             (line  25)
+* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.        (line  26)
+* dot-over accent:                       Accents.             (line  25)
+* dot-under accent:                      Accents.             (line  54)
+* dotless i:                             Accents.             (line  62)
+* dotless i, math:                       Math accents.        (line  35)
+* dotless j:                             Accents.             (line  65)
+* dotless j, math:                       Math accents.        (line  38)
+* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.        (line  27)
+* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.        (line  18)
+* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.        (line 104)
+* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.        (line  23)
+* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.        (line  27)
+* double left quote:                     Text symbols.        (line 141)
+* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.        (line  49)
+* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.        (line 154)
+* double right quote:                    Text symbols.        (line 144)
+* double spacing:                        Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  52)
+* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.        (line  76)
+* e-dash:                                Text symbols.        (line 113)
+* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.        (line  33)
+* em-dash:                               Text symbols.        (line 110)
+* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.        (line 163)
+* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.        (line 169)
+* emphasis:                              Font styles.         (line  27)
+* emphasis <1>:                          Font styles.         (line  80)
+* enclosure list:                        \encl.               (line   6)
+* ending & starting:                     Starting & ending.   (line   6)
+* enlarge current page:                  \enlargethispage.    (line   6)
+* environments:                          Environments.        (line   6)
+* environments, defining:                \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.                (line   6)
+* equation numbers, omitting:            eqnarray.            (line  29)
+* equations, aligning:                   eqnarray.            (line   6)
+* equations, environment for:            equation.            (line   6)
+* es-zet German letter:                  Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* eth, Icelandic letter:                 Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.        (line 116)
+* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.        (line 119)
+* exponent:                              Subscripts & superscripts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.        (line 132)
+* figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.                (line   6)
+* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.            (line  21)
+* figures, inserting:                    figure.              (line   6)
+* fixed-width font:                      Font styles.         (line  98)
+* 'float' package:                       figure.              (line  34)
+* 'float' package <1>:                   figure.              (line  38)
+* flushing floats and starting a page:   \clearpage.          (line   6)
+* font commands, low-level:              Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* font sizes:                            Font sizes.          (line   6)
+* font styles:                           Font styles.         (line   6)
+* fonts:                                 Typefaces.           (line   6)
+* fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.            (line   6)
+* footer style:                          \pagestyle.          (line   6)
+* footer, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* footnote number, cross referencing:    \ref.                (line   6)
+* footnote parameters:                   Footnote parameters. (line   6)
+* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.            (line  21)
+* footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.           (line   6)
+* footnotes, symbolic instead of numbered: Symbolic footnotes.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* formulas, environment for:             equation.            (line   6)
+* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.       (line   6)
+* fragile commands:                      \protect.            (line   6)
+* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.        (line  27)
+* functions, math:                       Math functions.      (line   6)
+* global options:                        Document class options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* global options <1>:                    Document class options.
+                                                              (line  76)
+* glossaries:                            Glossaries.          (line   6)
+* grave accent:                          Accents.             (line  37)
+* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.        (line  29)
+* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.        (line 122)
+* greek letters:                         Math symbols.        (line   6)
+* ha'c<ek accent, math:                  Math accents.        (line  20)
+* hacek accent:                          Accents.             (line  95)
+* hat accent:                            Accents.             (line  33)
+* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.        (line  32)
+* header style:                          \pagestyle.          (line   6)
+* header, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* here, putting floats:                  figure.              (line  38)
+* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.             (line  58)
+* hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.        (line   6)
+* hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).    (line   6)
+* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox.               (line   6)
+* Icelandic eth:                         Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* Icelandic thorn:                       Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* ij letter, Dutch:                      Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* in-line formulas:                      math.                (line   6)
+* indent, forcing:                       \indent.             (line   6)
+* indent, suppressing:                   \noindent.           (line   6)
+* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.           (line  17)
+* indexes:                               Indexes.             (line   6)
+* input file:                            Splitting the input. (line   6)
+* input/output:                          Terminal input/output.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* inserting figures:                     figure.              (line   6)
+* italic font:                           Font styles.         (line  83)
+* justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.         (line   6)
+* justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.        (line   6)
+* Knuth, Donald E.:                      About this document. (line   6)
+* labelled lists, creating:              description.         (line   6)
+* Lamport, Leslie:                       About this document. (line   6)
+* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.        (line  21)
+* LaTeX overview:                        Overview.            (line   8)
+* LaTeX Project team:                    About this document. (line   6)
+* layout commands:                       Layout.              (line   6)
+* layout, page parameters for:           Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.        (line  27)
+* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.        (line 128)
+* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.        (line  82)
+* left quote:                            Text symbols.        (line  37)
+* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.        (line 141)
+* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.        (line 147)
+* left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.        (line   6)
+* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.           (line   6)
+* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.               (line   6)
+* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.        (line   6)
+* lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.             (line   6)
+* lengths, defining new:                 \newlength.          (line   6)
+* lengths, predefined:                   Predefined lengths.  (line   6)
+* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.          (line   6)
+* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.        (line 125)
+* letters:                               Letters.             (line   6)
+* letters, accented:                     Accents.             (line   6)
+* letters, ending:                       \closing.            (line   6)
+* letters, non-English:                  Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* letters, starting:                     \opening.            (line   6)
+* line break, forcing:                   \\.                  (line   6)
+* line breaking:                         Line breaking.       (line   6)
+* line breaks, forcing:                  \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* line breaks, preventing:               \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* lines in tables:                       tabular.             (line   6)
+* lining text up in tables:              tabular.             (line   6)
+* lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.             (line   6)
+* list items, specifying counter:        \usecounter.         (line   6)
+* lists of items:                        itemize.             (line   6)
+* lists of items, generic:               list.                (line   6)
+* lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.           (line   6)
+* loading additional packages:           Document class options.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* log file:                              Overview.            (line  41)
+* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.        (line  21)
+* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.        (line  58)
+* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.     (line  49)
+* low-level font commands:               Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* lR mode:                               Modes.               (line   6)
+* LuaTeX:                                Overview.            (line  32)
+* macron accent:                         Accents.             (line  29)
+* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.        (line  14)
+* Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.            (line   6)
+* 'makeidx' package:                     Indexes.             (line  28)
+* 'makeindex' program:                   Indexes.             (line  23)
+* making a title page:                   titlepage.           (line   6)
+* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs.   (line   6)
+* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.      (line   6)
+* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.        (line 132)
+* math accents:                          Math accents.        (line   6)
+* math formulas:                         Math formulas.       (line   6)
+* math functions:                        Math functions.      (line   6)
+* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.     (line   6)
+* math mode:                             Modes.               (line   6)
+* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.       (line   6)
+* math mode, spacing:                    Spacing in math mode.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* math symbols:                          Math symbols.        (line   6)
+* minipage, creating a:                  minipage.            (line   6)
+* modes:                                 Modes.               (line   6)
+* monospace font:                        Font styles.         (line  98)
+* moving arguments:                      \protect.            (line   6)
+* multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.          (line   6)
+* 'multind' package:                     Indexes.             (line  39)
+* multiplication symbol, discretionary line break: Math miscellany.
+                                                              (line   7)
+* nested '\include', not allowed:        \include.            (line  18)
+* new commands, defining:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* new line, output as input:             \obeycr & \restorecr.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* new line, starting:                    \\.                  (line   6)
+* new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.            (line   6)
+* new page, starting:                    \newpage.            (line   6)
+* non-English characters:                Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.      (line   6)
+* null delimiter:                        Math miscellany.     (line  21)
+* numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.         (line   6)
+* oblique font:                          Font styles.         (line  95)
+* oe ligature:                           Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* ogonek:                                Accents.             (line  69)
+* one-column output:                     \onecolumn.          (line   6)
+* opening quote:                         Text symbols.        (line  37)
+* options, document class:               Document class options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* options, global:                       Document class options.
+                                                              (line  76)
+* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.        (line 132)
+* oslash:                                Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* overbar accent:                        Accents.             (line  29)
+* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.        (line  26)
+* overview of LaTeX:                     Overview.            (line   8)
+* packages, loading:                     Document class options.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* page break, forcing:                   \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* page break, preventing:                \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* page breaking:                         Page breaking.       (line   6)
+* page layout parameters:                Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.            (line   6)
+* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.      (line   6)
+* page styles:                           Page styles.         (line   6)
+* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.            (line  17)
+* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation.           (line   6)
+* paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quote.     (line   6)
+* paragraph mode:                        Modes.               (line   6)
+* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.        (line  41)
+* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs.   (line   6)
+* parameters, for footnotes:             Footnote parameters. (line   6)
+* parameters, page layout:               Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* pdfTeX:                                Overview.            (line  26)
+* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.        (line 135)
+* pictures, creating:                    picture.             (line   6)
+* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.        (line  41)
+* placement of floats:                   figure.              (line  19)
+* poetry, an environment for:            verse.               (line   6)
+* polish l:                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* postscript, in letters:                \ps.                 (line   6)
+* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.        (line  45)
+* preamble, defined:                     Starting & ending.   (line  17)
+* predefined lengths:                    Predefined lengths.  (line   6)
+* prompt, '*':                           Command line.        (line  15)
+* questionation point, upside-down:      Text symbols.        (line 138)
+* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.        (line  27)
+* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.        (line 154)
+* quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quote.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.         (line   6)
+* ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.          (line   6)
+* ragged right text:                     \raggedright.        (line   6)
+* ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.           (line   6)
+* redefining environments:               \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.        (line 157)
+* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.      (line   6)
+* reporting bugs:                        About this document. (line  13)
+* reserved characters:                   Reserved characters. (line   6)
+* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.        (line  27)
+* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.        (line 160)
+* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.        (line  85)
+* right quote:                           Text symbols.        (line  52)
+* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.        (line 144)
+* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.        (line 150)
+* right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.         (line   6)
+* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.         (line   6)
+* ring accent:                           Accents.             (line  74)
+* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.        (line  41)
+* robust commands:                       \protect.            (line  16)
+* roman font:                            Font styles.         (line  86)
+* running header and footer:             Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.          (line   6)
+* sans serif font:                       Font styles.         (line  92)
+* script letters for math:               Font styles.         (line  77)
+* section number, cross referencing:     \ref.                (line   6)
+* section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.          (line  47)
+* section symbol:                        Text symbols.        (line  55)
+* sectioning:                            Sectioning.          (line   6)
+* 'setspace' package:                    Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  52)
+* setting counters:                      \setcounter.         (line   6)
+* sharp S letters:                       Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* 'showidx' package:                     Indexes.             (line  35)
+* simulating typed text:                 verbatim.            (line   6)
+* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.        (line  27)
+* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.        (line  27)
+* single left quote:                     Text symbols.        (line 147)
+* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.        (line  49)
+* single right quote:                    Text symbols.        (line 150)
+* sizes of text:                         Font sizes.          (line   6)
+* slanted font:                          Font styles.         (line  95)
+* small caps font:                       Font styles.         (line  89)
+* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.          (line   6)
+* spaces:                                Spaces.              (line   6)
+* spacing within math mode:              Spacing in math mode.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.     (line 132)
+* special characters:                    Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* specifier, float placement:            figure.              (line  19)
+* splitting the input file:              Splitting the input. (line   6)
+* starting & ending:                     Starting & ending.   (line   6)
+* starting a new page:                   \newpage.            (line   6)
+* starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage.        (line   6)
+* starting on a right-hand page:         \cleardoublepage.    (line   6)
+* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.        (line  45)
+* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.        (line 154)
+* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.        (line 154)
+* stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.       (line   6)
+* styles of text:                        Font styles.         (line   6)
+* styles, page:                          Page styles.         (line   6)
+* subscript:                             Subscripts & superscripts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* superscript:                           Subscripts & superscripts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.        (line   6)
+* tab stops, using:                      tabbing.             (line   6)
+* table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline. (line   6)
+* table of contents, creating:           Tables of contents.  (line   6)
+* tables, creating:                      table.               (line   6)
+* terminal input/output:                 Terminal input/output.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.        (line  58)
+* text symbols:                          Text symbols.        (line   6)
+* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.          (line  22)
+* theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.         (line   6)
+* theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.             (line   6)
+* thorn, Icelandic letter:               Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.        (line 163)
+* tie-after accent:                      Accents.             (line  80)
+* tilde accent:                          Accents.             (line  43)
+* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.        (line  44)
+* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.        (line  64)
+* title pages, creating:                 titlepage.           (line   6)
+* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.          (line  26)
+* titles, making:                        \maketitle.          (line   6)
+* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.        (line 166)
+* transcript file:                       Overview.            (line  41)
+* two-column output:                     \twocolumn.          (line   6)
+* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.        (line 169)
+* typed text, simulating:                verbatim.            (line   6)
+* typeface sizes:                        Font sizes.          (line   6)
+* typeface styles:                       Font styles.         (line   6)
+* typefaces:                             Typefaces.           (line   6)
+* typewriter font:                       Font styles.         (line  98)
+* typewriter labels in lists:            description.         (line  18)
+* umlaut accent:                         Accents.             (line  16)
+* underbar:                              Accents.             (line  88)
+* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.        (line 172)
+* unordered lists:                       itemize.             (line   6)
+* using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.        (line   6)
+* variables, a list of:                  Counters.            (line   6)
+* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.        (line  47)
+* verbatim text:                         verbatim.            (line   6)
+* verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.               (line   6)
+* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.        (line  76)
+* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.        (line  73)
+* vertical space:                        \addvspace.          (line   6)
+* vertical space before paragraphs:      \parskip.            (line   6)
+* visible space:                         \verb.               (line  17)
+* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.        (line 175)
+* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.        (line  50)
+* wide tile accent, math:                Math accents.        (line  53)
+* XeTeX:                                 Overview.            (line  35)
+* 'xindy' program:                       Indexes.             (line  23)
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Command Index,  Prev: Concept Index,  Up: Top
+
+Command Index
+*************
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* $:                                     Math formulas.       (line  24)
+* .aux file:                             Overview.            (line  45)
+* .dvi file:                             Overview.            (line  18)
+* .log file:                             Overview.            (line  41)
+* .pdf file:                             Overview.            (line  26)
+* .toc file:                             Tables of contents.  (line   6)
+* 10pt option:                           Document class options.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* 11pt option:                           Document class options.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* 12pt option:                           Document class options.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* @{...}:                                array.               (line  29)
+* [...] for optional arguments:          Overview.            (line  51)
+* \ character starting commands:         Overview.            (line  51)
+* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.             (line  16)
+* \#:                                    Reserved characters. (line  11)
+* \$:                                    Reserved characters. (line  11)
+* \%:                                    Reserved characters. (line  11)
+* \&:                                    Reserved characters. (line  11)
+* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.             (line  20)
+* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  45)
+* \(:                                    Math formulas.       (line  16)
+* \):                                    Math formulas.       (line  16)
+* \*:                                    Math miscellany.     (line   6)
+* \+:                                    tabbing.             (line  37)
+* \,:                                    Spacing in math mode.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* \-:                                    tabbing.             (line  41)
+* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).    (line   6)
+* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.             (line  25)
+* \/:                                    \/.                  (line   6)
+* \::                                    Spacing in math mode.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \;:                                    Spacing in math mode.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* \<:                                    tabbing.             (line  33)
+* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.             (line  29)
+* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  27)
+* \>:                                    tabbing.             (line  31)
+* \> <1>:                                Spacing in math mode.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  30)
+* \@:                                    \AT.                 (line   6)
+* \@fnsymbol:                            Symbolic footnotes.  (line  11)
+* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  60)
+* \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.             (line  61)
+* \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.             (line  61)
+* \aa (aa):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \AA (AA):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \acute:                                Math accents.        (line  10)
+* \addcontentsline{EXT}{UNIT}{TEXT}:     \addcontentsline.    (line   6)
+* \address:                              \address.            (line   6)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.      (line   6)
+* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.       (line   6)
+* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.        (line   6)
+* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.          (line   6)
+* \ae (ae):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \AE (AE):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \aleph:                                Math symbols.        (line  14)
+* \alph:                                 \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* \Alph:                                 \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* \Alph example:                         enumerate.           (line  39)
+* \alpha:                                Math symbols.        (line  17)
+* \alsoname:                             Indexes.             (line  20)
+* \amalg:                                Math symbols.        (line  20)
+* \and for '\author':                    \maketitle.          (line  12)
+* \angle:                                Math symbols.        (line  23)
+* \appendix:                             Sectioning.          (line  37)
+* \approx:                               Math symbols.        (line  26)
+* \arabic:                               \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* \arccos:                               Math functions.      (line   9)
+* \arcsin:                               Math functions.      (line  12)
+* \arctan:                               Math functions.      (line  15)
+* \arg:                                  Math functions.      (line  18)
+* \arraycolsep:                          array.               (line  41)
+* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.             (line 100)
+* \arraystretch:                         tabular.             (line 104)
+* \ast:                                  Math symbols.        (line  29)
+* \asymp:                                Math symbols.        (line  32)
+* \author{NAME \and NAME2}:              \maketitle.          (line  11)
+* \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.             (line  61)
+* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.             (line  46)
+* \backslash:                            Math symbols.        (line  35)
+* \backslash <1>:                        Reserved characters. (line  16)
+* \bar:                                  Math accents.        (line  13)
+* \baselineskip:                         Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  46)
+* \baselinestretch:                      Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  52)
+* \begin:                                Environments.        (line   6)
+* \beta:                                 Math symbols.        (line  38)
+* \bf:                                   Font styles.         (line  73)
+* \bfseries:                             Font styles.         (line  33)
+* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.            (line   6)
+* \bibliography:                         Using BibTeX.        (line   6)
+* \bibliographystyle:                    Using BibTeX.        (line   6)
+* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.        (line  41)
+* \bigcap <1>:                           Math symbols.        (line  71)
+* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.        (line  44)
+* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.        (line  47)
+* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.        (line  50)
+* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.        (line  53)
+* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.        (line  56)
+* \bigskip:                              \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* \bigskipamount:                        \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line   9)
+* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.        (line  65)
+* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.        (line  59)
+* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.        (line  62)
+* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.        (line  68)
+* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.        (line  74)
+* \bmod:                                 Math functions.      (line  21)
+* \boldmath:                             Math formulas.       (line  29)
+* \bot:                                  Math symbols.        (line  77)
+* \bottomfraction:                       figure.              (line  67)
+* \bottomnumber:                         figure.              (line 100)
+* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.        (line  80)
+* \Box:                                  Math symbols.        (line  83)
+* \breve:                                Math accents.        (line  16)
+* \bullet:                               Math symbols.        (line  86)
+* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.             (line  50)
+* \cal:                                  Font styles.         (line  76)
+* \cap:                                  Math symbols.        (line  89)
+* \capitalacute:                         Accents.             (line  20)
+* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.             (line  85)
+* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.             (line  95)
+* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.             (line  50)
+* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.             (line  33)
+* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.             (line  16)
+* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.             (line  54)
+* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.             (line  37)
+* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.             (line  58)
+* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.             (line  29)
+* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.             (line  80)
+* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.             (line  69)
+* \capitalring:                          Accents.             (line  74)
+* \capitaltie:                           Accents.             (line  80)
+* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.             (line  43)
+* \caption:                              figure.              (line  60)
+* \cc:                                   \cc.                 (line   6)
+* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.        (line  92)
+* \cdots:                                Math miscellany.     (line  10)
+* \centering:                            \centering.          (line   6)
+* \chapter:                              Sectioning.          (line   9)
+* \check:                                Math accents.        (line  19)
+* \chi:                                  Math symbols.        (line  95)
+* \circ:                                 Math symbols.        (line  98)
+* \circle:                               \circle.             (line   6)
+* \cite:                                 \cite.               (line   6)
+* \cleardoublepage:                      \cleardoublepage.    (line   6)
+* \clearpage:                            \clearpage.          (line   6)
+* \cline:                                \cline.              (line   6)
+* \closing:                              \closing.            (line   6)
+* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.        (line 101)
+* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.          (line  16)
+* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.          (line  19)
+* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.          (line  23)
+* \cong:                                 Math symbols.        (line 104)
+* \contentsline:                         \addcontentsline.    (line  29)
+* \coprod:                               Math symbols.        (line 107)
+* \copyright:                            Text symbols.        (line  10)
+* \cos:                                  Math functions.      (line  24)
+* \cosh:                                 Math functions.      (line  27)
+* \cot:                                  Math functions.      (line  30)
+* \coth:                                 Math functions.      (line  33)
+* \csc:                                  Math functions.      (line  36)
+* \cup:                                  Math symbols.        (line 110)
+* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.             (line  54)
+* \dag:                                  Text symbols.        (line  14)
+* \dagger:                               Math symbols.        (line 113)
+* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.            (line   6)
+* \dashv:                                Math symbols.        (line 116)
+* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.          (line  17)
+* \day:                                  \day \month \year.   (line   6)
+* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.          (line  34)
+* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.          (line  38)
+* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.          (line  43)
+* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.          (line  29)
+* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.        (line  17)
+* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.        (line 119)
+* \ddot:                                 Math accents.        (line  22)
+* \ddots:                                Math miscellany.     (line  14)
+* \deg:                                  Math functions.      (line  39)
+* \Delta:                                Math symbols.        (line 122)
+* \delta:                                Math symbols.        (line 125)
+* \depth:                                Predefined lengths.  (line  10)
+* \det:                                  Math functions.      (line  42)
+* \dh (ae):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* \DH (AE):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.        (line 128)
+* \diamond:                              Math symbols.        (line 131)
+* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.        (line 134)
+* \dim:                                  Math functions.      (line  45)
+* \displaystyle:                         Math formulas.       (line  34)
+* \div:                                  Math symbols.        (line 137)
+* \dj:                                   Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* \DJ:                                   Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* \documentclass:                        Document classes.    (line   6)
+* \dot:                                  Math accents.        (line  25)
+* \doteq:                                Math symbols.        (line 140)
+* \dotfill:                              \dotfill.            (line   6)
+* \dots:                                 Text symbols.        (line  31)
+* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.             (line 108)
+* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.        (line 143)
+* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.        (line 146)
+* \ell:                                  Math symbols.        (line 149)
+* \em:                                   Font styles.         (line  79)
+* \emph:                                 Font styles.         (line  27)
+* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.        (line 152)
+* \encl:                                 \encl.               (line   6)
+* \end:                                  Environments.        (line   6)
+* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.    (line   6)
+* \enumi:                                enumerate.           (line  29)
+* \enumii:                               enumerate.           (line  29)
+* \enumiii:                              enumerate.           (line  29)
+* \enumiv:                               enumerate.           (line  29)
+* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.        (line 155)
+* \equiv:                                Math symbols.        (line 158)
+* \eta:                                  Math symbols.        (line 161)
+* \evensidemargin:                       Document class options.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* \exists:                               Math symbols.        (line 164)
+* \exp:                                  Math functions.      (line  48)
+* \extracolsep:                          tabular.             (line  71)
+* \fbox:                                 \fbox and \framebox. (line   6)
+* \fboxrule:                             \framebox (picture). (line  14)
+* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox and \framebox. (line  18)
+* \fboxsep:                              \framebox (picture). (line  14)
+* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox and \framebox. (line  18)
+* \fill:                                 \hfill.              (line   9)
+* \flat:                                 Math symbols.        (line 167)
+* \floatpagefraction:                    figure.              (line  70)
+* \floatsep:                             figure.              (line  85)
+* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.        (line   6)
+* \fnsymbol:                             \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              Symbolic footnotes.  (line  11)
+* \fontencoding:                         Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \fontfamily:                           Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  14)
+* \fontseries:                           Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* \fontshape:                            Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* \fontsize:                             Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  46)
+* \footnote:                             \footnote.           (line   6)
+* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.       (line   6)
+* \footnoterule:                         Footnote parameters. (line   6)
+* \footnotesep:                          Footnote parameters. (line  12)
+* \footnotesize:                         Font sizes.          (line  11)
+* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.       (line   6)
+* \footskip:                             Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* \forall:                               Math symbols.        (line 170)
+* \frac:                                 Math miscellany.     (line  18)
+* \frac{num}{den}:                       Math miscellany.     (line  17)
+* \frame:                                \frame.              (line   6)
+* \framebox:                             \framebox (picture). (line   6)
+* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox and \framebox. (line   6)
+* \frown:                                Math symbols.        (line 173)
+* \fussy:                                \fussy.              (line   6)
+* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.        (line 176)
+* \gamma:                                Math symbols.        (line 179)
+* \gcd:                                  Math functions.      (line  51)
+* \ge:                                   Math symbols.        (line 182)
+* \geq:                                  Math symbols.        (line 185)
+* \gets:                                 Math symbols.        (line 188)
+* \gg:                                   Math symbols.        (line 191)
+* \glossary:                             Glossaries.          (line   8)
+* \glossaryentry:                        Glossaries.          (line  11)
+* \grave:                                Math accents.        (line  28)
+* \guillemotleft (<<):                   Text symbols.        (line  23)
+* \guillemotright (>>):                  Text symbols.        (line  24)
+* \guilsinglleft (<):                    Text symbols.        (line  25)
+* \guilsinglright (>):                   Text symbols.        (line  26)
+* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.             (line  58)
+* \hat:                                  Math accents.        (line  31)
+* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.        (line 194)
+* \headheight:                           Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \headsep:                              Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.        (line 197)
+* \height:                               Predefined lengths.  (line   8)
+* \hfill:                                \hfill.              (line   6)
+* \hline:                                \hline.              (line   6)
+* \hom:                                  Math functions.      (line  54)
+* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.        (line 200)
+* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.        (line 203)
+* \hrulefill:                            \hrulefill.          (line   6)
+* \hsize:                                Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* \hspace:                               \hspace.             (line   6)
+* \huge:                                 Font sizes.          (line  11)
+* \Huge:                                 Font sizes.          (line  11)
+* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.        (line   6)
+* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.             (line  62)
+* \iff:                                  Math symbols.        (line 206)
+* \ij (ij):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* \IJ (IJ):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* \Im:                                   Math symbols.        (line 209)
+* \imath:                                Math accents.        (line  34)
+* \in:                                   Math symbols.        (line 212)
+* \include:                              \include.            (line   6)
+* \includeonly:                          \includeonly.        (line   6)
+* \indent:                               \indent.             (line   6)
+* \index:                                Indexes.             (line   9)
+* \indexentry:                           Indexes.             (line  12)
+* \inf:                                  Math functions.      (line  57)
+* \infty:                                Math symbols.        (line 215)
+* \input:                                \input.              (line   6)
+* \int:                                  Math symbols.        (line 218)
+* \intextsep:                            figure.              (line  89)
+* \iota:                                 Math symbols.        (line 221)
+* \it:                                   Font styles.         (line  82)
+* \item:                                 description.         (line  14)
+* \item <1>:                             enumerate.           (line  19)
+* \item <2>:                             itemize.             (line   6)
+* \itemindent:                           itemize.             (line  49)
+* \itemsep:                              itemize.             (line  71)
+* \itshape:                              Font styles.         (line  24)
+* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.             (line  65)
+* \jmath:                                Math accents.        (line  37)
+* \Join:                                 Math symbols.        (line 224)
+* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.             (line  69)
+* \kappa:                                Math symbols.        (line 227)
+* \ker:                                  Math functions.      (line  60)
+* \kill:                                 tabbing.             (line  65)
+* \l (/l):                               Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* \L (/L):                               Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* \label:                                \label.              (line   6)
+* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.           (line  33)
+* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.           (line  33)
+* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.           (line  33)
+* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.           (line  33)
+* \labelitemi:                           itemize.             (line  29)
+* \labelitemii:                          itemize.             (line  29)
+* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.             (line  29)
+* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.             (line  29)
+* \labelsep:                             itemize.             (line  52)
+* \labelwidth:                           itemize.             (line  55)
+* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.        (line 230)
+* \lambda:                               Math symbols.        (line 233)
+* \land:                                 Math symbols.        (line 236)
+* \langle:                               Math symbols.        (line 239)
+* \large:                                Font sizes.          (line  11)
+* \Large:                                Font sizes.          (line  11)
+* \LARGE:                                Font sizes.          (line  11)
+* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.        (line  20)
+* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.        (line 242)
+* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.        (line 245)
+* \lceil:                                Math symbols.        (line 248)
+* \ldots:                                Text symbols.        (line  30)
+* \le:                                   Math symbols.        (line 251)
+* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.        (line 254)
+* \left DELIM1 ... \right DELIM2:        Math miscellany.     (line  20)
+* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.        (line 256)
+* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.        (line 259)
+* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.            (line  34)
+* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.        (line 262)
+* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.        (line 265)
+* \leftmargin:                           itemize.             (line  36)
+* \leftmargini:                          itemize.             (line  36)
+* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.             (line  36)
+* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.             (line  36)
+* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.             (line  36)
+* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.             (line  36)
+* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.             (line  36)
+* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.        (line 268)
+* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.        (line 271)
+* \leq:                                  Math symbols.        (line 274)
+* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.        (line 277)
+* \lg:                                   Math functions.      (line  63)
+* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.        (line 280)
+* \lim:                                  Math functions.      (line  66)
+* \liminf:                               Math functions.      (line  69)
+* \limsup:                               Math functions.      (line  72)
+* \line:                                 \line.               (line   6)
+* \linebreak:                            \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \linespread:                           Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.      (line   6)
+* \linewidth:                            Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* \listoffigures:                        Tables of contents.  (line  16)
+* \listoftables:                         Tables of contents.  (line  16)
+* \listparindent:                        itemize.             (line  58)
+* \ll:                                   Math symbols.        (line 283)
+* \ln:                                   Math functions.      (line  75)
+* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.        (line 286)
+* \location:                             \location.           (line   6)
+* \log:                                  Math functions.      (line  78)
+* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.        (line 289)
+* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.        (line 292)
+* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.        (line 295)
+* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.        (line 298)
+* \lor:                                  Math symbols.        (line 301)
+* \lq:                                   Text symbols.        (line  36)
+* \makebox:                              \makebox.            (line   6)
+* \makebox (picture):                    \makebox (picture).  (line   6)
+* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.          (line   6)
+* \makeindex:                            Indexes.             (line   6)
+* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.         (line   6)
+* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.          (line   6)
+* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.        (line 304)
+* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.      (line   6)
+* \marginparpush:                        Marginal notes.      (line  33)
+* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.      (line  37)
+* \marginparwidth:                       Marginal notes.      (line  41)
+* \markboth{LEFT}{RIGHT}:                \pagestyle.          (line  29)
+* \markright{RIGHT}:                     \pagestyle.          (line  36)
+* \mathbf:                               Font styles.         (line  49)
+* \mathcal:                              Font styles.         (line  62)
+* \mathnormal:                           Font styles.         (line  60)
+* \mathring:                             Math accents.        (line  40)
+* \mathrm:                               Font styles.         (line  47)
+* \mathsf:                               Font styles.         (line  51)
+* \mathtt:                               Font styles.         (line  53)
+* \mathversion:                          Font styles.         (line  64)
+* \max:                                  Math functions.      (line  81)
+* \mbox:                                 \mbox.               (line   6)
+* \mdseries:                             Font styles.         (line  30)
+* \medskip:                              \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* \medskipamount:                        \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* \mho:                                  Math symbols.        (line 307)
+* \mid:                                  Math symbols.        (line 309)
+* \min:                                  Math functions.      (line  84)
+* \models:                               Math symbols.        (line 312)
+* \month:                                \day \month \year.   (line   6)
+* \mp:                                   Math symbols.        (line 315)
+* \mu:                                   Math symbols.        (line 318)
+* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.        (line   6)
+* \multiput:                             \multiput.           (line   6)
+* \nabla:                                Math symbols.        (line 321)
+* \name:                                 \name.               (line   6)
+* \natural:                              Math symbols.        (line 324)
+* \ne:                                   Math symbols.        (line 327)
+* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.        (line 330)
+* \neg:                                  Math symbols.        (line 333)
+* \neq:                                  Math symbols.        (line 336)
+* \newcommand:                           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.         (line   6)
+* \newenvironment:                       \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \newfont:                              \newfont.            (line   6)
+* \newlength:                            \newlength.          (line   6)
+* \newline:                              \newline.            (line   6)
+* \NEWLINE:                              \SPACE.              (line   6)
+* \newpage:                              \newpage.            (line   6)
+* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.         (line   6)
+* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.         (line   6)
+* \newtie:                               Accents.             (line  80)
+* \ng:                                   Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* \NG:                                   Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* \ni:                                   Math symbols.        (line 339)
+* \nocite:                               \nocite.             (line   6)
+* \nofiles:                              Tables of contents.  (line  20)
+* \noindent:                             \noindent.           (line   6)
+* \nolinebreak:                          \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.            (line  29)
+* \nopagebreak:                          \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \normalfont:                           Font styles.         (line  45)
+* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.      (line  21)
+* \normalsize:                           Font sizes.          (line  11)
+* \not:                                  Math symbols.        (line 342)
+* \notin:                                Math symbols.        (line 345)
+* \nu:                                   Math symbols.        (line 348)
+* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.        (line 351)
+* \o (/o):                               Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* \O (/O):                               Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* \obeycr:                               \obeycr & \restorecr.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \oddsidemargin:                        Document class options.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* \odot:                                 Math symbols.        (line 354)
+* \oe (oe):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* \OE (OE):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* \oint:                                 Math symbols.        (line 357)
+* \Omega:                                Math symbols.        (line 360)
+* \omega:                                Math symbols.        (line 363)
+* \ominus:                               Math symbols.        (line 366)
+* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.          (line   6)
+* \opening:                              \opening.            (line   6)
+* \oplus:                                Math symbols.        (line 369)
+* \oslash:                               Math symbols.        (line 372)
+* \otimes:                               Math symbols.        (line 375)
+* \oval:                                 \oval.               (line   6)
+* \overbrace{TEXT}:                      Math miscellany.     (line  25)
+* \overline{TEXT}:                       Math miscellany.     (line  29)
+* \owns:                                 Math symbols.        (line 378)
+* \P:                                    Text symbols.        (line  39)
+* \pagebreak:                            \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.      (line   6)
+* \pageref:                              \pageref.            (line   6)
+* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.          (line   6)
+* \paragraph:                            Sectioning.          (line  14)
+* \parallel:                             Math symbols.        (line 381)
+* \parbox:                               \parbox.             (line   6)
+* \parindent:                            minipage.            (line  17)
+* \parindent <1>:                        \indent.             (line   6)
+* \parsep:                               itemize.             (line  76)
+* \parskip:                              \parskip.            (line   6)
+* \parskip example:                      itemize.             (line  92)
+* \part:                                 Sectioning.          (line   8)
+* \partial:                              Math symbols.        (line 384)
+* \partopsep:                            itemize.             (line  86)
+* \perp:                                 Math symbols.        (line 387)
+* \phi:                                  Math symbols.        (line 390)
+* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.        (line 393)
+* \pi:                                   Math symbols.        (line 396)
+* \pm:                                   Math symbols.        (line 399)
+* \pmod:                                 Math functions.      (line  87)
+* \poptabs:                              tabbing.             (line  71)
+* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.             (line  72)
+* \pounds:                               Text symbols.        (line  43)
+* \Pr:                                   Math functions.      (line  90)
+* \prec:                                 Math symbols.        (line 402)
+* \preceq:                               Math symbols.        (line 405)
+* \prime:                                Math symbols.        (line 408)
+* \prod:                                 Math symbols.        (line 411)
+* \propto:                               Math symbols.        (line 414)
+* \protect:                              \protect.            (line   6)
+* \ps:                                   \ps.                 (line   6)
+* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.        (line 417)
+* \psi:                                  Math symbols.        (line 420)
+* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.             (line  74)
+* \put:                                  \put.                (line   6)
+* \quotedblbase (,,):                    Text symbols.        (line  47)
+* \quotesinglbase (,):                   Text symbols.        (line  48)
+* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.             (line  74)
+* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.       (line   6)
+* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.         (line   6)
+* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.        (line   6)
+* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.           (line   6)
+* \rangle:                               Math symbols.        (line 423)
+* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.        (line 426)
+* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.        (line 429)
+* \rceil:                                Math symbols.        (line 432)
+* \Re:                                   Math symbols.        (line 435)
+* \ref:                                  \ref.                (line   6)
+* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.     (line   6)
+* \renewenvironment:                     \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \restorecr:                            \obeycr & \restorecr.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.      (line  21)
+* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.        (line 438)
+* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.        (line 441)
+* \rho:                                  Math symbols.        (line 444)
+* \right:                                Math miscellany.     (line  21)
+* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.        (line 447)
+* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.        (line 450)
+* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.        (line 453)
+* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.        (line 456)
+* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.        (line 459)
+* \rightmargin:                          itemize.             (line  62)
+* \rm:                                   Font styles.         (line  85)
+* \rmfamily:                             Font styles.         (line  21)
+* \roman:                                \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* \roman <1>:                            \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
+                                                              (line  21)
+* \rq:                                   Text symbols.        (line  51)
+* \rule:                                 \rule.               (line   6)
+* \S:                                    Text symbols.        (line  54)
+* \savebox:                              \savebox.            (line   6)
+* \sbox:                                 \sbox.               (line   6)
+* \sc:                                   Font styles.         (line  88)
+* \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.          (line  11)
+* \scshape:                              Font styles.         (line  41)
+* \searrow:                              Math symbols.        (line 462)
+* \sec:                                  Math functions.      (line  93)
+* \section:                              Sectioning.          (line  11)
+* \seename:                              Indexes.             (line  20)
+* \selectfont:                           Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.         (line   6)
+* \setlength:                            \setlength.          (line   6)
+* \setminus:                             Math symbols.        (line 465)
+* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.         (line   6)
+* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.        (line   6)
+* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.         (line   6)
+* \sf:                                   Font styles.         (line  91)
+* \sffamily:                             Font styles.         (line  39)
+* \sharp:                                Math symbols.        (line 468)
+* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.         (line   6)
+* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.        (line 471)
+* \sigma:                                Math symbols.        (line 474)
+* \signature:                            \signature.          (line   6)
+* \sim:                                  Math symbols.        (line 477)
+* \simeq:                                Math symbols.        (line 480)
+* \sin:                                  Math functions.      (line  96)
+* \sinh:                                 Math functions.      (line  99)
+* \sl:                                   Font styles.         (line  94)
+* \slshape:                              Font styles.         (line  37)
+* \small:                                Font sizes.          (line  11)
+* \smallint:                             Math symbols.        (line 483)
+* \smallskip:                            \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* \smallskipamount:                      \bigskip \medskip \smallskip.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* \smile:                                Math symbols.        (line 486)
+* \SPACE:                                \SPACE.              (line   6)
+* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.        (line 489)
+* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.        (line 492)
+* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.        (line 495)
+* \sqrt[ROOT]{arg}:                      Math miscellany.     (line  32)
+* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.        (line 498)
+* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.        (line 501)
+* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.        (line 504)
+* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.        (line 507)
+* \ss (ss):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* \SS (SS):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* \stackrel{TEXT}{RELATION}:             Math miscellany.     (line  38)
+* \star:                                 Math symbols.        (line 510)
+* \startbreaks:                          \startbreaks.        (line   6)
+* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.        (line   6)
+* \stop:                                 Command line.        (line  15)
+* \stopbreaks:                           \stopbreaks.         (line   6)
+* \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.          (line  15)
+* \subsection:                           Sectioning.          (line  12)
+* \subset:                               Math symbols.        (line 513)
+* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.        (line 516)
+* \subsubsection:                        Sectioning.          (line  13)
+* \succ:                                 Math symbols.        (line 519)
+* \succeq:                               Math symbols.        (line 522)
+* \sum:                                  Math symbols.        (line 525)
+* \sup:                                  Math functions.      (line 102)
+* \supset:                               Math symbols.        (line 528)
+* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.        (line 531)
+* \surd:                                 Math symbols.        (line 534)
+* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.        (line 537)
+* \symbol:                               Reserved characters. (line  25)
+* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.             (line  80)
+* \TAB:                                  \SPACE.              (line   6)
+* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.             (line  79)
+* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.             (line 112)
+* \tableofcontents:                      Tables of contents.  (line   6)
+* \tan:                                  Math functions.      (line 105)
+* \tanh:                                 Math functions.      (line 108)
+* \tau:                                  Math symbols.        (line 540)
+* \telephone:                            \telephone.          (line   6)
+* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.        (line  57)
+* \textascenderwordmark:                 Text symbols.        (line  95)
+* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.        (line  60)
+* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.        (line  63)
+* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.        (line  66)
+* \textbackslash:                        Text symbols.        (line  69)
+* \textbar:                              Text symbols.        (line  72)
+* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.        (line  75)
+* \textbf:                               Font styles.         (line  33)
+* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.        (line  78)
+* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.        (line  81)
+* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.        (line  84)
+* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.        (line  87)
+* \textcapitalwordmark:                  Text symbols.        (line  94)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.        (line  90)
+* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.        (line  93)
+* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.        (line  11)
+* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.        (line 100)
+* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.        (line 103)
+* \textdollar (or '$'):                  Text symbols.        (line 106)
+* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.        (line  32)
+* \textemdash (or '---'):                Text symbols.        (line 109)
+* \textendash (or '--'):                 Text symbols.        (line 112)
+* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.        (line 115)
+* \textexclamdown (or '!`'):             Text symbols.        (line 118)
+* \textfloatsep:                         figure.              (line  94)
+* \textfraction:                         figure.              (line  74)
+* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.        (line 121)
+* \textheight:                           Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* \textit:                               Font styles.         (line  24)
+* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.        (line 127)
+* \textless:                             Text symbols.        (line 124)
+* \textmd:                               Font styles.         (line  30)
+* \textnormal:                           Font styles.         (line  45)
+* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.        (line 130)
+* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.        (line 131)
+* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.        (line  40)
+* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.        (line 134)
+* \textquestiondown (or '?`'):           Text symbols.        (line 137)
+* \textquotedblleft (or '``'):           Text symbols.        (line 140)
+* \textquotedblright (or '''):           Text symbols.        (line 143)
+* \textquoteleft (or '`'):               Text symbols.        (line 146)
+* \textquoteright (or '''):              Text symbols.        (line 149)
+* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.        (line 152)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.        (line 153)
+* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.        (line 156)
+* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.        (line 159)
+* \textrm:                               Font styles.         (line  21)
+* \textsc:                               Font styles.         (line  41)
+* \textsf:                               Font styles.         (line  39)
+* \textsl:                               Font styles.         (line  37)
+* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.        (line  44)
+* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.        (line 162)
+* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.        (line 165)
+* \texttt:                               Font styles.         (line  43)
+* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.        (line 168)
+* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.        (line 171)
+* \textup:                               Font styles.         (line  35)
+* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.        (line 174)
+* \textwidth:                            Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line  36)
+* \th (th):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* \TH (TH):                              Non-English characters.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.          (line  21)
+* \theta:                                Math symbols.        (line 543)
+* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.         (line   6)
+* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.          (line   6)
+* \thinspace:                            \thinspace.          (line   6)
+* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.      (line   6)
+* \tilde:                                Math accents.        (line  43)
+* \times:                                Math symbols.        (line 546)
+* \tiny:                                 Font sizes.          (line  11)
+* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.          (line  25)
+* \to:                                   Math symbols.        (line 549)
+* \today:                                \today.              (line   6)
+* \top:                                  Math symbols.        (line 552)
+* \topfraction:                          figure.              (line  79)
+* \topmargin:                            Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line  60)
+* \topnumber:                            figure.              (line 104)
+* \topsep:                               itemize.             (line  80)
+* \topskip:                              Page layout parameters.
+                                                              (line  67)
+* \totalheight:                          Predefined lengths.  (line  12)
+* \totalnumber:                          figure.              (line 108)
+* \triangle:                             Math symbols.        (line 555)
+* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.        (line 558)
+* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.        (line 561)
+* \tt:                                   Font styles.         (line  97)
+* \ttfamily:                             Font styles.         (line  43)
+* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.          (line   6)
+* \typein:                               \typein.             (line   6)
+* \typeout:                              \typeout.            (line   6)
+* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.             (line  85)
+* \unboldmath:                           Math formulas.       (line  29)
+* \underbar:                             Accents.             (line  88)
+* \underbrace{math}:                     Math miscellany.     (line  42)
+* \underline{text}:                      Math miscellany.     (line  45)
+* \unitlength:                           picture.             (line  10)
+* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.        (line 564)
+* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.        (line 567)
+* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.        (line 570)
+* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.        (line 573)
+* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.        (line 576)
+* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.        (line 579)
+* \uplus:                                Math symbols.        (line 582)
+* \upshape:                              Font styles.         (line  35)
+* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.        (line 585)
+* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.        (line 588)
+* \usebox:                               \usebox.             (line   6)
+* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.         (line   6)
+* \usefont:                              Low-level font commands.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* \usepackage:                           Document class options.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.             (line  95)
+* \value:                                \value.              (line   6)
+* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.        (line 591)
+* \varphi:                               Math symbols.        (line 594)
+* \varpi:                                Math symbols.        (line 597)
+* \varrho:                               Math symbols.        (line 600)
+* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.        (line 603)
+* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.        (line 606)
+* \vdash:                                Math symbols.        (line 609)
+* \vdots:                                Math miscellany.     (line  50)
+* \vdots <1>:                            Math miscellany.     (line  51)
+* \vec:                                  Math accents.        (line  46)
+* \vector:                               \vector.             (line   6)
+* \vee:                                  Math symbols.        (line 612)
+* \verb:                                 \verb.               (line   6)
+* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.        (line 615)
+* \vert:                                 Math symbols.        (line 618)
+* \vfill:                                \vfill.              (line   6)
+* \vline:                                \vline.              (line   6)
+* \vspace:                               \vspace.             (line   6)
+* \wedge:                                Math symbols.        (line 621)
+* \widehat:                              Math accents.        (line  49)
+* \widehat <1>:                          Math accents.        (line  52)
+* \width:                                Predefined lengths.  (line   6)
+* \wp:                                   Math symbols.        (line 624)
+* \wr:                                   Math symbols.        (line 627)
+* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.        (line 630)
+* \xi:                                   Math symbols.        (line 633)
+* \year:                                 \day \month \year.   (line   6)
+* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.        (line 636)
+* \[:                                    Math formulas.       (line  16)
+* \\ (for 'array'):                      array.               (line  26)
+* \\ (for 'center'):                     center.              (line  13)
+* \\ (for 'eqnarray'):                   eqnarray.            (line  21)
+* \\ (for 'flushright'):                 flushright.          (line  12)
+* \\ (for '\shortstack' objects):        \shortstack.         (line  20)
+* \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  24)
+* \\ for 'flushleft':                    flushleft.           (line  12)
+* \\ for letters:                        Letters.             (line  32)
+* \\ for 'tabular':                      tabular.             (line  23)
+* \\ for 'verse':                        verse.               (line  17)
+* \\ for '\author':                      \maketitle.          (line  12)
+* \\ for '\title':                       \maketitle.          (line  26)
+* \\ force line break:                   \\.                  (line   6)
+* \\* (for 'eqnarray'):                  eqnarray.            (line  26)
+* \]:                                    Math formulas.       (line  16)
+* \^:                                    Reserved characters. (line  21)
+* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.             (line  33)
+* \_:                                    Reserved characters. (line  11)
+* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.             (line  37)
+* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.             (line  51)
+* \{:                                    Reserved characters. (line  11)
+* \|:                                    Math symbols.        (line  11)
+* \}:                                    Reserved characters. (line  11)
+* \~:                                    Reserved characters. (line  21)
+* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.             (line  43)
+* ^:                                     Subscripts & superscripts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* _:                                     Subscripts & superscripts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* {...} for required arguments:          Overview.            (line  51)
+* a4paper option:                        Document class options.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* a5paper option:                        Document class options.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* abstract environment:                  abstract.            (line   6)
+* array environment:                     array.               (line   6)
+* article class:                         Document classes.    (line  13)
+* b5paper option:                        Document class options.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* book class:                            Document classes.    (line  13)
+* center environment:                    center.              (line   6)
+* description environment:               description.         (line   6)
+* displaymath environment:               displaymath.         (line   6)
+* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.       (line   6)
+* document environment:                  document.            (line   6)
+* draft option:                          Document class options.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* enumerate environment:                 enumerate.           (line   6)
+* eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.            (line   6)
+* equation environment:                  equation.            (line   6)
+* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.       (line   6)
+* executivepaper option:                 Document class options.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* figure:                                figure.              (line   6)
+* final option:                          Document class options.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* fleqn option:                          Document class options.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* flushleft environment:                 flushleft.           (line   6)
+* flushright environment:                flushright.          (line   6)
+* indexspace:                            Indexes.             (line  32)
+* itemize environment:                   itemize.             (line   6)
+* landscape option:                      Document class options.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* latex command:                         Overview.            (line  18)
+* <latexrefman-discuss@gna.org> email address: About this document.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* legalpaper option:                     Document class options.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* leqno option:                          Document class options.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* letter:                                letter.              (line   6)
+* letter class:                          Document classes.    (line  13)
+* letterpaper option:                    Document class options.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* list:                                  list.                (line   6)
+* lR box:                                picture.             (line  64)
+* lrbox:                                 lrbox.               (line   6)
+* lualatex command:                      Overview.            (line  32)
+* math environment:                      math.                (line   6)
+* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.       (line   6)
+* minipage environment:                  minipage.            (line   6)
+* notitlepage option:                    Document class options.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* onecolumn option:                      Document class options.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* oneside option:                        Document class options.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* openany option:                        Document class options.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* openbib option:                        Document class options.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* openright option:                      Document class options.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* pdflatex command:                      Overview.            (line  26)
+* picture:                               picture.             (line   6)
+* printindex:                            Indexes.             (line  28)
+* quotation:                             quotation.           (line   6)
+* quote:                                 quote.               (line   6)
+* report class:                          Document classes.    (line  13)
+* secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.          (line  47)
+* slides class:                          Document classes.    (line  13)
+* tabbing environment:                   tabbing.             (line   6)
+* table:                                 table.               (line   6)
+* tabular environment:                   tabular.             (line   6)
+* textcomp package:                      Text symbols.        (line   6)
+* thebibliography:                       thebibliography.     (line   6)
+* theorem environment:                   theorem.             (line   6)
+* titlepage environment:                 titlepage.           (line   6)
+* titlepage option:                      Document class options.
+                                                              (line  24)
+* twocolumn option:                      Document class options.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* twoside option:                        Document class options.
+                                                              (line  44)
+* verbatim environment:                  verbatim.            (line   6)
+* verse environment:                     verse.               (line   6)
+* xelatex command:                       Overview.            (line  35)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top1688
+Node: About this document3542
+Node: Overview4822
+Node: Starting & ending7194
+Node: Document classes7756
+Node: Document class options8332
+Node: Typefaces10920
+Node: Font styles11362
+Node: Font sizes13773
+Node: Low-level font commands15008
+Node: Layout17462
+Node: \onecolumn17931
+Node: \twocolumn18144
+Node: \flushbottom19648
+Node: \raggedbottom20010
+Node: Page layout parameters20296
+Node: Sectioning23327
+Node: Cross references24868
+Node: \label25299
+Node: \pageref26161
+Node: \ref26460
+Node: Environments26850
+Node: abstract28306
+Node: array28547
+Node: center29876
+Node: \centering30353
+Node: description31193
+Node: displaymath32007
+Node: document32575
+Node: enumerate32832
+Node: eqnarray34121
+Node: equation35511
+Node: figure35884
+Node: flushleft39705
+Node: \raggedright40190
+Node: flushright40749
+Node: \raggedleft41237
+Node: itemize41794
+Node: letter45425
+Node: list45663
+Node: math46600
+Node: minipage46902
+Node: picture48094
+Node: \circle52093
+Node: \makebox (picture)52426
+Node: \framebox (picture)53121
+Node: \dashbox53611
+Node: \frame54140
+Node: \line54466
+Node: \linethickness54935
+Node: \thicklines55356
+Node: \thinlines55666
+Node: \multiput55968
+Node: \oval56334
+Node: \put56948
+Node: \shortstack57195
+Node: \vector57669
+Node: quotation57975
+Node: quote58431
+Node: tabbing58863
+Node: table62029
+Node: tabular62919
+Node: \multicolumn67008
+Node: \cline67805
+Node: \hline68125
+Node: \vline68439
+Node: thebibliography68752
+Node: \bibitem69894
+Node: \cite70625
+Node: \nocite71124
+Node: Using BibTeX71408
+Node: theorem72900
+Node: titlepage73286
+Node: verbatim73888
+Node: \verb74515
+Node: verse75065
+Node: Line breaking75559
+Node: \\76617
+Node: \obeycr & \restorecr77087
+Node: \newline77491
+Node: \- (hyphenation)77781
+Node: \fussy78391
+Node: \sloppy78784
+Node: \hyphenation79113
+Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak79740
+Node: Page breaking80394
+Node: \cleardoublepage81002
+Node: \clearpage81409
+Node: \newpage81685
+Node: \enlargethispage81920
+Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak82447
+Node: Footnotes83141
+Node: \footnote83759
+Node: \footnotemark84277
+Node: \footnotetext84843
+Node: Symbolic footnotes85328
+Node: Footnote parameters85885
+Node: Definitions86620
+Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand87335
+Node: \newcounter88549
+Node: \newlength89017
+Node: \newsavebox89529
+Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment89836
+Node: \newtheorem91102
+Node: \newfont92068
+Node: \protect92548
+Node: Counters93411
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol94655
+Node: \usecounter95699
+Node: \value96061
+Node: \setcounter96446
+Node: \addtocounter96737
+Node: \refstepcounter97033
+Node: \stepcounter97378
+Node: \day \month \year97629
+Node: Lengths98174
+Node: \setlength98743
+Node: \addtolength99085
+Node: \settodepth99380
+Node: \settoheight99655
+Node: \settowidth99934
+Node: Predefined lengths100198
+Node: Making paragraphs100713
+Node: \indent101285
+Node: \noindent101757
+Node: \parskip102043
+Node: Marginal notes102301
+Node: Math formulas103931
+Node: Subscripts & superscripts105713
+Node: Math symbols106180
+Node: Math functions112993
+Node: Math accents113936
+Node: Spacing in math mode114906
+Node: Math miscellany115537
+Node: Modes117035
+Node: Page styles118866
+Node: \maketitle119360
+Node: \pagenumbering120430
+Node: \pagestyle120843
+Node: \thispagestyle121983
+Node: Spaces122289
+Node: \hspace123348
+Node: \hfill123907
+Node: \SPACE124304
+Node: \AT124770
+Node: \thinspace125227
+Node: \/125486
+Node: \hrulefill126323
+Node: \dotfill126585
+Node: \addvspace126809
+Node: \bigskip \medskip \smallskip127301
+Node: \vfill127979
+Node: \vspace128284
+Node: Boxes128714
+Node: \mbox129433
+Node: \fbox and \framebox129720
+Node: lrbox130523
+Node: \makebox130840
+Node: \parbox131553
+Node: \raisebox132882
+Node: \savebox133479
+Node: \sbox133894
+Node: \usebox134343
+Node: Special insertions134601
+Node: Reserved characters135245
+Node: Text symbols136648
+Node: Accents139955
+Node: Non-English characters142428
+Node: \rule143099
+Node: \today143526
+Node: Splitting the input143971
+Node: \include144612
+Node: \includeonly145199
+Node: \input145691
+Node: Front/back matter146182
+Node: Tables of contents146387
+Node: \addcontentsline147415
+Node: \addtocontents148315
+Node: Glossaries148826
+Node: Indexes149345
+Node: Letters150972
+Node: \address152913
+Node: \cc153518
+Node: \closing153754
+Node: \encl153987
+Node: \location154179
+Node: \makelabels154441
+Node: \name154730
+Node: \opening154952
+Node: \ps155277
+Node: \signature155460
+Node: \startbreaks155743
+Node: \stopbreaks155965
+Node: \telephone156180
+Node: Terminal input/output156412
+Node: \typein156677
+Node: \typeout157258
+Node: Command line157881
+Node: Document templates158576
+Node: book template158980
+Node: beamer template159323
+Node: tugboat template159862
+Node: Concept Index162012
+Node: Command Index198773
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2man.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2man.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..20f024d7e05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/latex2man.info
@@ -0,0 +1,1055 @@
+This is latex2man.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
+latex2man.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Man-pages
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Latex2man: (latex2man). Its Man-Page
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Description,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
+
+latex2man
+*********
+
+Latex2man is a tool to translate UNIX manual pages written with
+LaTeXinto a format understood by the UNIX man(1)-command.
+Alternatively HTML, TexInfo, or LaTeX code can be produced too.  Output
+of parts of the text may be suppressed using the conditional text
+feature (for this, LaTeX generation may be used).
+
+Synopsis
+========
+
+latex2man [ -tTRANSFILE ] [ -cCSSFILE ] [ -HMTL ] [ -h ] [ -V ] [
+-CNAME ]
+[ -aCHAR ] INFILE OUTFILE
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Description::
+* Options::
+* Files::
+* See Also::
+* LaTeX commands::
+* Package Options::
+* Package Specific Environments::
+* Accepted LaTeX Environments::
+* Package Specific Macros::
+* Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package::
+* Accepted LaTeX Macros::
+* Conditional Text::
+* Translation of User Defined Macros::
+* Verbatim Environment::
+* Subsection works::
+* Subsubsection works::
+* Subsubsection still works::
+* General Remarks::
+* CSS classnames::
+* Some Bug Fix Tests::
+* Requirements::
+* Changes::
+* Version::
+* License and Copyright::
+* Author::
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Description,  Next: Options,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+Description
+===========
+
+Latex2man reads the file INFILE and writes OUTFILE.  The input must be
+a LaTeX document using the latex2man LaTeXpackage.  Latex2man
+translates that document into the troff(1) format using the -man macro
+package.
+
+   Using the -H option, HTML code can be produced, instead of troff(1).
+With this option you can, optionally, specify a CSSFILE as an argument.
+CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) allows you to control the appearance of
+the resulting HTML page.  See below for the names of CSS classes that
+are included in the HTML tags as attributes.
+
+   Using the -T option, TexInfo code can be produced, instead of
+troff(1).
+
+   Using the -M option, troff(1) input is produced.
+
+   Using the -L option, LaTeX ouput can be produced, instead of
+troff(1).
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Options,  Next: Files,  Prev: Description,  Up: Top
+
+Options
+=======
+
+`-tTRANSFILE'
+     Translation for user defined LaTeX macros.
+
+`-cCSSFILE'
+     If you use the -H you can also specify a file that contains CSS
+     style sheets. The link to the CSS file is inserted into the
+     generatedHTML output using the specified CSSFILE filename.
+
+`-M'
+     Produce output suitable for the man(1) command (default).
+
+`-H'
+     Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1) command, HTML
+     code is produced (despite the name of the command).
+
+`-T'
+     Instead of producing output suitable for the man(1) command,
+     TexInfo code is produced (despite the name of the command). The
+     generated `.texi'-file may be processed with makeinfo(1) (to
+     produce an `.info'-file) which in turn may be installed using
+     install-info(1).  The Info tags @dircategory and @direntry are
+     provided.
+
+`-L'
+     The LaTeX source is written to the OUTFILE.  This is useful in
+     conjunction with the -CNAME option.
+
+`-CNAME'
+     Output the conditional text for NAME.  If more than one name
+     should be given use quotes: -C'NAME1 NAME2 ...'
+     The following names are defined automatically:
+        * -H defines HTML
+
+        * -T defines TEXI
+
+        * -M defines MAN
+
+        * -L defines LATEX
+
+`-aCHAR'
+     Is used only in conjunction with -T.
+     Background:
+     TexInfo ignores all blanks before the first word on a new line. In
+     order to produce some additional space before that word (using
+     \SP) some character has to be printed before the additional space.
+     By default this is a . (dot). The CHAR specifies an alternative
+     for that first character. Giving a blank to -a supresses the
+     indentation of a line.
+     Note: only for the first \SP of a series that CHAR is printed.
+
+`-h'
+     Show a help text.
+
+`-V'
+     Show version information.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Files,  Next: See Also,  Prev: Options,  Up: Top
+
+Files
+=====
+
+``latex2man.tex''
+     The LaTeX file containing this Man-page.
+
+``latex2man.sty''
+     The LaTeX package defining the environments and commands.
+
+``latex2man.cfg''
+     The configuration file for Latex2man LaTeX-package.
+
+``latex2man.css''
+     File containing example CSS definitions.
+
+``latex2man.trans''
+     File containing example translations of user defined LaTeX macros.
+
+``fancyheadings.sty''
+     A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and foot lines.
+
+``fancyhdr.sty''
+     A LaTeX package used to typeset head- and foot lines.
+
+``rcsinfo.sty''
+     A LaTeX package used to extract and use RCS version control
+     information in LaTeX documents.
+
+``latex2man.pdf''
+     The PDF version of this document.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: See Also,  Next: LaTeX commands,  Prev: Files,  Up: Top
+
+See Also
+========
+
+LaTeX,TexInfo, troff(1), groff(1), makeinfo(1).
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: LaTeX commands,  Next: Package Options,  Prev: See Also,  Up: Top
+
+LaTeX commands
+==============
+
+The LaTeX package latex2man is used to write the Man-pages with
+LaTeX.Since we translate into other text formats, not all LaTeX stuff
+can be translated.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Package Options,  Next: Package Specific Environments,  Prev: LaTeX commands,  Up: Top
+
+Package Options
+---------------
+
+The latex2man package accepts the following options:
+
+`fancy'
+     use the LaTeX package fancyheadings.
+
+`fancyhdr'
+     use the LaTeX package fancyhdr.
+
+`nofancy'
+     neither the LaTeX package fancyheadings nor fancyhdr are used.
+
+   The default option may be specified in the file latex2man.cfg.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Package Specific Environments,  Next: Accepted LaTeX Environments,  Prev: Package Options,  Up: Top
+
+Package Specific Environments
+-----------------------------
+
+The following environments are provided by the package:
+`\begin{Name}{chapter}{name}{author}{info}{title}'
+     The Name environment takes five arguments: 1.  the Man-page
+     chapter, 2.  the name of the Man-page, 3.  the author, 4.  some
+     short information about the tool printed in the footline of the
+     Man-page, and 5.  a text which is used as title, for HTML and
+     LaTeX (it's ignored for output of the Man-page or TeXinfo. The Name
+     environment must be the first environment in the document.
+     Processing starts with this environment. Any text before this is
+     ignored (exception: the setVersion and setDate commands). (Note:
+     all arguments of \begin{Name} must be written on one line).
+
+`\begin{Table}[width]{columns}'
+     The Table environment takes two arguments: the first optional one
+     specifies a width of the last column, the second one gives the
+     number of columns.  For example:
+
+     \begin{Table}[2cm]{3}
+     Here & am & I \\\hline
+     A 1 & A 2 & A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1 2 3 4 5 \\
+     B 1 & B 2 & B 3 \\
+     \end{Table}
+
+     will be typeset as:
+
+     Here                 am                   I
+     A 1                  A 2                  A 3 1 2 3 4 5 A 3 1
+                                               2 3 4 5
+     B 1                  B 2                  B 3
+
+     If no optional _width_ argument is given, all entries are typeset
+     left justified.  The _width_ is a length measured absolutly in
+     _cm_.  Processing with LaTeX a p{width} column is typeset as last
+     column. The translation to troff(1) commands results in a lw(width)
+     column specification. Translating to HTML and TexInfo ignores the
+     _width_ parameter.
+
+     \hline may be used.
+
+     If the Man-page is formatted with troff(1) and tables are used, the
+     tbl(1) preprocessor should be called, usually by giving a -t to
+     the call of troff(1).  When viewing the generated manula page
+     using man(1), tbl(1) is called automatically.
+
+`\begin{Description}'
+     is the same as \begin{description}
+
+`\begin{Description}[label]'
+     is similar to \begin{description}, but the item labels have at
+     minimum the size of the (optional) word _label_.  The difference
+     is visible only in the DVI and PDF-output, not in the troff,
+     TexInfo or HTML output.
+    `a'
+          |a \begin{description}
+
+    `ab'
+          |ab
+
+    `abc'
+          |abc
+
+    `a'
+          |a \begin{Description}
+
+    `ab'
+          |ab
+
+    `abc'
+          |abc
+
+    `a'
+          |a \begin{Description}[aa]
+
+    `ab'
+          |ab
+
+    `abc'
+          |abc
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Accepted LaTeX Environments,  Next: Package Specific Macros,  Prev: Package Specific Environments,  Up: Top
+
+Accepted LaTeX Environments
+---------------------------
+
+The following environments are accepted:
+   * description
+
+   * enumerate
+
+   * itemize
+
+   * verbatim
+
+   * center
+
+   They may be nested:
+   * Itemize and nested center:
+
+                              A centered line.
+                           Another centered line.
+
+   * Another item an nested enumerate
+       1. a
+
+       2. b
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Package Specific Macros,  Next: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package,  Prev: Accepted LaTeX Environments,  Up: Top
+
+Package Specific Macros
+-----------------------
+
+The following commands are provided:
+`\Opt{option}'
+     Option: \Opt{-o} will be typeset as -o.
+
+`\Arg{argument}'
+     Argument: \Arg{filename} will be typeset as FILENAME.
+
+`\OptArg{option}{argument}'
+     Option with Argument:
+     \OptArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as -oFILENAME.
+
+`\OptoArg{option}{argument}'
+     Option with optional Argument:
+     \OptoArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as -o[FILENAME].
+
+`\oOpt{option}'
+     Optional option, e.g.  \oOpt{-o} will be typeset as [ -o ].
+
+`\oArg{argument}'
+     Optional argument, e.g.  \oArg{filename} will be typeset as [
+     FILENAME ].
+
+`\oOptArg{option}{argument}'
+     Optional option with argument, e.g.
+     \oOptArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as [ -oFILENAME ].
+
+`\oOptoArg{option}{argument}'
+     Optional option with optional argument, e.g.
+     \oOptoArg{-o}{filename} will be typeset as [ -o[FILENAME] ].
+
+`\File{filename}'
+     used to typeset filenames, e.g.  \File{filename} will be typeset
+     as `filename'.
+
+`\Prog{prog}'
+     used to typeset program names, e.g.  \Prog{latex2man} will be
+     typeset as latex2man.
+
+`\Cmd{command}{chapter}'
+     used to typeset references to other commands, e.g.
+     \Cmd{latex2man}{1} will be typeset as latex2man(1).
+
+`\Bar'
+     is typeset as |.
+
+`\Bs'
+     (BackSlash) is typeset as \.
+
+`\Tilde'
+     is typeset as a ~.
+
+`\Dots'
+     is typeset as ...
+
+`\Bullet'
+     us typeset as *.
+
+`\setVersion{..}'
+     set .. as version information.
+
+`\setVersionWord{..}'
+     set .. for the word _Version:_ in the footline.
+     The default is \setVersionWord{Version:}.
+
+`\Version'
+     returns the version information.
+
+`\setDate{..}'
+     sets .. as date information.
+
+`\Date'
+     returns the date information.
+
+`\Email{..}'
+     use to mark an Email address:
+     \Email{Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de} is typeset as:
+     <Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de>.
+
+`\URL{..}'
+     use to mark an URL: \URL{http://www.foo.de/\Tilde vollmer} is
+     typeset as
+     `http://www.foo.de/~vollmer'.
+
+`\LatexManEnd'
+     the input file is read and processed until reading end-of-file or
+     \LatexManEnd (at the beginning of a line).  LaTeXignores this
+     command.
+
+`\Lbr, \Rbr'
+     is typeset as [ and ] (these variants are needed only somtimes
+     like in
+     \item[FooBar\LBr xx \Lbr]. Usually [ ] will work.
+
+`\LBr, \RBr'
+     is typeset as { and } (these variants are needed when using { or }
+     as arguments to macros.
+
+`\Circum'
+     is typeset as ^.
+
+`\Percent'
+     is typeset as %.
+
+`\TEXbr'
+     If processed with LaTeX causes a linebreak (i.e.  is equivalent to
+     \\).In the output of latex2man this macro is ignored.
+
+`\TEXIbr'
+     If TexInfo output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is
+     equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
+
+`\MANbr'
+     If Man-Page output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is
+     equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
+
+`\HTMLbr'
+     If HTML output is generated, causes a linebreak (i.e.  is
+     equivalent to \\),otherwise ignored.
+
+`\medskip'
+     An empty line.
+
+`\SP'
+     Produces some extra space, works also at the beginning of lines.
+     The code of the second line looks like: \SP abc \SP\SP xx\\:
+     abc       xx
+     . abc     xx
+     . . abc   xx
+
+     Note: Due to some "problems" with TexInfo, the lines starting with
+     \SP have a leading . (dot) in the TexInfo output, see -aCHAR.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package,  Next: Accepted LaTeX Macros,  Prev: Package Specific Macros,  Up: Top
+
+Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package
+----------------------------------------
+
+`\rcsInfo $Id ...$'
+     if the LaTeX package `rcsinfo' is used, this command is used to
+     extract the date of the Man-page.
+
+`\rcsInfoLongDate'
+     if the LaTeX package `rcsinfo' is used, this command is used to
+     typeset the date coded in the $Id ..$ string.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Accepted LaTeX Macros,  Next: Conditional Text,  Prev: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package,  Up: Top
+
+Accepted LaTeX Macros
+---------------------
+
+The following standard LaTeX commands are accepted:
+`\section{..}'
+     The section macro takes one argument: the name of the Man-page
+     section. Each Man-page consists of several sections.  Usually
+     there are the following sections in a Man-page: _Name_ (special
+     handling as environment, c.f.  above), _Synopsis_, _Description_,
+     _Options_, _Files_, _See Also_, _Diagnostics_, _Return Values_,
+     _Bugs_, _Author_, _version_, etc.
+
+     _Synopsis_ must be the first section after the Name environment.
+
+     Note: Do not use LaTeX-macrosin section names.
+
+`\subsection{..}'
+     works as well as
+
+`\subsubsection{..}'
+     those.
+
+`\emph{..}'
+     \emph{example} is typeset as _example_.
+
+`\textbf{..}'
+     \textbf{example} is typeset as *example*.
+
+`\texttt{..}'
+     \textt{example} is typeset as example.
+
+`\underline{..}'
+     \underline{example} is typeset as example of underline.
+
+`\date{..}'
+     uses .. as date.
+
+`\verb+..+'
+     but only + is allowed as delimiter.
+
+`$<$'
+     is typeset as <.
+
+`$>$'
+     is typeset as >.
+
+`$<=$'
+     is typeset as <=.
+
+`$>=$'
+     is typeset as >=.
+
+`$=$'
+     is typeset as =.
+
+`$<>$'
+     is typeset as <>.
+
+`$\ge$'
+     is typeset as $>=$.
+
+`$\le$'
+     is typeset as $<=$.
+
+`$\leftarrow$'
+     is typeset as $<-$.
+
+`$\Leftarrow$'
+     is typeset as $<==$.
+
+`$\rightarrow$'
+     is typeset as $->$.
+
+`$\Rightarrow$'
+     is typeset as $==>$.
+
+`\{'
+     is typeset as {.
+
+`\}'
+     is typeset as }.
+
+`\$'
+     is typeset as $.
+
+`\$'
+     is typeset as $,should be used inside macro arguments.
+
+`\_'
+     is typeset as _.
+
+`\&'
+     is typeset as &.
+
+`\#'
+     is typeset as #.
+
+`\%'
+     is typeset as %.
+
+`\,'
+     is typeset as smaller blank - - (between the two -)
+
+`\-'
+     is used to mark hyphenation in a word.
+
+`\\'
+     is typeset as a linebreak or marks the end of a column in the Table
+     environment.
+
+`\'
+     (a \ followed by a blank) is typeset as a blank, although it
+     cannot be used at the beginning of a line to make indentation (see
+     the \SP command).
+
+`~'
+     is typeset as a blank.
+
+`\copyright'
+     is typeset as (C).
+
+`\noindent'
+
+`\hline'
+     inside a Table environment.
+
+`\item'
+     inside a itemize, enumerate, or description environment.
+
+`\today'
+     22 December 2010(see also the rcsinfo LaTeXpackage).
+
+`\ss,\"a, ...'
+     \ss = ss, \"a= a", \"o= o", \"u= u", \"A= A", \"O= O", \"U= U". It
+     is allowed to surround these macros in { and } in all places, even
+     inside other macros, e.g.
+     .     \textbf{\"a\"o\"u\"A\"O\"U\ss}
+     .     \textbf{\"a}{\"o}{\"u}{\"A}{\"O}{\"U}{\ss}}
+     .     \textbf{äöüÄÖÜß}
+     *a"o"u"A"O"U"ss a"o"u"A"O"U"ss a"o"u"A"O"U"ss*
+
+     If these letters are used in their LATIN-1 8-bit coding, they are
+     translated into the equivalent letter of the desired output format.
+     E.g. A" becomes &Auml; in HTML and @"A in texinfo.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Conditional Text,  Next: Translation of User Defined Macros,  Prev: Accepted LaTeX Macros,  Up: Top
+
+Conditional Text
+----------------
+
+latex2man preprocesses the LaTeX input to allow text to be used
+conditionally. A special sort of LaTeX comment is used for that purpose.
+   * %@% IF _condition_ %@%
+
+   * %@% ELSE %@%
+
+   * %@% END-IF %@%
+
+   A line must contain only such a comment and nothing else. _condition_
+is a boolean expression containing "names" and operators. The names
+given with the -CNAME option have the value "true", while all other
+names occuring in the expression are assumed to be "false". If the
+evaluation of the boolean expression results in the value "true", the
+text in the "then"-part is used and the text in the optional
+"else"-part is skipped (and vice versa). The IF/ELSE/END-IF may be
+nested. As boolean operators the following are allowed:
+
+||                               boolean or
+&&                               boolean and
+!                                negation
+
+   ( and ) for grouping are allowed.
+
+For example:
+%@% IF abc %@%
+abc set
+%@%  IF xyz %@%
+xyz set
+%@%  ELSE %@%
+xyz NOT set
+%@%  END-IF %@%
+%@% ELSE %@%
+abc NOT set
+%@%  IF xyz || !XYZ %@%
+xyz OR !XYZ set
+%@%  ELSE %@%
+xyz OR !XYZ NOT set
+%@%  END-IF %@%
+%@% END-IF %@%
+
+Run this manual page through latex2man with e.g.  -C'ABC XYZ' and have
+a look to the generated output.  (If simply running the LaTeX-document
+through LaTeX,all lines are shown in the .dvi file).
+abc NOT set
+xyz OR !XYZ set
+To check the conditional text feature, when latex2man is called with
+`-CHTML'
+     the lines 1a, 2b, 3b, and 4b;
+
+`-CTEXI'
+     the lines 1b, 2a, 3b, and 4b;
+
+`-CMAN'
+     the lines 1b, 2b, 3a, and 4b;
+
+`-CLATEX'
+     the lines 1b, 2b, 3b, and 4a;
+
+`calling LaTeX without preprocessing'
+     all lines
+   should be shown:
+
+   1b. The HTML conditional was not set.
+
+   2a. This text occurs only when viewing the TEXI output
+
+   3b. The MAN conditional was not set.
+
+   4b. The LATEX conditional was not set.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Translation of User Defined Macros,  Next: Verbatim Environment,  Prev: Conditional Text,  Up: Top
+
+Translation of User Defined Macros
+----------------------------------
+
+The user macro translation file (given by the [ -tTRANSFILE ]) contains
+Perl commands specifying the translation of LaTeX macros defined by the
+user. These macros may have none, one or two arguments. The following
+code is expected:
+
+   * Comments start with a # up to the end of the line.
+
+   * For a macro \foo with no arguments, the following code must be
+     specified:
+    `Translation to Man-Pages'
+          $manMacro{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to HTML'
+          $htmlMacro{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to TexInfo'
+          $texiMacro{'foo'} = '...';
+
+     where ... is the translation.
+
+   * For a macro \foo{..} with one argument, the following code must be
+     specified:
+    `Translation to Man-Pages'
+          $manMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $manMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to HTML'
+          $htmlMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $htmlMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to TexInfo'
+          $texiMacro1a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $texiMacro1b{'foo'} = '...';
+
+     where ... is the translation. The 1a code is used before the
+     argument, while 1b is typeset after the argument is set.
+
+   * For a macro \foo{..}{..} with two arguments, the following code
+     must be specified:
+    `Translation to Man-Pages'
+          $manMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $manMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+          $manMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to HTML'
+          $htmlMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $htmlMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+          $htmlMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
+
+    `Translation to TexInfo'
+          $texiMacro2a{'foo'} = '...';
+          $texiMacro2b{'foo'} = '...';
+          $texiMacro2c{'foo'} = '...';
+
+     where ... is the translation. The 2a code is used before the first
+     argument, 2b between the two arguments and 2c is typeset after the
+     second argument is set.
+
+   * The file `latex2man.trans' contains some example code.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Verbatim Environment,  Next: Subsection works,  Prev: Translation of User Defined Macros,  Up: Top
+
+Verbatim Environment
+--------------------
+
+.This
+.    {is}
+.        \texttt{a}
+.                  $test$
+.                         _of_
+.verbatim
+.<this is no HTML tag> and no @* TexInfo command
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Subsection works,  Next: Subsubsection works,  Prev: Verbatim Environment,  Up: Top
+
+Subsection works
+----------------
+
+This is a \subsection.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Subsubsection works,  Next: Subsubsection still works,  Prev: Subsection works,  Up: Top
+
+Subsubsection works
+...................
+
+This is a \subsubsection.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Subsubsection still works,  Next: General Remarks,  Prev: Subsubsection works,  Up: Top
+
+Subsubsection still works
+.........................
+
+This is another \subsubsection.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: General Remarks,  Next: CSS classnames,  Prev: Subsubsection still works,  Up: Top
+
+General Remarks
+---------------
+
+  1. Empty lines are typeset as paragraph separators.
+
+  2. The arguments of the LaTeX commands must not be split over several
+     lines.
+
+  3. Do not nest calls to macros.
+
+  4. Except the mentioned environment and macros, the usage of other
+     LaTeX environments or macros are not translated. Their usage will
+     cause garbage in the output.
+
+  5. latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
+
+  6. If you want to install the system with the distributed `Makefile',
+     you need GNU-make.  If you don't have it, you should execute the
+     steps shown in the `Makefile' manually.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: CSS classnames,  Next: Some Bug Fix Tests,  Prev: General Remarks,  Up: Top
+
+CSS classnames
+==============
+
+The table below shows the names of CSS classes that will be included in
+the HTML tags as attributes.  You can specify the CSS style properties
+in the CSSFILE for these classes:
+
+
+*HTML tag*             *Class*                *Style applies to*
+body                                          the body of the HTML
+                                              page
+h1                     titlehead              the title at the top
+                                              of the HTML page
+                                              specified as an
+                                              argument to the _Name_
+                                              environment
+h4                     authorhead             the author at the top
+                                              of the HTML page
+                                              specified as an
+                                              argument to the _Name_
+                                              environment
+h4                     datehead               the date at the top
+                                              of the HTML page
+h4                     versionhead            the man page version
+                                              at the top of the
+                                              HTML page specified
+                                              as an argument to the
+                                              _setVersion_ macro
+h2                     sectionname            a section title
+                                              specified as an
+                                              argument to the
+                                              _section_ macro
+h4                     subsectionname         a subsection title
+                                              specified as an
+                                              argument to the
+                                              _subsection_ macro
+h5                     subsubsectionname      a subsubsection title
+                                              specified as an
+                                              argument to the
+                                              _subsubsection_ macro
+font                   progname               a program name
+                                              specified as an
+                                              argument to the _Prog_
+                                              macro
+font                   filename               a file name specified
+                                              as an argument to the
+                                              _File_ macro
+font                   commandname            a command name
+                                              specified as an
+                                              argument to the _Cmd_
+                                              macro
+font                   textstyle              all text that is not
+                                              an argument to some
+                                              LaTeX or latex2man
+                                              macro
+font                   optstyle               a name of an option
+                                              specified as an
+                                              argument to the _Opt_,
+                                              _oOpt_, _OptArg_,
+                                              _oOptArg_ or
+                                              _oOptoArg_ macros
+font                   argstyle               a name of an argument
+                                              specified as an
+                                              argument to the _Arg_,
+                                              _oArg_, _OptArg_,
+                                              _oOptArg_ or
+                                              _oOptoArg_ macros
+a, font                urlstyle               a URL specified as an
+                                              argument to the _URL_
+                                              macro
+a, font                urlstyle.link          subclass of urlstyle
+                                              class
+a, font                urlstyle.visited       subclass of urlstyle
+                                              class
+a, font                urlstyle.hover         subclass of urlstyle
+                                              class
+a, font                emailstyle             an email specified as
+                                              an argument to the
+                                              _Email_ macro
+a, font                emailstyle.link        subclass of
+                                              emailstyle class
+a, font                emailstyle.visited     subclass of
+                                              emailstyle class
+a, font                emailstyle.hover       subclass of
+                                              emailstyle class
+table                  tablestyle             a table specified as
+                                              a _Table_ environment
+tr                     rowstyle               a row of a table
+                                              specified as a _Table_
+                                              environment
+td                     cellstyle              a cell of a table
+                                              specified as a _Table_
+                                              environment
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Some Bug Fix Tests,  Next: Requirements,  Prev: CSS classnames,  Up: Top
+
+Some Bug Fix Tests
+==================
+
+`Leading . and ''
+     Now leading . and ' in generation troff output should work
+     propperly, since a \& is added. Therfore the \Dot macro has been
+     deleted.
+     Thanks to <Frank.Schilder@Mathematik.Tu-Ilmenau.De>.
+     Testcase 1:
+    `'\n''
+          ...
+     Testcase 2:
+     `.foobar' Testcase 3:
+     ...  abc ...abc . efg ' 123
+
+`% in verbatim'
+     A % in a \verb and verbatim-environment was not emitted correctly.
+     Thanks to Aleksey Nogin <nogin@cs.caltech.edu> for the bug report
+     and bug fix.
+
+     % abc
+
+     .   % abc %
+     but ignore comments following this:
+
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Requirements,  Next: Changes,  Prev: Some Bug Fix Tests,  Up: Top
+
+Requirements
+============
+
+`Perl'
+     latex2man requires Perl version >= 5.0004_03.
+
+`Make'
+     If you want to install the system with the distributed `Makefile',
+     you need GNU-make.  If you don't have it, you should execute the
+     steps shown in the `Makefile' manually.
+
+`LaTeX'
+     LaTeX2e is required.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Changes,  Next: Version,  Prev: Requirements,  Up: Top
+
+Changes
+=======
+
+Please check the file `latex2man-CHANGES' for the list of changes and
+acknowledgment to people contributing bugfixes or enhancements.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Version,  Next: License and Copyright,  Prev: Changes,  Up: Top
+
+Version
+=======
+
+Version: 1.24 of 2010/12/22.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: License and Copyright,  Next: Author,  Prev: Version,  Up: Top
+
+License and Copyright
+=====================
+
+`Copyright'
+     (C)1998, Dr. Ju"rgen Vollmer, Viktoriastrasse 15, D-76133
+     Karlsruhe, Germany,
+     <Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de>
+
+     The actual version of Latex2man may be found on my homepage
+     `http://www.informatik-vollmer.de/software/latex2man.html'.
+
+`License'
+     This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+     of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN archives
+     in directory `macros/latex/base/lppl.txt'; either version 1 of the
+     License, or any later version.
+
+`Misc'
+     If you find this software useful, please send me a postcard from
+     the place where you are living.
+
+
+File: latex2man.info,  Node: Author,  Prev: License and Copyright,  Up: Top
+
+Author
+======
+
+Dr. Ju"rgen Vollmer
+Viktoriastrasse 15
+D-76133 Karlsruhe
+Email: <Juergen.Vollmer@informatik-vollmer.de>
+WWW: `http://www.informatik-vollmer.de'.
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top187
+Node: Description1287
+Node: Options2141
+Node: Files4057
+Node: See Also4868
+Node: LaTeX commands5024
+Node: Package Options5307
+Node: Package Specific Environments5759
+Node: Accepted LaTeX Environments8547
+Node: Package Specific Macros9079
+Node: Accepted Macros from the rcsinfo Package12665
+Node: Accepted LaTeX Macros13162
+Node: Conditional Text16231
+Node: Translation of User Defined Macros18269
+Node: Verbatim Environment20383
+Node: Subsection works20709
+Node: Subsubsection works20884
+Node: Subsubsection still works21073
+Node: General Remarks21279
+Node: CSS classnames22017
+Node: Some Bug Fix Tests27698
+Node: Requirements28436
+Node: Changes28850
+Node: Version29089
+Node: License and Copyright29232
+Node: Author30026
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/mf2pt1.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/mf2pt1.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..796a095453d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/mf2pt1.info
@@ -0,0 +1,714 @@
+This is mf2pt1.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from mf2pt1.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* mf2pt1::   Produce PostScript Type 1 fonts from Metafont source
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+   *mf2pt1*: Produce PostScript Type 1 fonts from Metafont source
+
+   Copyright 2012 Scott Pakin.
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
+
+mf2pt1
+******
+
+`mf2pt1' is a tool that lets font designers design PostScript Type 1
+fonts using the Metafont  language.  The same source file can be used
+to produce both Type 1 (`.pfb') and bitmap (`.pk') fonts.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction::                Introduction to mf2pt1
+* Usage::                       How to use mf2pt1
+* Future Work::                 Features I may one day add to mf2pt1
+* Acknowledgments::             People who helped with mf2pt1
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: Usage,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+Metafont  is a high-level, mathematically oriented language for
+producing fonts.  The Metafont  interpreter produces device-dependent
+bitmaps, which render well at the target resolution on the target
+device, but poorly at other resolutions or on other devices.  Adobe's
+PostScript Type 1 font format is the de facto font standard for
+printers these days.  It is a vector format, which implies that it
+scales better than bitmaps, and it delegates the device- and
+resolution-dependent tweaking from the font source to the target
+device's PostScript renderer.  However, Type 1 fonts are extremely
+difficult to code by hand.  Usually, one uses a WYSIWYG program to
+design a Type 1 font.  Metafont , with its font-specific programming
+language, is an elegant alternative.  A font designer can write
+reusable subroutines for repeated features, such as serifs and accents.
+He can define a font in terms of arbitrary parameters, such as
+"boldness" or "italicness", making it trivial to produce entire
+families of fonts from a single source (hence the "meta" in the name
+"Metafont ").  Ideally, we would like to design a font using the
+Metafont  language, but produce PostScript Type 1 output instead of
+bitmaps.
+
+`mf2pt1' helps bridge the gap between Metafont  and Type 1 fonts.
+`mf2pt1' facilitates producing PostScript Type 1 fonts from a Metafont
+source file.  It is _not_, as the name may imply, an automatic
+converter of arbitrary Metafont  fonts to Type 1 format.  `mf2pt1'
+imposes a number of restrictions on the Metafont  input.  If these
+restrictions are met, `mf2pt1' will produce valid Type 1 output.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Requirements::                Pre-installation checklist
+* Installation::                How to install mf2pt1
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Requirements,  Next: Installation,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Introduction
+
+1.1 Requirements
+================
+
+Before using `mf2pt1', you will need to install the following programs:
+
+Perl
+     `mf2pt1' is written in Perl.  You will need a Perl interpreter to
+     run it.
+
+MetaPost
+     `mf2pt1' actually uses MetaPost, not Metafont , to produce
+     PostScript output.  Specifically, you will need the `mpost'
+     executable and the `mfplain.mp' base file.
+
+Type 1 Utilities
+     Producing properly encoded Type 1 fonts is tricky.  `mf2pt1'
+     delegates the effort to the Type 1 Utilities, specifically, to the
+     `t1asm' program within that suite.
+
+FontForge (optional)
+     FontForge is a WYSIWYG, but scriptable, Type 1 font-editing
+     program.  Although FontForge is not strictly required for `mf2pt1'
+     to produce a Type 1 font, `mf2pt1' uses FontForge when available
+     to autohint the generated Type 1 font, thereby making it look
+     better especially at lower resolutions.
+
+   Perl is available from the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network
+(http://www.cpan.org); MetaPost and the Type 1 utilities are available
+from the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (http://www.ctan.org); and,
+FontForge is available from `http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/'.  In
+addition, MetaPost's home page is
+`http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/hobby/MetaPost.html', and the Type 1
+utilities' home page is `http://www.lcdf.org/type/'.
+
+   Besides being useful for autohinting fonts, FontForge enables a font
+designer to hint fonts manually for additional fine-tuning and to
+convert among a variety of font formats, such as PostScript, TrueType,
+and X Window fonts.  FontForge is strongly recommended as a complement
+to `mf2pt1'.
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Installation,  Prev: Requirements,  Up: Introduction
+
+1.2 Installation
+================
+
+To install `mf2pt1', move the `mf2pt1' executable someplace where your
+operating system can find it.  If you're running Microsoft Windows, you
+should rename the program to `mf2pt1.pl', so that Windows knows it's a
+Perl script.  (Alternatively, if you have `pl2bat', use that to produce
+a `mf2pt1.bat' file, which you can run as simply `mf2pt1'.)
+
+   The next step is to produce a `mf2pt1.mem' file from the supplied
+`mf2pt1.mp'.  The command to do this differs from system to system but
+is usually something like the following:
+
+     mpost -progname=mpost -ini mf2pt1 \\dump
+
+   Move the resulting `mf2pt1.mem' file someplace where MetaPost can
+find it.
+
+
+   The `mf2pt1' documentation (what you're reading now) is written in
+Texinfo and can therefore easily be converted to a variety of formats:
+
+PDF (`mf2pt1.pdf')
+          texi2pdf mf2pt1.texi
+
+PostScript (`mf2pt1.ps')
+          texi2dvi mf2pt1.texi
+          dvips mf2pt1.dvi -o mf2pt1.ps
+
+HTML (`mf2pt1.html')
+          makeinfo --html mf2pt1.texi
+
+Info (`mf2pt1.info')
+          makeinfo mf2pt1.texi
+
+N.B.  The `install-info' command is a convenient way to install
+`mf2pt1.info' on your system.
+
+
+   On Unix, you may also want to generate an `mf2pt1' man page.  The
+man page is embedded within the `mf2pt1' Perl script and can be
+extracted with `pod2man':
+
+     pod2man --center="User Commands" --date="29 June 2012" \
+       --release="v2.5" mf2pt1 > mf2pt1.1
+
+You can then move `mf2pt1.1' into `/usr/man/man1' or any other man page
+directory.  Note that the `mf2pt1' man page is fairly rudimentary.  It
+is primarily a list of the command-line options (*note Font
+information::) and a pointer to the document that you're reading now.
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Usage,  Next: Future Work,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top
+
+2 Usage
+*******
+
+`mf2pt1' is fairly straightforward to use.  To process a Metafont
+source file, merely specify the filename:
+
+     mf2pt1 myfont.mf
+
+That simple command automatically performs all of the following
+operations:
+
+  1. Read `myfont.mf'.
+
+  2. Use `mpost' to convert each character to a separate Encapsulated
+     PostScript (EPS) file named `myfont.NUM'.
+
+  3. Process and merge the EPS files into a single "disassembled"
+     Type 1 font called `myfont.pt1'.
+
+  4. Run `t1asm' from the Type 1 Utilities to convert the disassembled
+     font into a true, binary Type 1 font called `myfont.pfb'.
+
+  5. Invoke `fontforge' to apply rendering hints to `myfont.pfb' and to
+     attempt to remove overlapping paths.
+
+   The external programs launched by `mf2pt1'--`mpost', `t1asm', and
+`fontforge'--can be overridden by setting the eponymous, uppercase
+environment variable.  For example, invoking FontForge's predecessor,
+PfaEdit, instead of FontForge is simply a matter of setting the
+`FONTFORGE' environment variable to `pfaedit' before invoking `mf2pt1'.
+As a corollary, you can inhibit an `mf2pt1' external program from
+running by setting the corresponding environment variable to the name
+of a nonexistent program.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Restrictions::                Restrictions imposed on the font source code
+* Font information::            Specifying PostScript font characteristics
+* Additional command-line options::  Options unrelated to font characteristics
+* Custom font encodings::       Altering the mapping from character name to number
+* Restoring mfplain defaults::  Using the original (un)filldraw and pencircle
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Restrictions,  Next: Font information,  Prev: Usage,  Up: Usage
+
+2.1 Restrictions
+================
+
+If `mf2pt1' sounds too good to be true, it is--somewhat.  `mf2pt1' is
+not a general-purpose Metafont -to-Type 1 converter.  Rather, it can
+convert only certain Metafont  constructs.  This is not a showstopper
+for new fonts designed with `mf2pt1' in mind, but it is unlikely that
+`mf2pt1' will work on an arbitrary Metafont  source file.
+
+   `mf2pt1''s biggest restriction is that each glyph must be drawn
+entirely from closed paths, using Metafont 's *fill* and *unfill*
+commands.  (`mf2pt1' has limited support for *draw* and *undraw*, but
+their use is currently discouraged.  *filldraw* and *unfilldraw* issue a
+warning message and invoke *draw* and *undraw*, respectively.)  The
+Type 1 format requires that these paths be nonoverlapping.  The
+following are some of the alternatives for removing path overlaps:
+
+  1. Install FontForge.  As part of its final step in producing a
+     Type 1 font, `mf2pt1' instructs FontForge to replace overlapping
+     paths with nonoverlapping paths.
+
+  2. Remove overlaps using Metafont  code within the font program
+     itself.  A `.zip' file attachment to a 6 January 2005 article
+     (http://tug.org/mailman/htdig/metapost/2005-January/000080.html) by
+     Boguslaw Jackowski on the MetaPost mailing list (subject: "Re: all
+     intersections between two paths") includes a MetaPost library which
+     assists with that task.  The library provides a *find_outlines*
+     command which can be used to define a path as the union of two
+     other paths.  A number of MetaPost example programs are also
+     included in the `.zip' file.
+
+  3. Design your fonts from the beginning without using overlapping
+     paths.
+
+   A secondary restriction is that `mf2pt1' redefines a number of Plain
+Metafont  commands, such as *beginchar*, *fill*, and *unfill*.  Metafont
+font programs which redefine or bypass these (using Metafont
+primitives) will not be convertible with `mf2pt1'.
+
+   A far less severe restriction is due to `mf2pt1''s utilizing
+MetaPost's Metafont  interface instead of Metafont  itself.  The
+implication is that commands not defined by MetaPost's `mfplain.mp'
+cannot be handled by `mf2pt1', either.  Very few fonts will have a
+problem with this restriction but see the MetaPost manual for more
+information.
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Font information,  Next: Additional command-line options,  Prev: Restrictions,  Up: Usage
+
+2.2 Specifying font information
+===============================
+
+Metafont  fonts normally specify a set of *fontdimen*s which provide
+information about a particular font that cannot otherwise be inferred.
+These include features such as the font's x-height, quad width,
+interword stretchability and shrinkability, and other design
+characteristics that TeX makes use of.  PostScript fonts utilize a
+largely different set of font parameters, such as the underline
+position and thickness, font family name, and copyright notice.
+`mf2pt1' provides Metafont  commands to define the PostScript font
+parameters in the generated Type 1 font.  These parameters should
+appear in the Metafont  source file as follows:
+
+     if known ps_output:
+       ...
+     fi
+
+`ps_output' is defined by `mf2pt1' but not by Plain Metafont .
+Checking if it is known is the recommended way to determine if the font
+is being built under `mf2pt1'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Parameters::                  Font-information commands available to Metafont
+* Command-line equivalents::    Specifying font features on the command line
+* Default values::              Types and default values of each parameter
+* Parameter example::           Metafont example which specifies all parameters
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Parameters,  Next: Command-line equivalents,  Prev: Font information,  Up: Font information
+
+2.2.1 Parameters
+----------------
+
+   The following list presents all of the font-information commands
+provided by `mf2pt1' and describes what each command means.  Commands
+marked with an asterisk are also defined by Plain Metafont  and
+therefore do not need to be enveloped within a test for `ps_output'.
+
+*font_coding_scheme*
+     The mapping between character numbers and PostScript names.  If
+     this is the name of a file, `mf2pt1' expects it to contain
+     PostScript code defining a font-encoding vector.  *Note Custom
+     font encodings::, for an example of such a file.  If
+     *font_coding_scheme* is not the name of a file, `mf2pt1' expects
+     it to be one of the literal strings `standard' (Adobe standard
+     encoding), `isolatin1' (ISO Latin 1 encoding), `ot1' (TeX 7-bit
+     encoding), `t1' (TeX 8-bit encoding), or `asis' (encoding
+     integrated with the character programs using the *glyph_name*
+     command as described in *note Custom font encodings::).  Anything
+     else will generate a warning message and cause `mf2pt1' to use
+     `standard' instead.
+
+*font_comment*
+     A textual comment that will appear within the generated font.
+     This is often used for copyright notices.
+
+*font_family*
+     The family that this font belongs to.  For example, "Utopia Bold
+     Italic" belongs to the `Utopia' family.
+
+*font_fixed_pitch*
+     Whether the font is monospaced (if *true*) or or proportionally
+     spaced (if *false*).
+
+*font_identifier (*)*
+     The full name of the font, e.g., `Utopia Bold Italic'.
+
+*font_name*
+     The symbolic font name, used to load the font from a PostScript
+     document.  Spaces are forbidden.  Generally, the font name is of
+     the form `FAMILY-MODIFIERS'.  For example, the font name of Utopia
+     Bold Italic would be `Utopia-BoldItalic'.
+
+*font_size (*)*
+     The font design size.  This is specified in "sharped" units within
+     Metafont  code or as a point size on the command line.
+
+*font_slant (*)*
+     When specified with *font_slant*, the amount of slant per point.
+     When specified with `--italicangle', the angle in counterclockwise
+     degrees from the vertical (i.e., zero for an upright font,
+     negative for a right-slanting italic font).
+
+*font_underline_position*
+     The vertical position at which an underline should lie, specified
+     in "sharped" units within Metafont  code or as a number of points
+     on the command line.
+
+*font_underline_thickness*
+     The thickness of an underline, specified in "sharped" units within
+     Metafont  code or as a number of points on the command line.
+
+*font_unique_id*
+     The unique ID for this font.  The ID should be between 0 and
+     16,777,215.  If not specified, `mf2pt1' will choose an ID at
+     random from the "open" range, 4,000,000-4,999,999.  All IDs not in
+     that range are allocated by contacting Adobe's UniqueID
+     Coordinator.  (I don't believe a fee is involved, but I don't know
+     for sure.)
+
+*font_version*
+     The version number of the font.  This should be of the form
+     `MMM.MMM', where MMM is the major version number and MMM is the
+     minor version number.
+
+*font_weight*
+     The font weight.  For example, the font weight of Utopia Bold
+     Italic is `Bold'.
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Command-line equivalents,  Next: Default values,  Prev: Parameters,  Up: Font information
+
+2.2.2 Command-line equivalents
+------------------------------
+
+   Each of the font-information commands listed in *note Parameters::
+has a command-line equivalent.  Their use is discouraged but they are
+listed here for completeness:
+
+*font_coding_scheme*         `--encoding'
+*font_comment*               `--comment'
+*font_family*                `--family'
+*font_fixed_pitch*           `--fixedpitch'
+*font_identifier*            `--fullname'
+*font_name*                  `--name'
+*font_size*                  `--designsize'
+*font_slant*                 `--italicangle'
+*font_underline_position*    `--underpos'
+*font_underline_thickness*   `--underthick'
+*font_unique_id*             `--uniqueid'
+*font_version*               `--fontversion'
+*font_weight*                `--weight'
+
+   A special case is `--fixedpitch' which does not take an argument.
+Rather, you should use `--fixedpitch' as the equivalent of
+`font_fixed_pitch true' and `--nofixedpitch' as the equivalent of
+`font_fixed_pitch false'.
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Default values,  Next: Parameter example,  Prev: Command-line equivalents,  Up: Font information
+
+2.2.3 Default values
+--------------------
+
+   The next table lists the Metafont  type and default value of each of
+the parameters listed in *note Parameters::.
+
+*font_coding_scheme*         *string*    `"standard"'
+*font_comment*               *string*    `"Font converted to Type 1
+                                         by mf2pt1, written by
+                                         Scott Pakin."'
+*font_family*                *string*    (The value of
+                                         *font_identifier*)
+*font_fixed_pitch*           *boolean*   *false*
+*font_identifier*            *string*    (The input filename, minus
+                                         `.mf')
+*font_name*                  *string*    (The value of
+                                         *font_family*, plus an
+                                         underscore, plus the
+                                         value of *font_weight*,
+                                         with all spaces removed)
+*font_size*                  *numeric*   (Must be specified or
+                                         `mf2pt1' will abort with
+                                         an error message)
+*font_slant*                 *numeric*   0
+*font_underline_position*    *numeric*   -1
+*font_underline_thickness*   *numeric*   0.5
+*font_unique_id*             *string*    (Randomly generated in the
+                                         range 4000000-4999999)
+*font_version*               *string*    `"001.000"'
+*font_weight*                *string*    `"Medium"'
+
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Parameter example,  Prev: Default values,  Up: Font information
+
+2.2.4 Parameter example
+-----------------------
+
+   As an example, the following Metafont  code shows the usage of all
+of the parameters that `mf2pt1' accepts:
+
+if known ps_output:
+     font_coding_scheme         "ot1";
+     font_comment               "Copyright (C) 2012 Scott Pakin.";
+     font_family                "Kerplotz";
+     font_fixed_pitch           false;
+     font_identifier            "Kerplotz Light Oblique";
+     font_name                  "Kerplotz-LightOblique";
+     font_size                  10pt#;      % Important to include
+                                this.
+     font_slant                 1/6;
+     font_underline_position    -1pt#;
+     font_underline_thickness   1/2pt#;
+     font_unique_id             "4112233";      % Better to omit
+                                this.
+     font_version               "002.005";
+     font_weight                "Light";
+   fi
+
+In the above, the *font_fixed_pitch* call could have been omitted, as
+it defaults to *false*.  Also, unless you've requested a unique ID from
+Adobe, it's generally better not to assign *font_unique_id*; let
+`mf2pt1' choose a random value itself.
+
+   The same parameters can also be specified on the command line as
+follows:
+
+     mf2pt1 --encoding=ot1 --comment="Copyright (C) 2012 Scott Pakin."
+       --family=Kerplotz --nofixedpitch --fullname="Kerplotz Light Oblique"
+       --name=Kerplotz-LightOblique --designsize=10 --italicangle=-9.5
+       --underpos=-100 --underthick=50 --uniqueid=4112233 --version=002.005
+       --weight=Light kerplotz.mf
+
+Note that a Metafont  font slant of 1/6 is equal to a PostScript italic
+angle of approximately -9.5.  The conversion formula is slant =
+-tan(angle).  In addition, the underline position and thickness must be
+multiplied by 1000/*font_size* to convert from the Metafont  units that
+are used within the `.mf' file to the PostScript units that are used on
+the command line.
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Additional command-line options,  Next: Custom font encodings,  Prev: Font information,  Up: Usage
+
+2.3 Additional command-line options
+===================================
+
+In addition to the command-line options for setting font parameters
+that were presented in *note Parameters::, `mf2pt1' supports a
+`--rounding' option.  While `mf2pt1' normally rounds all font
+coordinates to the nearest integer, `--rounding' increases coordinate
+precision by instructing `mf2pt1' to round instead to the nearest
+multiple of a given fractional number.  For example, `--rounding=0.25'
+rounds the coordinate (7.4, 10.3) to (7.5, 10.25) while it would
+otherwise be rounded to the less-precise (7, 10).
+
+   Large glyphs can be problematic in MetaPost and therefore in
+`mf2pt1'.  Unlike Metafont , MetaPost does not honor `mag' for
+magnifying dimensions.  Rather, the number of PostScript (a.k.a. "big")
+points per pixel--`bpppix'--is hardwired to 0.02 and all other
+dimensions (`mm', `in', `pt', etc.) are expressed in terms of that.
+Consequently, glyphs that multiply a large number of font units by a
+dimension are likely to exceed 4096, the largest value that MetaPost
+can represent in its fixed-point format.  If numerical overflow becomes
+a problem you can use the `--bpppix' option to `mf2pt1' to change the
+value of `bpppix'.  For example, specifying `--bpppix=0.2' enables a
+tenfold increase in maximum glyph size (with a corresponding decrease
+in precision).
+
+   After generating a Type 1 font, `mf2pt1' runs it through FontForge
+to add hinting information, remove overlaps, and otherwise clean up the
+generated font.  The `--ffscript' option specifies the filename of a
+FontForge script to use instead of the default script, which is listed
+below:
+
+     Open($1);
+     SelectAll();
+     RemoveOverlap();
+     AddExtrema();
+     Simplify(0, 2);
+     CorrectDirection();
+     Simplify(0, 2);
+     RoundToInt();
+     AutoHint();
+     Generate($1);
+     Quit(0);
+
+See the FontForge documentation for an explanation of each of those
+commands and a description of other commands made available to
+FontForge scripts.  `mf2pt1' runs the script with one argument (`$1'),
+which is the name of the generated `.pfb' file.
+
+   `mf2pt1' also supports a `--help' option which summarizes all of the
+program's command-line options.
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Custom font encodings,  Next: Restoring mfplain defaults,  Prev: Additional command-line options,  Up: Usage
+
+2.4 Custom font encodings
+=========================
+
+*note Parameters::, lists the font encodings currently supported by
+`mf2pt1' and mentions that an alternate encoding can be specified by
+providing the name of an encoding file.  To elaborate, the following
+example represents the contents of an encoding file which defines
+a--largely useless nowadays--EBCDIC font encoding:
+
+     `% Sample encoding vector: EBCDIC
+     % The encoding vector must have a name and be defined as a
+     PostScript array.
+     /ebcdic_encoding [
+     /_a0 /_a1 /_a2 /_a3 /_a4 /_a5 /_a6 /_a7 /_a8 /_a9 /_a10 /_a11 /_a12
+     /_a13 /_a14 /_a15 /_a16 /_a17 /_a18 /_a19 /_a20 /_a21 /_a22 /_a23
+     /_a24 /_a25 /_a26 /_a27 /_a28 /_a29 /_a30 /_a31 /_a32 /_a33 /_a34
+     /_a35 /_a36 /_a37 /_a38 /_a39 /_a40 /_a41 /_a42 /_a43 /_a44 /_a45
+     /_a46 /_a47 /_a48 /_a49 /_a50 /_a51 /_a52 /_a53 /_a54 /_a55 /_a56
+     /_a57 /_a58 /_a59 /_a60 /_a61 /_a62 /_a63 /space /_a65 /_a66 /_a67
+     /_a68 /_a69 /_a70 /_a71 /_a72 /_a73 /bracketleft /period /less
+     /parenleft /plus /exclam /ampersand /_a81 /_a82 /_a83 /_a84 /_a85
+     /_a86 /_a87 /_a88 /_a89 /bracketright /dollar /asterisk /parenright
+     /semicolon /asciicircum /hyphen /slash /_a98 /_a99 /_a100 /_a101
+     /_a102 /_a103 /_a104 /_a105 /bar /comma /percent /underscore
+     /greater /question /_a112 /_a113 /_a114 /_a115 /_a116 /_a117
+     /_a118 /_a119 /_a120 /_a121 /colon /numbersign /at /quoteright
+     /equal /quotedbl /_a128 /a /b /c /d /e /f /g /h /i /_a138 /_a139
+     /_a140 /_a141 /_a142 /_a143 /_a144 /j /k /l /m /n /o /p /q /r
+     /_a154 /_a155 /_a156 /_a157 /_a158 /_a159 /_a160 /asciitilde /s /t
+     /u /v /w /x /y /z /_a170 /_a171 /_a172 /_a173 /_a174 /_a175 /_a176
+     /_a177 /_a178 /_a179 /_a180 /_a181 /_a182 /_a183 /_a184 /quoteleft
+     /_a186 /_a187 /_a188 /_a189 /_a190 /_a191 /braceleft /A /B /C /D
+     /E /F /G /H /I /_a202 /_a203 /_a204 /_a205 /_a206 /_a207
+     /braceright /J /K /L /M /N /O /P /Q /R /_a218 /_a219 /_a220 /_a221
+     /_a222 /_a223 /backslash /_a225 /S /T /U /V /W /X /Y /Z /_a234
+     /_a235 /_a236 /_a237 /_a238 /_a239 /zero /one /two /three /four
+     /five /six /seven /eight /nine /_a250 /_a251 /_a252 /_a253 /_a254
+     /_a255
+     % Don't forget to end the array.
+     ] def'
+
+All entries in the encoding vector are PostScript "names" and therefore
+must be prefixed with a slash.  Unnamed characters such as control
+characters are commonly named `_aNUMBER', where NUMBER is the decimal
+offset into the character table.  Undefined characters are indicated by
+`.notdef'.  In the EBCDIC example, the character at position 0 in the
+font will be named `a0'; the character at position 1 will be named
+`a1'; the character at position 74 will be named `bracketleft'; the
+character at position 129 will be named `a'; and so forth.
+
+   Individual characters can be mapped to an encoding either numerically
+or by executing a *glyph_name* command within a character definition.
+For example, the following code overrides the character position passed
+to *beginchar* (i.e., 123) with whatever character position the current
+encoding has designated for the `ohungarumlaut' glyph:
+
+     beginchar (123, cap_height#-1/2pt#, cap_height#, 0);
+       if known ps_output:
+         glyph_name "ohungarumlaut";
+       fi
+       ...
+     endchar;
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Restoring mfplain defaults,  Prev: Custom font encodings,  Up: Usage
+
+2.5 Restoring `mfplain' defaults
+================================
+
+`mf2pt1' normally redefines *filldraw* as *fill* and *unfilldraw* and
+*unfill* because Type 1 fonts don't allow overlapping curves.
+Similarly, `mf2pt1' redefines *pencircle* as a 20-gon to coerce
+MetaPost into drawing it using a filled instead of a stroked PostScript
+path.
+
+   If you know you'll be postprocessing your fonts using FontForge,
+which can automatically convert overlapping paths to nonoverlapping
+paths, then you can restore the original `mfplain.mp' definitions of
+*filldraw*, *unfilldraw*, and *pencircle* as follows:
+
+     if known ps_output:
+       pencircle := mfplain_pencircle;
+       let filldraw := mfplain_filldraw;
+       let unfilldraw := mfplain_unfilldraw;
+     fi
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Future Work,  Next: Acknowledgments,  Prev: Usage,  Up: Top
+
+3 Future Work
+*************
+
+One avenue for future work is to enable the font designer to specify
+Type 1 font hints directly in the Metafont  font program.  Hinting is a
+way for a font designer to specify how a font should be rendered at low
+resolutions, for example, at typical monitor resolutions.  In Metafont
+, this is done by controlling the way that points are mapped to pixel
+locations, using commands such as *define_corrected_pixels*,
+*define_blacker_pixels*, and *lowres_fix*.  Type 1 fonts are hinted in
+a completely different manner.  Type 1 hints distinguish key character
+features, such as stems and dots, from decorations which can be
+discarded at low resolutions.  The PostScript interpreter uses that
+information to determine how to map points to pixels.  Although
+`mf2pt1' employs FontForge to autohint the fonts it generates, the
+approach is mechanical and unlikely to hint as well as a human can do
+manually.  It would be convenient for `mf2pt1' one day to provide
+Metafont  commands for *hstem*, *vstem*, *dotsection*, and the other
+Type 1 hints.  That way, hints will no longer need to be re-added
+manually every time `mf2pt1' regenerates a Type 1 font.
+
+   Another future addition to `mf2pt1' is the addition of more font
+encodings.  The following are the encodings that `mf2pt1' will most
+likely accept:
+
+`TeXMathItalicEncoding'
+     Upper- and lowercase Greek and Latin letters, old-style digits,
+     and a few symbols and accents.
+
+`TeXMathSymbolEncoding'
+     A variety of symbols, as well as calligraphic Latin majuscules.
+
+`TeXMathExtensionEncoding'
+     Variable-sized symbols, such as braces, integrals, and radicals.
+
+`AdobeExpert'
+     Small caps, currency symbols, old-style digits, and various
+     superior and inferior letters and digits.
+
+
+File: mf2pt1.info,  Node: Acknowledgments,  Prev: Future Work,  Up: Top
+
+Acknowledgments
+***************
+
+Many thanks are owed to Werner Lemberg for writing the code underlying
+the `--rounding' option; for introducing the *glyph_name* command and
+`asis' encoding vector; for providing the default FontForge script
+listed in *note Additional command-line options::; for fixing some
+code-generation bugs in `mf2pt1'; for finding a more robust way to dump
+`mf2pt1.mem'; for directing me to the overlap-removal code mentioned in
+*note Restrictions::; for supplying the _crossproduct_, _makeline_, and
+_is_clockwise_ functions used by `mf2pt1.mp'; for proposing the
+`--bpppix' command-line option; and, for suggesting various features and
+improvements to `mf2pt1'.  Thanks also go to Werner Lemberg and Boguslaw
+Jackowski for updating the *is_clockwise* function in `mf2pt1.mp' to
+work around a bug in MetaPost which relates to the *turningnumber*
+command.  Finally, thanks go to Ralf Stubner for providing the T1
+encoding vector and for pointing out a typo in the generated font
+programs; to Michael Zedler for alerting me to problems with
+`--encoding' and suggesting I modify that option to accept PostScript
+`.enc' files; and to Michael Ummels for fixing a couple of bugs that
+made character widths in the generated fonts slightly too large.
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top301
+Node: Introduction840
+Node: Requirements2677
+Node: Installation4426
+Node: Usage6237
+Node: Restrictions7953
+Node: Font information10343
+Node: Parameters11703
+Node: Command-line equivalents15078
+Node: Default values16202
+Node: Parameter example17880
+Node: Additional command-line options19899
+Node: Custom font encodings22238
+Node: Restoring mfplain defaults25689
+Node: Future Work26548
+Node: Acknowledgments28415
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/tds.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/tds.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8b2418cd0a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/tds.info
@@ -0,0 +1,1714 @@
+This is tds.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.7 from tds.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* TeX Directories: (tds).       A directory structure for TeX files.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Up: (dir)
+
+A Directory Structure for TeX Files
+***********************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2003, 2004 TeX Users
+Group.
+
+   Permission to use, copy, and distribute this document _without
+modification_ for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that this notice appears in all copies.  It is provided "as
+is" without expressed or implied warranty.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this document under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
+the modifications are clearly marked and the document is not
+represented as the official one.
+
+   This document is available on any CTAN host (see Appendix *Note
+Related references::).  Please send questions or suggestions by email to
+<tds@tug.org>.  We welcome all comments.   This is version 1.1.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction::
+* General::
+* Top-level directories::
+* Summary::
+* Unspecified pieces::
+* Implementation issues::
+* Is there a better way?::
+* Related references::
+* Contributors::
+
+ --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+Introduction
+
+* History::
+* The role of the TDS::
+* Conventions::
+
+General
+
+* Subdirectory searching::
+* Rooting the tree::
+* Local additions::
+* Duplicate filenames::
+
+Top-level directories
+
+* Macros::
+* Fonts::
+* Non-font Metafont files::
+* MetaPost::
+* BibTeX::
+* Scripts::
+* Documentation::
+
+Macros
+
+* Extensions::
+
+Fonts
+
+* Font bitmaps::
+* Valid font bitmaps::
+
+Summary
+
+* Documentation tree summary::
+
+Unspecified pieces
+
+* Portable filenames::
+
+Implementation issues
+
+* Adoption of the TDS::
+* More on subdirectory searching::
+* Example implementation-specific trees::
+
+Example implementation-specific trees
+
+* AmiWeb2c 2.0::
+* Public DECUS TeX::
+* Web2c 7::
+
+Is there a better way?
+
+* Macro structure::
+* Font structure::
+* Documentation structure::
+
+Font structure
+
+* Font file type location::
+* Mode and resolution location::
+* Modeless bitmaps::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: General,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+TeX is a powerful, flexible typesetting system used by many people
+around the world.  It is extremely portable and runs on virtually all
+operating systems.  One unfortunate side effect of TeX's flexibility,
+however, is that there has been no single "right" way to install it.
+This has resulted in many sites having different installed arrangements.
+
+   The primary purpose of this document is to describe a standard TeX
+Directory Structure (TDS): a directory hierarchy for macros, fonts, and
+the other implementation-independent TeX system files.  As a matter of
+practicality, this document also suggests ways to incorporate the rest
+of the TeX files into a single structure.  The TDS has been designed to
+work on all modern systems.  In particular, the Technical Working Group
+(TWG) believes it is usable under MacOS, MS-DOS, OS/2, Unix, VMS, and
+Windows NT.  We hope that administrators and developers of both free
+and commercial TeX implementations will adopt this standard.
+
+   This document is intended both for the TeX system administrator at a
+site and for people preparing TeX distributions--everything from a
+complete runnable system to a single macro or style file. It may also
+help TeX users find their way around systems organized this way.  It is
+not a tutorial: we necessarily assume knowledge of the many parts of a
+working TeX system. If you are unfamiliar with any of the programs or
+file formats we refer to, consult the references in Appendix *Note
+Related references::.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* History::
+* The role of the TDS::
+* Conventions::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: History,  Next: The role of the TDS,  Up: Introduction
+
+1.1 History
+===========
+
+Version 1.0 of the TDS was released in February 2003.
+
+   Version 1.1 was released in June 2004, with the following
+non-editorial changes:
+
+   * Inputs for TeX extensions included under `tex', instead       of
+     in their own top-level directories (Section *Note Extensions::)
+
+   * New top-level directory `scripts' (Section *Note Scripts::).
+
+   * New subdirectories `lig', `opentype',       `truetype', and
+     `type3' under `fonts'       (Section *Note Fonts::).
+
+   * `enc', `lig', and `map' all use       `SYNTAX/PACKAGE'
+     subdirectories       (Section *Note Fonts::).
+
+   * `pfm' files specified to go under `type1', and       `inf' files
+     under `afm' (Section *Note Fonts::).
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: The role of the TDS,  Next: Conventions,  Prev: History,  Up: Introduction
+
+1.2 The role of the TDS
+=======================
+
+The role of the TDS is to stabilize the organization of TeX-related
+software packages that are installed and in use, possibly on multiple
+platforms simultaneously.
+
+   At first glance, it may seem that the Comprehensive TeX Archive
+Network (CTAN) fulfills at least part of this role, but this is not the
+case.  The role of CTAN is to simplify archiving and distribution, not
+installation and use.
+
+   In fact, the roles of the TDS and CTAN are frequently in conflict,
+as we will see.  For distribution, many different types of files must
+be combined into a single unit; for use, it is traditional to segregate
+files (even similar files) from a single package into separate,
+occasionally distant, directories.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Conventions,  Prev: The role of the TDS,  Up: Introduction
+
+1.3 Conventions
+===============
+
+In this document, `/' is used to separate filename components; for
+example, `texmf/fonts'.  This is the Unix convention but the ideas are
+in no way Unix-specific.
+
+   In this document, "TeX" generally means the TeX system, including
+Metafont, DVI drivers, utilities, etc., not just the TeX program itself.
+
+   The word "package" in this document has its usual meaning: a set of
+related files distributed, installed, and maintained as a unit.  This is
+_not_ a LaTeX2e package, which is a style file supplementing a document
+class.
+
+   We use the following typographic conventions:
+
+   * `literal' Literal text such as `filename' is typeset in typewriter
+     type.
+
+   * `REPLACEABLE' Replaceable text such as `PACKAGE', identifying a
+     class of things, is typeset in italics inside angle brackets.
+
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: General,  Next: Top-level directories,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top
+
+2 General
+*********
+
+This section describes common properties throughout the TDS tree.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Subdirectory searching::
+* Rooting the tree::
+* Local additions::
+* Duplicate filenames::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Subdirectory searching,  Next: Rooting the tree,  Up: General
+
+2.1 Subdirectory searching
+==========================
+
+Older TeX installations store large numbers of related files in single
+directories, for example, all `TFM' files and/or all TeX input files.
+
+   This monolithic arrangement hinders maintenance of a TeX system: it
+is difficult to determine what files are used by what packages, what
+files need to be updated when a new version is installed, or what files
+should be deleted if a package is removed.  It is also a source of error
+if two or more packages happen to have input files with the same name.
+
+   Therefore, the TWG felt each package should be in a separate
+directory. But we recognized that explicitly listing all directories to
+be searched would be unbearable.  A site may wish to install dozens of
+packages.  Aside from anything else, listing that many directories would
+produce search paths many thousands of characters long, overflowing the
+available space on some systems.
+
+   Also, if all directories are explicitly listed, installing or
+removing a new package would mean changing a path as well as installing
+or removing the actual files.  This would be a time-consuming and
+error-prone operation, even with implementations that provide some way
+to specify the directories to search at runtime.  On systems without
+runtime configuration, it would require recompiling software, an
+intolerable burden.
+
+   As a result, the TWG concluded that a comprehensive TDS requires
+implementations to support some form of implicit subdirectory
+searching.  More precisely, implementations must make it possible to
+specify that TeX, Metafont, and their companion utilities search in both
+a specified directory and recursively through all subdirectories of that
+directory when looking for an input file.  Other forms of subdirectory
+searching, for example recursive-to-one-level searches, may also be
+provided.  We encourage implementors to provide subdirectory searching
+at the option of the installer and user for all paths.
+
+   The TDS does not specify a syntax for specifying recursive
+searching, but we encourage implementors to provide interoperability
+(see Section *Note More on subdirectory searching::).
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Rooting the tree,  Next: Local additions,  Prev: Subdirectory searching,  Up: General
+
+2.2 Rooting the tree
+====================
+
+In this document, we shall designate the root TDS directory by `texmf'
+(for "TeX and Metafont"). We recommend using that name where possible,
+but the actual name of the directory is up to the installer. On PC
+networks, for example, this could map to a logical drive specification
+such as `T:'.
+
+   Similarly, the location of this directory on the system is
+site-dependent.  It may be at the root of the file system; on Unix
+systems, `/usr/local/share', `/usr/local', `/usr/local/lib', and `/opt'
+are common choices.
+
+   The name `texmf' was chosen for several reasons: it reflects the fact
+that the directory contains files pertaining to an entire TeX system
+(including Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX, etc.), not just TeX itself; and
+it is descriptive of a generic installation rather than a particular
+implementation.
+
+   A site may choose to have more than one TDS hierarchy installed (for
+example, when installing an upgrade). This is perfectly legitimate.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Local additions,  Next: Duplicate filenames,  Prev: Rooting the tree,  Up: General
+
+2.3 Local additions
+===================
+
+The TDS cannot specify precisely when a package is or is not a "local
+addition". Each site must determine this according to its own
+conventions.  At the two extremes, one site might wish to consider
+"nonlocal" all files not acquired as part of the installed TeX
+distribution; another site might consider "local" only those files that
+were actually developed at the local site and not distributed elsewhere.
+
+   We recognize two common methods for local additions to a distributed
+`texmf' tree. Both have their place; in fact, some sites employ both
+simultaneously:
+
+  1. A completely separate tree which is a TDS structure itself; for
+     example, `/usr/local/umbtex' at the University of Massachusetts at
+     Boston. This is another example of the multiple `texmf'
+     hierarchies mentioned in the previous section.
+
+  2. A directory named `local' at any appropriate level, for example,
+     in the `FORMAT', `PACKAGE', and `SUPPLIER' directories discussed
+     in the following sections.  The TDS reserves the directory name
+     `local' for this purpose.
+
+     We recommend using `local' for site-adapted configuration files,
+     such as `language.dat' for the Babel package or `graphics.cfg' for
+     the graphics package.  Unmodified configuration files from a
+     package should remain in the package directory. The intent is to
+     separate locally modified or created files from distribution
+     files, to ease installing new releases.
+
+
+   One common case of local additions is dynamically generated files,
+e.g., PK fonts by the `mktexpk' script (which originated in Dvips as
+`MakeTeXPK').  A site may store the generated files directly in any of:
+   * their standard location in the main TDS tree (if it can be made
+     globally writable);
+
+   * an alternative location in the main TDS tree (for example, under
+     `texmf/fonts/tmp');
+
+   * a second complete TDS tree (as outlined above);
+
+   * any other convenient directory (perhaps under `/var', for example
+     `/var/spool/fonts').
+
+
+   No one solution will be appropriate for all sites.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Duplicate filenames,  Prev: Local additions,  Up: General
+
+2.4 Duplicate filenames
+=======================
+
+Different files by the same name may exist in a TDS tree. The TDS
+generally leaves unspecified which of two files by the same name in a
+search path will be found, so generally the only way to reliably find a
+given file is for it to have a unique name.  However, the TDS requires
+implementations to support the following exceptions:
+
+   * Names of TeX input files must be unique within each first-level
+     subdirectory of `texmf/tex' and `texmf/tex/generic', but not
+     within all of `texmf/tex'; i.e., different TeX formats may have
+     files by the same name. (Section *Note Macros:: discusses this
+     further.)  Thus, no single format-independent path specification,
+     such as a recursive search beginning at `texmf/tex' specifying no
+     other directories, suffices.  So implementations must provide
+     format-dependent path specifications, for example via wrapper
+     scripts or configuration files.
+
+   * Many font files will have the same name (e.g., `cmr10.pk'), as
+     discussed in Section *Note Valid font bitmaps::.  Implementations
+     must distinguish these files by mode and resolution.
+
+
+   All implementations we know of already have these capabilities.
+
+   One place where duplicate names are likely to occur is not an
+exception:
+
+   * Names of Metafont input files (as opposed to bitmaps) must be
+     unique within all of `texmf/fonts'. In practice, this is a problem
+     with some variants of Computer Modern which contain slightly
+     modified files named `punct.mf', `romanl.mf', and so on. We
+     believe the only feasible solution is to rename the derivative
+     files to be unique.
+
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Top-level directories,  Next: Summary,  Prev: General,  Up: Top
+
+3 Top-level directories
+***********************
+
+The directories under the `texmf' root identify the major components of
+a TeX system (see Section *Note Summary:: for a summary).  A site may
+omit any unneeded directories.
+
+   Although the TDS by its nature can specify precise locations only
+for implementation-independent files, we recognize that installers may
+well wish to place other files under `texmf' to simplify administration
+of the TeX tree, especially if it is maintained by someone other than
+the system administrator.  Therefore, additional top-level directories
+may be present.
+
+   The top-level directories specified by the TDS are:
+
+   * `tex' for TeX files (Section *Note Macros::).
+
+   * `fonts' for font-related files (Section *Note Fonts::).
+
+   * `metafont' for Metafont files which are not fonts (Section *Note
+     Non-font Metafont files::).
+
+   * `metapost' for MetaPost files (Section *Note MetaPost::).
+
+   * `bibtex' for BibTeX files (Section *Note BibTeX::).
+
+   * `scripts' for platform-independent executables (Section *Note
+     Scripts::).
+
+   * `doc' for user documentation (Section *Note Documentation::).
+
+   * `source' for sources.  This includes both traditional program
+     sources (for example, Web2C sources go in `texmf/source/web2c')
+     and, e.g., LaTeX `dtx' sources (which go in `texmf/source/latex').
+     The TDS leaves unspecified any structure under `source'.
+
+     `source' is intended for files which are not needed at runtime by
+     any TeX program; it should not be included in any search path. For
+     example, `plain.tex' does not belong under `texmf/source', even
+     though it is a "source file" in the sense of not being derived
+     from another file. (It goes in `texmf/tex/plain/base', as explained
+     in Section *Note Macros::).
+
+   * `IMPLEMENTATION' for implementations (examples: `emtex', `vtex',
+     `web2c'), to be used for whatever purpose deemed suitable by the
+     implementor or TeX administrator.  That is, files that cannot be
+     shared between implementations, such as pool files (`tex.pool')
+     and memory dump files (`plain.fmt') go here, in addition to
+     implementation-wide configuration files.  See Section *Note
+     Example implementation-specific trees:: for examples of real
+     `IMPLEMENTATION' trees.
+
+     Such implementation-specific configuration files should _not_ be
+     located using the main TeX input search path (e.g., `TEXINPUTS').
+     This must be reserved for files actually read by a TeX engine.
+     See Section *Note Extensions::.
+
+   * `PROGRAM' for program-specific input and configuration files for
+     any TeX-related programs (examples: `mft', `dvips').  In fact, the
+     `tex', `metafont', `metapost', and `bibtex' items above may all be
+     seen as instances of this case.
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Macros::
+* Fonts::
+* Non-font Metafont files::
+* MetaPost::
+* BibTeX::
+* Scripts::
+* Documentation::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Macros,  Next: Fonts,  Up: Top-level directories
+
+3.1 Macros
+==========
+
+TeX macro files shall be stored in separate directories, segregated by
+TeX format and package name (we use `format' in its traditional TeX
+sense to mean a usefully `\dump'-able package):
+     texmf/tex/FORMAT/PACKAGE/
+
+   * `FORMAT' is a format name (examples: `amstex', `latex', `plain',
+     `texinfo').
+
+     The TDS allows distributions that can be used as either formats or
+     packages (e.g., Texinfo, Eplain) to be stored at either level, at
+     the option of the format author or TeX administrator. We recommend
+     that packages used as formats at a particular site be stored at the
+     `FORMAT' level: by adjusting the TeX inputs search path, it will
+     be straightforward to use them as macro packages under another
+     format, whereas placing them in another tree completely obscures
+     their use as a format.
+
+     The TDS reserves the following `FORMAT' names:
+
+        * `generic', for input files that are useful across a wide
+          range of formats (examples: `null.tex', `path.sty').
+          Generally, this means any format that uses the category codes
+          of Plain TeX and does not rely on any particular format.
+          This is in contrast to those files which are useful only with
+          Plain TeX (which go under `texmf/tex/plain'), e.g.,
+          `testfont.tex' and `plain.tex' itself.
+
+        * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local
+          additions::.
+
+
+     Thus, for almost every format, it is necessary to search at least
+     the `FORMAT' directory and then the `generic' directory (in that
+     order).  Other directories may need to be searched as well,
+     depending on the format.  When using AMS-TeX, for example, the
+     `amstex', `plain', and `generic' directories should be searched,
+     because AMS-TeX is compatible with Plain.
+
+   * `PACKAGE' is a TeX package name (examples: `babel', `texdraw').
+
+     In the case where a format consists of only a single file and has
+     no auxiliary packages, that file can simply be placed in the
+     `FORMAT' directory, instead of `FORMAT/base'.  For example,
+     Texinfo may go in `texmf/tex/texinfo/texinfo.tex', not
+     `texmf/tex/texinfo/base/texinfo.tex'.
+
+     The TDS reserves the following `PACKAGE' names:
+
+        * `base', for the base distribution of each format, including
+          files used by INITEX when dumping format files.  For example,
+          in the standard LaTeX distribution, the `ltx' files created
+          during the build process.  Another example: the `.ini' driver
+          files for formats used by TeX Live and other distributions.
+
+        * `hyphen', for hyphenation patterns, including the original
+          American English `hyphen.tex'.  These are typically used only
+          by INITEX.  In most situations, this directory need exist
+          only under the `generic' format.
+
+        * `images', for image input files, such as Encapsulated
+          PostScript figures. Although it is somewhat non-intuitive for
+          these to be under a directory named `tex', TeX needs to read
+          these files to glean bounding box or other information.  A
+          mechanism for sharing image inputs between TeX and other
+          typesetting programs (e.g., Interleaf, FrameMaker) is beyond
+          the scope of the TDS. In most situations, this directory need
+          exist only under the `generic' format.
+
+        * `local', for local additions and configuration files. See
+          Section *Note Local additions::.
+
+        * `misc', for packages that consist of a single file.  An
+          administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
+          single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using
+          `misc'.
+
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Extensions::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Extensions,  Up: Macros
+
+3.1.1 Extensions
+----------------
+
+TeX has spawned many companion and successor programs ("engines"), such
+as PDFTeX, Omega, and others.  The TDS specifies that the input files
+for such programs (using a TeX-like syntax) be placed within the
+top-level `tex' directory, either at the top level or within a format
+subdirectory, even though the original TeX program may not be able to
+read them.  For example:
+
+     texmf/tex/aleph
+     texmf/tex/enctex
+
+   This is a change from TDS 1.0, which specified top-level `EXTENSION'
+directories for each such program.  We felt the new approach is
+preferable, because:
+
+   * Authors of relevant packages typically make their code detect the
+     engine being used, and issue error messages or adapt to
+     circumstances appropriately.  Furthermore, as a package matures,
+     it may support multiple engines.  Thus, a package could
+     conceivably be placed in any of several top-level directories, at
+     different times.  Putting all packages under the top-level `tex'
+     directory provides a stable location over time.
+
+   * Users need to be able to switch between engines, and configuring
+     different search paths for each engine is difficult and
+     error-prone.
+
+
+   Thus, in practice, having different top-level directories caused
+difficulties for everyone involved--users, package authors, site
+administrators, and system distributors.
+
+   Please contrast this approach with the `IMPLEMENTATION' top-level
+subdirectory (Section *Note Top-level directories::), which is to be
+used for configuration files that (presumably) do not use TeX syntax
+and in any case should not be found along the main TeX input search
+path.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Fonts,  Next: Non-font Metafont files,  Prev: Macros,  Up: Top-level directories
+
+3.2 Fonts
+=========
+
+Font files are stored in separate directories, segregated by file type,
+and then (in most cases) font supplier and typeface.  PK and GF files
+need additional structure, as detailed in the next section.
+
+     texmf/fonts/TYPE/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/
+     texmf/fonts/enc,lig,map/SUBPATH/
+
+   * `TYPE' is the type of font file. The TDS reserves the following
+     `TYPE' names for common TeX file types:
+
+        * `afm', for Adobe font metrics, and `inf' files.
+
+        * `gf', for generic font bitmap files.
+
+        * `opentype', for OpenType fonts.
+
+        * `pk', for packed bitmap files.
+
+        * `source', for font sources (Metafont files, property lists,
+          etc.).
+
+        * `tfm', for TeX font metric files.
+
+        * `truetype', for TrueType fonts.
+
+        * `type1', for PostScript Type 1 fonts (in `pfa',       `pfb',
+          or any other format), and `pfm' files.
+
+        * `type3', for PostScript Type 3 fonts.
+
+        * `vf', for virtual fonts.
+
+     The TDS also reserves the names `enc', `lig', and `map' for font
+     encoding, ligature, and mapping files, respectively.  All of these
+     directories are structured the same way, with `SYNTAX'
+     subdirectories, and then `PACKAGE' subsubdirectories.  Each of
+     these file types is intended to be searched along its own
+     recursively-searched path.  The names of the actual files must be
+     unique within their subtree, as usual.  Examples:
+          fonts/map/dvipdfm/updmap/dvipdfm.map
+          fonts/map/dvips/lm/lm.map
+          fonts/enc/dvips/base/8r.enc
+
+     The Fontname and Dvips packages have more examples of the `enc' and
+     `map' types.  The `afm2pl' program uses `lig' files.
+
+     `pfm' files are included in the `type1' directory, instead of
+     being given their own directory, for two reasons: 1) a `.pfm' file
+     is always an adjunct to a given `.pfb' file; 2) they must be
+     installed from the same directory for Windows programs other than
+     TeX to use them.
+
+     `inf' files are included in the `afm' directory, since an `inf'
+     and `afm' file can be used to generate a `pfm'.  (Unfortunately,
+     Adobe Type Manager and perhaps other software requires that the
+     `pfb' be in the same directory as `afm' and `inf' for
+     installation.)
+
+     As usual, a site may omit any of these directories that are
+     unnecessary.  `gf' is a particularly likely candidate for omission.
+
+   * `SUPPLIER' is a name identifying font source (examples: `adobe',
+     `ams', `public'). The TDS reserves the following `SUPPLIER' names:
+
+        * `ams', for the American Mathematical Society's AMS-fonts
+          collection.
+
+        * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local
+          additions::.
+
+        * `public', for freely redistributable fonts where the supplier
+          neither (1) requested their own directory (e.g., `ams'), nor
+          (2) also made proprietary fonts (e.g., `adobe').  It does not
+          contain all extant freely distributable fonts, nor are all
+          files therein necessarily strictly public domain.
+
+        * `tmp', for dynamically-generated fonts, as is traditional on
+          some systems. It may be omitted if unnecessary, as usual.
+
+
+   * `TYPEFACE' is the name of a typeface family (examples: `cm',
+     `euler', `times'). The TDS reserves the following `TYPEFACE' names:
+
+        * `cm' (within `public'), for the 75 fonts defined in
+          `Computers and Typesetting, Volume E'.
+
+        * `latex' (within `public'), for those fonts distributed with
+          LaTeX in the base distribution.
+
+        * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local
+          additions::.
+
+
+
+   Some concrete examples:
+     texmf/fonts/source/public/pandora/pnr10.mf
+     texmf/fonts/tfm/public/cm/cmr10.tfm
+     texmf/fonts/type1/adobe/utopia/putr.pfa
+
+   For complete supplier and typeface name lists, consult `Filenames
+for TeX fonts' (see Appendix *Note Related references::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Font bitmaps::
+* Valid font bitmaps::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Font bitmaps,  Next: Valid font bitmaps,  Up: Fonts
+
+3.2.1 Font bitmaps
+------------------
+
+Font bitmap files require two characteristics in addition to the above
+to be uniquely identifiable: (1) the type of device (i.e., mode) for
+which the font was created; (2) the resolution of the bitmap.
+
+   Following common practice, the TDS segregates fonts with different
+device types into separate directories.  See `modes.mf' in
+Appendix *Note Related references:: for recommended mode names.
+
+   Some printers operate at more than one resolution (e.g., at 300dpi
+and 600dpi), but each such resolution will necessarily have a different
+mode name. Nothing further is needed, since implicit in the TeX system
+is the assumption of a single target resolution.
+
+   Two naming strategies are commonly used to identify the resolution of
+bitmap font files.  On systems that allow long filenames (and in the
+original Metafont program itself), the resolution is included in the
+filename (e.g., `cmr10.300pk').  On systems which do not support long
+filenames, fonts are generally segregated into directories by
+resolution (e.g., `dpi300/cmr10.pk').
+
+   Because the TDS cannot require long filenames, we must use the
+latter scheme for naming fonts. So we have two more subdirectory levels
+under `pk' and `gf':
+
+     texmf/fonts/pk/MODE/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/dpiNNN/
+     texmf/fonts/gf/MODE/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/dpiNNN/
+
+   * `MODE' is a name which identifies the device type (examples: `cx',
+     `ljfour', `modeless').  Usually, this is the name of the Metafont
+     mode used to build the PK file.  For fonts rendered as bitmaps by
+     a program that does not distinguish between different output
+     devices, the `MODE' name shall be simply `modeless'.  The `MODE'
+     level shall not be omitted, even if only a single mode happens to
+     be in use.
+
+   * `dpiNNN' specifies the resolution of the font (examples: `dpi300',
+     `dpi329').  `dpi' stands for dots per inch, i.e., pixels per inch.
+     We recognize that pixels per millimeter is used in many parts of
+     the world, but dpi is too traditional in the TeX world to consider
+     changing now.
+
+     The integer `NNN' is to be calculated as if using Metafont
+     arithmetic and then rounded; i.e., it is the integer Metafont uses
+     in its output `gf' filename.  We recognize small differences in the
+     resolution are a common cause of frustration among users, however,
+     and recommend implementors follow the level 0 DVI driver standard
+     (see Appendix *Note Related references::) in bitmap font searches
+     by allowing a fuzz of +-0.2% (with a minimum of 1) in the `DPI'.
+
+
+   Implementations may provide extensions to the basic naming scheme,
+such as long filenames (as in the original Metafont) and font library
+files (as in emTeX's `.fli' files), provided that the basic scheme is
+also supported.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Valid font bitmaps,  Prev: Font bitmaps,  Up: Fonts
+
+3.2.2 Valid font bitmaps
+------------------------
+
+The TWG recognizes that the use of short filenames has many
+disadvantages.  The most vexing is that it results in the creation of
+dozens of different files with the same name.  At a typical site,
+`cmr10.pk' will be the filename for Computer Modern Roman 10pt at 5-10
+magnifications for 2-3 modes. (Section *Note Duplicate filenames::
+discusses duplicate filenames in general.)
+
+   To minimize this problem, we strongly recommend that PK files
+contain enough information to identify precisely how they were created:
+at least the mode, base resolution, and magnification used to create the
+font.
+
+   This information is easy to supply: a simple addition to the local
+modes used for building the fonts with Metafont will automatically
+provide the required information.  If you have been using a local modes
+file derived from (or that is simply) `modes.mf' (see Appendix *Note
+Related references::), the required information is already in your PK
+files.  If not, a simple addition based on the code found in `modes.mf'
+can be made to your local modes file and the PK files rebuilt.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Non-font Metafont files,  Next: MetaPost,  Prev: Fonts,  Up: Top-level directories
+
+3.3 Non-font Metafont files
+===========================
+
+Most Metafont input files are font programs or parts of font programs
+and are thus covered by the previous section. However, a few non-font
+input files do exist. Such files shall be stored in:
+
+     texmf/metafont/PACKAGE/
+
+   `PACKAGE' is the name of a Metafont package (for example, `mfpic').
+
+   The TDS reserves the following `PACKAGE' names:
+
+   * `base', for the standard Metafont macro files as described in `The
+     Metafontbook', such as `plain.mf' and `expr.mf'.
+
+   * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local additions::.
+
+   * `misc', for Metafont packages consisting of only a single file
+     (for example, `modes.mf').  An administrator or package maintainer
+     may create directories for single-file packages at their
+     discretion, instead of using `misc'.
+
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: MetaPost,  Next: BibTeX,  Prev: Non-font Metafont files,  Up: Top-level directories
+
+3.4 MetaPost
+============
+
+MetaPost is a picture-drawing language developed by John Hobby, derived
+from Knuth's Metafont. Its primary purpose is to output Encapsulated
+PostScript instead of bitmaps.
+
+   MetaPost input files and the support files for MetaPost-related
+utilities shall be stored in:
+
+     texmf/metapost/PACKAGE/
+
+   `PACKAGE' is the name of a MetaPost package.  At the present writing
+none exist, but the TWG thought it prudent to leave room for
+contributed packages that might be written in the future.
+
+   The TDS reserves the following `PACKAGE' names:
+
+   * `base', for the standard MetaPost macro files, such as `plain.mp',
+     `mfplain.mp', `boxes.mp', and `graph.mp'.  This includes files
+     used by INIMP when dumping mem files containing preloaded macro
+     definitions.
+
+   * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local additions::.
+
+   * `misc', for MetaPost packages consisting of only a single file.
+     An administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
+     single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using `misc'.
+
+   * `support', for additional input files required by MetaPost utility
+     programs, including a font map, a character adjustment table, and
+     a subdirectory containing low-level MetaPost programs for rendering
+     some special characters.
+
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: BibTeX,  Next: Scripts,  Prev: MetaPost,  Up: Top-level directories
+
+3.5 BibTeX
+==========
+
+BibTeX-related files shall be stored in:
+
+     texmf/bibtex/bib/PACKAGE/
+     texmf/bibtex/bst/PACKAGE/
+
+   The `bib' directory is for BibTeX database (`.bib') files, the `bst'
+directory for style (`.bst') files.
+
+   `PACKAGE' is the name of a BibTeX package.  The TDS reserves the
+following `PACKAGE' names (the same names are reserved under both `bib'
+and `bst'):
+
+   * `base', for the standard BibTeX databases and styles, such as
+     `xampl.bib', `plain.bst'.
+
+   * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local additions::.
+
+   * `misc', for BibTeX packages consisting of only a single file.  An
+     administrator or package maintainer may create directories for
+     single-file packages at their discretion, instead of using `misc'.
+
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Scripts,  Next: Documentation,  Prev: BibTeX,  Up: Top-level directories
+
+3.6 Scripts
+===========
+
+The top-level `scripts' directory is for platform-independent
+executables, such as Perl, Python, and shell scripts, and Java class
+files.  Subdirectories under `scripts' are package names.  This eases
+creating distributions, by providing a common place for such
+platform-independent programs.
+
+   The intent is not for all such directories to be added to a user's
+command search path, which would be quite impractical.  Rather, these
+executables are primarily for the benefit of wrapper scripts in whatever
+executable directory a distribution may provide (which is not specified
+by the TDS).
+
+   Truly auxiliary scripts which are invoked directly by other programs,
+rather than wrapper scripts, may also be placed here.  That is,
+`scripts' also serves as a platform-independent analog of the standard
+Unix `libexec' directory.
+
+   We recommend using extensions specifying the language (such as
+`.pl', `.py', `.sh') on these files, to help uniquely identify the
+name.  Since the intent of the TDS is for programs in `scripts' not to
+be invoked directly by users, this poses no inconvenience.
+
+   For example, in the TeX Live distribution, the ConTeXt user-level
+program `texexec' can exist as a small wrapper script in each
+`bin/PLATFORM/texexec' (which is outside the `texmf' tree), which
+merely finds and calls `texmf/scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl'.
+
+   Examples:
+     scripts/context/perl/texexec.pl
+     scripts/context/ruby/examplex.rb
+     scripts/thumbpdf/thumbpdf.pl
+
+   The TDS does not specify a location for platform-dependent binary
+executables, whether auxiliary or user-level.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Documentation,  Prev: Scripts,  Up: Top-level directories
+
+3.7 Documentation
+=================
+
+Most packages come with some form of documentation: user manuals,
+example files, programming guides, etc.  In addition, many independent
+files not part of any macro or other package have been created to
+describe various aspects of the TeX system.
+
+   The TDS specifies that these additional documentation files shall be
+stored in a structure that parallels to some extent the `fonts' and
+`tex' directories, as follows:
+
+     texmf/doc/CATEGORY/...
+
+   `CATEGORY' identifies the general topic of documentation that
+resides below it; for example, a TeX format name (`latex'), program
+name (`bibtex', `tex'), language (`french', `german'), a file format
+(`info', `man'), or other system components (`web', `fonts').
+
+   One possible arrangement is to organize `doc' by language, with all
+the other category types below that.  This helps users find
+documentation in the language(s) in which they are fluent.  Neither this
+nor any other particular arrangement is required, however.
+
+   Within each `CATEGORY' tree for a TeX format, the directory `base'
+is reserved for base documentation distributed by the format's
+maintainers.
+
+   The TDS reserves the following category names:
+
+   * `general', for standalone documents not specific to any particular
+     program (for example, Joachim Schrod's `Components of TeX').
+
+   * `help', for meta-information, such as FAQ's, the TeX Catalogue,
+     etc.
+
+   * `info', for processed Texinfo documents.  (Info files, like
+     anything else, may also be stored outside the TDS, at the
+     installer's option.)
+
+   * `local', for local additions. See Section *Note Local additions::.
+
+
+   The `doc' directory is intended for implementation-independent and
+operating system-independent documentation files.
+Implementation-dependent files are best stored elsewhere, as provided
+for by the implementation and/or TeX administrator (for example, VMS
+help files under `texmf/vms/help').
+
+   The documentation directories may contain TeX sources, DVI files,
+PostScript files, text files, example input files, or any other useful
+documentation format(s).
+
+   See Section *Note Documentation tree summary:: for a summary.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Summary,  Next: Unspecified pieces,  Prev: Top-level directories,  Up: Top
+
+4 Summary
+*********
+
+A skeleton of a TDS `texmf' directory tree.  This is not to imply these
+are the only entries allowed.  For example, `local' may occur at any
+level.
+
+       bibtex/           BibTeX input files
+         bib/            BibTeX databases
+           base/         base distribution (e.g., `xampl.bib')
+           misc/         single-file databases
+         <package>/      name of a package
+         bst/            BibTeX style files
+           base/         base distribution (e.g., `plain.bst', `acm.bst')
+           misc/         single-file styles
+         <package>/      name of a package
+       doc/              see Section *Note Documentation:: and the summary below
+       fonts/            font-related files
+         <type>/         file type (e.g., `pk')
+           <mode>/       type of output device (for `pk' and `gf' only)
+             <supplier>/     name of a font supplier (e.g., `public')
+               <typeface>/   name of a typeface (e.g., `cm')
+                 dpi<nnn>/   font resolution (for `pk' and `gf' only)
+       <implementation>/ TeX implementations, by name (e.g., `emtex')
+       local/            files created or modified at the local site
+       metafont/         Metafont (non-font) input files
+         base/           base distribution (e.g., `plain.mf')
+         misc/           single-file packages (e.g., `modes.mf')
+         <package>/      name of a package (e.g., `mfpic')
+       metapost/         MetaPost input and support files
+         base/           base distribution (e.g., `plain.mp')
+         misc/           single-file packages
+         <package>/      name of a package
+         support/        support files for MetaPost-related utilities
+       mft/              `MFT' inputs (e.g., `plain.mft')
+       <program>/        TeX-related programs, by name (e.g., `dvips')
+       source/           program source code by name (e.g., `latex', `web2c')
+       tex/              TeX input files
+         <engine>/       name of an engine (e.g., `aleph'); can also be lower
+         <format>/       name of a format (e.g., `plain')
+           base/         base distribution for format (e.g., `plain.tex')
+           misc/         single-file packages (e.g., `webmac.tex')
+           local/        local additions to or local configuration files for `FORMAT'
+           <package>/    name of a package (e.g., `graphics', `mfnfss')
+         generic/        format-independent packages
+           hyphen/       hyphenation patterns (e.g., `hyphen.tex')
+           images/       image input files (e.g., Encapsulated PostScript)
+           misc/         single-file format-independent packages (e.g., `null.tex').
+           <package>/    name of a package (e.g., `babel')
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Documentation tree summary::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Documentation tree summary,  Up: Summary
+
+4.1 Documentation tree summary
+==============================
+
+An example skeleton of a TDS directory tree under `texmf/doc'.  This is
+not to imply these are the only entries allowed, or that this structure
+must be followed precisely for the entries listed.
+
+   As mentioned, the `texmf/doc' tree may be organized by language, so
+that all documentation in French, say, is in a `french' subdirectory.
+In that case, the example structure here would be in a given language
+directory.
+
+       ams/
+         amsfonts/       `amsfonts.faq', `amfndoc'
+         amslatex/       `amslatex.faq', `amsldoc'
+         amstex/         `amsguide', `joyerr'
+       bibtex/           BibTeX
+         base/           `btxdoc.tex'
+       fonts/
+         fontname/       `Filenames for TeX fonts'
+         oldgerm/        `corkpapr'
+       <format>/         name of a TeX format (e.g., `generic', `latex')
+         base/           for the base distribution
+         misc/           for contributed single-file package documentation
+         <package>/      for _package_
+       general/          across programs, generalities
+         errata/         `errata', `errata[1-8]'
+         texcomp/        `Components of TeX'
+       help/             meta-information
+         ctan/           info about CTAN mirror sites
+         faq/            FAQs of `comp.text.tex', etc.
+       info/             GNU Info files, made from Texinfo sources
+       latex/            example of `FORMAT'
+         base/           `ltnews*', `*guide', etc.
+         graphics/       `grfguide'
+       local/            site-specific documentation
+       man/              Unix man pages
+       <program>/        TeX-related programs, by name (examples follow)
+       metafont/         `mfbook.tex', `metafont-for-beginners', etc.
+       metapost/         `mpman', `manfig', etc.
+       tex/              `texbook.tex', `A Gentle Introduction to TeX', etc.
+       web/              `webman', `cwebman'
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Unspecified pieces,  Next: Implementation issues,  Prev: Summary,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix A Unspecified pieces
+*****************************
+
+The TDS cannot address the following aspects of a functioning TeX
+system:
+
+  1. The location of executable programs: this is too site-dependent
+     even to recommend a location, let alone require one. A site may
+     place executables outside the `texmf' tree altogether (e.g.,
+     `/usr/local/bin'), in a platform-dependent directory within
+     `texmf', or elsewhere.
+
+  2. Upgrading packages when new releases are made: we could find no
+     way of introducing version specifiers into `texmf' that would do
+     more good than harm, or that would be practical for even a
+     plurality of installations.
+
+  3. The location of implementation-specific files (e.g., TeX `.fmt'
+     files): by their nature, these must be left to the implementor or
+     TeX maintainer. See Section *Note Example implementation-specific
+     trees::.
+
+  4. Precisely when a package or file should be considered "local", and
+     where such local files are installed.  See Section *Note Local
+     additions:: for more discussion.
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Portable filenames::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Portable filenames,  Up: Unspecified pieces
+
+A.1 Portable filenames
+======================
+
+The TDS cannot require any particular restriction on filenames in the
+tree, since the names of many existing TeX files conform to no standard
+scheme. For the benefit of people who wish to make a portable TeX
+distribution or installation, however, we outline here the necessary
+restrictions. The TDS specifications themselves are compatible with
+these.
+
+   ISO-9660 is the only universally acceptable file system format for
+CD-ROMs.  A subset thereof meets the stringent limitations of all
+operating systems in use today. It specifies the following:
+
+   * File and directory names, not including any directory path or
+     extension part, may not exceed eight characters.
+
+   * Filenames may have a single extension.  Extensions may not exceed
+     three characters. Directory names may not have an extension.
+
+   * Names and extensions may consist of _only_ the characters `A'-`Z',
+     `0'-`9', and underscore.  Lowercase letters are excluded.
+
+   * A period separates the filename from the extension and is always
+     present, even if the name or extension is missing (e.g.,
+     `FILENAME.' or `.EXT').
+
+   * A version number, ranging from 1-32767, is appended to the file
+     extension, separated by a semicolon (e.g., `FILENAME.EXT;1').
+
+   * Only eight directory levels are allowed, including the top-level
+     (mounted) directory (see Section *Note Rooting the tree::).  Thus,
+     the deepest valid ISO-9660 path is:
+          texmf/L2/L3/L4/L5/L6/L7/L8/FOO.BAR;1
+          1     2  3  4  5  6  7  8
+     The deepest TDS path needs only seven levels:
+          texmf/fonts/pk/cx/public/cm/dpi300/cmr10.pk
+          1     2     3  4  5      6  7
+
+
+   Some systems display a modified format of ISO-9660 names, mapping
+alphabetic characters to lowercase, removing version numbers and
+trailing periods, etc.
+
+   Before the December 1996 release, LaTeX used mixed-case names for
+font descriptor files.  Fortunately, it never relied on case alone to
+distinguish among the files.  Nowadays, it uses only monocase names.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Implementation issues,  Next: Is there a better way?,  Prev: Unspecified pieces,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix B Implementation issues
+********************************
+
+We believe that the TDS can bring a great deal of order to the current
+anarchic state of many TeX installations.  In addition, by providing a
+common frame of reference, it will ease the burden of documenting
+administrative tasks.  Finally, it is a necessary part of any
+reasonable system of true "drop-in" distribution packages for TeX.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Adoption of the TDS::
+* More on subdirectory searching::
+* Example implementation-specific trees::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Adoption of the TDS,  Next: More on subdirectory searching,  Up: Implementation issues
+
+B.1 Adoption of the TDS
+=======================
+
+[This section is retained for historical purposes; the TDS is now quite
+firmly entrenched in most TeX distributions.]
+
+   We recognize that adoption of the TDS will not be immediate or
+universal.  Most TeX administrators will not be inclined to make the
+final switch until:
+
+   * Clear and demonstrable benefits can be shown for the TDS.
+
+   * TDS-compliant versions of all key programs are available in
+     ported, well-tested forms.
+
+   * A "settling" period has taken place, to flush out problems.  The
+     public release of the first draft of this document was the first
+     step in this process.
+
+   Consequently, most of the first trials of the TDS will be made by
+members of the TDS committee and/or developers of TeX-related software.
+This has already taken place during the course of our deliberations
+(see Appendix *Note Related references:: for a sample tree available
+electronically).  They will certainly result in the production of a
+substantial number of TDS-compliant packages.  Indeed, the teTeX and
+TeX Live distributions are TDS-compliant and in use now at many sites.
+
+   Once installable forms of key TDS-compliant packages are more
+widespread, some TeX administrators will set up TDS-compliant trees,
+possibly in parallel to existing production directories.  This testing
+will likely flush out problems that were not obvious in the confined
+settings of the developers' sites; for example, it should help to
+resolve system and package dependencies, package interdependencies, and
+other details not addressed by this TDS version.
+
+   After most of the dust has settled, hopefully even conservative TeX
+administrators will begin to adopt the TDS.  Eventually, most TeX sites
+will have adopted the common structure, and most packages will be
+readily available in TDS-compliant form.
+
+   We believe that this process will occur relatively quickly.  The TDS
+committee spans a wide range of interests in the TeX community.
+Consequently, we believe that most of the key issues involved in
+defining a workable TDS definition have been covered, often in detail.
+TeX developers have been consulted about implementation issues, and
+have been trying out the TDS arrangement.  Thus, we hope for few
+surprises as implementations mature.
+
+   Finally, there are several (current or prospective) publishers of TeX
+CD-ROMs.  These publishers are highly motivated to work out details of
+TDS implementation, and their products will provide inexpensive and
+convenient ways for experimentally-minded TeX administrators to
+experiment with the TDS.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: More on subdirectory searching,  Next: Example implementation-specific trees,  Prev: Adoption of the TDS,  Up: Implementation issues
+
+B.2 More on subdirectory searching
+==================================
+
+Recursive subdirectory searching is the ability to specify a search not
+only of a specified directory `D', but recursively of all directories
+below `D'.
+
+   Since the TDS specifies precise locations for most files, with no
+extra levels of subdirectories allowed, true recursive searching is not
+actually required for a TDS-compliant implementation. We do, however,
+strongly recommend recursive searching as the most user-friendly and
+natural approach to the problem, rather than convoluted methods to
+specify paths without recursion.
+
+   This feature is already supported by many implementations of TeX and
+companion utilities, for example DECUS TeX for VMS, Dvips(k), emTeX
+(and its drivers), PubliC TeX, Web2C, Xdvi(k), and Y&YTeX.  The
+Kpathsea library is a reusable implementation of subdirectory searching
+for TeX, used in a number of the above programs.
+
+   Even if your TeX implementation does not directly support
+subdirectory searching, you may find it useful to adopt the structure if
+you do not use many fonts or packages. For instance, if you only use
+Computer Modern and AMS fonts, it would be feasible to store them in
+the TDS layout and list the directories individually in configuration
+files or environment variables.
+
+   The TWG recognizes that subdirectory searching places an extra
+burden on the system and may be the source of performance bottlenecks,
+particularly on slower machines.  Nevertheless, we feel that
+subdirectory searching is imperative for a well-organized TDS, for the
+reasons stated in Section *Note Subdirectory searching::.  Implementors
+are encouraged to provide enhancements to the basic principle of
+subdirectory searching to avoid performance problems, e.g., the use of
+a filename cache (this can be as simple as a recursive directory
+listing) that is consulted before disk searching begins.  If a match is
+found in the database, subdirectory searching is not required, and
+performance is thus independent of the number of subdirectories present
+on the system.
+
+   Different implementations specify subdirectory searching differently.
+In the interest of typographic clarity, the examples here do not use the
+`REPLACEABLE' font.
+
+   * Dvips: via a separate `TEXFONTS_SUBDIR' environment variable.
+
+   * emTeX: `t:\subdir!!'; `t:\subdir!' for a single level of searching.
+
+   * Kpathsea: `texmf/subdir//'
+
+   * VMS: `texmf:[subdir...]'
+
+   * Xdvi (patchlevel 20): `texmf/subdir/**'; `texmf/subdir/*' for a
+     single level of searching.  Version 20.50 and above support the
+     `//' notation.
+
+   * Y&Y TeX: `t:/subdir//' or `t:\subdir\\'.
+
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Example implementation-specific trees,  Prev: More on subdirectory searching,  Up: Implementation issues
+
+B.3 Example implementation-specific trees
+=========================================
+
+The TDS cannot specify a precise location for implementation-specific
+files, such as `texmf/ini', because a site may have multiple TeX
+implementations.
+
+   Nevertheless, for informative purposes, we provide here the default
+locations for some implementations. Please contact us with additions or
+corrections. These paths are not definitive, may not match anything at
+your site, and may change without warning.
+
+   We recommend all implementations have default search paths that start
+with the current directory (e.g., `.').  Allowing users to include the
+parent directory (e.g., `..') is also helpful.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* AmiWeb2c 2.0::
+* Public DECUS TeX::
+* Web2c 7::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: AmiWeb2c 2.0,  Next: Public DECUS TeX,  Up: Example implementation-specific trees
+
+B.3.1 AmiWeb2c 2.0
+------------------
+
+(Email <scherer@physik.rwth-aachen.de> to contact the maintainer of
+this implementation.)
+
+   AmiWeb2c 2 is compatible with Web2c 7 to the greatest possible
+extent, so only the very few differences are described in this section.
+Detailed information about the basic concepts is given in the section
+for Web2c 7 below.
+
+   Thanks to the `SELFAUTO' mechanism of Kpathsea 3.0 no specific
+location for the installation of AmiWeb2c is required as long as the
+general structure of the distribution is preserved.
+
+   In addition to Kpathsea's `//' notation recursive path search may
+also be started by `DEVICE:/', e.g., `TeXMF:/' will scan this specific
+device completely.
+
+   Binaries coming with the AmiWeb2c distribution are installed in the
+directory `bin/amiweb2c/' outside the common TDS tree `share/texmf/'.
+In addition to the set of AmiWeb2c binaries you will find two
+subdirectories `local/' and `pastex/' with auxiliary programs.
+
+   A stripped version of the PasTeX system (used by kind permission of
+Georg Hessmann) is coming with AmiWeb2c, pre-installed in its own
+`share/texmf/amiweb2c/pastex/' directory.  If you want to use PasTeX
+you have to `assign' the name `TeX:' to this place.
+
+   Documentation files in AmigaGuide format should be stored at
+`doc/guide/' similar to `doc/info/'.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Public DECUS TeX,  Next: Web2c 7,  Prev: AmiWeb2c 2.0,  Up: Example implementation-specific trees
+
+B.3.2 Public DECUS TeX
+----------------------
+
+If another VMS implementation besides Public DECUS TeX appears, the top
+level implementation directory name will be modified to something more
+specific (e.g., `vms_decus').
+
+       texmf/
+         vms/            VMS implementation specific files
+           exe/          end-user commands
+             common/     command procedures, command definition files, etc.
+             axp/        binary executables for Alpha AXP
+             vax/        binary executables for VAX
+           formats/      pool files, formats, bases
+           help/         VMS help library, and miscellaneous help sources
+           mgr/          command procedures, programs, docs, etc., for system management
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Web2c 7,  Prev: Public DECUS TeX,  Up: Example implementation-specific trees
+
+B.3.3 Web2c 7
+-------------
+
+All implementation-dependent TeX system files (`.pool', `.fmt',
+`.base', `.mem') are stored by default directly in `texmf/web2c'.  The
+configuration file `texmf.cnf' and various subsidiary `MakeTeX...'
+scripts used as subroutines are also stored there.
+
+   Non-TeX specific files are stored following the GNU coding
+standards.  Given a root directory `PREFIX' (`/usr/local' by default),
+we have default locations as follows:
+
+       <prefix>/         installation root (`/usr/local' by default)
+         bin/            executables
+         man/            man pages
+         info/           info files
+         lib/            libraries (`libkpathsea.*')
+         share/          architecture-independent files
+           texmf/        TDS root
+             web2c/      implementation-dependent files (`.pool', `.fmt', `texmf.cnf', etc.)
+
+   See `http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards_toc.html' for the rationale
+behind and descriptions of this arrangement. A site may of course
+override these defaults; for example, it may put everything under a
+single directory such as `/usr/local/texmf'.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Is there a better way?,  Next: Related references,  Prev: Implementation issues,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix C Is there a better way?
+*********************************
+
+Defining the TDS required many compromises.  Both the overall structure
+and the details of the individual directories were arrived at by
+finding common ground among many opinions.  The driving forces were
+feasibility (in terms of what could technically be done and what could
+reasonably be expected from developers) and regularity (files grouped
+together in an arrangement that "made sense").
+
+   Some interesting ideas could not be applied due to implementations
+lacking the necessary support:
+
+   * Path searching control at the TeX level. If documents could
+     restrict subdirectory searching to a subdirectory via some portable
+     syntax in file names, restrictions on uniqueness of filenames
+     could be relaxed considerably (with the cooperation of the
+     formats), and the TeX search path would not need to depend on the
+     format.
+
+   * Multiple logical `texmf' trees. For example, a site might have one
+     (read-only) location for stable files, and a different (writable)
+     location for dynamically-created fonts or other files. It would be
+     reasonable for two such trees to be logically merged when
+     searching.  See Michael Downes' article in the references for how
+     this can work in practice with Web2C.
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Macro structure::
+* Font structure::
+* Documentation structure::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Macro structure,  Next: Font structure,  Up: Is there a better way?
+
+C.1 Macro structure
+===================
+
+The TWG settled on the `FORMAT/PACKAGE' arrangement after long
+discussion about how best to arrange the files.
+
+   The primary alternative to this arrangement was a scheme which
+reversed the order of these directories: `PACKAGE/FORMAT'.  This
+reversed arrangement has a strong appeal: it keeps all of the files
+related to a particular package in a single place.  The arrangement
+actually adopted tends to spread files out into two or three places
+(macros, documentation, and fonts, for example, are spread into
+different sections of the tree right at the top level).
+
+   Nevertheless, the `FORMAT/PACKAGE' structure won for a couple of
+reasons:
+
+   * It is closer to current practice; in fact, several members of the
+     TWG have already implemented the TDS hierarchy.  The alternative
+     is not in use at any known site, and the TWG felt it wrong to
+     mandate something with which there is no practical experience.
+
+   * The alternative arrangement increases the number of top-level
+     directories, so the files that must be found using subdirectory
+     searching are spread out in a wide, shallow tree.  This could have
+     a profound impact on the efficiency of subdirectory searching.
+
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Font structure,  Next: Documentation structure,  Prev: Macro structure,  Up: Is there a better way?
+
+C.2 Font structure
+==================
+
+The TWG struggled more with the font directory structure than anything
+else. This is not surprising; the need to use the proliferation of
+PostScript fonts with TeX is what made the previous arrangement with
+all files in a single directory untenable, and therefore what initiated
+the TDS effort.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Font file type location::
+* Mode and resolution location::
+* Modeless bitmaps::
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Font file type location,  Next: Mode and resolution location,  Up: Font structure
+
+C.2.1 Font file type location
+-----------------------------
+
+We considered the supplier-first arrangement in use at many sites:
+
+     texmf/fonts/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/TYPE/
+
+   This improves the maintainability of the font tree, since all files
+comprising a given typeface are in one place, but unless all the
+programs that search this tree employ some form of caching, there are
+serious performance concerns.  For example, in order to find a `TFM'
+file, the simplest implementation would require TeX to search through
+all the directories that contain PK files in all modes and at all
+resolutions.
+
+   In the end, a poll of developers revealed considerable resistance to
+implementing sufficient caching mechanisms, so this arrangement was
+abandoned.  The TDS arrangement allows the search tree to be restricted
+to the correct type of file, at least.  Concerns about efficiency
+remain, but there seems to be no more we can do without abandoning
+subdirectory searching entirely.
+
+   We also considered segregating all font-related files strictly by
+file type, so that Metafont sources would be in a directory
+`texmf/fonts/mf', property list files in `texmf/fonts/pl', the various
+forms of Type 1 fonts separated, and so on. Although more blindly
+consistent, we felt that the drawback of more complicated path
+constructions outweighed this. The TDS merges file types (`mf' and `pl'
+under `source', `pfa' and `pfb' and `gsf' under `type1') where we felt
+this was beneficial.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Mode and resolution location,  Next: Modeless bitmaps,  Prev: Font file type location,  Up: Font structure
+
+C.2.2 Mode and resolution location
+----------------------------------
+
+We considered having the `mode' at the bottom of the font tree:
+     texmf/fonts/pk/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/MODE/DPI/
+
+   In this case, however, it is difficult to limit subdirectory
+searching to the mode required for a particular device.
+
+   We then considered moving the `dpiNNN' up to below the mode:
+     texmf/fonts/pk/MODE/DPI/SUPPLIER/TYPEFACE/
+
+   But then it is not feasible to omit the `dpiNNN' level altogether on
+systems which can and do choose to use long filenames.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Modeless bitmaps,  Prev: Mode and resolution location,  Up: Font structure
+
+C.2.3 Modeless bitmaps
+----------------------
+
+The TDS specifies using a single directory `modeless/' as the mode name
+for those utilities which generate bitmaps, e.g.,
+`texmf/fonts/modeless/times/'.  This has the considerable advantage of
+not requiring each such directory name to be listed in a search path.
+
+   An alternative was to use the utility name below which all such
+directories could be gathered.  That has the advantage of separating,
+say, `gsftopk'-generated bitmaps from `ps2pk'-generated ones.  However,
+we decided this was not necessary; most sites will use only one program
+for the purpose.  Also, PK and GF fonts generally identify their
+creator in the font comment following the `PK_ID' byte.
+
+   We are making an implicit assumption that Metafont is the only
+program producing mode-dependent bitmaps. If this becomes false we
+could add an abbreviation for the program to mode names, as in `mfcx'
+vs.  `xyzcx' for a hypothetical program Xyz, or we could at that time
+add an additional program name level uniformly to the tree.  It seemed
+more important to concisely represent the current situation than to
+worry about hypothetical possibilities that may never happen.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Documentation structure,  Prev: Font structure,  Up: Is there a better way?
+
+C.3 Documentation structure
+===========================
+
+We considered placing additional documentation files in the same
+directory as the source files for the packages, but we felt that users
+should be able to find documentation separately from sources, since most
+users have no interest in sources.
+
+   We hope that a separate, but parallel, structure for documentation
+would (1) keep the documentation together and (2) make it as
+straightforward as possible for users to find the particular
+documentation they were after.
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Related references,  Next: Contributors,  Prev: Is there a better way?,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix D Related references
+*****************************
+
+This appendix gives pointers to related files and other documents.  For
+CTAN references, we use `http://www.ctan.org' as the top-level domain
+only to make the links be live in this document.  See
+`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/CTAN.sites' for a complete list of
+CTAN sites; there are mirrors worldwide.
+
+   * This document, in many formats (tex, dvi, info, pdf):
+     `http://tug.org/tds/'
+
+   * The TDS mailing list archives:
+     `http://tug.org/mail-archives/twg-tds/'
+
+   * The level 0 DVI driver standard:
+     `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/dviware/driv-standard/level-0/'
+
+   * `Filenames for TeX fonts', with lists of recommended supplier and
+     typeface names:
+     `http://tug.org/fontname/'
+
+   * ISO-9660 CD-ROM file system standard:
+     `http://www.iso.ch/cate/cat.html'
+
+   * `Components of TeX', a paper by Joachim Schrod:
+     `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/documentation/components-of-TeX/'
+
+   * `Managing Multiple TDS trees', an article by Michael Downes:
+     `http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72downes.pdf'
+
+   * A complete set of Metafont modes:
+     `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/modes/modes.mf'
+
+   * A large collection of BibTeX databases and styles:
+     `ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/'
+
+
+
+File: tds.info,  Node: Contributors,  Prev: Related references,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix E Contributors
+***********************
+
+The TWG has had no physical meetings; electronic mail was the
+communication medium.
+
+   Sebastian Rahtz is the TeX Users Group Technical Council liaison.
+Norman Walsh was the original committee chair.  Karl Berry is the
+current editor.
+
+   The list of contributors has grown too large to fairly include, as
+some would surely be inadvertently omitted.  Please consider the
+archives of the <tds@tug.org> and <tex-live@tug.org> mailing lists as
+the record of contributions.
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top198
+Node: Introduction2185
+Node: History3846
+Node: The role of the TDS4648
+Node: Conventions5508
+Node: General6429
+Node: Subdirectory searching6714
+Node: Rooting the tree8968
+Node: Local additions10080
+Node: Duplicate filenames12293
+Node: Top-level directories14054
+Node: Macros17062
+Node: Extensions20919
+Node: Fonts22645
+Node: Font bitmaps26786
+Node: Valid font bitmaps29674
+Node: Non-font Metafont files30882
+Node: MetaPost31842
+Node: BibTeX33286
+Node: Scripts34155
+Node: Documentation35872
+Node: Summary38145
+Node: Documentation tree summary41031
+Node: Unspecified pieces43056
+Node: Portable filenames44267
+Node: Implementation issues46409
+Node: Adoption of the TDS47041
+Node: More on subdirectory searching49753
+Node: Example implementation-specific trees52568
+Node: AmiWeb2c 2.053447
+Node: Public DECUS TeX54889
+Node: Web2c 755752
+Node: Is there a better way?56974
+Node: Macro structure58480
+Node: Font structure59816
+Node: Font file type location60369
+Node: Mode and resolution location61946
+Node: Modeless bitmaps62625
+Node: Documentation structure63915
+Node: Related references64543
+Node: Contributors65959
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/texdraw.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/texdraw.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2458b4f3b33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/texdraw.info
@@ -0,0 +1,2429 @@
+This is texdraw, produced by makeinfo version 4.5 from texdraw.texi.
+
+  This file documents TeXdraw, a system for producing PostScript
+drawings from TeX.
+
+  Copyright (C) 1993-95 Peter Kabal
+
+  Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+  Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
+
+TeXdraw
+*******
+
+  TeXdraw is a collection of macros that allow drawings to be created
+from _within_ TeX.
+
+  This is edition 2.0 of the TeXdraw documentation.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction::
+* TeXdraw Commands::
+* Drawing Segments and Scaling::
+* Using TeXdraw with LaTeX::
+* More Details::
+* PostScript Commands::
+* TeXdraw Toolbox::
+* Examples::
+* Command Listing::
+
+Indices
+* Concept Index::
+* Command Index::
+
+ --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
+
+Introduction
+
+* Distribution::
+
+TeXdraw Commands
+
+* Accessing TeXdraw::
+* Command syntax::
+* TeXdraw coordinates::
+* Coordinate specification::
+* Line vectors::
+* TeX text::
+* Circles and arcs::
+* Bezier curves::
+* Fill commands::
+
+Drawing Segments and Scaling
+
+* Drawing segments::
+* Drawing paths::
+* Saving positions::
+* Scaling coordinates::
+* Drawing size::
+* Initial current position::
+
+Using TeXdraw with LaTeX
+
+* PostScript printer drivers::
+
+More Details
+
+* Errors while using TeXdraw::
+* Extending TeXdraw::
+* How TeXdraw merges graphics and text::
+
+Extending TeXdraw
+
+* Scaling::
+* Resolution::
+* Text placement::
+* Intermediate PostScript file::
+
+PostScript Commands
+
+TeXdraw Toolbox
+
+* Coordinate parsing::
+* Real arithmetic::
+* Arrow curve::
+
+Examples
+
+* Block diagram::
+* Filter response graph::
+* Geometric construction::
+
+Command Listing
+
+Command Index
+
+Concept Index
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Introduction,  Next: TeXdraw Commands,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+Introduction
+************
+
+  TeX is a powerful typesetting program which allows for complex text
+layouts but by itself lacks a general graphics capability.  However,
+when coupled with an appropriate printer driver program, external
+graphics files can be inserted into the printed document.  In this mode,
+TeX is instructed to leave space for a drawing.  The drawing is
+inserted by the printer driver program.  The TeXdraw macros described
+here generate the external graphics file from within TeX and generate
+the instructions to the the print driver program to position the
+graphics at the appropriate position on the page.
+
+  TeXdraw consists of a set of TeX macros that create line drawings and
+other figures.  The drawing primitives include solid lines, patterned
+lines, Bezier curves, circles and arrows.  Other commands allow for the
+filling of a region with a gray level.  The drawing commands generate
+PostScript code.  This limits TeXdraw to systems which use PostScript
+printers.  TeXdraw also provides commands to position TeX text,
+including mathematics, on the drawing.  The final drawing, with text
+and graphics, can be positioned on the page like any other TeX box.
+
+  The basic TeXdraw macros for TeX use the `\special' syntax recognized
+by the printer driver program `dvips'.  However, when invoked as a
+LaTeX2e package, the TeXdraw macros can be used with any of the
+PostScript printer driver programs supported by the standard `graphics'
+package for LaTeX2e.
+
+  The basic TeXdraw macros provide only simple drawing commands.
+However, TeXdraw provides a drawing segment environment which allows
+parameter changes and coordinate scaling changes to be kept local to the
+drawing segment.  This facility, together with TeX's macro capabilities
+allows one to modularize drawing units and extend TeXdraw by building
+more complex graphics entities from simpler elements.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Distribution::
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Distribution,  Up: Introduction
+
+Distribution information
+========================
+
+  The TeXdraw routines are provided free of charge without warranty of
+any kind.  Note that the TeXdraw routines are copyrighted.  They may be
+distributed freely provided that the recipients also acquire the right
+to distribute them freely.  The notices to this effect must be
+preserved when the source files are distributed.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: TeXdraw Commands,  Next: Drawing Segments and Scaling,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top
+
+Using the TeXdraw Commands
+**************************
+
+  The main TeXdraw macros (commands) are defined in the file
+`texdraw.tex'.  These macros may be used directly in TeX.  The file
+`texdraw.sty' provides an interface for use with LaTeX2e.  The
+following sections describe the basic commands for TeXdraw.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Accessing TeXdraw::
+* Command syntax::
+* TeXdraw coordinates::
+* Coordinate specification::
+* Line vectors::
+* TeX text::
+* Circles and arcs::
+* Bezier curves::
+* Fill commands::
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Accessing TeXdraw,  Next: Command syntax,  Up: TeXdraw Commands
+
+Accessing TeXdraw
+=================
+
+  The form of the user command to run the TeX program depends on which
+version of TeX is being used, and which other macro packages are
+preloaded as format files.  Typically, installations have at least two
+versions of TeX -- plain TeX which includes basic typesetting macros
+(usually invoked as `tex') and LaTeX2e which includes the LaTeX2e
+typesetting macros (usually invoked as `latex').  An older version of
+LaTeX, version 2.09, may also be available.  The TeXdraw macros can be
+used with plain TeX and with either version of LaTeX.
+
+  For use with plain TeX, the user must read in the TeXdraw macros from
+the file `texdraw.tex'.
+     \input texdraw            % Read in the TeXdraw macros
+      ...
+     \btexdraw
+       ...                     % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
+     \etexdraw
+
+  For use with LaTeX version 2.09, the user reads in the TeXdraw macros
+from the file `texdraw.tex' and optionally defines the
+`\begin{texdraw}' / `\end{texdraw}' environment.
+     \documentstyle[11pt]{article}  % Article style with the 11pt size options
+     ...
+     \input texdraw            % Read in the TeXdraw macros
+     \newenvironment{texdraw}{\leavevmode\btexdraw}{\etexdraw}
+      ...
+     \begin{texdraw}
+       ...                     % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
+     \end{texdraw}
+     ...
+     \end{document}
+
+  For use with LaTeX2e, the user must load the `texdraw' package (file
+`texdraw.sty').  This package file defines the `\begin{texdraw}' /
+`\end{texdraw}' environment, brings in the standard `graphics' package
+and reads in the file `texdraw.tex' containing the definitions of the
+TeXdraw macros.
+     \documentclass[11pt]{article}  % Article class with the 11pt size option
+     \usepackage{texdraw}           % TeXdraw commands
+     
+     \begin{document}
+      ...
+     \begin{texdraw}
+       ...                     % TeXdraw commands to generate a drawing
+     \end{texdraw}
+      ...
+     \end{document}
+
+  As the TeXdraw commands are processed by TeX, an intermediate
+PostScript file is generated.  The intermediate PostScript has a name of
+the form `NAME.ps1'.  The name part is derived from the name of the
+main TeX file being processed.  If more than one drawing is produced,
+the digit in the file name extension is incremented.(1)
+
+  The TeXdraw commands to produce a drawing are inserted between
+`\btexdraw' and `\etexdraw' commands, or for LaTeX, between
+`\begin{texdraw}' and `\end{texdraw}' commands.  This results in a TeX
+box of appropriate size containing the drawing generated by the TeXdraw
+commands.  The TeXdraw box can be positioned in a document like any
+other TeX box.
+
+  The `\centertexdraw{...}' macro centers the box generated by TeXdraw.
+The vertical space taken up is equal to the vertical size of the
+drawing.  The `\centertexdraw' macro is normally used in vertical mode
+(between paragraphs).  A `\par' command (a blank line will do also)
+before a `\centertexdraw' command will terminate horizontal mode and
+return to vertical mode.  For LaTeX, a structured equivalent to the
+`\centertexdraw{...}' command is shown below.
+     \begin{center}
+     \begin{texdraw}
+       ...
+     \end{texdraw}
+     \end{center}
+
+  The `\everytexdraw' command can be used to define a set of TeXdraw
+commands that will be executed at the beginning of every TeXdraw
+drawing.  It is invoked as `\everytexdraw{ ...}', with the desired
+TeXdraw commands as arguments.
+
+`\btexdraw'
+     Start a TeXdraw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+     `\etexdraw' command.
+
+`\etexdraw'
+     End a TeXdraw drawing started with a `\btexdraw' command.  The
+     resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with height equal to
+     the height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the
+     drawing.  The depth of the box is zero.
+
+`\begin{texdraw}'
+     Start a TeXdraw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+     `\end{texdraw}' command.  This command is for use with LaTeX.
+
+`\end{texdraw}'
+     End a TeXdraw drawing started with a `\begin{texdraw}' command.
+     The resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with height equal
+     to the height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the
+     drawing.  The depth of the box is zero.  This command is for use
+     with LaTeX.
+
+`\centertexdraw{ ... }'
+     Center a TeXdraw box horizontally.  The argument contains TeXdraw
+     commands.  The resulting box has the horizontal size `\hsize' and
+     height equal to the height of the drawing.
+
+`\everytexdraw{ ... }'
+     Specify TeXdraw commands to be executed at the beginning of every
+     TeXdraw drawing.
+
+  ---------- Footnotes ----------
+
+  (1) After the ninth PostScript file, the name of the intermediate
+PostScript file takes the form `NAME.p10', with the number increasing
+from 10 with each file.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Command syntax,  Next: TeXdraw coordinates,  Prev: Accessing TeXdraw,  Up: TeXdraw Commands
+
+Command syntax
+==============
+
+  Generally TeXdraw commands that take a single argument need a
+terminating blank or newline after the argument.  Arguments that are
+self-delimiting, such as coordinates within parentheses and text within
+braces, do not need the terminating blank.  However, even when not
+needed by the defining syntax of the command, blanks following command
+arguments are allowed and ignored within the TeXdraw environment.
+
+  On entering the TeXdraw environment, TeX is in internal vertical mode
+(vertical mode inside a `\vbox').  In this mode, spaces can be placed
+freely between commands.  However, any other extraneous input that
+generates output that is not part of the TeXdraw environment is
+disallowed.
+
+  Blank lines are interpreted as paragraph breaks, equivalent to a
+`\par' command.  The TeXdraw macro `\centertexdraw' is defined with the
+`\long' attribute to allow `\par' commands and blank lines to be
+interspersed between TeXdraw commands.  The `\btexdraw' and `\etexdraw'
+commands also allow `\par' command and blank lines to be included.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: TeXdraw coordinates,  Next: Coordinate specification,  Prev: Command syntax,  Up: TeXdraw Commands
+
+TeXdraw coordinates
+===================
+
+  The TeXdraw coordinate system has increasing X to the right and
+increasing Y upward.  The coordinates (without the unit) are floating
+point numbers.  Integer values can be written without a decimal point.
+The size of the drawing is determined by the maximum excursions of the
+coordinates specified in TeXdraw commands.
+
+  Consider the following example of TeXdraw commands to draw a simple
+figure.
+     \centertexdraw{
+       \drawdim cm  \linewd 0.02
+       \move(2 2) \lvec(3 3) \lvec(2 4) \lvec(1 3) \lvec(2 2)
+       \textref h:C v:C \htext(2 3){$\sum \rho_n$}
+     }
+This drawing uses units of centimetres, with a line width of 0.02
+cm.  The X coordinate ranges between 1 and 3 while the Y coordinate
+ranges between 2 and 4.  When included into a document, the size of the
+drawing is 2 cm by 2 cm.  The drawing is placed in a TeX box, with the
+lower lefthand corner of the box corresponding to TeXdraw coordinate
+`(1 2)' and the upper righthand corner at `(3 4)'.  The
+`\centertexdraw' command centers the drawing horizontally.  The
+`\textref' command controls the centering of the text.  The text in
+this drawing is centered (both horizontally and vertically) at the
+coordinate `(2 3)'.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Coordinate specification,  Next: Line vectors,  Prev: TeXdraw coordinates,  Up: TeXdraw Commands
+
+Coordinate specification
+========================
+
+  Coordinates are specified within parentheses, with blanks (but no
+comma) between the values.  Leading blanks and trailing blanks are
+permitted within the parentheses.  The coordinates refer to units,
+which are specified by the `\drawdim' command.  The default is inches,
+but any valid TeX dimension unit can be specified.  Symbolic
+specification of saved coordinate values will be discused later (*note
+Saving positions::).
+
+`\drawdim DIM'
+     Set the units to DIM.  The argument DIM can be any valid TeX
+     dimension unit.  The units are used to interpret coordinate
+     values.  Examples of valid units: `cm', `mm', `in', `pt', and `bp'.
+
+  Examples of coordinate and scaling specifications:
+`\drawdim {cm} \move(2 2)'
+     Set the units to centimetres, move to a position 2 cm to the right
+     and 2 cm up from the origin of the drawing coordinate system.
+
+`\drawdim bp'
+     Set the units to big points.
+
+`\lvec ( 2.2 +5.5) \lvec(2.3 -2) \lvec(2.2 5.4 )'
+     Examples of acceptable coordinate specifications.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Line vectors,  Next: TeX text,  Prev: Coordinate specification,  Up: TeXdraw Commands
+
+Line vectors
+============
+
+  TeXdraw implements moves, line vectors and arrow vectors.  There are
+both absolute and relative motion versions of these vector commands.
+TeXdraw maintains a current position.  Lines are drawn from the current
+position to a new coordinate, with the new coordinate becoming the new
+current position.  An explicit move can be used to establish a new
+current position.  The position `(0 0)' is used if there is no move to
+an initial current position.
+
+  The `\move' and `\rmove' commands establish a new current position
+without drawing a line.  The `\lvec' and `\rlvec' commands draw a line
+from the current position to a new position, which then becomes the new
+current position.  The `\avec' and `\ravec' commands draw a line with
+an arrowhead from the current position to a new coordinate, which then
+becomes the new current position.  The tip of the arrow is at the new
+current position.  The direction of the arrow follows the direction of
+the line.  Since this direction is undefined for zero length vectors,
+these are not allowed for `\avec' or `\ravec'.  Zero length arrow
+vectors will generate a PostScript print error: `undefinedresult'.  For
+any non-zero length vector, the full size arrowhead is drawn, even if
+that arrowhead is longer than the line length.
+
+  The absolute motion versions of these commands specify the coordinate
+of the final position.
+
+`\move (X Y)'
+     Move to coordinate `(X Y)'.  The new current position is `(X Y)'.
+
+`\lvec (X Y)'
+     Draw a line from the current position to coordinate `(X Y)'.  The
+     new current position is `(X Y)'.
+
+`\avec (X Y)'
+     Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position to `(X
+     Y)'.  The new current position is `(X Y)'.  The arrowhead is
+     aligned with the line, with the tip at `(X Y)'.
+
+  The relative motion versions of these commands interpret the
+coordinates as displacements relative to the current position.  Given
+the displacements `(DX DY)' as a parameter, each of the relative motion
+commands moves DX units in the X direction and DY units in the Y
+direction.
+
+`\rmove (DX DY)'
+     Move from the current position, DX units in the X direction and DY
+     units in the Y direction.  The final position becomes the new
+     current position.
+
+`\rlvec (DX DY)'
+     Draw a line from the current position, DX units in the X direction
+     and DY units in the Y direction.  The final position becomes the
+     new current position.
+
+`\ravec (DX DY)'
+     Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position, DX units
+     in the X direction and Y units in the Y direction.  The final
+     position becomes the new current position.  The arrowhead is
+     aligned with the line, with the tip at the new current position.
+
+  Lines can be customized with commands to change the line width, line
+pattern and line gray level rendition.  In addition, commands for
+changing the type and size of the arrowhead are available.
+
+`\linewd WIDTH'
+     Set the line width to WIDTH units.  Initially WIDTH is 0.01 inches
+     (corresponding to 3 pixels at 300 pixels to the inch).
+
+`\lpatt (PATTERN)'
+     Set lines to have the pattern `(PATTERN)'.  A pattern is a
+     sequence of on/off lengths separated by blanks and enclosed in
+     parentheses.  The lengths alternately specify the length of a dash
+     and the length of a gap between dashes.  Each length is
+     interpreted using the current scaling and drawing units.  The
+     pattern is used cyclically.  The empty pattern signifies a solid
+     line.  The initial line pattern is a solid line, corresponding to
+     the empty pattern `\lpatt ()'.
+
+`\setgray LEVEL'
+     Set the gray level of lines.  Gray levels are real values from 0
+     (black) through intermediate values (gray) to 1 (white).  The
+     initial gray level is 0 corresponding to black.
+
+`\arrowheadtype t:TYPE'
+     Set the arrowhead type to TYPE, where TYPE is one of `F', `T',
+     `W', `V', or `H'.  There are two kinds of arrowheads.  The first
+     kind is a triangle.  There are 3 variants: type `T' is an empty
+     triangle, type `F' is a filled triangle (using the current gray
+     level for lines), type `W' is a triangle filled with white.  The
+     second kind of arrowhead is an open ended Vee.  There are 2
+     variants: type `V' has the stem continue to the tip, type `H' has
+     the stem stop at the base of the arrowhead.  The initial arrowhead
+     type is `T'.
+
+`\arrowheadsize l:LENGTH w:WIDTH'
+     Set the arrowhead size to be LENGTH units long and WIDTH units
+     wide.  The width is measured across the "base" of the arrowhead.
+     The initial arrowhead size has a LENGTH of 0.16 inches and a WIDTH
+     of 0.08 inches.
+
+  Note that the lines which outline the arrowhead will be drawn with the
+same line pattern used for the stem.  Normally, arrow vectors are drawn
+with the line pattern set for a solid line.  Note that the fill level
+used for the `F' variant of the arrowhead uses the same gray level as
+used for lines.  The difference between the `T' variant and the `W'
+variant only shows up if the arrowhead is placed over non-white areas
+of the drawing.  The `W' variant obliterates the area under the
+arrowhead.
+
+  Examples of line parameter and arrowhead settings are shown in the
+following code.
+     \centertexdraw{
+       \drawdim in
+       \linewd 0.03 \setgray 0.6 \arrowheadtype t:F \avec(0 0.5)
+       \linewd 0.01 \setgray 0   \arrowheadtype t:V \avec(0.5 0.5)
+       \linewd 0.015 \lpatt(0.067 0.1) \lvec (1 0)
+       \linewd 0.02 \lpatt() \arrowheadtype t:T \avec(1.5 0.5)
+       \arrowheadtype t:H \avec(2.0 0.5)
+       \setgray 0.4 \arrowheadtype t:W \avec(3.0 0)
+     }
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: TeX text,  Next: Circles and arcs,  Prev: Line vectors,  Up: TeXdraw Commands
+
+TeX text
+========
+
+  Text may be superimposed on the drawing.  The text argument of the
+`\htext' command is in horizontal mode.  This text can be ordinary
+text, math mode expressions, or even more complicated boxes consisting
+of tables and the like.  The resulting TeX text is placed in a box.
+The reference point of the box can be chosen to be one of nine
+locations: horizontally left, center or right; vertically top, center or
+bottom.  The `\htext' command takes one of two forms.
+
+`\htext (X Y){TEXT}'
+`\htext {TEXT}'
+     The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT
+     horizontally with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X
+     Y)'.  The new current position is `(X Y)'.  The second form of
+     this command places the TeX text TEXT horizontally with the text
+     reference point at the current position.  The text reference point
+     is set with the `\textref' command.
+
+  Text can be placed vertically using the `\vtext' command.  The text
+argument is in horizontal mode.  The TeX text is placed in a box and
+then rotated counterclockwise.  The reference point is the point in the
+box, _before_ rotation of the text.  Not all PostScript printer drivers
+support vertical text.
+
+`\vtext (x y){TEXT}'
+`\vtext {TEXT}'
+     The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT vertically
+     with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X Y)'.  The new
+     current position is `(X Y)'.  The second form of this command
+     places the TeX text TEXT vertically with the text reference point
+     at the current position.  In both cases, the TeX text is placed in
+     a box and the box is rotated counterclockwise by 90 degrees about
+     the text reference point.  The text reference point is set with
+     the `\textref' command.
+
+  Text can be placed at an arbitrary angle using the `\rtext' command.
+The text argument is in horizontal mode.  The TeX text is placed in a
+box and then rotated counterclockwise.  The reference point is the
+point in the box, _before_ rotation of the text.  Not all PostScript
+printer drivers support rotated text.
+
+`\rtext td:ANGLE (x y){TEXT}'
+`\rtext td:ANGLE {TEXT}'
+     The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT at an
+     angle with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X Y)'.
+     The new current position is `(X Y)'.  The second form of this
+     command places the TeX text TEXT at an angle with the text
+     reference point at the current position.  In both cases, the TeX
+     text is placed in a box and the box is rotated counterclockwise by
+     ANGLE degrees about the text reference point.  The text reference
+     point is set with the `\textref' command.
+
+  The reference point for subsequent TeX text in a `\htext', `\vtext'
+or `\rtext' command is set with the `\textref' command.
+
+`\textref h:H-REF v:V-REF'
+     Set the text reference point for subsequent text commands.  The
+     horizontal reference point H-REF is one of `L', `C' or `R' (left,
+     center or right).  The vertical reference point V-REF is one of
+     `T', `C' or `B' (top, center or bottom).  For rotated text, the
+     reference point is determined before rotation.  The initial text
+     reference point corresponds to `\textref h:L v:B'.
+
+The font used to render the text is determined as for any other TeX
+text.  Normally the font used outside of TeXdraw is in effect.  If
+desired, other fonts can be specified as part of the text.  Any font
+changes within a TeXdraw text command remain local to that command.
+
+  Only the coordinate of the text reference point in a `\htext',
+`\vtext' or `\rtext' command is used in calculating the size of the
+drawing.  This means that text itself can spill outside of the drawing
+area determined by TeXdraw.  The area of the drawing can be increased
+to include the text by issuing additional `\move' commands.
+
+     \centertexdraw{
+                  \avec(-0.75 -0.25) \textref h:R v:C \htext{H-text}
+       \move(0 0) \avec(-0.75 +0.25) \textref h:R v:B \htext{H-text}
+       \move(0 0) \avec(0 +0.5)      \textref h:L v:T \vtext{V-text}
+       \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 +0.25) \textref h:L v:B \htext{H-text}
+       \move(0 0) \avec(+0.75 -0.25) \textref h:L v:C \htext{H-text}
+     }
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Circles and arcs,  Next: Bezier curves,  Prev: TeX text,  Up: TeXdraw Commands
+
+Circles, ellipses and arcs
+==========================
+
+  TeXdraw supplies commands to generate circles, ellipses and arcs.
+There are two forms of the circle command.  The `\lcir' command draws a
+circle of given radius.  The `\fcir' command draws a filled circle.  In
+the latter case, the circle is filled by a specified gray level.  For
+the filled circle, the line defining the circumference of the circle is
+not drawn.  Note that the gray level area filled in by the `\fcir'
+command is opaque, even if the fill is chosen to be white.  For either
+form of the circle command, the drawing size is increased if necessary
+to contain the circle.
+
+  The `\lellip' command generates an ellipse specified by the radius of
+the ellipse in the X direction and the radius of the ellipse in the Y
+direction.  The ellipse is symmetrical about horizontal and vertical
+lines drawn through the current point.  The `\fellip' command draws a
+filled ellipse.  In the latter case, the ellipse is filled by a
+specified gray level.  For the filled ellipse, the line defining the
+boundary of the ellipse is not drawn.  For either form of the ellipse
+command, the drawing size is increased if necessary to contain the
+ellipse.
+
+  The `\larc' command generates a counterclockwise arc specified by a
+start angle in degrees and an end angle in degrees.  The center of the
+arc is the current position.  Only the arc is drawn, not the line
+joining the center to the beginning of the arc.  Note that the `\larc'
+command does not affect the size of the drawing.
+
+`\lcir r:RADIUS'
+     Draw a circle with center at the current position.  The radius is
+     specified by RADIUS.  This command draws a line along the
+     circumference of the circle.  The drawing size is increased if
+     necessary to contain the circle.
+
+`\fcir f:LEVEL r:RADIUS'
+     Draw a filled circle with center at the current position.  The
+     radius is specified by RADIUS.  The circle is painted with the
+     gray level specified by LEVEL.  A gray level of 1 corresponds to
+     white, with decreasing values getting darker.  The level 0 is full
+     black.  This command does not draw a line along the circumference.
+     The drawing size is increased if necessary to contain the circle.
+
+`\lellip rx:X-RADIUS ry:Y-RADIUS'
+     Draw an ellipse with center at the current position.  The radius
+     in the X direction is specified by X-RADIUS.  The radius in the Y
+     direction is specified by Y-RADIUS.  The drawing size is increased
+     if necessary to contain the ellipse.
+
+`\fellip f:LEVEL rx:X-RADIUS ry:Y-RADIUS'
+     Draw a filled ellipse with center at the current position.  The
+     radius in the X direction is specified by X-RADIUS.  The radius in
+     the Y direction is specified by Y-RADIUS.  The ellipse is painted
+     with the gray level specified by LEVEL.  A gray level of 1
+     corresponds to white, with decreasing values getting darker.  The
+     level 0 is full black.  This command does not draw a line along
+     the boundary of the ellipse.  The drawing size is increased if
+     necessary to contain the ellipse.
+
+`\larc r:RADIUS sd:START-ANGLE ed:END-ANGLE'
+     Draw a counterclockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the
+     current position.  The radius is specified by RADIUS.  The start
+     and end angles (in degrees) are specified by START-ANGLE and
+     END-ANGLE.  This command does not affect the limits (size) of the
+     drawing.
+
+  As an example, the following commands draw a filled circle, and
+superimpose an arc.
+     \centertexdraw{
+       \linewd 0.02
+       \fcir f:0.7 r:1
+       \larc r:1 sd:45 ed:135
+       \lvec (+0.707 +0.707) \move (0 0) \lvec (-0.707 +0.707)
+     }
+
+  Note that for the arc command, the resulting figure can spill outside
+of the TeXdraw box as determined by the maximum excursions of the
+coordinates.  Extra moves can be used to compensate for the size of the
+arc.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Bezier curves,  Next: Fill commands,  Prev: Circles and arcs,  Up: TeXdraw Commands
+
+Bezier curves
+=============
+
+  Bezier curves in TeXdraw use 4 reference coordinates, two as the end
+points and two others to control the shape of the curve.  Let the 4
+points be `(X0 Y0)', `(X1 Y1)', `(X2 Y2)' and `(X3 Y3)'.  The curve
+starts out tangent to the line joining the first two points and ends up
+tangent to the line joining the second two points.  The control points
+"pull" at the curve to control the curvature.  The amount of pull
+increases with the distance of the control point from the endpoint.
+
+  As the parameter u varies from 0 to 1, the coordinates of the Bezier
+curve are given by a pair of parametric cubic equations,
+
+x(u) = (1-u)^3 x0  + 3u (1-u)^2 x1  + 3u^2 (1-u) x2  + u^3 x3
+
+y(u) = (1-u)^3 y0  + 3u (1-u)^2 y1  + 3u^2 (1-u) y2  + u^3 y3 .
+
+`\clvec (X1 Y1)(X2 Y2)(X3 Y3)'
+     Draw a Bezier curve from the current position to the coordinate
+     `(X3 Y3)' which becomes the new current position.  The coordinates
+     `(X1 Y1)' and `(X2 Y2)' serve as control points for the curve.
+     Only the last coordinate given is used to update the size of the
+     drawing.
+
+Note that only 3 coordinate pairs are specified.  The other point is the
+current position before the `\clvec' command is executed.  Only the
+last coordinate specified in the `\clvec' command is used to determine
+the extent of the drawing.  While the Bezier curve passes through the
+old current position and the new current position, in general the curve
+will not reach the intermediate control points.  The curve is always
+entirely enclosed by the convex quadrilateral defined by the two end
+points and the two control points.  Note that the curve may pass
+outside the limits of the drawing as determined by the end point of the
+curve.
+
+  A simple Bezier curve is produced by the following example.
+     \btexdraw
+       \move (0 0)
+       \clvec (0 1)(1 0)(1 1)
+     \etexdraw
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Fill commands,  Prev: Bezier curves,  Up: TeXdraw Commands
+
+Fill commands
+=============
+
+  PostScript deals with paths consisting of line segments.  The paths
+can be closed and the interior of the closed region filled.  From
+TeXdraw, paths start with a `\move' or `\rmove' command and continue
+with `\lvec', `\rlvec' or `\clvec' commands.  The TeXdraw fill commands
+close the path and fill the interior of the closed region.  Closing the
+path means that effectively another `\lvec' line is drawn from the last
+point specified to the initial point.  TeXdraw provides two forms of
+the fill command.  The `\ifill' fills the interior of the region with
+the given gray level.  The lines defining the path are not drawn.  The
+`\lfill' command fills the region defined by the closed path and draws
+a line along the enclosing path.  Note for both forms of the fill
+command, the gray level used for filling is opaque, even if the gray
+level is chosen to be white.
+
+`\lfill f:LEVEL'
+     Close the current path, draw the line around the path using the
+     current grey level for lines and paint the interior of the region
+     with specified gray level LEVEL.  Gray levels are real values from
+     0 (black) through intermediate values (grays) to 1 (white).
+
+`\ifill f:LEVEL'
+     Close the current path and paint the interior of the region with
+     gray level LEVEL.  The line around the path is not drawn.  Gray
+     levels are real values from 0 (black) through intermediate values
+     (grays) to 1 (white).
+
+  The following example draws a "flag" with the interior filled in.  The
+path around the boundary is given in a clockwise order to define a
+closed path.  We could take advantage of the fact that the fill command
+will close an open path to eliminate one of the `\lvec' commands.
+     \centertexdraw{
+     \move (0.5 0)
+     \lvec (0 0.5) \clvec (0.5 0.85)(1 0.65)(1.5 1)
+     \lvec (2 0.5) \clvec (1.5 0.15)(1 0.35)(0.5 0)
+     \lfill f:0.8
+     }
+
+  In TeXdraw, the `\move' command always terminates any previous paths
+and starts a new path.  Commands that change line parameters (e.g.
+`\setgray' or `\lpatt') also terminate paths and start new paths.  The
+circle, ellipse and arc commands do not affect the definition of the
+current path.  The `\avec' command is not appropriate for defining a
+path to be filled.  It ends a subpath at its tail and begins a new
+subpath at its tip.  Filling a region defined by a path with subpaths
+is more complicated in that each subpath is closed before filling.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Drawing Segments and Scaling,  Next: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX,  Prev: TeXdraw Commands,  Up: Top
+
+Drawing Segments and Scaling
+****************************
+
+  TeXdraw provides individually scaled segments which can be used to
+create relocatable drawing modules.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Drawing segments::
+* Drawing paths::
+* Saving positions::
+* Scaling coordinates::
+* Drawing size::
+* Initial current position::
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Drawing segments,  Next: Drawing paths,  Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
+
+Drawing segments
+================
+
+  A TeXdraw drawing segment allows for local modifications of
+parameters and relative positioning.  A TeXdraw segment is delimited by
+a `\bsegment' command and an `\esegment' command.  Inside the segment,
+the initial current position is `(0 0)'.  Any changes to parameters
+such as the gray level and the line width, remain local to the segment.
+Segments are implemented in TeX using a `\begingroup' and `\endgroup'.
+Segments can be nested.
+
+`\bsegment'
+     Start a drawing segment.  The coordinate system is shifted such
+     that the current position corresponds to the coordinate `(0 0)'.
+     Changes to scaling, position and line parameters stay local to the
+     drawing segment.
+
+`\esegment'
+     End a drawing segment.  The current position in effect before the
+     corresponding `\bsegment' command is restored.  The scaling and
+     line parameter values revert to those in effect before the
+     corresponding `\bsegment' command was invoked.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Drawing paths,  Next: Saving positions,  Prev: Drawing segments,  Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
+
+Drawing paths
+=============
+
+  Certain subtle interactions occur between drawing segments and fill
+operations.  In PostScript, lines are drawn by first defining a path,
+then later stroking the path to draw the line.  In TeXdraw, this
+stroking occurs when the line is terminated, say by a `\move' command.
+PostScript paths are interrupted by, but continue after a drawing
+segment.  This means that a path started before a segment may not be
+stroked (drawn) until after the segment ends.  Consider the following
+example.
+     \move (0 0)
+     \lvec (1 1)
+     \bsegment
+       \move (-0.25 -0.25)
+       \fcir f:0.8 r:0.5
+     \esegment
+     \move (0 0)
+A PostScript path is started at `(0 0)' and continues with a line
+to `(1 1)'.  This path is interrupted by the segment.  The filled
+circle is drawn next.  After the segment, the path continues and is not
+stroked until the `\move (0 0)' command after the end of the segment.
+This means that the line appears on top of the filled region.
+
+  If the fill operation is to cover the line, the path must be stroked
+before the fill operation.  From TeXdraw, the move commands `\move' and
+`\rmove', and the end TeXdraw command `\etexdraw' terminate a path and
+cause it to be stroked.  Within a segment, the end segment command
+`\esegment' also terminates and strokes a path.  In the example above,
+the line can be stroked by inserting a move command (such as a `\rmove
+(0 0)' which does not affect the position), before the start of the
+segment.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Saving positions,  Next: Scaling coordinates,  Prev: Drawing paths,  Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
+
+Saving positions
+================
+
+  The `\savecurrpos' command saves the current position.  The saved
+position is an absolute position, not one relative to a segment.  The
+position saving mechanism is global; the position can be saved within a
+nested segment and then used outside of the segment.  The X and Y
+coordinates of the position are saved separately as named coordinates.
+The names are of the form `*NAME', with the leading `*' being
+obligatory.  A companion command, `\savepos', saves a given coordinate
+(relative to the current segment) as an absolute symbolic position.
+
+`\savecurrpos (*PX *PY)'
+     Save the current position as the absolute position referenced by
+     `(*PX *PY)'.
+
+`\savepos (X Y)(*PX *PY)'
+     Save the coordinate position `(X Y)' as the absolute position
+     referenced by `(*PX *PY)'.  The coordinate `(X Y)' is interpreted
+     in the normal fashion as a coordinate relative to the current
+     segment, using the current scaling factors and drawing unit.
+
+  The symbolic names used to specify a saved position can consist of any
+characters that are not special to TeX, but must start with a `*'
+character.  The symbolic names can be used as the X and/or Y coordinate
+in any command that needs a coordinate.  Symbolic coordinates are not
+normally used with relative motion commands such as `\rlvec' or
+`\rmove'.  If used with relative motion, the corresponding displacement
+is equal to the symbolic coordinate value.
+
+  On exit from a segment, the position and graphics state on entry is
+restored.  Any changes to line types, scaling and position are
+discarded.  However, it is sometimes useful alter the position on exit
+from a segment.  The `\savepos' command allows for the saving of a
+position within the segment.  This position can be restored after the
+`\esegment' with a `\move' command using the saved symbolic position.
+This approach can be used to build modules which operate in a manner
+analogous to the basic relative motion line vector commands.
+
+  The following example defines a macro which draws a box 0.75 inches
+wide by 0.5 inches high containing centered text.  On leaving the macro
+the position will be set at a point on the righthand side of the box.
+     \def\tbox #1{\bsegment
+                    \lvec (0 +0.25)    \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
+                    \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+                    \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0){#1}
+                    \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
+                  \esegment
+                  \move (*ex *ey)}
+With this definition, we can treat `\tbox' in the same way as the
+basic vector commands, stringing them together to form a block diagram
+as in this example.
+     \centertexdraw{
+       \ravec (1 0) \tbox{$H(z)$} \ravec (1 0)
+     }
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Scaling coordinates,  Next: Drawing size,  Prev: Saving positions,  Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
+
+Scaling coordinates
+===================
+
+  There are two scale factors available, the unit scale factor and the
+segment scale factor.  The overall scale factor is the product of these
+two.  There are absolute and relative versions of commands to change
+these scale factors.
+
+  The unit scale factor is normally used to affect global scale changes.
+Changes to the unit scale factor remains local to a segment, but
+propagate to inferior segments.  The default value is unity.
+
+  The segment scale factor is used for local scale changes.  It remains
+local to a segment.  The segment scale factor is reset to unity on entry
+into each segment.  This means that changes to the segment scale factor
+do not propagate to inferior segments.
+
+`\setunitscale SCALE'
+     Set the unit scaling to SCALE.  The argument SCALE is a real
+     number which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall
+     scaling factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the
+     segment scale factor.
+
+`\relunitscale VALUE'
+     Adjust the unit scale factor by multiplying by VALUE.  This has
+     the effect of multiplying the overall scale factor by the same
+     factor.  The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit
+     scale factor and the segment scale factor.
+
+`\setsegscale SCALE'
+     Set the segment scale factor.  The argument SCALE is a real number
+     which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall scale
+     factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the segment
+     scale factor.
+
+`\relsegscale VALUE'
+     Adjust the segment scale factor by multiplying by VALUE.  This has
+     the effect of multiplying the current overall scale factor by the
+     same factor.  The overall scaling factor is the product of the
+     unit scale factor and the segment scale factor.
+
+  In addition to the unit scale factor and the segment scale factor, the
+scaling can be controlled by the choice of drawing units with the
+command `\drawdim' (*note Coordinate specification::).
+
+`\drawdim cm \setunitscale 2.54'
+     Set the units to centimetres scaled by 2.54.  Together these
+     commands are effectively the same as `\drawdim in'.
+
+  The segment scale can be used to allow scale changes in segments so
+that values are in more convenient units.  For example suppose
+dimensions in a segment are multiples of one third of an inch.  The
+segment scale can be set once to make 1 drawing unit equal 0.3333
+inches.  From that point on, coordinates can be specified with integer
+values.
+
+  The following example defines a macro to draw a rectangular box which
+is twice as wide as it is high.  The width is specified as an argument.
+     \def\mybox #1{\bsegment
+                     \setsegscale #1
+                     \lvec (0 +0.25) \lvec (1 +0.25) \lvec (1 -0.25)
+                     \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+                   \esegment}
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Drawing size,  Next: Initial current position,  Prev: Scaling coordinates,  Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
+
+Drawing size
+============
+
+  The effective size of the drawing is determined by the maximum
+excursions of the coordinates supplied to TeXdraw commands.  The
+minimum and maximum scaled X and Y coordinates are tallied.  Note that
+`\move' commands contribute to the determination of the calculated size
+of the drawing, even though they do not generate visible lines.  The
+circle and ellipse commands add a compensation for the radii of circles
+and ellipses.  The final TeXdraw drawing is placed in a TeX box with
+lower lefthand corner corresponding to `('X-min Y-min`)' and upper
+righthand corner at `('X-max Y-max`)'.
+
+  Text generated by `\htext', `\vtext' or `\rtext' can spill outside
+the box as determined above.  Only the text reference point is
+guaranteed to be in the drawing box.  Arcs can also spill outside the
+drawing box.  Note also that the widths of lines, and the sizes of
+arrowheads do not affect the size of the drawing.  The calculated size
+of the drawing will never be larger than the actual size of the
+drawing.  In extreme cases in which text or lines extend far outside
+the drawing, extra `\move' commands should be used to establish the
+size of the drawing so that the TeXdraw box includes all of the drawing.
+
+  TeXdraw provides the `\drawbb' command to draw a box which indicates
+the effective size of the drawing.  Whenever `\drawbb' is invoked, a
+ruled box is drawn around the drawing as it has been sized up to that
+point.  Normally `\drawbb' is invoked just before the end of a drawing
+to indicate the effective size of the final drawing.
+
+`\drawbb'
+     Draw a ruled box around the effective size of a drawing produced by
+     TeXdraw commands.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Initial current position,  Prev: Drawing size,  Up: Drawing Segments and Scaling
+
+Initial current position
+========================
+
+  The first operation in a drawing should be a move to establish the
+current position.  The current position can be established explicitly
+through a `\move' command or a text positioning command such as
+`\htext' with a coordinate.  However, if an attempt is made to use a
+drawing command which needs a current position and none has been
+established, TeXdraw implicitly sets the initial current position to
+`(0 0)'.  The size of the TeXdraw figure is normally determined from
+the sequence of coordinates specified, but will include the implicit
+initial position in case another initial position has not been
+explicitly specified.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX,  Next: More Details,  Prev: Drawing Segments and Scaling,  Up: Top
+
+Using TeXdraw with LaTeX
+************************
+
+  The LaTeX typesetting system uses a structured approach to declaring
+typesetting environments.  For LaTeX2e, the `texdraw' package defines
+the `texdraw' environment.  The TeXdraw environment is started with a
+`\begin{texdraw}' command and terminated with an `\end{texdraw}'
+command.  All of the basic TeXdraw commands can be used within the
+`texdraw' environment.
+
+  As an example, a LaTeX2e variant of an earlier example can be
+constructed as follows.
+     \documentclass{article}
+     \usepackage{texdraw}
+      ...
+     \begin{document}
+      ...
+     \newcommand{\tbox}[1]{%
+        \bsegment
+          \lvec (0 +0.25)    \lvec (0.75 +0.25)
+          \lvec (0.75 -0.25) \lvec (0 -0.25) \lvec (0 0)
+          \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.375 0){#1}
+          \savepos (0.75 0)(*ex *ey)
+        \esegment
+        \move (*ex *ey)}
+     \begin{center}
+     \begin{texdraw}
+       \ravec (1 0) \tbox{$H(z)$} \ravec (1 0)
+     \end{texdraw}
+     \end{center}
+      ...
+     \end{document}
+
+  This example illustrates the use of the LaTeX command `\newcommand'
+as an alternative to the plain TeX command `\def'.  Instead of the
+basic TeXdraw command `\centertexdraw', a nested combination of the
+LaTeX centering environment and the TeXdraw environment is used.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* PostScript printer drivers::
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: PostScript printer drivers,  Up: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX
+
+PostScript printer drivers
+==========================
+
+  The `texdraw' package uses the printer driver interface provided by
+the standard LaTeX2e `graphics' package.  Any options to the `texdraw'
+package are passed to the `graphics' package.  Specifically, the name
+of the PostScript driver to be used can be specified as an option to
+the `texdraw' package.  With no explicit printer driver option, the
+default printer driver associated with the `graphics' package is used.
+
+  The `texdraw' package can be used with any of the printer drivers
+supported by the `graphics' package that allow for the importation of
+PostScript graphics files, viz., `dvips', `xdvi', `dvi2ps', `dvialw',
+`dvilaser', `dvipsone', `dviwindo', `dvitops', `oztex', `psprint',
+`textures', `pctexps', and `pctexwin'.  Not all of these drivers
+support the text rotation needed for the TeXdraw commands `\vtext' and
+`\rtext'.  Of the drivers listed above, only the following support
+support text rotation: `dvips', `xdvi', `dvi2ps', `dvitops',
+`textures', and `pctexps'.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: More Details,  Next: PostScript Commands,  Prev: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX,  Up: Top
+
+More Details
+************
+
+  The first part of this chapter offers some suggestions for strategies
+to isolate errors in TeX and TeXdraw input.  The second part of this
+chapter discusses implementational issues.  An awareness of these issues
+is useful if TeXdraw is to be extended.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Errors while using TeXdraw::
+* Extending TeXdraw::
+* How TeXdraw merges graphics and text::
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Errors while using TeXdraw,  Next: Extending TeXdraw,  Up: More Details
+
+Errors while using TeXdraw
+==========================
+
+  TeX input is notoriously difficult to debug.  If TeX reports errors,
+so much the better.  If the cause is not immediately obvious, consider
+using a binary search strategy, removing sections of code with the
+premature insertion of the `\bye' (or `\end{document}' for LaTeX)
+command (with the appropriate closing of any open groups and the like).
+Other strategies include the insertion of `\message{I am here}' at
+appropriate places.  Try using `\tracingmacros=1'.  Many problems turn
+out to be due to an incorrect number of macro arguments or incorrectly
+delimited macro arguments.  The `\tracingmacros=1' option writes the
+macro arguments and macro expansions to the TeX log file.
+
+  Certain errors may not manifest themselves until well after the
+offending command.  For instance, if a closing parenthesis is missing
+from a TeXdraw coordinate, TeX continues searching for the parenthesis.
+If one is found, perhaps many lines later, the TeXdraw error message
+`invalid coordinate' will be printed at this later point.
+
+  All input in the TeXdraw environment should be intended for
+interpretation by TeXdraw commands.  TeXdraw places text inside a zero
+size box (the text itself extends outside the box).  Extraneous input
+manifests itself as a non-zero size TeXdraw text box. This causes the
+TeXdraw text and the PostScript graphics to be displaced from one
+another.  An error message is issued if a non-zero width TeXdraw text
+box is detected.  If this error message appears, look for unintended
+character sequences amongst the commands to TeXdraw.
+
+  Several TeXdraw commands pass their arguments "raw" to the PostScript
+file.  That means that invalid arguments can generate PostScript errors
+when the document is printed.  For instance the argument of the
+`\setgray' command is passed straight through to the PostScript file.
+If this argument is non-numeric, a PostScript error results.  Not all
+PostScript printers report errors back to the user.  The print may just
+stop prematurely.  One approach to debugging is to use a PostScript
+previewer on a workstation. That way, one can determine at which point
+in the drawing the PostScript error occurs.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Extending TeXdraw,  Next: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text,  Prev: Errors while using TeXdraw,  Up: More Details
+
+Extending TeXdraw
+=================
+
+  TeXdraw is implemented using a combination of TeX commands and
+PostScript code.  This section discusses some of the implementational
+issues as they relate to extending TeXdraw.
+
+  TeXdraw as implemented, offers a basic set of drawing features.
+These are adequate for certain tasks such as producing block diagrams.
+There are different approaches to extending TeXdraw to include other
+functions.  In some cases, the desired functionality can be achieved by
+writing a TeX macro which builds on top of the existing TeXdraw
+commands.  As these extensions become more complex, the limitations of
+TeX for computations become increasingly evident.  In other cases,
+access to different features of PostScript is desired.  The appropriate
+approach would be to write new PostScript procedures which can be
+accessed by TeX macros.
+
+  Included with TeXdraw is a set of macros for directly accessing
+PostScript functions.  These are described in an appendix (*note
+PostScript Commands::).
+
+  TeXdraw also comes with a toolbox of routines for handling much of
+the user interface, converting between different coordinate
+representations and the like.  The macros for coordinate decoding and
+for computations involving coordinates are described in an appendix
+(*note TeXdraw Toolbox: TeXdraw Toolbox.).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Scaling::
+* Resolution::
+* Text placement::
+* Intermediate PostScript file::
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Scaling,  Next: Resolution,  Up: Extending TeXdraw
+
+Scaling
+-------
+
+  The scaling commands provided in TeXdraw are designed to affect only
+the coordinate values specified in commands.  For instance, changing the
+`\setunitscale' value changes the interpretation of the coordinate in
+an `\avec (X Y)' command, but does not change the line width or
+arrowhead sizes in effect.  None of the TeXdraw scaling commands affect
+the size of TeX text produced by, for instance, the `\htext' command.
+Scale changes will however affect the positioning of text for
+subsequent commands.
+
+  The line parameters are changed only if the corresponding commands to
+change them are issued.  If the `\linewd' command is given, the current
+coordinate scaling is used to determine the line width.  To achieve a
+behaviour more like a global scaling, whenever the scale factor is
+changed, the line parameters should be set again.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Resolution,  Next: Text placement,  Prev: Scaling,  Up: Extending TeXdraw
+
+Resolution
+----------
+
+  TeXdraw scales coordinates before passing them to PostScript.
+Keeping track of the coordinate scaling is necessary, in any event, to
+allow TeXdraw to compute the maximum excursions of the coordinates.
+TeXdraw uses pixel units in its PostScript code.  One pixel unit is
+equal to 1/300 of an inch.  TeXdraw issues PostScript commands with
+integer valued pixel coordinates.  This sets the positioning resolution
+for TeXdraw.  The passing of integer valued coordinates which
+correspond to the device resolution keeps lines aligned with the device
+grid; parallel lines of the same width will be rendered with the same
+width.
+
+  The position saving mechanism in TeXdraw (*note Saving positions::)
+associates the pixel coordinates of a position with the specified name.
+
+  TeXdraw uses the limited real number representation provided by TeX.
+These operations are based on the representation of dimensions as
+real-valued numbers of points.  Internally in TeX, dimensions are
+stored 32-bit values, normalized so that 1 pt corresponds to the scaled
+point (sp) value of 65536.  Dimensions with magnitudes between 0.000015
+pt and 32767 pt can be represented.  This is also the dynamic range of
+the TeXdraw pixel coordinates passed to PostScript.  TeXdraw must
+convert from user supplied coordinates using the scaling factor (which
+itself consists of two components, the unit scale and the segment scale)
+and a pixel conversion factor.  The use of limited precision real
+numbers in these computations can cause accumulation of error when
+relative scaling is used repeatedly.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Text placement,  Next: Intermediate PostScript file,  Prev: Resolution,  Up: Extending TeXdraw
+
+Text placement
+--------------
+
+  While in the TeXdraw environment, TeX text is placed in a TeX box
+while PostScript code is written to the intermediate file.  At the end
+of the TeXdraw environment, the size of the drawing is determined.  A
+TeX box of this size is created.  The TeX `\special' mechanism is used
+to instruct the PostScript driver program to position the PostScript
+drawing from the intermediate file in this area.  Next, the text
+generated by TeXdraw is positioned and placed in the box.  Note that
+when the document is printed, the PostScript drawing is placed on the
+page before the TeX text; TeX text will appear on top of graphics.
+
+  The rotation of text is carried out with in-line PostScript code which
+does not appear in the intermediate PostScript file.  This code is sent
+to the PostScript driver with a `\special' command.  This PostScript
+code is embedded in the dvi (device independent) file that TeX produces.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Intermediate PostScript file,  Prev: Text placement,  Up: Extending TeXdraw
+
+The intermediate PostScript file
+--------------------------------
+
+  The intermediate PostScript file consists of a header, a body and a
+trailer following Encapsulated PostScript File (EPSF) standards.  The
+header sets up PostScript definitions and default parameter values.  The
+trailer includes the `BoundingBox' information which gives the
+coordinates in default PostScript units (72 per inch) for the lower
+lefthand corner and the upper righthand corner of the drawing.  The body
+of the intermediate PostScript file contains the PostScript commands
+generated by TeXdraw.
+
+  Many moves in TeXdraw serve only to position text or to reset saved
+positions.  TeXdraw buffers move commands in order to be able to
+collapse runs of moves.  Only the last move of a run of moves is
+actually written to the PostScript file.  However the intermediate moves
+still affect the size of the drawing.  The expunging of moves means that
+the PostScript file `BoundingBox' information may indicate a drawing
+size larger than the PostScript commands themselves would warrant.
+
+  Drawing segments in TeXdraw show up in the PostScript file as saves
+and restores of the PostScript graphics state.  Segment starts are
+buffered and only written out if necessary.  This way "empty" segments
+do not generate output to the PostScript file.  These empty segments
+arise if a segment contains only moves and text commands.  The moves
+inside the segment are not needed since they are local to the segment,
+and the text commands do not generate output to the PostScript file.
+
+  If TeXdraw is used only for moves and text, no intermediate
+PostScript file will be created.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text,  Prev: Extending TeXdraw,  Up: More Details
+
+How TeXdraw merges graphics and text
+====================================
+
+  TeXdraw creates a box which is the same size as the graphic.  The
+printer driver will place the PostScript graphic into this space.  Any
+TeX text generated by the TeXdraw commands will be superimposed on this
+graphic.
+
+  The LaTeX2e front-end for TeXdraw is enabled by including the
+`texdraw' package.  The `texdraw' package automatically invokes the
+standard `graphics' package distributed with LaTeX2e.  The `graphics'
+package has support for a number of different printer drivers,
+including a number for PostScript printers.  Any options to the
+`texdraw' package are passed on to the `graphics' package.  Such an
+option can be used to select a driver other than the default one.
+
+  Within the `graphics' package, the driver option is used to select
+definitions for the low-level macros which generate the `\special'
+commands needed to request insertion of a graphics file and to rotate
+text.(1) TeXdraw uses the user-level macros defined by the `graphics'
+package (*note PostScript printer drivers::).  When not used with the
+LaTeX2e front-end, TeXdraw defines versions of these macros that are
+suitable for use with the `dvips' printer driver.
+
+  ---------- Footnotes ----------
+
+  (1) Not all PostScript drivers support text rotation.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: PostScript Commands,  Next: TeXdraw Toolbox,  Prev: More Details,  Up: Top
+
+PostScript Commands
+*******************
+
+  This appendix describes a set of macros for accessing some of the
+PostScript builtin functions.  Each of these macros issues a single
+PostScript command.  The extra services provided by TeXdraw are the
+interpretation of coordinates in user units relative to the current
+drawing segment and the writing of a pending TeXdraw move to the
+PostScript file.  This last operation establishes the current point in
+PostScript.  The user of these commands should be familiar with the
+concepts of path construction and filling in PostScript.  Further
+details on the PostScript functions used can found in the `PostScript
+Language Reference Manual, Second Edition', Adobe Systems,
+Addison-Wesley, 1990.
+
+  These macros are distributed in file `txdps.tex'.
+
+  The `\PSsetlinecap' and `\PSsetlinejoin' commands control the way
+line ends and line joins are rendered.  The default values set by
+TeXdraw (round caps and round join) are appropriate for most drawings.
+Changes to these parameters apply to the current and subsequent paths.
+
+`\PSsetlinecap TYPE'
+     Set the line cap parameter.  The value `0' gives a butt cap; `1'
+     gives a round cap; and `2' gives a projecting square cap.  The
+     initial value is corresponds to a round cap.
+
+`\PSsetlinejoin TYPE'
+     Set the line join parameter.  The value `0' gives a miter join;
+     `1' gives a round join; and `2' gives a bevel join.  The initial
+     value corresponds to a round join.
+
+  PostScript paths and fill operations can be controlled by a number of
+functions.  By design, TeXdraw always maintains a defined PostScript
+current point.  Some of the following macros cause the PostScript
+current point to become undefined.  The PostScript current point must be
+set again (say with a `\PSmoveto' command) before invoking basic
+TeXdraw commands.
+`\PSstroke'
+     Stroke a PostScript path.  The current path is stroked with the
+     current gray level (set with `\setgray') and the current line
+     pattern (set with `\lpatt').  The PostScript current point becomes
+     undefined.
+
+`\PSnewpath'
+     Establish a new path.  The PostScript current point becomes
+     undefined.
+
+`\PSclosepath'
+     Close a subpath.  A new subpath is started.
+
+`\PSfill'
+     Fill a region defined by a path.  Each subpath is closed and the
+     enclosed regions painted with the current gray level.  The
+     PostScript current point becomes undefined.  The gray level can be
+     set with the TeXdraw command `\setgray'.
+
+  The following line commands interpret coordinates relative to the
+current TeXdraw scaling and drawing segment.  The specified coordinate
+affects the drawing size as determined by TeXdraw.
+`\PSlineto (X Y)'
+     Add a line segment to the current path.  This command is identical
+     to the TeXdraw command `\lvec'.  The PostScript current point must
+     be defined before this command is issued.
+
+`\PSmoveto (X Y)'
+     Move to the coordinate specified by `(X Y)'.  The PostScript
+     current point becomes defined.
+
+  The following macros provide access to the general arc commands in
+PostScript.  The coordinates are interpreted relative to the current
+TeXdraw scaling and drawing segment.  The specified coordinate affects
+the drawing size as determined by TeXdraw.
+`\PSarc r:RADIUS sd:START-ANGLE ed:END-ANGLE (X Y)'
+     Draw a counterclockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the given
+     position.  The radius is specified by RADIUS.  The start and end
+     angles (in degrees) are specified by START-ANGLE and END-ANGLE.
+     If the PostScript current point is defined, this command also
+     draws the line from the current point to the beginning of the arc.
+     The line and arc become part of the current path. The current
+     point becomes defined.
+
+`\PSarcn r:RADIUS sd:START-ANGLE ed:END-ANGLE (X Y)'
+     Draw a clockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the given
+     position.  The radius is specified by RADIUS.  The start and end
+     angles (in degrees) are specified by START-ANGLE and END-ANGLE.
+     If the PostScript current point is defined, this command also
+     draws the line from the current point to the beginning of the arc.
+     The line and arc become part of the current path.  The current
+     point becomes defined.
+
+  The macro `\writeps' provides the general facility to write arbitrary
+PostScript commands to the PostScript file.  This macro is used by the
+preceding commands and by the TeXdraw commands themselves.  This
+facility has to be used with care since changes in position or scaling
+resulting from the PostScript commands are not known to TeXdraw.
+`\writeps {<PS-COMMANDS>}'
+     Write PostScript commands to the intermediate PostScript file.
+     Before the commands are inserted, any pending TeXdraw move is
+     written to the PostScript file.  The PostScript scaling gives 300
+     units/inch.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: TeXdraw Toolbox,  Next: Examples,  Prev: PostScript Commands,  Up: Top
+
+TeXdraw Toolbox
+***************
+
+  This appendix describes some of the macros supplied with TeXdraw
+which can be used to define additional commands for creating drawings.
+The macros described here work in the user specified coordinate system.
+Some of these toolbox macros are used by the TeXdraw commands
+themselves, others are supplied in an auxiliary file `txdtools.tex'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Coordinate parsing::
+* Real arithmetic::
+* Arrow curve::
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Coordinate parsing,  Next: Real arithmetic,  Up: TeXdraw Toolbox
+
+Coordinate parsing
+==================
+
+  The coordinate parsing macro `\getpos' is useful for creating new
+commands.  This macro takes care of stripping leading and trailing
+blanks from coordinates specified between parentheses.  In addition,
+symbolic coordinates are translated to the corresponding relative
+coordinate using the segment offset and scaling in effect.
+
+  The macro `\currentpos' returns the relative coordinates of the
+current position.  The returned values are relative to the current
+segment and the current scaling.  The macro `\cossin' returns the
+real-valued cosine and sine of the direction of the line joining two
+points.  The macro `\vectlen' returns the length of a vector.  The
+results appear as the value of user supplied macro names.
+
+`\getpos (X Y)\MX\MY'
+     Decode coordinate values. The coordinates specified by `(X Y)' are
+     decoded. Symbolic coordinates are translated to the corresponding
+     relative coordinate using the current segment offset and scaling.
+     The resulting character strings representing the real-valued
+     coordinates are assigned to the macros specified by `\MX' and
+     `\MY'.
+
+`\currentpos \MX\MY'
+     Return the coordinates of the current position.  The coordinates
+     are relative to the current segment offset and scaling.  The
+     resulting character strings representing the real-valued
+     coordinates are assigned to the macros specified by `\MX' and
+     `\MY'.
+
+`\cossin (X1 Y1)(X2 Y2)\COSA\SINA'
+     Return the cosine and sine of the direction of a vector joining two
+     points.  The cosine and sine of the angle of the vector which goes
+     from `(X1 Y1)' to `(X2 Y2)'.  The character strings representing
+     these real-valued quantities are assigned to the macros specified
+     by `\COSA' and `\SINA'.
+
+`\vectlen (X1 Y1)(X2 Y2)\LEN'
+     Return the length of a vector joining two points.  The length of
+     the vector is relative to the current scaling.  The character
+     string representing the real-valued length is assigned to the
+     macro specified by `\LEN'.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Real arithmetic,  Next: Arrow curve,  Prev: Coordinate parsing,  Up: TeXdraw Toolbox
+
+Real arithmetic
+===============
+
+  The TeXdraw toolbox supplies macros to perform real arithmetic on
+coordinate values.  The result appears as the value of a user supplied
+macro name.
+`\realadd {VALUE1} {VALUE2} \SUM'
+     Add two real quantities, assigning the resultant character string
+     representing the sum to the macro `\SUM'.
+
+`\realmult {VALUE1} {VALUE2} \PROD'
+     Multiply two real quantities, assigning the resultant character
+     string representing the product to the macro `\PROD'.
+
+`\realdiv {VALUE1} {VALUE2} \RESULT'
+     Divide two real quantities, assigning the resultant character
+     string representing the result of VALUE1/VALUE2 to the macro
+     `\RESULT'.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Arrow curve,  Prev: Real arithmetic,  Up: TeXdraw Toolbox
+
+Arrow curve
+===========
+
+  This example illustrates the use of the TeXdraw toolbox routines to
+do computations with the coordinates.  The problem will be tackled in
+two parts.  First, we will produce a macro to place an arrowhead on a
+Bezier curve.  Then given this macro, we will produce a macro which can
+draw a "wiggly" line from the current position to a given coordinate.
+
+  The first macro, `\cavec', uses the `\cossin' command to determine
+the the cosine and sine of the angle of the line joining the second
+control point to the end point of the Bezier curve.  Recall that the
+Bezier curve is tangent to this line at the end point.  After drawing
+the Bezier curve, the scaling is set locally to absolute units of 0.05
+inches.  We go back down the line from the end point by 0.05 inches and
+draw an arrow vector to the end point from there.  This arrow vector is
+mostly arrowhead, with little or no tail.
+
+     \def\cavec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6){
+       \clvec (#1 #2)(#3 #4)(#5 #6)
+       \cossin (#3 #4)(#5 #6)\cosa\sina
+       \rmove (0 0)
+       \bsegment
+         \drawdim in \setsegscale 0.05
+         \move ({-\cosa} -\sina)  \avec (0 0)
+       \esegment}
+
+  Note the use of macros as arguments to a `\move' command.  Minus
+signs are put in front of the macros.  However, the value of the macro
+`\cosa' or `\sina' could be negative.  Fortunately, TeX accepts two
+minus signs in a row and interprets the result as positive.  Note that
+the `\rmove (0 0)' command before the beginning of the segment ensures
+that the Bezier curve is stroked before the arrowhead is drawn.
+
+  The second macro `\caw' builds on `\cavec'.  The goal is to produce a
+wiggly vector that can be used as a pointer in a drawing.  Consider the
+following symmetrical normalized Bezier curve.
+     \centertexdraw{ \move (0 0) \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0) }
+
+  This curve has the appropriate wiggle.  Now we want to be able to draw
+this curve, appropriately scaled and rotated.  The macro `\caw' needs
+to do computations on the coordinates.  First, `\caw' uses the macros
+`\getpos' and `\currentpos' to get the positions of the end and start
+of the curve.  Next, the length of the vector is calculated using the
+macro `\vectlen'.  A local macro `\rotatecoord' is used to rotate a
+coordinate pair about the origin, using the cosine and sine of the
+rotation angle.  The vector length is used to scale the normalized
+curve.  The remaining code draws the rotated, normalized curve.
+
+     \def\caw (#1 #2){
+       \currentpos \xa\ya
+       \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+     
+     % The nominal wiggly curve is (0 0) (1+dx dy) (-dx -dy) (1 0)
+     % Find the rotated offset (dx dy) -> (du dv)
+       \rotatecoord (0.4 0.1)\cosa\sina \du\dv
+     
+     % calculate the length of the vector
+       \vectlen ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\len
+     
+     % draw the curve in normalized units
+       \bsegment
+         \setsegscale {\len}
+         \realadd \cosa \du \tmpa  \realadd \sina \dv \tmpb
+         \cavec ({\tmpa} \tmpb)({-\du} -\dv)({\cosa} \sina)
+       \esegment
+       \move (#1 #2)}
+     
+     % rotate a coordinate (x y)
+     % arguments: (x y) cosa sina x' y'
+     %  x' = cosa * x - sina * y;  y' = sina * x + cosa * y
+     \def\rotatecoord (#1 #2)#3#4#5#6{
+       \getpos (#1 #2)\xarg\yarg
+       \realmult \xarg {#3} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg {#4} \tmpb
+       \realadd \tmpa {-\tmpb} #5
+       \realmult \xarg {#4} \tmpa  \realmult \yarg {#3} \tmpb
+       \realadd \tmpa \tmpb #6}
+
+  Finally, the new macro can be used as follows.
+     \centertexdraw{
+       \arrowheadtype t:W
+       \move (0 0)
+       \cavec (1.4 0.1)(-0.4 -0.1)(1 0)
+       \move (1 0) \caw (1 1) \htext{tip at \tt (1 1)}
+       \move (1 0) \caw (2 1) \htext{tip at \tt (2 1)}
+       \move (1 0) \caw (2 0) \htext{tip at \tt (2 0)}
+     
+     }
+
+  Note that the Bezier curve in the macro `\cavec' lies below the
+arrowhead.  The example then draws an arrowhead of type `W' to erase
+the part of the line below the arrowhead.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Examples,  Next: Command Listing,  Prev: TeXdraw Toolbox,  Up: Top
+
+Examples
+********
+
+  This appendix shows examples of the use of TeXdraw.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Block diagram::
+* Filter response graph::
+* Geometric construction::
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Block diagram,  Next: Filter response graph,  Up: Examples
+
+Block diagram of a lattice filter
+=================================
+
+  The block diagram of a lattice filter uses a library of extended
+commands built from the basic TeXdraw commands.
+
+  The block diagram uses a "delay" block.  This is defined as a segment
+which leaves the current position at the end of this block.  A second
+macro, `\bdot', draws a "big" dot which is used to mark junctions of
+lines.  The `\Ttext' command centers text above a given point.  The
+offset to position the text is local to a segment, resulting in no
+change to the current point.  Similar macros to position text below a
+point (`\Btext'), to the left of a point (`\Ltext') and to the right of
+a point (`\Rtext') are used in the final drawing.
+     \def\delay {\bsegment
+                   \setsegscale 0.3
+                   \lvec (0 +0.5) \lvec (1 +0.5) \lvec (1 -0.5)
+                   \lvec (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 0)
+                   \textref h:C v:C  \htext (0.5 0){$z^{-1}$}
+                   \savepos (1 0)(*ex *ey)
+                 \esegment
+                 \move (*ex *ey)}
+     \def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.02 }
+     \def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                     \textref h:C v:B  \htext (0 +0.06){#1}
+                   \esegment}
+
+  Several of the block diagram elements scale with the size of the
+summing nodes.  The radius of the circles for the summing nodes is
+defined as the macro `\cradius'.  The summing nodes will have enclosed
+plus signs, appropriately scaled.  The plus sign is drawn by the macro
+`\pluss'.  The macro `\pcir' draws both the circle and the plus sign.
+The incoming lines to a summing node will be labelled with plus or
+minus signs (characters this time), placed at the appropriate position
+with respect to the center of the summing node.  These positions are
+given in terms of compass directions.  The macro `\putwnw' places text
+west by north-west relative to the center of the summing node.
+     \def\cradius {0.08}
+     \def\pluss {\bsegment
+                    \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                    \move (-0.5 0) \lvec (+0.5 0)
+                    \move (0 -0.5) \lvec (0 +0.5)
+                  \esegment}
+     \def\pcir {\lcir r:{\cradius} \pluss}
+     \def\puttext (#1 #2)#3{\bsegment
+                              \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                              \textref h:C v:C \htext (#1 #2){#3}
+                            \esegment}
+     \def\putwnw #1{\puttext (-1.7 +1.2){#1}}
+
+  The block diagram has vectors arriving and departing from the summing
+nodes (circles).  One could calculate the points of intersection of the
+lines with the circles, and then enter the values into the TeXdraw
+code.  However, in this example, we implement an automated procedure.
+Two macros are needed, an arrow vector to a circle (`\avectoc') and an
+arrow vector leaving from a circle (`\avecfrc').  The macros will
+calculate the point of intersection with the circle and start or end
+the vector at the intersection point.
+
+  The arrow macros use scaling and relative positioning inside of a
+drawing segment.  In the case of the macro `\avectoc', a move is made
+to the final point (center of the circle), then within a drawing
+segment, a scaled move is made back towards the initial point to
+determine the intersection point with the circle.
+
+     \def\avectoc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
+                          \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                          \savepos (#1 #2)(*tx *ty)
+                          \bsegment
+                            \move (*tx *ty)
+                            \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                            \rmove ({-\cosa} -\sina)
+                            \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                          \esegment
+                          \avec (*ex *ey)
+                          \move (#1 #2)}
+     \def\avecfrc (#1 #2){\currentpos \xa\ya
+                          \cossin ({\xa} \ya)(#1 #2)\cosa\sina
+                          \bsegment
+                            \setsegscale {\cradius}
+                            \move ({\cosa} \sina)
+                            \savecurrpos (*ex *ey)
+                          \esegment
+                          \move (*ex *ey)
+                          \avec (#1 #2)}
+
+  Having defined these macros, we are ready to draw the block diagram.
+The first and last sections of the lattice filter are very similar,
+differing mainly in the text labels.  With more effort, code could be
+shared between the commands used to draw these blocks.
+     \centertexdraw{
+     \drawdim in
+     \arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+     \def\pl {$\scriptscriptstyle +$} \def\mn {$\scriptscriptstyle -$}
+     
+     \move (0 +0.63) \move (0 -0.60) \move (0 0) % compensate for the text size
+     
+     % Input to the first stage
+     \bsegment
+       \Ltext{$x(n)$}
+       \lvec (0.3 0) \bdot \lvec (0.3 +0.4) \move (0.3 0) \lvec (0.3 -0.4)
+       \savepos (0.3 0)(*ex *ey)
+     \esegment
+     \move (*ex *ey)
+     
+     % first lattice stage
+     \bsegment
+       \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+       \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
+       \avecfrc (2.1 +0.4)
+       \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+       \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
+       \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+       \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+       \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+       \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_0(n)$}
+       \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_1(n)$}
+       \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_0(n)$}
+       \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_1(n)$}
+       \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_1$}
+       \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_1$}
+       \savepos (2.1 0)(*ex *ey)
+     \esegment
+     \move (*ex *ey)
+     
+     % center section
+     \bsegment
+       \textref h:C v:C \htext (0.3 +0.4){$\cdots$}
+       \htext (0.3 -0.4){$\cdots$}
+       \savepos (0.6 0)(*ex *ey)
+     \esegment
+     \move (*ex *ey)
+     
+     % last lattice stage
+     \bsegment
+       \move (0 +0.4)  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+       \pcir \putwnw{\pl} \puts{\mn}
+       \avecfrc (2.3 +0.4) \Rtext{$e(n)$}
+       \move (0 -0.4)  \avec (0.4 -0.4) \delay \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+       \pcir \putwsw{\pl} \putn{\mn}
+       \avecfrc (2.1 -0.4)
+       \move (0.9 +0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 -0.4)
+       \move (0.9 -0.4)  \bdot  \avectoc (1.7 +0.4)
+       \move (0.1 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_{P-1}(n)$}
+       \move (2.0 +0.42) \Ttext {$f_P(n)$}
+       \move (0.1 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_{P-1}(n)$}
+       \move (2.0 -0.4)  \Btext {$b_P(n)$}
+       \textref h:L v:B  \htext (1.15 +0.2){$K_P$}
+       \textref h:L v:T  \htext (1.15 -0.2){$K_P$}
+     \esegment
+     }
+
+  The macros used in this example are similar to the block diagram
+macros defined in the file `blockdiagram.tex'.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Filter response graph,  Next: Geometric construction,  Prev: Block diagram,  Up: Examples
+
+Filter response graph
+=====================
+
+  This example shows the response of a canonical filter.  TeXdraw is
+not well suited for general purpose graphing -- it has no coordinate
+translation facility nor does it have separate X and Y scaling.
+Nonetheless, for certain simple graphs, TeXdraw is adequate.
+
+  In this example, macro `\ticklab' places a labelled axis tick at a
+given position.  The data is specified in a straightforward manner,
+having been scaled beforehand to give the desired aspect ratio for the
+graph.
+
+     \centertexdraw{
+     \arrowheadtype t:F  \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+     \def\ds {\displaystyle}
+     \def\ticklab (#1 #2)#3{\move(#1 #2)
+                            \bsegment
+                              \lvec (0 0.05)
+                              \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.05){#3}
+                            \esegment}
+     \def\Rtext #1{\bsegment
+                     \textref h:L v:C \htext (+0.08 0){#1}
+                   \esegment}
+     
+     \move (2.4 -0.3)    % move to set the size
+     
+     \move (0 0)
+     % Axes
+     \avec (0 +1.4)
+     \move (0 0) \avec (2.2 0) \Rtext{$\omega$}
+     \ticklab (0 0)   {0}
+     \ticklab (0.8 0) {$\ds {\pi \over 2N} $}
+     \ticklab (1.2 0) {$\omega_s$}
+     \ticklab (1.6 0) {$\ds {\pi \over N} $}
+     
+     \linewd 0.025
+     \move (0 1)
+     \lvec (0.4 1)
+     \lvec (0.44 0.998)
+     \lvec (0.48 0.988)
+     \lvec (0.52 0.973)
+     \lvec (0.56 0.951)
+      ...
+     \lvec (1.08 0.233)
+     \lvec (1.12 0.156)
+     \lvec (1.16 0.078)
+     \lvec (1.20 0)
+     \lvec (1.9 0)
+     }
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Geometric construction,  Prev: Filter response graph,  Up: Examples
+
+Geometric construction
+======================
+
+  This example shows a geometric construction which places an ellipse
+tangent to an enclosing circle.  The size of the ellipse is determined
+from geometric considerations.  Macros are used to modularize the code.
+The example alters the unit scale factor.  This allows the drawing to be
+carried out in units normalized to the radius of the circle.
+
+     \centertexdraw{
+     \arrowheadtype t:V \arrowheadsize l:0.08 w:0.04
+     \linewd 0.01
+     \setunitscale 1.5            % circle will have radius 1.5 inches
+     
+     \def\Btext #1{\bsegment
+                     \textref h:C v:T \htext (0 -0.04){#1}
+                   \esegment}
+     \def\Ttext #1{\bsegment
+                     \textref h:C v:B \htext (0 +0.04){#1}
+                   \esegment}
+     \def\Ltext #1{\bsegment
+                     \textref h:R v:C \htext (-0.04 0){#1}
+                   \esegment}
+     \def\bdot {\fcir f:0 r:0.0133 }
+     \def\vtick {\bsegment
+                   \move (0 -0.05) \lvec (0 +0.05)
+                 \esegment}
+     \def\htick {\bsegment
+                   \move (-0.05 0) \lvec (+0.05 0)
+                 \esegment}
+     \def\Hlen #1#2{\bsegment
+                      \vtick \avec ({#1} 0) \vtick \avec (0 0)
+                      \relsegscale 0.5
+                      \move ({#1} 0) \Ttext {#2}
+                    \esegment}
+     \def\Vlen #1#2{\bsegment
+                      \htick \avec (0 {#1}) \htick \avec (0 0)
+                      \relsegscale 0.5
+                      \move (0 {#1}) \Ltext {#2}
+                    \esegment}
+     
+     \lcir r:1                         % circle
+     \move (-1.05 0) \lvec ( 1.05 0)   % axes
+     \move (0 -1.05) \lvec (0  1.05)
+     
+     \move (0 0) \lvec (0.707 0.707) \bdot
+     \rmove (0.02 0.02) \textref h:L v:B \htext {X}
+     \move (0.707 -0.707) \bdot
+     \textref h:R v:T \htext(-0.02 -0.02){O}
+     
+     \move (0.5 0)                     % center of ellipse
+     \bsegment
+       \lellip rx:0.435 ry:0.804
+       \bdot \Btext {$\beta_2$}
+       \move (0 0.15) \Hlen {0.435}{$|\beta_1{+}\beta_3|$}
+       \move (-0.7 0) \Vlen {0.804}{$|\beta_1{-}\beta_3|$}
+     \esegment
+     }
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Command Listing,  Next: Command Index,  Prev: Examples,  Up: Top
+
+Alphabetic listing of commands
+******************************
+
+`\arrowheadsize l:LENGTH w:WIDTH'
+     Set the arrowhead size to be LENGTH units long and WIDTH units
+     wide.  The width is measured across the "base" of the arrowhead.
+     The initial arrowhead size has a LENGTH of 0.16 inches and a WIDTH
+     of 0.08 inches.
+
+`\arrowheadtype t:TYPE'
+     Set the arrowhead type to TYPE, where TYPE is one of `F', `T',
+     `W', `V', or `H'.  There are two kinds of arrowheads.  The first
+     kind is a triangle.  There are 3 variants: type `T' is an empty
+     triangle, type `F' is a filled triangle (using the current gray
+     level for lines), type `W' is a triangle filled with white.  The
+     second kind of arrowhead is an open ended Vee.  There are 2
+     variants: type `V' has the stem continue to the tip, type `H' has
+     the stem stop at the base of the arrowhead.  The initial arrowhead
+     type is `T'.
+
+`\avec (X Y)'
+     Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position to `(X
+     Y)'.  The new current position is `(X Y)'.  The arrowhead is
+     aligned with the line, with the tip at `(X Y)'.
+
+`\begin{texdraw}'
+     Start a TeXdraw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+     `\end{texdraw}' command.  This command is for use with LaTeX.
+
+`\bsegment'
+     Start a drawing segment.  The coordinate system is shifted such
+     that the current position corresponds to the coordinate `(0 0)'.
+     Changes to scaling, position and line parameters stay local to the
+     drawing segment.
+
+`\btexdraw'
+     Start a TeXdraw drawing.  The drawing is terminated with an
+     `\etexdraw' command.
+
+`\centertexdraw { ... }'
+     Center a TeXdraw box.  The argument contains TeXdraw commands.
+     The resulting box has the horizontal size `\hsize' and height equal
+     to the height of the drawing.
+
+`\clvec (X1 Y1)(X2 Y2)(X3 Y3)'
+     Draw a Bezier curve from the current position to the coordinate
+     `(X3 Y3)' which becomes the new current position.  The coordinates
+     `(X1 Y1)' and `(X2 Y2)' serve as control points for the curve.
+     Only the last coordinate given is used to update the size of the
+     drawing.
+
+`\drawbb'
+     Draw a ruled box around the effective size of a drawing produced by
+     TeXdraw commands.
+
+`\drawdim DIM'
+     Set the units to DIM.  The argument DIM can be any valid TeX
+     dimension unit.  The units are used to interpret coordinate
+     values.  Examples of valid units: `cm', `mm', `in', `pt', and `bp'.
+
+`\end{texdraw}'
+     End a TeXdraw drawing started with a `\begin{texdraw}' command.
+     The resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with height equal
+     to the height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the
+     drawing.  The depth of the box is zero.  This command is for use
+     with LaTeX.
+
+`\esegment'
+     End a drawing segment.  The current position in effect before the
+     corresponding `\bsegment' command is restored.  The scaling and
+     line parameter values revert to those in effect before the
+     corresponding `\bsegment' was invoked.
+
+`\etexdraw'
+     End a TeXdraw drawing started with a `\btexdraw' command.  The
+     resulting TeXdraw drawing is placed in a box with height equal to
+     the height of the drawing and width equal to the width of the
+     drawing.  The depth of the box is zero.
+
+`\everytexdraw { ... }'
+     Specify TeXdraw commands to be executed at the beginning of every
+     TeXdraw drawing.
+
+`\fcir f:LEVEL r:RADIUS'
+     Draw a filled circle with center at the current position.  The
+     radius is specified by RADIUS.  The circle is painted with the
+     gray level specified by LEVEL.  A gray level of 1 corresponds to
+     white, with decreasing values getting darker.  The level 0 is full
+     black.  This command does not draw a line along the circumference.
+     The drawing size is increased if necessary to contain the circle.
+
+`\fellip f:LEVEL rx:X-RADIUS ry:Y-RADIUS'
+     Draw a filled ellipse with center at the current position.  The
+     radius in the X direction is specified by X-RADIUS.  The radius in
+     the Y direction is specified by Y-RADIUS.  The ellipse is painted
+     with the gray level specified by LEVEL.  A gray level of 1
+     corresponds to white, with decreasing values getting darker.  The
+     level 0 is full black.  This command does not draw a line along
+     the boundary of the ellipse.  The drawing size is increased if
+     necessary to contain the ellipse.
+
+`\htext (X Y){TEXT}'
+`\htext {TEXT}'
+     The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT
+     horizontally with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X
+     Y)'.  The new current position is `(X Y)'.  The second form of
+     this command places the TeX text TEXT horizontally with the text
+     reference point at the current position.  The text reference point
+     is set with the `\textref' command.
+
+`\ifill f:LEVEL'
+     Close the current path and paint the interior of the region with
+     gray level LEVEL.  The line around the path is not drawn.  Gray
+     levels are real values from 0 (black) through intermediate values
+     (grays) to 1 (white).
+
+`\larc r:RADIUS sd:START-ANGLE ed:END-ANGLE'
+     Draw a counterclockwise arc.  The center of the arc is at the
+     current position.  The radius is specified by RADIUS.  The start
+     and end angles (in degrees) are specified by START-ANGLE and
+     END-ANGLE.  This command does not affect the limits (size) of the
+     drawing.
+
+`\lcir r:RADIUS'
+     Draw a circle with center at the current position.  The radius is
+     specified by RADIUS.  This command draws a line along the
+     circumference of the circle.  The drawing size is increased if
+     necessary to contain the circle.
+
+`\lellip rx:X-RADIUS ry:Y-RADIUS'
+     Draw an ellipse with center at the current position.  The radius
+     in the X direction is specified by X-RADIUS.  The radius in the Y
+     direction is specified by Y-RADIUS.  The drawing size is increased
+     if necessary to contain the ellipse.
+
+`\lfill f:LEVEL'
+     Close the current path, draw the line around the path using the
+     current grey level for lines and paint the interior of the region
+     with specified gray level LEVEL.  Gray levels are real values from
+     0 (black) through intermediate values (grays) to 1 (white).
+
+`\linewd WIDTH'
+     Set the line width to WIDTH units.  Initially WIDTH is 0.01 inches
+     (corresponding to 3 pixels at 300 pixels to the inch).
+
+`\lpatt (PATTERN)'
+     Set lines to have the pattern `(PATTERN)'.  A pattern is a
+     sequence of on/off lengths separated by blanks and enclosed in
+     parentheses.  The lengths alternately specify the length of a dash
+     and the length of a gap between dashes.  Each length is
+     interpreted using the current scaling and drawing units.  The
+     pattern is used cyclically.  The empty pattern signifies a solid
+     line.  The initial line pattern is a solid line, corresponding to
+     the empty pattern `\lpatt ()'.
+
+`\lvec (X Y)'
+     Draw a line from the current position to coordinate `(X Y)'.  The
+     new current position is `(X Y)'.
+
+`\move (X Y)'
+     Move to coordinate `(X Y)'.  The new current position is `(X Y)'.
+
+`\ravec (DX DY)'
+     Draw a line with an arrowhead from the current position, DX units
+     in the X direction and Y units in the Y direction.  The final
+     position becomes the new current position.  The arrowhead is
+     aligned with the line, with the tip at the new current position.
+
+`\relsegscale VALUE'
+     Adjust the segment scale factor by multiplying by VALUE.  This has
+     the effect of multiplying the current overall scale factor by the
+     same factor.  The overall scaling factor is the product of the
+     unit scale factor and the segment scale factor.
+
+`\relunitscale VALUE'
+     Adjust the unit scale factor by multiplying by VALUE.  This has
+     the effect of multiplying the overall scale factor by the same
+     factor.  The overall scaling factor is the product of the unit
+     scale factor and the segment scale factor.
+
+`\rlvec (DX DY)'
+     Draw a line from the current position, DX units in the X direction
+     and DY units in the Y direction.  The final position becomes the
+     new current position.
+
+`\rmove (DX DY)'
+     Move from the current position, DX units in the X direction and DY
+     units in the Y direction.  The final position becomes the new
+     current position.
+
+`\rtext td:ANGLE (x y){TEXT}'
+`\rtext td:ANGLE {TEXT}'
+     The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT at an
+     angle with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X Y)'.
+     The new current position is `(X Y)'.  The second form of this
+     command places the TeX text TEXT at an angle with the text
+     reference point at the current position.  In both cases, the TeX
+     text is placed in a box and the box is rotated counterclockwise by
+     ANGLE degrees about the text reference point.  The text reference
+     point is set with the `\textref' command.
+
+`\savecurrpos (*PX *PY)'
+     Save the current position as the absolute position referenced by
+     `(*PX *PY)'.
+
+`\savepos (X Y)(*PX *PY)'
+     Save the coordinate position `(X Y)' as the absolute position
+     referenced by `(*PX *PY)'.  The coordinate `(X Y)' is interpreted
+     in the normal fashion as a coordinate relative to the current
+     segment, using the current scaling factors and drawing unit.
+
+`\setgray LEVEL'
+     Set the gray level of lines.  Gray levels are real values from 0
+     (black) through intermediate values (gray) to 1 (white).  The
+     initial gray level is 0 corresponding to black.
+
+`\setsegscale SCALE'
+     Set the segment scale factor.  The argument SCALE is a real number
+     which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall scale
+     factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the segment
+     scale factor.
+
+`\setunitscale SCALE'
+     Set the unit scaling to SCALE.  The argument SCALE is a real
+     number which is used to scale coordinate values.  The overall
+     scaling factor is the product of the unit scale factor and the
+     segment scale factor.
+
+`\texdrawbox { ... }'
+     Create a TeXdraw box.  The argument contains TeXdraw commands.
+     This macro returns a TeX box with height equal to the height of the
+     drawing and width equal to the width of the drawing.  The depth of
+     the box is zero.
+
+`\textref h:H-REF v:V-REF'
+     Set the text reference point for subsequent text commands.  The
+     horizontal reference point H-REF is one of `L', `C' or `R' (left,
+     center or right).  The vertical reference point V-REF is one of
+     `T', `C' or `B' (top, center or bottom).  For rotated text, the
+     reference point is determined before rotation.  The initial text
+     reference point corresponds to `\textref h:L v:B'.
+
+`\vtext (x y){TEXT}'
+`\vtext {TEXT}'
+     The first form of this command places the TeX text TEXT vertically
+     with the text reference point at the coordinate `(X Y)'.  The new
+     current position is `(X Y)'.  The second form of this command
+     places the TeX text TEXT vertically with the text reference point
+     at the current position.  In both cases, the TeX text is placed in
+     a box and the box is rotated counterclockwise by 90 degrees about
+     the text reference point.  The text reference point is set with
+     the `\textref' command.
+
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Command Index,  Next: Concept Index,  Prev: Command Listing,  Up: Top
+
+Command Index
+*************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \arc:                                  Circles and arcs.
+* \arrowheadsize:                        Line vectors.
+* \arrowheadtype:                        Line vectors.
+* \avec:                                 Line vectors.
+* \begin{texdraw}:                       Accessing TeXdraw.
+* \bsegment:                             Drawing segments.
+* \btexdraw:                             Accessing TeXdraw.
+* \centertexdraw:                        Accessing TeXdraw.
+* \clvec:                                Bezier curves.
+* \cossin:                               Coordinate parsing.
+* \currentpos:                           Coordinate parsing.
+* \drawbb:                               Drawing size.
+* \drawdim:                              Coordinate specification.
+* \end{texdraw}:                         Accessing TeXdraw.
+* \esegment:                             Drawing segments.
+* \etexdraw:                             Accessing TeXdraw.
+* \everytexdraw:                         Accessing TeXdraw.
+* \fcir:                                 Circles and arcs.
+* \fellip:                               Circles and arcs.
+* \getpos:                               Coordinate parsing.
+* \htext:                                TeX text.
+* \ifill:                                Fill commands.
+* \lcir:                                 Circles and arcs.
+* \lellip:                               Circles and arcs.
+* \lfill:                                Fill commands.
+* \linewd:                               Line vectors.
+* \lvec:                                 Line vectors.
+* \move:                                 Line vectors.
+* \PSarc:                                PostScript Commands.
+* \PSarcn:                               PostScript Commands.
+* \PSclosepath:                          PostScript Commands.
+* \PSfill:                               PostScript Commands.
+* \PSlineto:                             PostScript Commands.
+* \PSmoveto:                             PostScript Commands.
+* \PSnewpath:                            PostScript Commands.
+* \PSsetlinecap:                         PostScript Commands.
+* \PSsetlinejoin:                        PostScript Commands.
+* \PSstroke:                             PostScript Commands.
+* \ravec:                                Line vectors.
+* \realadd:                              Real arithmetic.
+* \realdiv:                              Real arithmetic.
+* \realmult:                             Real arithmetic.
+* \relsegscale:                          Scaling coordinates.
+* \relunitscale:                         Scaling coordinates.
+* \rlvec:                                Line vectors.
+* \rmove:                                Line vectors.
+* \rtext:                                TeX text.
+* \savecurrpos:                          Saving positions.
+* \savepos:                              Saving positions.
+* \setgray:                              Line vectors.
+* \setsegscale:                          Scaling coordinates.
+* \setunitscale:                         Scaling coordinates.
+* \textref:                              TeX text.
+* \vectlen:                              Coordinate parsing.
+* \vtext:                                TeX text.
+* \writeps:                              PostScript Commands.
+* arc:                                   PostScript Commands.
+* arcn:                                  PostScript Commands.
+* closepath:                             PostScript Commands.
+* fill:                                  PostScript Commands.
+* lineto:                                PostScript Commands.
+* moveto:                                PostScript Commands.
+* newpath:                               PostScript Commands.
+* setlinecap:                            PostScript Commands.
+* setlinejoin:                           PostScript Commands.
+* stroke:                                PostScript Commands.
+
+
+File: texdraw,  Node: Concept Index,  Prev: Command Index,  Up: Top
+
+Concept Index
+*************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* accessing TeXdraw <1>:                 Accessing TeXdraw.
+* accessing TeXdraw:                     Using TeXdraw with LaTeX.
+* angle of a vector:                     Coordinate parsing.
+* arcs <1>:                              Circles and arcs.
+* arcs:                                  PostScript Commands.
+* arrowhead parameters:                  Line vectors.
+* arrows:                                Line vectors.
+* Bezier curves:                         Bezier curves.
+* circles:                               Circles and arcs.
+* command syntax:                        Command syntax.
+* coordinate parsing:                    Coordinate parsing.
+* coordinate specification:              Coordinate specification.
+* coordinate, symbolic:                  Saving positions.
+* coordinates:                           TeXdraw coordinates.
+* cosine of a vector direction:          Coordinate parsing.
+* current position <1>:                  Coordinate parsing.
+* current position <2>:                  Line vectors.
+* current position:                      Initial current position.
+* current position in PostScript:        PostScript Commands.
+* curves:                                Bezier curves.
+* dashed lines:                          Line vectors.
+* direction of a line:                   Coordinate parsing.
+* distribution:                          Distribution.
+* dotted lines:                          Line vectors.
+* drawing segments:                      Drawing segments.
+* dvi2ps printer driver:                 PostScript printer drivers.
+* dvialw printer driver:                 PostScript printer drivers.
+* dvilaser printer driver:               PostScript printer drivers.
+* dvips printer driver <1>:              PostScript printer drivers.
+* dvips printer driver <2>:              Introduction.
+* dvips printer driver:                  How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
+* dvipsone printer driver:               PostScript printer drivers.
+* dvitops printer driver:                PostScript printer drivers.
+* dviwindo printer driver:               PostScript printer drivers.
+* ellipses:                              Circles and arcs.
+* Encapsulated PostScript File:          Intermediate PostScript file.
+* errors while using TeXdraw:            Errors while using TeXdraw.
+* example, arrow curve:                  Arrow curve.
+* example, block diagram:                Examples.
+* example, circle and ellipse:           Geometric construction.
+* example, graph:                        Filter response graph.
+* fill operations, interaction with drawing segments: Drawing paths.
+* filled circles:                        Circles and arcs.
+* filling regions <1>:                   PostScript Commands.
+* filling regions:                       Fill commands.
+* graphics package <1>:                  PostScript printer drivers.
+* graphics package <2>:                  Accessing TeXdraw.
+* graphics package <3>:                  How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
+* graphics package:                      Introduction.
+* graphics placement:                    How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
+* gray levels for lines:                 Line vectors.
+* implementation:                        Extending TeXdraw.
+* initial current position:              Initial current position.
+* invoking TeXdraw <1>:                  Accessing TeXdraw.
+* invoking TeXdraw:                      Using TeXdraw with LaTeX.
+* LaTeX <1>:                             Accessing TeXdraw.
+* LaTeX <2>:                             Using TeXdraw with LaTeX.
+* LaTeX:                                 Introduction.
+* length of a vector:                    Coordinate parsing.
+* line cap:                              PostScript Commands.
+* line join:                             PostScript Commands.
+* line width:                            Line vectors.
+* lines <1>:                             PostScript Commands.
+* lines:                                 Line vectors.
+* listing of commands:                   Command Listing.
+* moves <1>:                             Line vectors.
+* moves:                                 PostScript Commands.
+* oztex printer driver:                  PostScript printer drivers.
+* painting regions:                      Fill commands.
+* paths <1>:                             PostScript Commands.
+* paths <2>:                             Drawing paths.
+* paths:                                 Fill commands.
+* pctexps printer driver:                PostScript printer drivers.
+* pctexwin printer driver:               PostScript printer drivers.
+* placement of graphics and text:        How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
+* plain TeX:                             Accessing TeXdraw.
+* position specification:                Coordinate specification.
+* positions, saving:                     Saving positions.
+* PostScript commands:                   PostScript Commands.
+* PostScript printer drivers <1>:        PostScript printer drivers.
+* PostScript printer drivers:            How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
+* printer drivers <1>:                   PostScript printer drivers.
+* printer drivers:                       How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
+* problems while using TeXdraw:          Errors while using TeXdraw.
+* psprint driver:                        PostScript printer drivers.
+* relative positioning:                  Line vectors.
+* relative scaling:                      Scaling coordinates.
+* resolution:                            Resolution.
+* rotated text <1>:                      PostScript printer drivers.
+* rotated text <2>:                      TeX text.
+* rotated text <3>:                      Text placement.
+* rotated text:                          How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
+* saving positions:                      Saving positions.
+* scaling:                               Scaling.
+* scaling coordinates:                   Scaling coordinates.
+* segment scale:                         Scaling coordinates.
+* segments:                              Drawing segments.
+* sine of a vector direction:            Coordinate parsing.
+* size of the drawing:                   Drawing size.
+* stroking lines <1>:                    PostScript Commands.
+* stroking lines:                        Drawing paths.
+* symbolic coordinate:                   Saving positions.
+* syntax of commands:                    Command syntax.
+* texdraw package <1>:                   How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
+* texdraw package <2>:                   Using TeXdraw with LaTeX.
+* texdraw package:                       Accessing TeXdraw.
+* text commands:                         TeX text.
+* text placement:                        How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
+* text rotation <1>:                     How TeXdraw merges graphics and text.
+* text rotation <2>:                     TeX text.
+* text rotation <3>:                     PostScript printer drivers.
+* text rotation:                         Text placement.
+* textures printer driver:               PostScript printer drivers.
+* unit scale:                            Scaling coordinates.
+* vectors:                               Line vectors.
+* vertical text:                         TeX text.
+* width of lines:                        Line vectors.
+* xdvi driver:                           PostScript printer drivers.
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top606
+Node: Introduction2013
+Node: Distribution4007
+Node: TeXdraw Commands4442
+Node: Accessing TeXdraw5051
+Ref: Accessing TeXdraw-Footnote-19799
+Node: Command syntax9962
+Node: TeXdraw coordinates11150
+Node: Coordinate specification12511
+Node: Line vectors13706
+Node: TeX text19481
+Node: Circles and arcs23795
+Node: Bezier curves27792
+Node: Fill commands29776
+Node: Drawing Segments and Scaling32306
+Node: Drawing segments32733
+Node: Drawing paths33823
+Node: Saving positions35437
+Node: Scaling coordinates38329
+Node: Drawing size41305
+Node: Initial current position43113
+Node: Using TeXdraw with LaTeX43900
+Node: PostScript printer drivers45369
+Node: More Details46494
+Node: Errors while using TeXdraw46989
+Node: Extending TeXdraw49297
+Node: Scaling50855
+Node: Resolution51784
+Node: Text placement53471
+Node: Intermediate PostScript file54531
+Node: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text56274
+Ref: How TeXdraw merges graphics and text-Footnote-157642
+Node: PostScript Commands57699
+Node: TeXdraw Toolbox62660
+Node: Coordinate parsing63200
+Node: Real arithmetic65352
+Node: Arrow curve66151
+Node: Examples70212
+Node: Block diagram70459
+Node: Filter response graph77224
+Node: Geometric construction78912
+Node: Command Listing81197
+Node: Command Index92653
+Node: Concept Index96690
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/web2c.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/web2c.info
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1e5bf0428d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/web2c.info
@@ -0,0 +1,4515 @@
+This is ../../../../texk/web2c/doc/web2c.info, produced by makeinfo
+version 4.13 from ../../../../texk/web2c/doc/web2c.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Web2c: (web2c).               TeX, Metafont, and companion programs.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Individual utilities
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* bibtex: (web2c)bibtex invocation.             Maintaining bibliographies.
+* dvicopy: (web2c)dvicopy invocation.           Virtual font expansion
+* dvitomp: (web2c)dvitomp invocation.           DVI to MPX (MetaPost pictures).
+* dvitype: (web2c)dvitype invocation.           DVI to human-readable text.
+* gftodvi: (web2c)gftodvi invocation.           Generic font proofsheets.
+* gftopk: (web2c)gftopk invocation.             Generic to packed fonts.
+* gftype: (web2c)gftype invocation.             GF to human-readable text.
+* mf: (web2c)mf invocation.                     Creating typeface families.
+* mft: (web2c)mft invocation.                   Prettyprinting Metafont source.
+* mltex: (web2c)MLTeX.                          Multi-lingual TeX.
+* mpost: (web2c)mpost invocation.               Creating technical diagrams.
+* patgen: (web2c)patgen invocation.             Creating hyphenation patterns.
+* pktogf: (web2c)pktogf invocation.             Packed to generic fonts.
+* pktype: (web2c)pktype invocation.             PK to human-readable text.
+* pltotf: (web2c)pltotf invocation.             Property list to TFM.
+* pooltype: (web2c)pooltype invocation.         Display WEB pool files.
+* tangle: (web2c)tangle invocation.             WEB to Pascal.
+* tex: (web2c)tex invocation.                   Typesetting.
+* tftopl: (web2c)tftopl invocation.             TFM -> property list.
+* vftovp: (web2c)vftovp invocation.             Virtual font -> virtual pl.
+* vptovf: (web2c)vptovf invocation.             Virtual pl -> virtual font.
+* weave: (web2c)weave invocation.               WEB to TeX.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+   This file documents the installation and use of the programs in
+Web2c, an implementation of Donald Knuth's TeX system.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+2005, 2007, 2008, 2009 Karl Berry & Olaf Weber.
+
+   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
+this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
+manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
+versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
+translation
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Introduction,  Up: (dir)
+
+Web2c
+*****
+
+This document describes how to install and use the programs in the Web2c
+implementation of the TeX system, especially for Unix systems.  It
+corresponds to Web2c version 2012, released in May 2012.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction::                A brief introduction.
+* Installation::                How to compile and install Web2c.
+* Commonalities::               Option syntax, standard options, memory dumps.
+* TeX::                         Typesetting.
+* Metafont::                    Typeface design.
+* MetaPost::                    Technical illustrations.
+* BibTeX::                      Reusable bibliographies.
+* WEB::                         Literate programming.
+* DVI utilities::               DVI expansion.
+* Font utilities::              Font format conversion.
+* Legalisms::                   Blah blah blah.
+* References::                  Books and such.
+* Index::                       General index.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Introduction,  Next: Installation,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+1 Introduction
+**************
+
+This manual corresponds to version 2012 of Web2c, released in May 2012.
+
+   "Web2c" is the name of a TeX implementation, originally for Unix,
+but now also running under DOS, Amiga, and other operating systems. By
+"TeX implementation", we mean all of the standard programs developed by
+the Stanford TeX project directed by Donald E. Knuth: Metafont,
+DVItype, GFtoDVI, BibTeX, Tangle, etc., as well as TeX itself. Other
+programs are also included: DVIcopy, written by Peter Breitenlohner,
+MetaPost and its utilities (derived from Metafont), by John Hobby, etc.
+
+   General strategy: Web2c works, as its name implies, by translating
+the WEB source in which TeX is written into C source code. Its output is
+not self-contained, however; it makes extensive use of many macros and
+functions in a library (the `web2c/lib' directory in the sources).
+Therefore, it will not work without change on an arbitrary WEB program.
+
+   Availability: All of Web2c is freely available--"free" both in the
+sense of no cost (free ice cream) and of having the source code to
+modify and/or redistribute (free speech).  *Note unixtex.ftp:
+(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp, for the practical details of how to obtain Web2c.
+
+   Different parts of the Web2c distribution have different licensing
+terms, however, reflecting the different circumstances of their
+creation; consult each source file for exact details.  The main
+practical implication for redistributors of Web2c is that the
+executables are covered by the GNU General Public License, and
+therefore anyone who gets a binary distribution must also get the
+sources, as explained by the terms of the GPL (*note Copying:
+(kpathsea)Copying.). The GPL covers the Web2c executables, including
+`tex', because the Free Software Foundation sponsored the initial
+development of the Kpathsea library that Web2c uses.  The basic source
+files from Stanford, however, have their own copyright terms or are in
+the public domain, and are not covered by the GPL.
+
+   History: Tomas Rokicki originated the TeX-to-C system in 1987,
+working from the first change files for TeX under Unix, which were done
+primarily by Howard Trickey and Pavel Curtis. Tim Morgan then took over
+development and maintenance for a number of years; the name changed to
+Web-to-C somewhere in there.  In 1990, Karl Berry became the
+maintainer.  He made many changes to the original sources, and started
+using the shorter name Web2c.  In 1997, Olaf Weber took over.  Dozens of
+other people have contributed; their names are listed in the
+`ChangeLog' files.
+
+   Other acknowledgements: The University of Massachusetts at Boston
+(particularly Rick Martin and Bob Morris) provided computers and ftp
+access to me for many years.  Richard Stallman at the Free Software
+Foundation employed me while I wrote the original path searching library
+(for the GNU font utilities).  (rms also gave us Emacs, GDB, and GCC,
+without which I cannot imagine developing Web2c.)  And, of course, TeX
+would not exist in the first place without Donald E. Knuth.
+
+   Further reading: *Note References::.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Installation,  Next: Commonalities,  Prev: Introduction,  Up: Top
+
+2 Installation
+**************
+
+(A copy of this chapter is in the distribution file `web2c/INSTALL'.)
+
+Installing Web2c is mostly the same as installing any other
+Kpathsea-using program.  Therefore, for the basic steps involved, see
+*note Installation: (kpathsea)Installation.  (A copy is in the file
+`kpathsea/INSTALL'.)
+
+   One peculiarity to Web2c is that the source distribution comes in two
+files: `web.tar.gz' and `web2c.tar.gz'.  You must retrieve and unpack
+them both.  (We have two because the former archive contains the very
+large and seldom-changing original WEB source files.)  *Note
+unixtex.ftp: (kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.
+
+   Another peculiarity is the MetaPost program.  Although it has been
+installed previously as `mp', as of Web2c 7.0 the installed name is now
+`mpost', to avoid conflict with the `mp' program that does
+prettyprinting.  This approach was recommended by the MetaPost author,
+John Hobby.  If you as the TeX administrator wish to make it available
+under its shorter name as well, you will have to set up a link or some
+such yourself.  And of course individual users can do the same.
+
+   For solutions to common installation problems and information on how
+to report a bug, see the file `kpathsea/BUGS' (*note Bugs:
+(kpathsea)Bugs.).  See also the Web2c home page,
+`http://www.tug.org/web2c'.
+
+   Points worth repeating:
+
+   * Before starting the standard compilation and installation you must
+     install the basic fonts, macros, and other library files.  *Note
+     Installation: (kpathsea)Installation.
+
+   * If you do not wish to use the standard file locations, see *note
+     Changing search paths: (kpathsea)Changing search paths.
+
+   * Some Web2c features are enabled or disabled at `configure' time,
+     as described in the first section below.
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* configure options::           Especially --with and --enable.
+* Compile-time options::        Unusual -D's.
+* Additional targets::		Breaking down the task.
+* Triptrap::                    Running the torture tests.
+* Runtime options::             Array sizes and the like.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: configure options,  Next: Compile-time options,  Up: Installation
+
+2.1 `configure' options
+=======================
+
+This section gives pointers to descriptions of the `--with' and
+`--enable' `configure' arguments that Web2c accepts.  Some are specific
+to Web2c, others are generic to all Kpathsea-using programs.
+
+   For a list of all the options `configure' accepts, run `configure
+--help'.  The generic options are listed first, and the
+package-specific options come last.
+
+   For a description of the generic options (which mainly allow you to
+specify installation directories) and basic `configure' usage, see
+*note Running `configure' scripts: (autoconf)Invoking configure, a copy
+is in the file `kpathsea/CONFIGURE'.
+
+`--disable-dump-share'
+     Do not make fmt/base/mem files sharable across different endian
+     architectures.  *Note Hardware and memory dumps::.
+
+`--without-maketexmf-default'
+`--without-maketexpk-default'
+`--without-maketextfm-default'
+`--with-maketextex-default'
+     Enable or disable the dynamic generation programs.  *Note mktex
+     configuration: (kpathsea)mktex configuration.  The defaults are
+     the inverse of the options, i.e., everything is enabled except
+     `mktextex'.
+
+`--enable-shared'
+     Build Kpathsea as a shared library.  *Note Shared library:
+     (kpathsea)Shared library.
+
+`--with-editor=CMD'
+     Change the default editor invoked by the `e' interactive command.
+     *Note Editor invocation::.
+
+`--with-epsfwin'
+`--with-hp2627win'
+`--with-mftalkwin'
+`--with-nextwin'
+`--with-regiswin'
+`--with-suntoolswin'
+`--with-tektronixwin'
+`--with-unitermwin'
+`--with-x'
+`--with-x-toolkit=KIT'
+`--with-x11win'
+`--with-x11'
+     Define Metafont graphics support; by default, no graphics support
+     is enabled.  *Note Online Metafont graphics::.
+
+`--x-includes=DIR'
+`--x-libraries=DIR'
+     Define the locations of the X11 include files and libraries; by
+     default, `configure' does its best to guess).  *Note Optional
+     Features: (autoconf)Optional Features.  A copy is in
+     `kpathsea/CONFIGURE'.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Compile-time options,  Next: Additional targets,  Prev: configure options,  Up: Installation
+
+2.2 Compile-time options
+========================
+
+In addition to the `configure' options listed in the previous section,
+there are a few things that can be affected at compile-time with C
+definitions, rather than with `configure'.  Using any of these is
+unusual.
+
+   To specify extra compiler flags (`-DNAME' in this case), the
+simplest thing to do is:
+     make XCFLAGS="CCOPTIONS"
+   You can also set the `CFLAGS' environment variable before running
+`configure'.  *Note configure environment: (kpathsea)configure
+environment.
+
+   Anyway, here are the possibilities:
+
+`-DFIXPT'
+`-DNO_MF_ASM'
+     Use the original WEB fixed-point routines for Metafont and MetaPost
+     arithmetic calculations regarding fractions.  By default,
+     assembly-language routines are used on x86 hardware with GNU C
+     (unless `NO_MF_ASM' is defined), and floating-point routines are
+     used otherwise.
+
+`-DIPC_DEBUG'
+     Report on various interprocess communication activities.  *Note
+     IPC and TeX: IPC and TeX.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Additional targets,  Next: Triptrap,  Prev: Compile-time options,  Up: Installation
+
+2.3 Additional targets
+======================
+
+Web2c has several Make targets besides the standard ones.  You can
+invoke these either in the top level directory of the source
+distribution (the one containing `kpathsea/' and `web2c/'), or in the
+`web2c/' directory.
+
+`c-sources'
+     Make only the C files, translated from the Web sources, presumably
+     because you want to take them to a non-Unix machine.
+
+`formats'
+`install-formats'
+     Make or install all the memory dumps (*note Memory dumps::).  By
+     default, the standard plain formats plus `latex.fmt' are made.  You
+     can add other formats by redefining the `fmts', `bases', and
+     `mems' variables.  See the top of `web2c/Makefile' for the
+     possibilities.
+
+`fmts'
+`install-fmts'
+     Make or install the TeX `.fmt' files. *Note Initial TeX::.
+
+`bases'
+`install-bases'
+     Make or install the Metafont `.base' files.  *Note Initial
+     Metafont::.
+
+`mems'
+`install-mems'
+     Make or install the MetaPost `.mem' files.  *Note Initial
+     MetaPost::.
+
+`triptrap'
+`trip'
+`trap'
+`mptrap'
+     To run the torture tests for TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost
+     (respectively).  See the next section.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Triptrap,  Next: Runtime options,  Prev: Additional targets,  Up: Installation
+
+2.4 Trip, trap, and mptrap: Torture tests
+=========================================
+
+To validate your TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost executables, run `make
+triptrap'.  This runs the trip, trap, and mptrap "torture tests".  See
+the files `triptrap/tripman.tex', `triptrap/trapman.tex', and
+`triptrap/mptrap.readme' for detailed information and background on the
+tests.
+
+   The differences between your executables' behavior and the standard
+values will show up on your terminal.  The usual differences (these are
+all acceptable) are:
+
+   * string usage and table sizes;
+
+   * glue set ratios;
+
+   * `down4', `right4', and `y4' commands in DVItype output;
+
+   * dates and times.
+
+Any other differences are trouble. The most common culprit in the past
+has been compiler bugs, especially when optimizing.  *Note TeX or
+Metafont failing: (kpathsea)TeX or Metafont failing.
+
+   The files `trip.diffs', `mftrap.diffs', and `mptrap.diffs' in the
+`triptrap' directory show the standard diffs against the original
+output.  If you diff your diffs against these files, you should come up
+clean.  For example
+     make trip >&mytrip.diffs
+     diff triptrap/trip.diffs mytrip.diffs
+
+   To run the tests separately, use the targets `trip', `trap', and
+`mptrap'.
+
+   To run simple tests for all the programs as well as the torture
+tests, run `make check'.  You can compare the output to the distributed
+file `tests/check.log' if you like.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Runtime options,  Prev: Triptrap,  Up: Installation
+
+2.5 Runtime options
+===================
+
+Besides the configure- and compile-time options described in the
+previous sections, you can control a number of parameters (in
+particular, array sizes) in the `texmf.cnf' runtime file read by
+Kpathsea (*note Config files: (kpathsea)Config files.).
+
+   Rather than exhaustively listing them here, please see the last
+section of the distributed `kpathsea/texmf.cnf'.  Some of the more
+interesting values:
+
+`main_memory'
+     Total words of memory available, for TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost.
+     Must remake the format file after changing.
+
+`extra_mem_bot'
+     Extra space for "large" TeX data structures: boxes, glue,
+     breakpoints, et al.  If you use PiCTeX, you may well want to set
+     this.
+
+`font_mem_size'
+     Words of font info available for TeX; this is approximately the
+     total size of all TFM files read.
+
+`hash_extra'
+     Additional space for the hash table of control sequence names.
+     Approximately 10,000 control sequences can be stored in the main
+     hash table; if you have a large book with numerous
+     cross-references, this might not be enough, and thus you will want
+     to set `hash_extra'.
+
+
+   Of course, ideally all arrays would be dynamically expanded as
+necessary, so the only limiting factor would be the amount of swap space
+available.  Unfortunately, implementing this is extremely difficult, as
+the fixed size of arrays is assumed in many places throughout the source
+code.  These runtime limits are a practical compromise between the
+compile-time limits in previous versions, and truly dynamic arrays.  (On
+the other hand, the Web2c BibTeX implementation does do dynamic
+reallocation of some arrays.)
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Commonalities,  Next: TeX,  Prev: Installation,  Up: Top
+
+3 Commonalities
+***************
+
+Many aspects of the TeX system are the same among more than one
+program, so we describe all those pieces together, here.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Option conventions::   -- or -, = or ` ' for values.
+* Common options::       --help --version --verbose, and TeX/MF/MP options.
+* Path searching::       Features of the common path searching library.
+* Output file location:: TEXMFOUTPUT allows output in places other than `.'.
+* Three programs::       TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost have a lot in common.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Option conventions,  Next: Common options,  Up: Commonalities
+
+3.1 Option conventions
+======================
+
+To provide a clean and consistent behavior, we chose to have all these
+programs use the GNU function `getopt_long_only' to parse command
+lines.  However, we do use in a restricted mode, where all the options
+have to come before the rest of the arguments.
+
+   As a result, you can:
+   * use `-' or `--' to start an option name;
+
+   * use any unambiguous abbreviation for an option name;
+
+   * separate option names and values with either `=' or one or more
+     spaces;
+
+   * use filenames that would otherwise look like options by putting
+     them after an option `--'.
+
+   By convention, non-option arguments, if specified, generally define
+the name of an input file, as documented for each program.
+
+   If a particular option with a value is given more than once, it is
+the last value that counts.
+
+   For example, the following command line specifies the options `foo',
+`bar', and `verbose'; gives the value `baz' to the `abc' option, and
+the value `xyz' to the `quux' option; and specifies the filename
+`-myfile-'.
+
+     -foo --bar -verb -abc=baz -quux karl --quux xyz -- -myfile-
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Common options,  Next: Path searching,  Prev: Option conventions,  Up: Commonalities
+
+3.2 Common options
+==================
+
+All of these programs accept the standard GNU `--help' and `--version'
+options, and several programs accept `--verbose'.  Rather than writing
+identical descriptions for every program, they are described here.
+
+`--help'
+     Print a usage message listing basic usage and all available
+     options to standard output, then exit successfully.
+
+`--verbose'
+     Print progress reports to standard output.
+
+`--version'
+     Print the version number to standard output, then exit
+     successfully.
+
+   TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost have a number of additional options in
+common:
+
+`-file-line-error'
+`-no-file-line-error'
+     Change (or do not change) the way error messages are printed. The
+     alternate style looks like error messages from many compilers and
+     is easier to parse for some editors that invoke TeX.  This option
+     used to be called `-file-line-error-style'.
+
+`-fmt=DUMPNAME'
+`-base=DUMPNAME'
+`-mem=DUMPNAME'
+     Use DUMPNAME instead of the program name or a `%&' line to
+     determine the name of the memory dump file read (`fmt' for TeX,
+     `base' for Metafont, `mem' for MetaPost).  *Note Memory dumps::.
+     Also sets the program name to DUMPNAME if no `-progname' option
+     was given.
+
+`-halt-on-error'
+     Stop processing and exit when an error occurs, as opposed to the
+     normal process of trying to recover and continue.
+
+`-ini'
+     Enable the "initial" form of the program (*note Initial and
+     virgin::).  This is implicitly set if the program name is `initex'
+     resp. `inimf'.
+
+`-interaction=STRING'
+     Set the interaction mode from the command line.  The STRING must
+     be one of `batchmode', `nonstopmode', `scrollmode', or
+     `errorstopmode'.
+
+`-jobname=STRING'
+     Set the job name to STRING, instead of deriving it from the name
+     of the input file.
+
+`-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER'
+     Set path searching debugging flags according to the bits of NUMBER
+     (*note Debugging: (kpathsea)Debugging.).  You can also specify
+     this in `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' environment variable (for all Web2c
+     programs).  (The command line value overrides.)  The most useful
+     value is `-1', to get all available output.
+
+`-output-directory=DIRNAME'
+     Specify the directory DIRNAME to which output files are written.
+     Also look for input files in DIRNAME first, before looking along
+     the normal search path.  *Note Output file location::.
+
+`-parse-first-line'
+`-no-parse-first-line'
+     Check or disable checking whether the first line of the main input
+     file starts with `%&', and parse it if it does.  This line can be
+     used specify the format and/or a TCX file.
+
+`-progname=STRING'
+     Set program (and memory dump) name to STRING.  This may affect the
+     search paths and other values used (*note Config files:
+     (kpathsea)Config files.).  Using this option is equivalent to
+     making a link named STRING to the binary and then invoking the
+     binary under that name.  *Note Memory dumps::.
+
+`-recorder'
+     Enable the filename recorder.  This makes the program save a list
+     of the opened files into a file with (by default) extension
+     `.fls'.  For Aleph, this option is always on, and the file has
+     extension `.ofl'.
+
+     Ordinarily, the `.fls' file is written to the same location as the
+     `.log' file, for example, respecting `-output-directory' if it is
+     given (*note Output file location::).  However, if TeX processing
+     is done on the command line (or in response to the `**' prompt),
+     the `.fls' might be written to the current directory, or include
+     an integer (the current pid), as in `texput1234.fls'.  You can use
+     `-jobname' to explicitly set the basename.
+
+`-translate-file=TCXFILE'
+     Use TCXFILE to define which characters are printable and
+     translations between the internal and external character sets.
+     Moreover, TCXFILE can be explicitly declared in  the first line of
+     the main input file `%& -translate-file=TCXFILE'.  This is the
+     recommended method for portability reasons.  *Note TCX files::.
+
+`-8bit'
+     This option specifies that by default all characters should be
+     considered printable.  If `-translate-file' was given as well,
+     then the TCX file may mark characters as non-printable.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Path searching,  Next: Output file location,  Prev: Common options,  Up: Commonalities
+
+3.3 Path searching
+==================
+
+All of the Web2c programs, including TeX, which do path searching use
+the Kpathsea routines to do so.  The precise names of the environment
+and configuration file variables which get searched for particular file
+formatted are therefore documented in the Kpathsea manual (*note
+Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.).  Reading
+`texmf.cnf' (*note Config files: (kpathsea)Config files.), invoking
+`mktex...' scripts (*note mktex scripts: (kpathsea)mktex scripts.), and
+so on are all handled by Kpathsea.
+
+   The programs which read fonts make use of another Kpathsea feature:
+`texfonts.map', which allows arbitrary aliases for the actual names of
+font files; for example, `Times-Roman' for `ptmr8r.tfm'.  The
+distributed (and installed by default) `texfonts.map' includes aliases
+for many widely available PostScript fonts by their PostScript names.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Output file location,  Next: Three programs,  Prev: Path searching,  Up: Commonalities
+
+3.4 Output file location
+========================
+
+All the programs generally follow the usual convention for output files.
+Namely, they are placed in the directory current when the program is
+run, regardless of any input file location; or, in a few cases, output
+is to standard output.
+
+   For example, if you run `tex /tmp/foo', for example, the output will
+be in `./foo.dvi' and `./foo.log', not `/tmp/foo.dvi' and
+`/tmp/foo.log'.
+
+   You can use the `-output-directory' option to cause all output files
+that would normally be written in the current directory to be written
+in the specified directory instead.  *Note Common options::.
+
+   If the current directory is not writable, and `-output-directory' is
+not specified, the main programs (TeX, Metafont, MetaPost, and BibTeX)
+make an exception: if the config file or environment variable value
+`TEXMFOUTPUT' is set (it is not by default), output files are written
+to the directory specified.
+
+   `TEXMFOUTPUT' is also checked for input files, as TeX often
+generates files that need to be subsequently read; for input, no
+suffixes (such as `.tex') are added by default and no exhaustive path
+searching is done, the input name is simply checked as given.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Three programs,  Prev: Output file location,  Up: Commonalities
+
+3.5 Three programs: Metafont, MetaPost, and TeX
+===============================================
+
+TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost have a number of features in common.
+Besides the ones here, the common command-line options are described in
+the previous section.  The configuration file options that let you
+control some array sizes and other features are described in *note
+Runtime options::.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Initial and virgin::          Making memory dumps vs. production runs.
+* Memory dumps::                .fmt/.base files for fast startup.
+* Editor invocation::           The `e' response at errors.
+* \input filenames::            ~ and $ expansion in TeX/MF/MP.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Initial and virgin,  Next: Memory dumps,  Up: Three programs
+
+3.5.1 Initial and virgin
+------------------------
+
+The TeX and Metafont programs each have two main variants, called
+"initial" and "virgin".  MetaPost no longer makes this distinction.
+
+   The initial form is enabled if:
+  1. the `-ini' option was specified; or
+
+  2. the program name is `initex' resp. `inimf'; or
+
+  3. the first line of the main input file is `%&ini';
+        otherwise, the virgin form is used.
+
+   The "virgin" form is the one generally invoked for production use.
+The first thing it does is read a memory dump (*note Determining the
+memory dump to use::), and then proceeds on with the main job.
+
+   The "initial" form is generally used only to create memory dumps
+(see the next section).  It starts up more slowly than the virgin form,
+because it must do lengthy initializations that are encapsulated in the
+memory dump file.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Memory dumps,  Next: Editor invocation,  Prev: Initial and virgin,  Up: Three programs
+
+3.5.2 Memory dumps
+------------------
+
+In typical use, TeX and Metafont require a large number of macros to be
+predefined; therefore, they support "memory dump" files, which can be
+read much more efficiently than ordinary source code.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Creating memory dumps::
+* Determining the memory dump to use::
+* Hardware and memory dumps::
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Creating memory dumps,  Next: Determining the memory dump to use,  Up: Memory dumps
+
+3.5.2.1 Creating memory dumps
+.............................
+
+The programs all create memory dumps in slightly idiosyncratic (thought
+substantially similar) way, so we describe the details in separate
+sections (references below).  The basic idea is to run the initial
+version of the program (*note Initial and virgin::), read the source
+file to define the macros, and then execute the `\dump' primitive.
+
+   Also, each program uses a different filename extension for its memory
+dumps, since although they are completely analogous they are not
+interchangeable (TeX cannot read a Metafont memory dump, for example).
+
+   Here is a list of filename extensions with references to examples of
+creating memory dumps:
+
+TeX
+     (`.fmt') *Note Initial TeX: Initial TeX.
+
+Metafont
+     (`.base') *Note Initial Metafont::.
+
+   When making memory dumps, the programs read environment variables and
+configuration files for path searching and other values as usual.  If
+you are making a new installation and have environment variables
+pointing to an old one, for example, you will probably run into
+difficulties.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Determining the memory dump to use,  Next: Hardware and memory dumps,  Prev: Creating memory dumps,  Up: Memory dumps
+
+3.5.2.2 Determining the memory dump to use
+..........................................
+
+The virgin form (*note Initial and virgin::) of each program always
+reads a memory dump before processing normal source input.  All three
+programs determine the memory dump to use in the same way:
+
+  1. If the first non-option command-line argument begins with `&', the
+     program uses the remainder of that argument as the memory dump
+     name.  For example, running `tex \&super' reads `super.fmt'.  (The
+     backslash protects the `&' against interpretation by the shell.)
+
+  2. If the `-fmt' resp. `-base' option is specified, its value is used.
+
+  3. If the `-progname' option is specified, its value is used.
+
+  4. If the first line of the main input file (which must be specified
+     on the command line, not in response to `**') is `%&DUMP', and
+     DUMP is an existing memory dump of the appropriate type, DUMP is
+     used.
+
+     The first line of the main input file can also specify which
+     character translation file is to be used:
+     `%&-translate-file=TCXFILE' (*note TCX files::).
+
+     These two roles can be combined: `%&DUMP -translate-file=TCXFILE'.
+     If this is done, the name of the dump must be given first.
+
+  5. Otherwise, the program uses the program invocation name, most
+     commonly `tex' resp. `mf'.  For example, if `latex' is a link to
+     `tex', and the user runs `latex foo', `latex.fmt' will be used.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Hardware and memory dumps,  Prev: Determining the memory dump to use,  Up: Memory dumps
+
+3.5.2.3 Hardware and memory dumps
+.................................
+
+By default, memory dump files are generally sharable between
+architectures of different types; specifically, on machines of different
+endianness (*note Byte order: (libc)Byte order.).  (This is a feature
+of the Web2c implementation, and is not true of all TeX
+implementations.)  If you specify `--disable-dump-share' to
+`configure', however, memory dumps will be endian-dependent.
+
+   The reason to do this is speed.  To achieve endian-independence, the
+reading of memory dumps on LittleEndian architectures, such as PC's and
+DEC architectures, is somewhat slowed (all the multibyte values have to
+be swapped).  Usually, this is not noticeable, and the advantage of
+being able to share memory dumps across all platforms at a site far
+outweighs the speed loss.  But if you're installing Web2c for use on
+LittleEndian machines only, perhaps on a PC being used only by you, you
+may wish to get maximum speed.
+
+   TeXnically, even without `--disable-dump-share', sharing of `.fmt'
+files cannot be guaranteed to work.  Floating-point values are always
+written in native format, and hence will generally not be readable
+across platforms.  Fortunately, TeX uses floating point only to
+represent glue ratios, and all common formats (plain, LaTeX, AMSTeX,
+...) do not do any glue setting at `.fmt'-creation time.  Metafont does
+not use floating point in any dumped value at all.
+
+   Incidentally, different memory dump files will never compare equal
+byte-for-byte, because the program always dumps the current date and
+time. So don't be alarmed by just a few bytes difference.
+
+   If you don't know what endianness your machine is, and you're
+curious, here is a little C program to tell you. (The `configure' script
+contains a similar program.)  This is from the book `C: A Reference
+Manual', by Samuel P. Harbison and Guy L. Steele Jr. (*note
+References::).
+
+     main ()
+     {
+       /* Are we little or big endian?  From Harbison&Steele.  */
+       union
+       {
+         long l;
+         char c[sizeof (long)];
+       } u;
+       u.l = 1;
+       if (u.c[0] == 1)
+         printf ("LittleEndian\n");
+       else if (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1)
+         printf ("BigEndian\n");
+       else
+         printf ("unknownEndian");
+
+       exit (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1);
+     }
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Editor invocation,  Next: \input filenames,  Prev: Memory dumps,  Up: Three programs
+
+3.5.3 Editor invocation
+-----------------------
+
+TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost all (by default) stop and ask for user
+intervention at an error.  If the input came from a file, and the user
+responds with `e' or `E', the program invokes an editor.
+
+   Specifying `--with-editor=CMD' to `configure' sets the default
+editor command string to CMD.  The environment variables/configuration
+values `TEXEDIT', `MFEDIT', and `MPEDIT' (respectively) override this.
+If `--with-editor' is not specified, the default is `vi +%d %s' on
+Unix, and an invocation of the TeXworks editor on Windows.  (See
+`texmf.cnf' for the precise values.)
+
+   In this string, `%d' is replaced by the line number of the error,
+and `%s' is replaced by the name of the current input file.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: \input filenames,  Prev: Editor invocation,  Up: Three programs
+
+3.5.4 `\input' filenames
+------------------------
+
+TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost source programs can all read other source
+files with the `\input' (TeX) and `input' (MF and MP) primitives:
+     \input NAME % in TeX
+
+   The file NAME can always be terminated with whitespace; for Metafont
+and MetaPost, the statement terminator `;' also works.  (LaTeX and
+other macro packages provide other interfaces to `\input' that allow
+different notation; here we are concerned only with the primitive
+operation.)
+
+   As of Web2c version 7.5.3, double-quote characters can be used to
+include spaces or other special cases.  In typical use, the `"'
+characters surround the entire filename:
+     \input "filename with spaces"
+
+   Technically, the quote characters can be used inside the name, and
+can enclose any characters, as in:
+     \input filename" "with" "spaces
+
+   One more point.  In LaTeX, the quotes are needed inside the braces,
+thus
+     \input{a b}    % fails
+     \input{"a b"}  % ok
+
+   This quoting mechanism comes into play _after_ TeX has tokenized and
+expanded the input.  So, multiple spaces and tabs may be seen as a
+single space, active characters such as `~' are expanded first, and so
+on.  (See below.)
+
+   On the other hand, various C library routines and Unix itself use
+the null byte (character code zero, ASCII NUL) to terminate strings.  So
+filenames in Web2c cannot contain nulls, even though TeX itself does
+not treat NUL specially.  In addition, some older Unix variants do not
+allow eight-bit characters (codes 128-255) in filenames.
+
+   For maximal portability of your document across systems, use only the
+characters `a'-`z', `0'-`9', and `.', and restrict your filenames to at
+most eight characters (not including the extension), and at most a
+three-character extension.  Do not use anything but simple filenames,
+since directory separators vary among systems; instead, add the
+necessary directories to the appropriate search path.
+
+   Finally, the present Web2c implementation does `~' and `$' expansion
+on NAME, unlike Knuth's original implementation and older versions of
+Web2c.  Thus:
+     \input ~jsmith/$foo.bar
+   will dereference the environment variable or Kpathsea config file
+value `foo' and read that file extended with `.bar' in user `jsmith''s
+home directory.  You can also use braces, as in `${foo}bar', if you
+want to follow the variable name with a letter, numeral, or `_'.
+
+   (So another way to get a program to read a filename containing
+whitespace is to define an environment variable and dereference it.)
+
+   In all the common TeX formats (plain TeX, LaTeX, AMSTeX), the
+characters `~' and `$' have special category codes, so to actually use
+these in a document you have to change their catcodes or use `\string'.
+(The result is unportable anyway, see the suggestions above.)  The
+place where they are most likely to be useful is when typing
+interactively.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: TeX,  Next: Metafont,  Prev: Commonalities,  Up: Top
+
+4 TeX: Typesetting
+******************
+
+TeX is a typesetting system: it was especially designed to handle
+complex mathematics, as well as most ordinary text typesetting.
+
+   TeX is a batch language, like C or Pascal, and not an interactive
+"word processor": you compile a TeX input file into a corresponding
+device-independent (DVI) file (and then translate the DVI file to the
+commands for a particular output device).  This approach has both
+considerable disadvantages and considerable advantages.  For a complete
+description of the TeX language, see `The TeXbook' (*note
+References::).  Many other books on TeX, introductory and otherwise,
+are available.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* tex invocation::              Invoking TeX.
+* Initial TeX::                 Making format files.
+* Formats::                     Major TeX macro packages.
+* Languages and hyphenation::   TeX supports many human languages.
+* Shell escapes::               Running subprograms from TeX.
+* IPC and TeX::                 DVI output to a socket.
+* TeX extensions::              Changes to the TeX language.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: tex invocation,  Next: Initial TeX,  Up: TeX
+
+4.1 `tex' invocation
+====================
+
+TeX (usually invoked as `tex') formats the given text and commands, and
+outputs a corresponding device-independent representation of the
+typeset document.  This section merely describes the options available
+in the Web2c implementation.  For a complete description of the TeX
+typesetting language, see `The TeXbook' (*note References::).
+
+   TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost process the command line (described
+here) and determine their memory dump (fmt) file in the same way (*note
+Memory dumps::).  Synopses:
+
+     tex [OPTION]... [TEXNAME[.tex]] [TEX-COMMANDS]
+     tex [OPTION]... \FIRST-LINE
+     tex [OPTION]... &FMT ARGS
+
+   TeX searches the usual places for the main input file TEXNAME (*note
+Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.), extending
+TEXNAME with `.tex' if necessary.  To see all the relevant paths, set
+the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
+program.
+
+   After TEXNAME is read, TeX processes any remaining TEX-COMMANDS on
+the command line as regular TeX input.  Also, if the first non-option
+argument begins with a TeX escape character (usually `\'), TeX
+processes all non-option command-line arguments as a line of regular
+TeX input.
+
+   If no arguments or options are specified, TeX prompts for an input
+file name with `**'.
+
+   TeX writes the main DVI output to the file `BASETEXNAME.dvi', where
+BASETEXNAME is the basename of TEXNAME, or `texput' if no input file
+was specified.  A DVI file is a device-independent binary
+representation of your TeX document.  The idea is that after running
+TeX, you translate the DVI file using a separate program to the
+commands for a particular output device, such as a PostScript printer
+(*note Introduction: (dvips)Top.) or an X Window System display (see
+xdvi(1)).
+
+   TeX also reads TFM files for any fonts you load in your document with
+the `\font' primitive.  By default, it runs an external program named
+`mktextfm' to create any nonexistent TFM files.  You can disable this
+at configure-time or runtime (*note mktex configuration:
+(kpathsea)mktex configuration.).  This is enabled mostly for the sake
+of the EC fonts, which can be generated at any size.
+
+   TeX can write output files, via the `\openout' primitive; this opens
+a security hole vulnerable to Trojan horse attack: an unwitting user
+could run a TeX program that overwrites, say, `~/.rhosts'.  (MetaPost
+has a `write' primitive with similar implications).  To alleviate this
+and similar problems the functions `kpathsea_out_name_ok' and
+`kpathsea_in_name_ok' from the Kpathse library (*note Calling sequence:
+(kpathsea)Calling sequence.) are used to determine if a given filename
+is acceptable to be opened for output or input, depending on the
+setting of the configuration variables `openout_any' and `openin_any':
+`a' (for "any", the default for `openin_any'), `r' (for "restricted"),
+or `p' (for "paranoid", the default for `openout_any').
+
+   In any case, all `\openout' filenames are recorded in the log file,
+except those opened on the first line of input, which is processed when
+the log file has not yet been opened.
+
+   The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
+`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-enc'
+`-[no]-file-line-error'
+`-fmt=FMTNAME'
+`-halt-on-error'
+`-ini'
+`-interaction=STRING'
+`-ipc'
+`-ipc-start'
+`-jobname=STRING'
+`-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER'
+`-[no]parse-first-line'
+`-output-directory'
+`-progname=STRING'
+`-recorder'
+`-translate-file=TCXFILE'
+`-8bit'
+     These options are common to TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost.  *Note
+     Common options::.
+
+`-enc'
+     Enable encTeX extensions, such as `\mubyte'.  This can be used to
+     support Unicode UTF-8 input encoding.  See
+     `http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html'.
+
+`-ipc'
+`-ipc-start'
+     With either option, TeX writes its DVI output to a socket as well
+     as to the usual `.dvi' file.  With `-ipc-start', TeX also opens a
+     server program at the other end to read the output.  *Note IPC and
+     TeX: IPC and TeX.
+
+     These options are available only if the `--enable-ipc' option was
+     specified to `configure' during installation of Web2c.
+
+`-mktex=FILETYPE'
+`-no-mktex=FILETYPE'
+     Turn on or off the `mktex' script associated with FILETYPE.  For
+     TeX proper, FILETYPE can only be `tex' and `tfm', but for pdfTeX
+     and luaTeX, it can also be `pk'.
+
+`-mltex'
+     If we are `INITEX' (*note Initial and virgin::), enable MLTeX
+     extensions such as `\charsubdef'.  Implicitly set if the program
+     name is `mltex'.  *Note MLTeX: MLTeX.
+
+`-output-comment=STRING'
+     Use STRING as the DVI file comment.  Ordinarily, this comment
+     records the date and time of the TeX run, but if you are doing
+     regression testing, you may not want the DVI file to have this
+     spurious difference.  This is also taken from the environment
+     variable and config file value `output_comment'.
+
+`-shell-escape'
+`-no-shell-escape'
+`-shell-restricted'
+     Enable, or disable, or enable with restrictions the
+     `\write18{SHELL-COMMAND}' feature for external executing shell
+     commands.  *Note Shell escapes::.
+
+`-enable-write18'
+`-disable-write18'
+     Synonyms for `-shell-escape' and `-no-shell-escape', for
+     compatibility with MiKTeX.  (MiKTeX also accepts both pairs of
+     options.)  *Note Shell escapes::.
+
+`-src-specials'
+`-src-specials=STRING'
+     This option makes TeX output specific source information using
+     `\special' commands in the DVI file. These `\special' track the
+     current file name and line number.
+
+     Using the first form of this option, the `\special' commands are
+     inserted automatically.
+
+     In the second form of the option, STRING is a comma separated list
+     of the following values: `cr', `display', `hbox', `math', `par',
+     `parend', `vbox'. You can use this list to specify where you want
+     TeX to output such commands. For example, `-src-specials=cr,math'
+     will output source information every line and every math formula.
+
+     These commands  can  be used with  the  appropriate DVI viewer and
+     text editor to switch from the current position in the editor to
+     the same position in the viewer and back from the viewer to the
+     editor.
+
+     This option works by inserting `\special' commands into the token
+     stream, and thus in principle these additional tokens can be
+     recovered or seen by the tricky-enough macros.  If you run across
+     a case, let us know, because this counts as a bug.  However, such
+     bugs are very hard to fix, requiring significant changes to TeX,
+     so please don't count on it.
+
+     Redefining `\special' will not affect the functioning of this
+     option.  The commands inserted into the token stream are
+     hard-coded to always use the `\special' primitive.
+
+     TeX does not pass the trip test when this option is enabled.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Initial TeX,  Next: Formats,  Prev: tex invocation,  Up: TeX
+
+4.2 Initial TeX
+===============
+
+The "initial" form of TeX is invoked by `tex -ini'.  It does lengthy
+initializations avoided by the "virgin" (`vir') form, so as to be
+capable of dumping `.fmt' files (*note Memory dumps::).  For a detailed
+comparison of virgin and initial forms, *note Initial and virgin::.  In
+past releases, a separate program `initex' was installed to invoke the
+initial form, but this is no longer the case.
+
+   For a list of options and other information, *note tex invocation::.
+
+   Unlike Metafont and MetaPost, many format files are commonly used
+with TeX.  The standard one implementing the features described in the
+`TeXbook' is `plain.fmt', also known as `tex.fmt' (again, *note Memory
+dumps::).  It is created by default during installation, but you can
+also do so by hand if necessary (e.g., if an update to `plain.tex' is
+issued):
+     tex -ini '\input plain \dump'
+   (The quotes prevent interpretation of the backslashes from the
+shell.)  Then install the resulting `plain.fmt' in `$(fmtdir)'
+(`/usr/local/share/texmf/web2c' by default), and link `tex.fmt' to it.
+
+   The necessary invocation for generating a format file differs for
+each format, so instructions that come with the format should explain.
+The top-level `web2c' Makefile has targets for making most common
+formats: plain latex amstex texinfo eplain.  *Note Formats::, for more
+details on TeX formats.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Formats,  Next: Languages and hyphenation,  Prev: Initial TeX,  Up: TeX
+
+4.3 Formats
+===========
+
+TeX "formats" are large collections of macros, often dumped into a
+`.fmt' file (*note Memory dumps::) by `tex -ini' (*note Initial TeX::).
+A number of formats are in reasonably widespread use, and the Web2c
+Makefile has targets to make the versions current at the time of
+release.  You can change which formats are automatically built by
+setting the `fmts' Make variable; by default, only the `plain' and
+`latex' formats are made.
+
+   You can get the latest versions of most of these formats from the
+CTAN archives in subdirectories of `CTAN:/macros' (for CTAN info, *note
+unixtex.ftp: (kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).  The archive
+`ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/lib.tar.gz' (also available from CTAN) contains
+most of these formats (although perhaps not the absolute latest
+version), among other things.
+
+latex
+     The most widely used format.  The current release is named `LaTeX
+     2e'; new versions are released approximately every six months, with
+     patches issued as needed.  The old release was called `LaTeX 2.09',
+     and is no longer maintained or supported.  LaTeX attempts to
+     provide generic markup instructions, such as "emphasize", instead
+     of specific typesetting instructions, such as "use the 10pt
+     Computer Modern italic font".  The LaTeX home page:
+     `http://www.latex-project.org'.
+
+context
+     ConTeXt is an independent macro package which has a basic document
+     structuring approach similar to LaTeX.  It also supports creating
+     interactive PDF files and has integrated MetaPost support, among
+     many other interesting features.  The ConTeXt home page:
+     `http://www.pragma-ade.com'.
+
+amstex
+     The official typesetting system of the American Mathematical
+     Society.  Like LaTeX, it encourages generic markup commands.  The
+     AMS also provides many LaTeX package for authors who prefer LaTeX.
+     Taken together, they are used to produce nearly all AMS
+     publications, e.g., `Mathematical Reviews'.  The AMSTeX home page:
+     `http://www.ams.org/tex'.
+
+texinfo
+     The documentation system developed and maintained by the Free
+     Software Foundation for their software manuals.  It can be
+     automatically converted into plain text, a machine-readable
+     on-line format called `info', HTML, etc.  The Texinfo home page:
+     `http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo'.
+
+eplain
+     The "expanded plain" format provides various common features (e.g.,
+     symbolic cross-referencing, tables of contents, indexing, citations
+     using BibTeX), for those authors who prefer to handle their own
+     high-level formatting.  The Eplain home page:
+     `http://www.tug.org/eplain'.
+
+slitex
+     An obsolete LaTeX 2.09 format for making slides.  It is replaced by
+     the `slides' document class, along with the `beamer', `texpower',
+     and other packages.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Languages and hyphenation,  Next: Shell escapes,  Prev: Formats,  Up: TeX
+
+4.4 Languages and hyphenation
+=============================
+
+TeX supports most natural languages.  See also *note TeX extensions:
+TeX extensions.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* MLTeX::                Multi-lingual TeX.
+* patgen invocation::    Creating hyphenation patterns.
+* TCX files::            Support for different character sets & fonts.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: MLTeX,  Next: patgen invocation,  Up: Languages and hyphenation
+
+4.4.1 MLTeX: Multi-lingual TeX
+------------------------------
+
+Multi-lingual TeX (`mltex') is an extension of TeX originally written
+by Michael Ferguson and now updated and maintained by Bernd Raichle.
+It allows the use of non-existing glyphs in a font by declaring glyph
+substitutions.  These are restricted to substitutions of an accented
+character glyph, which need not be defined in the current font, by its
+appropriate `\accent' construction using a base and accent character
+glyph, which do have to exist in the current font.  This substitution
+is automatically done behind the scenes, if necessary, and thus MLTeX
+additionally supports hyphenation of words containing an accented
+character glyph for fonts missing this glyph (e.g., Computer Modern).
+Standard TeX suppresses hyphenation in this case.
+
+   MLTeX works at `.fmt'-creation time: the basic idea is to specify
+the `-mltex' option to TeX when you `\dump' a format.  Then, when you
+subsequently invoke TeX and read that `.fmt' file, the MLTeX features
+described below will be enabled.
+
+   Generally, you use special macro files to create an MLTeX `.fmt'
+file.
+
+   The sections below describe the two new primitives that MLTeX
+defines.  Aside from these, MLTeX is completely compatible with
+standard TeX.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* \charsubdef::                 Character substitution definitions.
+* \tracingcharsubdef::          Tracing substitutions.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: \charsubdef,  Next: \tracingcharsubdef,  Up: MLTeX
+
+4.4.1.1 `\charsubdef': Character substitutions
+..............................................
+
+The most important primitive MLTeX adds is `\charsubdef', used in a way
+reminiscent of `\chardef':
+     \charsubdef COMPOSITE [=] ACCENT BASE
+
+   Each of COMPOSITE, ACCENT, and BASE are font glyph numbers,
+expressed in the usual TeX syntax: `\e symbolically, '145 for octal,
+"65 for hex, 101 for decimal.
+
+   MLTeX's `\charsubdef' declares how to construct an accented
+character glyph (not necessarily existing in the current font) using two
+character glyphs (that do exist).  Thus it defines whether a character
+glyph code, either typed as a single character or using the `\char'
+primitive, will be mapped to a font glyph or to an `\accent' glyph
+construction.
+
+   For example, if you assume glyph code 138 (decimal) for an
+e-circumflex and you are using the Computer Modern fonts, which have
+the circumflex accent in position 18 and lowercase `e' in the usual
+ASCII position 101 decimal, you would use `\charsubdef' as follows:
+
+     \charsubdef 138 = 18 101
+
+   For the plain TeX format to make use of this substitution, you have
+to redefine the circumflex accent macro `\^' in such a way that if its
+argument is character `e' the expansion `\char138 ' is used instead of
+`\accent18 e'.  Similar `\charsubdef' declaration and macro
+redefinitions have to be done for all other accented characters.
+
+   To disable a previous `\charsubdef C', redefine C as a pair of
+zeros. For example:
+     \charsubdef '321 = 0 0  % disable N tilde
+   (Octal '321 is the ISO Latin-1 value for the Spanish N tilde.)
+
+   `\charsubdef' commands should only be given once.  Although in
+principle you can use `\charsubdef' at any time, the result is
+unspecified.  If `\charsubdef' declarations are changed, usually either
+incorrect character dimensions will be used or MLTeX will output
+missing character warnings.  (The substitution of a `\charsubdef' is
+used by TeX when appending the character node to the current horizontal
+list, to compute the width of a horizontal box when the box gets
+packed, and when building the `\accent' construction at
+`\shipout'-time.  In summary, the substitution is accessed often, so
+changing it is not desirable, nor generally useful.)
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: \tracingcharsubdef,  Prev: \charsubdef,  Up: MLTeX
+
+4.4.1.2 `\tracingcharsubdef': Substitution diagnostics
+......................................................
+
+To help diagnose problems with `\charsubdef', MLTeX provides a new
+primitive parameter, `\tracingcharsubdef'.  If positive, every use of
+`\charsubdef' will be reported.  This can help track down when a
+character is redefined.
+
+   In addition, if the TeX parameter `\tracinglostchars' is 100 or
+more, the character substitutions actually performed at `\shipout'-time
+will be recorded.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: TCX files,  Prev: patgen invocation,  Up: Languages and hyphenation
+
+4.4.2 TCX files: Character translations
+---------------------------------------
+
+TCX (TeX character translation) files help TeX support direct input of
+8-bit international characters if fonts containing those characters are
+being used.  Specifically, they map an input (keyboard) character code
+to the internal TeX character code (a superset of ASCII).
+
+   Of the various proposals for handling more than one input encoding,
+TCX files were chosen because they follow Knuth's original ideas for
+the use of the `xchr' and `xord' tables.  He ventured that these would
+be changed in the WEB source in order to adjust the actual version to a
+given environment.  It turns out, however, that recompiling the WEB
+sources is not as simple a task as Knuth may have imagined; therefore,
+TCX files, providing the possibility of changing of the conversion
+tables on on-the-fly, have been implemented instead.
+
+   This approach limits the portability of TeX documents, as some
+implementations do not support it (or use a different method for
+input-internal reencoding).  It may also be problematic to determine
+the encoding to use for a TeX document of unknown provenance; in the
+worst case, failure to do so correctly may result in subtle errors in
+the typeset output.  But we feel the benefits outweigh these
+disadvantages.
+
+   This is entirely independent of the MLTeX extension (*note MLTeX::):
+whereas a TCX file defines how an input keyboard character is mapped to
+TeX's internal code, MLTeX defines substitutions for a non-existing
+character glyph in a font with a `\accent' construction made out of two
+separate character glyphs.  TCX files involve no new primitives; it is
+not possible to specify that an input (keyboard) character maps to more
+than one character.
+
+   Information on specifying TCX files:
+
+   * The best way to specify a TCX file is to list it explicitly in the
+     first line of the main document:
+          %& -translate-file=TCXFILE
+
+   * You can also specify a TCX file to be used on a particular TeX run
+     with the command-line option `-translate-file=TCXFILE'.
+
+   * TCX files are searched for along the `WEB2C' path.
+
+   * Initial TeX (*note Initial TeX: Initial TeX.) ignores TCX files.
+
+   The Web2c distribution comes with a number of TCX files.  Two
+important ones are `il1-t1.tcx' and `il2-t1.tcx', which support ISO
+Latin 1 and ISO Latin 2, respectively, with Cork-encoded fonts (a.k.a.
+the LaTeX T1 encoding).  TCX files for Czech, Polish, and Slovak are
+also provided.
+
+   One other notable TCX file is `empty.tcx', which is, well, empty.
+Its purpose is to reset Web2C's behavior to the default (only visible
+ASCII being printable, as described below) when a format was dumped
+with another TCX being active--which is in fact the case for everything
+but plain TeX in the TeX Live and other distributions.  Thus:
+
+     latex somefile8.tex
+     => terminal etc. output with 8-bit chars
+     latex --translate-file=empty.tcx somefile8.tex
+     => terminal etc. output with ^^ notation
+
+   Syntax of TCX files:
+  1. Line-oriented. Blank lines are ignored.
+
+  2. Whitespace is ignored except as a separator.
+
+  3. Comments start with `%' and continue to the end of the line.
+
+  4. Otherwise, a line consists of one or two character codes,
+     optionally followed by 0 or 1.  The last number indicates whether
+     DEST is considered printable.
+          SRC [DEST [PRNT]]
+
+  5. Each character code may be specified in octal with a leading `0',
+     hexadecimal with a leading `0x', or decimal otherwise. Values must
+     be between 0 and 255, inclusive (decimal).
+
+  6. If the DEST code is not specified, it is taken to be the same as
+     SRC.
+
+  7. If the same SRC code is specified more than once, it is the last
+     definition that counts.
+
+   Finally, here's what happens: when TeX sees an input character with
+code SRC, it 1) changes SRC to DEST; and 2) makes the DEST code
+"printable", i.e., printed as-is in diagnostics and the log file rather
+than in `^^' notation.
+
+   By default, no characters are translated, and character codes
+between 32 and 126 inclusive (decimal) are printable.
+
+   Specifying translations for the printable ASCII characters (codes
+32-127) will yield unpredictable results.  Additionally you shouldn't
+make the following characters printable: `^^I' (TAB), `^^J' (line
+feed), `^^M' (carriage return), and `^^?' (delete), since TeX uses them
+in various ways.
+
+   Thus, the idea is to specify the input (keyboard) character code for
+SRC, and the output (font) character code for DEST.
+
+   By default, only the printable ASCII characters are considered
+printable by TeX.  If you specify the `-8bit' option, all characters are
+considered printable by default.  If you specify both the `-8bit'
+option and a TCX file, then the TCX can set specific characters to be
+non-printable.
+
+   Both the specified TCX encoding and whether characters are printable
+are saved in the dump files (like `tex.fmt').  So by giving these
+options in combination with `-ini', you control the defaults seen by
+anyone who uses the resulting dump file.
+
+   When loading a dump, if the `-8bit' option was given, then all
+characters become printable by default.
+
+   When loading a dump, if a TCX file was specified, then the TCX data
+from the dump is ignored and the data from the file used instead.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: patgen invocation,  Next: TCX files,  Prev: MLTeX,  Up: Languages and hyphenation
+
+4.4.3 Patgen: Creating hyphenation patterns
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Patgen creates hyphenation patterns from dictionary files for use with
+TeX. Synopsis:
+
+     patgen DICTIONARY PATTERNS OUTPUT TRANSLATE
+
+   Each argument is a filename. No path searching is done. The output is
+written to the file OUTPUT.
+
+   In addition, Patgen prompts interactively for other values.
+
+   For more information, see `Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-puter' by
+Frank Liang (*note References::), and also the `patgen.web' source file.
+
+   The only options are `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::).
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Shell escapes,  Next: IPC and TeX,  Prev: Languages and hyphenation,  Up: TeX
+
+4.5 Shell escapes
+=================
+
+TeX can execute "shell escapes", that is, arbitrary shell commands.
+Although tremendously useful, this also has obvious security
+implications.  Therefore, as of TeX Live 2009, a "restricted" mode for
+shell escapes is the default mode of operation, which allows executing
+only certain commands, as specified in the `texmf.cnf' configuration
+file.
+
+   * Unrestricted shell escapes are allowed if the option
+     `--shell-escape' is specified, or if the environment variable or
+     config file value `shell_escape' is set to `t' or `y' and `1'.
+
+   * Restricted shell escapes are allowed if `shell_escape' is set to
+     `p'.  This is the default.
+
+   * Shell escapes are completely disabled if `--no-shell-escape' is
+     specified, or if `shell_escape' is set to anything else.
+
+   When enabled, the TeX construct to execute a system command is
+`\write18{SHELL-COMMAND}'; for example:
+
+     \write18{echo "hello, world"}
+
+   From TeX's point of view, this is a normal `\write' command, and is
+therefore subject to the usual TeX expansions.  Also, the system call
+either happens during the `\output' routine or right away, according to
+the absence or presence of the `\immediate' prefix, as usual for
+`\write'.
+
+   The SHELL-COMMAND string is passed to the command shell (via the C
+library function `system').  The output of SHELL-COMMAND is not
+diverted anywhere, so it will not appear in the log file, or anywhere
+but the terminal output.  The exit status of the system call is also
+not available to TeX.
+
+   In unrestricted mode, the argument is simply passed straight to
+`system' unaltered.
+
+   In restricted mode, ASCII double quote characters (") should always
+be used in the argument to `\write18' where quoting of arguments is
+needed, as in the example above.  This is to achieve some measure of
+system independence.  On Unix systems, these are replaced with single
+quote (') characters to avoid insecure further expansion.  Care is also
+taken on Windows to avoid additional expansions (from, e.g., `...`).
+Mismatched quotation marks in the command string result in a diagnostic
+message in the log file; no execution is performed.
+
+   After quotation processing, if the first word (delimited by a space
+or tab) of the command is in the list specified by the
+`shell_escape_commands' configuration value, the command is executed.
+Otherwise it is not.  In any case, a message is written to the log file.
+
+   The `shell_escape_commands' value is a comma-separated list of
+words.  Whitespace is significant, and typically should not be present.
+The default definition looks like this, but with more commands included:
+
+     shell_escape_commands = bibtex,dvips,epstopdf,...,tex
+
+   pdfTeX and luaTeX support reading (via `\input' and `\openin') and
+writing (via `\openout') from pipes if the first character is `|'.  The
+following command is then treated exactly the same as the argument to
+`\write18'.  In these engines, the primitive variable `\pdfshellescape'
+is set to 0 if shell escapes are disabled, 1 if they are enabled, and 2
+if they are enabled with restrictions.
+
+   The purpose of this feature is to make it possible for TeX documents
+to perform useful external actions in the common case of an individual
+user running a known document on his or her own machine.  In such
+environments as CGI scripts or wikis where the input has to be
+considered untrustworthy, shell escapes should be completely disabled.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: IPC and TeX,  Next: TeX extensions,  Prev: Shell escapes,  Up: TeX
+
+4.6 IPC and TeX
+===============
+
+(If anyone uses this feature and needs documentation, write
+<tex-k@tug.org>.)
+
+   This functionality is available only if the `--enable-ipc' option
+was specified to `configure' during installation of Web2c (*note
+Installation::).
+
+   If you define `IPC_DEBUG' before compilation (e.g., with `make
+XCFLAGS=-DIPC_DEBUG'), TeX will print messages to standard error about
+its socket operations.  This may be helpful if you are, well, debugging.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: TeX extensions,  Prev: IPC and TeX,  Up: TeX
+
+4.7 TeX extensions
+==================
+
+The base TeX program has been extended in many ways.  Here's a partial
+list.
+
+e-TeX
+     Adds many new primitives, including right-to-left typesetting and
+     more registers.  Now frozen.
+
+Aleph
+     This adds Unicode support, right-to-left typesetting, and more.
+     Omega was the original program.  Aleph is an updated version with
+     a variety of bug fixes, and includes e-TeX.  Aleph is not actively
+     maintained.
+
+pdfTeX
+     Can produce PDF as well as DVI files.  It also incorporates the
+     e-TeX extensions, new primitives for hypertext and
+     micro-typography, reading/writing from pipes, and much more.  Home
+     page: `http://pdftex.org'.
+
+luaTeX
+     Based on pdfTeX, this also embeds the Lua programming language
+     (`http://lua.org') and opens up the TeX typesetting engine to
+     control from Lua.  Home page: `http://luatex.org'.
+
+XeTeX
+     Combines support for Unicode input and OpenType- and system fonts
+     with the capabilities of pdfTeX.  Home page:
+     `http://tug.org/xetex'.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Metafont,  Next: MetaPost,  Prev: TeX,  Up: Top
+
+5 Metafont: Creating typeface families
+**************************************
+
+Metafont is a system for producing shapes; it was designed for producing
+complete typeface families, but it can also produce geometric designs,
+dingbats, etc.  And it has considerable mathematical and
+equation-solving capabilities which can be useful entirely on their own.
+
+   Metafont is a batch language, like C or Pascal: you compile a
+Metafont program into a corresponding font, rather than interactively
+drawing lines or curves.  This approach has both considerable
+disadvantages (people unfamiliar with conventional programming
+languages will be unlikely to find it usable) and considerable
+advantages (you can make your design intentions specific and
+parameterizable).  For a complete description of the Metafont language,
+see `The METAFONTbook' (*note References::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* mf invocation::               Invoking Metafont.
+* Initial Metafont::            Making bases.
+* Modes::                       Device definitions for Metafont.
+* Online Metafont graphics::    Seeing MF output online.
+* gftodvi invocation::          Making proofsheets for fonts.
+* mft invocation::              Prettyprinting Metafont sources.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: mf invocation,  Next: Initial Metafont,  Up: Metafont
+
+5.1 `mf' invocation
+===================
+
+Metafont (usually invoked as `mf') reads character definitions
+specified in the Metafont programming language, and outputs the
+corresponding font.  This section merely describes the options available
+in the Web2c implementation.  For a complete description of the Metafont
+language, see `The Metafontbook' (*note References::).
+
+   Metafont processes its command line and determines its memory dump
+(base) file in a way exactly analogous to MetaPost and TeX (*note tex
+invocation::, and *note Memory dumps::).  Synopses:
+
+     mf [OPTION]... [MFNAME[.mf]] [MF-COMMANDS]
+     mf [OPTION]... \FIRST-LINE
+     mf [OPTION]... &BASE ARGS
+
+   Most commonly, a Metafont invocation looks like this:
+     mf '\mode:=MODE; mag:=MAGNIFICATION; input MFNAME'
+   (The single quotes avoid unwanted interpretation by the shell.)
+
+   Metafont searches the usual places for the main input file MFNAME
+(*note Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.),
+extending MFNAME with `.mf' if necessary.  To see all the relevant
+paths, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before
+running the program.  By default, Metafont runs an external program
+named `mktexmf' to create any nonexistent Metafont source files you
+input.  You can disable this at configure-time or runtime (*note mktex
+configuration: (kpathsea)mktex configuration.).  This is mostly for the
+sake of the EC fonts, which can be generated at any size.
+
+   Metafont writes the main GF output to the file `BASEMFNAME.NNNgf',
+where NNN is the font resolution in pixels per inch, and BASEMFNAME is
+the basename of MFNAME, or `mfput' if no input file was specified.  A
+GF file contains bitmaps of the actual character shapes.  Usually GF
+files are converted immediately to PK files with GFtoPK (*note gftopk
+invocation::), since PK files contain equivalent information, but are
+more compact.  (Metafont output in GF format rather than PK for only
+historical reasons.)
+
+   Metafont also usually writes a metric file in TFM format to
+`BASEMFNAME.tfm'.  A TFM file contains character dimensions, kerns, and
+ligatures, and spacing parameters.  TeX reads only this .tfm file, not
+the GF file.
+
+   The MODE in the example command above is a name referring to a
+device definition (*note Modes::); for example, `localfont' or
+`ljfour'.  These device definitions must generally be precompiled into
+the base file.  If you leave this out, the default is `proof' mode, as
+stated in `The Metafontbook', in which Metafont outputs at a resolution
+of 2602dpi; this is usually not what you want.  The remedy is simply to
+assign a different mode--`localfont', for example.
+
+   The MAGNIFICATION assignment in the example command above is a
+magnification factor; for example, if the device is 600dpi and you
+specify `mag:=2', Metafont will produce output at 1200dpi.  Very often,
+the MAGNIFICATION is an expression such as `magstep(.5)', corresponding
+to a TeX "magstep", which are factors of 1.2 * sqrt(2).
+
+   After running Metafont, you can use the font in a TeX document as
+usual.  For example:
+     \font\myfont = newfont
+     \myfont Now I am typesetting in my new font (minimum hamburgers).
+
+   The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
+`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-[no]-file-line-error'
+`-fmt=FMTNAME'
+`-halt-on-error'
+`-ini'
+`-interaction=STRING'
+`-jobname=STRING'
+`-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER'
+`-[no]parse-first-line'
+`-output-directory'
+`-progname=STRING'
+`-recorder'
+`-translate-file=TCXFILE'
+`-8bit'
+     These options are common to TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost.  *Note
+     Common options::.
+
+`-mktex=FILETYPE'
+`-no-mktex=FILETYPE'
+     Turn on or off the `mktex' script associated with FILETYPE.  The
+     only value that makes sense for FILETYPE is `mf'.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Initial Metafont,  Next: Modes,  Prev: mf invocation,  Up: Metafont
+
+5.2 Initial Metafont
+====================
+
+`inimf' is the "initial" form of Metafont, which does lengthy
+initializations avoided by the "virgin" (`vir') form, so as to be
+capable of dumping `.base' files (*note Memory dumps::).  For a
+detailed comparison of virgin and initial forms, see *note Initial and
+virgin::.  In past releases, a separate program `inimf' was installed
+to invoke the initial form, but this is no longer the case.
+
+   For a list of options and other information, see *note mf
+invocation::.
+
+   The only memory dump file commonly used with Metafont is the default
+`plain.base', also known as `mf.base' (again, *note Memory dumps::).
+It is created by default during installation, but you can also do so by
+hand if necessary (e.g., if a Metafont update is issued):
+     mf -ini '\input plain; input modes; dump'
+   (The quotes prevent interpretation of the backslashes from the
+shell.)  Then install the resulting `plain.base' in `$(basedir)'
+(`/usr/local/share/texmf/web2c' by default), and link `mf.base' to it.
+
+   For an explanation of the additional `modes.mf' file, see *note
+Modes::.  This file has no counterpart in TeX or MetaPost.
+
+   In the past, it was sometimes useful to create a base file
+`cmmf.base' (a.k.a. `cm.base'), with the Computer Modern macros also
+included in the base file.  Nowadays, however, the additional time
+required to read `cmbase.mf' is exceedingly small, usually not enough
+to be worth the administrative hassle of updating the `cmmf.base' file
+when you install a new version of `modes.mf'.  People actually working
+on a typeface may still find it worthwhile to create their own base
+file, of course.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Modes,  Next: Online Metafont graphics,  Prev: Initial Metafont,  Up: Metafont
+
+5.3 Modes: Device definitions for Metafont
+==========================================
+
+Running Metafont and creating Metafont base files requires information
+that TeX and MetaPost do not: "mode" definitions which specify device
+characteristics, so Metafont can properly rasterize the shapes.
+
+   When making a base file, a file containing modes for
+locally-available devices should be input after `plain.mf'.  One
+commonly used file is `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf'; it includes all
+known definitions.
+
+   If, however, for some reason you have decreased the memory available
+in your Metafont, you may need to copy `modes.mf' and remove the
+definitions irrelevant to you (probably most of them) instead of using
+it directly.  (Or, if you're a Metafont hacker, maybe you can suggest a
+way to redefine `mode_def' and/or `mode_setup'; right now, the amount
+of memory used is approximately four times the total length of the
+`mode_def' names, and that's a lot.)
+
+   If you have a device not included in `modes.mf', please see comments
+in that file for how to create the new definition, and please send the
+definition to <tex-fonts@math.utah.edu> to get it included in the next
+release of `modes.mf'.
+
+   Usually, when you run Metafont you must supply the name of a mode
+that was dumped in the base file.  But you can also define the mode
+characteristics dynamically, by invoking Metafont with an assignment to
+`smode' instead of `mode', like this:
+     mf '\smode:="newmode.mf"; mag:=MAGNIFICATION; input MFNAME'
+   This is most useful when you are working on the definition of a new
+mode.
+
+   The MAGNIFICATION and MFNAME arguments are explained in *note mf
+invocation::.  In the file `newmode.mf', you should have the following
+(with no `mode_def' or `enddef'), if you are using `modes.mf'
+conventions:
+     mode_param (pixels_per_inch, DPI);
+     mode_param (blacker, B);
+     mode_param (fillin, F);
+     mode_param (o_correction, O);
+     mode_common_setup_;
+   (Of course, you should use real numbers for DPI, B, F, and O.)
+
+   For more information on the use of `smode', or if you are not using
+`modes.mf', see page 269 of `The Metafontbook'.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Online Metafont graphics,  Next: gftodvi invocation,  Prev: Modes,  Up: Metafont
+
+5.4 Online Metafont graphics
+============================
+
+The Web2c implementation of Metafont can do online graphics with a
+number of devices. (See the Metafont manual for more information about
+how to draw on your screen.)  By default, no graphics support is
+enabled.
+
+   Metafont examines the `MFTERM' environment variable or config file
+value at runtime, or the `TERM' environment variable if `MFTERM' is not
+set, to determine the device support to use.  Naturally, only the
+devices for which support has been compiled in can be selected.
+
+   Here is a table of the possibilities, showing the `MFTERM' value and
+the corresponding `configure' option(s) in parentheses.
+
+`epsf'
+     (`--enable-epsfwin') Pseudo-window server for Encapsulated
+     PostScript (see `web2c/window/epsf.c'). This device produces an
+     EPS file containing the graphics which would be displayed online on
+     other devices. The name of the EPS file defaults to metafont.eps
+     but can be changed by setting the MFEPSF environment variable to
+     the new filename.  Contributed by Mathias Herberts.
+
+`hp2627'
+     (`--enable-hp2627win') HP2627a color graphics terminals.
+
+`mftalk'
+     (`--enable-mftalkwin') Generic window server (see
+     `web2c/window/mftalk.c').
+
+`next'
+     (`--enable-next') NeXT window system. This requires a separate
+     program, called `DrawingServant', available separately. See the
+     `web2c/window/next.c'.
+
+`regis'
+     (`--enable-regiswin') Regis terminals.
+
+`sun'
+     (`--enable-suntoolswin') The old Suntools (not any flavor of X)
+     window system. (You can get the even older SunWindows `gfx' system
+     by using `sun-gfx.c'.)
+
+`tek'
+     (`--enable-tektronixwin') Tektronix terminals.
+
+`uniterm'
+     (`--enable-unitermwin') Uniterm, Simon Poole's emulator of a smart
+     Tektronix 4014 terminal.  This may work with regular Tektronix
+     terminals as well; it's faster than the driver
+     `--enable-tektronixwin' selects.
+
+`xterm'
+     `--with-x' The X window system (version 11).
+
+     There are two variants of the X11 support, one that works with the
+     Xt toolkit, and another that works directly with Xlib. The Xt
+     support is more efficient and has more functionality, so it is the
+     default. If you must use the Xlib support, use `configure --with-x
+     --with-kf-x-toolkit=no'.
+
+     Specify `--disable-mf-nowin' in order not to build a separate
+     non-windows-capable Metafont executable `mf-nowin' (or
+     `mf-nowin.exe').
+
+     You cannot specify any of the usual X options (e.g., `-geometry')
+     on the Metafont command line, but you can specify X resources in
+     your `~/.Xdefaults' or `~/.Xresources' file. The class name is
+     `Metafont'. If you're using the Xt support, all the usual X toolkit
+     resources are supported.  If you're using the Xlib support, only
+     the `geometry' resource is supported.
+
+     You specify the X display to which Metafont connects in the
+     `DISPLAY' environment variable, as usual.
+
+
+   Writing support for a new device is straightforward. Aside from
+defining the basic drawing routines that Metafont uses (see `mf.web'),
+you only have to add another entry to the tables on the last page of
+`web2c/lib/texmfmp.c'.  Or you can write an independent program and use
+MFtalk (see `web2c/window/mftalk.c').
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: gftodvi invocation,  Next: mft invocation,  Prev: Online Metafont graphics,  Up: Metafont
+
+5.5 GFtoDVI: Character proofs of fonts
+======================================
+
+GFtoDVI makes "proof sheets" from a GF bitmap file as output by, for
+example, Metafont (*note Metafont::).  This is an indispensable aid for
+font designers or Metafont hackers.  Synopsis:
+
+     gftodvi [OPTION]... GFNAME[gf]
+
+   The font GFNAME is searched for in the usual places (*note Glyph
+lookup: (kpathsea)Glyph lookup.).  To see all the relevant paths, set
+the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
+program.
+
+   The suffix `gf' is supplied if not already present.  This suffix is
+not an extension, no `.' precedes it; for instance, `cmr10.600gf'.
+
+   The output filename is the basename of GFNAME extended with `.dvi',
+e.g., `gftodvi /wherever/foo.600gf' creates `./foo.dvi'.
+
+   The characters from GFNAME appear one per page in the DVI output,
+with labels, titles, and annotations, as specified in Appendix H
+(Hardcopy Proofs) of `The Metafontbook'.
+
+   GFtoDVI uses several fonts besides GFNAME itself:
+
+   * "gray font" (default `gray'): for the pixels that actually make up
+     the character.  Simply using black is not right, since then labels,
+     key points, and other information could not be shown.
+
+   * "title font" (default `cmr8'): for the header information at the
+     top of each output page.
+
+   * "label font" (default `cmtt10'): for the labels on key points of
+     the figure.
+
+   * "slant font" (no default): for diagonal lines, which are otherwise
+     simulated using horizontal and vertical rules.
+
+   To change the default fonts, you must use `special' commands in your
+Metafont source file, typically via commands like `slantfont slantlj4'.
+There is no default slant font since no one printer is suitable as a
+default.  You can make your own by copying one of the existing files,
+such as `.../fonts/source/public/misc/slantlj4.mf' and then running
+`mf' on it.
+
+   For testing purposes, you may it useful to run `mf-nowin rtest' (hit
+RETURN when it stops) to get a `gf' file of a thorn glyph.  Or use `mf'
+instead of `mf-nowin' to have the glyph(s) displayed on the screen.
+After that, `gftodvi rtest.2602gf' should produce `rtest.dvi', which
+you process as usual.
+
+   The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard
+`-verbose', `-help', and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+
+`-overflow-label-offset=POINTS'
+     Typeset the so-called overflow labels, if any, POINTS TeX points
+     from the right edge of the character bounding box.  The default is
+     a little over two inches (ten million scaled points, to be
+     precise).  Overflow equations are used to locate coordinates when
+     their actual position is too crowded with other information.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: mft invocation,  Prev: gftodvi invocation,  Up: Metafont
+
+5.6 MFT: Prettyprinting Metafont source
+=======================================
+
+MFT translates a Metafont program into a TeX document suitable for
+typesetting, with the aid of TeX macros defined in the file
+`mftmac.tex'.  Synopsis:
+
+     mft [OPTION]... MFNAME[.mf]
+
+   MFT searches the usual places for MFNAME (*note Supported file
+formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.).  To see all the relevant
+paths, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before
+running the program.  The output goes to the basename of MFNAME extended
+with `.tex', e.g., `mft /wherever/foo.mf' creates `./foo.tex'.
+
+   Line breaks in the input are carried over into the output; moreover,
+blank spaces at the beginning of a line are converted to quads of
+indentation in the output. Thus, you have full control over the
+indentation and line breaks. Each line of input is translated
+independently of the others.
+
+   Further control is allowed via Metafont comments: 
+   * Metafont comments following a single `%' should be valid TeX
+     input.  But Metafont material can be included within vertical bars
+     in a comment; this will be translated by MFT as if it were regular
+     Metafont code.  For example, a comment like `% |x2r| is the tip of
+     the bowl' will be translated into the TeX `% $x_{2r}$ is the ...',
+     i.e., the `x2r' is treated as an identifier.
+
+   * `%%' indicates that the remainder of an input line should be copied
+     verbatim to the output.  This is typically used to introduce
+     additional TeX material at the beginning or an MFT job, e.g. code
+     to modify the standard layout or the formatting macros defined in
+     `mftmac.tex', or to add a line saying `%%\bye' at the end of the
+     job.  (MFT doesn't add this automatically in order to allow
+     processing several files produces by MFT in the same TeX job.)
+
+   * `%%% TOKEN1 OTHER-TOKENS' introduces a change in MFT's formatting
+     rules; all the OTHER-TOKENS will henceforth be translated
+     according to the current conventions for TOKEN1. The tokens must
+     be symbolic (i.e., not numeric or string tokens). For example, the
+     input line
+          %%% addto fill draw filldraw
+     says to format the `fill', `draw', and `filldraw' operations of
+     plain Metafont just like the primitive token `addto', i.e., in
+     boldface type.  Without such reformatting commands, MFT would
+     treat `fill' like an ordinary tag or variable name.  In fact, you
+     need a `%%%' command even to get parentheses to act like
+     delimiters.
+
+   * `%%%%' introduces an MFT comment, i.e., MFT ignores the remainder
+     of such a line.
+
+   * Five or more `%' signs should not be used.
+
+   (The above description was edited from `mft.web', written by
+D.E. Knuth.)
+
+   The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
+`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-change=CHFILE[.ch]'
+     Apply the change file CHFILE as with Tangle and Weave (*note
+     WEB::).
+
+`-style=MFTFILE[.mft]'
+     Read MFTFILE before anything else; a MFT style file typically
+     contains only MFT directives as described above.  The default
+     style file is named `plain.mft', which defines this properly for
+     programs using plain Metafont.  The MFT files is searched along the
+     `MFTINPUTS' path; see *note Supported file formats:
+     (kpathsea)Supported file formats.
+
+     Other examples of MFT style files are `cmbase.mft', which defines
+     formatting rules for the macros defined in `cm.base', and `e.mft',
+     which was used in the production of Knuth's Volume E, `Computer
+     Modern Typefaces'.
+
+     Using an appropriate MFT style file, it is also possible to
+     configure MFT for typesetting MetaPost sources.  However, MFT does
+     not search the usual places for MetaPost input files.
+
+   If you use eight-bit characters in the input file, they are passed
+on verbatim to the TeX output file; it is up to you to configure TeX to
+print these properly.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: MetaPost,  Next: BibTeX,  Prev: Metafont,  Up: Top
+
+6 MetaPost: Creating technical illustrations
+********************************************
+
+MetaPost is a picture-drawing language similar to Metafont (*note
+Metafont::), but instead of outputting bitmaps in a "font", it outputs
+PostScript commands.  It's primarily intended for creating technical
+illustrations.
+
+   MetaPost also provides for arbitrary integration of text and
+graphics in a natural way, using any typesetter (TeX and Troff are both
+supported) and a number of other subsidiary programs, described below.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* mpost invocation::            Invoking MetaPost.
+* Initial MetaPost::            Making mems.
+* dvitomp invocation::          DVI-to-MPX translation.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: mpost invocation,  Next: Initial MetaPost,  Up: MetaPost
+
+6.1 `mpost' invocation
+======================
+
+MetaPost (installed as `mpost') reads a series of pictures specified in
+the MetaPost programming language, and outputs corresponding PostScript
+code.  This section merely describes the options available in the Web2c
+implementation.  For a complete description of the MetaPost language,
+see AT&T technical report CSTR-162, generally available in
+`TEXMF/doc/metapost/', where TEXMF is the root of TeX directory
+structure.  See also:
+   * `http://cm.bell-labs.com/who/hobby/MetaPost.html' (the
+     MetaPost author's home page);
+
+   * `http://tug.org/metapost' (papers, packages, and       related
+     information).
+
+   Also, a standard MetaPost package for drawing graphs is documented in
+AT&T technical report CSTR-164, available as the file `mpgraph.ps',
+generally stored alongside `mpman.ps'.
+
+   MetaPost processes its command line and determines its memory dump
+(mem) file in a way exactly analogous to Metafont and TeX (*note `tex'
+invocation: tex invocation, and *note Memory dumps::).  Synopses:
+
+     mpost [OPTION]... [MPNAME[.mp]] [MP-COMMANDS]
+     mpost [OPTION]... \FIRST-LINE
+     mpost [OPTION]... &MEM ARGS
+
+   MetaPost searches the usual places for the main input file MPNAME
+(*note Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.),
+extending MPNAME with `.mp' if necessary.  To see all the relevant
+paths, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before
+running the program.
+
+   MetaPost writes its PostScript output to a series of files
+`BASEMPNAME.NNN' (or perhaps `BASEMPNAME.ps', very occasionally
+`BASEMPNAME.tfm'), where NNN are the figure numbers specified in the
+input, typically to the `beginfig' macro, and BASEMPNAME is the
+basename of MPNAME, or `mpout' if no input file was specified.
+MetaPost uses the `.ps' extension when the figure number is out of
+range, e.g., if you say `beginfig(-1)'.
+
+   You can use the output files as figures in a TeX document just as
+with any other PostScript figures. For example, with this TeX command:
+     \special{psfile="FILENAME"}
+   or by using `epsf.tex' (*note EPSF macros: (dvips)EPSF macros.).
+
+   The MetaPost construct
+     btex ... TEX-INPUT ... etex
+   generates a MetaPost picture expression corresponding to TEX-INPUT.
+
+   The construct
+     verbatimtex ... TEX-INPUT ... etex
+   simply passes the TEX-INPUT through to TeX. For example, if you are
+using LaTeX, your MetaPost input file must start with a `verbatimtex'
+block that gives the necessary `\documentclass' (or `\documentstyle')
+`\begin{document}' command.  You will also need to set the enviroment
+variable `TEX' to `latex'.
+
+   TEX-INPUT need not be specifically TeX input; it could also be
+Troff.  In that case, you will need the `-m pictures' Troff macro
+package (unfortunately absent from many Troff implementations), or an
+equivalent such as the `-m pspic' macros from GNU groff described in
+grops(1).
+
+   Naturally, you must use fonts that are supported by the typesetter;
+specifically, you'll probably want to use standard PostScript fonts with
+Troff.  And only the TeX system understands Computer Modern or other
+Metafont fonts; you can also use PostScript fonts with TeX, of course.
+
+   MetaPost-generated PostScript figures which do use Computer Modern
+fonts for labels cannot be directly previewed or printed.  Instead, you
+must include them in a TeX document and run the resulting DVI file
+through Dvips to arrange for the downloading of the required fonts
+(*note Fonts in figures: (dvips)Fonts in figures.).  To help with this,
+the MetaPost distribution provides a small TeX file `mproof.tex' which
+is typically called as:
+     tex mproof MP-OUTPUT-FILES... ; dvips mproof -o
+   The resulting file `mproof.ps' can then be printed or previewed.
+
+   To generate EPSF files, set the internal MetaPost variable
+`prologues' positive.  To make the output files self-contained, use
+only standard PostScript fonts.  MetaPost reads the same `psfonts.map'
+file as Dvips, to determine PostScript fonts that need to be downloaded
+(*note psfonts.map: (dvips)psfonts.map.).
+
+   It is posible for pdfTeX to read MetaPost output directly; this is
+in contrast to general EPSF files, which have to be converted for use
+with PDF output.  The easiest way is to name the MetaPost output files
+with the `.mps' extension.  Then the LaTeX `\includegraphics' command,
+for example, will be able to read them, even when outputting PDF.
+
+   MetaPost can write output files, via the `write' primitive; this
+opens a security hole.  *Note tex invocation::.
+
+   The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
+`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-[no]-file-line-error'
+`-fmt=FMTNAME'
+`-halt-on-error'
+`-ini'
+`-interaction=STRING'
+`-jobname=STRING'
+`-kpathsea-debug=NUMBER'
+`-[no]parse-first-line'
+`-output-directory'
+`-progname=STRING'
+`-recorder'
+`-translate-file=TCXFILE'
+`-8bit'
+     These options are common to TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost.  *Note
+     Common options::.
+
+`-T'
+`-troff'
+     Set the `prologues' internal variable to `1'.
+
+`-tex=TEXPROGRAM'
+     When this option is given, the program TEXPROGRAM is used to
+     typeset the labels.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Initial MetaPost,  Next: dvitomp invocation,  Prev: mpost invocation,  Up: MetaPost
+
+6.2 Initial MetaPost
+====================
+
+As of MetaPost 1.504 (TeX Live 2011), MetaPost no longer dumps `.mem'
+files (*note Memory dumps::) and does not distinguish virgin and
+initial forms (*note Initial and virgin::).  Instead, the "initial"
+file name is read in its source form--that is, `mpost.mp' when the
+program is invoked as `mpost'.
+
+   For a list of options and other information, see *note mpost
+invocation::.
+
+   MetaPost provides a format with all the features of plain Metafont,
+called `mfplain'.  You can use that in the same way; just run `mfplain'
+instead of `mpost'.  This lets you directly process Metafont source
+files with MetaPost, producing character proofs (one file for each
+character) similar to those produced with Metafont in proof mode and
+GFtoDVI (*note gftodvi invocation::).
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: dvitomp invocation,  Prev: Initial MetaPost,  Up: MetaPost
+
+6.3 DVItoMP: DVI to MPX conversion
+==================================
+
+DVItoMP converts DVI files into low-level MetaPost commands in a
+so-called MPX file.  Synopsis:
+
+     dvitomp DVIFILE[.dvi] [MPXFILE[.mpx]]
+
+If MPXFILE is not specified, the output goes to the basename of DVIFILE
+extended with `.mpx', e.g., `dvitomp /wherever/foo.dvi' creates
+`./foo.mpx'.
+
+   DVItoMP supports Dvips-style color specials, such as `color push
+NAME' and `color pop', outputting them as `withcolor' MetaPost commands.
+
+   The only options are `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::).
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: BibTeX,  Next: WEB,  Prev: MetaPost,  Up: Top
+
+7 BibTeX: Bibliographies
+************************
+
+BibTeX automates much of the job of typesetting bibliographies, and
+makes bibliography entries reusable in many different contexts.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* bibtex invocation::
+* Basic BibTeX style files::    The standard and semi-standard styles.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: bibtex invocation,  Next: Basic BibTeX style files,  Up: BibTeX
+
+7.1 BibTeX invocation
+=====================
+
+BibTeX creates a printable bibliography (`.bbl') file from references
+in a `.aux' file, generally written by TeX or LaTeX.  The `.bbl' file
+is then incorporated on a subsequent run.  The basic bibliographic
+information comes from `.bib' files, and a BibTeX style (`.bst') file
+controls the precise contents of the `.bbl' file.  Synopsis:
+
+     bibtex [OPTION]... AUXFILE[.aux]
+
+The output goes to the basename of AUXFILE extended with `.bbl'; for
+example, `bibtex /wherever/foo.aux' creates `./foo.bbl'.  BibTeX also
+writes a log file to the basename of AUXFILE extended with `.blg'.
+
+   The names of the `.bib' and `.bst' files are specified in the `.aux'
+file as well, via the `\bibliography' and `\bibliographystyle' (La)TeX
+macros.  BibTeX searches for `.bib' files using the `BIBINPUTS' and
+`TEXBIB' paths, and for `.bst' files using `BSTINPUTS' (*note Supported
+file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.).  It does no path
+searching for `.aux' files.
+
+   The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
+`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-terse'
+     Suppress the program banner and progress reports normally output.
+
+`-min-crossrefs=N'
+     If at least N (2 by default) bibliography entries refer to another
+     entry E via their `crossref' field, include E in the .bbl file,
+     even if it was not explicitly referenced in the .aux file. For
+     example, E might be a conference proceedings as a whole, with the
+     cross-referencing entries being individual articles published in
+     the proceedings.  In some circumstances, you may want to avoid
+     these automatic inclusions altogether; to do this, make N a
+     sufficiently large number.
+
+   See also:
+`btxdoc.tex'
+     Basic LaTeXable documentation for general BibTeX users.
+
+`btxhak.tex'
+     LaTeXable documentation for style designers.
+
+`btxdoc.bib'
+     BibTeX database file for the two above documents.
+
+`xampl.bib'
+     Example database file with all the standard entry types.
+
+``ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/''
+     A very large `.bib' and `.bst' collection, including references
+     for all the standard TeX books and a complete bibliography for
+     TUGboat.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Basic BibTeX style files,  Prev: bibtex invocation,  Up: BibTeX
+
+7.2 Basic BibTeX style files
+============================
+
+Here are descriptions of the four standard and four semi-standard basic
+BibTeX styles.  `CTAN:/biblio/bibtex' contains these and many more (for
+CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp: (kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).
+
+`plain'
+     Sorts entries alphabetically, with numeric labels.  Generally
+     formatted according to van Leunen's `A Handbook for Scholars'.
+     The other style files listed here are based on `plain'.
+
+`abbrv'
+     First names, month names, and journal names are abbreviated.
+
+`acm'
+     Names are printed in small caps.
+
+`alpha'
+     Alphanumeric labels, e.g., `Knu66'.
+
+`apalike'
+     No labels at all; instead, the year appears in parentheses after
+     the author.  Use this in conjunction with `apalike.tex' (plain
+     TeX) or `apalike.sty' (LaTeX), which also changes the citations in
+     the text to be `(AUTHOR, YEAR)'.
+
+`ieeetr'
+     Numeric labels, entries in citation order, IEEE abbreviations,
+     article titles in quotes.
+
+`siam'
+     Numeric labels, alphabetic order, `Math. Reviews' abbreviations,
+     names in small caps.
+
+`unsrt'
+     Lists entries in citation order, i.e., unsorted.
+
+`btxbst.doc'
+     The template file and documentation for the standard styles.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: WEB,  Next: DVI utilities,  Prev: BibTeX,  Up: Top
+
+8 WEB: Literate programming
+***************************
+
+"WEB" languages allow you to write a single source file that can
+produce both a compilable program and a well-formatted document
+describing the program in as much detail as you wish to prepare.
+Writing in this kind of dual-purpose language is called "literate
+programming".  (The Usenet newsgroup `comp.programming.literate' is
+devoted to this subject.)
+
+   WEB-like languages have been implemented with many pairs of base
+languages: Cweb provides C and Troff (*note References::); CWEB provides
+C and TeX (`CTAN:/web/c_cpp/cweb'); Spiderweb provides C, C++, Awk,
+Ada, many others, and TeX (`CTAN:/web/spiderweb'); and, of course, the
+original WEB provides Pascal and TeX, the implementation languages for
+the original TeX, Metafont, MetaPost, and related programs to come from
+the TeX project at Stanford.
+
+   The original WEB language is documented in the file `webman.tex',
+which is included in the `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/lib.tar.gz' archive
+(and available in many other places, of course).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* tangle invocation::
+* weave invocation::
+* pooltype invocation::
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: tangle invocation,  Next: weave invocation,  Up: WEB
+
+8.1 Tangle: Translate WEB to Pascal
+===================================
+
+Tangle creates a compilable Pascal program from a WEB source file
+(*note WEB::).  Synopsis:
+
+     tangle [OPTION]... WEBFILE[.web] [CHANGEFILE[.ch]]
+
+The Pascal output is written to the basename of WEBFILE extended with
+`.p'; for example, `tangle /wherever/foo.web' creates `./foo.p'.
+Tangle applies CHANGEFILE to WEBFILE before writing the output; by
+default, there is no change file.
+
+   If the program makes use of the WEB string facility, Tangle writes
+the string pool to the basename of WEBFILE extended with `.pool'.
+
+   The Pascal output is packed into lines of 72 characters or less, with
+the only concession to readability being the termination of lines at
+semicolons when this can be done conveniently.
+
+   The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
+`--help' and `--version' (*note Common options::):
+
+`-length=NUMBER'
+     The number of characters that are considered significant in an
+     identifier.  Whether underline characters are counted depends on
+     the `-underline' option.  The default value is 32, the original
+     tangle used 7, but this proved too restrictive for use by Web2c.
+
+`-lowercase'
+`-mixedcase'
+`-uppercase'
+     These options specify the case of identifiers in the output of
+     tangle.  If `-uppercase' (`-lowercase') is specified, tangle will
+     convert all identfiers to uppercase (lowercase).  The default is
+     `-mixedcase', which specifies that the case will not be changed.
+
+`-underline'
+     When this option is given, tangle does not strip underline
+     characters from identifiers.
+
+`-loose'
+`-strict'
+     These options specify how strict tangle must be when checking
+     identifiers for equality.  The default is `-loose', which means
+     that tangle will follow the rules set by the case-smashing and
+     underline options above.  If `-strict' is set, then identifiers
+     will always be stripped of underlines and converted to uppercase
+     before checking whether they collide.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: weave invocation,  Next: pooltype invocation,  Prev: tangle invocation,  Up: WEB
+
+8.2 Weave: Translate WEB to TeX
+===============================
+
+Weave creates a TeX document from a WEB source file (*note WEB::),
+assuming various macros defined in `webmac.tex'.   It takes care of
+typographic details such as page layout, indentation, and italicizing
+identifiers.  It also automatically gathers and outputs extensive
+cross-reference information.  Synopsis:
+
+     weave [OPTION]... WEBFILE[.web] [CHANGEFILE[.ch]]
+
+The output is to the basename of WEBFILE extended with `.tex'; for
+example, `weave /wherever/foo.web' creates `./foo.tex'.  Weave applies
+CHANGEFILE to WEBFILE before writing the output; by default, there is
+no change file.
+
+   The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard
+`-verbose', `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-x'
+     Omit the cross-reference information: the index, the list of WEB
+     module names, and the table of contents (an empty `CONTENTS.tex'
+     file will still be written when the Weave output file is processed
+     by TeX using the default `webmac.tex', though).
+
+   Conventionally, WEB programmers should define the TeX `\title' macro
+at the beginning of the source file.  Also, to get output of only
+changed modules, one can say `\let\maybe=\iffalse' (usually as the
+first change in the change file).
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: pooltype invocation,  Prev: weave invocation,  Up: WEB
+
+8.3 Pooltype: Display WEB pool files
+====================================
+
+Pooltype shows the so-called "string number" of each string in a WEB
+pool file (*note WEB::), as output by Tangle (*note tangle
+invocation::), including the first 256 strings corresponding to the
+possible input characters.  Pooltype primarily serves as an example of
+WEB conventions to implementors of the TeX system.  Synopsis:
+
+     pooltype [OPTION]... POOLFILE[.pool]
+
+No path searching is done for POOLFILE.  Output is to standard output.
+
+   The only options are `--help' and `--version' (*note Common
+options::).
+
+   As an example of the output, here is the (edited) output for
+`tex.pool':
+     0: "^^@"
+     1: "^^A"
+     ...
+     255: "^^ff"
+     256: "pool size"
+     ...
+     1314: "Using character substitution: "
+     (23617 characters in all.)
+
+   In Metafont and MetaPost, the first 256 characters are actually
+represented as single bytes (i.e., themselves), not in the `^^'
+notation.  Consider Pooltype as showing the results after conversion for
+output.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: DVI utilities,  Next: Font utilities,  Prev: WEB,  Up: Top
+
+9 DVI utilities
+***************
+
+TeX outputs a file in "DVI" (DeVice Independent) format as a compact
+representation of the original document.  DVI files can be translated
+to meet the requirements of a real physical device, such as PostScript
+printers (*note Introduction: (dvips)Top.), PCL printers (see
+dvilj(1)), and X displays (see xdvi(1)).  In fact, DVI translators are
+available for virtually all common devices: see `CTAN:/dviware' (for
+CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp: (kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).
+
+   For the precise definition of the DVI file format, see (for example)
+the source file `web2c/dvitype.web'.
+
+   The DVI-processing programs in the Web2c distribution are not device
+drivers; they perform generic utility functions.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* dvicopy invocation::          Expand virtual fonts.
+* dvitype invocation::          DVI to human-readable text.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: dvicopy invocation,  Next: dvitype invocation,  Up: DVI utilities
+
+9.1 DVIcopy: Canonicalize virtual font references
+=================================================
+
+DVIcopy reads a DVI file, expands any references to virtual fonts
+(*note Virtual fonts: (dvips)Virtual fonts.) to base fonts, and writes
+the resulting DVI file.  Thus you can use virtual fonts even if your DVI
+processor does not support them, by passing the documents through
+DVIcopy first.  Synopsis:
+
+     dvicopy [OPTION]... [INDVI[.dvi] [OUTDVI[.dvi]]]
+
+   DVIcopy reads standard input if INDVI is not specified, and writes
+standard output if OUTDVI is not specified.
+
+   The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
+`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-magnification=INTEGER'
+     Override existing magnification in INDVI with INTEGER; 1000
+     specifies no magnification.  This is equivalent to setting TeX's
+     `\mag' parameter.
+
+`-max-pages=N'
+     Process N pages; default is one million.
+
+`-page-start=PAGE-SPEC'
+     Start at the first page matching PAGE-SPEC, which is one or more
+     (signed) integers separated by periods, corresponding to TeX's
+     `\count0...9' parameters at `\shipout' time; `*' matches anything.
+     Examples: `3', `1.*.-4'.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: dvitype invocation,  Prev: dvicopy invocation,  Up: DVI utilities
+
+9.2 DVItype: Plain text transliteration of DVI files
+====================================================
+
+DVItype translates a DeVice Independent (DVI) file (as output by TeX,
+for example) to a plain text file that humans can read.  It also serves
+as a DVI-validating program, i.e., if DVItype can read a file, it's
+correct.  Synopsis:
+
+     dvitype [OPTION]... DVIFILE[.dvi]
+
+DVItype does not read any bitmap files, but it does read TFM files for
+fonts referenced in DVIFILE.  The usual places are searched (*note
+Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.).  To see all
+the relevant paths, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to
+`-1' before running the program.
+
+   Output goes to standard output.
+
+   The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
+`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-dpi=REAL'
+     Do pixel movement calculations at REAL pixels per inch; default
+     300.0.
+
+`-magnification=INTEGER'
+     Override existing magnification in INDVI with INTEGER; 1000
+     specifies no magnification.  This is equivalent to setting TeX's
+     `\mag' parameter.
+
+`-max-pages=N'
+     Process N pages; default is one million.
+
+`-output-level=N'
+     Verbosity level of output, from 0 to 4 (default 4):
+        * 0: Global document information only.
+
+        * 1: Most DVI commands included, and typeset characters
+          summarized.
+
+        * 2: Character and movement commands explicitly included.
+
+        * 3: DVI stack and current position calculations included.
+
+        * 4: Same information as level 3, but DVItype does random
+          positioning in the file, reading the DVI postamble first.
+
+`-page-start=PAGE-SPEC'
+     Start at the first page matching PAGE-SPEC, which is one or more
+     (signed) integers separated by periods, corresponding to TeX's
+     `\count0...9' parameters at `\shipout' time; `*' matches anything.
+     Examples: `1', `5.*.-9'.
+
+`-show-opcodes'
+     Show numeric opcode values (in decimal) for DVI commands, in braces
+     after the command name. This can help in debugging DVI utilities.
+     We use decimal because in the DVI format documentation (in
+     `dvitype.web', among others) the opcodes are shown in decimal.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* dvitype output example::
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: dvitype output example,  Up: dvitype invocation
+
+9.2.1 DVItype output example
+----------------------------
+
+As an example of the output from DVItype (see section above), here is
+its (abridged) translation of the `story.dvi' resulting from running
+the example in `The TeXbook', with `-output-level=4' and
+`-show-opcodes' on.
+
+     ...
+     Options selected:
+       Starting page = *
+       Maximum number of pages = 1000000
+       Output level = 4 (the works)
+       Resolution = 300.00000000 pixels per inch
+     numerator/denominator=25400000/473628672
+     magnification=1000;       0.00006334 pixels per DVI unit
+     ' TeX output 1992.05.17:0844'
+     Postamble starts at byte 564.
+     maxv=43725786, maxh=30785863, maxstackdepth=3, totalpages=1
+     Font 33: cmsl10---loaded at size 655360 DVI units
+     Font 23: cmbx10---loaded at size 655360 DVI units
+     Font 0: cmr10---loaded at size 655360 DVI units
+
+     42: beginning of page 1
+     87: push {141}
+     level 0:(h=0,v=0,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=0)
+     88: down3 -917504 {159} v:=0-917504=-917504, vv:=-58
+     92: pop {142}
+     ...
+     104: putrule {137} height 26214, width 30785863 (2x1950 pixels)
+     113: down3 5185936 {159} v:=655360+5185936=5841296, vv:=370
+     117: push {141}
+     level 1:(h=0,v=5841296,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=370)
+     118: right4 12265425 {146} h:=0+12265425=12265425, hh:=777
+     [ ]
+     123: fntdef1 23 {243}: cmbx10
+     145: fntnum23 {194} current font is cmbx10
+     146: setchar65 h:=12265425+569796=12835221, hh:=813
+     147: w3 251220 {150} h:=12835221+251220=13086441, hh:=829
+     151: setchar83 h:=13086441+418700=13505141, hh:=856
+     ...
+     164: setchar82 h:=17448202+565245=18013447, hh:=1142
+     165: x0 -62805 {152} h:=18013447-62805=17950642, hh:=1138
+     166: setchar89 h:=17950642+569796=18520438, hh:=1174
+     [A SHORT STORY]
+     167: pop {142}
+     level 1:(h=0,v=5841296,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=370)
+     ...
+     550: pop {142}
+     level 0:(h=0,v=42152922,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=2670)
+     551: down3 1572864 {159} v:=42152922+1572864=43725786, vv:=2770
+     555: push {141}
+     level 0:(h=0,v=43725786,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=2770)
+     556: right4 15229091 {146} h:=0+15229091=15229091, hh:=965
+     561: setchar49 h:=15229091+327681=15556772, hh:=986
+     [ 1]
+     562: pop {142}
+     level 0:(h=0,v=43725786,w=0,x=0,y=0,z=0,hh=0,vv=2770)
+     563: eop {140}
+
+   Explanation:
+
+   * The DVItype options are recorded at the beginning, followed by
+     global information about the document, including fonts used.
+
+   * Each DVI command is preceded by its byte position in the file
+     (`42:', `87:', ...), and (because of the `-show-opcodes') followed
+     by its decimal opcode value in braces (`{141}', `{142}', ...).
+
+   * The `level' lines record information about the DVI stack; `h' and
+     `v' define the current position in DVI units, while `hh' and `vv'
+     are the same in pixels.
+
+   * Text sequences are summarized in brackets, as in `[A SHORT STORY]'
+     and the `[ 1]'.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Font utilities,  Next: Legalisms,  Prev: DVI utilities,  Up: Top
+
+10 Font utilities
+*****************
+
+The Web2c programs described here convert between various TeX-related
+font formats; the first section below briefly describes the formats.
+GFtoPK is the only one that is routinely used, as Metafont outputs GF
+format, but it's most efficient for device drivers to use PK.
+
+   The precise definitions of the PK, GF, TFM, PL, VF, and VPL formats
+mentioned below are in the source files that read them; `pktype.web',
+`gftype.web', `tftopl.web', etc.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Font file formats::       Explanations of GF, PK, TFM, VF, ...
+* gftopk invocation::       GF -> PK (compact)
+* pktogf invocation::       PK -> GF (expand).
+* pktype invocation::       PK -> human-readable text.
+* gftype invocation::       GF -> human-readable text.
+* tftopl invocation::       TFM -> PL (for editing TFM).
+* pltotf invocation::       PL -> TFM (make editing results usable).
+* vftovp invocation::       VF -> VPL (tftopl for virtual fonts).
+* vptovf invocation::       VPL -> VF (pltotf for virtual fonts).
+* Font utilities available elsewhere:: Type 1, BDF, editors, etc.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Font file formats,  Next: gftopk invocation,  Up: Font utilities
+
+10.1 Font file formats
+======================
+
+(For another perspective on this, *note Font concepts: (dvips)Font
+concepts.).
+
+   Font files come in several varieties, with suffixes like:
+     .tfm  .*pk  .*gf  .*pxl (obsolete)  .pl  .mf  .vf  .vpl
+   Each represents a file format.
+
+   A TFM (TeX font metric) file is a compact binary file that contains
+information about each character in a font, about combinations of
+characters within that font, and about the font as a whole.  The font
+metric information contained in TFM files is device-independent units is
+used by TeX to do typesetting.  Unlike the bitmap (raster) fonts
+described below, TFM font files contain no information about the shapes
+of characters.  They describe rectangular areas and combinations
+thereof, but not what will eventually be printed in those areas.
+
+   Since TeX does scaling calculations, one TFM file serves for all
+magnifications of a given typeface.  On the other hand, the best printed
+results are obtained when magnified (or reduced fonts) are not produced
+geometrically (as done by PostScript, for example) but rather optically,
+with each size a separate design (as done with Computer Modern and the
+EC fonts, for example); then a separate TFM file is needed for each
+size.
+
+   At any rate, TeX produces a DVI (DeVice Independent) file from your
+source document.  In order to print DVI files on real devices, you need
+font files defining digitized character shapes and other data.  Then
+previewers and printer-driver programs can translate your DVI files into
+something usable by your monitor or printer.  Bitmap fonts come with
+suffixes such as `.600pk' or `.600gf' or `.3000pxl', where the `600' is
+the horizontal dots-per-inch resolution at which the font was produced,
+and the `pk' or `gf' or `pxl' indicates the font format.  Outline fonts
+in PostScript Type 1 format have suffixes such as `.pfa' or `.pfb'.
+
+   Fonts in pk (packed) format are in the tightly packed raster format
+that is pretty much the standard today.  They take up less space than
+fonts in the gf (generic font) format that Metafont generates, and far
+less space than fonts in pxl format.  Fonts in pxl format take up gross
+amounts of disk space and permit only 128 characters.  They are
+obsolete.
+
+   Font files with the `.pl' (property list) suffix are the plain text
+(human-readable) analog of the binary `.tfm' files.  The TFtoPL and
+PLtoTF programs convert between the two formats (*note tftopl
+invocation:: and *note pltotf invocation::).
+
+   Font files with the `.mf' suffix are in Metafont source format.
+These are the files used by Metafont to generate rastered fonts for
+specific typefaces at specific magnifications for the specific
+resolution and type of mapping used by your device.
+
+   The suffix `.vf' identifies "virtual font" files, for which `.vpl'
+is the human-readable analog.  See *Note vftovp invocation::, and *note
+vptovf invocation::.  For further discussion of virtual fonts, see
+`CTAN:/doc/virtual-fonts.knuth', `CTAN:/help/virtualfonts.txt', and
+*note Virtual fonts: (dvips)Virtual fonts.
+
+   (This section is based on documentation in the original Unix TeX
+distribution by Pierre MacKay and Elizabeth Tachikawa.)
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: gftopk invocation,  Next: pktogf invocation,  Prev: Font file formats,  Up: Font utilities
+
+10.2 GFtoPK: Generic to packed font conversion
+==============================================
+
+GFtoPK converts a generic font (GF) file output by, for example,
+Metafont (*note mf invocation::) to a packed font (PK) file.  PK files
+are considerably smaller than the corresponding gf files, so they are
+generally the bitmap font format of choice.  Some DVI-processing
+programs, notably Dvips, only support PK files and not GF files.
+Synopsis:
+
+     gftopk [OPTION]... GFNAME.DPI[gf] [PKFILE]
+
+The font GFNAME is searched for in the usual places (*note Glyph
+lookup: (kpathsea)Glyph lookup.).  To see all the relevant paths, set
+the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
+program.
+
+   The suffix `gf' is supplied if not already present.  This suffix is
+not an extension; no `.' precedes it: for instance, `cmr10.600gf'.
+
+   If PKFILE is not specified, the output is written to the basename of
+`GFNAME.DPIpk', e.g., `gftopk /wherever/cmr10.600gf' creates
+`./cmr10.600pk'.
+
+   The only options are `--verbose', `--help', and `--version' (*note
+Common options::).
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: pktogf invocation,  Next: pktype invocation,  Prev: gftopk invocation,  Up: Font utilities
+
+10.3 PKtoGF: Packed to generic font conversion
+==============================================
+
+PKtoGF converts a packed font (PK) file to a generic font (GF) file.
+Since PK format is much more compact than GF format, the most likely
+reason to do this is to run GFtype (*note gftype invocation::) on the
+result, so you can see the bitmap images.  Also, a few old utility
+programs do not support PK format.  Synopsis:
+
+     pktogf [OPTION]... PKNAME.DPI[pk] [GFFILE]
+
+The font PKNAME is searched for in the usual places (*note Glyph
+lookup: (kpathsea)Glyph lookup.).  To see all the relevant paths, set
+the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
+program.
+
+   The suffix `pk' is supplied if not already present.  This suffix is
+not an extension; no `.' precedes it: for instance, `cmr10.600pk'.
+
+   If GFFILE is not specified, the output is written to the basename of
+`PKNAME.DPIgf', e.g., `pktogf /wherever/cmr10.600pk' creates
+`./cmr10.600gf'.
+
+   The only options are `--verbose', `--help', and `--version' (*note
+Common options::).
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: pktype invocation,  Next: gftype invocation,  Prev: pktogf invocation,  Up: Font utilities
+
+10.4 PKtype: Plain text transliteration of packed fonts
+=======================================================
+
+PKtype translates a packed font (PK) bitmap file (as output by GFtoPK,
+for example) to a plain text file that humans can read.  It also serves
+as a PK-validating program, i.e., if PKtype can read a file, it's
+correct.  Synopsis:
+
+     pktype PKNAME.DPI[pk]
+
+   The font PKNAME is searched for in the usual places (*note Glyph
+lookup: (kpathsea)Glyph lookup.).  To see all the relevant paths, set
+the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
+program.
+
+   The suffix `pk' is supplied if not already present.  This suffix is
+not an extension; no `.' precedes it: for instance, `cmr10.600pk'.
+
+   The translation is written to standard output.
+
+   The only options are `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::).
+
+   As an example of the output, here is the (abridged) translation of
+the letter `K' in `cmr10', as rendered at 600dpi with the mode `ljfour'
+from `modes.mf' (available from `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf').
+
+     955:  Flag byte = 184  Character = 75  Packet length = 174
+       Dynamic packing variable = 11
+       TFM width = 815562  dx = 4259840
+       Height = 57  Width = 57  X-offset = -3  Y-offset = 56
+       [2]23(16)17(8)9(25)11(13)7(27)7(16)7(28)4(18)7(28)2(20)7(27)...
+       ...
+       (14)9(24)12(5)[2]23(13)21
+
+Explanation:
+
+`955'
+     The byte position in the file where this character starts.
+
+`Flag byte'
+`Dynamic packing variable'
+     Related to the packing for this character; see the source code.
+
+`Character'
+     The character code, in decimal.
+
+`Packet length'
+     The total length of this character definition, in bytes.
+
+`TFM width'
+     The device-independent (TFM) width of this character.  It is 2^24
+     times the ratio of the true width to the font's design size.
+
+`dx'
+     The device-dependent width, in "scaled pixels", i.e., units of
+     horizontal pixels times 2^16.
+
+`Height'
+`Width'
+     The bitmap height and width, in pixels.
+
+`X-offset'
+`Y-offset'
+     Horizontal and vertical offset from the upper left pixel to the
+     reference (origin) pixel for this character, in pixels (right and
+     down are positive).  The "reference pixel" is the pixel that
+     occupies the unit square in Metafont; the Metafont reference point
+     is the lower left hand corner of this pixel. Put another way, the
+     x-offset is the negative of the left side bearing; the right side
+     bearing is the horizontal escapement minus the bitmap width plus
+     the x-offset.
+
+`[2]23(16)...'
+     Finally, run lengths of black pixels alternate with parenthesized
+     run lengths of white pixels, and brackets indicate a repeated row.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: gftype invocation,  Next: tftopl invocation,  Prev: pktype invocation,  Up: Font utilities
+
+10.5 GFtype: Plain text transliteration of generic fonts
+========================================================
+
+GFtype translates a generic font (GF) bitmap file (as output by
+Metafont, for example) to a plain text file that humans can read.  It
+also serves as a GF-validating program, i.e., if GFtype can read a file,
+it's correct.  Synopsis:
+
+     gftype [OPTION]... GFNAME.DPI[gf]
+
+   The font GFNAME is searched for in the usual places (*note Glyph
+lookup: (kpathsea)Glyph lookup.).  To see all the relevant paths, set
+the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
+program.
+
+   The suffix `gf' is supplied if not already present.  This suffix is
+not an extension; no `.' precedes it: for instance, `cmr10.600gf'.
+
+   The translation is written to standard output.
+
+   The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard
+`-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-images'
+     Show the characters' bitmaps using asterisks and spaces.
+
+`-mnemonics'
+     Translate all commands in the GF file.
+
+   As an example of the output, here is the (abrdiged) translation of
+the letter `K' in `cmr10', as rendered at 600dpi with the mode `ljfour'
+from `modes.mf' (available from `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf'), with
+both `-mnemonics' and `-images' enabled.
+
+   GFtype outputs the information about a character in two places: a
+main definition and a one-line summary at the end. We show both.  Here
+is the main definition:
+
+     2033: beginning of char 75: 3<=m<=60 0<=n<=56
+     (initially n=56) paint (0)24(12)20
+     2043: newrow 0 (n=55) paint 24(12)20
+     2047: newrow 0 (n=54) paint 24(12)20
+     2051: newrow 0 (n=53) paint 24(12)20
+     2055: newrow 7 (n=52) paint 10(21)13
+     2059: newrow 8 (n=51) paint 8(23)9
+     ...
+     2249: newrow 8 (n=5) paint 8(23)11
+     2253: newrow 7 (n=4) paint 10(22)12
+     2257: newrow 0 (n=3) paint 24(11)22
+     2261: newrow 0 (n=2) paint 24(11)22
+     2265: newrow 0 (n=1) paint 24(11)22
+     2269: newrow 0 (n=0) paint 24(11)22
+     2273: eoc
+     .<--This pixel's lower left corner is at (3,57) in METAFONT coordinates
+     ************************            ********************
+     ************************            ********************
+     ************************            ********************
+     ************************            ********************
+            **********                     *************
+             ********                       *********
+     ...
+             ********                       ***********
+            **********                      ************
+     ************************           **********************
+     ************************           **********************
+     ************************           **********************
+     ************************           **********************
+     .<--This pixel's upper left corner is at (3,0) in METAFONT coordinates
+
+Explanation:
+
+`2033'
+`2043'
+`...'
+     The byte position in the file where each GF command starts.
+
+`beginning of char 75'
+     The character code, in decimal.
+
+`3<=m<=60 0<=n<=56'
+     The character's bitmap lies between 3 and 60 (inclusive)
+     horizontally, and between 0 and 56 (inclusive) vertically. (m is a
+     column position and n is a row position.)  Thus, 3 is the left side
+     bearing.  The right side bearing is the horizontal escapement
+     (given below) minus the maximum m.
+
+`(initially n=56) paint (0)24(12)20'
+     The first row of pixels: 0 white pixels, 24 black pixels, 12 white
+     pixels, etc.
+
+`newrow 0 (n=55) paint 24(12)20'
+     The second row of pixels, with zero leading white pixels on the
+     row.
+
+`eoc'
+     The end of the main character definition.
+
+
+   Here is the GF postamble information that GFtype outputs at the end:
+
+     Character 75: dx 4259840 (65), width 815562 (64.57289), loc 2033
+
+   Explanation:
+
+`dx'
+     The device-dependent width, in "scaled pixels", i.e., units of
+     horizontal pixels times 2^16.  The `(65)' is simply the same number
+     rounded.  If the vertical escapement is nonzero, it would appear
+     here as a `dy' value.
+
+`width'
+     The device-independent (TFM) width of this character.  It is 2^24
+     times the ratio of the true width to the font's design size.  The
+     `64.57289' is the same number converted to pixels.
+
+`loc'
+     The byte position in the file where this character starts.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: tftopl invocation,  Next: pltotf invocation,  Prev: gftype invocation,  Up: Font utilities
+
+10.6 TFtoPL: TeX font metric to property list conversion
+========================================================
+
+TFtoPL translates a TeX font metric (TFM, *note Metric files:
+(dvips)Metric files.) file (as output by Metafont, for example) to
+"property list format" (a list of parenthesized items describing the
+font) that humans can edit or read.  This program is mostly used by
+people debugging TeX implementations, writing font utilities, etc.
+Synopsis:
+
+     tftopl [OPTION]... TFMNAME[.tfm] [PLFILE[.pl]]
+
+   The font TFMNAME (extended with `.tfm' if necessary) is searched for
+in the usual places (*note Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported
+file formats.).  To see all the relevant paths, set the environment
+variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the program.
+
+   If PLFILE (which is extended with `.pl' if necessary) is not
+specified, the property list file is written to standard output.  The
+property list file can be converted back to TFM format by the companion
+program TFtoPL (see the next section).
+
+   The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard
+`-verbose', `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-charcode-format=TYPE'
+     Output character codes in the PL file according to TYPE: either
+     `octal' or `ascii'.  Default is `ascii' for letters and digits,
+     octal for all other characters.  Exception: if the font's coding
+     scheme starts with `TeX math sy' or `TeX math ex', all character
+     codes are output in octal.
+
+     In `ascii' format, character codes that correspond to graphic
+     characters, except for left and right parentheses, are output as a
+     `C' followed by the single character: `C K', for example.  In
+     octal format, character codes are output as the letter `O' followed
+     by octal digits, as in `O 113' for `K'.
+
+     `octal' format is useful for symbol and other non-alphabetic fonts,
+     where using ASCII characters for the character codes is merely
+     confusing.
+
+   As an example of the output, here is the (abridged) property list
+translation of `cmr10.tfm':
+
+     (FAMILY CMR)
+     (FACE O 352)
+     (CODINGSCHEME TEX TEXT)
+     (DESIGNSIZE R 10.0)
+     (COMMENT DESIGNSIZE IS IN POINTS)
+     (COMMENT OTHER SIZES ARE MULTIPLES OF DESIGNSIZE)
+     (CHECKSUM O 11374260171)
+     (FONTDIMEN
+        (SLANT R 0.0)
+        (SPACE R 0.333334)
+        (STRETCH R 0.166667)
+        (SHRINK R 0.111112)
+        (XHEIGHT R 0.430555)
+        (QUAD R 1.000003)
+        (EXTRASPACE R 0.111112)
+        )
+     (LIGTABLE
+        ...
+        (LABEL C f)
+        (LIG C i O 14)
+        (LIG C f O 13)
+        (LIG C l O 15)
+        (KRN O 47 R 0.077779)
+        (KRN O 77 R 0.077779)
+        (KRN O 41 R 0.077779)
+        (KRN O 51 R 0.077779)
+        (KRN O 135 R 0.077779)
+        (STOP)
+        ...
+        )
+     ...
+     (CHARACTER C f
+        (CHARWD R 0.305557)
+        (CHARHT R 0.694445)
+        (CHARIC R 0.077779)
+        (COMMENT
+           (LIG C i O 14)
+           (LIG C f O 13)
+           (LIG C l O 15)
+           (KRN O 47 R 0.077779)
+           (KRN O 77 R 0.077779)
+           ...
+           )
+        )
+     ...
+
+   As you can see, the general format is a list of parenthesized
+"properties", nested where necessary.
+
+   * The first few items (`FAMILY', `FACE', and so on) are the
+     so-called "headerbyte" information from Metafont, giving general
+     information about the font.
+
+   * The `FONTDIMEN' property defines the TeX `\fontdimen' values.
+
+   * The `LIGTABLE' property defines the ligature and kerning table.
+     `LIG' properties define ligatures: in the example above, an `f'
+     (in the `LABEL') followed by an `i' is a ligature, i.e., a
+     typesetting program like TeX replaces those two consecutive
+     characters by the character at position octal '014 in the current
+     font--presumably the `fi' ligature.  `KRN' properties define
+     kerns: if an `f' is followed by character octal '047 (an
+     apostrophe), TeX inserts a small amount of space between them:
+     0.077779 times the design size the font was loaded at (about
+     three-quarters of a printer's point by default in this case, or
+     .001 inches).
+
+   * The `CHARACTER' property defines the dimensions of a character: its
+     width, height, depth, and italic correction, also in design-size
+     units, as explained in the previous item.  For our example `f',
+     the depth is zero, so that property is omitted.  TFtoPL also
+     inserts any kerns and ligatures for this character as a comment.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: pltotf invocation,  Next: vftovp invocation,  Prev: tftopl invocation,  Up: Font utilities
+
+10.7 PLtoTF: Property list to TeX font metric conversion
+========================================================
+
+PLtoTF translates a property list file (as output by TFtoPL, for
+example) to TeX font metric (TFM, *note Metric files: (dvips)Metric
+files.)  format.  It's much easier for both programs and humans to
+create the (plain text) property list files and let PLtoTF take care of
+creating the binary TFM equivalent than to output TFM files directly.
+Synopsis:
+
+     pltotf [OPTION]... PLFILE[.pl] [TFMFILE[.tfm]]
+
+   If TFMFILE (extended with `.tfm' if necessary) is not specified, the
+TFM file is written to the basename of `PLFILE.tfm', e.g., `pltotf
+/wherever/cmr10.pl' creates `./cmr10.tfm'.  (Since TFM files are
+binary, writing to standard output by default is undesirable.)
+
+   The only options are `-verbose', `-help', and `-version' (*note
+Common options::).
+
+   For an example of property list format, see the previous section.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: vftovp invocation,  Next: vptovf invocation,  Prev: pltotf invocation,  Up: Font utilities
+
+10.8 VFtoVP: Virtual font to virtual property lists
+===================================================
+
+VFtoVP translates a virtual font metric (VF, *note Virtual fonts:
+(dvips)Virtual fonts.) file and its accompanying TeX font metric (TFM,
+*note Metric files: (dvips)Metric files.) file (as output by VPtoVF, for
+example) to "virtual property list format" (a list of parenthesized
+items describing the virtual font) that humans can edit or read.  This
+program is mostly used by people debugging virtual font utilities.
+Synopsis:
+
+     vftovp [OPTION]... VFNAME[.vf] [TFMNAME[.tfm] [VPLFILE[.vpl]]]
+
+   The fonts VFNAME and TFMNAME (extended with `.vf' and `.tfm' if
+necessary) are searched for in the usual places (*note Supported file
+formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.).  To see all the relevant
+paths, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before
+running the program.  If TFMNAME is not specified, VFNAME (without a
+trailing `.vf') is used.
+
+   If VPLFILE (extended with `.vpl' if necessary) is not specified, the
+property list file is written to standard output.  The property list
+file can be converted back to VF and TFM format by the companion
+program VFtoVP (see the next section).
+
+   The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard
+`-verbose', `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+`-charcode-format=TYPE'
+     Output character codes in the PL file according to TYPE: either
+     `octal' or `ascii'.  Default is `ascii' for letters and digits,
+     octal for all other characters.  Exception: if the font's coding
+     scheme starts with `TeX math sy' or `TeX math ex', all character
+     codes are output in octal.
+
+     In `ascii' format, character codes that correspond to graphic
+     characters, except for left and right parentheses, are output as a
+     `C' followed by the single character: `C K', for example.  In
+     octal format, character codes are output as the letter `O' followed
+     by octal digits, as in `O 113' for `K'.
+
+     `octal' format is useful for symbol and other non-alphabetic fonts,
+     where using ASCII characters for the character codes is merely
+     confusing.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: vptovf invocation,  Next: Font utilities available elsewhere,  Prev: vftovp invocation,  Up: Font utilities
+
+10.9 VPtoVF: Virtual property lists to virtual font
+===================================================
+
+VPtoVF translates a virtual property list file (as output by VFtoVP, for
+example) to virtual font (VF, *note Virtual fonts: (dvips)Virtual
+fonts.) and TeX font metric (TFM, *note Metric files: (dvips)Metric
+files.) files.  It's much easier for both programs and humans to create
+the (plain text) property list files and let VPtoVF take care of
+creating the binary VF and TFM equivalents than to output them
+directly.  Synopsis:
+
+     vptovf [OPTION]... VPLFILE[.vpl] [VFFILE[.vf] [TFMFILE[.tfm]]]
+
+   If VFFILE (extended with `.vf' if necessary) is not specified, the
+VF output is written to the basename of `VPLFILE.vf'; similarly for
+TFMFILE.  For example, `vptovf /wherever/ptmr.vpl' creates `./ptmr.vf'
+and `./ptmr.tfm'.
+
+   The only options are `-verbose', `-help', and `-version' (*note
+Common options::).
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Font utilities available elsewhere,  Prev: vptovf invocation,  Up: Font utilities
+
+10.10 Font utilities available elsewhere
+========================================
+
+The Web2c complement of font utilities merely implements a few basic
+conversions.  Many other more sophisticated font utilities exist; most
+are in `CTAN:/fonts/utilities' (for CTAN info, *note unixtex.ftp:
+(kpathsea)unixtex.ftp.).  Here are some of the most commonly-requested
+items:
+
+   * AFM (Adobe font metric) to TFM conversion: *note Invoking afm2tfm:
+     (dvips)Invoking afm2tfm, and `CTAN:/fonts/utilities/afmtopl'.
+
+   * BDF (the X bitmap format) conversion:
+     `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/bdf.tar.gz'.
+
+   * Creating fonts using MetaPost: MetaType1.
+     `ftp://bop.eps.gda.pl/pub/metatype1'.  This is used to create the
+     excellent Latin Modern font family (`CTAN:/fonts/lm'), which
+     extends Computer Modern to a vast repertoire of scripts.
+
+   * Editing of bitmap fonts: Xbfe from the GNU font utilities mentioned
+     below; the X BDF-editing programs available from
+     `ftp://ftp.x.org/R5contrib/xfed.tar.Z' and
+     `ftp://ftp.x.org/R5contrib/xfedor.tar.Z'; and finally, if your
+     fonts have only 128 characters, you can use the old `gftopxl',
+     `pxtoch', and `chtopx' programs from `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/web'.
+
+   * Editing of outline fonts: FontForge, `fontforge.sourceforge.net'.
+     This is a very elaborate program with support for many outline
+     formats (Type 1, OpenType, TrueType, ...), and many advanced font
+     editing features.
+
+   * PK bitmaps from PostScript outline fonts: gsftopk from the `xdvi'
+     distribution.  Alternatively, `ps2pk', from
+     `CTAN:/fonts/utilities/ps2pk'.
+
+   * PostScript Type 1 font format conversion (i.e., between PFA and PFB
+     formats): `http://www.lcdf.org/type'.
+
+   * Scanned image conversion: the (aging) GNU font utilities convert
+     type specimen images to Metafont, PostScript, etc.:
+     `http://www.gnu.org/software/fontutils/'.
+
+   * Tracing bitmaps to fitted outlines: Autotrace
+     (`http://autotrace.sourceforge.net'), Potrace
+     (`http://potrace.sourceforge.net').  For Metafont fonts, either of
+     the two programs `mftrace'
+     (`http://www.xs4all.nl/~hanwen/mftrace') or `textrace'
+     (`http://textrace.sourceforge.net') make the job easier.
+
+   * Virtual font creation: `CTAN:/fonts/utilities/fontinst'.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Legalisms,  Next: References,  Prev: Font utilities,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix A Legalisms
+********************
+
+In general, each file has its own copyright notice stating the copying
+permissions for that file.  Following is a summary.
+
+   The Web2c system itself and most of the original WEB source files are
+public domain.
+
+   `tex.web', the MLTeX code, `mf.web', and `bibtex.web', are
+copyrighted by their authors.  They may be copied verbatim, but may be
+modified only through a `.ch' file.
+
+   MetaPost-related files, including `mp.web' itself, are copyrighted
+under X-like terms; the precise notice is included below.
+
+   Finally, the Kpathsea library is covered by the GNU Lesser General
+Public License (*note Introduction: (kpathsea)Introduction.).
+Therefore, the _binaries_ resulting from a standard Web2c compilation
+are also covered by the LGPL; so if you (re)distribute the binaries,
+you must also (offer to) distribute the complete source that went into
+those binaries.  See the file `LGPL' for complete details on the LGPL.
+
+   The following notice must be included by the terms of the MetaPost
+copyright.
+
+     Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
+     its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
+     granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+     copies and that both that the copyright notice and this permission
+     notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting documentation,
+     and that the names of AT&T Bell Laboratories or any of its
+     entities not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
+     distribution of the software without specific, written prior
+     permission.
+
+     AT&T disclaims all warranties with regard to this software,
+     including all implied warranties of merchantability and fitness.
+     In no event shall AT&T be liable for any special, indirect or
+     consequential damages or any damages whatsoever resulting from
+     loss of use, data or profits, whether in an action of contract,
+     negligence or other tortious action, arising out of or in
+     connection with the use or performance of this software.
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: References,  Next: Index,  Prev: Legalisms,  Up: Top
+
+Appendix B References
+*********************
+
+  1. Kpathsea: *Note Introduction: (kpathsea)Top.
+
+  2. Dvips and Afm2tfm: *Note Introduction: (dvips)Top.
+
+  3. The TeX Users Group: `http://www.tug.org'.  For an introduction to
+     the TeX system, see `http://tug.org/begin.html'.
+
+  4. TUGboat: `http://tug.org/TUGboat'.
+
+  5. TeX and computer typesetting in general:
+     `ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook1.bib'.
+
+  6. For a bibliography of formal articles and technical reports on the
+     TeX project, see the books `TeX: The Program' or `Metafont: The
+     Program' cited below.
+
+  7. [Bil87] Neenie Billawala.  Write-white printing engines and tuning
+     fonts with Metafont.  `TUGboat', 8(1):29-32, April 1987.
+     `http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb08-1/tb17billawala.pdf'.
+
+  8. [GMS94] Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin.
+     `The LaTeX Companion'.  Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA, 1994.
+
+  9. [Hob89] John D. Hobby.  A Metafont-like system with PS output.
+     `TUGboat', 10(4):505-512, December 1989.
+     `http://tug.org/metapost'.
+
+ 10. [Hob92] John D. Hobby.  A User's Manual for MetaPost.  Technical
+     Report CSTR-162, AT&T Bell Laboratories, 1992.
+
+ 11. [Hob93] John D. Hobby.  Drawing Graphs with MetaPost.  Technical
+     Report CSTR-164, AT&T Bell Laboratories, 1993.
+
+ 12. [HS91] Samuel P. Harbison and Guy L. Steele Jr.  `C--A Reference
+     Manual'.  Prentice-Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ 07458, USA, third
+     edition, 1991.  An authoritative reference to the C programming
+     language, and a good   companion to Kernighan and Ritchie.
+
+ 13. [KL93] Donald E. Knuth and Silvio Levy.  `The CWEB System of
+     Structured Documentation, Version 3.0'.  Addison-Wesley, Reading,
+     MA, USA, 1993.
+
+ 14. [Knu84] Donald E. Knuth.  A torture test for TeX.  Report No.
+     STAN-CS-84-1027, Stanford University, Department of Computer
+     Science, 1984.
+
+ 15. [Knu86a] Donald E. Knuth.  A Torture Test for METAFONT.  Report
+     No. STAN-CS-86-1095, Stanford University, Department of Computer
+     Science, 1986.
+
+ 16. [Knu86b] Donald E. Knuth.  `The TeXbook', volume A of `Computers
+     and Typesetting'.  Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA, 1986.
+
+ 17. [Knu86c] Donald E. Knuth.  `TeX: The Program', volume B of
+     `Computers and Typesetting'.  Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA,
+     1986.
+
+ 18. [Knu86d] Donald E. Knuth.  `The METAFONTbook', volume C of
+     `Computers and Typesetting'.  Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA,
+     1986.
+
+ 19. [Knu86e] Donald E. Knuth.  `METAFONT: The Program', volume D of
+     `Computers and   Typesetting'.  Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA,
+     1986.
+
+ 20. [Knu86f] Donald E. Knuth.  `Computer Modern Typefaces', volume E
+     of `Computers and   Typesetting'.  Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA,
+     USA, 1986.
+
+ 21. [Knu89] Donald E. Knuth.  The errors of TeX.  `Software--Practice
+     and Experience', 19(7):607-681, July   1989.  This is an updated
+     version of Knuth:1988:ET.
+
+ 22. [Knu90] Donald Knuth.  Virtual Fonts: More Fun for Grand Wizards.
+     `TUGboat', 11(1):13-23, April 1990.
+     `http://tug.org/TUGboat/tb11-1/tb27knut.pdf'.
+
+ 23. [Knu92] Donald E. Knuth.  `Literate Programming'.  CSLI Lecture
+     Notes Number 27. Stanford University Center for the Study of
+     Language and Information, Stanford, CA, USA, 1992.
+
+ 24. [Lam94] Leslie Lamport.  `LaTeX: A Document Preparation System:
+     User's Guide and Reference   Manual'.  Addison-Wesley, Reading,
+     MA, USA, second edition, 1994.  Reprinted with corrections in 1996.
+
+ 25. [Lia83] Franklin Mark Liang.  Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-pu-ter.
+     Technical Report STAN-CS-83-977, Stanford University, August 1983.
+     `http://tug.org/docs/liang/liang-thesis.pdf'.
+
+ 26. [Mac91] Pierre A. MacKay.  Looking at the pixels: Quality control
+     for 300 dpi laser printer fonts,   especially Metafonts.  In
+     Robert A. Morris and Jacques Andre, editors, `Raster Imaging and
+     Digital Typography II--Papers from the second RIDT meeting, held in
+      Boston, Oct. 14-16, 1991', pages 205-215, New York, 1991.
+     Cambridge   University Press.
+
+ 27. [Spi89] Michael D. Spivak.  `LAMSTeX, The Synthesis'.  The
+     TeXplorators Corporation, 3701 W. Alabama, Suite 450-273, Houston,
+     TX   77027, USA, 1989.
+
+ 28. [Spi90] Michael D. Spivak.  `The Joy of TeX--A Gourmet Guide to
+     Typesetting with the   AMSTeX macro package'.  American
+     Mathematical Society, Providence, RI, USA, 2nd revised edition,
+     1990.
+
+
+
+File: web2c.info,  Node: Index,  Prev: References,  Up: Top
+
+Index
+*****
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* #define options:                       Compile-time options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* $ expansion in filenames:              \input filenames.    (line  48)
+* %& magic number:                       Determining the memory dump to use.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* - starting a filename:                 Option conventions.  (line  19)
+* - starts option names:                 Option conventions.  (line  11)
+* -- starts option names:                Option conventions.  (line  11)
+* --disable-dump-share configure option: Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* --disable-mf-nowin:                    Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* --enable-epsfwin:                      Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* --enable-hp2627win:                    Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  28)
+* --enable-ipc configure option:         tex invocation.      (line  95)
+* --enable-mftalkwin:                    Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* --enable-next:                         Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* --enable-regiswin:                     Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* --enable-suntoolswin:                  Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* --enable-tektronixwin:                 Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* --enable-unitermwin:                   Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* --help common option:                  Common options.      (line  11)
+* --verbose common option:               Common options.      (line  15)
+* --version common option:               Common options.      (line  18)
+* --with-editor=CMD:                     Editor invocation.   (line  10)
+* --with-mf-x-toolkit=KIT:               Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* --with-x:                              Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  57)
+* -8bit:                                 Common options.      (line 105)
+* -base=BASE:                            Determining the memory dump to use.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* -base=DUMPNAME:                        Common options.      (line  34)
+* -change=CHFILE:                        mft invocation.      (line  64)
+* -charcode-format=TYPE <1>:             vftovp invocation.   (line  31)
+* -charcode-format=TYPE:                 tftopl invocation.   (line  28)
+* -D compiler options:                   Compile-time options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* -disable-write18:                      tex invocation.      (line 130)
+* -dpi=REAL:                             dvitype invocation.  (line  24)
+* -enable-write18:                       tex invocation.      (line 129)
+* -enc:                                  tex invocation.      (line  89)
+* -file-line-error:                      Common options.      (line  25)
+* -file-line-error-style:                Common options.      (line  26)
+* -fmt=DUMPNAME:                         Common options.      (line  34)
+* -fmt=FMT:                              Determining the memory dump to use.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* -geometry, supported with Xt:          Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* -halt-on-error:                        Common options.      (line  41)
+* -images:                               gftype invocation.   (line  26)
+* -ini <1>:                              Initial and virgin.  (line  10)
+* -ini:                                  Common options.      (line  45)
+* -interaction=STRING:                   Common options.      (line  50)
+* -ipc:                                  tex invocation.      (line  95)
+* -ipc-start:                            tex invocation.      (line  95)
+* -jobname=STRING:                       Common options.      (line  55)
+* -kpathsea-debug=NUMBER:                Common options.      (line  59)
+* -length=NUMBER:                        tangle invocation.   (line  27)
+* -loose:                                tangle invocation.   (line  46)
+* -lowercase:                            tangle invocation.   (line  35)
+* -magnification=INTEGER <1>:            dvitype invocation.  (line  28)
+* -magnification=INTEGER:                dvicopy invocation.  (line  20)
+* -max-pages=N <1>:                      dvitype invocation.  (line  33)
+* -max-pages=N:                          dvicopy invocation.  (line  25)
+* -mem=DUMPNAME:                         Common options.      (line  34)
+* -min-crossrefs=N:                      bibtex invocation.   (line  31)
+* -mixedcase:                            tangle invocation.   (line  35)
+* -mktex=FILETYPE <1>:                   mf invocation.       (line  87)
+* -mktex=FILETYPE:                       tex invocation.      (line 105)
+* -mltex:                                tex invocation.      (line 110)
+* -mnemonics:                            gftype invocation.   (line  29)
+* -no-file-line-error:                   Common options.      (line  26)
+* -no-mktex=FILETYPE <1>:                mf invocation.       (line  87)
+* -no-mktex=FILETYPE:                    tex invocation.      (line 105)
+* -no-parse-first-line:                  Common options.      (line  72)
+* -no-shell-escape:                      tex invocation.      (line 123)
+* -output-comment=STRING:                tex invocation.      (line 115)
+* -output-directory <1>:                 Output file location.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* -output-directory:                     Common options.      (line  66)
+* -output-level=N:                       dvitype invocation.  (line  36)
+* -overflow-label-offset=POINTS:         gftodvi invocation.  (line  59)
+* -page-start=PAGE-SPEC <1>:             dvitype invocation.  (line  50)
+* -page-start=PAGE-SPEC:                 dvicopy invocation.  (line  28)
+* -parse-first-line:                     Common options.      (line  71)
+* -progname=STRING <1>:                  Determining the memory dump to use.
+                                                              (line  17)
+* -progname=STRING:                      Common options.      (line  77)
+* -recorder:                             Common options.      (line  84)
+* -shell-escape:                         tex invocation.      (line 122)
+* -shell-restricted:                     tex invocation.      (line 124)
+* -show-opcodes:                         dvitype invocation.  (line  56)
+* -strict:                               tangle invocation.   (line  46)
+* -style=MFTFILE:                        mft invocation.      (line  68)
+* -T:                                    mpost invocation.    (line 118)
+* -terse:                                bibtex invocation.   (line  28)
+* -tex=TEXPROGRAM:                       mpost invocation.    (line 121)
+* -translate-file=TCXFILE:               Common options.      (line  98)
+* -troff:                                mpost invocation.    (line 118)
+* -underline:                            tangle invocation.   (line  41)
+* -uppercase:                            tangle invocation.   (line  35)
+* -x:                                    weave invocation.    (line  22)
+* ., used for output:                    Output file location.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* .2602gf:                               mf invocation.       (line  48)
+* .aux cross-reference files:            bibtex invocation.   (line   6)
+* .base:                                 Initial Metafont.    (line   6)
+* .bbl bibliography files:               bibtex invocation.   (line   6)
+* .bib bibliography databases:           bibtex invocation.   (line   6)
+* .blg BibTeX log file:                  bibtex invocation.   (line  14)
+* .fmt:                                  Initial TeX.         (line   6)
+* .mf:                                   mf invocation.       (line  24)
+* .mp:                                   mpost invocation.    (line  31)
+* .mps files and PDF:                    mpost invocation.    (line  89)
+* .NNN PostScript figures:               mpost invocation.    (line  37)
+* .NNNgf generic fonts:                  mf invocation.       (line  34)
+* .tcx character translation files <1>:  TCX files.           (line   6)
+* .tcx character translation files:      Common options.      (line  98)
+* .tex:                                  tex invocation.      (line  20)
+* .tfm output <1>:                       mpost invocation.    (line  37)
+* .tfm output:                           mf invocation.       (line  43)
+* .Xdefaults:                            Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* .Xresources:                           Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* 2602gf:                                mf invocation.       (line  48)
+* 8 bit clean:                           Common options.      (line 105)
+* 8 bit clean output, specifying:        Common options.      (line 105)
+* 8-bit characters:                      TCX files.           (line   6)
+* \bibliography:                         bibtex invocation.   (line  18)
+* \bibliographystyle:                    bibtex invocation.   (line  18)
+* \charsubdef and MLTeX:                 \charsubdef.         (line   6)
+* \countN <1>:                           dvitype invocation.  (line  50)
+* \countN:                               dvicopy invocation.  (line  28)
+* \font and dynamic generation:          tex invocation.      (line  44)
+* \fontdimen:                            tftopl invocation.   (line 100)
+* \immediate\write18:                    Shell escapes.       (line   6)
+* \input filenames:                      \input filenames.    (line   6)
+* \input, and pipes:                     Shell escapes.       (line  63)
+* \mag <1>:                              dvitype invocation.  (line  28)
+* \mag:                                  dvicopy invocation.  (line  20)
+* \openin, and pipes:                    Shell escapes.       (line  63)
+* \openout and security:                 tex invocation.      (line  51)
+* \openout, and pipes:                   Shell escapes.       (line  63)
+* \output routine, and \write:           Shell escapes.       (line  28)
+* \pdfshellescape:                       Shell escapes.       (line  63)
+* \string:                               \input filenames.    (line  60)
+* \tracingcharsubdef and MLTeX:          \tracingcharsubdef.  (line   6)
+* \tracinglostchars and MLTeX:           \tracingcharsubdef.  (line  11)
+* \write18 shell escape extension:       Shell escapes.       (line   6)
+* ^^ notation, avoiding:                 TCX files.           (line  88)
+* `Computer Modern Typefaces', production of: mft invocation. (line  75)
+* abbrv.bst:                             Basic BibTeX style files.
+                                                              (line  16)
+* accented character:                    TCX files.           (line   6)
+* accents, hyphenating words with:       MLTeX.               (line   6)
+* acknowledgements:                      Introduction.        (line  50)
+* acm.bst:                               Basic BibTeX style files.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* Ada, WEB for:                          WEB.                 (line  13)
+* additional Make targets:               Additional targets.  (line   6)
+* AFM to TFM conversion:                 Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* afm2tfm:                               Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* afmtopl:                               Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  12)
+* Aleph:                                 TeX extensions.      (line  14)
+* aliases for fonts:                     Path searching.      (line  15)
+* alpha.bst:                             Basic BibTeX style files.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* American Mathematical Society, typesetting system: Formats. (line  39)
+* AMSTeX:                                Formats.             (line  39)
+* apalike.bst:                           Basic BibTeX style files.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* architecture dependencies:             Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* array limit, fixed:                    Runtime options.     (line  36)
+* array sizes:                           Runtime options.     (line   6)
+* assembly language routines:            Compile-time options.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* autotrace:                             Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  46)
+* Awk, WEB for:                          WEB.                 (line  13)
+* base file, determining:                Determining the memory dump to use.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* base files:                            Initial Metafont.    (line   6)
+* base files, need mode definitions:     Modes.               (line   6)
+* base files, plain only:                Initial Metafont.    (line  28)
+* base files, sharing:                   Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* bases Make target:                     Additional targets.  (line  29)
+* basic BibTeX style files:              Basic BibTeX style files.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* basic fonts and macros:                Installation.        (line  34)
+* batch languages:                       TeX.                 (line   9)
+* BDF and GF conversion:                 Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* beginfig:                              mpost invocation.    (line  37)
+* Berry, Karl:                           Introduction.        (line  40)
+* BIBINPUTS, search path for bib files:  bibtex invocation.   (line  18)
+* bibliographies, creating:              BibTeX.              (line   6)
+* bibliography:                          References.          (line   6)
+* bibliography items, cross-referenced:  bibtex invocation.   (line  31)
+* bibtex:                                bibtex invocation.   (line   6)
+* BibTeX:                                BibTeX.              (line   6)
+* BibTeX collection:                     bibtex invocation.   (line  54)
+* BibTeX style files:                    Basic BibTeX style files.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* BigEndian machines:                    Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* binaries, linking:                     Common options.      (line  77)
+* blank lines, in TCX files:             TCX files.           (line  67)
+* boxes, memory for:                     Runtime options.     (line  20)
+* breakpoints, memory for:               Runtime options.     (line  20)
+* Breitenlohner, Peter:                  Introduction.        (line   8)
+* BSTINPUTS, search path for bst files:  bibtex invocation.   (line  18)
+* btex for MetaPost labels:              mpost invocation.    (line  50)
+* btxdoc.bib:                            bibtex invocation.   (line  48)
+* btxdoc.tex:                            bibtex invocation.   (line  42)
+* btxhak.tex:                            bibtex invocation.   (line  45)
+* byte position <1>:                     gftype invocation.   (line  76)
+* byte position:                         pktype invocation.   (line  40)
+* byte swapping:                         Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* c-sources Makefile target:             Additional targets.  (line  12)
+* change files, and MFT:                 mft invocation.      (line  64)
+* change files, and Tangle:              tangle invocation.   (line  11)
+* change files, and Weave:               weave invocation.    (line  14)
+* changing error messages style:         Common options.      (line  26)
+* character codes, in GFtype output:     gftype invocation.   (line  79)
+* character codes, in PKtype output:     pktype invocation.   (line  47)
+* character codes, in TCX files:         TCX files.           (line  78)
+* character proofs of fonts:             gftodvi invocation.  (line   6)
+* CHARACTER property:                    tftopl invocation.   (line 114)
+* character translation files:           TCX files.           (line   6)
+* CHARDP property:                       tftopl invocation.   (line 114)
+* CHARHT property:                       tftopl invocation.   (line 114)
+* CHARIC property:                       tftopl invocation.   (line 114)
+* CHARWD property:                       tftopl invocation.   (line 114)
+* chtopx:                                Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* class name for Metafont:               Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* cm.base:                               Initial Metafont.    (line  28)
+* cmbase.mf:                             Initial Metafont.    (line  28)
+* cmbase.mft:                            mft invocation.      (line  75)
+* cmmf.base not recommended:             Initial Metafont.    (line  28)
+* color, in DVItoMP:                     dvitomp invocation.  (line  15)
+* comments, in TCX files:                TCX files.           (line  71)
+* comments, MFT control:                 mft invocation.      (line  24)
+* common options:                        Common options.      (line   6)
+* commonalities:                         Commonalities.       (line   6)
+* compilation:                           Installation.        (line   6)
+* compile-time options <1>:              Compile-time options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* compile-time options:                  configure options.   (line   6)
+* Computer Modern fonts, and Troff:      mpost invocation.    (line  68)
+* Computer Modern macros:                Initial Metafont.    (line  28)
+* configuration:                         Installation.        (line   6)
+* configuration file reading:            Path searching.      (line   6)
+* configuration file values:             Runtime options.     (line   6)
+* configuration, compile-time:           configure options.   (line   6)
+* configure --with/--enable options:     configure options.   (line   6)
+* CONTENTS.tex:                          weave invocation.    (line  22)
+* control sequence names, space for:     Runtime options.     (line  29)
+* conventions for options,:              Option conventions.  (line   6)
+* conversion, DVI to plain text:         dvitype invocation.  (line   6)
+* conversion, GF to PK:                  gftopk invocation.   (line   6)
+* conversion, GF to plain text:          gftype invocation.   (line   6)
+* conversion, PK to GF:                  pktogf invocation.   (line   6)
+* conversion, PK to plain text:          pktype invocation.   (line   6)
+* conversion, property list to TFM:      pltotf invocation.   (line   6)
+* conversion, property list to VF:       vptovf invocation.   (line   6)
+* conversion, TFM to property list:      tftopl invocation.   (line   6)
+* conversion, VF to VPL:                 vftovp invocation.   (line   6)
+* copyright notices:                     Legalisms.           (line   6)
+* Cork encoding and ISO input:           TCX files.           (line  49)
+* creating memory dumps:                 Creating memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* cross-referenced bibliography items:   bibtex invocation.   (line  31)
+* cross-references, omitting:            weave invocation.    (line  22)
+* current directory, used for output:    Output file location.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Curtis, Pavel:                         Introduction.        (line  40)
+* CWEB:                                  WEB.                 (line  13)
+* Cweb:                                  WEB.                 (line  13)
+* date and time, in memory dumps:        Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* debugging DVI utilities:               dvitype invocation.  (line  56)
+* debugging flags, specifying:           Common options.      (line  59)
+* decimal character codes, in TCX files: TCX files.           (line  78)
+* dependencies, hardware:                Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* design-size units:                     tftopl invocation.   (line 102)
+* device definitions, for Metafont:      Modes.               (line   6)
+* device-independent width <1>:          gftype invocation.   (line 113)
+* device-independent width:              pktype invocation.   (line  53)
+* directory structure:                   Installation.        (line  34)
+* DISPLAY:                               Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  76)
+* dot files, written by TeX programs:    tex invocation.      (line  51)
+* downloading of fonts for MetaPost labels: mpost invocation. (line  73)
+* DrawingServant:                        Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* dump file:                             Common options.      (line  34)
+* dumping memory:                        Memory dumps.        (line   6)
+* DVI comment, specifying:               tex invocation.      (line 115)
+* DVI files, converting to MPX:          dvitomp invocation.  (line   6)
+* DVI files, explained:                  Font file formats.   (line  30)
+* DVI format definition:                 DVI utilities.       (line  14)
+* DVI opcodes, showing:                  dvitype invocation.  (line  56)
+* DVI utilities:                         DVI utilities.       (line   6)
+* dvicopy:                               dvicopy invocation.  (line   6)
+* dvitomp:                               dvitomp invocation.  (line   6)
+* dvitype DVI validation:                dvitype invocation.  (line   6)
+* dvitype output example:                dvitype output example.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* dvitype.web:                           DVI utilities.       (line  14)
+* dx horizontal escapement <1>:          gftype invocation.   (line 107)
+* dx horizontal escapement:              pktype invocation.   (line  57)
+* dy vertical escapement:                gftype invocation.   (line 107)
+* dynamic array allocation:              Runtime options.     (line  36)
+* dynamic Metafont mode definitions with smode: Modes.        (line  28)
+* dynamic packing variable:              pktype invocation.   (line  44)
+* e response at error prompt:            Editor invocation.   (line   6)
+* e-circumflex:                          \charsubdef.         (line  21)
+* e-TeX:                                 TeX extensions.      (line  10)
+* e.mft:                                 mft invocation.      (line  75)
+* EC fonts <1>:                          mf invocation.       (line  24)
+* EC fonts:                              tex invocation.      (line  44)
+* editing of bitmap fonts:               Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* editor invoked at error:               Editor invocation.   (line   6)
+* eight-bit characters in filenames:     \input filenames.    (line  35)
+* empty.tcx:                             TCX files.           (line  49)
+* endian dependencies:                   Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* eoc GF command:                        gftype invocation.   (line  97)
+* Eplain:                                Formats.             (line  54)
+* epsf:                                  Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* errors, editor invoked at:             Editor invocation.   (line   6)
+* escapement, horizontal <1>:            gftype invocation.   (line 107)
+* escapement, horizontal:                pktype invocation.   (line  57)
+* escapement, vertical:                  gftype invocation.   (line 107)
+* etex for MetaPost labels:              mpost invocation.    (line  50)
+* executables, shared initial and virgin: Initial and virgin. (line   6)
+* exit status, of shell escape:          Shell escapes.       (line  34)
+* expanded plain format:                 Formats.             (line  54)
+* extensions to TeX:                     TeX extensions.      (line   6)
+* extra_mem_bot:                         Runtime options.     (line  19)
+* FACE property:                         tftopl invocation.   (line  96)
+* FAMILY property:                       tftopl invocation.   (line  96)
+* Ferguson, Michael:                     MLTeX.               (line   6)
+* file formats for fonts:                Font file formats.   (line   6)
+* file recorder:                         Common options.      (line  84)
+* filename conventions, in input files:  \input filenames.    (line   6)
+* filenames starting with -:             Option conventions.  (line  19)
+* first line of the main input file:     Common options.      (line  98)
+* fixed-point arithmetic:                Compile-time options.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* FIXPT:                                 Compile-time options.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* flag byte:                             pktype invocation.   (line  44)
+* floating-point arithmetic:             Compile-time options.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* floating-point values:                 Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* fmt file, determining:                 Determining the memory dump to use.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* fmt files:                             Initial TeX.         (line   6)
+* fmt files, sharing:                    Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* fmts Make target:                      Additional targets.  (line  25)
+* font aliases:                          Path searching.      (line  15)
+* font character code, translating:      TCX files.           (line 102)
+* font design:                           Metafont.            (line   6)
+* font downloading for MetaPost labels:  mpost invocation.    (line  73)
+* font file formats:                     Font file formats.   (line   6)
+* font proofs:                           gftodvi invocation.  (line   6)
+* font utilities:                        Font utilities.      (line   6)
+* font utilities, non-Web2c:             Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* font_mem_size:                         Runtime options.     (line  24)
+* fontforge:                             Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* fontinst, for creating virtual fonts:  Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* fonts, basic:                          Installation.        (line  34)
+* fontutils:                             Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  42)
+* format files:                          Initial TeX.         (line  15)
+* formats for TeX:                       Formats.             (line   6)
+* formats Make target:                   Additional targets.  (line  17)
+* fraction routines:                     Compile-time options.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* Free Software Foundation documentation system: Formats.     (line  47)
+* freedom of Web2c:                      Introduction.        (line  22)
+* ftp.math.utah.edu:                     bibtex invocation.   (line  54)
+* generating source specials:            tex invocation.      (line 136)
+* geometric designs:                     Metafont.            (line   6)
+* geometric font scaling:                Font file formats.   (line  22)
+* geometry for Metafont:                 Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* getopt_long_only:                      Option conventions.  (line   6)
+* GF files, explained:                   Font file formats.   (line  40)
+* GF files, output by Metafont:          mf invocation.       (line  34)
+* GF format definition:                  Font utilities.      (line  11)
+* GF output:                             mf invocation.       (line  34)
+* GF, converting PK to:                  pktogf invocation.   (line   6)
+* GF, converting to PK:                  gftopk invocation.   (line   6)
+* gftodvi:                               gftodvi invocation.  (line   6)
+* gftopk:                                gftopk invocation.   (line   6)
+* gftopxl:                               Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* gftype GF validation:                  gftype invocation.   (line   6)
+* gftype.web:                            Font utilities.      (line  11)
+* glue ratio representations:            Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line  22)
+* glue, memory for:                      Runtime options.     (line  20)
+* glyph substitutions:                   MLTeX.               (line   6)
+* gray font:                             gftodvi invocation.  (line  29)
+* Gruff, Billy Goat:                     Triptrap.            (line   6)
+* gsftopk:                               Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* Harbison, Samuel P.:                   Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* hardware and memory dumps:             Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hash table, increasing size of:        Runtime options.     (line  29)
+* hash_extra:                            Runtime options.     (line  28)
+* headerbyte information:                tftopl invocation.   (line  96)
+* height, in pixels:                     pktype invocation.   (line  62)
+* help, online:                          Common options.      (line  11)
+* Henry, Patrick:                        Introduction.        (line  22)
+* Herberts, Mathias:                     Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  20)
+* hex character codes, in TCX files:     TCX files.           (line  78)
+* history:                               Introduction.        (line  40)
+* Hobby, John:                           Introduction.        (line   8)
+* horizontal escapement <1>:             gftype invocation.   (line 107)
+* horizontal escapement:                 pktype invocation.   (line  57)
+* hp2627:                                Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  27)
+* human languages, supported in TeX:     Languages and hyphenation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* human-readable text, converting DVI to: dvitype invocation. (line   6)
+* human-readable text, converting GF to: gftype invocation.   (line   6)
+* human-readable text, converting PK to: pktype invocation.   (line   6)
+* human-readable text, converting TFM to: tftopl invocation.  (line   6)
+* human-readable text, converting VF to: vftovp invocation.   (line   6)
+* hypertext:                             TeX extensions.      (line  20)
+* hyphenation and languages:             Languages and hyphenation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hyphenation patterns, creating:        patgen invocation.   (line   6)
+* ice cream:                             Introduction.        (line  22)
+* identifier case:                       tangle invocation.   (line  35)
+* identifier collisions:                 tangle invocation.   (line  46)
+* identifier length:                     tangle invocation.   (line  27)
+* identifiers with underlines:           tangle invocation.   (line  41)
+* ieeetr.bst:                            Basic BibTeX style files.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* il1-t1.tcx:                            TCX files.           (line  49)
+* il2-t1.tcx:                            TCX files.           (line  49)
+* Info format:                           Formats.             (line  47)
+* initial form, enabling:                Common options.      (line  45)
+* initial Metafont:                      Initial Metafont.    (line   6)
+* initial MetaPost:                      Initial MetaPost.    (line   6)
+* initial programs:                      Initial and virgin.  (line  21)
+* initial TeX:                           Initial TeX.         (line   6)
+* initializations, lengthy:              Initial and virgin.  (line  21)
+* input filenames:                       \input filenames.    (line   6)
+* install-bases Make target:             Additional targets.  (line  29)
+* install-fmts Make target:              Additional targets.  (line  25)
+* install-formats Make target:           Additional targets.  (line  17)
+* install-mems Make target:              Additional targets.  (line  34)
+* installation:                          Installation.        (line   6)
+* interaction between TCX files and -8bit.: TCX files.        (line 105)
+* interaction mode:                      Common options.      (line  50)
+* international characters:              TCX files.           (line   6)
+* introduction:                          Introduction.        (line   6)
+* IPC:                                   IPC and TeX.         (line   6)
+* IPC_DEBUG <1>:                         IPC and TeX.         (line  13)
+* IPC_DEBUG:                             Compile-time options.
+                                                              (line  29)
+* job name:                              Common options.      (line  55)
+* kerning table, in TFM files:           tftopl invocation.   (line 102)
+* keyboard character code, translating:  TCX files.           (line 102)
+* Knuth, Donald E. <1>:                  mft invocation.      (line  58)
+* Knuth, Donald E.:                      Introduction.        (line   8)
+* KPATHSEA_DEBUG:                        Common options.      (line  59)
+* KRN property:                          tftopl invocation.   (line 102)
+* label font:                            gftodvi invocation.  (line  36)
+* LABEL property:                        tftopl invocation.   (line 102)
+* language support in TeX:               Languages and hyphenation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* languages, hyphenation rules for:      patgen invocation.   (line   6)
+* LaTeX:                                 Formats.             (line  22)
+* Latin Modern:                          Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* left side bearing <1>:                 gftype invocation.   (line  82)
+* left side bearing:                     pktype invocation.   (line  66)
+* legalisms:                             Legalisms.           (line   6)
+* licensing terms:                       Introduction.        (line  22)
+* LIG property:                          tftopl invocation.   (line 102)
+* ligature table, in TFM files:          tftopl invocation.   (line 102)
+* LIGTABLE property:                     tftopl invocation.   (line 102)
+* linking binaries:                      Common options.      (line  77)
+* links to binaries:                     Determining the memory dump to use.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* literate programming:                  WEB.                 (line   6)
+* LittleEndian machines:                 Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* log file, BibTeX:                      bibtex invocation.   (line  14)
+* Lua:                                   TeX extensions.      (line  26)
+* luaTeX:                                TeX extensions.      (line  26)
+* machine dependencies:                  Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* machine-readable, converting property lists to <1>: vptovf invocation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* machine-readable, converting property lists to: pltotf invocation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* MacKay, Pierre:                        Font file formats.   (line  63)
+* macro packages, major TeX:             Formats.             (line   6)
+* macros, basic:                         Installation.        (line  34)
+* macros, predefining in memory dumps:   Memory dumps.        (line   6)
+* magnification <1>:                     dvitype invocation.  (line  28)
+* magnification:                         dvicopy invocation.  (line  20)
+* main_memory:                           Runtime options.     (line  15)
+* Make targets, additional:              Additional targets.  (line   6)
+* Martin, Rick:                          Introduction.        (line  50)
+* Mathematical Reviews:                  Formats.             (line  39)
+* mathematical typesetting:              TeX.                 (line   6)
+* mem file, determining:                 Determining the memory dump to use.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* mem files, sharing:                    Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* memory dump to use, determining:       Determining the memory dump to use.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* memory dumps:                          Memory dumps.        (line   6)
+* memory dumps and hardware:             Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* memory dumps, contain date and time:   Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* memory dumps, creating:                Creating memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* mems Make target:                      Additional targets.  (line  34)
+* meta characters in filenames:          \input filenames.    (line  35)
+* Metafont:                              Metafont.            (line   6)
+* Metafont geometry:                     Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* Metafont graphics:                     Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Metafont input files:                  mf invocation.       (line  24)
+* Metafont invocation:                   mf invocation.       (line   6)
+* Metafont meets PostScript:             MetaPost.            (line   6)
+* Metafont online support, new devices:  Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* Metafont source, prettyprinting:       mft invocation.      (line   6)
+* Metafont, compatibility in MetaPost:   Initial MetaPost.    (line  15)
+* Metafont, initial:                     Initial Metafont.    (line   6)
+* Metafont, MetaPost, and TeX:           Three programs.      (line   6)
+* MetaPost:                              MetaPost.            (line   6)
+* MetaPost and plain Metafont compatibility: Initial MetaPost.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* MetaPost input files:                  mpost invocation.    (line  31)
+* MetaPost invocation:                   mpost invocation.    (line   6)
+* MetaPost source, prettyprinting:       mft invocation.      (line  80)
+* MetaPost, initial:                     Initial MetaPost.    (line   6)
+* MetaPost, TeX, and Metafont:           Three programs.      (line   6)
+* metatype1:                             Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  18)
+* mf:                                    mf invocation.       (line   6)
+* mf.base:                               Initial Metafont.    (line  16)
+* MFEDIT:                                Editor invocation.   (line  10)
+* mfplain:                               Initial MetaPost.    (line  15)
+* mfput:                                 mf invocation.       (line  34)
+* mft:                                   mft invocation.      (line   6)
+* mftalk:                                Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* MFTERM:                                Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* mftmac.tex:                            mft invocation.      (line   6)
+* micro-typography:                      TeX extensions.      (line  20)
+* mktexmf, disabling:                    mf invocation.       (line  24)
+* mktextfM, disabling:                   tex invocation.      (line  44)
+* mltex:                                 MLTeX.               (line   6)
+* MLTeX, enabling:                       tex invocation.      (line 110)
+* mode needed to run Metafont:           mf invocation.       (line  48)
+* mode_def:                              Modes.               (line  15)
+* mode_setup:                            Modes.               (line  15)
+* modes file needed for Metafont:        Modes.               (line   6)
+* modes.mf recommended modes file:       Modes.               (line  10)
+* Morgan, Tim:                           Introduction.        (line  40)
+* Morris, Bob:                           Introduction.        (line  50)
+* MPEDIT:                                Editor invocation.   (line  10)
+* mpgraph.ps:                            mpost invocation.    (line  19)
+* mpman.ps:                              mpost invocation.    (line   6)
+* mpost:                                 mpost invocation.    (line   6)
+* mpost, reason for name change:         Installation.        (line  19)
+* mpout:                                 mpost invocation.    (line  37)
+* mproof.tex:                            mpost invocation.    (line  73)
+* mptrap Make target:                    Additional targets.  (line  41)
+* mptrap test:                           Triptrap.            (line   6)
+* mptrap.readme:                         Triptrap.            (line   6)
+* MPX files, converting from DVI files:  dvitomp invocation.  (line   6)
+* Multi-lingual TeX:                     MLTeX.               (line   6)
+* N tilde:                               \charsubdef.         (line  37)
+* new graphics support for Metafont:     Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* newrow GF command:                     gftype invocation.   (line  93)
+* next:                                  Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* NO_X11WIN:                             Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* non-Unix system, compiling on:         Additional targets.  (line  12)
+* non-windows-capable Metafont:          Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  65)
+* NUL, not allowed in filenames:         \input filenames.    (line  35)
+* octal character codes, in TCX files:   TCX files.           (line  78)
+* offset for overflow labels:            gftodvi invocation.  (line  59)
+* online Metafont graphics:              Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* opcodes, showing DVI:                  dvitype invocation.  (line  56)
+* optical font scaling:                  Font file formats.   (line  22)
+* option conventions:                    Option conventions.  (line   6)
+* origin:                                pktype invocation.   (line  66)
+* output directory, specifying <1>:      Output file location.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* output directory, specifying:          Common options.      (line  66)
+* output file location:                  Output file location.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* output files, written by TeX programs: tex invocation.      (line  51)
+* output_comment for DVI files:          tex invocation.      (line 115)
+* overflow label offset:                 gftodvi invocation.  (line  59)
+* packet length:                         pktype invocation.   (line  50)
+* page, starting <1>:                    dvitype invocation.  (line  50)
+* page, starting:                        dvicopy invocation.  (line  28)
+* parsing the first line:                Common options.      (line  72)
+* Pascal, creating from WEB:             tangle invocation.   (line   6)
+* patgen:                                patgen invocation.   (line   6)
+* path searching:                        Path searching.      (line   6)
+* path searching debugging:              Common options.      (line  59)
+* PDF:                                   TeX extensions.      (line  20)
+* PDF, and .mps files:                   mpost invocation.    (line  89)
+* pdfTeX:                                TeX extensions.      (line  20)
+* permissions, legal:                    Legalisms.           (line   6)
+* PFA and PFB conversion:                Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* pfaedit:                               Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* PiCTeX, increasing memory for:         Runtime options.     (line  20)
+* pipes, reading and writing:            Shell escapes.       (line  63)
+* pixel height:                          pktype invocation.   (line  62)
+* pixel width:                           pktype invocation.   (line  62)
+* PK bitmaps from PostScript:            Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* PK files, explained:                   Font file formats.   (line  40)
+* PK files, not output by Metafont:      mf invocation.       (line  34)
+* PK format definition:                  Font utilities.      (line  11)
+* PK, converting GF to:                  gftopk invocation.   (line   6)
+* PK, converting to GF:                  pktogf invocation.   (line   6)
+* pktogf:                                pktogf invocation.   (line   6)
+* pktype PK validation:                  pktype invocation.   (line   6)
+* pktype.web:                            Font utilities.      (line  11)
+* PL files, explained:                   Font file formats.   (line  47)
+* plain Metafont, compatibility in MetaPost: Initial MetaPost.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* plain text, converting DVI to:         dvitype invocation.  (line   6)
+* plain text, converting GF to:          gftype invocation.   (line   6)
+* plain text, converting PK to:          pktype invocation.   (line   6)
+* plain text, converting TFM to:         tftopl invocation.   (line   6)
+* plain text, converting VF to:          vftovp invocation.   (line   6)
+* plain.base:                            Initial Metafont.    (line  16)
+* plain.bst:                             Basic BibTeX style files.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* plain.fmt:                             Initial TeX.         (line  15)
+* plain.mft:                             mft invocation.      (line  68)
+* pltotf:                                pltotf invocation.   (line   6)
+* pool file, writing:                    tangle invocation.   (line  16)
+* Poole, Simon:                          Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* pooltype:                              pooltype invocation. (line   6)
+* portable filenames:                    \input filenames.    (line  41)
+* PostScript fonts, and Troff:           mpost invocation.    (line  68)
+* PostScript meets Metafont:             MetaPost.            (line   6)
+* PostScript output:                     mpost invocation.    (line  37)
+* PostScript to PK bitmaps:              Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* PostScript Type 1 font conversion:     Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* PostScript, and font scaling:          Font file formats.   (line  22)
+* potrace:                               Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  46)
+* predefined macros and memory dumps:    Memory dumps.        (line   6)
+* prettyprinting Metafont source:        mft invocation.      (line   6)
+* prettyprinting WEB programs:           weave invocation.    (line   6)
+* primitives, new:                       TeX extensions.      (line  10)
+* printable characters, specifying:      TCX files.           (line  88)
+* printer characteristics, for Metafont: Modes.               (line   6)
+* production use:                        Initial and virgin.  (line  17)
+* program name, determines memory dump:  Determining the memory dump to use.
+                                                              (line  31)
+* program names, special <1>:            tex invocation.      (line 110)
+* program names, special:                Common options.      (line  45)
+* prologues:                             mpost invocation.    (line 118)
+* prologues, and EPSF output:            mpost invocation.    (line  83)
+* proof mode:                            mf invocation.       (line  48)
+* proof sheets, of fonts:                gftodvi invocation.  (line   6)
+* property list format:                  tftopl invocation.   (line  44)
+* property list, converting TFM to:      tftopl invocation.   (line   6)
+* property list, converting VF to virtual: vftovp invocation. (line   6)
+* ps2pk:                                 Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* psfonts.map, read by MetaPost:         mpost invocation.    (line  83)
+* PXL files, explained:                  Font file formats.   (line  40)
+* pxtoch:                                Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* Raichle, Bernd:                        MLTeX.               (line   6)
+* reading, additional:                   Introduction.        (line  58)
+* readonly directory, running TeX in:    Output file location.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* reallocation of arrays:                Runtime options.     (line  36)
+* redefined character substitutions:     \tracingcharsubdef.  (line   6)
+* reference pixel:                       pktype invocation.   (line  66)
+* references:                            References.          (line   6)
+* regis:                                 Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* Regis graphics support:                Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  40)
+* regression testing:                    tex invocation.      (line 115)
+* repeated rows:                         pktype invocation.   (line  76)
+* representation of strings:             pooltype invocation. (line  30)
+* restricted shell escapes:              Shell escapes.       (line   6)
+* right side bearing <1>:                gftype invocation.   (line  82)
+* right side bearing:                    pktype invocation.   (line  66)
+* Rokicki, Tomas:                        Introduction.        (line  40)
+* run length encoded bitmaps <1>:        gftype invocation.   (line  89)
+* run length encoded bitmaps:            pktype invocation.   (line  76)
+* runtime options:                       Runtime options.     (line   6)
+* scaled pixels <1>:                     gftype invocation.   (line 107)
+* scaled pixels:                         pktype invocation.   (line  57)
+* scaling of fonts:                      Font file formats.   (line  22)
+* scanned images of fonts:               Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  42)
+* security, and \openout:                tex invocation.      (line  51)
+* security, and output files:            tex invocation.      (line  51)
+* security, and shell escapes:           Shell escapes.       (line   6)
+* security, and write:                   mpost invocation.    (line  95)
+* shapes:                                Metafont.            (line   6)
+* sharing memory dumps:                  Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* shell commands in TeX:                 Shell escapes.       (line   6)
+* shell_escape enabling in TeX:          Shell escapes.       (line   6)
+* shell_escape_commands:                 Shell escapes.       (line  52)
+* siam.bst:                              Basic BibTeX style files.
+                                                              (line  35)
+* side bearings <1>:                     gftype invocation.   (line  82)
+* side bearings:                         pktype invocation.   (line  66)
+* slant font:                            gftodvi invocation.  (line  39)
+* slides, producing:                     Formats.             (line  61)
+* SliTeX:                                Formats.             (line  61)
+* small Metafont memory and modes:       Modes.               (line  15)
+* smode and dynamic Metafont mode definition: Modes.          (line  28)
+* sockets:                               IPC and TeX.         (line   6)
+* space-terminated filenames:            \input filenames.    (line  10)
+* Spiderweb:                             WEB.                 (line  13)
+* Stallman, Richard:                     Introduction.        (line  50)
+* starting page <1>:                     dvitype invocation.  (line  50)
+* starting page:                         dvicopy invocation.  (line  28)
+* Steele Jr., Guy L.:                    Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line  34)
+* stopping at the first error:           Common options.      (line  41)
+* strategy, overall:                     Introduction.        (line  16)
+* string numbers, displaying:            pooltype invocation. (line   6)
+* string pool, writing:                  tangle invocation.   (line  16)
+* string representation:                 pooltype invocation. (line  30)
+* style design, for BibTeX:              bibtex invocation.   (line  45)
+* style files:                           mft invocation.      (line  68)
+* substitutions of font glyphs:          MLTeX.               (line   6)
+* sun:                                   Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  42)
+* sun-gfx.c:                             Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* Suntools:                              Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* SunView:                               Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  43)
+* swap space, as array limit:            Runtime options.     (line  36)
+* swapping bytes:                        Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line  13)
+* syntax of TCX files:                   TCX files.           (line  66)
+* system C library function:             Shell escapes.       (line   6)
+* system command:                        Shell escapes.       (line   6)
+* T1 encoding and ISO input:             TCX files.           (line  49)
+* Tachikawa, Elizabeth:                  Font file formats.   (line  63)
+* tangle:                                tangle invocation.   (line   6)
+* targets, additional Make:              Additional targets.  (line   6)
+* TCX character translation files:       TCX files.           (line   6)
+* tek:                                   Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  47)
+* Tektronix:                             Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  48)
+* Tektronix 4014:                        Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  51)
+* TERM:                                  Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  11)
+* terminator for filenames:              \input filenames.    (line  10)
+* terse output:                          bibtex invocation.   (line  28)
+* tex:                                   tex invocation.      (line   6)
+* TeX, bibliographies for:               bibtex invocation.   (line  54)
+* TeX, creating from Metafont:           mft invocation.      (line   6)
+* TeX, creating from WEB:                weave invocation.    (line   6)
+* TeX, description of:                   TeX.                 (line   6)
+* TeX, extensions to:                    TeX extensions.      (line   6)
+* TeX, format packages for:              Formats.             (line   6)
+* TeX, initial:                          Initial TeX.         (line   6)
+* TeX, input files found:                tex invocation.      (line  20)
+* TeX, invocation:                       tex invocation.      (line   6)
+* TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost:           Three programs.      (line   6)
+* TeX, Web2c implementation of:          Introduction.        (line   8)
+* tex.fmt:                               Initial TeX.         (line  15)
+* TEXBIB, search path for bib files:     bibtex invocation.   (line  18)
+* TEXEDIT:                               Editor invocation.   (line  10)
+* texfonts.map:                          Path searching.      (line  15)
+* Texinfo:                               Formats.             (line  47)
+* texmf.cnf:                             Path searching.      (line   6)
+* texmfmp.c:                             Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  80)
+* TEXMFOUTPUT, used for reading:         Output file location.
+                                                              (line  25)
+* TEXMFOUTPUT, used if . unwritable:     Output file location.
+                                                              (line  19)
+* texput:                                tex invocation.      (line  35)
+* TFM files, converting property lists to: pltotf invocation. (line   6)
+* TFM files, explained:                  Font file formats.   (line  13)
+* TFM files, memory for:                 Runtime options.     (line  25)
+* TFM files, output by Metafont:         mf invocation.       (line  43)
+* TFM files, output by MetaPost:         mpost invocation.    (line  37)
+* TFM width of characters <1>:           gftype invocation.   (line 113)
+* TFM width of characters:               pktype invocation.   (line  53)
+* tftopl:                                tftopl invocation.   (line   6)
+* three programs:                        Three programs.      (line   6)
+* time and date, in memory dumps:        Hardware and memory dumps.
+                                                              (line  30)
+* title font:                            gftodvi invocation.  (line  33)
+* toolkits, X:                           Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* torture tests:                         Triptrap.            (line   6)
+* translation file for TeX, specifying:  Common options.      (line  98)
+* translation from WEB to C:             Introduction.        (line  16)
+* trap Make target:                      Additional targets.  (line  41)
+* trap test:                             Triptrap.            (line   6)
+* trapman.tex:                           Triptrap.            (line   6)
+* Trickey, Howard:                       Introduction.        (line  40)
+* trip Make target:                      Additional targets.  (line  41)
+* trip test:                             Triptrap.            (line   6)
+* tripman.tex:                           Triptrap.            (line   6)
+* triptrap Make target:                  Additional targets.  (line  41)
+* Troff, and MetaPost:                   mpost invocation.    (line  68)
+* Troff, WEB for:                        WEB.                 (line  13)
+* Trojan horses and TeX programs:        tex invocation.      (line  51)
+* TUGboat bibliography:                  bibtex invocation.   (line  54)
+* Type 1 conversion:                     Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* type design, personal:                 Initial Metafont.    (line  33)
+* type programs, DVI:                    dvitype invocation.  (line   6)
+* type programs, GF:                     gftype invocation.   (line   6)
+* type programs, PK:                     pktype invocation.   (line   6)
+* type programs, pool:                   pooltype invocation. (line   6)
+* typeface families:                     Metafont.            (line   6)
+* typeface specimen sheets:              Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  42)
+* typesetting:                           TeX.                 (line   6)
+* Unicode:                               TeX extensions.      (line  14)
+* Unicode input:                         tex invocation.      (line  89)
+* uniterm:                               Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  50)
+* unsrt.bst:                             Basic BibTeX style files.
+                                                              (line  39)
+* UTF-8 input:                           tex invocation.      (line  89)
+* validation, of DVI files:              dvitype invocation.  (line   6)
+* validation, of GF files:               gftype invocation.   (line   6)
+* validation, of PK files:               pktype invocation.   (line   6)
+* validation, of TFM files:              tftopl invocation.   (line   6)
+* validation, of VF files:               vftovp invocation.   (line   6)
+* verbose BibTeX output, suppressing:    bibtex invocation.   (line  28)
+* verbosity, enabling:                   Common options.      (line  15)
+* version number, finding:               Common options.      (line  18)
+* vertical escapement:                   gftype invocation.   (line 107)
+* VF files, converting property lists to: vptovf invocation.  (line   6)
+* vftovp:                                vftovp invocation.   (line   6)
+* virgin programs:                       Initial and virgin.  (line  17)
+* virtual font creation:                 Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  53)
+* virtual fonts, expanding:              dvicopy invocation.  (line   6)
+* virtual-fonts.knuth:                   Font file formats.   (line  57)
+* virtualfonts.txt:                      Font file formats.   (line  57)
+* vptovf:                                vptovf invocation.   (line   6)
+* weave:                                 weave invocation.    (line   6)
+* WEB:                                   WEB.                 (line   6)
+* web environments, and security:        Shell escapes.       (line  70)
+* WEB pool files, displaying:            pooltype invocation. (line   6)
+* WEB programs, compiling:               tangle invocation.   (line   6)
+* WEB programs, typesetting:             weave invocation.    (line   6)
+* WEB2C, search path for TCX files:      TCX files.           (line  36)
+* Weber, Olaf:                           Introduction.        (line  40)
+* webmac.tex:                            weave invocation.    (line  22)
+* webman.tex:                            WEB.                 (line  13)
+* whitespace, in TCX files:              TCX files.           (line  69)
+* whitespace-terminated filenames:       \input filenames.    (line  10)
+* width, device-independent <1>:         gftype invocation.   (line 113)
+* width, device-independent:             pktype invocation.   (line  53)
+* width, in pixels:                      pktype invocation.   (line  62)
+* word processor, not:                   TeX.                 (line   9)
+* writing memory dumps:                  Creating memory dumps.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* X bitmap fonts:                        Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* X class name for Metafont:             Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* x offset:                              pktype invocation.   (line  66)
+* X resources:                           Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  69)
+* X toolkits and Metafont:               Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* xampl.bib:                             bibtex invocation.   (line  51)
+* xbfe, bitmap font editor:              Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* XeTeX:                                 TeX extensions.      (line  31)
+* xfed, bitmap font editor:              Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* xfedor, bitmap font editor:            Font utilities available elsewhere.
+                                                              (line  23)
+* Xlib:                                  Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* Xlib support:                          Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* Xt:                                    Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* Xt support:                            Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  59)
+* xterm:                                 Online Metafont graphics.
+                                                              (line  56)
+* y offset:                              pktype invocation.   (line  66)
+* ~ expansion in filenames:              \input filenames.    (line  48)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top2812
+Node: Introduction3805
+Node: Installation6976
+Node: configure options9140
+Node: Compile-time options11222
+Node: Additional targets12348
+Node: Triptrap13629
+Node: Runtime options15158
+Node: Commonalities16930
+Node: Option conventions17535
+Node: Common options18759
+Node: Path searching23166
+Node: Output file location24188
+Node: Three programs25513
+Node: Initial and virgin26267
+Node: Memory dumps27206
+Node: Creating memory dumps27662
+Node: Determining the memory dump to use28873
+Node: Hardware and memory dumps30460
+Node: Editor invocation32918
+Node: \input filenames33784
+Node: TeX36777
+Node: tex invocation37929
+Node: Initial TeX44899
+Node: Formats46388
+Node: Languages and hyphenation49327
+Node: MLTeX49757
+Node: \charsubdef51252
+Node: \tracingcharsubdef53578
+Node: TCX files54153
+Node: patgen invocation59577
+Node: Shell escapes60294
+Node: IPC and TeX63858
+Node: TeX extensions64428
+Node: Metafont65560
+Node: mf invocation66848
+Node: Initial Metafont70731
+Node: Modes72484
+Node: Online Metafont graphics74740
+Node: gftodvi invocation78155
+Node: mft invocation80988
+Node: MetaPost85043
+Node: mpost invocation85805
+Node: Initial MetaPost91063
+Node: dvitomp invocation91985
+Node: BibTeX92650
+Node: bibtex invocation93011
+Node: Basic BibTeX style files95336
+Node: WEB96678
+Node: tangle invocation97886
+Node: weave invocation100009
+Node: pooltype invocation101417
+Node: DVI utilities102547
+Node: dvicopy invocation103491
+Node: dvitype invocation104789
+Node: dvitype output example107144
+Node: Font utilities110195
+Node: Font file formats111375
+Node: gftopk invocation114674
+Node: pktogf invocation115878
+Node: pktype invocation117057
+Node: gftype invocation119892
+Node: tftopl invocation124408
+Node: pltotf invocation129042
+Node: vftovp invocation130107
+Node: vptovf invocation132391
+Node: Font utilities available elsewhere133445
+Node: Legalisms135853
+Node: References138024
+Node: Index142596
+
+End Tag Table